TABLE OF CONTENTS

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 16, 2022
Registration No. 333-263898
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
Amendment No. 2
to
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Corebridge Financial, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
Delaware
6311
95-4715639
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
2919 Allen Parkway, Woodson Tower
Houston, Texas 77019
1-877-375-2422
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Christine Nixon, Esq.
General Counsel
Corebridge Financial, Inc.
21650 Oxnard Street, Suite 750
Woodland Hills, California 91367
1-877-375-2422
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)
Copies to:
Eric T. Juergens, Esq.
Paul M. Rodel, Esq.
Debevoise & Plimpton LLP
919 Third Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 909-6000
Edward D. Herlihy, Esq.
David K. Lam, Esq.
Mark A. Stagliano, Esq.
Wachtell, Lipton, Rosen & Katz LLP
51 West 52nd Street
New York, New York 10019
(212) 403-1000
Craig B. Brod, Esq.
Jeffrey D. Karpf, Esq.
Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP
One Liberty Plaza
New York, New York 10006
(212) 225-2000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale of the securities to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
 
Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
 
Smaller reporting company
 
 
 
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission declares our registration statement effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and we are not soliciting offers to buy these securities in any state or jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED     , 2022
    Shares

Corebridge Financial, Inc.

Common Stock

This is the initial public offering of shares of common stock of Corebridge Financial, Inc. The selling stockholder, American International Group, Inc., is offering     shares of our common stock. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholder in this offering. We anticipate that the initial public offering price will be between $    and $    per share.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to apply to list our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “CRBG.”
After the completion of this offering, we will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE.

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 23 of this prospectus to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.
 
Per Share
Total
Initial public offering price
$  
$  
Underwriting discounts and commissions
$
$
Proceeds to the selling stockholder, before expenses
$
$
The underwriters also may purchase up to     additional shares from the selling stockholder at the initial offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions, within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.
Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved the securities described herein or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about    , 2022.

J.P. Morgan
Morgan Stanley
Piper Sandler
Prospectus dated   , 2022

TABLE OF CONTENTS



TABLE OF CONTENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus and any free writing prospectus we may authorize to be delivered to you. We have not, and the selling stockholder and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with information different from, or in addition to, that contained in this prospectus and any related free writing prospectus. We, the selling stockholder and the underwriters, take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurances as to the reliability of, any information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is only accurate as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus and any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and prospects may have changed since that date.
For investors outside of the United States: neither we nor the underwriters have done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons outside the United States who come into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about and observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus outside of the United States.
i

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION
Certain Important Terms
We use the following capitalized terms in this prospectus:
“1844 Market” means 1844 Market Street, LLC;
“AGAMHC” means AIG Global Asset Management Holding Corporation;
“AGC” means AGC Life Insurance Company, a Missouri insurance company;
“AGL” means American General Life Insurance Company, a Texas insurance company;
“AGREIC” means AIG Global Real Estate Investment Corporation;
“AHAC” means American Home Assurance Company, a consolidated subsidiary of AIG;
“AIG” means American International Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries, other than Corebridge and Corebridge’s subsidiaries;
“AIG 200” means AIG’s multi-year effort to support underwriting excellence, modernize its operating infrastructure, enhance user and customer experiences and become a more unified company. Under this program, Corebridge and its subsidiaries have a targeted savings of $125 million on an annual run rate basis by the end of 2022, of which $25 million has been earned to date (both amounts are on a pre-tax basis);
“AIG Bermuda” means AIG Life of Bermuda, Ltd, a Bermuda insurance company;
“AIG FP” means AIG Financial Products Corporation, a consolidated subsidiary of AIG;
“AIG Group” means American International Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries, including Corebridge and Corebridge’s subsidiaries;
“AIG Inc.” means American International Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation;
“AIGLH” means AIG Life Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation;
“AIG Life UK” means AIG Life Ltd, a UK insurance company, and its subsidiary;
“AIGM” means AIG Markets, Inc., a consolidated subsidiary of AIG;
“AIGT” means AIG Technologies, Inc., a New Hampshire corporation;
“AIRCO” means American International Reinsurance Company, Ltd., a consolidated subsidiary of AIG;
“AMG” means AIG Asset Management (U.S.), LLC;
“Argon” means Argon Holdco LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Blackstone Inc.;
“Blackstone” means Blackstone Inc. and its subsidiaries;
“Blackstone IM” means Blackstone ISG-1 Advisors L.L.C.;
“BlackRock” means BlackRock Financial Management, Inc.;
“Cap Corp” means AIG Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation;
“Corebridge” means Corebridge Financial, Inc. (formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.), a Delaware corporation;
“Eastgreen” means Eastgreen Inc.;
“Fortitude Re” means Fortitude Reinsurance Company Ltd., a Bermuda insurance company. AIG formed Fortitude Re in 2018 and sold substantially all of its ownership interest in Fortitude Re’s parent company in two transactions in 2018 and 2020 so that we currently own a less than 3% indirect interest in Fortitude Re. In February 2018, AGL, VALIC and USL entered into modco reinsurance agreements with Fortitude Re and AIG Bermuda novated its assumption of certain long duration contracts from an affiliated entity to Fortitude Re. In the modco agreements, the investments supporting the reinsurance agreements, which reflect the majority of the consideration that would be paid to the
ii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reinsurer for entering into the transaction, are withheld by, and therefore continue to reside on the balance sheet of, the ceding company (i.e., AGL, VALIC and USL) thereby creating an obligation for the ceding company to pay the reinsurer (i.e., Fortitude Re) at a later date;
“Fortitude Re Bermuda” means FGH Parent, L.P., a Bermuda exempted limited partnership;
“Laya” means Laya Healthcare Limited, an Irish insurance intermediary, and its subsidiary;
“Lexington” means Lexington Insurance Company, an AIG subsidiary;
“Life Fleet” means AGL, USL and VALIC;
“Life Fleet RBC” means the RBC ratio for the Life Fleet, comprising AGL, USL and VALIC, our primary risk-bearing entities. AGL, USL and VALIC are domestic insurance entities with a statutory surplus greater than $500 million on an individual basis. The Life Fleet does not include AGC as it has no operations outside of internal reinsurance. Specifically, AGC serves as an affiliate reinsurance company for the Life Fleet covering (i) AGL’s life insurance policies issued between January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2019 subject to Regulation XXX and AXXX and (ii) life insurance policies issued between January 1, 2020 and December 31, 2021 subject to principle-based reserving requirements;
“LIMRA” means the Life Insurance Marketing and Research Association International, Inc.;
“Majority Interest Fortitude Sale” means the sale by AIG of substantially all of its interests in Fortitude Re's parent company to Carlyle FRL, L.P., an investment fund advised by an affiliate of The Carlyle Group Inc., and T&D United Capital Co., Ltd., a subsidiary of T&D Holdings, Inc., under the terms of a membership interest purchase agreement entered into on November 25, 2019 by and among AIG, Fortitude Group Holdings, LLC, Carlyle FRL, L.P., The Carlyle Group Inc., T&D United Capital Co., Ltd. and T&D Holdings, Inc. We currently own less than a 3% indirect interest in Fortitude Re;
“NUFIC” means National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, PA, a consolidated subsidiary of AIG;
“NYSE” means the New York Stock Exchange;
“Reorganization” means the transactions described under the heading “The Reorganization Transactions;”
“USL” means The United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York, a New York insurance company;
“VALIC” means The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company, a Texas insurance company;
“VALIC Financial Advisors” means VALIC Financial Advisors, Inc., a Texas corporation; and
“we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company” means Corebridge and its subsidiaries after giving effect to the transactions described under “The Reorganization Transactions.”
Market and Industry Data
This prospectus includes estimates regarding market and industry data and forecasts, which are based on publicly available information, industry publications and surveys, reports from government agencies, reports by market research firms and our own estimates based on our management’s knowledge of, and experience in, the insurance industry and market segments in which we compete. Third-party industry publications and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources generally believed to be reliable. Information sourced from LIMRA regarding total annuity sales rankings includes the annuities we offer across our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement segments. Todd Solash, our Executive Vice President and President of Individual Retirement and Life Insurance, serves as a director of LL Global, the parent company of LIMRA and as a director of the Secure Retirement Institute, a division of LIMRA. Unless otherwise noted, all market data refers to the U.S. market. We have obtained certain information related to Blackstone and its investment funds from Blackstone’s publicly available information, which we believe to be reliable. Although we have no reason to believe the foregoing information is not reliable, we have not independently verified this information and cannot guarantee its accuracy or completeness. This information is subject to a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are cautioned not to give undue weight to it. Our estimates involve risks
iii

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
Service Marks, Trademarks and Trade Names
We use various service marks, trademarks and trade names, such as VALIC and American General, our logo design and Corebridge, that we deem particularly important to the advertising activities conducted by each of our businesses, some of which are owned by AIG. After the completion of this offering, such service marks, trademarks and trade names will be the property of our Company or licensed by our Company from AIG. This prospectus also contains trademarks, service marks and trade names of other companies which are the property of their respective holders. We do not intend our use or display of such names or marks to imply relationships with, or endorsements of us by, any other company.
Basis of Presentation
The financial statements in this prospectus were prepared in connection with the proposed separation of AIG’s Life and Retirement business. The financial statements present the consolidated and combined results of operations, financial condition and cash flows of Corebridge and its controlled subsidiaries. The financial statements presented for periods on or after December 31, 2021, the date on which the Reorganization was substantially completed, are presented on a consolidated basis, and include the financial position, results of operations and cash flows of the Company. The financial statements for the periods prior to December 31, 2021 are presented on a combined basis, and reflect the historical combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of Corebridge, Cap Corp, AIG Life UK and Laya, as the operations were under common control of AIG and reflect the historical combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of those legal entities. The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). All material intercompany accounts and transactions between consolidated or combined entities have been eliminated. The amounts presented in the consolidated financial statements are not comparable to AIG Inc.’s financial statements. The consolidated financial statements reflect customary adjustments for financial statements prepared for, and included in, prospectuses. The consolidated balance sheets include the attribution of certain assets and liabilities that have historically been held at AIG Inc. or certain of its subsidiaries not included in the historically consolidated Corebridge financial statements. Similarly, certain assets attributable to shared services managed at AIG Inc. have been excluded from the combined balance sheets. The consolidated statements of income reflect certain corporate expenses allocated to Corebridge by AIG Inc. for certain corporate functions and for shared services provided by AIG Inc. These expenses have been allocated to Corebridge based on direct usage or benefit where specifically identifiable, with the remainder allocated based upon other reasonable allocation measures. We consider the expense methodology and results to be reasonable for all periods presented. See “Risk Factors—Following the completion of this offering, we may fail to replicate or replace functions, systems and infrastructure provided by AIG or certain of its affiliates (including through shared service contracts) or lose benefits from AIG’s global contracts, and AIG may fail to perform the services provided for in the transition services agreement with AIG (the “Transition Services Agreement”). We also expect to incur incremental costs as a stand-alone public company.”
Our historical financial results included in the consolidated financial statements do not necessarily reflect the business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity we would have achieved as a stand-alone company during the periods presented or those we will achieve in the future. The consolidated financial statements reflect all adjustments necessary in the opinion of management for a fair presentation of the consolidated financial position of Corebridge and its combined results of operations and cash flows for the periods presented.
We have recorded affiliated transactions with certain AIG subsidiaries that are not included within Corebridge. As these affiliated transactions are with AIG subsidiaries that are not included within Corebridge, they are not eliminated in the combined financial statements of Corebridge. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Historical Related Party Transactions” and Note 21 to our audited financial statements.
Currency amounts in this prospectus are stated in United States dollars unless otherwise indicated. Certain amounts in this prospectus may not sum due to rounding. Unless otherwise indicated, all amounts and percentages, including those set forth under “Prospectus Summary—Financial Goals,” “Business—Financial Goals,” and “Business—Our Segments—Individual Retirement—Products—Variable Annuities” are approximate.
iv

TABLE OF CONTENTS

State Insurance Regulation
We are subject to regulation under the insurance holding company laws of various jurisdictions. See “Business—Regulation.” Insurance holding company laws generally provide that no person, corporation or other entity may acquire control of an insurance company, or a controlling interest in any direct or indirect parent company of an insurance company, without the prior approval of such insurance company’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. Under the laws of each of the domiciliary states of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, Missouri, New York and Texas, any person acquiring, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company is presumed to have acquired “control” of the company, which may consider voting securities held at both the parent company and subsidiary collectively for these purposes. This statutory presumption of control may be rebutted by a showing that control does not exist in fact. State insurance regulators, however, may find that “control” exists in circumstances in which a person owns or controls less than 10% of the voting securities. We are a subsidiary of AIG, our parent company. See “Prospectus Summary—Organizational Structure.” AIG's common stock (its voting securities) trades on the NYSE. Consequently, persons considering an investment in our common stock (our voting securities) should take into consideration their ownership of AIG voting securities and consult their own legal advisors regarding such insurance holding company laws relating to the purchase and ownership of our common stock in light of their particular circumstances.
v

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
The following summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Because this is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information” as well as our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. For the definitions of certain capitalized terms, financial terms and acronyms used in this prospectus, please refer to “Certain Important Terms,” “Glossary” and “Acronyms,” respectively.
Our Company
Overview
We are one of the largest providers of retirement solutions and insurance products in the United States, committed to helping individuals plan, save for and achieve secure financial futures. Our addressable markets are large, with powerful, long-term secular trends given an aging U.S. population and a growing need for retirement solutions. We offer a broad set of products and services through our market leading Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Life Insurance and Institutional Markets businesses, each of which features capabilities and industry experience we believe are difficult to replicate. These four businesses collectively seek to enhance stockholder returns while maintaining our attractive risk profile, which has historically resulted in consistent and strong cash flow generation.
Our strong competitive position is supported by:
our scaled platform and position as a leading life and annuity company across a broad range of products, managing or administering $388.0 billion in client assets as of March 31, 2022;
our four businesses, which provide a diversified and attractive mix of fee income, spread income and underwriting margin;
our broad distribution platform, which gives us access to end customers, employers, retirement plan sponsors, banks, broker-dealers, general agencies, independent marketing organizations and independent insurance agents;
our proven expertise in product design, which positions us to optimize risk-adjusted returns as we grow our business;
our strategic partnership with Blackstone, which we believe will allow us to further grow both our retail and institutional product lines, and enhance risk-adjusted returns;
our high-quality liability profile, supported by our strong balance sheet and disciplined approach to risk management, which has limited our exposure to product features and portfolios with less attractive risk-adjusted returns;
our ability to deliver consistent cash flows and an attractive return for our stockholders; and
our strong and experienced senior management team.
Operating four established, at-scale businesses positions us to optimize risk-adjusted returns when writing new business across our broad suite of market-leading products. According to LIMRA, we are the only company to rank in the top two in U.S. annuity sales in each of the last nine years, with leading positions across each of the fixed, fixed index and variable annuity categories. Our Group Retirement business is recognized as a pioneer and has long held a leading position in the attractive 403(b) retirement plan market through our AIG Retirement Services brand. We ranked in the top 10 in total term life insurance sales in 2021.
We believe we have an attractive business mix that balances fee and spread-based income sources and is diversified across our broad product suite. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2022, our businesses generated spread income of $4.2 billion, fee income of $2.4 billion and underwriting margin of $1.2 billion, resulting in a balanced mix of 54%, 31% and 15%, respectively, among these income sources. We are
1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

well-diversified across our operating businesses with our Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Life Insurance and Institutional Markets businesses representing 29%, 16%, 22% and 26% of total adjusted revenue, respectively, for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022.

Our diversified business model is enabled by our long-standing distribution relationships that are distinguished through both their breadth and depth. We have a large distribution platform in the U.S. life and retirement market, with a wide range of relationships with financial advisors, insurance agents and plan sponsors, as well as our own career financial advisors and direct-to-consumer platform. AIG Financial Distributors (“AIG FD”), our sales platform, serves as a valuable partner to our third-party distributors, including banks, broker-dealers, general agencies, independent marketing organizations and independent insurance agents. Many of our partners have sold our products for multiple decades and as of December 31, 2021, our top 25 partners generated approximately 13% of their total sales volume through our products. We also provide customized products and services to help meet consumer needs. In our Group Retirement business, our approximately 1,300 career financial advisors as of March 31, 2022 provide us with the opportunity, as permitted by employer guidelines, to work with approximately 1.7 million individuals, as of March 31, 2022, in employer-defined contribution plans (“in-plan”) and over 300,000 individuals outside of the traditional employer-sponsored pension plans (“out-of-plan”). Our financial advisors are positioned to guide individuals as they invest through employer programs, and to build relationships resulting in the continued provision of advice and guidance over the course of their savings and retirement journey. The strength of these relationships is illustrated by our strong client retention rate of over 90% for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022.
A disciplined approach to investment management is at the core of our business. We believe our recently announced strategic partnership with Blackstone will allow us to leverage Blackstone’s ability to originate, and significantly enhance our ability to invest in, attractive and privately sourced fixed-income oriented assets that we believe are well suited for liability-driven investing within an insurance company framework. Additionally, we believe BlackRock's scale and fee structure make BlackRock an excellent outsourcing partner for certain asset classes and will allow us to further optimize our investment management operating model while improving overall performance.
We believe we have a strong balance sheet that has resulted from decades of focus on effective and prudent risk management practices. We have employed a consistent, disciplined approach to product design and risk selection, resulting in a high-quality liability profile. For example, our broad retail and institutional product suite allows us to be selective in liability origination, and our ability to quickly refine our offerings in response to market dynamics allows us to be opportunistic when we identify areas of attractive risk-adjusted returns. We have a well-managed annuity liability portfolio, with product structures and hedging strategies designed to manage our exposure to living and death benefits. For example, our individual fixed and fixed index annuities represent approximately 56% of our Individual Retirement AUMA as of March 31, 2022, and the vast majority of our AUMA in these products has no exposure to any optional living or death benefits. Our individual variable annuities with living benefits, which represent only 33% of our Individual Retirement AUMA as of March 31, 2022, were predominantly originated after the 2008 financial crisis, and as of March 31, 2022, 96% of our Group Retirement variable annuities have no living benefits. We have also fully reinsured our limited exposure to long-term care (“LTC”) policies. Our risk management approach includes an efficient hedging program designed
2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to manage risk exposure to our balance sheet, the careful management of our asset-liability matching and the use of reinsurance. We believe our strong risk management framework will continue to help us manage market volatility, optimize our capital and produce attractive stockholder returns.
We believe that our strong competitive position and our enhanced focus on growth as a stand-alone company position us well to capitalize on compelling structural changes in the life and retirement market. We expect our target market of individuals planning for retirement to continue to grow, with the size of the U.S. population age 65 and over expected to increase by approximately 30% by 2030 from 2020. In addition, we believe that reduced employer-paid retirement benefits will drive an increasing need for our individual retirement solutions. Further, consumers in the United States continue to prefer purchasing life insurance and retirement products through an agent or advisor, which positions us favorably given our broad distribution platform and in-house advice capabilities. We continue to see opportunities to develop new products and adapt our existing products to the growing needs of individuals to plan, save for and achieve secure financial futures. In addition, the domestic pension risk transfer (“PRT”) market has grown from $3.8 billion in premiums in 2013 to $38.1 billion in 2021, and our presence in this market provides us with opportunities to assist employers that choose to close and transfer obligations under their defined benefit plans.
Our Businesses
Our businesses share common commitments to customer value and disciplined pricing, and each business benefits from enterprise-wide risk management infrastructure, investment management capabilities, hedging strategies and administrative platforms. We have four operating businesses:
Individual Retirement — We are a leading provider in the $255 billion individual annuity market across a range of product types, including fixed, fixed index and variable annuities, with $14.3 billion in premiums and deposits for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022. We offer a variety of optional benefits within these products, including lifetime income guarantees and death benefits. Our broad and scaled product offerings and operating platform have allowed our company to rank in the top two in total individual annuity sales in each of the last nine years, and we are the only top 10 annuity provider with a balanced mix of products across all major annuity categories according to LIMRA. Our strong distribution relationships and broad multi-product offerings allow us to quickly adapt to respond to shifting customer needs and economic and competitive dynamics, targeting areas where we see the greatest opportunity for risk-adjusted returns. We are well-positioned for growth due to demographic trends in the U.S. retirement market, supported by our strong platform. Our Individual Retirement business is the largest contributor to our earnings, historically generating consistent spread and fee income.
Group Retirement — We are a leading provider of retirement plans and services to employees of tax-exempt and public sector organizations within the K-12, higher education, healthcare, government and other tax-exempt markets, having ranked third in K-12 schools, fourth in higher education institutions and fifth in healthcare institutions by total assets as of September 30, 2021. According to Cerulli Associates Inc. (“Cerulli Associates”), the size of the not-for-profit defined contribution retirement plan market, excluding the Federal Thrift Savings Plan, was $1.9 trillion in 2020. We work with approximately 1.7 million individuals as of March 31, 2022 through our in-plan products and services and over 300,000 individuals through our out-of-plan products and services. Our out-of-plan capabilities include proprietary and non-proprietary annuities, financial planning, brokerage and advisory services. We offer financial planning advice to employees participating in retirement plans through our career financial advisors. These advisors allow us to develop long-term relationships with our customers by engaging with them early in their careers and providing customized solutions and support. Approximately 27% of our individual customers have been customers of our Group Retirement business for more than 20 years and the average length of our relationships with plan sponsors is nearly 29 years. Our strong customer relationships have led to growth in our AUMA, evidenced by stable in-plan spread-based assets, growing in-plan fee-based assets and growing out-of-plan assets. Our Group Retirement business generates a combination of spread and fee income. While the revenue mix remains balanced, we have grown our advisory and brokerage fee revenue over the last several years, which provides a less capital intensive stream of cash flows.
Life Insurance — We offer a range of life insurance and protection solutions in the approximately $206 billion U.S. life insurance market (based on direct premium) as of March 31, 2022, according to
3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the S&P Global Inc., with a growing international presence in the UK and Ireland. We are a key player in the term, indexed universal life and smaller face whole life markets; ranking as a top 15 seller of term, universal and whole life products as of December 31, 2021. Our competitive and flexible product suite is designed to meet the needs of our customers, and we actively participate in product lines that we believe have attractive growth and margin prospects. Further, we have strong third-party distribution relationships and a long history in the direct-to-consumer market, providing us with access to a broad range of customers from the middle market to high net worth. We have also been working to automate certain underwriting reviews so as to make decisions on applications without human intervention, and we reached a decision on approximately 45% of all underwriting applications in 2021 on an automated basis. As of March 31, 2022, we had approximately 4.3 million in-force life insurance policies in the United States, net of those ceded to Fortitude Re. Our Life Insurance product portfolio generates returns through underwriting margin.
Institutional Markets — We serve the institutional life and retirement insurance market with an array of products that include PRT, institutional life insurance sold through the bank-owned life insurance and corporate-owned life insurance markets, stable value wraps and structured settlements. We are also active in the capital markets through our funding agreement-backed note (“FABN”) program. We provide sophisticated, bespoke risk management solutions to both financial and non-financial institutions. Historically, a small number of incremental transactions have enabled us to generate significant new business volumes, providing a meaningful contribution to earnings, while maintaining a small and efficient operational footprint. We believe that market trends will contribute to growth in our stable value wrap product. Our Institutional Markets products generate earnings primarily through net investment spread, with a smaller portion of fee-based income and underwriting margin.
Our Distribution Platform
We have built a leading distribution platform through a range of partnerships. Our distribution platform includes banks, broker-dealers, general agencies, independent marketing organizations and independent insurance agents, as well as our career financial advisors, plan consultants, employers, specialized agents and a direct-to-consumer platform. We believe our distribution relationships are difficult to replicate and are strengthened by the breadth of our product offerings and long history of partnership. This platform includes:
AIG FD — We have a specialized team of approximately 500 sales professionals who partner with and grow our non-affiliated distribution on our broad platform, which includes banks, broker-dealers, general agencies, independent marketing organizations and independent insurance agents. Our direct-to-consumer platform, AIG Direct, primarily markets to middle market consumers through a variety of direct channels, including several types of digital channels such as search advertising, display advertising and email as well as direct mail.
Group Retirement — We have a broad team of relationship managers, consultant relationship professionals, business acquisition professionals and distribution leaders that focus on acquiring, serving and retaining retirement plans. Our affiliated platform, VALIC Financial Advisors, which includes approximately 1,300 career financial advisors as of March 31, 2022, focuses on our Group Retirement business, guiding individuals in both in-plan and out-of-plan investing.
Institutional Relationships — We have strong relationships with insurance brokers, bankers, asset managers, pension consultants and specialized agents who serve as intermediaries in our institutional business.
4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following chart presents our sales by distribution channel for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022, including premiums, deposits and other consideration for Individual Retirement and Group Retirement and sales on a periodic basis for Life Insurance(1), excluding Institutional Markets and $29.9 million and $1.1 million from AIG Direct and AIG Financial Network, respectively.


(1)
Life Insurance sales, excluding contributions from AIG Direct and AIG Financial Network on a periodic basis, totaled $273 million through the Independent Agents channel for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022.
Our Strategic Partnership with Blackstone
We recently entered into a strategic partnership with Blackstone that we believe has the potential to yield significant economic and strategic benefits over time. We believe that Blackstone’s ability to originate, and our enhanced ability to invest in, attractive and privately sourced, fixed-income oriented assets, will be accretive to our businesses and provide us with an enhanced competitive advantage.
Pursuant to the partnership, Blackstone manages $50 billion of assets in our investment portfolio, with that amount increasing by $8.5 billion in each of the next five years beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022 for an aggregate of $92.5 billion by the third quarter of 2027. We expect Blackstone to invest these assets primarily in Blackstone-originated investments across a range of asset classes, including private and structured credit. Blackstone’s typical credit and lending strategy is to seek to control all significant components of the underwriting and pricing processes with the goal of facilitating bespoke opportunities with historically strong credit protection and attractive risk-adjusted returns. Blackstone seeks to capture enhanced economics to those available in the traditional fixed income markets by going directly to the lending source.
With a market capitalization in excess of $152 billion and $915 billion of AUM as of March 31, 2022, Blackstone is one of the most recognized firms in asset management. Blackstone operates across asset categories, including real estate (both equity and debt), corporate private equity, credit, hedge fund management, infrastructure and secondaries. In addition to its role as the world’s largest real estate investor, with $298 billion of investor capital under management as of March 31, 2022, Blackstone owns and operates one of the world’s largest private real estate debt businesses, Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies, which has generated over $103 billion of gross loan commitments over its 13-year operating history. Separately, Blackstone Liquid Credit is one of the world’s largest originators of private credit, with $266 billion in total AUM as of March 31, 2022 and is one of the longest-tenured investors in the U.S. direct lending market with a 16-year performance history and approximately $68 billion invested from 2006 to March 31, 2022.
Blackstone will manage a portfolio of private and structured credit assets as described above, where we believe Blackstone is well-positioned to add value and drive new originations. We continue to manage asset allocation and portfolio-level risk management decisions with respect to any assets managed by Blackstone, ensuring that we maintain a consistent level of oversight across our entire investment portfolio.
5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As part of our partnership, Blackstone acquired a 9.9% position in our common stock, aligning its economic interests with our stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Partnership with Blackstone.” This $2.2 billion investment, subject to post-closing adjustments, represented the largest corporate investment in Blackstone’s firm history.
Our Investment Management Arrangement with BlackRock
Certain of our insurance company subsidiaries recently entered into separate investment management agreements with BlackRock (the “BlackRock Arrangement”). We expect to transfer the management of up to $90 billion of liquid fixed income and certain private placement assets in the aggregate to BlackRock over a period of 12 months in connection with the BlackRock Arrangement. We expect the BlackRock Arrangement will provide us with access to market-leading capabilities, including portfolio management, research and tactical strategies in addition to a larger pool of investment professionals. We believe BlackRock’s scale and fee structure make BlackRock an excellent outsourcing partner for certain asset classes and will allow us to further optimize our investment management operating model while improving overall performance. See “Business—Our Segments—Investment Management—Our Investment Management Arrangement with BlackRock.”
Our Historical Results and Capital Management
We have a history of consistent and strong results. Our well-diversified, attractive risk-adjusted return profile results from a combination of fee and spread-based income and has historically provided stability through market cycles. Our statutory capital position has been strengthened by our consistent capital generation, and our Life Fleet RBC was 447% as of December 31, 2021, consistent with our target Life Fleet RBC ratio of above 400%. We intend to allocate excess capital opportunistically to invest in our business and return capital to stockholders while maintaining a strong ratings profile.
Market Opportunities
We believe that several market dynamics will drive significant demand for our products and services. These dynamics include the aging of the U.S. population and the resulting generational wealth transfer, the strong consumer preference for financial planning advice, the continued reduction of corporate defined benefit plans and the significant life insurance protection gap for consumers. We believe our businesses are well-positioned to capitalize on the opportunities presented by these long-term trends.
Large and growing retirement-aged population in the U.S.
According to the U.S. Census Bureau, there were approximately 56 million Americans age 65 and older in 2020, representing 17% of the U.S. population. By 2030, this segment of the population is expected to increase by 17 million, or 30%, to approximately 73 million Americans, representing 21% of the U.S. population. Technological advances and improvements in healthcare are projected (notwithstanding near-term COVID-19 impacts) to continue to contribute to increasing average life expectancy. Accordingly, aging individuals must be prepared to fund retirement periods that will last longer than those of previous generations. We believe these longer retirement periods will result in increased demand for our retirement products. Further, Cerulli Associates estimates that by the end of 2042, $70 trillion will change hands from aging households passing on their wealth, providing a significant opportunity for our annuities, life insurance and investment products.
Strong consumer preference for financial planning advice
According to LIMRA, U.S. consumers continue to favor purchasing life insurance in person through an agent or advisor compared to another channel, with 93% of annuities being purchased through financial professionals for the year ended December 31, 2020, despite the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. According to Cerulli Associates, 31% of U.S. retirees prefer to seek retirement advice from financial professionals, the most popular avenue for retirement advice in this demographic, and 20% of U.S. active workers prefer to engage financial professionals for retirement planning. Also according to Cerulli Associates, financial professionals are also the most popular option for retirement planning services for U.S. active workers with $100,000 or more in assets, and nearly half of U.S. active workers with $500,000 or more in assets prefer to receive retirement advice from a financial professional. Due to the complexity of financial planning, we believe that many consumers will continue to seek advice in connection with the purchase of these products, providing a competitive advantage to our broad distribution platforms and in-house advice capabilities.
6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reduced corporate safety net
According to the Employee Benefits Research Institute, the percentage of private-sector wage and salary workers participating in only a defined benefit pension plan decreased from 28% in 1979 to just 1% in 2019. By contrast, the percentage participating in only defined contribution pension plans jumped from 7% to 41%. These statistics demonstrate the increasing need for individuals to seek private solutions to retirement planning and lifetime income. We believe that the dramatic and continuous shift of private-sector worker plan coverage will drive continued demand for our products and expertise. In addition, as more employers close defined benefit plans and look to transfer some or all of their obligations to pay retirement benefits, the domestic PRT market has grown from $3.8 billion in premiums in 2013 to $38.1 billion in 2021, a trend that we expect to continue.
Growing life insurance protection gap and increased awareness of life insurance need due to COVID-19 pandemic
According to LIMRA, almost half (48%) of American adults in 2021 did not own any form of life insurance, an increase of two percentage points from 2020 and eight percentage points from 2016. Against this trend, the COVID-19 pandemic is expected to increase consumer demand for life insurance, with almost one-third of Americans (31%) saying they are more likely to purchase coverage because of the pandemic, according to LIMRA. We believe the COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the importance of our protection products and will have a lasting effect on consumers’ attitudes toward purchasing life insurance.
Our Competitive Strengths
Scaled platform with leading positions across a broad suite of products. Our scaled businesses collectively manage $388.0 billion of AUMA as of March 31, 2022, and we generated $31.6 billion of premiums and deposits and $2.4 billion in fee income for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022. We have approximately $12.5 billion of statutory capital and surplus as of December 31, 2021, which makes us the eighth largest life and annuity company in the United States. We have $20.3 billion of Adjusted Book Value as of March 31, 2022. We believe our scale provides us with significant operating and competitive advantages, including our importance to our distribution partners and our ability to utilize investments in technological and operational efficiencies to benefit customers.
We maintain leading positions across multiple products and we have in many cases held these leading positions for decades. According to LIMRA, in 2021 we ranked second in total annuity sales while ranking fourth, third and fifth across fixed, fixed index and variable annuities, respectively. We hold top five market positions in K-12 education, higher education and healthcare institutions group retirement assets as of September 30, 2021, while ranking in the top 10 in government group retirement assets as of September 30, 2021, and in the top 10 in term life sales as of December 31, 2021. In recent years, we have also experienced significant growth in advisory-based assets across both in-plan and out-of-plan products.
Our breadth of products allows us to manage our businesses to prioritize value over volume. We have the flexibility to allocate resources towards areas that we believe present the highest available risk-adjusted returns across our portfolio. We manage sales of our portfolio of products and services based on consumer demand and our view of profitability and risk across the markets in which we compete. We believe that this approach allows us to deliver consistent performance over time through a wide range of economic conditions and market environments.
Diversified and attractive business mix. Our business mix is well-balanced by both product type and revenue source. For the twelve months ended March 31 2022, our four operating businesses collectively generated $5.9 billion in premiums, $3.0 billion in policy fees and $9.7 billion in net investment income excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets, contributing to a total of $24.2 billion in total revenue, including Fortitude Re. Our adjusted revenue is spread across our four operating businesses with Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Life Insurance and Institutional Markets accounting for 31%, 17%, 24% and 28%, respectively, excluding Corporate and Other, for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022.
Our diversified financial model generates earnings through a combination of spread income, fee income and underwriting margin. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2022, our spread-based income totaled $4.2 billion, our fee-based income totaled $2.4 billion and our underwriting margin was $1.2 billion, providing a balanced mix of 54% spread-based income, 31% fee-based income, and 15% underwriting margin, in each case as a percentage of the total of these income sources. For further discussion regarding our earnings, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics—Key Operating Metrics—Fee and Spread Income and Underwriting Margin.”
7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Broad distribution platform giving us access to customers and financial intermediaries. We have a leading distribution platform with a range of partnerships and capabilities across the value chain and a culture of focus on the customer. We believe our distribution relationships are strengthened by the breadth of our product offerings and our high-touch client services. Our distribution capabilities include:
AIG FD has approximately 500 specialized sales professionals that leverage our strategic account relationships and other partnerships to address multiple client needs. This platform is primarily focused on our non-affiliated distribution through banks, broker-dealers and independent marketing organizations, and specializes in aligning our robust product offering of over 160 life and annuity products with individual partner preferences, reaching independent advisors, agencies and other firms. AIG FD primarily facilitates distribution for our Individual Retirement and Life Insurance businesses, including providing certain partners a unified coverage model that allows for distribution of both our life insurance and annuity products.
Individual Retirement maintains a growing multi-channel distribution footprint built on long-term relationships. As of March 31, 2022, our footprint included over 24,000 advisors and agents actively selling our annuities in the prior twelve months, accessed through long-term relationships with over 600 firms distributing our annuity products. These advisors and agents included approximately 11,500 new producers who sold our annuity products for the first time in twelve months.
Life Insurance has a well-balanced distribution footprint that reaches approximately 35,000 independent agents as of March 31, 2022, who actively sell our life insurance solutions, through diverse independent channels as well as a direct-to-consumer model. We had access to over 800 managing general agents (“MGAs”) and brokerage general agents (“BGAs”) as of March 31, 2022. In addition to our non-affiliated distribution, our life insurance policies are sold through AIG Direct, our direct-to-consumer brand with more than 130 active agents as of March 31, 2022, which represented 12% of our life insurance sales for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022.
Group Retirement is supported by a broad team of relationship managers, consultant relationship professionals and business acquisition professionals that focus on acquiring, serving and retaining retirement plans with approximately 22,000 plan sponsor relationships as of March 31, 2022. Also, VALIC Financial Advisors helps build relationships with employees through our holistic and vertically-integrated offering. Our field force of approximately 1,300 career financial advisors, as of March 31, 2022, comprises experienced field and phone-based financial advisors, retirement plan consultants and experienced financial planners with an average of nearly 10 years of tenure with VALIC Financial Advisors. These professionals provide education, financial planning and retirement advice to individuals participating in their employer sponsored plan. Due to the relationships built with individuals and employers, our financial professionals can, as permitted by employer guidelines, build broad relationships to provide financial planning, advisory and retirement solutions to approximately 1.7 million individuals through our in-plan products and services and over 300,000 individuals through our out-of-plan products and services, as of March 31, 2022.
Institutional Markets largely writes bespoke transactions and works with a broad range of consultants and brokers, maintaining relationships with insurance brokers, bankers, asset managers and specialized agents who serve as intermediaries.
We focus on maintaining strong and longstanding relationships with our partners and seek to grow our volumes with intermediaries. As of December 31, 2021, we represented approximately 13% on average of the total sales volume of our top 25 third-party distribution partners for our annuities. These partners have been with our platform for an average of approximately 25 years, with nine of them for 30 years or more as of December 31, 2021. Each of our distribution platforms has a different strategy. For example, our wholesale operations, through AIG FD, provide high-touch customer service to our intermediaries and seek to help them grow in tandem with our business, while our VALIC Financial Advisors allows us to develop deep and trust-centered relationships directly with individuals to support their broader retirement and insurance needs.
Proven ability to design innovative products and services. Our ability to innovate has contributed to our ability to maintain leading market positions and capitalize on profitable growth opportunities while carefully managing risk, including interest rate and equity risk within our products. The culture of innovation is deeply
8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ingrained in our business and goes back decades. For example, our business issued the first 403(b) annuity contract in a K-12 school system over 50 years ago, to a client that continues to be one of our largest in the Group Retirement business. More recently, we accelerated the growth of our fixed index annuity platform, growing from negligible operations in 2012 to the third-largest player by sales in 2021. This growth was supported by regular product innovation, including exclusive products provided to select distributors with innovative living benefits and customized indices. Fixed index annuities are now our largest Individual Retirement product category by premiums and deposits. We also launched the first fixed index annuity with a living benefit for sale in New York State. We introduced novel risk management features in our variable annuity products with living benefits, including VIX-indexed fee structures and a required fixed account allocation, each of which are now present in 90% of our in-force variable annuity products with living benefits as of March 31, 2022 and present in all of our new variable annuity sales for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022. Within our PRT business, we have developed new product offerings and solutions to participate in complex plan terminations, and are developing longevity swap products to enhance our deal execution capabilities.
Our strategic partnership with Blackstone. Blackstone is expected to originate, and significantly enhance our ability to invest in, attractive and privately sourced, fixed-income oriented assets that are well-suited for liability-driven investing within an insurance company framework. We believe these expanded investment capabilities will improve our investment returns, accelerate our product innovation and enhance the competitiveness of our products. When scaled across our businesses, we believe these expanded capabilities can provide a significant catalyst for future growth.
High-quality liability profile supported by a strong balance sheet and disciplined approach to risk management. We believe our diverse product portfolio and history of disciplined execution have produced a strong balance sheet that is expected to generate significant cash flows over time. First, our disciplined risk selection has resulted in a high-quality liability profile with limited-to-no exposure to “challenged” product portfolios. We have minimal gross exposure, and no net exposure, to LTC policies, which we have fully reinsured to Fortitude Re. Additionally, we have well-managed and limited exposure to optional guarantees within our individual annuity portfolio. As of March 31, 2022, individual annuities with living benefits represented less than 17% of total AUMA, with 4% of these related to guarantees on fixed and fixed index annuities. Our historically profitable variable annuity portfolio has benefited from disciplined risk selection and product design with, as of March 31, 2022, approximately 61% of the portfolio having no guaranteed living benefits and 6% of variable annuity reserves attributable to living benefit business written prior to 2009. In our Institutional Markets business, we offer certain products, such as stable value wraps (“SVWs”), without significant mortality or longevity exposure. Furthermore, the breadth of our Institutional Markets offering allows us to be selective in our liability generation and allocate capital towards the areas where we see the greatest risk-adjusted returns.
Our balance sheet is supported by our strong capital position and high-quality investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2021, we had a Life Fleet RBC ratio of 447%, consistent with our target Life Fleet RBC ratio of above 400%. We intend to manage our financial leverage appropriately with a target financial leverage ratio of 25% to 30%. See “Glossary” for the definition of financial leverage ratio. Our insurance operating company investment portfolio is primarily invested in fixed income securities, 94% of which are designated investment grade by the NAIC as of March 31, 2022.
We also have an active hedging program for our living benefit guarantees, which is informed by our view of the economic liability of the business and is intended to provide protection against adverse market scenarios that could cause the value of the associated liability to increase. In addition, we have an active asset-liability management (“ALM”) program that seeks to closely match the characteristics of our asset portfolio with the characteristics of our liabilities.
Ability to deliver consistent cash flows and attractive returns for stockholders. Through our scaled and diverse businesses, underpinned by our strong balance sheet and disciplined approach to risk management, we have delivered consistent earnings and cash flows to our parent company. We have also delivered an attractive return on equity, despite the challenging macroeconomic environment with low interest rates and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Experienced management team. We have a strong and experienced senior management team with a range of backgrounds across insurance, financial services and other areas of expertise. Our senior management team has an average of over 25 years of experience in the financial services industry.
Our Strategy
Leverage our platform to deliver increased earnings. There are significant trends supporting the growth of each of our four businesses, and we believe that we are positioned to take advantage of these trends to achieve targeted growth opportunities.
We believe we can leverage our broad platform to benefit from changing Individual Retirement market dynamics. We intend to maintain and expand our products to provide income and accumulation benefits to our customers. For example, we recently broadened our product portfolio to include a fee-based fixed index annuity to meet the needs of our investment advisor distribution partners. Through our customized wholesaling model, we plan to capitalize on this opportunity by leveraging both external and proprietary data to identify the highest value opportunities at both the distribution partner and financial professional level.
We believe our high-touch model is well-tailored for many employers in the not-for-profit retirement plan market and enables us to help middle market and mass affluent individuals achieve retirement security. Specifically, our career financial advisors provide education and advice to plan participants while accumulating assets in-plan and can seek to serve more of the participant’s financial needs during their lifetime beyond the in-plan relationship, as permitted by employer guidelines. As of March 31, 2022, we have a large extended customer base of approximately 1.7 million plan participants to whom we have access through our in-plan Group Retirement offerings and 300,000 individuals we serve through our out-of-plan Group Retirement offerings. With in-plan income solutions beginning to emerge, we are well-positioned to benefit from market needs. Moreover, by continuing to offer investment advisory services and third-party annuity products, we expect to capture additional fee-based revenue while providing our clients attractive financial solutions outside of the scope of our own product suite.
Our Life Insurance business has an opportunity to help close the current protection gap in the United States and offer value to our customers internationally. For example, we have begun to offer simplified and less expensive insurance options to middle market pre-retirees looking for final expense protection through the launch of our new Simplified Issue Whole Life (“SIWL”) product in the fourth quarter of 2021. Additionally, we expect our strong performance in the term life insurance market to accelerate through enhanced consumer awareness of life insurance coupled with an improved new business process. Our long history in the direct-to-consumer market through a variety of direct-to-consumer channels provides valuable insights and experience for these opportunities.
Our Institutional Markets business has developed relationships with brokers, consultants and other distribution partners to drive increased earnings for its products. We expect to continue to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns through PRT deals by focusing on the larger end of the full plan termination market where we can leverage our differentiated capabilities around managing market risks, asset-in-kind portfolios and deferred participant longevity. Additionally, we plan to grow our guaranteed investment contract (“GIC”) portfolio by expanding our FABN program. We believe that our Blackstone partnership will differentiate our competitive position by providing assets with a duration, liquidity and return profile that are well-suited to our Institutional Markets offerings, allowing us to grow our transaction volume.
Leverage our strategic partnership with Blackstone to create differentiated pricing and liability sourcing. Blackstone is a market-leading alternative investment manager with significant direct asset origination capabilities, representing additional opportunities for us to source the fixed-income oriented assets needed to back our liabilities and enhance risk-adjusted returns. We intend to use our collective asset origination and investment management capabilities to help drive value and growth for all of our businesses.
Drive further cost reduction and productivity improvement across the organization.
We have identified opportunities to improve profitability across our businesses through operating expense reductions, without impacting our ability to serve our existing clients, and in many cases enhancing our service
10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

capabilities, to enable growth in our businesses. We aim to achieve an annual run rate expense reduction of $200 million to $300 million on a pre-tax basis within two to three years of this offering. To achieve this goal, we have created a productivity improvement program with a one-time expense of $200 million and intend to complete our “AIG 200” savings of $125 million on an annual run rate basis by the end of 2022, of which $25 million has been earned as of December 31, 2021 (all such amounts presented on a pre-tax basis). In particular, we plan to:
simplify our customer service model and modernize our technology infrastructure with more efficient, up-to-date alternatives, including cloud migration and cloud-based solutions;
further optimize our functional operating model;
build on existing partnership arrangements to further improve scale and drive spend efficiency through technology deployment and process optimization;
rationalize our real estate footprint to align with our business strategy, future operating model and organizational structure; and;
optimize our vendor relationships to drive additional savings.
To achieve this plan, we are engaged in advanced discussions with our existing partners to pursue further cost efficiencies by transforming additional operational and back office processes. Apart from the above, we intend to evolve our investments organization, which we expect will create additional efficiencies, to reflect our relationships with key external partners, our expected implementation of BlackRock’s “Aladdin” investment management technology platform and our expected reduction in fees from AIG for asset management services.
For additional information about our cost reduction and productivity improvements across the organization, see “Risk Factors—Our productivity improvement initiatives may not yield our expected expense reductions and improvements in operational and organizational efficiency.”
Closely manage capital to continue to provide strong cash flow for stockholders. We have historically provided strong cash flows from our existing businesses to our parent company, and we intend to continue to manage our businesses to produce meaningful returns to stockholders through potential dividends and share repurchases. We also intend to closely manage our in-force portfolio, seek to ensure that new business is profitable and proactively manage our businesses to optimize returns within and across portfolios.
Financial Goals
We have designed our financial goals to maintain a strong balance sheet while delivering disciplined profitable growth. We have established the following financial goals, based on the assumptions below, which we believe best measure the execution of our business strategy and align with our stockholders’ interests.
Life Fleet RBC of at least 400%;
Return of capital to stockholders equal to 60 to 65% of adjusted after-tax operating income attributable to our common stockholders (“AATOI”) consisting of common stockholder dividends of $600 million each year and share repurchases, subject to approval by our board of directors (the “Board”) (see “Dividend Policy”); and
Adjusted ROAE in the range of 12% to 14% based on current accounting rules in effect on the date hereof and without giving effect to any changes resulting from the adoption of the new accounting standard for long duration contracts.
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Measures—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion of AATOI and Adjusted ROAE.
These financial goals are based on certain assumptions, including assumptions regarding interest rates, geopolitical stability and market performance.
While these goals are presented with numerical specificity, and we believe such goals to be reasonable as of the date of this prospectus, given the uncertainties surrounding such assumptions, there are significant risks that these assumptions may not be realized and as a result, the financial goals may not be achieved in whole or in part. We
11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

caution you that these goals are not guarantees of future performance or outcomes and that actual performance and outcomes, including our actual results of operations, may differ materially from those suggested by these goals, particularly if actual events adversely differ from one or more of our key assumptions. The financial goals and their underlying assumptions are forward-looking statements and other risks, uncertainties and factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors,” could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements we make. You should read carefully the factors described in “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to better understand the risks and uncertainties inherent in our business and underlying any forward-looking statements, including with respect to these financial goals. These goals are made only as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise any goals to reflect the occurrence of events, changes in assumptions or adjustments in such financial goals, unanticipated or otherwise, other than as may be required by law. In addition, we expect our financial goals to evolve over time to reflect changes in our business strategies and our balance sheet mix.
For additional information about our financial goals, including a non-exclusive list of the underlying assumptions and certain risks, see “Business—Financial Goals” and “Risk Factors—Our business strategy may not be effective in accomplishing our objectives, including as a result of events that can cause our fundamental business model to change and assumptions that may prove not to be accurate.”
Our History and Development
Corebridge is currently a direct, majority-owned subsidiary of AIG Inc., a leading global insurance organization. AIG Inc. provides a wide range of property casualty insurance, life insurance, retirement solutions, and other financial services to customers in approximately 80 countries and jurisdictions. Our life insurance subsidiaries have a long track record of serving the financial needs of policyholders and distributors in the United States and trace their corporate history back to 1850 with the formation of The United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York. We further expanded with the acquisition of SunAmerica Inc., a leading retirement and financial services company in 1999, and American General Corporation, a leading life insurer in 2001. Through our various life insurance subsidiaries, we are licensed to conduct life insurance and annuity business in all 50 states in the United States and the District of Columbia and in the UK and Bermuda. Neither AIG nor any affiliate of AIG will have any obligation to provide additional capital or credit support to us following closing of this offering.
On November 2, 2021, Blackstone invested $2.2 billion, subject to post-closing adjustments, in the Company for approximately 9.9% of our outstanding common stock. In addition, we entered into various asset management agreements with Blackstone pursuant to which Blackstone manages $50 billion of assets in our investment portfolio as of March 31, 2022, with that amount increasing by $8.5 billion in each of the next five years beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022 for an aggregate of $92.5 billion by the third quarter of 2027. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Partnership with Blackstone.”
Organizational Structure
We are currently in the process of an internal reorganization (the “Reorganization”). The Reorganization’s primary goals are to ensure that we will hold all of AIG Group’s life and retirement business and substantially all of AIG Group’s investment management operations prior to the consummation of this offering. See “The Reorganization Transactions.”
AIG will hold approximately    % of our common stock (or    % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder) and Blackstone will hold approximately 9.9% of our common stock after the consummation of the Reorganization and this offering. As a result, we will continue to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards following the consummation of the offering. This status will allow us to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements otherwise applicable to NYSE-listed companies. See “Management—Corporate Governance.”
12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following chart illustrates our organizational structure (including the jurisdiction of incorporation of each respective entity) after giving effect to the Reorganization and this offering, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares from the selling stockholder. The chart reflects only certain of our subsidiaries and has been simplified for illustrative purposes. All ownership percentages shown below are 100% unless otherwise noted.


Following this offering, AIG will continue to hold a majority of our outstanding common stock, and as a result AIG will continue to have control of our business, including pursuant to the agreements described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with AIG Following this Offering.” In addition, Blackstone will have corporate governance, consent and information rights with respect to us under the Blackstone Stockholders' Agreement as described in “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Partnership with Blackstone.”
Capital Structure
We have historically operated with a capital structure that reflected our status as a subsidiary of AIG. To prepare for this offering and operation as a stand-alone public company, we will undertake a number of recapitalization and financing initiatives designed to provide an efficient and flexible capital structure, similar to those of our U.S. public company peers (the “Recapitalization”). Specifically, we have entered into a revolving credit facility, delayed draw term loan facilities and letters of credit. Further, on April 5, 2022, we completed an issuance of $6.5 billion of senior notes and used the proceeds from the sale to repay outstanding indebtedness owed by us to AIG. See “Recapitalization” and “Capitalization.”
Corporate Information
Corebridge Financial, Inc., the issuer in this offering, is a Delaware corporation. Our principal executive offices are located at 2919 Allen Parkway, Woodson Tower, Houston, Texas 77019, and our telephone number is 1-877-375-2422. Our website is www.           .com. None of the information contained on, or that may be accessed through, our website or any other website identified herein is part of, or incorporated into, this prospectus, and you should not rely on any such information in connection with your decision to invest in our common stock. Reference to our website is made as an inactive textual reference.
13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY RISK FACTORS
Our business is subject to a number of risks, including risks that could prevent us from achieving our business objectives or financial goals or that otherwise could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, that you should carefully consider before making a decision to invest in our common stock. These risks are discussed more fully in “Risk Factors.” These risks include the following:
sustained low, declining or negative interest rates, rapidly increasing interest rates or changes to credit spreads;
the deterioration of economic conditions, changes in market conditions, weakening in capital markets, the rise of inflation or geopolitical tensions, including the armed conflict between Ukraine and Russia;
the impact of COVID-19, which will depend on future developments, including with respect to new variants, that are uncertain and cannot be predicted;
unavailable, uneconomical or inadequate reinsurance;
a failure by Fortitude Re to perform its obligations under its reinsurance agreements;
the inaccuracy of the methodologies, estimations and assumptions underlying our valuation of investments and derivatives;
our potential inability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness to obtain additional financing;
our limited ability to access funds from our subsidiaries;
a downgrade in the Insurer Financial Strength (“IFS”) ratings of our insurance companies and a downgrade in our credit ratings;
our exposure to liquidity and other risks due to participation in a securities lending program and a repurchase program;
exposure to credit risk due to nonperformance or defaults by our counterparties;
the inadequate and unanticipated performance of third parties that we rely upon to provide certain business and administrative services on our behalf;
our inability to maintain the availability of our critical technology systems and data and safeguard the confidentiality and integrity of our data;
the ineffectiveness of our risk management policies and procedures;
significant legal, governmental or regulatory proceedings;
the ineffectiveness of new elements of our business strategy in accomplishing our objectives;
the intense competition we face in each of our business lines and the technological changes that may present new and intensified challenges to our business;
catastrophes, including those associated with climate change and pandemics;
material changes to, or termination of, our significant investment advisory contracts with other parties, including Fortitude Re;
business or asset acquisitions and dispositions that may expose us to certain risks;
changes in laws and regulations that may affect our operations, increase our insurance subsidiary capital requirements or reduce our profitability;
a determination that we are an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act and subject to applicable restrictions;
new laws and regulations, or new interpretations of current laws and regulations, both domestically and internationally;
differences between actual experience and the estimates used in the preparation of financial statements and modeled results used in various areas of our business;
14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

differences in actual experience and the assumptions and estimates used in preparing projections for our financial goals, reserves and cash flows;
the ineffectiveness of our productivity improvement initiatives in yielding our expected expense reductions and improvements in operational and organizational efficiency;
recognition of an impairment of our goodwill or the establishment of an additional valuation allowance against our deferred income tax assets as a result of our business lines underperforming or their estimated fair values declining;
our inability to attract and retain the key employees and highly skilled people we need to support our business, including in light of current competition for talent;
the termination by Blackstone IM of the separately managed account agreements (“SMAs”), or our commitment letter with it to manage portions of our investment portfolio, or risks related to limitations on our ability to terminate the Blackstone IM arrangements;
our limited ability to pursue certain investment opportunities and retain well-performing investment managers due to our exclusive investment management arrangements with Blackstone IM in relation to certain asset classes;
the historical performance of AMG, Blackstone IM and BlackRock not being indicative of the future results of our investment portfolio, our future results or any returns expected on our common shares;
ineffective management of our investment portfolio or harm to our business reputation due to increased regulation or scrutiny of alternative investment advisers and investment activities;
our failure to replicate or replace functions, systems and infrastructure provided by AIG or certain of its affiliates (including through shared service contracts) or our loss of benefits from AIG’s global contracts, and AIG’s failure to perform the services provided for in the Transition Services Agreement, as well as incremental costs we expect to incur as a stand-alone public company;
costs associated with rebranding;
additional expenses requiring us to implement future operational and organizational efficiencies due to our restructuring initiatives in connection with our separation from AIG;
the significant influence that AIG has over us;
actual or potential conflicts of interest with certain of our directors because of their AIG equity ownership or their current or former AIG positions;
the interpretation of insurance holding company laws which may deem that investors in AIG “control” us following their investment in our common stock;
potentially higher U.S. federal income taxes due to our inability to file a single U.S. consolidated federal income tax return following our separation from AIG;
our potential liability for U.S. income taxes of the entire AIG Consolidated Tax Group for all taxable years or portions thereof in which we (or our subsidiaries) were members of such group; and
other potential adverse tax consequences to us from our separation from AIG.
15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE OFFERING
Common stock offered by the selling
stockholder
    shares
Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering
    shares
Option to purchase additional shares
The underwriters have a 30-day option to purchase up to     additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholder at the initial public offering price, less underwriting discounts and commissions.
Use of proceeds
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of common stock in this offering; the selling stockholder will receive all of the proceeds from the sale of shares of our common stock.
Dividend policy
We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock at an initial amount of approximately $     per share beginning     , although any declaration of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, regulatory constraints, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions and any other factors that our Board deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends. See “Dividend Policy.”
Proposed NYSE symbol
“CRBG”.
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding immediately following this offering is based on         shares outstanding as of          , 2022 and excludes      shares of common stock reserved for future issuance following this offering under our equity plans.
Unless otherwise indicated, all information in this prospectus:
gives effect to a          -for-          stock split on our common stock effected on          , 2022;
assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of common stock from the selling stockholder;
assumes that the initial public offering price of our common stock will be $    per share (which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus); and
gives effect to amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated by-laws adopted prior to the settlement of this offering.
16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
The following tables set forth our summary historical financial data derived from our financial statements as of the dates and for each of the periods indicated. The summary historical financial data as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for each of the three years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical data as of December 31, 2019 are based on our audited financial statements not included in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.
You should read this summary historical financial data in conjunction with the section entitled “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended
December 31,
 
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
 
(in millions)
Statement of Income (Loss)
 
 
 
 
 
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$726
$487
$5,637
$4,341
$3,501
Policy fees
764
784
3,051
2,874
2,930
Net investment income:
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income – excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
2,303
2,460
9,897
9,089
9,176
Net investment income – Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
278
436
1,775
1,427
1,598
Total net investment income
2,581
2,896
11,672
10,516
10,774
Net realized gains (losses):
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gains (losses) – excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets and embedded derivative
1,012
712
1,618
(765)
(159)
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(123)
155
924
1,002
262
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
2,837
2,007
(687)
(3,978)
(5,167)
Total net realized gains (losses)
3,726
2,874
1,855
(3,741)
(5,064)
Advisory fee income
131
153
597
553
572
Other income
176
149
578
519
497
Total revenue
$8,104
$7,343
23,390
15,062
13,210
Benefits and Expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder benefits
1,366
1,166
8,050
6,602
5,335
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
875
860
3,549
3,528
3,614
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
543
440
1,057
543
674
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
161
156
680
604
564
Advisory fee expenses
71
84
322
316
322
General operating expenses
586
538
2,104
2,027
1,975
Interest expense
81
114
389
490
555
Loss on extinguishment of debt
15
219
10
32
Net (gain) loss on divestitures
2
(3,081)
Net (gain) loss on Fortitude Re transactions
(26)
91
Total benefits and expenses
$3,685
$3,373
13,263
14,211
13,071
Income (loss) before income tax (benefit)
4,419
3,970
10,127
851
139
Income tax (benefit)
$883
$759
1,843
(15)
(168)
Net income (loss)
3,536
3,211
8,284
866
307
Net income attributable to non-controlling interests
75
95
929
224
257
Net income (loss) attributable to Corebridge
$3,461
$3,116
7,355
642
50
Earnings Per Share
 
 
 
 
 
Non-GAAP Financial Measures:(1)
 
 
 
 
 
Adjusted revenues
4,113
4,072
20,490
17,406
16,798
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss)
697
877
3,685
3,194
3,584
Adjusted after-tax operating income (loss)
576
696
2,929
2,556
2,892
(1)
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion of these measures and a reconciliation of each to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended
December 31,
 
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
 
(in millions)
Adjusted Pre-Tax Operating Income by Segment:
 
 
 
 
 
Individual Retirement
387
540
1,895
1,942
2,010
Group Retirement
226
309
1,273
975
958
Life Insurance
(41)
(49)
96
146
522
Institutional Markets
125
143
584
367
322
 
As of March 31,
As of December 31,
 
2022
2021
2020
2019
 
(in millions)
Balance Sheet
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Total investments
$239,783
$256,318
$260,274
$238,888
Reinsurance assets — Fortitude Re, net of allowance for credit losses and disputes
28,289
28,472
29,158
29,497
Separate account assets, at fair value
100,850
109,111
100,290
93,272
Total assets
394,667
416,212
410,155
382,476
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Future policy benefits for life and accident and health insurance contracts
56,491
57,751
54,660
50,490
Policyholder contract deposits
156,608
156,846
154,892
147,731
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
31,497
35,144
36,789
34,433
Long-term debt
427
427
905
912
Debt of consolidated investment entities
6,886
6,936
10,341
10,166
Separate account liabilities
100,850
109,111
100,290
93,272
Total liabilities
373,539
387,284
370,323
348,797
Equity:
 
 
 
 
Corebridge Shareholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
Common stock class A, $1.00 par value;      shares authorized;      shares issued
Common stock class B, $1.00 par value;      shares authorized;      shares issued
Additional paid-in capital
8,040
8,060
Retained earnings
12,030
8,859
Shareholder’s net investment
22,579
22,476
Accumulated other comprehensive income
(589)
10,167
14,653
9,329
Total Corebridge Shareholders’ equity
19,481
27,086
37,232
31,805
Non-redeemable noncontrolling interests
1,565
1,759
2,549
1,874
Total equity
21,046
28,845
39,781
33,679
The following table summarizes our normalized distributions:
 
Three
Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Subsidiary dividends paid
700
300
$1,564
$540
$1,535
$2,488
$2,409
Less: Non-recurring dividends
(295)
600
(400)
(1,113)
(890)
Tax sharing payments related to utilization of tax attributes
147
183
$902
$1,026
$954
$370
$782
Normalized distributions(1)
847
483
2,171
2,166
2,089
1,745
2,301
(1)
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics—Non-GAAP Measures” for a discussion of this measure and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure.
18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SUMMARY UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
The summary unaudited pro forma financial data consists of unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet information as of March 31, 2022 and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income (loss) information for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021. The summary unaudited pro forma financial data should be read in conjunction with the information included under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information,” “Recapitalization,” “The Reorganization Transactions,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe the summary unaudited pro forma financial data presented below are useful to investors because it presents our historical results of operations for the periods presented giving effect to the Recapitalization, disposition of the affordable housing portfolio, tax deconsolidation, Investment Management, including our Strategic Partnership with Blackstone, and other costs expected to be incurred as part of the Separation, as if they had occurred or were incurred as of the dates indicated below.
The following summary unaudited pro forma financial data present the historical financial statements of the Company as if these transactions had been completed as of March 31, 2022 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet, and as of January 1, 2021 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of income (loss).
The summary unaudited pro forma financial data are presented for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent our financial condition or our results of operations had these transactions occurred on or as of the dates noted above or to project the results for any future date or period. Actual results may differ from the summary unaudited pro forma financial data.
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet
as of March 31, 2022
(in millions, except for share data)
 
Assets:
 
Investments:
 
Fixed maturity securities:
 
Bonds available for sale
$180,644
Other bond securities
2,671
Equity securities
109
Mortgage and other loans receivable
40,949
Other invested assets
10,971
Short-term investments
4,439
Total Investments
239,783
Cash
1,183
Accrued investment income
1,783
Premiums and other receivables
1,103
Reinsurance assets - Fortitude Re
28,289
Reinsurance assets - other
2,985
Deferred income taxes
6,294
Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
10,240
Other assets
2,670
Separate account assets
100,850
Total assets
$395,180
 
 
19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(in millions, except for share data)
 
Liabilities:
 
Future policy benefits for life and accident and health insurance contracts
$56,491
Policyholder contract deposits
156,608
Other policyholder funds
2,994
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
31,497
Other liabilities
9,440
Short-term debt
Long-term debt
9,373
Debt of consolidated investment entities
6,886
Separate account liabilities
100,850
Total liabilities
$374,139
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
$82
Corebridge Shareholders' equity
 
Class A Common stock, $1.00 par value, 180,000 shares authorized; 90,100 shares issued
Class B Common stock, $1.00 par value, 20,000 shares authorized; 9,900 shares issued
Additional paid-in capital
8,040
Retained earnings
11,943
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(589)
Total Corebridge Shareholders' equity
19,394
Non-redeemable noncontolling interests
1,565
Total Equity
$20,959
Total Liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and equity
$395,180
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss) Data
(dollars in millions, except per common share data)
Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2022
Year Ended
December 31, 2021
Revenues:
 
 
Premiums
726
5,637
Policy fees
764
3,051
Net investment income:
 
 
Net investment income: excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
2,303
9,441
Net investment income: Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
278
1,775
Total net investment income
$2,581
$11,216
Net Realized gains (losses):
 
 
Net realized gains (losses) excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets and embedded derivative
1,012
1,618
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(123)
924
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
2,837
(687)
Total Net realized gains (losses)
3,726
1,855
Advisory fee income
131
597
Other income
176
578
Total Revenues
$8,104
$22,934
20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(dollars in millions, except per common share data)
Three
Months Ended
March 31, 2022
Year Ended
December 31, 2021
Benefits and expenses:
 
 
Policyholder benefits
1,366
8,050
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
875
3,549
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
543
1,057
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
161
680
Advisory fees
71
322
General operating and other expenses
613
2,196
Interest expense
151
662
Loss on extinguishment of debt
219
Net (gain) loss on divestitures
2
(3,081)
Loss on Fortitude Re Reinsurance Contract
(26)
Total benefits and expenses
$3,782
$13,628
Income (loss) before income tax expense
4,322
9,306
Income tax expense (benefit):
$863
$1,782
Net income (loss)
$3,459
$7,524
Less:
 
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
$75
$861
Net income (loss) attributable to Corebridge
$3,384
$6,663
 
 
 
Income (loss) per common share attributable to Corebridge common shareholders:
 
 
Class A - Basic and diluted
$
$
Class B - Basic and diluted
$
$
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
Class A - Basic and diluted
 
Class B - Basic and diluted
 
 
 
Other Pro forma Data(1)
 
 
Pro forma APTOI
$600
$2,864
Pro forma AATOI
$500
$2,282
Adjusted ROAE
10.5%
12.2%
(1)
APTOI, AATOI and Adjusted ROAE are non-GAAP financial measures. For our definition of APTOI, AATOI and Adjusted ROAE and the uses of such non-GAAP measures, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics—Non-GAAP Financial Measures.”
21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents a reconciliation of pro forma pre-tax income (loss) / net income (loss) attributable to Corebridge to pro forma APTOI / AATOI attributable to Corebridge. Pro forma adjustments a, c, d, e, and f all reduce APTOI and AATOI. Pro forma adjustment b is excluded from APTOI and AATOI:
 
As of
March 31, 2022
As of
December 31, 2021
 
Pre-tax
Total Tax
(Benefit)
Charge
Non-
Controlling
Interests
After
Tax
Pre-tax
Total Tax
(Benefit)
Charge
Non-
Controlling
Interests
After
Tax
Pro forma Pre-tax income (loss)/net income (loss) including NCI
4,322
863
3,459
9,306
1,782
7,524
Noncontrolling interests
(75)
(75)
(861)
(861)
Pro forma Pre-tax income (loss)/ net income attributable to Corebridge
4,322
863
(75)
3,384
9,306
1,782
(861)
6,663
Fortitude Re Related Items
(2,992)
(642)
(2,350)
(2,038)
(428)
(1,610)
Other non- Fortitude Re reconciling items(1)
(730)
(121)
75
(534)
(4,404)
(773)
861
(2,770)
Total adjustments
(3,722)
(763)
75
(2,884)
(6,442)
(1,201)
861
(4,380)
APTOI / AATOI
600
100
500
2,864
582
2,282
(1)
As of December 31, 2021, includes $3.1 billion of pre-tax net gain on divestitures, including disposition of the affordable housing portfolio. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Factors Impacting Our Results—Affordable Housing Sale” and Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Pro forma Adjusted ROAE.
(in millions)
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
Pro forma Net income (loss) attributable to Corebridge shareholders (a)
$13,536
$6,663
Actual or annualized Pro Forma AATOI (b)
$2,000
$2,282
Pro forma Average Total Corebridge Shareholders’ equity (c)(1)
$22,574
$31,867
Pro forma Average Adjusted Book Value (d)(2)
$19,139
$18,646
Pro forma ROAE (a / c)
60.0%
20.9%
Pro forma Adjusted ROAE (b / d)(3)
10.5%
12.2%
(1)
For the period as of December 31, 2021, represents the average of historical Total Corebridge Shareholders’ equity as of December 31, 2020 and 2021 less one-half of the aggregate net income impacts of the adjustments described in notes (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.” Similar adjustments were made to the period as of March 31, 2022.
(2)
For the period as of December 31, 2021, represents the average of historical Adjusted Book Value as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, in each case adjusted to reflect the full-year impact of the $8.3 billion dividend paid to AIG which we believe more meaningfully presents our future capital structure, less one-half of the aggregate net income impact of the adjustments described in notes (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) under “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information.” Similar adjustments were made to the period as of March 31, 2022.
(3)
Reflects an approximate two percentage point benefit in 2021 due to alternative investments performing better than our long-term expectation, net of elevated mortality due to COVID-19.
22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RISK FACTORS
Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider and read carefully all of the risks and uncertainties described below, as well as the other information contained in this prospectus, including our financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, before making an investment decision. The risks described below are not the only ones we face. The occurrence of any of the following risks or additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial could cause a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. In any such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment. In addition, many of these risks are interrelated and could occur under similar business and economic conditions, and the occurrence of certain of them could in turn cause the emergence or exacerbate the effect of others. The risk factors described below are not necessarily presented in order of importance. This prospectus also contains forward-looking statements and estimates that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in the forward-looking statements as a result of specific factors, including the risks and uncertainties described below. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information.”
Risks Relating to Market Conditions
Sustained low, declining or negative interest rates, rapidly increasing interest rates or changes to credit spreads have materially and adversely affected, and may continue to materially and adversely affect, our profitability.
Global interest rates have been at or near historic lows in recent years, even after an increase in interest rates during 2021 and 2022.
We are exposed primarily to the following risks arising from fluctuations in interest rates:
mismatch between the expected duration of our liabilities and our assets;
impairment to our ability to earn the returns or spreads assumed in the pricing and the reserving for our products;
increases in certain statutory reserve requirements that are based on formulas or models that consider interest rates, which would reduce statutory capital;
increases in capital requirements and the amount of assets we must maintain to support statutory reserves, which would reduce surplus, due to decreases in interest rates or changes in prescribed interest rates;
increases in the costs of derivatives we use for hedging or increases in the volume of hedging we do as interest rates change;
loss related to customer withdrawals following a sharp and sustained increase in interest rates;
loss from reduced fee income, increased guaranteed benefit costs and accelerated deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”) amortization arising from fluctuations in the variable product separate account values associated with fixed income investment options due to increased interest rates or credit spread widening;
the reinvestment risk associated with more prepayments on mortgage-backed securities and other fixed income securities in decreasing interest rate environments and fewer prepayments in increasing interest rate environments;
an increase in policy loans, surrenders and withdrawals as interest rates rise; and
volatility in our GAAP results of operations driven by interest rate related components of liabilities and equity related to optional guarantee benefits and the cost of associated hedges in low interest rate environments.
Sustained low interest rates have negatively affected and may in the future continue to negatively affect the performance of our investments and reduce the level of investment income earned on our investment portfolios, resulting in net investment spread compression. Sustained low interest rates also result in lower asset adequacy margins and may result in the need to hold higher statutory cash flow testing reserves. We experience lower
23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investment income as well as lower sales of new products and policies when a low or declining U.S. interest rate and credit spread environment persists, and/or interest rates turn or, in certain circumstances, remain negative across various global economies. For example, the low interest rate environment has negatively affected sales of interest rate sensitive products in our industry and negatively impacted the profitability of our existing business as we reinvest cash flows from investments, including due to increased calls and prepayments of fixed-rate securities and mortgage loans, at rates below the average yield of our existing portfolios. As a result, we have de-emphasized sales of interest sensitive products in our Life Insurance segment.
Certain of our annuity and life insurance products pay guaranteed minimum interest crediting rates. We are required to pay these guaranteed minimum rates even if yields on our investment portfolio decline, with the resulting investment margin compression negatively impacting earnings. Further, we would expect more policyholders to hold policies with comparatively high guaranteed rates longer (resulting in lower than expected surrender rates) in a low interest rate environment. A prolonged low interest rate environment may also subject us to an increase in the amount of statutory reserves that our insurance subsidiaries are required to hold for guaranteed living benefits (“GLBs”) and guaranteed minimum death benefits (“GMDBs”), lowering their statutory surplus, which could adversely affect our insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us. In addition, it may also increase the perceived value of GLBs to our policyholders, which in turn may lead to a higher rate of benefit utilization and lower than expected surrender rates of those products over time as compared to pricing assumptions. Finally, low interest rates may accelerate DAC amortization or reserve increase.
An increase in interest rates could also have a material adverse effect on the value of our investment portfolio, for example, by decreasing the estimated fair values of the fixed income securities that constitute a substantial portion of our investment portfolio. This in turn could increase the unrealized loss positions in our portfolio and adversely affect our ability to realize our deferred tax assets, thereby materially and adversely affecting our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
In periods of rapidly increasing interest rates, we may not be able to replace, in a timely manner, the investments in our general account with higher yielding investments needed to fund the higher crediting rates necessary to keep interest rate sensitive products competitive. Therefore, we may need to accept a lower investment spread and, thus, lower profitability, or face a decline in sales and greater loss of existing contracts and related assets. Policy loans, surrenders and withdrawals also tend to increase as policyholders seek investments with higher perceived returns as interest rates rise. These impacts may result in significant cash outflows requiring that we sell investments at a time when the prices of those investments are adversely affected by the increase in interest rates, which could result in realized investment losses by selling assets in an unrealized loss position.
The primary source of our exposure to credit spreads is in the value of our fixed income securities. If credit spreads widen significantly, we could be exposed to higher levels of defaults and impairments. If credit spreads tighten significantly, it could result in reduced net investment income and in turn, reduced profitability, associated with new purchases of fixed maturity securities.
Widening credit spreads would also reduce the value of bonds held and support policy investment options, decreasing the average account value of our annuity contracts and negatively impacting the fee income we earn. Tightening credit spreads would reduce the discount rates used in the principles-based statutory reserve calculation, potentially increasing statutory reserve requirements and, in turn, reducing statutory capital. Although these effects on bond fund valuation and reserve discount rates run in offsetting directions for either credit spread widening or narrowing, it is possible for one of them to outweigh the other under certain market conditions. Any of these risks could cause a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Deterioration of economic conditions, geopolitical tensions, changes in market conditions or weakening in capital markets may materially affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, availability of capital, cost of capital and liquidity.
Our business is highly dependent on economic and capital market conditions. Weaknesses in economic conditions and capital market volatility have in the past led to, and may in the future lead to, among other consequences, a poor operating environment, erosion of consumer and investor confidence, reduced business
24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

volumes, deteriorating liquidity, declines in asset valuations and impacts on policyholder behavior that could influence reserve valuations. Further, if our investment managers, including AMG and Blackstone IM, fail to react appropriately to difficult market or economic conditions, our investment portfolio could incur material losses.
Key ways in which we have in the past been, and could in the future be, negatively affected by economic conditions include:
increases in policy withdrawals, surrenders and cancellations and other impacts from changes in policyholder behavior as compared to that assumed in pricing;
write-offs of DAC;
increases in liability for future policy benefits due to loss recognition on certain long-duration insurance and reinsurance contracts;
increases in costs associated with third-party reinsurance, or decreased ability to obtain reinsurance at acceptable terms; and
increased likelihood of, or increased magnitude of, asset impairments caused by market fluctuations.
Adverse economic conditions may result from domestic and global economic and political developments, including plateauing or decreasing economic growth and business activity, and inflationary or deflationary pressures in developed economies, including the United States, civil unrest, disruptions caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, geopolitical tensions or military action, such as the armed conflict between Ukraine and Russia and corresponding sanctions imposed by the United States and other countries, and new or evolving legal and regulatory requirements on business investment, hiring, migration, labor supply and global supply chains. These and other market, economic and political factors, including the impact of any new or prolonged government financial stimulus package, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity in many ways, including:
lower levels of consumer demand for and ability to afford our products that decreased and may in the future continue to decrease revenues and profitability;
increased credit losses across numerous asset classes that could result in widening of credit spreads and higher than expected defaults that could reduce investment asset valuations, decrease fee income and increase statutory capital requirements;
increased market volatility and uncertainty that could decrease liquidity with respect to our assets and increase borrowing costs and limit access to capital markets;
the reduction of investment income generated by our investment portfolio;
impeding our ability to execute strategic transactions or fulfill contractual obligations, including those under ceded or assumed reinsurance contracts;
increased costs associated with third-party reinsurance, or decreased ability to obtain reinsurance on acceptable terms;
increased levels of recapturing liabilities covered by certain reinsurance contracts, including our reinsurance contracts with Fortitude Re;
increasing the potential adverse impact of optional guarantee benefits included in our annuities;
increased frequency of life insurance claims;
the reduction in the availability and effectiveness of hedging instruments;
increased likelihood of customers choosing to defer paying premiums or stop paying premiums altogether and other impacts to policyholder behavior not contemplated in our historical pricing of our products;
increased costs related to our direct and third-party support services, labor and financing as a result of inflationary pressures;
25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

increased policy withdrawals, surrenders and cancellations;
increased likelihood of disruptions in one market or asset class spreading to other markets or asset classes; and
limitations on business activities and increased compliance risks with respect to economic sanctions regulations relating to jurisdictions in which our businesses operate.
Furthermore, market disruptions and uncertainty as to the timing and degree of global economic conditions improvements may negatively affect our credit ratings or ratings outlook or our ability to generate or access liquidity we may need to operate our business and meet our obligations, including to pay interest on our debt, discharge or refinance our maturing debt obligations and meet the capital needs of our subsidiaries through potential capital contributions. For example, if an economic recovery is prolonged, an increased number of clients and policyholders may face difficulty paying insurance premiums, and global regulators may seek to implement new or renew existing premium deferral measures to alleviate such difficulties, which could impair our cash flows. As a holding company, we depend on dividends, distributions and other payments from our subsidiaries for our liquidity needs; these subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends, make distributions or otherwise generate parent liquidity may be reduced to the extent they are unable to generate sufficient distributable income or in the event regulators suspend or otherwise restrict dividends or other payments from subsidiaries to parent companies.
COVID-19 has adversely affected, and is expected to continue to adversely affect, our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and its ultimate impact will depend on future developments, including with respect to new variants, that are uncertain and cannot be predicted.
The COVID-19 pandemic is still evolving, but it has caused significant societal disruption and created adverse economic impacts relevant to our business, such as a mortality increase as compared to pricing expectations, volatility in the capital markets, disruptions in the labor market, supply chain disruption, and most recently, an inflationary environment.
We cannot estimate the ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. We also cannot, at this time, estimate the full extent to which the pandemic has caused and may continue to cause certain risks to our business, including those discussed herein, to be heightened or realized.
Our insurance business has experienced, and may continue to experience, increased claim volumes in the United States, which has seen a high number of COVID-19 cases and deaths relative to other jurisdictions. Beginning in March 2020, we experienced an increase in mortality claims as compared to our pricing assumptions, which we expect to continue until the COVID-19 pandemic subsides. In addition, COVID-19 adversely affected our premiums and deposits in some of our product lines. If there are any future “surges” of COVID-19 variants, these impacts may continue into 2022 and beyond. Circumstances resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, in addition to an increase in claims, may also impact utilization of benefits, lapses or surrenders of policies and payments of insurance premiums, all of which have impacted and could further impact the revenues and expenses associated with our products.
As part of our response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we adjusted our underwriting guidelines for certain classes and ages, which have negatively impacted our sales and new business generation in our life insurance business.
The economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic have resulted and may continue to result in policyholders cancelling insurance policies or may result in policyholders seeking sources of liquidity, such as policy loans and withdrawals, at rates greater than expected. The ongoing impacts on the economy and labor force could also cause policyholders or institutions that we serve to utilize their policies in ways that we did not price for or reserve for, thus adversely impacting our economics, including but not limited to lapse and surrender rates, premium payments and payment patterns, benefit utilization and fund allocations.
We use reinsurance to mitigate exposure and loss in a number of ways, but our reinsurers may also be adversely impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic, potentially causing non-payment, delayed payment and reduced availability, materially different terms and/or increased cost of reinsurance going forward.
26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The COVID-19 pandemic has also resulted in adverse changes and developments affecting the global economy, including the significant global economic downturn and increased volatility in financial and capital markets, and lower interest rates and tighter credit spreads, individually and in the aggregate. These impacts have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on our overall investment portfolio and our ability to competitively price our products. While, to date, the short-term economic and market-related impacts of COVID-19 have been largely offset by intervention taken by governments and monetary authorities, it remains difficult to quantify the potential long-term financial impacts on our investment portfolio.
Further, in the event of a resurgence in COVID-19 cases, particularly due to the rise in cases associated with current and any future potential variants of COVID-19, there can be no assurance that governments and monetary authorities will continue to intervene in markets or provide for economic stimulus, and if they do, whether such intervention will be successful. Within our investment portfolio, for instance, there is concentrated exposure to certain segments of the economy, including real estate and real estate-related investments, which exposes us to negative impacts from the deferral of mortgage payments, renegotiated commercial mortgage loans or outright mortgage defaults and potential acceleration of macro trends such as work from home and online shopping, as well as significant exposure to certain industries negatively impacted by the economic downturn, such as offline retail, travel and transportation.
Models utilizing historic information on correlations among macroeconomic factors, our products and our investment portfolio may not reflect the relationship between macroeconomic factors, our products and our investment portfolio in the current environment, as a result of the unique nature of the COVID-19 pandemic and the intervention by regulators and monetary authorities to mitigate the impacts on policyholders and the broader economy.
Government officials have recommended or mandated precautions to mitigate the spread of COVID-19, including prohibitions on congregating in heavily populated areas, social distancing requirements, stay-at-home orders and similar measures. As a result, we implemented work-from-home business continuity plans for non-essential staff globally. Where permitted by local laws and regulations, our offices are open to fully vaccinated employees, with mask mandates, social distancing and office capacity limits, and we have strict quarantine and contact tracing protocols in place in the event a positive case occurs. These precautionary measures have also impacted our distribution organizations and wholesaler interactions with our clients across multiple channels where our business benefits from a high degree of customer interaction. Our results may be adversely impacted by these and other actions taken to contain or reduce the impact of COVID-19, and the extent of such impact will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted. Changes to our workforce as a result of COVID-19, including wage inflation, may also increase our costs and the risk of errors due to turnover, remote work and inexperience. Moreover, the extended remote work environment puts ongoing stress on our current business continuity plans and may prove them to be less effective than expected.
The social distancing requirements, stay-at-home orders and similar measures have had a significant impact on our Individual Retirement and Life Insurance distribution organizations and wholesaler interactions with our clients across multiple channels where our business benefits from a high degree of customer interaction. As a result, we have seen declines in our retail sales, new plan acquisitions and overall customer satisfaction. Should these conditions persist or worsen, we may see further declines in such retail sales, new policy origination and overall customer satisfaction. In our Group Retirement business, where a significant part of our value proposition involves the provision of in-person financial advice, our inability to interact with current and prospective clients in an in-person environment has negatively impacted the business. These requirements have also and may continue to impact decision-making by pension consultants and pension sponsors relative to new business acquisition opportunities in our Group Retirement business. Our business continuity plans, or the business continuity plans of our third-party vendors, may not be sustainable or effective.
Any future business continuity plans may not be sustainable or effective. Our business operations may also be significantly disrupted if our critical workforce, key vendors, third-party providers or other counterparties we transact business with, are unable to work effectively, including because of illness, quarantines, government and regulatory actions in response to COVID-19 or other reasons, or if the technology on which our remote business operations rely, some of which is developed and maintained by third parties, is disrupted or impaired or becomes unavailable. In addition, remote work may negatively impact our culture and employees’ morale, which could result in greater turnover, lower productivity and greater operational risks.
27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Moreover, as vaccinations have become readily available, certain organizations have imposed vaccine mandates on employees returning to the office and customers or clients accessing offices, stores and other spaces, and governments have imposed vaccine mandates on certain daily activities. It is currently not possible to predict the exact impact any such mandates would have on us. If the vaccines are not as effective as expected, including against new variants of COVID-19, our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity could be adversely affected.
Due to the evolving and disruptive nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, we could experience other potential impacts, including, but not limited to, increased mortality and morbidity expectations from longer term consequences of COVID-19 infections, potential impairment charges to the carrying amounts of goodwill and deferred tax assets. Further, new and potentially unforeseen risks beyond those described above and in other Risk Factors herein may arise as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic and the actions taken by governmental and regulatory authorities to mitigate its impact, including the provision of governmental assistance.
Equity market declines or volatility may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Equity market declines, such as corrections and bear markets, or volatility could, in addition to affecting our liability hedging strategies and programs, materially and adversely affect our investment returns, business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. For example, equity market declines or volatility could, among other things, decrease the asset value of our annuity, variable life and advisory and brokerage contracts which, in turn, would reduce the amount of revenue we derive from fees charged on those account and asset values. While our variable annuity business is sensitive to interest rate and credit spreads, it is also highly sensitive to equity markets, and a sustained weakness or stagnation in equity markets could decrease our revenues and earnings with respect to those products and therefore our liquidity. At the same time, for annuity contracts that include GLBs, equity market declines increase the amount of our potential financial obligations related to such GLBs and could increase the cost of executing GLB-related hedges beyond what was anticipated in the pricing of the contracts being hedged. This could result in an increase in claims and reserves related to those contracts, net of any proceeds from our hedging strategies. We may not be able to effectively mitigate, including through our hedging strategies, and we may sometimes choose based on economic considerations and other factors not to fully mitigate, the equity market volatility of our portfolio.
Equity market declines and volatility may also influence policyholder behavior, which may adversely impact the levels of surrenders and withdrawals and the amounts withdrawn from our annuity, variable life and advisory and brokerage contracts or cause policyholders to reallocate a portion of their account balances to more conservative investment options (which may have lower fees), which could negatively impact our future profitability, negatively impact our liquidity or increase our benefit obligations, particularly if they were to remain in such options during an equity market increase.
Market volatility can negatively impact the value of equity securities we hold for investment, which could in turn reduce the statutory capital of certain of our insurance subsidiaries. In addition, equity market volatility could reduce demand for variable products relative to fixed products, lead to changes in estimates underlying our calculations of DAC that, in turn, could accelerate our DAC amortization and reduce our current earnings and result in changes to the fair value of our GLB liabilities, which could increase the volatility of our earnings. Lastly, periods of high market volatility or adverse conditions could decrease the availability or increase the cost of hedges, including derivatives.
Risks Relating to Insurance Risk and Related Exposures
The amount and timing of insurance liability claims are difficult to predict and may exceed the related reserves for future policy benefits, or the liabilities associated with certain guaranteed benefits and indexed features accounted for as embedded derivatives at fair value.
For our business, establishment and ongoing calculations of reserves for future policy benefits and related reinsurance assets is a complex process, with significant judgmental inputs, assumptions and modeling techniques. We make assumptions regarding mortality, longevity and policyholder behavior at various points, including at the time of issuance and in subsequent reporting periods. An increase in the valuation of the liability could result to the extent emerging and actual experience deviates from these policyholder behavior assumptions. The inputs and assumptions used in connection with calculations of reserves for future policy benefits are inherently uncertain. Experience may
28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

develop adversely such that additional reserves must be established or the value of embedded derivatives may increase. Adverse experience could arise out of a number of factors, including, but not limited to, a severe short-term event, such as a pandemic or changes to policyholder behavior during stressed economic periods, or due to mis-estimation of long-term assumptions such as mortality, interest rates, credit spreads, equity market levels and volatility and persistency assumptions. Certain variables, such as policyholder behavior, are difficult to estimate and can have a significant impact on future policy benefits and embedded derivatives. We review and update actuarial assumptions at least annually, typically in the third quarter for reserves and embedded derivatives. Additionally, we regularly carry out loss recognition testing for GAAP reporting and cash flow testing for statutory reporting. For a further discussion of our loss reserves, see Note 7 and Note 21 to the audited consolidated financial statements.
Reinsurance may not be available or economical and may not be adequate to protect us against losses.
We purchase third-party reinsurance and we use reinsurance as part of our overall risk management strategy. Reinsurers may attempt to increase rates with respect to our existing reinsurance arrangements, and their ability to increase rates depends upon the terms of each reinsurance contract and the market environment when we negotiate reinsurance arrangements for our in-force and new business. An increase in reinsurance rates may affect the profitability of our insurance business. Additionally, such a rate increase could result in our recapture of the business, which may result in a need for additional reserves and increase our exposure to claims. Reinsurance for new business may be more difficult or costly to obtain in the event of prolonged or severe adverse mortality or morbidity experience. We may, at certain times, be forced to incur additional costs for reinsurance or may be unable to obtain sufficient reinsurance on acceptable terms. In the latter case, we would have to accept an increase in exposure to risk and the increase in volatility of mortality experience on a going-forward basis, reduce the maximum policy size and amount of business written by our subsidiaries or seek alternatives in line with our risk limits or a combination thereof.
The insolvency of one or more of our reinsurance counterparties, or the inability or unwillingness of such reinsurers to make timely payments under the terms of our contracts or payments in an amount equal to our expected reinsurance recoverables, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. Additionally, we are exposed to credit risk with respect to our reinsurers to the extent the reinsurance receivable is not secured, or is inadequately secured, by collateral or does not benefit from other credit enhancements. We bear the risk that a reinsurer is, or may be, unable to pay amounts we have recorded as reinsurance receivables for any reason, including that:
the reinsurance transaction performs differently than we anticipated as compared to the original structure, terms or conditions;
the terms of the reinsurance contract do not reflect the intent of the parties to the contract or there is a disagreement between the parties as to their intent;
the terms of the contract are interpreted by a court or arbitration panel differently than expected;
a change in laws and regulations, or in the interpretation of the laws and regulations, materially impacts a reinsurance transaction; or
the terms of the contract cannot be legally enforced.
Further, we face the risk of financial responsibility for risks related to assumed reinsurance, including claims made by the ceding company.
Our subsidiaries also utilize intercompany reinsurance arrangements to provide capital benefits to their affiliated cedants. We have also begun and may continue to pursue reinsurance transactions and permitted practices to manage the capital impact of statutory reserve requirements under applicable reserving rules, including principle-based reserving (“PBR”). The application of actuarial guidelines and PBR involves numerous interpretations. If state insurance departments do not agree with our interpretations or if regulations change with respect to our ability to manage the capital impact of certain statutory reserve requirements, our statutory reserve requirements could increase, or our ability to take reserve credit for reinsurance transactions could be reduced or eliminated. Additionally, if our ratings decline, we could incur higher costs to obtain reinsurance, each of which could adversely affect sales of our products and our financial condition or results of operations.
29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A failure by Fortitude Re to perform its obligations could have a material effect on our business, results of operations and liquidity and the accounting treatment of our reinsurance agreements with Fortitude Re has led, and will continue to lead, to volatility in our results of operations.
As of March 31, 2022, $28.3 billion of reserves related to business written by us had been ceded to Fortitude Re under reinsurance transactions. These reserve balances are fully collateralized pursuant to the terms of the reinsurance transactions. Our subsidiaries continue to remain primarily liable to policyholders under the business reinsured with Fortitude Re. As a result, and if Fortitude Re is unable to successfully operate, or other issues arise that affect its financial condition or ability to satisfy or perform its obligations to our subsidiaries, we could experience a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity to the extent the amount of collateral posted in respect of our reinsurance receivable is inadequate. Further, as is customary in similar reinsurance agreements, upon the occurrence of certain termination and recapture triggers on the part of Fortitude Re under the applicable reinsurance agreements, our subsidiaries may elect or may be required, to recapture the business ceded under such reinsurance agreements, which would result in a substantial increase to our insurance liabilities and capital requirements and may require us to raise capital in order to recapture such ceded business. These termination and recapture triggers include Fortitude Re becoming insolvent or being placed into liquidation, rehabilitation, conservatorship, supervision, receivership, bankruptcy or similar proceedings, certain regulatory ratios falling below certain thresholds, in the case of those reinsurance agreements made with us, Fortitude Re’s failure to perform under the reinsurance agreements or its entry into certain transactions without receiving our consent. Currently, AGAMHC, which will be our indirect subsidiary at the time of our initial public offering (“IPO”), manages a significant proportion of the funds withheld assets in connection with the reinsurance to Fortitude Re. However, beginning in June 2023, Fortitude Re will have certain rights to replace AGAMHC as investment manager with respect to such assets under certain circumstances, which would negatively impact the income that we receive from management of the funds withheld assets. Additionally, while we currently hold a less than 3% interest in, and have a seat on the board of Fortitude Re Bermuda, the indirect parent of Fortitude Re, our ability to influence Fortitude Re’s operations is limited.
As the reinsurance transactions between us and Fortitude Re are structured as modified coinsurance (“modco”), the manner in which we account for these reinsurance arrangements has led, and will continue to lead, to volatility in our results of operations. In modco arrangements, the investments supporting the reinsurance agreements, and which reflect the majority of the consideration that would be paid to the reinsurer for entering into the transaction, are withheld by, and therefore continue to reside on the balance sheet of, the ceding company (i.e., us) thereby creating an obligation for the ceding company to pay the reinsurer (i.e., Fortitude Re) at a later date. Additionally, as our applicable insurance subsidiaries maintain ownership of these investments, we will maintain the existing accounting for these assets (e.g., the changes in fair value of available for sale securities will be recognized within other comprehensive income (“OCI”)). Under the modco arrangement, our applicable insurance subsidiaries have established a funds withheld payable to Fortitude Re while simultaneously establishing a reinsurance asset representing reserves for the insurance coverage that Fortitude Re has assumed. The funds withheld payable contains an embedded derivative and changes in fair value of the embedded derivative related to the funds withheld payable are recognized in earnings through realized gains (losses). This embedded derivative is considered a total return swap with contractual returns that are attributable to various assets and liabilities associated with these reinsurance agreements. As a result of changes in the fair value of the embedded derivative, we experience volatility in our GAAP net income.
Furthermore, post-separation, AIG’s separate general insurance reinsurance contracts with Fortitude Re will remain in force. To the extent there is adverse development on this business, it may impact the financial condition of Fortitude Re, which may result in diminished capital for Fortitude Re causing us to recapture the business we have ceded to Fortitude Re.
Interest rate fluctuations, increased lapses and surrenders, declining investment returns and other events may require our subsidiaries to accelerate the amortization of DAC, and record additional liabilities for future policy benefits.
We incur significant costs in connection with acquiring new and renewing our insurance business. DAC represents deferred costs that are incremental and directly related to the successful acquisition of new business or renewal of existing business. The recovery of these costs is generally dependent upon the future profitability of the related business, but DAC amortization varies based on the type of contract. For long-duration traditional
30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

business, DAC is generally amortized in proportion to premium revenue and varies with lapse experience. Actual lapses in excess of expectations can result in an acceleration of DAC amortization, and therefore, adversely impact our results of operations.
DAC for investment-oriented products is generally amortized in proportion to actual and estimated gross profits. Estimated gross profits are affected by a number of factors, including levels of current and expected interest rates, net investment income (which is net of investment expenses) and credit spreads, net realized gains and losses, fees, surrender rates, mortality experience, policyholder behavior experience and equity market returns and volatility. If actual and/or future estimated gross profits are less than originally expected, then the amortization of these costs would be accelerated in the period this is determined and would result in a lower-than-expected profitability, potentially impacting our ability to achieve our financial goals described in “Prospectus Summary—Financial Goals” and “Business—Financial Goals.” For example, if interest rates rise rapidly and significantly, customers with policies that have interest crediting rates below the current market may seek competing products with higher returns and we may experience an increase in surrenders and withdrawals of life and annuity contracts, and thereby a strain on cash flow. Additionally, this would also result in a decrease in expected future profitability and an acceleration of the amortization of DAC, and therefore lower than expected pre-tax income earned during the then-current period.
We also periodically review products for potential loss recognition events, principally long duration products. This review involves estimating the future profitability of in-force business and requires significant management judgment about assumptions including, but not limited to, mortality, morbidity, persistency, maintenance expenses and investment returns, including net realized gains (losses). If actual experience or revised future expectations result in projected future losses, we may be required to amortize any remaining DAC and record additional liabilities through a charge to policyholder benefit expense in the then-current period, which could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Risks Relating to Our Investment Portfolio and Concentration of Investments
Gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity securities may be realized or result in future impairments, resulting in a reduction in our net earnings.
Substantially all of the fixed maturity securities we hold are classified as available-for-sale and, as a result, are reported at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses on available-for-sale securities are recognized as a component of other comprehensive income (loss) and are, therefore, excluded from net earnings. The accumulated change in estimated fair value of these available-for-sale securities is recognized in net earnings when the gain or loss is realized upon the sale of the security when it is determined that an allowance for credit losses is necessary or when all or a portion of the unrealized loss on a security is recognized. The determination of the amount of the allowance for credit losses varies by investment type and is based upon our periodic evaluation and assessment of known and inherent risks associated with the respective asset class. There can be no assurance that our management has accurately assessed the level of the allowance recorded, which is reflected in our financial statements. With respect to unrealized losses, we establish deferred tax assets for the tax benefit we may receive in the event that losses are realized. The realization of significant realized losses could result in an inability to recover the tax benefits and may result in the establishment of valuation allowances against our deferred tax assets. Realized losses or increases in our allowance for credit losses may have a material adverse impact on our results of operations in a particular quarterly or annual period.
The occurrence of a major economic downturn, acts of corporate malfeasance, widening credit spreads, or other events that adversely affect the issuers or guarantors of securities we own or the underlying collateral of structured securities we own could cause the estimated fair value of our fixed maturity securities portfolio and corresponding earnings to decline and cause the default rate of the fixed maturity securities in our investment portfolio to increase. A ratings downgrade affecting issuers or guarantors of particular securities we hold, or similar trends that could worsen the credit quality of issuers or guarantors and cause the valuation of such securities to decline. With economic uncertainty, credit quality of issuers or guarantors could be adversely affected. Similarly, a ratings downgrade affecting a security we hold could indicate the credit quality of that security has deteriorated and could increase the capital we must hold to support that security to maintain our insurance companies’ Risk-Based Capital (“RBC”) levels. Write-downs or impairments are impacted by intent to sell, or our assessment of the likelihood that we will be required to sell, fixed maturity securities and may cause
31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

us to raise and contribute more capital to our insurance company subsidiaries to maintain RBC levels. Realized losses or allowances for credit losses on these securities may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity in, or at the end of, any quarterly or annual period.
Our valuation of investments and derivatives involves the application of methodologies and assumptions to derive estimates, which may differ from actual experience and could result in changes to investment valuations that may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity or lead to volatility in our profitability.
It has been and may continue to be difficult to value certain of our investments or derivatives if trading becomes less frequent and/or market data becomes less observable. There may be cases where certain assets in normally active markets with significant observable data become inactive with insufficient observable data due to the financial environment or market conditions in effect at that time. As a result, valuations may include inputs and assumptions that are less observable or require greater estimation and judgment as well as valuation methods that are more complex. These values may not be realized in a market transaction, may not reflect the value of the asset and may change very rapidly as market conditions change and valuation assumptions are modified. Decreases in value and/or an inability to realize that value in a market transaction or other disposition may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity or lead to volatility in our profitability.
Risks Relating to Liquidity, Capital and Credit
Our ability to access funds from our subsidiaries is limited and our liquidity may be insufficient to meet our needs.
We are a holding company for all of our operations and we are a legal entity separate from our subsidiaries. We depend on dividends, distributions and other payments from our subsidiaries to fund dividends on, or repurchases of, our common stock, to pay corporate operating expenses, to make interest and principal payments due on our obligations, including outstanding debt, to pay tax or to make other investments. The majority of our assets are held by our regulated subsidiaries. The inability to receive dividends or other distributions from our subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and restrict our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders.
For our subsidiaries, the principal sources of liquidity are premiums and fees, income from our investment portfolio and other income generating assets or activities. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or other distributions to us in the future will depend on their earnings, tax considerations, covenants contained in any financing or other agreements and applicable regulatory restrictions or actions. In addition, such payments could be limited as a result of claims against our subsidiaries by their creditors, including suppliers, vendors, lessors and policyholders.
Specific to our insurance subsidiaries, the ability to pay dividends and make other distributions to us will depend on their ability to meet applicable regulatory standards and receive regulatory approvals, which are based in part on the prior year’s statutory income, capital and surplus, and unassigned funds (surplus) and require our insurance subsidiaries to hold a specific amount of minimum reserves in order to meet future obligations on their outstanding policies. Unassigned funds (surplus) represent the undistributed and unappropriated amount of statutory surplus at any balance sheet date (comparable to GAAP retained earnings). These regulations specify that the minimum reserves must be sufficient to meet future obligations, after giving consideration to future required premiums to be received, and are based on, among other things, certain specified mortality tables, interest rates and methods of valuation, which are subject to change. Our insurance subsidiaries regularly monitor their statutory reserves to ensure they hold sufficient amounts to cover actual or expected contract and claims payments. Requiring our insurance subsidiaries to hold additional reserves has the potential to constrain their ability to pay dividends to us. Changes in, or reinterpretations of, these regulatory standards could constrain the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or to advance or repay funds in sufficient amounts and at times necessary to meet our debt obligations and corporate expenses. If statutory earnings or statutory surplus are not sufficient for the payment of ordinary dividends, an “extraordinary” dividend may be paid only if approved, or if a 30-day waiting period has passed during which it has not been disapproved, by the commissioner or director of the insurance department of the applicable insurance company subsidiary’s state of domicile.
Our subsidiaries have no obligation to pay amounts due on the debt obligations owed by us or to make funds available to us for such payments. In particular, our subsidiaries have no obligation to pay amounts owed
32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

by us under our contractual obligations under the Commitment Letter or other agreements we entered into with affiliates of Blackstone, which may result in an increase in our direct liabilities under those contracts.
Our decision to pursue strategic changes or transactions in our business and operations may also subject our subsidiaries’ dividend plans to heightened regulatory scrutiny and could make obtaining regulatory approvals for extraordinary distributions by our subsidiaries, if any are sought, more difficult. The inability of our subsidiaries to make payments, dividends or other distributions in an amount sufficient to enable us to meet our cash requirements could have an adverse effect on our operations, and on our ability to pay dividends, repurchase our common stock and debt obligations, to meet our debt service obligations, pay our operating expenses and to meet capital and liquidity needs of our subsidiaries, including to maintain regulatory capital ratios, comply with rating agency requirements, meet unexpected cash flow obligations, satisfy capital maintenance and guarantee agreements and collateralize debt with respect to certain subsidiaries.
If our liquidity is insufficient to meet our needs, at such time, we may draw on our committed revolving credit facility or seek third-party financing, including through the capital markets, or other sources of liquidity, which may not be available or could be prohibitively expensive. The availability and cost of any additional financing at any given time depends on a variety of factors, including general market conditions, the volume of trading activities, the overall availability of credit, regulatory actions and our credit ratings and credit capacity. It is also possible that, as a result of such recourse to external financing, customers, lenders or investors could develop a negative perception of our long- or short-term financial prospects. Disruptions, volatility and uncertainty in the financial markets, and downgrades in our financial strength or credit ratings, may limit our ability to access external capital markets at times and on terms favorable to us to meet our capital and liquidity needs or prevent our accessing the external capital markets or other financing sources. If we are unable to satisfy a capital need of a subsidiary, the credit rating agencies could downgrade our subsidiary’s financial strength ratings or the subsidiary could become insolvent or, in certain cases, could be seized by its regulator.
Further, we may be required to post additional collateral in respect of our reinsurance and derivatives liabilities due to regulatory changes from time to time. The need to post this additional collateral, if significant enough, may require us to sell investments at a loss in order to provide securities of suitable credit quality or otherwise secure adequate capital at an unattractive cost. This could adversely impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Our indebtedness and the degree to which we are leveraged could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
As of March 31, 2022, on a pro forma basis giving effect to the Recapitalization, we would have had $9.4 billion of indebtedness, representing a financial leverage ratio of 30.1% inclusive of NCI. We have historically relied upon AIG for financing and for other financial support functions. After the completion of the IPO, we will not be able to rely on AIG’s earnings, assets or cash flows, and we will be responsible for servicing our own indebtedness, obtaining and maintaining sufficient working capital and paying any dividends to our stockholders. In addition, despite our indebtedness levels, we may be able to incur substantially more indebtedness under the terms of our debt agreements. Any such incurrence of additional indebtedness would increase the risks created by our level of indebtedness.
Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our indebtedness will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future from operations, financing or asset sales.
Overall, our ability to generate cash is subject to general economic, financial market, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors, client behavior, our IFS rating, credit and long-term debt ratings and other factors that are beyond our control. We may not generate sufficient funds to service our debt and meet our business needs, such as funding working capital or the expansion of our operations. If we are not able to repay or refinance our debt as it becomes due, we may be subject to increased regulatory supervision, and ultimately, receivership or similar proceedings, and we could be forced to take unfavorable actions, including significant business and legal entity restructuring, limited new business investment, selling assets or dedicating an unsustainable level of our cash flow from operations to the payment of principal and interest on our indebtedness. In addition, our ability to withstand competitive pressures and to react to changes in our industry could be impaired. In the event we default, the lenders who hold our debt could also accelerate amounts due, which could potentially trigger a default or acceleration of the maturity of our other debt.
33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, the level of our indebtedness could put us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that are less leveraged than us. These competitors could have greater financial flexibility to pursue strategic acquisitions and secure additional financing for their operations. The level of our indebtedness could also impede our ability to withstand downturns in our industry or the economy in general.
On May 12, 2022, we entered into a $2.5 billion committed revolving credit facility and, on February 25, 2022, we entered into $9.0 billion delayed draw term loan facilities. We have subsequently terminated in full the certain commitments under the delayed draw term loan facilities in the aggregate principal amount of $6.0 billion and reduced certain commitments from $3.0 billion to $2.5 billion. See “Recapitalization—Delayed Draw Term Loan.” The rights to borrow funds under the committed revolving credit and delayed draw term loan facilities are subject to the fulfillment of certain conditions, including compliance with all covenants. Our failure to comply with the covenants in these facilities or fulfill the conditions to borrowings, or the failure of lenders to fund their lending commitments (whether due to insolvency, illiquidity or other reasons) in the amounts provided for under the terms of the facilities, would restrict our ability to access the facilities when needed, harm our ability to meet our obligations, restrict our ability to raise further debt and, consequently, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors outside our control.
We intend to draw on the term loan facility under an unsecured Three-Year Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement (the “Three-Year DDTL Agreement”) prior to consummation of this offering. The Three-Year DDTL Agreement matures on February 25, 2025. We may be unable to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all. Market disruptions, such as those experienced in 2008, 2009 and 2020 and ongoing geopolitical concerns, as well as our indebtedness level, may increase our cost of borrowing or adversely affect our ability to refinance our obligations as they become due. If we are unable to refinance our indebtedness or access additional credit, or if short-term or long-term borrowing costs dramatically increase, our ability to meet our short-term and long-term obligations could be adversely affected, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results or operations and cash flows.
We may not be able to generate cash to meet our needs due to the illiquidity of some of our investments.
We and our subsidiaries have a diversified investment portfolio. However, economic conditions, as well as adverse capital market conditions, including a lack of buyers, the inability of potential buyers to obtain financing on reasonable terms, volatility, credit spread changes, interest rate changes, foreign currency exchange rates and/or decline in collateral values have in the past impacted, and may in the future impact, the liquidity and value of our investments.
For example, we have made investments in certain securities that are generally considered less liquid, including certain fixed income securities and certain structured securities, privately placed securities, investments in private equity funds and hedge funds, mortgage loans, finance receivables and real estate. Collectively, investments in these assets had a carrying value of $50 billion at December 31, 2021. The reported values of our relatively less liquid types of investments do not necessarily reflect the values achievable in a stressed market environment for those investments. If we are forced to sell certain of our assets on short notice, we could be unable to sell them for the prices at which we have recorded them, and we could be forced to sell them at significantly lower prices, which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. Adverse changes in the valuation of real estate and real estate-linked assets, deterioration of capital markets and widening credit spreads have in the past, and may in the future, materially adversely affect the liquidity and the value of our investment portfolios, including our residential and commercial mortgage-related securities portfolios.
In the event additional liquidity is required by one or more of our companies, it may be difficult for us to generate additional liquidity by selling, pledging or otherwise monetizing these or other of our investments at reasonable prices and time frames.
34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

A downgrade in the IFS ratings of our insurance companies could limit their ability to generate new business and impair their retention of customers and in-force business, and a downgrade in our credit ratings could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
IFS ratings are an important factor in establishing the competitive position of insurance companies. IFS ratings measure an insurance company’s ability to meet its obligations to contract holders and policyholders.
Credit rating agencies estimate a company’s ability to meet its ongoing financial obligations and high IFS and credit ratings help maintain public confidence in a company’s products, facilitate marketing of products and enhance its competitive position. Downgrades of the IFS ratings of our insurance companies, including related to changes in rating agency methodologies, could prevent these companies from selling, or make it more difficult for them to succeed in selling, products and services, make it more difficult for them to obtain new reinsurance or obtain it on reasonable pricing terms, or result in increased policy cancellations, lapses and surrenders, termination of, or increased collateral posting obligations under, assumed reinsurance contracts, or return of premiums. Under credit rating agency policies and practices concerning the relationship between parent and subsidiary ratings, a downgrade in our credit ratings could result in a downgrade of the IFS ratings of our insurance or reinsurance subsidiaries.
Similarly, under credit rating agency policies and practices, a downgrade of the IFS ratings of our insurance and reinsurance subsidiaries could also result in a downgrade in our credit ratings.
In addition, a downgrade of our long-term debt ratings by one or more of the major rating agencies, including related to changes in rating agency methodologies, could potentially increase our financing costs and collateral requirements and limit the availability of financing, which in turn could make it more difficult to refinance maturing debt obligations such as our delayed draw term loan facility and our revolving loan facility, support business growth at our insurance subsidiaries and to maintain or improve the current IFS ratings of our principal insurance subsidiaries. Additionally, a downgrade in our IFS or credit ratings could cause counterparties to limit or reduce their exposure to us and thus reduce our ability to manage our market risk exposures effectively during times of market stress. Such a downgrade could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
In response to the announcement by AIG in October 2020 of its intention to separate the Life and Retirement business from AIG, Fitch Ratings Inc. (“Fitch”) placed the credit ratings of AIG on “Rating Watch Negative,” Moody’s Investors Service Inc. (“Moody’s”) placed the debt ratings of AIG on review for downgrade and Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global Inc. (“S&P”) placed the credit ratings of AIG and the financial strength ratings of most of the General Insurance subsidiaries on CreditWatch with negative implications. Moody’s and Fitch affirmed the financial strength ratings and outlooks on AIG’s insurance subsidiaries. In connection with the announcement by AIG in July 2021 that it reached a definitive agreement with Blackstone, through Argon, to acquire a 9.9% equity stake in AIG’s Life and Retirement business, Moody’s lowered its debt ratings of AIG to Baa2 from Baa1 and assigned a stable outlook. Moody’s also revised the outlook on the A2 financial strength ratings of AIG’s Life and Retirement subsidiaries, to be transferred to us, to negative from stable. On March 4, 2022, Fitch affirmed the credit ratings of AIG's life and retirement subsidiaries at A+. On March 31, 2022, Fitch assigned a BBB+ senior long-term debt rating to us. On March 29, 2022, S&P affirmed its A+ ratings on AGL, USL and VALIC, revising the outlook from CreditWatch developing to stable. On March 31, 2022, S&P assigned a BBB+ senior long-term debt rating to us. On March 29, 2022, Moody’s affirmed its A2 ratings on our subsidiaries and revised our outlook from negative to stable. On March 31, 2022, Moody’s assigned a Baa2 senior long-term debt rating to us. A downgrade in our credit and debt ratings or those of AIG would negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
For information on our credit ratings, see “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Credit Ratings.”
Our participation in a securities lending program and a repurchase program subjects us to liquidity and other risks.
We participate in a securities lending program whereby securities are loaned to third-party borrowers. We generally obtain cash collateral in an amount based upon the estimated fair value of the loaned securities. A return of loaned securities by a borrower requires us to return the cash collateral associated with such loaned securities. In some cases, the fair value of the securities held as collateral could be below the amount of cash
35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

collateral we received, and we must return some cash collateral. Additionally, we contribute the cash collateral we receive to cash management, contingent liquidity and hedging programs. In some cases, if our securities lending arrangements are terminated earlier than their maturity date, we may be required to return cash collateral earlier than anticipated, resulting in less cash available for such contributions. We also participate in a repurchase program for our investment portfolio whereby we sell fixed income securities to third-party repurchase counterparties, primarily major brokerage firms and commercial banks, with a concurrent agreement to repurchase substantially similar securities at a predetermined price and future date.
At all times during the term of the repurchase agreements, cash collateral, received and returned on a daily basis, is required to be maintained at a level that is sufficient to allow us to fund substantially all of the cost of purchasing replacement securities. In some cases, the fair value of the securities could be below the agreed repurchase price and we must provide additional cash collateral. Additionally, we invest the cash collateral we receive from the repurchase program in certain long-dated corporate bonds. If we are required to return cash collateral under the repurchase program earlier than expected, we may need to sell those bonds at a price lower than anticipated and may have less cash available for investing in long-dated corporate bonds. Further, we may be unable to roll over each arrangement under the repurchase program if the relevant counterparty refuses such rollover.
Under both programs, market conditions on the maturity date could limit our ability to enter into new agreements. Our inability to enter into new securities lending or repurchase agreements would require us to return the cash collateral proceeds associated with such transactions on the maturity date.
If we are required to return significant amounts of cash collateral and are forced to sell securities to meet the return obligation, we could have difficulty selling securities in a timely manner, be forced to sell securities in a volatile or illiquid market for less than we otherwise would have been able to realize under normal market conditions, or both. The repurchase and securities lending programs we manage are subject to technical and fundamental market risks which can broadly impact the finance markets. Under adverse capital market and economic conditions, liquidity could broadly deteriorate, which would further restrict our ability to sell securities and require us to provide additional collateral and sell securities for less than the price at which we recorded them, which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Changes in the method for determining LIBOR and the continuing phase out of LIBOR and uncertainty related to LIBOR replacement rates may affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We have significant assets, liabilities and obligations with interest rates tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) for U.S. dollars and other currencies. Starting January 1, 2022, all LIBOR settings either ceased to be provided by any administrator, or are no longer representative for all non-U.S. dollar LIBOR settings and one-week and two-month U.S. dollar (“USD”) LIBOR settings, and immediately after June 30, 2023 will no longer be representative for the remaining USD LIBOR settings, absent subsequent action by the relevant authorities. In addition, while GBP and JPY LIBOR are currently being reported on a synthetic basis for certain tenors, there can be no assurance that such non-USD synthetic LIBOR or USD LIBOR will remain available in the future.
Significant recommendations as to alternative rates and as to protocols have been advanced, and continue to be advanced, by various regulators and market participants, including the Alternative Reference Rates Committee of the United States Federal Reserve (“ARRC”), the International Swaps and Derivatives Association (“ISDA”), the UK Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) and the U.S. Congress, and legislative action by the State of New York, but there can be no assurance that the various recommendations or legislative action will be effective at preventing or mitigating disruption as a result of the transition. In particular, for U.S. dollar LIBOR, the ARRC has selected the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as its preferred replacement benchmark and has formally recommended, in limited cases, a term rate based on SOFR. Additionally, on March 15, 2022, President Biden signed into law the “Adjustable Interest Rate (LIBOR) Act,” as part of the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2022, which provides for a transition to a replacement rate selected by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System in the event a contract referencing LIBOR does not have a fallback or replacement rate provision in effect when LIBOR is retired, or a replacement rate is not selected by a determining person as defined by the statute. Both ARRC and ISDA have taken significant steps toward implementing various fallback provisions and protocols; and for British pound sterling, relevant authorities have promoted use of Sterling
36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Overnight Index Average (“SONIA”) as a replacement for LIBOR. However, the market transition away from LIBOR to alternative reference rates, including SOFR or SONIA, is complex and could result in disruptions, among other things, due to differences between LIBOR (an unsecured forward-looking term rate) and alternative rates that are based on historical measures of overnight secured rates; due to failure of market participants to fully accept such alternative rates; or due to difficulties in amending legacy LIBOR contracts or implementing processes for determining new alternative rates.
The consequences of LIBOR reform could adversely affect the market for LIBOR-based securities, the payment obligations under our existing LIBOR-based liabilities and our ability to issue funding agreements bearing a floating rate of interest, as well as the value of financial and insurance products tied to LIBOR, investment portfolio or the substantial amount of derivatives contracts we use to hedge our assets, insurance and other liabilities.
Our actions taken to address the transition from LIBOR for U.S. dollar and other currencies and to mitigate potential risks include, among other things, ensuring new legal contracts, existing legal contracts if necessary and our asset and debt issuances include appropriate LIBOR fallback provisions and identifying fallback provisions in existing contracts and investments which mature after the relevant LIBOR phase-out date; updating valuation and actuarial models that utilize LIBOR; determining the impact of new accounting and tax requirements; adjusting applicable technology applications to be able to support both LIBOR and new alternative rates; and executing and monitoring trades (including test transactions) for derivatives, assets and debt issuances utilizing the new alternative reference rates. We cannot, however, be certain that these measures will effectively mitigate potential risks related to the transition from LIBOR. In addition, we anticipate there may be additional risks to our current processes and information systems that will need to be identified and evaluated by us. Uncertainty as to the nature of such potential changes, alternative reference rates or other reforms could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Nonperformance or defaults by counterparties may expose us to credit risk, which may materially and adversely affect the value of our investments, our profitability and sources of liquidity.
We are exposed to credit risk arising from exposures to various counterparties related to investments, derivatives, premiums receivable and reinsurance recoverables. These counterparties include, but are not limited to, issuers of fixed income and equity securities we hold, borrowers of loans we hold, customers, plan sponsors, trading counterparties, counterparties under swaps and other derivative instruments, reinsurers, joint venture partners, clearing agents, exchanges, clearing houses, custodians, brokers and dealers, commercial banks, investment banks, intra-group counterparties with respect to derivatives and other third parties, financial intermediaries and institutions, and guarantors. These counterparties may default on their obligations to us due to bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, financial distress, lack of liquidity, adverse economic conditions, operational failure, fraud, government intervention and other reasons. In addition, for exchange-traded derivatives, such as futures, options as well as “cleared” over-the-counter derivatives, we are generally exposed to the credit risk of the relevant central counterparty clearing house and futures commission merchants through which we clear derivatives. For uncleared over-the-counter derivatives, we are also generally exposed to the credit risk of the third-party custodians at which margin collateral that we post, or is posted to us by our counterparties, is held as a result of regulatory requirements. With respect to transactions in which we acquire a security interest in collateral owned by the borrower, our credit risk could be exacerbated when the collateral cannot be realized or if we cannot offset our exposures through derivative transactions, reinsurance and underwriting arrangements, unsecured money market and prime funds and equity investments. In addition, we assume pension obligations from plan sponsors, including obligations in respect of current employees of the plan sponsor. If the plan sponsor experiences financial distress that results in bankruptcy or significant terminations or otherwise experiences substantial turnover of employees active under the plan, such employees may be entitled to rights under the pension plan, such as lump-sum payments. To the extent that a plan sponsor experiences a significant turnover event, we may not achieve the targeted return expected at the time the PRT transaction was priced. Further, we invest on a short-term basis the cash collateral pledged to us by our derivative instruments counterparties in unsecured money markets and prime funds, which exposes us to the credit risk of financial institutions where we invest funds received as collateral. Any resulting loss or impairments to the carrying value of these assets or defaults by these counterparties on their obligations to us could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

An insolvency of, or the appointment of a receiver to rehabilitate or liquidate, a significant competitor could negatively impact our business if such appointment were to impact consumer confidence in our products and services. Additionally, if the underlying assets supporting the structured securities we invest in are expected to default or actually default on their payment obligations, our securities may incur losses.
Our exposure to credit risk may be exacerbated in periods of market or credit stress, as derivative counterparties take a more conservative view of their acceptable credit exposure to us, resulting in reduced capacity to execute derivative-based hedges when we need it most.
Risks Relating to Business and Operations
Pricing for our products is subject to our ability to adequately assess risks and estimate losses.
We seek to price our products such that premiums, policy fees, other policy charges and future net investment income earned on assets will result in an acceptable profit in excess of expected claims driven by policyholder deaths and behavior (such as exercising options and guarantees in the policy or allowing their policy to lapse), assumed expenses, taxes and the cost of capital.
Our business is dependent on our ability to price our products effectively and charge appropriate fees and other policy charges. Pricing adequacy depends on a number of factors and assumptions, including proper evaluation of insurance risks, our expense levels, expected net investment income to be realized, our response to rate actions taken by competitors, our response to actions by distributors, legal and regulatory developments and long-term assumptions regarding interest rates, credit spreads, investment returns, operating costs and the expected persistency of certain products, which is the probability that a policy will remain in force from one period to the next. For example, some of our life insurance policies and annuity contracts provide management the limited right to adjust certain non-guaranteed charges or benefits and interest crediting rates if necessary, subject to guaranteed minimums or maximums, and the exercise of these rights could result in reputational and/or litigation risk.
Management establishes target returns for each product based upon these factors, certain underwriting assumptions and capital requirements, including statutory, GAAP and economic capital models. We monitor and manage pricing and sales to achieve target returns on new business, but we may not be able to achieve those returns due to the factors discussed above. Profitability from new business emerges over a period of years, depending on the nature of the product, and is subject to variability as actual results may differ from pricing assumptions.
Our profitability depends on multiple factors, including the impact of actual mortality, longevity, morbidity and policyholder behavior experience as compared to our assumptions; the adequacy of investment margins; our management of market and credit risks associated with investments, including the cost of hedging; our ability to maintain premiums and contract charges at a level adequate to cover mortality, benefits and contract administration expenses; the adequacy of contract charges and availability of revenue from providers of investment options offered in variable contracts to cover the cost of product features and other expenses; and management of operating costs and expenses. Inadequate pricing and the difference between estimated results of the above factors compared to actual results could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Guarantees within certain of our products may increase the volatility of our results.
Certain of our annuity and life insurance products include features that guarantee a certain level of benefits, including guaranteed minimum death benefits, guaranteed living benefits, including guaranteed minimum income benefits, and products with guaranteed interest crediting rates, including crediting rate guarantees tied to the performance of various market indices. Many of these features are accounted for at fair value as embedded derivatives under GAAP, and they have significant exposure to capital markets and insurance risks. An increase in valuation of liabilities associated with the guaranteed features results in a decrease in our profitability and depending on the magnitude of any such increase, could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, including our capitalization, as well as the financial strength ratings.
We employ a capital markets hedging strategy to partially offset the economic impacts of movements in equity, interest rate and credit markets, however, our hedging strategy may not effectively offset movements in our GAAP and statutory surplus and may otherwise be insufficient in relation to our obligations. Furthermore, we
38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

are subject to the risk that changes in policyholder behavior or actual levels of mortality/longevity as compared to assumptions in pricing and reserving, combined with adverse market events, could produce losses not addressed by the risk management techniques employed. These factors, individually or collectively, may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity including our ability to receive dividends from our operating companies.
Changes in interest rates result in changes to the fair value liability. All else being equal, higher interest rates generally decrease the fair value of our liabilities, which increases our earnings, while low interest rates generally increase the fair value of our liabilities, which decreases our earnings. A prolonged low interest rate environment may also subject us to increased hedging costs or an increase in the amount of statutory reserves that our insurance subsidiaries are required to hold for our liabilities, lowering their statutory surplus, which would adversely affect their ability to pay dividends. In addition, it may also increase the perceived value of our benefits to our policyholders, which in turn may lead to a higher than expected benefit utilization and persistency of those products over time.
Differences between the change in fair value of the GAAP embedded derivatives, as well as associated statutory and tax liabilities, and the value of the related hedging portfolio may occur and can be caused by movements in the level of equity, interest rate, and credit markets, market volatility, policyholder behavior, and mortality/longevity rates that differ from our assumptions and our inability to purchase hedging instruments at prices consistent with the desired risk and return trade-off. In addition, we may sometimes choose, based on economic considerations and other factors, not to mitigate these risks. The occurrence of one or more of these events has in the past resulted in, and could in the future result in, an increase in the fair value of liabilities associated with the guaranteed benefits without an offsetting increase in the value of our hedges, or a decline in the value of our hedges without an offsetting decline in our liabilities, thus reducing our results of operations and shareholders’ equity.
Our use of derivative instruments to hedge market risks associated with our liabilities exposes us to counterparty credit risk and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Our risk management strategy seeks to mitigate the potential adverse effects of changes in capital markets, specifically changes in equity markets, foreign exchange rates and interest rates on guarantees related to variable annuities, fixed index annuities and index universal life insurance, and liability guarantees associated with our GLBs for certain products such as variable annuities, fixed index annuities and fixed annuities. The strategy primarily relies on hedging strategies using derivatives instruments and, to a lesser extent, reinsurance.
Derivative instruments primarily composed of futures, swaps, and options on equity indices and interest rates are an essential part of our hedging strategy and are selected to provide a measure of economic protection. We utilize a combination of short-term and longer-term derivative instruments to have a laddered maturity of protection and reduce rollover risk during periods of market disruption or higher volatility. As of March 31, 2022, notional amounts on our derivative instruments totaled $213 billion. We manage the potential credit exposure for derivative instruments through utilization of financial exchanges, ongoing evaluation of the creditworthiness of counterparties, the use of ISDA and collateral agreements, and master netting agreements.
In connection with our hedging program, we may decide to seek the approval of applicable regulatory authorities to permit us to increase our limits with respect to derivatives transactions used for hedging purposes consistent with those contemplated by the program. No assurance can be given that any of our requested approvals will be obtained and whether, if obtained, any such approvals will not be subject to qualifications, limitations or conditions. If our capital is depleted in the event of persistent market downturns, we may need to replenish it by holding additional capital, which we may have allocated for other uses, or purchase additional hedging protection through the use of more expensive derivatives with strike levels at then-current market levels. Under our hedging strategy, period-to-period changes in the valuation of our hedges relative to the guaranteed liabilities may result in significant volatility to certain of our profitability measures, which in certain circumstances could be more significant than has been the case historically.
In addition, hedging instruments we enter into may not effectively offset changes in economic values of the guarantees within certain of our annuity products or may otherwise be insufficient in relation to our obligations. For example, in the event that derivatives counterparties or central clearinghouses are unable or unwilling to honor their obligations, we remain liable for the guaranteed liability benefits.
39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The cost of our hedging program may be greater than anticipated because adverse market conditions can limit the availability and increase the costs of the derivatives we intend to employ, and such costs may not be recovered in the pricing of the underlying products we offer. Our transactions with financial and other institutions generally specify the circumstances under which either party is required to pledge collateral related to any change in the market value of the derivative instruments. The amount of collateral, or a total of initial and variation margins, we are required to post under these agreements could increase under certain circumstances, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
The above factors, individually or in the aggregate, may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations, our profitability measures as well as impact our capitalization, our distributable earnings, our ability to receive dividends from our operating companies and our liquidity. These impacts could then in turn impact our RBC ratios and our financial strength ratings.
We may experience difficulty in marketing and distributing our Individual Retirement and Life Insurance products through our current and future distribution channels, and the use of third parties may result in additional liabilities.
Although we distribute our products through a wide variety of distribution channels in our Individual Retirement and Life Insurance segments, we maintain relationships with certain key distributors, which results in certain distributor concentration. Distributors have in the past, and may in the future, elect to renegotiate the terms of existing relationships such that those terms may not remain attractive or acceptable to us, limit the products they sell, including the types of products offered by us, or otherwise reduce or terminate their distribution relationships with us with or without cause. This could be due to various reasons, such as uncertainty related to this offering, industry consolidation of distributors or other industry changes that increase the competition for access to distributors, developments in laws or regulations that affect our business or industry, including the marketing and sale of our products and services, adverse developments in our business, the distribution of products with features that do not meet minimum thresholds set by the distributor, strategic decisions that impact our business, adverse rating agency actions or concerns about market-related risks. An interruption or reduction in certain key relationships could materially affect our ability to market our products and could have a material adverse effect on our businesses, operating results and financial condition.
Alternatively, renegotiated terms may not be attractive or acceptable to distributors, or we may terminate one or more distribution agreements due to, for example, a loss of confidence in, or a change in control of, one of the third-party distributors. An interruption or reduction in certain key relationships could materially affect our ability to market our products and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We are at risk that key distribution partners could merge, consolidate, change their business models in ways that affect how our products are sold, or terminate their distribution contracts with us, or that new distribution channels could emerge and adversely impact the effectiveness of our distribution efforts. For example, in the year ended December 31, 2021, our top 10 distribution partners in our Individual Retirement business represented 57% of our sales, and our largest distribution partner represented 10% of our sales. An increase in bank, wirehouse and broker-dealer consolidation activity could increase competition for access to distributors, result in greater distribution expenses and impair our ability to market our Individual Retirement annuity products through these channels.
Also, if we are unsuccessful in attracting, retaining and training key distribution partners, or are unable to maintain our distribution relationships, our sales could decline, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. In addition, substantially all of our distributors are permitted to sell our competitors’ products. If our competitors offer products that are more attractive than ours or pay higher commission rates to the distribution partners than we do, these distribution partners could concentrate their efforts in selling our competitors’ products instead of ours.
In addition, we can, in certain circumstances, be held responsible for the actions of our third-party distributors, including broker-dealers, registered representatives, insurance agents and agencies and marketing organizations, and their respective employees, agents and representatives, in connection with the marketing and sale of our products by such parties in a manner that is deemed not compliant with applicable laws and regulations. This is particularly acute with respect to unaffiliated distributors where we may not be able to directly monitor or control the manner in which our products are sold through third-party firms despite our
40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

training and compliance programs. Further, misconduct by employees, agents and representatives of our broker-dealer subsidiaries in the sale of our products could also result in violations of laws by us or our subsidiaries, regulatory sanctions and serious reputational or financial harm to us. The precautions we take to prevent and detect the foregoing activities may not be effective. If our products are distributed to customers for whom they are unsuitable or distributed in a manner deemed inappropriate, we could suffer reputational and/or other financial harm to our business.
We may experience difficulty in sales and asset retention with respect to our Group Retirement segment as a result of the highly competitive nature of the business, consolidation of plan sponsors, and the potential for redirection of plan sponsor assets to other providers.
Plan sponsors, our customers in our Group Retirement segment, have in the past, and may in the future, elect to renegotiate the terms of existing relationships such that those terms may not remain attractive or acceptable to us, limit the products or services they sell or offer to their plan participants, including the types of products and advisory services offered by us, or otherwise reduce or terminate their relationships with us. This could arise as a result of the consolidation of plan sponsors (most recently in the healthcare industry) or plan sponsors redirecting their assets to other providers who may provide more favorable terms. Such renegotiation or termination with respect to plans that significantly contribute to our profitability could have a greater impact on our overall profitability. In the case of employer-sponsored plans, the impact can also vary depending on whether existing plan accounts remain with us, are transferred at the direction of the plan sponsor or are transferred at the direction of individual plan participants.
Additionally, plan sponsors, both public and private, continue to experience financial difficulty and some of these institutions reduce costs through, among other actions and strategies, headcount reductions or by rebalancing their workforce in favor of part-time employees who are ineligible for retirement benefits. The financial stress on such plan sponsors is often exacerbated by reductions in governmental funding sources. Moreover, our strategies to serve our plan sponsors’ employees may not be successful.
Given these challenges, our premiums and deposits may fail to grow, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Third parties we rely upon to provide certain business and administrative services on our behalf may not perform as anticipated, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We rely on the use of third-party providers to deliver contracted services in a broad range of areas, including, but not limited to, the administration or servicing of certain policies and contracts, investment accounting, information technology and operational functions, and investment advisory services for certain funds, plans and retail advisory programs we offer. In addition, we are engaged in advanced discussions with our existing partners to pursue further cost efficiencies by transforming additional operational and back office processes.
We periodically negotiate provisions and renewals of these domestic and international relationships, and there can be no assurance that such terms will remain acceptable to us, such third parties or regulators. If our third-party providers experience disruptions, fail to meet applicable licensure requirements, do not perform as anticipated or in compliance with applicable laws and regulations, terminate or fail to renew our relationships, or such third-party providers in turn rely on services from another third-party provider, who experiences such disruptions, licensure failures, nonperformance or noncompliance, or termination or non-renewal of its contractual relationships, we may experience operational difficulties, an inability to meet obligations (including, but not limited to, contractual, legal, regulatory or policyholder obligations), a loss of business, increased costs or reputational harm, compromises to our data integrity, or suffer other negative consequences, all of which may have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. Some of these providers are located outside the United States, which exposes us to business disruptions and political risks inherent when conducting business outside of the United States.
Third parties performing regulated activities on our behalf, such as sales, underwriting, servicing of products, claims handling, and retail and fund investment advisory services could pose a heightened risk, as we may be held accountable for third-party conduct, including conduct that is not in compliance with applicable law.
41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our significant investment managers are required to maintain information technology and other operational systems to record and process transactions with respect to the investment portfolios of our insurance company subsidiaries, which includes providing information to us to enable us to value our investment portfolio that may affect our GAAP or U.S. statutory accounting principles financial statements. Our investment managers could experience a failure of these systems, their employees or agents could fail to monitor and implement enhancements or other modifications to a system in a timely and effective manner, or their employees or agents could fail to complete all necessary data reconciliation or other conversation controls when implementing a new software system or modifications to an existing system. The maintenance and implementation of these systems our investment managers is not within our control. Should their systems fail to accurately record information pertaining to the investment portfolios of our insurance company subsidiaries, we may inadvertently include inaccurate information in our financial statements and experience a lapse in our internal control over financial reporting, and such failure could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We are exposed to certain risks if we are unable to maintain the availability of our critical technology systems and data and safeguard the confidentiality and integrity of our data, which could compromise our ability to conduct business and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We use information technology systems, infrastructure and networks and other operational systems to store, retrieve, evaluate and use customer, employee, and company data and information. Our business is highly dependent on our ability to access these systems to perform necessary business functions. In the event of a natural disaster, a computer virus, unauthorized access, a terrorist attack, cyber-attack or other disruption, our systems and networks may be inaccessible to our employees, customers or business partners for an extended period of time, and we may be unable to meet our business obligations for an extended period of time if our data or systems are disabled, manipulated, destroyed or otherwise compromised. Additionally, some of our systems and networks are older, legacy-type systems that are less efficient and require an ongoing commitment of significant resources to maintain or upgrade. Supply chain disruptions or delays could prevent us from maintaining and implementing changes, updates and upgrades to our systems and networks in a timely manner or at all. System and network failures or outages could compromise our ability to perform business functions in a timely manner, which could harm our ability to conduct business, hurt our relationships with our business partners and customers and expose us to legal claims as well as regulatory investigations and sanctions, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Some of these systems and networks also rely upon third-party systems, which themselves may rely on the systems of other third parties. Problems caused by, or occurring in relation to, our third-party providers and systems, including those resulting from breakdowns or other disruptions in information technology services provided by a third-party provider, failure of a third-party provider to provide current or higher volumes of required services or cyber-attacks and security breaches at a third-party provider may in the future materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Like other companies, the systems and networks we maintain and third-party systems and networks we use have in the past been, and will likely in the future be, subject to or targets of unauthorized or fraudulent access, including physical or electronic break-ins or unauthorized tampering, as well as attempted cyber and other security threats and other computer-related penetrations such as “denial of service” attacks, phishing, untargeted but sophisticated and automated attacks, and other disruptive software. Also, like other companies, we have an increasing challenge of attracting and retaining highly qualified security personnel to assist us in combatting these security threats. The frequency and sophistication of such threats continue to increase and often become further heightened in connection with geopolitical tensions.
We continuously monitor and develop our information technology networks and infrastructure in an effort to prevent, detect, address and mitigate the risk of threats to our data, systems and networks, including malware and computer virus attacks, ransomware, unauthorized access, business e-mail compromise, misuse, denial-of-service attacks, system failures and disruptions. There is no assurance that our security measures, including information security policies, administrative, technical and physical controls and other actions designed as preventative will provide fully effective protection from such events. We maintain insurance to cover operational risks, such as cyber risk and technology outages, but this insurance may not cover all costs associated with the consequences of personal, confidential or proprietary information being compromised. In the case of a successful ransomware
42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

attack in which our data and information restore control processes are not effective, our information could be held hostage until a ransom, which may be significant, is paid for retrieval of the stolen information. In some cases, such compromise may not be immediately detected which may make it difficult to recover critical services, damage assets and compromise the integrity and security of data including our policyholder, employee, agent and other confidential information processed through our systems and networks. Additionally, since we rely heavily on information technology and systems and on the integrity and timeliness of data to run our businesses and service our customers, any such compromise or security event may impede or interrupt our business operations and our ability to service our customers, and otherwise may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We are continuously evaluating and enhancing systems and processes. These continued enhancements and changes, as well as changes designed to update and enhance our protective measures to address new threats, may increase the risk of a system or process failure or the creation of a gap in the associated security measures. Any such failure or gap could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We routinely transmit, receive and store personal, confidential and proprietary information by email and other electronic means. Although we attempt to keep such information confidential and secure, we may be unable to do so in all events, especially with clients, vendors, service providers, counterparties and other third parties who may not have or use appropriate controls to protect personal, confidential or proprietary information. The compromise of personal, confidential or proprietary information could cause a loss of data, give rise to remediation or other expenses, expose us to liability under U.S. and international laws and regulations, and subject us to litigation, investigations, sanctions, and regulatory and law enforcement action, and result in reputational harm and loss of business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Furthermore, certain of our business lines are subject to compliance with laws and regulations enacted by U.S. federal and state governments, the EU, UK, Bermuda or other jurisdictions or enacted by various regulatory organizations or exchanges relating to the privacy and security of the information of clients, employees or others. The variety of applicable privacy and information security laws and regulations exposes us to heightened regulatory scrutiny and requires us to incur significant technical, legal and other expenses in an effort to ensure and maintain compliance and will continue to impact our business in the future by increasing legal, operational and compliance costs. While we have taken steps to comply with privacy and information security laws, we cannot guarantee that our efforts will meet the evolving standards imposed by data protection authorities. If we are found not to be in compliance with these privacy and security laws and regulations, we may be subject to additional potential private consumer, business partner or securities litigation, regulatory inquiries, and governmental investigations and proceedings, and we may incur damage to our reputation. Any such developments may subject us to material fines and other monetary penalties and damages, divert management’s time and attention, and lead to enhanced regulatory oversight, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. Additionally, we expect that developments in privacy and cybersecurity worldwide will increase the financial and reputational implications following a significant breach of our or our third-party suppliers’ information technology systems. New and currently unforeseen regulatory issues could also arise from the increased use of emerging technology, data and digital services. If we are found not to be in compliance with these laws and regulations concerning emerging technology, data and digital services, we could be subjected to significant civil and criminal liability and exposed to reputational harm.
In addition, the SEC recently released proposed rules enhancing disclosure requirements for publicly registered companies and for investment advisers and funds, covering cybersecurity risk and management, which, if adopted as proposed, could result in additional compliance costs. See “Business—Regulation—U.S. Regulation—Privacy, Data Protection and Cybersecurity.”
In addition, we have been required to further rely on our technology systems as a result of the fact that all non-essential staff were transitioned to a remote work environment in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and thus, the risk of a gap in our security measures and the risk of a system or process failure is heightened.
43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In connection with our separation from AIG, we will transition to separate information systems and will be responsible for our own cybersecurity. Any of the foregoing risks may be exacerbated by the separation and related transition.
Increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from investors, customers, regulators and other stakeholders regarding environmental, social and governance matters may adversely affect our reputation or otherwise adversely impact our business and results of operations.
There is increasing scrutiny and evolving expectations from investors, customers, regulators and other stakeholders on environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) practices and disclosures, including those related to environmental stewardship, climate change, diversity, equity and inclusion, racial justice and workplace conduct. Legislators and regulators have imposed and likely will continue to impose ESG-related legislation, rules and guidance, which may conflict with one another and impose additional costs on us, impede our business opportunities or expose us to new or additional risks. In addition, the SEC has proposed new ESG reporting rules which would apply to us after this offering and which, if adopted as proposed, could result in additional compliance and reporting costs. See “Business—Regulation—U.S. Regulation—Climate Change.” Moreover, certain organizations that provide information to investors have developed ratings for evaluating companies on their approach to different ESG matters, and unfavorable ratings of our company or our industries may lead to negative investor sentiment and the diversion of investment to other companies or industries. If we are unable to meet these standards or expectations, whether established by us or third parties, it could result in adverse publicity, reputational harm, or loss of customer and/or investor confidence, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Our risk management policies and procedures may prove to be ineffective and leave us exposed to unidentified or unanticipated risk, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We have developed and continue to enhance enterprise-wide risk management policies and procedures to identify, monitor and mitigate risk to which we are exposed. Many of our methods of identifying, measuring, underwriting and managing risks are based upon our study and use of historical market, applicant, customer, employee and bad actor behavior or statistics based on historical models. As a result, these methods may not accurately predict future exposures from events such as a major financial market disruption as the result of a natural or manmade disaster like a climate-related event or terrorist attack, that could be significantly different than the historical measures indicate, and which could also result in a substantial change in policyholder behavior and claims levels not previously observed. We have and will continue to enhance our life insurance underwriting process, including, from time to time, considering and integrating newly available sources of data to confirm and refine our traditional underwriting methods. Our efforts at implementing these improvements may not, however, be fully successful, which may adversely affect our competitive position. We have also introduced new product features designed to limit our risk and taken actions on in-force business, which may not be fully successful in limiting or eliminating risk. We may take additional actions on our in-force business, including adjusting crediting rates and cost of insurance, which may not be fully successful in maintaining profitability and which may result in litigation. Moreover, our hedging programs and reinsurance strategies that are designed to manage market risk and mortality risk rely on assumptions regarding our assets, liabilities, general market factors and the creditworthiness of our counterparties that could prove to be incorrect or inadequate. Our hedging programs utilize various derivative instruments, including but not limited to equity options, futures contracts, interest rate swaps and swaptions, as well as other hedging instruments, which may not effectively or completely reduce our risk; and assumptions underlying models used to measure accumulations and support reinsurance purchases may be proven inaccurate and could leave us exposed to larger than expected catastrophe losses in a given year. In addition, our current business continuity and disaster recovery plans are based upon our use of historical market experiences and models, and customer, employee and bad actors’ behavior and statistics, and accordingly may not be sufficient to reduce the impact of cyber risks, including ransomware, natural catastrophic events or fraudulent attacks, such as account take-over, that are beyond the level that historical measures indicate and greater than our anticipated thresholds or risk tolerance levels. Other risk management methods depend upon the evaluation of information regarding markets, clients, or other matters that is publicly available or otherwise accessible to us, which may not always be accurate, complete, up-to-date or properly evaluated. Management of operational, legal and regulatory risks requires, among other things, policies and procedures to record and verify large numbers of transactions and events, such as new and frequently updated regulatory requirements across the
44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

United States and internationally, primarily from the Prudential Regulation Authority (the “PRA”), the Bermuda Monetary Authority (the “BMA”) and The Bank of Ireland, each jurisdiction mandating specified requirements with respect to artificial intelligence and environmental, social and governance legal and regulatory requirements. These policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Accordingly, our risk management policies and procedures may not adequately mitigate the risks to our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
If our risk management policies and procedures are ineffective, we may suffer unexpected losses and could be materially adversely affected. As our business changes, the markets in which we operate evolve and new risks emerge, including for example risks related to climate change or meeting stakeholder expectations relating to environmental, social or governance issues, our risk management framework may not evolve at the same pace as those changes. The effectiveness of our risk management strategies may be limited, resulting in losses to us, which could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. In addition, there can be no assurance that we can effectively review and monitor all risks or that all of our employees will understand and follow (or comply with) our risk management policies and procedures.
Significant legal, governmental, or regulatory proceedings may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
In the normal course of business, we face significant risk from regulatory and governmental investigations and civil actions, litigation and other forms of dispute resolution in various domestic and foreign jurisdictions. In addition, we are involved in litigation and arbitration concerning our rights and obligations under insurance policies issued by us and under reinsurance contracts with third parties in the normal course of our insurance operations. Additionally, from time to time, various regulatory and governmental agencies review the transactions and practices of us and our subsidiaries and in connection with industry-wide and other inquiries into, among other matters, the business practices of current and former operating insurance subsidiaries. Such investigations, inquiries or examinations have in the past developed and could in the future develop into administrative, civil or criminal proceedings or enforcement actions, in which remedies could include fines, penalties, restitution or alterations in our business practices, and could result in additional expenses, limitations on certain business activities and reputational damage.
We, our subsidiaries and their respective officers and directors are also subject to, or may become subject to, a variety of additional types of legal disputes brought by holders of our securities, customers, employees and others, alleging, among other things, breach of contractual or fiduciary duties, bad faith, indemnification and violations of federal and state statutes and regulations. Certain of these matters may also involve potentially significant risk of loss due to the possibility of significant jury awards and settlements, punitive damages or other penalties. Many of these matters are also highly complex and seek recovery on behalf of a class or similarly large number of plaintiffs. It is therefore inherently difficult to predict the size or scope of potential future losses arising from them, and developments in these matters could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations.
For a discussion of certain legal proceedings, see Note 15 to the audited consolidated financial statements.
Our business strategy may not be effective in accomplishing our objectives, including as a result of events that can cause our fundamental business model to change and assumptions that may prove not to be accurate.
There can be no assurance that we will successfully execute our strategy. In addition, we may not be successful in increasing our earnings meaningfully or at all. Moreover, our ability to pay dividends or repurchase shares is subject to certain restrictions and limitations, including as a result of regulatory requirements, which may prevent us from returning the expected or any capital to our stockholders for the indefinite future. For these reasons, no assurances can be given that we will be able to execute our strategy or that our strategy will achieve our objectives, including our financial goals.
We have established certain financial goals that we believe measure the execution of our strategy, as set forth in “Prospectus Summary—Financial Goals” and “Business—Financial Goals.” These goals are based on certain assumptions, including assumptions regarding interest rates, geopolitical stability and market performance. While these goals are presented with numerical specificity and we believe such goals to be reasonable as of the date of this prospectus, there are significant risks that these assumptions may not be realized and, as a result, we may not achieve our financial goals in whole or in part. The results sought to be achieved by our financial goals
45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

may vary depending on various factors, including actual capital market outcomes, changes in actuarial models or emergence of actual experience, changes in regulation as well as other risks and factors that may cause actual events to adversely differ from one or more of our key assumptions. There can be no assurance that we will achieve such financial goals, nor are these goals guarantees of future performance or outcomes.
The financial goals are made only as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise any goals to reflect the occurrence of events, changes in assumptions or adjustments in such financial goals, unanticipated or otherwise, other than as may be required by law. In addition, we expect our financial goals to evolve over time to reflect changes in our business strategies and our balance sheet mix.
We face intense competition in each of our business lines and technological changes may present new and intensified challenges to our business.
Our businesses operate in highly competitive environments. Our principal competitors are major stock and mutual life insurance companies, advisory firms, broker dealers, investment management firms, retirement plan recordkeepers, mutual fund organizations, banks, investment banks and other nonbank financial institutions. The financial services industry, including the insurance industry in particular, is highly competitive. We compete in the United States with life and retirement insurance companies and other participants in related financial services fields. Overseas, our subsidiaries compete for business with global insurance groups, local companies and the foreign insurance operations of large U.S. insurers.
Our business competes across a number of factors, which include scale, service, product features, price, investment performance and availability of originated assets, commission structures, distribution capacity, financial strength ratings, name recognition and reputation. Our ability to continue to compete across these factors depends on delivery of our business plan, competitor actions and overall environment, all of which carry inherent risks.
For further discussion regarding competition within each of our operating segments, see “Business—Individual Retirement—Markets,” “Business—Individual Retirement—Competition,” “Business— Group Retirement—Markets,” “Business—Group Retirement—Competition,” “Business—Institutional Markets—Markets” and “Business—Institutional Markets—Competition.”
Technological advancements and innovation in the insurance, asset management, wealth management and financial planning industries, including those related to evolving customer preferences, the digitization of products and services, acceleration of automated underwriting and electronic processes present competitive risks. Technological advancements and innovation are occurring in distribution, underwriting, recordkeeping, advisory, claims and operations at a rapid pace, and that pace may increase, particularly as companies increasingly use data analytics and technology as part of their business strategy. Further, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected if external technological advances limit our ability to retain existing business, write new business or appropriate terms, or impact our ability to adapt or deploy current products as quickly and effectively as our competitors. Additional costs may also be incurred in order to implement changes to automate procedures critical to our distribution channels in order to increase flexibility of access to our services and products. Moreover, upon our separation from AIG, we may not retain the employees who were working on technological implementation efforts at AIG, which may make it more difficult and expensive for us to complete and maintain such implementations. If we are unsuccessful in implementing such changes, our competitive position and distribution relationships may be harmed. In recent years, there has been an increase in activity by venture capital funded “InsureTech” start-ups in the life insurance industry, which are seeking to disrupt traditional ways of doing business and we continue to monitor this emerging competitive risk.
Catastrophes, including those associated with climate change and pandemics, may adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Any catastrophic event, such as pandemic diseases, terrorist attacks, accidents, floods, severe storms or hurricanes or cyber-terrorism, could have a material and adverse effect on our business and operations. In the event of a disaster, unanticipated problems with our business continuity plans could cause a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. We could also experience a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity of our insurance business due to increased mortality and, in certain cases, morbidity rates and/or its impact on the economy and financial markets.
Additionally, catastrophic events could harm the financial condition of our reinsurers and thereby increase the probability of default on reinsurance recoveries. Accordingly, our ability to write new business could also be
46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

affected. Further, the impact of climate change has caused, and may continue to cause, changes in weather patterns, resulting in more severe and more frequent natural disasters such as forest fires, hurricanes, tornados, floods and storm surges, exacerbating the risks of a catastrophic event and its resulting impacts. Climate change-related risks may also adversely affect the value of the securities that we hold or lead to increased credit risk of other counterparties we transact business with, including reinsurers. There is a risk that some asset sectors could face significantly higher costs and a disorderly adjustment to asset values leading to an adverse impact on the value and future performance of investment assets as a result of climate change and regulatory or other responses. Our reputation or corporate brand could also be negatively impacted as a result of changing customer or societal perceptions of organizations that we do business with or invest in due to their actions (or lack thereof) with respect to climate change. A failure to identify and address these issues could cause a material adverse effect on the achievement of our strategies and potentially subject us to heightened regulatory scrutiny.
Material changes to, or termination of, our significant investment advisory contracts with other parties, including Fortitude Re, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We provide investment advisory services to AIG and Fortitude Re (through AMG) with respect to significant asset portfolios. Investment advisory services currently provided to AIG are primarily rendered to AIG’s General Insurance subsidiaries. There will be a reduction in asset management services that we provide to AIG, which is expected to result in a decrease in our revenues. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Historical Related Party Transactions—Advisory Services.” We may be unable to reduce our expenses in a timely manner, or at all, to offset such decrease in our revenues. Additionally, beginning in June 2023, Fortitude Re will have certain rights to replace AMG as asset manager with respect to the funds withheld assets in connection with the reinsurance to Fortitude Re. If, in addition to the expected changes to the investment advisory services we currently provide to AIG, Fortitude Re were to materially change or terminate the investment management agreements in place with AMG, it could further disrupt our investment advisory capabilities, including as a result of the loss of our AUMA and investment management personnel and a reduction in management fees received by AMG, which could in turn result in a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Changes in accounting principles and financial reporting requirements will impact our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
Our financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP, which are periodically revised. Accordingly, from time to time, we are required to adopt new or revised accounting standards issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”).
The FASB has revised the accounting standards for certain long-duration insurance contracts. The FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2018-12 — Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts, which has an effective date of January 1, 2023 and will significantly change the accounting measurements and disclosures for long-duration insurance contracts under GAAP. The most significant adjustments are expected to be (i) changes related to market risk benefits in our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement segments, including the impact of non-performance adjustments, (ii) changes to the discount rate, which will most significantly impact our Life Insurance and Institutional Markets segments, and (iii) the removal of balances recorded in GAAP Corebridge shareholders’ equity, excluding accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) related to changes in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments. Changes to the manner in which we account for long-duration products has and will continue to impose special demands on us in the areas of governance, employee training, internal controls and disclosure and affect how we manage our business and our overall costs, all of which will impact our consolidated results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. In addition, implementation of the changes could impact our products, in-force management and asset liability management strategies and have other implications on operations and technology. For further discussion of the impact of these changes, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis—Executive Summary—Significant Factors Impacting Our Results—Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts” and Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
We continue to evaluate the implementation of ASU No. 2018-12 and expect the adoption of this standard will impact our financial condition, results of operations, statement of cash flows and disclosures, as well as our systems, processes and controls. We currently estimate that the January 1, 2021 transition date (“Transition
47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Date”) impact from adoption is likely to result in a decrease in the Company’s equity between approximately $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion. In addition, we expect the newly issued standard to negatively impact the level of investor interest in our sector.
Our foreign operations expose us to risks that affect our operations.
We provide individual and group life insurance, health insurance and other financial products and services to individuals and businesses in the UK, Ireland and Bermuda.
Operations outside the United States have in the past been, and may in the future be, affected by regional economic downturns, changes in foreign currency exchange rates, availability of locally denominated assets to match locally originated liabilities, political events or upheaval, nationalization and other restrictive government or regulatory actions, which could also materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
In addition, we and our subsidiaries are subject to various extraterritorial laws and regulations, including such laws adopted by the United States that affect how we do business globally. These laws and regulations may conflict and we may incur penalties and/or reputational harm if we fail to adhere to them. For example, increased international data localization and cross-border data transfer regulatory restrictions as well as developments in economic sanctions regimes may affect how we do business globally and may cause us to incur penalties and/or suffer reputational harm.
The exact impact of market risks faced by our foreign operations is uncertain and difficult to predict and respond to, particularly in the light of the UK’s decision to withdraw its membership in the EU (“Brexit”) and potential changes to the UK regulatory regime on financial services following Brexit. Our foreign businesses could be impacted by adverse outcomes from the EU’s equivalence deliberations, legal challenge to the EU’s data adequacy decision and retaliatory action in the event of non-compliance by either party to the Trade and Co-operation Agreement, which could have a material impact on the regulatory and legal framework within which our UK and European business lines operate.
Our UK and EU subsidiaries’ business could be adversely affected as a result of Brexit and the lack of agreement on financial services between the UK and the EU.
Business or asset acquisitions and dispositions may expose us to certain risks.
We have made acquisitions in the past and may pursue further acquisitions or other strategic transactions, including reinsurance, dispositions and joint ventures, in the future. The completion of any business or asset acquisition or disposition is subject to certain risks, including those relating to the receipt of required regulatory approvals, the terms and conditions of regulatory approvals, including any financial accommodations required by regulators, our ability to satisfy such terms, conditions and accommodations, the occurrence of any event, change or other circumstances that could give rise to the termination of a transaction and the risk that parties may not be willing or able to satisfy the conditions to a transaction. As a result, there can be no assurance that any business or asset acquisition or disposition will be completed as contemplated, or at all, or regarding the expected timing of the completion of the acquisition or disposition.
Once we complete acquisitions or dispositions, there can be no assurance that we will realize the anticipated economic, strategic or other benefits of any transaction. For example, the integration of businesses we acquire may not be as successful as we anticipate, or there may be undisclosed risks present in such businesses. Acquisitions involve a number of risks, including operational, strategic, financial, accounting, legal, compliance and tax risks, including difficulties in assimilating and retaining employees and intermediaries, difficulties in retaining the existing customers of the acquired entities, unforeseen liabilities that arise in connection with the acquired businesses, unfavorable market conditions that could negatively impact our expectations for the acquired businesses, as well as difficulties in integrating and realizing the projected results of acquisitions and managing the litigation and regulatory matters to which acquired entities are party. Such difficulties in integrating an acquired business may result in the acquired business performing differently than we expected (including through the loss of customers) or in our failure to realize anticipated expense-related efficiencies. Risks resulting from future acquisitions may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition. Similarly, dispositions of a business also involve a number of risks, including operational and technology risks of data loss, loss of talent and stranded costs, which could potentially have a negative impact on our business,
48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. In connection with a business or asset disposition, we may also hold a concentrated position in securities of the acquirer as part of the consideration, which subjects us to risks related to the price of equity securities and our ability to monetize such securities. In addition, with respect to certain dispositions, we could be subject to restrictions on our use of proceeds. Strategies implemented to explore opportunities for acquisitions could also be materially and adversely affected by the increasingly competitive nature of the life insurance and annuity merger and acquisition market and the increased participation of non-traditional buyers in the life insurance and annuity merger and acquisition market. In addition, we have provided and may provide financial guarantees and indemnities in connection with the businesses we have sold or may sell, as described in greater detail in Note 15 to the audited consolidated financial statements. While we do not currently believe that claims under these indemnities will be material, it is possible that significant indemnity claims could be made against us. If such a claim or claims were successful, it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.
Changes in U.S. federal income or other tax laws or the interpretation of tax laws could affect sales of our products and our profitability.
Changes in tax laws could reduce demand in the United States for life insurance and annuity contracts, which could reduce our income due to lower sales of these products or changes in customer behavior, including potential increased surrenders of in-force business.
Changes in tax laws could also impact the taxation of our operations. For example, recent proposals to increase corporate taxes could adversely impact our business. It remains difficult to predict whether or when tax law changes or interpretations will be issued by U.S. or foreign taxing authorities or whether any such issuances will have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property and may be subject to infringement claims.
We rely on a combination of contractual rights and copyright, trademark, patent and trade secret laws to establish and protect our intellectual property. Effective intellectual property rights protection may be unavailable, limited, or subject to change in some countries where the Company does or plans to do business. Although we use a broad range of measures to protect our intellectual property rights, third parties may infringe or misappropriate our intellectual property. We have, and may in the future, litigate to enforce and protect our intellectual property and to determine its scope, validity or enforceability, which could divert significant resources and may not prove successful. Litigation to enforce our intellectual property rights may not be successful and cost a significant amount of money. The loss of intellectual property protection or the inability to secure or enforce the protection of our intellectual property assets could harm our reputation and have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to compete. Third parties may have, or may eventually be issued, patents or other protections that could be infringed by our products, methods, processes or services or could limit our ability to offer certain product features. Consequently, we also may be subject to costly litigation in the event that another party alleges our operations or activities infringe upon their intellectual property rights, including patent rights, or violate license usage rights. Any such intellectual property claims and any resulting litigation could result in significant expense and liability for damages, and in some circumstances we could be enjoined from providing certain products or services to our customers, or utilizing and benefiting from certain patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets or licenses, or alternatively could be required to enter into costly licensing arrangements with third parties, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
Risks Relating to Regulation
Our business is heavily regulated and changes in laws and regulations may affect our operations, increase our insurance subsidiary capital requirements or reduce our profitability.
Our operations generally, and certain of our subsidiaries in particular, are subject to extensive and potentially conflicting laws and regulations in the jurisdictions in which we operate. For example, our products are subject to a complex and extensive array of state and federal tax, securities, insurance and employee benefit plan laws and regulations, which are administered and enforced by a number of different governmental and self-regulatory authorities, including state insurance regulators, banking authorities and securities administrators, including the New York Department of Financial Services (“DFS”), the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory
49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Authority (“FINRA”), the Department of Labor (the “DOL”) and the Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”). Our business and financial condition are also subject to supervision and regulation by authorities in the various jurisdictions in which we do business. Federal, state and foreign regulators also periodically review and investigate our insurance business, including life-and-annuity-specific and industry-wide practices. The primary purpose of insurance regulation is the protection of our insurance policyholders and contract holders rather than our investors. The extent of domestic regulation on our insurance business varies, but generally is governed by state statutes that delegate regulatory, supervisory and administrative authority to state insurance departments. In addition, federal and state securities laws and regulations apply to certain of our products that are considered “securities” under such laws, including our variable annuity contracts, variable life insurance policies and the separate accounts that issue them, as well as our broker-dealer, investment adviser and mutual funds operations. The laws and regulations that apply to our business and operations generally grant regulatory agencies and/or self-regulatory organizations broad rule-making and enforcement powers, including the power to regulate the issuance, sale and distribution of our products, the manner in which we underwrite our policies, the delivery of our services, the nature or extent of disclosures required to be given to our customers, the compensation of our distribution partners, the manner and methods by which we handle claims on our policies and the administration of our policies and contracts, the terms of and entry into certain inter-affiliate arrangements between our insurance company subsidiaries and other affiliates, as well as the power to limit or restrict the conduct of business for failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations. We and our distributors are also subject to laws and regulations governing the standard of care applicable to sales of our products, the provision of advice to our customers and the manner in which certain conflicts of interest arising from or related to such sales or giving of advice are to be addressed. In recent years, many of these laws and regulations have been revised or reexamined while others have been newly adopted or are under consideration. These changes and/or adoptions have resulted in increased compliance obligations and costs for us and certain of our distributors or plan sponsors may require changes to existing arrangements, some or all of which could impact our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. Additionally, there have been a number of investigations regarding the marketing practices of brokers and agents selling annuity and insurance and investment products and the payments they receive. Sales practices and investor protection have also increasingly become areas of focus in regulatory exams. These investigations and exams have resulted in, and may in the future result in, enforcement actions against companies in our industry and brokers and agents marketing and selling those companies’ products.
See “Business—Regulation—U.S. Regulation” for further discussion of the regulatory regimes we are subject to, including the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank”) and the standard of care-related regulations administered by the DOL.
Significant legislative and regulatory activity has occurred at both the U.S. federal and state levels, as well as globally, in response to the COVID-19 pandemic and its impact on insurance consumers. While some of these legislative and regulatory initiatives have expired, any resurgence of the COVID-19 virus may lead to a renewal of those initiatives. We cannot predict what form future legal and regulatory responses to concerns about COVID-19 and related public health issues will take, or how such responses will impact our business. We continue to actively monitor these developments and to cooperate fully with all government and regulatory authorities as they develop their responses.
We strive to comply with laws and regulations applicable to our business, products, operations and legal entities, including maintenance of all required licenses and approvals. The application of and compliance with such laws and regulations may be subject to interpretation, evolving industry practices and regulatory expectations that could result in increased compliance costs. The relevant authorities may not agree with our interpretation of these laws and regulations, including, for example, our implementation of new or revised requirements related to capital, accounting treatment or reserving such as those governing PBR, or with our policies and procedures adopted to underwrite or administer our policies and contracts or address evolving industry practices or meet regulatory expectations. Such authorities’ interpretation and views may also change from time to time. It is also possible that the laws, regulations and interpretations across various jurisdictions in which we do business may conflict with one another and affect how we do business in the United States and globally. If we are found not to have complied with applicable legal or regulatory requirements, these authorities could preclude or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities, impose substantial administrative penalties such as fines or require corrective actions to be taken, which individually or in the aggregate could interrupt our operations and materially and adversely affect our reputation, business, results of
50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

operations, financial condition and liquidity. Additionally, if such authorities’ interpretation of requirements related to new or changes in capital, accounting treatment and/or valuation manual or reserving (such as PBR) materially differs from ours, we may incur higher operating costs or sales of products subject to such requirement or treatment may be affected.
We also strive to maintain all required licenses and approvals. Licensing regulations differ as to products and jurisdictions. Regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to grant, renew or revoke licenses and approvals, and licensing regulations may be subject to interpretation as to whether certain licenses are required with respect to the manner in which we may solicit and sell some of our products in certain jurisdictions. The complexity of multiple regulatory frameworks and interpretations may be heightened in the context of products that are issued through our Institutional Markets business, including our PRT products, where one product may cover risks in multiple jurisdictions. If we do not have the required licenses and approvals, these authorities could preclude or temporarily suspend us from carrying on some or all of our activities or impose substantial fines. Further, insurance regulatory authorities have relatively broad discretion to issue orders of supervision, which permit them to apply enhanced supervision to the business and operations of an insurance company.
In the United States, the RBC formula is designed to measure the adequacy of an insurer’s statutory surplus in relation to the risks inherent in its business. Regulators in other jurisdictions in which we do business have adopted capital and liquidity standards applicable to insurers and reinsurers operating in their jurisdiction. Failure to comply with such RBC capital, liquidity and similar requirements set forth in law or regulation, or as otherwise may be agreed by us or one of our insurance company subsidiaries with an insurance regulator, would generally permit the insurance regulator to take certain regulatory actions that could materially impact the affected company’s operations. Those actions range from requiring an insurer to submit a plan describing how it would regain a specified RBC ratio to a mandatory regulatory takeover of the company. The NAIC and the International Association of Insurance Supervisors (the “IAIS”) are also developing and testing methodologies for assessing group-wide regulatory capital, which might evolve into more formal group-wide capital requirements on certain insurance companies and/or their holding companies that may augment state-law RBC standards, and similar international standards, that apply at the legal entity level, and such capital calculations may be made, in whole or in part, on bases other than the statutory statements of our insurance subsidiaries. We cannot predict the effect these initiatives may have on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Additionally, certain of our subsidiaries are subject to certain laws in relation to our investment management agreements. Under such laws, most notably the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), certain of our subsidiaries' investment management agreements require approval or consent from clients and fund shareholders, including funds registered under the Investment Company Act, in the event of an assignment of the investment management agreements or a change in control of the relevant investment adviser. If a transaction, including future sales of our common stock by AIG, resulted in an assignment or change in control, the inability to obtain consent or approval from advisory clients or shareholders of funds registered under the Investment Company Act or other investment funds could result in a significant reduction in advisory fees earned by us or a disruption in the management of the fund clients.
The degree of regulation and supervision in foreign jurisdictions varies. Our subsidiaries operating in the UK, Bermuda and Ireland must satisfy local regulatory requirements and it is possible that local licenses may require us to meet certain conditions. Licenses issued by foreign authorities to our subsidiaries are subject to modification and revocation. Accordingly, our insurance subsidiaries could be prevented from conducting future business. Adverse actions from foreign jurisdictions in which these subsidiaries currently operate could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, depending on the magnitude of the event and our financial exposure at that time in those jurisdictions.
See “Business—Regulation—International Regulation” for further discussion of the regulatory regimes we are subject to outside the United States.
If Corebridge were deemed to be an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act, applicable restrictions could make it impractical for Corebridge to continue its business as contemplated and could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.
Corebridge is not, and following this offering will not be, required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act, and Corebridge intends to conduct its operations so that it will
51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

not be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act. The Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder contain detailed parameters for the organization and operation of investment companies. If Corebridge were to be deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, requirements imposed by the Investment Company Act, including limitations on Corebridge’s capital structure, ability to transact business with affiliates and ability to compensate key employees, would make it impractical for Corebridge to continue its business as currently conducted, impair the agreements and arrangements between and among Corebridge and its clients, and materially and adversely affect Corebridge’s business, results of operations and financial condition.
New laws and regulations, or new interpretations of current laws and regulations, both domestically and internationally, may affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and ability to compete effectively.
Legislators, regulators and self-regulatory organizations have in the past and may in the future periodically consider various proposals that may affect or restrict, among other things, our business practices, underwriting methods and data utilization, product designs and distribution relationships, how we market, sell or service certain products we offer, our capital, reserving and accounting requirements, price competitiveness of the products we sell and consumer demand for our products or the profitability of certain of our business lines. For example, our life insurance and annuity products provide the customer with certain federal income tax advantages. A tax law change that eliminates all or a portion of these advantages may reduce the demand from consumers for our products and change the likelihood of customers surrendering or rolling over existing contracts.
Further, new laws and regulations may even affect or significantly limit our ability to conduct certain business lines at all, including proposals relating to restrictions on the type of activities in which financial institutions, including insurance companies in particular, are permitted to engage, as well as the types of investments we hold or divest. For example, regulators have shown continued interest in how the financial services industry, including insurance companies, are managing climate risk within their business operations and investment portfolios. Resulting actions by governments, regulators and international standard setters could lead to additional reporting obligations concerning investment holdings that are exposed to climate change-related risk. They could also lead to substantial additional laws or regulations that limit or restrict investments in certain assets, such as thermal coal or other carbon-based investments, and impose additional compliance costs. As another example, rules on defined benefit pension plan funding may reduce the likelihood of, or delay corporate plan sponsors in, terminating their plans or engaging in transactions to partially or fully transfer pension obligations. This could affect the mix of our PRT and increase non-guaranteed funding products.
It is also difficult to predict the impact laws and regulations adopted in foreign jurisdictions may have on the financial markets generally or our business, results of operations or cash flows. It is possible such laws and regulations may significantly alter our business practices.
New proposals or changes in legislation or regulation could impose additional taxes on a limited subset of financial institutions and insurance companies (either based on size, activities, geography or other criteria), limit our ability to engage in capital or liability management, require us to raise additional capital, and impose burdensome requirements and additional costs. It is uncertain whether and how these and other such proposals, or changes in legislation or regulation, would apply to us, those who sell or service our products or our competitors or how they could impact our ability to compete effectively, as well as our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
The USA PATRIOT Act, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the regulations administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control and similar laws and regulations that apply to us may expose us to significant penalties.
As a company that operates internationally, we are subject to myriad regulations which govern items such as sanctions, bribery and anti-money laundering, for which failure to comply exposes us to significant penalties. The USA PATRIOT Act of 2001 requires companies to know certain information about their clients and to monitor their transactions for suspicious activities. The Foreign Corrupt Practices Act makes it unlawful for certain classes of persons and entities to make payments to foreign government officials to assist in obtaining or retaining business. Also, the Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control administers
52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulations that restrict or prohibit dealings within U.S. jurisdiction involving certain organizations, individuals, countries, and financial products. The UK, the EU and other jurisdictions maintain similar laws and regulations. Such laws may change rapidly, as demonstrated by the significant sanctions imposed against Russia, resulting from the current conflict in Ukraine, which may pose compliance challenges and adversely impact our business and the business of our customers. The laws and regulations of other jurisdictions may sometimes conflict with those of the U.S. Despite meaningful measures to ensure lawful conduct, which include training, audits and internal control policies and procedures, we may not always be able to prevent our employees or third parties acting on our behalf from violating these laws. As a result, we could be subject to criminal and civil penalties as well as disgorgement. We could be required to make changes or enhancements to our compliance measures that could increase our costs, and we could be subject to other remedial actions. Violations of these laws or allegations of such violations could disrupt our operations, cause reputational harm, cause management distraction and result in a material adverse effect on our competitive position, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.
Risks Relating to Estimates and Assumptions
Estimates or assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements and modeled results used in various areas of our business may differ materially from actual experience.
Our financial statements are prepared in conformity with GAAP, which requires the application of accounting policies that often involve a significant degree of judgment. The accounting policies that we consider most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions, and therefore may be viewed as critical accounting estimates, are described in Note 2 to our audited consolidated financial statements and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Critical Accounting Estimates.” These accounting estimates require the use of assumptions, some of which are highly uncertain at the time of estimation. These estimates are based on judgment, current facts and circumstances and, when applicable, internally developed models. Therefore, actual results may differ from these estimates, possibly in the near term, and could have a material effect on our financial statements.
In addition, we employ models to price products, calculate future policy benefits and value assets and execute hedging strategies, as well as to assess risk and determine capital requirements, among other uses. These models are complex and rely on estimates and projections that are inherently uncertain, may use incomplete, outdated or incorrect data or assumptions and may not operate properly. For example, significant changes in mortality, which could be impacted by natural or man-made disasters, or which could emerge gradually over time due to changes in the natural environment, significant changes in policyholder behavior assumptions such as lapses, surrenders and withdrawal rates as well as the amount of withdrawals, fund performance, equity market returns and volatility, interest rate levels, the health habits of the insured population, technologies and treatments for disease or disability, the economic environment, or other factors could negatively impact our assumptions and estimates. To the extent that any of our modeling practices do not accurately produce, or reproduce, data that we use to conduct any or all aspects of our business, such errors may negatively impact our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition.
This prospectus contains reserves and cash flow projections, which are based on certain assumptions and estimates, including as to market conditions, policyholder behavior, future experience, performance of our hedging program and returns on our investment portfolio. Our actual experience in the future may deviate from our assumptions and estimates and may impact our reserves, earnings, liquidity and capitalization and may increase the volatility of our results and expose us to increased counterparty risk.
Our reserves and cash flow projections set forth in this prospectus are based on certain assumptions and estimates, including as to market conditions, policyholder behavior, future experience, performance of our hedging program and returns on our investment portfolio. These forward-looking statements are estimates and are not intended to predict the future financial performance of our variable annuity hedging program or to represent an opinion of market value.
We present a sensitivity analysis of the estimated cash flows, assets and liabilities associated with our in-force variable annuity business in this prospectus. See “Business—Our Segments—Individual Retirement—Supplemental Information on Our In-Force Variable Annuity Business.” The scenarios represented in our sensitivity analysis were selected for illustrative purposes only and they do not purport to encompass all of the many factors that may bear upon a market value and are based on a series of assumptions as to the future. It
53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

should be recognized that actual future results may differ from those shown, on account of changes in the operating and economic environments and natural variations in experience. The results shown are presented as of June 30, 2021 and have not been updated to reflect our assets, changes in interest rates, equity market movements or certain other assumptions as of December 31, 2021 or any other more current date, and any such update could result in material changes to the amounts presented. In addition, there can be no assurance that future experience will be in line with the assumptions made.
The policyholder behavior assumptions embedded in our cash flow sensitivities represent our current best estimate for our in-force business. The following policyholder options are examples of those included in our sensitivities: lapse, partial lapse, dollar-for-dollar withdrawals and voluntary annuitizations. These assumptions are dynamic and vary depending on the net annualized return of the contract and our expectation of how a customer will utilize their embedded options across the various scenarios. A change in our cash flows could result to the extent emerging experience deviates from these policyholder assumptions.
Our productivity improvement initiatives may not yield our expected expense reductions and improvements in operational and organizational efficiency.
We see opportunities to improve profitability across our businesses through operating expense reductions. We may not be able to fully realize the anticipated expense reductions and operational and organizational efficiency improvements we expect to result from our productivity improvement program and associated initiatives to, among other things, modernize our technology infrastructure, optimize our operating model, expand existing partnership arrangements, optimize our vendor relationships or rationalize our real estate footprint. In addition, we intend to evolve our investments organization, which we expect will create additional efficiencies, to reflect our relationships with key external partners, our expected implementation of BlackRock’s “Aladdin” investment management technology platform and our expected reduction in fees from AIG for asset management services. Actual costs to implement these initiatives may exceed our estimates, or we may be unable to fully implement and execute these initiatives as planned. Further, the implementation of these initiatives may harm our relationships with customers or employees or our competitive position, thereby materially and adversely affecting our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. The successful implementation of these initiatives may require us to effect technology enhancements, business process outsourcing, rationalizations, modifications to our operating model, and other actions, which depend on a number of factors, some of which are beyond our control.
If our business lines do not perform well and/or their estimated fair values decline, we may be required to recognize an impairment of our goodwill or establish an additional valuation allowance against the deferred income tax assets, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.
Goodwill represents the excess of the amounts we paid to acquire subsidiaries and other businesses over the fair value of their net assets at the date of acquisition. We test goodwill at least annually for impairment and conduct interim qualitative assessments on a periodic basis. Impairment testing is performed based upon estimates of the fair value of the “reporting unit” to which the goodwill relates. In 2021, for substantially all of the reporting units we elected to bypass the qualitative assessment of whether goodwill impairment may exist and, therefore, performed quantitative assessments that supported a conclusion that the fair value of all of the reporting units tested exceeded their book value. The fair value of the reporting unit is impacted by the performance of the business and could be adversely impacted if new business, customer retention, profitability or other drivers of performance differ from expectations, or upon the occurrence of certain events, including a significant and adverse change in regulations, legal factors, accounting standards or business climate, or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. Our goodwill balance was $186 million as of March 31, 2022. If it is determined that goodwill has been impaired, we must write down goodwill by the amount of the impairment, with a corresponding charge to net income (loss). These write-downs could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. For further discussion regarding goodwill impairment, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Critical Accounting Estimates—Allowance for Credit Losses and Goodwill Impairment—Goodwill Impairment” and Note 11 to the audited consolidated financial statements.
Deferred income tax represents the tax effect of the differences between the book and tax basis of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are assessed periodically by management to determine if they are realizable. As of
54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

March 31, 2022, we had net deferred tax assets, after valuation allowance, of $5.9 billion related to federal, foreign, and state and local jurisdictions. The performance of the business, the geographic and legal entity source of our income, tax planning strategies, and the ability to generate future taxable income from a variety of sources and planning strategies including capital gains, are factored into management’s determination. If, based on available evidence, it is more likely than not that the deferred tax asset will not be realized, then a valuation allowance must be established with a corresponding charge to profitability, which such action we have taken from time to time. Such charges could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations, liquidity and financial condition. For further discussion regarding deferred tax assets, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Results of Operations and Financial Condition—Critical Accounting Estimates—Income Taxes—Recoverability of Net Deferred Tax Asset” and Note 20 to the audited consolidated financial statements.
Risks Relating to Competition and Employees
Competition for employees in our industry is intense, and managing key employee succession is critical to our success. We may not be able to attract and retain the key employees and highly skilled people we need to support our business.
Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people, which may be difficult due to the intense competition in our industry for key employees with demonstrated ability. Recruiting and retention of talent has become especially challenging in the current employment market, fueled in part by changes due to the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition, we may experience higher than expected employee turnover and difficulty attracting new employees as a result of uncertainty from strategic actions and organizational and operational changes, including our separation from AIG. Losing any of our key people, including key sales or business personnel, could also have a material adverse effect on our operations given their skills, knowledge of our business, years of industry experience and the potential difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement employees. Additionally, we may face increased costs if, as a result of the competitive market and recent inflationary pressures, we must offer and pay a greater level of remuneration to attract or replace certain critical employees or hire contractors to fill highly skilled roles while vacant. Our business, consolidated results of operations, financial condition and liquidity could be materially adversely affected if we are unsuccessful in attracting and retaining key employees.
In addition, we could be adversely affected if we fail to adequately plan for the succession of our senior management and other key employees. While we have succession plans and long-term compensation plans designed to retain our employees, our succession plans may not operate effectively and our compensation plans cannot guarantee that the services of these employees will continue to be available to us.
Employee error and misconduct may be difficult to detect and prevent and may result in significant losses.
There have been a number of cases involving fraud or other misconduct by employees in the financial services industry in recent years and we are also exposed to the risk that employee misconduct could occur. Our human resources and compliance departments work collaboratively to monitor for fraud and conduct extensive training for employees. However, employee misconduct may still occur. Instances of fraud, illegal acts, errors, failure to document transactions properly or to obtain proper internal authorization, misuse of customer or proprietary information or failure to comply with regulatory requirements or our internal policies may result in losses and/or reputational damage.
Risks Relating to Our Investment Managers
We rely on our investment management or advisory agreements with Blackstone IM, and the related commitment letter, for the management of portions of certain of our life insurance companies’ investment portfolios. Limitations on our ability to terminate or amend such arrangements may also adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.
On November 2, 2021, we entered into a commitment letter (the “Commitment Letter”) with Blackstone IM, and, for limited purposes, AIG, pursuant to which we delivered by December 31, 2021 $50 billion of our life insurance company subsidiaries’ existing investment portfolios for Blackstone to manage, with that amount increasing by $8.5 billion in each of the next five years beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022 for an aggregate of $92.5 billion by the third quarter of 2027. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Partnership with Blackstone.” Such arrangements are expected to lead to an increase in investment
55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

management fees payable by us, as compared to the expenses we would have historically incurred for similar services. To the extent that we fail to deliver the required assets by the requisite quarterly deadlines, we would still owe investment management fees on the full amount of the required assets.
Any of our insurance company subsidiaries may terminate any sub-manager agreement between a sub-manager and it and/or Blackstone IM (“Sub-Manager Agreement”), as applicable, or a SMA in certain specified circumstances, as described in more detail under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Partnership with Blackstone,” without the applicable insurance company subsidiary or Corebridge being required to continue paying investment management fees. In addition to these termination provisions, either Blackstone IM, on the one hand, or the applicable insurance company subsidiary, on the other hand, may terminate any individual SMA at any time upon 30 days’ advance written notice. The insurance companies do not owe any damages upon termination of an SMA, and Blackstone IM has no remedies against the insurance companies. However, in the case of termination by the applicable insurance company subsidiary for any reason not contemplated in the specified circumstances referred to above, Corebridge may be required to continue paying investment management fees. Corebridge may not have the funds available to pay any such fees and its insurance company subsidiaries may not be able or permitted to pay dividends or make other distributions to Corebridge in an amount sufficient to pay any such fees or at all. Any requirement to pay such fees may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Pursuant to agreements with our insurance regulators in Missouri, New York and Texas, we may not amend the terms of the Commitment Letter or any SMA to which any of our U.S. insurance company subsidiaries are a party, or enter into any new agreement between us or any of our U.S. insurance company subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Blackstone or its affiliates, on the other hand, affecting any U.S. insurance company subsidiary’s operations, without the prior approval of such insurance company’s domestic regulator. Accordingly, we may be limited in our ability to renegotiate terms of the SMA arrangements, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Blackstone IM and its sub-manager affiliates depend in large part on their ability to attract and retain key people, including senior executives, finance professionals and information technology professionals. Intense competition exists for key employees with demonstrated ability, and Blackstone IM and its sub-manager affiliates may be unable to hire or retain such employees. Accordingly, the loss of services of one or more of the members of Blackstone IM’s or its sub-manager affiliates’ senior management could delay or prevent Blackstone IM from fully implementing our investment strategy and, consequently, significantly and negatively impact our business. The unexpected loss of members of Blackstone IM’s or its sub-managers affiliates’ senior management or other key employees could have a material adverse effect on Blackstone IM’s operations due to the loss of such management’s or employees’ skills and knowledge, and could adversely impact Blackstone IM’s ability to execute key operational functions and, accordingly, our investment portfolio and results of operations.
Our exclusive third-party investment management arrangements with Blackstone IM in relation to certain asset classes may limit our investment opportunity and disposition opportunities and prevent us from retaining investment managers that may achieve better investment results.
Under our Commitment Letter with Blackstone IM, Blackstone IM serves as the exclusive external investment manager for our life insurance company subsidiaries, other than The U.S. Life Insurance Company in the City of New York, for the following asset classes (subject to certain exclusions, including for assets subject to previously existing investment management relationships): non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities (“RMBS”), commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) and asset-backed securities (“ABS”); collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”), leveraged loans, commercial mortgage loans (“CMLs”) and residential mortgage loans (“RMLs”); asset-backed whole loans and direct lending; project finance; private high-grade assets; and alternatives (including equity real estate). Further, the Commitment Letter contemplates that any future insurance company subsidiaries of ours will also be subject to an SMA appointing Blackstone IM as the exclusive external investment manager for such asset classes. As a result, when pursuing acquisitions of insurers or blocks of insurance business, we will need to structure any such acquisition to comply with the exclusivity provisions in the Commitment Letter, which may include foregoing certain investments in assets controlled by competitors of Blackstone IM. These restrictions could limit our investment opportunities or reduce the expected
56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

benefits of pursuing such acquisitions. The Commitment Letter also provides that a change of ownership or control of a life insurance company subsidiary will not give rise to termination rights under the Commitment Letter or any SMA, which could diminish the acquisition interest of certain potential acquirers of our subsidiaries or businesses.
Blackstone IM’s ability to allocate and invest our assets across a range of suitable investment opportunities, including, where applicable, in direct investments and investments in or alongside funds managed by Blackstone or its affiliates across a range of strategies may be limited in certain circumstances due to compliance with the SMAs (including the investment and allocation guidelines thereunder) or the Commitment Letter. There is also a risk that Blackstone IM will be unable to fully invest our assets because of such limitations.
Additionally, the exclusivity provisions in the Commitment Letter may prevent our life insurance company subsidiaries from retaining other external investment managers with respect to the subject asset classes who may produce better returns on investments than Blackstone IM. These exclusivity provisions do not, however, prevent our life insurance company subsidiaries from engaging a wholly owned subsidiary of Corebridge to act as investment manager with respect to the subject asset classes.
The historical performance of AMG, Blackstone IM, BlackRock or any other asset manager we engage should not be considered as indicative of the future results of our investment portfolio, our future results or any returns expected on our common shares.
Our investment portfolio’s returns have benefited historically from investment opportunities and general market conditions that may not currently exist and may not be repeated, and there can be no assurance that AMG, Blackstone IM and BlackRock will be able to avail themselves of profitable investment opportunities in the future. In addition, Blackstone IM and BlackRock are compensated based solely on our assets which they manage, rather than by investment return targets, and as a result, Blackstone IM and BlackRock are not directly incentivized to maximize investment return targets. Accordingly, there can be no guarantee that Blackstone IM, BlackRock or AMG will be able to achieve any particular returns for our investment portfolio in the future.
Increased regulation or scrutiny of alternative investment advisers, arrangements with such investment advisers and investment activities may affect Blackstone IM’s, BlackRock’s, AMG’s or, if engaged, any other asset manager's ability to manage our investment portfolio or affect our business reputation.
The regulatory environment for investment managers is evolving, and changes in the regulation of investment managers may adversely affect the ability of Blackstone IM, BlackRock or AMG to effect transactions that utilize leverage or pursue their strategies in managing our investment portfolio. In addition, the securities and futures markets are subject to comprehensive statutes, regulations and margin requirements. The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), other regulators and self-regulatory organizations and exchanges are authorized to take extraordinary actions in the event of market emergencies. Due to our reliance on these relationships in particular to manage a significant portion of our investment portfolio, any regulatory action or enforcement against Blackstone IM, BlackRock or their sub-manager affiliates could have an adverse effect on our financial condition.
Risks Relating to Our Separation from AIG
Following the completion of this offering, we may fail to replicate or replace functions, systems and infrastructure provided by AIG or certain of its affiliates (including through shared service contracts) or lose benefits from AIG’s global contracts, and AIG may fail to perform the services provided for in the Transition Services Agreement. We also expect to incur incremental costs as a stand-alone public company.
Historically, we have received services from AIG and have provided services to AIG, including information technology and information security services, services that support financial reporting and budgeting, enterprise risk management, risk and audit management, compliance services, human resources services, insurance, corporate communications and public relations and other support services, primarily through shared services contracts with various third-party service providers. AIG currently performs or supports many important corporate functions for our operations, including finance, controllership, tax, treasury, investor relations, advertising and brand management, corporate audit, certain risk management functions, corporate insurance, corporate governance and other services. Our financial statements reflect charges for these services. Under the Transition Services Agreement, AIG will agree to continue to provide us with certain services currently provided to us by or through AIG, and we will agree to continue to provide AIG with certain services currently provided
57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to AIG by or through us. The Transition Services Agreement will not continue indefinitely and services provided under the Transition Services Agreement will generally terminate at various times specified in the agreement and the schedules thereto. Certain contracts and services between us and AIG are not covered by the Transition Services Agreement and will continue pursuant to the terms of such contracts. In addition, we have historically received informal support from AIG, which may not be addressed in our Transition Services Agreement. The level of this informal support will diminish or be eliminated following this offering.
We will work to replicate or replace the services we will continue to need in the operation of our business that are provided currently by or through AIG or its affiliates, including those we receive through shared service contracts they have with various third-party providers, by (i) retaining certain of such services through replication of the existing agreements AIG has with such third-party providers, (ii) replacing certain of such services with comparable services from different third-party providers, or (iii) continuing to receive certain of such services under the Transition Services Agreement for applicable transitional periods. We cannot guarantee that we will be able to replicate or replace, as applicable, these services and/or obtain the services at the same or better levels, at the same or lower costs, or at the same or more favorable terms directly from our existing and new third-party providers. As a result, when AIG or its affiliates cease providing these services to us, either as a result of the termination of the Transition Services Agreement or individual services thereunder or a failure by AIG or its affiliates to perform their respective obligations under the Transition Services Agreement, our costs of procuring these services or comparable replacement services could increase, we may ultimately need to purchase comparable replacement services on less favorable commercial and legal terms, and the cessation of such services could result in service interruptions and divert management attention from other aspects of our operations, including ongoing efforts to implement technological developments and innovations. We will also need to make infrastructure investments and hire additional employees in order to operate without the same access to AIG’s existing operational and administrative infrastructure. Due to the scope and complexity of the underlying projects relative to these efforts, the amount of total costs could be materially higher than our estimate, and the timing of the incurrence of these costs may be subject to change. Conversely, we cannot assure you that we will be able to provide services at the same or better levels or at the same or lower costs, or at all, to AIG during the applicable transitional periods provided for in the Transition Services Agreement.
There is a risk that an increase in the costs associated with replicating and replacing the services provided to us by AIG prior to the separation and under the Transition Services Agreement, or continuing to provide services to AIG once the Reorganization has occurred, and the diversion of management’s attention to these matters could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. We may fail to replicate the services we currently receive from AIG on a timely basis or at all, which may put further constraints on our human resources, capital and other resources that are simultaneously working on the retention and replacement of the services and ongoing efforts to implement new technological developments and innovations; such additional constraints could jeopardize our ability to execute on any one of these specific workstreams. In addition, AIG will similarly be working on similar initiatives which may impact the level and quality of transition services we receive from them. Additionally, we may not be able to operate effectively if the quality of replacement services is inferior to the services we are currently receiving.
Our business has benefited from AIG’s purchasing power when procuring goods and services. Once we are no longer an affiliate of AIG, we may be unable to obtain such goods and services at comparable prices or on terms as favorable as those obtained prior to this offering and we will no longer receive certain group discounts and reduced fees that we are eligible to receive as an affiliate of AIG. This could increase our expenses and cause a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
In connection with preparing for this offering and operation as a stand-alone public company following the closing of this offering, we expect to incur one-time and recurring expenses. We estimate that our one-time expenses will be between approximately $350 million and $450 million on a pre-tax basis as from January 1, 2022. These expenses primarily relate to replicating and replacing functions, systems and infrastructure provided by AIG, rebranding and accounting advisory, consulting and actuarial fees. In addition to these separation costs, we expect to incur costs related to the evolution of our investments organization to reflect our strategic partnerships with key external managers, our implementation of BlackRock’s “Aladdin” investment management technology platform and our expected reduction in fees from AIG for asset management services.
58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We also expect to incur a one-time expense of $200 million on a pre-tax basis to achieve an annual run rate expense reduction of $200 million to $300 million on a pre-tax basis within two to three years of this offering. See “Prospectus Summary—Our Strategy—Drive further cost reduction and productivity improvement across the organization.”
These expenses, any recurring expenses, including under the Transition Services Agreement, and any additional one-time expenses we incur could be material.
Our historical financial data may not be a reliable indicator of our future results.
Our historical financial statements included in this prospectus do not necessarily reflect the results of operations, financial condition or liquidity we would have achieved as a stand-alone company during the periods presented or those we will achieve in the future. For example, we recently adjusted our capital structure to more closely align with peer U.S. public companies. As a result, financial metrics that are influenced by our capital structure, such as APTOI, AATOI and Adjusted Book Value, are not necessarily indicative of the performance we may achieve as a stand-alone company. APTOI, AATOI and Adjusted Book Value are non-GAAP measures; for additional information, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics.” For example, changes in long-term debt may impact APTOI while changes in common equity may impact Adjusted Book Value. Accordingly, historical results may not be comparable to future results. As a result of these matters and our increased costs described above, among others, it may be difficult for investors to compare our future results to historical results or to evaluate our relative performance or trends in our business.
Costs associated with rebranding could be significant.
Prior to the IPO, as a majority-owned subsidiary of AIG, we marketed our products and services using the “AIG” brand name and logo. We expect to enter into a trademark license agreement (the “Trademark License Agreement”), pursuant to which we expect to cease the use of the “AIG” brand, name and logo within 18 months (subject to such extensions as permitted under the Trademark License Agreement).
We cannot accurately predict the effect that any rebranding we undertake will have on our business, customers or employees. We expect to incur significant costs, including marketing expenses, in connection with any rebranding of our business. Any adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain customers and any costs could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
AIG will be our principal shareholder following the completion of this offering and will retain significant rights with respect to our governance and certain corporate actions pursuant to the Separation Agreement.
Upon completion of this offering, AIG will own approximately    % of our outstanding common stock, or approximately    % if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full. Blackstone will continue to own a 9.9% equity interest in us. As a result, AIG will continue to be able to control the election of our directors, determine our corporate and management policies and determine, without the consent of our other stockholders, the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. AIG will also have sufficient voting power to approve amendments to our organizational documents.
In addition, under the provisions of the separation agreement that we intend to enter into with AIG (the “Separation Agreement”), AIG will have director designation rights, information rights, participation rights with respect to equity issuances by us, consent rights with respect to certain corporate and business activities that we may undertake, and other rights, including during periods where AIG holds less than a majority of our common stock. Specifically, the Separation Agreement provides that, until the date on which AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 5% of our outstanding common stock, AIG will have the right to designate one or more members of our board of directors, with AIG entitled to representation generally proportionate to its common stock ownership, and until the date on which AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, AIG’s prior written consent is required before we may take certain corporate and business actions, whether directly or indirectly through a subsidiary, including with respect to certain mergers, acquisitions, dispositions, issuances of capital stock or other securities, incurrences of debt, amendments to our organizational documents, hiring and firing of the chief executive or chief financial officers, share repurchases and other matters.
59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

As a result of these consent rights, AIG maintains significant control over our corporate and business activities until such rights cease. For additional discussion of AIG’s consent rights under the Separation Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with AIG Following this Offering—Separation Agreement.” Although AIG has announced that it intends to sell all of its interest in us over time, AIG is under no obligation to do so and retains the sole discretion to determine the timing and size of any future sales of shares of our common stock.
In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws also include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control. These provisions not only could have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock, but could also allow AIG to delay or prevent a corporate transaction of which the public stockholders approve.
We will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
After the completion of this offering, AIG will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, we will qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain NYSE corporate governance standards, including:
the requirement that a majority of the board consist of independent directors;
the requirement to have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;
the requirement to have a nominating and governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, or otherwise have director nominees selected by vote of a majority of the independent directors; and
the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance and compensation committees.
Following this offering, we intend to avail ourselves of these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors, a compensation committee or a nominating and governance committee. Additionally, we are only required to have all independent audit committee members within one year from the date of listing, and, under the terms of the Separation Agreement and the stockholders’ agreement we entered into with Blackstone, through Argon (the “Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement”), prior to the consummation of this offering, we are only required to have three independent directors of our Board from and after the date which is five years following the date of closing of Blackstone’s purchase of a 9.9% equity interest in us, subject to the NYSE rules. If we are no longer a “controlled company,” we will need more than three independent directors, subject to relevant stock exchange transition periods. Consequently, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance rules and requirements. Our status as a controlled company could make our common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.
Following the completion of this offering, AIG will continue to control us and may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders. Conflicts of interest may arise because affiliates of our controlling stockholder have continuing agreements and business relationships with us. We may also have a conflict of interest with a third party that owns a minority investment in us.
Upon completion of this offering, AIG will beneficially own      % of our outstanding common stock. In November 2021, Blackstone, through Argon, invested $2.2 billion, subject to post-closing adjustments, for a 9.9% interest in our common stock. As a result, AIG will have sufficient voting power without the consent of our other stockholders to be able to control the election of our directors, amend our organizational documents, determine our corporate and management policies and determine the outcome of any corporate transaction or other matter submitted to our stockholders for approval, including potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions. We have entered into the Blackstone Stockholders' Agreement and intend to enter into the Separation Agreement prior to consummation of this offering. The Separation Agreement and the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement will together govern the relationship between AIG, Blackstone and
60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

us following this offering, including matters related to our corporate governance, including board of director nomination rights and information rights, and including during periods where AIG beneficially owns less than a majority of our common stock. As a result of these consent rights, AIG will maintain significant control over our corporate and business activities until such rights cease.
Although AIG intends to sell all of its interest in us over time, AIG is under no obligation to do so and retains the sole discretion to determine the timing of any future sales of shares of our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will also include a number of provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control. These provisions not only could have a negative impact on the trading price of our common stock, but could also allow AIG to delay or prevent a corporate transaction of which the public stockholders approve.
Conflicts of interest may arise between our controlling stockholder, AIG, and us. Affiliates of AIG engage in transactions with us. Further, AIG may, from time to time, acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us, and AIG may either directly, or through affiliates, also maintain business relationships with companies that may directly compete with us. In general, AIG or its affiliates could pursue business interests or exercise their voting power as stockholders in ways that are detrimental to us but beneficial to themselves or to other companies in which they invest or with whom they have relationships. Conflicts of interest could also arise with respect to business opportunities that could be advantageous to AIG, and they may pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business. As a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us. Under the terms of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, AIG has no obligation to offer us corporate opportunities.
As a result of these relationships, the interests of AIG may not coincide with our interests or the interests of the other holders of our common stock. So long as AIG continues to control a significant amount of the outstanding shares of our common stock, AIG will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions, including with respect to potential mergers or acquisitions, asset sales and other significant corporate transactions.
Conflicts of interest may arise between Blackstone and us, as it and its affiliates may in the future engage in transactions with us, including in relation to the Commitment Letter and the SMAs. Pursuant to agreements with our insurance regulators in Missouri, New York and Texas, we may not amend certain existing agreements with Blackstone and its affiliates, or enter into new agreements between us or any of our U.S. insurance company subsidiaries, on the one hand, and Blackstone or its affiliates, on the other hand, affecting any U.S. insurance company subsidiary’s operations, without the prior approval of such insurance company’s domestic regulator. Blackstone or its affiliates could nonetheless pursue business interests or exercise their voting power as stockholders in ways that are detrimental to us but beneficial to themselves or to other companies in which they invest or with whom they have a material relationship. Blackstone also may pursue acquisition opportunities that are complementary to our business. As a result, such acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
In addition, because of our relationship with AIG and the minority interest in us held by Blackstone, negative publicity about AIG or Blackstone could have a negative effect on us. Adverse publicity, regulator scrutiny and pending investigations by regulators or law enforcement agencies involving us, AIG or Blackstone, or any of AIG’s or Blackstone’s respective affiliates, could have a negative impact on our reputation, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
After this offering, certain of our directors may have actual or potential conflicts of interest because of their AIG equity ownership or their current or former AIG positions.
A number of persons who currently are, or we expect to become, our directors have been, and will continue to be, AIG officers, directors or employees and, thus, have professional relationships with AIG’s executive officers, directors or employees. In addition, because of their current or former AIG positions, certain of our directors and executive officers own AIG common stock or other equity compensation awards. For some of these individuals, their individual holdings may be significant compared to their total assets. These relationships and financial interests may create, or may create the appearance of, conflicts of interest when these directors and officers are faced with decisions that could have different implications for AIG and us. For example, potential conflicts of interest could arise in connection with the resolution of any dispute that may arise between AIG and us regarding the terms of the agreements governing our relationship with AIG.
61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We have indemnification obligations in favor of AIG.
We and AIG will enter into certain agreements, including the Separation Agreement, a registration rights agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), the Trademark License Agreement, the Transition Services Agreement and a tax matters agreement (the “Tax Matters Agreement”), that govern our and AIG’s obligations to each other following this offering in respect of, among other things, governance rights, taxes, transition services and indemnification obligations. The amounts payable by us pursuant to such indemnification obligations could be significant. Alternatively, AIG’s failure to perform its indemnification or other obligations in favor of us could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Insurance holding company laws generally provide that no person, corporation or other entity may acquire control of an insurance company, which is presumed to exist if a person owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company, without the prior approval of such insurance company’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. Persons considering an investment in our common stock should take into consideration their ownership of AIG voting securities and consult their own legal advisors regarding such laws in light of their particular circumstances.
We are subject to regulation under the insurance holding company laws of various jurisdictions. See “Business—Regulation.” Insurance holding company laws generally provide that no person, corporation or other entity may acquire control of an insurance company, or a controlling interest in any direct or indirect parent company of an insurance company, without the prior approval of such insurance company’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. Under the laws of each of the domiciliary states of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, Missouri, New York and Texas, any person acquiring, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company is presumed to have acquired “control” of the company, which may consider voting securities held at both the parent company and subsidiary collectively for these purposes. This statutory presumption of control may be rebutted by a showing that control does not exist in fact. State insurance regulators, however, may find that “control” exists in circumstances in which a person owns or controls less than 10% of the voting securities. We are a subsidiary of AIG, the common stock (its voting securities) of which trades on the NYSE. Consequently, persons considering an investment in our common stock (our voting securities) should take into consideration their ownership of AIG voting securities and consult their own legal advisors regarding such insurance holding company laws relating to the purchase and ownership of our common stock in light of their particular circumstances.
Our inability to file a single U.S. consolidated federal income tax return following separation from AIG may result in increased U.S. federal income taxes.
We will no longer be included in the U.S. federal income tax group of which AIG is the common parent (the “AIG Consolidated Tax Group”) once AIG’s ownership of our shares falls below 80% (the “Tax Deconsolidation”). In addition, we will not be permitted to join in the filing of a U.S. consolidated federal income tax return with AGC and its directly owned life insurance subsidiaries for the period of five full taxable years following our deconsolidation from AIG Inc. (the “five-year waiting period”). Instead, AGC and its directly owned life insurance company subsidiaries are expected to file separately as members of the AGC consolidated U.S. federal income tax return during the five-year waiting period. Our ability to utilize tax deductions for interest expense may be diminished by our inability to file a single consolidated tax return with AGC during the five-year waiting period. As a result of the foregoing, the separate AGC group and our U.S. consolidated federal income tax group may pay more cash taxes than each would have paid if a single consolidated federal income tax return were permitted. Following the five-year waiting period, AGC and its life insurance subsidiaries are expected to join our U.S. consolidated federal income tax return. Any net operating losses (“NOLs”) incurred by our non-insurance companies during the five-year waiting period generally will be unavailable to reduce the taxable income of our insurance companies following the five-year waiting period. Principles similar to the foregoing may apply to state and local income tax liabilities in jurisdictions that conform to the federal rules.
Our separation from AIG is expected to cause an “ownership change” for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which could limit our ability to utilize deferred tax assets, including tax loss and credit carryforwards, to offset future taxable income.
It is expected that we will experience an ownership change either in connection with this offering, future offerings of our stock or secondary trading of our stock which may be outside of our control. As a result, we
62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

may not be able to utilize a portion of our deferred tax assets, including NOLs and certain built-in losses and deductions, to offset future taxable income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, which could adversely affect our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), if a corporation or its parent that is a “loss” corporation undergoes an “ownership change” (very generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in the corporation’s equity ownership by certain shareholders or groups of shareholders over a rolling three-year period), the corporation’s ability to use its pre-ownership change deferred tax assets to offset its post-ownership change income may be limited. Generally, a corporation is a loss corporation if, at the date of the ownership change, the corporation has tax loss carryforwards and other built-in losses or deductions which may be used in a tax year after the ownership change (“pre-change loss”). We expect that we will meet the definition of a loss corporation.
Upon such ownership change, the amount of taxable income attributable to any post-change year which may be offset by a pre-change loss is subject to an annual limitation. Generally, the annual limitation is equal to the equity value of the corporation immediately before the ownership change, multiplied by the long-term, tax-exempt rate posted monthly by the Internal Revenue Service (subject to certain adjustments). The current year annual limitation imposed under Section 382 would be increased by the amount of any unused limitation in a prior year(s). In addition, to the extent that a company has a net unrealized built-in loss or deduction at the time of an ownership change, Section 382 of the Code limits the utilization of any such loss or deduction which is realized and recognized during the five-year period following the ownership change. We may experience further ownership changes upon future issuances of our stock or due to secondary trading of our stock which may be outside of our control, and which could result in the application of additional limitations under Section 382.
We are subject to risks associated with the Tax Matters Agreement with AIG.
We intend to enter into a Tax Matters Agreement with AIG Inc. prior to the completion of this offering. This agreement, among other things, provides that we generally will remain responsible for any and all taxes arising in pre-separation periods attributable to us. AIG Inc. generally will control both the tax return preparation and audits and contests relating to pre-separation tax periods, which will determine the amount of any taxes for which we are responsible. We will not, however, be liable for matters settled by AIG Inc. that did not include our prior written consent to the extent reasonably withheld.
We and certain of our subsidiaries are potentially liable for U.S. income taxes of the entire AIG Consolidated Tax Group for all taxable years or portions thereof in which we (or our subsidiaries) were members of such group and for value-added taxes in non-U.S. jurisdictions.
For certain tax years or portions thereof, we and certain of our subsidiaries were included in the AIG Consolidated Tax Group, and we and such subsidiaries did not file separate federal income tax returns. Under U.S. federal income tax laws, regardless of the contractual terms of the Tax Matters Agreement, any entity that is a member of a consolidated group at any time during a taxable year is severally liable to the Internal Revenue Service for the group’s entire federal income tax liability for the entire taxable year. Thus, notwithstanding any contractual rights to be reimbursed or indemnified by AIG Inc. pursuant to the Tax Matters Agreement, to the extent AIG Inc. or other members of the AIG Consolidated Tax Group fail to make any federal income tax payments required of them by law in respect of taxable years for which we and certain of our subsidiaries were a member of the AIG Consolidated Tax Group, we and certain of our subsidiaries would be liable. Similar principles apply for state and local income tax purposes in certain states and localities and for value-added tax in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions.
Anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could discourage, delay or prevent a change of control of our company and could affect the trading price of our common stock.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws include a number of provisions that could discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders consider favorable. For example, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws collectively:
authorize the issuance of shares of our common stock that could be used by our Board to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons seeking to effect a takeover or gain control;
63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

authorize the issuance of “blank check” preferred stock that could be used by our Board to thwart a takeover attempt;
provide that vacancies on our Board (other than vacancies created by the removal of a director by stockholder vote), including vacancies resulting from an enlargement of our Board, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office; and
establish advance notice requirements for nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders.
These provisions could prevent our stockholders from receiving the benefit from any premium to the market price of our common stock offered by a bidder in a takeover context. Even in the absence of a takeover attempt, the existence of these provisions could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock if the provisions are viewed as discouraging takeover attempts in the future. See “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws.”
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws could also make it difficult for stockholders to replace or remove our management. Furthermore, the existence of the foregoing provisions, as well as the significant amount of common stock that AIG will beneficially own following this offering, could limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock. These provisions could facilitate management entrenchment that could delay, deter, render more difficult or prevent a change in our control, which may not be in the best interests of our stockholders.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation include provisions limiting the personal liability of our directors for breaches of fiduciary duty under the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains provisions permitted under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (“DGCL”), relating to the liability of directors. These provisions eliminate a director’s personal liability to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;
under Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or
any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.
The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of a director’s fiduciary duty. In addition, these provisions will not alter a director’s liability under federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware, and the federal district courts of the United States, as the sole and exclusive forum for certain litigation that may be initiated by our stockholders and actions arising under the Securities Act, respectively, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or stockholders.
Our amended and restated bylaws provide that unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for:
any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;
any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our current or former directors, officers or employees;
64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

any action asserting a claim against us, or any director, officer or employee arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our amended and restated bylaws, including any suit or proceeding regarding indemnification or advancement or reimbursement of expenses; or
any action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine.
Unless we consent to an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and the rules and regulations thereunder. Neither this provision nor the exclusive forum provision will mean that stockholders have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. By becoming a stockholder in our company, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation related to choice of forum. The choice of forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or any of our current or former directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders and may cause a stockholder to incur additional expense by having to bring a claim in a judicial forum that is distant from where the stockholder resides, which could discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims. Additionally, a court could determine that the exclusive forum provision is unenforceable. If a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more specified types of actions and proceedings, we could incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we waive any interest or expectancy in corporate opportunities presented to AIG and Blackstone.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we, on our behalf and on behalf of our subsidiaries, renounce and waive any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, corporate opportunities that are from time to time presented to AIG or its respective officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries, even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. None of AIG or its agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries will generally be liable to us or any of our subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues, acquires or participates in such corporate opportunity, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or fails to present such corporate opportunity, or information regarding such corporate opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer, such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer. To the fullest extent permitted by law, by becoming a stockholder in our company, stockholders are deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This will allow AIG to compete with us. Strong competition for investment opportunities could result in fewer such opportunities for us. We likely will not always be able to compete successfully with our competitors, including AIG, and competitive pressures or other factors could also result in significant price competition, particularly during industry downturns, which could cause a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Risks Relating to Our Common Stock and this Offering
Fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company, including compliance with the Exchange Act, Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Dodd-Frank, will be expensive and time-consuming and may increase risks associated with ongoing operations. Further, any delays or difficulties in satisfying these obligations could have a material adverse effect on our future results of operations and our stock price.
In preparation for becoming a public company, we will expend significant management effort and resources, which may distract management from effectively carrying on our ongoing operations. Further, following this offering, we will be subject to the reporting, accounting and corporate governance requirements of the NYSE and the Exchange Act, Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Dodd-Frank that apply to issuers of listed equity, which will impose certain new compliance requirements, costs and obligations upon us. The changes necessitated by being a
65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

publicly listed company require a significant commitment of additional resources and management oversight which will increase our operating costs. Further, to comply with the requirements of being a public company, we will need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. If we are unable to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to report our financial condition or financial results accurately or to report them within the timeframes required by the SEC.
The expenses associated with being a public company include increases in auditing, accounting and legal fees and expenses, investor relations expenses, increased directors’ fees and director and officer liability insurance costs, registrar and transfer agent fees and listing fees, as well as other expenses. As a public company, we are required, among other things, to define and expand the roles and the duties of our Board and its committees and institute more comprehensive financial reporting, compliance and investor relations functions. Failure to comply with the requirements of being a public company could subject us to sanctions or investigations by the SEC, NYSE or other regulatory authorities and could potentially cause investors to lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports.
Our common stock has no prior public market, and the market price of our common stock could be volatile and could decline after this offering.
Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock, and an active market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. We have applied to list on the NYSE. The price for our common stock in this offering was determined by negotiations among us, AIG and representatives of the underwriters and, therefore, it may not be indicative of the market price of our common stock following this offering. In the absence of an active public trading market, you may not be able to sell your shares.
An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital by selling our common stock, our ability to motivate our employees and sales representatives through equity incentive awards, and our ability to acquire other companies, products or technologies by using our common stock as consideration. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly. Among the factors that could affect our stock price are:
industry or general market conditions;
domestic and international economic factors unrelated to our performance;
changes in our customers’ preferences;
new regulatory pronouncements and changes in regulatory guidelines;
lawsuits, enforcement actions and other claims by third parties or governmental authorities;
adverse publicity related to us or another industry participant;
actual or anticipated fluctuations in our operating results;
any future issuance by us of senior or subordinated debt securities or preferred stock or other equity securities that rank senior to our common stock;
changes in securities analysts’ estimates of our financial performance, or unfavorable or misleading research coverage and reports by industry analysts;
lack of, or discontinuation of, research coverage and reports by industry analysts;
action by institutional stockholders or other large stockholders (including AIG), including future sales of our common stock;
failure to meet any guidance given by us or any change in any guidance given by us, or changes by us in our guidance practices;
announcements by us of significant impairment charges;
speculation in the press or investment community;
investor perception of us and our industry;
changes in market valuations or earnings of similar companies;
66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions or strategic partnerships;
war, terrorist acts and epidemic disease;
any future sales of our common stock or other securities;
additions or departures of key personnel; and
misconduct or other improper actions of our employees.
In particular, we cannot assure you that you will be able to resell your shares at or above the initial public offering price. Stock markets have experienced extreme volatility in recent years that has been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. These broad market fluctuations may adversely affect the trading price of our common stock. In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, class action litigation has often been instituted against the affected company. Any litigation of this type brought against us could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
Future sales of shares by our existing stockholders could cause our stock price to decline.
Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline. These sales, or the possibility that these sales could occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.
Based on shares outstanding as of           , 2022, upon the completion of this offering, we will have          outstanding shares of common stock. All of the shares sold pursuant to this offering will be immediately tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares held by “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”).
The remaining shares of our common stock outstanding as of        , 2022 will be restricted securities within the meaning of Rule 144, but will be eligible for resale subject, in certain cases, to applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to an exception from registration under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, or “Rule 701,” subject to the terms of the lock-up agreements described below.
In connection with this offering, we, the selling stockholder and all of our directors and executive officers will enter into lock-up agreements under which, subject to certain exceptions, we and they have agreed not to sell, transfer or dispose of or hedge, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of      . Following the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period, approximately        shares of our common stock will be eligible for future sale, subject to the applicable volume, manner of sale, holding period and other limitations of Rule 144 or pursuant to an exception from registration under Rule 701. As resale restrictions end, the market price of our common stock could decline if either of AIG or Blackstone sell their shares or if either is perceived by the market as intending to sell them.        may, in its sole discretion and at any time, release all or any portion of the securities subject to lock-up agreements entered into in connection with this offering. Furthermore, subject to the expiration or waiver of the lock-up agreements, AIG will have the right to require us to register shares of common stock for resale in some circumstances pursuant to the Registration Rights Agreement we will enter into with AIG. Similarly, beginning one year after completion of this offering, Blackstone will have the right to require us to register shares of common stock for resale in some circumstances pursuant to the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Partnership with Blackstone—Stockholders’ Agreement.”
If AIG sells a controlling interest in our company to a third party in a private transaction, you may not realize any change of control premium on shares of our common stock and we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party.
Following the completion of this offering, AIG will beneficially own a substantial majority of our common stock. AIG has the ability to sell some or all of its shares of our common stock in a privately negotiated transaction. If such a transaction were to be sufficient in size, it could result in a change of control of our
67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

company. Such ability of AIG to privately sell such shares of our common stock, with no requirement for a concurrent offer to be made to acquire all of the shares of our common stock that will be publicly traded hereafter, could prevent you from realizing any change of control premium on your shares of our common stock that may otherwise accrue to AIG upon its private sale of our common stock. Additionally, if AIG privately sells a significant equity interest in us, we may become subject to the control of a presently unknown third party. Such third party may have conflicts of interest with the interests of other stockholders.
Applicable insurance laws could make it difficult to effect a change of control of our company.
The insurance laws and regulations of the various states in which our insurance subsidiaries are organized could delay or impede a business combination involving us. State insurance laws prohibit an entity from acquiring control of an insurance company without the prior approval of the domestic insurance regulator. Under most states’ statutes, an entity is presumed to have control of an insurance company if it owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of that insurance company or its parent company. These regulatory restrictions could delay, deter or prevent a potential merger or sale of our company, even if our Board decides that it is in the best interests of stockholders for us to merge or be sold. These restrictions could also delay sales by us or acquisitions by third parties of our insurance subsidiaries.
68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS AND INFORMATION
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of terms such as “believes,” “expects,” “may,” “will,” “shall,” “should,” “would,” “could,” “seeks,” “aims,” “projects,” “is optimistic,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” “anticipates” or other comparable terms. Forward-looking statements include, without limitation, all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include, without limitation, statements regarding our intentions, beliefs, assumptions or current plans and expectations concerning, among other things, financial position and future financial condition; results of operations; expected operating and non-operating relationships; ability to meet debt service obligations and financing plans; product sales; distribution channels; retention of business; investment yields and spreads; investment portfolio and ability to manage asset-liability cash flows; financial goals and targets; prospects; growth strategies or expectations; laws and regulations; customer retention; the outcome (by judgment or settlement) and costs of legal, administrative or regulatory proceedings, investigations or inspections, including, without limitation, collective, representative or class action litigation; the impact of our separation from AIG; the impact of the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic; geopolitical events, including the ongoing conflict in Ukraine; and the impact of prevailing capital markets and economic conditions.
Forward-looking statements are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, many of which may be beyond our control. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance or outcomes and that actual performance and outcomes, including, without limitation, our actual results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows, and the development of the markets in which we operate, may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows, and the development of the markets in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods. A number of important factors, including, without limitation, the risks and uncertainties discussed in “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus, could cause actual results and outcomes to differ materially from those reflected in the forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause actual results and outcomes to differ from those reflected in forward-looking statements include, without limitation:
sustained low, declining or negative interest rates, rapidly increasing interest rates or changes to credit spreads;
the deterioration of economic conditions, changes in market conditions, weakening in capital markets, the rise of inflation or geopolitical tensions, including the armed conflict between Ukraine and Russia;
the impact of COVID-19, which will depend on future developments, including with respect to new variants, that are uncertain and cannot be predicted;
declines or volatility in equity markets;
the unpredictability of the amount and timing of insurance liability claims;
unavailable, uneconomical or inadequate reinsurance;
a failure by Fortitude Re to perform its obligations under its reinsurance agreements;
acceleration of the amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs, or the recording of additional liabilities for future policy benefits by our subsidiaries due to interest rate fluctuations, increased lapses and surrenders, declining investment returns and other events;
the realization of, or future impairments resulting from, gross unrealized losses on fixed maturity securities;
the inaccuracy of the methodologies, estimations and assumptions underlying our valuation of investments and derivatives;
our limited ability to access funds from our subsidiaries;
our indebtedness and the degree to which we are leveraged;
our potential inability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness to obtain additional financing;
69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our inability to generate cash to meet our needs due to the illiquidity of some of our investments;
a downgrade in the IFS ratings of our insurance companies and a downgrade in our credit ratings;
our exposure to liquidity and other risks due to participation in a securities lending program and a repurchase program;
changes in the method for determining LIBOR, the upcoming phasing out of LIBOR and uncertainty related to LIBOR replacement rates such as SOFR or SONIA;
exposure to credit risk due to nonperformance or defaults by our counterparties;
our ability to adequately assess risks and estimate losses when pricing for our products;
volatility of our results due to guarantees within certain of our products;
our exposure to counterparty credit risk due to our use of derivative instruments to hedge market risks associated with our liabilities;
difficulty in marketing and distributing products through our current and future distribution channels and the use of third parties;
the highly competitive nature of our Group Retirement segment, consolidated plan sponsors and the potential for redirection of plan sponsor assets;
the inadequate and unanticipated performance of third parties that we rely upon to provide certain business and administrative services on our behalf;
our inability to maintain the availability of our critical technology systems and data and safeguard the confidentiality and integrity of our data;
the ineffectiveness of our risk management policies and procedures;
significant legal, governmental or regulatory proceedings;
the ineffectiveness of new elements of our business strategy in accomplishing our objectives;
the intense competition we face in each of our business lines and the technological changes that may present new and intensified challenges to our business;
catastrophes, including those associated with climate change and pandemics;
material changes to, or termination of, our significant investment advisory contracts with other parties, including Fortitude Re;
changes in accounting principles and financial reporting requirements;
our foreign operations, which may expose us to risks that may affect our operations;
business or asset acquisitions and dispositions that may expose us to certain risks;
changes in U.S. federal income or other tax laws or the interpretation of tax laws;
our inability to protect our intellectual property and our exposure to infringement claims;
changes in laws and regulations that may affect our operations, increase our insurance subsidiary capital requirements or reduce our profitability;
our potential to be deemed an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act, which could make it impractical for us to continue our business as contemplated;
new laws and regulations, both domestically and internationally;
our potential exposure to the USA PATRIOT Act, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the regulations administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control and similar laws and regulations;
differences between actual experience and the estimates used in the preparation of financial statements and modeled results used in various areas of our business;
70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

differences in actual experience and the assumptions and estimates used in preparing projections for our financial goals, reserves and cash flows;
the ineffectiveness of our productivity improvement initiatives in yielding our expected expense reductions and improvements in operational and organizational efficiency;
recognition of an impairment of our goodwill or the establishment of an additional valuation allowance against our deferred income tax assets as a result of our business lines underperforming or their estimated fair values declining;
our inability to attract and retain the key employees and highly skilled people we need to support our business, including in light of current competition for talent;
difficulties in detecting and preventing employee error and misconduct;
the termination by Blackstone IM of the SMAs to manage portions of our investment portfolio, risks related to limitations on our ability to terminate the Blackstone IM arrangements;
our limited ability to pursue certain investment opportunities and retain well-performing investment managers due to our exclusive investment management arrangements with Blackstone IM in relation to certain asset classes;
the historical performance of AMG and Blackstone IM not being indicative of the future results of our investment portfolio, our future results or any returns expected on our common shares;
ineffective management of our investment portfolio or harm to our business reputation due to increased regulation or scrutiny of alternative investment advisers and certain trading methods;
our failure to replicate or replace functions, systems and infrastructure provided by AIG or certain of its affiliates (including through shared service contracts) or our loss of benefits from AIG’s global contracts, and AIG’s failure to perform the services provided for in the Transition Services Agreement, as well as incremental costs we expect to incur as a stand-alone public company;
the unreliability of our historical consolidated financial data as an indicator of our future results;
costs associated with rebranding;
additional expenses requiring us to implement future operational and organizational efficiencies due to our restructuring initiatives in connection with our separation from AIG;
the significant influence that AIG has over us;
our status as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules;
conflicts of interest that may arise because affiliates of our controlling stockholder have continuing agreements and business relationships with us, or conflicts of interest with a third party that owns a minority investment in us;
actual or potential conflicts of interest with certain of our directors because of their AIG equity ownership or their current or former AIG positions;
our indemnification obligations in favor of AIG;
the interpretation of insurance holding company laws which may deem that investors in AIG “control” us following their investment in our common stock;
potentially higher U.S. federal income taxes due to our inability to file a single U.S. consolidated federal income tax return following our separation from AIG;
our separation from AIG causing an “ownership change” for U.S. federal income tax purposes;
risks associated with the Tax Matters Agreement with AIG;
our potential liability for U.S. income taxes of the entire AIG Consolidated Tax Group for all taxable years or portions thereof in which we (or our subsidiaries) were members of such group;
71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the discouragement, delay or prevention of a change of control of our company and the impact on the trading price of our common stock as a result of anti-takeover provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws;
limitations on personal liability of our directors for breach of fiduciary duty under the DGCL;
the exclusive forum provisions for certain litigation in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation;
risks associated with our ability to waive any interest or expectancy in corporate opportunities presented to AIG and Blackstone;
the increased expense and time associated with fulfilling our obligations incident to being a public company, including compliance with the Exchange Act, Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and Dodd-Frank, and risks associated with delays or difficulties in satisfying such obligations;
the lack of a prior public market for our common stock and the potential that the market price of our common stock could decline;
the potential that the market price of our common stock could decline due to future sales of shares by our existing stockholders, including AIG or Blackstone;
the potential inability of our stockholders to realize a control premium if AIG sells a controlling interest in us to a third party in a private transaction; and
applicable insurance laws, which could make it difficult to effect a change of control of our company.
Other risks, uncertainties and factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors,” could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements we make. You should read carefully the factors described in “Risk Factors” to better understand the risks and uncertainties inherent in our business and underlying any forward-looking statements.
You should read this prospectus completely and with the understanding that actual future results may be materially different from expectations. All forward-looking statements made in this prospectus are qualified by these cautionary statements. These forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements to reflect the occurrence of events, unanticipated or otherwise, other than as may be required by law.
72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

USE OF PROCEEDS
The selling stockholder is selling all of the shares of our common stock in this offering, and we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of our common stock in the offering.
73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DIVIDEND POLICY
We intend to pay quarterly cash dividends on our common stock at an initial amount of $600 million per year, although any declaration of dividends will be at the discretion of our Board and will depend on our financial condition, earnings, liquidity and capital requirements, regulatory constraints, level of indebtedness, contractual restrictions with respect to payment of dividends, restrictions imposed by Delaware law, general business conditions and any other factors that our Board deems relevant in making such a determination. Therefore, there can be no assurance that we will pay any dividends to holders of our common stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends.
We also may consider share repurchase programs in the future to supplement our dividend policy. Our Board will need to approve any share repurchase program in the future, and it has not approved any such program at this time.
Delaware law requires that dividends be paid only out of “surplus,” which is defined as the fair market value of our net assets, minus our stated capital, or out of the current or the immediately preceding year’s earnings. Corebridge is a holding company and has no direct operations. All of our business operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. Any dividends we pay will depend upon the funds legally available for distribution, including dividends or distributions from our subsidiaries to us. The states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled impose certain restrictions on our insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to their parent companies. These restrictions are based in part on the prior year’s statutory income and surplus, as well as earned surplus. Such restrictions, or any future restrictions adopted by the states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled, could have the effect, under certain circumstances, of significantly reducing dividends or other amounts payable by our subsidiaries without affirmative approval of state regulatory authorities. See “Risk Factors—Our ability to access funds from our subsidiaries is limited and our liquidity may be insufficient to meet our needs.” As a holding company, Corebridge depends on the ability of its subsidiaries to meet its obligations and liquidity needs. For a discussion of the dividend capacity for 2021, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Liquidity and Capital Resources of Corebridge Insurance Subsidiaries—Insurance Companies.”
74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

THE REORGANIZATION TRANSACTIONS
Summary of Reorganization
Prior to this offering, we undertook an internal reorganization, as described generally below. The Reorganization’s primary goals are to ensure that, prior to the consummation of this offering, we will hold all of AIG Group’s life and retirement business and substantially all of AIG Group’s investment management operations.
Prior to, and following, the completion of this offering, we will be controlled by AIG and approximately 9.9% of our common stock will be owned by Blackstone.
Transfer of Investment Management Business
We and our subsidiaries currently conduct all of AIG Group’s life and retirement operations and, as of December 31, 2021, substantially all of AIG Group's investment management operations. In connection with this offering, we and AIG entered into agreements to effectuate, through a series of steps, a contribution of substantially all of the entities that conduct AIG Group’s investment management operations from AIG to us. Specifically, AIG formed a new investment management holding company, SAFG Capital LLC, to which it transferred subsidiaries which conduct its investment management operations, subject to certain limited exceptions. Following the transfer of subsidiaries, SAFG Capital LLC was contributed to us, effective December 31, 2021. The change of control of certain of these investment management subsidiaries resulting from the transfer and contribution described above was subject to receipt of certain regulatory approvals from FINRA and the FCA, all of which were received in December 2021.
In connection with the Reorganization, we also have formed a new market-facing entity, Corebridge Markets, LLC (“Corebridge Markets”), that will allow our subsidiaries to have access to the consolidation and intermediation benefits of having one market-facing entity when entering into derivatives, hedging and other similar capital markets transactions. These functions are currently fulfilled by AIGM, which is not expected to be contributed to us in the Reorganization. AIGM has historically entered into derivatives, hedging and other similar capital markets transactions for AIG’s and our asset and liability portfolios. We may incur both one-time and ongoing costs associated with establishing Corebridge Markets and transitioning to Corebridge Market's derivatives, hedging and other similar capital markets transactions previously entered into by AIGM on behalf of us.
Transfer of Fortitude Re Interests
On October 1, 2021, AIG contributed to us its entire 3.5% ownership interest in Fortitude Re Bermuda, the Bermuda parent entity of Fortitude Group Holdings, LLC, of which Fortitude Re is a wholly owned subsidiary. Following such contribution, we have limited rights to influence the operations of Fortitude Group Holdings, LLC or Fortitude Re. Currently, we hold a less than 3% interest in Fortitude Re Bermuda.
Transfer of AIG Technologies, Inc. and Eastgreen, Inc.
In connection with the Reorganization, we and AIG entered into agreements under which we purchased AIGT and Eastgreen from AIG affiliates on February 28, 2022 for total consideration of $106.5 million. AIGT provides data processing, technology and infrastructure services to AIG entities in the United States, including management of AIG hardware and networks. AIGT utilizes two data centers to provide its services. The real estate related to the two data centers is owned by Eastgreen. We intend to rely on the infrastructure within the two data centers as the backbone for our IT ecosystem. To the extent needed, AIGT will continue to provide services to AIG for a transition period.
European Insurance Entities
In anticipation of this offering, AIG Group previously undertook a series of transactions to transfer AIG Life UK and Laya to us. Effective May 1, 2021, AIG Life UK and Laya are both direct subsidiaries of Corebridge.
Separation Arrangements
In addition, immediately prior to the completion of this offering, we and AIG intend to enter into certain agreements that will provide a framework for our ongoing relationship with AIG, including the provision of services being provided to AIG by our investment management business transferred to us as part of the Reorganization. For a description of these agreements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with AIG Following This Offering.”
75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

RECAPITALIZATION
We have historically operated with a capital structure that reflected our status as a wholly owned subsidiary of AIG, prior to Blackstone’s investment in us in November 2021. To prepare for this offering and operation as a stand-alone public company, we will undertake the Recapitalization. In undertaking the Recapitalization, we are focused on several goals:
Maintaining our stand-alone credit ratings;
Targeting a financial leverage ratio of between approximately 25% to 30%. Financial leverage ratio is the ratio of financial debt to the sum of financial debt plus Adjusted Book Value plus non-redeemable non-controlling interests;
Liquidity at our holding company, Corebridge, sufficient to cover one year of its expenses; and
Entering into new financing arrangements that are supported solely on the basis of our stand-alone credit profile.
There can be no assurances that we will reach these goals. See “Risk Factors—Our business strategy may not be effective in accomplishing our objectives, including as a result of events that can cause our fundamental business model to change and assumptions that may prove not to be accurate.”
Senior Notes Offering
In order to repay a portion of the existing $8.3 billion intercompany short-term note owed by us to AIG, in April 2022, we issued and sold $6.5 billion of senior unsecured notes, the net proceeds of which amounted to approximately $6.4 billion after deducting initial purchaser discounts and estimated offering and other expenses. The senior unsecured notes issued consisted of:
$1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.500% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”);
$1.25 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.650% Senior Notes due 2027 (the “2027 Notes”);
$1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.850% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”);
$1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.900% Senior Notes due 2032 (the “2032 Notes”);
$0.5 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.350% Senior Notes due 2042 (the “2042 Notes”); and
$1.25 billion aggregate principal amount of 4.400% Senior Notes due 2052 (the “2052 Notes” and together with the 2025 Notes, the 2027 Notes, the 2029 Notes, the 2032 Notes and the 2042 Notes, the “Notes”).
The terms of the Notes are included in the indenture, dated April 5, 2022, between us and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee, filed as Exhibit 4.2 and each of the applicable supplemental indentures filed as Exhibits 4.3, 4.4, 4.5, 4.6, 4.7 and 4.8 with the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
We used the net proceeds of the issuance of the Notes, in the amount of approximately $6.4 billion, to repay a portion of the $8.3 billion promissory note previously issued by Corebridge to AIG.
Delayed Draw Term Loan
On February 25, 2022, we entered into an unsecured 18-Month Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement (the “18-Month DDTL Agreement”) among Corebridge, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the Three-Year DDTL Agreement among Corebridge, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent. In connection with the issuance of the Notes (i) the commitments under the 18-Month DDTL Agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $6 billion have been terminated in full and (ii) the commitments under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement have been reduced from $3.0 billion to $2.5 billion.
The ability to borrow under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement is subject to, among other conditions, our confirmation to the administrative agent that this offering is expected to be consummated within five business days following such borrowing (or a longer period with the consent of the initial lenders). Commitments under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement will remain available for borrowing until December 30, 2022 subject to the terms and conditions thereof.
76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to draw $2.5 billion on the $2.5 billion Three-Year DDTL Agreement. The net proceeds from this borrowing will be used to repay the $1.9 billion outstanding principal balance of and interest on the $8.3 billion intercompany short-term note owed by us to AIG that was entered into during the fourth quarter of 2021. Any residual amount of net proceeds in excess of the repayment of the intercompany short-term note owed by us to AIG is intended to be retained by Corebridge as part of its liquidity pool.
Borrowings under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement will bear interest at a rate per annum equal to Term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (as defined in the Three-Year DDTL Agreement) plus an applicable credit spread adjustment plus a margin that varies from 0.750% to 1.250% based on the then-applicable credit ratings of our senior long-term unsecured debt. Undrawn commitments will accrue commitment fees at a rate that varies from 0.080% to 0.175% based on such credit ratings, commencing 120 days after the date of the Three-Year DDTL Agreement. Loans under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement will mature on February 25, 2025, unless our initial public offering has not occurred on or prior to December 30, 2022 in which case the loans under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement will mature on such date. The Three-Year DDTL Agreement is subject to mandatory prepayment (or, to the extent undrawn, permanent commitment reductions) to the extent of any net cash proceeds received by us from incurring debt for borrowed money or issuing hybrid securities, in each case, subject to certain exceptions including an exception for up to $500 million of debt or hybrid securities in the aggregate.
The Three-Year DDTL Agreement requires us to maintain a minimum consolidated net worth of $11.7 billion and subjects us to a specified maximum ratio of total consolidated debt to total consolidated capitalization of 40%, subject to certain limitations and exceptions. In addition, the Three-Year DDTL Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties and affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations with respect to:
liens that we may create, incur, assume, or permit in respect of our properties, assets or certain equity interests of certain of our subsidiaries, subject to exceptions;
our ability to effect any merger, consolidation, disposal of all or substantially all of our assets, or to liquidate or dissolve, subject to exceptions;
engage in any business other than the businesses of the type we and our subsidiaries currently conduct; and
activities which may cause us to violate any laws or regulations governing sanctions, bribery and anti-corruption.
Amounts due under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement may be accelerated upon an “event of default,” as defined in the Three-Year DDTL Agreement, such as failure to pay amounts owed thereunder when due, breach of a covenant, material inaccuracy of a representation, or occurrence of bankruptcy or insolvency, subject in some cases to cure periods. This description is qualified by reference to Exhibits 10.19 and 10.20 filed with the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Revolving Credit Agreement
On May 12, 2022, we entered into a revolving credit agreement with the lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent, and the several L/C Agents party thereto (the “Revolving Credit Agreement”). The Revolving Credit Agreement provides for a five-year total commitment of $2.5 billion, consisting of standby letters of credit and/or revolving credit borrowings without any limits on the type of borrowings. Under circumstances described in the Revolving Credit Agreement, the aggregate commitments may be increased by up to $500 million, for a total commitment under the Revolving Credit Agreement of $3.0 billion. Loans under the Revolving Credit Agreement will mature on May 12, 2027, unless the IPO has not occurred on or prior to December 29, 2023, in which case the loans will mature on such date. Under the Revolving Credit Agreement, the applicable rate, commitment fee and letter of credit fee are determined by reference to the credit ratings of our senior long-term unsecured debt. Borrowings bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of U.S. dollar borrowings, Term SOFR plus an applicable credit spread adjustment plus an applicable rate or an alternative base rate plus an applicable rate, (ii) in the case of Sterling borrowings, SONIA plus an applicable credit spread adjustment plus an applicable rate, (iii) in the case of Euro borrowings, EURIBOR plus an applicable rate and (iv) in the case of Japanese Yen, TIBOR plus an applicable rate. The alternative base rate is equal to the highest of (a) the NYFRB Rate plus 0.50%, (b) the rate of interest in effect as quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the United States and (c) Term SOFR plus a credit spread adjustment of 0.100% plus an additional 1.00%.
77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Revolving Credit Agreement requires us to maintain a minimum consolidated net worth of $11.7 billion and subjects us to a specified maximum ratio of total consolidated debt to total consolidated capitalization of 40%, subject to certain limitations and exceptions. In addition, the Revolving Credit Agreement contains certain customary representations and warranties and affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations with respect to:
liens that we may create, incur, assume, or permit in respect of our properties, assets or certain equity interests of certain of our subsidiaries, subject to exceptions;
our ability to effect any merger, consolidation, disposal of all or substantially all of our assets, or to liquidate or dissolve, subject to exceptions;
engage in any business other than the businesses of the type we and our subsidiaries currently conduct; and
activities which may cause us to violate any laws or regulations governing sanctions, bribery andanti-corruption.
Amounts due under the Revolving Credit Agreement may be accelerated upon an “event of default,” as defined in the Revolving Credit Agreement, such as failure to pay amounts owed thereunder when due, breach of a covenant, material inaccuracy of a representation, or occurrence of bankruptcy or insolvency, subject in some cases to cure periods.
We expect to draw on the Revolving Credit Agreement from time to time, and may use the proceeds for general corporate purposes. Letters of credit issued under the Revolving Credit Agreement will be used for general corporate purposes. As of May 12, 2022, there were no borrowings or letters of credit outstanding under the Revolving Credit Agreement, such that a total of $2.5 billion remains available under the Revolving Credit Agreement. This description is qualified by reference to Exhibit 10.21 filed with the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
Letters of Credit
In May 2022, we entered into certain letter of credit facilities with an aggregate principal amount of approximately $175 million, which we expect to be used to support statutory recognition of ceded reinsurance by one of our U.S. life and retirement subsidiaries to an affiliate.
In addition, we anticipate entering into letters of credit in the amount of approximately £80 million, for our life business in the UK, subject to regulatory approval.
Indebtedness Remaining Outstanding Following this Offering
Our existing indebtedness that will remain outstanding following this offering is described below. Historically, much of our financing has been through certain intercompany arrangements with AIG and certain of its affiliates. While we have recently taken steps to replace certain of these arrangements with stand-alone financing in contemplation of this offering, we may retain direct financing and guarantee arrangements with AIG and certain of its affiliates for some period of time following this offering.
As of March 31, 2022, our subsidiary, AIGLH, had outstanding $427 million aggregate principal amount, consisting of $227 million of junior subordinated debt due between 2030 and 2046 and $200 million of notes due between 2025 and 2029. Prior to consummation of this offering, we will enter into a collateral agreement with AIG to secure its existing guarantee with respect to this principal amount.
For further information regarding our junior subordinated debt and notes due, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Historical Related Party Transactions—Guarantees.”
Anticipated Financing Activities Following this Offering
Depending on market conditions and other factors, we currently anticipate issuing $2.5 billion of hybrid debt or preferred securities within approximately 12 months to 18 months following the consummation of this offering. The net proceeds from this anticipated transaction are to be used to repay the Three-Year DDTL Agreement (as defined under “Delayed Draw Term Loan” below). Any residual amount of net proceeds in excess of the repayment of any amount drawn on the Three-Year DDTL Agreement is intended to be retained by Corebridge as part of its liquidity pool. There can be no assurance that we will be able to complete any such hybrid debt or preferred securities offering on acceptable terms or at all.
78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and capitalization as of March 31, 2022 on an actual basis and on a pro forma basis giving effect to the items described in “Unaudited Condensed Pro Forma Financial Information.” The selling stockholder is selling all of the shares of our common stock in this offering, and we will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares.
You should read this table in conjunction with “Recapitalization,” “The Reorganization Transactions,” “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.
 
As of
March 31, 2022
(dollars in millions, except share amounts)
Actual
Pro Forma
Cash
$583
1,183
Debt(1):
 
 
Short-term debt
8,346
Long-term debt:
 
 
2025 Notes
1,000
2027 Notes
1,250
2029 Notes
1,000
2032 Notes
1,500
2042 Notes
500
2052 Notes
1,250
Other long-term debt
427
2,873
Debt of consolidated investment entities
6,886
6,886
Total debt
$15,659
$16,259
Redeemable noncontrolling interest(2)
82
82
Equity:
 
 
Common stock class A, $1.00 par value;     shares authorized;     shares issued(3)
Common stock class B, $1.00 par value;     shares authorized;     shares issued(3)
Additional paid-in capital
8,040
8,040
Retained earnings
12,030
11,943
Accumulated other comprehensive income
(589)
(589)
Total Corebridge Shareholder’s equity
19,481
19,394
Nonredeemable noncontrolling interest
1,565
1,565
Total equity
21,046
20,959
Total capitalization
$36,705
$37,218
(1)
See “Recapitalization.”
(2)
Redeemable noncontrolling interest has been excluded from the total capitalization of Corebridge. See Note 16 to the audited consolidated financial statements.
(3)
Adjusted to give effect to the     -for-     stock split on our common stock to be effected prior to this offering.
79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information consists of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2022, and unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income (loss) for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and for the year ended December 31, 2021. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information should be read in conjunction with the information included under “Summary Historical Consolidated Financial Data,” “Recapitalization,” “The Reorganization Transactions,” “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” the audited consolidated financial statements and the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. We believe the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information presented below is useful to investors because it presents our historical results of operations for the periods presented giving effect to the Recapitalization (as defined below), disposition of the affordable housing portfolio, Tax Deconsolidation, Investment Management, including our Strategic Partnership with Blackstone, and other costs expected to be incurred as part of the Separation, as if they had occurred or were incurred as of the dates indicated below. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been prepared in accordance with Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act. As discussed in more detail below, certain adjustments do not qualify as transactional accounting adjustments (“Transactional Accounting Adjustments”) or autonomous entity adjustments (“Autonomous Entity Adjustments”) under Article 11 of Regulation S-X under the Securities Act and are therefore excluded from the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information.
The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information presents the historical financial statements of the Company as if these transactions had been completed as of March 31, 2022 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet, and as of January 1, 2021 for purposes of the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statements of income (loss).
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information is presented for informational purposes only and does not purport to represent our financial condition or our results of operations had these transactions occurred on or as of the dates noted above or to project the results for any future date or period. Actual results may differ from the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information.
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been prepared to reflect adjustments to Corebridge’s historical consolidated financial information for the following:
Transactional Accounting Adjustments
Recapitalization
Depending on market conditions and other factors, we currently anticipate issuing most of the debt securities anticipated to be issued in connection with the Separation prior to the consummation of this offering with the remainder to be completed within approximately 12 to 18 months thereafter. See “Recapitalization.” The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet includes adjustments related to the Recapitalization transactions which are expected to consist of senior unsecured debt (“Senior Notes”) and hybrid debt securities (“Hybrid Notes”). The net proceeds from these anticipated transactions are to be used to repay the outstanding principal balance of and interest on the $8.3 billion intercompany short-term note owed by us to AIG that was entered into during the fourth quarter of 2021, or if drawn, to repay the Three-Year DDTL Agreement described below. Any residual amount of net proceeds in excess of the $8.3 billion payment to AIG is intended to be retained by Corebridge as part of its liquidity pool.
On February 25, 2022, we entered into two delayed draw term loan (“DDTL”) facilities: the 18-Month DDTL Agreement and the Three-Year DDTL Agreement. In connection with the issuance of the Senior Notes (i) the commitments under the 18-Month DDTL Agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $6 billion have been terminated in full and (ii) the commitments under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement have been reduced from $3.0 billion to $2.5 billion. For a description of the Three-Year DDTL Agreement, see “Recapitalization—Delayed Draw Term Loan.” This would be a temporary bridge until these anticipated issuances are complete. For purposes of preparing the pro forma condensed consolidated financial information, we have assumed that all anticipated components of the new capital structure are in place prior to this offering (although the issuance of Hybrid Notes may be effected after this offering), and therefore assumes no drawdowns under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement.
80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income (loss) reflects estimated interest expense related to the recapitalization transactions for the year ended December 31, 2021 and the three months ended March 31, 2022.
Affordable Housing
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information includes adjustments to reflect the elimination of the historical results of the affordable housing portfolio sold to BREIT in the fourth quarter of 2021. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Factors Impacting Our Results—Affordable Housing Sale” and Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
Tax Deconsolidation
The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information reflects the expected tax impacts associated with the Company Tax Deconsolidation. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Factors Impacting our Results—Tax Impact from Separation.”
Autonomous Entity Adjustments
Investment Management
The Autonomous Entity Adjustment for the Blackstone IM SMA only reflects the fees to be paid under the SMA during the year ended December 31, 2022 (as if those fees were paid for the year ended December 31, 2021). As discussed in more detail below and under Business—Investment Management—Our Strategic Partnership with Blackstone, the fees paid to Blackstone IM will increase as the assets managed by Blackstone IM increase over time and the initial $50 billion of assets mature or are sold and replaced with new assets primarily originated by Blackstone IM. Furthermore, the Autonomous Entity Adjustments do not reflect expected improvements in our investment returns for the increase in allocation to Blackstone IM eligible assets.
Historically, our investments have largely been managed by affiliated asset managers. In the future, we expect to make increasing use of third-party asset managers for various asset classes where we can increase our access to attractive assets and benefit from scale and market-leading capabilities. For example, we have entered into the BlackRock Arrangement as described in “Business—Investment Management—Our Investment Management Agreement with BlackRock.” Other than the Blackstone IM SMA discussed above, our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information does not consider the use of additional third-party asset managers, such as under the BlackRock Arrangement, and the related impact that would have on our cost structure. Additionally, there will be a reduction in asset management services that we provide to AIG and there could be a reduction in asset management services that we provide to Fortitude Re over time resulting in a loss of revenue for Corebridge. As a result, we intend to evolve our internal asset management operations to address the anticipated impact of the changing mandates and needs although no assurance can be given that such effort to address that impact will be effective. To aid in this effort, we are preparing to implement BlackRock’s “Aladdin”, an investment management technology platform that will provide an end-to-end investment solution spanning trade capture, analytics, back-office capabilities and other services which are currently performed across multiple systems at AIG. Potential costs and savings associated with this effort and revenue loss related to the reduction in asset management services rendered to AIG are not reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information.
Other Costs
We expect to incur certain additional costs related to becoming a standalone public company, including costs incurred under the Transition Service Agreement, which will be executed prior to the consummation of this offering. For a description of the Transition Services Agreement, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with AIG Following this Offering—Transition Services Agreement.” These costs are expected to be partially offset by fees associated with reverse transition services provided to AIG under the Transition Services Agreement. We also expect to incur additional costs associated with employees transferred to the Company as part of the Separation. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been adjusted to depict these incremental expenses expected to be incurred by the Company as an autonomous entity, as reduced by the fees expected to be received from the reverse transition services provided to AIG. A portion of these costs relate to AIGT and Eastgreen, which were purchased by us on February 28,
81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2022. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income (loss) reflects the incremental expenses expected to be incurred by the Company in the “other costs” pro forma adjustment. No pro forma adjustments have been made in the unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet as these adjustments were determined to be immaterial. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Factors Impacting Our Results—Separation Costs.”
The unaudited condensed pro forma financial information excludes any potential future benefits associated with expense reduction programs we intend to undertake to mitigate the impact of the higher costs as a standalone public company, although no assurance can be given that such cost savings will be realized in full or in part. See “Prospectus Summary—Our Strategy” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Operations—Our productivity improvement initiatives may not yield our expected expense reductions and improvements in operational and organizational efficiency.”
82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Balance Sheet
as of March 31, 2022
 
 
Transaction Accounting Adjustments
Autonomous Entity Adjustments
 
 
Historical
Recapitalization
Affordable
Housing
Tax
Deconsolidation
Investment
Management
Other
Costs
Pro Forma
(in millions, except for share data)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale
$180,644
$180,644
Other bond securities
2,671
2,671
Equity securities
109
109
Mortgage and other loans receivable
40,949
40,949
Other invested assets
10,971
10,971
Short-term investments
4,439
4,439
Total Investments
239,783
239,783
Cash
583
600 (a)
1,183
Accrued investment income
1,783
1,783
Premiums and other receivables
1,103
1,103
Reinsurance assets - Fortitude Re
28,289
28,289
Reinsurance assets - other
2,985
2,985
Deferred income taxes
6,381
(87) (b)
6,294
Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
10,240
10,240
Other assets
2,670
  
2,670
Separate account assets
100,850
100,850
Total assets
$394,667
600
(87)
$395,180
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future policy benefits for life and accident and health insurance contracts
$56,491
$56,491
Policyholder contract deposits
156,608
156,608
Other policyholder funds
2,994
2,994
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
31,497
31,497
Other liabilities
9,440
9,440
Short-term debt
8,346
(8,346) (a)
Long-term debt
427
8,946 (a)
9,373
Debt of consolidated investment entities
6,886
6,886
Separate account liabilities
100,850
100,850
Total liabilities
$373,539
600
$374,139
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
$82
 
 
 
 
 
$82
Corebridge Shareholders' equity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A Common stock, $1.00 par value, 180,000 shares authorized; 90,100 shares issued
Class B Common stock, $1.00 par value, 20,000 shares authorized; 9,900 shares issued
Additional paid-in capital
8,040
8,040
Retained earnings
12,030
(87) (b)
11,943
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(589)
(589)
Total Corebridge Shareholders' equity
19,481
(87)
19,394
Non-redeemable noncontolling interests
1,565
1,565
Total Equity
$21,046
$
(87)
$20,959
Total Liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and equity
$394,667
600
(87)
$395,180
83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss)
For the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022
 
 
Transaction Accounting Adjustments
Autonomous Entity Adjustments
 
 
Historical
Recapitalization
Affordable
Housing
Tax
Deconsolidation
Investment
Management
Other
Costs
Pro Forma
(dollars in millions, except per common share data)
 
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$726
726
Policy Fees
764
764
Net Investment Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income: excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
2,303
2,303
Net investment income: Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
278
278
Total net investment income
$2,581
$
$—
$—
$—
$
$2,581
Net Realized gains (losses):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gains (losses) excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets and embedded derivative
1,012
1,012
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(123)
(123)
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
2,837
2,837
Total Net realized gains (losses)
3,726
3,726
Advisory fee income
131
131
Other income
176
176
Total Revenues
$8,104
$—
$
$
$8,104
Benefits and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder benefits
1,366
1,366
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
875
875
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
543
543
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
161
161
Advisory fee expenses
71
71
General operating
586
27 (e)
613
Interest expense
81
70 (a)
151
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Net (gain) loss on divestitures
2
2
Loss on Fortitude Re Reinsurance Contract
Total benefits and expenses
$3,685
$70
$
$—
$—
$27
$3,782
Income (loss) before income tax expense
4,419
(70)
(27)
4,322
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income tax expense (benefit):
$883
$(15)
$—
$—
$—
$(6)
$863
Net income (loss)
$3,536
$(55)
$—
$—
$—
$(21)
$3,459
Less:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
$75
$
$—
$75
Net income (loss) attributable to Corebridge
$3,461
$(55)
$—
$—
$—
$(21)
$3,384
Income (loss) per common share attributable to Corebridge common shareholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A - Basic and diluted
$
 
 
 
 
(f)
$
Class B - Basic and diluted
$
(f)
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A - Basic and diluted
 
 
 
 
 
 (f)
 
Class B - Basic and diluted
(f)
84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Income (Loss)
for the Year Ended December 31, 2021
 
 
Transaction Accounting Adjustments
Autonomous Entity Adjustments
 
 
Historical
Recapitalization
Affordable
Housing
Tax
Deconsolidation
Investment
Management
Other
Costs
Pro Forma
(dollars in millions, except per common share data)
 
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$5,637
5,637
Policy Fees
3,051
3,051
Net Investment Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income: excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
9,897
(309) (c)
(147) (d)
9,441
Net investment income: Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
1,775
1,775
Total net investment income
$11,672
$
$(309)
$
$(147)
$
$11,216
Net Realized gains (losses):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gains (losses) excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets and embedded derivative
1,618
1,618
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
924
924
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
(687)
(687)
Total Net realized gains (losses)
1,855
1,855
Advisory fee income
597
597
Other income
578
578
Total Revenues
$23,390
(309)
$
$(147)
$
$22,934
Benefits and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder benefits
8,050
8,050
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
3,549
3,549
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
1,057
1,057
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
680
680
Advisory fee expenses
322
322
General operating
2,104
(16) (c)
108 (e)
2,196
Interest expense
389
380 (a)
(107) (c)
662
Loss on extinguishment of debt
219
219
Net (gain) loss on divestitures
(3,081)
(3,081)
Loss on Fortitude Re Reinsurance Contract
(26)
(26)
Total benefits and expenses
$13,263
$380
$(123)
$
$
$108
$13,628
Income (loss) before income tax expense
10,127
(380)
(186)
(147)
(108)
9,306
Income tax expense (benefit):
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Current
1,946
(80) (g)
(40) (g)
113 (b)
(31) (g)
(23) (g)
1,885
Deferred
(103)
(103)
Income tax expense (benefit):
$1,843
$(80)
$(40)
$113
$(31)
$(23)
$1,782
Net income (loss)
$8,284
$(300)
$(146)
$(113)
$(116)
$(85)
$7,524
Less:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests
$929
$
$(68) (c)
$861
Net income (loss) attributable to Corebridge
$7,355
$(300)
$(78)
$(113)
$(116)
$(85)
$6,663
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) per common share attributable to Corebridge common shareholders:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A - Basic and diluted
$
 
 
 
 
(f)
$
Class B - Basic and diluted
$
(f)
$
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Class A - Basic and diluted
 
 
 
 
 
 (f)
 
Class B - Basic and diluted
(f)
85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Information
(a)
The unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet reflects our Recapitalization, which, depending on market conditions and other factors, we currently anticipate completing within approximately 12 to 18 months thereafter. Corebridge intends to use the net proceeds from these financings to repay the outstanding principal balance and interest on the $8.3 billion owed by us to AIG Inc., or if drawn, to repay the Three-Year DDTL Agreement, with any excess to be retained by Corebridge as part of its liquidity pool.
Facility
Principal amounts outstanding
 
($ millions)
Affiliated senior promissory note with AIG, Inc.
$8,346
Senior Notes
$6,500
Hybrid Notes
$2,500
Debt issuance costs
$(54)
Repayment of Affiliated senior promissory note with AIG, Inc.
$(8,346)
AIGLH notes and bonds payable
$200
AIGLH junior subordinated debt
$227
Total Pro Forma long-term debt
$9,373
On February 25, 2022, we entered into two DDTL facilities: the 18-Month DDTL Agreement and the Three-Year DDTL Agreement. In connection with the issuance of the Notes (i) the commitments under the 18-Month DDTL Agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $6 billion have been terminated in full and (ii) the commitments under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement have been reduced from $3.0 billion to $2.5 billion. For a description of the Three-Year DDTL Agreement, see “Recapitalization—Delayed Draw Term Loan.” The Three-Year DDTL Agreement would be drawn prior to this offering in the event that any portion of the anticipated new capital structure is not in place prior to the offering. This would be a temporary bridge until these anticipated issuances are complete. For purposes of preparing the pro forma condensed consolidated financial information, we have assumed that all anticipated components of our new capital structure are in place prior to this offering, and therefore assumed no drawdowns under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement (although the issuance of Hybrid Notes may be effected after this offering).
The Senior Notes have a range of maturities between three and 30 years and have a weighted average yield to maturity of approximately 3.5%, after giving consideration to the interest rate risk hedges discussed below. The Hybrid Notes are expected to be long-dated subordinated debt with a weighted average yield to maturity of 6.5%. The pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income (loss) reflects the elimination of the $17 million and $29 million interest expense recognized in the year ended December 31, 2021 and the three months ended March 31, 2022, respectively, related to the affiliated senior promissory note with AIG, Inc. The pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income (loss) reflects an estimated interest expense of $397 million and $99 million, for the year ended December 31, 2021 and the three months ended March 31, 2022, respectively, related to the Senior Notes and Hybrid Notes. The pro forma interest expense assumes that the Senior Notes and the Hybrid Notes were issued on January 1, 2021. Interest expense was calculated assuming constant debt levels throughout the periods presented. A 1/8% change to the annual weighted average interest rate with respect to the Hybrid Notes would change interest expense by approximately $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, and less than $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. The actual weighted average interest rate will be dependent on market and other conditions at the time of issuance and may differ, potentially materially, from such assumed weighted average interest rate. We had entered into a series of forward starting swaps in order to hedge the interest rate risk associated with the forecasted issuance of the Senior Notes, and such hedges have qualified as an effective cash flow hedge for accounting purposes. The forward starting swaps were terminated on March 31, 2022 and had a pre-tax gain of $223 million which is recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income.
(b)
We are currently included in the AIG Consolidated Tax Group. However, upon AIG’s ownership interest in Corebridge decreasing below 80%, we will no longer be included in the AIG Consolidated Tax Group. This Tax Deconsolidation is expected to occur upon completion of this offering. In
86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

addition, we will not be permitted to join in the filing of a U.S. consolidated federal income tax return with AGC and its directly owned life insurance subsidiaries for the five-year waiting period. Instead, AGC and its directly owned life insurance company subsidiaries are expected to file separately as members of the AGC consolidated U.S. federal income tax return during the five-year waiting period. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Separation from AIG—Our inability to file a single U.S. consolidated federal income tax return following separation from AIG may result in increased U.S. federal income taxes.” Upon the Tax Deconsolidation from the AIG Consolidated Tax Group, absent any tax planning strategies, our net operating losses and foreign tax credit carryforwards generated by the non-life insurance companies will more-likely-than-not expire unutilized. Additionally, based on the positive and negative evidence that exists as of March 31, 2022, an additional valuation allowance of $87 million is expected to be established with respect to such tax attribute carryforwards and is reflected in the pro forma adjustments. Following the five-year waiting period, AGC and its life insurance subsidiaries are expected to join our U.S. consolidated federal income tax return. Principles similar to the foregoing may apply to state and local income tax liabilities in jurisdictions that conform to federal rules.
(c)
Reflects the elimination of the historical results of the affordable housing portfolio sold to BREIT in the fourth quarter of 2021. The $309 million of net investment income, $16 million of general operating and other expenses, $107 million of interest expense, $40 million of income tax and $68 million of net income attributable to non-controlling interests eliminated in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income (loss) will not recur in our income beyond 12 months after the transaction. Additionally, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income (loss) reflects the pre-tax gain of $3.0 billion that we incurred related to the sale of the affordable housing portfolio. While this gain has been presented in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income (loss) as the statement is prepared as if the transaction occurred as of January 1, 2021, this gain will not recur in our income beyond 12 months after the transaction. As the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income (loss) assumes that the affordable housing transaction occurred on January 1, 2021, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income for the three months ended March 31, 2022, does not reflect any activity from the affordable housing portfolio. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Factors Impacting Our Results—Affordable Housing Sale” and Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
(d)
Pursuant to our Commitment Letter with Blackstone IM and the SMAs, Blackstone IM serves as the exclusive external investment manager for certain asset classes in the majority of our life insurance company subsidiaries. As of December 31, 2021, Blackstone IM manages an initial $50 billion of our existing investment portfolio. Pursuant to the Commitment Letter, we must use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer certain minimum amounts of assets to Blackstone IM for management each quarter for the next five years beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022, such that the amount under Blackstone IM’s management is expected to increase by increments of $8.5 billion per year to an aggregate of $92.5 billion by the third quarter of 2027.
Blackstone IM earns an investment management fee of 0.30% per annum on all assets with respect to the initial $50 billion of assets delivered by our insurance company subsidiaries to Blackstone IM for investment management. That fee will increase to 0.45% per annum with respect to additional assets delivered for investment management by Blackstone IM, and with respect to the initial $50 billion of assets as such amount is re-invested over time. Such fee does not apply in the case of investments made in funds or structures where Blackstone IM or its affiliate is the sponsor or is otherwise entitled to other fees. To the extent that our insurance company subsidiaries fail to deliver the additional amounts by specified quarterly deadlines beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022 to Blackstone IM for investment management, we would still owe investment management fees on the full amount of assets expected to be managed by Blackstone.
Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been adjusted to depict these incremental expenses expected to be incurred by the Company as an autonomous entity. The additional expenses have been estimated based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable. These assumptions are based upon the estimated approximate fees to be incurred in 2022
87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and such adjustments thus reflect only the investment management fee of 0.30% per annum with respect to such initial $50 billion of assets. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information for the period ended March 31, 2022 does not reflect a pro forma adjustment as the actual results reflect the fees paid to Blackstone during the quarter.
The Autonomous Entity Adjustments do not reflect expected improvements in our investment returns for the increase in allocation to Blackstone eligible assets.
Historically, our investments have largely been managed by affiliated asset managers. In the future, we expect to make increasing use of third-party asset managers for various asset classes where we can increase our access to attractive assets and benefit from scale and market-leading capabilities. For example, we have entered into the BlackRock Arrangement, prior to this offering, as described in “Business—Our Segments—Investment Management—Our Investment Management Arrangement with BlackRock.” Other than the Blackstone SMA discussed above, our unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information does not consider the use of additional third-party asset managers, such as under the BlackRock Arrangement, and the related impact that would have on our cost structure. Additionally, there will be a reduction in asset management services that we provide to AIG and there could be a reduction in asset management services that we provide to Fortitude Re over time resulting in a loss of revenue for Corebridge. As a result, we intend to restructure our internal asset management operations to address the anticipated impact of the changing mandates and needs although no assurance can be given that such effort to address such impact will be effective. To aid in this effort, we are preparing to implement BlackRock’s “Aladdin”, an investment management technology platform that will provide an end-to-end investment solution spanning trade capture, analytics, back-office capabilities and other services which are currently performed across multiple systems at AIG. Costs associated with this effort are not reflected in the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information. See “Business—Investment Management—Overview.”
(e)
We expect to incur certain additional costs related to becoming a standalone public company, including costs incurred under the Transition Services Agreement, which will be executed prior to the consummation of this offering. These costs are expected to be partially offset by fees associated with reverse transition services provided to AIG under the Transition Services Agreement. We also expect to incur additional costs associated with employees transferred to us from AIG. Accordingly, the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information has been adjusted to reflect the net difference between the expenses expected to be incurred by the Company as an autonomous entity and the allocated expenses from AIG as reflected in the Company’s 2021 audited consolidated financial statements. A portion of these other costs relate to AIGT and Eastgreen, which were purchased by us on February 28, 2022. While the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of income (loss) reflects these costs, no pro forma adjustments have been made in the unaudited pro forma condensed balance sheet as these adjustments were determined to be immaterial. The additional expenses have been estimated based on assumptions that management believes are reasonable. However, actual additional costs that will be incurred could be different, potentially materially, from our estimates and would depend on several factors, including the economic environment and strategic decisions. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Separation Costs.”
Additionally, management expects to enter into a cost savings program to mitigate the increase in the cost base, although no assurance can be given that such cost savings will be realized in full or in part. See “Prospectus Summary—Our Strategy” and “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Operations—Our productivity improvement initiatives may not yield our expected expense reductions and improvements in operational and organizational efficiency.”
(f)
The number of Corebridge shares used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2021 contemplates a stock split of    to 1 share effectuated prior to the consummation of this offering.
(g)
Reflects the tax effects of the pro forma adjustments at the applicable statutory income tax rates.
88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, “Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Financial Information” and “—Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Measures.” The following discussion may contain forward-looking statements about our business, operations and financial performance based on current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed in these forward-looking statements. Factors that could cause or contribute to these differences include those factors discussed below and elsewhere in this information statement. See “Risk Factors” and “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information.”
The following financial information is derived from our consolidated financial statements as of the dates and for each of the periods indicated. The financial information as of March 31, 2022 and for each of the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 is derived from our unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The financial information as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, set forth below have been derived from our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for any future period.
Executive Summary
Overview
We are one of the largest providers of retirement solutions and insurance products in the United States, committed to helping individuals plan, save for and achieve secure financial futures. We offer a broad set of products and services through our market leading Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Life Insurance and Institutional Markets businesses, each of which features capabilities and industry experience we believe are difficult to replicate. These four businesses collectively seek to enhance stockholder returns while maintaining our attractive risk profile, which has historically resulted in consistent and strong cash flow generation.
Revenues
Our revenues come from five principal sources:
Premiums are principally derived from our traditional life insurance and certain annuity products including PRT transactions and structured settlements with life contingencies. Our premium income is driven by growth in new policies and contracts written and persistency of our in-force policies, both of which are influenced by a combination of factors including our efforts to attract and retain customers and market conditions that influence demand for our products;
Policy fees are principally derived from our individual retirement, group retirement, universal life insurance, corporate and bank-owned life insurance (“COLI-BOLI”) and SVW products. Our policy fees typically vary directly with the underlying account value or benefit base of our annuities. Account value and benefit base are influenced by changes in economic conditions, primarily equity market returns, as well as net flows;
Net investment income from our investment portfolio varies as a result of the yield, allocation and size of our investment portfolio, which are, in turn, a function of capital market conditions and net flows into our total investments, as well as the expenses associated with managing our investment portfolio;
Net realized gains (losses), include changes in the Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative, risk management related derivative activities, changes in the fair value of embedded derivatives in certain of our insurance products and trading activity within our investment portfolio, including trading activity related to the Fortitude Re modco arrangement. Net realized gains (losses) vary due to the timing of sales of investments as well as changes in the fair value of embedded derivatives in certain of our insurance products and derivatives utilized to hedge certain insurance liabilities; and
Advisory fee income and other income includes fees from registered investment advisory services, 12b-1 fees (marketing and distribution fees paid by mutual funds), other asset management fee income, and commission-based broker dealer services.
89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Benefits and Expenses
Our benefits and expenses come from five principal sources:
Policyholder benefits are driven primarily by customer withdrawals and surrenders which change in response to changes in capital market conditions, changes in policy reserves as well as updates to assumptions related to future policyholder behavior, mortality and longevity;
Interest credited to policyholder account balances varies in relation to the amount of the underlying account value or benefit base and also includes changes in the fair value of certain embedded derivatives related to our insurance products;
Amortization of DAC and value of business acquired. DAC and value of business acquired (“VOBA”) for traditional life insurance products are amortized, with interest, over the premium paying period. DAC and VOBA related to investment-oriented contracts, such as universal life insurance, and fixed, fixed index and variable annuities, are amortized, with interest, in relation to the estimated gross profits to be realized over the estimated lives of the contracts;
General operating and other expenses include expenses associated with conducting our business, including salaries, other employee-related compensation, and other operating expenses such as professional services or travel; and
Interest expense represents the charges associated with our external debt obligations, including debt of consolidated investment entities. This expense varies based on the amount of debt on our balance sheet, as well as the rates of interest associated with those obligations. Interest expense related to consolidated investment entities principally relates to variable interest entities (VIEs) for which we are the primary beneficiary, however, creditors or beneficial interest holders of VIEs generally only have recourse to the assets and cash flows of the VIEs and do not have recourse to us except in limited circumstances when we have provided a guarantee to the VIE’s interest holders.
Significant Factors Impacting Our Results
The following significant factors have impacted, and may in the future impact, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and liquidity.
Impact of Fortitude Re
In 2018, AIG established Fortitude Re, a wholly owned subsidiary of Fortitude Group Holdings, LLC (“Fortitude Holdings”), in a series of reinsurance transactions related to certain of AIG’s legacy operations. In February 2018, AGL, VALIC and USL entered into modco agreements with Fortitude Re, a registered Class 4 and Class E reinsurer in Bermuda. Additionally, AIG Bermuda novated its assumption of certain long-duration contracts from an affiliated entity to Fortitude Re.
In the modco arrangement, the investments supporting the reinsurance agreements, which reflect the majority of the consideration that would be paid to the reinsurer for entering into the transaction, are withheld by, and therefore continue to reside on the balance sheet of, the ceding company (i.e., AGL, VALIC and USL) thereby creating an obligation for the ceding company to pay the reinsurer (i.e., Fortitude Re) at a later date. Additionally, since we maintain ownership of these investments, we reflect our existing accounting for these assets, which consist mostly of available for sale securities (e.g., the changes in fair value of available for sale securities will be recognized within OCI) on our balance sheet. We have established a funds withheld payable to Fortitude Re while simultaneously establishing a reinsurance asset representing reserves for the insurance coverage that Fortitude Re has assumed. The funds withheld payable contains an embedded derivative and changes in fair value of this derivative are recognized in net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative. This embedded derivative is considered a total return swap with contractual returns that are attributable to various assets, primarily available for sale securities, associated with these reinsurance agreements. As the majority of the invested assets supporting the modco are fixed income securities that are available for sale, there is a mismatch between the accounting for the embedded derivative as its changes in fair value are recorded through net income while changes in the fair value of the fixed maturity securities available for sale are recorded through OCI.
90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On July 1, 2020, AGL and USL amended the modco agreements. Under the terms of the amendment, certain business ceded to Fortitude Re was recaptured by the Company and certain additional business was ceded by the Company to Fortitude Re. We recorded an additional non-recurring $91 million loss related entirely to the amendments to the modco agreements.
We do not expect to incur any future loss recognition events related to business ceded to Fortitude Re, absent any decisions by the Company to recapture the business. Our accounting policy is to include reinsurance balances when performing loss recognition testing and as there will be no future profits recognized on this business there will be no future loss recognition.
On June 2, 2020, AIG completed the Majority Interest Fortitude Sale. Following closing of the Majority Interest Fortitude Sale AIG contributed $135 million of its proceeds from the Majority Interest Fortitude Sale to USL. On October 1, 2021, AIG contributed its remaining 3.5% interest in Fortitude Re Bermuda to us and we obtained AIG’s seat on the board of Fortitude Re Bermuda. At March 31, 2022, our ownership interest in Fortitude Re Bermuda was reduced from 3.5% to 2.46% due to a round of equity financing, by third party investors, that we did not participate in, that closed on March 31, 2022. As of March 31, 2022, $33.3 billion of reserves related to business written by multiple wholly owned AIG subsidiaries, including $28.3 billion of reserves related to Corebridge, had been ceded to Fortitude Re. As of closing of the Majority Interest Fortitude Sale on June 2, 2020, these reinsurance transactions were no longer considered affiliated transactions.
In addition to the loss incurred from the amendments of the Fortitude Re reinsurance agreements, our net income experiences ongoing volatility as a result of the reinsurance agreements, which as described above, give rise to a funds withheld payable that contains an embedded derivative. However, this net income volatility is almost entirely offset with a corresponding change in OCI, which reflects the fair value change from the investment portfolio supporting the funds withheld payable, which is primarily available for sale securities, resulting in minimal impact to our comprehensive income (loss) and equity attributable to Corebridge. Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company has begun to elect the fair value option on the acquisition of certain new fixed maturity securities which will help reduce this mismatch over time.
Fortitude Re funds withheld impact:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Net investment income - Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
$278
$436
$1,775
$1,427
$1,598
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gains (losses) Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(123)
155
924
1,002
262
Net realized gains (losses) Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivatives
2,837
2,007
(687)
(3,978)
(5,167)
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
2,714
2,162
237
(2,976)
(4,905)
Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)
2,992
2,598
2,012
(1,549)
(3,307)
Income tax benefit (expense)*
(628)
(546)
(423)
325
694
Net income (loss)
2,364
2,052
1,589
(1,224)
(2,613)
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of the invested assets supporting the Fortitude Re modco arrangement classified as available for sale*
(2,276)
(1,993)
(1,488)
1,165
2,479
Comprehensive income (loss)
$88
$59
$101
$(59)
$(134)
*
The income tax expense (benefit) and the tax impact on OCI was computed using Corebridge’s U.S. statutory tax rate of 21%.
91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Various assets supporting the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangements are reported at amortized cost, and as such, changes in the fair value of these assets are not reflected in the financial statements. However, changes in the fair value of these assets are included in the embedded derivative in the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangement and the appreciation (depreciation) of the assets is the primary driver of the comprehensive income (loss) reflected above.
For further details on this transaction, see Note 7 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
Impact of Variable Annuity GMWB Riders and Hedging
Our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement businesses offer variable annuity products with Guaranteed Minimum Withdrawal Benefit (“GMWB”) riders that provide guaranteed living benefit features. The liabilities for GMWBs are accounted for as embedded derivatives and measured at fair value. The fair value of the embedded derivatives may fluctuate significantly based on market interest rates, equity prices, credit spreads, market volatility, policyholder behavior and other factors.
In addition to risk-mitigating features in our variable annuity product design, we have an economic hedging program designed to manage market risk from GMWB, including exposures to changes in interest rates, equity prices, credit spreads and volatility. The hedging program utilizes derivative instruments, including but not limited to equity options, futures contracts and interest rate swap and option contracts, as well as fixed maturity securities.
Differences in Valuation of Embedded Derivatives and Economic Hedge Target
Our variable annuity hedging program utilizes an economic hedge target, which represents an estimate of the underlying economic risks in our GMWB riders. The economic hedge target differs from the GAAP valuation of the GMWB embedded derivatives, creating volatility in our net income (loss) primarily due to the following:
the economic hedge target includes 100% of rider fees in present value calculations; the GAAP valuation reflects only those fees attributed to the embedded derivative such that the initial value at contract issue equals zero;
the economic hedge target uses best estimate actuarial assumptions and excludes explicit risk margins used for GAAP valuation, such as margins for policyholder behavior, mortality and volatility; and
the economic hedge target excludes the non-performance, or “own credit” risk adjustment used in the GAAP valuation, which reflects a market participant’s view of our claims-paying ability by incorporating a different spread (the “NPA spread”) to the curve used to discount projected benefit cash flows. Because the discount rate includes the NPA spread and other explicit risk margins, the GAAP valuation has different sensitivities to movements in interest rates and other market factors, and to changes from actuarial assumption updates, than the economic hedge target.
For more information on our valuation methodology for embedded derivatives within policyholder contract deposits, see Note 4 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
The market value of the hedge portfolio compared to the economic hedge target at any point in time may be different and is not expected to be fully offsetting. In addition to the derivatives held in conjunction with the variable annuity hedging program, we generally have cash and invested assets available to cover future claims payable under these guarantees. The primary sources of difference between the change in the fair value of the hedging portfolio and the economic hedge target include:
basis risk due to the variance between expected and actual fund returns, which may be either positive or negative;
realized volatility versus implied volatility;
actual versus expected changes in the hedge target driven by assumptions not subject to hedging, particularly policyholder behavior; and
risk exposures that we have elected not to explicitly or fully hedge.
92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the net increase (decrease) to consolidated pre-tax income (loss) from changes in the fair value of the GMWB embedded derivatives and related hedges, excluding related DAC amortization:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Change in fair value of embedded derivatives, excluding the update of actuarial assumptions and NPA(a)(b)
$823
$2,674
$2,422
$(1,149)
$(195)
Change in fair value of variable annuity hedging portfolio:
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities(c)(d)
13
18
56
44
194
Interest rate derivative contracts
(730)
(1,404)
(600)
1,342
1,029
Equity derivative contracts
265
(390)
(1,217)
(679)
(1,274)
Change in fair value of variable annuity hedging portfolio
(452)
(1,776)
(1,761)
707
(51)
Change in fair value of embedded derivatives excluding the update of actuarial assumptions and NPA, net of hedging portfolio
371
898
661
(442)
(246)
Change in fair value of embedded derivatives due to NPA spread
524
(111)
(68)
50
(314)
Change in fair value of embedded derivatives due to change in NPA volume
(376)
(685)
(383)
404
202
Change in fair value of embedded derivatives due to the update of actuarial assumptions
(60)
194
219
Total change due to the update of actuarial assumptions and NPA
148
(796)
(511)
648
107
Net impact on pre-tax income (loss)
519
102
150
206
(139)
Impact to Consolidated Income Statement line
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income, net of related interest credited to policyholder account balances
13
18
56
44
194
Net realized gains (losses)
506
84
94
162
(333)
Net impact on pre-tax income (loss)
519
102
150
206
(139)
Net change in value of economic hedge target and related hedges
 
 
 
 
 
Net impact on economic gains (losses)
$128
$(190)
$109
$295
$261
(a)
The non-performance risk adjustment (“NPA”) adjusts the valuation of derivatives to account for our own nonperformance risk in the fair value measurement of all derivative net liability positions.
(b)
The 2020 and 2019 change in fair value of embedded derivatives, excluding update of actuarial assumptions and NPA was revised from $(1,145) million to $(1,149) million and from $(156) million to $(195) million for 2020 and 2019, respectively. These revisions have no impact on Corebridge’s consolidated financial statements and are not considered material to the previously issued financial statements.
(c)
Beginning in July 2019, the fixed income securities portfolio used in the economic hedging program was rebalanced to reposition the portfolio from a duration and issuer perspective. As part of this rebalancing, fixed income securities where we elected the fair value option were sold. As new fixed income securities were purchased, they were classified as available for sale, which was completed prior to the end of August 2019. Through early August 2019, the change in the fair value of fixed maturities portfolio was recognized in net investment income, while in subsequent periods the change in fair value of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities is recognized as a component of OCI while the pre-tax income (loss) impact reflects coupon income net of interest expense.
(d)
The impact to OCI was a loss of $215 million and $216 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and a loss of $122 million, and gain of $217 million and $57 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. The three months ended March 31, 2022 reflected losses due to higher interest rates and widening spreads. The three months ended March 31, 2021 and the year ended December 31, 2021 reflected losses due to higher interest rates partially offset by gains due to tighter credit spreads. The gain in 2020 and 2019 reflected the impact of decreases in interest rates and tightening credit spreads.
93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Three Months Ended March 31, 2022
Net impact on pre-tax income of $519 million resulted from:
$371 million gain in the fair value of embedded derivatives excluding NPA, net of the hedging portfolio was driven by increases in interest rates, partially offset by lower equity markets.
$148 million gain due to NPA was driven by a widening of the NPA credit spread, partially offset by the impact of higher interest rates that resulted in NPA volume losses from lower expected GMWB payments.
On an economic basis, the changes in the fair value of the hedge portfolio were partially offset by the changes in the economic hedge target. In the three months ended March 31, 2022, we had a net mark-to-market gain of approximately $128 million from our hedging activities related to our economic hedge target primarily driven by widening credit spreads.
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
Net impact on pre-tax income of $102 million resulted from:
$898 million gain in the fair value of embedded derivatives excluding NPA, net of the hedging portfolio was driven by increases in interest rates and higher equity markets.
$796 million loss due to NPA was driven by a tightening of the NPA credit spread, and the impact of higher interest rates that resulted in NPA volume losses from lower expected GMWB payments.
On an economic basis, the changes in the fair value of the hedge portfolio were partially offset by the changes in the economic hedge target. In the three months ended March 31, 2021, we had a net mark-to-market loss of approximately $190 million from our hedging activities related to our economic hedge target primarily driven by tightening credit spreads.
Year Ended December 31, 2021
Net impact on pre-tax income of $150 million resulted from:
$661 million gain in the fair value of embedded derivatives excluding update of actuarial assumptions and NPA, net of the hedging portfolio was driven by increases in interest rates and higher equity markets.
$511 million loss due to the update of actuarial assumptions and NPA was driven by a tightening of the NPA credit spread, and the impact of higher interest rates and equity that resulted in NPA volume losses from lower expected GMWB payments.
On an economic basis, the changes in the fair value of the hedge portfolio were partially offset by the changes in the economic hedge target. In 2021, we had a net mark-to-market gain of approximately $109 million from our hedging activities related to our economic hedge target primarily driven by higher equity markets, partially offset by losses from the review and update of actuarial assumptions.
Year Ended December 31, 2020
Net impact on pre-tax income of $206 million resulted from:
$442 million loss in the fair value of embedded derivatives excluding update of actuarial assumptions and NPA, net of the hedging portfolio was driven by lower interest rates, partially offset by higher equity markets.
$648 million gain due to the update of actuarial assumptions and NPA was driven by a widening of the NPA credit spread, the impact of lower interest rates that resulted in NPA volume gains from higher expected GMWB payments and gains from the review and update of actuarial assumptions.
On an economic basis, the changes in the fair value of the hedge portfolio were partially offset by the changes in the economic hedge target. In 2020, we had a net mark-to-market gain of approximately $295 million from our hedging activities related to our economic hedge target primarily driven by gains from higher equity markets and gains from the review and update of actuarial assumptions.
94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Year Ended December 31, 2019
Net impact on pre-tax income loss of $139 million resulted from:
$246 million loss in the fair value of embedded derivatives excluding update of actuarial assumptions and NPA, net of the hedging portfolio was driven by lower interest rates, partially offset by higher equity markets.
$107 million gain due to the update of actuarial assumptions and NPA was driven by gains from the review and update of actuarial assumptions and the impact of lower interest rates that resulted in NPA volume gains from higher expected GMWB payments offset by a tightening of the NPA credit spread.
On an economic basis, the changes in the fair value of the hedge portfolio were partially offset by the changes in the economic hedge target. In 2019, we had a net mark-to-market gain of approximately $261 million from our hedging activities related to our economic hedge target primarily driven by gains from the review and update of actuarial assumptions and modeling refinements, offset by tightening credit spreads.
Embedded Derivatives for Variable Annuity, Fixed Index Annuity and Index Universal Life Products
Certain of our variable annuity contracts contain GMWBs and are accounted for as embedded derivatives. Additionally, certain fixed index annuity contracts contain GMWBs or indexed interest credits which are accounted for as embedded derivatives and our index universal life insurance products also contain embedded derivatives. Policyholders may elect to rebalance among the various accounts within the product at specified renewal dates. At the end of each index term, we generally have the opportunity to re-price the indexed component by establishing different participation rates or caps on equity indexed credited rates. The index crediting feature of these products results in the recognition of an embedded derivative that is required to be bifurcated from the host contract and carried at fair value with changes in the fair value of the liabilities recorded in Realized gains (losses). Option pricing models are used to estimate fair value, taking into account assumptions for future equity index growth rates, volatility of the equity index, future interest rates, and our ability to adjust the participation rate and the cap on equity indexed credited rates in light of market conditions and policyholder behavior assumptions.
The following table summarizes the fair values of the embedded derivatives for variable annuities, fixed index annuity and index universal life products:
 
At March 31,
At December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2020
Variable annuities GMWBs
$1,667
$2,472
$3,702
Fixed index annuities, including certain GMWBs
5,673
6,445
5,631
Index Life
690
765
649
Actuarial Assumption Changes
Most of the fixed annuities, fixed index annuities, variable annuity products and universal life insurance products we offer maintain policyholder deposits that are reported as liabilities and classified within either separate account liabilities or policyholder contract deposits. Our products and riders also impact liabilities for future policyholder benefits and unearned revenues and assets for DAC and deferred sales inducements. The valuation of these assets and liabilities (other than deposits) is based on differing accounting methods depending on the product, each of which requires numerous assumptions and considerable judgment. The accounting guidance applied in the valuation of these assets and liabilities includes, but is not limited to, the following: (i) traditional life insurance products for which assumptions are locked in at inception; (ii) universal life insurance secondary guarantees for which benefit liabilities are determined by estimating the expected value of death benefits payable when the account balance is projected to be zero and recognizing those benefits ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments; (iii) certain product guarantees for which benefit liabilities are accrued over the life of the contract in proportion to actual and future expected policy assessments; (iv) certain product guarantees reported as embedded derivatives which are carried at fair value; and (v) unearned revenue and assets for DAC, VOBA, and deferred sales inducements related to investment-oriented contracts, such as universal life insurance, and fixed, fixed index and variable annuities, which are amortized in relation to the estimated gross profits.
95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At least annually, typically in the third quarter, we conduct a comprehensive review of the underlying assumptions within our actuarially determined assets and liabilities. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, policyholder behavior, mortality, expenses, investment returns and policy crediting rates. Changes in assumptions can result in a significant change to the carrying value of product liabilities and assets and, consequently, the impact could be material to earnings in the period of the change.
For further details of our accounting policies and related judgments pertaining to assumption updates, see Note 2 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus and “—Critical Accounting Estimates—Future Policy Benefits for Life and Accident and Health Insurance Contracts.”
The following table presents the increase (decrease) in pre-tax income resulting from the annual update of actuarial assumptions, which occurs in the third quarter of each year, by financial statement line item as reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss):
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Premiums
$(41)
$
$
Policy fees
(74)
(106)
(24)
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(54)
(6)
19
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
(143)
225
194
Policyholder benefits
86
(246)
(147)
Increase (Decrease) in adjusted pre-tax operating income
(226)
(133)
42
Change in DAC related to net realized gains (losses)
32
(44)
(17)
Net realized gains
50
142
180
Increase (Decrease) in pre-tax income
$(144)
$(35)
$205
The following table presents the increase (decrease) in adjusted pre-tax operating income resulting from the annual update in actuarial assumptions, which occurs in the third quarter of each year, by segment and product line:
 
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Individual Retirement:
 
 
 
Fixed annuities
$(267)
$(77)
$82
Variable annuities
7
13
(5)
Fixed index annuities
(60)
(30)
(140)
Total Individual Retirement
(320)
(94)
(63)
Group Retirement
(5)
68
(17)
Life Insurance
99
(108)
122
Institutional Markets
1
Total increase (decrease) in adjusted pre-tax operating income from update of assumptions*
$(226)
$(133)
$42
*
Liabilities ceded to Fortitude Re are reported in Corporate and Other. There was no impact to adjusted pre-tax operating income due to the annual update of actuarial assumptions as these liabilities are 100 percent ceded.
As discussed in more detail below, upon adoption of long-duration targeted improvements in 2023, we intend to review and if necessary, update the future policy benefit assumptions at least annually for traditional and limited pay long duration contracts, with the recognition and separate presentation of any resulting re-measurement gain or loss (except for discount rate changes) in the income statement. This is anticipated to lead to additional volatility as these future policy benefits have “locked-in” assumptions under current GAAP. However, it is expected that there will be less volatility related to DAC as long duration targeted improvements simplifies the amortization of DAC to a constant level basis over the expected term of the related contracts with adjustments for unexpected terminations. The adoption of the targeted improvements to the accounting for long duration contracts will have no impact on our insurance companies statutory results.
96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts
In August 2018, the FASB issued an accounting standard update with the objective of making targeted improvements to the existing recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements for long-duration contracts issued by an insurance entity.
The Company will adopt the standard on January 1, 2023, with a transition date of January 1, 2021 (as described in the additional detail below). We continue to evaluate and expect the adoption of this standard will impact our financial condition, results of operations, statement of cash flows and disclosures, as well as systems, processes and controls.
The Company will adopt the standard using the modified retrospective transition method relating to liabilities for traditional and limited payment contracts and deferred policy acquisition costs associated therewith. The Company will adopt the standard in relation to market risk benefits (“MRBs”) on a retrospective basis. Based upon this transition method, the Company currently estimates that the Transition Date impact from adoption is likely to result in a decrease in the Company’s equity between approximately $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion. The Company expects the most significant impact to be a reduction in AOCI offset by an increase in Retained Earnings. The most significant drivers of the transition adjustment are expected to be (1) changes related to market risk benefits in our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement segments, including the impact of non-performance adjustments, (2) changes to the discount rate which will most significantly impact our Life Insurance and Institutional Markets segments and (3) the removal of balances recorded in AOCI related to changes in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments.
Market risk benefits: The standard requires the measurement of all MRBs (e.g., living benefit and death benefit guarantees associated with variable annuities) associated with deposit (or account balance) contracts at fair value at each reporting period. Changes in fair value compared to prior periods will be recorded and presented separately within the income statement, with the exception of instrument-specific credit risk changes (non-performance adjustments), which will be recognized in other comprehensive income. MRBs will impact both retained earnings and AOCI upon transition.
As MRBs are required to be accounted for at fair value, the quarterly valuation of these items will result in variability and volatility in the Company’s results following adoption. The accounting for MRBs will primarily impact our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement segments.
Discount rate assumption: The standard requires the discount rate assumption for the liability for future policy benefits to be updated at the end of each reporting period using an upper-medium grade (low credit risk) fixed income instrument yield that maximizes the use of observable market inputs. Upon transition, the Company currently estimates an adjustment to AOCI due to the fact that the market upper-medium grade (low credit risk) interest rates as of the Transition Date differ from reserve interest accretion rates. Lower interest rates result in a higher liability for future policy benefits, and are anticipated to more significantly impact our Life Insurance and Institutional Markets segments.
Following adoption, the impact of changes to discount rates will be recognized through other comprehensive income. Changes resulting from unlocking the discount rate each reporting period will primarily impact term life insurance and other traditional life insurance products, as well as pension risk transfer and structured settlement products.
Removal of balances related to changes in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments: Under the standard, the majority of balances recorded in AOCI related to changes in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments will be eliminated.
In addition to the above, the standard also:
Requires the review and if necessary, update of future policy benefit assumptions at least annually for traditional and limited pay long duration contracts, with the recognition and separate presentation of any resulting re-measurement gain or loss (except for discount rate changes as noted above) in the income statement.
Simplifies the amortization of DAC to a constant level basis over the expected term of the related contracts with adjustments for unexpected terminations, but no longer requires an impairment test.
Increased disclosures of disaggregated roll-forwards of several balances, including: liabilities for future policy benefits, deferred acquisition costs, account balances, market risk benefits, separate account liabilities and information about significant inputs, judgments and methods used in measurement and changes thereto and impact of those changes.
97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We expect that the accounting for Fortitude Re will continue to remain largely unchanged. With respect to Fortitude Re, the reinsurance assets, including the discount rates, will continue to be calculated using the same methodology and assumptions as the direct policies.
The Company has created a governance framework and a plan to support implementation of the updated standard. As part of its implementation plan, the Company has also advanced the modernization of its actuarial technology platform to enhance its modeling, data management, experience study and analytical capabilities, increase the end-to-end automation of key reporting and analytical processes and optimize its control framework. The Company has designed and begun implementation and testing of internal controls related to the new processes created as part of implementing the updated standard and will continue to refine these internal controls until the formal implementation in the first quarter of 2023.
Our Strategic Partnership with Blackstone
We recently entered into a strategic partnership with Blackstone that we believe has the potential to yield significant economic and strategic benefits over time. We believe that Blackstone’s ability to originate, and our enhanced ability to invest in, attractive and privately sourced, fixed-income oriented assets, will be accretive to our businesses and provide us with an enhanced competitive advantage.
Pursuant to the partnership, Blackstone manages $50 billion of assets in our investment portfolio, with that amount increasing by $8.5 billion in each of the next five years beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022 for an aggregate of $92.5 billion by the third quarter of 2027. We expect Blackstone to invest these assets primarily in Blackstone-originated investments across a range of asset classes, including private and structured credit. Blackstone’s credit and lending strategy is to control all significant components of the underwriting and pricing processes and to facilitate bespoke opportunities with strong credit protection and attractive risk-adjusted returns. Blackstone seeks to capture enhanced economics to those available in the traditional fixed income markets by going directly to the lending source.
Blackstone will manage a portfolio of private and structured credit assets as described above where we believe Blackstone is well-positioned to add value and drive new originations. We continue to manage asset allocation and portfolio-level risk management decisions with respect to any assets managed by Blackstone, ensuring that we maintain a consistent level of oversight across our entire investment portfolio.
Beginning in 2022, Blackstone started investing our money primarily in Blackstone-originated investments. The investments underlying the original $50 billion mandate with Blackstone are expected to run-off and be reinvested over time. While over time the benefits of the partnership with Blackstone are expected to become accretive to our businesses, we do not expect the partnership to be immediately accretive to earnings. We expect Blackstone’s enhanced asset origination capabilities will enhance the competitiveness and profitability of our products, particularly in spread products such as Fixed Annuities. As part of our partnership, Blackstone acquired a 9.9% position in our common stock, aligning its economic interests with our stockholders.
See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Partnership with Blackstone.”
Our Investment Management Arrangement with BlackRock
We expect the BlackRock Arrangement will provide us with access to market-leading capabilities, including portfolio management, research and tactical strategies in addition to a larger pool of investment professionals. We expect to transfer the management of up to $90 billion of liquid fixed income and certain private placement assets in the aggregate to BlackRock by the second quarter of 2023. We expect that the cost structure for the management of these investments under the BlackRock Arrangement will be at least comparable to our historical costs for managing these investments. The investment management agreements contain detailed investment guidelines and reporting requirements. These agreements also contain reasonable and customary representations and warranties, standard of care, expense reimbursement, liability, indemnity and other provisions.
Affordable Housing Sale
On December 15, 2021, Corebridge and Blackstone Real Estate Income Trust (BREIT), a long-term, perpetual capital vehicle affiliated with Blackstone, completed the acquisition by BREIT of Corebridge’s interests in a U.S. affordable housing portfolio for $4.9 billion, in an all cash transaction, resulting in a pre-tax gain of
98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$3.0 billion. We recognized $186 million of APTOI related to the U.S. affordable housing portfolio, primarily consisting of net investment income of $309 million offset by interest expense of $107 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.
Fair Value Option Bond Securities
We elect the fair value option on certain bond securities. When the fair value option is elected, the realized and unrealized gains and losses on these securities are reported in Net investment income. We recorded net investment income (losses) of $(112) million and $14 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $26 million, $72 million and $429 million, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Tax Impact from Separation
We will no longer be included in the AIG Consolidated Tax Group after the tax deconsolidation, which is expected to occur upon completion of this offering. In addition, we will not be permitted to join in the filing of a U.S. consolidated federal income tax return with AGC and its directly owned life insurance subsidiaries for the five-year waiting period. Instead, AGC and its directly owned life insurance company subsidiaries are expected to file separately as members of the AGC consolidated U.S. federal income tax return during the five-year waiting period. Upon the tax deconsolidation from the AIG Consolidated Tax Group, absent any prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, our net operating losses and foreign tax credit carryforwards generated by the non-life insurance companies will more-likely-than-not expire unutilized. Accordingly, based on the positive and negative evidence that exists as of March 31, 2022, an additional valuation allowance of $87 million is expected to be established with respect to such tax attribute carryforwards. Following the five-year waiting period, AGC and its life insurance subsidiaries are expected to join our U.S. consolidated federal income tax return. Principles similar to the foregoing may apply to state and local income tax liabilities in jurisdictions that conform to federal rules.
Sale of Certain Assets of Our Retail Mutual Funds Business
On February 8, 2021, we announced the execution of a definitive agreement with Touchstone Investments, Inc. (“Touchstone”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Financial Group, to sell certain assets of our retail mutual funds business. This sale consisted of the reorganization of twelve of the retail mutual funds managed by our subsidiary SunAmerica Asset Management LLC (‘SAAMCo”) into certain Touchstone funds and was subject to certain conditions, including approval of the fund reorganizations by the retail mutual fund boards of directors/trustees and fund shareholders. The transaction closed on July 16, 2021, at which time we received initial proceeds and recognized a gain on the sale of $103 million. Concurrently, the twelve retail mutual funds managed by SAAMCo, with $6.8 billion in assets, were reorganized into Touchstone funds. Additional consideration may be earned over a three-year period based on asset levels in certain reorganized funds. Six retail mutual funds managed by SAAMCo and not included in the transaction were liquidated. We continue to retain our fund management platform and capabilities dedicated to our variable annuity insurance products.
Separation Costs
In connection with our separation from AIG, we have incurred and expect to continue to incur one-time and recurring expenses. We estimate that our one-time expenses will be between approximately $350 million and $450 million on a pre-tax basis from January 1, 2022. These expenses primarily relate to replicating and replacing functions, systems and infrastructure provided by AIG, rebranding and accounting advisory, consulting and actuarial fees. In addition to these separation costs, we expect to incur costs related to the evolution of our investments organization to reflect our strategic partnerships with key external managers, our implementation of BlackRock’s “Aladdin” investment management technology platform and our expected reduction in fees from AIG for asset management services.
We also expect to incur a one-time expense of $200 million on a pre-tax basis to achieve an annual run rate expense reduction of $200 million to $300 million on a pre-tax basis within two to three years of this offering.
See “Prospectus Summary—Our Strategy—Drive further cost reduction and productivity improvement across the organization.”
99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Macroeconomic, Industry and Regulatory Trends
Our business is affected by industry and economic factors such as interest rates, geopolitical stability (including the armed conflict between Ukraine and Russia and corresponding sanctions imposed by the United States and other countries), credit and equity market conditions, currency exchange rates, regulation, tax policy, competition, and general economic, market and political conditions. We continued to operate under challenging market conditions in 2022 and 2021 characterized by factors such as the impact of COVID-19 and the related governmental and societal responses, interest rate volatility, inflationary pressures, an uneven global economic recovery and global trade tensions. Responses by central banks and monetary authorities with respect to inflation, growth concerns and other macroeconomic factors have also affected global exchange rates and volatility.
Below is a discussion of certain industry and economic factors impacting our business:
Impact of COVID-19
We are continually assessing the impact on our business, operations and investments of COVID-19 and the resulting ongoing economic and societal disruption. These impacts initially included a global economic contraction, disruptions in financial markets, increased market volatility and declines in certain equity and other asset prices that had negative effects on our investments, our access to liquidity, our ability to generate new sales and the costs associated with claims. While global financial markets appear to have recovered in 2021, there remains a risk that the disruptions previously experienced could return and new ones emerge as COVID-19 persists or new variants continue to arise. In addition, in response to the pandemic, new governmental, legislative and regulatory actions have been taken and continue to be developed that have resulted and could continue to result in additional restrictions and requirements, or court decisions rendered, relating to or otherwise affecting our policies that may have a negative impact on our business, operations and capital.
The most significant impacts relating to COVID-19 have been the impact of interest rate, credit spreads and equity market levels on spread and fee income, deferred acquisition cost amortization and increased mortality. We are actively monitoring the mortality rates and the potential direct and indirect impacts that COVID-19 may have across our businesses. The impact on the results for the year ended December 31, 2021 and three months ended March 31, 2022 with respect to COVID-19 is primarily, but not limited to, COVID-19-related mortality. In 2020, our results include COVID-19 related impacts primarily on DAC/DSI amortization, mortality, reserves and investment returns and the volatility of achievable spreads. In 2020, we also experienced significant decreases in our premiums and deposits primarily due to distribution channel disruptions related to COVID-19 and low interest rates. Our estimated reduction in pre-tax income and APTOI impact in the U.S. and UK from COVID-19 was $124 million and $160 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $408 million and $259 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Actual data related to cause of death is not always available for all claims paid, and such cause of death data does not always capture the existence of comorbid conditions. As a result, COVID-19 pre-tax income and APTOI impacts are estimates of the total impact of COVID-19 related claim activity based on available data. The regulatory approach to the pandemic and impact on the insurance industry is continuing to evolve and its ultimate impact remains uncertain. Prospectively in the U.S., we estimate a reduction in pre-tax income and APTOI of $65 million to $75 million for every 100,000 population deaths.
We have a diverse investment portfolio with material exposures to various forms of credit risk. The far-reaching economic impacts of COVID-19 have been largely offset, to date, by intervention taken by governments and monetary authorities and equity market rebound resulting in a minimal impact on the value of the portfolio. At this point in time, uncertainty surrounding the duration and severity of the COVID-19 pandemic makes the long-term financial impact difficult to quantify.
COVID-19 continues to have an impact in 2022. The future impact of COVID-19 is dependent on many unknown factors, such as transmissibility and fatality of any future variants. Circumstances resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic, in addition to an increase in claims, may also impact utilization of benefits, lapses or surrenders of policies and payments of insurance premiums, all of which have impacted and could further impact the revenues and expenses associated with our products.
For additional information, see “Risk Factors—COVID-19 has adversely affected, and is expected to continue to adversely affect, our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and its ultimate impact will depend on future developments, including with respect to new variants, that are uncertain and cannot be predicted.”
100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Demographics
We expect our target market of individuals planning for retirement to continue to grow with the size of the U.S. population age 65 and over that is expected to increase by approximately 30% by 2030 from 2020. In addition, we believe that reduced employer-paid retirement benefits will drive an increasing need for our individual retirement solutions. Further, consumers in the United States continue to prefer purchasing life insurance and retirement products through an agent or advisor, which positions us favorably given our broad distribution platform and in-house advisory capabilities. We continue to seek opportunities to develop new products and adapt our existing products to the growing needs of individuals to plan, save for and achieve secure financial futures.
Equity Markets
Our financial results are impacted by the performance of equity markets which impacts the performance of our alternative investment portfolio, fee income, net amount at risk, policyholder benefits and DAC on our variable annuity portfolio. For instance, we earn fee income on the account value in our variable annuities, which fluctuates with the equity markets as a significant amount of our separate account assets are invested in equity funds. The impact of equity market returns, both increases and decreases, is reflected in our results almost immediately due to the impact on account value and the fair value of equity-exposed securities in our investment portfolio. Our hedging costs could also be significantly impacted by changes in the level of equity markets as rebalancing and option costs are tied to the equity market volatility, and we may be required to post additional collateral when equity markets are higher. These costs are mostly offset by our rider fees that are tied to the level of the VIX. As rebalancing and option costs increase or decrease, the rider fees will increase or decrease partially offsetting the hedging costs incurred.
For additional information, see “Risk Factors—Equity market declines or volatility may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition or liquidity.”
Impact of Changes in the Interest Rate Environment
While rates remain low compared to historical levels, key interest rates have increased significantly since the end of 2021. A rising interest rate environment benefits our spread income as we reinvest cash flows from existing business at higher rates and should have a positive impact on sales of spread-based products resulting in an increase in our base net spreads.
Key U.S. benchmark rates were volatile in 2021 as investors formed opinions over elevated inflation measures, but remained at historic lows.
The low interest rate environment adversely affects sales of interest rate sensitive products in our industry and negatively impacts the profitability of our existing business if we have to reinvest cash flows from investments, including increased calls and prepayments of fixed maturity securities and mortgage loans, at rates below the average yield of our existing portfolios. We actively manage our exposure to the interest rate environment through portfolio selection and asset-liability management, including spread management strategies for our investment-oriented products and economic hedging of interest rate risk from guarantee features in our variable and fixed index annuities. We may not be able to fully mitigate our interest rate risk by matching exposure of our assets relative to our liabilities. A low interest rate environment could also adversely impact our ability to earn the returns assumed in the pricing and the reserving of our products at the time they were sold and issued.
Equity Markets and Interest Rate Sensitivity
If we held all variables in our baseline business plan scenario constant other than equity market levels, an immediate 10% reduction in the S&P 500 index as of December 31, 2021 followed by a ratable 4% annual recovery would be estimated to reduce our fee income, net of advisory fee expense, by approximately $115 million over the course of the following 12-month period. We believe that the impact to fee income is the most meaningful measure to analyze our sensitivity to equity market levels due to the direct nature of the impact of changes in equity market levels on fee income.
If we held all variables in our baseline business plan scenario constant, other than the expected forward interest rates, a 100 basis points parallel increase in all forward interest rates on the yield curve from the level of
101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

such rates as of December 31, 2021 in our business plan scenario would be expected to contribute approximately $100 million of incremental APTOI in the first year, approximately $160 million of incremental APTOI in the second year and approximately $225 million of incremental APTOI in the third year. Changes in DAC and policyholder benefits are included in APTOI. Excluding the adverse impacts from DAC and policyholder benefits our APTOI would be approximately $165 million in the first year, approximately $265 million of incremental APTOI in the second year, and $365 million of incremental APTOI in the third year.
Our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement businesses are the most impacted by these sensitivities. However, the APTOI impacts do not correlate directly with the impact to statutory earnings and ultimately our operating subsidiaries’ dividend paying ability. See “Business—Supplemental Information on Our In-Force Variable Annuity Business” for a discussion of equity market and interest rate sensitivities on our estimated cash flows and distributable earnings for our variable annuity business. Furthermore, as discussed in more detail below under “—Executive Summary— Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts,” it is expected that there will be less volatility related to DAC as the adoption of LDTI in 2023 simplifies the amortization of DAC to a constant-level basis over the expected term of the related contracts with adjustments for unexpected terminations. Additionally, consistent with the approach underlying our current definition of APTOI which excludes the changes in the fair value of our embedded derivatives, the majority of our policyholder benefits in Individual Retirement and Group Retirement will be excluded from APTOI upon adoption of LDTI as the guaranteed minimum benefits in these segments will be reported as market risk benefits and reported at fair value each period.
Our baseline business plan includes significant assumptions, which we believe are reasonable based on our historical experience, presented below on a non-exclusive basis, with respect to, among other things:
equity market returns, forward interest rates and policyholder behavior based on our current best estimate assumptions which include dynamic variables to reflect the impact of a change in market levels;
our projected amount of new sales in our insurance businesses, which have not been adjusted for the higher assumed forward interest rates or decrease in the equity markets;
the absence of material changes in regulation;
that we have not adopted the new accounting standard for long-duration contracts with respect to the financial goal related our Adjusted ROAE;
effective tax rates;
our degree of leverage and capital structure following the Recapitalization due to indebtedness incurred in connection with the Recapitalization or following consummation of this offering as described under “Recapitalization—Indebtedness Remaining Outstanding Following this Offering;”
limited differences between actual experience and existing actuarial assumptions, including assumptions for which existing experience is limited and experience will emerge over time;
the effectiveness of our policyholder behavior models to predict a policyholder’s decision making and mortality;
the efficacy and maturity of existing actuarial models to appropriately reflect all aspects of our existing and in-force businesses;
the effectiveness and cost of our hedging program and the impact of our hedging strategy on net income volatility and possible negative effects on our statutory capital;
our ability to implement our business strategy;
our ability to implement cost reduction and productivity strategies;
the successful implementation of our key initiatives outlined in “Business—Financial Goals;”
our access to capital; and
general conditions of the capital markets and the markets in which our businesses operate.
102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The equity market sensitivity analysis discussed in this section is an estimate intended to illustrate the effect of declining equity markets on our fee income based on a sudden shock and a gradual recovery. The interest rate sensitivity analysis discussed in this section is an estimate intended to illustrate the effect of rising interest rates on our APTOI based on a series of assumptions as to the future. It does not purport to encompass all of the many factors that may bear upon APTOI or fee income and is not intended to predict or guarantee our future financial performance. Our future results may differ, possibly materially, from those shown, as a result of changes in the operating and economic environments, natural variations in experience and the impact that changes in one assumption may have on other assumptions. See “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information,” “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Market Conditions—Sustained low, declining or negative interest rates, rapidly increasing interest rates or changes to credit spreads have materially and adversely affected, and may continue to materially and adversely affect, our profitability,” “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Market Conditions—Equity market declines or volatility may materially adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity” and “Risk Factors—Risk Related to Estimates and Assumptions—Estimates or assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements and modeled results used in various areas of our business may differ materially from actual experience.” These sensitivity analyses are based on our baseline business plan as of December 31, 2021, are provided only as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not undertake any obligation to make any update or revision to reflect the occurrence of events, changes in assumptions or adjustments in equity markets, interest rates or the yield curve, unanticipated or otherwise, other than as may be required by law.
The information appearing in this section, “—Equity Markets and Interest Rate Sensitivity,” is considered prospective financial information. This prospective financial information has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, the Company’s management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has neither audited, reviewed, examined, compiled nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the above prospective financial information, including, but not limited to, the impact of changing interest rates on APTOI, and, accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP report included in this prospectus relates to the Company’s historical financial information. It does not extend to the prospective financial information and should not be read to do so.
Annuity Sales and Surrenders
The rising rate environment has provided a strong tailwind for fixed annuity sales with sales in the three to five-year products significantly increasing. Continued rapidly rising interest rates could create the potential for increased sales but may also drive higher surrenders. Fixed annuities have surrender charge periods, generally in the three-to-seven-year range. Fixed index annuities have surrender charge periods, generally in the five-to-ten-year range, and within our Group Retirement segment, certain of our fixed investment options are subject to other withdrawal restrictions, which may help mitigate increased early surrenders in a rising rate environment. In addition, older contracts that have higher minimum interest rates and continue to be attractive to contract holders have driven better than expected persistency in fixed annuities, although the reserves for such contracts have continued to decrease over time in amount and as a percentage of the total annuity portfolio. We closely monitor surrenders of fixed annuities as contracts with lower minimum interest rates come out of the surrender charge period. Changes in interest rates significantly impact the valuation of our liabilities for annuities with guaranteed living benefit features and the value of the related hedging portfolio.
Reinvestment and Spread Management
We actively monitor fixed income markets, including the level of interest rates, credit spreads and the shape of the yield curve. We also frequently review our interest rate assumptions and actively manage the crediting rates used for new and in-force business. Business strategies continue to evolve and attempt to maintain profitability of the overall business in light of the interest rate environment. A low interest rate environment puts margin pressure on pricing of new business and on existing products, due to the challenge of investing new money or recurring premiums and deposits, and reinvesting investment portfolio cash flows, in the low interest rate environment. In addition, there is investment risk associated with future premium receipts from certain in-force business. Specifically, the investment of these future premium receipts may be at a yield below that required to meet future policy liabilities.
The contractual provisions for renewal of crediting rates and guaranteed minimum crediting rates included in our products has reduced spreads in a sustained low interest rate environment and thus reduces future profitability.
103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For additional information on our investment and asset-liability management strategies, see “—Investments.”
For investment-oriented products, including universal life insurance, and variable, fixed and fixed index annuities, in each of our operating and reportable segments, our spread management strategies include disciplined pricing and product design for new business, modifying or limiting the sale of products that do not achieve targeted spreads, using asset-liability management to match assets to liabilities to the extent practicable, and actively managing crediting rates to help mitigate some of the pressure on investment spreads. Renewal crediting rate management is done under contractual provisions that were designed to allow crediting rates to be reset at pre-established intervals in accordance with state and federal laws and subject to minimum crediting rate guarantees. We expect to continue to adjust crediting rates on in-force business, as appropriate, to mitigate the pressure on spreads from declining base yields, but our ability to lower crediting rates may be limited by the competitive environment, contractual minimum crediting rates, and provisions that allow rates to be reset only at pre-established intervals or under certain conditions. If and as interest rates rise, we may need to raise crediting rates on in-force business for competitive and other reasons, potentially offsetting a portion of the additional investment income resulting from investing in a higher interest rate environment.
Of the aggregate fixed account values of our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement annuity products, 67% and 68% were crediting at the contractual minimum guaranteed interest rate at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The percentage of fixed account values of our annuity products that are currently crediting at rates above 1% were 57% and 58% at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. In the universal life insurance products in our Life Insurance business, 69% and 67% of the account values were crediting at the contractual minimum guaranteed interest rate at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. These businesses continue to focus on pricing discipline and strategies to manage the minimum guaranteed interest crediting rates offered on new sales in the context of regulatory requirements and competitive positioning.
For additional information on our investment and asset-liability management strategies, see Note 5 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
Impact of Currency Volatility
In our life insurance business, we have international locations in the UK and Ireland, whose local currency is the British Pound and Euro, respectively. Trends in revenue and expense reported in U.S. dollars can differ significantly from those measured in original currencies. While currency volatility affects financial statement line item components of income and expenses, since our international businesses transact in local currencies, the impact is significantly mitigated.
These currencies may continue to fluctuate, in either direction, and such fluctuations may affect premiums, fees and expenses reported in U.S. dollars, as well as financial statement line item comparability.
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics
Non-Gaap Financial Measures
Throughout this MD&A, we present our financial condition and results of operations in the way we believe will be most meaningful and representative of our business results. Some of the measurements we use are “non-GAAP financial measures” under SEC rules and regulations. We believe presentation of these non-GAAP financial measures allows for a deeper understanding of the profitability drivers of our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity. These measures should be considered supplementary to our results of operations and financial condition that are presented in accordance with GAAP and should not be viewed as a substitute for GAAP measures. The non-GAAP financial measures we present may not be comparable to similarly-named measures reported by other companies. Reconciliations of non-GAAP financial measures for future periods are not provided as we do not currently have sufficient data to accurately estimate the variables and individual adjustments for such reconciliations.
Adjusted revenues exclude Net realized gains (losses) except for gains (losses) related to the disposition of real estate investments, income from non-operating litigation settlements (included in Other income for GAAP purposes) and changes in fair value of securities used to hedge guaranteed living benefits (included in Net investment income for GAAP purposes).
104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents a reconciliation of Total revenues to Adjusted revenues:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Total revenues
$8,104
$7,343
$23,390
$15,062
$13,210
Fortitude Re related items:
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(278)
(436)
(1,775)
(1,427)
(1,598)
Net realized (gains) losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
123
(155)
(924)
(1,002)
(262)
Net realized (gains) losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivatives
(2,837)
(2,007)
687
3,978
5,167
Subtotal - Fortitude Re related items
(2,992)
(2,598)
(2,012)
1,549
3,307
Other non-Fortitude Re reconciling items:
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in fair value of securities used to hedge guaranteed living benefits
(14)
(18)
(60)
(56)
(228)
Non-operating litigation reserves and settlements
(20)
(12)
Other (income) - net
(12)
(7)
(37)
(53)
(42)
Net realized (gains) losses(a)
(953)
(648)
(791)
916
551
Subtotal - Other non-Fortitude Re reconciling items
(999)
(673)
(888)
795
281
Total adjustments
(3,991)
(3,271)
(2,900)
2,344
3,588
Adjusted revenues
$4,113
$4,072
$20,490
$17,406
$16,798
(a)
Represents all net realized gains and losses except gains (losses) related to the disposition of real estate investments and earned income (periodic settlements and changes in settlement accruals) on derivative instruments used for non-qualifying (economic) hedging or for asset replication. Earned income for non-qualifying (economic) hedging or for asset replication is reclassified from net realized gains and losses to specific APTOI line items (e.g., net investment income and interest credited to policyholder account balances) based on the economic risk being hedged.
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (“APTOI”) is derived by excluding the items set forth below from income from operations before income tax. These items generally fall into one or more of the following broad categories: legacy matters having no relevance to our current businesses or operating performance; adjustments to enhance transparency to the underlying economics of transactions; and recording adjustments to APTOI that we believe to be common in our industry. However, we believe the adjustments to pre-tax income are useful for gaining an understanding of our overall results of operations.
APTOI excludes the impact of the following items:
Fortitude Related Adjustments:
The modco reinsurance agreements with Fortitude Re transfer the economics of the invested assets supporting the reinsurance agreements to Fortitude Re. Accordingly, the net investment income on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets and the net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets are excluded from APTOI. Similarly, changes in the Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative are also excluded from APTOI.
As a result of entering into the reinsurance agreements with Fortitude Re we recorded a loss which was primarily attributed to the write-off of DAC, VOBA and deferred cost of reinsurance assets. The total loss and the ongoing results associated with the reinsurance agreement with Fortitude Re have been excluded from APTOI as these are not indicative of our ongoing business operations.
Investment-Related Adjustments:
APTOI excludes “Net realized gains (losses)”, including changes in the allowance for credit losses on available for sale securities and loans, as well as gains or losses from sales of securities, except for gains (losses) related to the disposition of real estate investments. Net realized gains (losses), except for gains (losses) related
105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

to the disposition of real estate investments, are excluded as the timing of sales on invested assets or changes in allowances depend largely on market credit cycles and can vary considerably across periods. In addition, changes in interest rates may create opportunistic scenarios to buy or sell invested assets. Our derivative results, including those used to economically hedge insurance liabilities, also included in net realized gains (losses) are similarly excluded from APTOI except earned income (periodic settlements and changes in settlement accruals) on derivative instruments used for non-qualifying (economic) hedges or for asset replication. Earned income on such economic hedges is reclassified from net realized gains and losses to specific APTOI line items based on the economic risk being hedged (e.g., net investment income and interest credited to policyholder account balances).
Our investment-oriented contracts, such as universal life insurance, and fixed, fixed index and variable annuities, are also impacted by net realized gains (losses), and these secondary impacts are also excluded from APTOI. Specifically, the changes in benefit reserves and DAC, VOBA, and sales inducement assets (“DSI”) related to net realized gains (losses) are excluded from APTOI.
Variable, Fixed Index Annuities and Index Universal Life Insurance Products Adjustments:
Certain of our variable annuity contracts contain GMWBs and are accounted for as embedded derivatives. Additionally, certain fixed index annuity contracts contain GMWB or indexed interest credits which are accounted for as embedded derivatives and our index universal life insurance products also contain embedded derivatives. Changes in the fair value of these embedded derivatives, including rider fees attributed to the embedded derivatives, are recorded through “Net realized gains (losses)” and are excluded from APTOI.
Changes in the fair value of securities used to hedge guaranteed living benefits are excluded from APTOI.
Other Adjustments:
Other adjustments represent all other adjustments that are excluded from APTOI. The excluded adjustments include, as applicable:
net pre-tax income (losses) from noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment entities;
restructuring and other costs related to initiatives designed to reduce operating expenses, improve efficiency and simplify our organization;
non-recurring costs associated with the implementation of non-ordinary course legal or regulatory changes or changes to accounting principles;
integration and transaction costs associated with acquiring or divesting businesses;
non-operating litigation reserves and settlements;
loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt;
losses from the impairment of goodwill; and
income and loss from divested or run-off business.
Adjusted after-tax operating income attributable to our common shareholders (“Adjusted After-tax Operating Income” or “AATOI”) is derived by excluding the tax effected APTOI adjustments described above, as well as the following tax items from net income attributable to us:
changes in uncertain tax positions and other tax items related to legacy matters having no relevance to our current businesses or operating performance; and
deferred income tax valuation allowance releases and charges.
106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables present a reconciliation of pre-tax income (loss)/net income (loss) attributable to Corebridge to adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss)/adjusted after-tax operating income (loss) attributable to Corebridge:
 
2022
2021
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
Pre-tax
Total Tax
(Benefit)
Charge
Non-
controlling
Interests
After Tax
Pre-tax
Total Tax
(Benefit)
Charge
Non-
controlling
Interests
After Tax
Pre-tax income/net income, including noncontrolling interests
$4,419
$883
$
$3,536
$3,970
$759
$
$3,211
Noncontrolling interests
(75)
(75)
(95)
(95)
Pre-tax income/net income attributable to Corebridge
4,419
883
(75)
3,461
3,970
759
(95)
3,116
Fortitude Re Related items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(278)
(58)
(220)
(436)
(92)
(344)
Net realized (gains) losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
123
26
97
(155)
(33)
(122)
Net realized (gains) losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
(2,837)
(610)
(2,227)
(2,007)
(432)
(1,575)
Subtotal Fortitude Re related items
(2,992)
(642)
(2,350)
(2,598)
(557)
(2,041)
Other Reconciling Items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in uncertain tax positions and other tax adjustments
42
(42)
103
(103)
Deferred income tax valuation allowance (releases) charges
(24)
24
(35)
35
Changes in fair value of securities used to hedge guaranteed living benefits
(13)
(3)
(10)
(18)
(4)
(14)
Changes in benefit reserves and DAC, VOBA and DSI related to net realized gains (losses)
273
57
216
218
46
172
Loss on extinguishment of debt
15
3
12
Net realized (gains) losses(a)
(959)
(201)
(758)
(654)
(137)
23
(494)
Non-operating litigation reserves and settlements
(20)
(4)
(16)
Integration and transaction costs associated with acquiring or divesting businesses
44
9
35
Restructuring and other costs
14
3
11
6
1
5
Non-recurring costs related to regulatory or accounting changes
3
1
2
10
2
8
Net (gain) loss on divestiture
2
2
Pension expense - non operating
1
1
Non-controlling interests
(75)
75
(72)
72
Subtotal: Other non-Fortitude Re reconciling items
(730)
(120)
75
(535)
(495)
(21)
95
(379)
Total adjustments
(3,722)
(762)
75
(2,885)
(3,093)
(578)
95
(2,420)
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss)/Adjusted after-tax operating income (loss)
$697
$121
$
$576
$877
$181
$
$696
107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Years Ended December 31,
2021
2020
2019
(in millions)
Pre-tax
Total Tax
(Benefit)
Charge
Non-
controlling
Interests
After
Tax
Pre-tax
Total Tax
(Benefit)
Charge
Non-
controlling
Interests
After
Tax
Pre-tax
Total Tax
(Benefit)
Charge
Non-
controlling
Interests
After
Tax
Pre-tax income (loss)/ net income (loss) including non-controlling interest
$10,127
$1,843
$
$8,284
$851
$(15)
$
$866
$139
$(168)
$
307
Noncontrolling interests
(929)
(929)
(224)
(224)
(257)
(257)
Pre-tax income (loss) / net income attributable to Corebridge
10,127
1,843
(929)
7,355
851
(15)
(224)
642
139
(168)
(257)
50
Fortitude Re related items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net investment income on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(1,775)
(373)
(1,402)
(1,427)
(300)
(1,127)
(1,598)
(335)
(1,263)
Net realized (gains) losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(924)
(194)
(730)
(1,002)
(210)
(792)
(262)
(55)
(207)
Net realized losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
687
144
543
3,978
835
3,143
5,167
1,085
4,082
Net (gains) losses on Fortitude Re transactions
(26)
(5)
(21)
91
19
72
Subtotal – Fortitude Re related items
(2,038)
(428)
(1,610)
1,640
344
1,296
3,307
695
2,612
Other Reconciling Items:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Changes in uncertain tax positions and other tax adjustments
174
(174)
119
(119)
88
(88)
Deferred income tax valuation allowance (release) charges
(26)
26
Changes in fair value of securities used to hedge guaranteed living benefits
(56)
(12)
(44)
(44)
(9)
(35)
(194)
(41)
(153)
Changes in benefit reserves and DAC, VOBA and DSI related to net realized (gains) losses
101
21
80
(60)
(13)
(47)
(34)
(7)
(27)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
219
46
173
10
2
8
32
7
25
Net realized (gains) losses (a)
(813)
(171)
68
(574)
895
190
30
735
529
111
27
445
Non-operating litigation reserves and settlements
(12)
(3)
(9)
4
1
3
Integration and transaction costs associated with acquiring or divesting businesses
3
1
2
Restructuring and other costs
44
9
35
63
13
50
21
4
17
Non-recurring costs related to regulatory or accounting changes
31
7
24
45
10
35
7
1
6
Net (gain) loss on divestiture
(3,081)
(710)
(2,371)
Pension expense - non operating
12
3
9
Noncontrolling interests(b)
(861)
861
(194)
194
(230)
230
Subtotal - Other non-Fortitude Re reconciling items
(4,404)
(659)
929
(2,816)
703
309
224
618
138
165
257
230
Total adjustments
(6,442)
(1,087)
929
(4,426)
2,343
653
224
1,914
3,445
860
257
2,842
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss) / Adjusted after-tax operating income (loss)
$3,685
$756
$
$2,929
$3,194
$638
$
$2,556
$3,584
$692
$
$2,892
(a)
Includes all net realized gains and losses except earned income (periodic settlements and changes in settlement accruals) on derivative instruments used for non-qualifying (economic) hedging or for asset replication. Additionally, gains (losses) related to the disposition of real estate investments are also excluded from this adjustment.
(b)
The presentation of adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 for noncontrolling interests has been revised from $(153) million to $(194) million and from $(182) million to $(230) million for 2020 and 2019, respectively; and to remove the total tax (benefit) charge from noncontrolling interests of $(41) million and $(48) million for 2020 and 2019, respectively. These revisions have no impact on Corebridge's consolidated financial statements and are not considered material to the previously issued financial statements.
108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents a reconciliation of the GAAP tax rate to the adjusted tax rate:
Years Ended December 31,
GAAP
Non-GAAP
Adjustments
Adjusted
(in millions)
Pre-tax
Income
Tax
Rate
Pre-tax
Adjustments
Tax
APTOI
Tax
Rate
2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. federal income tax at statutory
$10,127
$2,127
21.0%
$(6,442)
$(1,353)
$3,685
$774
21.0%
Rate Adjustments
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Uncertain Tax Positions
(69)
(0.7)
66
(3)
(0.1)
Reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income
(108)
(1.1)
108
0.0
Non-controlling Interest(a)
(197)
(1.9)
181
(16)
(0.4)
Dividends received deduction
(37)
(0.4)
(37)
(1.0)
State and local income taxes
105
1.0
(55)
50
1.4
Other
(5)
0.0
(12)
(17)
(0.5)
Adjustments to prior year tax returns
(3)
0.0
4
1
0.0
Share based compensation payments excess tax deduction
4
0.0
4
0.1
Valuation allowance:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
26
0.3
(26)
0.0
Amount Attributable to Corebridge
$10,127
$1,843
18.2%
$(6,442)
$(1,087)
$3,685
$756
20.5%
2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. federal income tax at statutory
$851
$178
21.0%
$2,343
$493
$3,194
$671
21.0%
Rate Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Uncertain Tax Positions
17
2.0
4
21
0.7
Reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income
(100)
(11.8)
100
0.0
Non-controlling Interest(a)
(47)
(5.5)
41
(6)
(0.2)
Dividends received deduction
(39)
(4.6)
(39)
(1.2)
State and local income taxes
(4)
(0.5)
(4)
(0.1)
Other
1
0.1
(3)
(2)
(0.1)
Adjustments to prior year tax returns
(27)
(3.2)
14
(13)
(0.4)
Share based compensation payments excess tax deduction
10
1.2
10
0.3
Valuation allowance:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
(4)
(0.5)
4
Amount Attributable to Corebridge
$851
$(15)
(1.8)%
$2,343
$653
$3,194
$638
20.0%
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. federal income tax at statutory
$139
$29
21.0%
$3,445
$724
$3,584
$753
21.0%
Rate Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Uncertain Tax Positions
35
25.2
(29)
6
0.2
Reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income
(114)
(82.0)
114
0.0
Non-controlling Interest(a)
(52)
(37.4)
48
(4)
(0.1)
Dividends received deduction
(40)
(28.8)
(40)
(1.1)
State and local income taxes
14
10.0
14
0.4
Other
5
3.6
5
0.1
Adjustments to prior year tax returns
(49)
(35.3)
(49)
(1.4)
Share based compensation payments excess tax deduction
7
5.0
7
0.2
Valuation allowance:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Continuing operations
(3)
(2.2)
3
Amounts Attributable to Corebridge
$139
$(168)
(120.9)%
$3,445
$860
$3,584
$692
19.3%
(a)
The presentation of adjustments for 2020 and 2019 for noncontrolling interests has been revised from $(47) million to $(41) million and from $(52) million to $(48) million for 2020 and 2019, respectively; and to remove the total tax (benefit) charge from noncontrolling interests of $(6) million and $(4) million for 2020 and 2019, respectively. These revisions have no impact on Corebridge's consolidated financial statements and are not considered material to the previously issued financial statements.
109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Book value, excluding AOCI, adjusted for the cumulative unrealized gains and losses related to Fortitude Re’s funds withheld assets (“Adjusted Book Value”) is used to eliminate the asymmetrical impact resulting from changes in fair value of our available for sale securities portfolio where there is largely no offsetting impact for certain related insurance liabilities that are not recorded at fair value. In addition, we adjust for the cumulative unrealized gains and losses related to Fortitude Re’s funds withheld assets since these fair value movements are economically transferred to Fortitude Re.
The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted Book Value:
 
At March 31,
At December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Total Corebridge shareholders' equity
$19,481
$33,577
$27,086
$37,232
$31,805
Less: Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(589)
8,423
10,167
14,653
9,329
Add: Cumulative unrealized gains and losses related to Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
255
2,160
2,629
4,225
2,970
Adjusted Book Value
$20,325
$27,314
$19,548
$26,804
$25,446
Adjusted Return on Average Equity (“Adjusted ROAE”) – is derived by dividing Adjusted After-Tax Operating Income by average Adjusted Book Value and is used by management to evaluate our recurring profitability and evaluate trends in our business. We believe this measure is useful to investors because it eliminates items that can fluctuate significantly from period to period, including changes in fair value of our available for sale securities portfolio and foreign currency translation adjustments. This measure also eliminates the asymmetrical impact resulting from changes in fair value of our available for sale securities portfolio for which there is largely no offsetting impact for certain related insurance liabilities. In addition, we adjust for the cumulative unrealized gains and losses related to Fortitude Re funds withheld assets since these fair value movements are economically transferred to Fortitude Re.
The following table presents the reconciliation of Adjusted ROAE:
 
At March 31,
At December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Actual or annualized net income (loss) attributable to Corebridge shareholders (a)
$13,844
$12,464
$7,355
$642
$50
Actual or annualized adjusted after-tax operating income attributable to Corebridge shareholders (b)
2,304
2,784
2,929
2,556
2,892
Average Corebridge Shareholders’ equity (c)
23,284
35,404
32,159
34,519
29,098
Less: Average AOCI
4,789
11,538
12,410
11,991
5,875
Add: Average cumulative unrealized gains and losses related to Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
1,442
3,193
3,427
3,598
1,771
Average Adjusted Book Value (d)
$19,937
$27,059
$23,176
$26,126
$24,994
Return on Average Equity (a/c)
59.5%
35.2%
22.9%
1.9%
0.2%
Adjusted ROAE (b/d)
11.6%
10.3%
12.6%
9.8%
11.6%
Operating EPS - AATOI divided by weighted average diluted shares.
Premiums and deposits is a non-GAAP financial measure that includes direct and assumed premiums received and earned on traditional life insurance policies, group benefit policies and life-contingent payout annuities, as well as deposits received on universal life insurance, investment-type annuity contracts, and GICs. We believe the measure of premiums and deposits is useful in understanding customer demand for our products, evolving product trends and our sales performance period over period.
110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the premiums and deposits:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Individual Retirement
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$55
$25
$191
$151
$104
Deposits(b)
3,830
3,200
13,473
9,492
13,530
Other(a)
(4)
(1)
(7)
(9)
(9)
Premiums and deposits
3,881
3,224
13,657
9,634
13,625
Group Retirement
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
8
4
22
19
16
Deposits
1,880
1,814
7,744
7,477
8,330
Premiums and deposits(c)(d)
1,888
1,818
7,766
7,496
8,346
Life Insurance
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
417
407
1,573
1,526
1,438
Deposits
397
397
1,635
1,648
1,667
Other(a)
243
225
1,020
873
827
Premiums and deposits
1,057
1,029
4,228
4,047
3,932
Institutional Markets
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
238
41
3,774
2,564
1,877
Deposits
82
34
1,158
2,284
931
Other(a)
7
7
25
25
27
Premiums and deposits
327
82
4,957
4,873
2,835
Total
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
718
477
5,560
4,260
3,435
Deposits
6,189
5,445
24,010
20,901
24,458
Other(a)
246
231
1,038
889
845
Premiums and deposits
$7,153
$6,153
$30,608
$26,050
$28,738
(a)
Other principally consists of ceded premiums, in order to reflect gross premiums and deposits.
(b)
Excludes deposits from the assets of our retail mutual funds business that were sold to Touchstone on July 16, 2021, or otherwise liquidated in connection with the sale. Deposits from these retail mutual funds were $149 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $259 million, $736 million and $1.3 billion for years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(c)
Excludes client deposits into advisory and brokerage accounts of $602 million and $532 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively and $2.5 billion, $1.4 billion and $1.2 billion for years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(d)
Includes $868 million and $777 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively and $3.1 billion, $3.0 billion and $2.9 billion of premiums and deposits related to in-plan mutual funds for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Normalized distributions - are defined as Dividends paid by the Life Fleet subsidiaries as well as the international insurance subsidiaries, less non-recurring dividends, plus dividend capacity that would have been available to Corebridge absent strategies that resulted in utilization of tax attributes. We believe that presenting normalized distributions is useful in understanding a significant component of our liquidity as a standalone company.
111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents a reconciliation of Dividends to Normalized distributions:
 
Three Months
Ended March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Subsidiary dividends paid
$700
$300
$1,564
$540
$1,535
Less: Non-recurring dividends
(295)
600
(400)
Tax sharing payments related to utilization of tax attributes
147
183
902
1,026
954
Normalized distributions
$847
$483
$2,171
$2,166
$2,089
ULSG Net Liability – represents the gross liability for universal life policies with secondary guarantees (“ULSG”) and for universal life policies with similar expected benefit patterns liability adjusted to include the impacts of DAC, unearned revenue reserve (“URR”), and other guaranteed benefits less unrealized gains (losses). We believe that presenting ULSG Net Liability is useful as it provides supplemental information regarding the totality of our exposure to universal life policies with secondary guarantees.
The following table presents a reconciliation of the liability for ULSG and similar features to the ULSG Net Liability:
 
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Liability for ULSG and similar features
$3,710
$4,505
$4,751
$3,794
Deferred Acquisition Costs
(2,813)
(2,822)
(2,708)
(2,417)
Unearned Revenue Reserves
1,871
1,848
1,660
1,431
Impact of Unrealized Gains (Losses) from Investments
(339)
(1,135)
(1,495)
(1,099)
Other Guaranteed Benefits
420
419
421
527
Other Ceded Guaranteed Benefits
(254)
(256)
(266)
(294)
ULSG Net Liability
$2,595
$2,559
$2,363
$1,942
Net insurance liabilities - represents the gross liabilities for our insurance businesses, including the future policy benefits, policyholder contract deposits, other policyholder fund and the separate account liabilities, less reinsurance assets. We believe that presenting net insurance liabilities is useful as it provides supplemental information regarding the totality of our insurance liabilities and customer demand for our products as product trends evolve.
The following table presents a reconciliation of the gross liabilities to the net insurance liabilities:
(in billions)
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
Future policy benefits for life and accident and health contracts
$56.5
$57.8
Policyholder contract deposits
156.6
156.8
Other policyholder funds
3.0
2.9
Separate account liabilities
100.9
109.1
Less: Direct liabilities related to the Corporate and Other segment and other balances(a)
(29.6)
(29.7)
Less: Reinsurance assets(b)
(2.1)
(2.0)
Net insurance liabilities
$285.3
$294.9
(a)
Other balances primarily includes unearned revenue reserves which are recorded in other policyholder funds.
(b)
Reinsurance assets includes recoverables related to future policy benefits and policyholder contract deposits. Recoverables related to paid claims are excluded.
112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Key Operating Metrics
Assets Under Management and Administration
Assets Under Management (“AUM”) include assets in the general and separate accounts of our subsidiaries that support liabilities and surplus related to our life and annuity insurance products.
Assets Under Administration (“AUA”) include Group Retirement mutual fund assets and other third-party assets that we sell or administer and the notional value of SVW contracts.
Assets Under Management and Administration (“AUMA”) is the cumulative amount of AUM and AUA.
The following table presents a summary of our AUMA:
 
At March 31,
At December 31,
(in billions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Individual Retirement
 
 
 
 
 
AUM
$151.1
$153.8
$160.2
$157.3
$145.3
AUA(a)
Total Individual Retirement AUMA
151.1
153.8
160.2
157.3
145.3
Group Retirement
 
 
 
 
 
AUM
89.9
94.1
97.2
94.5
87.3
AUA
40.4
37.2
42.6
35.6
30.9
Total Group Retirement AUMA
130.3
131.3
139.8
130.1
118.2
Life Insurance
 
 
 
 
 
AUM
31.5
33.8
34.4
34.8
32.0
AUA
Total Life Insurance AUMA
31.5
33.8
34.4
34.8
32.0
Institutional Markets
 
 
 
 
 
AUM
31.1
29.3
32.7
30.4
26.6
AUA
44.0
42.9
43.8
43.3
39.9
Total Institutional Markets AUMA
75.1
72.2
76.5
73.7
66.5
Total AUMA
$388.0
$391.1
$410.9
$395.9
$362.0
(a)
Excludes AUA from the assets of our retail mutual funds business that were sold to Touchstone on July 16, 2021, or otherwise liquidated in connection with the sale. AUA related to these retail mutual funds were $7.8 billion and $12.0 billion at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Fee And Spread Income and Underwriting Margin
Fee income is defined as policy fees plus advisory fees plus other fee income.
Spread income is defined as net investment income less interest credited to policyholder account balances, exclusive of amortization of sales inducement assets. Net investment income includes earnings from the base portfolio as well as variable investment income which includes other yield enhancements and earnings from alternative investments.
Underwriting margin for our Life Insurance segment includes premiums, policy fees, advisory fee income, net investment income, less interest credited to policyholder account balances, policyholder benefits and excludes the annual assumption update. For our Institutional Markets segment, select products utilize underwriting margin which includes premiums, policy fees, net investment income, non-SVW fee and advisory fee income, less interest credited, policyholder benefits and excludes the annual assumption update.
113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents a summary of our fee income, spread income and underwriting margin:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Individual Retirement
 
 
 
 
 
Fee Income(a)
$347
$360
$1,500
$1,321
$1,254
Spread Income
556
666
2,650
2,430
2,500
Total Individual Retirement(a)
903
1,026
4,150
3,751
3,754
Group Retirement
 
 
 
 
 
Fee Income
209
202
859
715
690
Spread Income
248
323
1,275
1,088
1,133
Total Group Retirement
457
525
2,134
1,803
1,823
Life Insurance
 
 
 
 
 
Underwriting margin
229
228
1,067
1,261
1,473
Total Life Insurance
229
228
1,067
1,261
1,473
Institutional Markets(b)
 
 
 
 
 
Fee Income
15
15
61
62
68
Spread Income
101
112
478
290
251
Underwriting margin
22
25
102
75
75
Total Institutional Markets
138
152
641
427
394
Total
 
 
 
 
 
Fee Income
571
577
2,420
2,098
2,012
Spread Income
905
1,101
4,403
3,808
3,884
Underwriting margin
251
253
1,169
1,336
1,548
Total
$1,727
$1,931
$7,992
$7,242
$7,444
(a)
Excludes fee income of $25 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $54 million, $111 million and $163 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to the assets of our Retail Mutual Funds business that were sold to Touchstone on July 16, 2021, or otherwise liquidated in connection with the sale.
(b)
Fee income for Institutional Markets includes only SVW fee income, while underwriting margin includes fee and advisory income on products other than SVW.
Net Investment Income
Base portfolio income includes interest, dividends, and foreclosed real estate income, net of investment expenses and non-qualifying (economic) hedges. Alternative investments include private equity funds which are generally reported on a one-quarter lag.
Variable investment income includes call and tender income, commercial mortgage loan prepayments, changes in market value of investments accounted for under the fair value option, interest received on defaulted investments (other than foreclosed real estate), income from alternative investments, affordable housing investments and other miscellaneous investment income, including income of certain partnership entities that are required to be consolidated.
114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents a summary of our four insurance operating businesses’ net investment income on an APTOI basis:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Individual Retirement
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
$857
$868
$3,478
$3,573
$3,636
Variable investment income, excluding affordable housing
126
165
711
403
403
Affordable housing(a)
38
145
129
124
Net investment income
983
1,071
4,334
4,105
4,163
Group Retirement
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
450
471
1,905
1,924
1,986
Variable investment income, excluding affordable housing
77
110
424
215
204
Affordable housing(a)
22
84
74
72
Net investment income
527
603
2,413
2,213
2,262
Life Insurance
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
305
314
1,246
1,290
1,311
Variable investment income, excluding affordable housing
51
79
316
190
140
Affordable housing(a)
16
59
52
52
Net investment income
356
409
1,621
1,532
1,503
Institutional Markets
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
218
214
865
827
811
Variable investment income, excluding affordable housing
46
59
269
85
72
Affordable housing(a)
6
21
19
19
Net investment income
264
279
1,155
931
902
Total
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
1,830
1,867
7,494
7,614
7,744
Variable investment income, excluding affordable housing
300
413
1,720
893
819
Affordable housing(a)
82
309
274
267
Net investment income
$2,130
$2,362
$9,523
$8,781
$8,830
(a)
Affordable housing is a component of variable investment income.
Net Flows
Net flows for annuity products in Individual Retirement and Group Retirement represent premiums and deposits less death, surrender and other withdrawal benefits. Net flows for mutual funds represent deposits less withdrawals. For Group Retirement, client deposits into advisory and brokerage accounts less total client withdrawals from advisory and brokerage accounts, are not included in net flows.
The following table presents a summary of our Net Flows:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Individual Retirement
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed Annuities
$270
$(743)
$(2,396)
$(2,504)
$(711)
Fixed Index Annuities
985
1,014
4,072
2,991
4,657
Variable Annuities
(381)
(221)
(864)
(1,554)
(1,973)
Subtotal: Individual Retirement
874
50
812
(1,067)
1,973
Group Retirement
(819)
(893)
(3,208)
(1,940)
(2,646)
Total Net Flows(a)
$55
$(843)
$(2,396)
$(3,007)
$(673)
(a)
Excludes net flows of $(624) million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $(1.4) billion, $(3.7) billion and $(3.4) billion for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to the our Retail Mutual Funds business that were sold to Touchstone on July 16, 2021, or otherwise liquidated in connection with the sale.
115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Consolidated Results of Operations
The following section provides a comparative discussion of our Consolidated Results of Operations on a reported basis for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and three months ended March 31, 2021 and each of the three years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019. For factors that relate primarily to a specific business, see “—Segment Operations.”
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions, except per common share data)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$726
$487
$5,637
$4,341
$3,501
Policy fees
764
784
3,051
2,874
2,930
Net investment income
2,581
2,896
11,672
10,516
10,774
Net realized gains (losses)
3,726
2,874
1,855
(3,741)
(5,064)
Advisory fee and other income
307
302
1,175
1,072
1,069
Total revenues
8,104
7,343
23,390
15,062
13,210
Benefits and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder benefits
1,366
1,166
8,050
6,602
5,335
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
875
860
3,549
3,528
3,614
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
543
440
1,057
543
674
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
161
156
680
604
564
Advisory fee expenses
71
84
322
316
322
General operating expenses
586
538
2,104
2,027
1,975
Interest expense
81
114
389
490
555
Loss on extinguishment of debt
15
219
10
32
Net (gain) loss on divestitures
2
(3,081)
Net (gains) losses on Fortitude Re transactions
(26)
91
Total benefits and expenses
3,685
3,373
13,263
14,211
13,071
Income before income tax expense (benefit)
4,419
3,970
10,127
851
139
Income tax expense (benefit)
883
759
1,843
(15)
(168)
Net income
3,536
3,211
8,284
866
307
Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
75
95
929
224
257
Net income attributable to Corebridge
$3,461
$3,116
$7,355
$642
$50
Income per common share attributable to Corebridge common shareholders
 
 
 
 
 
Class A - Basic and diluted
$34,610
$31,160
$76,127
$6,420
$500
Class B - Basic and diluted
$34,610
$31,160
$50,101
$6,420
$500
Weighted average shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
 
Class A - Basic and diluted
90,100
90,100
90,100
90,100
90,100
Class B - Basic and diluted
9,900
9,900
9,900
9,900
9,900
Financial Highlights of March 31, 2022 and Comparison of Results for the Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 and 2021
Financial Highlights – Three Months Ended March 31, 2022
Our pre-tax income for the three months ended March 31, 2022 was driven by higher realized gains, primarily due to an increase in realized gains on the Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivatives, partially offset by lower net investment income and higher amortization of DAC. Additionally, during the three months ended March 31, 2022 we had higher premiums driven by new PRT business and higher international life premiums partially offset by higher policyholder benefits driven by new PRT business.
116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2022 To 2021 Net Income – Three Months Comparison
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
We recorded pre-tax income of $4.4 billion in the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to pre-tax income of $4.0 billion in three months ended March 31, 2021. The change in pre-tax income was primarily due to:
higher realized gains of $852 million primarily driven by higher gains on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative of $830 million driven by interest rate movements and higher other realized gains of $300 million primarily driven by sales of fixed maturity securities, partially offset by losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets of $123 million in 2022 compared to a gain of $155 million in 2021; and
higher premiums of $239 million primarily driven by new PRT business and higher international life premiums.
Partially offset by:
lower net investment income of $315 million primarily driven by lower income from Fortitude Re funds withheld assets, lower variable investment income reflecting lower call and tender income, lower alternative investment income, as well as higher losses on securities for which the fair value option was elected and lower base portfolio income driven by lower reinvestment yields due to spread compression experienced in 2021 partially offset from lower investment income from consolidated investment entities. Includes $82 million in 2021 of investment income from affordable housing investments;
higher policyholder benefits of $200 million primarily on new PRT business; and
higher amortization of DAC of $103 million primarily due to decrease in variable annuity separate account returns due to a decline in equity markets, higher interest rates and wider credit spreads and realized gains.
Income tax expense (benefit)
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, there was a tax expense of $883 million on income from operations, resulting in an effective tax rate on income from operations of 20.0%.
Financial Highlights of 2021 and Comparison of Results for 2021 and 2020
Financial Highlights – 2021
Our pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2021 was driven by a lower decrease in the fair value of our embedded derivatives related to the Fortitude Re funds withheld assets, gains associated with the sale of our affordable housing portfolio as well as certain assets associated with the retail mutual fund business. Additionally, our net investment income continues to deliver strong returns particularly in our alternative investment portfolio, including private equity investments. Continued growth in the equity markets also drove higher policy fees. These gains were slightly offset by higher mortality.
2021 to 2020 Net income – Annual Comparison
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
We recorded pre-tax income of $10.1 billion in 2021 compared to pre-tax income of $851 million in 2020. The change in pre-tax income was primarily due to:
higher realized gains of $5.6 billion primarily driven by a lower decrease in the fair value of our embedded derivatives related to the Fortitude Re funds withheld assets and higher realized gains on sales of real estate investments and available for sale securities;
the recognition of a $3.1 billion gain on the closing of the affordable housing sale to Blackstone in 2021 and the sale of certain assets of the Retail Mutual Funds business to Touchstone in 2021;
increase in net investment income of $1.2 billion primarily driven by higher returns on the alternative investment portfolio due to gains on private equity investments; and
117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

higher policy fees of $177 million primarily due to higher average variable annuity separate account assets driven by equity market performance.
Partially offset by:
higher amortization of DAC of $514 million principally driven by the impact of the review and update of actuarial assumptions and equity market performance; and
higher loss on extinguishment of debt of $209 million primarily due to the extinguishment of debt of certain consolidated investment entities and the partial extinguishment of AIGLH debt.
Income tax expense (benefit)
For the year ended December 31, 2021, there was a tax expense on income from operations of $1.8 billion, resulting in an effective tax rate on income from operations of 18.2%. Refer to the reconciliation of the GAAP tax rate to the adjusted tax rate presented in “–– Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics” presented herein.
Financial Highlights of 2020 and Comparison of Results for 2020 and 2019
Financial Highlights – 2020
Our pre-tax income for the year ended December 31, 2020 was driven by strong returns from our investment portfolio, including private equity returns and favorable impacts from lower interest rates and tightening credit spreads resulting in higher prepayment income from invested assets, offset by impacts from COVID-19 mortality claims.
2020 to 2019 Net income – Annual Comparison
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
We recorded pre-tax income of $851 million in 2020 compared to pre-tax income of $139 million in 2019. The change in pre-tax income was primarily due to:
lower realized losses of $1.3 billion primarily driven by the lower realized loss on the embedded derivative related to the Fortitude Re funds withheld asset; and
lower amortization of DAC of $131 million principally driven by the impact of the review and update of actuarial assumptions and equity market performance.
Partially offset by:
lower net investment income of $258 million primarily due to lower gains on securities for which the fair value option was elected as well as yield compression driven by lower interest rates;
$240 million unfavorable comparative net impact from life premiums and policy fees net of policyholder benefits (which excludes actuarial assumption updates), driven by higher mortality (which includes COVID-19 impacts);
an additional loss of $91 million related to an amendment on the Fortitude Re reinsurance contract;
higher general operating expenses of $52 million primarily due to an increase in costs related to regulatory and accounting changes; and
higher non-deferrable commission expense of $40 million due to increased sales.
Income tax expense (benefit)
For the year ended December 31, 2020, there was a tax benefit on income from operations of $15 million, resulting in an effective tax rate on income from operations of 1.8%. Refer to the reconciliation of the GAAP tax rate to the adjusted tax rate presented in “––Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics” presented herein.
118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Adjusted Pre-Tax Operating Income
The following table presents a reconciliation of pre-tax income (loss) attributable to Corebridge to APTOI:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Pre-tax income attributable to Corebridge
$4,419
$3,970
$10,127
$851
$139
Reconciling items to APTOI:
 
 
 
 
 
Fortitude Re related items
(2,992)
(2,598)
(2,038)
1,640
3,307
Non-Fortitude Re related items
(730)
(495)
(4,404)
703
138
Adjusted pre-tax operating income
$697
$877
$3,685
$3,194
$3,584
The following table presents total Corebridge’s adjusted pre-tax operating income:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Premiums
$739
$499
$5,646
$4,334
$3,493
Policy fees
764
784
3,051
2,874
2,931
Net investment income
2,311
2,463
9,917
9,084
9,021
Net realized gains*
11
24
701
54
285
Advisory fee and other income
288
302
1,175
1,060
1,068
Total adjusted revenues
4,113
4,072
20,490
17,406
16,798
Policyholder benefits
1,369
1,163
8,028
6,590
5,336
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
868
861
3,569
3,552
3,603
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
278
228
975
601
706
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
161
156
680
604
564
Advisory fee expenses
71
84
322
316
322
General operating expenses
524
524
2,016
1,920
1,942
Interest expense
70
107
354
435
511
Total benefits and expenses
3,341
3,123
15,944
14,018
12,984
Noncontrolling interests
(75)
(72)
(861)
(194)
(230)
Adjusted pre-tax operating income
$697
$877
$3,685
$3,194
$3,584
*
Net realized gains (losses) includes the gains (losses) related to the disposition of real estate investments.
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 APTOI Comparison
APTOI decreased $180 million primarily due to:
higher policyholder benefits of $206 million primarily on new PRT business;
lower net investment income of $152 million primarily driven by lower variable investment income reflecting lower call and tender income, lower alternative investment income, as well as higher losses on securities for which the fair value option was elected and lower base portfolio income driven by lower reinvestment yields due to spread compression experienced in 2021 partially offset from lower investment income from consolidated investment entities. Includes $82 million in 2021 of investment income from affordable housing investments;
higher DAC amortization of $50 million primarily due to decrease in variable annuity separate account returns due to a decline in equity markets, higher interest rates and wider credit spreads; and
lower policy fees, net advisory fee and other income, net of advisory fee expenses of $21 million driven by lower average separate accounts balances driven by negative equity market performance, higher interest rates and wider credit spreads.
119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Partially offset by:
higher premiums of $240 million primarily driven by new PRT business and higher international life premiums; and
lower interest expense of $37 million primarily on certain consolidated investment entities which were terminated during 2021.
2021 to 2020 APTOI Annual Comparison
APTOI increased $491 million primarily due to:
higher net investment income of $833 million primarily driven by higher variable investment income reflecting higher private equity income and higher income on call and tender activity; and
higher policy fees, advisory fee and other income of $292 million primarily driven by higher average separate account assets.
Partially offset by:
higher DAC amortization of $374 million principally impacted by the review and update of actuarial assumptions and equity market performance; and
higher non-deferrable insurance commissions of $76 million primarily driven by growth in variable annuity separate account assets and higher advisory fee expenses driven by increased sales.
2020 to 2019 APTOI Annual Comparison
APTOI decreased $390 million primarily due to:
an increase in policyholder benefits of $1.3 billion primarily driven by $712 million from new Institutional Markets business, including changes from new PRT transactions; and
higher net unfavorable impacts from higher mortality driven by COVID-19 and the review and update of actuarial assumptions compared to prior year of $113 million.
Partially offset by:
an increase in premiums of $841 million primarily driven by $687 million from new Institutional Markets business, including new PRT transactions; and
lower DAC amortization of $102 million principally impacted by the review and update of actuarial assumptions and equity market performance.
Segment Operations
Our business operations consist of five reportable segments:
Individual Retirement – consists of fixed annuities, fixed index annuities, variable annuities and retail mutual funds. On February 8, 2021, we announced the execution of a definitive agreement with Touchstone to sell certain assets of our Retail Mutual Funds business. This Touchstone transaction closed on July 16, 2021. For further information on this sale, see Note 1 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
Group Retirement – consists of record-keeping, plan administrative and compliance services, financial planning and advisory solutions offered to employer defined contribution plans and their participants, along with proprietary and non-proprietary annuities, advisory and brokerage products offered outside of plan.
Life Insurance – primary products in the United States include term life and universal life insurance. The International Life business issues individual life, whole life and group life insurance in the United Kingdom, and distributes medical insurance in Ireland.
Institutional Markets – consists of SVW products, structured settlement and PRT annuities, corporate- and bank-owned life insurance, high net worth products and GICs.
120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate and Other – consists primarily of:

Parent expenses not attributable to our other segments.

Interest expense on financial debt.

Results of our consolidated investment entities.

Institutional asset management business, which includes managing assets for non-consolidated affiliates; and

Results of our legacy insurance lines ceded to Fortitude Re.
The following tables summarize adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss) from our segments. See Note 3 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements and interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Individual Retirement
$387
$540
$1,895
$1,942
$2,010
Group Retirement
226
309
1,273
975
958
Life Insurance
(41)
(49)
96
146
522
Institutional Markets
125
143
584
367
322
Corporate and Other
(71)
(161)
(234)
(227)
Consolidation and elimination
5
(2)
(2)
(1)
Adjusted pre-tax operating income
$697
$877
$3,685
$3,194
$3,584
Discussion of Segment Results
Individual Retirement
Individual Retirement Results
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$55
$25
$191
$151
$104
Policy fees
224
233
962
861
811
Net investment income:
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
857
868
3,478
3,573
3,636
Variable investment income(a)
126
203
856
532
527
Net investment income
983
1,071
4,334
4,105
4,163
Advisory fee and other income(b)
123
152
592
571
606
Total adjusted revenues
1,385
1,481
6,079
5,688
5,684
Benefits and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder benefits
139
119
580
411
391
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
442
417
1,791
1,751
1,726
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
177
138
744
556
480
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
92
87
397
334
318
Advisory fee expenses
37
53
189
205
219
General operating expenses
111
114
437
427
468
Interest expense
13
46
62
72
Total benefits and expenses
998
941
4,184
3,746
3,674
Adjusted pre-tax operating income
$387
$540
$1,895
$1,942
$2,010
(a)
Includes income from affordable housing of $38 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $145 million, $129 million and $124 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(b)
Includes advisory fee income from registered investment services, 12b-1 fees (i.e., marketing and distribution fee income), and other asset management fee income.
121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Individual Retirement Sources of Earnings
The following table presents the sources of earnings of the Individual Retirement segment. We believe providing the APTOI using this view is useful for gaining an understanding of our overall results of operations and the significant drivers of our earnings.
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Fee income(a)
$347
$360
$1,500
$1,321
$1,254
Spread income(b)
556
666
2,650
2,430
2,500
Policyholder benefits, net of premiums
(84)
(94)
(389)
(260)
(287)
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
(92)
(87)
(397)
(334)
(318)
Amortization of DAC and SIA
(192)
(150)
(851)
(632)
(543)
General operating expenses
(111)
(114)
(437)
(427)
(468)
Other(c)
(37)
(41)
(181)
(156)
(128)
Adjusted pre-tax operating income
$387
$540
$1,895
$1,942
$2,010
(a)
Fee income represents policy fees plus advisory fee and other income. Fee income excludes fee income of $25 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $54 million, $111 million, and $163 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to assets of the retail mutual funds business that were sold to Touchstone on July 16, 2021, or otherwise liquidated, in connection with the sale.
(b)
Spread income represents net investment income less interest credited to policyholder account balances, exclusive of amortization of sales inducements of $15 million and $12 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and $107 million, $76 million and $63 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
(c)
Other represents interest expense and advisory fee expenses. The three months ended March 31, 2021 and the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 includes fee income related to assets of the retail mutual funds business that were sold to Touchstone on July 16, 2021, or otherwise liquidated, in connection with the sale.
Financial Highlights
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 APTOI Comparison
APTOI decreased $153 million primarily due to:
lower spread income of $110 million driven by a decrease in variable investment income of $77 million primarily due to lower call and tender income, higher losses on securities for which the fair value option was elected, and lower income due to the sale of the affordable housing portfolio. In addition, there was lower base portfolio income, net of interest credited to policyholder account balances of $33 million primarily driven by lower reinvestment yields in 2021;
increase in DAC and SIA amortization and policyholder benefits net of premiums of $32 million primarily due to decrease in variable annuity separate account returns due to a decline in equity markets, higher interest rates and wider credit spreads; and
lower fee income of $13 million, primarily due to a decrease in variable annuity separate account assets.
2021 to 2020 APTOI Annual Comparison
APTOI decreased $47 million primarily due to:
unfavorable impact from the review and update of actuarial assumptions of $320 million compared to $94 million unfavorable in the prior year;
increase in DAC amortization and policyholder benefits net of premiums, excluding the actuarial assumption updates of $130 million, primarily due to higher growth in Fixed Index Annuities, coupled with the impact of lower portfolio yields on policyholder benefits; and
an increase in non-deferrable insurance commissions of $63 million primarily due to growth in variable annuity separate account assets.
122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Partially offset by:
higher spread income of $220 million primarily driven by higher variable investment income of $324 million reflecting higher private equity income of $257 million, higher commercial mortgage loan prepayment income, and higher call and tender income partially offset by lower base portfolio income, net of interest credited to policyholder account balances of $104 million driven by low interest rates resulting in spread compression; and
higher policy and advisory fee income, net of advisory fee expenses of $138 million, primarily due to an increase in variable annuity separate account assets driven by robust equity market performance.
2020 to 2019 APTOI Annual Comparison
APTOI decreased $68 million primarily due to:
lower spread income of $70 million primarily due to lower base portfolio income, net of interest credited to policyholder account balances of $75 million driven by lower interest rates resulting in spread compression, partially offset by higher variable investment income of $5 million reflecting higher call and tender income from invested assets and higher alternative income due to private equity returns partially offset by lower gains on securities for which the fair-value option was elected;
excluding the net impact from our annual review and update of actuarial assumptions, DAC amortization and policyholder benefits net of premiums was $56 million higher due to lower variable annuity separate account returns, and fixed index annuities growth; and
unfavorable impact from the review and update of actuarial assumptions of $94 million compared to $63 million unfavorable in the prior year.
Partially offset by:
$41 million of lower general operating expenses primarily due to lower travel as a result of COVID-19 and other employee related expenses; and
$29 million of higher policy fees and advisory fee and other income, net of advisory fee expenses, driven by higher fees from fixed index and fixed annuity products with guaranteed living benefits.
AUMA
The following table presents Individual Retirement AUMA by product:
 
At March 31,
At December 31,
(in billions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Fixed annuities
$54.8
$58.9
$57.8
$60.5
$60.4
Fixed index annuities
30.5
27.4
31.8
27.9
22.1
Variable annuities:
 
 
 
 
 
Variable annuities - General Account
12.5
13.2
12.9
15.6
13.2
Variable annuities - Separate Accounts
53.3
54.3
57.7
53.3
49.6
Variable annuities
$65.8
$67.5
$70.6
$68.9
$62.8
Total*
$151.1
$153.8
$160.2
$157.3
$145.3
*
Excludes assets of the retail mutual funds business, that were sold to Touchstone on July 16, 2021, or were otherwise liquidated in connection with the sale. AUA related to these retail mutual funds were $7.8 billion, and $12.0 billion, at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Year Ended December 31, 2021 AUMA Comparison
AUMA decreased $9.1 billion driven by lower variable annuities separate account assets of $4.4 billion, due to declines in the equity markets, higher interest rates and wider credit spreads. A decrease of $4.7 billion in the general account was driven by higher interest rates and wider credit spreads resulting in unrealized losses from fixed maturities securities, partially offset by positive net flows into the general account.
123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2021 to 2020 AUMA Comparison
AUMA increased $2.9 billion driven by higher variable annuities separate account assets of $4.4 billion, due to equity market growth. A decrease of $1.5 billion in the general account was driven by higher interest rates resulting in unrealized losses from fixed maturity securities, partially offset by positive net flows into the general account.
2020 to 2019 AUMA Comparison
AUMA increased $12.0 billion driven by higher variable annuities separate account assets of $3.8 billion, and an increase of $8.3 billion in the general account was driven by lower interest rates partially offset by a widening of credit spreads, resulting in higher unrealized gains from fixed maturity securities, and negative net flows into the general account.
Fee and Spread Income
The following table presents Individual Retirement fee and spread income:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Fee income:
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed annuities
$10
$9
$44
$37
$24
Fixed index annuities
33
34
140
118
75
Variable annuities(a)(b)
304
317
1,316
1,166
1,155
Total fee income
$347
$360
$1,500
$1,321
$1,254
Policy fees
224
233
962
861
811
Advisory fees and other income(b)
123
127
538
460
443
Total fee income
$347
$360
$1,500
$1,321
$1,254
Spread income:
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed annuities
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
488
524
2,050
2,234
2,426
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(306)
(313)
(1,250)
(1,298)
(1,334)
Net base spread income
182
211
800
936
1,092
Variable investment income, excluding affordable housing
86
88
422
263
211
Affordable Housing
23
87
77
72
Spread income - fixed annuities
268
322
1,309
1,276
1,375
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed index annuities
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
273
237
1,015
906
791
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(99)
(70)
(343)
(284)
(221)
Net base spread income
174
167
672
622
570
Variable investment income, excluding affordable housing
14
45
147
82
78
Affordable Housing
6
24
21
20
Spread income - fixed index annuities
188
218
843
725
668
 
 
 
 
 
 
Variable annuities
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
96
107
413
433
419
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(22)
(22)
(91)
(93)
(108)
Net base spread income
74
85
322
340
311
Variable investment income, excluding affordable housing
26
32
142
58
114
Affordable Housing
9
34
31
32
Spread income - variable annuities
100
126
498
429
457
124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Total spread income
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
857
868
3,478
3,573
3,636
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(427)
(405)
(1,684)
(1,675)
(1,663)
Net base spread income
430
463
1,794
1,898
1,973
Variable investment income, excluding affordable housing
126
165
711
403
403
Affordable Housing
38
145
129
124
Total spread income(c)
556
666
2,650
2,430
2,500
(a)
Includes SAAMCo related fee income of $44 million and $46 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $193 million, $165 million and $159 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Includes SAAMCo related spread income of $3 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
(b)
Excludes fee income of $25 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $54 million, $111 million, and $163 million, for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, related to assets of the retail mutual funds business that were sold to Touchstone on July 16, 2021, or otherwise liquidated, in connection with the sale.
(c)
Excludes amortization of sales inducement assets of $15 million and $12 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and $107 million, $76 million and $63 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
 
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Fixed annuities base net investment spread:
 
 
 
 
 
Base yield(a)
3.76%
3.99%
3.94%
4.16%
4.54%
Cost of funds
2.58
2.62
2.58
2.63
2.68
Fixed annuities base net investment spread
1.18
1.37
1.36
1.53
1.86
Fixed index annuities base net investment spread:
 
 
 
 
 
Base yield(a)
3.70
3.81
3.78
3.97
4.46
Cost of funds
1.38
1.29
1.30
1.28
1.26
Fixed index annuities base net investment spread
2.32
2.52
2.48
2.69
3.20
Variable annuities base net investment spread:
 
 
 
 
 
Base yield(a)
3.85
3.87
3.96
3.86
4.32
Cost of funds
1.41
1.42
1.42
1.42
1.63
Variable annuities base net investment spread
2.44
2.45
2.54
2.44
2.69
Total Individual Retirement base net investment spread:
 
 
 
 
 
Base yield(a)
3.75
3.92
3.89
4.07
4.50
Cost of funds
2.08
2.07
2.08
2.15
2.25
Total Individual Retirement base net investment spread
1.67%
1.85%
1.81%
1.92%
2.25%
(a)
Includes returns from base portfolio including accretion and income (loss) from certain other invested assets.
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 Comparison
Fee income decreased $13 million, primarily due to a decrease in surrender charge fee income of $6 million mostly due to lower surrenders and withdrawals and a decrease in other fee income of $4 million due to lower variable annuity separate account assets driven by a decline in equity markets, higher interest rates and wider credit spreads.
Spread income decreased $110 million primarily driven by a decrease in variable investment income of $77 million primarily due to lower call and tender income, higher losses on securities for which the fair value option was elected, and lower income due to the sale of the affordable housing portfolio. In addition, there was lower base portfolio income, net of interest credited to policyholder account balances of $33 million primarily driven by lower reinvestment yields.
2021 to 2020 Annual Comparison
Fee income increased $179 million, primarily due to an increase in mortality and expense (“M&E”) fees of $95 million and other fee income of $78 million due to higher variable annuity separate account assets driven by robust equity market performance.
Spread income increased $220 million primarily driven by higher variable investment income of $324 million reflecting higher private equity income of $257 million, higher commercial mortgage loan prepayment income, and higher call and tender income partially offset by lower base portfolio income, net of interest credited to policyholder account balances of $104 million driven by low interest rates resulting in spread compression.
2020 to 2019 Annual Comparison
Fee income increased $67 million driven by higher fees from products with guaranteed living benefits of $35 million, mostly from fixed index and fixed annuity products and an increase in M&E fees of $12 million and other fee income of $17 million due to higher variable annuity separate account assets driven by equity market growth.
Spread income decreased $70 million primarily due to lower base portfolio income, net of interest credited to policyholder account balances of $75 million driven by lower interest rates resulting in
126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

spread compression, partially offset by higher variable investment income of $5 million reflecting higher call and tender income from invested assets and higher alternative income due to private equity returns partially offset by lower gains on securities for which the fair-value option was elected;
Premiums and Deposits and Net Flows
For Individual Retirement, premiums primarily represent amounts received on life-contingent payout annuities, while deposits represent sales on investment-oriented products.
Net flows for annuity products in Individual Retirement represent premiums and deposits less death, surrender and other withdrawal benefits.
Premiums and Deposits
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Fixed annuities
$1,569
$638
$3,011
$2,535
$5,280
Fixed index annuities
1,364
1,388
5,621
4,096
5,466
Variable annuities
948
1,198
5,025
3,003
2,879
Total(a)
$3,881
$3,224
$13,657
$9,634
$13,625
(a)
Excludes deposits of the retail mutual funds business that were sold to Touchstone on July 16, 2021, or otherwise liquidated, in connection with the sale. Deposits from retail mutual funds were $149 million for three months ended March 31, 2021 and $259 million, $736 million, and $1.3 billion for years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Net Flows
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Fixed annuities
$270
$(743)
$(2,396)
$(2,504)
$(711)
Fixed index annuities
985
1,014
4,072
2,991
4,657
Variable annuities
(381)
(221)
(864)
(1,554)
(1,973)
Total(a)
$874
$50
$812
$(1,067)
$1,973
(a)
Excludes net flows related to the assets of the retail mutual funds business that were sold to Touchstone on July 16, 2021, or otherwise liquidated, in connection with the sale. Net flows from retail mutual funds were $(624) million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $(1.4) billion, $(3.7) billion, and $(3.4) billion for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Net flows for retail mutual funds represent deposits less withdrawals.
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 Comparison
Fixed Annuities Net flows turned positive and improved by $1.0 billion over the prior year, primarily due to higher premiums and deposits of $932 million, lower surrenders and withdrawals of $53 million and lower death benefits of $29 million. The premium and deposit growth was due to more competitive pricing, higher interest rates and strong sales in the three to five year fixed annuities buoyed by the Blackstone partnership.
Fixed Index Annuities Net flows decreased by $29 million primarily due to lower premiums and deposits of $23 million and higher death benefits of $10 million, partially offset by lower surrenders and withdrawals of $4 million.
Variable Annuities Net flows decreased $160 million primarily due to lower premium and deposits of $251 million, partially offset by lower surrenders and withdrawals of $77 million and lower death benefits of $14 million.
Retail Mutual Funds There were no flows in 2022 due to the Touchstone sale in the second quarter of 2021. In 2021, Retail Mutual Fund premiums and deposits and net flows reflect customer activity of the funds that were transferred or liquidated in the third quarter of 2021.
127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2021 to 2020 Annual Comparison
Fixed Annuities Net flows remained negative but improved by $108 million due to higher premiums and deposits of $476 million, and lower death benefits of $222 million, offset by higher surrenders and withdrawals of $589 million due to higher interest rates. The premium and deposit growth was driven in part due to prior year impact from distribution channel disruptions related to COVID-19.
Fixed Index Annuities Net flows increased by $1.1 billion primarily due to higher premiums and deposits of $1.5 billion offset by higher surrenders and withdrawals of $365 million and death benefits of $79 million. The premium and deposit growth was driven in part due to fewer disruptions related to COVID-19. The increase in surrenders and withdrawals were due to increased competition and aging of the policies.
Variable Annuities Net flows improved by $690 million primarily due to higher premium and deposits of $2.0 billion offset by higher surrenders and withdrawals of $1.1 billion and higher death benefits of $208 million. The premium and deposit growth was driven in part due to prior year impact from distribution channel disruptions related to COVID-19. The increase in surrenders and withdrawals was due to an increase in the number of policies coming out of surrender charge, and increase in lapses of policies with guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits that are out of the money.
Retail Mutual Funds Net flows remained negative but improved by $2.3 billion due to lower surrenders and withdrawals of $2.7 billion partially offset by lower premiums and deposits of $477 million due to investors’ continued preference for passive, low fee investment vehicles, and the distribution channel disruptions related to COVID-19. Retail mutual funds net flows reflect customer activity and in 2021, it excludes $7.0 billion of funds (i) transferred as part of the Touchstone sale or (ii) liquidated. For further information regarding the July 2021 sale of certain assets of our retail mutual funds businesses to Touchstone, see Note 1 to our interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
2020 to 2019 Annual Comparison
Fixed Annuities Net flows remained negative and deteriorated by $1.8 billion primarily driven by lower premiums and deposits of $2.7 billion due to distribution channel disruptions related to COVID-19 and a sustained low interest rate environment. This was offset by lower surrenders and withdrawals of $661 million and lower death benefits of $288 million.
Fixed Index Annuities Net flows deteriorated by $1.7 billion, primarily due to lower premiums and deposits of $1.4 billion driven by the low interest rate environment and heightened market competition. In addition, higher surrenders and withdrawals of $249 million, as well as higher death benefits of $47 million, also drove lower net flows.
Variable Annuities Net flows remained negative but improved by $419 million, due to lower surrenders and withdrawals of $407 million and higher premiums and deposits of $124 million partially offset by higher death benefits of $112 million. The premium and deposit growth was driven by sales in independent and regional broker-dealers.
Retail Mutual Funds Net flows remained negative and deteriorated by $245 million, primarily driven by lower premiums and deposits of $538 million partially offset by lower surrenders of $293 million. Negative industry trends in U.S. actively managed equity funds and disruptions caused by COVID-19 continue to put pressure on the net flows.
Surrenders
The following table presents surrenders as a percentage of average reserves:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Fixed annuities
6.7%
7.1%
7.2%
5.9%
7.2%
Fixed index annuities
4.0
4.8
4.6
4.0
3.8
Variable annuities
6.5
7.1
7.3
6.2
7.2
128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents reserves for fixed annuities, fixed index annuities and variable annuities by surrender charge category:
 
At March 31,
At December 31,
 
2022
2021
2020
(in millions)
Fixed
Annuities
Fixed
Index
Annuities
Variable
Annuities
Fixed
Annuities
Fixed Index
Annuities
Variable
Annuities
Fixed
Annuities
Fixed Index
Annuities
Variable
Annuities
No surrender charge
$26,121
$1,635
$31,809
$26,419
$2,009
$34,030
$27,103
$1,423
$29,594
Greater than 0% – 2%
2,356
1,449
9,642
2,091
1,681
10,925
2,297
1,129
10,542
Greater than 2% – 4%
2,302
3,878
8,230
2,424
4,195
9,884
2,757
3,427
11,966
Greater than 4%
17,034
23,515
13,173
16,443
22,489
13,219
16,159
19,685
12,647
Non-surrenderable
2,381
2,373
2,214
Total reserves
$50,194
$30,477
$62,854
$49,750
$30,374
$68,058
$50,530
$25,664
$64,749
Individual Retirement annuities are typically subject to a three- to seven-year surrender charge period, depending on the product. For fixed and fixed index annuities, the proportion of reserves subject to surrender charge at March 31, 2022 decreased compared to December 31, 2021 primarily due to growth in business. The increase in the proportion of reserves with no surrender charge for variable annuities at March 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021 was principally due to normal aging of business.
For fixed annuities, the proportion of reserves subject to surrender charge at December 31, 2021 increased compared to December 31, 2020. The increase in reserves with no surrender charge for variable and fixed index annuities at December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020 was principally due to normal aging of business.
Group Retirement
Group Retirement Results
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$8
$4
$22
$19
$16
Policy fees
124
124
522
443
429
Net investment income:
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
450
471
1,905
1,924
1,986
Variable investment income(a)
77
132
508
289
276
Net investment income
527
603
2,413
2,213
2,262
Advisory fee and other income(b)
85
78
337
272
261
Total adjusted revenues
744
809
3,294
2,947
2,968
Benefits and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder benefits
27
18
76
74
63
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
282
283
1,150
1,125
1,147
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
30
16
61
15
81
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
28
29
121
117
113
Advisory fee expenses
34
31
133
111
103
General operating expenses
117
114
445
488
459
Interest expense
9
35
42
44
Total benefits and expenses
518
500
2,021
1,972
2,010
Adjusted pre-tax operating income
$226
$309
$1,273
$975
$958
(a)
Includes income from affordable housing of $22 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $84 million, $74 million and $72 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(b)
Includes advisory fee income from registered investment services, 12b-1 fees (i.e., marketing and distribution fee income), and other asset management fee income, and commission-based broker dealer services.
129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Group Retirement Sources of Earnings
The following table presents the sources of earnings of the Group Retirement segment. We believe providing the APTOI using this view is useful for gaining an understanding of our overall results of operations and the significant drivers of our earnings.
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Fee income(a)
$209
$202
$859
$715
$690
Spread income(b)
248
323
1,275
1,088
1,133
Policyholder benefits, net of premiums
(19)
(14)
(54)
(55)
(47)
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
(28)
(29)
(121)
(117)
(113)
Amortization of DAC and SIA
(33)
(19)
(73)
(15)
(99)
General operating expenses
(117)
(114)
(445)
(488)
(459)
Other(c)
(34)
(40)
(168)
(153)
(147)
Adjusted pre-tax operating income
$226
$309
$1,273
$975
$958
(a)
Fee income represents policy fee and advisory fee and other income.
(b)
Spread income represents net investment income less interest credited to policyholder account balances, exclusive of amortization of sales inducements of $3 million and $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and $12 million, $0 million and $18 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(c)
Other consists of advisory fee expenses and interest expense.
Financial Highlights
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 APTOI Comparison
APTOI decreased $83 million, primarily due to:
spread income was $75 million lower primarily driven by a decrease in variable investment income of $55 million primarily due to lower call and tender income, lower income due to the sale of the affordable housing portfolio and base portfolio income, net of interest credited to policyholder account balances of $20 million driven by lower yields on new purchases compared to yields on maturing assets; and
higher DAC and SIA amortization and policyholder benefits, net of premiums, of $19 million mostly due to lower equity market performance.
Partially offset by:
higher fee income of $7 million, partially offset by higher advisory fee expenses of $3 million, primarily due to a $2.1 billion increase in advisory and brokerage assets year over year.
2021 to 2020 APTOI Annual Comparison
APTOI increased $298 million, primarily due to:
spread income was $187 million higher due to higher variable investment income of $219 million primarily driven by higher gains on private equity income and higher call and tender income, partially offset by lower base portfolio income, net of interest credited to policyholder account balances of $32 million driven by decreased reinvestment yields;
$122 million of higher policy and advisory fee income, net of advisory fee expenses due to an increase in separate account mutual fund, and advisory average assets; and
lower general operating expenses of $43 million primarily due to decreased regulatory expenses
130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Partially offset by:
unfavorable impact from the review and update of actuarial assumptions of $5 million in 2021 compared to $68 million favorable in the previous year.
2020 to 2019 APTOI Annual Comparison
APTOI increased $17 million, primarily due to:
favorable impact from the review and update of actuarial assumptions of $68 million in 2020 compared to $17 million unfavorable in prior year; and
$17 million of higher policy fees and advisory fee and other income, net of advisory fee expenses due to an increase in separate account and mutual fund average assets.
Partially offset by:
higher general operating expenses of $29 million primarily due to increased regulatory expenses, partially offset by lower travel (as a result of COVID-19) and other employee related expenses;
increases in variable annuity DAC amortization and reserves excluding the actuarial assumption of $19 million due to lower equity market performance compared to the prior year; and
spread income was $45 million lower due to lower base portfolio income, net of interest credited to policyholder account balances of $58 million due principally to lower reinvestment yields, partially offset by higher average invested assets and lower interest credited, as well as higher variable investment income of $13 million due to gains on private equity income as well as prepayment income on invested assets.
AUMA
The following table presents Group Retirement AUMA by product:
 
At March 31,
At December 31,
(in billions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
AUMA by asset type:
 
 
 
 
 
In-plan spread based
$30.3
$32.4
$32.5
$33.4
$31.4
In-plan fee based
55.9
55.7
60.3
53.9
48.1
Total in-plan AUMA(a)
86.2
88.1
92.8
87.3
79.5
Out-of-plan proprietary fixed annuity and fixed index annuities
9.0
9.0
9.6
9.3
8.4
Out-of-plan proprietary variable annuities(b)
21.7
22.9
23.6
22.9
21.1
Total out-of-plan proprietary annuities(c)
30.7
31.9
33.2
32.2
29.5
Advisory and brokerage assets
13.4
11.3
13.8
10.6
9.2
Total out-of-plan AUMA
44.1
43.2
47.0
42.8
38.7
Total AUMA
$130.3
$131.3
$139.8
$130.1
$118.2
(a)
Includes $14.3 billion and $14.6 billion of AUMA at March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $15.1 billion, $14.3 billion and $13.5 billion of AUMA at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, that is associated with our in-plan investment advisory service that we offer to participants at an additional fee.
(b)
Includes $9.3 billion and $10.2 billion of AUMA at March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $10.1 billion, $10.5 billion and $9.9 billion of AUMA at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, that is associated with the General Account.
(c)
Includes $4.7 billion and $4.5 billion of AUMA at March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $4.9 billion, $4.3 billion and $3.8 billion of AUMA at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, in our proprietary advisory variable annuity. Together with our out-of-plan advisory and brokerage assets shown in
131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the table above, we had a total of $18.1 billion and $15.8 billion of out-of-plan advisory assets at March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively and $18.7 billion, $14.9 billion and $13.0 billion of out-of-plan advisory assets at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
March 31, 2022 to December 31, 2021 AUMA Comparison
In-plan assets decreased by $6.6 billion primarily driven by equity market declines, wider credit spreads and higher interest rates resulting in lower unrealized gains from fixed maturity securities. Out-of-plan proprietary annuity assets decreased by $2.5 billion driven primarily by equity market declines. The decrease in advisory and brokerage assets of $349 million was driven by equity market declines partially offset by net new client deposit growth.
2021 to 2020 Annual Comparison
In-plan assets increased by $5.5 billion primarily driven by equity market growth, contributing to an increase in fee based AUMA. Out-of-plan proprietary annuity assets increased by $1.0 billion primarily driven by equity market growth in the period. Increase in advisory and brokerage assets of $3.2 billion, or 30%, was driven by strong net new client deposits, along with favorable equity markets.
2020 to 2019 Annual Comparison
In-plan assets increased by $7.8 billion, primarily driven by equity market growth and change in unrealized gains on invested assets. Out-of-plan assets increased by $4.1 billion, benefiting from the same drivers as described for in-plan assets, as well as net new client deposits in advisory and brokerage. Both in-plan and out-of-plan advisory assets increased, driven by equity market growth and client needs for advisory services.
Fee and Spread Income
The following table presents Group Retirement fee and spread income:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Policy fees
$124
$124
$522
$443
$429
Advisory fees and other income
85
78
337
272
261
Total fee income
$209
$202
$859
$715
$690
Spread income:
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
450
471
1,905
1,924
1,986
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(279)
(280)
(1,138)
(1,125)
(1,129)
Net base spread income
171
191
767
799
857
Variable investment income, excluding affordable housing
77
110
424
215
204
Affordable Housing
22
84
74
72
Total spread income(a)
248
323
1,275
1,088
1,133
(a)
Excludes amortization of sales inducement assets of $3 million and $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and $12 million, $0 million and $18 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
 
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Base net investment spread:
 
 
 
 
 
Base yield(a)
3.88%
4.10%
4.11%
4.26%
4.53%
Cost of funds
2.58%
2.62%
2.61%
2.65%
2.72%
Base net investment spread
1.30%
1.48%
1.50%
1.61%
1.81%
(a)
Includes returns from base portfolio including accretion and income (loss) from certain other invested assets.
132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 Comparison
Fee income increased compared to the prior period primarily due to a $2.1 billion increase in advisory and brokerage assets year over year.
Spread income was $75 million lower primarily driven by a decrease in variable investment income of $55 million primarily due to lower call and tender income, lower income due to the sale of the affordable housing portfolio and base portfolio income, net of interest credited to policyholder account balances of $20 million driven by lower yields on new purchases compared to yields on maturing assets.
2021 to 2020 Annual Comparison
Fee income increased compared to prior period primarily due to increase in AUMA.
Spread income was $187 million higher due to higher variable investment income of $219 million primarily driven by higher gains on private equity income and higher call and tender income, partially offset by lower base portfolio income, net of interest credited to policyholder account balances of $32 million driven by decreased reinvestment yields.
2020 to 2019 Annual Comparison
Fee income increased compared to prior year primarily due to the increase in AUMA.
Spread income was $45 million lower due to lower base portfolio income, net of interest credited to policyholder account balances of $58 million due principally to lower reinvestment yields, partially offset by higher average invested assets and lower interest credited, as well as higher variable investment income of $13 million due to gains on private equity income as well as prepayment income on invested assets.
Premiums and Deposits and Net Flows
For Group Retirement, premiums primarily represent amounts received on life-contingent payout annuities while deposits represent sales on investment-oriented products.
Net flows for annuity products included in Group Retirement represent premiums and deposits less death, surrender and other withdrawal benefits. Net flows for mutual funds represent deposits less withdrawals. For Group Retirement, client deposits into advisory and brokerage accounts less total client withdrawals from advisory and brokerage accounts, are not included in net flows. Net new assets into these products contribute to growth in AUA rather than AUM.
Premiums and Deposits and Net Flows
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
In-plan(a)(b)
$1,490
$1,363
$5,911
$5,412
$5,539
Out-of-plan proprietary variable annuity
268
318
1,288
1,420
1,630
Out-of-plan proprietary fixed & index annuities
130
137
567
664
1,177
Premiums and deposits(c)
$1,888
$1,818
$7,766
$7,496
$8,346
Net Flows
$(819)
$(893)
$(3,208)
$(1,940)
$(2,646)
(a)
In-plan premium and deposits include sales of variable and fixed annuities as well as mutual funds for 403(b), 401(a), 457(b) and 401(k) plans.
(b)
Includes $868 million and $777 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively and $3.1 billion, $3.0 billion and $2.9 billion of inflows related to in-plan mutual funds for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(c)
Excludes client deposits into advisory and brokerage accounts of $602 million and $532 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively and $2.5 billion, $1.4 billion and $1.2 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 Comparison
Net flows remained negative and improved by $74 million primarily due to:
favorable large plan activity, contributing $0.2 billion compared to the same period in the prior year.
Partially offset by:
higher individual surrenders net of deposits of $140 million.
2021 to 2020 Annual Comparison
Net flows remained negative and deteriorated by $1.3 billion primarily due to:
higher individual surrenders, withdrawals and death benefits driven mainly by higher customer account values of $1.6 billion.
Partially offset by:
large plan acquisitions and surrenders also contributed to the year over year volatility. In 2021, large group activity contributed net negative flows of $0.1 billion compared to $0.4 billion of net negative flows in the same period in the prior year.
2020 to 2019 Annual Comparison
Net flows remained negative but improved by $0.7 billion primarily due to:
lower individual surrenders, withdrawals and death benefits of $1.2 billion; and
large plan acquisitions and surrenders also contributed to the year over year volatility. In 2020, large group activity contributed to net negative flows of $0.4 billion compared to $0.9 billion of net negative flows in the same period in the prior year.
Partially offset by:
decreased individual deposits of $1.0 billion.
Surrenders
The following table presents Group Retirement surrenders as a percentage of average reserves and mutual funds under administration:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
 
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Surrenders as a percentage of average reserves and mutual funds
8.6%
8.9%
8.8%
8.6%
10.7%
The following table presents reserves for Group Retirement annuities by surrender charge category:
 
At March 31,
At December 31,
(in millions)
2022(a)
2021(a)
2020(a)
No surrender charge(b)
$77,497
$81,132
$77,507
Greater than 0% - 2%
671
716
565
Greater than 2% - 4%
590
857
829
Greater than 4%
6,299
6,197
6,119
Non-surrenderable
769
810
616
Total reserves
$85,826
$89,712
$85,636
(a)
Excludes mutual fund assets under administration of $26.9 billion, $28.8 billion and $25.0 billion at March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020 respectively.
134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(b)
Certain general account reserves in this category are subject to either participant level or plan level withdrawal restrictions, where withdrawals are limited to 20% per year.
Group Retirement annuity deposits are typically subject to a five to seven-year surrender charge period, depending on the product. In addition, for annuity assets held within an employer defined contribution plan, participants can only withdraw funds in certain circumstances, such as separation from service, without incurring tax penalties, regardless of surrender charge. At March 31, 2022, Group Retirement annuity reserves with no surrender charge decreased compared to December 31, 2021 primarily due to a decline in assets under management from lower equity markets. At December 31, 2021, Group Retirement annuity reserves with no surrender charge increased compared to December 31, 2020 primarily due to growth in assets under management.
Life Insurance
Life Insurance Results
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$417
$407
$1,573
$1,526
$1,438
Policy fees
369
380
1,380
1,384
1,503
Net investment income:
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
305
314
1,246
1,290
1,311
Variable investment income(a)
51
95
375
242
192
Net investment income
356
409
1,621
1,532
1,503
Other income
36
25
110
94
86
Total adjusted revenues
1,178
1,221
4,684
4,536
4,530
Benefits and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder benefits
864
905
3,231
3,219
2,708
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
85
88
354
373
374
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
70
73
164
25
140
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
34
32
132
119
99
General operating expenses
166
165
682
624
657
Interest expense
7
25
30
30
Total benefits and expenses
1,219
1,270
4,588
4,390
4,008
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss)
$(41)
$(49)
$96
$146
$522
(a)
Includes income from affordable housing of $16 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $59 million, $52 million and $52 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Life Insurance Sources of Earnings
The following table presents the sources of earnings of the Life Insurance segment. We believe providing the APTOI using this view is useful for gaining an understanding of our overall results of operations and the significant drivers of our earnings.
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Underwriting margin(a)
$229
$228
$1,067
$1,261
$1,473
General operating expenses
(166)
(165)
(682)
(624)
(657)
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
(34)
(32)
(132)
(119)
(99)
Amortization of DAC, excluding impact of annual actuarial assumption update
(70)
(73)
(231)
(234)
(287)
Impact of annual actuarial assumption update
99
(108)
122
135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Interest expense
(7)
(25)
(30)
(30)
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss)
$(41)
$(49)
$96
$146
$522
(a)
Underwriting margin represents premiums, policy fees, net investment income and other income, less policyholder benefits and interest credited to policyholder account balances. Underwriting margin is also exclusive of the impacts from the annual assumption update.
Financial Highlights
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 APTOI Comparison
APTOI increased $8 million, primarily due to:
$1 million favorable underwriting margin from

$41 million in reduced benefits driven by mortality and $11 million in increased other income from reinsurance gains,

offset by lower net investment income driven by $44 million lower variable investment income reflecting lower gains and lower call and tender income and reduced alternatives performance and $9 million lower base portfolio income driven by lower yields.
2021 to 2020 APTOI Annual Comparison
APTOI decreased $50 million, primarily due to:
$194 million unfavorable underwriting margin driven by higher mortality, partially offset by $89 million in higher net investment income primarily driven by $133 million higher variable investment income reflecting higher gains on calls and alternative investments partially offset by $44 million lower base portfolio income driven by reduced bond yields.
Partially offset by:
favorable impact from the review and update of actuarial assumptions of $99 million in 2021 compared to $108 million unfavorable in prior year
2020 to 2019 APTOI Annual Comparison
APTOI decreased $376 million primarily due to:
unfavorable impact from the review and update of actuarial assumptions of $108 million in 2020 compared to $122 million favorable in the prior year; and
$212 million unfavorable underwriting margin driven by higher mortality partially offset by $29 million in higher net investment income primarily driven by $50 million higher variable investment income reflecting gains on calls and alternative investments partially offset by $21 million lower base portfolio investment income reflecting reduced gains on fair value securities.
Partially offset by:
$33 million lower general operating expenses.
AUMA
The following table presents Life Insurance AUMA:
 
At March 31,
At December 31,
(in billions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Total AUMA
$31.5
$33.8
$34.4
$34.8
$32.0
136

TABLE OF CONTENTS

March 31, 2022 to December 31, 2021 AUMA Comparison
AUMA decreased $2.9 billion in the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to the prior year-end due to net unrealized losses from fixed maturity securities driven by higher rates and a widening of credit spreads.
2021 to 2020 AUMA Comparison
AUMA decreased $0.4 billion in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the prior year as net unrealized losses from fixed maturity securities driven by higher rates, were only partially offset by growth in the Life Insurance businesses.
2020 to 2019 AUMA Comparison
AUMA increased $2.8 billion in the year ended December 31, 2020 compared to the prior year primarily due to net unrealized gains from fixed maturity securities driven by lower rates partially offset by a widening of credit spreads, and growth in the Life Insurance businesses.
Underwriting Margin
The following table presents Life Insurance underwriting margin:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Premiums
$417
$407
$1,573
$1,526
$1,438
Policy fees
369
380
1,380
1,384
1,503
Net investment income
356
409
1,621
1,532
1,503
Other income
36
25
110
94
86
Policyholder benefits
(864)
(905)
(3,231)
(3,219)
(2,708)
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(85)
(88)
(354)
(373)
(374)
Less: Impact of annual actuarial assumption update
(32)
317
25
Underwriting margin
$229
$228
$1,067
$1,261
$1,473
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 Comparison
Underwriting margin increased $1 million primarily due to:
$41 million reduced benefits driven by mortality; and
$11 million increase in other income, driven by reinsurance gains.
Partially offset by:
$53 million in higher net investment income primarily driven by $44 million lower variable investment income reflecting lower gains and lower calls and reduced alternatives performance and $9 million lower base portfolio income driven by lower yields.
2021 to 2020 Annual Comparison
Underwriting margin decreased $194 million primarily due to:
$284 million unfavorable comparative net impact from premiums and policy fees net of policyholder benefits (which excludes actuarial assumptions updates), driven by higher mortality.
Partially offset by:
$89 million of higher net investment income primarily driven by $133 million higher variable investment income reflecting higher gains on calls and alternative investments partially offset by $44 million lower base portfolio income driven by reduced bond yields.
137

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2020 to 2019 Annual Comparison
Underwriting margin decreased $212 million primarily due to:
$240 million unfavorable comparative net impact from premiums and policy fees net of policyholder benefits (which excludes actuarial assumptions updates) driven by higher mortality.
Partially offset by:
$29 million of higher net investment income primarily driven by $50 million higher variable investment income reflecting gains on calls and alternative investments partially offset by $21 million lower base portfolio investment income reflecting reduced gains on fair value securities.
Premiums and Deposits
Premiums and Deposits for Life Insurance represent amounts received on life and health policies. Premiums generally represent amounts received on traditional life products, while deposits represent amounts received on universal life products.
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Traditional Life
$433
$429
$1,737
$1,696
$1,683
Universal Life
397
397
1,635
1,649
1,666
Other(a)
14
17
67
76
97
Total U.S.
844
843
3,439
3,421
3,446
International
213
186
789
626
486
Premiums and deposits
$1,057
$1,029
$4,228
$4,047
$3,932
(a)
Other includes Accident and Health business as well as Group benefits.
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 Comparison
Premiums and deposits increased $28 million in 2022 compared to the prior year primarily due to growth in international life premiums.
2021 to 2020 Annual Comparison
Premiums and deposits increased $181 million in 2021 compared to the prior year primarily due to growth in international life premiums.
2020 to 2019 Annual Comparison
Premiums and deposits increased $115 million in 2020 compared to the prior year primarily due to growth in international life premiums.
Institutional Markets
Institutional Markets Results
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$238
$41
$3,774
$2,564
$1,877
Policy fees
47
47
187
186
188
Net investment income:
 
 
 
 
 
Base portfolio income
218
214
865
827
811
Variable investment income(a)
46
65
290
104
91
Net investment income
264
279
1,155
931
902
Other income
1
2
1
1
Total adjusted revenues
550
367
5,118
3,682
2,968
138

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Benefits and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder benefits
339
121
4,141
2,886
2,174
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
59
73
274
303
356
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
1
1
6
5
5
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
7
7
27
31
31
General operating expenses
19
20
77
79
69
Interest expense
2
9
11
11
Total benefits and expenses
$425
$224
$4,534
$3,315
$2,646
Adjusted pre-tax operating income
$125
$143
$584
$367
$322
(a)
Includes income from affordable housing of $6 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $21 million, $19 million and $19 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Institutional Markets Sources of Earnings
The following table presents the sources of earnings of the Institutional Markets segment. We believe providing the APTOI using this view is useful for gaining an understanding of our overall results of operations and the significant drivers of our earnings.
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Fee income(a)
$15
$15
$61
$62
$68
Spread income(b)
101
112
478
290
251
Underwriting margin(c)
22
25
102
75
75
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
(7)
(7)
(27)
(31)
(31)
General operating expenses
(19)
(20)
(77)
(79)
(69)
Other
13
18
47
50
28
Adjusted pre-tax operating income
$125
$143
$584
$367
$322
(a)
Represents fee income on SVW products.
(b)
Represents spread income on GIC, PRT and structured settlement products.
(c)
Represents underwriting margin from Corporate Markets products, including private placement variable universal life insurance and private placement variable annuity products.
Financial Highlights
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 APTOI Comparison
APTOI decreased $18 million primarily due to:
$218 million increase in policyholder benefits (including interest accretion) primarily on new PRT business; and
$15 million lower net investment income primarily in variable investment income reflecting lower call and tender income.
Partially offset by:
$197 million higher premiums primarily on new PRT business; and
$14 million lower interest credited to policyholder account balances, primarily due to GIC maturities and interest rate impacts on certain GICs and hedging instruments.
139

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2021 to 2020 APTOI Annual Comparison
APTOI increased $217 million primarily due to:
$1.2 billion increase in premiums primarily on PRT, driven by higher sales;
$224 million of higher net investment income primarily in variable investment income due to favorable returns on alternatives and higher call and tender income and higher base portfolio income driven by growth in average invested assets; and
$29 million of lower interested credited to policyholder account balances primarily due to interest rate impacts on certain GICs and hedging instruments, as well as fair value changes.
Partially offset by:
$1.3 billion increase in policyholder benefits (including interest accretion) primarily on PRT, driven by higher sales.
2020 to 2019 APTOI Annual Comparison
APTOI increased $45 million primarily due to:
$687 million increase in premiums, primarily on PRT, driven by higher sales;
$53 million of lower interest credited to policyholder account balances primarily due to interest rate impacts on certain GICs and hedging instruments, partially offset by fair value changes; and
$29 million higher net investment income primarily in variable investment income reflecting higher private equity returns.
Partially offset by:
$712 million increase in policyholder benefits (including interest accretion), primarily on PRT, driven by higher sales; and
$10 million of higher general operating expenses.
AUMA
The following table presents Institutional Markets AUMA:
 
At March 31,
At December 31,
(in billions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
SVW (AUA)
$44.0
$42.9
$43.8
$43.3
$39.9
GIC, PRT and Structured Settlements (AUM)
22.7
20.9
23.9
21.9
18.0
All Other (AUM)
8.4
8.4
8.8
8.5
8.6
Total AUMA
$75.1
$72.2
$76.5
$73.7
$66.5
March 31, 2022 to December 31, 2021 AUMA Comparison
AUMA decreased $1.4 billion, including $1.6 billion in AUM, partially offset by an increase of $209 million in AUA. The decrease in AUM was primarily due to the impact of the recent interest rate environment on asset valuations. The increase in AUA was due to growth in underlying assets.
2021 to 2020 AUMA Comparison
AUMA increased $2.8 billion, including $2.3 billion and $0.5 billion in AUM and AUA, respectively. The increase in AUM was due to premiums and deposits of $5.0 billion, primarily from PRT and GIC products, and asset growth of $0.1 billion, partially offset by benefit payments, contract maturities and other outflows of $2.7 billion. The increase in AUA was due to higher SVW notional driven by growth in underlying assets of $0.8 billion, partially offset by net outflows from plan sponsors and plan participants of $0.3 billion.
2020 to 2019 AUMA Comparison
AUMA increased $7.2 billion, including $3.8 billion and $3.4 billion growth in AUM and AUA, respectively. The increase in AUM was due to premiums and deposits of $4.9 billion, primarily from PRT and
140

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GIC products, and asset growth of $1.6 billion, partially offset by benefit payments, contract maturities and other outflows of $2.7 billion. The increase in AUA was due to higher SVW notional driven by net inflows from plan sponsors and plan participants of $2.4 billion and growth in underlying assets of $1.0 billion.
Fee Income, Spread Income and Underwriting Margin
The following table presents Institutional Markets fee income, spread income and underwriting margin:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
SVW fees
$15
$15
$61
$62
$68
Total fee income
15
15
61
62
68
Net investment income
224
233
969
777
750
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(33)
(45)
(166)
(195)
(250)
Policyholder benefits
(90)
(76)
(325)
(292)
(249)
Total spread income(a)
101
112
478
290
251
Premiums
(9)
(9)
(35)
(36)
(35)
Policy fees (excluding SVW)
32
32
126
124
120
Net investment income
37
44
175
147
144
Advisory fee income
1
1
1
1
Policyholder benefits
(13)
(14)
(57)
(53)
(50)
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(26)
(28)
(108)
(108)
(105)
Total underwriting margin(b)
$22
$25
$102
$75
$75
(a)
Represents spread income from GIC, PRT and structured settlement products.
(b)
Represents underwriting margin from Corporate Markets products, including private placement variable universal life insurance and private placement variable annuity products.
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 Comparison
Fee income was in line with the prior year periods.
Spread income decreased $11 million primarily due to:
$9 million lower net investment income primarily in variable investment income reflecting lower call and tender income; and
$14 million higher policyholder benefits primarily from the growth in the PRT business.
Partially offset by:
$12 million lower interest credited to policyholder account balances, primarily due to GIC maturities and interest rate impacts on certain GICs and hedging instruments.
Underwriting margin decreased $3 million, primarily due to lower net investment income due to variable investment income reflecting lower call and tender income in the Corporate Markets business.
2021 to 2020 Annual Comparison
Fee income was in line with the prior year period.
Spread income increased $188 million primarily due to:
$192 million of higher net investment income primarily in variable investment income reflecting higher private equity returns of $118 million, higher call and tender income and other yield enhancements of $35 million and higher base portfolio income of $39 million driven by growth in average invested assets; and
141

TABLE OF CONTENTS

$29 million of lower interest credited to policyholder account balances due to the interest rate impacts of certain GICs and hedging instruments, as well as fair value changes.
Partially offset by:
$33 million increase in policyholder benefits due to interest accretion on PRT, driven by sales.
Underwriting margin increased $27 million, primarily due to higher net investment income in the corporate and bank-owned life insurance and high net worth businesses, primarily in variable investment income reflecting higher call and tender income and other yield enhancements of $21 million and private equity returns of $8 million.
2020 to 2019 Annual Comparison
Fee income decreased $6 million due to fee compression on SVW products.
Spread income increased $39 million primarily due to:
$57 million of lower interest credited to policyholder account balances due to the interest rate impacts of certain GICs and hedging instruments, partially offset by fair value changes; and
$29 million of higher net investment income primarily in variable investment income reflecting higher private equity returns.
Partially offset by:
$46 million increase in policyholder benefits due to interest accretion on PRT, driven by sales.
Underwriting margin was generally in line with the prior year.
Premiums and Deposits
The following table presents the Institutional Markets premiums and deposits:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
PRT
$215
$15
$3,667
$2,344
$1,677
GICs
1,000
2,124
717
Other(a)
112
67
290
405
441
Premiums and deposits
$327
$82
$4,957
$4,873
$2,835
(a)
Other principally consists of structured settlements, corporate markets and SVW product.
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 Comparison
Premiums and deposits increased in 2022 compared to prior year by $245 million, primarily due to higher sales of PRT of $200 million and structured settlements of $41 million.
2021 to 2020 Annual Comparison
Premiums and deposits increased in 2021 compared to prior year by $84 million, primarily due to higher sales of PRT of $1.3 billion, partially offset by lower issuance of GICs of $1.1 billion and lower structured settlements of $116 million.
2020 to 2019 Annual Comparison
Premiums and deposits increased in 2020 compared to prior year by $2.0 billion, primarily due to higher issuance of GICs of $1.4 billion and higher sales of PRT of $667 million.
Corporate and Other
Corporate and Other primarily consists of interest expense on financial debt, parent expenses not attributable to other segments, institutional asset management business, which includes managing assets for non-consolidated affiliates, results of our consolidated investment entities, results of our legacy insurance lines ceded to Fortitude Re and intercompany eliminations.
142

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate and Other Results
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Revenues:
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums(a)
$21
$22
$86
$74
$58
Net investment income
186
104
443
346
211
Net realized gains on real estate investments
11
24
701
54
285
Other income
38
47
134
122
114
Total adjusted revenues
256
197
1,364
596
668
Benefits and expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
1
3
3
3
General operating expenses:
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and other(a)(b)
56
61
220
179
169
Asset Management(c)
48
50
155
130
126
Total General operating expenses
104
111
375
309
295
Interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate and Other
40
15
66
59
49
Asset Management(d)
37
69
220
265
318
Total interest expense
77
84
286
324
367
Total benefits and expenses
181
196
664
636
665
Non-controlling interest(e)
(75)
(72)
(861)
(194)
(230)
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss) before consolidation and eliminations
(71)
(161)
(234)
(227)
Consolidations and eliminations
5
(2)
(2)
(1)
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss)
$
$(66)
$(163)
$(236)
$(228)
(a)
Premiums include an expense allowance associated with Fortitude Re which is entirely offset in general and operating expenses – Corporate and other.
(b)
General and operating expenses – Corporate and other include expenses incurred by AIG which were not billed to Corebridge. These amounts were $36 million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $143 million, $103 million and $85 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. As part of preparation for separation in 2022, these expenses are now directly incurred by Corebridge.
(c)
General operating expenses – Asset management primarily represent the costs to manage the investment portfolio for affiliates that are not included in the combined financial statements of Corebridge.
(d)
Interest – Asset Management relates to consolidated investment entities, the VIEs, for which we are the primary beneficiary, however, creditors or beneficial interest holders of VIEs generally only have recourse to the assets and cash flows of the VIEs and do not have recourse to us except in limited circumstances when we have provided a guarantee to the VIE’s interest holders. As of December 31, 2021, the VIEs for which Corebridge previously provided guarantees have been terminated. Interest expense on consolidated investment entities was $36 million and $66 million for three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and $216 million, $257 million and $304 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(e)
Noncontrolling interests represent the third party or Corebridge affiliated interest in internally managed consolidated investment vehicles and is almost entirely offset within net investment income, net realized gains (losses) and interest expense. The retained interest for internal funds consolidated by entities within asset management entities in Corporate and Other is immaterial.
143

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corporate and Other Sources of Earnings
The following table presents the sources of earnings of the Corporate and Other segment. We believe providing the APTOI using this view is useful for gaining an understanding of our overall results of operations and the significant drivers of our earnings.
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Parent expenses(a)
$(32)
$(36)
$(143)
$(103)
$(85)
Interest expense on financial debt
(40)
(15)
(66)
(59)
(49)
Asset Management
3
(2)
30
(15)
34
Consolidated investment entities(b)
21
(14)
19
(62)
(105)
Fortitude Re
(2)
1
7
8
(16)
Other(c)
50
(10)
(5)
(7)
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss)
$
$(66)
$(163)
$(236)
$(228)
(a)
Prior to 2022, parent expenses were incurred by AIG and were not billed to Corebridge. As part of preparation for separation in 2022, these expenses are now directly incurred by Corebridge.
(b)
Includes $(23) million for the three months ended March 31, 2021 and $(25) million, $(88) million and $(111) million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively of APTOI attributable to six transactions AIG entered into between 2012 and 2014 which securitized portfolios of certain debt securities, the majority of which were previously owned by Corebridge. During the year ended December 31, 2021, all six transactions were terminated. See Note 8 to our interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
(c)
Includes Corebridge’s ownership interest in Fortitude Re Bermuda, which is recorded using the measurement alternative for equity securities. Our investment in Fortitude Re Bermuda totaled $156 million and $100 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
Financial Highlights
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022 to Three Months Ended March 31, 2021 APTOI Comparison
Adjusted pre-tax operating income of $0 million in 2022 compared to an adjusted pre-tax operating loss of $66 million in 2021, a favorable change of $66 million was primarily due to:
higher sources of earnings from Other of $50 million, which includes a $56 million gain related to a change in value of our minority investment in Fortitude Re; and
income from consolidated investment entities of $21 million in 2022 compared to a loss of $14 million in 2021, reflecting a favorable change of $35 million primarily due to lower interest expense on certain consolidated investment entities which were terminated during 2021.
Partially offset by:
higher interest expense on financial debt of $25 million primarily due to the $8.3 billion affiliated loan from AIG. In April 2022, we issued $6.5 billion of senior unsecured notes and used the proceeds to pay a portion of the $8.3 billion affiliated note. For more information on this transaction see “Recapitalization”.
2021 to 2020 APTOI Annual Comparison
Adjusted pre-tax operating loss of $163 million in 2021 compared to an adjusted pre-tax operating loss of $236 million in 2020; this favorable change of $73 million was primarily due to:
higher income from consolidated investment entities of $81 million primarily from lower interest expense on certain consolidated investment entities which were terminated during 2021 as well as gains in certain consolidated real estate investment funds; and
higher income from legacy investments held outside of the investment insurance companies.
144

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Partially offset by:
higher parent expenses of $40 million primarily due to an increase in expenses related to AIG which were not billed to Corebridge.
2020 to 2019 APTOI Annual Comparison
Adjusted pre-tax operating loss of $236 million in 2020 compared to $228 million in 2019, an unfavorable change of $8 million was primarily due to:
lower income from legacy investments held outside of the investment insurance companies; and
higher parent expenses of $18 million primarily due to an increase in expenses related to AIG which were not billed to Corebridge.
Partially offset by:
higher income from consolidated investment entities of $43 million primarily due to lower interest expense on certain consolidated investment entities; and
higher income from Fortitude Re related to amended modco agreement terms AGL and USL entered into with Fortitude Re on July 1, 2020.
Investments
Overview
Our investment strategies are tailored to the specific business needs of each operating unit by targeting an asset allocation mix that supports estimated cash flows of our outstanding liabilities and provides diversification from an asset class, sector, issuer, and geographic perspective. The primary objectives are generation of investment income, preservation of capital, liquidity management and growth of surplus. The majority of assets backing our insurance liabilities consist of fixed maturity securities, RMBS, CMBS, collateralized loan obligations (CLOs), other ABS and fixed maturity securities issued by government sponsored entities and corporate entities. At March 31, 2022, for approximately $200.0 billion of invested assets supporting our insurance operating companies, approximately 50% are in corporate debt securities with no one industry representing more than 25%. MBS, ABS and CLOs represent 26% of our fixed income securities and 98% are investment grade. At December 31, 2021, for $212.5 billion of invested assets supporting our insurance operating companies, approximately 52% are in corporate debt securities with no one industry representing more than 25%. MBS, ABS and CLOs represent 25% of our fixed income securities and 98% are investment grade.
See “Business—Our Segments—Investment Management” for further information, including current and future management of our investment portfolio.
Key Investment Strategies
Investment strategies are assessed at the segment level and involve considerations that include local and general market conditions, duration and cash flow management, risk appetite and volatility constraints, rating agency and regulatory capital considerations, and tax and legal investment limitations.
Blackstone is managing an initial $50 billion of assets in our investment portfolio, with that amount increasing by increments of $8.5 billion per year for the next five years beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022, for an aggregate of $92.5 billion by third quarter 2027. We expect Blackstone to invest these assets primarily in Blackstone-originated investments across a range of asset classes, including private and structured credit. Blackstone’s credit and lending strategy is to control all significant components of the underwriting and pricing processes and to facilitate bespoke opportunities with strong credit protection and attractive risk-adjusted returns. Blackstone seeks to capture enhanced economics to those available in the traditional fixed income markets by going directly to the lending source, disintermediating traditional originators, banks and the securitization markets.
In connection with the BlackRock Arrangement, we expect to transfer approximately $90 billion of liquid fixed income and certain private placement assets in the aggregate to BlackRock by the second quarter of 2023. The investment management agreements contain detailed investment guidelines and reporting requirements. These agreements also contain reasonable and customary representations and warranties, standard of care, expense reimbursement, liability, indemnity and other provisions.
145

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Some of our key investment strategies are as follows:
our fundamental strategy across the portfolios is to seek investments with characteristics similar to the associated insurance liabilities to the extent practicable;
we seek to invest in a portfolio of investments that offer enhanced yield through illiquidity premiums, such as private placements and commercial mortgage loans, which also add portfolio diversification. These assets typically afford stronger credit protections through financial covenants, ability to customize structures that meet our insurance liability needs, and deeper due diligence;
we have access to investments that provide diversification from local markets. To the extent we purchase these investments, we generally hedge any currency risk using derivatives, which could provide opportunities to earn higher risk adjusted returns compared to assets in the functional currency;
we actively manage our assets and liabilities, counterparties and duration. Our liquidity sources are held primarily in the form of cash, short-term investments and publicly traded, investment grade rated fixed maturity securities that can be readily monetized through sales or repurchase agreements. Certain of our subsidiaries are members of the Federal Home Loan Banks in their respective districts, and we typically borrow from the FHLB utilizing their funding agreement program. Borrowings from FHLBs are used to supplement liquidity or for other uses deemed appropriate by management. This strategy allows us to both diversify our sources of liquidity and reduce the cost of maintaining sufficient liquidity;
within the United States, investments are generally split between reserve-backing and surplus portfolios; and

Insurance reserves are backed by mainly investment grade fixed maturity securities that meet our duration, risk-return, tax liquidity, credit quality and diversification objectives. We assess asset classes based on their fundamental underlying risk factors including credit (public and private), commercial real estate, and residential real estate regardless of whether such investments are bonds, loans, or structured products.

Surplus investments seek to enhance portfolio returns and generally comprise a mix of fixed maturity investment grade and below investment grade securities and various alternative asset classes, including private equity, real estate equity, and hedge funds. Over the past few years, hedge fund investments have been reduced with more emphasis given to private equity, real estate and below investment grade credit.
outside of the United States, fixed maturity securities held by insurance companies consist primarily of investment-grade securities generally denominated in the currencies of the countries in which we operate.
Asset Liability Management
Our investment strategy is to provide net investment income to back policyholder benefit and deposit liabilities that result in stable distributable earnings and enhance portfolio value, subject to asset-liability management, capital, liquidity and regulatory constraints.
We use asset-liability management as a primary tool to monitor and manage interest and duration risk in our businesses. We maintain a diversified, high to medium quality portfolio of fixed maturity securities issued by corporations, municipalities, and other governmental agencies; structured securities collateralized by, among other assets, residential and commercial real estate; and commercial mortgage loans that, to the extent practicable, match the duration characteristics of the liabilities. We seek to diversify the portfolio across asset classes, sectors and issuers to mitigate idiosyncratic portfolio risks. The investment portfolio of each product line is tailored to the specific characteristics of its insurance liabilities, and as a result, duration varies between distinct portfolios. The interest rate environment has a direct impact on the asset liability management profile of the businesses, and an extended low interest rate environment may result in a lengthening of liability durations from initial estimates, primarily due to lower lapses, which may require us to further extend the duration of the investment portfolio. We expect to assess further lengthening of the portfolio in the context of available market opportunities, as longer duration markets may not provide similar diversification benefits as shorter duration markets.
Fixed maturity securities of our domestic operations have an average duration of 8.4 years as of March 31, 2022.
146

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, we seek to enhance surplus portfolio returns through investments in a diversified portfolio of alternative investments. Although these alternative investments are subject to earnings fluctuations, they have historically achieved accumulative returns over time in excess of the fixed maturity portfolio returns.
Investment Portfolio
The following table presents carrying amounts of our total investments:
(in millions)
Excluding
Fortitude Re Funds
Withheld Asset
Fortitude Re Funds
Withheld Assets
Total
At March 31, 2022
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$1,140
$393
$1,533
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
6,378
1,158
7,536
Non-U.S. governments(a)
4,822
636
5,458
Corporate debt(a)
108,385
17,763
126,148
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized:
 
 
 
RMBS
12,493
1,009
13,502
CMBS
9,777
810
10,587
CLO/ABS
14,947
933
15,880
Total mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
37,217
2,752
39,969
Total bonds available for sale
157,942
22,702
180,644
Other bond securities
436
2,235
2,671
Total fixed maturities
158,378
24,937
183,315
Equity securities
109
109
Mortgage and other loans receivable:
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
4,875
4,875
Commercial mortgages
27,556
3,087
30,643
Life insurance policy loans
1,432
373
1,805
Commercial loans, other loans and notes receivable
3,383
243
3,626
Total Mortgage and other loans receivable(b)
37,246
3,703
40,949
Other invested assets(c)
9,069
1,902
10,971
Short term investments
4,362
77
4,439
Total(d)
$209,164
$30,619
$239,783
At December 31, 2021
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$1,255
$457
$1,712
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
7,240
1,436
8,676
Non-U.S. governments(a)
5,579
818
6,397
Corporate debt(a)
118,715
21,348
140,063
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized:
 
 
 
RMBS
13,850
1,108
14,958
CMBS
10,311
989
11,300
CLO/ABS
14,438
1,024
15,462
Total mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
38,599
3,121
41,720
Total bonds available for sale
171,388
27,180
198,568
Other bond securities
489
1,593
2,082
Total fixed maturities
171,877
28,773
200,650
Equity securities
241
1
242
147

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(in millions)
Excluding
Fortitude Re Funds
Withheld Asset
Fortitude Re Funds
Withheld Assets
Total
Mortgage and other loans receivable:
 
 
 
Residential mortgages
4,671
4,671
Commercial mortgages
27,176
2,929
30,105
Life insurance policy loans
1,452
380
1,832
Commercial loans, other loans and notes receivable
2,530
250
2,780
Total Mortgage and other loans receivable(b)
35,829
3,559
39,388
Other invested assets(c)
8,760
1,807
10,567
Short term investments
5,421
50
5,471
Total(d)
$222,128
$34,190
$256,318
(a)
Our credit exposure to the Russian Federation and Ukraine through our fixed maturity securities portfolio, excluding Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets, was $33 million and $201 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The credit exposure to the Russian Federation and Ukraine of our Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets fixed maturity securities portfolio was $20 million and $92 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Exposure to the Russian Federation and Ukraine represents an immaterial percentage of our aggregate credit exposures on our fixed maturity securities.
(b)
Net of total allowance for credit losses for $488 million and $496 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
(c)
Other invested assets, excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets, include $5.5 billion and $5.1 billion of private equity funds, as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, which are generally reported on a one-quarter lag.
(d)
Includes the consolidation of approximately $10.8 billion and $11.4 billion of consolidated investment entities at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
The following table presents carrying amounts of our total investments for our insurance operating subsidiaries excluding the Fortitude Re funds withheld assets:
(in millions)
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
Public credit
$87,306
$97,912
Private credit
22,799
24,264
Structured
34,470
35,363
Mortgage loans(a)
34,309
32,764
Bank loans
3,830
3,670
U.S. government agency
7,721
8,480
Alternatives
5,828
5,685
Short-term investments
3,758
4,329
Total(a)(b)(c)
$200,021
$212,467
(a)
Does not reflect allowance for credit loss on mortgage loans of $445 million and $447 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
(b)
Does not reflect policy loans of $1.4 billion and $1.5 billion, at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
(c)
Excludes approximately $10.8 billion and $11.4 billion of consolidated investment entities as well as $2.6 billion and $2.7 billion of eliminations primarily between the consolidated investment entities and the insurance operating companies at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
Credit Ratings
At March 31, 2022, nearly all our fixed maturity securities were held by our U.S. entities. 90% of these securities were rated investment grade by one or more of the principal rating agencies. Our investment decision
148

TABLE OF CONTENTS

process relies primarily on internally generated fundamental analysis and risk ratings. Third-party rating services’ ratings and opinions provide one source of independent perspective for consideration in the internal analysis.
Moody’s, S&P, Fitch, or similar foreign rating services rate a significant portion of our foreign entities’ fixed maturity securities portfolio. Rating services are not available for some foreign-issued securities. Our Investments team, with oversight from credit risk management, closely reviews the credit quality of the foreign portfolio’s non-rated fixed maturity securities.
NAIC Designations of Fixed Maturity Securities
The Securities Valuation Office (“SVO”) of the NAIC evaluates the investments of U.S. insurers for statutory reporting purposes and assigns fixed maturity securities to one of six categories called ‘NAIC Designations’. In general, NAIC Designations of ‘1’ highest quality, or ‘2’ high quality, include fixed maturity securities considered investment grade, while NAIC Designations of ‘3’ through ‘6’ generally include fixed maturity securities referred to as below investment grade. NAIC Designations for non-agency RMBS and CMBS are calculated using third party modeling results provided through the NAIC. These methodologies result in an improved NAIC Designation for such securities compared to the rating typically assigned by the three major rating agencies. The following tables summarize the ratings distribution of our subsidiaries’ fixed maturity security portfolio by NAIC Designation, and the distribution by composite our credit rating, which is generally based on ratings of the three major rating agencies. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, 92% and 92%, respectively, of our fixed maturity security portfolio, excluding Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets, were investment grade. The fixed maturity security portfolio of our insurance operating subsidiaries, excluding the Fortitude Re funds withheld assets, was 94% and 94% investment grade as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The remaining below investment grade securities that are not included in consolidated investment entities relate to middle market and high yield bank loans securities.
The following tables present the fixed maturity security portfolio categorized by NAIC Designation, at fair value:
NAIC Designation Excluding Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld Assets
(in millions)
1
2
Total
Investment
Grade
3
4(a)
5(a)
6
Total Below
Investment
Grade
Total
At March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other fixed maturity securities
$53,456
$54,675
$108,131
$5,185
$6,551
$728
$127
$12,591
$120,722
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
33,555
3,748
37,303
81
84
11
163
339
37,642
Total(b)
$87,011
$58,423
$145,434
$5,266
$6,635
$739
$290
$12,930
$158,364
Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24,937
Total fixed maturities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$183,301
At December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other fixed maturity securities
$59,367
$60,131
$119,498
$5,743
$6,698
$803
$58
$13,302
$132,800
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
35,241
3,402
38,643
146
88
20
180
434
39,077
Total
$94,608
$63,533
$158,141
$5,889
$6,786
$823
$238
$13,736
$171,877
Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$28,773
Total Fixed Maturities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$200,650
(a)
Includes $3.3 billion and $52 million of consolidated collateralized loan obligations that are rated NAIC 4 and 5 as of March 31, 2022 and $3.4 billion and $50 million of NAIC 4 and 5 securities as of December 31, 2021. These are assets of consolidated investment entities and do not represent direct investment of Corebridge’s insurance subsidiaries.
(b)
Excludes $14 million of fixed maturity securities for which no NAIC Designation is available at March 31, 2022.
149

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the fixed maturity security portfolio categorized by NAIC Designation, at fair value, for our insurance operating subsidiaries excluding the Fortitude Re funds withheld assets:
(in millions)
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
NAIC 1
$87,615
$95,323
NAIC 2
58,882
63,934
NAIC 3
4,971
5,683
NAIC 4
3,339
3,434
NAIC 5 & 6
1,113
1,150
Total(a)(b)
$155,920
$169,524
(a)
Excludes approximately $3.7 billion and $3.7 billion of consolidated investment entities and $1.3 billion and $1.4 billion of eliminations primarily related to the consolidated investment entities and the insurance operating subsidiaries at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
(b)
Excludes $14 million of fixed maturity securities for which no NAIC Designation is available at March 31, 2022.
Composite Corebridge Credit Ratings
With respect to our fixed maturity securities, the credit ratings in the table below and in subsequent tables reflect: (i) a composite of the ratings of the three major rating agencies, or when agency ratings are not available, the rating assigned by the NAIC SVO (99% of total fixed maturity securities), or (ii) our equivalent internal ratings when these investments have not been rated by any of the major rating agencies or the NAIC. The “Non-rated” category in those tables consists of fixed maturity securities that have not been rated by any of the major rating agencies, the NAIC or us.
The following tables present the fixed maturity security portfolio categorized by composite Corebridge credit rating (as described below), at fair value:
Composite Corebridge Credit Rating
Excluding Fortitude Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
(in millions)
AAA/ AAA
BBB
Total
Investment
Grade
BB
B
CCC and lower
Total Below
Investment
Grade(a)(b)
Total
At March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other fixed maturity securities
$55,320
$52,848
$108,168
$5,229
$5,115
$2,210
$12,554
$120,722
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
29,165
4,170
33,335
323
350
3,634
4,307
37,642
Total(c)
$84,485
$57,018
$141,503
$5,552
$5,465
$5,844
$16,861
$158,364
Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$24,937
Total fixed maturities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$183,301
At December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other fixed maturity securities
$61,496
$58,049
$119,545
$5,767
$5,014
$2,474
$13,255
$132,800
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
30,363
3,876
34,239
375
359
4,104
4,838
39,077
Total
$91,859
$61,925
$153,784
$6,142
$5,373
$6,578
$18,093
$171,877
Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$28,773
Total fixed maturities
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$200,650
(a)
Includes $3.7 billion and $4.1 billion at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, of certain RMBS that had experienced deterioration in credit quality since their origination but prior to Corebridge’s acquisition. These securities are currently rated as investment grade under the NAIC SVO framework. For additional discussion on Purchased Credit Impaired Securities, see Note 5 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
(b)
Includes $3.7 billion of consolidated collateralized loan obligations as of March 31, 2022 and $3.7 billion as of December 31, 2021. These are assets of consolidated investment entities and do not represent direct investment of Corebridge’s insurance subsidiaries.
(c)
Excludes $14 million of fixed maturity securities for which no NAIC Designation is available at March 31, 2022.
150

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For a discussion of credit risks associated with Investments see “Business—Our Segments—Investment Management—Credit Risk”.
The following tables present the composite Corebridge credit ratings of our fixed maturity securities calculated based on their fair value:
Excluding Fortitude Funds
Withheld Assets
(in millions)
Available for Sale
Other Fixed Maturity Securities, at
Fair Value
Total
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
Rating:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other fixed maturity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
AAA
$3,143
$3,516
$
$
$3,143
$3,516
AA
21,086
23,214
21,086
23,214
A
31,091
34,766
31,091
34,766
BBB
52,844
58,045
4
4
52,848
58,049
Below investment grade
11,234
11,677
7
7
11,241
11,684
Non-rated
1,327
1,571
1,327
1,571
Total
$120,725
$132,789
$11
$11
$120,736
$132,800
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
 
 
 
 
 
 
AAA
$12,416
$13,002
$25
$26
$12,441
$13,028
AA
11,515
12,173
85
83
11,600
12,256
A
5,012
4,957
112
122
5,124
5,079
BBB
4,131
3,820
39
56
4,170
3,876
Below investment grade
4,139
4,634
131
151
4,270
4,785
Non-rated
4
13
33
40
37
53
Total
$37,217
$38,599
$425
$478
$37,642
$39,077
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
AAA
$15,559
$16,518
$25
$26
$15,584
$16,544
AA
32,601
35,387
85
83
32,686
35,470
A
36,103
39,723
112
122
36,215
39,845
BBB
56,975
61,865
43
60
57,018
61,925
Below investment grade
15,373
16,311
138
158
15,511
16,469
Non-rated
1,331
1,584
33
40
1,364
1,624
Total
$157,942
$171,388
$436
$489
$158,378
$171,877
Fortitude Re Funds
Withheld Assets
(in millions)
Available for Sale
Fair Value Option
Total
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
Rating:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other fixed maturity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
AAA
$584
$720
$27
$31
$611
$751
AA
4,666
5,444
334
227
5,000
5,671
A
5,321
6,359
120
109
5,441
6,468
BBB
8,199
9,873
466
384
8,665
10,257
Below investment grade
1,180
1,663
374
305
1,554
1,968
Non-rated
Total
$19,950
$24,059
$1,321
$1,056
$21,271
$25,115
151

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fortitude Re Funds
Withheld Assets
(in millions)
Available for Sale
Fair Value Option
Total
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
Mortgage-backed, asset- backed and collateralized
 
 
 
 
 
 
AAA
$388
$517
$72
$31
$460
$548
AA
886
945
398
314
1,284
1,259
A
337
367
110
59
447
426
BBB
398
447
261
60
659
507
Below investment grade
737
838
72
72
809
910
Non-rated
6
7
1
1
7
8
Total
$2,752
$3,121
$914
$537
$3,666
$3,658
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
AAA
$972
$1,237
$99
$62
$1,071
$1,299
AA
5,552
6,389
732
541
6,284
6,930
A
5,658
6,726
230
168
5,888
6,894
BBB
8,597
10,320
727
444
9,324
10,764
Below investment grade
1,917
2,501
446
377
2,363
2,878
Non-rated
6
7
1
1
7
8
Total
$22,702
$27,180
$2,235
$1,593
$24,937
$28,773
 
Available for Sale
Fair Value Option
Total
Total
(in millions)
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
Rating:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other fixed maturity securities
 
 
 
 
 
 
AAA
$3,727
$4,236
$27
$31
$3,754
$4,267
AA
25,752
28,658
334
227
26,086
28,885
A
36,412
41,125
120
109
36,532
41,234
BBB
61,043
67,918
470
388
61,513
68,306
Below investment grade
12,414
13,340
381
312
12,795
13,652
Non-rated
1,327
1,571
1,327
1,571
Total
$140,675
$156,848
$1,332
$1,067
$142,007
$157,915
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
 
 
 
 
 
 
AAA
$12,804
$13,519
$97
$57
$12,901
$13,576
AA
12,401
13,118
483
397
12,884
13,515
A
5,349
5,324
222
181
5,571
5,505
BBB
4,529
4,267
300
116
4,829
4,383
Below investment grade
4,876
5,472
203
223
5,079
5,695
Non-rated
10
20
34
41
44
61
Total
$39,969
$41,720
$1,339
$1,015
$41,308
$42,735
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
AAA
$16,531
$17,755
$124
$88
$16,655
$17,843
AA
38,153
41,776
817
624
38,970
42,400
A
41,761
46,449
342
290
42,103
46,739
BBB
65,572
72,185
770
504
66,342
72,689
Below investment grade
17,290
18,812
584
535
17,874
19,347
Non-rated
1,337
1,591
34
41
1,371
1,632
Total
$180,644
$198,568
$2,671
$2,082
$183,315
$200,650
152

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the fair value of our aggregate credit exposures to non-U.S. governments for our fixed maturity securities:
 
At March 31, 2022
At December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Excluding
Fortitude Re
Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude Re
Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Excluding
Fortitude Re
Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude Re
Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Indonesia
$438
$46
$484
$472
$50
$522
Chile
405
29
434
443
28
471
Qatar
252
100
352
372
19
391
United Arab Emirates
335
13
348
276
113
389
Mexico
267
63
330
299
74
373
Saudi Arabia
233
26
259
346
346
Panama
187
36
223
258
29
287
France
191
22
213
225
36
261
Norway
207
207
206
34
240
Israel
187
8
195
225
225
Other
2,121
324
2,445
2,457
452
2,909
Total
$4,823
$667
$5,490
$5,579
$835
$6,414
Investments in Corporate Debt Securities
The following table presents the industry categories of our available for sale corporate debt securities:
 
At March 31, 2022 Fair Value
At December 31, 2021 Fair Value
(in millions)
Excluding
Fortitude Re
Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude Re
Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Excluding
Fortitude Re
Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude Re
Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Industry Category:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial institutions
$26,726
$3,622
$30,348
$29,317
$4,231
$33,548
Utilities
15,572
3,664
19,236
17,194
4,161
21,355
Communications
7,041
1,191
8,232
7,653
1,555
9,208
Consumer noncyclical
15,195
2,278
17,473
16,870
2,906
19,776
Capital goods
5,430
727
6,157
5,869
884
6,753
Energy
8,849
1,536
10,385
9,626
1,797
11,423
Consumer cyclical
7,959
785
8,744
8,605
946
9,551
Basic materials
3,727
644
4,371
4,210
820
5,030
Other
17,886
3,316
21,202
19,371
4,048
23,419
Total*
$108,385
$17,763
$126,148
$118,715
$21,348
$140,063
*
At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, 90% of these investments were rated investment grade.
Our investments in the energy category, as a percentage of total investments in available-for-sale fixed maturities, were 8% and 8% at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. While the energy investments are primarily investment grade and are actively managed, the category continues to experience volatility that could adversely affect credit quality and fair value.
153

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investments in RMBS
The following table presents our RMBS available for sale securities:
 
At March 31, 2022
At December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Fair Value
Percent of Total
Fair Value
Percent of Total
Agency RMBS
$5,361
43%
$5,909
43%
AAA
5,206
 
5,736
 
AA
155
 
173
 
A
 
 
BBB
 
 
Below investment grade
 
 
Non-rated
 
 
Alt-A RMBS
3,142
25%
3,523
25%
AAA
2
 
4
 
AA
767
 
828
 
A
33
 
40
 
BBB
75
 
63
 
Below investment grade
2,265
 
2,588
 
Non-rated
 
 
Subprime RMBS
1,455
12%
1,522
11%
AAA
3
 
 
AA
51
 
37
 
A
81
 
99
 
BBB
42
 
61
 
Below investment grade
1,278
 
1,325
 
Non-rated
 
 
Prime Non-Agency
1,506
12%
1,851
13%
AAA
246
 
290
 
AA
816
 
838
 
A
147
 
207
 
BBB
59
 
191
 
Below investment grade
238
 
325
 
Non-rated
 
 
Other Housing Related(a)
1,029
8%
1,045
8%
AAA
692
 
319
 
AA
171
 
497
 
A
118
 
196
 
BBB
41
 
23
 
Below investment grade
7
 
8
 
Non-rated
2
Total RMBS Excluding Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
12,493
100%
13,850
100%
Total RMBS Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
1,009
 
1,108
 
Total RMBS(a)(b)
$13,502
 
$14,958
 
(a)
Includes $3.7 billion and $4.1 billion at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, of certain RMBS that had experienced deterioration in credit quality since their origination but prior to Corebridge’s acquisition. These securities are currently rated as investment grade under the NAIC SVO framework. For additional discussion on Purchased Credit Impaired Securities, see Note 5 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
(b)
The weighted-average expected life was 6 years at March 31, 2022 and 5 years at December 31, 2021.
Our underwriting principles for investing in RMBS, other ABS and CLOs take into consideration the quality of the originator, the manager, the servicer, security credit ratings, underlying characteristics of the mortgages, borrower characteristics and the level of credit enhancement in the transaction.
154

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investments in CMBS
The following table presents our CMBS available for sale securities:
 
March 31, 2022
At December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Fair Value
Percent of Total
Fair Value
Percent of Total
CMBS (traditional)
$7,954
81%
$8,333
81%
AAA
4,192
 
4,447
 
AA
2,595
 
2,675
 
A
477
 
446
 
BBB
369
 
408
 
Below investment grade
321
 
357
 
Non-rated
 
 
Agency
1,193
12%
1,309
13%
AAA
557
 
619
 
AA
628
 
676
 
A
 
 
BBB
8
 
14
 
Below investment grade
 
 
Non-rated
 
 
Other
630
7%
669
6%
AAA
87
 
91
 
AA
144
 
143
 
A
288
 
309
 
BBB
110
 
116
 
Below investment grade
 
1
 
Non-rated
1
9
Total Excluding Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
9,777
100%
10,311
100%
Total Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
810
 
989
 
Total
$10,587
 
$11,300
 
The fair value of CMBS holdings decreased slightly during the three months ended March 31, 2022. The majority of our investments in CMBS are in tranches that contain substantial protection features through collateral subordination. The majority of CMBS holdings are traditional conduit transactions, broadly diversified across property types and geographical areas.
155

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Investments in ABS/CLOs
The following table presents our ABS/CLO available for sale securities by collateral type:
 
At March 31, 2022
At December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Fair Value
Percent of Total
Fair Value
Percent of Total
CDO - Bank Loan (CLO)
$6,522
44%
$6,318
44%
AAA
1,032
 
1,078
 
AA
3,667
 
3,599
 
A
1,614
 
1,494
 
BBB
209
 
142
 
Below investment grade
 
5
 
Non-rated
 
 
CDO - Other
782
5%
845
6%
AAA
 
 
AA
757
 
824
 
A
 
 
BBB
 
 
Below investment grade
24
 
21
 
Non-rated
1
 
 
ABS
7,643
51%
7,275
50%
AAA
399
 
418
 
AA
1,764
 
1,883
 
A
2,254
 
2,166
 
BBB
3,218
 
2,802
 
Below investment grade
6
 
4
 
Non-rated
2
2
Total Excluding Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
14,947
100%
14,438
100%
Total Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
933
 
1,024
 
Total
$15,880
 
$15,462
 
156

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Unrealized Losses of Fixed Maturity Securities
The following tables show the aging of the unrealized losses on available for sale fixed maturity securities, the extent to which the fair value is less than amortized cost or cost, and the number of respective items in each category:
At March 31, 2022
Less Than or Equal to
20% of cost(b)
Greater than 20% to 50% of
cost(b)
Greater than
50% of cost(b)
Total
Aging(a)
(dollars in millions)
Cost(c)
Unrealized
loss
Items(e)
Cost(c)
Unrealized
loss
Items(e)
Cost(c)
Unrealized
loss
Items(e)
Cost(c)
Unrealized
loss(d)
Items(e)
Investment grade bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0-6 months
$66,912
$3,999
6,653
$948
$216
58
$9
$9
5
$67,869
$4,224
6,716
7-11 months
4,234
559
624
327
75
29
4,561
634
653
12 months or more
4,763
713
589
1,035
238
128
1
1
1
5,799
952
718
Total
75,909
5,271
7,866
2,310
529
215
10
10
6
78,229
5,810
8,087
Below investment grade bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0-6 months
7,030
209
2,478
69
16
13
5
3
7,104
228
2,491
7-11 months
1,361
68
493
32
8
51
1
1
10
1,394
77
554
12 months or more
1,902
86
503
385
117
11
29
24
11
2,316
227
525
Total
10,293
363
3,474
486
141
75
35
28
21
10,814
532
3,570
Total bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0-6 months
73,942
4,208
9,131
1,017
232
71
14
12
5
74,973
4,452
9,207
7-11 months
5,595
627
1,117
359
83
80
1
1
10
5,955
711
1,207
12 months or more
6,665
799
1,092
1,420
355
139
30
25
12
8,115
1,179
1,243
Total Excluding Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
$86,202
$5,634
11,340
$2,796
$670
290
$45
$38
27
$89,043
$6,342
11,657
Total Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$11,283
$1,008
847
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$100,326
$7,350
12,504
At December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment grade bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0-6 months
$22,675
$476
2,549
$14
$5
3
$1
$1
1
$22,690
$482
2,553
7-11 months
1,398
69
196
4
1
2
1
1
1
1,403
71
199
12 months or more
4,932
276
684
28
8
9
4,960
284
693
Total
29,005
821
3,429
46
14
14
2
2
2
29,053
837
3,445
Below investment grade bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0-6 months
3,902
76
1,385
11
4
12
4
3
7
3,917
83
1,404
7-11 months
972
23
440
20
5
6
1
1
1
993
29
447
12 months or more
1,624
66
417
202
51
26
51
35
18
1,877
152
461
Total
6,498
165
2,242
233
60
44
56
39
26
6,787
264
2,312
Total bonds
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
0-6 months
26,577
552
3,934
25
9
15
5
4
8
26,607
565
3,957
7-11 months
2,370
92
636
24
6
8
2
2
2
2,396
100
646
12 months or more
6,556
342
1,101
230
59
35
51
35
18
6,837
436
1,154
Total Excluding Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
$35,503
$986
5,671
$279
$74
58
$58
$41
28
$35,840
$1,101
5,757
Total Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$4,856
$174
556
Total
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$40,696
$1,275
6,313
(a)
Represents the number of consecutive months that fair value has been less than amortized cost or cost by any amount.
(b)
Represents the percentage by which fair value is less than amortized cost or cost at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021
(c)
For bonds, represents amortized cost net of allowance.
(d)
The effect on Net income of unrealized losses after taxes may be mitigated upon realization because certain realized losses may result in current decreases in the amortization of certain DAC.
(e)
Item count is by CUSIP by subsidiary.
The allowance for credit losses was $3 million and $5 million for investment grade bonds, and $138 million and $73 million for below investment grade bonds as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
157

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Change in Unrealized Gains and Losses on Investments
The change in net unrealized gains and losses on investments for the three months ended March 31, 2022, was primarily attributable to decreases in the fair value of fixed maturity securities. For the three months ended March 31, 2022, net unrealized losses related to fixed maturity securities were $16.9 billion due primarily to an increase in interest rates and widening of credit spreads.
The change in net unrealized gains and losses on investments for the three months ended March 31, 2021 was primarily attributable to decreases in the fair value of fixed maturity securities. For the three months ended March 31, 2021, net unrealized losses related to fixed maturity securities increased by $10.5 billion due primarily to an increase in interest rates.
For further discussion of our investment portfolio, see Notes 4 and 5 of the Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
Commercial Mortgage Loans
At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we had direct commercial mortgage loan exposure of $31.1 billion and $30.5 billion, respectively. At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we had an allowance for credit losses of $413 million and $423 million, respectively.
The following tables present the commercial mortgage loan exposure by location and class of loan based on amortized cost:
At March 31, 2022
Excluding Fortitude
Re Funds Withheld Assets
(dollars in millions)
Number
of loans
Class
Total
Percent of
total
Apartments
Offices
Retail
Industrial
Hotel
Others
At
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New York
61
$1,333
$3,640
$266
$353
$71
$
$5,663
20%
New Jersey
37
1,809
75
343
216
8
22
2,473
9
California
45
363
807
170
540
630
13
2,523
9
Texas
36
512
788
139
157
143
1,739
6
Florida
45
306
120
216
165
354
1,161
4
Massachusetts
11
475
202
482
16
1,175
4
Illinois
13
466
348
3
42
21
880
3
Pennsylvania
19
78
105
335
66
24
608
2
District of Columbia
7
353
53
12
418
2
Ohio
16
82
7
87
183
359
1
Other States
96
1,193
376
622
470
304
2,965
11
Foreign
61
3,967
1,199
1,000
1,244
312
237
7,959
29
Total*
447
$10,937
$7,720
$3,663
$3,452
$1,858
$293
$27,923
100%
Fortitude Re Funds withheld Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$3,133
 
Total Commercial Mortgages
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$31,056
 
158

TABLE OF CONTENTS

At March 31, 2022
Excluding Fortitude
Re Funds Withheld Assets
(dollars in millions)
Number
of loans
Class
Total
Percent of
total
Apartments
Offices
Retail
Industrial
Hotel
Others
At December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
New York
66
$1,857
$3,645
$254
$359
$71
$
$6,186
23%
New Jersey
35
1,782
22
344
201
8
22
2,379
9
California
45
363
813
172
449
633
13
2,443
9
Texas
38
458
811
150
158
143
1,720
6
Florida
48
271
152
217
165
261
1,066
4
Massachusetts
11
425
203
485
16
1,129
3
Illinois
15
468
348
9
45
21
891
4
Pennsylvania
19
78
105
337
66
25
611
2
District of Columbia
7
344
53
12
409
1
Ohio
18
83
7
88
160
338
1
Other States
113
1,323
433
656
394
305
3,111
11
Foreign
56
3,925
1,228
714
845
315
245
7,272
27
Total*
471
$11,377
$7,820
$3,426
$2,858
$1,773
$301
$27,555
100%
Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$2,973
 
Total Commercial Mortgages
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$30,528
 
*
Does not reflect allowance for credit losses.
The following tables present debt service coverage ratios and loan-to-value ratios for commercial mortgages:
 
Debt Service Coverage Ratios(a)
(in millions)
>1.20X
1.00X - 1.20X
<1.00X
Total
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
Loan-to-Value Ratios(b)
 
 
 
 
Less than 65%
$16,115
$3,264
$1,076
$20,455
65% to 75%
4,893
1,090
251
6,234
76% to 80%
387
73
460
Greater than 80%
600
174
774
Total commercial mortgages excluding Fortitude Re
$21,995
$4,354
$1,574
$27,923
Total commercial mortgages including Fortitude Re
 
 
 
$3,133
Total commercial mortgages
 
 
 
$31,056
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
Loan-to-Value Ratios(b)
 
 
 
 
Less than 65%
$15,526
$3,081
$1,736
$20,343
65% to 75%
4,629
1,044
341
6,014
76% to 80%
237
52
289
Greater than 80%
758
45
106
909
Total commercial mortgages excluding Fortitude Re
$21,150
$4,170
$2,235
$27,555
Total commercial mortgages including Fortitude Re
 
 
 
$2,973
Total commercial mortgages
 
 
 
$30,528
(a)
The debt service coverage ratio compares a property’s net operating income to its debt service payments, including principal and interest. Our weighted-average debt service coverage ratio was 2.0X and 1.9X at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The debt service coverage ratios have been updated within the last three months.
159

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(b)
The loan-to-value ratio compares the current unpaid principal balance of the loan to the estimated fair value of the underlying property collateralizing the loan. Our weighted-average loan-to-value ratio was 57% and 57% at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The loan-to-value ratios have been updated within the last three to nine months.
Residential Mortgage Loans
At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we had direct residential mortgage loan exposure of $4.9 billion and $4.7 billion, respectively.
The following tables present credit quality performance indicators for residential mortgages by year of vintage
At March 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Prior
Total
FICO:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
780 and greater
$93
$2,005
$683
$245
$90
$379
$3,495
720 - 779
90
679
170
82
32
124
1,177
660 - 719
1
79
28
17
10
42
177
600 - 659
3
2
2
2
13
22
Less than 600
1
5
6
Total residential mortgages(b)(c)
$184
$2,766
$883
$347
$134
$563
$4,877
At December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Prior
Total
FICO:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
780 and greater
$1,398
$678
$284
$100
$107
$325
$2,892
720 - 779
1,118
225
83
41
36
94
1,597
660 - 719
44
39
20
11
13
33
160
600 - 659
1
1
2
3
2
6
15
Less than 600
1
1
6
8
Total residential mortgages(b)(c)
$2,561
$943
$389
$156
$159
$464
$4,672
(a)
Fair Isaac Corporation (“FICO”) is the credit quality indicator used to evaluate consumer credit risk for residential mortgage loan borrowers and have been updated within the last three months.
(b)
The balance for residential mortgage loan under Fortitude Re funds withheld assets is $0.
(c)
Does not include allowance for credit losses.
For additional discussion on commercial mortgage loans, see Note 6 of the Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
For additional discussion on credit losses, see Note 5 of the Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
160

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Net Realized Gains and Losses
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
Excluding
Fortitude Re
Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude Re
Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Excluding
Fortitude Re
Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude Re
Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Sales of fixed maturity securities
$(79)
$(20)
$(99)
$44
$267
$311
Change in allowance for credit losses on fixed maturity securities
(26)
(40)
(66)
37
2
39
Change in allowance for credit losses on loans
(26)
(6)
(32)
26
(2)
24
Foreign exchange transactions, net of related hedges
111
6
117
(66)
(2)
(68)
Variable annuity embedded derivatives, net of related hedges
506
506
84
84
Index annuity and indexed life embedded derivatives, net of related hedges
538
538
476
476
All other derivatives and hedge accounting
(12)
(66)
(78)
(3)
(114)
(117)
Other
(9)
2
(7)
85
4
89
Net realized gains (losses) – excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
1,012
(123)
889
712
155
867
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
2,837
2,837
2,007
2,007
Net realized gains
$1,012
$2,714
$3,726
$712
$2,162
$2,874
Higher Net realized gains excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets in the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to the same period in the prior year were due to higher derivative gains.
Variable annuity embedded derivatives, net of related hedges, reflected gains in three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to the same period in the prior year. Fair value gains or losses in the hedging portfolio are typically not fully offset by increases or decreases in liabilities due to the non-performance or “own credit” risk adjustment used in the valuation of the variable annuities with GMWB embedded derivative, which are not hedged as part of our economic hedging program.
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets primarily reflect increases in the valuation of the modified coinsurance and funds withheld assets. Increases in the valuation of these assets result in losses to Corebridge as the appreciation on the assets must under those reinsurance arrangements be transferred to Fortitude Re.
For further discussion of our investment portfolio, see Note 5 of the Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
161

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Invested Assets
We seek to enhance returns through investment in a diversified portfolio of alternative asset classes, including private equity, real estate equity and hedge funds.
The following table presents the carrying value of our other invested assets by type:
 
At March 31, 2022
At December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Alternative investments(a)(b)
$6,242
$1,724
$7,966
$5,921
$1,606
$7,527
Investment real estate(c)
2,112
178
2,290
2,148
201
2,349
All other investments(d)
715
715
691
691
Total
$9,069
$1,902
$10,971
$8,760
$1,807
$10,567
(a)
At March 31, 2022, included hedge funds of $882 million, and private equity funds of $7.1 billion. At December 31, 2021, included hedge funds of $1.0 billion, private equity funds of $6.5 billion. Private equity funds are generally reported on a one-quarter lag.
(b)
At March 31, 2022, 78% of our hedge fund portfolio is available for redemption in 2022. The remaining 22% will be available for redemption between 2023 and 2028. At December 31, 2021, approximately 73% of our hedge fund portfolio is available for redemption in 2022. The remaining 27% will be available for redemption between 2023 and 2028.
(c)
Net of accumulated depreciation of $635 million and $493 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The accumulated depreciation related to the investment real estate held by affordable housing partnerships is $123 million and $123 million in March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
(d)
Includes Corebridge’s ownership interest in Fortitude Holdings, which is recorded using the measurement alternative for equity securities. Our investment in Fortitude Holdings totaled $156 million and $100 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting
We use derivatives and other financial instruments as part of our financial risk management programs and as part of our investment operations. Interest rate derivatives (such as interest rate swaps) are used to manage interest rate risk associated with embedded derivatives contained in insurance contract liabilities and fixed maturity securities as well as other interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. Foreign exchange derivatives (principally foreign exchange forwards and swaps) are used to economically mitigate risk associated with foreign denominated investments, net capital exposures, and foreign currency transactions. Equity derivatives are used to mitigate financial risk embedded in certain insurance liabilities and economically hedge certain investments. We use credit derivatives to manage our credit exposures. The derivatives are effective economic hedges of the exposures that they are meant to offset. In addition to hedging activities, we also enter into derivative instruments with respect to investment operations, which may include, among other things, CDSs and purchases of investments with embedded derivatives, such as equity linked notes and convertible bonds.
We designated certain derivatives entered into with related parties as fair value hedges of available for sale investment securities held by our insurance subsidiaries. The fair value hedges include foreign currency forwards and cross currency swaps designated as hedges of the change in fair value of foreign currency denominated available for sale securities attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates. We also designated certain interest rate swaps entered into with related parties as fair value hedges of fixed rate GICs and commercial mortgage loans attributable to changes in benchmark interest rates.
Credit risk associated with derivative counterparties exists for a derivative contract when that contract has a positive fair value to us. The maximum potential exposure may increase or decrease during the life of the derivative commitments as a function of maturity and market conditions. All derivative transactions must be transacted within counterparty limits.
162

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We utilize various credit enhancements, including letters of credit, guarantees, collateral, credit triggers, credit derivatives, margin agreements and subordination to reduce the credit risk related to outstanding financial derivative transactions. We require credit enhancements in connection with specific transactions based on, among other things, the creditworthiness of the counterparties, and the transaction size and maturity. Furthermore, we enter into certain agreements that have the benefit of set-off and close-out netting provisions, such as ISDA Master Agreements. These provisions provide that, in the case of an early termination of a transaction, we can set off receivables from a counterparty against payables to the same counterparty arising out of all covered transactions. As a result, where a legally enforceable netting agreement exists, the fair value of the transaction with the counterparty represents the net sum of estimated fair values.
For additional information on embedded derivatives, see Notes 4 and 9 of the Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
The following table presents the notional amounts of our derivatives and the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
 
At March 31, 2022
At December 31, 2021
 
Gross Derivative
Assets
Gross Derivative
Liabilities
Gross Derivative
Assets
Gross Derivative
Liabilities
(in millions)
Notional
Amount
Fair Value
Notional
Amount
Fair Value
Notional
Amount
Fair Value
Notional
Amount
Fair Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$329
$467
$1,003
$36
$352
$274
$980
$14
Foreign exchange contracts
5,109
319
1,004
23
3,705
244
2,518
49
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
18,327
807
23,259
1,904
21,811
1,078
21,129
1,377
Foreign exchange contracts
6,543
493
3,202
252
3,883
405
5,112
307
Equity contracts
59,473
2,420
40,299
2,092
60,192
4,670
38,734
4,071
Credit contracts
1
Other contracts(b)
44,098
16
79
1
43,839
13
133
Total derivatives, excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld
$133,879
$4,522
$68,846
$4,308
$133,782
$6,685
$68,606
$5,818
Total derivatives, Fortitude Re fund withheld
$7,022
$609
$3,333
$262
$8,602
$582
$2,932
$195
Total derivatives, gross
140,901
5,131
72,179
4,570
142,384
7,267
71,538
6,013
Counterparty netting(c)
 
(4,183)
 
(4,183)
 
(5,785)
 
(5,785)
Cash collateral(d)
 
(546)
 
(224)
 
(798)
 
(37)
Total derivatives on condensed consolidated balance sheets(e)
 
$402
 
$163
 
$684
 
$191
(a)
Fair value amounts are shown before the effects of counterparty netting adjustments and offsetting cash collateral.
(b)
Consists primarily of SVWs and contracts with multiple underlying exposures.
(c)
Represents netting of derivative exposures covered by a qualifying master netting agreement.
(d)
Represents cash collateral posted and received that is eligible for netting.
(e)
Freestanding derivatives only, excludes embedded derivatives. Derivative instrument assets and liabilities are recorded in Other assets and Other liabilities, respectively. Fair value of assets related to bifurcated embedded derivatives was zero at both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. Fair value of liabilities related to bifurcated embedded derivatives was $12.8 billion and $17.7 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. A bifurcated embedded derivative is generally presented with the host contract in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Embedded derivatives are primarily related to guarantee features in variable annuity products, which include equity and interest rate components, and the funds withheld arrangement with Fortitude Re.
For additional information, see Note 9 of the Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
163

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Insurance Businesses
Significant Reinsurance Agreements, Variable Annuity Guaranteed Benefits, Dac and Voba, and Actuarial Updates
The following section provides discussion of our significant reinsurance agreements, variable annuity guaranteed benefits, DACs, VOBAs and actuarial updates regarding our business segments.
Significant Reinsurance Agreements
In the first quarter of 2018, AIG entered into a series of reinsurance transactions with Fortitude Re related to certain run-off operations (i.e., non-core insurance lines for which policies are still in force until they lapse or otherwise terminate but new policies are no longer issued). As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, approximately $28.3 billion and $28.5 billion, respectively, of reserves from our run-off lines (i.e., certain annuities written prior to April 2012, along with exposures to whole life, LTC and exited accident & health product lines) related to business written by multiple wholly owned AIG subsidiaries, had been ceded to Fortitude Re under these reinsurance transactions. We currently own a less than 3% indirect interest in Fortitude Re.
Refer to “Significant Factors Impacting our Results” for additional information on the Fortitude Re reinsurance agreements.
Effective July 1, 2016, AGL entered into an agreement to cede approximately $5 billion of statutory reserves for certain whole life and universal life policies to an unaffiliated reinsurer. Effective December 31, 2016, AGL recaptured term and universal life reserves of $16 billion from AGC, subject to the NAIC’s Model Regulation “Valuation of Life Insurance Policies” (“Regulation XXX”) and NAIC Actuarial Guideline 38 (“Guideline AXXX”), from an affiliate AGC, and ceded approximately $14 billion of such statutory reserves to the same unaffiliated reinsurer under an amendment to the July 1, 2016 agreement.
For a summary of significant reinsurers, see “—Critical Accounting Estimates—Reinsurance Recoverable.”
For a summary of statutory permitted practices, see “—Statutory Financial Data and Restrictions—Statutory Permitted Accounting Practice.”
Variable Annuity Guaranteed Benefits and Hedging Results
Our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement businesses offer variable annuity products with GMWB riders that provide guaranteed living benefit features. The liabilities for GMWB are accounted for as embedded derivatives measured at fair value. The fair value of the embedded derivatives may fluctuate significantly based on market interest rates, equity prices, credit spreads, market volatility, policyholder behavior and other factors.
In addition to risk-mitigating features in our variable annuity product design, we have an economic hedging program designed to manage market risk from GMWB, including exposures to changes in interest rates, equity prices, credit spreads and volatility. The hedging program utilizes derivative instruments, including but not limited to equity options, futures contracts and interest rate swap and swaption contracts, as well as fixed maturity securities with a fair value election.
For additional discussion of market risk management related to these product features, see “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”
Differences in Valuation of Embedded Derivatives and Economic Hedge Target
Our variable annuity hedging program utilizes an economic hedge target, which represents an estimate of the underlying economic risks in our GMWB riders. The economic hedge target differs from the GAAP valuation of the GMWB embedded derivatives, creating volatility in our net income (loss) primarily due to the following:
the economic hedge target includes 100% of rider fees in present value calculations; the GAAP valuation reflects only those fees attributed to the embedded derivative such that the initial value at contract issue equals zero;
the economic hedge target uses best estimate actuarial assumptions and excludes explicit risk margins used for GAAP valuation, such as margins for policyholder behavior, mortality and volatility; and
164

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the economic hedge target excludes the non-performance, or “own credit” risk adjustment used in the GAAP valuation, which reflects a market participant’s view of our claims-paying ability by incorporating the NPA spread to the curve used to discount projected benefit cash flows. Because the discount rate includes the NPA spread and other explicit risk margins, the GAAP valuation has different sensitivities to movements in interest rates and other market factors, and to changes from actuarial assumption updates, than the economic hedge target.
For more information on our valuation methodology for embedded derivatives within policyholder contract deposits, see Note 4 to the audited annual consolidated financial statements.
The market value of the hedge portfolio compared to the economic hedge target at any point in time may be different and is not expected to be fully offsetting. The economic hedge target differs from the GAAP valuation of the GMWB embedded derivatives, creating volatility in our net income (loss). In addition to the derivatives held in conjunction with the variable annuity hedging program, we have cash and invested assets available to cover future claims payable under these guarantees. The primary sources of difference between the change in the fair value of the hedging portfolio and the economic hedge target include:
basis risk due to the variance between expected and actual fund returns, which may be either positive or negative;
realized volatility versus implied volatility;
actual versus expected changes in the hedge target driven by assumptions not subject to hedging, particularly policyholder behavior; and
risk exposures that we have elected not to explicitly or fully hedge.
The following table presents a reconciliation between the fair value of the GAAP embedded derivatives and the value of our economic hedge target:
 
At March 31,
At December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2020
Reconciliation of embedded derivatives and economic hedge target:
 
 
 
Embedded derivative liability
$1,667
$2,472
$3,702
Exclude non-performance risk adjustment
(2,656)
(2,508)
(2,958)
Embedded derivative liability, excluding NPA
4,323
4,980
6,660
Adjustments for risk margins and differences in valuation
(2,189)
(2,172)
(2,632)
Economic hedge target liability
$2,134
$2,808
$4,028
Impact on Pre-tax Income (Loss)
The impact on our pre-tax income (loss) of variable annuity guaranteed living benefits and related hedging results includes changes in the fair value of the GMWB embedded derivatives and changes in the fair value of related derivative hedging instruments, both of which are recorded in Net realized gains (losses). Net realized gains (losses), as well as net investment income from changes in the fair value of fixed maturity securities used in the hedging program, are excluded from APTOI of Individual Retirement and Group Retirement.
The change in the fair value of the embedded derivatives and the change in the value of the hedging portfolio are not expected to be fully offsetting, primarily due to the differences in valuation between the economic hedge target, the GAAP embedded derivatives and the fair value of the hedging portfolio, as discussed above. When corporate credit spreads widen, the change in the NPA spread generally reduces the fair value of the embedded derivative liabilities, resulting in a gain, and when corporate credit spreads narrow or tighten, the change in the NPA spread generally increases the fair value of the embedded derivative liabilities, resulting in a loss. In addition to changes driven by credit market-related movements in the NPA spread, the NPA balance also reflects changes in business activity and in the net amount at risk from the underlying guaranteed living benefits.
Change in Economic Hedge Target
The decrease in the economic hedge target liability in the three months ended March 31, 2022 was primarily driven by higher interest rates and widening credit spreads, offset by lower equity markets. The increase in the economic hedge target liability in the year 2021 was primarily driven by higher interest rates and equity markets,
165

TABLE OF CONTENTS

partially offset by losses from the review and update of actuarial assumptions. The increase in the economic hedge target liability in 2020 was primarily due to lower interest rates and tighter credit spreads, offset by benefits from the review and update of assumptions and higher equity markets.
Change in Fair Value of the Hedging Portfolio
The changes in the fair value of the economic hedge target and, to a lesser extent, the embedded derivative valuation under GAAP, were offset, in part, by the following changes in the fair value of the variable annuity hedging portfolio:
changes in the fair value of interest rate derivative contracts, which included swaps, swaptions and futures, resulted in losses driven by higher interest rates in the three months ended March 31, 2022 as well as 2021 compared to gains driven by lower interest rates in 2020;
changes in the fair value of equity derivative contracts, which included futures and options, resulted in gains in the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to losses in 2021 and 2020 which varied based on the relative change in equity market returns in the respective periods; and
changes in the fair value of fixed maturity securities, primarily corporate bonds, are used as a capital-efficient way to economically hedge interest rate and credit spread-related risk. The change in the fair value of the corporate bond hedging program in the three months ended March 31, 2022 reflected losses due to increases in interest rates and widening credit spreads. The change in the fair value of the corporate bond hedging program in 2021 reflected losses due to higher interest rates. The change in the fair value of the corporate bond hedging program in 2020 reflected gains due to decreases in interest rates and tightening credit spreads.
DAC and VOBA
The following table summarizes the major components of the changes in DAC:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of period
$7,949
$7,241
$7,241
$7,939
$9,175
Initial allowance upon CECL adoption
15
Capitalizations
244
245
1,000
889
1,168
Amortization expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Update of assumptions included in adjusted pre-tax income
(143)
224
194
Related to realized gains and losses
(265)
(194)
(59)
4
4
All other operating amortization
(275)
(243)
(844)
(760)
(857)
Increase (decrease) in DAC due to foreign exchange
(17)
4
(6)
17
14
Change related to unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of investments
2,500
1,294
760
(1,085)
(1,746)
Other
2
(2)
(13)
Balance, end of period(a)
$10,136
$8,349
$7,949
$7,241
$7,939
(a)
DAC balance excluding the amount related to unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of investments was $10.0 billion and $10.2 billion at March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. DAC balance excluding the amount related to unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of $10.3 billion, $10.4 billion and $10.0 billion at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
166

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table summarizes the major components of the changes in VOBA:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of period
$109
$122
$122
$130
$146
Initial allowance upon CECL adoption
Amortization expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Update of assumptions included in adjusted pre-tax income
1
Related to realized gains and losses
(1)
All other operating amortization
(3)
(3)
(11)
(12)
(14)
Increase (decrease) in VOBA due to foreign exchange
(3)
1
(1)
3
3
Change related to unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of investments
1
1
(1)
2
(4)
Other
(2)
Balance, end of period(a)
$104
$121
$109
$122
$130
(a)
VOBA balance excluding the amount related to unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of investments was $105 million and $123 million at March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. VOBA balance excluding the amount related to unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of investments was $111 million, $147 million and $157 million at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The net impacts to DAC and VOBA amortization from the update of actuarial assumptions for estimated gross profits represented (1%), (2%) and (2%) of the DAC and VOBA balances, excluding the amount related to unrealized depreciation (appreciation) of investments, as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Reversion to the Mean
The projected separate account returns on variable annuities use a reversion-to-the-mean (“RTM”) approach, under which we consider historical returns and adjust projected returns over an initial future period of five years so that returns converge to the long-term expected rate of return. As of December 31, 2021, we assumed a 7% long-term expected rate of return. The criterion to review the five-year RTM anchor date is for the current RTM rate to be less than zero or more than double the long-term growth rate assumption for three consecutive months. When the anchor date is reset, the RTM rate is determined to be approximately one-half of the long-term rate. Should market returns be significantly out of line with our expectations there are caps and floors that if breached would trigger a reassessment of the long-term rate and the RTM rate.
For additional discussion of assumptions related to our reversion to the mean methodology, see “Update of Actuarial Assumptions and Models” below and “—Critical Accounting Estimates—Estimated Gross Profits to Value Deferred Acquisition Costs and Unearned Revenue for Investment-Oriented Products.”
DAC and Reserves Related to Unrealized Appreciation of Investments
DAC, DSI, VOBA and Reserves for universal life insurance and investment-oriented products, including reserves for contracts in loss recognition, are adjusted at each balance sheet date to reflect the change in DAC, DSI and VOBA, unearned revenue and benefit reserves with an offset to OCI as if securities available for sale had been sold at their stated aggregate fair value and the proceeds reinvested at current yields (“reserve changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments”). Similarly, for long-duration traditional products, significant unrealized appreciation of investments in a sustained low interest rate environment may cause additional future policy benefit liabilities with an offset to OCI to be recorded.
Changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments related to DAC, VOBA and unearned revenue generally move in the opposite direction of the change in unrealized appreciation of the available for sale securities portfolio, reducing the reported DAC and unearned revenue balance when market interest rates decline. Conversely, changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments related to benefit reserves generally move in the same direction as the change in unrealized appreciation of the available for sale securities portfolio, increasing reported future policy benefit liability balance when market interest rates decline.
167

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Market conditions in the three months ended March 31, 2022 drove a $16.8 billion decrease in the unrealized appreciation of the available for sale fixed maturity securities portfolio held to support our insurance liabilities at March 31, 2022 compared to December 31, 2021. At March 31, 2022, the changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments reflected increases in amortized balances including DAC and unearned revenue reserves, while accrued liabilities such as policyholder benefit liabilities decreased $1.3 billion from December 31, 2021. Market conditions in 2021 drove a $7.4 billion decrease in the unrealized appreciation of available-for-sale fixed maturity securities portfolio held to support our insurance liabilities at December 31, 2021 compared to December 31, 2020. At December 31, 2021, the changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments reflected increases in amortized balances including DAC and unearned revenue reserves, while accrued liabilities such as policyholder benefit liabilities decreased $941 million from December 31, 2020.
Update of Actuarial Assumptions and Models
Our life insurance companies review and update actuarial assumptions at least annually, generally in the third quarter. Assumption setting standards vary between investment-oriented products and traditional long-duration products.
Investment-oriented products
We review and update estimated gross profit assumptions used to amortize DAC and related items (which may include VOBA, DSI and unearned revenue reserves) and assessments used to accrue guaranteed benefit reserves at least annually. Estimated gross profit projections include assumptions for investment-related returns and spreads (including investment expenses), product-related fees and expenses, mortality gains and losses, policyholder behavior and other factors. In estimating future gross profits, lapse assumptions require judgment and can have a material impact on DAC amortization. If the assumptions used for estimated gross profits change significantly, DAC and related reserves are recalculated using the new projections, and any resulting adjustment is included in income. Updating such projections may result in acceleration of amortization in some products and deceleration of amortization in other products.
We also review assumptions related to their respective GMWB living benefits that are accounted for as embedded derivatives and measured at fair value. The fair value of these embedded derivatives is based on actuarial assumptions, including policyholder behavior, as well as capital market assumptions.
Various assumptions were updated, including the following, effective September 30, 2021:
Ultimate projected yields on most of our invested assets were lowered on life and annuity deposits. Life deposit projected yields decreased up to 42 basis points while annuity insurance deposits saw decreases of up to 52 basis points. Projected yields are graded from a weighted-average net GAAP book yield of existing assets supporting the business based on the value of the assets to a weighted-average yield based on the duration of the assets excluding assets that mature during the grading period. The grading period is three years for deferred annuity products and five years for life insurance products due to deferred annuities having a shorter duration than life products. Projected yields are held constant after the grading period.
Traditional long-duration products
For traditional long-duration products discussed below, which includes whole life insurance, term life insurance, accident and health insurance, PRT group annuities, and life-contingent single premium immediate annuities and structured settlements, a “lock-in” principle applies. The assumptions used to calculate the benefit liabilities and DAC are set when a policy is issued and do not change with changes in actual experience unless a loss recognition event occurs. A loss recognition event occurs when current liabilities together with expected future premiums are not sufficient to provide for all future benefits, expenses, and DAC amortization, net of reinsurance. A loss recognition event is driven by observed changes in actual experience or estimates differing significantly from “locked-in” assumptions. Underlying assumptions, including interest rates, are reviewed periodically and updated as appropriate for loss recognition testing purposes. Reserves for contracts in loss recognition have primarily been reinsured to Fortitude Re.
The net increases (decreases) to pre-tax income and APTOI because of the update of actuarial assumptions for 2021, 2020 and 2019 are shown in the following tables.
168

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents the increase (decrease) in pre-tax income resulting from the annual update of actuarial assumptions, by line item as reported in Results of Operations:
 
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Premiums
$(41)
$
$
Policy fees
(74)
(106)
(24)
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(54)
(6)
19
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
(143)
225
194
Policyholder benefits
86
(246)
(147)
Increase (decrease) in adjusted pre-tax operating income
(226)
(133)
42
Change in DAC related to net realized gains (losses)
32
(44)
(17)
Net realized gains
50
142
180
Increase (decrease) in pre-tax income
$(144)
$(35)
$205
The following table presents the increase (decrease) in adjusted pre-tax operating income resulting from the annual update of actuarial assumptions, by segment and product line:
 
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Individual Retirement
 
 
 
Fixed Annuities
$(267)
$(77)
$82
Variable Annuities
7
13
(5)
Fixed Index Annuities
(60)
(30)
(140)
Total Individual Retirement
(320)
(94)
(63)
Group Retirement
(5)
68
(17)
Life Insurance
99
(108)
122
Institutional Markets
1
Total increase (decrease) in adjusted pre-tax operating income from the update of assumptions*
$(226)
$(133)
$42
*
Liabilities ceded to Fortitude Re are reported in Corporate and Other. There was no impact to adjusted pre-tax operating income due to the annual update of actuarial assumptions as these liabilities are 100 percent ceded.
In 2021, APTOI included a net unfavorable adjustment of $(226) million, primarily in fixed annuities driven by changes to earned rates causing spread compression partially offset by updates to the Life Insurance reserves for universal life with secondary guarantees and similar features (excluding base policy liabilities and embedded derivatives) model.
In 2020, APTOI included a net unfavorable adjustment of $(133) million, primarily in fixed annuities, driven by changes to earned rates causing spread compression, partially offset by favorable updates to full surrender assumptions, and in Life Insurance primarily due to mortality modeling enhancements.
In 2019, APTOI included a favorable adjustment of $42 million, primarily in Life Insurance driven by updates to mortality assumptions and enhancements to projected premiums, and in Individual Retirement for fixed annuities primarily due to updates to full surrender assumptions. The favorable impacts were partially offset by unfavorable updates to lapse assumptions in fixed index annuities and the reserving methodology on certain life insurance riders.
The impacts related to the update of actuarial assumptions in each period are discussed by business segment below.
169

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Update of Actuarial Assumptions by Business Segment
Individual Retirement
In Individual Retirement the annual update of actuarial assumptions resulted in net favorable (unfavorable) impacts to APTOI of $(320) million, $(94) million, and $(63) million in 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
In fixed annuities, the update of estimated gross profit assumptions resulted in a net unfavorable impact of $(267) million for 2021 which reflected lower projected investment earnings. In 2020, the update of estimated gross profit assumptions resulted in a net unfavorable adjustment of $(77) million, which reflected lower projected investment earnings, partially offset by lower assumed lapses. In 2019, net favorable impacts were $82 million, which reflected lower lapse assumptions, including the economic impact to credited rate on the interest sensitive lapse component, partially offset by lower interest spread assumptions.
In variable annuities, the update of estimated gross profit assumptions resulted in a net favorable impact of $7 million for 2021, driven by lower assumed lapses. In 2020, the update of estimated gross profit assumptions resulted in a net favorable adjustment of $13 million driven by guarantee withdrawal benefit utilization and updated death benefit reserving estimate, partially offset by lower projected investment earnings. In 2019, a net unfavorable adjustment of $(5) million, primarily due to lower projected investment earnings, partially offset by lapse updates.
In fixed index annuities, the update of estimated gross profit assumptions resulted in a $(60) million unfavorable impact for 2021, primarily driven from lower projected investment earnings. In 2020, the update of estimated gross profit assumptions resulted in a net unfavorable adjustment of $(30) million driven by lower projected investment earnings. These impacts were partially offset by updated withdrawal benefit utilization assumptions. In 2019, a net unfavorable adjustment of $(140) million, primarily due to lapse updates.
Group Retirement
In Group Retirement, the update of estimated gross profit assumptions resulted in a net unfavorable impact of $(5) million for the year 2021, driven primarily in the variable annuities line by lower projected investment earnings, largely offset by resetting the RTM rate. In 2020, the update of estimated gross profit assumptions resulted in a favorable adjustment of $68 million, primarily in the variable annuities line from extending the DAC amortization projection period, partially offset by updates to expense and lapse assumptions. The DAC amortization projection period was extended to reflect business still in-force at the end of the previous projection period resulting in an increase in modeled future profits and an increase in the current DAC balance. In 2019, an unfavorable adjustment of $(17) million was recorded, primarily due to lapse updates in fixed index annuities and variable annuities.
Life Insurance
In Life Insurance in 2021, the update of actuarial assumptions resulted in a net favorable impact of $99 million, primarily driven by updates to the modeling of certain policy fees for universal life with secondary guarantees and similar features (excluding base policy liabilities and embedded derivatives), which was partially offset by lower projected investment earnings and model updates involving reinsurance. In 2020, the annual update of actuarial assumptions resulted in a net unfavorable adjustment of $(108) million, primarily driven by updates to Universal Life mortality assumptions. The mortality updates better align the assumptions with experience and reduce future profits which increases the reserves for affected products. The unfavorable impacts were partially offset by refinements to reserve modeling. In 2019, a favorable adjustment of $122 million, was primarily due to updates to mortality assumptions and updated projections of premiums. The favorable impacts were partially offset by unfavorable impacts driven by methodology enhancements related to certain riders and death benefit features.
170

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Liquidity and Capital Resources
Overview
Liquidity is defined as cash and unencumbered assets that can be monetized in a short period of time at a reasonable cost. In addition to the on-balance sheet liquid assets, liquidity resources include availability under committed bank credit facilities.
Capital refers to the long-term financial resources available to support the operation of our businesses, fund business growth, and cover financial and operational needs that arise from adverse circumstances.
We intend to manage our liquidity and capital resources prudently through a well-defined risk management framework that involves various target operating thresholds as well as minimum requirements during periods of stress.
We believe that we have sufficient liquidity and capital resources to satisfy future requirements and meet our obligations to policyholders, customers, creditors and debtholders, including those arising from reasonably foreseeable contingencies or events.
Nevertheless, some circumstances may cause our liquidity or capital needs to exceed projected liquidity or readily deployable capital resources. Additional collateral calls, deterioration in investment portfolios (or reserve strengthening) affecting statutory surplus, higher surrenders of annuities and other policies, downgrades in credit ratings, losses or fluctuations in the capital markets generally may result in significant additional liquidity or capital needs and/or loss of sources of liquidity and capital. Other potential events that could cause a liquidity and/or capital impact include pandemics or other events causing economic upheaval. In addition, regulatory and other legal restrictions could limit our ability to transfer funds freely, either to or from our subsidiaries.
For a discussion regarding risks associated with COVID-19, see “—Risk Factors–COVID-19 has adversely affected, and is expected to continue to adversely affect, our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and its ultimate impact, including with respect to new variants, will depend on future developments that are uncertain and cannot be predicted.”
Liquidity and Capital Resources of Corebridge Parent and Intermediate Holding Companies
As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, Corebridge Parent and its non-regulated intermediate holding companies (“Corebridge Hold Cos.”) had $2.2 billion and $2.0 billion, respectively in liquidity sources. These liquidity sources were primarily held in the form of cash and short-term investments and included access to uncommitted borrowing facilities with AIG (as lender). Corebridge Hold Cos. actively manage their assets and liabilities in terms of counterparties and duration. Based upon an assessment of funding needs, the liquidity sources can be readily monetized through sales or repurchase agreements or contributed as admitted assets to regulated insurance companies. Corebridge Hold Cos.’ primary sources of liquidity are dividends, distributions, loans and other payments from subsidiaries and credit facilities. Corebridge Hold Cos.’ primary uses of liquidity are for debt service, capital and liability management, and operating expenses.
We believe that the Corebridge Hold Cos. have sufficient liquidity and capital resources to satisfy their reasonably foreseeable future requirements and meet their obligations to their creditors, debtholders and insurance company subsidiaries. Corebridge expects to maintain liquidity that is sufficient to cover one year of its expenses. We expect the Corebridge Hold Cos. may access the debt and preferred equity markets from time to time to meet funding requirements as needed. However, the Company is targeting a total financial leverage ratio between 25% and 30%. Additionally, Corebridge expects to pay common stockholder dividends of $600 million per year.
We utilize our capital resources to support our businesses, with the majority of capital allocated to our insurance businesses. Corebridge Hold Cos. intend to manage capital between Corebridge Hold Cos. and our insurance companies through internal, Board-approved policies and limits, as well as management standards. In addition, AIG has an unconditional capital maintenance agreement in place with AGC. Nevertheless, regulatory and other legal restrictions could limit our ability to transfer capital freely, either to or from our subsidiaries.
AIG and/or certain of our subsidiaries are parties to several letter of credit agreements with various financial institutions, which issue letters of credit from time to time in support of our insurance companies. These letters
171

TABLE OF CONTENTS

of credit are subject to reimbursement by AIG Parent and/or certain subsidiaries in the event of a drawdown by our insurance companies. We currently plan to replace AIG, Inc. with Corebridge as the applicant and/or guarantor on these letters of credit as part of the separation process. Such replacement of AIG with Corebridge on these letters of credit may be subject to regulatory approvals. Letters of credit issued in support of our subsidiaries (primarily, insurance companies) totaled $357 million at March 31, 2022 and $361 million at December 31, 2021.
For Information on dividends, see “Dividend Policy”. For information on Capital Maintenance Agreements, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Capital Maintenance Agreement.”
The following table presents Corebridge Hold Cos.’ liquidity sources(a):
 
At March 31,
At December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2020
Cash and short-term investments
$1,162
$1,016
$1,699
Total Corebridge Hold Cos. Liquidity
1,162
1,016
1,699
Available capacity under uncommitted borrowing facilities with AIG, Inc.(b)
1,025
1,025
1,075
Total Corebridge Hold Cos. liquidity sources
$2,187
$2,041
$2,774
(a)
For information on planned credit facilities, see “Recapitalization”.
(b)
For additional information related to new revolving credit facility (“RCF”) see Note 17 of the Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
Hold Cos. Liquidity and Capital Resources Highlights
Sources
Liquidity to Corebridge Hold Cos.
During the three months ended March 31, 2022, Corebridge Parent received $700 million in dividends from subsidiaries. During 2021, Corebridge Parent received $1.6 billion in dividends from subsidiaries of which $295 million were non-cash transactions. During 2020, Corebridge Parent received $540 million in dividends from subsidiaries.
There were no borrowings under the credit facilities with AIG, Inc. in the three months ended March 31, 2022. Corebridge’s subsidiary, AIG Life Holdings borrowed $345 million in the year ended December 31, 2021 under the unsecured borrowing facilities from AIG, Inc. In 2020, AIG Life Holdings borrowed $108 million under the unsecured borrowing facilities from AIG, Inc.
On April 5, 2022, Corebridge Parent issued and sold $6.5 billion of senior unsecured notes, for further information see, “Short-term and Long-term debt” below.
Uses
Debt Reduction
During the year 2021, $216 million aggregate principal amount of AIG Life Holdings notes and debentures categorized as general borrowings and guaranteed by AIG were repurchased through cash tender offers for an aggregate purchase price of $312 million. AIG Global Real Estate repaid a $253 million affiliated note and AIG Life Holdings repaid $249 million under the unsecured borrowing facilities from AIG, Inc. during the year ended December 31, 2021. In 2021, AIG Property Company Limited repaid the loan and interest of $9 million to AIG Europe S.A. In 2020, AIG Life Holdings repaid $108 million under the unsecured borrowing facilities.
We made interest payments on our debt instruments totaling $15 million, during the three months ended March 31, 2022 and $55 million and $50 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
In April 2022, we repaid approximately $6.4 billion of the $8.3 billion promissory note issued on November 2021.
172

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Dividends
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022
During the three months ended March 31, 2022, Corebridge paid cash dividends of $261 million to AIG, Inc.
During the three months ended March 31, 2022, Corebridge paid dividends of $29 million in cash to its Class B shareholder.
Year Ended December 31, 2021
During 2021, Corebridge paid cash dividends of $1.0 billion to AIG, Inc
During 2021, Corebridge made non-cash distributions of $12.2 billion to AIG, Inc. consisting of:
$8.3 billion for which Corebridge issued a promissory note to AIG, Inc. in the amount of $8.3 billion in November 2021. On April 6, 2022 we repaid $6.4 billion of this note and the remaining will be repaid in cash using proceeds from future debt issuances in advance of the initial public offering of Corebridge, which may involve a draw down on the Delayed Draw Term Loan facilities. For additional information on the $8.3 billion note repayment, see “Short-term and Long-term debt” below.
$3.8 billion in connection with the sale of Corebridge’s affordable housing assets.
$38 million in AIG, Inc. common stock.
During 2021, Corebridge paid dividends of $34 million in cash to its Class B shareholder.
During 2021, Cap Corp made a return of capital payment of $536 million to AIG from excess funds and sale of four subsidiaries.
Year Ended December 31, 2020
During 2020, Corebridge paid dividends of $472 million in cash to AIG, Inc.
At March 31, 2022, Corebridge’s ability to pay dividends is not subject to any significant contractual restrictions but remains subject to customary regulatory restrictions.
Tax Sharing Payments
We paid a net amount of $3 million during the three months ended March 31, 2022 and $31 million, $34 million and $61 million during 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, in tax sharing payments in cash to AIG, Inc. The tax sharing payments may be subject to further adjustment in future periods.
In addition, in December 2021, Corebridge made tax sharing payments of $373 million to AIG, Inc. in connection with the sale of Corebridge’s affordable housing assets.
Liquidity and Capital Resources of Corebridge Insurance Subsidiaries
Insurance Companies
We believe that our insurance companies have sufficient liquidity and capital resources to satisfy reasonably foreseeable future liquidity requirements and meet their obligations, including those arising from reasonably foreseeable contingencies or events, through cash from operations and, to the extent necessary, monetization of invested assets. Our insurance companies’ liquidity resources are primarily held in the form of cash, short-term investments and publicly traded, investment grade-rated fixed maturity securities.
Each of our material insurance companies’ liquidity is monitored through various internal liquidity risk measures. The primary sources of liquidity are premiums, deposits, fees, reinsurance recoverables, investment income and maturities. The primary uses of liquidity are paid losses, reinsurance payments, benefit claims, surrenders, withdrawals, interest payments, dividends, expenses, investment purchases and collateral requirements.
Management believes that because of the size and liquidity of our insurance companies’ investment portfolios, normal deviations from projected claim or surrender experience would not create significant liquidity
173

TABLE OF CONTENTS

risk. Furthermore, our insurance companies’ products contain certain features that mitigate surrender risk, including surrender charges. However, in times of extreme capital markets disruption or because of fluctuations in the capital markets generally, liquidity needs could outpace resources. As part of the risk management framework, our insurance companies continue to evaluate and, where appropriate, pursue strategies and programs to improve their liquidity position and facilitate their ability to maintain a fully invested asset portfolio.
Certain of our U.S. insurance companies are members of the Federal Home Loan Banks in their respective districts. Borrowings from FHLBs are used to supplement liquidity or for other uses deemed appropriate by management. Our U.S. insurance companies had $3.6 billion, $3.6 billion and $3.6 billion which were due to FHLBs in their respective districts at March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 respectively, under funding agreements which were reported in Policyholder contract deposits. These investment contracts do not have mortality or morbidity risk and are similar to GICs. Proceeds from funding agreements are generally invested in fixed income securities and other investments intended to generate spread income. In addition, our U.S. insurance companies had no outstanding borrowings in the form of cash advances from FHLBs at March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.
Certain of our U.S. insurance companies have securities lending programs from their investment portfolios to supplement liquidity or for other uses deemed appropriate by management. Under these programs, these U.S. insurance companies lend securities to financial institutions and receive cash as collateral equal to 102% of the fair value of the loaned securities. Cash collateral received is kept in cash or invested in short-term investments used for short-term liquidity purposes.
Additionally, the aggregate amount of securities that a U.S. insurance company can lend under its program at any time is limited to 5% of its general account statutory-basis admitted assets. Our U.S. insurance companies had $3.0 billion, $3.3 billion and $3.4 billion of securities subject to these agreements at March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 respectively, and $3.2 billion, $3.4 billion and $3.5 billion of liabilities to borrowers for collateral received at March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020 respectively.
In December, 2021, our U.S. insurance companies distributed dividends of $295 million to Corebridge in connection with the sale of Corebridge’s affordable housing assets.
Our U.S. insurance companies distributed tax sharing payments of $508 million, $1.5 billion, $1.7 billion and $1.1 billion to AIG, Inc. in the three months ended March 31, 2022 and the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 respectively. In addition, in December 2021, subsidiaries of our U.S. insurance companies distributed tax sharing payments of $130 million, in connection with the sale of Corebridge’s affordable housing assets.
We manage our insurance subsidiary capital and have a target RBC ratio for AGL, USL, and VALIC (the “Life Fleet”). These are our domestic insurance entities with a statutory surplus greater than $500 million on an individual basis. AGC serves as an affiliate reinsurance company for the Life Fleet covering (i) AGL’s life insurance policies issued between January 1, 2017 and December 31, 2019 subject to Regulation XXX and AXXX and (ii) life insurance policies issued between January 1, 2020 and December 31, 2021 subject to Principle Based Reserving requirements. Given that AGC has no operations outside of this internal reinsurance, we believe that excluding AGC from the Life Fleet RBC calculation presents a more accurate view of the overall capital position of our U.S. operating entities. AGC’s RBC ratio includes the full statutory reserves associated with the above regulations which are in excess of economic reserves, and is funded predominantly by holding company stock. As such, we manage the capital for our Life Fleet RBC targeting above 400%.
174

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents our Life Fleet and AGC RBC:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
Life Fleet
447%
433%
402%
AGC
380%
372%
351%
The following table presents normalized distributions:
 
Three Months Ended
March  31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Subsidiary dividends paid
$700
$300
$1,564
$540
$1,535
Less: Non-recurring dividends
(295)
600
(400)
Tax sharing payments related to utilization of tax attributes
147
183
902
1,026
954
Normalized distributions
$847
$483
$2,171
$2,166
$2,089
We accelerated dividend payments from our subsidiaries in the current year, resulting in our subsidiaries paying $400 million more in dividends for the three months ended March 31, 2022 compared to the same period in the prior year. The Company used $290 million from these dividends to pay shareholder dividends. The remaining dividend proceeds were kept at Corebridge Parent.
In 2020, Dividends paid were reduced by $615 million, which together with a contribution of $135 million from AIG in June 2020, were used to fund a special investment account that is used to mitigate the adverse impact to surplus in the event of a recapture of the reinsurance treaties with Fortitude Re. Excluding the requirement to fund the special investment account, in 2020 dividends paid to Corebridge would have been $1.2 billion.
Dividend Restrictions
Payments of dividends to us by our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to certain restrictions imposed by laws and regulations of their respective states. With respect to our domestic insurance subsidiaries, the payment of a dividend may require formal notice to the insurance department of the state in which the particular insurance subsidiary is domiciled, and prior approval of such insurance regulator is required when the amount of the dividend is above certain regulatory thresholds. For example, unless approved by the Texas Department of Insurance, life insurance companies domiciled in Texas may not pay dividends to shareholders that, together with dividends paid within the prior 12 months, exceed the greater of (i) 10% of the company’s statutory policyholder surplus and (ii) the company’s net gain from operations for the preceding calendar year. Similar or sometimes more restrictive provisions applicable to life insurance companies exist in the other states in which our insurance subsidiaries are domiciled (Missouri and New York). See “Business—U.S. Regulation—State Insurance Regulation.” Other, foreign jurisdictions may restrict the ability of our foreign insurance subsidiaries to pay dividends.
To our knowledge, no Corebridge insurance company is currently on any regulatory or similar “watch list” with regard to solvency.
Analysis of Sources and Uses of Cash
Our primary sources and uses of liquidity are summarized as follows:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Sources:
 
 
 
 
 
Operating activities, net
$15
$573
$2,461
$3,327
$2,445
Investing activities, net
474
Net changes in policyholder account balances
1,590
526
2,906
4,593
6,301
Issuance of long-term debt
250
Issuance of debt of consolidated investment entities
729
508
4,683
2,314
3,266
175

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
14
62
296
317
316
Financing other, net
271
42
81
184
Issuance of short-term debt
10
345
Net change in securities lending and repurchase agreements
9
646
1,894
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash
7
Total Sources
2,619
2,195
10,781
11,388
14,472
Uses:
 
 
 
 
 
Investing activities, net
(1,246)
(1,967)
(7,909)
(10,375)
Repayments of debt of consolidated investment entities
(765)
(1,001)
(5,125)
(2,451)
(1,580)
Repayments of long-term debt
(253)
(568)
(11)
Repayments of short-term debt
(10)
(248)
Distributions to AIG
(261)
(560)
(1,543)
(472)
(1,624)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
(187)
(240)
(1,611)
(454)
(838)
Net change in securities lending and repurchase agreements
(130)
(11)
Financing other, net
(66)
Distributions to Class B shareholder
(29)
(34)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash
(2)
(2)
Total Uses
(2,620)
(2,075)
(11,098)
(11,297)
(14,483)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
$(1)
$120
$(317)
$91
$(11)
Operating Activities
Cash inflows from operating activities primarily include insurance premiums, fees and investment income. Cash outflows from operating activities primarily include benefit payments and general operating expenses. Operating cash flow will fluctuate based on the timing of premiums received and benefit payments to policyholders, as well as other core business activities.
Investing Activities
Cash inflows from investing activities primarily include sales and maturities of underlying assets, mainly fixed maturities available for sale and principal payments on mortgage and other loans. The primary cash outflows for investing activities relate to the purchases of new securities, mainly fixed maturities available for sale. We typically have a net cash outflow from investing activities, however, in the three months ended March 31, 2021 there was a net cash inflow primarily driven by the timing of short-term investment redemptions / maturities.
Financing Activities
Cash inflows from financing activities primarily include policyholder deposits on investment type contracts, issuances of debt of consolidated investment entities, cash distributions to AIG parent and noncontrolling interests and inflows from the settlement of securities lending and repurchase agreements. Cash outflows primarily relate to policyholder withdrawal activity on investment type contracts, repayments of debt of consolidated investment entities, repayments of long-term debt and outflows for the settlement of securities lending and repurchase agreements.
176

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Contractual Obligations
The following tables summarize contractual obligations in total, and by remaining maturity:
December 31, 2021
 
Payments due by Period
(in millions)
Total Payments
2022
2023 - 2024
Thereafter
Affiliated senior promissory note with AIG, Inc.(a)
$8,300
$8,300
$
$
Interest payments on short-term debt(b)
99
99
Insurance and investment contract liabilities
293,624
16,435
36,536
240,653
Long-term debt(a)(b)
427
427
Interest payments on long-term debt
471
33
66
372
Total
$302,921
$24,867
$36,602
$241,452
(a)
On April 5, 2022, we issued senior unsecured notes in the aggregate principal amount of $6.5 billion, the proceeds of which were used to repay a portion of the $8.3 billion promissory note. For additional information see “Short-term and Long-term debt” below and Note 17 of the Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
(b)
For information on planned facilities, see “Recapitalization”.
As of March 31, 2022, there have been no material changes in our contractual obligations from December 31, 2021, except as discussed above.
Insurance and Investment Contract Liabilities
We expect liquidity needs related to insurance and investment contract liabilities, including GIC liabilities, to be funded through cash flows generated from maturities and sales of invested assets, including various investment-type products with contractually scheduled maturities, including periodic payments. These liabilities also include benefit and claim liabilities, of which a significant portion represents policies and contracts that do not have stated contractual maturity dates and may not result in any future payment obligations. For these policies and contracts (i) we are not currently making payments until the occurrence of an insurable event, such as death or disability, (ii) payments are conditional on survivorship or (iii) payment may occur due to a surrender or other non-scheduled event beyond our control.
We have made significant assumptions to determine the estimated undiscounted cash flows of these contractual policy benefits. These assumptions include mortality, morbidity, future lapse rates, expenses, investment returns and interest crediting rates, offset by expected future deposits and premiums on in-force policies. Due to the significance of the assumptions, the periodic amounts presented could be materially different from actual required payments. The amounts presented in the table above are undiscounted and exceed the future policy benefits and policyholder contract deposits included in the audited annual consolidated balance sheets.
We believe that our insurance companies have adequate financial resources to meet the payments required under these obligations. These subsidiaries have substantial liquidity in the form of cash and short-term investments. In addition, our insurance companies maintain significant levels of investment grade-rated fixed maturity securities, including substantial holdings in government and corporate bonds, and could seek to monetize those holdings in the event operating cash flows are insufficient. We expect liquidity needs related to insurance and investment contract liabilities, including GIC liabilities, to be funded through cash flows generated from maturities and sales of invested assets.
Indemnification Arrangements
We are subject to guarantees and indemnity arrangements in connection with our sales of businesses. These arrangements may be triggered by declines in asset values, specified business contingencies, the realization of contingent liabilities, litigation developments, or breaches of representations, warranties or covenants provided by us. These arrangements are typically subject to time limitations, defined by contract or by operation of law, such as by prevailing statutes of limitation. Depending on the specific terms of the arrangements, the maximum potential obligation may or may not be subject to contractual limitations.
We have recorded liabilities for certain of these arrangements where it is possible to estimate them. These liabilities are not material in the aggregate. We are unable to develop a reasonable estimate of the maximum
177

TABLE OF CONTENTS

potential payout under some of these arrangements. Overall, we believe the likelihood that we will have to make any material payments under these arrangements is remote.
Short-Term and Long-Term Debt
We expect to repay the short-term and long-term debt maturities and interest accrued on these borrowings through cash flows generated from invested assets, future cash flows from operations, and future debt and other financing arrangements.
The following tables provide the roll forward of our total debt outstanding:
(in millions)
Maturity
Date(s)
Balance at
December 31,
2021
Issuances
Maturities
and
Repayments
Other
Changes
Balance at
March 31,
2022
Short-term debt issued by Corebridge:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Affiliated senior promissory note with AIG, Inc.(b)
2022
$8,317
$—
$—
$29(a)
$8,346
Total short-term debt
8,317
29
8,346
Debt issued by Corebridge and Intermediate Hold Cos.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
AIGLH notes and bonds payable
2025-2029
$200
$—
$—
$—
$200
AIGLH junior subordinated debt
2030-2046
227
227
Total long-term debt
427
427
Total Corebridge and Intermediate Hold Cos. Debt
$8,744
$—
$—
$29
$8,773
(a)
Represents accrued interest which has been paid-in-kind and thus added to the total outstanding balance.
(b)
On April 6, 2022, we repaid $6.4 billion of this note and the remaining will be repaid in cash using proceeds from future debt issuances in advance of the initial public offering of Corebridge, which may involve a draw down on the Delayed Draw Term Loan facilities. For additional information on the $8.3 billion note repayment, see Note 17 of the Notes to the interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
(in millions)
Maturity
Date(s)
Balance at
December 31,
2020
Issuances
Maturities
and
Repayments
Other
Changes
Balance at
December,
2021
Short-term debt issued by Corebridge:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Affiliated senior promissory note with AIG, Inc.
2022
$
$8,300
$
$17(c)
$8,317
Affiliated note with AIG, Inc.
345
(249)
(96)(b)
Total short-term debt
$
$8,645
$(249)
$(79)
$8,317
Debt issued by Corebridge and Intermediate Hold Cos.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Affiliated note with AIG Europe S.A.
$9
$
$(9)
$
$
Affiliated note with Lexington Insurance Company
253
(253)
AIGLH notes and bonds payable
2025-2029
282
(82)(a)
200
AIGLH junior subordinated debt
2030-2046
361
(134)(a)
227
Total long-term debt
905
(478)
427
Total Corebridge and Intermediate Hold Cos. Debt
$905
$8,645
$(727)
$(79)
$8,744
(a)
During the year ended 2021, $216 million of aggregate principal amount of AIGLH notes and bonds payable and AIGLH junior subordinated debt, were repurchased through cash tender offers for an aggregate purchase price of $312 million.
(b)
During the year 2021, AIG, Inc. forgave Corebridge $96 million of draw downs under affiliated note with AIG, Inc.
(c)
Represents accrued interest which has been paid-in-kind and thus added to the total outstanding balance.
178

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On February 25, 2022, Corebridge Parent entered into an 18-Month Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement (the 18-Month DDTL Facility) among Corebridge, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and the administrative agent thereto, and a 3-Year Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement (the 3-Yearr DDTL Facility) among Corebridge, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and the administrative agent thereto.
The 18-Month DDTL Facility and 3-Year DDTL Facility provided us with committed delayed draw term loan facilities in the aggregate principal amount of $6 billion and $3 billion, respectively. On April 5, 2022, Corebridge Parent issued and sold $6.5 billion of senior unsecured notes consisting of: $1 billion aggregate principal amount of its 3.500% Senior Notes due 2025, $1.25 billion aggregate principal amount of its 3.650% Senior Notes due 2027, $1 billion aggregate principal amount of its 3.850% Senior Notes due 2029, $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of its 3.900% Senior Notes due 2032, $500 million aggregate principal amount of its 4.350% Senior Notes due 2042 and $1.25 billion aggregate principal amount of its 4.400% Senior Notes due 2052. We used the net proceeds of the issuance of the notes, in the amount of approximately $6.4 billion, to repay a portion of the $8.3 billion promissory note previously issued by Corebridge Parent to AIG.
On April 6, 2022, in connection with the issuance of the senior unsecured notes of Corebridge Parent, (i) the commitments under the 18-Month DDTL Facility were terminated in full and (ii) the commitments under the 3-Year DDTL Facility were reduced from $3.0 billion to $2.5 billion. The ability to borrow under the 3-Year DDTL Facility is subject to, among other conditions, Corebridge’s confirmation to the administrative agent that an initial public offering of Corebridge is expected to be consummated within five business days following such borrowing. Commitments under the 3-Year DDTL Facility will remain available for borrowing until December 30, 2022, subject to the terms and conditions thereof.
As of April 6, 2022, a total of $2.5 billion remained available under the 3-Year DDTL Facility.
Debt of Consolidated Investment Entities
Our non-financial debt includes debt of consolidated investment entities and such debt does not represent our contractual obligation and is non-recourse to Corebridge. This non-financial debt includes notes and bonds payables supported by cash and investments held by us and certain of our non-insurance subsidiaries for the repayment of those obligations.
(in millions)
Balance at
December 31,
2021
Issuances
Maturities
and
Repayments
Effect of
Foreign
Exchange
Other
Changes
Balance at
March 31,
2022
Debt of consolidated investment entities – not guaranteed by Corebridge(a)(b)
$6,936
$729
$(765)
$(14)
$—
$6,886
(a)
At March 31, 2022, includes debt of consolidated investment entities related to real estate investments of $1.7 billion and other securitization vehicles of $5.2 billion.
(b)
In relation of the debt of consolidated investment entities (VIEs), not guaranteed by Corebridge, creditors or beneficial interest holders of VIEs generally only have recourse to the assets and cash flows of the VIEs and do not have recourse to us except in limited circumstances when we have provided a guarantee to the VIE’s interest holders.
(in millions)
Balance at
December 31,
2020
Issuances
Maturities
and
Repayments
Effect of
Foreign
Exchange
Other
Changes
Balance at
December 31,
2021
Debt of consolidated investment entities – not guaranteed by Corebridge(a)(b)(c)(d)
$10,341
$4,683
$(5,819)(c)
$(21)
$(2,248)(d)
$6,936
(a)
At December 31, 2021, includes debt of consolidated investment entities related to real estate investments of $1.7 billion and other securitization vehicles of $5.2 billion.
(b)
In relation of the debt of consolidated investment entities (VIEs), not guaranteed by Corebridge, creditors or beneficial interest holders of VIEs generally only have recourse to the assets and cash flows of the VIEs and do not have recourse to us except in limited circumstances when we have provided a guarantee to the VIE’s interest holders.
179

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(c)
Includes reduction of debt of consolidated investment entities in relation to the wind down of six securitization VIEs guaranteed by AIG. At December 31, 2020, debt of these consolidated investment entities had carrying value of $175 million (senior rated notes held by unaffiliated third parties) and $947 million (unrated notes held by related parties). There were no amounts paid under the guarantees provided by AIG. The repayments of debt of consolidated investment entities was partially paid in-kind with $695 million of fixed maturity securities, in addition to cash.
(d)
Includes the effect of the sale of Affordable Housing debt.
Credit Ratings
Credit ratings estimate a company’s ability to meet its obligations and may directly affect the cost and availability of financing to that company.
The following table presents the credit ratings of Corebridge Parent as of the date of this filing:
 
Senior Long-Term Debt
 
Moody’s(a)
S&P(b)
Fitch(c)
 
Baa2 (Stable)
BBB+ (Stable)
BBB+ (Stable)
(a)
Moody’s appends numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 to the generic rating categories to show relative position within the rating categories.
(b)
S&P ratings may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
(c)
Fitch ratings may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.
These credit ratings are current opinions of the rating agencies. They may be changed, suspended or withdrawn at any time by the rating agencies because of changes in, or unavailability of, information or based on other circumstances. Ratings may also be withdrawn at our request.
We are party to some agreements that contain “ratings triggers.” Depending on the ratings maintained by one or more rating agencies, these triggers could result in (i) the termination or limitation of credit availability or a requirement for accelerated repayment, (ii) the termination of business contracts or (iii) a requirement to post collateral for the benefit of counterparties.
In the event of a downgrade of our long-term senior debt ratings, we or certain of our subsidiaries would be required to post additional collateral under some derivative and other transactions, or certain of the counterparties of such other of our subsidiaries would be permitted to terminate such transactions early.
The actual amount of collateral that we or certain of our subsidiaries would be required to post to counterparties in the event of such downgrades, or the aggregate amount of payments that we could be required to make, depends on market conditions, the fair value of outstanding affected transactions and other factors prevailing at the time of the downgrade.
Financial Strength Ratings
Financial Strength ratings estimate an insurance company’s ability to pay its obligations under an insurance policy.
The following table presents the ratings of our significant insurance subsidiaries as of the date of this filing:
 
A.M. Best
S&P
Fitch
Moody’s
American General Life Insurance Company
A
A+
A+
A2
The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company
A
A+
A+
A2
United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York
A
A+
A+
A2
These financial strength ratings are current opinions of the rating agencies. They may be changed, suspended or withdrawn at any time by the rating agencies as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, information or based on other circumstances.
180

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Commercial Commitments
The following tables summarize Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Commercial Commitments in total, and by remaining maturity:
December 31, 2021
Total Amounts
Committed
Amount of Commitment Expiring
(in millions)
2022
2023 -2024
Thereafter
Commitments:
 
 
 
 
Investment commitments(a)
$5,877
$2,937
$2,256
$684
Commitments to extend credit
4,459
1,449
2,301
709
Letters of credit
2
2
Total(b)
$10,338
$4,388
$4,557
$1,393
(a)
Includes commitments to invest in private equity funds, hedge funds and other funds and commitments to purchase and develop real estate in the United States and abroad. The commitments to invest in private equity funds, hedge funds and other funds are called at the discretion of each fund, as needed for funding new investments or expenses of the fund. The expiration of these commitments is estimated in the table above based on the expected life cycle of the related fund, consistent with past trends of requirements for funding. Investors under these commitments are primarily insurance and real estate subsidiaries.
(b)
We have no guarantees related to liquid facilities or indebtedness.
As March 31, 2022, there have been no material changes in our off-balance sheet arrangements and commercial commitments from December 31, 2021.
Critical Accounting Estimates
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires the application of accounting policies that often involve a significant degree of judgment. On a regular basis, we review estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of financial statements. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. For a detailed discussion of our significant accounting policies and accounting pronouncements, see Note 2 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
The accounting policies that we believe are most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions, which are critical accounting estimates, are related to the determination of:
fair value measurements of certain financial assets and liabilities;
valuation of liabilities for guaranteed benefit features of variable annuity products, fixed annuity and fixed index annuity products, including the valuation of embedded derivatives;
estimated gross profits to value deferred acquisition costs and unearned revenue for investment-oriented products, such as universal life insurance, variable and fixed annuities, and fixed index annuities;
valuation of future policy benefit liabilities and timing and extent of loss recognition;
valuation of embedded derivatives for fixed index annuity and life products;
reinsurance assets, including the allowance for credit losses;
allowances for credit losses primarily on loans and available for sale fixed maturity securities,
goodwill impairment;
liability for legal contingencies; and
income tax assets and liabilities, including recoverability of our net deferred tax asset and the predictability of future tax operating profitability of the character necessary to realize the net deferred tax asset.
These accounting estimates require the use of assumptions about matters, some of which are highly uncertain at the time of estimation. To the extent actual experience differs from the assumptions used, our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity could be materially affected.
181

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fair Value Measurements of Certain Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
We carry certain of our financial instruments at fair value. We define the fair value of a financial instrument as the amount that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.
For additional information about the measurement of fair value of financial assets and financial liabilities and our accounting policy regarding the incorporation of credit risk in fair value measurements, see Note 4 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
The following table presents the fair value of fixed maturity and equity securities by source of value determination:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2022
Year Ended December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Fair Value
Percent of Total
Fair Value
Percent of Total
Fair value based on external sources(a)
$164,761
90.0%
$180,841
90.0%
Fair value based on internal sources
18,663
10.0
20,039
10.0
Total fixed maturity and equity securities(b)
$183,424
100.0%
$200,880
100.0%
(a)
Includes $18.3 billion and $18.8 billion as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, for which the primary source is broker quotes.
(b)
Includes available for sale and other securities.
Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are measured and classified in a hierarchy for disclosure purposes consisting of three levels based on the observability of inputs available in the marketplace used to measure the fair value.
For additional information, see Note 4 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
The following table presents the amount of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and classified as Level 3:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31, 2022
Year Ended December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Amount
Percent of Total
Amount
Percent of Total
Assets
$24,520
6.2%
$25,420
6.1%
Liabilities
$12,862
3.4%
$17,695
4.6%
Level 3 fair value measurements are based on valuation techniques that use at least one significant input that is unobservable. We consider unobservable inputs to be those for which market data is not available and that are developed using the best information available about the assumptions that market participants would use when valuing the asset or liability. Our assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value measurement in its entirety requires judgment.
We classify fair value measurements for certain assets and liabilities as Level 3 when they require significant unobservable inputs in their valuation, including contractual terms, prices and rates, yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates, default rates, mortality rates, policyholder behavior, and correlations of such inputs.
For a discussion of the valuation methodologies for assets and liabilities measured at fair value, and a discussion of transfers of Level 3 assets and liabilities, see Note 4 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
182

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Guaranteed Benefit Features of Variable Annuity, Fixed Annuity and Fixed Index Annuity Products
Variable annuity products offered by our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement segments offer guaranteed benefit features. These guaranteed features include GMDB that are payable in the event of death and living benefits that guarantee lifetime withdrawals regardless of fixed account and separate account value performance.
For additional information on these features, see Note 13 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
The liability for GMDB, which is recorded in future policy benefits, represents the expected value of benefits in excess of the projected account value, with the excess recognized ratably through Policyholder benefits over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. The liabilities for variable annuity GMWB, which are recorded in Policyholder contract deposits, are accounted for as embedded derivatives measured at fair value, with changes in the fair value of the liabilities recorded in net realized gains (losses).
Certain of our fixed annuity and fixed index annuity contracts, which are not offered through separate accounts, contain optional GMWB benefits. Different versions of these GMWB riders contain different guarantee provisions. The liability for GMWB benefits in fixed annuity and fixed index annuity contracts for which the rider guarantee is considered to be clearly and closely related to the host contract are recorded in future policy benefits. This GMWB liability represents the expected value of benefits in excess of the projected account value, with the excess recognized ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments, through Policyholder benefits. For rider guarantees in certain fixed index annuity contracts that are linked to equity indices that are considered to be embedded derivatives that are not clearly and closely related to the host contract, the GMWB liability is recorded in Policyholder contract deposits and measured at fair value, with changes in the fair value of the liabilities recorded in net realized gains (losses).
Our exposure to the guaranteed amounts is equal to the amount by which the contract holder’s account balance is below the amount provided by the guaranteed feature. A deferred annuity contract may include more than one type of guaranteed benefit feature; for example, it may have both a GMDB and a GMWB. However, a policyholder can generally only receive payout from one guaranteed feature on a contract containing a death benefit and a living benefit, i.e., the features are generally mutually exclusive (except a surviving spouse who has a rider to potentially collect both a GMDB upon their spouse’s death and a GMWB during his or her lifetime). A policyholder cannot purchase more than one living benefit on one contract. Declines in the equity markets, increased volatility and a low interest rate environment increase our exposure to potential benefits under the guaranteed features, leading to an increase in the liabilities for those benefits.
For sensitivity analysis which includes the sensitivity of reserves for guaranteed benefit features to changes in the assumptions for interest rates, equity returns, volatility, and mortality, see “—Estimated Gross Profits for Investment-Oriented Products.”
For additional discussion of market risk management related to these product features, see “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”
The reserving methodology and assumptions used to measure the liabilities of our two largest guaranteed benefit features are presented in the following table:
Guaranteed
Benefit Feature
Reserving Methodology & Key Assumptions
GMDB and Fixed and certain Fixed Index Annuity GMWB
We determine the GMDB liability at each balance sheet date by estimating the expected value of death benefits in excess of the projected account balance and recognizing the excess ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. For certain fixed and fixed index annuity products, we determine the GMWB liability at each balance sheet date by estimating the expected withdrawal benefits once the projected account balance has been exhausted ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments. These GMWB features are deemed to not be embedded derivatives as the GMWB feature is determined to be clearly and closely related to the host contract.
 
 
 
183

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Guaranteed
Benefit Feature
Reserving Methodology & Key Assumptions
 
The present value of the total expected excess payments (e.g., payments in excess of account value) over the life of contract divided by the present value of total expected assessments is referred to as the benefit ratio. The magnitude and direction of the change in reserves may vary over time based on the emergence of the benefit ratio and the level of assessments.
 
 
 
 
For additional information on how we reserve for variable and fixed index annuity products with guaranteed benefit features, see Note 13 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
 
Key assumptions and projections include:
 
 
 
 
interest credited that varies by year of issuance and products;
 
 
 
 
actuarial determined assumptions for mortality rates that are based upon industry and our historical experience modified to allow for variations in policy features and experience anomalies;
 
 
 
 
actuarially determined assumptions for lapse rates that are based upon industry and our historical experience modified to allow for variations in policy features and experience anomalies;
 
 
 
 
investment returns, based on stochastically generated scenarios; and
 
 
 
 
asset returns that include a reversion to the mean methodology, similar to that applied for DAC
 
 
 
 
In applying separate account asset growth assumptions for the Variable Annuity GMDB liability, we use a reversion to the mean methodology, the same as that applied to DAC. For the fixed index annuity GMWB liability, policyholder funds are projected assuming growth equal to current Option Values for the current crediting period followed by Option Budgets for all subsequent crediting periods. For the fixed annuity GMWB liability, policyholder fund growth projected assuming credited rates are expected to be maintained at a target pricing spread, subject to guaranteed minimums.
 
 
 
 
For a description of this methodology, see “—Estimated Gross Profits for Investment-Oriented Products.”
 
 
 
Variable Annuity and certain Fixed Index Annuity GMWB
GMWB living benefits on variable annuities and GMWB living benefits linked to equity indices on fixed index annuities are embedded derivatives that are required to be bifurcated from the host contract and carried at fair value with changes in the fair value of the liabilities recorded in realized gains (losses). The fair value of these embedded derivatives is based on assumptions that a market participant would use in valuing these embedded derivatives.
 
 
 
 
For additional information on how we reserve for variable and fixed index annuity products with guaranteed benefit features, see Note 13 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements, and for information on fair value measurement of these embedded derivatives, including how we incorporate our own non-performance risk, see Note 4 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
 
The fair value of the embedded derivatives, which are Level 3 liabilities, is based on a risk-neutral framework and incorporates actuarial and capital market assumptions related to projected cash flows over the expected lives of the contracts.
 
 
 
184

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Guaranteed
Benefit Feature
Reserving Methodology & Key Assumptions
 
Key assumptions include:
 
 
 
 
interest rates;
 
 
 
 
equity market returns;
 
 
 
 
market volatility;
 
 
 
 
credit spreads;
 
 
 
 
equity / interest rate correlation;
 
 
 
 
policyholder behavior, including mortality, lapses, withdrawals and benefit utilization. Estimates of future policyholder behavior are subjective and based primarily on our historical experience;
 
 
 
 
in applying asset growth assumptions for the valuation of GMWBs, we use market-consistent assumptions calibrated to observable interest rate and equity option prices; and
 
 
 
 
allocation of fees between the embedded derivative and host contract.
Estimated Gross Profits to Value Deferred Acquisition Costs and Unearned Revenue for Investment-Oriented Products
Policy acquisition costs and policy issuance costs that are incremental and directly related to the successful acquisition of new or renewal of existing insurance contracts related to universal life insurance and investment-type products, for example, variable, fixed, and fixed index annuities (collectively, investment-oriented products) are generally deferred and amortized, with interest, in relation to the incidence of estimated gross profits to be realized over the expected lives of the contracts, except in instances where significant negative gross profits are expected in one or more periods. Investment oriented products have a long duration and a disclosed crediting interest rate. Total gross profits include both actual gross profits and estimates of gross profits for future periods. Estimated gross profits include current and projected interest rates, net investment income and spreads, net realized gains and losses, fees, surrender rates, mortality experience and equity market returns and volatility. In estimating future gross profits, lapse assumptions require judgment and can have a material impact on DAC amortization. For fixed index annuity contracts, the future spread between investment income and interest credited to policyholders is a significant judgment, particularly in a low interest rate environment.
We regularly evaluate our assumptions used for estimated gross profits. If the assumptions used for estimated gross profits change, DAC and related reserves, including VOBA, DSI, guaranteed benefit reserves and unearned revenue reserve (“URR”), are recalculated using the new assumptions, and any resulting adjustment is included in income. Updating such assumptions may result in acceleration of amortization in some products and deceleration of amortization in other products.
In estimating future gross profits for variable annuity products as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, a long-term annual asset growth assumption of 7% (before expenses that reduce the asset base from which future fees are projected) was applied to estimate the future growth in assets and related asset-based fees. In determining the asset growth rate, the effect of short-term fluctuations in the equity markets is partially mitigated through the use of a reversion to the mean methodology, whereby short-term asset growth above or below the long-term annual rate assumption impacts the growth assumption applied to the five-year period subsequent to the current balance sheet date. The reversion to the mean methodology allows us to maintain our long-term growth assumptions, while also giving consideration to the effect of actual investment performance. When actual performance significantly deviates from the annual long-term growth assumption, as evidenced by growth assumptions for the five-year reversion to the mean period falling below a certain rate (floor) or above a certain rate (cap) for a sustained period, judgment may be applied to revise or “unlock” the growth rate assumptions to be used for both the five-year reversion to the mean period as well as the long-term annual growth assumption applied to subsequent periods.
185

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For additional discussion, see “—Insurance Businesses—Significant Reinsurance Agreements, Variable Annuity Guaranteed Benefits, DAC and VOBA, and Actuarial Updates—DAC and VOBA—Reversion to the Mean.”
The following table summarizes the sensitivity of changes in certain assumptions for DAC and DSI, embedded derivatives and other reserves related to guaranteed benefits and URR, measured as the related hypothetical impact on December 31, 2021 balances and the resulting hypothetical impact on pre-tax income, before hedging.
 
Increase (Decrease) in
December 31, 2021
DAC/DSI
Asset
Other
Reserves
Related to
Guaranteed
Benefits
Unearned
Revenue
Reserve
Embedded
Derivatives
Related to
Guaranteed
Benefits
Pre-Tax
Income
Adjusted
Pre-Tax
Operating
Income
(in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assumptions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net Investment Spread
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of an increase by 10 basis points
$140
$(49)
$(6)
$(154)
$349
$195
Effect of a decrease by 10 basis points
(150)
49
1
158
(358)
(200)
Equity Return(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of an increase by 1%
109
(29)
(60)
198
138
Effect of a decrease by 1%
(105)
37
62
(204)
(142)
Volatility(b)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of an increase by 1%
(3)
25
(32)
4
(28)
Effect of a decrease by 1%
3
(24)
37
(10)
27
Interest Rate(c)
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of an increase by 1%
(2,550)
2,550
Effect of a decrease by 1%
3,407
(3,407)
Mortality
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of an increase by 1%
(10)
41
(54)
3
(51)
Effect of a decrease by 1%
10
(41)
(1)
54
(2)
52
Lapse
 
 
 
 
 
 
Effect of an increase by 10%
(123)
(105)
(28)
(94)
104
10
Effect of a decrease by 10%
126
109
24
97
(104)
(7)
(a)
Represents the net impact of a 1% increase or decrease in long-term equity returns for GMDB reserves and net impact of a 1% increase or decrease in the S&P 500 index on the value of the GMWB embedded derivative.
(b)
Represents the net impact of a 1% increase or decrease in equity volatility.
(c)
Represents the net impact of 1% parallel shift in the yield curve on the value of the GMWB embedded derivative. Does not represent interest rate spread compression on investment-oriented products.
The sensitivity ranges of 10 basis points, 1% and 10% are included for illustrative purposes only and do not reflect the changes in net investment spreads, equity return, volatility, interest rate, mortality or lapse used by us in our fair value analyses or estimates of future gross profits to value DAC and related reserves. Changes different from those illustrated may occur in any period and by different products.
The analysis of DAC, embedded derivatives and other reserves related to guaranteed benefits, and unearned revenue reserve is a dynamic process that considers all relevant factors and assumptions described above. We estimate each of the above factors individually, without the effect of any correlation among the key assumptions. An assessment of sensitivity associated with changes in any single assumption would not necessarily be an indicator of future results. The effects on pre-tax income in the sensitivity analysis table above do not reflect the related effects from our economic hedging program, which utilizes derivative and other financial instruments and is designed so that changes in value of those instruments move in the opposite direction of changes in the guaranteed benefit embedded derivative liabilities.
186

TABLE OF CONTENTS

For a further discussion on guaranteed benefit features of our variable annuities and the related hedging program, see “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” and Notes 4, 10 and 13 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
Future Policy Benefits for Life and Accident and Health Insurance Contracts
Long-duration traditional products primarily include whole life insurance, term life insurance, and certain payout annuities for which the payment period is life-contingent, which include certain of our single premium immediate annuities, including PRT business and structured settlements. In addition, these products also include accident and health, and LTC insurance. The LTC block is in run-off and has been fully reinsured with Fortitude Re.
For long-duration traditional business, a “lock-in” principle applies. Generally, future policy benefits are payable over an extended period of time and related liabilities are calculated as the present value of future benefits less the present value of future net premiums (portion of the gross premium required to provide for all benefits and expenses). The assumptions used to calculate the benefit liabilities and DAC are set when a policy is issued and do not change with changes in actual experience unless a loss recognition event occurs. The assumptions include mortality, morbidity, persistency, maintenance expenses and investment returns. These assumptions are typically consistent with pricing inputs. The assumptions also include margins for adverse deviation, principally for key assumptions such as mortality and interest rates used to discount cash flows, to reflect uncertainty given that actual experience might deviate from these assumptions. Establishing margins at contract inception requires management judgment. The extent of the margin for adverse deviation may vary depending on the uncertainty of the cash flows, which is affected by the volatility of the business and the extent of our experience with the product.
Loss recognition occurs if observed changes in actual experience or estimates result in projected future losses under loss recognition testing. To determine whether loss recognition exists, we determine whether a future loss is expected based on updated current best estimate assumptions. If loss recognition exists, the assumptions as of the loss recognition test date are locked-in and used in subsequent valuations and the net reserves continue to be subject to loss recognition testing. Because of the long-term nature of many of our liabilities subject to the “lock-in” principle, small changes in certain assumptions may cause large changes in the degree of reserve balances. In particular, changes in estimates of future invested asset returns have a large effect on the degree of reserve balances.
Groupings for loss recognition testing are consistent with our manner of acquiring, servicing and measuring the profitability of the business and are applied by product groupings that span across issuance years, including traditional life, payout annuities and LTC insurance. Once loss recognition has been recorded for a block of business, the old assumption set is replaced, and the assumption set used for the loss recognition would then be subject to the lock-in principle. Our policy is to perform loss recognition testing net of reinsurance. The business ceded to Fortitude Re is grouped separately. Since 100% of the risk has been ceded, no additional loss recognition events are expected to occur unless this business is recaptured.
Key judgments made in loss recognition testing include the following:
to determine investment returns used in loss recognition tests, we project future cash flows on the assets supporting the liabilities. The duration of these assets is generally comparable to the duration of the liabilities and such assets are primarily comprised of a diversified portfolio of high to medium quality fixed maturity securities, and may also include, to a lesser extent, alternative investments. Our projections include a reasonable allowance for investment expenses and expected credit losses over the projection horizon. A critical assumption in the projection of expected investment income is the assumed net rate of investment return at which excess cash flows are to be reinvested;
for mortality assumptions, base future assumptions take into account industry and our historical experience, as well as expected mortality changes in the future. The latter judgment is based on a combination of historical mortality trends and industry observations, public health and demography specialists that were consulted by our actuaries and published industry information; and
for surrender rates, key judgments involve the correlation between expected increases/decreases in interest rates and increases/decreases in surrender rates. To support this judgment, we compare crediting rates on our products to expected rates on competing products under different interest rate scenarios.
187

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Significant unrealized appreciation on investments in a low interest rate environment may cause DAC to be adjusted and additional future policy benefit liabilities to be recorded through a charge directly to AOCI income (“changes related to unrealized appreciation of investments”). These charges are included, net of tax, with the change in net unrealized appreciation of investments. In applying changes related to unrealized appreciation of investments, the Company overlays unrealized gains and other changes related to unrealized appreciation of investments onto loss recognition tests.
For additional information on shadow loss recognition, see Note 8 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
For universal life policies with secondary guarantees, we recognize certain liabilities in addition to policyholder account balances. For universal life policies with secondary guarantees, as well as other universal life policies for which profits followed by losses are expected at contract inception, a liability is recognized based on a benefit ratio of (a) the present value of total expected payments, in excess of the account value, over the life of the contract, divided by (b) the present value of total expected assessments over the life of the contract. Universal life account balances as well as these additional liabilities related to universal life products are reported within Future Policy Benefits in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These additional liabilities are also adjusted to reflect the effect of unrealized gains or losses on fixed maturity securities available for sale on accumulated assessments, with related changes recognized through Other comprehensive income (loss). The primary policyholder behavior assumptions for these liabilities include mortality, lapses and premium persistency. The primary capital market assumptions used for the liability for universal life secondary guarantees include discount rates and net earned rates.
Valuation of Embedded Derivatives for Fixed Index Annuity and Life Products
Fixed index annuity and life products provide growth potential based in part on the performance of a market index. Certain fixed index annuity products offer optional guaranteed benefit features similar to those offered on variable annuity products. Policyholders may elect to rebalance among the various accounts within the product at specified renewal dates. At the end of each index term, we generally have the opportunity to re-price the indexed component by establishing different participation rates or caps on equity indexed credited rates. The index crediting feature of these products results in the recognition of an embedded derivative that is required to be bifurcated from the host contract and carried at fair value with changes in the fair value of the liabilities recorded in Net realized gains (losses). Option pricing models are used to estimate fair value, taking into account assumptions for future equity index growth rates, volatility of the equity index, future interest rates, and our ability to adjust the participation rate and the cap on equity-indexed credited rates in light of market conditions and policyholder behavior assumptions.
For additional discussion of market risk management related to these product features, see “—Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk.”
Reinsurance Recoverable
The estimation of reinsurance recoverable involves a significant amount of judgment. Reinsurance assets include reinsurance recoverables on future policy benefits and policyholder contract deposits that are estimated as part of our insurance liability valuation process and, consequently, are subject to significant judgments and uncertainties.
We assess the collectability of reinsurance recoverable balances on a regular basis, through either historical trends of disputes and credit events or financial analysis of the credit quality of the reinsurer. We record adjustments to reflect the results of these assessments through an allowance for credit losses and disputes on uncollectable reinsurance that reduces the carrying amount of reinsurance. This estimate requires significant judgment for which key considerations include:
paid and unpaid amounts recoverable;
whether the balance is in dispute or subject to legal collection;
188

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the relative financial health of the reinsurer as determined by the Obligor Risk Ratings (“ORRs”) we assign to each reinsurer based upon our financial reviews; reinsurers that are financially troubled (i.e., in run-off, have voluntarily or involuntarily been placed in receivership, are insolvent, are in the process of liquidation or otherwise subject to formal or informal regulatory restriction) are assigned ORRs that are expected to generate significant allowance; and
whether collateral and collateral arrangements exist.
An estimate of the reinsurance recoverables’ lifetime expected credit losses is established utilizing a probability of default and loss given default method, which reflects the reinsurer’s ORR rating. The allowance for credit losses excludes disputed amounts. An allowance for disputes is established for a reinsurance recoverable using the losses incurred model for contingencies.
At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the allowance for credit losses and disputes on reinsurance recoverable was $105 million and $101 million or less than 1% of the reinsurance recoverable.
Fortitude Re
In February 2018, AGL, VALIC and USL entered into modco reinsurance agreements with Fortitude Re a registered Class 4 and Class E reinsurer in Bermuda.
These reinsurance transactions between us and Fortitude Re were structured as modco. In modco reinsurance agreements, the investments supporting the reinsurance agreements and which reflect the majority of the consideration that would be paid to the reinsurer for entering into the transaction, are withheld by, and therefore continue to reside on the balance sheet of, the ceding company (i.e., AGL, VALIC, USL) thereby creating an obligation for the ceding company to pay the reinsurer (i.e., Fortitude Re) at a later date. Additionally, as we maintain ownership of these investments, we intend to maintain our existing accounting for these assets (e.g., the changes in fair value of available for sale securities will be recognized within OCI). We have established a funds withheld payable to Fortitude Re while simultaneously establishing a reinsurance asset representing reserves for the insurance coverage that Fortitude Re has assumed. The funds withheld payable contains an embedded derivative and changes in fair value of the embedded derivative related to the funds withheld payable are recognized in earnings through gains (losses). This embedded derivative is considered a total return swap with contractual returns that are attributable to various assets and liabilities associated with these reinsurance agreements.
For additional information on reinsurance, see Notes 2 and 7 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
Allowance for Credit Losses and Goodwill Impairment
Allowance for Credit Losses
Available for sale securities
If we intend to sell a fixed maturity security, or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell a fixed maturity security, before recovery of its amortized cost basis and the fair value of the security is below amortized cost, an impairment has occurred and the amortized cost is written down to current fair value, with a corresponding charge to realized losses. No allowance is established in these situations and any previously recorded allowance is reversed. When assessing our intent to sell a fixed maturity security, or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell a fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, management evaluates relevant facts and circumstances including, but not limited to, decisions to reposition our investment portfolio, sales of securities to meet cash flow needs and sales of securities to take advantage of favorable pricing.
For fixed maturity securities for which a decline in the fair value below the amortized cost is due to credit related factors, an allowance is established for the difference between the estimated recoverable value and amortized cost with a corresponding charge to realized losses. The allowance for credit losses is limited to the difference between amortized cost and fair value. The estimated recoverable value is the present value of cash flows expected to be collected, as determined by management. The difference between fair value and amortized cost that is not associated with credit related factors is presented in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of fixed maturity securities on which an allowance for credit losses was previously recognized (a separate
189

TABLE OF CONTENTS

component of AOCI. Accrued interest is excluded from the measurement of the allowance for credit losses. Prior to the adoption of the Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard on January 1, 2020, the amortized cost of the fixed maturity security was written down.
Commercial and residential mortgage loans
At the time of origination or purchase, an allowance for credit losses is established for mortgage and other loan receivables and is updated each reporting period. Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded in realized gains (losses).
This allowance reflects the risk of loss, even when that risk is remote, and reflects losses expected over the remaining contractual life of the loan. The allowance for credit losses considers available relevant information about the collectability of cash flows, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions. We revert to historical information when we determine that we can no longer reliably forecast future economic assumptions.
The allowances for the commercial mortgage loans and residential mortgage loans in our portfolio are estimated utilizing a probability of default and loss given default model. Loss rate factors are determined based on historical data and adjusted for current and forecasted information. The loss rates are applied based on individual loan attributes and considering such data points as loan-to-value ratios, FICO scores, and debt service coverage.
The estimate of credit losses also reflects management’s assumptions on certain macroeconomic factors that include, but are not limited to, gross domestic product growth, employment, inflation, housing price index, interest rates and credit spreads.
Prior to the adoption of the Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard on January 1, 2020, we used an incurred loss model. The credit loss evaluation process and the measurement of credit loss are generally similar under the new Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard and the incurred loss model, except that the new Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard requires recording an allowance for credit losses for expected lifetime credit losses.
For additional information on the methodology and significant inputs, by investment type, that we use to determine the amount of impairment and allowances for loan losses, see Notes 5 and 6 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
Goodwill Impairment
In 2021, 2020 and 2019 we elected to bypass the qualitative assessment of whether goodwill impairment may exist in our reporting units with the largest goodwill balances and, instead performed quantitative assessments that supported a conclusion that the fair value of the reporting units tested exceeded their book value. To determine fair value, we primarily use a discounted expected future cash flow analysis that estimates and discounts projected future distributable earnings. Such analysis is principally based on our business projections that inherently include judgments regarding business trends.
For a discussion of goodwill impairment, see “Risk Factors—Estimates and Assumptions” and Note 11 to our audited annual consolidated financial statements.
Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes represent the tax effect of differences between the amounts recorded in our Consolidated Financial Statements and the tax basis of assets and liabilities. Our assessment of net deferred income taxes represents management’s best estimate of the tax consequences of various events and transactions, which can themselves be based on other accounting estimates, resulting in incremental uncertainty in the estimation process.
190

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Recoverability of Net Deferred Tax Asset
The evaluation of the recoverability of our deferred tax asset and the need for a valuation allowance requires us to weigh all positive and negative evidence to reach a conclusion that it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The weight given to the evidence is commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. The more negative evidence that exists, the more positive evidence is necessary and the more difficult it is to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed.
We consider a number of factors to reliably estimate future taxable income so we can determine the extent of our ability to realize net operating losses, foreign tax credits, realized capital loss and other carryforwards. These factors include forecasts of future income for each of our businesses, which incorporate forecasts of future statutory income for our insurance companies, and actual and planned business and operational changes, both of which include assumptions about future macroeconomic and our specific conditions and events. We subject the forecasts to stresses of key assumptions and evaluate the effect on tax attribute utilization. We also apply stresses to our assumptions about the effectiveness of relevant prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.
Recent events, including multiple reductions in target interest rates by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and significant market volatility, continued to impact actual and projected results of our business operations as well as our views on potential effectiveness of certain prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. In order to demonstrate the predictability and sufficiency of future taxable income necessary to support the realizability of the net operating losses and foreign tax credit carryforwards, we have considered forecasts of future income for each of our businesses, including assumptions about future macro-economic and our specific conditions and events, and any impact these conditions and events may have on our prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.
For a discussion of our framework for assessing the recoverability of our deferred tax asset, see Note 15 to our interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
Uncertain Tax Positions
Our accounting for income taxes, including uncertain tax positions, represents management’s best estimate of various events and transactions, and requires judgment. FASB Interpretation No. 48, “Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes” now incorporated into Accounting Standards Codification, 740, “Income Taxes” prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attribute for the financial statement recognition and measurement of an income tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. The standard also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties and additional disclosures. We determine whether it is more likely than not that a tax position will be sustained, based on technical merits, upon examination by the relevant taxing authorities before any part of the benefit can be recognized in the financial statements. A tax position is measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely to be realized upon settlement.
We classify interest expense and penalties recognized on income taxes as a component of income taxes.
For an additional discussion, see Note 15 to our interim condensed consolidated financial statements.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
The following provides information regarding the Company’s market risk. For further discussion of the Company’s risk management practices, seeBusiness—Our Segments—Individual Retirement—Risk Management,”Business—Our Segments—Group Retirement—Risk Management,”Business—Our Segments—Life Insurance—Risk Management,” Business—Our Segments—Institutional Markets—Risk Management” and Business—Our Segments—Investment Management—Risk Management.”
Overview
Market risk is the risk of adverse impact due to systemic movements in one or more of the following market risk drivers: equity and commodity prices, residential and commercial real estate values, interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange, inflation, and their respective levels of volatility.
191

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We are engaged in a variety of insurance, investment and other financial services businesses that expose us to market risk, directly and indirectly. We are exposed to market risks primarily within our insurance and capital markets activities, on both the asset and the liability sides of our balance sheet through on- and off-balance sheet exposures. Many of the market risk exposures, including exposures to changes in levels of interest rates and equity prices, are generally long-term in nature. Examples of liability-related market risk exposures include interest rate sensitive surrenders in the fixed annuity and universal life product portfolios. Also, we have equity market risk sensitive surrenders in the variable annuity product portfolio. These interactive asset-liability types of risk exposures are regularly monitored in accordance with the risk governance framework.
The scope and magnitude of our market risk exposures are managed under a robust framework that contains defined risk limits and minimum standards for managing market risk. The market risk management framework focuses on quantifying the financial repercussions to us of changes in the above-mentioned market risk drivers.
Risk Management and Mitigation
In addition to an established governance framework, we rely on a variety of tools and techniques to manage market risk-exposures. Our market risk mitigation framework incorporates the following primary elements:
Product design – Product design is the first step in managing insurance liability exposure to market risks.
Asset/liability management – We manage assets using an approach that is liability driven. Asset portfolios are managed to target durations based on liability characteristics and the investment objectives of that portfolio within defined ranges. Where liability cash flows exceed the maturity of available assets, we may support such liabilities with derivatives, interest rate curve mismatch strategies or equity and alternative investments.
Hedging – Our hedging strategies include the use of derivatives to offset certain changes in the economic value of embedded derivatives associated with the variable annuity, fixed index annuity and index universal life liabilities, within established thresholds. These hedging programs are designed to provide additional protection against large and consolidated movements in levels of interest rates, equity prices, credit spreads and market volatility under multiple scenarios.
Currency matching – We manage our foreign currency exchange rate exposures within our risk tolerance levels. In general, investments backing specific liabilities are currency matched. This is achieved through investments in currency matching assets or the use of derivatives.
Management of portfolio concentration risk – We perform regular monitoring and management of key rate, foreign exchange, equity prices and other risk concentrations to support efforts to improve portfolio diversification to mitigate exposures to individual markets and sources of risk.
Market Risk Sensitivities
The following table provides estimates of sensitivity to changes in yield curves and equity prices on our financial instruments and excludes approximately $77.1 billion and $74.0 billion as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively, of insurance liabilities. We believe that the interest rate sensitivities of these insurance and other liabilities serve as an offset to the net interest rate risk of the financial assets presented in the table below. In addition, the table excludes $32.5 billion of interest rate sensitive assets and $0.6 million of equity investments supporting the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangements as the contractual returns related to the assets are transferred to Fortitude Re, as well as $35.1 billion of related funds withheld payable.
192

TABLE OF CONTENTS

December 31, 2021, and 2020 Comparison(a)
At December 31,
Balance Sheet Exposure
Economic Effect
Economic Effect
(dollars in millions)
2021
2020
2021
2020
2021
2020
Sensitivity factor
 
 
100 bps parallel increase
in all yield curves
100 bps parallel decrease
in all yield curves
Interest rate sensitive assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities(b)
$171,283
$167,095
$(14,144)
$(13,184)
$16,778
$15,660
Mortgage and other loans receivable(b)(c)
34,032
31,857
(1,757)
(1,728)
1,825
2,014
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
1,253
994
(1,882)
(2,198)
3,402
3,538
Total interest rate sensitive assets
$206,568(a)
$199,946(a)
$(17,783)
$(17,110)
$22,005
$21,212
Interest rate sensitive liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment-type contracts(c)
$(130,643)
$(128,204)
$10,375
$10,857
$(13,552)
$(14,078)
Variable annuity and other embedded derivatives
(9,736)
(9,797)
2,550
2,675
(3,407)
(3,469)
Long-term debt(c)
(8,744)
(643)
117
75
(125)
(86)
Total interest rate sensitive liabilities
$(149,123)
$(138,644)
$13,042
$13,607
$(17,084)
$(17,633)
Sensitivity factor:
 
 
20% decline in stock prices
20% increase in stock prices
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Equity contracts(d)
$599
$884
$542
$440
$447
$265
Equity and alternative investments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity(e)
231
596
(46)
(119)
46
119
Total derivatives and equity investments
$830
$1,480
$496
$321
$493
$384
Policyholder contract deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Variable annuity and other embedded derivatives(d)
$(9,736)
$(9,797)
$(269)
$(59)
$(58)
$5
Total liability
$(9,736)
$(9,797)
$(269)
$(59)
$(58)
$5
(a)
At December 31, 2021, the analysis covers $206.6 billion of $241.3 billion interest rate sensitive assets. As indicated above, excluded were $28.7 billion and $3.8 billion of fixed maturity securities and loans, respectively, supporting the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangements. In addition, $2.2 billion of loans and $0.9 billion of assets across various asset categories were excluded due to modeling limitations. At December 31, 2020, the analysis covers $200.0 billion of $238.0 billion interest rate sensitive assets. As indicated above, excluded were $30.6 billion and $3.9 billion of fixed maturity securities and loans, respectively, supporting the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangements. In addition, $3.3 billion of loans and $1.0 billion of assets across various asset categories were excluded due to modeling limitations.
(b)
The 2020 fixed maturity securities and mortgage and other loan receivables balances were revised. These revisions have no impact on Corebridge’s consolidated financial statements and are not considered material to the financial statements.
(c)
The economic effect is the difference between the estimated fair value and the effect of a 100 bps parallel increase or decrease in all yield curves on the estimated fair value. The estimated fair values for Mortgage and other loans receivable, Policyholder contract deposits (Investment-type contracts) and Short-term and
193

TABLE OF CONTENTS

long-term debt were $38.9 billion, $143.1 billion and $8.9 billion at December 31, 2021, respectively. The estimated fair values for Mortgage and other loans receivable, Policyholder contract deposits (Investment-type contracts) and Short term and Long term debt were $37.7 billion, $144.6 billion and $0.9 billion at December 31, 2020, respectively.
(d)
The balance sheet exposures for derivatives and variable annuity and other embedded derivatives are also reflected under “Interest rate sensitive assets” and “interest rate sensitive liabilities” above and are not additive.
(e)
Excludes other invested assets, excluding Fortitude Re Funds Withheld assets, we have $5.1 billion of private equity funds which are generally reported on a one-quarter lag.
We manage our foreign currency exchange rate exposures within the approved risk tolerance levels. In general, investments backing specific liabilities are currency matched. This is achieved through investments in matching currency assets or through the use of derivatives.
The sensitivity analysis is an estimate and should not be viewed as predictive of our future financial condition or financial performance. We cannot ensure that actual financial impacts in any particular period will not exceed the amounts indicated above.
Interest rate sensitivity is defined as change in value with respect to a 100 basis point parallel shift up or down in the interest rate environment, calculated as: scenario value minus base value, where base value is the value under the yield curves as of the period end and scenario value is the value reflecting a 100 basis point parallel increase or decline in all yield curves.
Our interest rate risk is evaluated without considering effects of correlation of changes in levels of interest rate with other key market risks or other assumptions used for calculating the values of financial assets and liabilities. These scenarios do not measure changes in values resulting from non-parallel shifts in the yield curves, which could produce different results.
Equity sensitivity is defined as change in value with respect to a 20 percent point increase or decline in equity prices and scenario value is the value reflecting a 20 percent increase or decrease in equity prices.
Our equity price risk is evaluated without considering effects of correlation of changes in equity prices with other key market risks or other assumptions used for calculating the values of financial assets and liabilities. These scenario do not reflect the impact of basis risk, such as projections about the future performance of the underlying contract holder funds and actual fund returns, which is used as a basis for developing our hedging strategy.
For illustrative purposes, sensitivities are modeled based on a 100 basis point parallel increase or decline in yield curves, and a 20% increase or decline in equity prices. The estimated results presented in the table above should not be taken as a prediction, but only as a demonstration of the potential effects of such events.
194

TABLE OF CONTENTS

BUSINESS
Our Company
Overview
We are one of the largest providers of retirement solutions and insurance products in the United States, committed to helping individuals plan, save for and achieve secure financial futures. Our addressable markets are large with powerful, long-term secular trends given an aging U.S. population and a growing need for retirement solutions. We offer a broad set of products and services through our market leading Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Life Insurance and Institutional Markets businesses, each of which features capabilities and industry experience we believe are difficult to replicate. These four businesses collectively seek to enhance stockholder returns while maintaining our attractive risk profile, which has historically resulted in consistent and strong cash flow generation.
Our strong competitive position is supported by:
our scaled platform and position as a leading life and annuity company across a broad range of products, managing or administering $388.0 billion in client assets as of March 31, 2022;
our four businesses, which provide a diversified and attractive mix of fee income, spread income and underwriting margin;
our broad distribution platform, which gives us access to end customers, employers, retirement plan sponsors, banks, broker-dealers, general agencies, independent marketing organizations and independent insurance agents;
our proven expertise in product design, which positions us to optimize risk-adjusted returns as we grow our business;
our strategic partnership with Blackstone, which we believe will allow us to further grow both our retail and institutional product lines, and enhance risk-adjusted returns;
our high-quality liability profile, supported by our strong balance sheet and disciplined approach to risk management, which has limited our exposure to product features and portfolios with less attractive risk-adjusted returns;
our ability to deliver consistent cash flows and an attractive return for our stockholders; and
our strong and experienced senior management team.
Operating four established, at-scale businesses positions us to optimize risk-adjusted returns when writing new business across our broad suite of market-leading products. According to LIMRA, we are the only company to rank in the top two in U.S. annuity sales in each of the last nine years, with leading positions across each of the fixed, fixed index and variable annuity categories. Our Group Retirement business is recognized as a pioneer and has long held a leading position in the attractive 403(b) retirement plan market through our AIG Retirement Services brand. We ranked in the top 10 in total term life insurance sales in 2021.
We believe we have an attractive business mix that balances fee and spread-based income sources and is diversified across our broad product suite. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2022, our businesses generated spread income of $4.2 billion, fee income of $2.4 billion and underwriting margin of $1.2 billion, resulting in a balanced mix of 54%, 31% and 15%, respectively, among these income sources. We are well-diversified across our operating businesses with our Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Life Insurance and Institutional Markets businesses representing 29%, 16%, 22% and 26% of total adjusted revenue, respectively, for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022.
195

TABLE OF CONTENTS


Our diversified business model is enabled by our long-standing distribution relationships that are distinguished through both their breadth and depth. We have a large distribution platform in the U.S. life and retirement market, with a wide range of relationships with financial advisors, insurance agents and plan sponsors, as well as our own career financial advisors and direct-to-consumer platform. AIG FD, our sales platform, serves as a valuable partner to our third-party distributors, including banks, broker-dealers, general agencies, independent marketing organizations and independent insurance agents. Many of our partners have sold our products for multiple decades and as of December 31, 2021, our top 25 partners generated approximately 13% of their total sales volume through our products. We also provide customized products and services to help meet consumer needs. In our Group Retirement business, our approximately 1,300 career financial advisors, as of March 31, 2022 provide us with the opportunity, as permitted by employer guidelines, to work with approximately 1.7 million individuals, as of March 31, 2022, in-plan and over 300,000 individuals out-of-plan. Our financial advisors are positioned to guide individuals as they invest through employer programs, and to build relationships resulting in the continued provision of advice and guidance over the course of their savings and retirement journey. The strength of these relationships is illustrated by our strong client retention rate of over 90% for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022.
A disciplined approach to investment management is at the core of our business. We believe our recently announced strategic partnership with Blackstone will allow us to leverage Blackstone’s ability to originate, and significantly enhance our ability to invest in, attractive and privately sourced fixed-income oriented assets that we believe are well suited for liability-driven investing within an insurance company framework. Additionally, we believe BlackRock's scale and fee structure make BlackRock an excellent outsourcing partner for certain asset classes and will allow us to further optimize our investment management operating model while improving overall performance.
We believe we have a strong balance sheet that has resulted from decades of focus on effective and prudent risk management practices. We have employed a consistent, disciplined approach to product design and risk selection, resulting in a high-quality liability profile. For example, our broad retail and institutional product suite allows us to be selective in liability origination, and our ability to quickly refine our offerings in response to market dynamics allows us to be opportunistic when we identify areas of attractive risk-adjusted returns. We have a well-managed annuity liability portfolio, with product structures and hedging strategies designed to manage our exposure to living and death benefits. For example, our individual fixed and fixed index annuities represent approximately 56% of our Individual Retirement AUMA as of March 31, 2022, and the vast majority of our AUMA in these products has no exposure to any optional living or death benefits. Our individual variable annuities with living benefits, which represent only 33% of our Individual Retirement AUMA as of March 31, 2022, were predominantly originated after the 2008 financial crisis, and as of March 31, 2022, 96% of our Group Retirement variable annuities have no living benefits. We have also fully reinsured our limited exposure to LTC policies. Our risk management approach includes an efficient hedging program designed to manage risk exposure to our balance sheet, the careful management of our asset-liability matching and the use of reinsurance. We believe our strong risk management framework will continue to help us manage market volatility, optimize our capital and produce attractive stockholder returns.
We believe that our strong competitive position and our enhanced focus on growth as a stand-alone company position us well to capitalize on compelling structural changes in the life and retirement market. We expect our target market of individuals planning for retirement to continue to grow, with the size of the U.S.
196

TABLE OF CONTENTS

population age 65 and over expected to increase by approximately 30% by 2030 from 2020. In addition, we believe that reduced employer-paid retirement benefits will drive an increasing need for our individual retirement solutions. Further, consumers in the United States continue to prefer purchasing life insurance and retirement products through an agent or advisor, which positions us favorably given our broad distribution platform and in-house advice capabilities. We continue to see opportunities to develop new products and adapt our existing products to the growing needs of individuals to plan, save for and achieve secure financial futures. In addition, the domestic PRT market has grown from $3.8 billion in premiums in 2013 to $38.1 billion in 2021, and our presence in this market provides us with opportunities to assist employers that choose to close and transfer obligations under their defined benefit plans.
Our Businesses
Our businesses share common commitments to customer value and disciplined pricing, and each business benefits from enterprise-wide risk management infrastructure, investment management capabilities, hedging strategies and administrative platforms. We have four operating businesses:
Individual Retirement — We are a leading provider in the over $255 billion individual annuity market across a range of product types, including fixed, fixed index and variable annuities, with $14.3 billion in premiums and deposits for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022. We offer a variety of optional benefits within these products, including lifetime income guarantees and death benefits. Our broad and scaled product offerings and operating platform have allowed our company to rank in the top two in total individual annuity sales in each of the last nine years, and we are the only top 10 annuity provider with a balanced mix of products across all major annuity categories according to LIMRA. Our strong distribution relationships and broad multi-product offerings allow us to quickly adapt to respond to shifting customer needs and economic and competitive dynamics, targeting areas where we see the greatest opportunity for risk-adjusted returns. We are well-positioned for growth due to demographic trends in the U.S. retirement market, supported by our strong platform. Our Individual Retirement business is the largest contributor to our earnings, historically generating consistent spread and fee income.
Group Retirement — We are a leading provider of retirement plans and services to employees of tax-exempt and public sector organizations within the K-12, higher education, healthcare, government and other tax-exempt markets, having ranked third in K-12 schools, fourth in higher education institutions and fifth in healthcare institutions by total assets as of September 30, 2021. According to Cerulli Associates, the size of the not-for-profit defined contribution retirement plan market, excluding the Federal Thrift Savings Plan, was $1.9 trillion in 2020. We work with approximately 1.7 million individuals as of March 31, 2022 through our in-plan products and services and over 300,000 individuals through our out-of-plan products and services. Our out-of-plan capabilities include proprietary and non-proprietary annuities, financial planning, brokerage and advisory services. We offer financial planning advice to employees participating in retirement plans through our career financial advisors. These advisors allow us to develop long-term relationships with our customers by engaging with them early in their careers and providing customized solutions and support. Approximately 27% of our individual customers have been customers of our Group Retirement business for more than 20 years and the average length of our relationships with plan sponsors is nearly 29 years. Our strong customer relationships have led to growth in our AUMA, evidenced by stable in-plan spread-based assets, growing in-plan fee-based assets and growing out-of-plan assets. Our Group Retirement business generates a combination of spread and fee income. While the revenue mix remains balanced, we have grown our advisory and brokerage fee revenue over the last several years, which provides a less capital intensive stream of cash flows.
Life Insurance — We offer a range of life insurance and protection solutions in the approximately $206 billion U.S. life insurance market (based on direct premium) as of March 31, 2022, according to the S&P Global Inc., with a growing international presence in the UK and Ireland. We are a key player in the term, indexed universal life and smaller face whole life markets; ranking as a top 15 seller of term, universal and whole life products as of December 31, 2021. Our competitive and flexible product suite is designed to meet the needs of our customers, and we actively participate in product lines that we believe have attractive growth and margin prospects. Further, we have strong third-party distribution relationships and a long history in the direct-to-consumer market, providing us with access to a broad
197

TABLE OF CONTENTS

range of customers from the middle market to high net worth. We have also been working to automate certain underwriting reviews so as to make decisions on applications without human intervention, and we reached a decision on approximately 45% of all underwriting applications in 2021 on an automated basis. As of March 31, 2022, we had approximately 4.3 million in-force life insurance policies in the United States, net of those ceded to Fortitude Re. Our Life Insurance product portfolio generates returns through underwriting margin.
Institutional Markets — We serve the institutional life and retirement insurance market with an array of products that include PRT, institutional life insurance sold through the bank-owned life insurance and corporate-owned life insurance markets, stable value wraps and structured settlements. We are also active in the capital markets through our FABN program. We provide sophisticated, bespoke risk management solutions to both financial and non-financial institutions. Historically, a small number of incremental transactions have enabled us to generate significant new business volumes, providing a meaningful contribution to earnings, while maintaining a small and efficient operational footprint. We believe that market trends will contribute to growth in our stable value wrap product. Our Institutional Markets products generate earnings primarily through net investment spread, with a smaller portion of fee-based income and underwriting margin.
The following table summarizes our total net insurance liabilities for our four operating businesses as of March 31, 2022.
($ in billions)
Individual
Retirement
Group
Retirement
Life
Institutional
Markets
Total
Fixed Annuities
$50.2
$50.2
Fixed Index Annuities
30.5
30.5
Variable Annuities
62.9
62.9
In-plan(1)
56.9
56.9
Out-of-plan Variable Annuities
20.6
20.6
Out-of-plan Fixed and Fixed Index Annuities
8.3
8.3
Traditional Life
9.9
9.9
Universal Life
14.8
14.8
International Life and Other
1.1
1.1
Pension Risk Transfer
11.5
11.5
Structured Settlements
3.5
3.5
Guaranteed Investment Contracts
7.4
7.4
Other(2)
7.7
7.7
Total
$ 143.6
$85.8
$ 25.8
$ 30.1
$ 285.3
(1)
Includes in-plan fixed deferred annuities and in-plan variable annuities.
(2)
Includes corporate markets, variable universal life insurance and SVW products.
Our Distribution Platform
We have built a leading distribution platform through a range of partnerships. Our distribution platform includes banks, broker-dealers, general agencies, independent marketing organizations and independent insurance agents, as well as our career financial advisors, plan consultants, employers, specialized agents and a direct-to-consumer platform. We believe our distribution relationships are difficult to replicate and are strengthened by the breadth of our product offerings and long history of partnership. This platform includes:
AIG FD — We have a specialized team of approximately 500 sales professionals who partner with and grow our non-affiliated distribution on our broad platform, which includes banks, broker-dealers, general agencies, independent marketing organizations and independent insurance agents. Our direct-to-consumer platform, AIG Direct, primarily markets to middle market consumers through a variety of direct channels, including several types of digital channels such as search advertising, display advertising and email as well as direct mail.
198

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Group Retirement — We have a broad team of relationship managers, consultant relationship professionals, business acquisition professionals and distribution leaders that focus on acquiring, serving and retaining retirement plans. Our affiliated platform, VALIC Financial Advisors, which includes approximately 1,300 career financial advisors as of March 31, 2022, focuses on our Group Retirement business, guiding individuals in both in-plan and out-of-plan investing.
Institutional Relationships — We have strong relationships with insurance brokers, bankers, asset managers, pension consultants and specialized agents who serve as intermediaries in our institutional business.
The following chart presents our sales by distribution channel for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022, including premiums, deposits and other consideration for Individual Retirement and Group Retirement and sales on a periodic basis for Life Insurance(1), excluding Institutional Markets and $29.9 million and $1.1 million from AIG Direct and AIG Financial Network, respectively.


(1)
Life Insurance sales, excluding contributions from AIG Direct and AIG Financial Network on a periodic basis, totaled $273 million through the Independent Agents channel for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022.
Our Strategic Partnership with Blackstone
We recently entered into a strategic partnership with Blackstone that we believe has the potential to yield significant economic and strategic benefits over time. We believe that Blackstone’s ability to originate, and our enhanced ability to invest in, attractive and privately sourced, fixed-income oriented assets, will be accretive to our businesses and provide us with an enhanced competitive advantage.
Pursuant to the partnership, Blackstone manages $50 billion of assets in our investment portfolio, with that amount increasing by $8.5 billion in each of the next five years beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022 for an aggregate of $92.5 billion by the third quarter of 2027. We expect Blackstone to invest these assets primarily in Blackstone-originated investments across a range of asset classes, including private and structured credit. Blackstone’s typical credit and lending strategy is to seek to control all significant components of the underwriting and pricing processes with the goal of facilitating bespoke opportunities with historically strong credit protection and attractive risk-adjusted returns. Blackstone seeks to capture enhanced economics to those available in the traditional fixed income markets by going directly to the lending source.
With a market capitalization in excess of $152 billion and $915 billion of AUM as of March 31, 2022, Blackstone is one of the most recognized firms in asset management. Blackstone operates across asset categories, including real estate (both equity and debt), corporate private equity, credit, hedge fund management, infrastructure and secondaries. In addition to its role as the world’s largest real estate investor, with $298 billion of investor capital under management as of March 31, 2022, Blackstone owns and operates one of the world’s largest private real estate debt businesses, Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies, which has generated over $103 billion of gross loan commitments over its 13-year operating history. Separately, Blackstone Liquid Credit
199

TABLE OF CONTENTS

is one of the world’s largest originators of private credit, with $266 billion in total AUM as of March 31, 2022 and is one of the longest-tenured investors in the U.S. direct lending market with a 16-year performance history and approximately $68 billion invested from 2006 to March 31, 2022.
Blackstone will manage a portfolio of private and structured credit assets as described above, where we believe Blackstone is well-positioned to add value and drive new originations. We continue to manage asset allocation and portfolio-level risk management decisions with respect to any assets managed by Blackstone, ensuring that we maintain a consistent level of oversight across our entire investment portfolio. As part of our partnership, Blackstone acquired a 9.9% position in our common stock, aligning its economic interests with our stockholders.
See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Partnership with Blackstone.” This $2.2 billion investment, subject to post-closing adjustments, represented the largest corporate investment in Blackstone’s firm history.
Our Investment Management Arrangement with BlackRock
Under the BlackRock Arrangement, we expect to transfer the management of up to $90 billion of liquid fixed income and certain private placement assets in the aggregate to BlackRock over a period of 12 months in connection with the BlackRock Arrangement. We expect the BlackRock Arrangement will provide us with access to market-leading capabilities, including portfolio management, research and tactical strategies in addition to a larger pool of investment professionals. We believe BlackRock’s scale and fee structure make BlackRock an excellent outsourcing partner for certain asset classes and will allow us to further optimize our investment management operating model while improving overall performance. See “—Our Segments—Investment Management—Our Investment Management Arrangement with BlackRock.”
Our Historical Results and Capital Management
We have a history of consistent and strong results. Our well-diversified, attractive risk-adjusted return profile results from a combination of fee and spread-based income and has historically provided stability through market cycles. Our statutory capital position has been strengthened by our consistent capital generation, and our Life Fleet RBC was 447% as of December 31, 2021, consistent with our target Life Fleet RBC ratio of above 400%. We intend to allocate excess capital opportunistically to invest in our business and return capital to stockholders while maintaining a strong ratings profile.
Market Opportunities
We believe that several market dynamics will drive significant demand for our products and services. These dynamics include the aging of the U.S. population and the resulting generational wealth transfer, the strong consumer preference for financial planning advice, the continued reduction of corporate defined benefit plans and the significant life insurance protection gap for consumers. We believe our businesses are well-positioned to capitalize on the opportunities presented by these long-term trends.
Large and growing retirement-aged population in the U.S.
According to the U.S. Census Bureau, there were approximately 56 million Americans age 65 and older in 2020, representing 17% of the U.S. population. By 2030, this segment of the population is expected to increase by 17 million, or 30%, to approximately 73 million Americans, representing 21% of the U.S. population. Technological advances and improvements in healthcare are projected (notwithstanding near-term COVID-19 impacts) to continue to contribute to increasing average life expectancy. Accordingly, aging individuals must be prepared to fund retirement periods that will last longer than those of previous generations. We believe these longer retirement periods will result in increased demand for our retirement products. Further, Cerulli Associates estimates that by the end of 2042, $70 trillion will change hands from aging households passing on their wealth, providing a significant opportunity for our annuities, life insurance and investment products.
200

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Projected U.S. Adult Population Aged 65 and Older (millions of people)

Source: U.S. Census Bureau
Strong consumer preference for financial planning advice
According to LIMRA, U.S. consumers continue to favor purchasing life insurance in person through an agent or advisor compared to another channel, with 93% of annuities being purchased through financial professionals for the year ended December 31, 2020, despite the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. According to Cerulli Associates, 31% of U.S. retirees prefer to seek retirement advice from financial professionals, the most popular avenue for retirement advice in this demographic, and 20% of U.S. active workers prefer to engage financial professionals for retirement planning. Also according to Cerulli Associates, financial professionals are also the most popular option for retirement planning services for U.S. active workers with $100,000 or more in assets, and nearly half of U.S. active workers with $500,000 or more in assets prefer to receive retirement advice from a financial professional. Due to the complexity of financial planning, we believe that many consumers will continue to seek advice in connection with the purchase of these products, providing a competitive advantage to our broad distribution platforms and in-house advice capabilities.
U.S. consumers’ Preferred Methods for Purchasing Life Insurance in 2020 (%)

Source: LIMRA
Reduced corporate safety net
According to the Employee Benefits Research Institute, the percentage of private-sector wage and salary workers participating in only a defined benefit pension plan decreased from 28% in 1979 to just 1% in 2019. By contrast, the percentage participating in only defined contribution pension plans jumped from 7% to 41%. These statistics demonstrate the increasing need for individuals to seek private solutions to retirement planning and lifetime income. We believe that the dramatic and continuous shift of private-sector worker plan coverage will drive continued demand for our products and expertise. In addition, as more employers close defined benefit plans and look to transfer some or all of their obligations to pay retirement benefits, the domestic PRT market has grown from $3.8 billion in premiums in 2013 to $38.1 billion in 2021, a trend that we expect to continue.
201

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Percentage of Private Sector Wage and Salary Workers Participating in an Employment-Based Retirement Plan by Plan Type (1979-2019)

Source: U.S. Department of Labor Form 5500 Summaries through 1999. EBRI estimates 2000-2019 using Bureau of Labor Statistics, Current Population Survey, and U.S. Department of Labor data.
Growing life insurance protection gap and increased awareness of life insurance need due to COVID-19 pandemic
According to LIMRA, almost half (48%) of American adults in 2021 did not own any form of life insurance, an increase of two percentage points from 2020 and eight percentage points from 2016. Against this trend, the COVID-19 pandemic is expected to increase consumer demand for life insurance, with almost one-third of Americans (31%) saying they are more likely to purchase coverage because of the pandemic, according to LIMRA. We believe the COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the importance of our protection products and will have a lasting effect on consumers’ attitudes toward purchasing life insurance.
Percentage of U.S. Consumers without Life Insurance (2011-2021)

Source: LIMRA
Our Competitive Strengths
Scaled platform with leading positions across a broad suite of products. Our scaled businesses collectively manage $388.0 billion of AUMA as of March 31, 2022, and we generated $31.6 billion of premiums and deposits and $2.4 billion in fee income for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022. We have approximately $12.5 billion of statutory capital and surplus as of December 31, 2021, which makes us the eighth largest life and annuity company in
202

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the United States. We have $20.3 billion of Adjusted Book Value, as of March 31, 2022. We believe our scale provides us with significant operating and competitive advantages, including our importance to our distribution partners and our ability to utilize investments in technological and operational efficiencies to benefit customers.
We maintain leading positions across multiple products and we have in many cases held these leading positions for decades. According to LIMRA, in 2021 we ranked second in total annuity sales while ranking fourth, third and fifth across fixed, fixed index and variable annuities, respectively. We hold top five market positions in K-12 education, higher education and healthcare institutions group retirement assets as of September 30, 2021, while ranking in the top 10 in government group retirement assets as of September 30, 2021, and in the top 10 in term life sales as of December 31, 2021. In recent years, we have also experienced significant growth in advisory-based assets across both in-plan and out-of-plan products.
Our breadth of products allows us to manage our businesses to prioritize value over volume. We have the flexibility to allocate resources towards areas that we believe present the highest available risk-adjusted returns across our portfolio. We manage sales of our portfolio of products and services based on consumer demand and our view of profitability and risk across the markets in which we compete. We believe that this approach allows us to deliver consistent performance over time through a wide range of economic conditions and market environments.
Diversified and attractive business mix. Our business mix is well-balanced by both product type and revenue source. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2022, our four operating businesses collectively generated $5.9 billion in premiums, $3.0 billion in policy fees and $9.7 billion in net investment income excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets, contributing to a total of $24.2 billion in total revenue, including Fortitude Re. Our adjusted revenue is spread across our four operating businesses with Individual Retirement, Group Retirement, Life Insurance and Institutional Markets accounting for 31%, 17%, 24% and 28%, respectively, excluding Corporate and Other, for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022.
Our diversified financial model generates earnings through a combination of spread income, fee income and underwriting margin. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2022, our spread-based income totaled $4.2 billion, our fee-based income totaled $2.4 billion and our underwriting margin was $1.2 billion, providing a balanced mix of 54% spread-based income, 31% fee-based income, and 15% underwriting margin, in each case as a percentage of the total of these income sources. For further discussion regarding our earnings, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Metrics—Key Operating Metrics—Fee and Spread Income and Underwriting Margin.”
Broad distribution platform giving us access to customers and financial intermediaries. We have a leading distribution platform with a range of partnerships and capabilities across the value chain and a culture of focus on the customer. We believe our distribution relationships are strengthened by the breadth of our product offerings and our high-touch client services. Our distribution capabilities include:
AIG FD has approximately 500 specialized sales professionals that leverage our strategic account relationships and other partnerships to address multiple client needs. This platform is primarily focused on our non-affiliated distribution through banks, broker-dealers and independent marketing organizations, and specializes in aligning our robust product offering of over 160 life and annuity products with individual partner preferences, reaching independent advisors, agencies and other firms. AIG FD primarily facilitates distribution for our Individual Retirement and Life Insurance businesses, including providing certain partners a unified coverage model that allows for distribution of both our life insurance and annuity products.
Individual Retirement maintains a growing multi-channel distribution footprint built on long-term relationships. As of March 31, 2022, our footprint included over 24,000 advisors and agents actively selling our annuities in the prior 12 months, accessed through long-term relationships with over 600 firms distributing our annuity products. These advisors and agents included approximately 11,500 new producers who sold our annuity products for the first time in 12 months.
Life Insurance has a well-balanced distribution footprint that reaches approximately 35,000 independent agents as of March 31, 2022, who actively sell our life insurance solutions, through
203

TABLE OF CONTENTS

diverse independent channels as well as a direct-to-consumer model. We had access to over 800 MGAs and BGAs as of March 31, 2022. In addition to our non-affiliated distribution, our life insurance policies are sold through AIG Direct, our direct-to-consumer brand with more than 130 active agents as of March 31, 2022, which represented 12% of our life insurance sales for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022.
Group Retirement is supported by a broad team of relationship managers, consultant relationship professionals and business acquisition professionals that focus on acquiring, serving and retaining retirement plans with approximately 22,000 plan sponsor relationships as of March 31, 2022. Also, VALIC Financial Advisors helps build relationships with employees through our holistic and vertically-integrated offering. Our field force of approximately 1,300 career financial advisors, as of March 31, 2022, comprises experienced field and phone-based financial advisors, retirement plan consultants and experienced financial planners with an average of nearly 10 years of tenure with VALIC Financial Advisors. These professionals provide education, financial planning and retirement advice to individuals participating in their employer sponsored plan. Due to the relationships built with individuals and employers, our financial professionals can, as permitted by employer guidelines, build broad relationships to provide financial planning, advisory and retirement solutions to approximately 1.7 million individuals through our in-plan products and services and over 300,000 individuals through our out-of-plan products and services, as of March 31, 2022.
Institutional Markets largely writes bespoke transactions and works with a broad range of consultants and brokers, maintaining relationships with insurance brokers, bankers, asset managers and specialized agents who serve as intermediaries.
We focus on maintaining strong and longstanding relationships with our partners and seek to grow our volumes with intermediaries. As of December 31, 2021, we represented approximately 13% on average of the total sales volume of our top 25 third-party distribution partners for our annuities. These partners have been with our platform for an average of approximately 25 years, with nine of them for 30 years or more as of December 31, 2021. Each of our distribution platforms has a different strategy. For example, our wholesale operations, through AIG FD, provide high-touch customer service to our intermediaries and seek to help them grow in tandem with our business, while our VALIC Financial Advisors allows us to develop deep and trust-centered relationships directly with individuals to support their broader retirement and insurance needs.
Proven ability to design innovative products and services. Our ability to innovate has contributed to our ability to maintain leading market positions and capitalize on profitable growth opportunities while carefully managing risk, including interest rate and equity risk within our products. The culture of innovation is deeply ingrained in our business and goes back decades. For example, our business issued the first 403(b) annuity contract in a K-12 school system over 50 years ago, to a client that continues to be one of our largest in the Group Retirement business. More recently, we accelerated the growth of our fixed index annuity platform, growing from negligible operations in 2012 to the third-largest player by sales in 2021. This growth was supported by regular product innovation, including exclusive products provided to select distributors with innovative living benefits and customized indices. Fixed index annuities are now our largest Individual Retirement product category by premiums and deposits. We also launched the first fixed index annuity with a living benefit for sale in New York State. We introduced novel risk management features in our variable annuity products with living benefits, including VIX-indexed fee structures and a required fixed account allocation, each of which are now present in 90% of our in-force variable annuity products with living benefits as of March 31, 2022 and present in all of our new variable annuity sales for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022. Within our PRT business, we have developed new product offerings and solutions to participate in complex plan terminations, and are developing longevity swap products to enhance our deal execution capabilities.
Our strategic partnership with Blackstone. Blackstone is expected to originate, and significantly enhance our ability to invest in, attractive and privately sourced, fixed-income oriented assets that are well-suited for liability-driven investing within an insurance company framework. We believe these expanded investment capabilities will improve our investment returns, accelerate our product innovation and enhance the competitiveness of our products. When scaled across our businesses, we believe these expanded capabilities can provide a significant catalyst for future growth.
204

TABLE OF CONTENTS

High-quality liability profile supported by a strong balance sheet and disciplined approach to risk management. We believe our diverse product portfolio and history of disciplined execution have produced a strong balance sheet that is expected to generate significant cash flows over time. First, our disciplined risk selection has resulted in a high-quality liability profile with limited-to-no exposure to “challenged” product portfolios. We have minimal gross exposure, and no net exposure, to LTC policies, which we have fully reinsured to Fortitude Re. Additionally, we have well-managed and limited exposure to optional guarantees within our individual annuity portfolio. As of March 31, 2022, individual annuities with living benefits represented less than 17% of total AUMA, with 4% of these related to guarantees on fixed and fixed index annuities. Our historically profitable variable annuity portfolio has benefited from disciplined risk selection and product design with, as of March 31, 2022, approximately 61% of the portfolio having no guaranteed living benefits and 6% of variable annuity reserves attributable to living benefit business written prior to 2009. In our Institutional Markets business, we offer certain products, such as SVWs, without significant mortality or longevity exposure. Furthermore, the breadth of our Institutional Markets offering allows us to be selective in our liability generation and allocate capital towards the areas where we see the greatest risk-adjusted returns.
Our balance sheet is supported by our strong capital position and high-quality investment portfolio. As of December 31, 2021, we had a Life Fleet RBC ratio of 447%, consistent with our target Life Fleet RBC ratio of above 400%. We intend to manage our financial leverage appropriately with a target financial leverage ratio of 25% to 30%. Our insurance operating company investment portfolio is primarily invested in fixed income securities, 94% of which are designated investment grade by the NAIC as of March 31, 2022.
We also have an active hedging program for our living benefit guarantees, which is informed by our view of the economic liability of the business and is intended to provide protection against adverse market scenarios that could cause the value of the associated liability to increase. In addition, we have an ALM program that seeks to closely match the characteristics of our asset portfolio with the characteristics of our liabilities.
Ability to deliver consistent cash flows and attractive returns for stockholders. Through our scaled and diverse businesses, underpinned by our strong balance sheet and disciplined approach to risk management, we have delivered consistent earnings and cash flows to our parent company. We have also delivered an attractive return on equity, despite the challenging macroeconomic environment with low interest rates and the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic.
Experienced management team. We have a strong and experienced senior management team with a range of backgrounds across insurance, financial services and other areas of expertise. Our senior management team has an average of over 25 years of experience in the financial services industry.
Our Strategy
Leverage our platform to deliver increased earnings. There are significant trends supporting the growth of each of our four businesses, and we believe that we are positioned to take advantage of these trends to achieve targeted growth opportunities.
We believe we can leverage our broad platform to benefit from changing Individual Retirement market dynamics. We intend to maintain and expand our products to provide income and accumulation benefits to our customers. For example, we recently broadened our product portfolio to include a fee-based fixed index annuity to meet the needs of our investment advisor distribution partners. Through our customized wholesaling model, we plan to capitalize on this opportunity by leveraging both external and proprietary data to identify the highest value opportunities at both the distribution partner and financial professional level.
We believe our high-touch model is well-tailored for many employers in the not-for-profit retirement plan market and enables us to help middle market and mass affluent individuals achieve retirement security. Specifically, our career financial advisors provide education and advice to plan participants while accumulating assets in-plan and can seek to serve more of the participant’s financial needs during their lifetime beyond the in-plan relationship, as permitted by employer guidelines. As of March 31, 2022, we have a large extended customer base of approximately 1.7 million plan participants to whom we have access through our in-plan Group Retirement offerings and 300,000 individuals we serve through our out-of-plan Group Retirement offerings. With in-plan income solutions beginning to
205

TABLE OF CONTENTS

emerge, we are well-positioned to benefit from market needs. Moreover, by continuing to offer investment advisory services and third-party annuity products, we expect to capture additional fee-based revenue while providing our clients attractive financial solutions outside of the scope of our own product suite.
Our Life Insurance business has an opportunity to help close the current protection gap in the United States and offer value to our customers internationally. For example, we have begun to offer simplified and less expensive insurance options to middle market pre-retirees looking for final expense protection through the launch of our new SIWL product in the fourth quarter of 2021. Additionally, we expect our strong performance in the term life insurance market to accelerate through enhanced consumer awareness of life insurance coupled with an improved new business process. Our long history in the direct-to-consumer market through a variety of direct-to-consumer channels provides valuable insights and experience for these opportunities.
Our Institutional Markets business has developed relationships with brokers, consultants and other distribution partners to drive increased earnings for its products. We expect to continue to achieve attractive risk-adjusted returns through PRT deals by focusing on the larger end of the full plan termination market where we can leverage our differentiated capabilities around managing market risks, asset-in-kind portfolios and deferred participant longevity. Additionally, we plan to grow our GIC portfolio by expanding our FABN program. We believe that our Blackstone partnership will differentiate our competitive position by providing assets with a duration, liquidity and return profile that are well-suited to our Institutional Markets offerings, allowing us to grow our transaction volume.
Leverage our strategic partnership with Blackstone to create differentiated pricing and liability sourcing. Blackstone is a market-leading alternative investment manager with significant direct asset origination capabilities, representing additional opportunities for us to source the fixed-income oriented assets needed to back our liabilities and enhance risk-adjusted returns. We intend to use our collective asset origination and investment management capabilities to help drive value and growth for all of our businesses.
Drive further cost reduction and productivity improvement across the organization.
We have identified opportunities to improve profitability across our businesses through operating expense reductions, without impacting our ability to serve our existing clients, and in many cases enhancing our service capabilities, to enable growth in our businesses. We aim to achieve an annual run rate expense reduction of $200 million to $300 million on a pre-tax basis within two to three years of this offering. To achieve this goal, we have created a productivity improvement program with a one-time expense of $200 million and intend to complete our “AIG 200” savings of $125 million on an annual run rate basis by the end of 2022, of which $25 million has been earned as of December 31, 2021 (all such amounts presented on a pre-tax basis). In particular, we plan to:
simplify our customer service model and modernize our technology infrastructure with more efficient, up-to-date alternatives, including cloud migration and cloud-based solutions;
further optimize our functional operating model;
build on existing partnership arrangements to further improve scale and drive spend efficiency through technology deployment and process optimization;
rationalize our real estate footprint to align with our business strategy, future operating model and organizational structure; and
optimize our vendor relationships to drive additional savings.
To achieve this plan, we are engaged in advanced discussions with our existing partners to pursue further cost efficiencies by transforming additional operational and back office processes. Apart from the above, we intend to evolve our investments organization, which we expect will create additional efficiencies, to reflect our relationships with key external partners, our expected implementation of BlackRock’s “Aladdin” investment management technology platform and our expected reduction in fees from AIG for asset management services.
For additional information about our cost reduction and productivity improvements across the organization, see “Risk Factors—Our productivity improvement initiatives may not yield our expected expense reductions and improvements in operational and organizational efficiency.”
206

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Closely manage capital to continue to provide strong cash flow for stockholders. We have historically provided strong cash flows from our existing businesses to our parent company, and we intend to continue to manage our businesses to produce meaningful returns to stockholders through potential dividends and share repurchases. We also intend to closely manage our in-force portfolio, seek to ensure that new business is profitable and proactively manage our businesses to optimize returns within and across portfolios.
Financial Goals
We have designed our financial goals to maintain a strong balance sheet while delivering disciplined profitable growth. We have established the following financial goals, based on the assumptions below, which we believe best measure the execution of our business strategy and align with our stockholders’ interests.
Life Fleet RBC of at least 400%;
Return of capital to stockholders equal to 60 to 65% of AATOI, consisting of common stockholder dividends of $600 million each year and share repurchases, subject to approval by our Board (see “Dividend Policy”); and
Adjusted ROAE in the range of 12% to 14% based on current accounting rules in effect on the date hereof and without giving effect to any changes resulting from the adoption of the new accounting standard for long duration contracts.
See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Use of Non-GAAP Financial Measures and Key Operating Measures—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a discussion of AATOI and Adjusted ROAE.
We focus on Adjusted ROAE as a key measure of profitability for our Company. Historically, our return on equity did not reflect the capital structure for the year ended December 31, 2021. We believe this level of Pro Forma Adjusted ROAE demonstrates the strength and profitability of our business today.
The goals described above are based on our baseline business plan scenario, which we refer to as our “Base Case Scenario,” and which includes significant assumptions, presented below on a non-exclusive basis, with respect to, among other things:
annual equity market returns, the yield on the 10-year U.S. Treasury note rising ratably over the next 10 years and policyholder behavior based on our current best estimate assumptions which include dynamic variables to reflect the impact of a change in market levels;
our projected amount of new sales of individual retirement, group retirement, life insurance and institutional markets products;
geopolitical stability;
the absence of material changes in regulation;
that we have not adopted the new accounting standard for long-duration contracts with respect to the financial goal related our Adjusted ROAE;
effective tax rates;
our degree of leverage and capital structure following the Recapitalization due to indebtedness incurred in connection with the Recapitalization or following consummation of this offering as described under “Recapitalization—Indebtedness Remaining Outstanding Following this Offering;”
limited differences between actual experience and existing actuarial assumptions, including assumptions for which existing experience is limited and experience will emerge over time;
the efficacy and maturity of existing actuarial models to appropriately reflect all aspects of our existing and in-force businesses;
the effectiveness and cost of our hedging program and the impact of our hedging strategy on net income volatility and possible negative effects on our statutory capital;
our ability to implement our business strategy;
our ability to implement cost reduction and productivity strategies;
207

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the successful implementation of our key initiatives outlined above;
our access to capital; and
general conditions of the capital markets and the markets in which our businesses operate.
While these goals are presented with numerical specificity, and we believe such goals to be reasonable as of the date of this prospectus, given the uncertainties surrounding such assumptions, there are significant risks that these assumptions may not be realized and as a result, the financial goals may not be achieved in whole or in part. We caution you that these goals are not guarantees of future performance or outcomes and that actual performance and outcomes, including our actual results of operations, may differ materially from those suggested by these goals, particularly if actual events adversely differ from one or more of our key assumptions. The financial goals and their underlying assumptions are forward-looking statements and other risks, uncertainties and factors, including those discussed in “Risk Factors,” could cause our actual results to differ materially from those projected in any forward-looking statements we make. You should read carefully the factors described in “Risk Factors,” “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements and Information” and “Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to better understand the risks and uncertainties inherent in our business and underlying any forward-looking statements, including with respect to these goals. These goals are made only as of the date of this prospectus, and we do not undertake any obligation to update or revise any goals to reflect the occurrence of events, changes in assumptions or adjustments in such financial goals, unanticipated or otherwise, other than as may be required by law. In addition, we expect our financial goals to evolve over time to reflect changes in our business strategies and our balance sheet mix.
For additional information about certain risks associated with our financial goals, see “Risk Factors—Our business strategy may not be effective in accomplishing our objectives, including as a result of events that can cause our fundamental business model to change and assumptions that may prove not to be accurate.”
Our Segments
INDIVIDUAL RETIREMENT
Overview
We are a leading provider of individual annuity products, serving over one million clients as of March 31, 2022. Our three product categories, fixed, fixed index and variable annuities, address a range of savings, investment, and income needs. We offer a variety of optional benefits within these products, including lifetime income guarantees and death benefits and sell our annuities products through our extensive distribution platform. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2022, we recorded $14.3 billion in total individual annuity sales, with each of our product categories contributing at least $3.9 billion in premiums and deposits. Our broad and scaled product offering has allowed us to rank in the top two in total individual annuity sales in each of the last nine years, according to LIMRA.
Broad distribution platform: Our Individual Retirement business maintains a growing multi-channel distribution footprint built on long-term relationships. As of March 31, 2022, our footprint included over 24,000 advisors and agents who actively sold our annuities in the prior 12 months, accessed through long-term relationships with over 600 firms distributing our annuity products, and approximately 11,500 new producers who sold our annuity products for the first time in the last 12 months. Our strategic accounts function helps manage relationships with our largest distribution partners. We have also collaborated with some distribution partners to create differentiated fixed and fixed index annuity products tailored for specific markets, customer segments and distribution channels to add value to our customers while managing our balance sheet exposure.
Diversified product portfolio: Our diverse and broad product suite allows us to quickly adapt our offerings in response to shifting customer needs and economic and competitive dynamics, targeting areas where we see the greatest opportunity for risk-adjusted returns. As an example, we typically re-price our full fixed annuity product suite on a weekly basis to respond to market conditions, distributor preferences and competitive actions and can re-price more frequently if needed. Our product diversification, as evidenced by balanced new business sales across all three product categories, allows for further new business flexibility in meeting customer demand and changing macroeconomic conditions.
Disciplined product risk management: Our products and product features are designed with both customer needs and our risk management in mind. We have a disciplined approach designed to manage risk exposure to
208

TABLE OF CONTENTS

our balance sheet by managing margins and capital and stress testing results under varied market conditions. As an example, our fixed index annuities are designed purposefully so that we can effectively manage the index crediting risk through our hedging program. Further, our fixed annuity block reflects a history of disciplined rate setting, with minimal exposure to guaranteed crediting rates above 4.5%. Our variable annuity business has pioneered risk-mitigating features such as VIX-indexed fees and flexible income choices which offer value for our customers while tailoring our risk profile. Additionally, our variable annuity block reflects a history of disciplined product design, with limited exposure to legacy variable annuities with living benefits written before 2009, which account for less than 6% of our overall variable annuity portfolio as of March 31, 2022. Our product diversification further mitigates potential adverse outcomes that could impact our portfolio.
Individual Retirement is the largest contributor to our earnings, accounting for $1.7 billion or 50% of our adjusted pre-tax operating income in the twelve months ended March 31, 2022. We have more than 1.2 million policies in-force, representing $151.1 billion of AUMA as of March 31, 2022.
The following table presents Individual Retirement AUMA by product:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ billions)
AUMA by product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed annuities
$54.8
36.3%
$57.8
36.1%
$60.5
38.5%
$60.4
41.6%
Fixed index annuities
30.5
20.2%
31.8
19.8%
27.9
17.7%
22.1
15.2%
Variable annuities
65.8
43.5%
70.6
44.1%
68.9
43.8%
62.8
43.2%
Total(1)
$151.1
100.0%
$160.2
100.0%
$157.3
100.0%
$145.3
100.0%
(1)
Excludes AUA of our retail mutual funds business that were sold to Touchstone on July 16, 2021, or otherwise liquidated.
Products
Fixed annuities
We offer a range of fixed annuity products that offer principal protection and a specified rate of return over a single year or multi-year time periods. Beyond the guaranteed return periods, we offer renewal crediting rates that are dynamically managed in coordination with our investment team. We also offer optional living benefits for some of our fixed annuity products. The market risk associated with these living benefits is mitigated as the return on fixed annuities uses the guaranteed minimum interest rate as a floor, which prevents the account value from declining due to market returns.
We bear the risk of investment performance for fixed annuity products. These products primarily generate spread-based income on the difference between the investment income earned on the assets backing the policy (which are held in our general account) and the interest credited to the policyholder. Our product teams closely coordinate with our investment management function to efficiently manage this spread income. Such coordination provides us with the ability to quickly reprice and reposition our market offerings as new asset opportunities are sourced and as market conditions change in addition to closely managed renewal rates.
Fixed index annuities
We offer fixed index annuity products which provide our customers with returns linked to the underlying returns of various market indices. These products can include a range of optional benefits including GMDBs and GMWBs. The market risk associated with these guarantees is mitigated as fixed index annuity account values generally do not decrease even when the chosen index has negative performance. We have accelerated the growth of our fixed index annuity platform, growing from $0.4 billion in sales (1.1% market share) in 2013 to $6.0 billion in sales (9.4% market share) in 2021.
Similar to our fixed annuities, our fixed index annuities generate spread-based income on the difference between the investment income earned on the general account assets backing the policy and the interest credits our client earn. We bear the risk associated with the interest credits that our clients earn, which is managed through hedging (as
209

TABLE OF CONTENTS

discussed below) in order to minimize the index exposure on our balance sheet. This is in addition to the pricing and renewal rate management that we employ against both fixed annuity and fixed index annuity products.
Variable annuities
We offer variable annuities that allow a customer to choose from a selection of investment options. Our variable annuity products generate fee-based income that is typically paid as a percentage of the assets in the investment options selected by the policyholder and held in one of our separate accounts. Policyholders generally bear the risk of the investment performance of assets held in a separate account. These products typically offer, and in some cases in order to limit volatilty, require a portion of the account value to be allocated to, general account investment options.
Our variable annuity products offer guaranteed benefit features (collectively known as “GMxBs”), including GMDBs and living benefits which provide guaranteed lifetime income, such as GMWBs. We presently offer simple GMDBs, with 89% of our variable annuity GMDB account value as of March 31, 2022 either providing for return of premium or locking-in a maximum anniversary value, and have limited exposure to legacy GMDB options, including rollups which represented 4% of variable annuity GMDB account value as of March 31, 2022. 76% of our variable annuity account value has a GMWB as of March 31, 2022 and we have a small portion of in-force contracts with guaranteed minimum income benefits (“GMIBs”), although we no longer offer this guaranteed benefit feature as of 2006 and the majority of this exposure has been reinsured. We seek to mitigate the market risk associated with all guaranteed benefit features through a dynamic hedging program that is designed to reduce the equity market and interest rate risk associated with offering the benefits.
While only one living benefit can be purchased for a variable annuity contract, a contract can include both a GMDB and a living benefit. However, a policyholder can only receive payouts from one guaranteed feature on a contract containing both a GMDB and a living benefit, with the exception of a surviving spouse who has a rider to potentially collect both a GMDB upon his or her spouse’s death and a GMWB during the surviving spouse’s lifetime. As of March 31, 2022, 1.8% of our living benefit policies are in spousal continuation status.
The following table presents our Individual Retirement sales by product:
 
For the twelve months
ended March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
 
 
 
 
($ millions)
 
 
Sales by product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fixed annuities
$3,942
27.5%
$3,011
22.0%
$2,535
26.3%
$5,280
38.8%
Fixed index annuities
5,597
39.1%
5,621
41.2%
4,096
42.5%
5,466
40.1%
Variable annuities
4,775
33.4%
5,025
36.8%
3,003
31.2%
2,879
21.1%
Total(1)
$14,314
100.0%
$13,657
100.0%
$9,634
100.0%
$13,625
100.0%
(1)
Excludes the sale of our retail mutual funds business that were sold to Touchstone on July 16, 2021, or otherwise liquidated.
While the COVID-19 pandemic negatively impacted sales results in 2020, we have retained market share relative to peers as we have maintained the second place ranking in total individual annuity sales in 2021.
The following table presents our sales rankings by annuity product category according to LIMRA:
 
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
Sales ranking
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Overall
2
2
2
1
2
2
2
Fixed annuities
4
5
2
3
2
2
2
Fixed index annuities
3
3
3
4
7
5
4
Variable annuities
5
6
6
6
5
5
4
210

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our fixed annuity and fixed index annuity products generate spread-based income on the difference between crediting rates paid and yields earned on assets we invest in our general account. Our variable annuity products generate fee-based income that is typically paid as a percentage of the assets in the investment options selected by the policyholder and held in our separate accounts. The following table presents Individual Retirement spread and fee income:
 
For the twelve
months ended
March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
Spread and fee income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Spread income(1)
$2,540
63.1%
$2,650
63.9%
$2,430
64.8%
$2,500
66.6%
Fee income(2)
1,487
36.9%
1,500
36.1%
1,321
35.2%
1,254
33.4%
Total
$4,027
100.0%
$4,150
100.0%
$3,751
100.0%
$3,754
100.0%
(1)
Spread income is defined as premium and net investment income less benefits and interest credited.
(2)
Fee income is defined as policy fees plus advisory fee and other income.
Distribution
Individual Retirement has a large and diverse distribution platform, allowing the business to reach and serve a wide range of consumers. Individual Retirement’s annuity products are offered through a longstanding, multichannel distribution network of over 600 third-party firms including banks, broker-dealers, general agencies, independent marketing organizations and independent insurance agents as of March 31, 2022. At AIG FD (which includes AIG Direct), we have approximately 500 professionals who work with these firms and their associated advisors to market and sell our products. According to LIMRA, we were the only company to rank in the top five in sales across all three major annuity product categories in 2021 and to have remained in the top 10 in each category since 2015.
The following table presents our Individual Retirement sales by distribution channel:
 
For the twelve
months ended
March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
Sales by distribution channel
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Broker dealer(1)
$7,052
49.3%
$7,137
52.3%
$4,576
47.5%
$5,998
44.0%
Banks
5,565
38.9%
4,756
34.8%
3,659
38.0%
5,376
39.5%
Independent non-registered marketing organizations/BGAs(2)
1,697
11.8%
1,764
12.9%
1,399
14.5%
2,251
16.5%
Total
$14,314
100.0%
$13,657
100.0%
$9,634
100.0%
$13,625
100.0%
(1)
Includes wirehouses, independent and regional broker-dealers.
(2)
Includes career agents.
Our distribution strategy is built around maintaining long-term relationships with the firms that distribute our products and the individual agents and registered representatives within those firms. As of March 31, 2022, our top 25 third-party distribution partners have been on our platform for an average of approximately 25 years, with nine of them for 30 years or more. As of December 31, 2021, we represented 13% on average of the total sales volume of our top 25 third-party distribution partners for our annuities. We also develop customized products for our channels as appropriate, including variations of our fixed annuity products that better align with partner business models and variable annuity products with specialized rider options. These customized products comprised 31% of our 2021 annuity sales.
211

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AIG FD executes our wholesale distribution strategy, through its approximately 500 professionals who act as a unified point of contact between our firm and our distribution partners and seek to deliver the right product within our suite as appropriate for client needs. AIG FD’s coordinated wholesaling approach positions us to go to market as ‘one firm,’ thereby better serving our distribution partners and increasing our relevance and perceived value to them. This results in greater access to, and partnership with, distributors which allows us to deliver specialized strategies tailored to specific distribution channels and help our partners grow their business as we grow ours. The strong relationships formed through these collaborations are fundamental to our ability to continue to generate attractive risk-adjusted returns.
Markets
Our individual annuity products are primarily sold to mass affluent and high net worth individuals for retirement accumulation, retirement income and legacy planning. Increasing life expectancy and reduced expectations for traditional retirement income from defined benefit programs and fixed income securities are leading Americans to seek additional financial security as they approach retirement. As the retirement age population in the United States continues to grow, we expect the need for these retirement savings and income products to expand.
Competition
Our Individual Retirement business competes with traditional life insurers and financial services companies, including banks and asset management companies. Competition is based on pricing, product design, distribution, financial strength, brand and reputation, customer service and ease of doing business, among other factors. We expect the robust competition in our space to continue from traditional insurance companies, newer entrants into the insurance space, and substitute products such as certificates of deposit, mutual funds and other investment products. Newer entrants have frequently been owned or affiliated with alternative asset managers, which provide an enhanced investment strategy compared to traditional competitors. We expect our partnership with Blackstone to give us access to enhanced investment capabilities, enabling us to compete effectively in this changing environment. In parallel, several insurance company competitors have changed their focus away from the individual life and retirement market, which has created an opportunity for us to gain market share in product and distribution areas that others are de-emphasizing.
Strategy
Deepen distribution relationships: We continue to focus on leveraging our distribution strategy to expand the breadth and depth of our distribution relationships. This strategy broadens our product penetration with existing distribution partners and coordinates our sales activities through our strategic account managers and customized wholesaling model. Using both external and proprietary data, we seek to identify the highest value opportunities at both the distribution partner and financial professional level. We also target new high-impact distributors looking to grow and utilize our broad product set to better serve their end customers.
Continue to innovate products and features: Continuing to offer well-designed products with attractive risk-return profiles and customer appeal is fundamental to our success. For example, we recently broadened our product portfolio to include a fee-based fixed index annuity to meet the needs of our investment advisor distribution partners. Additionally, we are continuously evaluating adding product features and options that have the potential to enhance our overall risk-return profile and add value for our clients and distributors.
Target opportunistic and profitable growth: Our strong market positions and distribution relationships allow us to opportunistically target growth in products where market dynamics provide for attractive returns. We identify and pursue growth opportunities based on our assessment of the opportunity to generate both attractive returns and drive volume. According to Cerulli Associates, the U.S. retirement market is a $30 trillion opportunity due to the aging of the population, reduced access to private pensions, inter-generational wealth transfers, and improved life expectancy. We believe this will continue to fuel growth in the market for U.S. retirement assets, and in turn demand for our Individual Retirement products. We believe we are well-positioned to capture this growing market opportunity through our robust and balanced product line-up, our distribution platform and our partnership with Blackstone.
Risk Management
Our Individual Retirement risk management philosophy begins with the way we approach new business generation. We seek to prioritize long-term value over sales volume and adapt our product focus and product
212

TABLE OF CONTENTS

designs in the face of changing market dynamics. Over time, this approach has resulted in a well-diversified annuity business that generates consistent earnings through a combination of spread and fee-based income and has minimal exposure to unprofitable legacy lines of business. We have several risk management features that are embedded in the majority of our in-force business as described above. Finally, we deploy a sophisticated dynamic hedging program that aggregates risk at the portfolio level to realize efficiencies across our platform and seeks to produce consistently strong results through a variety of economic environments.
Diversified business
The breadth of our individual annuity offerings allows us to generate earnings that are driven by a well-balanced source of spread and fee-based income. We believe our strong fixed, fixed index and variable annuity products position us to weather economic uncertainty and adapt to competitive pressure better than a concentrated, single-product portfolio.
Product design
Fixed annuities — The primary risk facing our fixed annuity products is that of low fixed income returns compressing the investment spreads generated by the product. As a result of market conditions and comparable to our peers, we have reduced the guaranteed minimum interest rates (“GMIRs”) offered by our fixed annuities over time. Our track record of disciplined rate setting has helped to mitigate some of the pressure on investment spreads. While older contracts that were priced in a higher interest rate environment face the most significant spread compression concerns, contracts with GMIRs over 4.5% account for a relatively small portion of our fixed annuity portfolio which we expect will continue to decrease over time as new contracts are issued at lower GMIRs and older contracts experience lapses, withdrawals and deaths.
The following table presents our fixed annuity reserves by GMIR:
 
 
 
As of December 31,
 
As of March 31,
2022
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
 
 
($ billions)
 
 
Fixed annuity reserves by GMIR
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No GMIR
$2.7
5.4%
$2.9
5.8%
$2.7
5.4%
$2.3
4.5%
<2.00%
26.3
52.4%
25.4
51.0%
24.8
49.1%
24.2
46.9%
2.00 – 2.99%
3.7
7.4%
3.8
7.6%
4.2
8.4%
5.0
9.7%
3.00 – 4.49%
16.9
33.6%
17.2
34.6%
18.3
36.1%
19.4
37.7%
4.50%+
0.6
1.2%
0.5
1.0%
0.5
1.0%
0.6
1.2%
Total
$50.2
100.0%
$49.8
100.0%
$50.5
100.0%
$51.5
100.0%
Our fixed annuity portoflio has a weighted average crediting rate of 2.59% and GMIR of 1.78% as of March 31, 2022.
Fixed annuities are also exposed to disintermediation risk in the event of rising interest rates and increased lapses. Fixed annuities have surrender charge periods, generally in the three-to-seven year range, which may help mitigate increased early surrenders in a rising rate environment.
The following table presents our fixed annuity reserves by surrender charge:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ billions)
Fixed annuity reserves by surrender charge
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No surrender charge
$26.1
52.1%
$26.4
53.0%
$27.1
53.6%
$27.6
53.6%
Greater than 0% – 2%
2.4
4.7%
2.1
4.2%
2.3
4.6%
2.1
4.1%
Greater than 2% – 4%
2.3
4.6%
2.4
4.9%
2.7
5.3%
3.2
6.2%
Greater than 4%
17.0
33.9%
16.5
33.1%
16.2
32.1%
16.4
31.8%
Non-surrenderable
2.4
4.7%
2.4
4.8%
2.2
4.4%
2.2
4.3%
Total
$50.2
100.0%
$49.8
100.0%
$50.5
100.0%
$51.5
100.0%
213

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents our fixed annuity rider reserves:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
($ millions)
Fixed annuity rider reserves
 
 
 
 
GMWB
$275
$457
$353
$38
We do not have any fixed annuity rider reserves for GMDB or GMIB.
Fixed index annuitiesOur fixed index annuity block does not contain significant legacy risk exposure as we only began increasing sales meaningfully in this product category in 2013. Fixed index annuities are designed with simpler risk profiles than variable annuities and the associated index credits are hedged by our hedging team. The majority of our fixed index annuity portfolio does not contain guaranteed minimum living benefits, which we believe results in an attractive risk profile across our in-force fixed index annuity block. We introduced a GMDB option in our fixed index annuity portfolio in 2020, which is currently present in $233 million of fund value as of March 31, 2022.
The following table presents our fixed index annuity reserves with and without a GMWB:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
 
 
 
 
($ millions)
 
 
Fixed index annuity reserves with and without a GMWB
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No GMWB
$19,580
64.2%
$19,027
62.6%
$15,052
58.6%
$12,151
57.9%
GMWB
10,897
35.8%
11,347
37.4%
10,612
41.4%
8,839
42.1%
Total
$30,477
100.0%
$30,374
100.0%
$25,664
100.0%
$20,990
100.0%
We do not have any fixed index annuity rider reserves for GMIB and we have less than $1 million of GMDB fixed index annuity rider reserves as of December 31, 2021.
The following table presents our fixed index annuity reserves by surrender charge:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ billions)
Fixed index annuity reserves by surrender charge
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No surrender charge
$1.6
5.2%
$2.0
6.6%
$1.4
5.4%
$0.7
3.5%
Greater than 0% – 2%
1.5
4.9%
1.7
5.6%
1.1
4.3%
0.3
1.5%
Greater than 2% – 4%
3.9
12.8%
4.2
13.8%
3.5
13.6%
2.6
12.4%
Greater than 4%
23.5
77.1%
22.5
74.0%
19.6
76.7%
17.4
82.6%
Non-surrenderable
Total
$30.5
100.0%
$30.4
100.0%
$25.6
100.0%
$21.0
100.0%
Variable annuities — Years of prudent product design have resulted in an in-force variable annuity block that has minimal exposure to pre-2008 financial crisis liabilities and roll-up death benefits. Our variable annuity GMDB exposure is primarily concentrated in return of premium guarantees, with little exposure to riskier return of account value options. Our living benefits exposure is concentrated in GMWBs. All GMWBs require the customer to invest in a restricted set of fund options, a limited number of which are customizable. We have a small portion of legacy GMIBs, representing 4% of our in-force portfolio.
214

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents our account value by GMDB design in our variable annuity portfolio:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ billions)
Variable annuity account value by GMDB design
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No GMDB
$0.9
1.5%
$1.0
1.6%
$0.9
1.5%
$0.7
1.3%
Return of premium
36.2
60.8%
38.9
60.8%
36.5
61.3%
34.8
62.2%
Highest contract value attained
15.9
26.7%
17.3
27.0%
16.7
27.9%
15.8
28.3%
Rollups
2.6
4.4%
2.9
4.5%
2.9
4.9%
2.8
4.9%
Return of account value
3.9
6.6%
3.9
6.1%
2.6
4.4%
1.9
3.3%
Total account value with guarantees
$59.5
100.0%
$64.0
100.0%
$59.6
100.0%
$55.9
100.0%
The following table presents our account value by benefit type in our variable annuity portfolio:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ billions)
Variable annuity account value by benefit
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GMWB
$45.2
76.0%
$48.4
75.6%
$45.0
75.5%
$42.5
76.0%
GMDB only
11.2
18.8%
12.2
19.0%
11.4
19.1%
10.5
18.8%
GMIB
2.2
3.7%
2.4
3.8%
2.3
3.9%
2.2
3.9%
No guarantee
0.9
1.5%
1.0
1.6%
0.9
1.5%
0.7
1.3%
Total
$59.5
100.0%
$64.0
100.0%
$59.6
100.0%
$55.9
100.0%
The vast majority of our in-force variable annuity portfolio is designed with embedded risk mitigation features as follows:
VIX-indexed fee: This feature increases the rider fee when market volatility rises, helping offset higher costs of hedging during periods of high equity volatility as well as providing value to the customer through lower fees during periods of lower equity volatility in the market. This feature is present in 90% of our total in-force GMWB variable annuity business as of March 31, 2022 and 100% of new GMWB variable annuity sales in the three months ended March 31, 2022. The feature is unique to our product lines.
Required fixed account allocation: This feature requires 10 – 20% of account value to be invested in an account that credits a fixed interest rate and provides no equity exposure. This feature is present in 90% of our in-force GMWB business as of March 31, 2022 and 100% of new GMWB variable annuity sales with living benefits in the three months ended March 31, 2022. The feature was introduced by our company in 2010.
Volatility controlled funds: These funds, which are offered or in some cases are required in conjunction with certain living benefits, seek to maintain consistent and capped volatility exposure for the underlying funds in the variable annuity by managing exposures to volatility targets and/or caps instead of a more traditional fixed equity allocation. These funds also limit equity allocation and provide equity market tail protection through put options purchased within the funds. The funds account for 68% of our in-force GMWB living benefit AUMA as of March 31, 2022 and 24% of new GMWB variable annuity sales in the three months ended March 31, 2022. Currently, we sell two main living benefit riders, one that requires election of volatility control funds with more generous payout features and one that does not require the use of volatility control funds and offers less generous payout features. The latter product is more popular, resulting in a lower percentage of new sales that use volatility control funds. We believe both riders are appropriately priced and have significant risk mitigating features.
215

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Withdrawal rate reduction at claim: This feature lowers the guaranteed income amount after the account value is depleted, consequently lowering our claim payments. This feature is present in 72% of our in-force GMWB business as of March 31, 2022 and 88% of new GMWB variable annuity sales for the three months ended March 31, 2022.
The amount of consumer value embedded in a variable annuity guarantee is determined by the design of the guarantee and the benefit base, as specified in the contract. Net amount risk represents our exposure to a potential loss through the variable annuity guarantee.
The following table presents our variable annuity net amount at risk (“NAR”) and rider reserve by benefit type:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
NAR
Reserve
NAR
Reserve
NAR
Reserve
NAR
Reserve
 
($ millions)
Variable annuity NAR and rider reserves(1)(2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GMWB
$274
$1,714
$471
$2,484
$1,082
$3,619
$300
$2,581
GMDB
1,358
383
726
398
788
369
872
359
GMIB
53
12
54
12
83
12
78
12
(1)
The NAR for each GMDB and GMWB is calculated irrespective of the existence of other features. As a result, the NAR for each of GMDB and GMWB is not additive to that of other features.
(2)
The NAR for GMDB represents the amount of benefits in excess of account value if death claims were filed on all contracts on the balance sheet date. The NAR for GMWB represents the present value of minimum guaranteed withdrawal payments, in accordance with contract terms, in excess of account value, assuming no lapses.
The following table presents our variable annuity reserves by surrender charge:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ billions)
Total reserves by surrender charge
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No surrender charge
$31.8
50.6%
$34.0
50.0%
$29.6
45.7%
$23.7
39.5%
Greater than 0% – 2%
9.7
15.4%
10.9
16.0%
10.5
16.3%
9.2
15.3%
Greater than 2% – 4%
8.2
13.0%
9.9
14.5%
12.0
18.5%
12.3
20.5%
Greater than 4%
13.2
21.0%
13.3
19.5%
12.6
19.5%
14.8
24.7%
Non-surrenderable
Total
$62.9
100.0%
$68.1
100.0%
$64.7
100.0%
$60.0
100.0%
The variable annuity market has developed significantly over the past decade as many carriers altered product designs to better balance consumer and stockholder value after experiencing reduced profitability through the 2008 financial crisis and subsequent market downturns. In doing so, many carriers have reduced the benefits offered in their GMxBs through subsequent product rollouts. Our exposure to legacy variable annuities with living benefits written before 2009 accounts for less than 6% of our overall portfolio, as of March 31, 2022. As a result of our prudent product design, from January 1, 2013 through December 31, 2021 our variable annuity portfolio has recorded net cumulative pre-tax income actuarial adjustments of $168 million and earned a return on assets of 1.32%.
216

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following chart presents the distribution of our variable annuity account value across sale vintages and GMWB status as of March 31, 2022.

Hedging
In addition to prudent product design and in-force management, we seek to reduce the risk associated with our Individual Retirement products through a dynamic hedging program. Our hedge program utilizes market instruments, including swaps, futures and options to offset changes in our internal view of the exposure of our variable annuity living benefits as well as the index credits on fixed index annuities. For example, for variable annuity living benefits, the hedge targets are calculated as the difference between the present value of future expected benefit payments for the living benefit and the present value of future living benefit rider fees, with present values determined over numerous equally weighted stochastic scenarios. This stochastic projection method uses best estimate assumptions for policyholder behavior including mortality, lapses, withdrawals and benefit utilization in conjunction with market scenarios calibrated to observable equity and interest rate option prices. We measure our exposure at least daily and seek to keep our net exposure, defined as hedge assets and associated contract liabilities, within defined limits. The hedging program is designed to provide additional protection against large and combined movements in levels of interest rates, equity prices, credit spreads and market volatility under multiple scenarios. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Significant Factors Impacting Our Results—Impact of GMWB Riders and Hedging.”
The market value of the hedge portfolio compared to the economic hedge target at any point in time may be different and is not expected to be fully offsetting. The primary sources of difference between the change in the fair value of the hedging portfolio and the economic hedge target include: basis risk due to the variance between expected and actual fund return; differences in realized volatility and implied volatility; actual versus expected changes in the hedge target driven by assumptions not subject to hedging, particularly policyholder behavior; and risk exposures that we have elected not to explicitly or fully hedge. The impact to earnings as a result of these differences has been minimal as illustrated by the following table.
The following table presents the net increase (decrease) to combined pre-tax income (loss) from changes in the fair value of the GMWB embedded derivatives and related hedges, excluding related DAC amortization, for the Individual and Group Retirement segments:
 
For the twelve months
ended March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
($ millions)
Hedging result summary
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) on pre-tax income (loss)
$567
$150
$206
$(139)
We also seek to leverage the scale of our business and our hedging programs across our lines of business. For example, we seek to take advantage of offsetting positions that we may have within our variable annuity, fixed index annuity, and indexed universal life businesses. By offsetting these positions, we are able to both
217

TABLE OF CONTENTS

reduce our risk and our trading costs. In 2021, this resulted in an estimated 35% reduction in equity hedging and approximately $10 million to $15 million of hedging cost savings.
Supplemental Information on Our In-Force Variable Annuity Business
As Corebridge primarily derives its cash flows from dividends from its operating insurance company subsidiaries, statutory earnings are a key factor in managing the liquidity and capital resources at the holding company level. For additional discussion of holding company liquidity, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources.”
This section presents a sensitivity analysis (the “Sensitivity Analysis”) of the estimated cash flows and distributable earnings associated with our in-force variable annuity business (primarily in our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement segments) as of June 30, 2021 (the end of the period covered by the work of Oliver Wyman (as defined below)) across four capital markets scenarios described below (the “VA Distributable Earnings Projections”). We have engaged Oliver Wyman Actuarial Consulting, Inc. (“Oliver Wyman”), a third-party actuarial firm, to assist in the development of the Sensitivity Analysis under the scenarios presented in this section. The scope of Oliver Wyman’s work was consistent with and designed to meet the guidelines promulgated by the American Academy of Actuaries for actuarial opinions. In this role, Oliver Wyman relied on underlying data and models provided by us, relied on our assumptions and relied on our variable annuity hedging program for use in its calculations, as described elsewhere in this prospectus. Based solely on the foregoing, Oliver Wyman developed a cash flow and distributable earnings projection model that was used to produce the Sensitivity Analysis and confirmed that the VA Distributable Earnings Projections reflect the methodologies used to calculate our statutory balance sheet. Oliver Wyman concluded that the Sensitivity Analysis and VA Distributable Earnings Projections have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted actuarial principles based on data, information and assumptions provided by us. Oliver Wyman’s scope of work did not include an audit or assessment of such data, information or assumptions.
Assumptions
Base Case Scenario
Upside Scenario
Downside Scenario
Extreme Downside
Scenario
Equity total return (annualized)
8%
10%
(25)% shock
in July 2021,
8% recovery
(40)% shock
in July 2021,
8% recovery
Interest rates (based on June 30, 2021 US Treasury Par curve, i.e., forward curve)
Forward curve
illustrative 10-year U.S. Treasury rates: June 30, 2021: 1.45% June 30, 2026: 2.22%
Rates immediately
increase 100 bps
Rates immediately
decrease 100 bps
Rates immediately
decrease 100 bps
Average separate account returns net of asset management fees after shock (annualized)(1)
5.7%
7.1%
5.6%
5.5%
(1)
In the Downside and Extreme Downside scenarios, after the initial equity shock, the impact of which is excluded from the average separate account returns net of asset management fees shown, the equity total return reverts to the 8% Base Case assumption.
In addition to the capital markets assumptions described above, the projections also reflect assumptions pertaining to (i) actuarial and policyholder behavior experience, which are aligned to our assumptions as of December 31, 2021, (ii) the Reorganization, which is assumed to have occurred at December 31, 2021, (iii) financing and recapitalization initiatives anticipated to be completed prior to the offering to which this prospectus relates, as described in “Recapitalization” and (iv) our variable annuity hedging program, designed to manage market risk from GMWB, including exposures to changes in interest rates, equity prices, credit spreads and volatility.
The table below illustrates the VA Distributable Earnings Projections under these four scenarios for a period of five years beginning July 1, 2021 and ending June 30, 2026. For the purpose of this analysis, the VA Distributable Earnings Projections represent the sum of (i) the statutory earnings of the in-force variable annuity business under these scenarios, (ii) hedge gains/losses and (iii) the net capital release or injection required to maintain a 400% RBC ratio for the projected in-force variable annuity business on a standalone basis.
218

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Estimated July 1, 2021 to June 30, 2026
Base Case Scenario
Upside Scenario
Downside Scenario
Extreme Downside Scenario
(in billions)
 
 
 
 
VA Distributable Earnings Projections(a)
$6.6
$6.7
$4.7
$3.5
(a)
Modeled RBC reflects the variable annuity business on a standalone basis and does not reflect potential diversification benefits with other lines of business.
The table below illustrates the estimated present value of the in-force variable annuity business under each of the four scenarios. The table represents the (i) estimated present value of the in-force variable annuity cash flows at a 4% discount rate, which includes the anticipated revenues net of assumed expenses and hedging costs, without reflecting the effect of capital and reserving or the investment income on the assets backing reserve and capital and (ii) total amount of assets that we held for our in-force variable annuity business reserves at June 30, 2021 plus modeled assets supporting a 400% RBC ratio for the projected in-force variable annuity business on a standalone basis.
Estimated as of June 30, 2021
Base Case Scenario
Upside Scenario
Downside Scenario
Extreme Downside Scenario
(in billions)
 
 
 
 
Present value of pre-tax cash flows(a)
$(20.9)
$(20.6)
$(21.3)
$(22.5)
Variable annuity assets
$36.0
$36.0
$36.0
$36.0
Total (including variable annuity assets)(a)
$15.1
$15.5
$14.7
$13.5
(a)
Modeled RBC reflects the variable annuity business on a standalone basis and does not reflect potential diversification benefits with other lines of business.
The foregoing analyses illustrate the stability of our in-force variable annuity business across a range of capital markets scenarios, including under extreme adverse shocks to equity returns and interest rates. Under all four capital market scenarios presented in this section, variable annuity assets cover the present value of pre-tax cash flows by a sizable margin, with stable outcomes across the scenarios. The stability of these results is driven by (i) a sizable portion of the cash flows being general account liability which includes death benefits, which drive the negative pre-tax cash flows and (ii) the living benefit guarantees being hedged, thereby mitigating market impacts.
The sensitivities and scenarios discussed in this section are estimates and are not intended to predict the future financial performance of our variable annuity business or to represent an opinion of fair value. These sensitivities and scenarios were selected for illustrative purposes only and they do not purport to encompass all of the many factors that may bear upon a fair value and are based on a series of assumptions as to the future. It should be recognized that actual future results will differ from those shown, on account of changes in the operating and economic environments and natural variations in experience. The results shown are presented as of June 30, 2021 and have not been updated to reflect our assets, changes in interest rates, equity market movements or certain other assumptions as of December 31, 2021 or any other more current date. Between June 30, 2021 and March 31, 2022, the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate increased from 1.45% to 2.32% and equity markets were volatile. Account values decreased from $131.9 billion to $125.0 billion over the same period. There can be no assurance that future experience will be in line with the assumptions made.
The results of the analysis are derived from our projection model which cannot entirely encompass the complexity of the evolution of financial markets and of our asset and liability portfolios. Our projection model is based on assumptions that we believe are reasonable based on our historical experience. However, there is no guarantee that future experience will be consistent with these assumptions, and therefore actual results could materially deviate from the results shown above. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Business and Operations—Our business strategy may not be effective in accomplishing our objectives, including as a result of events that can cause our fundamental business model to change and assumptions that may prove not to be accurate.”
219

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We provide below a non-comprehensive list of key assumptions from which any deviation could significantly impact the actual cash-flow generation of our in-force variable annuity business:
Economic scenarios. Our economic scenarios are hypothetical projections of future equity and interest rates. Actual market conditions can be significantly more complex than our scenarios, which will cause our actual results to deviate from our estimated results, even if the annual performance of equity and interest rates is similar to that assumed in our economic scenarios.
Separate account basis risk. The assets that are held in the separate account are mapped to different equity or fixed income indices in order to model the expected future returns. The actual fund return for these funds will differ from the mapped estimates used in our modeling.
Actuarial assumptions. Actuarial assumptions are based on our historical experience and future expectations, and actual future experience will deviate from these assumptions. Actuarial assumptions may also change over time as additional experience is observed. For example, key assumptions include policyholder behavior assumptions with certain dynamic components, i.e., variables which may change as a result of financial market conditions, to capture the general trend of our policyholders’ reaction to market conditions. The actual reaction of policyholders to market conditions may deviate from our assumptions, and these assumptions may also be refined over time.
Hedging. To represent our core hedging program within the projections, we project a hedge asset portfolio, mainly comprised of derivatives, according to targets defined in our strategy. The estimate of our hedging targets is based on models containing a number of simplifications which could cause the projection of targets to differ from the actual evolution of these targets over time. Additionally, we may not be able to effectively implement our intended hedging strategy due to a variety of factors including unavailability of desired instruments, excessive transaction costs, or deviations in market prices for hedge assets from our modeled assumptions. See “—Our Segments—Individual Retirement—Risk Management—Hedging.”
Regulatory changes. The projections exclude any potential future regulatory changes such as updates to the NAIC model regulations, including (i) update or replacement of the Economic Scenario Generator (as defined in the NAIC model regulations) used to calculate statutory reserves and (ii) changes to RBC ratio requirements.
The policyholder behavior assumptions embedded in our cash flow sensitivities represent our best estimate of policyholder behavior for our in-force business as of December 31, 2021. The sensitivities incorporate the dynamic nature of various policyholder behavior assumptions, including lapses, partial lapses and voluntary guaranteed benefit option utilization levels. These assumptions are dynamic and vary depending on the net amount of risk of the contract and our expectation of how a customer will utilize their embedded options across the various scenarios. A change in our cash flows will result to the extent emerging experience deviates from these policyholder option-use assumptions. See “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Insurance Risk and Related Exposures—The amount and timing of insurance liability claims are difficult to predict and may exceed the related reserves for future policy benefits, or the liabilities associated with certain guaranteed benefits and indexed features accounted for as embedded derivatives at fair value.”
The information appearing in this section, “Supplemental Information on Our In-Force Variable Annuity Business,” is considered prospective financial information. This prospective financial information has been prepared by, and is the responsibility of, the Company’s management. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP has neither audited, reviewed, examined, compiled nor applied agreed-upon procedures with respect to the accompanying prospective financial information, including, but not limited to, the Company’s Sensitivity Analysis and VA Distributable Earnings Projections, and, accordingly, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP does not express an opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. The PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP report included in this prospectus relates to the Company’s historical financial information. It does not extend to the prospective financial information and should not be read to do so.
GROUP RETIREMENT
Overview
Our Group Retirement business is a leading provider of retirement plans and services to employees of tax-exempt and public sector organizations as they plan, save for and achieve secure financial futures. We
220

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provide products and services through our fully integrated product manufacturing and distribution model to employees in employer defined contribution plans (“in-plan”) as well as individuals outside of traditional employer sponsored pension plans (“out-of-plan”). Our in-plan products include an open architecture recordkeeping platform and group annuities supported by plan administrative and compliance services. We offer financial planning advice to employees participating in retirement plans through our career financial advisors. In addition to engaging with participants in-plan, as permitted by employer guidelines, we seek to manage employees’ other assets and retain rollover assets when employees separate from the plan service. Our out-of-plan offering includes proprietary and non-proprietary annuities, financial planning, and brokerage and advisory services, and continues to be a key contributing factor to our fee-based revenue.
Our target markets include K-12 schools, higher education institutions, healthcare providers, government employers and other tax-exempt institutions, where we serve approximately 22,000 plan sponsors across all 50 states in the 403(b), 457(b), 401(a) and 401(k) markets as of March 31, 2022. We were ranked third in K-12 schools, fourth in higher education institutions and fifth in healthcare institutions by total assets as of September 30, 2021. According to Cerulli Associates, the size of the not-for-profit defined contribution retirement plan market, excluding the Federal Thrift Savings Plan, was $1.9 trillion in 2020. These plans allow us to work with approximately 1.7 million individuals as of March 31, 2022, and make up $86 billion of AUMA as of March 31, 2022. We offer customized versions of our in-plan annuities and certain of our Individual Retirement annuity products to our customers for their out-of-plan assets, primarily through the large IRA market. We had $44 billion of out-of-plan AUMA as of March 31, 2022, and served over 300,000 out-of-plan individuals as of March 31, 2022, approximately 100,000 of whom also retain assets in one of our Group Retirement plans.
Through our broad product and service offering, we create relationships with both plan sponsors (employers) and participants (employees). Our retirement plan solutions are brought to employers by our business development team who, often in coordination with third-party plan consultants, work with employers to create a tailored plan configured to meet the needs of their employees. Our affiliated platform, VALIC Financial Advisors, which includes approximately 1,300 career financial advisors, as of March 31, 2022, directly engages with individual employees to prepare them for retirement by providing plan enrollment assistance, advice and comprehensive financial planning, with a focus on holistic financial wellness. Our advisors, supplemented by digital self-service tools, enable us to reach the full range of employees, making retirement planning accessible to all. As a result of these capabilities, we have been recognized by a number of industry surveys as a leader in plan sponsor and participant experience. In a 2022 client satisfaction analysis conducted by Chatham Partners, we were rated above the industry benchmark in overall customer experience, plan sponsor services and participant services. Our plan participant website was ranked in the top three best-in-class websites according to a report released by DALBAR in the fourth quarter of 2021. In 2021, Cogent Syndicated recognized us as the leader in participant satisfaction across enrollment process, mobile and tablet capabilities and account statements and podcasts, as well as a top three preferred IRA rollover destination among plan participants likely to retire in two years.
Differentiated career advisor network and long-term customer relationships: Our career financial advisors allow us to develop strong, long-term relationships with our clients by engaging with them early in their careers and providing customized solutions and support through the entire savings and retirement life cycle. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2022, with the support of our career financial advisors, we engaged nearly 50% of in-plan participants and provided more than 95,000 financial plans for in-plan participants and out-of-plan individuals. The strength of our customer relationships is evidenced by our large customer base and strong persistency rates. In our in-plan business, approximately 26% of our individual clients have been a customer of the Group Retirement business for more than 20 years and the average length of our relationships with plan sponsors is nearly 29 years. In our out-of-plan business, approximately 42% of our individual customers have been customers of our Group Retirement business for more than 20 years.
Growing asset base: The strong relationships and retention rates we have developed with our clients have translated into growth in our AUMA across our Group Retirement business, supported by stable in-plan spread-based assets and growing in-plan fee-based and out-of-plan assets. Our out-of-plan assets continue to generate growth for the portfolio and are increasingly becoming a larger portion of our AUMA and a source of fee-based revenue. We proactively manage our in-force product portfolio to improve profitability and returns. The
221

TABLE OF CONTENTS

majority of our outflows represents individuals accessing their retirement funds to meet financial needs rather than plan surrenders and is concentrated in our longest standing retirement plans, many of which offer GMIRs established decades ago. As a result, we have seen a favorable shift to lower GMIR products in our general account portfolio in our Group Retirement business.
Niche full-service provider of Group Retirement products and services: In our target markets, we serve employers’ defined contribution plan needs and deliver education and advisory services to in-plan individuals and offer proprietary and non-proprietary annuities and brokerage services to out-of-plan individuals.
The following table presents Group Retirement AUMA by asset type:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
$
$
$
 
($ billions)
AUMA by asset type
 
 
 
 
In-plan spread based
$30.3
$32.5
$33.4
$31.4
In-plan fee based
55.9
60.3
53.9
48.1
Total in-plan AUMA(1)
$86.2
$92.8
$87.3
$79.5
Out-of-plan proprietary fixed annuity and fixed index annuities
9.0
9.6
9.3
8.4
Out-of-plan proprietary variable annuities
21.7
23.6
22.9
21.1
Total out-of-plan proprietary annuities(2)
30.7
33.2
32.2
29.5
Advisory and brokerage
13.4
13.8
10.6
9.2
Total out-of-plan AUMA
$44.1
$47.0
$42.8
$38.7
Total AUMA
$130.3
$139.8
$130.1
$118.2
(1)
Includes $14.3 billion AUMA as of March 31, 2022, and $15.1 billion, $14.3 billion and $13.5 billion of AUMA as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, that is associated with our in-plan investment advisory service that we offer to participants at an additional fee.
(2)
Includes $4.7 billion of AUMA as of March 31, 2022, and $4.9 billion, $4.3 billion and $3.8 billion of AUMA as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively, in our proprietary advisory variable annuity. Together with our out-of-plan advisory and brokerage assets shown in the table above, we had a total of $18.1 billion as of March 31, 2022, $18.7 billion, $15.0 billion and $13.0 billion of out-of-plan advisory assets as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The following table presents our general account reserves by GMIR:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ billions)
General account reserves by GMIR
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No GMIR
$4.8
10.8%
$5.0
11.2%
$5.0
11.2%
$4.3
10.1%
<2.0%
12.1
27.4%
12.1
27.1%
11.2
25.3%
10.3
24.1%
2.00 – 2.99%
5.0
11.3%
5.1
11.3%
5.4
12.2%
5.4
12.7%
3.00 – 4.49%
15.3
34.5%
15.3
34.4%
15.5
35.0%
15.4
36.2%
4.50%+
7.1
16.0%
7.1
16.0%
7.2
16.3%
7.2
16.9%
Total
$44.3
100.0%
$44.6
100.0%
$44.3
100.0%
$42.6
100.0%
Diversified sources of earnings: Our revenue is generated by a combination of spread and fee income. While the revenue mix remains balanced, we have increased our exposure to fee revenue over the last several years. A key contributing factor to our expanding fee revenue has been the growth of our out-of-plan offerings, which are well-positioned to capitalize on the growing consumer demand for advisory services and the strong growth in the IRA market. These products supplement our in-plan offerings and provide strong risk-adjusted returns and attractive cash flow generation.
222

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Positioned to capture market growth: The Group Retirement business is positioned to benefit from expected growth in the U.S. retirement market caused by demographic shifts and need for advice. From 1989 to 2019, median retirement account assets among retirees defined as individuals age 65 to 74 increased over 450%, according to data from the Federal Reserve. In addition, according to a survey conducted by Cerulli Associates, both active workers and retirees prefer to seek retirement advice through either a financial professional or 401(k) or IRA account provider compared to any other source. As the burden of retirement saving has shifted from employers to individuals, we expect to benefit from our participation in the IRA market, which is expected to grow faster than other retirement asset segments over the next five years.
We have a long history of innovation in the group retirement space. For example, our business issued the first 403(b) annuity contract in a K-12 school system over 50 years ago to a client that continues to be one of our largest in the Group Retirement business. In 1998, we launched an open architecture recordkeeping platform allowing plan participants to allocate money to a variety of mutual fund options or a fixed interest account and in 2003, our career financial advisors became the first to offer an in-plan investment advisory service to participants in reliance on the DOL's SunAmerica Advisory Opinion. We also recently announced a partnership with J.P. Morgan Asset Management and are in active discussion with other partners to offer in-plan guaranteed lifetime income solutions as an option in retirement plans, including as an investment option for plans we do not administer. We are a leader in the market and were the third-ranked provider of K-12 plans and fourth-ranked provider of higher education plans as of September 30, 2021.
Products and Services
Our Group Retirement offerings are segmented into in-plan and out-of-plan products and services.
In-plan products and services We offer a variety of options for employer defined contribution plans, including products, plan administrative and compliance services, retirement education, financial planning and advisory solutions.
In-plan recordkeeping: We offer an open architecture recordkeeping platform that allows plan participants to allocate money to a variety of mutual fund options or a fixed interest account. We provide access to more than 12,000 investments on this platform from over 160 fund families/asset managers as of March 31, 2022. A fixed investment only option can also be provided on this platform for plans where we are not the recordkeeper. We receive fee income for our provision of recordkeeping services and generate spread income on the fixed interest account.
In-plan annuity: We offer a flexible group variable and fixed annuity that allows plan sponsors to select from a variety of fee structures, liquidity provisions and fund options. Several variations of our in-plan annuity are available based on plan characteristics, market, size and preferences. Customers receive additional protection from a modest guaranteed minimum death benefit and minimum guaranteed credited rates on the fixed account option. We receive fee income on the variable assets and generate spread income on the fixed annuity assets.
Investment advisory: Through our career financial advisors and with approval from the plan sponsor, we offer an in-plan investment advisory service to participants at an additional fee. As of March 31, 2022, we had $14.3 billion in AUMA.
In-plan income solutions: We recently announced a partnership with J.P. Morgan Asset Management and are in active discussion with other partners to offer in-plan guaranteed lifetime income solutions as an option in retirement plans, including as an investment option for plans we do not administer.
Out-of-plan products and services — Through our career financial advisors, we offer a variety of annuity, advisory and brokerage products to help clients meet their retirement savings goals outside of traditional employer sponsored pension plans. Our solutions reach clients primarily through their IRAs, which represent the fastest growing segment of the U.S. retirement asset landscape.
Annuities — We offer a suite of proprietary annuities for accumulation and guaranteed lifetime income. In addition, we offer a non-proprietary annuity as needed to ensure we have a broad range of solutions available to our clients. Several of the proprietary annuities and living benefits are customized versions of products offered by Individual Retirement business. Our proprietary annuities include:
Fixed annuities: We offer a fixed annuity with a multi-year guaranteed fixed rate and another version with a guaranteed lifetime income benefit;
223

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Fixed index annuities: We offer a fixed index annuity providing accumulation and guaranteed lifetime income with a variety of index crediting strategies and multiple indexes; and
Variable annuities: We offer a variable annuity for asset accumulation in both a brokerage and investment advisory account, including a version with an optional guaranteed lifetime income rider.
Advisory and brokerage products:
Our investment advisory solution offers fiduciary, fee-based investments with a variety of asset managers and strategists; and
Our full-service brokerage offering supports non-proprietary variable annuities, securities brokerage accounts, mutual funds and 529 plans.
Our out-of-plan advisory and brokerage AUMA totaled $13.4 billion as of March 31, 2022. In addition, $4.7 billion of our out-of-plan proprietary annuities AUMA are advisory-focused as of March 31, 2022.
The following table presents our Group Retirements sales by product, including client deposits into our advisory and brokerage products.
 
For the twelve months
ended March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
In-plan(1)(2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Periodic
$3,790
36.4%
$3,758
36.6%
$3,676
41.4%
$3,626
38.0%
Non-periodic
2,248
21.6%
2,153
21.0%
1,736
19.6%
1,913
20.0%
Total in-plan
6,038
58.0%
5,911
57.6%
5,412
61.0%
5,539
58.0%
Out-of-plan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Out-of-plan proprietary annuities
1,798
17.3%
1,855
18.1%
2,084
23.5%
2,807
29.5%
Advisory and brokerage
2,572
24.7%
2,502
24.3%
1,376
15.5%
1,197
12.5%
Total out-of-plan
4,370
42.0%
4,357
42.4%
3,460
39.0%
4,004
42.0%
Total
$10,408
100.0%
$10,268
100.0%
$8,872
100.0%
$9,543
100.0%
(1)
In-plan premium and deposits include sales of variable and fixed annuities as well as mutual funds for 403(b), 401(a), 457(b) and 401(k) plans.
(2)
Includes $3.2 billion for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022 and $3.1 billion, $3.0 billion and $2.9 billion of inflows related to in-plan mutual funds for years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
For the twelve months ended March 31, 2022, 36% of our new sales were attributable to in-plan periodic deposits, which represent employee contributions via payroll deduction, matching employer contributions and other deposits of a recurring nature. Periodic deposits provide stability to our overall sales volumes, and we believe are less sensitive to economic and competitive conditions than sales of out-of-plan annuities and other products.
We receive fee-based income for providing plan administration on our open architecture recordkeeping platform, from our variable annuity separate account and from investment advisory services and spread-based income from fixed annuity and fixed index annuity assets. Fee-based income is primarily based on the assets under administration and spread-based income is based on the difference between crediting rates and yields earned on assets we invest in our general account. The following table presents Group Retirement spread and fee income.
 
For the twelve months
ended March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
Spread and fee income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Spread income
$1,200
58.1%
$1,275
59.8%
$1,088
60.3%
$1,133
62.2%
Fee income
866
41.9%
859
40.2%
715
39.7%
690
37.8%
Total
$2,066
100.0%
$2,134
100.0%
$1,803
100.0%
$1,823
100.0%
224

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table presents Group Retirement reserves by product.
 
As of March 31,
As of December 31,
 
2022
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ billions)
Reserves by product(1)(2)(3)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Variable annuity without GLB
$63.4
73.9%
$67.1
74.8%
$63.5
74.1%
$59.4
74.0%
Variable annuity with GLB
2.7
3.2%
2.8
3.1%
2.9
3.4%
2.9
3.5%
Fixed annuity
15.5
18.0%
15.4
17.2%
15.1
17.7%
14.6
18.2%
Fixed index annuity
4.2
4.9%
4.4
4.9%
4.1
4.8%
3.5
4.3%
Total
$85.8
100.0%
89.7
100.0%
$85.6
100.0%
$80.4
100.0%
(1)
In-plan reserves by product include reserves of variable and fixed annuities as well as mutual funds for 403(b), 401(a), 457(b) and 401(k) plans.
(2)
Includes in-plan reserves of $56.9 billion as of March 31, 2022 and $59.4 billion, $56.6 billion and $53.3 billion as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(3)
Includes $20.6 billion as of March 31, 2022 and $21.9 billion, $20.8 billion and $19.5 billion of out-of-plan variable annuities as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 respectively. Includes $8.3 billion as of March 31, 2022 and $8.5 billion, $8.2 billion and $7.6 billion of out-of-plan fixed and fixed index annuities as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Distribution
Since we started our first K-12 retirement plan relationship in 1964, Group Retirement has built a large, well-diversified business with many long-tenured partnerships. Group Retirement is supported by an institutional business development team that engages the plan consultant community and maintains relationships with existing plan sponsors. The team is structured to engage effectively across our different employer markets to acquire, retain and meet the different needs of exclusive and multi-vendor relationships.
We offer plan sponsors actionable insights through SponsorFIT (“SponsorFIT”), our intuitive plan sponsor portal, helping plan sponsors use data to make well-informed decisions. With real-time data on participant engagement, advisor activity, and investment selection, plan sponsors can spot trends and adjust for improved retirement outcomes. Our relationship management team works closely with plan sponsors to leverage plan data and other key metrics from SponsorFIT to build comprehensive business plans aimed at improving their overall plan health.
As of March 31, 2022, we employed approximately 1,300 career financial advisors, averaging nearly 10 years of tenure with our company. These advisors are able to engage plan participants early in their careers and serve them throughout their entire savings and retirement journey. To meet plan sponsor preferences and client needs, we have a range of financial professionals including salaried retirement plan consultants, financial advisors and phone-based financial professionals to provide the right level of support. These professionals provide a wide range of services including enrollment support, details on plan design, financial plans and individual financial wellness programs.
Our clients have access to self-service tools and education on our participant digital service platform specific to our Group Retirement business. In addition, we offer an interactive financial planning tool, Retirement Pathfinder, as a do-it-yourself option or to build with an advisor. Retirement Pathfinder considers the individual’s entire financial picture and enables real-time decision-making relative to savings levels, investment allocation, retirement date, and personal goals, putting our clients in control of their financial futures. Our advisors seek to meet our clients early on in their careers and advocate for good financial planning habits, drive increased contributions and asset levels and provide support into and through retirement. As of March 31, 2022, approximately 1.6 million of our in-plan participants did not have an out-of-plan product, resulting in a significant pipeline of potential clients for deeper engagement with our career financial advisors. Over time, we support our clients entering the spending phase of their financial journey by reviewing solutions such as remaining in-plan or other out-of-plan options, with approximately 27% of rollovers out of their retirement plans being retained by our advisors in an out-of-plan IRA in the year ended December 31, 2021.
225

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Group Retirement has been actively investing in technology and contemporary digital solutions to improve the client experience and optimize our platform. These investments have led to broad-based improvements, efficiencies and increase in client satisfaction.
Markets
We see significant growth opportunities in two of the fastest growing segments of the U.S. retirement market. Our core in-plan business targets tax exempt and public sector institutions spanning K-12 schools, higher education institutions, healthcare providers, government employers and other tax-exempt institutions. Our out-of-plan business targets IRAs, which, according to Cerulli Associates, is expected to be the largest and fastest-growing segment of U.S. retirement assets. The end consumers in our core in-plan business are primarily mass market and mass affluent, with smaller average account sizes and are younger than our Individual Retirement clients.
Competition
Our Group Retirement segment sells, annuities and other advisory services and competes for plan sponsor and out-of-plan clients. In the plan sponsor market, Group Retirement competes to provide retirement plan products, primarily to serve tax exempt and public sector employers, with other insurance companies and asset managers. We have a history of providing competitive products with a high-touch service model to employers; however, pressure on fees and need for high tech solutions can impact new business sales and ability to grow profitably. In the out-of-plan market, Group Retirement competes with other broker-dealers and investment advisors in serving individuals’ holistic retirement planning needs. We meet these needs through the financial planning process with a combination of proprietary and non-proprietary annuities, advisory services and mutual funds.
Strategy
Continue to grow our sophisticated advisory platform: We intend to continue to grow our high-margin, capital-efficient in-plan and out-of-plan advisory platform by providing comprehensive financial planning services through our approximately 1,300 career financial advisors as of March 31, 2022. We believe our career financial advisors will continue to play a meaningful role in growing the advisory platform by providing full-service investment and retirement planning advice to long-term clients and their families. By continuing to offer third-party mutual fund and annuity products, we expect to capture additional fee-based revenue while providing our clients attractive financial solutions outside of the scope of our own product suite.
Increase penetration in core markets and expand into new markets and solutions: We plan to continue to target certain sub-markets with a strong need for in-plan advice, attractive profitability and alignment to our business strengths, including tax-exempt and public sector employees in the K-12, higher education, healthcare provider, government employer and other tax-exempt institution markets. We intend to leverage our strong market positioning, platform capabilities and relationships with plans and plan consultants to continue to drive new plan relationships, secure exclusive vendor status and expand participation rates. In addition, we expect to continue to build new businesses and solutions to access adjacent market opportunities. For example, we recently announced the launch of SmartRetirement Plus with JP Morgan Asset Management as part of our 401(k) solutions. SmartRetirement Plus provides retirement plan sponsors the option to offer employees a fixed annuity with a lifetime income benefit that is issued by us, alongside JP Morgan Asset Management’s SmartRetirement Target Date Fund, inside of an employer’s 401(k), 457 or 403(b) plan. Target markets include large retirement plans that are not on our recordkeeping platform.
Build deeper, broader and longer-term client relationships: We expect to continue to develop meaningful, long-term relationships with clients earlier in their financial life cycle of accumulating retirement savings by leveraging our in-plan market share, broad suite of end-to-end capabilities and highly experienced in-house advisor network. Our goal is to build trust with our clients over time and tailor our engagement based on their ongoing needs. As our client’s financial needs mature, we will look for additional opportunities to serve our clients’ interests with a diverse range of financial products and services.
Invest in technology and digitization to enhance the client experience: We intend to continue to invest in technology and digitization to meet the rapidly changing consumer expectations for responsiveness and personalization. We have already made significant investments in digitizing our advisors’ end-to-end toolkits to provide differentiated interactive experiences, which we expect will help us win new business and drive participant enrollment and enhance financial wellness. In addition, we are actively developing tools for plan sponsors to drive plan utilization, educate on plan benefits and enhance and monitor participant engagement.
226

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Risk Management
Our Group Retirement risk management philosophy begins with the way we generate business, recognizing the opportunity for long-term, multi-product relationships with plan sponsors and individuals. Our in-plan solutions are open architecture or annuity-based record-keeping platforms that generate a combination of fee- and spread-based income and have minimal exposure to guaranteed features. Similarly, most of our out-of-plan business is in accumulation-oriented annuities, brokerage and advisory solutions. For the proprietary annuity with living benefits that we sell, we leverage the product, design, pricing, hedging and administrative capabilities of Individual Retirement. Our Group Retirement risk management approach is also designed to integrate and account for our VALIC Financial Advisors brokerage and advisory business.
Diversified business mix: The broad scope of our products and services, including recordkeeping, proprietary and non-proprietary annuities, mutual funds, and advisory services provides a diverse source of fee and spread income and includes solutions with differing capital needs. We do not have any significant concentration of earnings given the large number of plans and individual clients across multiple market segments and geographies.
Product design
Retirement plans: For recordkeeping, plans using our in-plan recordkeeping are designed and priced on a case-by-case basis to balance competitiveness, risk, capital needs and profitability. For annuity plans, we manage crediting rates, investment options and our cost structure to help achieve desired returns.
Proprietary annuities: Our proprietary annuities are primarily accumulation-oriented products. Products with guaranteed living benefits mirror the design and risk management framework, including hedging, followed by Individual Retirement.
Variable annuity: Our variable annuity GMDB exposure is primarily related to return of premium guarantees, including roll-up policies, 100% of which will revert to return of premium after the relevant individual reaches age 70.
The following table presents our account value by GMDB design in our variable annuity portfolio:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ billions)
Variable annuity account value by GMDB design
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Roll-up, will revert to return of premium
$37.5
57.3%
$40.5
58.6%
$39.4
60.0%
$37.9
61.4%
Roll-up, reverted to return of premium
16.4
25.1%
16.8
24.3%
14.9
22.7%
13.0
21.1%
Return of premium
11.1
17.0%
11.6
16.7%
11.1
16.8%
10.6
17.1%
Return of account value
0.3
0.4%
0.2
0.3%
0.2
0.4%
0.2
0.3%
Maximum anniversary value
0.1
0.2%
0.1
0.1%
0.1
0.1%
0.0
0.1%
Total
$65.4
100.0%
$69.2
100.0%
$65.7
100.0%
$61.7
100.0%
227

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GMWB are embedded in 4% of our total variable annuity portfolio by account value. The following table presents our variable annuity account values by benefit type:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ billions)
Variable annuity account values by benefit type(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GMDB only
$62.9
96.2%
$66.5
96.0%
$63.0
95.9%
$59.0
95.6%
GMDB and GMWB
2.5
3.8%
2.7
4.0%
2.7
4.1%
2.7
4.4%
Total
$65.4
100.0%
$69.2
100.0%
$65.7
100.0%
$61.7
100.0%
(1)
Excludes a block of assumed business with total account value of $147 million as of March 31, 2022 and $161 million as of December 31, 2021.
Variable annuity net amount at risk and reserves
The NAR for Group Retirement’s GMDB and GMWB are calculated in the same way as described for Individual Retirement and are calculated irrespective of the existence of other features and therefore are not additive.
The following table presents our variable annuity NAR and reserves by guarantee type:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
NAR
Reserve
NAR
Reserve
NAR
Reserve
NAR
Reserve
 
($ millions)
Variable Annuity NAR and Reserves
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
GMDB
$190
$22
$161
$35
$180
$40
$205
$21
GMWB
14
26
24
64
61
169
27
111
The primary risk associated with the fixed investment option we offer, both in-plan and out-of-plan, relates to low fixed income returns leading to spread compression. For several years, we have been successful in introducing lower GMIR fixed options into many of our plans. In addition, consistent with Individual Retirement, we have reduced the GMIRs on our fixed annuities and fixed investment options over time, in line with market conditions and competitor actions. Disciplined rate setting has also helped to mitigate some of the pressure on spreads. Since December 31, 2019, the proportion of the portfolio with no GMIR or a GMIR of less than 2% has grown from 34% to 38%, due to the issuance of new business and run-off of older contracts with higher GMIRs.
Fixed annuities and fixed investment options offered in-plan are exposed to significantly less disintermediation risk in the event of rising interest rates due to plan and participant level restrictions on withdrawals. Group Retirement annuity deposits are typically subject to five-to-seven year surrender charge periods, which may also help mitigate increased early duration surrenders in a rising rate environment.
Our out-of-plan fixed index annuity product design and approach to hedging mirrors that of Individual Retirement, with Group Retirement sales beginning in 2015. The following table presents our fixed index account value by guarantee type:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
 
Fixed index annuity account value by benefit
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
No GMWB
$2,295
55.3%
$2,249
54.8%
$2,003
53.0%
$1,668
51.2%
GMWB
1,856
44.7%
1,853
45.2%
1,775
47.0%
1,588
48.8%
Total
$4,151
100.0%
$4,102
100.0%
$3,778
100.0%
3,256
100.0%
228

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Operational risk management: Retirement plan recordkeeping and administration, brokerage and advisory services are complex and highly regulated. As a result, our Group Retirement business faces a variety of operational risks, including people, process, technology and external events risk. We have a risk and control team to facilitate the identification and mitigation of operational risks along with a dedicated Enterprise Risk Management (“ERM”) team to provide review and challenge of management’s risk and control self-assessments, as well as oversight and monitoring of operational risk. Additionally, Group Retirement has a dedicated team of compliance professionals who bring a variety of regulatory expertise to bear as part of the overall operational risk management program.
LIFE INSURANCE
Overview
We develop and distribute life insurance products in the U.S. market (“Domestic Life”) with a growing presence in the life insurance market in the UK and the distribution of medical insurance in Ireland (“International Life”). We are a key player in the term life insurance, indexed universal life insurance and smaller face amount whole life insurance markets, ranking as a top 15 seller of term life insurance (“Term”), universal life insurance (“UL”) and whole life insurance (“Whole Life”) products as of December 31, 2021. We are also expanding our presence in transactional segments of the Whole Life market with new product offerings. Our well-balanced distribution platform enables us to have access to over 800 MGAs/BGAs and approximately 35,000 independent agents as of March 31, 2022 in a rapidly evolving market. As of March 31, 2022, we had approximately 4.3 million in-force policies, net of those ceded to Fortitude Re in our Domestic Life business. As of March 31, 2022, we had $25 billion of reserves, as well as $977 billion of in-force life insurance coverage in our Domestic Life business, and $635 million of reserves as well as $229 billion of in-force life insurance coverage and approximately 2.5 million policyholders in our International Life business.
Versatile and competitive product suite: We offer a competitive and flexible product suite that is designed to meet the needs of our specific customer segments, and actively manage new product margins and in-force profitability. We actively participate in chosen product lines which we believe have better growth and margin prospects for our offerings, including Term and indexed universal life insurance (“IUL”), and have reduced our exposure to interest rate sensitive products including guaranteed universal life insurance (“GUL”) and guaranteed variable universal life insurance (“VUL”), the latter of which we no longer offer. Our dynamic product offerings and design expertise are complemented by our (i) long-term commitment to the U.S. market; (ii) robust distribution capabilities, which enable us to expand our presence in key pockets of growth such as SIWL and guaranteed issuance whole life (“GIWL”); and (iii) disciplined underwriting profile, consistently resulting in mortality at or below pricing, excluding COVID-19 impacts. We continue to execute our multi-year strategies to enhance returns, including building state-of-the-art digital platforms and underwriting innovations, which are expected to continue to bring process improvements and cost efficiencies.
Well-positioned to meet the growing demand for life insurance: We believe that there is a significant and growing demand in the market for certain types of life insurance and in turn, demand for our products. Consumers have a significant need for life insurance. Additionally, consumers use life insurance to provide living benefits in case of chronic, critical or terminal illnesses, and to supplement retirement income. Yet according to LIMRA, almost half (48%) of American adults in 2021 did not own any form of life insurance. Against this trend, the COVID-19 pandemic is expected to increase consumer demand for life insurance, with almost one-third of Americans (31%) saying they are more likely to purchase coverage because of the pandemic, according to LIMRA.
Diversified distribution network with significant direct-to-consumer platforms: We have strong third-party distribution relationships, providing us with access to over 800 MGAs/BGAs and approximately 35,000 independent agents as of March 31, 2022. Within our platform, we have a growing connection to direct-to-consumer distribution both through select partnerships where the end distributor sells via a direct marketing model and our wholly owned AIG Direct that represented 12% of our sales for the twelve months ended March 31, 2022. These distribution relationships provide us with access to a broad range of customers from the middle market to high net worth and present us with growth opportunities across our customer base.
229

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The tables below provide a breakdown of our continuous payment premium equivalent (“CPPE”) sales and reserves by geography:
 
For the twelve
months ended
March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
CPPE(1) sales by geography
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic Life
250
54.6%
$252
55.6%
$267
58.6%
$323
64.3%
International Life
208
45.4%
201
44.4%
188
41.4%
179
35.7%
Total
$458
100.0%
$453
100.0%
$455
100.0%
$502
100.0%
(1)
Life insurance sales are shown on a CPPE basis. Life insurance sales include periodic premiums from new business expected to be collected over a one-year period and 10% of unscheduled and single premiums from new and existing policyholders. Sales of accident and health insurance represent annualized first-year premium from new policies.
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
Reserves by geography
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Domestic Life
$25,221
97.5%
$26,141
97.7%
$25,968
98.0%
$24,760
98.4%
International Life
635
2.5%
628
2.3%
520
2.0%
401
1.6%
Total insurance reserves
$25,856
100.0%
$26,769
100.0%
$26,488
100.0%
$25,161
100.0%
Domestic Operations
Products
We are focused on providing financial security for our policyholders and their loved ones when they need it most. Our life insurance and protection products include Term, IUL and Whole Life. Our product suite was historically positioned towards higher net worth customers, but our more recent mix of products has expanded our presence in the middle market with the introduction of GIWL and SIWL products, more emphasis on selected distribution channels, and de-emphasis of guaranteed universal life. Our Domestic Life business accounts for $30.2 billion of our general account value and $1.0 billion of our separate account value.
Our traditional life insurance (“Traditional Life”) products include Term and Whole Life. Our universal life insurance (“Universal Life”) products include IUL, GUL and VUL. The following table provides a breakdown of our Domestic Life insurance premium and deposits by product:
 
For the twelve
months ended
March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
Domestic Life premiums and deposits by product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traditional Life
$1,741
40.9%
$1,737
41.0%
1,696
41.9%
$1,683
42.8%
Universal Life
1,635
38.4%
1,635
38.7%
1,649
40.7%
1,666
42.4%
Other(1)
65
1.5%
67
1.6%
76
1.9%
97
2.4%
Total U.S.
$3,441
80.8%
$3,439
81.3%
$3,421
84.5%
$3,446
87.6%
International
816
19.2%
789
18.7%
626
15.5%
486
12.4%
Total
$4,257
100.0%
$4,228
100.0%
$4,047
100.0%
$3,932
100.0%
(1)
Includes accident & health and group benefits
230

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table provides a breakdown of our Domestic Life insurance reserves by product:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ billions)
Domestic Life reserves by product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Universal Life
$14.8
58.7%
$15.8
60.5%
$15.8
60.8%
$14.6
58.9%
Traditional Life
9.9
39.3%
9.8
37.5%
9.7
37.3%
9.6
38.7%
Other(1)
0.5
2.0%
0.5
2.0%
0.5
1.9%
0.6
2.4%
Total
$25.2
100.0%
$26.1
100.0%
$26.0
100.0%
$24.8
100.0%
(1)
Includes accident & health and group benefits
Our product suite is competitive and flexible, and is designed to accommodate the current and future needs of specific customer segments. For example, our cash access features provide access to liquidity prior to death, while our enhanced and guaranteed cash value features enable the policy to flex to address future consumer needs. Our recent and current product offerings include:
Traditional Life
Term Life Insurance — Term provides death benefit coverage and level premiums for a specified number of years. A focus area for our business, we offer Term products with coverage durations and coverage tailored to serve our customers’ financial plans. We have a strong reputation as a top Term insurance provider, with key focus ages between 35 and 55 years old. The average face amount of our Term insurance products is approximately $700,000. We have a strong reputation as a top Term insurance provider, with key focus ages between 20 and 70 years old.
Whole Life Insurance — Whole Life provides permanent death benefit coverage and a tax-advantaged savings component that accumulates at a fixed rate. We offer a GIWL product focused on the senior final expense market at low face amounts. With more of the population reaching retirement age over the next several years, we see this as an area that we expect to meaningfully contribute to our growth. Our success and growth in the senior market has led to the development of an SIWL product for this market, which we launched in late 2021 on a digital platform to streamline the sales process and customer experience as well as scale volume more cost effectively. Our GIWL and SIWL products have an average face amount of approximately $10,000 and $15,000, respectively. For both GIWL and SIWL products, we target customers between the ages of 50 and 80 years old.
GIWL is underwritten with a 100% acceptance rate regardless of an individual’s underlying health. This underwriting methodology is typically paired with a graded death benefit product that limits death benefit proceeds during the first few years of a life insurance policy to minimize adverse mortality impacts and keep coverage affordable. SIWL underwriting requires limited applicant information relative to traditional underwriting, requiring an abbreviated application without a physical examination or laboratory testing. This streamlined structure is typically associated with simpler products and lower death benefit amounts to ensure the product offering is made available at an affordable price and meeting different client needs.
Universal Life
Indexed Universal Life Insurance — IUL provides permanent death benefit coverage and a tax-advantaged savings component that accumulates with performance tied to a chosen index. We provide two main IUL products, Max Accumulator+ and Value+ Protector, to meet the accumulation and protection needs of our policyholders in a wide range of target ages from younger to middle-aged. These products allow the policyholder to participate in a portion of the performance of an index price movement while also protecting them from negative return risk. Both of our IUL products provide some customers with a fluid-less option up to a $2 million face amount, offering a streamlined customer experience. The Max Accumulator+ product has key focus ages between 30 and 55 years old with average face amounts of approximately $500,000, while the Value+ Protector product has key focus ages between 45 and 70 years old with average face amounts of approximately $300,000.
Guaranteed Universal Life Insurance — GUL provides permanent death benefit coverage and a tax-advantaged savings component that accumulates at a crediting rate set by the insurance company. We issue a guaranteed death
231

TABLE OF CONTENTS

benefit product that provides low-cost permanent death benefit protection. Beginning in 2019, we began to diversify our sales away from GUL to focus on less interest rate sensitive market segments, resulting in a steep decline in sales. We do not anticipate this product line to be a large contributor to our portfolio over the near term.
The following table presents the net balance sheet impact for universal life policies with secondary guarantees and for universal life policies with similar expected benefit payment patterns. The table reflects the impact of reinsurance, including business ceded to Fortitude Re, and includes policyholder benefit liabilities, as well as deferred acquisition costs and unearned revenue reserves. Account values for indexed universal life policies are removed from this table.
 
For the twelve months
ended March 31,
2022
For the years
ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
($ millions)
ULSG net liability, excluding impact of unrealized appreciation on investments, beginning of year
$2,437
$2,363
$1,942
$1,912
Actuarial Assumption Updates
(145)
(145)
180
33
Incurred guaranteed benefits
843
830
711
466
Paid guaranteed benefits
(540)
(489)
(470)
(469)
ULSG net liability, excluding impact of unrealized appreciation on investments, end of year
$2,595
$2,559
$2,363
$1,942
ULSG Account Value
1,852
1,858
1,902
1,905
ULSG Net Liability, excluding impact of unrealized appreciation on investments, end of year plus ULSG AV
$4,447
$4,417
$ 4,265
$ 3,847
ULSG fee income
$1,037
$1,027
$1,087
$1,089
As of March 31, 2022, the gross ULSG reserve of $3.7 billion represents approximately 1.2% of our combined future policy benefits, policyholder contract deposits and separate account liabilities.
Variable Universal Life Insurance — VUL provides permanent death benefit coverage and a tax-advantaged savings component whose performance is tied to underlying investment funds selected by the policyholder. We made the decision to exit this market in 2021 due to unattractive profitability and embedded volatility from rate and equity exposures.
The following table provides a breakdown of our Domestic Life CPPE sales by product:
 
For the twelve
months ended
March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
Domestic Life CPPE by product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Traditional Life
$147
58.8%
$150
59.5%
$154
57.7%
$182
56.4%
Universal Life
103
41.2%
102
40.5%
113
42.3%
141
43.6%
Total
$250
100.0%
$252
100.0%
$267
100.0%
$323
100.0%
The following table presents Life Insurance underwriting margin:
 
For the twelve
months ended
March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
$
$
$
 
($ millions)
Underwriting margin
 
 
 
 
Underwriting margin
$1,068
$1,067
$1,261
$1,473
232

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Distribution
We have a strong and well-balanced distribution platform through which we reach and serve a wide range of customers. Our products are sold primarily through independent distribution channels and our direct-to-consumer platform, AIG Direct. Our platform provides access to approximately 35,000 independent agents, over 800 MGAs/BGAs and over 130 in-house agents as of March 31, 2022.
The breadth of our distribution platform enables us to match our products with appropriate channels. For example, we sell final expense coverage for seniors primarily through our Transactional Markets Groups (“TMG”) and a specialized IUL product primarily through Partners Group (“PG”). Furthermore, our strategy is to continue to expand our presence in underserved, higher growth areas, notably in the middle market. We also intend to strengthen our presence in channels exhibiting strong sales growth in products that we believe offer superior risk-adjusted returns, including TMG and PG. Regardless of the market, we seek to provide our policyholders with meaningful value for their premium dollars.
Our current distribution channel structure is outlined below:
AIG Direct — Our direct-to-consumer channel employs more than 130 salaried agents as of March 31, 2022, and sells Term products through a call center model. AIG Direct primarily markets to middle market consumers through a variety of direct channels, including several types of digital channels such as search advertising, display advertising and email as well as direct mail.
Brokerage — A variety of traditional intermediaries market our Term and IUL products to middle market, mass affluent, affluent and some high net worth markets. Our broker intermediaries typically sell through a mix of digital, direct and in-person methods. We have significantly re-priced and de-emphasized GUL products in the brokerage channel over the last several years.
Partners Group — We partner with independent MGAs who tend to work with a smaller number of carriers to sell our Term and IUL products to middle market, mass affluent and affluent markets. Our independent MGA partners distribute products primarily face-to-face.
Transactional Markets Group We partner with senior market-focused BGAs and direct marketers to provide GIWL products for middle-market seniors, with a SIWL product recently piloted in November 2021 to a select group of agents. We have more than 90,000 contracted agents who can sell our products through a mix of direct marketing and traditional methods. Until November 2021, TMG only sold GIWL products.
Insurance Solutions Group — We partner with independent financial institutions focused on mass affluent and affluent markets to sell our Term and IUL products. We have de-emphasized our insurance solutions group (“Insurance Solutions Group”) over the past several years.
The following table provides a breakdown of our product sales by distribution channel:
 
For the twelve months
ended March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
Domestic Life CPPE by channel
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Brokerage
$86
34.4%
$84
33.3%
$83
31.1%
$128
39.3%
Partners Group
69
27.6%
69
27.4%
79
29.6%
69
21.2%
Transactional Markets Group
59
23.6%
60
23.8%
53
19.9%
44
13.5%
Direct
29
11.6%
30
11.9%
38
14.2%
43
13.2%
Other(1)
7
2.8%
9
3.6%
14
5.2%
41
12.6%
Total
$250
100.0%
$252
100.0%
$267
100.0%
$325
100.0%
(1)
Includes the Insurance Solutions Group and AIG Financial Network channels. AIG Financial Network is currently being decommissioned but is included for completeness.
233

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Markets
Our life insurance products are sold to a diverse demographic including high net worth, affluent, mass affluent and middle market consumers. We continue to see significant growth opportunities in the market, with almost half of American adults not owning any form of life insurance, despite the growing number who recognize the importance of coverage. With the global COVID-19 pandemic having impacted consumer psychology, we expect the demand for life insurance and protection products to expand.
Competition
We compete in a mature market with other large, well-established carriers including mutual, private and public insurance companies. Over the past several years, low interest rates have decreased the returns on spread-based life products, causing several of our peers to reevaluate their portfolio strategy and exit from select operations. Nevertheless, the life insurance industry remains highly competitive, with existing players and new entrants competing on factors such as product design, scale, pricing, financial strength, service, digital capabilities and name brand.
Strategy
Diverse distribution channels: We intend to continue to expand on our history of innovation to offer high value and transparent products to consumers. We expect to place enhanced focus on driving growth through our Transaction Markets Group, Partners Group and direct-to-consumer channels through both our own platform, AIG Direct, and various direct channels of our partners. We believe our diverse distribution platform will enable us to reach customers across various life stages and protection needs.
Meet consumer demand from protection gap: We believe that our distribution footprint and product suite position us well to address the life insurance protection gap that is prevalent across the United States. We have a long history of strong performance in the Term market that we expect to grow through enhanced consumer awareness of life insurance coupled with an improved new business process. Our new SIWL product, which launched in November 2021 to a pilot group of agents within our key distribution partners, is designed to help our partners in TMG offer affordable and simplified insurance options to middle market pre-retirees and retirees looking for final expense protection. The SIWL market represents a $1.8 billion opportunity as of the year ended December 31, 2020 and is a popular product in the TMG channel, generating roughly three times as many sales as that of GIWLs.
Digitization and modernization of purchase and underwriting processes: We seek to streamline and improve the client and agent experience through digital engagement, process digitization, and continued implementation of underwriting innovation. We recognize the inconveniences that traditional underwriting processes can present to consumers and endeavor to make the purchase experience easier and more seamless for potential clients while maintaining our focus on risk management and go-forward profitability. We have and will continue to expand our life insurance underwriting data sources to help us augment application information and obtain more precise underwriting data. The traditional and invasive medical exam and fluid analysis can, in certain situations, be replaced and/or confirmed with available data tools that provide automated and historic applicant information. Using this information in our internally built model allows us to expedite and refine underwriting outcomes. We plan to continue to innovate in the underwriting and customer acquisition process. For a discussion of risks associated with such technological changes, see “Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Business and Operations—We face intense competition in each of our business lines and technological changes may present new and intensified challenges to our business.” We utilize our risk management and governance frameworks to support this innovation. See “—Risk Management—Underwriting” for additional information.
Generate strong cash flows through reduction of interest sensitive and capital intensive products: We are continuing to transition our products away from capital-intensive and highly interest sensitive products and towards more focused, protection-oriented products such as GIWL, SIWL, IUL and Term.
Risk Management
Our approach to risk management begins with the selection of liabilities we choose to generate. Our Life Insurance portfolio provides a balanced source of returns with a focus on segments of the life insurance market with less capital intensity and interest rate sensitivity. We use sophisticated and well-developed underwriting procedures to price the risks we originate and a measured approach to reinsurance to determine the exposures we chose to retain. Our enterprise-wide asset liability management and hedging practices are leveraged to further improve the risk profile of our Life Insurance business.
234

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Diversification
Our Life Insurance business is diversified by our multi-channel distribution approach, accessing both direct-to-consumer and third-party channels, and by geography through our International Life operations.
Product design and pricing
We aim to provide protection-focused products through our Term, Whole Life, and IUL products, which have less capital intensity than other segments of the market, such as UL products with secondary guarantees. We believe this product set provides significant consumer value through financial protection and results in an attractive and well-managed liability portfolio.
Product pricing is part of a robust product development process that takes into consideration a balance of market positioning, risk analysis and profitability. A disciplined approach is taken to actively manage new product margins and in-force profitability. For new product sales, we target top quartile market performance with strong margins with the goal of providing a good consumer value for the cost of the product.
Detailed review of all assumptions is conducted and approved with a formal committee structure supported by a wide group of internal stakeholders to ensure risk mitigation and alignment to company objectives.
Our legacy universal life block contains secondary guarantees which become more valuable to the policyholder as interest rates decrease. We have established additional policyholder reserves (in addition to the base reserves) to account for future policyholder benefits resulting from these guarantees. We have recently deprioritized the sale of guaranteed universal life and it is expected to continue to account for a small portion of our product portfolio in the future.
Underwriting
We have a disciplined underwriting process designed to perform a comprehensive risk analysis and final assessment on each individual file, assessing the relative risk from both a medical and financial standpoint. The process is designed to meet individual product pricing, mortality and profitability expectations while adhering to our carefully formulated internal medical and nonmedical underwriting guidelines as well as all legislative directives and requirements.
Throughout our history, we have tried to continually improve our underwriting. Since the mid-2000s, we have integrated several newly available sources of data to confirm and refine our traditional underwriting, including databases that house pharmaceutical data, medical claims data and historical lab test data. These additional data sources and analytics include prescription drug databases, medical claims data, historical medical lab data and lab scoring (third-party and in-house scoring across other sources of medical data to incorporate cross-effects, in addition to single measurements of various indications), all of which are now used in various ways across our underwriting process. These sources help augment more traditional data sources such as application questions, lab data gathered via a paramedical visit and physical medical records reviews. We have also continued to refine our process of evaluation within existing data sources, such as gathering more refined data on cardiac conditions and opioid use. We expect to continue to improve our underwriting standards and refine our underwriting guidelines once or more per year. Our team of underwriting and medical professionals is highly experienced averaging more than 20 years of industry experience.
We remain focused on continually incorporating the latest evidence, data and risk experience to enhance our underwriting efficiency through more accurate risk assessments, faster service and enhanced customer satisfaction for both distribution and policyholders — all contributing to increased profitability.
Maintaining strong controls is very important and includes such rigor as periodic audits from our reinsurers, regular internal audit review, comprehensive and continual underwriter training, and in-force risk reviews such as post-issue prescription drug checks, contestable claims and living benefit assessments.
We have also been working to automate certain underwriting reviews so as to make decisions on applications in a similar manner as underwriters today, but without human intervention; we reached a decision on approximately 45% of all underwriting applications in 2021 on an automated basis. This has resulted in material efficiency improvements, including a greater than 50% increase in automated underwriting throughput rates, a more than 15-day average reduction in turnaround times, and a 50% reduction in Attending Physician Statement orders since 2017. We plan to continue to increase automated underwriting while maintaining our risk discipline to effectively manage mortality margins.
235

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Accelerated Underwriting (“AU”), underwriting without a traditional medical exam and lab profile, is increasingly a strategic imperative to maintain our core market position. A key focus is on using data sources and analytics to replicate the value of traditional medical information, while maintaining risk discipline. We offer AU on Term insurance products that have face amounts up to $1 million, and IUL insurance products that have face amounts up to $2 million.
While expansion of automated decisioning applications and AU is part of our strategy, we are moving forward carefully with control and compliance processes in place to minimize risk and leverage key learnings. Performance monitoring, risk metrics and exposure limits, back-testing and audits are in place. We conduct due diligence on the distributors and other third parties that are involved with our automated decisioning and AU programs to reduce the risks associated with these new technologies and practices, promote quality and profitable business and avoid potential exploitive practices. Active involvement in industry thought leadership allows us to learn from best practices and obtain new tools for success as well as mitigate any potential reputational and regulatory risks that arise in this new territory.
Reinsurance
We mitigate our exposure to any particular product by proactively managing our retention policy. We utilize our internal retention, auto-bind and facultative reinsurance capabilities to meet the needs of high net worth customers who require larger face amount policies. We generally limit our exposure to no greater than $10 million for UL and $3.5 million for Term on any single life. These reinsurance partners are consulted frequently from product development and pricing to post-issue audits and reviews.
Hedging
We use hedges to reduce a portion of the market risk contained in our IUL products. To support our obligations under the index account options, we enter into derivatives contracts. The payouts from these contracts, in combination with returns from the underlying fixed income investments, seek to replicate those returns promised to a customer within the products.
We also hedge a portion of the interest rate risk exposure for our GUL products. Interest rate risk for these policies generally emerges due to changes in interest rates between the time a policy is sold and the time annual premiums are paid. In order to mitigate a portion of this interest rate risk, we enter into derivatives contracts whose payouts, in combination with returns from the underlying fixed income investments, seek to replicate the interest rate environment that existed at the time of sale, which helps to stabilize our margins.
International Operations
We offer group and individual life insurance in the UK, and distribute private medical insurance in Ireland. Our UK business has grown rapidly and we believe it to be the fourth-ranked provider of individual life new business in the market as of December 31, 2021. In Ireland, we are the second-ranked distributor and administrator of private medical insurance by market share as of December 31, 2021, through a MGA model whereby we manage the distribution and customer service for our clients while leveraging a deep carrier relationship to provide the risk underwriting. As of March 31, 2022, we had $229 billion of in-force coverage across 2.5 million policyholders in the UK, and over 650,000 customers in Ireland.
236

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following tables present International Life CPPE and Ireland commissions by product:
 
For the twelve
months ended
March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
UK Life CPPE by product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Group business
$106
50.8%
$100
49.7%
$96
51.0%
$62
34.6%
Term Life
70
33.7%
69
34.3%
63
33.5%
71
39.7%
Critical illness
17
8.2%
18
9.0%
14
7.4%
19
10.6%
Whole Life
12
5.8%
11
5.5%
11
5.9%
22
12.3%
Income protection
2
1.0%
2
1.0%
2
1.1%
3
1.7%
Benefits and riders
1
0.5%
1
0.5%
2
1.1%
2
1.1%
Total UK Life CPPE
$208
100.0%
$201
100.0%
$188
100.0%
$179
100.0%
 
For the twelve
months ended
March 31
For the years ended December 31,
 
2022
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
Ireland Life gross commission by product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Private medical insurance commission(1)
$105
97.2%
$103
97.2%
$90
97.8%
$80
96.4%
Life income
2
1.9%
2
1.9%
1
1.1%
1
1.2%
Other income
1
0.9%
1
0.9%
1
1.1%
2
2.4%
Total
$108
100.0%
$106
100.0%
$92
100.0%
$83
100.0%
(1)
Includes health and well-being.
U.S. Group Benefits Exit
In 2016, we made a strategic decision to exit the U.S. Group Benefits business, which included Stop Loss, Worksite, and Employer and Affinity products (Life, Disability and Dental). Some product lines were systematically transitioned to chosen carriers, while other blocks moved on their own or were terminated. As of March 31, 2022, liabilities of $376 million related to claims for waiver of premium, long-term disability, third-party administered catastrophic excess major medical coverage and other group products remain with us. These lines of business are currently in run-off with no new business being written. A small staff remains to handle administration, TPA management and claims handling.
Impact of COVID-19
The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted in several economic and operational disruptions affecting our businesses. We continue to closely monitor the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our life insurance mortality experience. Our estimated reduction in pre-tax income and APTOI impact in the U.S. and UK from COVID-19 was $124 million and $160 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $408 million and $259 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Going forward, we expect to incur an impact to adjusted pre-tax operating income of approximately $65 million to $75 million for every 100,000 in U.S. COVID-19-related deaths.
INSTITUTIONAL MARKETS
Overview
Our Institutional Markets business serves institutional clients, providing sophisticated, bespoke risk management solutions to both financial and non-financial institutions. Institutional Markets complements our
237

TABLE OF CONTENTS

retail businesses by targeting large institutional clients. Institutional Markets allows us to opportunistically source long-term liabilities with attractive risk-adjusted return profiles that are consistent with our overall risk management philosophy.
Our Institutional Markets products are distributed in very specialized markets. Our product portfolio consists of institutional annuities sold through the PRT markets and annuities sold in the structured settlements markets, institutional life insurance sold through the bank-owned (“BOLI”) and corporate-owned life insurance (“COLI”) markets and capital market products, including synthetic products such as SVW contracts. Institutional Markets also includes assumed reinsurance operations, which primarily source additional pension liabilities on a reinsurance basis, mainly from the UK.
The breadth of our Institutional Markets offering allows us to be selective in our liability generation and allocate capital towards the areas where we see the greatest risk-adjusted returns. Over time, this approach has resulted in a collection of strong business lines that each contribute to Institutional Markets’ earnings.
Scale and operating leverage: The transaction sizes across our Institutional Markets products are much larger than in our retail businesses, allowing us to generate significant new business volumes by winning only a few incremental new transactions, while maintaining a small and efficient operational footprint. Our products generate earnings primarily through net investment spread, with a smaller portion of fee-based income and underwriting margin.
Positioned to capture growth: Favorable market trends point to continued demand for our institutional products. We believe the shift away from defined benefit plans is expected to continue to fuel a strong pipeline of mid-sized to jumbo (greater than $1 billion in premium) PRT opportunities, in both the U.S. market, with direct to plan sponsors, and the UK market, via reinsurance, as plan sponsors increasingly seek bespoke options to exit or decrease liabilities and the related administration. The growth in retirement assets and an aging U.S. population will continue to drive growth in our SVW product, which allows qualified professional asset managers (“QPAMs”) managing stable value funds primarily for defined contribution plans and BOLI insurance providers to offer participants a stable return option, which is increasingly valuable as consumers near retirement. Our SVW product provides a tailored alternative to money market funds that is countercyclical in nature and provides incremental opportunities during equity and credit market turbulence.
New asset capabilities: Our ability to generate profitable new business is dependent on our ability to source large specialized asset portfolios that support our product value propositions while generating attractive net investment spreads. This dependency can constrain new business growth at times when assets with the specific characteristics we need to generate profitable new business are scarce. We believe our strategic partnership with Blackstone will help us unlock further growth in this market through Blackstone’s ability to source and originate scaled and specialized assets both domestically and internationally. We expect this to allow us to grow our PRT and GIC businesses with improved flexibility, as attractive risk-adjusted opportunities are identified.
Products
Our Institutional Markets business develops, markets and distributes the following products and solutions.
Pension Risk Transfer
PRT provides solutions for employers who have decided to exit or defease all or a portion of their pension plan by transferring the accrued benefit liabilities and administrative responsibilities to an insurer. Such transfers can reduce obligations to pay future pension benefits to plan participants, eliminate risks, and provide for outside administration. Our PRT products are comparable to income annuities, as we generally receive a large upfront premium in exchange for paying a guaranteed stream of future income payments. These products primarily create earnings through spread income.
We are active in both the domestic and international PRT markets. Overall, the domestic PRT market had $38.1 billion of premium in 2021. In the domestic market, we offer group annuity contracts to employers for defined benefit pension plan terminations, such as terminal funding, as well as the settlement of partial benefit liabilities. We are cash-balance plan specialists and handle underwriting and administration of unique provisions. We offer contracts of various sizes, historically ranging from mid-market sized transactions to transactions with premiums in excess of $1 billion. Transaction types include buy-in and buy-out transactions which may utilize guaranteed separate accounts. These transactions are often purchased by plan sponsors with assets-in-kind. The
238

TABLE OF CONTENTS

majority of our PRT transactions involve full plan terminations. PRT liabilities have a longer duration which allows them to be backed with higher yielding assets benefiting from duration and illiquidity premium. In the international market, we provide funded reinsurance solutions to primary writers in the bulk purchase annuities (“BPA”) market where there is an appetite to cede risk due to capital constraints and requirements. Across the domestic PRT market, we manage the liabilities for plans covering approximately 138,000 participants as of March 31, 2022.
We are also a premier group annuity underwriter and administrator of customized contracts. We believe plan advisors and their clients appreciate our expertise, flexibility and collaborative approach in developing tailored, cost-effective contracts for all sizes and types of defined benefit pension plans, along with unique benefit provisions and special administrative services. We notably created the industry’s first group annuity guide for pension plan terminations and settlements, which contains details on financial quality (criteria defined by DOL concerning rules for insurer selection), annuity contract experience and service capabilities, contract installation procedures and data requirements, sample participant correspondence and notification, and a sample group annuity contract.
Guaranteed Investment Contracts
GICs are single premium accumulation products that provide a guaranteed repayment of principal and a fixed or floating interest rate for a predetermined period of time. Our primary product in the GIC space is a FABN program. We opportunistically issue FABNs through our FABN program, which are sold to institutional investors through investment banks and other third-party broker-dealers. We also borrow from the FHLB utilizing their funding agreement program. These products generate spread-based income without significant longevity or mortality exposure, which enables us to optimize our asset portfolio and improve our returns given the certainty in liability profile. The profitability of our GIC portfolio is largely dependent on market conditions and asset origination. As of March 31, 2022, we have $7.4 billion in reserves related to our GICs.
Structured Settlement Annuities
Structured settlement annuities provide periodic payments specifically designed to meet an injured party’s needs over time. These periodic payments consist of recurring payment streams and lump-sum payments on both a guaranteed and life contingent basis. As of March 31, 2022, we had $3.5 billion in structured settlement annuity reserves and also continued to service $16.2 billion of structured settlement reserves ceded to Fortitude Re, providing scale to the operations platform even as new originations slow in part due to a backlog in the court system arising from the COVID-19 disruption.
Defined Contribution and BOLI Stable Value Wraps
SVW contracts are synthetic contracts that provide limited guarantees for stable value fund portfolios or COLI-BOLI separate account portfolios, preserving the principal while providing steady, positive returns for participants or institutions. They are typically issued to QPAMs that manage stable value funds, typically for employee benefit plans and life insurance company separate accounts with respect to certain underlying VUL BOLI investment fund options. These products generate earnings through fee income without significant longevity or mortality exposure.
We primarily offer group annuity contracts and are among the leading providers of stable value wrap products to defined contribution employee benefit plans. We had 185 in-force stable value wrap-defined contribution (“SVW-DC”) contracts representing more than $30 billion of notional value as of March 31, 2022. We see further growth opportunities in higher margin products, including contracts offered to 403(b) and 529 plan providers. Overall, the SVW market in the United States had $473.2 billion of notional value as of December 31, 2021.
Corporate Markets
COLI-BOLI comprises universal and variable universal life insurance products that are issued to both non-financial and financial corporate clients to provide financial efficiencies and offset rising costs of programs such as health and welfare benefits, post-retirement benefits and supplemental income to key individuals.
We offer a number of COLI-BOLI products, including money center BOLIs and insurance COLIs, and have a client base of nearly 100 institutions as of March 31, 2022. Our BOLI products are sold on a universal life or variable universal life product with exposure to spread and mortality, while our COLI products are sold on a variable universal life product that generates earnings through spread, fee and mortality exposure.
239

TABLE OF CONTENTS

We also manage a portfolio of private placement variable annuity and universal life insurance products historically offered in the high net worth market.
The following table presents a reconciliation of Institutional Markets GAAP premiums to premiums and deposits:
 
For the twelve
months ended
March 31,
2022
For the years ended
December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Premiums
$3,971
$3,774
$2,564
$1,877
Deposits
1,206
1,158
2,284
931
Other(1)
25
25
25
27
Premiums and deposits
$5,202
$4,957
$4,873
$2,835
(1)
Other principally consists of ceded premiums, in order to reflect gross premiums and deposits.
Our SVW products, for both the defined contribution market as well as the separate account BOLI market (“SVW-BOLI”), generate fee-based income as a percentage of assets. Our general account PRT, GIC and structured settlement products generate spread-based income on the difference between crediting rates paid and yields earned on assets we invest. Our Corporate Markets products generate underwriting margin, a combination of premiums net of policyholder benefits, spread income and fee income.
The following table presents Institutional Markets spread income, underwriting margin and fee income:
 
For the twelve
months ended
March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
Underwriting margin, fee income and spread income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Spread income
$467
74.5%
$478
74.6%
$290
67.9%
$251
63.7%
Underwriting margin
99
15.8%
102
15.9%
75
17.6%
75
19.0%
Fee income
61
9.7%
61
9.5%
62
14.5%
68
17.3%
Total
$627
100.0%
$641
100.0%
$427
100.0%
$394
100.0%
The following table presents Institutional Markets reserves:
 
As of March 31,
2022
As of December 31,
 
2021
2020
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ in millions)
Insurance reserves
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRT
$11,488
38.1%
$11,469
38.0%
$8,237
30.1%
GIC
7,393
24.6%
7,477
24.7%
8,115
29.7%
Structured settlement
3,546
11.8%
3,501
11.6%
3,593
13.2%
SVW
55
0.2%
Corporate Markets
7,681
25.5%
7,772
25.7%
7,315
26.8%
Total
$30,108
100.0%
$30,219
100.0%
$27,315
100.0%
240

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table represents APTOI by product:
 
For the twelve months
ended, March 31,
2022
For the years ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
 
$
%
$
%
$
%
$
%
 
($ in millions)
APTOI by product
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRT
$219
38.7%
$238
40.7%
$103
28.1%
$74
23.0%
GIC
130
23.0%
129
22.1%
85
23.2%
74
23.0%
Structured settlement
91
16.1%
90
15.4%
82
22.3%
75
23.3%
SVW
59
10.4%
60
10.3%
57
15.5%
63
19.5%
Corporate Markets
67
11.8%
67
11.5%
40
10.9%
36
11.2%
Total
$566
100.0%
$584
100.0%
$367
100.0%
$322
100.0%
Distribution
Institutional Markets distributes products through the channels described below:
PRT: We source PRT liabilities through our long-standing relationships with insurance and reinsurance brokers and consultants, and through our assumed reinsurance channel from primary insurance partners.
GICs: We participate in a FABN program, which is a medium term note program under which funding agreements are issued to a special-purpose trust that issues marketable notes. The notes are underwritten and marketed by major investment banks’ broker-dealer operations and are sold to institutional investors. We also borrow from FHLBs by utilizing their funding agreement program.
Structured settlement annuities: As of March 31, 2022, we distributed structured settlement products through over 20 independent insurance agencies.
Corporate Markets and SVW-BOLI: We distribute COLI-BOLI and SVW-BOLI to corporate markets through specialized brokers representing large, money center banks and corporations.
SVW-DC: We distribute SVW products through QPAMs, trustees of stable value funds and defined contribution plan sponsors.
Markets
Institutional Markets operates in highly competitive markets and competes with large industry participants. In each product category, we face strong competition from domestic and international insurance and reinsurance companies. In PRT, these companies compete for a growing pool of assets driven by corporations seeking to transfer longevity and asset risks associated with their pension obligations to insurance companies; in structured settlements, these companies compete to help defendants or insurers of defendants in legal settlements provide long-term streams of payments to plaintiffs; in SVW-DC, companies compete to provide value-added solutions to asset and wealth managers to satisfy growing demand for stable retirement income.
Competition
We face a growing set of competitors in the PRT market as more insurers, many backed by alternative asset managers, look to capitalize on a growing trend of defined benefit plan sponsors looking to pass on the risk of their pension fund liabilities in both the United States and internationally. We also face robust competition in other businesses, mainly from other insurance companies. Main points of competition are price, credibility and financial strength, and the ability to execute and administer complex transactions. We offer tailored solutions ranging from complete buyouts to reinsurance arrangements that allow us to compete on a wider set of opportunities in customized ways. We believe that our partnership with Blackstone and the associated asset origination capabilities will help us compete in several of our businesses, particularly PRT.
Strategy
Expand FABN program to accelerate cash flows: We plan to grow our GIC portfolio by expanding our FABN program through FABN issuances and FHLB funding agreements. We will continue to evaluate expanding
241

TABLE OF CONTENTS

both capacity and utilization. We believe this strategy will also serve as a strong and attractive funding source as we continue to put Blackstone originated and managed assets to work.
Improve PRT market position through new products and unique capabilities: In PRT, we plan to continue our focus on the larger end of the full plan termination market. This sub-segment of the market allows us to demonstrate our differentiated capabilities around managing market risks, asset-in-kind portfolios and deferred participant longevity. We have developed new product offerings and solutions to participate in buy-in-to-buy-out plan termination solutions, and are developing longevity swap products to enhance our deal execution capabilities. Internationally, we intend to continue to provide reinsurance for UK PRT transactions focused on the larger end of the BPA market. We expect to continue to expand our list of cedant insurers and our asset origination capabilities to support these transactions. We believe that our Blackstone partnership will differentiate our competitive position by providing assets with a duration, liquidity and return profile that are well-suited to the PRT market. Additionally, we will continue to opportunistically enter other international markets that are aligned with our core competencies and expertise when favorable market and regulatory conditions exist.
Grow and maintain strong market presence in the stable value wrap and Bank Owned Life Insurance markets: We plan to grow the sales of our SVW-DC product by adding new QPAM partners, developing new SVW-DC products as alternative offerings to traditional money market funds, and developing new products in response to regulatory and tax law changes. Additionally, we expect to continue to consolidate our position with respect to our share of the SVW-BOLI market as larger banks look to restructure their current programs. We also intend to opportunistically grow our market share in the new issue, general or separate account COLI-BOLI market as market conditions and tax laws evolve.
Maintain presence in structured settlement annuities market: We plan to focus our product development and solutions on both qualified and non-qualified markets as we continue to concentrate on term-certain and lightly underwritten lives. We will seek to optimize efficiencies in the administration of our current portfolio and reinsured block.
Risk Management
Our Institutional Markets business takes a holistic approach to risk management spanning product diversification and asset-liability management. Also, our pricing strategy prioritizes long-term value over sales volumes and targets specific segments where we believe we can find superior risk-adjusted returns. This approach has historically produced consistently strong results across a variety of economic environments.
Diversification
Our product breadth and varied distribution channels allow us to focus our new business generation towards the areas where we see the highest risk-adjusted returns, and away from areas where we believe pricing pressure has reduced returns to an unattractive level. This helps us remain disciplined in pricing and to diversify the concentration risk created by the large case sizes in the market. The spread income generated by the funded businesses within Institutional Markets is balanced with the fee income produced by the SVW businesses. In addition, the longevity risk generated from the PRT and structured settlements businesses helps diversify the mortality risk generated from our Life Insurance business.
Product design
In PRT, we deliberately avoid commoditized areas of the all-retiree middle market that are highly competitive, and instead focus on the larger end of the plan termination market. This specialized focus allows us to utilize the scale of our balance sheet, as well as our asset selection and derivative hedging capabilities to win transactions. In the SVW market, our product design does not provide non-zero guarantees, eliminates credit default risk and allows for portfolio immunization at the discretion of the wrap provider. In structured settlements, we focus on term certain funding, standard lives, and the lightly underwritten portion of the market, and avoid the highly competitive areas of the market that involve large case, highly underwritten, sub-standard lives.
Asset-liability management
We seek to minimize the gap between the duration of our assets and liabilities to reduce interest rate risk. We closely coordinate with our investment management team to source asset portfolios that can back our various liability obligations and generate attractive net investment spreads. In situations where liability durations exceed
242

TABLE OF CONTENTS

the naturally available pool of duration matched assets, we actively monitor derivative strategies that can be used to close any ALM mismatches. The GIC portfolio is monitored to ensure that the assets and liabilities in that sub-segment are tightly matched in addition to being risk managed as part of the overall general account. Asset selection focuses on the underlying characteristics of the liability funding source, both in terms of duration and any embedded optionality present in either the assets or liabilities. Our investment management team has a long history of delivering strong loss-adjusted returns across different market scenarios.
Reinsurance
All payout annuities (PRT and structured settlements) in Institutional Markets issued prior to 2012 have been reinsured to Fortitude Re. From a counterparty credit perspective, the reinsurance transactions were structured as modified coinsurance with funds withheld, so the assets continue to reside on our balance sheet. In addition, the majority of the mortality risk in the COLI-BOLI segment is either experience rated, or has been reinsured to third-party reinsurers.
CORPORATE AND OTHER
Our Corporate and Other segment consists primarily of corporate expenses not attributable to our other segments, our institutional asset management business, which includes managing assets for non-consolidated affiliates, certain compensation expenses, the results of our consolidated investment entities and the results of our legacy insurance lines ceded to Fortitude Re. For the three months ended March 31, 2022, our Corporate and Other recorded adjusted revenue of $256 million and $0 adjusted pre-tax income.
Fortitude Re
Fortitude Re is a Bermuda reinsurance company which was established in 2018 by AIG to enter into a series of reinsurance transactions related to AIG’s run-off portfolio. In two transactions in 2018 and 2020, AIG sold substantially all of its ownership interest in Fortitude Re’s parent company (“FR Parent”) to Carlyle FRL, an investment fund advised by an affiliate of The Carlyle Group and T&D Investments, Inc., a subsidiary of T&D Holdings, Inc. We currently hold a less than 3% indirect interest in Fortitude Re.
As of March 31, 2022, $28.3 billion of our reserves representing a mix of run-off life and annuity risks had been ceded to Fortitude Re under these reinsurance transactions. Effective as of January 1, 2022, certain AIG subsidiaries sold to an affiliate of Fortitude Re all of the outstanding capital stock of two servicing companies. The ceding insurers entered into administrative services agreements pursuant to which AIG transferred administration of certain of our ceded business to those companies.
Through this series of transactions, Fortitude Re has become our largest reinsurance counterparty. Accordingly, the reinsurance agreements between us and Fortitude Re provide us with certain protections in the event that Fortitude Re becomes unable to meet its obligations related to the transactions. For example, the agreements were structured as modified coinsurance with funds withheld. Under this type of reinsurance structure, the investments supporting the reinsurance agreements continue to be held by us. Accordingly, the applicable reserve balances are fully collateralized. Also, we have the right to recapture the ceded business in the case of certain events, including certain regulatory ratios applicable to Fortitude Re falling below certain thresholds. Further, we anticipate that an affiliate of ours will serve as portfolio manager of all assets in the modified coinsurance account through at least June 2023 and we have the right to one seat on Fortitude Re’s board of managers.
The investment assets supporting the reinsurance agreements with Fortitude Re mostly consist of available for sale securities. Because these assets continue to be held by us, they continue to be reflected on our balance sheet and in our GAAP results of operations. Meanwhile, Fortitude Re receives or makes quarterly payments that represent the net gain or loss under the treaty for the relevant quarter, including any net investment gain or loss on the assets in the modified coinsurance account, which can lead to volatility in our net income. Given our limited economic interest in FR Parent, we believe adjusting our earnings for the items related to the Fortitude Re reinsurance treaties provides a better view of the net income attributable to our underlying operations.
243

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Similarly, because the investments supporting the reinsurance transaction are held on our balance sheet, changes in the fair value of these assets are included in the embedded derivative of the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangements and introduce volatility into our balance sheet. While our net income experiences volatility as a result of the Fortitude Re reinsurance arrangements, it is almost entirely offset by changes in OCI resulting in minimal impact to our net investment. The following table outlines the impact to comprehensive income of the funds withheld arrangements with Fortitude Re:
 
For the three
months ended
March 31,
For the years ended December 31,
 
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Impact of Fortitude Re on our comprehensive income
($ millions)
Net underwriting income
$
$
$
$
$
Net investment income – Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
278
436
1,775
1,427
1,598
Net realized losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gains (losses) – Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(123)
155
924
1,002
262
Net realized gains (losses) – Fortitude Re embedded derivatives
2,837
2,007
(687)
(3,978)
(5,167)
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
2,714
2,162
237
(2,976)
(4,905)
(Loss) income before income tax benefit
2,992
2,598
2,012
(1,549)
(3,307)
Income tax benefit (expense)
(628)
(546)
(423)
325
694
Net (loss) income
2,364
2,052
1,589
(1,224)
(2,613)
Change in unrealized appreciation of all other investments
(2,276)
(1,993)
(1,488)
1,165
2,479
Comprehensive income (loss)
$88
$59
$101
$(59)
$(134)
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
Overview
Investment management is an integral part of our business model. We aim to support our liabilities with a high quality and diversified portfolio taking into consideration the liability duration, convexity and liquidity profile. In addition, we seek to originate assets that enable us to further manage our asset-liability profile, generate enhanced risk-adjusted returns and iterate our product designs to improve our risk profile. We manage general and separate account assets across markets, including public fixed income, structured products, public and private equity, private debt and commercial real estate. We have produced steady returns on invested assets and minimized the volatility of our earnings through different market environments.
Currently, we manage a diverse array of corporate, municipal, infrastructure and government bonds, sourced from public and private markets in developed and emerging economies as well as various structured product asset classes including ABS, CLOs, and MBS. We also originate commercial and residential mortgage loans and middle market commercial loans. In addition, we manage, oversee and originate certain types of equity and alternative investments.
 
As of March 31, 2022
As of December 31, 2021
 
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
Investment portfolio by asset class (excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets)
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$1,140
0.5%
$1,255
0.6%
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
6,378
3.0%
7,240
3.3%
Non-U.S. governments
4,822
2.3%
5,579
2.5%
Corporate debt
108,385
51.8%
118,715
53.5%
RMBS
12,493
6.0%
13,850
6.2%
CMBS
9,777
4.7%
10,311
4.6%
ABS/CLO
14,947
7.2%
14,438
6.5%
Total fixed income available for sale
157,942
75.5%
171,388
77.2%
244

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
As of March 31, 2022
As of December 31, 2021
 
$
%
$
%
 
($ millions)
Other bond securities
436
0.2%
489
0.2%
Equity securities
109
0.1%
241
0.1%
Mortgage and other loans receivable
37,246
17.8%
35,829
16.1%
Other invested assets
9,069
4.3%
8,760
3.9%
Short-term investments
4,362
2.1%
5,421
2.5%
Total
209,164
100.0%
$222,128
100.0%
Historically, our investments have largely been managed by affiliated investment managers. In the future, we expect to make increasing use of highly-respected third-party managers for various asset classes, particularly where we can increase our access to attractive investments or benefit from scale and market-leading capabilities. For example, we have recently entered into a strategic partnership with Blackstone as described below in “—Our Strategic Partnership with Blackstone.” In addition, we have entered into the BlackRock Arrangement, as described below in “—Our Investment Management Arrangement with BlackRock.”
Regardless of whether our investments are managed by an internal or external provider, our Chief Investment Officer will continue to be responsible for overseeing our overall portfolio, including decisions surrounding asset allocation, risk composition and investment strategy. Also, specialized internal teams will work closely with business personnel to develop asset strategies tied to insurance company objectives so that our investment operations will continue to be integrated with our pricing and product development. Monitoring and oversight of external providers will be performed by our Chief Investment Officer in conjunction with our Finance, Legal, Enterprise Risk Management and Compliance Departments. All externally managed assets will be folded into our credit, market, capital, liquidity and foreign exchange risk monitoring frameworks.
In addition, we are preparing to implement BlackRock’s “Aladdin,” an investment management technology platform that will provide an end-to-end investment solution spanning trade capture, analytics, back office capabilities and other services which are currently performed across many systems at AIG.
We intend to evolve our investments organization, which we expect will create additional efficiencies, to reflect our relationships with key external partners, our expected implementation of BlackRock’s “Aladdin” investment management technology platform and our expected reduction in fees from AIG for asset management services.
245

TABLE OF CONTENTS

High Quality Portfolio
As of March 31, 2022, 92% of our fixed maturity security portfolio, excluding Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets, were investment grade. Excluding $3.3 billion and $52 million of NAIC 4 and 5 securities, respectively, as of March 31, 2022 related to collaterialized loan obligations within consolidated investment entities, which do not represent direct investments of Corebridge’s insurance subsidiaries, our fixed maturity security portfolio, excluding Fortitude Re Funds Withheld Assets would be 94% investment grade. Our investment decision process relies primarily on fundamental analysis and internal risk ratings. Third-party rating services’ ratings and opinions provide one source of independent perspective for consideration in the internal analysis. We stress-test the underwritten assets and asset classes under various negative scenarios. The following charts depict our portfolio by NAIC designation excluding assets held through our modified coinsurance arrangements:

The following chart depicts the ratings distribution of fixed maturity assets held in our general account as of March 31, 2022:

Our asset portfolio is managed within the limits and constraints set forth in our investment and risk policies. These policies set limits on investments in our portfolio by asset class, such as corporate bonds, RMBS, CMBS, CLOs, commercial and residential mortgage whole loans and alternative investments. We also set credit risk limits for exposure to single issuers and countries that vary based on ratings, as well as limits on aggregate investments in below investment grade assets. In addition, our asset portfolio is constructed to withstand both liquidity and capital stresses that may arise due to market dislocations.
Our credit risks are managed by credit professionals, subject to ERM oversight and various control processes. Their primary role is to ensure appropriate credit risk management in accordance with our credit policies and procedures relative to our credit risk parameters. We monitor and control our company-wide credit risk concentrations and attempt to avoid unwanted or excessive risk accumulations.
246

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our underwriting practices for investing in mortgage loans, mortgage-backed securities and structured securities take into consideration the quality of the issuer, the originator, the manager, the servicer, security credit ratings, characteristics of the underlying collateral and the level of credit enhancement in the transaction, as applicable.
In commercial real estate, we seek out opportunities with low leverage and strong sponsorship. Our CML portfolio is focused on multi-family as its largest property type allocation. Through December 31, 2021, downgrades to CM3-6 as of December 31, 2019 have comprised approximately 2% of the CML portfolio. Our CMBS portfolio is focused on North America and includes high quality securities, with an average rating of ‘AA’, 96% of which are designated NAIC 1.
Our RMBS portfolio is a mix of agency and non-agency securities of which 99% are designated NAIC 1. The non-agency RMBS portfolio is a seasoned portfolio, reflecting a borrower mix that has seen and survived previous housing credit stress, and provides a stable return profile across a range of internal stress scenarios. Our smaller RML portfolio continues to be centered on high credit quality jumbo loans underwritten with full documentation, low loan-to-value ratios and high FICO scores.
Our ABS and CLO portfolios are focused on investment grade assets with structural credit enhancement in pools of collateral that are managed by experienced investment managers. Our CLO portfolio consists of 97% investment grade and 91% NAIC 1 assets and the underlying collateral pools predominantly consist of first lien senior secured loans. Our ABS portfolio is focused on private ABS that are secured by high-quality assets with recurring cash flow streams and consists of near 100% investment grade and 58% NAIC 1 assets. Across our private credit portfolio originated between 2011 and 2021, we generated an average spread, net of average impairments, amendment fees and make-whole fees, that was 106 basis points greater than the yield of a basket of public bonds adjusted for similar credit quality and maturity.
In addition to our core fixed income portfolio, we opportunistically allocate a portion of our portfolio to alternative investments where we primarily focus on private equity, real estate equity and direct private equity investments and co-investments, and to a lesser extent, hedge fund investments. Our alternative investment strategy is subject to internal concentration limits and designed to provide diversification away from fixed income markets and support growth of our surplus portfolio.
Investment Strategy
Our investment strategy is to provide net investment income to support liabilities that result in stable distributable earnings and enhance portfolio value, subject to asset liability management, capital, liquidity, regulatory and rating agency constraints, overall market conditions and our risk appetite. Insurance reserves are supported by mainly investment-grade fixed maturity securities that meet our duration, risk-return, tax, liquidity, credit quality and diversification objectives. We assess fixed maturity asset classes based on their fundamental underlying risk factors, including credit (public and private), commercial real estate and residential real estate regardless of whether such investments are bonds, loans, or structured products.
We maintain a diversified, high quality portfolio of fixed maturity securities issued by corporations, municipalities and other governmental agencies; structured securities collateralized by, among other assets, residential and commercial real estate; and commercial mortgage loans that, to the extent practicable, match the currency and duration characteristics of our liabilities. As part of our Risk Management framework, we seek to diversify the portfolio across asset classes, sectors and issuers to mitigate idiosyncratic portfolio risks. The investment portfolio of each product line is tailored to the specific characteristics of its insurance liabilities, and as a result, duration varies between distinct portfolios. We also utilize derivatives to manage our asset and liability duration as well as currency exposures.
Investments that support our surplus seek to enhance portfolio returns and are generally comprised of a mix of fixed maturity investment grade and below investment grade securities and various alternative asset classes, including private equity, real estate equity, and hedge funds. Over the past few years, hedge fund investments have been reduced with more emphasis given to private equity, real estate and below investment grade credit. Although these alternative investments are subject to periodic earnings fluctuations, they have historically achieved returns in excess of the fixed maturity portfolio returns. We expect to increase our allocation to alternatives within surplus by approximately $3.0 billion by 2024.
247

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Credit Risk
Credit risk is the risk that our customers or counterparties are unable or unwilling to repay their contractual obligations when they become due. Credit risk may also result from a downgrade of a counterparty’s credit ratings or a widening of its credit spreads.
We devote considerable resources to managing our direct and indirect credit exposures. These exposures may arise from, but are not limited to, fixed income investments, corporate and consumer loans and leases, reinsurance and retrocessional insurance recoverables, and counterparty risk arising from derivatives activities.
Our credit risks are managed by our credit professionals, subject to various control processes. Their primary role is to ensure appropriate credit risk management in accordance with our credit policies and procedures relative to our credit risk parameters. Our credit risk management framework includes the following elements related to our credit risks:
developing and implementing our company-wide credit policies and procedures;
approving delegated credit authorities to our credit executives and qualified credit professionals;
developing methodologies for quantification and assessment of credit risks;
managing a system of credit and program limits, as well as the approval process for credit transactions, above limit exposures, and concentrations of risk that may exist or be incurred;
evaluating, monitoring, reviewing and reporting of credit risks and concentrations regularly with senior management; and
approving appropriate credit reserves, credit-related other-than-temporary impairments and corresponding methodologies for all credit portfolios.
We monitor and control our company-wide credit risk concentrations and attempt to avoid unwanted or excessive risk accumulations, whether funded or unfunded. To minimize the level of credit risk in some circumstances, we may require mitigants, such as third-party guarantees, reinsurance or collateral, including commercial bank-issued letters of credit and trust collateral accounts. We treat these guarantees, reinsurance recoverable, and letters of credit as credit exposure and include them in our risk concentration exposure data. We also monitor the quality of any trust collateral accounts.
Our Strategic Partnership with Blackstone
We recently entered into a strategic partnership with Blackstone that we believe has the potential to yield significant economic and strategic benefits over time. We believe that Blackstone’s ability to originate, and our enhanced ability to invest in, attractive and privately sourced, fixed-income oriented assets, will be accretive to our businesses and provide us with an enhanced competitive advantage.
Pursuant to the partnership, Blackstone manages $50 billion of assets in our investment portfolio, with that amount increasing by $8.5 billion in each of the next five years beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022, for an aggregate of $92.5 billion by the third quarter of 2027. We expect Blackstone to invest these assets primarily in Blackstone-originated investments across a range of asset classes, including private and structured credit. Blackstone’s typical credit and lending strategy is to seek to control all significant components of the underwriting and pricing processes with the goal of facilitating bespoke opportunities with historically strong credit protection and attractive risk-adjusted returns. Blackstone seeks to capture enhanced economics to those available in the traditional fixed income markets by going directly to the lending source.
With a market capitalization in excess of $152 billion and $915 billion of AUM as of March 31, 2022, Blackstone is one of the most recognized firms in asset management. Blackstone operates across asset categories, including real estate (both equity and debt), corporate private equity, credit, hedge fund management, infrastructure and secondaries. In addition to its role as the world’s largest real estate investor, with $298 billion of investor capital under management as of March 31, 2022, Blackstone owns and operates one of the world’s largest private real estate debt businesses, Blackstone Real Estate Debt Strategies, which has generated over $103 billion of gross loan commitments over its 13-year operating history. Separately, Blackstone Liquid Credit is one of the world’s largest originators of private credit, with $266 billion in AUM as of March 31, 2022 and is one of the longest-tenured investors in the U.S. direct lending market with a 16-year performance history and approximately $68 billion invested from 2006 to March 31, 2022.
248

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Blackstone will manage a portfolio of private and structured credit assets where we believe Blackstone is well-positioned to add value and drive new originations. As described above in “—Overview,” we continue to manage asset allocation and portfolio-level risk management decisions with respect to any assets managed by Blackstone, ensuring that we maintain a consistent level of oversight across our entire investment portfolio.
As part of our partnership, Blackstone acquired a 9.9% position in our common stock, aligning its economic interests with our stockholders. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Partnership with Blackstone.” This $2.2 billion investment, subject to post-closing adjustments, represented the largest corporate investment in Blackstone’s firm history.
Our Investment Management Arrangement with BlackRock
Prior to this offering, certain of our insurance company subsidiaries entered into separate investment management agreements with BlackRock. We expect the BlackRock Arrangement will provide us with access to market-leading capabilities, including portfolio management, research and tactical strategies in addition to a larger pool of investment professionals. We believe BlackRock’s scale and fee structure make BlackRock an excellent outsourcing partner for certain asset classes and will allow us to further optimize our investment management operating model while improving overall performance. We expect to transfer the management of up to $90 billion of liquid fixed income and certain private placement assets in the aggregate to BlackRock over a period of 12 months in connection with the BlackRock Arrangement. The fees, terms and conditions of the BlackRock Arrangement were extensively negotiated, and we believe them to be highly competitive with those available from other leading investment managers for a fixed income portfolio of comparable size. Further, BlackRock is responsible for its own overhead and operating expenses under the BlackRock Arrangement, with the insurance company subsidiaries reimbursing reasonable and documented out-of-pocket third-party expenses.
With respect to other potential liabilities under the BlackRock Arrangement, the insurance company subsidiaries have agreed to indemnify BlackRock for certain losses incurred in connection with the services provided by BlackRock pursuant to the BlackRock Arrangement or resulting from the insurance company subsidiaries’ breach of the investment management agreements.
The investment management agreements contain detailed investment guidelines and reporting requirements. These agreements also contain reasonable and customary representations and warranties, standard of care, confidentiality and other provisions. The investment management agreements will continue unless terminated by either party on 45 days’ notice or by us immediately for cause. As described above in “—Overview,” we will continue to be responsible for our overall investment portfolio, including decisions surrounding asset allocation, risk composition and investment strategy.
The investment management agreements are not linked to our implementation of BlackRock’s “Aladdin” investment management technology platform.
Human Capital Management
We believe that the dedication, commitment and loyalty of our employees are key to our success and that we foster a constructive and healthy work environment. Our principal human capital management objectives include attracting, developing and retaining the highest quality talent. As of March 31, 2022, we had approximately 8,893 employees based in eleven countries, with 82% in the United States.
Historically, as a subsidiary of AIG, we have operated under the AIG umbrella of strategies, policies and programs governing human capital management. The following provides examples of some key programs and initiatives that we have implemented or plan to implement to attract, develop and retain our diverse workforce.
Competitive Compensation and Benefits
Similar to AIG, we plan to align the compensation of our employees with the Company’s overall performance and provide competitive compensation opportunities to attract and retain highly skilled employees for our various business needs. We intend to provide a performance-driven compensation structure that consists of base salary and short- and long-term incentive programs. We plan to offer comprehensive benefits to support the health and wellness needs of our employees, including subsidized health care plans, life insurance and disability, wellness and mental health benefits, paid time off and parental leave policies, and matching 401(k) contributions.
249

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Health and Safety
We care about the health and safety of our employees. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we quickly and effectively transitioned 94% of our employees to remote work and established a cross-functional COVID-19 task force to ensure that we implemented best practices to protect the safety of our colleagues while continuing to serve clients, distribution partners and other stakeholders. Our COVID-19 task force is also responsible for our return-to-office planning.
Commencing in 2020, we gave our employees paid wellness days off to engage in self-care and other activities outside of work. In 2021, employees took a day in each of April and in October to coincide with public mental health awareness calendar events. Our employees are supported through an employee assistance program, which provides them with mental health resources, counseling sessions and webinars.
Career Development
We believe that professional development is a positive investment in our talent. Our goal is to build skills of our employees by providing ample opportunities to access learning and development that enhances their abilities to perform in their current or future roles. Accordingly, we intend to make available a library of on-demand learning options, combined with immersive learning experiences, to build skills at all levels. In addition, we intend to offer tuition and certification and training reimbursement programs to encourage employees to enhance their education, skills and knowledge for their continued growth. We will also offer several professional development programs to foster leadership, growth and development opportunities, including programs focused on growing under-represented talent, enabling our employees to take ownership of their careers.
We place significant importance and attention on promoting internal talent and succession planning. We conduct an annual review of our talent development and succession plans for each of our functions and operating segments to identify and develop a pipeline of talent for positions at all levels of the organization. In 2020, 29.5% of all our open positions were filled with internal talent.
Diversity and Inclusion
We are committed to creating an inclusive workplace focused on attracting, retaining and developing diverse talent that fosters a culture of belonging for all employees. Our Chief Talent and Inclusion Officer will lead our diversity, equity and inclusion (“DEI”) efforts as a public company. In June 2021, we launched our Diversity Council, tasked with monitoring DEI initiatives as an integral part of our business strategies.
Employee Resource Groups (“ERGs”), which are groups of employees who come together based on a shared interest in a specific dimension of diversity, are an important means of reinforcing a culture of inclusion and belonging at our organization. Our ERG network spans multiple geographies and dimensions and is open to all employees. The ERGs form a cornerstone of our diversity, equity and inclusion efforts by representing our diverse workforce, facilitating networking and connections with peers, and supporting a culture of inclusion and engagement within the Company.
Environmental, Social and Governance
Our parent company, AIG, has a strong ESG foundation built on four pillars: community resilience, financial security, sustainable operations and sustainable investing. As we become a stand-alone business, we plan to leverage this framework as a starting point, and evolve our approach over time in line with our industry, geographic and business focus.
Community Resilience: Giving Back Through Philanthropy and Volunteerism
Operating as a responsible corporate citizen is central to our success as a business. We are committed to making a positive difference in the communities where we work, live and serve our customers. We align our charitable giving around building resilience and financial security for individuals, families and communities. For example, since 2014, we, in conjunction with AIG, have partnered with Junior Achievement to support financial education and workforce readiness, enabling thousands of students to participate in Junior Achievement programming.
We, in conjunction with AIG, currently support programs that leverage our employees’ passion for giving back. As part of AIG’s 2021 Global Volunteer Month, for example, our employees assembled snack packs for
250

TABLE OF CONTENTS

students and care packages for healthcare heroes, participated in a mentoring initiative to benefit black-owned businesses and engaged in virtual “mapathons” to map remote areas of the world so they can receive disaster relief. Employees also shared their knowledge, expertise and enthusiasm through pro bono consulting for nonprofit partners advancing financial literacy, education access, disaster resiliency and racial justice.
Financial Security: Helping People Achieve Financial Wellness and Sustainability
Enabling financial wellness is a key goal for us, and the clients we serve. We offer products, resources and information to assist clients with their financial planning, including access to professional guidance, financial literacy and education and online tools and resources. As part of our commitment to promoting financial security and resilience more broadly, we also partner with the Foundation for Financial Planning to increase pro bono financial planning for at-risk Americans, including cancer patients, military veterans, victims of natural disasters, domestic violence survivors, financially vulnerable seniors and frontline healthcare workers.
With fewer people covered by traditional pension plans, annuities can fill a gap in retirement portfolios by providing a monthly check for as long as a person lives, no matter how the market performs. We are a leading provider of annuity products that offer the opportunity for growth, principal protection and protected income for life. We are also a founding member of the Alliance for Lifetime Income, a non-profit educational organization that educates Americans about the value and importance of having protected lifetime income in retirement.
As a life insurance and annuity provider, we help customers think about “longevity risk” — the possibility that people could deplete their retirement savings as they manage the healthcare, LTC, and financial planning challenges that come with longer lifespans. In the United States, we offer life insurance products with accelerated death benefits that can be used to cover financial needs during one’s later retirement years.
We will continue to be an industry leader and advocate for insurance products and services that will serve the needs of our customers, and for ensuring financial security.
Sustainable Operations: Keeping Sustainability at the Core of Our Business Model
Sustainability is focused on protecting the future, and that’s at the heart of what we do: With a broad portfolio of products offered through partners and advisors, we help people envision their future.
Long-term business sustainability is critical to our ability to meet our customers’ needs, particularly in light of demographic trends driving the need for longer-term financial wellness. The backbone of our sustainability is a diversified, well-managed product line with a balanced and diverse approach to product distribution. Our multi-layered approach also relies on responsible governance, capital management with a view toward our long-term commitments, dynamic pricing, a risk-managed investment portfolio and hedging of market risks where applicable and economically prudent.
Sustainable Investing: Integrating ESG into Investment Decisionmaking
Our investment approach focuses on identifying and evaluating risks at all levels, as we believe good relative value decisions are driven by a comprehensive understanding of risk.
In our view, sustainable investing includes embedding into our decisionmaking process the anticipated impact of all types of risks, including ESG factors. As investment stewards and good corporate citizens, we recognize our responsibility to contribute to a resilient financial market system that reflects the values of our clients and their communities. Our ability to identify and appropriately respond to ESG challenges and opportunities is a critical driver of competitive advantage, and in turn, the ability to achieve client objectives. Therefore, we are committed to integrating ESG factors into our investment process and the operations underpinning those investments.
Intellectual Property
We rely on a combination of copyright, patent, trademark, trade secret and internet domain laws to establish and protect our intellectual property rights. We maintain a portfolio of trademarks that we consider important to the marketing of our products and business, some of which are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and in other jurisdictions. These trademarks include product names that appear in this prospectus. We also protect aspects of our business as trade secret, where appropriate. We believe that the value associated with our intellectual property is significant to our business.
251

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Properties
We currently own and occupy the buildings comprising our corporate headquarters campus and related properties in Houston, Texas. We also have the following material office space leases: Brentwood, Tennessee; Los Angeles, California; and Cork, Ireland.
Legal Proceedings
For information regarding certain legal proceedings pending against us, see Note 15 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. See “Risk Factors—Significant legal or regulatory proceedings may adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.”
Regulation
Overview
Our operations are subject to regulation by many different types of regulatory authorities, including insurance, securities, derivatives and investment advisory regulators in the United States and abroad. The insurance and financial services industries are generally subject to close regulatory scrutiny and supervision. Insurance and other regulatory authorities and law enforcement agencies, attorneys general and other governmental authorities from time to time make inquiries and conduct examinations or investigations regarding our compliance, as well as compliance by other companies in our industry, with applicable laws.
Our insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation and supervision by the states and other jurisdictions in which they do business. We expect that the U.S. and international regulations applicable to us and our regulated entities will continue to evolve for the foreseeable future. Legislators, regulators and self-regulatory organizations may also consider changes to existing laws or regulations impacting our business, such as, for example, changes to reserving and accounting requirements, standard of care for financial professionals, and permitted investments. See “Risk Factors—New laws and regulations, or new interpretations of current laws and regulations, both domestically and internationally, may affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, liquidity and ability to compete effectively.”
Additionally, while the federal government does not directly regulate the insurance business, federal legislation and administrative policies in several areas, including pension regulation, age and sex discrimination, financial services regulation, securities regulation and federal taxation, can significantly affect the insurance industry and certain of our other operations. See “Risk Factors—Our business is heavily regulated and changes in laws and regulations may affect our operations, increase our insurance subsidiary capital requirements or reduce our profitability.”
U.S. Regulation
State Insurance Regulation
Together, our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are licensed to transact insurance business, and are subject to extensive regulation and supervision by insurance regulators, in all 50 states, the District of Columbia, Guam, Puerto Rico and the U.S. Virgin Islands. The primary regulator of an insurance company, however, is located in its state of domicile. AGC is domiciled in Missouri and is primarily regulated by the Missouri Department of Commerce and Insurance, each of AGL and VALIC is domiciled in Texas and is primarily regulated by the Texas Department of Insurance, and USL is domiciled in New York and is primarily regulated by the DFS.
We are subject to regulation under the insurance holding company laws of various jurisdictions. The insurance holding company laws, regulations and guidance vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, but generally require registration and periodic reporting by insurance companies that are licensed in such jurisdictions and are controlled by other entities. Applicable legislation typically requires periodic disclosure concerning the entity that controls the registered insurer and the other companies in the holding company system and prior approval of intercompany transactions and transfers of assets, including in some instances payment of dividends by the insurance subsidiary, within the holding company system. Insurance holding company laws also generally provide that no person, corporation or other entity may acquire control of an insurance company, or a controlling
252

TABLE OF CONTENTS

interest in any direct or indirect parent company of an insurance company, without the prior approval of such insurance company’s domiciliary state insurance regulator. Under the laws of each of the domiciliary states of our U.S. insurance subsidiaries, Missouri, New York and Texas, any person acquiring, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting securities of an insurance company is presumed to have acquired “control” of the company, which may consider voting securities held at both the parent company and subsidiaries collectively. This statutory presumption of control may be rebutted by a showing that control does not exist in fact. State insurance regulators, however, may find that “control” exists in circumstances in which a person owns or controls less than 10% of the voting securities.
As a holding company with no significant business operations of our own, we depend on dividends from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. State insurance statutes typically place restrictions and limitations on the amount of dividends or other distributions payable by insurance company subsidiaries to their parent companies, as well as on transactions between an insurer and its affiliates. For example, the insurance statutes of Missouri and Texas generally permit without regulatory approval the payment of dividends that, together with dividends paid during the preceding twelve months, do not exceed the greater of (i) 10% of statutory policyholders’ surplus as of the preceding December 31 and (ii) statutory net gain from operations for the preceding calendar year. Additionally, under the Missouri and Texas insurance statutes, dividends may be paid only to the extent the insurer has unassigned surplus (as opposed to contributed surplus). In New York, the insurance statutes permit a domestic stock life insurer to pay an ordinary dividend (a) out of earned surplus up to a limit calculated pursuant to a statutory formula similar to the formula used in Missouri and Texas, provided that the DFS is given prior notice of such dividend and opportunity to disapprove the dividend if certain qualitative tests are not met, (b) out of other than earned surplus, up to a limit calculated pursuant to a different statutory formula or (c) out of other than earned surplus if such insurer does not have sufficient positive earned surplus to pay an ordinary dividend. Dividends in excess of applicable prescribed limits, based on prior year’s earnings and surplus of the insurance company, established by the applicable state regulations are considered to be extraordinary transactions and require prior approval or non-disapproval from the applicable insurance regulator.
As noted above, our U.S. insurance subsidiaries are subject to regulation and supervision by the states and other jurisdictions in which they do business. The method of such regulation varies but generally has its source in statutes that delegate regulatory and supervisory powers to a state insurance official. The regulation and supervision relate primarily to the financial condition of the insurers and their corporate conduct and market conduct activities. This includes approval of policy forms and rates, the standards of solvency that must be met and maintained, including with respect to risk-based capital, the standards on transactions between insurance company subsidiaries and their affiliates, including restrictions and limitations on the amount of dividends or other distributions payable by insurance company subsidiaries to their parent companies, the licensing of insurers and their agents, deposits of securities for the benefit of policyholders, requirements for acceptability of reinsurers and the establishment of credit for reinsurance requirements, periodic examinations of the affairs of insurance companies, the form and content of reports of financial condition required to be filed, requirements for reserves and enterprise risk management and corporate governance requirements. Our insurance subsidiaries are also subject to requirements on investments, which prescribe the kind, quality and concentration of investments they can make, and on investment practices, such as derivatives, securities lending and repurchase transactions. In general, such regulation is for the protection of policyholders rather than the creditors or equity owners of these companies.
State insurance laws and regulations also include numerous provisions governing the marketplace activities of life and annuity insurers, including provisions governing the form and content of disclosure to consumers, illustrations, advertising, sales practices, customer privacy protection, permissible use of data in insurance practices, and complaint handling. State regulatory authorities generally enforce these provisions through periodic market conduct inquiries, data calls, investigations and examinations. Insurance regulators have given greater emphasis in recent years to the investigation of allegations of improper life insurance pricing and sales practices by life and annuity insurers, including, for example, race-based underwriting or sales practices, improper use of external data in underwriting, misleading sales presentations by insurance agents, targeting of the elderly or other vulnerable adults and suitability of product for potential customers. State legislatures and insurance regulators have also shown interest in the use of external data and artificial intelligence in insurance practices, including underwriting, marketing, and claims practices. The NAIC adopted Artificial Intelligence Principles in August 2020, and a number of states have had legislative or regulatory initiatives relating to the use of external data and artificial intelligence in the insurance industry. Insurance regulators have also shown interest in climate change
253

TABLE OF CONTENTS

risk and disclosure. For example, towards the end of 2021, the NAIC Climate and Resiliency (EX) Task Force Solvency Workstream issued an informal questionnaire to stakeholders on potential enhancements to existing regulatory tools relative to the solvency effects of climate change. The feedback is being used to propose enhancements to the Financial Condition Examiners Handbook and the ORSA Guidance Manual to address climate change risks and their impact on solvency. The chief insurance regulators of a number of states, including New York, require insurance companies to respond to a climate risk disclosure survey on how they manage risks related to climate change. The NAIC Climate and Resiliency (EX) Task Force recently adopted a revised climate risk disclosure survey that closely aligns with guidelines by the Task Force on Climate Related Disclosures and in April 2022, the NAIC Plenary adopted the redesigned climate risk disclosure survey as a voluntary risk management tool available for state insurance regulators to use to assess an insurer’s climate-related risks. Insurance companies required to respond to the climate risk disclosure survey must generally comply with the new reporting standard by November 2022. New York is among the states that have committed to use the redesigned climate risk disclosure survey in 2022. In addition, the DFS has announced that it expects insurers to integrate financial risks from climate change into their governance frameworks, risk management processes and business and investment strategies. On November 15, 2021, the DFS issued final Guidance for New York Domestic Insurers on Managing the Financial Risks from Climate Change, detailing the DFS’s expectations related to insurers’ management of the financial risks from climate change.
Further, as part of their regulatory oversight process, state insurance departments conduct periodic examinations, generally once every three to five years, of the books, records, accounts and business practices of insurers domiciled in their states. Examinations are generally carried out in cooperation with the insurance regulators of other states under guidelines promulgated by the NAIC. State and federal insurance and securities regulatory authorities and other state law enforcement agencies and attorneys general also, from time to time, make inquiries and conduct examinations or investigations regarding our compliance, as well as other companies in our industry, with, among other things, insurance laws and securities laws.
There can be no assurance that any noncompliance with such applicable laws, regulations or guidance would not have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity.
NAIC Activities and Model Laws
In the United States, the NAIC is a standard-setting and regulatory support organization created and governed by the chief insurance regulators from the 50 states, the District of Columbia and five U.S. territories. The NAIC is not a regulator, but, with assistance from the NAIC, state insurance regulators establish standards and best practices, conduct peer reviews and coordinate regulatory oversight. The NAIC’s mandate is to benefit state insurance regulatory authorities and consumers by promulgating model insurance laws and regulations for adoption by the states. The NAIC also provides standardized insurance industry accounting and reporting guidance through the NAIC Accounting Manual. However, model insurance laws and regulations are only effective when adopted by the states, and NAIC statutory accounting and reporting principles may be modified by each state. Every state has adopted, in substantial part, the RBC Model Law promulgated by the NAIC or a substantially similar law, which allows states to act upon the results of RBC calculations, and provides four incremental levels of regulatory action regarding insurers whose RBC calculations fall below specific thresholds. Those levels of action range from the requirement to submit a plan describing how an insurer would regain a specified RBC ratio to a mandatory regulatory takeover of the company. The RBC formula is designed to measure the adequacy of an insurer’s statutory surplus in relation to the risks inherent in its business. The RBC formula computes a risk-adjusted surplus level by applying discrete factors to various asset, premium, reserve and other financial statement items, or in the case of interest rate and equity return (C-3) market risk, applying stochastic scenario analyses. These factors are developed to be risk-sensitive so that higher RBC requirements are applied to items exposed to greater risk. At its meeting in April 2022, the NAIC adopted a recommendation for structural changes to the mortality factors used in the calculation of insurance risk and exposed for comment instructions to implement such structural changes. During the NAIC 2021 Summer National Meeting, the NAIC adopted changes to the RBC factors for bonds and real estate, which became effective on December 31, 2021. The modified bond and real estate factors are not expected to have a material impact on our RBC calculations. An RBC Investment Risk and Evaluation (E) Working Group was subsequently formed and tasked with performing a comprehensive review of the RBC investment framework for RBC investment types. Statutory accounting principles promulgated by the NAIC, including for our insurance company subsidiaries, have been, or may be, modified by individual state laws, regulations and permitted practices granted by our domiciliary
254

TABLE OF CONTENTS

insurance regulators. Changes to the NAIC Accounting Manual or modifications by the various state insurance departments may impact the investment portfolios and the statutory capital and surplus of our U.S. insurance companies. The RBC ratio of each of our U.S. based insurance companies, determined by the ratio of a company’s total adjusted capital (as defined by the NAIC) to its “company action level” of RBC (as defined by the NAIC), exceeded minimum required levels as of December 31, 2021.
We believe that we will be able to maintain our RBC ratios in excess of “company action level” through appropriate underwriting, claims handling, investing and capital management. However, no assurances can be given that developments affecting us or our insurance subsidiaries, many of which could be outside of our control, will not cause our RBC ratios to fall below our targeted levels. See “Risk Factors—Our business is heavily regulated and changes in laws and regulations may affect our operations, increase our insurance subsidiary capital requirements or reduce our profitability.”
Regulation XXX requires insurers to establish additional statutory reserves for term life insurance policies with long-term premium guarantees and universal life policies with secondary guarantees (“ULSGs”). Guideline AXXX clarifies the application of Regulation XXX as to these guarantees, including certain ULSGs. In December 2012, the NAIC approved a new Valuation Manual containing a principle-based approach to life insurance company reserves. PBR is designed to tailor the reserving process to more closely reflect the risks of specific products, rather than the factor-based approach employed historically. The Valuation Manual became effective on January 1, 2017, after revisions to the NAIC’s model Standard Valuation Law were enacted by the requisite number of states, representing the required premium volume. Subsection 20 of the Valuation Manual (“VM-20”) applies to individual life insurance reserves, most notably term insurance and ULSGs. VM-20 is also referred to as “Life PBR,” and replaces Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX for new life insurance business issued after January 1, 2017. As permitted by applicable regulations, we deferred implementation of Life PBR until January 1, 2020, and have implemented it as of such date with respect to relevant policies issued on or after January 1, 2020. Variable annuity reserving requirements, found in subsection 21 of the Valuation Manual (“VM-21”), replaced the previous Actuarial Guideline XLIII requirements. Substantial revisions to VM-21 became effective January 1, 2020, with options for early adoption or phased-in adoption. We applied VM-21 in full, effective January 1, 2020, to both new and existing VA business. VM-21 is also referred to as “VA PBR.” The NAIC’s work to update the Valuation Manual and address issues relating to the PBR framework, including VM-20 and VM-21, is ongoing, with certain amendments adopted for the January 1, 2023 version of the Valuation Manual and other revisions recently exposed for comment. See Notes 7 and 17 to our audited consolidated financial statements for risk and additional information related to these statutory reserving requirements.
The NAIC’s Insurance Holding Company System Regulatory Act (the “Model Holding Company Act”) and the Insurance Holding Company System Model Regulation include (i) provisions authorizing NAIC insurance commissioners to act as global group-wide supervisors for internationally active insurance groups and participate in international supervisory colleges, and (ii) the requirement that the ultimate controlling person of a U.S. insurer file an annual enterprise risk report with its lead state regulator identifying risks likely to have a material adverse effect upon the financial condition or liquidity of its licensed insurers or the insurance holding company system as a whole. All of the states where we have domestic insurers have enacted a version of the revised Model Holding Company Act, including the enterprise risk reporting requirement.
The NAIC’s Risk Management and Own Risk and Solvency Assessment Model Act (“ORSA”) requires that insurers maintain a risk management framework and conduct an internal own risk and solvency assessment of the insurer’s material risks in normal and stressed environments. All of the states where we have domestic insurers have enacted a version of ORSA. The NAIC has also adopted a Corporate Governance Annual Disclosure Model Act (“CGAD”) that requires insurers to submit an annual filing regarding their corporate governance structure, policies and practices. All of the states where we have domestic insurers have enacted a version of the CGAD.
The NAIC developed its Group Capital Calculation (“GCC”) for the supervision of insurance groups in the United States, which it adopted in December 2020. In May 2021, the NAIC determined that provisions of the December 2020 amendments to the Model Holding Company Act that authorize the GCC and liquidity stress testing (“LST”) will become accreditation standards, and thus states must adopt significant elements of the model to remain accredited. The LST applies to large life insurers based on a set of scope criteria. The purpose of LST is to support macroprudential surveillance, including to assess the potential impact on broader financial markets of aggregate asset sales within a liquidity stress scenario. The proposed effective date of the
255

TABLE OF CONTENTS

accreditation standard is January 1, 2026, though the NAIC has encouraged states to implement the GCC provisions by November 7, 2022, the deadline by which U.S. states must adopt GCC requirements or face federal preemption in connection with covered agreements the United States reached with the EU and UK to address, among other things, group capital requirements. Certain states have already adopted the GCC requirements in their statutes including Missouri, and we continue to monitor efforts to adopt the requirements in our other domiciliary states. The NAIC is currently considering whether a future LST framework should be modified to include issues related to separate accounts. In 2021, the NAIC GCC Working Group conducted a GCC trial implementation using 2020 data with volunteer companies and their lead states. The GCC Working Group exposed for public comment a memorandum from NAIC staff in November 2021 outlining the NAIC’s proposed changes to the GCC reporting template and instructions based on the trial results and feedback from volunteer insurance groups. The revised template and instructions have been exposed for comment and would be effective for 2022 year-end reporting.
State Guaranty Associations
U.S. states have state insurance guaranty associations in which insurers doing business in the state are required by law to be members. Member insurers may be assessed by the associations for certain obligations of insolvent insurance companies to policyholders and claimants. Typically, states assess member insurers in amounts related to the member’s proportionate share of the relevant type of business written by all members in the state. Some jurisdictions permit member insurers to recover assessments that they paid through full or partial premium tax offsets, usually over a period of years. The protection afforded by a state’s guaranty association to policyholders of insolvent insurers varies from state to state. The aggregate assessments levied against us have not been material to our financial condition in any of the past three years.
Dodd-Frank
Dodd-Frank, signed into law in 2010, brought about extensive changes to financial regulation in the United States and established the Financial Stability Oversight Council. Dodd-Frank also established the Federal Insurance Office (“FIO”) to serve as the central insurance authority in the federal government. While not serving a regulatory function, FIO performs certain duties related to the business of insurance and has authority to collect information on the insurance industry and recommend prudential standards. In addition, FIO monitors market access issues, represents the United States in international insurance forums, and has authority to determine if certain regulations are preempted by covered agreements.
Title V of Dodd-Frank authorizes the United States to enter into covered agreements with foreign governments or regulatory entities regarding the business of insurance and reinsurance. On September 22, 2017, the United States and the EU entered into such an agreement to address, among other things, reinsurance collateral and group capital requirements, and on December 18, 2018, the United States signed a covered agreement with the UK in anticipation of the UK’s withdrawal of its membership in the EU, commonly referred to as Brexit, which is similar to the agreement with the EU. U.S. state regulators have five years from the dates the covered agreements were signed to adopt reinsurance reforms and group capital requirements that meet the prescribed conditions set forth in the applicable covered agreement or else state laws imposing such reinsurance collateral requirements may be subject to federal preemption and Solvency II group capital requirements would apply to groups based in the United States. In June 2019, the NAIC adopted amendments to the credit for reinsurance model law and regulation to conform to the requirements of the covered agreements. In December 2020, the NAIC adopted a GCC that, if enacted by the states by November 7, 2022, is expected to satisfy the conditions in the covered agreements. Certain states have already adopted the GCC requirements in their statutes.
Title VII of Dodd-Frank provides for significantly increased regulation of, and restrictions on, derivatives markets and transactions that have affected and, as additional regulations come into effect, could affect various activities of insurance and other financial services companies, including (i) regulatory reporting for swaps, including security-based swaps, (ii) mandated clearing through central counterparties and execution through regulated swap execution facilities for certain swaps (other than security-based swaps, which are not currently subject to mandatory execution or clearing requirements but could be in the future) and (iii) margin and collateral requirements. The Commodities Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”), which oversees and regulates the U.S. swap, commodities and futures markets, and the SEC, which oversees and regulates the U.S. securities and security-based swap markets, have finalized the majority of the rules to carry out such mandate of Title VII of Dodd-Frank. Increased regulation of, and restrictions on, derivatives markets and transactions, including
256

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulations related to initial margin for swaps and securities-based swaps, could increase the cost of our trading and hedging activities, reduce liquidity and reduce the availability of customized hedging solutions and derivatives.
Dodd-Frank mandated a study to determine whether stable value contracts should be included in the definition of “swap.” If that study concludes that stable value contracts are swaps, Dodd-Frank authorizes certain federal regulators to determine whether an exemption from the definition of a swap for stable value contracts is appropriate and in the public interest. Our Institutional Markets business issues stable value contracts. We cannot predict what regulations might emanate from the aforementioned study or be promulgated applicable to this business in the future. In the event that the study determines that stable value contracts should be included in the definition of “swap,” Section 719(d)(1)(C) of Dodd-Frank provides that such determination would only apply to newly issued stable value contracts.
Title II of Dodd-Frank provides that a financial company whose largest United States subsidiary is an insurer may be subject to a special orderly liquidation process outside the Bankruptcy Code. That process is to be administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation upon a determination that the company is: (i) in default or in danger of default, (ii) would have serious adverse effects on U.S. financial stability were it to fail and be resolved, (iii) is not likely to attract private sector alternatives to default and (iv) is not suitable for resolution under the Bankruptcy Code. Dodd-Frank authorizes possible assessments to cover the costs of any special resolution of a financial company conducted under Title II. U.S. insurance subsidiaries of any such financial company, however, would be subject to rehabilitation and liquidation proceedings under state insurance law.
Pursuant to Dodd-Frank, federal banking regulators adopted rules that apply to certain qualified financial contracts, including many derivatives contracts, securities lending agreements and repurchase agreements, with certain banking institutions and certain of their affiliates. These rules, which became effective on January 1, 2019, generally require the banking institutions and their applicable affiliates to include contractual provisions in their qualified financial contracts that limit or delay certain rights of their counterparties arising in connection with the banking institution or an applicable affiliate becoming subject to a bankruptcy, insolvency, resolution or similar proceeding. Certain of our derivatives, securities lending agreements and repurchase agreements are subject to these rules, and as a result, we are subject to greater risk and could receive a more limited recovery in the event of a default by such bank institution or the applicable affiliates.
ERISA
We provide products and services to certain employee benefit plans that are subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”), and/or the Code. Plans subject to ERISA include certain pension and profit sharing plans and welfare plans, including health, life and disability plans. As a result, our activities are subject to the restrictions imposed by ERISA and the Code, including the requirement under ERISA that fiduciaries must perform their duties solely in the interests of ERISA plan participants and beneficiaries, and that fiduciaries may not cause a covered plan to engage in certain prohibited transactions. The applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code are subject to enforcement by the DOL, the IRS and the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
Standard of Care Developments
We and our distributors are subject to laws and regulations regarding the standard of care applicable to sales of our products and the provision of advice to our customers. In recent years, many of these laws and regulations have been revised or reexamined while others have been newly adopted. We continue to closely follow these legislative and regulatory activities. Changes in standard of care requirements or new standards issued by governmental authorities, such as the DOL, the SEC, the NAIC or state regulators and/or legislators, have impacted, and may in the future, impact our businesses, results of operations and financial condition.
DOL Fiduciary Rule
In June 2020, the DOL issued final guidance on the definition of a “fiduciary” for purposes of transactions with ERISA qualified plans, related plan participants and IRAs. The DOL’s final guidance confirmed use of a five-part test for determining who is an investment advice fiduciary, and also confirmed related exemptions. In December 2020, the DOL issued the final version of a new prohibited transaction exemption, for parties that qualify as investment advice
257

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fiduciaries. This final version is intended to align broadly with the SEC’s Best Interest Regulation as well as other relevant standards of care requirements. See “—SEC Best Interest Regulation.” The terms of the DOL’s exemption impose impartial conduct standards (including a best interest standard), as well as:
disclosure obligations;
a duty to establish, maintain, and follow policies and procedures intended to comply with the exemption; and
a duty to perform an annual retrospective review for compliance with the exemption.
We have reviewed the final DOL exemption and associated preamble, both for applicability and for the impact the exemption may have on our businesses and operations, including the scope of any applicable fiduciary status and duties. As a general matter, where fiduciary status would be applicable, we would expect to be able to utilize the processes and procedures we implemented for the SEC’s Best Interest Regulation to satisfy some or all of the corresponding provisions in the DOL guidance. In addition, on October 25, 2021, the DOL issued Field Assistance Bulletin No. 2021-02, which provides temporary and limited enforcement relief for certain requirements of the final DOL exemption. Nevertheless, implementation may still result in increased compliance obligations and costs for certain of our businesses.
In June 2021, the DOL indicated that it is reviewing issues relating to its regulation of fiduciary investment advice and will take further regulatory actions. The review is set to make changes to investment advice regulation defining what constitutes fiduciary “investment advice” to ERISA Plans and IRAs as regards the DOL Fiduciary Rule. The DOL will consider the practices of investment advisers and the expectations of plan officials, participants and IRA owners who receive investment advice, as well as developments in the investment marketplace, including the ways advisers are compensated that can subject advisers to harmful conflicts of interest, in order to limit or expand the regulatory definition of the term “fiduciary” in respect of persons rendering investment advice for a fee to employee benefit plans and IRAs. The DOL also indicated that it is reviewing, and may amend, prohibited transaction exemptions available to investment advice fiduciaries. Among other impacts of potential changes, amendments could have an adverse effect on sales of annuities through our independent distribution partners. We continue to monitor developments with respect to the DOL Fiduciary Rule and prohibited transactions exemptions.
SEC Best Interest Regulation
On June 30, 2020, Regulation Best Interest (“Regulation BI”), which establishes new rules regarding the standard of care a broker must meet when making a recommendation to a retail customer in connection with the sale of a security or other covered recommendation, and Form CRS, which requires enhanced disclosure by broker-dealers and investment advisers regarding client relationships and certain conflicts of interest issues, became effective. Both had been adopted by the SEC in June 2019 as part of a package of final rulemakings and interpretations, at the same time as the SEC issued two interpretations under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. The first interpretation addressed the standard of conduct applicable to SEC-registered investment advisers, including details regarding the fiduciary duty owed to clients, required disclosures and the adviser’s continuous monitoring obligations. The second interpretation clarified when investment advice would be considered “solely incidental” to brokerage activity for purposes of the broker-dealer exclusion from SEC investment adviser registration. These two SEC interpretations became final upon publication. The SEC has also issued multiple sets of frequently asked questions on certain aspects of Regulation BI and Form CRS, and the SEC could provide additional guidance regarding these final rules.
We have evaluated the impact of the package of final rulemakings and interpretations on us and on our customers, distribution partners and financial advisers, and have made significant investments to implement and enhance tools, processes and procedures, where needed, to comply with the final rules and interpretations. These efforts and enhancements have resulted in increased compliance costs and may impact sales results and increase regulatory and litigation risk, primarily for our Group Retirement business.
258

TABLE OF CONTENTS

FINRA Standard of Care Development
Effective June 30, 2020, FINRA Rule 2111 was amended to provide that FINRA’s suitability requirements do not apply to recommendations that are subject to Regulation BI. This amendment was intended to mitigate any potential confusion regarding which standard of conduct applies to retail consumers. FINRA’s suitability rules still apply to recommendations that are not covered by Regulation BI, such as recommendations to institutional customers.
State Standard of Care Developments
In February 2020, the NAIC adopted revisions to its Suitability in Annuity Transactions Model Regulation (#275) (the “NAIC Model”) implementing a best interest standard of care applicable to sales and recommendations of annuities. The new NAIC Model conforms in large part to Regulation BI, providing that all recommendations by agents and insurers must be in the best interest of the consumer under known circumstances at the time an annuity recommendation is made, without placing agents’ or insurers’ financial interests ahead of the consumer’s interest in making a recommendation. Specifically, the NAIC Model requires agents and insurers to act with “reasonable diligence, care and skill” in making recommendations. The revisions also include enhancements to the current model’s supervision system to assist in compliance. Certain states have already adopted amendments to their suitability rules based on the NAIC Model revisions, and we expect that additional states will do so. We are closely monitoring these developments, including state-level variations from the NAIC Model. We are also implementing and enhancing processes and procedures, where needed, designed to comply with the NAIC Model and state-specific revisions.
In addition, certain state insurance and/or securities regulators and legislatures have adopted, or are considering adopting, their own standards of conduct, some of which are broader in scope than the NAIC Model. For example, in July 2018, the DFS adopted a best interest standard of care regulation applicable to annuity and life insurance transactions through issuance of the First Amendment to Insurance Regulation 187 — Suitability and Best Interests in Life Insurance and Annuity Transactions (“Regulation 187”). The compliance date for Regulation 187 was August 1, 2019 for annuity products and was February 1, 2020 for life insurance products. As amended, Regulation 187 requires producers to act in their client’s best interest when making point-of-sale and in-force recommendations, and provide in writing the basis for the recommendation, as well as the facts and analysis to support the recommendation. The amended regulation also imposes additional duties on life insurance companies in relation to these transactions, such as requiring insurers to establish and maintain procedures designed to prevent financial exploitation and abuse. In April 2021, the Appellate Division of the NYS Supreme Court, Third Department, overturned Regulation 187 for being unconstitutionally vague. In June 2021, the DFS appealed this ruling to the New York State Court of Appeals, which automatically granted a stay, meaning that Regulation 187 remains in effect pending a decision by the Court of Appeals. We have implemented and enhanced processes and procedures, where needed, designed to comply with this regulation.
Besides New York, other states have also adopted, or are considering adopting, legislative and/or regulatory proposals implementing fiduciary duty standards with applicability to insurance producers, agents, financial advisors, investment advisers, broker-dealers and/or insurance companies. The proposals vary in scope, applicability and timing of implementation. We are closely monitoring these developments and evaluating their potential impacts on our products and services, our customers, distribution partners and financial advisors, and the life and retirement industry overall in the United States.
Federal Retirement Legislation
On December 20, 2019, the Setting Every Community Up for Retirement Enhancement (“SECURE”) Act was signed into law. The SECURE Act includes many provisions affecting qualified contracts, some of which became effective upon enactment on January 1, 2020 or later, and some of which were retroactively effective. Some of the SECURE Act provisions that became effective on January 1, 2020, include, without limitation: an increase in the age at which required minimum distributions generally must commence, to age 72, from the previous age of 70 1∕2; new limitations on the period for beneficiary distributions following the death of the plan participant or IRA owner; elimination of the age 70 1∕2 restriction on IRA contributions (combined with an offset to the amount of eligible qualified charitable distributions by the amount of post-701∕2 IRA contributions); a new exception to the 10% additional tax on early distributions for the birth or adoption of a child, which also became an allowable plan distribution event; and, reduction of the earliest permissible age for in-service distributions
259

TABLE OF CONTENTS

from pension plans and certain Section 457 plans to 59 1∕2. We have implemented new processes and procedures, where needed, designed to comply with the new requirements.
In 2022, the House passed comprehensive federal retirement legislation (the Securing a Strong Retirement Act of 2021), and a similar proposal (the Retirement Security and Savings Act) is pending in the Senate. Both proposals may impact our products and services, including changes to required minimum distribution rules and enhanced obligations for retirement account reporting. In addition, other discrete proposals related to retirement are pending in Congress at this time that may impact our products and services, which could be included in any comprehensive federal retirement legislation. We continue to monitor these developments.
U.S. Securities, Investment Adviser, Broker-Dealer and Investment Company Regulation
Our investment products and services are subject to applicable federal and state securities, investment advisory, fiduciary, including ERISA, and other laws and regulations. The principal U.S. regulators of these operations include the SEC, FINRA, CFTC, Municipal Securities Rulemaking Board, state securities commissions, state insurance departments and the DOL.
Our variable life insurance, variable annuity and mutual fund products generally are subject to regulation as “securities” under applicable federal securities laws, except where exempt. Such regulation includes registration of the offerings of these products with the SEC, unless exempt from such registration, and requirements of distribution participants to be registered as broker-dealers, as well as recordkeeping, reporting, and other requirements. This regulation also involves the registration of mutual funds and other investment products offered by our businesses, and the separate accounts through which our variable life insurance and variable annuity products are issued, as investment companies under the Investment Company Act, except where exempt. The Investment Company Act imposes requirements relating to compliance, corporate governance, disclosure, recordkeeping, registration and other matters. In addition, the offering of these products may involve filing and other requirements under the securities laws of the states and other jurisdictions where offered, including the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico. Our separate account investment products are also subject to applicable state insurance regulation.
We have several subsidiaries that are registered as broker-dealers under the Exchange Act, and are members of FINRA, and/or are registered as investment advisers under the Advisers Act. Certain of these broker-dealers and investment advisers are involved in our life and annuity product sales, including participating in their distribution and/or serving as an investment adviser to mutual funds that underlie variable products offered by us. Other subsidiaries are registered with the SEC as investment advisers under the Advisers Act and serve as an investment adviser to out-of-plan and in-plan participant customers, act as the primary investment advisers to our insurance subsidiaries and certain non-insurance subsidiaries, and also provide investment management and advisory services to unaffiliated institutional clients. In addition to registration requirements, the Exchange Act, the Advisers Act, and the regulations thereunder, impose various compliance, disclosure, qualification, recordkeeping, reporting and other requirements on these subsidiaries and their operations. Our investment adviser subsidiaries and our broker-dealer subsidiaries, and their licensed representatives, are also subject to standard of care obligations. See “—Standard of Care Developments” for further information. State securities laws also impose filing and other requirements on broker-dealers, investment advisers and/or their licensed representatives, except where exempt. The SEC, FINRA and other regulatory bodies also have the authority to examine regulated entities, such as our broker-dealer and investment adviser subsidiaries, and to institute administrative or judicial proceedings that may result in censure, fines, prohibitions or restrictions on activities, or other administrative sanctions.
Further, our licensed sales professionals appointed with certain of our broker-dealer and/or investment adviser subsidiaries and our other employees, insofar as they sell products that are securities, including wholesale and retail activity, are subject to the Exchange Act and to examination requirements and regulation by the SEC, FINRA and state securities commissioners. Regulation and examination requirements also extend to our subsidiaries that employ or control those individuals.
The business of our investment adviser subsidiaries will be impacted by SEC regulatory initiatives with respect to the investment management business. The SEC is engaged in various initiatives and reviews that seek to improve and modernize the regulatory structure governing the investment management industry, including investment advisers registered under the Advisers Act and investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act. In addition to rules discussed above, the SEC has adopted rules that include (i) new monthly and annual reporting requirements for mutual funds, (ii) enhanced reporting regimes for investment advisers,
260

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(iii) implementing liquidity risk management programs for mutual funds, other than money market funds, (iv) significant amendments to rules regarding advertisements by investment advisers and (v) significant changes to the regulations applicable to the use of derivatives by mutual funds and mutual funds’ valuation methodologies and procedures. The SEC is also expected to propose amendments to the rule regarding the custody of client assets. These rules increase, and any additional rules or regulatory initiatives resulting from the SEC’s efforts may further increase, the reporting and disclosure requirements for our investment adviser subsidiaries in addition to other regulatory and compliance burdens. These increased regulatory and compliance burdens could be costly and may impede the growth of our investment adviser subsidiaries.
The SEC, beginning in late 2020 and continuing through 2021, instituted a comprehensive regulatory agenda focusing on ESG issues. The SEC commissioners and staff announced a number of actions, including forming an enforcement task force designed to harmonize the efforts of the SEC’s divisions and offices, considering potential comprehensive changes to ESG disclosure guidance and potential rulemakings for ESG and climate-specific disclosure for issuers, investment advisers and funds, announcing ESG as an examination priority, addressing stockholder rights and creating accountability in statements and conduct, and soliciting comments to potential changes to the “names rule” under the Investment Company Act to reflect the effect of ESG factors on a fund’s investment objectives and performance. The SEC’s Division of Examinations issued a risk alert in 2021 highlighting ESG deficiencies, internal control weaknesses and effective practices identified during recent examinations of investment advisers, registered investment companies and private funds. The increased regulatory and compliance burdens that we expect would result from the implementation of any of these initiatives could be costly.
In August 2019, the SEC published guidance to assist investment advisers with their proxy voting responsibilities under the Advisers Act. The guidance confirmed that investment advisers’ fiduciary duties of care and loyalty to their clients apply to proxy voting and encouraged advisors with voting authority to review their policies and procedures in detail and consider whether more analysis may be required under certain circumstances, including when a proxy advisory firm’s services are retained. In July 2020, the SEC adopted new amendments to the proxy rules, requiring proxy advisory firms to disclose any conflicts of interest along with their voting recommendations. In July 2020, the SEC also supplemented its 2019 guidance with a policy statement in connection with amendments to the proxy solicitation rules under the Exchange Act. The policy statement focused on investment advisers’ obligations in connection with pre-populated proxies and automated voting of proxies and reminded advisers to consider whether their proxy voting policies and procedures adequately address information received after pre-population but before the voting submission deadline. The 2019 and 2020 guidance and amendments could impact voting arrangements between our investment adviser subsidiaries and their clients, and lead to additional compliance, operational and disclosure obligations for our investment adviser subsidiaries.
Privacy, Data Protection and Cybersecurity
We are subject to U.S. laws and regulations that require financial institutions and other businesses to protect the security and confidentiality of personal and other sensitive information and provide notice of their practices relating to the collection, disclosure and other processing of personal information, including their policies relating to protecting the security and confidentiality of that information. We also are subject to U.S. laws and regulations requiring notification to affected individuals and regulators of security breaches. Congress and state legislatures are expected to continue to consider additional regulation relating to privacy and other aspects of customer information. Below we highlight a few key, recently enacted regulations.
In October 2017, the NAIC adopted the Insurance Data Security Model Law (“NAIC Model Law”), which would require insurers, insurance producers and other entities required to be licensed under state insurance laws to develop and maintain a written information security program, conduct risk assessments, oversee the data security practices of third-party service providers and other related requirements.
On March 1, 2019, the DFS cybersecurity regulation became fully effective, requiring covered financial services institutions to implement a cybersecurity program designed to protect information systems. The regulation imposes specific technical safeguards as well as governance, risk assessment, monitoring and testing, third-party service provider incident response and reporting and other requirements. We annually file certifications of compliance as required under the DFS cybersecurity regulation. Requirements under the DFS’ cybersecurity regulation are similar in many, but not all, respects to those under the NAIC Model Law.
261

TABLE OF CONTENTS

On October 21, 2019, the NAIC formed a Privacy Protections Working Group to review state insurance privacy protections regarding the collection, use and disclosure of information gathered in connection with insurance transactions. During its meeting on July 30, 2020, the Privacy Protections Working Group indicated that it would begin a gap analysis of existing privacy protections in order to identify differences in coverage between different privacy regimes, focusing on consumer issues, industry obligations, and regulatory enforcement. The Privacy Protections Working Group continues to work on this gap analysis, which could result in recommended changes to certain NAIC model laws and regulations related to privacy.
California has also enacted the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”). The CCPA imposes a number of requirements on businesses that collect the personal information of California consumers, including requirements that provide individuals with certain rights to their personal information and make mandatory disclosures regarding how the businesses use and disclose consumers’ personal information. The CCPA also establishes a private right of action in some cases if consumers’ personal information is subject to a data breach resulting from a business’ failure to implement and maintain reasonable security practices. On November 3, 2020, California voters passed a ballot initiative, the California Privacy Rights Act (the “CPRA”), that imposes additional obligations on companies that collect California consumers’ personal information, including to provide a right to correct personal information, additional protections for certain uses of sensitive personal information, and certain limitations on data use and on data sharing that does not involve a sale of personal information. The CPRA also creates a new California Privacy Protection Agency which will be charged with enforcing both the CCPA and the CPRA. The CPRA will take effect on January 1, 2023.
In 2021, Virginia and Colorado passed comprehensive privacy laws that will become effective January 1, 2023 and July 1, 2023, respectively. Similar legislation has been proposed in other states and additional privacy and cybersecurity laws are expected to be enacted by the states or the federal government in the near future. The above-mentioned changes in the privacy and cybersecurity law landscape in the United States may require additional compliance investment and additional changes to policies, procedures, and operations.
In February 2022, the SEC released several proposed rules relating to cybersecurity risk management, incident reporting and disclosures for investment advisers and funds. If enacted, the proposed rules would, among other things, require that advisers implement certain cybersecurity policies and procedures such as risk assessments, report significant cybersecurity incidents to the SEC within 48 hours, and include cybersecurity-related disclosures in their Form ADV Part 2A.
In March 2022, the SEC released several proposed rules enhancing disclosure requirements for registered companies covering cybersecurity risk and management. If enacted, the proposed rules would, among other things, require disclosure of any material cybersecurity incident on its Form 8-K within four business days of determining that the incident it has experienced is material. They would also require periodic disclosures of, among other things, (i) details on the company’s cybersecurity policies and procedures, (ii) cybersecurity governance and oversight policies, including the board of directors’ oversight of cybersecurity risks and (iii) details of any cybersecurity incident that was previously disclosed on Form 8-K, as well as any undisclosed incidents that were non-material, but have become material in the aggregate.
With respect to our investment adviser subsidiaries and the mutual funds and registered separate accounts, the SEC continues to focus on cybersecurity in the asset management industry. The SEC has published periodic guidance on the topic, recommending periodic assessments of information, how it is stored and how vulnerable it is, as well as strategies to prevent, detect and respond to cyber threats, including access controls, governance and risk assessments, training, data encryption, restrictions on removable storage media, robust backup procedures, incident response plans and routine testing. Further, investment advisers to fund complexes must also focus on their growing network of third-party service providers. The SEC’s Division of Examinations issued examination observations in January 2020 related to cybersecurity and operational resiliency practices taken by market participants. The observations highlight certain approaches taken by market participants in the areas of governance and risk management, access rights and controls, data loss prevention, mobile security, incident response and resiliency, vendor management, and training and awareness. In its observations, the Division of Examinations highlighted specific examples of cybersecurity and operational resiliency practices and controls that organizations have taken to potentially safeguard against threats and respond in the event of an incident. In July 2020, the Division of Examinations issued a Risk Alert noting the increasing sophistication of ransomware attacks on SEC registrants and service providers to SEC registrants.
262

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Climate Change
On March 21, 2022, the SEC released proposed rule changes on climate-related disclosure. The proposed rule changes would require registrants to include certain climate-related disclosures in registration statements and periodic reports, including information about climate-related risks that are reasonably likely to have a material impact on the registrant’s business, results of operations, or financial condition, and certain climate-related financial statement metrics in a note to their audited financial statements. The required information about climate-related risks also would include disclosure of a registrant’s greenhouse gas emissions, information about climate-related targets and goals, and transition plan, if any, and requires extensive attestation requirements. If adopted as proposed, the rule changes are expected to result in additional compliance and reporting costs.
International Regulation
Insurance and Financial Services Regulation
A portion of our business is conducted in foreign countries. Generally, our subsidiaries operating in foreign jurisdictions must satisfy local regulatory requirements; licenses issued by foreign authorities to our subsidiaries are subject to modification or revocation by such authorities, and therefore these subsidiaries could be prevented from conducting business in certain of the jurisdictions where they currently operate. For our international operations, a decline in capital and surplus over capital requirements would limit the ability of our insurance subsidiaries to make dividend payments or distributions. Additionally, regulators in the countries in which such subsidiaries operate may deem it necessary to impose restrictions on dividend distributions in the event of a significant financial market or insurance event which creates uncertainty over our future capital and solvency position.
Significant legislative and regulatory activity has occurred globally in response to COVID-19 and its impact on insurance consumers. In the EU and UK, insurance regulators have issued recommendations or requirements for insurance groups subject to their jurisdiction to temporarily suspend discretionary dividend payments and share buybacks for the benefit of stockholders, and variable remuneration policies such as cash bonuses.
Our UK insurance subsidiary, AIG Life UK, is subject to dual regulation by the PRA and the FCA. The PRA oversees the financial health and stability of insurance companies and is responsible for the prudential regulation and day-to-day supervision of insurance companies. The PRA oversees statutory requirements for UK insurers, including capital adequacy and liquidity requirements and minimum solvency margins, to which AIG Life UK must adhere as part of the provisions of the Solvency II framework and which will restrict the amounts of dividends that can be paid. The Solvency II regime is a risk-based capital framework and therefore covers, inter alia, market, concentration and counterparty risk in addition to underwriting risk. For information on the status of the Solvency II framework following the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, see “—Brexit.” The FCA seeks to protect consumers and oversees financial services products and practices, including those governing insurance companies in the UK. With respect to governance, AIG Life UK is subject to the UK’s Senior Managers and Certification Regime (“SMCR”), legislation that is intended to reduce harm to consumers and strengthen market integrity by making senior individuals more accountable for their conduct and competence. The SMCR comprises three elements: the Senior Managers Regime, which requires that firms appoint an individual with responsibility for each senior management function and subjects such individuals to regulatory pre-approval; the Certification Regime, which requires firms to certify (on an on-going basis) the fitness and propriety of certain employees who could harm the firm, its customers or the market; and the Conduct Rules, which are high-level standards of behavior expected of those working in financial services. The FCA has also published Policy Statement PS21/3 titled “Building operational resilience: Feedback to CP19/32 and final rules” which require, among other things, firms to strengthen their operational resilience by identifying important business services and setting tolerance levels for operational disruption. These rules came into force in March 2022.
The BMA regulates our insurance subsidiary in Bermuda, AIG Bermuda. The Insurance Act 1978 (the “Bermuda Insurance Act”), its related regulations and other applicable Bermuda law, impose a variety of requirements and restrictions including but not limited to: the filing of annual statutory financial returns; compliance with minimum enhanced capital requirements; compliance with the BMA’s Insurance Code of Conduct; provisional restrictions on the payment of dividends and distributions; and restrictions on certain changes in control of regulated (re)insurers.
263

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Bermuda Insurance Act distinguishes between insurers carrying on long-term business, insurers carrying on special purpose business and insurers carrying on general business. Long-term business is generally defined as life, annuity and accident and health insurance, while general business broadly includes all types of insurance that are not long-term business (property and casualty business). There are five classifications of insurers carrying on long-term business, ranging from Class A insurers (pure captives) to Class E insurers (larger commercial carriers). Class A insurers are subject to the lightest regulation and Class E insurers are subject to the strictest regulation.
AIG Bermuda, which is licensed to carry on long-term business, is registered as a Class E insurer which is the license class for long-term insurers and reinsurers with total assets of $2.3 billion as of December 31, 2020 that are not registrable as a single-parent or multi-owner long-term captive insurer or reinsurer. AIG Bermuda is not currently licensed to carry on general business and has not sought authorization as a reinsurer or approval as an accredited reinsurer in any state or jurisdiction of the United States or any other country at this time. An insurer is required to establish and maintain its head and principal office in Bermuda, which requires a local presence of certain employees in Bermuda (supporting the fact that the insurer’s mind of management is located in Bermuda) and the appointment and maintenance of a principal representative in Bermuda. The principal representative must be approved by the BMA. It is the duty of the principal representative to notify the BMA forthwith when the principal representative believes there is a likelihood of the insurer becoming insolvent or that a reportable “event” has, to the principal representative’s knowledge, occurred or is believed to have occurred.
Pursuant to an amendment to the Bermuda Insurance Act, as a Class E insurer, AIG Bermuda will not be permitted to engage in non-insurance business unless that non-insurance business is ancillary to its core business. Non-insurance business means any business other than insurance business and includes carrying on investment business, managing an investment fund as operator, carrying on business as a fund administrator, carrying on banking business, underwriting debt or securities or otherwise engaging in investment banking, engaging in commercial or industrial activities and carrying on the business of management, sales or leasing of real property.
A Class E insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying a dividend if it is in breach of its minimum solvency margin (“MSM”), enhanced capital requirement or minimum liquidity ratio or if the declaration or payment of such dividend would cause such a breach. Where an insurer fails to meet its MSM or minimum liquidity ratio on the last day of any financial year, it is prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends during the next financial year without the approval of the BMA. In addition, a Class E insurer is prohibited from declaring or paying in any financial year dividends of more than 25% of its total statutory capital and surplus (as shown on its previous financial year’s statutory balance sheet) unless it files (at least seven days before payment of such dividends) with the BMA an affidavit signed by at least two directors (one of whom must be a Bermuda resident director if any of the insurer’s directors are resident in Bermuda) and the principal representative stating that it will continue to meet its solvency margin and minimum liquidity ratio requirements. Where such an affidavit is filed, it shall be available for public inspection at the offices of the BMA.
Derivatives
Regulation of, and restrictions on, derivatives markets and transactions were adopted outside the United States in conjunction with similar regulation promulgated by U.S. regulators. For instance, the EU and UK established a set of regulatory requirements for EU and UK derivatives activities and EU- and UK-regulated entities under the European Market Infrastructure Regulation (“EMIR”) and English law, respectively. These requirements include, among other things, various risk mitigation, risk management, margin posting, regulatory reporting and, for certain categories of derivatives, clearing requirements, that are broadly similar to, but also deviate in certain respects from U.S. regulations of these activities. There remains the possibility of increased administrative costs with respect to our EU and UK derivatives activities or with EU or UK counterparties and overlapping or inconsistent regulation depending on the ultimate application of cross-border regulatory requirements between and among U.S. and non-U.S. jurisdictions.
Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (MiFID) II
The Markets in Financial Instruments Directive (“MiFID II”) and Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation took effect in Europe on January 3, 2018. MiFID II and the related regulations are intended to create transparency in market trading by, for example, imposing trade and transaction reporting and other requirements. AIG Asset Management (Europe) Limited has implemented and continues to implement new policies, procedures and reporting protocols required to ensure compliance with this legislation and its related rules.
264

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EMIR, which governs derivatives, and MiFID II were adopted by the UK government as part of the Brexit legislative “onshoring” process. The MiFID requirements were implemented in the UK before the UK’s exit from the EU and then amended to reflect the UK’s exit from the EU. MiFIR was onshored in the UK by the Markets in Financial Instruments (Amendment) (EU Exit) Regulation 2018 (as amended). Brexit has not, as yet, had a material impact on the UK regulation of derivatives and financial markets. The UK government is conducting a wholesale markets review that proposes changes to MiFID rules governing trading venues and equity markets (such as the possible repeal of the obligation to trade equities on a regulated market or trading venue) and changes to MiFID rules on client reporting and disclosure, and minor changes to EMIR. However, substantive obligations on AIG Asset Management (Europe) Limited arising from EMIR and MIFID II are unlikely to change in the UK context in the near future.
International Securities, Investment Adviser, Broker-Dealer and Investment Company Regulation
We operate investment-related businesses in, among other jurisdictions, the UK and Ireland. These businesses may advise on and market investment management products and services, investment funds and separately managed accounts. The regulatory authorities for these businesses include securities, investment advisory, financial conduct and other regulators that typically oversee such issues as: (1) company licensing; (2) the approval of individuals with positions of responsibility; (3) conduct of business to customers, including sales practices; (4) solvency and capital adequacy; (5) fund product approvals and related disclosures; and (6) securities, commodities and related laws, among other items. For example, our regulated asset manager in the UK is subject to the SMCR regime described above. We also participate in investment-related joint ventures in jurisdictions outside the United States, primarily in Europe and Asia. In some cases, our international investment operations are also subject to U.S. securities laws and regulations.
Privacy, Data Protection and Cybersecurity
Our UK insurance subsidiary, AIG Life UK, is subject to the UK General Data Protection Regulation (“UK GDPR”) (i.e., Regulation (EU) 2016/679 (the “EU GDPR”) as it forms part of retained EU law (as defined in the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018)) and to the UK’s existing Data Protection Act of 2018. The UK GDPR imposes a range of compliance obligations in relation to the processing of personal information, including the rights of data subjects to request access, correction and deletion of their personal information, and not to be subject to a decision based solely on automated processing, robust internal accountability controls and short timelines for data breach notifications. Sanctions for non-compliance with the UK GDPR include fines of up to the higher of £17.5 million or 4% of global worldwide turnover for the most serious infringements. Following Brexit, the UK Information Commissioner’s Office (the “ICO”) launched a number of consultations to address some of the more bureaucratic challenges faced by businesses in the application of the UK GDPR. For additional information on the UK’s withdrawal from the EU, see “—Brexit.” The ICO is currently consulting on new data transfer requirements for the international transfer of personal information. It is anticipated the ICO will adopt UK specific standard contractual clauses for international data transfers. The decision of the Court of Justice of the European Union in Data Prot. Comm’r, v. Facebook Ireland Ltd. (“Schrems II”) also applies in the UK. The decision invalidated the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework for transferring personal data to the U.S., limited the use of EU Commission standard contractual clauses (“SCCs”) as a valid process for international personal data transfers and prescribed significant due diligence obligations to be undertaken to ensure the recipient of the personal data can comply with the SCCs and sufficiently protect the data, taking into account the legal and regulatory landscape of the jurisdiction of the recipient. It is anticipated that the ICO will adopt new UK SCCs for international data transfers.
In Ireland, Laya Healthcare Limited is subject to the EU GDPR. The EU GDPR imposes a range of compliance obligations in relation to the processing of personal information, including the rights of data subjects to request access, correction and deletion of their personal information, and not to be subject to a decision based solely on automated processing, robust internal accountability controls, and shorten timelines for data breach notifications. Sanctions for non-compliance include fines of up to the higher of €20 million or 4% of global worldwide turnover for the most serious infringements. The Data Protection Commissioner in Ireland is an active regulator issuing a number of fines across industries including extensive fines for privacy violations against companies. The European Commission has recently issued new EU SCCs for international data transfers to address the requirements arising out of the Schrems II judgment and align with the corresponding guidance from the European Data Protection Board (“EDPB”), which must be used for all new personal data transfers after
265

TABLE OF CONTENTS

September 27, 2021 (and all existing SCCs must be replaced with the new EU SCCs by December 27, 2022). The EDPB has recently issued additional guidance, further clarifying what constitutes international data transfers, and such international data transfers have been subject to increasing scrutiny by data protection supervisory authorities in the EU.
The European Economic Area countries (“EEA”) and the UK have also taken steps to regulate the use of personal data, including external data, and algorithms used for the purpose of AI and automated decision-making. In April 2021, the European Commission published its proposal for a Regulation on a European approach for Artificial Intelligence, known as the Artificial Intelligence Act, which recommends a risk-based approach to restricting, regulating and permitting different AI systems. European countries, and supranational political organizations like the EU and the Council of Europe, are expected to take an active role in regulating AI in ways that may impact the insurance industry in the future.
The BMA introduced the Operational Cyber Risk Management Code of Conduct (the “Code of Conduct”) which became effective on January 1, 2021 and full compliance has been required since December 31, 2021. The Code of Conduct requires that registrants, such as AIG Bermuda, (i) comply with certain new requirements including being able to evidence that there is adequate board visibility and governance of cyber risk, (ii) maintain an operational cyber risk management program inclusive of a risk assessment process, the assessment outcome of which must be documented and retained for at least five years in a manner that allows the reports to be provided to the BMA upon request, and (iii) establish an asset inventory detailing all information assets.
FSB and IAIS
The Financial Stability Board (“FSB”) consists of representatives of national financial authorities of the G20 countries. The FSB is not a regulator but is focused primarily on promoting international financial stability. It does so by coordinating the work of national financial authorities and international standard-setting bodies as well as developing and promoting the implementation of regulatory, supervisory and other financial policies. The FSB has issued a series of frameworks and recommendations to address such issues as systemic financial risk, financial group supervision, capital and solvency standards, effective recovery and resolution regimes, corporate governance including compensation, and a number of related issues associated with responses to the financial crisis.
The IAIS represents insurance regulators and supervisors of more than 200 jurisdictions (including regions and states) in nearly 140 countries and seeks to promote globally consistent insurance industry supervision. The IAIS is not a regulator, but one of its activities is to develop insurance regulatory standards for use by local authorities across the globe. The FSB has charged the IAIS with developing a framework for measuring and mitigating systemic risks posed by the insurance sector, and the IAIS has developed standards relative to many of the areas of focus of the FSB, which go beyond the IAIS’ basic Insurance Core Principles. The IAIS has adopted ComFrame, a Common Framework for the Supervision of Internationally Active Insurance Groups (“IAIGs”). ComFrame sets out qualitative and quantitative standards tailored to the international activity and size of IAIGs. These standards assist supervisors in collectively addressing an IAIG’s activities and risks, identifying and avoiding supervisory gaps and coordinating supervisory activities, particularly between the group-wide supervisor and other involved supervisors. ComFrame provides standards for group supervision, governance and internal controls, enterprise risk management, and recovery and resolution planning. As part of ComFrame, the IAIS is developing a risk-based global insurance capital standard (“ICS”) applicable to IAIGs, with the purpose of creating a common language for supervisory discussions of group solvency of IAIGs. Although AIG has been designated as an IAIG, we are not to date separately designated as an IAIG.
The IAIS has adopted a holistic framework (“Holistic Framework”) for the assessment and mitigation of systemic risk in the insurance sector, for implementation beginning in 2020. The Holistic Framework recognizes that systemic risk can emanate from specific activities and exposures arising from either sector-wide trends or concentrations in individual insurers.
In light of the IAIS adoption of the Holistic Framework, the FSB decided to continue its suspension of the identification of global systemically important insurers (“G-SII”). In November 2022, based on the initial years of implementation of the Holistic Framework, the FSB will review the need to either discontinue or re-establish an annual identification of G-SIIs.
The standards issued by the FSB and/or the IAIS are not binding on the United States or other jurisdictions around the world unless and until the appropriate local governmental bodies or regulators adopt laws and
266

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regulations implementing such standards. At this time, as these standards have been adopted only recently and in some cases remain under development, it is not known how the IAIS’ frameworks and/or standards might be implemented in the United States and other jurisdictions around the world, or how they might ultimately apply to us.
Brexit
On June 23, 2016, the UK held a referendum in which a majority voted for the UK to withdraw its membership in the EU, commonly referred to as Brexit. The UK left the EU on January 31, 2020. Under the negotiated withdrawal agreement, there was an 11-month “transition period” during which EU rules continued to apply in the UK, and the UK and EU negotiated their future relationship. On December 24, 2020, a trade and cooperation agreement was reached between the UK and the EU which covered areas like economic and security co-operation, tariff-free trade in goods, social security coordination, law enforcement and judicial cooperation in criminal matters, among others, but was largely silent on financial services. Solvency II had been incorporated into UK law prior to Brexit, and as such the provisions of the Solvency II framework continue to apply in the UK, until such time as the UK may make any decision to amend it. Each of the UK and the European Commission are currently in the process of undertaking a review of the Solvency II framework; it is therefore possible that the regulatory regimes applicable in the UK and the EU could begin to diverge. In March 2020, the UK and EU agreed on a memorandum of understanding, with respect to voluntary cooperation on financial services. The memorandum of understanding creates a UK-EU Financial Regulatory Forum, which is intended as a forum for discussion on financial services issues. We do not expect that the underlying operations of our UK business will be significantly impacted by the UK’s withdrawal from the EU.
Climate Change
There were a number of climate related policy developments throughout 2021, mostly focused on the UK (which we expect will impact our UK operations) and European markets. In the UK, the PRA’s 2021 Climate Change Adaptation Report sets out an expectation that they will be asking the largest firms in the UK for a report describing how the firm has embedded management of climate related financial risks into their existing management frameworks, and in particular, “how [the firm] has gained assurance that capital positions cover material climate related financial risks.”
The UK FCA intends to apply climate change reporting requirements to larger UK asset managers and UK life insurers which issue insurance-based investment products, which will require those firms to obtain a considerable amount of climate change related data in relation to their underlying investments.
The EU Sustainable Finance Disclosure Regulation applied from March 2021, and introduced a common sustainability disclosure regime for EU insurers that provide insurance based investment products and EU asset managers, in particular for products that promote environmental or social characteristics or invest in sustainable investments.
Under recent changes, MiFID II introduces provisions on integrating sustainability factors, risks and preferences into certain organizational requirements and operating conditions for EU MiFID investment firms, including in respect of suitability assessments when products are sold to investors. The new measures will apply from August 2, 2022.
In March 2021, the BMA published the results of its climate change survey of the insurance industry, and has signaled an intent to further integrate climate change risks and sustainability into its regulatory framework.
267

TABLE OF CONTENTS

MANAGEMENT
The following table sets forth certain information concerning our directors and executive officers at the completion of this offering. The respective age of each individual in the table below is as of May 16, 2022.
Name
Age
Position
Peter Zaffino
55
Chairman of the Board
Adam Burk
45
Director
Alan Colberg*
60
Director
Lucy Fato
55
Director
Shane Fitzsimons
54
Director
Jonathan Gray
52
Director
Marilyn Hirsch
53
Director
Christopher Lynch
64
Director
Mark Lyons
65
Director
Elaine Rocha
49
Director
Amy Schioldager
59
Director
Patricia Walsh*
56
Director
Kevin Hogan
59
Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
Elias Habayeb
50
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Todd Solash
46
Executive Vice President and President of Individual Retirement and Life Insurance
Katherine Anderson
59
Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
David Ditillo
46
Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer
Terri Fiedler
58
Executive Vice President and President of Financial Distributors
Amber Miller
50
Executive Vice President and Chief Auditor
Christine Nixon
57
Executive Vice President and General Counsel
Jonathan Novak
50
Executive Vice President and President of Institutional Markets
Elizabeth Palmer
58
Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer
Sabra Purtill
59
Executive Vice President and Chief Investment Officer
Sabyasachi Ray
57
Executive Vice President and Chief Operations Officer
Robert Scheinerman
57
Executive Vice President and President of Group Retirement
Alan Smith
54
Executive Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer
*
Each of these director nominees is expected to be appointed to our Board prior to the completion of this offering.
Directors
Peter Zaffino has served as Chairman of the Board of Corebridge since November 2021. Mr. Zaffino has served as Chief Executive Officer of AIG since March 2021 and President since January 2020. He joined AIG in July 2017 as Executive Vice President, Global Chief Operating Officer of AIG. and was also appointed Chief Executive Officer, General Insurance in November 2017. Prior to joining AIG, Mr. Zaffino served in various executive roles at Marsh McLennan Companies, Inc. (“Marsh McLennan”), a global professional services firm, including as Chief Executive Officer of Marsh, LLC from 2011 to 2017 and as Chairman for the Risk and Insurance Services segment from 2015 to 2017. Prior to that, Mr. Zaffino served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Guy Carpenter, a subsidiary of Marsh McLennan, from 2008 to 2011, a company he first joined in 2001. Prior to joining Guy Carpenter, Mr. Zaffino served in executive roles in several market-leading companies, including a portfolio company of GE Capital that specialized in alternative risk insurance and reinsurance. Mr. Zaffino has served as a director on the board of AIG since October 2020 and Chairman of the board of AIG since January 2022.
Mr. Zaffino brings to the Board his expertise and key leadership skills developed through extensive experience in the financial services industry, with a strong background across insurance, professional services and risk management, and perspective as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of AIG.
Adam Burk has served as a director of Corebridge since November 2021. Mr. Burk is the Head of Corporate Development, Strategy and Mergers & Acquisitions for AIG. Mr. Burk previously served as AIG’s
268

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chief Financial Officer of Global Operations and has had senior roles within capital strategy and planning and has led transformational activities. Prior to joining AIG, Mr. Burk was an investment banker at Citigroup, Nomura and Morgan Stanley, focused on financial institutions, specializing in insurance. Prior to his investment banking experience, Mr. Burk practiced corporate law at Latham & Watkins focusing on mergers & acquisitions and corporate finance. Mr. Burk serves on the board of Azur Group and the H.E.S. educational center.
Mr. Burk brings to the Board his expertise developed through extensive experience in the financial services industry, with a strong background across financial services, insurance and capital strategy, and perspective as a Head of Corporate Development, Strategy and Mergers & Acquisitions for AIG.
Alan Colberg is expected to begin serving as a director of Corebridge prior to the completion of this offering. Mr. Colberg previously served as the chief executive officer and director of Assurant, Inc. (“Assurant”) from January 2015 until his retirement in January 2022. Prior to this role, he served as Executive Vice President of Marketing and Business Development and then President. Before joining Assurant in March 2011, Mr. Colberg was a consultant for Bain & Company, Inc. for 22 years, leading the firm’s global Financial Services practice. Mr. Colberg served on the board of directors of CarMax, Inc. (“CarMax”) from 2015 until 2018, and as chair of CarMax’s Nominating and Governance Committee.
We believe Mr. Colberg’s chief executive officer experience at Assurant and senior leadership experience in the financial services, insurance and consulting industries qualify him to serve on our Board. Further, Mr. Colberg’s extensive background in corporate strategy and finance enables him to provide additional insight to our Board and its committees.
Lucy Fato has served as a director of Corebridge since November 2021. Since October 2017, Ms. Fato has served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel of AIG. In November 2020, Ms. Fato took on additional responsibilities as Global Head of Communications and Government Affairs. She previously held the role of Interim Head of Human Resources from October 2018 to July 2019, and in 2021. Prior to AIG, Ms. Fato served as Managing Director, Head of the Americas and General Counsel at Nardello & Co, a global private investigative firm, where she remains on the Advisory Board. Ms. Fato previously worked at McGraw Hill Financial, Inc. (now known as S&P Global), where she served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel, and at Marsh McLennan where she served as Vice President, Deputy General Counsel and Corporate Secretary. She began her legal career at Davis Polk & Wardwell LLP where she spent 14 years, including five as a partner in the Capital Markets Group. Ms. Fato currently serves as a member of the New York State Department of Financial Services Insurance Advisory Board.
Ms. Fato brings to the Board her expertise and analytical skills developed through extensive experience in the insurance industry, with a strong background in corporate governance and across legal and other professional services, and perspective as General Counsel of AIG.
Shane Fitzsimons has served as a director of Corebridge since November  2021. Mr. Fitzsimons was the Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer of AIG, overseeing the Shared Services, Financial Planning and Analysis and Corporate Real Estate groups. In January 2022, Mr. Fitzsimons transitioned from this role to Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for AIG. Mr. Fitzsimons joined AIG in July 2019 as Global Head of Shared Services. Prior to joining AIG, Mr. Fitzsimons served as Group Synergy Officer at TATA Group, an Indian multinational conglomerate from April 2018 to June 2019 and held various operational and financial leadership roles at General Electric Company from March 1994 to September 2017. Prior to his time at General Electric Company, Mr. Fitzsimons spent seven years in public accounting in Ireland and the Netherlands. He has been a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in Ireland since 1993.
Mr. Fitzsimons brings to the Board his accounting, financial planning and administrative expertise developed through extensive experience in the financial services industry and his executive role at AIG.
Marilyn Hirsch has served as a director of Corebridge since April 2022. Ms. Hirsch joined AIG in January 2022 as Senior Vice President and Treasurer. Prior to joining AIG, Ms. Hirsch served as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of The Allstate Corporation. During her time at The Allstate Corporation beginning in 2015, Ms. Hirsch’s responsibilities spanned Treasury, Financial Planning and Analysis, Corporate Development, Corporate Expense Management and Venture Partnerships. Prior to The Allstate Corporation, Ms. Hirsch served
269

TABLE OF CONTENTS

in several corporate development and strategy roles at AIG from 2011 through 2015. She began her career at Donaldson, Lufkin & Jenrette Securities Corporation (“DLJ”) and was a Managing Director at Credit Suisse Group AG which acquired DLJ. Ms. Hirsch has also served on the board of The Phoenix Holdings Ltd and American Safety Insurance Ltd.
We believe Ms. Hirsch’s expertise and experience in the financial services and insurance industries qualify her to serve on our Board. Further, Ms. Hirsch’s extensive background in corporate treasury and finance enables her to provide additional insight to our Board and its committees.
Jonathan Gray has served as a director of Corebridge since November 2021, having been appointed by Blackstone pursuant to the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement. Mr. Gray is the President and Chief Operating Officer of Blackstone Inc., having joined Blackstone Inc. in 1992. Mr. Gray is a member of Blackstone Inc.’s Management Committee and previously served as its Global Head of Real Estate. Mr. Gray previously served as a board member of Nevada Property 1 (The Cosmopolitan of Las Vegas), Invitation Homes, Brixmor Property Group and La Quinta Holdings. Mr. Gray has served as a board member of Blackstone Inc. since February  2012, and as Chair of the Hilton Worldwide Holdings Board of Directors where he currently serves as a director. Mr. Gray also serves on the Board of Harlem Village Academies.
Mr. Gray brings to the Board his expertise developed through extensive experience in the financial services industry, with a strong background across financial services, private investment and real estate and perspective as President and Chief Operating Officer of Blackstone.
Christopher Lynch has served as a director of Corebridge since November  2021. Mr. Lynch has been an independent consultant since 2007, providing a variety of services to public and privately held companies. Prior to that, Mr. Lynch was the former National Partner in Charge of KPMG LLP’s Financial Services Line of Business. He held a variety of positions with KPMG over his 29-year career, including chairing KPMG’s Americas Financial Services Leadership team and being a member of the Global Financial Services Leadership and the U.S. Industries Leadership teams. Mr. Lynch also served as a Partner in KPMG’s National Department of Professional Practice and as a Practice Fellow at the Financial Accounting Standards Board. Mr. Lynch is a member of the Audit Committee Chair Advisory Council of the National Association of Corporate Directors and a former member of the Advisory Board of the Stanford Institute for Economic Policy Research. Mr. Lynch currently serves as director on the board, Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance committee and member of the Risk and Capital committee of AIG. He also currently serves as director on the board of Tenet Healthcare Corporation.
Mr. Lynch brings to the Board his expertise and key leadership skills developed through extensive experience in the financial services industry, with a strong background across financial audit and accounting services, and perspective as a director of AIG.
Mark Lyons has served as a director of Corebridge since November 2021. Mr. Lyons joined AIG in June 2018 as Senior Vice President and Chief Actuary and was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer in December 2018. In January 2022, Mr. Lyons transitioned from this role to Executive Vice President, Global Chief Actuary and Head of Portfolio Management for AIG, overseeing AIG’s global actuarial and ceded reinsurance functions. From 2012 until joining AIG, Mr. Lyons served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer at Arch Capital Group, Ltd., a Bermuda-based global insurance company. Prior to that role, he held various roles within Arch Insurance U.S. operations, including as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Arch Worldwide Insurance Group. Prior to joining Arch Capital Group, Mr. Lyons held various positions at Zurich North America, Berkshire Hathaway and AIG. Mr. Lyons is a Member of the American Academy of Actuaries and is an Associate of the Casualty Actuarial Society.
Mr. Lyons brings to the Board his expertise developed through extensive experience in the financial services industry, with a strong background across accounting, insurance and actuarial services, and perspective from his executive role at AIG.
Elaine A. Rocha has served as a director of Corebridge since November 2021 and is the Global Chief Investment Officer of AIG. She previously served as AIG's Global Chief Operating Officer of Reinsurance, and prior to that role was AIG’s Global Chief Operating Officer of Investments for over five years, where she led and managed the full middle and back office functions to support over $300 billion of assets under management for its clients. Ms. Rocha started at AIG in 2010 as a senior attorney in AIG's Legal organization, providing
270

TABLE OF CONTENTS

legal advice and support to its Property & Casualty business. Before joining AIG, Ms. Rocha practiced law for more than 12 years focusing on complex insurance coverage and litigation matters. Ms. Rocha is currently the Chair of the Board of Directors for The College of New Jersey Foundation and sits on the Board of Visitors for Seton Hall University School of Law.
Ms. Rocha brings to the Board her expertise developed through extensive experience in the financial services and legal industry, with a strong background across insurance, investments, and law and perspective as an executive of AIG.
Amy Schioldager has served as a director of Corebridge since November 2021. Ms. Schioldager is the former Senior Managing Director and Global Head of Beta Strategies at BlackRock, Inc. a global investment management corporation. In this role, which she held from 2006 to 2017, Ms. Schioldager was responsible for managing the Index Equity business across seven global offices. During her more than 25 years at BlackRock, Ms. Schioldager held various other leadership positions and also served as a member of the Global Executive Committee from 2012 to 2017 and Vice Chair of the Corporate Governance Committee from 2008 to 2015. She also founded and led BlackRock’s Women’s Initiative. Ms. Schioldager began her career as a fund accountant at Wells Fargo Investment Advisors. Ms. Schioldager currently serves as director on the board, and a member of the Audit and Nominating and Corporate Governance board committees of AIG.
Ms. Schioldager brings to the Board her expertise and key leadership skills developed through extensive experience in the financial services industry, with a strong background across investment management, corporate governance and accounting services, and perspective as a director of AIG.
Patricia Walsh is expected to begin serving as a director of Corebridge prior to the completion of this offering. Ms. Walsh has served as Chief Legal Officer of Stripe Inc. (“Stripe”) since January 2020. Prior to joining Stripe, Ms. Walsh served as Chief Legal Officer for Voya Financial, Inc. (“Voya”) from 2015 to 2020. Before joining Voya, Ms. Walsh served as Deputy General Counsel at Cigna Corp. and at MassMutual Life Insurance Company. Prior to that, Ms. Walsh was an associate at Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP and also worked for the Office of the General Counsel at the SEC.
We believe Ms. Walsh’s expertise and experience in the technology and insurance industries qualify her to serve on our Board. Further, Ms. Walsh’s extensive legal background enables her to provide additional insight to our Board and its committees.
Kevin Hogan has served as a director of Corebridge since June 2021. Mr. Hogan also has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Corebridge since December  2014. Mr. Hogan serves on the board of the American Council of Life Insurers. He was also a founding board member of Alliance for Lifetime Income, where he currently serves as a director. Mr. Hogan started his career in 1984 at AIG in New York, and subsequently held management positions in AIG Property Casualty in Chicago, Tokyo, Hong Kong, Singapore and China and AIG Life & Retirement in China, Taiwan and New York. From 2009 until rejoining AIG in 2013, he was Chief Executive Officer, Global Life for the Zurich Insurance Group, Ltd. Prior to his current role, he served as Chief Executive Officer of AIG’s Consumer organization and senior officer for Japan.
Mr. Hogan brings to the Board his expertise and key leadership skills developed through extensive experience in the financial services industry, with a strong background across insurance, and perspective as Chief Executive Officer of Corebridge.
Executive Officers
Mr. Hogan can be found above under “—Directors.”
Elias Habayeb has served as Executive Vice President of Corebridge since October 2021 and Chief Financial Officer of Corebridge since November 2021. Prior to his current role, Mr. Habayeb served in a number of senior financial roles for AIG, most recently as Chief Financial Officer for General Insurance where he oversaw all finance activities supporting the General Insurance business. He also served as AIG’s Deputy Chief Financial Officer and AIG’s Chief Accounting Officer. His previous roles included Chief Financial Officer of International Lease Finance Corporation, a wholly owned subsidiary of AIG, where he led efforts for its ultimate sale in 2014. Prior to AIG, Mr. Habayeb was a partner at Deloitte & Touche LLP and has more than 25 years of financial services experience in banking and insurance.
271

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Todd Solash has served as President of Individual Retirement and Life Insurance and Executive Vice President of Corebridge since February 2022. Mr. Solash joined AIG in 2017 as President of Individual Retirement. Prior to joining AIG, Mr. Solash served as Senior Executive Director, Head of Individual Annuity at AXA Equitable Life Insurance Company from 2010 to 2017. Mr. Solash serves on the Board of LL Global, the parent company of LIMRA and Life Office Management Association.
Katherine Anderson has served as Chief Risk Officer of Corebridge since 2016 and Executive Vice President since February 2022. Ms. Anderson joined AIG in August 2014 as Chief Risk Officer and Vice President of its consumer businesses. Previously, Ms. Anderson served for 13 years in various roles at ING, including Chief Insurance Risk officer of the Asia-Pacific region, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Actuary of the Latin America region, and Vice President of the U.S.-domiciled reinsurance organization. Ms. Anderson is a Fellow of the Society of Actuaries.
David Ditillo has served as Chief Information Officer of Corebridge since 2020 and Executive Vice President since February 2022. Prior to joining AIG, Mr. Ditillo served in various technology executive management roles at MetLife, Inc., including Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer for its U.S. business and Senior Vice President of U.S. Application Development.
Terri Fiedler has served as President of AIG Financial Distributors since May 2019 and Executive Vice President of Corebridge since February 2022. Prior to her current role, Ms. Fiedler served as Executive Vice President, Strategic Accounts for AIG Financial Distributors, responsible for working closely with the organization’s business teams to fully meet the product and services needs of AIG Life & Retirement’s largest clients from May 2012 through April 2019. Prior to joining AIG, Ms. Fiedler was the Senior Director of National Account Management at Invesco U.S. from September 2007 to May 2012, and prior to that spent 12 years at AIM Distributors.
Amber Miller has served as Chief Auditor of Corebridge since July 2018 and Executive Vice President since February 2022. Ms. Miller joined AIG in September 2008, serving in various roles in internal audit covering various AIG products and functions. Prior to joining AIG, Ms. Miller served in various audit management roles at JPMorgan Chase for 15 years in the United States and the UK. Ms. Miller is a certified internal auditor.
Christine Nixon has served as General Counsel of Corebridge since 2010 and Executive Vice President since February 2022. Ms. Nixon has also served as Senior Vice President and Deputy General Counsel of AIG since 2010. Ms. Nixon joined AIG in 1999, when AIG acquired SunAmerica Inc., having been appointed to Vice President and Co-General Counsel in 2000 and Deputy Chief Legal Counsel and Secretary in 2001 for SunAmerica Inc., and General Counsel of AIG Retirement Services in 2006. Prior to joining AIG, Ms. Nixon served as Associate Counsel at SunAmerica Inc. Prior to joining SunAmerica Inc., Ms. Nixon was an associate at Sheppard, Mullin, Richter & Hampton LLP. Ms. Nixon serves on the board of Child360.
Jonathan Novak has served as President of Institutional Markets since April 2012 and Executive Vice President since February 2022. Mr. Novak also serves as Head of Life & Retirement Strategy, Corporate Development, and Reinsurance of AIG. Mr. Novak joined AIG in April 2012. Prior to joining AIG, Mr. Novak served as Managing Director in the Financial Institutions Risk Management business at Goldman Sachs for 12 years. Prior to that, Mr. Novak served as an Associate in the Reinsurance Underwriting division at Berkshire Hathaway for four years. Mr. Novak holds the Chartered Financial Analyst professional designation.
Elizabeth Palmer has served as the Chief Marketing Officer of Corebridge since March 2019 and Executive Vice President since February 2022. Prior to joining Corebridge, Ms. Palmer served as the Senior Vice President and Chief Communications Officer of the Teachers Insurance and Annuity Association from 2010 to 2019. Ms. Palmer serves on the board of the National Council on Aging and as the Treasurer for Alliance for Lifetime Income.
Sabra Purtill has served as the Chief Investment Officer of Corebridge since April 2022. Ms. Purtill has been Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer of AIG since July 2021, and has previously served as AIG's Deputy Chief Financial Officer, overseeing Treasury, Rating Agency Relations, Investor Relations and Corporate Development. Prior to joining AIG in 2019, Ms. Purtill was with The Hartford Financial Services Group, Inc., where she served as Senior Vice President, Investor Relations & Treasurer. She was also Managing Director, Investor Relations & Communications, at Assured Guaranty Ltd. and prior to that was Senior Vice President at ACE Limited, now known as Chubb Limited.
272

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Sabyasachi Ray has served as Chief Operating Officer for Corebridge since July 2016 and Executive Vice President since February 2022. Mr. Ray serves as an officer of AGL, USL and VALIC. Prior to his current role, Mr. Ray served in a number of senior roles for AIG, most recently as Head of Claims and Operations in Asia Pacific until 2015 and Chief Executive Officer of the Consumer Finance Group in Asia until 2010. Prior to joining AIG in 2005, Mr. Ray served in various roles at Citigroup for 14 years across the U.S. and Asia, including, managing Mergers and Acquisitions integrations, building an affluent retail banking business, re-engineering branch operations and managing centralized operations.
Robert Scheinerman has served as President of Group Retirement at Corebridge since 2017 and Executive Vice President since February 2022. Prior to his current role, Mr. Scheinerman served as the President of Individual Retirement and Chief Product Officer. Prior to joining AIG in 2003, Mr. Scheinerman held various executive roles in Product Management, Distribution and Finance at Allmerica Financial and Keyport Life Insurance Company. Prior to that, he was a junior staff economist to the Executive Office of the President, Council of Economic Advisers in Washington, D.C.
Alan Smith has served as the Head of Human Resources of Corebridge since October 2020 and Executive Vice President since February 2022. Prior to joining AIG, Mr. Smith was the Chief Human Resources Officer & Interim Chief Administration Officer for Whittle Management, a private equity-backed global for profit K-12 educational company, from December 2017 to September 2020. Prior to that, Mr. Smith held senior human resources leadership roles with TE Connectivity from 2008 to 2017, including his role as Vice President of Human Resources for the Communications Solutions Segment, while based in Shanghai, China, from 2013 to 2017. Mr. Smith serves on the board of Cornerstone Family Programs. Mr. Smith is also an elected member of the Morris School District Board of Education.
Corporate Governance
Board Composition and Director Independence
At the time of this offering, the size of our Board is 13 directors. Our directors will be elected annually to serve until the next annual meeting of stockholders or until their successors are duly elected and qualified.
Prior to completion of this offering, we and AIG entered into a separation agreement pursuant to which, among other things, AIG has the right to designate members of our Board, which we refer to as a “designee” or the “designees,” subject to maintaining specified ownership requirements. Similarly, on November 2, 2021, we and Blackstone, through Argon, entered into a stockholders’ agreement pursuant to which, among other things, Blackstone has the right to designate a member of our Board, which we refer to as a “designee,” subject to maintaining specified ownership requirements. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with AIG Following this Offering—Separation Agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Partnership with Blackstone—Stockholders’ Agreement.”
Our Board has determined that Mr. Colberg, Mr. Lynch, Ms. Schioldager and Ms. Walsh are “independent” as defined under the NYSE and the Exchange Act rules and regulations.
Each year, our Board will select a chair from its members, who shall have and perform such duties as may be from time to time assigned by our Board. After the date AIG ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, if the chair selected by our Board is not independent under NYSE standards, our Board will appoint one of its members who is so independent to serve as lead independent director. The lead independent director shall have and perform such duties as may be from time to time assigned by our Board.
273

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Controlled Company
After the completion of this offering, AIG will control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. AIG will own approximately  % of our total common stock immediately after the completion of this offering (or approximately  % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our common stock). Accordingly, we expect to qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including:
the requirement that a majority of our Board consists of independent directors;
the requirement that we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors;
the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and
the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and corporate governance and compensation committees.
Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. Accordingly, you may not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance rules and requirements. The “controlled company” exception does not modify audit committee independence requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the NYSE rules.
Board Committees
Our Board maintains an Audit Committee. Under the NYSE rules, we will be required to have one independent director on our Audit Committee during the 90-day period beginning on the date of effectiveness of the registration statement filed with the SEC in connection with this offering. After such 90-day period and until one year from the date of effectiveness of the registration statement, we are required to have a majority of independent directors on our Audit Committee. Thereafter, our Audit Committee is required to be composed entirely of independent directors. As a NYSE controlled company, we are not required to have a compensation committee or a nominating and corporate governance committee. Accordingly, our compensation and nominating and corporate governance functions will be managed by our full Board until the rules change, we cease to be a “controlled company,” or we otherwise determine to do so.
Audit Committee
Our Audit Committee will be responsible, among its other duties and responsibilities, for overseeing our accounting and financial reporting processes, the audits of our financial statements, the qualifications and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and the performance of our internal audit function and independent registered public accounting firm. Our Audit Committee will be responsible for reviewing and assessing the qualitative aspects of our financial reporting, our processes to manage business and financial risks, and our compliance with significant applicable legal, ethical and regulatory requirements. Our Audit Committee will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation, retention and oversight of our independent registered public accounting firm. The charter of our Audit Committee will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon the listing of our common stock.
At completion of this offering, the members of our Audit Committee will be Mr. Zaffino (Chair), Mr. Colberg and Mr. Fitzsimons. Our Board has designated each of the three members as “audit committee financial experts,” and each of the three members has been determined to be “financially literate” under the NYSE and Exchange Act rules and regulations.
Code of Ethical Conduct and Financial Code of Ethics
Our Board has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that, upon the listing of our common stock, will apply to all of our officers, employees and directors and a Financial Code of Ethics that will apply to our Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and corporate officers with financial and accounting responsibilities, including the Chief Audit Executive, Treasurer and any other person performing similar tasks or
274

TABLE OF CONTENTS

functions. Each of the Financial Code of Ethics and the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics addresses matters such as conflicts of interest, confidentiality, fair dealing and compliance with laws and regulations. The Financial Code of Ethics and the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics will be available without charge on the investor relations portion of our website upon the listing of our common stock.
Cybersecurity Risk Management
Prior to our separation from AIG, our cybersecurity risk management is overseen by the AIG Inc. board of directors. In connection with our separation from AIG, our Board will be responsible for overseeing our cybersecurity risks, policies, controls, practices and ongoing efforts to improve security, including: (1) our controls to identify and assess internal and external cybersecurity risks, (2) our controls to protect from cyberattacks, unauthorized access or other malicious acts and risks, (3) our practices to detect, respond to, mitigate negative effects from and recover from cybersecurity attacks, (4) our controls and practices for fulfilling applicable regulatory reporting and disclosure obligations related to cybersecurity risks, costs and incidents and (5) our cybersecurity practices as compared to industry practices. Management intends to regularly report to the Corebridge Board on cybersecurity matters.
275

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Compensation Discussion and Analysis
Introduction
Prior to the offering, Corebridge has been a subsidiary of AIG Inc. and the compensation programs and benefits that our executives participated in were sponsored and administered by AIG. Accordingly, this Compensation Discussion and Analysis provides an overview of the philosophy, goals and principal components of AIG’s 2021 executive compensation program as applied to our “named executive officers” (or “NEOs”). We expect that our executive compensation programs and benefits following this offering will generally be similar to and include many of the same elements as AIG’s executive compensation program, although our board (or a committee thereof) will review all aspects of executive compensation and may make adjustments that it believes are appropriate in structuring our executive compensation arrangements.
We are in the process of determining the compensation programs in addition to those disclosed in “—Post-Offering Executive Compensation Information,” that will be effective following this offering. We will disclose additional information regarding our post-offering executive compensation program in a subsequent amendment to this registration statement.
2021 Named Executive Officers
Named Executive Officer
Title as of December 31, 2021
Kevin T. Hogan
Chief Executive Officer
Elias F. Habayeb(1)
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Todd P. Solash
Chief Executive Officer, Individual Retirement and Life Insurance
Robert J. Scheinerman
Chief Executive Officer, Group Retirement
Geoffrey N. Cornell(2)
Former Chief Investment Officer
Thomas J. Diemer(3)
Former Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(1)
Mr. Habayeb was appointed Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of Corebridge effective as of November 19, 2021.
(2)
Mr. Cornell ceased to be our Chief Investment Officer on March 31, 2022.
(3)
Mr. Diemer served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer through November 19, 2021 and continued to provide services to the Company in an advisory capacity until April 1, 2022.
AIG’s Compensation Design
AIG’s Compensation Philosophy
AIG’s compensation philosophy is based on a set of foundational principles that guide both how AIG structures its compensation program and how it reaches compensation decisions. It is intended to be long-term oriented and risk-balanced, enabling AIG to deploy the best talent across its company for its various business needs.
Consistent with this philosophy, the Compensation and Management Resources Committee (the “CMRC”) of the Board of Directors of AIG Inc. evaluates and adjusts the AIG programs for its executives annually, balancing AIG’s strategic priorities, talent needs, stakeholder feedback and market considerations to ensure the programs continue to meet their intended purpose.
Principle
Component
Application
Attract and retain the best talent
Offer market-competitive compensation opportunities to attract and retain the best employees and leaders for AIG’s various business needs
✔ Compensation levels set with reference to market data for talent peers with relevant experience and skillsets in the insurance and financial services industries where AIG competes for talent
276

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Principle
Component
Application
Pay for performance
Create a pay for performance culture by offering short-term incentive (“STI”) and long-term incentive (“LTI”) compensation opportunities that reward employees for individual contributions and business performance

Provide a market-competitive, performance-driven compensation structure through a four-part program that consists of base salary, STI, LTI and benefits
✔ Majority of compensation is variable and at-risk

✔ Incentives tied to AIG performance, business performance and individual contributions

✔ Objective performance measures and goals used, which are clearly disclosed

✔ Compensation provides significant upside and downside potential for superior performance and under performance
Align interests with AIG shareholders
Motivate all AIG employees to deliver long-term, sustainable and profitable growth, while balancing risk to create long-term, sustainable value for shareholders

Align the long-term economic interests of key employees with those of AIG’s shareholders by ensuring that a meaningful component of their compensation is provided in equity

Avoid incentives that encourage employees to take unnecessary or excessive risks that could threaten the value or reputation of AIG by rewarding both annual and long-term performance

Maintain strong compensation best practices by meeting evolving standards of compensation governance and complying with regulations applicable to employee compensation
✔ Majority of compensation is equity-based

✔ Executives subject to risk management policies, including a clawback policy and anti- hedging and pledging policies

✔ Performance goals are set with rigorous standards commensurate with both the opportunity and AIG’s risk guidelines

✔ Annual risk assessments evaluate compensation plans to ensure they appropriately balance risk and reward

✔ Follow evolving compensation best practices through engagement with outside consultants and peer groups
277

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compensation Best Practices
AIG designs its programs to pay for performance in alignment with the expectations of AIG’s shareholders and to minimize risk.
What AIG Does:
What AIG Avoids:
✔ Pay for performance

✔ Deliver majority of executive compensation in the
form of at-risk, performance-based pay

✔ Align performance objectives with AIG’s strategy

✔ Engage with AIG’s shareholders on matters
including executive compensation and governance

✔ Prohibit pledging and hedging of AIG securities

✔ Cap payout opportunities for named executive
officers under AIG incentive plans

✔ Maintain a robust clawback policy

✔ Maintain double-trigger change-in-control benefits

✔ Conduct annual compensation risk assessment

✔ Engage an independent compensation consultant and consult outside legal advisors
✘ No tax gross-ups other than for tax equalization and relocation benefits

✘ No excessive perquisites, benefits or pension payments

✘ No reloading or repricing of stock options

✘ No equity grants below 100% of fair market value

✘ No dividends or dividend equivalents vest unless and until long-term incentive awards vest
Balanced Compensation Framework
AIG’s executive compensation program is designed to give appropriate weighting to fixed and variable pay, short- and long- term performance, and business unit and enterprise-wide contributions. AIG provides three elements of annual total direct compensation: base salary, an STI award and an LTI award. AIG’s annual target total direct compensation and mix of components are set with reference to market data for comparable positions at AIG’s business and talent competitors. AIG also provides market-based perquisites and benefits.
On average, the annual target total direct compensation of our NEOs in 2021 comprised 24% base salary, 33% short-term cash incentives, and 43% long-term equity incentives.
Use of Market Data
AIG uses data for its relevant peer groups to support the key principles of its compensation philosophy, including attracting and retaining the best talent and paying for performance. AIG used a compensation peer group for executive compensation in 2021 to inform compensation levels and design.
Compensation Peer Group
Provides perspective and data reflecting compensation levels and insight into pay practices
Comprises companies of a similar size and business model as AIG that draw from the same pool of talent as AIG
278

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The CMRC used the following peer group for 2021 compensation programs:
The Allstate Corporation
CIGNA Corporation
The Progressive Corporation
American Express Company
Citigroup Inc.
Prudential Financial Inc.
Bank of America Corporation
JPMorgan Chase & Co
The Travelers Companies, Inc.
BlackRock, Inc.
Marsh & McLennan Companies, Inc.
U.S. Bancorp
Capital One Financial Corporation
Manulife Financial Corp.
Wells Fargo & Company
Chubb Limited
MetLife Inc.
 
AIG’s 2021 Compensation Decisions and Outcomes
2021 Target Direct Compensation
During the first quarter of 2021, the CMRC established target compensation for Messrs. Hogan and Habayeb and the AIG CEO approved target compensation for Messrs. Solash, Cornell, Scheinerman and Diemer, comprising base salary, a target STI opportunity and a target LTI opportunity.
2021 Compensation Component
Kevin T.
Hogan
Elias F.
Habayeb
Todd P.
Solash
Robert J.
Scheinerman
Geoffrey N.
Cornell
Thomas J.
Diemer
Base Salary
1,250,000
800,000
$950,000
$650,000
$900,000
$500,000
Target STI
2,250,000
1,050,000
$1,500,000
$820,000
$1,100,000
$700,000
Target LTI
4,000,000
1,200,000
$2,000,000
$980,000
$1,500,000
$800,000
Target Direct Compensation
7,500,000
3,050,000
$4,450,000
$2,450,000
$3,500,000
$2,000,000
Actual AIG STI awards can vary from target based on a combination of business and individual performance outcomes. Similarly, actual AIG LTI award grants can vary from target based on the AIG Chairman and CEO’s assessment of a range of factors, including prior-year performance and contributions, consideration of the complexity of expected contributions and the desire to enhance retention and/or provide incremental incentive for future success over the three-year performance period. Further information on the design and outcomes in relation to each of these elements of compensation is described below.
Important Note: Certain non-GAAP financial measures are used as performance measures in AIG’s incentive compensation programs. For more information on these measures, see “—Use of Non-GAAP Financial Metrics” below.
2021 Base Salary
Base salary is intended to fairly compensate each named executive officer for the responsibilities of his or her position, achieve an appropriate balance of fixed and variable pay and provide the executive with sufficient liquidity to discourage excessive risk-taking. AIG undertakes an annual review of executive salaries to determine whether they should be adjusted. In making this determination, AIG considers a broad range of factors including role scope, experience, skillset, performance and salaries for comparable positions within the AIG’s compensation peer group, as well as internal parity among AIG’s similarly situated officers. The base salary earned by each of our named executive officers during 2021 is reported in the 2021 Summary Compensation Table.
2021 Short-Term Incentive Awards
AIG STI awards are designed to drive AIG’s business objectives and strategies and reward performance delivered during the year. The fundamental structure of the STI program provides an opportunity to incentivize and reward both leading and lagging indicators of performance, with a focus on guiding the organization towards balancing profitability, growth and risk.
2021 STI award payouts to our named executive officers were based on a combination of a quantitative business performance score (“Business Performance Score”) which can range from 0% to 150% and an assessment of individual performance that takes into account performance in four core areas (Financial, Strategic, Operational and Organizational). The payout profile for the 2021 STI Plan was 50% of target payable for threshold performance and 150% of target payable for maximum performance in each area. Individual awards are subject to an overall cap of 200% of the relevant named executive officer's target STI award.
279

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Mr. Hogan and Mr. Habayeb
Mr. Hogan’s and Mr. Habayeb’s 2021 STI awards were determined by multiplying their target award by both their relevant Business Performance Scores and an individual performance score based on a quantitative scale (0% to 150%). For Mr. Hogan, the relevant Business Performance Score was based on performance metrics applicable to AIG’s life and retirement business determined as follows:
Performance Metric
Threshold
(50%)
Target
(100%)
Stretch
(125%)
Maximum
(150%)
Actual
Achieved
Weighting
% Achieved
(Weighted)(1)
Life and Retirement Normalized Return on Adjusted Segment Common Equity
11.0%
12.9%
13.9%
14.8%
13.2%
108%
70%
76%
Life and Retirement GOE (Net)(2)
$1,694M
$1,613M
$1,553M
$1,493M
$1,601M
105%
30%
32%
Life and Retirement Quantitative Performance Score:
107%
(1)
Components in this column do not sum to the total due to rounding.
(2)
The GOE (Net) was determined inclusive of the incremental STI funding incurred for achieving the relevant goal. Accordingly, the 2021 GOE (Net) was $1,597 million prior to adding the incremental STI funding of $4.4 million which resulted in revised GOE (Net) of $1,601 million.
For Mr. Habayeb, the relevant Business Performance Score was based on performance metrics applicable to all of AIG’s businesses, reflecting his service as AIG Inc.’s Chief Accounting Officer for the entirety of 2021. 2021 performance resulted in the following STI awards for Mr. Hogan and Mr. Habayeb:
 
2021 Target
STI Award
Business
Performance
Score
Individual
Performance
2021 Actual
STI Award
Kevin T. Hogan
$2,250,000
107%
100%
$2,407,500
Elias F. Habayeb
$1,050,000
137%
111%
$1,600,000
Other Named Executive Officers
The STI awards for the named executive officers other than Mr. Hogan and Mr. Habayeb were paid from a cash pool. The size of this pool was determined by multiplying: (a) the sum of all the individual award targets established for all executives participating in the pool by (b) the Business Performance Score for AIG’s life and retirement business. 2021 target and actual STI awards for the other named executive officers were as follows:
 
2021 Target
STI Award
2021 Actual
STI Award
Todd P. Solash
$1,500,000
$1,725,000
Robert J. Scheinerman
$820,000
$984,000
Geoffrey N. Cornell
$1,100,000
$1,100,000
Thomas J. Diemer
$700,000
$700,000
AIG’s 2021 Long-Term Incentive Awards
AIG LTI awards, made in the form of AIG equity awards and granted under AIG’s LTI plan, represent the largest percentage of a named executive officer’s annual target compensation opportunity, in vehicles that reward long-term value creation, performance achievements and stock price appreciation.
AIG’s 2021 LTI awards were granted in February 2021 and allocated as follows:
For Mr. Hogan: Performance Share Units (“PSUs”) 50%, Restricted Stock Units (“RSUs”) 25% and stock options 25%
For Messrs. Habayeb, Solash, Scheinerman, Cornell and Diemer: RSUs 75% and stock options 25%
PSUs and RSUs further align the financial interests of executives with shareholders while supporting retention. Stock options align with AIG shareholder interests by rewarding stock price appreciation and AIG shareholder value creation.
280

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2021 LTI awards are subject to a three-year time horizon, with cliff vesting of 2021 awards on January 1, 2024 and are covered by AIG’s clawback policy, further enhancing long-term alignment with shareholder interests and retention impact.
When determining the appropriate LTI awards to grant, the CMRC considers whether to modify any individual LTI award target value. The actual target LTI award granted can reflect a modifier of up to 150 percent of an individual’s target value, based on the CMRC’s assessment of a range of factors, including consideration of prior year performance and contributions, the complexity of expected contributions and the desire to enhance retention and/or provide incremental incentive for future success over the three-year performance period.
In 2021, the CMRC approved the following LTI grants for the following named executive officers:
Named Executive Officer
2021 Target
LTI Value
2021 Individual
Modifier
2021 Actual
LTI Grant
Value
Kevin T. Hogan
$4,000,000
100%
$4,000,000
Elias F. Habayeb
$1,200,000
100%
$1,200,000
Todd P. Solash
$2,000,000
100%
$2,000,000
Robert J. Scheinerman
$980,000
100%
$980,000
Geoffrey N. Cornell
$1,500,000
100%
$1,600,000
Thomas J. Diemer
$800,000
100%
$800,000
In making the actual awards, the CMRC approved target dollar amounts that were converted into a number of RSUs, stock options and, in the case of Mr. Hogan, PSUs. The number of PSUs and RSUs in an annual grant is based on the average closing price of AIG common stock over the five trading days preceding the grant date, rounded down to the nearest whole unit. The number of stock options is based on the grant date fair value of a stock option to purchase a share of AIG common stock. In 2021, the annual equity grant date was in February. The number of any RSUs granted outside of the annual grant process is based on the average closing price of AIG common stock over the first five trading days of the month of the offer of employment or effective month of a promotion, as applicable.
2021 Performance Share Units
Mr. Hogan’s 2021 PSU award can be earned based on performance over a period of three years. The performance metrics applicable to his award include Relative Tangible Book Value Per Common Share and separation of the Company from AIG. These metrics seek to incentivize long-term success at generating returns for AIG’s shareholders by delivering profitable growth and successfully executing on the transformative separation of the Company. A relative Total Shareholder Return (“TSR”) modifier of +/-25% and an overall cap of 200% of target also apply to the PSUs. The resulting combination of Relative Tangible Book Value Per Common Share, separation and relative TSR metrics reflects AIG’s strategic priorities and continued commitment to aligning compensation with the AIG shareholder experience.
The maximum payout opportunity of 200% of target reflects ambitious goals that require performance significantly above target. PSUs accrue dividend equivalent rights in the form of cash that are calculated based on the final adjudication of the PSUs and are paid if and when the underlying PSUs vest.
2021 RSUs
2021 RSUs will vest on January 1, 2024 and be settled in AIG Inc. common stock. 2021 RSUs accrue dividend equivalents in cash based on the declared dividend rate per share per quarter that are paid if and when the underlying RSUs vest.
2021 Stock Options
2021 stock option awards will become exercisable on January 1, 2024 after a three-year cliff vesting period and have a ten-year term. All stock options are granted with an exercise price equal to the closing price of the underlying shares on the date of grant. AIG views stock options as performance-based compensation as the value of a stock option is impacted by the price of AIG common stock at the time of vesting.
281

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Additional LTI Awards
In March 2021, Mr. Habayeb received an incremental LTI award (75% RSUs / 25% stock options) of $300,000 to recognize his contributions to AIG’s transformation. His award vests on January 1, 2024.
In February 2021, Mr. Cornell received a supplemental award (100% RSUs) with a grant date fair value of $100,000 for outstanding management of the overall AIG investment portfolio performance for 2020. This award vests on January 1, 2024. In May 2021, Mr. Cornell received an incremental LTI award (75% RSUs / 25% stock options) with a grant date fair value of $700,000 to recognize his promotion to AIG Chief Investment Officer. This award vests on January 1, 2024. In June 2021, Mr. Cornell received a continuity award (100% RSUs) with a grant date fair value of $1,000,000, which vests in equal tranches in June 2022, June 2023 and June 2024.
Assessment of 2019 Performance Share Units
The three-year performance period for 2019 PSUs ended on December 31, 2021. For Mr. Hogan, this award was subject to three equally weighted metrics:
Improvement in Accident Year Combined Ratio, As Adjusted, including Average Annual Losses (“Adjusted AYCR inc. AALS”), measured annually
Metric capped at target if Accident Year Combined Ratio, as Adjusted, including Average Annual Losses is higher at the end of the three-year performance period than it was immediately preceding the start of the performance period
Core Normalized BVPS growth, measured annually
Core Normalized Return on Attributed Common Equity, measured in the third year
For Mr. Hogan, the outcome based on those core metrics was then subject to a relative TSR assessment such that the payout would be capped at target if AIG’s three-year TSR performance was below median as compared to the TSR peer group, which was comprised of the S&P 500 Insurance Companies. The PSU performance based on the core metrics yielded a score of 127%, but the payout was reduced to 100% due to the TSR cap.
The awards for Messrs. Habayeb, Solash, Scheinerman, Cornell and Diemer were subject to two equally weighted metrics: Adjusted AYCR inc. AALS and Core Normalized BVPS. The PSU performance yielded a score of 191%.
Metrics
(Measurement Basis)
Performance Goal
(% Payout)
Relevant Metrics
Earned Performance
Total Earned
Performance
Thres.
(50%)
Target
(100%)
Max.
(200%)
FY’19A
FY’20A
FY’21A
FY’19A
FY’20A
FY’21A
Inception-to-
Date
Adjusted AYCR incl. AALs (Annual and Three- Year Improvement)
0.5pt
1pt
2pts
4.5pts
1.9pts
3.7pts
200%
188%
200%
196%
Core Normalized BVPS (Annual Growth)
5%
10%
15%
16.6%
12.9%
19.3%
200%
158%
200%
186%
Messrs. Habayeb, Solash, Scheinerman, Cornell and Diemer
 
 
 
 
 
 
200
173
200
191
Core Normalized ROCE (FY’21)
9%
10%
11%
8.6%
6.7%
7.4%
N/A
N/A
Mr. Hogan(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
200
173
80
127
(1)
For Mr. Hogan, 2019 PSU award is capped at 100% based on AIG’s TSR at the end of the performance period 12/31/2021.
AIG Leadership Continuity Plan
The purpose of the AIG Leadership Continuity Plan is to provide select employees with a cash award separate and distinct from their annual total direct compensation to incent them to continue their employment
282

TABLE OF CONTENTS

with the company and, if applicable, to achieve defined performance goals. The named executive officers (with the exception of Mr. Hogan) are eligible to participate in this plan.
Indirect Elements of Compensation
AIG provides executives with a limited number of benefits and perquisites that are generally aligned with those available to other AIG employees. Following the offering, we plan to provide our named executive officers with a limited number of benefits and perquisites that are similar to those provided by AIG prior to the offering.
Welfare and Insurance Benefits
Our named executive officers generally participate in the same broad-based health, life and disability benefit programs as AIG’s other employees.
Retirement Benefits
AIG provides retirement benefits to eligible employees. The only plan that our named executive officers actively participate in is a tax-qualified 401(k) plan. All participants, including our named executive officers, receive contributions from AIG in the form of a match of up to 100% of the first 6% of their eligible compensation that they contribute, up to the IRS compensation limit, which in 2021 was $290,000. In accordance with this limit, our named executive officers received matching contributions up to $17,400 in 2021. AIG also provides a contribution of 3% of eligible compensation to all employees eligible to participate in the 401(k) plan, in addition to the 6% matching contribution, subject to IRS limits.
Termination Practices and Policies
AIG provides severance benefits to its executives to offer competitive total compensation packages, ensure executives’ ongoing retention when considering potential transactions that may create uncertainty as to their future employment with AIG and enable AIG to obtain a release of employment-related claims.
Qualifying Termination
Termination by AIG without “cause”
Covered executive resigns for “good reason”, including for qualifying executives after a “change in control”
Severance Payment
Pre-determined multiplier applied to salary and three-year average of actual STI payments
Severance multiple is 1.0 or 1.5 depending on an executive’s grade
Severance multiple increases to 1.5 or 2.0 for a qualifying termination within two years following a change in control
For the avoidance of doubt, the offering does not constitute a change in control for the named executive officers.
We plan to provide similar severance benefits to our named executive officers post-offering. See “—Potential Payments on Termination” for more information on AIG’s termination benefits and policies.
283

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Compensation Governance
Role of the CMRC
The CMRC is comprised of five independent AIG Inc. directors.
The role of the CMRC and its interplay with management and the AIG Inc. Board as a whole are set forth below.
Management
CMRC
AIG Inc. Board
• AIG Inc.’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer approves compensation for our named
executive officers
• Reviews compensation for our named executive officers

• Oversees AIG’s compensation and benefit programs

• Oversees AIG’s management development and succession planning programs for executive management

• Oversees the assessment of risks related to AIG’s compensation programs

• Reviews periodic updates provided on initiatives and progress in human capital, including diversity, equity and inclusion

• Produces AIG’s Compensation Discussion and Analysis report on executive compensation

• Engages an independent consultant
• Approves CMRC recommendations on compensation philosophy, and the development and implementation of AIG’s compensation programs

• Approves CMRC recommendations on AIG’s equity plans
In reaching decisions, the CMRC may invite the opinions of various stakeholders including relevant members of the management team, AIG’s outside counsel and the CMRC’s independent compensation consultant. Following the offering, decisions regarding the compensation of the NEOs will be made by our board (or a committee thereof).
The Annual Process
There is an established annual process for executive compensation decision-making. In a typical year, during the first quarter, the CMRC reviews and approves compensation decisions for executives under its purview (which included Mr. Hogan and Mr. Habayeb for 2021) and AIG Inc.’s Chairman and CEO reviews the base salaries and target compensation levels for our named executive officers. These reviews are performed against a backdrop of the business and individual performance evaluations for the prior year, in addition to compensation relative to peers with relevant experience and skillsets in the insurance and financial services industries where we compete for talent. The CMRC also reviews and approves the performance metrics and goals that will apply to both STI awards and PSU grants. These metrics and goals are set based on AIG’s rigorous budgeting and strategic planning process.
During the balance of the year, the CMRC receives updates on performance relative to expectations, providing an opportunity to assess potential payouts.
Following year-end, the CMRC reviews and assesses final performance in relation to short-term and long-term expectations and approved payouts. As is typical, AIG Inc.’s Chairman and CEO conducts reviews
284

TABLE OF CONTENTS

regarding individual performance and achievements which feed into the start of the process for the following year. The CMRC continues to review any relevant feedback from shareholders received during engagement on an ongoing basis to inform their discussions and decisions.
Input from Independent Compensation Consultants
The CMRC engages the services of a compensation consultant to provide independent advice to the CMRC. The compensation consultant attends CMRC meetings and:
• Provides views on:
• How AIG’s compensation program and proposals for senior executives compare to market practices in the insurance industry, financial
services and more broadly;

• “Best practices” and how they apply to AIG;

• The design and implementation of current and proposed executive compensation programs;
• Responds to questions raised by the CMRC and other stakeholders in the executive compensation
process;

• Participates in discussions pertaining to compensation and risk, assessing the process and
conclusions; and

• Participates in discussions on performance goals that are proposed by management for the CMRC’s approval.
The CMRC annually reviews the relationships of the compensation consultant with AIG, including members of the CMRC and AIG’s executive officers. F.W. Cook served as the compensation consultant from 2005 through September 2021. Pay Governance currently serves as the compensation consultant.
Compensation Risk
AIG remains committed to continually evaluating and enhancing its risk management control environment, risk management processes and enterprise management functions. AIG’s compensation practices are essential parts of its approach to risk management and the CMRC regularly monitors AIG’s compensation programs to ensure they align with sound risk management principles.
Compensation Risk Review
AIG’s enterprise risk management function conducts an annual risk assessment to evaluate AIG’s active incentive plans. AIG risk officers have assigned a risk rating of low, medium or high to each active incentive plan, taking into account:
whether the plan design or administration may encourage excessive or unnecessary risk-taking;
whether the plan has appropriate safeguards in place to discourage fraudulent behavior;
whether the plan incorporates appropriate risk mitigants to lower risk (including deferrals, clawback conditions (see the section titled “—AIG Clawback Policy” below) and capped payouts); and
whether payments are based on pre-established performance goals, including risk-adjusted metrics.
We expect to review risks relating to our compensation programs so that we have appropriate controls in place to ensure our compensation programs do not encourage behaviors that would create undue material risk for Corebridge.
AIG Clawback Policy
The intent of this policy is to encourage sound risk management and individual accountability with respect to potentially risky behavior, in accordance with AIG’s compensation principles of paying for performance and aligning interests of AIG’s executives and employees with those of AIG’s shareholders.
Covered Employees
• All AIG executive officers

• Any other AIG employees as determined by the CMRC
285

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Covered Compensation
• Generally, includes any bonus, equity or equity-based award, or any other incentive compensation granted since 2013

• Compensation paid, and awards granted, while a covered employee is subject to this clawback policy

Triggering Events
• Material financial restatement

• Award or receipt of covered compensation based on materially inaccurate financial statements or performance metrics that are materially inaccurately determined

• Failure of risk management, including a supervisory role or material violation of AIG’s risk policies

• An action or omission that results in material financial or reputational harm to AIG
 
 
CMRC Authority
• Determining whether a triggering event has occurred

• Ability to require forfeiture or repayment of all or any portion of any unpaid covered compensation or covered compensation paid in the 12 months preceding the triggering event

• The 12-month time horizon will be extended to a longer period if required by any applicable statute or government regulation
In connection with the offering, we expect to implement a similar clawback policy.
Anti-Hedging and Anti-Pledging Policies
AIG’s Code of Conduct and Insider Trading Policy prohibit all employees, including the named executive officers, from engaging in hedging transactions with respect to any AIG securities, including by trading in any derivative security relating to AIG’s securities. In particular, other than pursuant to an AIG compensation or benefit plan or dividend distribution no employee may acquire, write or otherwise enter into an instrument that has a value determined by reference to AIG securities, whether or not the instrument is issued by AIG. Examples include put and call options, forward contracts, collars and equity swaps relating to AIG securities. In addition, AIG’s Insider Trading Policy prohibits executive officers and directors from pledging AIG securities.
In connection with the offering, we expect to adopt similar policies.
Additional Information
Use of Non-GAAP Financial Metrics
Certain performance metrics and their associated goals used in AIG incentive plans in which the named executive officers participate are “Non-GAAP financial measures” under SEC rules and regulations.
Adjusted Pre-tax Income (APTI) is derived by excluding the items set forth below from income from continuing operations before income tax. This definition is consistent across our segments. These items
286

TABLE OF CONTENTS

generally fall into one or more of the following broad categories: legacy matters having no relevance to our current businesses or operating performance; adjustments to enhance transparency to the underlying economics of transactions; and measures that we believe to be common to the industry. APTI is a GAAP measure for our segments. Excluded items include the following:
changes in fair value of securities used to hedge guaranteed living benefits;
changes in benefit reserves and deferred policy acquisition costs, value of business acquired, and deferred sales inducements related to net realized gains and losses;
changes in the fair value of equity securities;
net investment income on Fortitude Reinsurance Company Ltd. (Fortitude Re) funds withheld assets held by AIG in support of Fortitude Re’s reinsurance obligations to AIG post deconsolidation of Fortitude Re (Fortitude Re funds withheld assets);
following deconsolidation of Fortitude Re, net realized gains and losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets;
loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt;
all net realized gains and losses except earned income (periodic settlements and changes in settlement accruals) on derivative instruments used for non-qualifying (economic) hedging or for asset replication. Earned income on such economic hedges is reclassified from net realized gains and losses to specific APTI line items based on the economic risk being hedged (e.g. net investment income and interest credited to policyholder account balances);
income or loss from discontinued operations;
net loss reserve discount benefit (charge);
pension expense related to lump sum payments to former employees;
net gain or loss on divestitures;
non-operating litigation reserves and settlements;
restructuring and other costs related to initiatives designed to reduce operating expenses, improve efficiency and simplify our organization;
the portion of favorable or unfavorable prior year reserve development for which we have ceded the risk under retroactive reinsurance agreements and related changes in amortization of the deferred gain;
integration and transaction costs associated with acquiring or divesting businesses;
losses from the impairment of goodwill; and
non-recurring costs associated with the implementation of non-ordinary course legal or regulatory changes or changes to accounting principles.
Adjusted After-tax Income (AATI) attributable to AIG common shareholders is derived by excluding the tax effected APTI adjustments described above, dividends on preferred stock, noncontrolling interest on net realized gains (losses), other non-operating expenses and the following tax items from net income attributable to AIG:
deferred income tax valuation allowance releases and charges;
changes in uncertain tax positions and other tax items related to legacy matters having no relevance to our current businesses or operating performance; and
net tax charge related to the enactment of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act.
AIG Return on Common Equity (ROCE)—Adjusted After-tax Income Excluding Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (AOCI) adjusted for the cumulative unrealized gains and losses related to Fortitude Re funds withheld assets and Deferred Tax Assets (DTA) (Adjusted Return
287

TABLE OF CONTENTS

on Common Equity) is used to show the rate of return on common shareholders’ equity. We believe this measure is useful to investors because it eliminates items that can fluctuate significantly from period to period, including changes in fair value of our available for sale securities portfolio, foreign currency translation adjustments and U.S. tax attribute deferred tax assets. This measure also eliminates the asymmetrical impact resulting from changes in fair value of our available for sale securities portfolio wherein there is largely no offsetting impact for certain related insurance liabilities. In addition, we adjust for the cumulative unrealized gains and losses related to Fortitude Re funds withheld assets since these fair value movements are economically transferred to Fortitude Re. We exclude deferred tax assets representing U.S. tax attributes related to net operating loss carryforwards and foreign tax credits as they have not yet been utilized. Amounts for interim periods are estimates based on projections of full-year attribute utilization. As net operating loss carryforwards and foreign tax credits are utilized, the portion of the DTA utilized is included in Adjusted Return on Common Equity. Adjusted Return on Common Equity is derived by dividing actual or annualized adjusted after-tax income attributable to AIG common shareholders by average AIG common shareholders’ equity, excluding AOCI adjusted for the cumulative unrealized gains and losses related to Fortitude Re funds withheld assets, and DTA (Adjusted Common Shareholders’ Equity).
Adjusted After-tax Income Attributable to Life and Retirement is derived by subtracting attributed interest expense, income tax expense and attributed dividends on preferred stock from APTI. Attributed debt and the related interest expense and dividends on preferred stock are calculated based on our internal allocation model. Tax expense or benefit is calculated based on an internal attribution methodology that considers among other things the taxing jurisdiction in which the segments conduct business, as well as the deductibility of expenses in those jurisdictions.
Core Adjusted Attributed Common Equity is an attribution of AIG’s Adjusted Common Shareholders’ Equity to these segments based on our internal capital model, which incorporates the segments’ respective risk profiles. Adjusted Attributed Common Equity represents our best estimates based on current facts and circumstances and will change over time.
Life and Retirement Adjusted Segment Common Equity is based on segment equity adjusted for the attribution of debt and preferred stock (Segment Common Equity) and is consistent with AIG’s Adjusted Common Shareholders’ Equity definition.
Core Return on Common Equity—Adjusted After-tax Income (Adjusted Return on Attributed Common Equity) is used to show the rate of return on Adjusted Attributed Common Equity. Adjusted Return on Attributed Common Equity is derived by dividing actual or annualized Adjusted After-tax Income by average Adjusted Attributed Common Equity.
Life and Retirement Return on Adjusted Segment Common Equity—Adjusted After-tax Income (Return on Adjusted Segment Common Equity) is used to show the rate of return on Adjusted Segment Common Equity. Return on Adjusted Segment Common Equity is derived by dividing actual or annualized Adjusted After-tax Income by Average Adjusted Segment Common Equity.
Core Normalized Return on Attributed Common Equity further adjusts Adjusted Return on Attributed Common Equity for the effects of certain volatile or market-related items. We believe this measure is useful to investors for performance management because it presents the trends in Adjusted Return on Attributed Common Equity without the impact of certain items that can experience volatility in our short-term results. Normalized Return on Attributed Common Equity is derived by excluding the following tax-adjusted effects from Adjusted Return on Attributed Common Equity: the difference between actual and expected (1) catastrophe losses, (2) alternative investment returns, (3) Direct Investment Book and Global Capital Markets returns, (4) fair value changes on fixed maturity securities; update of actuarial assumptions; and prior year loss reserve development.
Life and Retirement Normalized Return on Adjusted Segment Common Equity further adjusts Return on Adjusted Segment Common Equity for the effects of certain volatile or market-related items. We believe this measure is useful to investors for performance management because it presents the trends in Return on Adjusted Segment Common Equity without the impact of certain items that can experience volatility in our short-term results. Normalized Return on Adjusted Segment Common Equity is derived by excluding the following tax-adjusted effects from Return on Adjusted Segment
288

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Common Equity: the difference between actual and expected (1) alternative investment returns and (2) fair value changes on fixed maturity securities; update of actuarial assumptions; COVID-19 mortality; certain legal settlements and other business factors.
Ratios: We, along with most property and casualty insurance companies, use the loss ratio, the expense ratio and the combined ratio as measures of underwriting performance. These ratios are relative measurements that describe, for every $100 of net premiums earned, the amount of losses and loss adjustment expenses (which for General Insurance excludes net loss reserve discount), and the amount of other underwriting expenses that would be incurred. A combined ratio of less than 100 indicates underwriting income and a combined ratio of over 100 indicates an underwriting loss. Our ratios are calculated using the relevant segment information calculated under GAAP, and thus may not be comparable to similar ratios calculated for regulatory reporting purposes. The underwriting environment varies across countries and products, as does the degree of litigation activity, all of which affect such ratios. In addition, investment returns, local taxes, cost of capital, regulation, product type and competition can have an effect on pricing and consequently on profitability as reflected in underwriting income and associated ratios.
Accident year loss and Accident year combined ratios, as adjusted (Accident year loss ratio, ex-CAT and Accident year combined ratio, ex-CAT) exclude catastrophe losses (CATs) and related reinstatement premiums, prior year development (PYD), net of premium adjustments, and the impact of reserve discounting. Natural catastrophe losses are generally weather or seismic events, in each case, having a net impact on AIG in excess of $10 million and man-made catastrophe losses, such as terrorism and civil disorders that exceed the $10 million threshold. We believe that as adjusted ratios are meaningful measures of our underwriting results on an ongoing basis as they exclude catastrophes and the impact of reserve discounting which are outside of management’s control. We also exclude prior year development to provide transparency related to current accident year results. Underwriting ratios are computed as follows:
Loss Ratio = Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred ÷ Net premiums earned (NPE)
Acquisition Ratio = Total acquisition expenses ÷ NPE
General Operating Expense Ratio = General operating expenses ÷ NPE
Expense Ratio = Acquisition ratio + General operating expense ratio
Combined Ratio = Loss ratio + Expense ratio
CATs and Reinstatement Premiums = [Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred – (CATs)] ÷ [NPE +/(-) Reinstatement premiums related to catastrophes] – Loss ratio
Accident Year Loss Ratio, As Adjusted (AYLR ex-CAT) = [Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred – CATs – PYD] ÷ [NPE +/(-) Reinstatement premiums related to catastrophes +/(-) Prior year premiums + Adjustment for ceded premium under reinsurance contracts related to prior accident years]
Accident Year Combined Ratio, As Adjusted (AYCR ex-CAT) = AYLR ex-CAT + Expense ratio
Prior Year Development net of reinsurance and prior year premiums = [Loss and loss adjustment expenses incurred – CATs – PYD] ÷ [NPE +/(-) Reinstatement premiums related to catastrophes +/(-) Prior year premiums] – Loss ratio – CATs and reinstatement premiums ratio
 
Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
Underwriting Ratios
2021
2020
2019
Loss ratio
64.2
71.0
65.2
Catastrophe losses and reinstatement premiums
(5.4)
(10.3)
(4.8)
Prior year development, net of reinsurance and prior year premiums
0.6
0.1
1.1
Adjustment for ceded premiums under reinsurance contracts and other
0.1
Accident year loss ratio, as adjusted
59.4
60.8
61.6
289

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Twelve Months Ended
December 31,
Underwriting Ratios
2021
2020
2019
Acquisition ratio
19.6
20.4
21.8
General operating expense ratio
12.0
12.9
12.6
Expense ratio
31.6
33.3
34.4
Combined ratio
95.8
104.3
99.6
Accident year combined ratio, as adjusted*
91.0
94.1
96.0
*
In addition, for purposes of performance metrics, Accident Year Combined Ratio, as Adjusted was further adjusted for certain business factors.
Accident Year Combined Ratio, As Adjusted, including Average Annual Losses is derived by adding the average annual losses (AAL) expressed as a percentage of net premiums earned, to the Accident Year Combined Ratio, As Adjusted. The AAL is the mean of the probabilistic expected catastrophe loss distribution that is calculated based on our catastrophe model.
Combined Ratio Improvement Relative to Peers represents General Insurance’s combined ratio compared to peers’ combined ratio computed using a weighted average based on the respective net premiums earned for each peer.
Life and Retirement GOE (Net) represents GOE on an adjusted pre-tax income basis normalized for certain legal settlements and other business factors.
Core Normalized Book Value per Common Share is derived by dividing Core Adjusted Attributed Common Equity adjusted for cumulative dividends paid to common shareholders over the three-year LTI performance period and the tax-adjusted effects of (1) inception to date changes in the Adverse Development Cover reinsurance agreement deferred gain (including inception to date amortization related to the deferred gain) resulting from changes in the underlying loss reserves, (2) the difference between actual and expected catastrophe losses, and (3) the cumulative effect of changes in accounting principles, by total common shares outstanding.
Relative Tangible Book Value Per Common Share (BVPS) represents Tangible book value per common share compared to peers’ Tangible book value per common share. Tangible book value per common share is derived by dividing Total AIG common shareholders’ equity, excluding goodwill, value of business acquired, value of distribution channel acquired and other intangible assets, by total common shares outstanding.
Tax and Accounting Considerations
In reaching decisions on executive compensation, the CMRC considers the tax and accounting consequences, including that compensation in excess of $1 million paid to covered executive officers generally will not be deductible for federal income tax purposes under Section 162(m) of the Code (which limitations will apply to our named executive officers for calendar years ending after the date of the offering). We expect that Corebridge will also consider tax and accounting consequences in reaching decisions on executive compensation.
290

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2021 Compensation
Summary Compensation Table
Name and Principal Position
Year
Salary
($)
Bonus
($)(1)
Stock
Awards
($)(2)
Option
Awards
($)(2)
Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
($)(3)
Change in
Pension
Value
($)(4)
All Other
Compensation
($)(5)
Total
($)
Kevin T. Hogan
2021
1,250,000
 
3,262,558
999,999
2,407,500
0
85,188
8,005,245
Elias F. Habayeb
2021
758,655
 
1,168,373
374,989
1,600,000
0
26,373
3,928,390
Todd P. Solash
2021
950,000
1,395,000
1,563,786
500,000
1,725,000
0
26,423
6,160,209
Robert J. Scheinerman
2021
650,000
375,000
766,238
244,998
984,000
0
26,373
3,046,609
Geoffrey N. Cornell
2021
755,962
500,000
2,311,038
375,000
1,100,000
0
26,373
5,068,373
Thomas J. Diemer
2021
500,000
250,000
625,514
200,000
700,000
2,029
26,373
2,303,916
(1)
Amounts include the first installment of the April 2020 Leadership Continuity Awards that were paid in May. The second installment will be paid in May 2022. For Mr. Solash, amount includes first installment of the April 2020 Leadership Continuity Award that was paid in May ($375,000), the last installment of his sign-on bonus paid in June ($20,000) and the first installment of his November 2020 Leadership Continuity Award paid in November ($1,000,000). The second installment of his November 2020 leadership continuity award will be paid in November 2022.
(2)
2021 Stock and Option Awards. The “Stock Awards” column represents the grant date fair value of (i) the 2021 PSUs for Mr. Hogan based on target performance, which was the probable outcome of the performance conditions; and (ii) 2021 RSUs that vest based on continued service through the performance period. See “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2021 Compensation Decisions and Outcomes—AIG’s 2021 Long-Term Incentive Awards” for further information. The 2021 PSUs and 2021 RSUs, together with the 2021 stock options represented in the “Option Awards” column, comprise the 2021 LTI awards and were granted under the LTI plan. For Mr. Hogan the grant date fair value of the 2021 PSUs at the target and maximum levels of performance are $2,220,034 and $4,440,068 respectively.
Calculation. The amounts reported in the “Stock Awards” and “Option Awards” columns represent the grant date fair value of awards granted in the year, determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The amount shown for the awards granted by AIG in 2021 was calculated using the assumptions described in footnote (5) to the 2021 Grants of Plan Based Awards table below.
Clawback. All awards represented in the “Stock Awards” and “Option Awards” columns are subject to clawback under the AIG Clawback Policy.
(3)
2021 Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation. The amounts represent the awards earned under the AIG STI plan for 2021 performance as determined in the first quarter of 2022. 100% of each award was vested and paid in February 2022. See “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2021 Compensation Decisions and Outcomes—2021 Short-Term Incentive Awards” for further information.
Clawback. All awards represented in the column are subject to clawback under the AIG Clawback Policy.
(4)
The amount in this column represents the total change of the actuarial present value of the accumulated benefit, including any payments made during the year, under AIG’s defined benefit (pension) plans, including the Qualified Retirement Plan and the Non-Qualified Retirement Plan. These Plans are described in “—Post-Employment Compensation—Pension Benefits.”
(5)
(a) Perquisites. This column includes the incremental costs of perquisites and benefits. The following table details the incremental cost to AIG of perquisites received by Mr. Hogan in 2021.
291

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Perquisites
Name
Personal Use
of Company
Pool Cars
($)(i)
Flexible
PerquisiteAllowance
($) (ii)
Other
($)(iii)
Total ($)
Kevin T. Hogan
6,378
35,000
17,437
58,815
(i)
Amount in this column includes the incremental costs of driver overtime compensation, fuel and maintenance attributable to personal use of company pool cars.
(ii)
Amount in this column reflects payment of the annual cash perquisite allowance of $35,000, which the CMRC approved when it eliminated perquisites such as financial and estate planning.
(iii)
Amount in this column reflects the cost of tax preparation services related to a prior international assignment.
(b)
Other Benefits.
This column also includes life insurance premiums paid for the benefit of the named executive officers. All named executive officers are covered under the AIG Basic Group Life Insurance Plan. For group life insurance, the 2021 company-paid costs were $273 for each of the named executive officers in 2021.

This column also includes matching contributions and non-elective company contributions made by AIG under its 401(k) plan in the amount of $26,100 for each of our named executive officers in 2021.

This column also includes a state-mandated internet stipend paid to Mr. Solash in the amount of $50. This stipend is a monthly payment of $25 paid to all active employees in California and Illinois.
AIG maintains a policy of directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the directors and officers of AIG and its subsidiaries. The premium for this policy for the year ended September 22, 2021 was approximately $20.5 million and for the year ending September 22, 2022 is approximately $21.5 million.
292

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2021 Grants of Plan-based Awards
The following table details all equity and non-equity plan-based awards granted to each of the named executive officers in 2021.
 
 
Estimated Future Payouts Under
Non-Equity Plan Awards(1)
Estimated Future Payouts Under
Equity Plan Awards(2)
All Other
Stock
Awards
(# of AIG
Shares or
Units)(3)
All Other
Option
Awards (# of
Securities
Underlying
Options)(4)
Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards
($/Sh)(4)
Grant
Date Fair
Value of
Equity
Awards
($)(5)
Name
Grant Date
Threshold
($)
Target
($)
Maximum
($)
Threshold
($)
Target
($)
Maximum
($)
Kevin T. Hogan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2021 STI
2/22/2021
0
2,250,000
4,500,000
2021 PSUs
3/11/2021
21,281
42,562
85,124
2,220,034
2021 RSUs
2/22/2021
23,640
1,042,524
2021 Options
2/22/2021
85,470
44.10
999,999
Elias F. Habayeb
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2021 STI
2/22/2021
0
1,050,000
2,100,000
2021 RSUs
2/22/2021
21,276
938,272
2021 Options
2/22/2021
25,641
44.10
300,000
2021 RSUs
3/4/2021
4,973
230,101
2021 Options
3/4/2021
6,355
46.27
74,989
Todd P. Solash
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2021 STI
2/22/2021
0
1,500,000
3,000,000
2021 RSUs
2/22/2021
35,460
1,563,786
2021 Options
2/22/2021
42,375
44.10
500,000
Robert J. Scheinerman
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2021 STI
2/22/2021
0
820,000
1,640,000
2021 RSUs
2/22/2021
17,375
766,238
2021 Options
2/22/2021
20,940
44.10
244,998
Thomas Diemer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2021 STI
2/22/2021
0
700,000
1,400,000
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2021 RSUs
2/22/2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
14,184
 
 
625,514
2021 Options
2/22/2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
17,094
44.10
200,000
Geoffrey N. Cornell
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2021 STI
5/26/2021
0
1,100,000
2,200,000
2021 RSUs
2/22/2021
16,548
729,767
2021 Options
2/22/2021
17,094
44.10
200,000
2021 RSUs
5/26/2021
20,185
1,036,903
2021 RSUs
5/26/2021
10,597
544,368
2021 Options
5/26/2021
16,129
51.37
175,000
(1)
Amounts shown reflect the range of possible cash payouts under the AIG STI plan for 2021 performance. Actual amounts earned, as determined in the first quarter of 2022, are reflected in the 2021 Summary Compensation Table under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation. For more information on the 2021 STI awards, including the applicable performance metrics, please see “— Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2021 Compensation Decisions and Outcomes—2021 Short-Term Incentive Awards.”
(2)
Amounts shown reflect the potential range of 2021 PSUs that were granted and may be earned under the LTI plan. Actual amounts earned are based on achieving pre-established goals across three financial objectives over the 2021-2023 performance period. Results will be certified by the CMRC in the first quarter of 2024. For more information on the 2021 PSUs including the applicable performance metrics please see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2021 Compensation Decisions and Outcomes—AIG’s 2021 Long-Term Incentive Awards.” Holders of 2021 PSUs are entitled to dividend
293

TABLE OF CONTENTS

equivalent rights beginning with the first dividend record date following the 2021 PSU grant date, which are subject to the same vesting and performance conditions as the related 2021 PSUs and are paid in cash if and when such related earned shares of AIG common stock are delivered.
(3)
Amounts shown reflect the grant of 2021 RSUs made under the AIG LTI plan. For more information on these awards, please see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2021 Compensation Decisions and Outcomes—AIG's 2021 Long-Term Incentive Awards.” Holders of 2021 RSUs are entitled to dividend equivalent rights in the form of cash beginning with the first dividend record date following the applicable grant date, which are subject to the same vesting conditions as the related RSUs and are paid if and when such related shares are delivered.
(4)
Amounts shown reflect the grant of 2021 stock options made under the AIG LTI plan. For more information on these awards, please see “—Compensation Discussion and Analysis—2021 Compensation Decisions and Outcomes—AIG's 2021 Long-Term Incentive Awards.” Stock options granted in 2021 have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the underlying shares of AIG common stock on the NYSE on the grant date.
(5)
Amounts shown represent the grant date fair value of the awards determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The fair value of time-vesting RSUs was based on the AIG common stock closing price on the grant date. The fair value of the options granted in 2021 was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes model. The following assumptions were used for stock options granted:
 
February 22, 2021 Grant
March 4, 2021 Grant
May 26, 2021 Grant
Expected annual dividend yield (a)
2.90%
2.77%
2.49%
Expected Volatility (b)
36.85%
34.80%
28.25%
Risk-free interest rate (c)
0.94%
1.04%
1.14%
Expected Term (d)
6.43 years
6.41 years
6.30 years
(a)
The dividend yield is the projected annualized AIG dividend yield estimated by Bloomberg Professional service as of the valuation date.
(b)
The expected volatility is based on the implied volatility of 24 months stock option estimated by the Bloomberg Professional service as of the valuation date.
(c)
The risk-free interest rate is the continuously compounded interest rate for the term between the valuation date and the expiration date that is assumed to be constant and equal to the interpolated value between the closest data points on the U.S. dollar LIBOR-swap curve as of the valuation date.
(d)
The contractual term is 10 years from the date of grant.
Outstanding Equity Awards at December 31, 2021
Equity-based awards held at the end of 2021 by each named executive officer were issued under the AIG incentive plans and arrangements described below. Shares of AIG common stock deliverable under AIG’s performance-based and time-vested equity and option awards will be delivered under AIG’s Equity Incentive Plan except as otherwise described below.
294

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth outstanding equity-based awards held by each named executive officer as of December 31, 2021.
 
Option Awards(1)
 
Stock Awards
Name
Year
Granted
Number of
Securities
underlying
Unexercised
Options
(Exercisable)
Number of
Securities
underlying
Unexercised
Options
(Unexercisable)
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards
(Number of
Securities
underlying
Unexercised
and
Unearned
Options)
Exercise
Price
($)
Expiration
Date
Award
Type(2)
Unvested
(Not Subject
to
Performance
Conditions)
Equity
Incentive
Plan
Awards
(Unearned
and
Unvested)
Number
Market
Value
($)(3)
Number
Market
Value
($)(3)
Kevin Hogan
2021
 
85,470
 
44.10
2/22/2031
2021 RSUs
23,640
1,344,170
 
 
 
2020
 
116,959
 
32.43
3/11/2030
2021 PSUs
 
 
21,281
1,210,038
 
2019
 
122,850
 
44.28
3/18/2029
2020 RSUs
27,983
1,591,113
 
 
 
2018
125,418
 
 
55.94
3/13/2028
2020 PSUs
 
 
33,721
1,917,376
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 RSUs
24,924
1,417,179
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019 PSUs
23,172
1,317,560
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Elias Habayeb
2021
 
6,355
 
46.27
3/4/2031
2021 RSUs
26,249
1,492,518
 
 
 
2021
 
25,641
 
44.10
2/22/2031
2020 RSUs
30,286
1,722,062
 
 
 
2020
 
35.087
 
32.43
3/11/2030
2019 PSUs
6,494
369,249
 
 
 
2019
 
36,855
 
44.28
3/18/2029
2019 RSUs
14,954
850,284
 
 
 
2018
25,083
 
 
55.94
3/13/2028
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Todd Solash
2021
 
42,735
 
44.10
2/22/2031
2021 RSUs
35,460
2,016,256
 
 
 
2020
 
35,087
 
32.43
3/11/2030
2020 RSUs
40,359
2,294,813
 
 
 
2019
 
8,000
 
53.32
6/24/2029
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019
 
27,027
 
44.28
3/18/2029
2019 RSUs
14,180
806,275
 
 
 
2018
18,394
 
 
55.94
3/13/2028
2019 PSUs
6,343
360,663
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Robert J. Scheinerman
2021
 
20,940
 
44.10
2/22/2031
2021 RSUs
17,375
987,943
 
 
 
2020
 
28,654
 
32.43
3/11/2030
2020 RSUs
32,149
1,827,992
 
 
 
2019
 
6,500
 
53.32
6/24/2029
 
 
 
 
 
 
2019
 
22,113
 
44.28
3/18/2029
2019 RSUs
11,583
658,609
 
 
 
2018
15,050
 
 
55.94
3/13/2028
2019 PSUs
6,240
354,806
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Geoffrey N. Cornell
2021
 
16,129
 
51.37
5/26/2031
2021 RSUs
47,330
2,691,184
 
 
 
2021
 
17,094
 
44.10
2/22/2031
 
 
 
 
 
 
2020
 
25,584
 
32.43
3/11/2030
2020 RSUs
22,083
1,255,639
 
 
 
2019
 
24,570
 
44.28
3/18/2029
2019 RSUs
16,201
921,189
 
 
 
2018
16,722
 
 
55.94
3/13/2028
2019 PSUs
4,329
246,147
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Thomas J. Diemer
2021
 
17,094
 
44.10
2/22/2031
2021 RSUs
14,184
806,502
 
 
 
2020
 
23,391
 
32.43
3/11/2030
2020 RSUs
26,905
1,529,818
 
 
 
2019
 
24,570
 
44.28
3/18/2029
2019 RSUs
12,462
708,589
 
 
 
2018
16,722
 
 
55.94
3/13/2028
2019 PSUs
5,364
304,997
 
 
(1)
Stock Options. Stock options granted in 2021, 2020 and 2019 have an exercise price equal to the closing price of the underlying shares of AIG common stock on the NYSE on the date of grant and have a 10-year term from the date of grant. All of the stock options granted in 2021 will vest in full in January 2024. All of the stock options granted in 2020 will vest in full in January 2023. All of the stock options granted in 2019 vested in full in January 2022.
295

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(2)
PSUs.
PSUs accrue dividend equivalent rights as further described below. Such rights are only payable if and to the extent that the related PSUs are earned and vested.
2021 PSUs accrue dividend equivalent rights beginning with the first dividend record date following the 2021 PSU grant date, which are subject to the same vesting and performance conditions as the related 2021 PSUs and are paid in cash if and when such related earned shares of AIG common stock (if any) are delivered. No dividend equivalent rights are included in the 2021 PSU amounts shown above.
Beginning with the first dividend record date following the PSU grant date through the dividend paid on AIG common stock during the second quarter of 2021, 2019 and 2020 PSUs accrued dividend equivalent rights in the form of additional PSUs. Such additional PSUs, which are subject to the same vesting and performance conditions as the related PSUs, will be settled in the form of cash if and when such related earned shares of AIG common stock (if any) are delivered. The 2019 PSU amounts earned as shown above do not include the additional PSUs accrued through the second quarter of 2021 in respect of dividend equivalent rights, as such additional PSUs settled in cash during the first quarter of 2022. 2020 PSU amounts do include the additional PSUs accrued through the second quarter of 2021 in respect of dividend equivalent rights assuming threshold payout; however, any such earned additional PSUs will be settled in cash if and when the 2020 PSUs are vested and become earned during the first quarter of 2023.
Beginning with the dividend paid on AIG common stock during the third quarter of 2021, 2019 and 2020 PSUs accrue dividend equivalent rights, which are subject to the same vesting and performance conditions as the related PSUs and are paid in cash if and when such related earned shares of AIG common stock (if any) are delivered. The 2019 and 2020 PSU amounts shown above do not include any dividend equivalent rights accrued since the start of the third quarter of 2021.
All 2021 and 2020 PSUs are shown at threshold payout. Whether the 2021 or 2020 PSUs (and related dividend equivalent rights) will be earned at the level shown or a different level, or at all, depends on AIG performance against metrics over a three-year performance period. Once earned, 2021 and 2020 PSUs (and related dividend equivalent rights) will vest on January 1, 2024 and January 1, 2023, respectively. The earned 2019 PSUs vested on January 1, 2022. Actual amounts earned for the 2019 PSUs were determined by the CMRC in the first quarter of 2022 and 2019 PSUs are shown at actual payout, net of tax withholding.
RSUs.
All 2021 and 2020 RSUs (and related dividend equivalent rights) granted to our named executive officers will vest in full on January 1, 2024 and January 1, 2023, respectively, and the 2019 RSUs (and related dividend equivalent rights) granted to our named executive officers vested in full on January 1, 2022.
2021 RSUs accrue dividend rights beginning with the first dividend record date following the 2021 RSU grant date, which are subject to the same vesting and performance conditions as the related 2021 RSUs and are paid in cash if and when such related earned shares of AIG common stock (if any) are delivered. Such dividend equivalent rights are not included in the 2021 RSU amounts shown above.
Beginning with the first dividend record date following the RSU grant date through the dividend paid on AIG common stock during the second quarter of 2021, 2019 and 2020 RSUs accrued dividend equivalent rights in the form of additional 2019 and 2020 RSUs, which are subject to the same vesting conditions as the related 2019 and 2020 RSUs and are settled in the form of shares of AIG common stock when such related shares of AIG common stock (if any) are delivered. The RSU amounts as shown above include such additional RSUs accrued through the second quarter of 2021 in respect of dividend equivalent rights.
Beginning with the dividend paid on AIG common stock during the third quarter of 2021, 2019 and 2020 RSUs accrue dividend rights, which are subject to the same vesting and performance conditions as the related 2019 and 2020 RSUs and are paid in cash if and when such related earned shares of AIG common stock (if any) are delivered. The 2019 and 2020 RSU amounts shown above do not include such dividend equivalent rights accrued beginning with the third quarter of 2021.
(3)
Based on the closing sale price of AIG common stock on the NYSE on December 31, 2021 of $56.86 per share.
296

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2021 Vesting of Stock-based Awards
The following table sets forth the amounts realized in accordance with SEC rules by each named executive officer as a result of the vesting of stock-based awards in 2021.
 
Stock-Based Awards Vested in 2021(1)
Name
Number of Shares
Acquired on Vesting
Value Realized on
Vesting ($)
Kevin T. Hogan
77,502
2,877,649
Elias F. Habayeb
31,284
1,161,575
Todd P. Solash
13,583
504,337
Robert J. Scheinerman
11,661
432,973
Geoffrey N. Cornell
12,347
458,444
Thomas J. Diemer
12,347
458,444
(1)
Represents the 2018 RSUs and 2018 PSUs, and for Mr. Habayeb his 2017 Continuity RSUs (and for all such awards, the related dividend equivalent rights) that vested in January 2021 (based on the value of the underlying shares of AIG common stock on the vesting date).
Post-Employment Compensation
Pension Benefits
AIG does not have any active defined benefit (pension) plans. Effective January 1, 2016, benefit accruals under AIG’s qualified retirement plan (“Qualified Retirement Plan”) and non-qualified retirement plan (“Non-Qualified Retirement Plan, and collectively with the Qualified Retirement Plan, the “Plans”) were frozen. At that time, the Plans were closed to new participants and existing participants ceased to accrue additional benefits after December 31, 2015. However, as described below, interest credits continue to accrue on existing cash balance accounts, and participants continue to be able to earn service credits for purposes of vesting and early retirement eligibility subsidies.
Before the Plans were frozen, the benefit formula under the Plans was converted from a final average pay formula to a cash balance formula, effective April 1, 2012. The cash balance formula was comprised of pay credits, calculated based on 6% of a Plan participant’s annual pensionable compensation, and annual interest credits. Pensionable compensation under the cash balance formula included base salary, commissions, overtime and annual STI awards, with the Qualified Retirement Plan subject to IRS compensation limits and the Non-Qualified Retirement Plan subject to an annual compensation limit of $1,050,000 in 2015. The Non-Qualified Retirement Plan provides a benefit equal to the portion of the benefit that is not permitted to be paid from the Qualified Retirement Plan due to IRS limits. Pay credits ceased under the Plans on December 31, 2015, but annual interest credits continue (1.57% in 2021, based upon the 30-year long-term Treasury rate). This rate is adjusted annually on January 1.
The Plans’ final average pay formula ranges from 0.925% to 1.425% times average final salary for each year of credited service accrued since April 1, 1985 up to 44 years through December 31, 2015 and 1.25% to 1.75% times average final pay for each year of credited service accrued prior to April 1, 1985 up to 40 years. For participants who retire after the normal retirement age of 65, the retirement benefit is actuarially increased to reflect the later benefit commencement date. In the case of the Qualified Retirement Plan, participants vest after three years of service and, in the case of the Non-Qualified Retirement Plan, participants vest once they attain either (1) age 60 with five or more years of service or (2) age 55 with ten or more years of service.
Early Retirement Benefits
Each of the Plans provides for reduced early retirement benefits. These benefits are available to all vested participants in the Qualified Retirement Plan. The Non-Qualified Retirement Plan provides reduced early retirement benefits to participants who have reached age 55 with ten or more years of service or to participants who have reached age 60 with five or more years of service. The early retirement reduction factors in the Non-Qualified Retirement Plan are based upon age as of the retirement date and years of credited service. In the case of early retirement, participants in the Plans under the final average pay formula will receive the plan
297

TABLE OF CONTENTS

formula benefit projected to normal retirement at age 65 (using average final salary as of the date of early retirement), but prorated based on years of actual service, then reduced by 3, 4 or 5% (depending on age and years of credited service at retirement) for each year that retirement precedes age 65. Participants in the Plans will continue to receive service credit on and after the freeze date in determining age and length of service for early retirement subsidies and vesting purposes. Participants in the Qualified Retirement Plan with at least three years of service to AIG have a vested reduced retirement benefit pursuant to which, in the case of termination of employment prior to reaching age 65, such participants may elect to receive a reduced early retirement benefit commencing at any date between their date of termination and age 65.
Death and Disability Benefits
Each of the Plans also provides for death and disability benefits. The death benefit payable to a participant’s designated beneficiary under the Plans will generally equal the participant’s lump sum benefit or cash balance account. Under the Plans, participants who become disabled and receive payments under AIG’s long-term disability plan on and after the freeze date continue to receive service credit in determining age and length of service for early retirement subsidies and vesting purposes for a maximum of three additional years, and participants whose benefit is determined under the cash balance formula continue to receive interest credits to their cash balance account up to the date they commence their benefit.
2021 Pension Benefits
The following table details the accumulated benefits under the AIG pension plans in which certain of our named executive officers participate. In accordance with SEC rules, these accumulated benefits are presented as if they were payable upon the named executive officer’s normal retirement at age 65 or current age if older. However, it is important to note that the benefits shown for the named executive officers are at least partially unvested and could be received at lower levels due to reduced benefits or forfeited entirely.
Name
Plan Name
Years of
Credited
Service(1)
Present
Value of
Accumulated
Benefit ($)(2)
Payments
During 2021
($)
Kevin T. Hogan
Qualified Retirement Plan
25.917
918,456
0
 
Non-Qualified Retirement Plan
25.917
1,116,681
0
 
Total
 
2,035,137
0
Elias F. Habayeb
Qualified Retirement Plan
7.917
219,587
0
 
Non-Qualified Retirement Plan
6.917
284,924
0
 
Total
 
504,511
0
Todd P. Solash
Qualified Retirement Plan
n/a
n/a
n/a
 
Non-Qualified Retirement Plan
n/a
n/a
n/a
 
Total
n/a
n/a
n/a
Robert J. Scheinerman
Qualified Retirement Plan
11.917
383,140
0
 
Non-Qualified Retirement Plan
11.917
105,593
0
 
Total
 
488,733
0
Geoffrey N. Cornell
Qualified Retirement Plan
22.083
664,575
0
 
Non-Qualified Retirement Plan
22.083
107,926
0
 
Total
 
772,501
0
Thomas J. Diemer
Qualified Retirement Plan
1.833
35,775
0
 
Non-Qualified Retirement Plan
1.833
64,342
0
 
Total
 
100,117
0
(1)
The named executive officers had the following years of service with AIG as of December 31, 2021: Mr. Hogan – 32.500; Mr. Habayeb – 15.333; Mr. Solash – 4.879; Mr. Scheinerman – 18.428; and Mr. Cornell – 28.605; Mr. Diemer – 8.846.
(2)
The actuarial present values of the accumulated benefits are based on service and earnings as of December 31, 2021 (the pension plan measurement date for purposes of AIG’s financial statement reporting). The actuarial present values of the accumulated benefits under the Plans are calculated based on payment of a
298

TABLE OF CONTENTS

life annuity beginning at age 65, or current age if older. The discount rate assumption is 2.75% for the Qualified Retirement Plan. The discount rate assumption is 2.66% for the Non-Qualified Retirement Plan. The mortality assumptions are based on the Pri-2012 annuitant white collar mortality table projected using the AIG improvement scale.
Potential Payments on Termination
AIG Executive Severance Plan
AIG maintains the 2012 Executive Severance Plan (the “2012 ESP”) for AIG executives in grade level 27 or above, including the named executive officers. We expect that Corebridge will establish an executive severance plan to apply to executive separations after the offering, the terms of which may differ from those described below.
AIG Severance Benefits
The 2012 ESP provides for severance payments and benefits upon a termination by AIG without “Cause” or resignation by a qualifying executive (including all of the named executive officers) for “Good Reason,” including, for qualifying executives, after a “Change in Control.” In the event of a qualifying termination, subject to the participant’s execution of a release of claims and agreement to abide by certain restrictive covenants, a participant is generally eligible to receive:
For qualifying terminations not in connection with a Change in Control, severance in an amount equal to the product of a multiplier times the sum of base salary and the average amount of STI paid for the preceding three completed calendar years. The multiplier is either 1 or 1.5 depending on the executive’s grade level. For qualifying terminations within two years following a Change in Control, severance in an amount equal to the product of a multiplier times the sum of base salary and the better of (a) the average amount of STI paid to the executive for the preceding three completed calendar years, or (b) the executive’s target STI for the most recently completed calendar year preceding the termination year. The multiplier is either 1.5 or 2 depending on the executive’s grade level. Each of Messrs. Diemer, Solash, Cornell and Scheinerman is eligible for the lower multiplier; and
For terminations on and after April 1 of the termination year (after January 1 in the event of qualifying termination within two years following a Change in Control), a pro-rata annual STI award for the year of termination based on the participant’s target amount and actual company (and/or, if applicable, business unit or function) performance (or, for a qualifying termination within two years following a Change in Control, the greater of (i) a participant’s target amount and (ii) a participant’s STI amount determined based on actual performance), paid at the same time as such STI awards are regularly paid to similarly situated active employees.
If the qualifying termination occurs within 12 months after experiencing a reduction in base salary or annual STI target, the payments described above are calculated as if the qualifying termination occurred immediately prior to the reduction. Severance generally will be paid in a lump sum.
Participants are also entitled to continued health coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act, a $40,000 payment that may be applied towards continued health coverage and life insurance and one year of additional age and service under the Non-Qualified Retirement Plan and the AIG medical plan solely for purposes of determining vesting and eligibility, not benefit accruals. The one year of additional age and service is also used for the purpose of determining eligibility to enroll in retiree medical coverage.
299

TABLE OF CONTENTS

AIG Restrictive Covenants
Pursuant to the release of claims that each participant must execute to receive benefits under the 2012 ESP, each participant is generally prohibited from:
engaging in, being employed by, rendering services to or acquiring financial interests in certain businesses that are competitive with AIG for a period of six months after termination;
interfering with AIG’s business relationships with customers, suppliers or consultants for a period of six months after termination;
soliciting or hiring AIG employees for a period of one year after termination;
making false or disparaging comments about AIG or its affiliates; and
disclosing AIG’s confidential information at any time following termination.
Definitions
Under the 2012 ESP:
“Cause” generally means
the participant’s conviction, whether following trial or by plea of guilty or nolo contendere (or similar plea), in a criminal proceeding (1) on a misdemeanor charge involving fraud, false statements or misleading omissions, wrongful taking, embezzlement, bribery, forgery, counterfeiting or extortion, (2) on a felony charge or (3) on an equivalent charge to those in clauses (1) and (2) in jurisdictions which do not use those designations;
the participant’s engagement in any conduct which constitutes an employment disqualification under applicable law (including statutory disqualification as defined under the Exchange Act);
the participant’s violation of any securities or commodities laws, any rules or regulations issued pursuant to such laws, or the rules and regulations of any securities or commodities exchange or association of which AIG or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is a member; or
the participant’s material violation of AIG’s codes of conduct or any other AIG policy as in effect from time to time.
“Change in Control” of AIG generally means
individuals who, on the effective date of the 2012 ESP, constitute the Board of Directors of AIG (or subsequent directors whose election or nomination was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of such directors, including by approval of the proxy statement in which such person is named as a nominee for director) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board;
any person is or becomes a beneficial owner of 50% or more of AIG’s voting securities (for this purpose, person is as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act);
consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving AIG that results in any person becoming the beneficial owner of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the entity resulting from such transaction;
a sale of all or substantially all of AIG’s assets; or
AIG’s stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of AIG.
For the avoidance of doubt, the separation of Corebridge from AIG does not constitute a Change in Control under the 2012 ESP.
300

TABLE OF CONTENTS

“Good Reason” generally means a reduction of more than 20% in the participant’s annual target direct compensation. In the event of a Change in Control, the definition of Good Reason shall also mean, (1) a greater than 20% decrease in total direct compensation, (2) a material diminution in the participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities, (3) relocation of greater than 50 miles or (4) change in reporting for Executive Vice Presidents and above.
Diemer Severance Arrangement
Pursuant to his Release Agreement and Restrictive Covenant Agreement with AIG, (the “Release Agreement”), Mr. Diemer received no additional benefits other than those he was already entitled to receive under the 2012 ESP and payment of legal fees, as described herein. In the Release Agreement, Mr. Diemer agreed to one-year non-solicitation, six-month non-competition, perpetual non-disparagement and confidentiality covenants and a release of claims in favor of AIG. For more information on Mr. Diemer’s severance benefits, please see “—AIG Executive Severance Plan—AIG Severance Benefits.”
Treatment of AIG LTI Awards
The AIG LTI plan provides for accelerated vesting of outstanding PSUs, RSUs and stock options, as applicable, in certain termination scenarios.
In the case of a participant’s involuntary termination without Cause or a voluntary termination with Good Reason following a Change in Control (defined in the same manner as in the 2012 ESP as set forth above), retirement or disability, the participant’s outstanding LTI awards will vest. Earned PSUs will be determined based on actual performance for the whole performance period. Stock options will remain exercisable for three years after involuntary termination without Cause or disability, and for the remaining contractual term of the option in the case of (a) retirement, or (b) following a Change in Control, a participant’s involuntary termination without Cause or voluntary termination with Good Reason. The earned amount of PSUs and full amount of RSUs will be delivered on the normal settlement schedule. Retirement requires attainment of age 60 with five years of service or attainment of age 55 with ten years of service.
In the case of a participant’s death during or prior to adjudication for a performance period or involuntary termination without Cause or resignation by the executive for Good Reason within 24 months following a Change in Control (defined in the same manner as in the 2012 ESP as set forth above) during a performance period, an amount equal to the participant’s target amount of PSUs (unless the CMRC determines to use actual performance through the date of the Change in Control) and the full amount of RSUs will vest and be delivered to the participant by the later of the end of the calendar year or two and a half months following death or termination. Stock options will vest and remain exercisable for the remaining life of the option. In no event will any stock options remain exercisable after the initial 10-year expiration date.
During the first quarter of 2021, the 2012 ESP and the LTI plan were amended to add procedural protection where plans may not be adversely amended or terminated for 24 months following a Change in Control.
Quantification of Termination Payments and Benefits
The following table sets forth the compensation and benefits that would have been provided to each of our named executive officers if he had been terminated on December 31, 2021 under AIG programs and the circumstances indicated (including following a Change in Control of AIG). The amounts shown below are not necessarily indicative of what we will pay under similar circumstances after the offering because we have not yet finally determined what change in control or termination plans, if any, we will adopt. Also, a wide variety of factors can affect payment amounts, which can be determined with certainty only when an actual change in control or termination event occurs.
301

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Termination Payments and Benefits for Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2021
Name
Annual
Short-
Term
Incentive
($)(1)
Severance
($)(2)
Medical
and Life
Insurance ($)(3)
Pension
Plan
Credit
($)(4)
Unvested
Options
($)(5)
Unvested
Stock
Awards
($)(6)
Total ($)
Kevin T. Hogan
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By AIG for “Cause”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By AIG w/o “Cause”
2,407,500
5,373,750
40,000
 
5,493,359
13,635,312
26,949,921
By Executive w/o “Good Reason”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By Executive with “Good Reason”
2,407,500
5,373,750
40,000
 
 
 
7,821,250
Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control(7)
2,407,500
7,165,000
40,000
 
5,493,359
13,635,312
28,741,171
Death
2,250,000
 
 
 
5,493,359
13,635,312
21,378,671
Disability(8)
2,407,500
 
 
 
5,493,359
13,635,312
21,536,171
Retirement
2,407,500
 
 
 
5,493,359
13,635,312
21,536,171
Elias F. Habayeb
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By AIG for “Cause”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By AIG w/o “Cause”
1,123,500
2,583,333
40,000
 
1,715,290
4,948,503
10,410,626
By Executive w/o “Good Reason”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By Executive with “Good Reason”
1,123,500
2,583,333
40,000
 
 
 
3,746,833
Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control(7)
1,123,500
3,575,000
40,000
 
1,715,290
4,948,503
11,402,293
Death
1,050,000
 
 
 
1,715,290
4,557,287
7,322,577
Disability(8)
1,123,500
 
 
 
1,715,290
4,948,503
7,787,293
Retirement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Todd P. Solash
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By AIG for “Cause”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By AIG w/o “Cause”
1,605,000
3,294,208
40,000
 
1,770,794
5,976,149
12,686,151
By Executive w/o “Good Reason”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By Executive with “Good Reason”
1,605,000
3,294,208
40,000
 
 
 
4,939,208
Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control(7)
1,605,000
5,050,000
40,000
 
1,770,794
5,976,149
14,441,943
Death
1,500,000
 
 
 
1,770,794
5,605,197
8,875,991
Disability(8)
1,605,000
 
 
 
1,770,794
5,976,149
9,351,943
Retirement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Robert J. Scheinerman
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By AIG for “Cause”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By AIG w/o “Cause”
877,400
1,739,000
40,000
 
1,268,403
4,160,669
8,085,472
By Executive w/o “Good Reason”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By Executive with “Good Reason”
877,400
1,739,000
40,000
 
 
 
2,656,400
302

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Name
Annual
Short-
Term
Incentive
($)(1)
Severance
($)(2)
Medical
and Life
Insurance ($)(3)
Pension
Plan
Credit
($)(4)
Unvested
Options
($)(5)
Unvested
Stock
Awards
($)(6)
Total ($)
Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control(7)
877,400
2,580,000
40,000
 
1,268,403
4,160,669
8,926,472
Death
820,000
 
 
 
1,268,403
3,857,698
5,946,101
Disability(8)
877,400
 
 
 
1,268,403
4,160,669
6,306,472
Retirement
877,400
 
 
 
1,268,403
4,160,669
6,306,472
Geoffrey N. Cornell
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By AIG for “Cause”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By AIG w/o “Cause”
1,177,000
2,270,667
40,000
 
1,240,775
4,342,881
9,071,323
By Executive w/o “Good Reason”
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By Executive with “Good Reason”
1,177,000
2,270,667
40,000
 
 
 
3,487,667
Qualifying Termination following a Change in Control(7)
1,177,000
3,500,000
40,000
 
1,240,775
4,342,881
10,300,656
Death
1,100,000
 
 
 
1,240,775
4,082,107
6,422,882
Disability(8)
1,177,000
 
 
 
1,240,775
4,342,881
6,760,656
Retirement
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Thomas J. Diemer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
By AIG w/o “Cause”
700,000
1,696,667
40,000
2,029
1,098,652
3,635,615
7,172,963
(1)
These amounts represent annual STI payments for which our current named executive officers would have been eligible pursuant to the 2012 ESP had they been terminated on December 31, 2021. Under the 2012 ESP, earned STI awards are prorated based on the number of full months the executive was employed in the termination year. Except in the case of death, these STI payments are based on the named executive officer’s target amount and actual business or function performance and paid at the same time such STI awards are regularly paid to similarly situated active employees. In the case of death, a named executive officer’s STI payment is based on his target amount and paid as soon as administratively possible after the date of death (but in no event later than March 15th of the following year).
(2)
Severance would have been paid as a lump sum cash payment as soon as practicable and in no event later than 60 days following the termination date. See the description of the 2012 ESP above for more information on severance payments and benefits. Amounts include outstanding tranches of Leadership Continuity Awards that were granted in 2020 and 2021 (Mr. Habayeb - $600,000; Mr. Solash - $1,375,000; Mr. Scheinerman - $375,000; Mr. Cornell - $500,000; and Mr. Diemer - $450,000).
(3)
The amounts in this column reflect a lump sum payment of 40,000 that can be used to pay for continued healthcare and life insurance coverage following a qualifying termination. The amounts do not include medical and life insurance benefits upon permanent disability or death to the extent that they are generally available to all salaried employees. All of the current named executive officers are eligible participants under the AIG medical and life insurance plans.
(4)
The amount shown for all of the termination events is the increase, if any, above the accumulated value of pension benefits shown in the 2021 Pension Benefits table, calculated using the same assumptions. Where there is no increase in value, the amount shown in this column is zero. For Mr. Solash, the amount shown in the column is zero because he does not participate in the Plans. For information on pension benefits generally, see “—Post-Employment Compensation—Pension Benefits.”
(5)
The amounts in this column represent the total market value of unvested stock options as of December 31, 2021 that would accelerate upon termination, based on the difference between the exercise price of the options and the closing sale price of shares of AIG common stock on the NYSE of $56.86 on December 31, 2021. The amounts in this column include the stock options vesting in the case of a named executive’s
303

TABLE OF CONTENTS

involuntary termination without Cause, or resignation by the executive for Good Reason within 24 months following a Change in Control, retirement, death or disability. The vested stock options will remain exercisable for the remaining life of the option. In no event will any stock options remain exercisable after the initial 10-year expiration date.
(6)
The amounts in this column represent the total market value (based on the closing sale price on the NYSE of $56.86 on December 31, 2021) of shares of AIG common stock underlying unvested equity-based awards as of December 31, 2021. For the 2019 PSU awards, the amounts in this column include the named executive’s actual earned PSUs for the 2019-2021 performance period (as determined by the CMRC in the first quarter of 2022) that vested in January 2021 in the case of a named executive’s involuntary termination without Cause, involuntary termination without Cause within 24 months following a Change in Control, retirement or disability. Target performance is reflected in the case of death.
In addition, the amounts in this column include, for all of the named executive officers, the outstanding PSU awards assuming target performance and the full amount of their RSU awards. For the PSU awards, the actual number of PSUs (if any) vesting upon a qualifying termination by AIG without Cause, resignation by the executive for Good Reason, disability, retirement and, in certain circumstances, following a Change in Control, would be based on actual performance.
PSU and RSU award amounts also include any additional PSUs and RSUs accrued through the second quarter of 2021 in respect of dividend equivalent rights, which are subject to the same vesting and, in the case of the PSUs, performance, conditions as the related PSUs and RSUs, respectively, and are paid when such related shares (if any) are delivered. 2019 PSU award amounts include the additional PSUs actually accrued through the second quarter of 2021 in respect of dividend equivalent rights, which are subject to the same vesting and performance conditions as the related PSUs and were paid when such related earned shares were delivered. 2020 PSU amounts include the additional PSUs accrued through the second quarter of 2021 in respect of dividend equivalent rights assuming target performance.
The 2021 PSU and RSU award amounts include the value of accrued dividend equivalent rights on such awards, however such dividend equivalent rights are paid in cash if and when such related shares of AIG common stock (if any) are delivered. The 2019 and 2020 PSU and RSU award amounts include the value of accrued dividend equivalent rights relating to the dividend paid on AIG common stock during the third quarter of 2021, however, such dividend equivalent rights are paid in cash if and when such related PSU and RSUs vest and settle.
(7)
This row includes amounts that would be paid under the 2012 ESP upon a termination by AIG without Cause or resignation by the executive for Good Reason within 24 months following a Change in Control. Under the outstanding PSU and RSU awards, the amounts in this row include only termination by AIG without Cause or resignation by the executive for Good Reason within 24 months following a Change in Control, with the amount of PSUs vesting shown (i) at the actual amounts earned for the 2019 PSUs (as determined by the CMRC in the first quarter of 2022) that vested in January 2022 and (ii) at target for the 2020 PSUs. However, with respect to the 2020 PSUs, for a Change in Control that occurs following a performance period, the actual PSUs vesting, if any, would be based on actual performance, and for a Change in Control that occurs during a performance period, the CMRC may determine to use actual performance through the date of the Change in Control rather than target performance to determine the actual PSUs vesting, if any.
(8)
Amounts shown in this row represent the amounts the executive would be entitled to receive upon experiencing a disability.
Director Compensation
For the 2021 fiscal year, no director received compensation for services as a director on the Corebridge board other than Ms. Schioldager and Mr. Lynch who received $125,000 for their services. Beginning January 1, 2022, Ms. Schioldager and Mr. Lynch will each receive a $125,000 cash retainer to be paid in quarterly installments in arrears.
304

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Post-Offering Director Compensation Information
Director Compensation Program. We will implement a non-employee director compensation program following the offering as follows:
Compensation Item
Amount
Cash Retainer
$120,000 paid quarterly in arrears
Stock Retainer
$165,000 annual grant of deferred stock units
Audit Committee Chair Retainer
$35,000 paid quarterly in arrears
Stock Ownership Guidelines. Our Board has approved stock ownership guidelines to be effective on the date of the offering which will require our non-employee directors to hold five times the value of their annual cash retainer in our common stock. The directors will be required to retain 100% of any net shares (after the payment of taxes) received as compensation until the ownership requirement is achieved.
Post-Offering Executive Compensation Information
2022 Short-Term Incentive Compensation Program
The NEOs will be eligible for short-term incentive compensation awards in 2023 based on 2022 Company and individual performance. The expected metrics for determining the Company’s performance under the program will be based on the Company’s:
Return on Adjusted Segment Common Equity;
General Operating Expense; and
Investment Performance.
Omnibus Equity Plan
Purpose. The purpose of the Corebridge Financial, Inc. 2022 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2022 Plan”) is to:
attract, motivate and retain our officers, directors and key employees, compensate them for their contributions to the Company and encourage them to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company
align the interests of officers, directors and key employees with those of our shareholders; and
assist the Company in ensuring that its compensation program does not provide incentives to take imprudent risks
Administration. The 2022 Plan will be administered by the Board or a committee thereof, as may be designated by the Board from time to time (the “Administrator”). Among other things, the Administrator will determine the persons who will receive awards under the 2022 Plan, the time when awards will be granted, the terms of such awards and the number of shares of our common stock, if any, which will be subject to the awards.
Eligibility. The Administrator may grant awards to current employees or directors of the Company or, solely with respect to their final year of service, former employees.
Types of Awards. The 2022 Plan provides for grants of cash-based awards and stock-based awards. Stock-based awards comprise stock options (both stock options intended to be “incentive stock options” under Sections 421 or 422 of the Code and non-qualified stock options), stock appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted stock units, dividend equivalent rights and other equity-based or equity-related awards pursuant to which Corebridge common stock, cash or other property may be delivered.
Non-Employee Director Awards. The 2022 Plan allows for grants of stock-based awards to non-employee directors of Corebridge for their service as directors. The aggregate value of any stock-based awards granted to a director in respect of a particular calendar year may not exceed $500,000, based on the fair market value of the stock-based awards as of the grant date.
Stock Options. A stock option entitles the recipient to purchase shares of our common stock at a fixed exercise price. The exercise price per share will be determined by the Administrator but will not be less than the
305

TABLE OF CONTENTS

fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant, as measured by the closing price of a share of our common stock on the NYSE on the date of grant unless otherwise set forth in the applicable award agreement. Subject to the 2022 Plan’s minimum vesting rules, stock options may not be exercised for one year after the date on which the stock option is granted (except in the case of termination of employment) and must be exercised within 10 years from the date of grant. Corebridge may not reset the exercise price for stock options other than certain awards that are assumed, converted or substituted under the 2022 Plan as a result of the acquisition of another company.
Restricted Shares. A restricted share is a share of our common stock that is subject to transfer and/or forfeiture restrictions. The recipient of a restricted share will have the rights of a shareholder, including voting and dividend rights, subject to any restrictions and conditions specified in the award agreement. No dividends will be paid, however, at a time when any performance-based goals or time-based vesting requirements that apply to an award of restricted shares have not been satisfied.
Restricted Stock Units. A restricted stock unit is an unfunded, unsecured right to receive a share of our common stock (or cash or other securities or property) at a future date upon satisfaction of the conditions specified in the award agreement. The recipient will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of Corebridge and no rights as a stockholder of Corebridge until the common stock underlying the restricted stock units, if any, is delivered.
Other Stock-Based Awards. The Administrator may grant other types of equity-based or equity-related awards (including, without limitation, the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted shares of our common stock) in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Administrator may determine. Such awards may entail the transfer of actual shares of Corebridge common stock to award recipients or may be settled in cash and may include awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the U.S.
Dividend Equivalent Rights. A dividend equivalent right represents an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay to the recipient an amount equal to all or any portion of the regular dividends that would be paid on a specified number of shares of our common stock if those shares were owned by the recipient. The conditions and restrictions for payments in connection with dividend equivalent rights will be specified in the award agreement, provided that in no event may such payments be made unless and until the award to which they relate vests. A dividend equivalent right may be granted alone or in connection with another award. Under the 2022 Plan, no payments will be made in respect of dividend equivalent rights at a time when any applicable performance goals or time-based vesting requirements relating to the dividend equivalent right or the related award have not been satisfied.
Shares Subject to the Plan; Other Limitations of Awards. Subject to adjustment for changes in capitalization, there are [] shares of our common stock, in the aggregate, that are currently authorized for delivery pursuant to awards granted under the Plan, including the AIG assumed awards,     shares of which may be granted pursuant to incentive stock options for the purposes of compliance with Sections 421 and 422 of the Code. Available shares may be authorized but unissued shares or shares previously issued and reacquired by the Company. If any award that is granted under the 2022 Plan is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash, then the shares covered by such forfeited, expired or settled award will again become available to be delivered pursuant to awards granted under the 2022 Plan. In the case of an acquisition, any shares of our common stock issued in connection with awards that are assumed, converted or substituted as a result of our acquisition of another company will not count against the number of available shares that may be issued under the 2022 Plan. Available shares under a stockholder approved plan of an acquired company may be used for awards under the 2022 Plan and do not reduce the number of shares available, subject to applicable stock exchange requirements. The payment of dividend equivalent rights in cash in conjunction with any outstanding award shall not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the 2022 Plan.
In no event will the following shares of our common stock become available for issuance in connection with awards issued under the 2022 Plan: (1) shares tendered or withheld as payment of the exercise price of an option; (2) shares of tendered or withheld as payment of withholding taxes with respect to an award; (3) any shares reserved for issuance under a stock appreciation right that exceed the number of shares actually issued upon exercise; and (4) shares reacquired by the Company using amounts received upon the exercise of an option.
306

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Administrator will adjust the number of shares of our common stock issuable under the 2022 Plan (and any limits on the number of stock-based awards that may be granted to a particular individual under the 2022 Plan) and the terms of any outstanding awards in such manner as it deems appropriate to preserve, and prevent the enlargement or dilution of, benefits, for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of our common stock (or issuance of shares of stock other than shares of our common stock) resulting from certain corporate transactions that affect the capitalization of Corebridge.
Minimum Vesting. All awards under the 2022 Plan will be subject to a minimum vesting schedule of at least twelve months following the date of grant of the award, provided that the following awards will not be subject to the foregoing minimum vesting requirement: (1) any shares of our common stock issued in connection with awards that are assumed, converted or substituted as a result of Corebridge’s acquisition of another company, (2) shares of common stock delivered in lieu of fully vested cash obligations, (3) assumed awards, including the AIG assumed awards, (4) awards to non-employee directors that vest on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the next annual meeting of shareholders that is at least 50 weeks after the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting and (5) any additional awards the Administrator may grant, up to a maximum of five percent of the available share reserve authorized for issuance under the 2022 Plan; and provided further that vesting may accelerate in connection with death, disability, retirement, a change in control (as described below) or other involuntary termination.
Change in Control. Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement, in the event that:
a change in control (“CIC”) occurs, and
the recipient’s employment is terminated without “cause” (as defined in the applicable award agreement) or by the recipient for “good reason” (as defined in the applicable award agreement) within two years following the CIC,
then any outstanding unvested award held by such recipient shall vest as with respect to any service-based vesting requirement. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement, following a CIC, any performance goals with respect to an outstanding award and for which the performance period ends after the Change in Control shall be deemed to have been achieved at target level. Additionally, in the event of a CIC, the Administrator may, in its sole discretion, terminate stock options or stock appreciation rights for which the exercise price is equal to or exceeds the per share value of the consideration to be paid in the CIC transaction without payment of consideration.
Amendment and Termination. The Board may from time to time suspend, discontinue, revise or amend the 2022 Plan in any respect whatsoever, including in any manner that adversely affects the rights, duties or obligations of any grantee of an award. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, shareholder approval of any suspension, discontinuance, revision or amendment will be obtained only to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or rules of a securities exchange or self-regulatory agency, except that shareholder approval shall be required for any amendment to the 2022 Plan that materially increases the benefits available under the 2022 Plan or any amendment to permit the sale or other disposition of an award to an unrelated third party for value or if the amendment would reduce the exercise price of outstanding stock options or stock appreciation rights. Unless previously terminated by the Board, the 2022 Plan will terminate, and no more awards will be granted under the 2022 Plan, on or after the tenth anniversary of the Effective Date, but any outstanding award will remain in effect until the underlying shares are delivered or the award lapses.
Effective Date. The Plan is effective as of May 13, 2022.
Compensation-Related Policies
Clawback. Our Board has approved a clawback policy to be effective on the date of the consummation of the offering which may require the forfeiture and/or repayment of certain incentive compensation paid to an executive in the case of certain covered events, including:
a material restatement of all or a portion of the Company’s financial statements;
incentive compensation was awarded to, or received by, the executive based on materially inaccurate financial statements or on performance metrics that are materially inaccurately determined (regardless of whether the executive was responsible for the inaccuracy);
307

TABLE OF CONTENTS

a failure by an executive to properly identify, assess or sufficiently raise concerns about risk, including in a supervisory role, that results in a material adverse impact on the Company or any of its affiliates or the broader financial system;
an action or omission by an executive that constitutes a material violation of the risk policies of the Company or any of its affiliates; and
an action or omission by the executive results in material financial or reputational harm to the Company or any of its affiliates.
Stock Ownership Guidelines. Our Board has approved stock ownership guidelines to be effective on the date of the consummation of the offering which will require the CEO to hold stock valued at five times his or her base salary and all other executives to own stock valued at three times their respective base salaries. All executives will be required to retain 50% of all net shares received from the vesting of their equity awards until the guideline is met.
Hedging and Pledging. Our Board has approved an insider trading policy to be effective on the date of the consummation of the offering which will prohibit all employees and directors of the Company from engaging in hedging or pledging with respect to Company securities.
308

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information as of      , 2022 with respect to the ownership of our common stock by:
each person known to own beneficially more than five percent of our common stock, including the selling stockholder;
each of our directors;
each of our named executive officers; and
all of our current directors and executive officers as a group.
The amounts and percentages of shares beneficially owned are reported on the basis of regulations of the SEC governing the determination of beneficial ownership of securities. Under SEC rules, a person is deemed to be a “beneficial owner” of a security if that person has or shares voting power or investment power, which includes the power to dispose of or to direct the disposition of such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of any securities of which that person has a right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days. Securities that can be so acquired are deemed to be outstanding for purposes of computing such person’s ownership percentage, but not for purposes of computing any other person’s percentage. Under these rules, more than one person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of the same securities, and a person may be deemed to be a beneficial owner of securities as to which such person has no economic interest.
Percentage computations are based on approximately      shares of our common stock outstanding as of      , 2022, and      shares of common stock outstanding following this offering. The numbers of shares on the following table have been adjusted to reflect our      -for-      stock split effected on      , 2022.
Except as otherwise indicated in these footnotes, each of the beneficial owners listed has, to our knowledge, sole voting and investment power with respect to the indicated shares of common stock. Unless otherwise set forth in the footnotes to the table, the address for each listed stockholder is      .
 
Shares Beneficially
Owned Before the
Offering
Shares
Offered
Hereby
Shares Beneficially
Owned
After the Offering
Assuming the
Underwriters’
Option
Is Not Exercised
Shares Beneficially Owned
After the Offering
Assuming the Underwriters’
Option Is Exercised in Full
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Shares
%
Shares
%
Shares
%
5% Stockholders
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AIG(1)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Argon Holdco LLC(2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors, Director Nominees and Named Executive Officers
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Peter Zaffino
 
 
 
 
 
Adam Burk
 
 
 
 
 
Alan Colberg
 
 
 
 
 
Lucy Fato
 
 
 
 
 
Shane Fitzsimons
 
 
 
 
 
Jonathan Gray
 
 
 
 
 
Marilyn Hirsch
 
 
 
 
 
Christopher Lynch
 
 
 
 
 
Mark Lyons
 
 
 
 
 
Elaine Rocha
 
 
 
 
 
Amy Schioldager
 
 
 
 
 
Patricia Walsh
 
 
 
 
 
Kevin Hogan
 
 
 
 
 
Elias Habayeb
 
 
 
 
 
Todd Solash
 
 
 
 
 
Robert Scheinerman
 
 
 
 
 
All current directors and executive officers as a group (23 persons)
 
 
 
 
 
Geoffrey Cornell
 
 
 
 
 
Thomas Diemer
 
 
 
 
 
309

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The following table sets forth information as of April 16, 2022 regarding the ownership of common stock of AIG by each of our directors and executive officers and by all of our directors and executive officers as a group.
 
Shares Beneficially Owned
Before the Offering and
After the Offering
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner
Number of
Shares
Owned
Percent of Class
(%)
Directors, Director Nominees and Named Executive Officers
 
 
Peter Zaffino
863,453
*
Adam Burk
*
Alan Colberg
Lucy Fato
247,543
*
Shane Fitzsimons
37,392
*
Jonathan Gray
Marilyn Hirsch
Christopher Lynch
35,970
*
Mark Lyons
322,186
*
Elaine Rocha
14,108
*
Amy Schioldager
16,123
*
Patricia Walsh
30
 
Kevin Hogan
410,352
*
Elias Habayeb
102,500
*
Todd Solash
26,394
*
Robert Scheinerman(1)
44,079
*
All current directors and executive officers as a group (23 persons)
2,288,690
*
Geoffrey Cornell(2)
52,349
*
Thomas Diemer(3)
*
Represents less than 1%.
(1)
Reflects 142 warrants to purchase AIG shares.
(2)
Reflects 6,728 RSUs that will vest on June 1, 2022.
(3)
Reflects the exercise of 40,485 options on April 21, 2022 with simultaneous sale of the shares received.
310

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
Policies and Procedures for Related Person Transactions
Prior to the completion of this offering, our Board approved policies and procedures with respect to the review and approval of certain transactions between us and a “Related Person,” or a “Related Person Transaction,” which we refer to as our “Related Person Transaction Policy.” Pursuant to the terms of the Related Person Transaction Policy, our Board, acting through our Audit Committee, will review and decide whether to approve or ratify any Related Person Transaction. Any Related Person Transaction is required to be reported to our legal department, which will then determine whether it should be submitted to our Audit Committee for consideration. The Audit Committee must then review and decide whether to approve any Related Person Transaction.
For the purposes of the Related Person Transaction Policy, a “Related Person Transaction” is a transaction, arrangement or relationship (or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships) in which we were, are or will be a participant and the amount involved exceeds $120,000, and in which any Related Person had, has or will have a direct or indirect interest.
A “Related Person,” as defined in the Related Person Transaction Policy, means any person who is, or at any time since the beginning of our last fiscal year was, a director or executive officer of Corebridge or a nominee to become a director of Corebridge; any person who is known to be the beneficial owner of more than five percent of our common stock; any immediate family member of any of the foregoing persons, including any child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law or sister-in-law of the director, executive officer, nominee or more than five percent beneficial owner, and any person (other than a tenant or employee) sharing the household of such director, executive officer, nominee or more than five percent beneficial owner; and any firm, corporation or other entity in which any of the foregoing persons is a general partner or, for other ownership interests, a limited partner or other owner in which such person has a beneficial ownership interest of 10% or more.
Relationship with AIG Following this Offering
We are controlled by AIG and have been part of AIG Group’s consolidated business operations. Following this offering, AIG will continue to hold a majority of our outstanding common stock, and as a result AIG will continue to have control of our business, including pursuant to the agreements described below. AIG has announced its intention to sell all of its interest in Corebridge over time with intended sales of shares of our common stock subsequent to this offering, subject to the 180-day lock-up agreement described under “Underwriting” and market conditions. AIG is under no obligation to do so and retains the sole discretion to determine the timing of any future sales of shares of our common stock. See “Risk Factors—Following the completion of this offering, AIG will continue to control us and may have conflicts of interest with other stockholders. Conflicts of interest may arise because affiliates of our controlling stockholder have continuing agreements and business relationships with us. We may also have a conflict of interest with a third party that owns a minority investment in us.” In addition, we expect that AIG will continue to fully consolidate our financial results in AIG’s consolidated financial statements, at least until such time AIG ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our common stock.
Separation Agreement
We intend to enter into a separation agreement with AIG prior to consummation of this offering. The separation agreement will govern the relationship between AIG and us following this offering, including matters related to the allocation of assets and liabilities to us and to AIG, indemnification obligations of us and AIG, our corporate governance, including the composition of our Board and its committees, Board nomination rights, information rights, participation rights with respect to equity issuances by us, and consent rights of AIG with respect to certain business activities that we may undertake, among other matters, including during periods where AIG holds less than a majority of our common stock. The form of the Separation Agreement will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.
AIG Rights with Respect to Our Board of Directors
The Separation Agreement will entitle AIG to have our Board include in the candidates it designates for election a specified number of directors designated by AIG based on its beneficial ownership of our common stock, as follows:
until AIG ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, AIG will be entitled to designate a majority of the directors on the Board;
311

TABLE OF CONTENTS

thereafter, and until AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 5% of our outstanding common stock, AIG will be entitled to designate a number of the total number of directors entitled to serve on the Board proportionate to the percentage of our outstanding common stock beneficially owned by AIG, rounded up to the nearest whole number; and
thereafter, AIG will no longer have any right to designate directors to serve on the Board under the Separation Agreement.
The Separation Agreement will provide that, until AIG ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, the Chairperson of the Board will be a director designated by AIG, and until AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, AIG’s consent will be required for (i) the election, appointment, designation or removal (other than for cause) of the Chairperson of the Board and (ii) any change to the number of directors on the Board.
The Separation Agreement also will provide that:
at the option of AIG, the Board will appoint a director designated by AIG to the audit committee of the Board, who, until the date immediately preceding the first anniversary of the date upon which the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part is declared effective, need not be an independent director;
at any time during which the Board includes a director designated by AIG who is also an independent director, at least one member of the audit committee of the Board will be a director designated by AIG, so long as the director meets certain standards for membership on the committee;
until AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, if the Board has a compensation committee, AIG will be entitled to designate a number of the total number of directors entitled to serve on the compensation committee proportionate to the percentage of our outstanding common stock beneficially owned by AIG, rounded up to the nearest whole number, provided that following the date on which AIG ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, such directors must be independent directors;
until AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, if the Board has a nominating and governance committee, AIG will be entitled to designate a number of the total number of directors entitled to serve on the nominating and governance committee proportionate to the percentage of our outstanding common stock beneficially owned by AIG, rounded up to the nearest whole number, provided that following the date on which AIG ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, such directors must be independent directors; and
until AIG ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, subject to certain exceptions, the compensation committee and the nominating and governance committee will only act with the consent of a majority of the members of the committee, which majority must include a director designated by AIG.
AIG Consent Rights
The Separation Agreement will provide that, until AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 25% of our outstanding common stock, the prior written consent of AIG will be required before we may take any of the following actions:
any merger, consolidation or similar transaction (or any amendment to or termination of an agreement to enter into such a transaction) involving us or any of our subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other person, on the other hand; other than (i) an acquisition of 100% of the capital stock of such other person or (ii) a disposition of 100% of the capital stock of a subsidiary of us, in each case involving consideration not exceeding a specified threshold;
any acquisition or disposition of securities, assets or liabilities (including through reinsurance on a proportional or non-proportional basis whether involving full or partial risk transfer or for other purposes of surplus or capital relief) involving consideration or book value exceeding a specified threshold, other than transactions involving assets invested in our consolidated general account and approved in accordance with our established policies and procedures to monitor invested assets;
312

TABLE OF CONTENTS

any increase or decrease in our authorized capital stock, or the creation of any new class or series of our capital stock;
any issuance or acquisition (including stock buy-backs, redemptions, and other reductions of capital) of capital stock, or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for capital stock or equity-linked securities, subject to certain exceptions;
any issuance or acquisition (including redemptions, prepayments, open-market or negotiated repurchases or other transactions reducing the outstanding debt) of any debt security of, to or from a third party, in each case involving an aggregate principal amount exceeding a specified threshold;
any other incurrence or guarantee of a debt obligation to or of a third party having a principal amount exceeding a specified threshold, subject to certain exceptions;
entry into or termination of any joint venture, cooperation or similar arrangements involving assets having a book value exceeding a specified threshold;
the listing or delisting of securities on a securities exchange, other than the listing or delisting of debt securities on the NYSE or any other securities exchange located solely in the United States;
(A) the formation of, or delegation of authority to, any new committee, or subcommittee thereof, of our Board, (B) the delegation of authority to any existing committee or subcommittee of our Board not set forth in the committee’s charter or authorized by our Board prior to the completion of this offering or (C) any amendments to the charter (or equivalent authorizing document) of any committee, including any action to increase or decrease size of any committee (whether by amendment or otherwise), except in each case as required by applicable law;
the amendment (or approval or recommendation of the amendment) of our certificate of incorporation or by-laws;
any filing or the making of any petition under bankruptcy laws, any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, any admission of an inability to meet obligations generally as they become due or any other act the consequence of which is to subject us or any subsidiary to a proceeding under bankruptcy laws;
any commencement or settlement of material litigation or any regulatory proceedings if such litigation or regulatory proceeding could be material to AIG or could have an adverse effect on AIG’s reputation or relationship with any governmental authority;
entry into any material written agreement or settlement with, or any material written commitment to, a regulatory agency or other governmental authority, or any settlement of a material enforcement action if such agreement, settlement or commitment could be material to AIG or could have an adverse effect on AIG’s reputation or relationship with any governmental authority;
any dissolution or winding-up of Corebridge;
the election, appointment, hiring, dismissal or removal (other than for cause) of our chief executive officer or chief financial officer;
the entry into, termination of or material amendment of any material contract with a third party, subject to certain exceptions;
any action that could result in AIG being required to make regulatory filings with or seek approval or consent from a governmental authority, other than any as contemplated by the Registration Rights Agreement;
any material change to the nature or scope of our business immediately prior to the completion of this offering; or
any material change in hedging strategy.
The Separation Agreement will further provide that until the later of (i) the date when AIG ceases to be required under GAAP to consolidate our financial statements with its financial statements and (ii) the date when AIG ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, AIG will have the right to
313

TABLE OF CONTENTS

approve our business plan and annual budget. In addition, to the extent that AIG is a party to any contract that provides that certain actions or inactions of affiliates of AIG may result in AIG being in breach of or in default under such contract, we will be required not to take or fail to take any actions that reasonably could result in AIG being in breach of or in default under such contract.
Information Rights; Accounting and Financial Disclosure Matters; Rights with Respect to Policies
The Separation Agreement will provide, in addition to other information and access rights, that:
we are required to continue to provide AIG with information and data relating to our business and financial results and access to our personnel, data and systems, and to maintain disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting, as further provided therein during certain periods, including as long as AIG is required to consolidate our financial results with its financial results and, thereafter, until the later of (i) the date when AIG is no longer required to account in its financial statements for its holdings in us under an equity accounting method or to consolidate our financial results with its financial results and (ii) the date on which AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 20% of our outstanding common stock;
until the date on which AIG is no longer required to account in its financial statements for its holdings in us under an equity accounting method, AIG will have certain access and cooperation rights with respect to the independent public registered accounting firm responsible for the audit of our financial statements and to our internal audit function;
until the date on which AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 20% of our outstanding common stock, we will consult and coordinate with AIG with respect to public disclosures and filings, including in connection with our quarterly and annual financial results; and
during any period in which AIG is or may be deemed to control us for applicable regulatory purposes, and in any case at all times prior to the date on which AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 10% of our outstanding common stock, we will provide AIG with information, records and documents requested or demanded by regulatory authorities or relating to regulatory filings, reports, responses or communications, and provide access to our offices, employees and management to regulatory authorities having jurisdiction or oversight authority over AIG.
The Separation Agreement will provide that, until AIG ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding common stock, our Board will, when determining to implement, amend or rescind any of our or our subsidiaries’ policies relating to risk, capital, investment, environmental and social responsibility or regulatory compliance, take into account our status as a consolidated subsidiary of AIG, and the interests of AIG with respect to such policies and the requirement for us to comply with AIG’s standards, and the Board will cause us to comply with policies of AIG that apply to us in our capacity as a subsidiary of AIG.
In addition, during any period in which AIG is deemed to control us for applicable regulatory purposes, and in any case at all times prior to the date on which AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 10% of our outstanding common stock, we (i) may not adopt or implement any policies or procedures, and at AIG’s reasonable request, must refrain from taking any actions, that would cause AIG to violate any applicable laws to which AIG is subject, (ii) must, prior to implementing, amending or rescinding any policy referred to in the preceding paragraph, consult with AIG and, to the extent consistent with its fiduciary duties, our Board must take into account the interests of AIG with respect thereto and (iii) must maintain and observe the policies of AIG to the extent necessary for AIG to comply with its legal or regulatory obligations.
Participation Rights
The Separation Agreement will provide that, subject to certain exceptions, until the date on which AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 20% of our outstanding common stock, as soon as practicable after determining to issue any shares of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable for common stock, but in any event no fewer than ten business days prior to entering into a binding agreement to issue such shares or securities, we will be required to offer to sell to AIG a number of such shares or securities equal to the number of shares or securities to be sold multiplied by a fraction representing AIG’s beneficial ownership of our
314

TABLE OF CONTENTS

outstanding common stock at the lowest purchase price to be paid by the transferees of such shares or securities. Any such purchase by AIG of shares or securities will take place concurrently with the closing of the sale of shares or securities giving rise to AIG’s participation right or, if a concurrent closing is not practicable, as promptly as practicable thereafter.
Provisions Relating to Director and Officer Indemnification and Liability Insurance
The Separation Agreement will provide that, until at least the day after the last date on which any director, officer, employee or certain designees of AIG (an “AIG Individual”) is a director, officer or employee of us, we must indemnify (including advancement of expenses) each such directors, officers and employees to the greatest extent permitted under Section 145 of the DGCL and other applicable laws. Such indemnification must continue as to any AIG Individual who becomes entitled to indemnification notwithstanding any subsequent change in our indemnification policies or, with respect to liabilities existing or arising from events that have occurred on or prior to such date, that such AIG Individual ceases to be a director, officer or employee of us.
Transfer of Assets and Assumption of Liabilities; Releases; Indemnification
The Separation Agreement will identify the assets to be transferred, the liabilities to be assumed and the contracts to be transferred to or retained by each of us and AIG as part of the separation of our company from AIG. In particular, the Separation Agreement will provide that, among other things, subject to the terms and conditions contained therein, including certain exceptions:
assets used primarily in or are primarily related to the operation or conduct of our business, operations and activities of AIG conducted immediately prior to the Separation Time (which, under the Separation Agreement, means 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on the date of consummation of this offering or such other date as AIG and Corebridge may mutually agree) by either us or AIG, as described in this prospectus (the “Corebridge Business”), including equity interests of specified entities, assets reflected on the pro forma condensed balance sheet of the Corebridge Business, including any notes thereto, as of   , 2022, as presented in this prospectus) (the “Corebridge Balance Sheet”) (subject to dispositions of such assets subsequent to the date thereof), assets of the nature or type that would have resulted in them being included as assets on a pro forma combined balance sheet of our Company prepared in accordance with such balance sheet, assets expressly provided by the Separation Agreement or certain other agreements to be transferred to or owned by us, certain contracts, accounts receivable, books and records, intellectual property, technology, information technology, permits and real and personal property, will be transferred to or retained by us;
liabilities included or reflected as liabilities on the Corebridge Balance Sheet (subject to discharge of such liabilities subsequent to the date thereof), liabilities of a nature or type that would have resulted in them being included as liabilities on a pro forma combined balance sheet of the Company prepared in accordance with such balance sheet, certain accounts payable, liabilities expressly provided by the Separation Agreement or certain other agreements as liabilities to be assumed by the Company, liabilities relating to or arising out of or resulting from actions, inactions, events, omissions, conditions, facts or circumstances occurring or existing prior to, at or after the Separation Time to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Corebridge Business or an asset allocated to us as described in the preceding bullet point, liabilities relating to or arising out of contracts, intellectual property, technology, information technology, permits, real or personal property allocated to us as provided in the preceding bullet point or products and services supplied, sold, provided or distributed, as the case may be, at any time, by us under a Company trademark, and liabilities arising out of claims made by any third party against any AIG, or us to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Corebridge Business or the assets allocated to the Company as described in the preceding bullet point, will be assumed or retained by the Company; and
all assets and liabilities, other than the assets and liabilities allocated to the company or one of our subsidiaries as provided in the preceding two bullet points, will be transferred to, assumed by or retained by AIG or on of its subsidiaries.
Except as expressly set forth in the Separation Agreement or certain ancillary agreements, neither we nor AIG will make any representation or warranty as to the assets, business or liabilities transferred or assumed as part of the separation, as to any approvals or notifications required in connection with the transfers or
315

TABLE OF CONTENTS

assumptions or as to the value or freedom from security interests of, or any other matter concerning, any assets of such party, as to the absence of any defenses or right of setoff or freedom from counterclaim with respect to any claim or other asset, and all assets will be transferred on an “as is,” “where is” basis, and the respective transferees will bear the economic and legal risks that any conveyance will prove to be insufficient to vest in the transferee good and marketable title, free and clear of all security interests, that any necessary approvals or notifications are not obtained or made, or that any requirements of laws or judgments are not complied with.
The Separation Agreement will provide that in the event that the transfer of certain assets and liabilities to us or AIG, as applicable, does not occur prior to the separation, then until such assets or liabilities are able to be transferred, the applicable party will hold such assets for the use and benefit, or such liabilities for the performance or obligation, of the transferee, at the expense of such transferee.
The Separation Agreement will provide that we will release and discharge AIG from all liabilities assumed by us as part of the separation, all liabilities arising from or in connection with the transactions and other activities to implement the separation and this offering, and all liabilities arising from or in connection with actions, in inactions, events, omissions, conditions, facts or circumstances occurring or existing prior to the Separation Time to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the Corebridge Business or assets or liabilities allocated to us as provided in the bullet points above, except as expressly set forth in the Separation Agreement. The Separation Agreement will also provide that AIG will release and discharge us from all liabilities assumed by AIG as part of the separation, all liabilities arising from or in connection with the transactions and other activities to implement the separation and this offering, and all liabilities arising from or in connection with actions, in inactions, events, omissions, conditions, facts or circumstances occurring or existing prior to the Separation Time to the extent relating to, arising out of or resulting from the AIG Business or assets or liabilities allocated to AIG as provided in the bullet points above, except as expressly set forth in the Separation Agreement. These releases will be subject to certain exceptions, including for any right to enforce the Separation Agreement or certain other agreements between the parties, in each case in accordance with their terms.
In the Separation Agreement, we will agree, subject to certain exceptions, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless AIG, and each of AIG’s directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from any liability allocated to us as described in the bullet points above, any failure to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any such liabilities in accordance with their terms, whether prior to, on or after the Separation Time, any breach by us of the Separation Agreement or certain ancillary agreements, any guarantee, indemnification or contribution obligation, surety or other credit support agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding for the benefit of us by AIG that survives following the separation, and any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, other than information provided by AIG specifically for inclusion herein. In addition, AIG will agree, subject to certain exceptions, to indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Company and each of our directors, officers, employees and agents, from and against all liabilities relating to, arising out of or resulting from any liability allocated to AIG or its subsidiaries as described in the bullet points above, any failure to pay, perform or otherwise promptly discharge any such liabilities in accordance with their terms, whether prior to, on or after the Separation Time, any breach by AIG of the Separation Agreement or certain ancillary agreements, any guarantee, indemnification or contribution obligation, surety or other credit support agreement, arrangement, commitment or understanding for the benefit of AIG by us that survives following the separation, and any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement in this prospectus or the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part in any information provided by AIG specifically for inclusion herein. The Separation Agreement will also establish procedures with respect to claims subject to indemnification and related matters.
Initial Public Offering; Conditions
The Separation Agreement will govern the rights and obligations of the parties regarding this offering and will provide that AIG may, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine the terms of this offering, including the form, structure and terms of any transactions and/or offerings to effect it and the timing and conditions to the consummation of this offering, and AIG may, at any time and from time to time until the consummation of this offering, modify or change the terms of this offering, including by accelerating or delaying the timing of the consummation of all or part of this offering.
316

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The Separation Agreement will also provide that this offering is subject to satisfaction (or waiver by AIG in its sole and absolute discretion) of conditions that the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part will have been declared effective by the SEC and there is no stop-order in effect with respect thereto or proceeding for that purpose instituted by the SEC, no order, injunction or decree issued by a court or agency of competent jurisdiction or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the consummation of the separation of us from AIG or this offering will be in effect, and no event or development will have occurred or exist or be expected to occur that, in the judgment of the board of directors of AIG, in its sole discretion, makes it inadvisable to effect the separation of us from AIG or this offering. These conditions are for the sole benefit of AIG and will not give rise to or create any duty on the part of AIG or the board of directors of AIG to waive or not waive such conditions.
Dispute Resolution
The Separation Agreement will contain provisions that govern the resolution of disputes or claims arising out of, relating to or in connection with the Separation Agreement. These provisions will contemplate that if a dispute or claim cannot be resolved by senior officers of the parties, either party may submit the dispute or claim to non-binding mediation or, at any time before, during or following such non-binding mediation, binding arbitration, subject to the provisions of the Separation Agreement.
Term
The Separation Agreement will terminate on the date that is one year following the date on which AIG ceases to beneficially own at least 5% of our outstanding common stock, except for certain provisions, including provisions relating to confidentiality, dispute resolution, allocation of assets and liabilities, and indemnification.
Registration Rights Agreement
We intend to enter into the Registration Rights Agreement with AIG prior to the consummation of this offering. The Registration Rights Agreement will provide AIG and permitted transferees certain registration rights relating to shares of our common stock beneficially owned by AIG whereby, at any time following the consummation of this offering and the expiration of any related lock-up period, AIG and permitted transferees may require us to register under the Securities Act, all or any portion of such shares, a so-called “demand request.” AIG and permitted transferees will also have “piggyback” registration rights, such that AIG and permitted transferees may include their respective shares in any future registrations of our equity securities, whether or not that registration relates to a primary offering by us or a secondary offering by or on behalf of any of our stockholders.
The Registration Rights Agreement will set forth customary registration procedures, including an agreement by us to make our management reasonably available to participate in road show presentations in connection with any underwritten offerings.
We will also agree to indemnify AIG and permitted transferees with respect to liabilities resulting from untrue statements or omissions in any registration statement used in any such registration, other than untrue statements or omissions resulting from information furnished to us for use in a registration statement by AIG or any permitted transferee.
Transition Services Agreement
We intend to enter into the Transition Services Agreement with AIG prior to the consummation of this offering that will govern the continued provision of certain services between AIG and us. Corebridge is a majority-owned subsidiary of AIG. Accordingly, we and AIG each provide certain services to the others, share certain services and rely on certain third-party service providers to provide services pursuant to shared services contracts. AIG relies on certain contracts to which we are party for the provision of services that are important to its business. Likewise, we rely on certain contracts to which AIG is party for the provision of certain services. As we transition toward operating as a standalone public company, the parties to the Transition Services Agreement and their respective subsidiaries (Corebridge and its subsidiaries are not subsidiaries of AIG for purposes of the Transition Services Agreement) will generally cease to provide services to one another and we will, subject to certain limited exceptions, (i) cease to rely on the contracts, systems and other resources that we have historically shared with AIG and (ii) replace them with new contracts between us and third-party service providers, and
317

TABLE OF CONTENTS

otherwise procure other systems and resources, to the extent necessary. The Transition Services Agreement will (a) govern our migration away from most shared services, systems and resources with AIG on a schedule to be agreed and (b) provide for the continued provision (directly or through a third-party provider) of certain services between us and AIG. Certain contracts and services between us and AIG are not covered by the Transition Services Agreement and will continue pursuant to the terms of such contracts.
The services to be provided pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement will include:
information technology services,
certain finance and tax capabilities,
risk management and internal audit functions,
legal functions,
operational services,
services related to real estate,
human resources,
marketing services, and
various other miscellaneous services.
The charges for the services to be provided under the Transition Services Agreement generally are intended to allow the transition services provider to fully recover the costs associated with providing the services plus a percentage of such costs. Although we believe the Transition Services Agreement will contain commercially reasonable terms (including fees for the services provided) that could have been negotiated with an independent third party, the terms of the agreement may later prove to be more or less favorable than arrangements we could make to provide these services internally or to obtain them from unaffiliated service providers in the future.
The Transition Services Agreement will terminate on the last date on which either party thereto is obligated to provide or cause the provision of any service to or for the other party in accordance with the terms of the Transition Services Agreement and the schedules thereto; provided that, if the closing of this offering does not occur by December 31, 2022, the Transition Services Agreement will terminate automatically. The services provided under the Transition Services Agreement will terminate at various times specified in the agreement and the schedules thereto, but the party receiving services may also elect to terminate a service, by giving a specified amount of advance written notice to the provider of the service. We anticipate most services under the Transition Services Agreement will be completed by the end of 2023. In the event of elective early termination of a particular service, the service recipient will be obligated to reimburse the service provider for all or a portion of the actual breakage fees paid by the provider to an unaffiliated third party in connection with such termination. In addition, subject to consent rights or requirements under third-party agreements and except as otherwise specified therein, the Transition Services Agreement will provide that a service recipient may request an extension of any service term, on terms to be agreed between the parties.
Subject to certain exceptions and limitations to be set forth in the Transition Services Agreement, Corebridge and AIG will agree to indemnify and hold harmless the other party from and against losses arising out of or resulting from any breach of the confidentiality provisions of the Transition Services Agreement, third-party claims resulting from the first party’s provision of services, such first party’s bad faith, fraud, gross negligence or willful misconduct and losses from certain infringements or violations of intellectual property rights of a third party in connection with the services.
Except for certain exceptions, including with respect to bad acts and liability to an unaffiliated third party, the aggregate liability of each party to the Transition Services Agreement will be limited (x) in respect of any service, to an amount equal to 12 times the amount of service fees paid for the first full calendar month in respect of such service and (y) in the aggregate, to an amount equal to three times the total service fees paid and payable to such party pursuant to the Transition Services Agreement during the 12 months prior to the occurrence of the event giving rise to the liability.
318

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Trademark License Agreement and Related Agreements
Prior to the offering, we intend to enter into an Intellectual Property Assignment Agreement (the “IP Agreement”), Trademark License Agreement and Grantback License Agreement (the “Grantback Agreement”) with AIG Inc. Under the IP Agreement, we will purchase from AIG Inc. certain trademarks and other intellectual property that are used in connection with our business for a de minimis fee.
Under the Trademark License Agreement, AIG Inc. will grant us a nonexclusive, nontransferable license to use the trademark “AIG” (the “Licensed Mark”) in connection with insurance and financial services, regulatory filings and financial reporting (the “Licensed Services”) at no cost. The license will be in effect in the US, UK, Ireland and Bermuda and will include use of the Licensed Mark on the internet (collectively, the “Territory”), provided that such online use is not specifically targeted to computer users located outside of the Territory. We will be able to use the Licensed Mark for a period of 18 months from the effective date of the Separation Agreement (the “Initial Term”). If it is not feasible for us to cease use of the Licensed Mark within the Initial Term, we may notify AIG Inc. of our need to continue the license for an additional 12-month period. Additional extension requests will be considered by AIG Inc. in good faith, and consent may not be unreasonably withheld. The Trademark License Agreement will contain reciprocal indemnification obligations which are uncapped and subject to the indemnified party’s prompt notification of all claims of which it becomes aware. Specifically, AIG Inc. will indemnify us against trademark-related third-party claims arising from our use of the Licensed Marks for the Licensed Services during the Term in the Territory while we will indemnify AIG Inc. against non-trademark-related claims arising from our use of the Licensed Marks for the Licensed Services during the Term in the Territory.
Under the Grantback Agreement, we will grant AIG Inc. a nonexclusive, nontransferable license to use the trademarks that it sells to us under the IP Agreement in connection with the Licensed Services subject to the similar terms and conditions applicable to our use of the Licensed Mark under the Trademark License Agreement.
Employee Matters Agreement
We intend to enter into an employee matters agreement with AIG prior to the consummation of this offering. The employee matters agreement will govern the relationship between AIG and us following the offering by allocating liabilities and responsibilities relating to employment matters, employee compensation and benefits plans and programs, and other related matters.
The employee matters agreement will address certain compensation and employee benefit obligations with respect to the current and former employees of AIG’s Life and Retirement business, and will generally provide that, unless otherwise specified, each party will be responsible for liabilities associated with the current and former employees of such party and its subsidiaries for purposes of compensation and benefit matters following the offering. The employee matters agreement will also provide that following the offering and until August 22, 2022 (or such other date as agreed), our employees will continue to participate in certain AIG benefit plans, subject to applicable cost sharing.
The employee matters agreement will also govern the terms of certain equity-based awards granted by AIG prior to the offering to Company employees.
Tax Agreement
We previously entered into a state and local tax payment allocation agreement with AIG, dated September 14, 2021 (the “SALT PAA”). In addition, prior to the consummation of this offering, we intend to enter into a tax matters agreement with AIG that will govern the parties’ respective rights, responsibilities and obligations with respect to taxes, including the allocation of current and historic tax liabilities (whether income or non-income consolidated or stand-alone) between us and AIG (the “Tax Matters Agreement”). The Tax Matters Agreement will govern, among other things, procedural matters, such as filing of tax returns, tax elections, control and settlement of tax controversies and entitlement to tax refunds and tax attributes.
Under the Tax Matters Agreement, we and AIG will agree to make payments to each other in respect of historic tax periods and tax periods prior to our deconsolidation from AIG for purposes of the applicable tax, determined in a manner consistent with our pre-existing tax sharing agreements with AIG (including the SALT PAA). Under these arrangements, we generally will bear our own taxes determined on a standalone basis. Each
319

TABLE OF CONTENTS

party will agree to indemnify the other against any amounts for which such other party is not responsible, such as taxes arising from the breach of any obligations or covenants under the Tax Matters Agreement and any taxes of the other party’s consolidated or affiliated group members arising in taxable periods following our deconsolidation from AIG for purposes of the relevant tax. The Tax Matters Agreement will allocate control of tax audits and proceedings between the parties, with AIG generally having the right to control audits and proceedings for pre-deconsolidation tax periods subject to our participation and consent rights, and it will generally require the parties to cooperate with one another in relation to the preparation and filing of tax returns and in connection with tax audits and proceedings.
The Tax Matters Agreement will also provide special rules relating to elections to protect our tax attributes from reduction or reallocation pursuant to the “unified loss rule.”
Partnership with Blackstone
Stockholders’ Agreement
On November 2, 2021, we entered into the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement with AIG and Blackstone governing the relationship among the parties, including matters related to corporate governance, terms and conditions regarding the ownership of 9,900 shares of our Class B common stock, including restrictions on the transfer of our common stock owned by Blackstone, and certain consent and information rights. Pursuant to the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement, until Blackstone no longer owns at least 50% of its initial investment in 9.9% of our outstanding common stock (a “Fall-Away Event”), it will have the right to designate for nomination for election one member of our Board, so long as the nominee will not represent more than 9.9% of our entire Board. This designee is entitled to serve on each committee of our Board, subject to applicable stock exchange requirements and federal securities laws and regulations. If our Board consists of fewer than 11 members at any time, Blackstone’s designee will no longer be a member of our Board and will instead become a board observer.
Until a Fall-Away Event, we will not, and will cause our subsidiaries not to, without the prior written consent of Blackstone:
amend the organizational documents of Corebridge or any of our material subsidiaries, in either case so as to include provisions that would disproportionately adversely affect Blackstone in any material respect relative to AIG, in each case in their capacities as holders of our common stock, after taking into account differences in their respective ownership levels;
effect a voluntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Corebridge;
repurchase shares of common stock, if such repurchase would result in Blackstone owning more than 9.9% of our then-outstanding common stock;
other than (x) with respect to documentation relating to our separation from AIG, (y) any modification, amendment, termination of, or entry into any material contract between us and AIG (an “Affiliate Contract”) that is on arm’s-length terms, fair and reasonable to us in all material respects or in the ordinary course of business consistent with historical practice or (z) any modification, amendment or termination of, or entry into, any Affiliate Contracts in connection with our separation from AIG, (A) modify, amend (in any material respect) or terminate (other than as a result of the expiration of the term thereof) any Affiliate Contract, or waive, release or assign any material rights or claims thereunder or (B) enter into any Affiliate Contract, in each of cases (A) and (B) on terms that are adverse in any material respect to Blackstone; provided that the consent of Blackstone shall not be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned; and
following the completion of this offering, effect a voluntary deregistration or delisting of our common stock.
The Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement also provides Blackstone with certain registration rights relating to shares of our common stock held by Blackstone whereby, at any time following the first anniversary of this offering, Blackstone may require us (subject to certain restrictions) to register under the Securities Act, all or any portion of these shares, a so-called “demand request.” Blackstone will also have “piggyback” registration rights, such that we will use our reasonable best efforts to include the shares of common stock held by Blackstone in any future registrations of our equity securities. The Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement sets forth customary registration procedures, including an agreement by us to participate in customary road show presentations in
320

TABLE OF CONTENTS

connection with any underwritten offerings. We have also agreed to pay all expenses related to any registration other than underwriting discounts and commissions and to indemnify Blackstone and its affiliates with respect to liabilities resulting from untrue statements or omissions in any registration statement used in any such registration, other than untrue statements or omissions resulting from written information furnished to us for use in a registration statement by Blackstone, and liabilities resulting from a violation by us of the Securities Act or state securities laws in connection with an offering covered by such registration. Blackstone’s registration rights under the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement will terminate when Blackstone no longer owns at least 75% of its initial investment in 9.9% of our outstanding common stock.
Further, the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement requires us, until a Fall-Away Event, to provide Blackstone upon reasonable request with information relating to our business and financial results, including with respect to information required for regulatory or compliance purposes.
Under the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement, Blackstone may not sell its shares of our common stock, subject to certain exceptions, including:
if the purchaser of such shares is an affiliate of Blackstone and agrees to become bound by the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement;
after the first, second and third anniversary of the closing of this offering, Blackstone may sell up to 25%, 67% and 75%, respectively, of its initial investment in 9.9% of our outstanding common stock;
after the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, Blackstone may sell any shares of our common stock;
in connection with any share repurchase by us or AIG, to cause Blackstone’s ownership not to exceed 9.9% of our then-outstanding common stock;
in connection with a change of control of our company that is approved and recommended to our stockholders by our Board; and
with our consent (or, for so long as AIG owns at least 50% of our common stock, with AIG’s consent).
Further, under the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement, Blackstone may not, directly or indirectly, acquire any shares of, or rights in relation to, our common stock that would cause it to beneficially own more than 9.9% of our outstanding common stock before the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, without our prior written approval.
Investment Management Relationships
Pursuant to our Commitment Letter with Blackstone IM and the SMAs, Blackstone IM serves as the exclusive external investment manager for portions of certain of our life insurance company subsidiaries’ investment portfolios. As of December 31, 2021, Blackstone IM manages an initial $50 billion of our existing investment portfolio. Pursuant to the Commitment Letter, we must use commercially reasonable efforts to transfer certain minimum amounts of assets to Blackstone IM for management each quarter for the next five years beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022, such that the amount under Blackstone IM’s management is expected to increase by $8.5 billion in each of the next 5 years beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022 for an aggregate of $92.5 billion by the third quarter of 2027.
Blackstone IM earns an investment management fee of 0.30% per annum on all assets with respect to the initial $50 billion of assets delivered by our insurance company subsidiaries to Blackstone IM for investment management. That fee will increase to 0.45% per annum with respect to additional assets delivered for investment management by Blackstone IM, and with respect to the initial $50 billion of assets as such amount is re-invested over time. Such fee does not apply in the case of investments made in funds or structures where Blackstone IM or its affiliate is the sponsor or is otherwise entitled to other fees. To the extent that our insurance company subsidiaries fail to deliver to Blackstone IM for investment management applicable amounts by the specified quarterly deadlines, we would still owe investment management fees on the full amount of assets expected to be managed by Blackstone IM.
In furtherance of the arrangements under the Commitment Letter, we rely on Blackstone IM to provide us with investment management and advisory services pursuant to SMAs. Under each SMA, Blackstone IM may delegate any or all of its discretionary investment and advisory rights and powers to one or more affiliate
321

TABLE OF CONTENTS

investment advisers, in which case the applicable sub-manager and the applicable insurance company subsidiary and/or Blackstone IM may enter into a Sub-Manager Agreement.
The Commitment Letter provides that each SMA and Sub-Manager Agreement will have an initial term ending on the six-year anniversary of December 31, 2021 or such earlier date when the initial $50 billion of investment portfolio assets are delivered to Blackstone IM, with two-year automatic extensions unless earlier terminated, and that our insurance company subsidiaries will not exercise their termination rights under the Sub-Manager Agreements or, so long as any Sub-Manager Agreement to which an insurance company is a party is in effect, any SMA, except as specified in the Commitment Letter. Termination of a Sub-Manager Agreement or SMA generally requires the affirmative approval of at least a majority of the directors of our Board, excluding any Blackstone IM representative.
Specifically, at any time, an insurance company subsidiary may terminate an SMA or Sub-Manager Agreement by providing at least 30 days’ advance written notice to Blackstone IM that we and each of our insurance companies have determined that (a) a cause event has occurred, which includes (i) Blackstone IM no longer being able to carry on its investment advisory business as a going concern under the Advisers Act or (ii) Blackstone IM performing its obligations under any SMA with gross negligence, willful misconduct or reckless disregard of any such obligations, (b) Blackstone IM has materially breached a material covenant of an SMA and (subject to certain exceptions) such breach remains uncured for thirty days or (c) a material adverse change has occurred at Blackstone IM such that Blackstone IM or its sub-managers are unable to manage the applicable asset classes as provided in the applicable SMA due to a complete loss of capability with respect to that asset class, and such event remains uncured for three months. During the initial six-year term of the SMA arrangements, an insurance company subsidiary may also terminate, with 30 days’ prior written notice, a Sub-Manager Agreement or SMA for breach of Blackstone IM’s contractual obligation pursuant to the stock purchase agreement between AIG and Blackstone to hold its ownership interest in us for five years following an initial public offering of our common stock, subject to certain exceptions.
Following the initial six-year term, an insurance company subsidiary may terminate a Sub-Manager Agreement to which it is a party for unsatisfactory long-term performance, as measured relative to objective benchmarks agreed between the parties, which underperformance remains uncured for at least one year. Termination for underperformance requires a majority vote of the independent members of our Board (excluding any Blackstone IM representative).
Notwithstanding our obligations under the Commitment Letter, any of our insurance company subsidiaries may terminate any individual SMA at any time upon 30 days’ advance written notice. Corebridge, but not any of our insurance company subsidiaries, may be required to pay damages for termination in certain circumstances where termination is not expressly permitted by the terms of the Commitment Letter.
Reorganization and Recapitalization
For a discussion of certain reorganization and recapitalization transactions that AIG and we have entered into or will enter into in connection with this offering, see “The Reorganization Transactions” and “Recapitalization.”
Historical Related Party Transactions
Guarantees
AIG has guaranteed the obligations of the Company under various debt instruments and agreements. Certain of these guarantees are described below. Unless otherwise stated, figures are presented as of December 31, 2021.
AHAC and NUFIC provide guarantees with respect to all obligations arising from certain insurance policies issued by the Company. The Company paid no fees with respect to these guarantees for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2022. For further information with respect to these guarantees, see Note 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
AIG provides a full and unconditional guarantee of all outstanding debt of AIGLH. This includes:
A guarantee made by AIG in connection with an aggregate amount of $350 million promissory notes issued by AIGLH to an Corebridge subsidiary pursuant to a sale-leaseback transaction in
322

TABLE OF CONTENTS

2020. The promissory notes of $150,000,000 and $200,000,000 have maturity dates of up to four and five years, respectively, and interest rates of 2.52% and 2.40%, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 and the three months ended March 31, 2022, the Company paid no fees for the guarantees and no payments were made under these guarantees.
A guarantee made by AIG in connection with junior subordinated debentures of AIGLH, a subsidiary of the Company, which as of March 31, 2022 consisted of $54 million of 8.500% junior subordinated debentures due July 2030, $142 million of 8.125% junior subordinated debentures due March 2046 and $31 million of 7.570% junior subordinated debentures due December 2045.
$200 million aggregate principal amount as of March 31, 2022, consisting of certain notes due and bonds payable. For further information, see “Recapitalization—Indebtedness Remaining Outstanding Following this Offering.”
Under an Amended and Restated Tax Payment Allocation Agreement, dated June 6, 2011, between AIG and AIG Bermuda, AIG has agreed to indemnify AIG Bermuda for certain tax liabilities resulting from adjustments made by the IRS or other appropriate authorities. During June and October 2021, AIG made additional payments of $354 million and $10 million to the U.S. Treasury with respect to this matter. For additional information, see Note 19 and Note 20 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
Under the terms of six transactions entered into between 2012 and 2014 that securitized portfolios of certain debt securities owned by Corebridge, Corebridge was obligated to make certain capital contributions to such a securitization VIE in the event that the VIE was unable to redeem any rated notes it had issued on the relevant redemption date. AIG Inc. had provided a guarantee to the six securitization VIEs of the obligations of Corebridge to make such capital contributions when due. During the year ended December 31, 2021, Corebridge terminated these six VIEs and recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $145 million.
Credit Facilities
Certain affiliates of the Company are borrowers to revolving credit facilities with AIG pursuant to which they can, on a several basis, borrow monies from AIG (as lender), subject to certain terms and conditions. Principal amounts borrowed under these facilities may be repaid and re-borrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without penalty. Individual borrowing limits exist for each borrower, which vary by participant. These facilities include the following:
On January 1, 2015, the Company entered into a revolving loan facility with AIG Inc. pursuant to which the borrowers can, on a several basis, borrow monies from AIG Inc. (as lender), subject to certain terms and conditions. The total aggregate amount of loans borrowed by all borrowers under the facility cannot exceed $500 million with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 15 basis points. The loan facility also sets forth individual maximum borrowing limits for each borrower. As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and March 31, 2022, there were no amounts owed under this agreement.
On April 1, 2015, AIGLH entered into a revolving loan facility with AIG Inc. pursuant to which AIGLH can borrow monies from AIG Inc. (as lender), subject to certain terms and conditions. The total aggregate amount of loans borrowed under the facility cannot exceed $500 million with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 15 basis points. As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and March 31, 2022, there were no amounts owed under this agreement.
On August 14, 2018, AIG Life UK entered into a revolving loan facility with AIG Inc. pursuant to which AIG Life UK can borrow monies from AIG Inc. (as lender), subject to certain terms and conditions. Any principal amounts borrowed under this facility bear an interest rate of LIBOR plus 15 basis points and may be repaid and re-borrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without penalty. However, the total aggregate amount of loans borrowed under the facility cannot exceed $25 million. As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and March 31, 2022, there were no amounts owed under this agreement.
323

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Promissory Notes
In 2014, 1844 Market received a $54 million loan from NUFIC. AGREIC guarantees the obligations of 1844 Market with respect to this loan.
In 2019, AGREIC issued a note to Lexington of $250 million. The carrying amount of the note was $253 million as of December 31, 2020. Interest expense incurred specific to this note was $0.4 million, $4 million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. On February 12, 2021, AGREIC repaid the loan and interest of $254 million.
In November 2021, Corebridge issued an $8.3 billion note to AIG. The interest rate per annum is equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points. Interest accrues semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning on March 1, 2022. The note matures on the earlier of November 1, 2022 and two business days prior to this initial public offering of our common stock. The interest accrued on this note during the year ended December 31, 2021 was $17 million and during the three months ended March 31, 2022 was $29 million.
Other Intercompany Funding Arrangements
Certain affiliates of the Company participate in intercompany funding arrangements, whereby each participating subsidiary places excess funds on deposit with AIG in exchange for a stated rate of interest. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and March 31, 2022, the Company held $1.0 billion, $1.5 billion and $1.2 billion, respectively, relating to these balances in short-term investments. Interest earned on these deposits was $3 million, $7 million, $26 million, $0.7 million and $0.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Derivative Agreements
The Company pays a fee to AIGM, a subsidiary of AIG, for a suite of capital markets services, including derivatives execution and support. In addition, in the ordinary course of business, the Company enters into over-the-counter derivative transactions with AIGM, under standard ISDA agreements. The total expenses incurred for services provided by AIGM were $17 million and $19 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively and $5 million and $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. There were no expenses paid for services provided by AIGM for the year ended December 31, 2019. For a discussion of the transition of the services provided by AIGM to Corebridge Markets, see “The Reorganization Transactions—Transfer of Investment Management Business.” The Company’s derivative assets, net of gross assets and gross liabilities after collateral were $18 million, $256 million and $261 million as of March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The Company’s derivative liabilities, net of gross assets and gross liabilities after collateral were $0 million, $2.0 million and $0.1 million as of March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020. The collateral posted to AIGM was $1.2 billion, $803 million and $845 million, as of March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The collateral held by the Company was $534 million, $770 million and $507 million as of March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
In addition, the Company entered into certain unsecured derivative transactions with AIG FP prior to 2018 under a standard ISDA agreement. These derivative assets, net of gross assets and gross liabilities after collateral, were $349 million, $406 million and $465 million as of March 31, 2022, December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These derivative liabilities, net of gross assets and gross liabilities after collateral, were $0.8 million as of December 31, 2020. There were no derivative net liabilities as of December 31, 2021. There was no collateral posted to AIG FP or collateral held by the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Capital Maintenance Agreement
As of December 31, 2021, the Company had one capital maintenance agreement, between AGC and AIG (the “CMA”). Among other things, the CMA provides that AIG will maintain the total adjusted capital of AGC at or above a specified minimum percentage of AGC’s projected Company action level RBC. AIG did not make any capital contributions to AGC under the CMA during the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 or the three months ended March 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the specified minimum capital percentage in the CMA was 250%.
Tax Sharing Agreements
We have historically been included in the consolidated federal income tax return of AIG as well as certain state tax returns where AIG files on a combined or unitary basis. For the three months ended March 31, 2022
324

TABLE OF CONTENTS

and for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we paid a net amount of $511 million, $1.5 billion, $1.7 billion and $1.2 billion in tax sharing payments in cash to AIG. The tax sharing payments may be subject to further adjustment in future periods. Amounts receivable from (payable to) AIG pursuant to the tax sharing agreements were $444 million as of March 31, 2022 and $223 million and $(815) million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
General Operating Services
Pursuant to the provisions of a service and expense agreement (the “AIG Service and Expense Agreement”) effective February 1, 1974, as amended, between AIG and certain of its affiliates, including the Company, AIG provides operational services to such affiliates at cost. For further information regarding these services, see Note 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements. The total service expenses incurred by the Company pursuant to the AIG Service and Expense Agreement were $6 million and $67 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively and $229 million, $204 million and $226 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Historically, AGL has both provided policy administration services to, and has received policy administration services from, previously affiliated AIG entities in connection with policies subject to the Fortitude transactions. For additional information with respect to these transactions, see Notes 1, 7 and 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
Advisory Transactions
Several of our asset management subsidiaries have served as investment managers or sub-managers, investment advisors or sub-advisors and portfolio managers or sub-managers for various funds pertaining to the asset management subsidiaries of AIG Group. The amount of fees we receive depends, in part, on the performance of the funds or the returns earned on the accounts which our subsidiaries are advising.
Certain of our investment management subsidiaries, including AIG Asset Management (U.S.), LLC, AIG Asset Management (Europe) Limited and AIG Credit Management, LLC, provide advisory, management, allocation, structuring, planning, oversight, administration and similar services (collectively, “Investment Services”) with respect to the investment portfolios of related party clients, including both insurance companies and non-insurance company subsidiaries of AIG. For additional information with respect to these Investment Services, see Note 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements. Management and advisory fee income for these Investment Services and related services was $31 million and $20 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively and $88 million, $88 million and $85 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Reinsurance Agreements
In 2018, AIG Life UK ceded to AIRCO risks relating to the payment of obligations of life-contingent annuity claims in the annuitization phase of the contracts on or after June 30, 2018. In 2019 and 2020, AIG Life UK and AIRCO entered into reinsurance treaties whereby AIRCO assumed risks relating to certain whole life policies. Reinsurance assets related to these treaties were $167 million as of March 31, 2022 and $167 million and $137 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Amounts payable by AIG Life UK to AIRCO pursuant to these treaties were $9 million as of March 31, 2022 and $7 million and $46 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Ceded premiums related to these treaties were $11 million and $10 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively and $42 million, $33 million and $15 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The Company has entered into reinsurance transactions with Fortitude Re, which prior to its sale in 2020 was a wholly owned subsidiary of AIG. For additional information with respect to these transactions, see Notes 1, 7 and 21 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
Compensation and Other Arrangements Concerning Employees
We maintain, or have maintained, human resources-related arrangements with AIG in the areas listed below.
Long-term Incentive Compensation
Our employees participate in certain of AIG’s long-term incentive compensation programs. Our total share-based compensation expense after tax for these programs was $30 million and $29 million for the three
325

TABLE OF CONTENTS

months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $70 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, $58 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $58 million for the year ended December 31, 2019. For further information regarding these plans, see Note 19 to the audited consolidated financial statements, “Employee Benefits—Employee Plans.”
Short-term Incentive Compensation
Our total compensation expense after tax for these programs was $35 million and $29 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $121 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, $116 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $108 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Pension Plans
Our employees and retirees participate in U.S. defined benefit pension plans sponsored by AIG that include participants from other affiliates of AIG. AIG recognized net pension credits for its frozen U.S. defined benefits plans, and the Company's allocated shares of these credits was $10 million and $14 million as of March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $52 million, $31 million and $9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In addition, the Company’s share of other postretirement benefit expense was $0.5 million for each of the three months ended March 31. 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Our obligations under these plans result from an allocation of our share of expenses based on employee participation, including considerations for individual employees’ base pay, overtime, annual incentives and sales commissions. For further information regarding these plans, see Note 19 to our audited consolidated financial statements.
Defined Contribution Plans
AIG sponsors defined contribution plans for U.S. employees that provide for contributions by employees, as well as an employer contribution. The Company’s contributions relating to this plan were $29 million and $27 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $74 million, $72 million and $72 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
In addition, the Company sponsors defined contribution plans for certain non-U.S. employees which also provide for contributions by employees, as well as an employer contribution. The Company’s contributions relating to this plan were $2 million for each of the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $8 million, $7 million and $6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Severance Plans
Certain of our U.S. and non-U.S. employees (including certain executives and management-level employees not otherwise party to an employment agreement with AIG or one of its subsidiaries that provides for severance) are eligible for participation in severance plans which are sponsored by AIG and certain of which are required by local law. Severance payments under these plans are generally triggered by a qualified termination or in connection with a qualified termination following a change in control (in each case subject to the terms of the applicable plans). In addition to severance payments, certain employees may also be eligible for AIG-subsidized medical coverage and certain outplacement services post-termination. Our total compensation expense after tax for these programs was $10 million and $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, $27 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $11 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Continuity and Retention Plans
Certain of our U.S. and non-U.S. employees are eligible for participation in certain continuity and retention plans sponsored by AIG. Our total compensation expense after tax for these programs was $2 million and $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2020 and $2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.
Intellectual Property
We frequently make use of trademarks and other intellectual property owned by AIG. There are no formal, written license agreements in place between the Company and AIG with respect to, and we have not historically
326

TABLE OF CONTENTS

paid license fees for, the use of this intellectual property. Following this offering, our use of trademarks and intellectual property owned by AIG will be governed by the terms of the Trademark License Agreement described under “—Relationships with AIG Following the Offering.”
Ownership of AIG Common Stock
The Company may purchase or sell securities, at fair market value, to or from other AIG affiliates, in the ordinary course of business. On August 30, 2021, AGL and USL sold 107,942 and 9 shares of AIG Inc. common stock to AIG Inc., respectively, which had a fair market value of $6 million. On August 30, 2021, Corebridge distributed 697,960 shares of AIG common stock to AIG as a dividend, which had a fair market value of $38 million.
Revenues and Expenses Associated with Related Party Transactions
The table below summarizes the material revenues and expenses of the Company, in connection with agreements with AIG and its subsidiaries described below for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 and for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
Year Ended December 31,
($ in million)
2022
2021
2021
2020
2019
Types of Related Party Transactions
 
 
 
 
 
Promissory Notes
$(29)
$0
$(17)
$(4)
$(8)
Other Intercompany Funding Arrangements
(1)
(1)
(3)
(7)
(26)
Derivative Agreements
(5)
(3)
(17)
(19)
Tax Sharing Agreements
(511)
(366)
(1,532)
(1,707)
(1,176)
General Operating Services
(6)
(67)
(229)
(204)
(226)
Advisory Services
31
20
88
88
85
Compensation and Other Arrangements Concerning Employees
(99)
(77)
(237)
(254)
(249)
Total
$(620)
$(494)
$(1,947)
$(2,107)
$(1,600)
327

TABLE OF CONTENTS

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
The following description of our capital stock is a summary of the material terms of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that we will enter into in connection with this offering. Reference is made to the more detailed provisions of, and the descriptions are qualified in their entirety by reference to, these documents, forms of which will be filed with the SEC as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part, and applicable law. This description assumes the effectiveness of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which took effect prior to the settlement of this offering.
General
Our authorized capital stock will consist of     shares of common stock, par value $1.00 per share. Immediately following the completion of the offering, approximately       shares of our common stock will be issued and outstanding. All of the outstanding shares of our common stock are fully paid and nonassessable.
Common Stock
Voting Rights
Shares of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share.
In an uncontested election of directors, each director shall be elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast (meaning the number of shares voted “for” a nominee must exceed the number of shares voted “against” such nominee) at any meeting for the election of directors at which a quorum is present. Pursuant to our corporate governance guidelines, our Board will nominate for election as directors, with respect to incumbent candidates, only those who have tendered, prior to the mailing of the proxy statement for the annual meeting at which they are to be reelected as directors, irrevocable resignations that will be effective upon (i) the failure to receive the required vote at any annual meeting at which they are nominated for re-election and (ii) Board acceptance of such resignation. Our Board shall accept such resignation unless it determines that the best interests of Corebridge and our stockholders would not be served by doing so. Our Board shall take action within 90 days following certification of the vote, unless such action would cause Corebridge to fail to comply with any applicable stock exchange requirement or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Exchange Act, in which event Corebridge shall take action as promptly as is practicable while continuing to meet such requirements. Our Board will promptly disclose its decision and the reasons therefor in a periodic or current report filed with the SEC.
In a contested election (meaning more directors have been nominated for election than directorship positions available), directors will be elected by a plurality of the votes cast (instead of by votes for or against a nominee). Stockholders will not have the right to cumulate their votes for the election of directors.
In other matters, the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the shares of all classes of stock present in person or represented by proxy at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the stockholders, provided that (except as otherwise required by law) our Board may require in the notice of meeting a larger vote upon any such matter.
Dividends
Dividends may be declared by our Board at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law, and may be paid in cash, in property or in shares of capital stock. Each holder of common stock will be entitled to receive, on a pro rata basis, dividends and distributions, if any, that our Board may declare out of legally available funds, subject to preferences that may be applicable to preferred stock, if any, then outstanding. See “Dividend Policy.”
Liquidation
In the event of our dissolution, liquidation or winding-up of our affairs, whether voluntary or involuntary, after payment of all our preferential amounts required to be paid to the holders of any series of preferred stock, our remaining assets legally available for distribution, if any, will be distributed among the holders of the shares of common stock, pro rata based on the number of shares held by each such holder.
328

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Other Rights
Holders of our common stock will have no preemptive or conversion rights or other subscription rights, and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to our common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of our common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that our Board may designate and issue in the future.
Preferred Stock
Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our Board will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to      shares of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the designations, powers, preferences and the relative participating, optional or other special rights and qualifications, limitations and restrictions of each series, including dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preferences and the number of shares constituting any series. Upon completion of the offering, no shares of our authorized preferred stock will be outstanding.
Directors
Our Board will consist of at least 11 directors but no more than 21 directors.
Board Designation Rights
Pursuant to the AIG Separation Agreement and the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement, AIG and Blackstone each have specified board designation and other rights. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with AIG—Separation Agreement” and “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Partnership with Blackstone—Stockholders’ Agreement.”
Annual Stockholders Meeting
Our amended and restated bylaws provide that annual stockholders meetings will be held at a date, time and place, if any, as exclusively selected by our Board. To the extent permitted under applicable law, we may conduct meetings by means of remote communications.
Special Meeting of Stockholders
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that a special meeting of stockholders may be called for any purpose at any time by (i) the chair of our Board, if any, (ii) our Chief Executive Officer, (iii) our Board or (iv) our Secretary upon written request of one or more record holders who together own 25% or more of the outstanding shares of common stock entitled to vote at such meeting.
Stockholders Action by Written Consent
Any action required by law to be taken at any annual or special meeting of stockholders of Corebridge, or any action that may be taken at any annual or special meeting of such stockholders, may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted. Any stockholder seeking to have the stockholders authorize or take corporate action by written consent shall first request in writing that our Board fix a record date for such purpose. Such written request shall be signed by one or more stockholders representing 25% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Corebridge entitled to consent on the matter or matters set forth in the written request.
Amendments to our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our Board followed by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of our common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders.
329

TABLE OF CONTENTS

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws may be amended or repealed, or new bylaws may be adopted, by the affirmative vote of a majority of our Board, or by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of our common stock then entitled to vote at any annual or special meeting of stockholders.
Anti-Takeover Effects of Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws
We expect that certain provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as well as certain provisions of Delaware law, may discourage or make more difficult a takeover attempt that a stockholder might consider in his or her best interest. These provisions may also adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock. We believe that the benefits of increased protection give us the potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure us and outweigh the disadvantage of discouraging those proposals because negotiation of the proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Authorized but Unissued Shares of Capital Stock
Common Stock. The remaining shares of authorized and unissued common stock will be available for future issuance without additional stockholder approval. While the additional shares are not designed to deter or prevent a change of control, under some circumstances we could use the additional shares to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons seeking to effect a takeover or otherwise gain control by, for example, issuing those shares in private placements to purchasers who might side with our Board in opposing a hostile takeover bid.
Preferred Stock. The existence of authorized but unissued preferred stock could reduce our attractiveness as a target for an unsolicited takeover bid since we could, for example, issue shares of preferred stock to parties who might oppose such a takeover bid or issue shares that contain terms the potential acquirer may find unattractive. This may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, may discourage bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price of our common stock and may adversely affect the market price of, and the voting and other rights of the holders of, our common stock.
Removal of Directors; Vacancies
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that directors may be removed, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares of our common stock entitled to vote on the election of directors, and any vacancy so created may be filled by the affirmative vote of holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Vacancies (other than any vacancy created by removal of a director by stockholder vote) and newly created directorships resulting from any increase in the authorized number of directors elected by all of the stockholders having the right to vote as a single class or from any other cause may be filled by a majority of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum, or by the sole remaining director.
Stockholders Advance Notice Procedure
Our amended and restated bylaws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholders to make nominations of candidates for election as directors or to bring other business before an annual meeting of our stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that any stockholder wishing to nominate persons for election as directors at, or bring other business before, an annual meeting must deliver to our corporate secretary a written notice of the stockholder’s intention to do so. These provisions may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of Corebridge. To be timely, the stockholder’s notice must be delivered to our corporate secretary at our principal executive offices not less than 90 days nor more than 120 days before the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the preceding year; provided, however, that in the event that the annual meeting is not scheduled within a period that commences 30 days before and ends 30 days after such anniversary date, a stockholder’s notice must be delivered to our corporate secretary by the later of (x) the close of business on the date 90 days prior to the meeting or (y) no later than the close of business on the 10th day following the day on which a public announcement of the date of the meeting is first made by us.
330

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Section 203 of the DGCL
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we will not be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL (“Section 203”) until the first date on which AIG ceases to own (directly or indirectly) 5% of the then-outstanding shares of our common stock. From and after such date, we will be governed by Section 203 for so long as Section 203 by its terms would apply to us.
Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s outstanding voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless:
prior to such time, the board of directors of the corporation approved either the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder;
upon consummation of the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the corporation outstanding at the time the transaction commenced, excluding for purposes of determining the voting stock outstanding, but not the outstanding voting stock owned by the interested stockholder, those shares owned (i) by persons who are directors and also officers and (ii) employee stock plans in which employee participants do not have the right to determine confidentially whether shares held subject to the plan will be tendered in a tender or exchange offer; or
at or subsequent to such time, the business combination is approved by the board of directors and authorized at an annual or special meeting of stockholders, and not by written consent, by the affirmative vote of at least 662∕3% of the outstanding voting stock that is not owned by the interested stockholder.
Generally, a business combination includes a merger, asset or stock sale, or other transaction resulting in a financial benefit to the interested stockholder. An “interested stockholder” is any entity or person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns, or within the previous three years owned, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation. We expect the existence of this provision in the future to have an anti-takeover effect with respect to transactions our Board does not approve in advance. We also anticipate that Section 203 may discourage attempts that might result in a premium over the market price for the shares of common stock held by stockholders.
Limitations on Liability and Indemnification
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions permitted under the DGCL that limit the liability of directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL. These provisions will eliminate a director’s personal liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases, redemptions or other distributions; or
any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.
The principal effect of the limitation on liability provision is that a stockholder will be unable to prosecute an action for monetary damages against a director unless the stockholder can demonstrate a basis for liability for which indemnification is not available under the DGCL. These provisions, however, should not limit or eliminate our rights or any stockholder’s rights to seek non-monetary relief, such as an injunction or rescission, in the event of a breach of director’s fiduciary duty. These provisions will not alter a director’s liability under U.S. federal securities laws. The inclusion of this provision in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may discourage or deter stockholders or management from bringing a lawsuit against directors for a breach of their fiduciary duties, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise have benefited us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.
331

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will require us to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL and other applicable law. Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and executive officers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, against all liability and loss suffered and expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in connection with pending or threatened legal proceedings because of the director’s or officer’s positions with us or another entity that the director or officer serves at our request, subject to various conditions, and to pay the expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by our directors and officers in advance of the final disposition to enable them to defend against such proceedings.
Proxy Access
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that a stockholder or group of up to 20 stockholders that has maintained continuous qualifying ownership of 3% or more of our outstanding common stock for at least the previous three years is permitted to nominate and include up to a specified number of proxy access nominees in Corebridge’s proxy materials for its annual meeting of stockholders, provided that such stockholder or group of stockholders satisfies the applicable proxy access requirements of, and provides the information and representations required by, our amended and restated bylaws. Proxy access nominees are also required to submit certain information, and are subject to certain exclusions and disqualifications, as will be set forth in our amended and restated bylaws.
The maximum number of proxy access nominees that we are required to include in our proxy materials is the greater of (a) two and (b) 20% of the directors in office at the time of nomination (rounded down to the nearest whole number). Any eligible stockholder that submits more than one proxy access nominee is required to provide a ranking of its proposed proxy access nominees. If the number of proxy access nominees exceeds the proxy access nominee limit, the highest ranking qualified individual from the list proposed by each eligible stockholder, beginning with the eligible stockholder with the largest qualifying ownership and proceeding through the list of eligible stockholders in descending order of qualifying ownership, will be selected for inclusion in Corebridge’s proxy materials until the proxy access nominee limit is reached.
Requests to include proxy access nominees in Corebridge’s proxy materials must be received no earlier than 150 days and no later than 120 days before the anniversary of the date that Corebridge first mailed its proxy materials for the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders, subject to adjustment in the event the annual meeting is held more than 30 days before or after the anniversary of the date of the prior year’s annual meeting.
Corporate Opportunities
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we, on our behalf and on behalf of our subsidiaries, renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, potential transactions, matters or business opportunities (each, a “corporate opportunity”) that are from time to time presented to AIG, Blackstone, or any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries), even if the opportunity is one that we or our subsidiaries might reasonably be deemed to have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. Neither AIG, Blackstone, nor any of their respective officers, directors, employees, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates or subsidiaries is liable to us or any of our subsidiaries for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person pursues or acquires such corporate opportunity, directs such corporate opportunity to another person or fails to present such corporate opportunity, or information regarding such corporate opportunity, to us or our subsidiaries unless, in the case of any such person who is a director or officer of Corebridge, such corporate opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer in writing solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of Corebridge. To the fullest extent permitted by law, by becoming a stockholder in Corebridge, stockholders are deemed to have notice of and consented to this provision of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.
Exclusive Forum
Our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternate forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action or
332

TABLE OF CONTENTS

proceeding asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed to us or our stockholders by any of our directors, officers, other employees, agents or stockholders, (iii) any action or proceeding asserting a claim against us arising under the DGCL or as to which the DGCL confers jurisdiction on the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (including, without limitation, any action asserting a claim arising out of or pursuant to our amended and restated bylaws) or (iv) any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Although our amended and restated bylaws will contain the exclusive forum provisions described above, it is possible that a court could find that such provision is unenforceable.
As permitted by Delaware law, our amended and restated bylaws will provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the sole and exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations thereunder. To the fullest extent permitted by law, by becoming a stockholder in Corebridge, you will be deemed to have notice of and have consented to the provisions of our amended and restated bylaws related to choice of forum. Neither this provision nor the exclusive forum provision will mean that stockholders have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.
Insurance Regulations
The insurance laws and regulations of the various states in which our insurance subsidiaries are organized may delay or impede a business combination or other strategic transaction involving us. State insurance laws prohibit an entity from acquiring control of an insurance company without the prior approval of the domestic insurance regulator. Under most states’ statutes, an entity is presumed to have control of an insurance company if it owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of the voting stock of that insurance company or its parent company. These regulatory restrictions may delay, deter or prevent a potential merger or sale of Corebridge, even if our Board decides that it is in the best interests of stockholders for us to merge or be sold. These restrictions also may delay sales by us or acquisitions by third parties of our subsidiaries. See “Business—Regulation—U.S. Regulation—State Insurance Regulation.”
Market Listing
We intend to apply to have our common stock approved for listing on the NYSE under the symbol “CRBG.”
Transfer Agent and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be Broadridge Corporate Issuer Solutions, Inc.
333

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SHARES AVAILABLE FOR FUTURE SALE
Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect prevailing market prices of our common stock. Some shares of our common stock will not be available for sale for a certain period of time after this offering because they are subject to contractual and legal restrictions on resale, some of which are described below. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market after these restrictions lapse, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price and our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Sales of Restricted Securities
After this offering,         shares of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares, all of the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining        shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering are “restricted securities” within the meaning of Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if they are registered under the Securities Act or are sold pursuant to an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. Subject to the lock-up agreements described below, shares held by our affiliates that are not restricted securities or that have been owned for more than one year may be sold subject to compliance with Rule 144 of the Securities Act without regard to the prescribed one-year holding period under Rule 144.
Stock Options
Upon the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements under the Securities Act to register the shares of common stock to be issued under our stock option plans and, as a result, all shares of common stock acquired upon exercise of stock options and other equity-based awards granted under these plans will, subject to a 180-day lock-up period, also be freely tradable under the Securities Act unless purchased by our affiliates. A total of         shares of common stock are subject to outstanding stock options previously granted under our stock incentive plans as of         2022, and an additional       shares of common stock will be available for grants of additional equity awards under stock incentive plans to be adopted prior to the completion of this offering.
Lock-up Agreements
Upon the completion of the offering, the selling stockholder, Blackstone and our directors and executive officers will have signed lock-up agreements, under which they will agree not to sell, transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for shares of our common stock without the prior written consent of        for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus. These agreements are described below under “Underwriting.”
Similarly, under the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement, Blackstone may not sell its shares of our common stock within five years following the completion of this offering, subject to certain exceptions, including:
if the purchaser of such shares is an affiliate of Blackstone and agrees to become bound by the Blackstone Stockholders’ Agreement;
after the first, second and third anniversary of the closing of this offering, Blackstone may sell up to 25%, 67% and 75%, respectively, of its initial investment in 9.9% of our outstanding common stock;
after the fifth anniversary of the closing of this offering, Blackstone may sell any shares of our common stock;
in connection with any share repurchase by us or AIG, to cause Blackstone’s ownership not to exceed 9.9% of our then-outstanding common stock;
in connection with a change of control of our company that is approved and recommended to our stockholders by our Board; and
with our consent (or, for so long as AIG owns at least 50% of our common stock, with AIG’s consent).
334

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Registration Rights Agreement
AIG and its subsidiaries will have the right to require us to register certain shares of common stock for resale in some circumstances. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with AIG Following this Offering—Registration Rights Agreement.” In addition, Blackstone will have the right to require us to register certain shares of common stock for resale in some circumstances. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Partnership with Blackstone—Stockholders’ Agreement.”
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, a person (or persons whose shares are aggregated) who is not deemed to be or have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than an affiliate, is entitled to sell such shares without registration, subject to compliance with the public information requirements of Rule 144. If such a person has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least one year, including the holding period of a prior owner other than an affiliate, then such person is entitled to sell such shares without complying with any of the requirements of Rule 144.
In general, under Rule 144, as currently in effect, our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates, who have met the six-month holding period for beneficial ownership of “restricted shares” of our common stock, are entitled to sell within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately        shares immediately after this offering; and
the average reported weekly trading volume of our common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates or persons selling shares on behalf of our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us. The sale of these shares, or the perception that sales will be made, could adversely affect the price of our common stock after this offering because a great supply of shares would be, or would be perceived to be, available for sale in the public market.
335

TABLE OF CONTENTS

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS
The following is a discussion of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders (as defined below) that purchase such common stock pursuant to this offering and hold such common stock as a capital asset. This discussion is based on the Code, U.S. Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder, and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as in effect on the date hereof and all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect, or to different interpretation. This discussion does not address all of the U.S. federal income tax considerations that may be relevant to specific Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular circumstances or to Non-U.S. Holders subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax law (such as banks, insurance companies, dealers in securities or other Non-U.S. Holders that generally mark their securities to market for U.S. federal income tax purposes, foreign governments, international organizations, tax-exempt entities, certain former citizens or residents of the United States, or Non-U.S. Holders that hold our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion or other integrated transaction). This discussion does not address any U.S. state or local or non-U.S. tax considerations or any U.S. federal gift or alternative minimum tax considerations.
As used in this discussion, the term “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is:
an individual who is neither a citizen nor a resident of the United States;
a corporation that is not created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, or the District of Columbia;
an estate that is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on income from non-U.S. sources which is not effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States; or
a trust unless (i) a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over its administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of its substantial decisions or (ii) it has in effect a valid election under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.
If an entity treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes invests in our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax considerations relating to such investment will depend in part upon the status and activities of such entity and the particular partner. Any such entity should consult its own tax advisor regarding the U.S. federal income tax considerations applicable to it and its partners relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.
PERSONS CONSIDERING AN INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK SHOULD CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS RELATING TO THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK IN LIGHT OF THEIR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES.
Distributions on Common Stock
If we make a distribution of cash or other property (other than certain pro rata distributions of our common stock or rights to acquire our common stock) with respect to a share of our common stock, the distribution generally will be treated as a dividend to the extent it is paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles). If the amount of such distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, such excess generally will be treated first as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of the Non-U.S. Holder’s adjusted tax basis in such share of our common stock, and then as capital gain (which will be treated in the manner described below under “Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock”). Distributions treated as dividends on our common stock that are paid to or for the account of a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal withholding tax at a rate of 30%, or at a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty and the Non-U.S. Holder provides the documentation (generally, “IRS” Forms W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E) required to claim benefits under such tax treaty to the applicable withholding agent. Even if our current or accumulated earnings and profits are less than the amount of the distribution, the applicable withholding agent may elect to treat the entire distribution as a dividend for U.S. federal withholding tax purposes. Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding U.S. federal withholding tax on distributions, including such Non-U.S. Holder’s eligibility for a lower rate and the availability of a refund of any excess U.S. federal tax withheld.
336

TABLE OF CONTENTS

If, however, a dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by a Non-U.S. Holder, such dividend generally will not be subject to the 30% U.S. federal withholding tax if such Non-U.S. Holder provides the appropriate documentation (generally, IRS Form W-8ECI) to the applicable withholding agent. Instead, such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividend in substantially the same manner as a U.S. person (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty). In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty) on its effectively connected income for the taxable year, subject to certain adjustments.
The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under “—FATCA Withholding” and “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.”
Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Common Stock
A Non-U.S. Holder generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain recognized on the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock unless:
(i)
such gain is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States by such Non-U.S. Holder, in which event such Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such gain in substantially the same manner as a U.S. person (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty) and, if it is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, may also be subject to a branch profits tax at a rate of 30% (or a lower rate if provided by an applicable tax treaty);
(ii)
such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more during the taxable year of such sale, exchange or other disposition and certain other conditions are met, in which event such gain (net of certain U.S. source losses) generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (except as provided by an applicable tax treaty); or
(iii)
we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation” for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of (x) the five-year period ending on the date of such sale, exchange or other disposition and (y) such Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period with respect to such common stock, and certain other conditions are met.
Generally, a corporation is a “United States real property holding corporation” if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests and its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business (all as determined for U.S. federal income tax purposes). We believe that we presently are not, and we do not presently anticipate that we will become, a U.S. real property holding corporation.
The foregoing discussion is subject to the discussion below under “—Information Reporting and Backup Withholding.”
FATCA Withholding
Under the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act provisions of the Code and related U.S. Treasury guidance (“FATCA”), a withholding tax of 30% will be imposed in certain circumstances on payments of dividends on our common stock. In the case of payments made to a “foreign financial institution” (such as a bank, a broker, an investment fund or, in certain cases, a holding company), as a beneficial owner or as an intermediary, this tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such institution (i) has agreed to (and does) comply with the requirements of an agreement with the United States (an “FFI Agreement”) or (ii) is required by (and does comply with) applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an intergovernmental agreement between the United States and a foreign jurisdiction (an “IGA”) to, among other things, collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities or other relevant tax authorities certain information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution and, in either case, such institution provides the withholding agent with a certification as to its FATCA status. In the case of payments made to a foreign entity that is not a financial institution (as a beneficial owner), the tax generally will be imposed, subject to certain exceptions, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with a certification as to its FATCA status and, in certain cases, identifies any “substantial” U.S. owner (generally, any specified U.S. person that directly or indirectly owns more than a specified percentage of such entity). If our common stock is held through a foreign financial institution that has agreed to
337

TABLE OF CONTENTS

comply with the requirements of an FFI Agreement or is subject to similar requirements under applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an IGA, such foreign financial institution (or, in certain cases, a person paying amounts to such foreign financial institution) generally will be required, subject to certain exceptions, to withhold tax on payments made to (i) a person (including an individual) that fails to provide any required information or documentation or (ii) a foreign financial institution that has not agreed to comply with the requirements of an FFI Agreement and is not subject to similar requirements under applicable foreign law enacted in connection with an IGA. Each Non-U.S. Holder should consult its own tax advisor regarding the application of FATCA to our common stock.
Information Reporting and Backup Withholding
Distributions on our common stock made to a Non-U.S. Holder and the amount of any U.S. federal tax withheld from such distributions generally will be reported annually to the IRS and to such Non-U.S. Holder by the applicable withholding agent.
The information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments of dividends to certain U.S. persons generally will not apply to payments of dividends on our common stock to a Non-U.S. Holder if such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker generally will not be subject to the information reporting and backup withholding rules that apply to payments to certain U.S. persons, provided that the proceeds are paid to the Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States. However, proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected through a non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker with certain specified U.S. connections or of a U.S. broker generally will be subject to these information reporting rules (but generally not to these backup withholding rules), even if the proceeds are paid to such Non-U.S. Holder outside the United States, unless such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption. Proceeds from the sale, exchange or other disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected through a U.S. office of a broker generally will be subject to these information reporting and backup withholding rules unless such Non-U.S. Holder certifies under penalties of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (generally by providing an IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E to the applicable withholding agent) or otherwise establishes an exemption.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules generally will be allowed as a refund or a credit against a Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability if the required information is furnished by such Non-U.S. Holder on a timely basis to the IRS.
U.S. Federal Estate Tax
Shares of our common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual Non-U.S. Holder at the time of such Non-U.S. Holder’s death will be included in such Non-U.S. Holder’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.
338

TABLE OF CONTENTS

UNDERWRITING
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Global Coordinator, and          are acting as representatives (the “Representatives”) of each of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in an underwriting agreement among us, the selling stockholder and the underwriters, the selling stockholder has agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each of the underwriters has agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase from the selling stockholder, the number of shares of our common stock set forth opposite its name below.
Underwriter
Number of
Shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
 
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC
 
Piper Sandler & Co.
 
 
    
Total
    
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the underwriting agreement, the underwriters have agreed, severally and not jointly, to purchase all of the shares offered by the selling stockholder if any of these shares are purchased. If an underwriter defaults, the underwriting agreement provides that the purchase commitments of the nondefaulting underwriters may be increased or the underwriting agreement may be terminated.
We and the selling stockholder have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make in respect of those liabilities.
The underwriters are offering the shares of our common stock, subject to prior sale, when, as and if issued to and accepted by them, subject to approval of legal matters by their counsel, including the validity of the shares of our common stock, and other conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, such as the receipt by the underwriters of officer’s certificates and legal opinions. The underwriters reserve the right to withdraw, cancel or modify offers to the public and to reject orders in whole or in part.
Commissions and Discounts
The Representatives have advised us that the underwriters propose initially to offer the shares of our common stock to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $     per share. After the initial offering, the public offering price, concession or any other term of this offering may be changed.
The following table shows the per share and total public offering price, underwriting discount and proceeds before expenses to the selling stockholder. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase        additional shares of our common stock.
 
Per Share
Without Option
With Option
Public offering price
$  
$  
$  
Underwriting discount
$
$
$
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholder
$
$
$
The expenses of this offering (including the expenses of the selling stockholder), not including the underwriting discount, are estimated at $    million and are payable by us. The underwriters will not receive any underwriting discount or commission from the shares of our common stock purchased by stockholders, executive officers and directors in this offering. In addition, we have agreed to reimburse the underwriters up to $     for certain fees and expenses of counsel to the underwriters.
Option to Purchase Additional Shares
The underwriters have an option, exercisable for 30 days after the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to additional shares of our common stock from the selling stockholder at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the underwriting agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares of our common stock proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.
339

TABLE OF CONTENTS

No Sales of Similar Securities
We, our executive officers and directors and our existing stockholders (including AIG and Blackstone) have agreed not to (i) offer, sell, or contract to sell, pledge, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, make any short sale, lend or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, except as provided in the underwriting agreement, any of our securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for, or that represent the right to receive, shares of our common stock, (ii) enter into any hedging, swap or other agreement or transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise) or (iii) file any registration statement with the SEC relating to any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for common stock or otherwise publicly announce any intention to enter into any transaction described above, in each case without the prior written consent of         for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain limited exceptions set forth in the underwriting agreement.
This lock-up provision applies to common stock and to securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for or repayable with common stock. It also applies to common stock owned now or acquired later (but prior to this offering) by the person executing the agreement or for which the person executing the agreement later acquires the power of disposition.
Listing
We intend to apply to list our shares on the NYSE under the symbol “CRBG.”
Determination of Offering Price
Before this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. The initial public offering price was determined through negotiations among the Company, the selling stockholder and the Representatives. Prevailing market conditions and other factors were considered in determining the initial public offering price. An active trading market for the shares of our common stock may not develop. It is also possible that after this offering, the shares of our common stock will not trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.
Pursuant to the Separation Agreement between the Company and the selling stockholder, the selling stockholder may, in its sole and absolute discretion, determine the terms of this offering. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Relationship with AIG Following this Offering—Separation Agreement—Initial Public Offering; Conditions.”
Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids
Until the distribution of the shares of our common stock is completed, SEC rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing our common stock. However, the Representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the common stock, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell our common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, purchases on the open market to cover positions created by short sales and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in this offering. “Covered” short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares described above. The underwriters may close out any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the option granted to them. “Naked” short sales are sales in excess of such option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of our common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of shares of our common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of this offering.
340

TABLE OF CONTENTS

The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the Representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.
Similar to other purchase transactions, the underwriters’ purchases to cover the syndicate short sales may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of our common stock or preventing or slowing a decline in the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that might otherwise exist in the open market. The underwriters may conduct these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
None of us, the selling stockholder or any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of our common stock. In addition, neither we, nor the selling stockholder, nor any of the underwriters make any representation that the Representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.
Electronic Distribution
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in this offering. The Representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares of our common stock to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the Representatives to underwriters that may make internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
Other Relationships
Some of the underwriters and their affiliates have engaged in, and may in the future engage in, investment banking and other commercial dealings in the ordinary course of business with us or our affiliates, including the selling stockholder. They have received, or may in the future receive, customary fees and commissions for these transactions.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.
In the ordinary course of their business activities, the underwriters and their affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers. Certain of the underwriters or their affiliates that have a lending relationship with us routinely hedge, and certain other of those underwriters or their affiliates may hedge, their credit exposure to us consistent with their customary risk management policies. Typically, such underwriters and their affiliates would hedge such exposure by entering into transactions which consist of either the purchase of credit default swaps or the creation of short positions in our securities, including potentially the common stock. Any such credit default swaps or short positions could adversely affect future trading prices of the common stock. Such investments and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of ours or our affiliates, including the selling stockholder. The underwriters and their affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or financial instruments and may hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC acted as financial advisor to AIG on the sale of a 9.9% equity stake in our company to Blackstone.
Certain underwriters or affiliates of the underwriters are party to our delayed draw term loan facilities. In connection with the 18-Month DDTL, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, acts as Administrative Agent and, together with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, acted as a Joint Lead Arranger and a Joint Bookrunner and each are a lender under such facility and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, acts as Syndication Agent. In connection with the Three-Year DDTL, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, acts as Administrative Agent and, together with Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., acted as Joint Lead Arranger and Joint Bookrunner and each are a lender under such facility and Morgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, acts as Syndication Agent.
341

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Certain underwriters or affiliates of the underwriters are party to our $2.5 billion revolving credit facility. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., an affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, acts as Administrative Agent and Several L/C Agent. Morgan Stanley Bank N.A., an affiliate of Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, acted as a Co-Documentation Agent.
Selling Restrictions
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us, the selling stockholder or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Australia
This prospectus:
does not constitute a disclosure document or a prospectus under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act 2001 (Cth) (the “Corporations Act”);
has not been, and will not be, lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), as a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act and does not purport to include the information required of a disclosure document for the purposes of the Corporations Act; and
may only be provided in Australia to select investors who are able to demonstrate that they fall within one or more of the categories of investors, available under section 708 of the Corporations Act (“Exempt Investors”).
The shares of our common stock may not be directly or indirectly offered for subscription or purchased or sold, and no invitations to subscribe for or buy the shares may be issued, and no draft or definitive offering memorandum, advertisement or other offering material relating to any shares may be distributed in Australia, except where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act or is otherwise in compliance with all applicable Australian laws and regulations. By submitting an application for the shares, you represent and warrant to us that you are an Exempt Investor.
As any offer of shares of our common stock under this document will be made without disclosure in Australia under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act, the offer of those securities for resale in Australia within 12 months may, under section 707 of the Corporations Act, require disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D.2 if none of the exemptions in section 708 apply to that resale. By applying for the shares, you undertake to us that you will not, for a period of 12 months from the date of issue and sale of the shares, offer, transfer, assign or otherwise alienate those shares to investors in Australia except in circumstances where disclosure to investors is not required under Chapter 6D.2 of the Corporations Act or where a compliant disclosure document is prepared and lodged with ASIC.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Canada
The shares of our common stock may be sold in Canada only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal, that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation,
342

TABLE OF CONTENTS

provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the People’s Republic of China
This prospectus may not be circulated or distributed in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) (excluding for such purposes, the Hong Kong and Macau Special Administrative Regions or Taiwan), and the shares may not be offered or sold, and may not be offered, sold or delivered to any person for re-offering, resale or redelivery, in any such case directly or indirectly to any residents of the PRC except pursuant to any applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. Neither this prospectus nor any advertisement or other offering material may be distributed or published in the PRC, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with applicable laws and regulations of the PRC. This prospectus has not been filed with, approved by or registered with the PRC authorities and does not constitute an offer of the shares in the PRC.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area (“EEA”)
In relation to each Member State of the EEA (each a “Relevant State”), no shares of our common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in that Relevant State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Regulation, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant State at any time under the following exemptions under the Prospectus Regulation:
(i)
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation;
(ii)
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or
(iii)
in any other circumstances falling within Article 1(4) of the Prospectus Regulation,
provided that no such offer of shares shall require us, the selling stockholder or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Regulation or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the Prospectus Regulation, and each person who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed to and with each of the underwriters, us and the selling stockholder that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of Article 2(e) of the Prospectus Regulation. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in the Prospectus Regulation, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to shares in any Relevant State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares, and the expression “Prospectus Regulation” means Regulation (EU) 2017/1129.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Korea
The shares of our common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Investments Services and Capital Markets Act of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FSCMA”), and the shares of our common stock have been and will be offered in Korea as a private placement under the FSCMA.
343

TABLE OF CONTENTS

None of the shares of our common stock may be offered, sold or delivered directly or indirectly, or offered or sold to any person for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Korea or to any resident of Korea except pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea, including the FSCMA and the Foreign Exchange Transaction Law of Korea and the decrees and regulations thereunder (the “FETL”). Furthermore, the purchaser of the shares of our common stock shall comply with all applicable regulatory requirements (including but not limited to requirements under the FETL) in connection with the purchase of the shares of our common stock. By the purchase of the shares of our common stock, the relevant holder thereof will be deemed to represent and warrant that if it is in Korea or is a resident of Korea, it purchased the shares of our common stock pursuant to the applicable laws and regulations of Korea.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Kuwait
Unless all necessary approvals from the Kuwait Capital Markets Authority pursuant to Law No. 7/2010, its Executive Regulations and the various Resolutions and Announcements issued pursuant thereto or in connection therewith have been given in relation to the marketing of and sale of the shares of our common stock, these may not be offered for sale, nor sold in the State of Kuwait (“Kuwait”). Neither this prospectus nor any of the information contained herein is intended to lead to the conclusion of any contract of whatsoever nature within Kuwait. With regard to the contents of this document, we recommend that you consult a licensee as per the law and specialized in giving advice about the purchase of shares and other securities before making the subscription decision.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong
The shares of our common stock have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “SFO”) and any rules made thereunder; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies (Winding Up and Miscellaneous Provisions) Ordinance (Cap. 32 of the Laws of Hong Kong) (the “CO”) or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the CO. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares has been or will be issued or has been or will be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to the shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the SFO and any rules made thereunder.
The contents of this document have not been reviewed by any regulatory authority in Hong Kong. You are advised to exercise caution in relation to the offer. If you are in any doubt about any of the contents of this document, you should obtain independent professional advice.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan
The shares of our common stock have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Act No. 25 of 1948, as amended) (the “FIEL”). Accordingly, none of the shares nor any interest therein have been and may be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of any resident of Japan, except in each case (i) pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the FIEL and (ii) in compliance with any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan in effect at the relevant time.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Saudi Arabia
This prospectus may not be distributed in the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia except to such persons as are permitted under the Offers of Securities Regulations as issued by the board of the Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority pursuant to resolution number 2-11-2004 dated 4 October 2004 as amended by resolution number 1-28-2008, as amended. The Saudi Arabian Capital Market Authority does not make any representation as to the
344

TABLE OF CONTENTS

accuracy or completeness of this document and expressly disclaims any liability whatsoever for any loss arising from, or incurred in reliance upon, any part of this document. Prospective purchasers of the securities offered hereby should conduct their own due diligence on the accuracy of the information relating to the securities. If you do not understand the contents of this document, you should consult an authorized financial adviser.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore
Each underwriter has acknowledged that this prospectus has not been and will not be registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore under the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (as modified and amended from time to time, the “SFA”). Accordingly, each underwriter has represented, warranted and agreed that it has not offered or sold any shares of our common stock or caused the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase and will not offer or sell any shares or cause the shares to be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, and has not circulated or distributed and will not circulate or distribute this prospectus or any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares, whether directly or indirectly, to any person in Singapore other than:
(a)
to an institutional investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) pursuant to Section 274 of the SFA;
(b)
to a relevant person (as defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA) pursuant to Section 275(1) of the SFA, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A) of the SFA, and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275 of the SFA; or
(c)
otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
(a)
a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or
(b)
a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,
securities or securities-based derivatives contracts (each term as defined in Section 2(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
(i)
to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;
(ii)
where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;
(iii)
where the transfer is by operation of law;
(iv)
as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or
(v)
as specified in Regulation 37A of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Securities and Securities-based Derivatives Contracts) Regulations 2018 of Singapore.
SFA Product Classification — In connection with Section 309B of the SFA and the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018, we have determined, and hereby notify all persons (including all relevant persons as defined in Section 309A of the SFA), that the shares are “prescribed capital markets products” (as defined in the Securities and Futures (Capital Markets Products) Regulations 2018 of Singapore) and Excluded Investment Products (as defined in MAS Notice SFA 04-N12: Notice on the Sale of Investment Products and MAS Notice FAA-N16: Notice on Recommendations on Investment Products).
Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland
The shares of our common stock may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This
345

TABLE OF CONTENTS

document does not constitute a prospectus within the meaning of, and has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under, art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or this offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to this offering, the Company or the shares has been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA, and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
Notice to Prospective Investors in Taiwan
The shares of our common stock have not been and will not be registered with the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan pursuant to relevant securities laws and regulations and may not be sold, issued or offered within Taiwan through a public offering or in circumstances which constitute an offer within the meaning of the Securities and Exchange Act of Taiwan or would otherwise require registration with or approval of the Financial Supervisory Commission of Taiwan. No person or entity in Taiwan has been authorized to offer, sell, give advice regarding or otherwise intermediate this offering and sale of the shares in Taiwan.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Arab Emirates
The shares of our common stock have not been, and are not being, publicly offered, sold, promoted or advertised in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) other than in compliance with the laws of the United Arab Emirates (and the Dubai International Financial Centre) governing the issue, offering and sale of securities. Further, this prospectus does not constitute a public offer of securities in the United Arab Emirates (including the Dubai International Financial Centre) and is not intended to be a public offer. This prospectus has not been approved by or filed with the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates, the Securities and Commodities Authority or the Dubai Financial Services Authority.
Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom
In relation to the United Kingdom (“UK”), no shares of our common stock have been offered or will be offered pursuant to this offering to the public in the UK prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by the Financial Conduct Authority, except that offers of shares may be made to the public in the UK at any time under the following exemptions under Regulation (EU) 2017/1129, as amended, as it forms part of domestic law by virtue of the European Union (Withdrawal) Act 2018 (the “UK Prospectus Regulation”):
(i)
to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation;
(ii)
to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined under Article 2 of the UK Prospectus Regulation), subject to obtaining the prior consent of underwriters for any such offer; or
(iii)
in any other circumstances falling within Section 86 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (as amended, the “FSMA”),
provided that no such offer of the shares shall require us, the selling stockholder or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Section 85 of the FSMA or supplement a prospectus pursuant to Article 23 of the UK Prospectus Regulation. For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer to the public” in relation to the shares in the United Kingdom means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for any shares.
In addition, in the UK, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the UK
346

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Prospectus Regulation): (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (e) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”) or otherwise in circumstances which have not resulted and will not result in an offer to the public of the shares in the UK within the meaning of the FSMA.
Any person in the UK that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on the information included in this document or use it as basis for taking any action. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity that this document relates to may be made or taken exclusively by relevant persons.
VALIDITY OF COMMON STOCK
The validity of the shares of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Debevoise & Plimpton LLP, New York, New York. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, New York, New York. Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP has from time to time provided, and may provide in the future, legal services to Corebridge, AIG (the selling stockholder and parent company of Corebridge) and their respective affiliates.
ACTUARIAL FIRM
As summarized under “Business—Our Segments—Individual Retirement—Supplemental Information on Our In-Force Variable Annuity Business,” Oliver Wyman has assisted in the development of the Sensitivity Analysis and the VA Distributable Earnings Projections presented therein. The Sensitivity Analysis and the VA Distributable Earnings Projections have been included in the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part on the basis of Oliver Wyman’s experience in actuarial and related services.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of Corebridge Financial, Inc. (formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.) and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 included in this prospectus have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.
347

TABLE OF CONTENTS

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, of which this prospectus forms a part, with respect to the shares of our common stock being sold in this offering. This prospectus does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto because some parts have been omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. You will find additional information about us and the common stock being sold in this offering in the registration statement and the exhibits thereto. For further information with respect to Corebridge, its subsidiaries and the common stock being sold in this offering, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance, if such contract or document is filed as an exhibit, reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. The SEC maintains an internet site (http://www.sec.gov), from which interested persons can electronically access the registration statement, including the exhibits and any schedules thereto. Copies of the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, are also available at your request, without charge, from:
Corebridge Financial, Inc.
28 Liberty Street
New York, New York 10005
Attention: Investor Relations
Upon the completion of this offering, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, accordingly, will file annual reports containing financial statements audited by an independent registered public accounting firm, quarterly reports containing unaudited financial statements, current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. You will be able to access these reports, proxy statements and other information without charge at the SEC’s website, which is listed above. You will also be able to access, free of charge, our reports filed with the SEC (for example, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those forms) through our website (www.       .com). Reports filed with or furnished to the SEC will be available as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. None of the information contained on, or that may be accessed through our website or any other website identified herein is part of, or incorporated into, this prospectus. All website addresses in this prospectus are intended to be inactive textual references only.
348

TABLE OF CONTENTS

GLOSSARY
Additional premium — represents premium on an insurance policy over and above the initial premium imposed at the beginning of the policy. An additional premium may be assessed if the insured’s risk is found to have increased significantly.
Adjusted revenues — excludes Net realized gains (losses), income from non-operating litigation settlements (included in Other income for GAAP purposes) and changes in fair value of securities used to hedge guaranteed living benefits (included in Net investment income for GAAP purposes). Adjusted revenues are a GAAP measure for our segments.
Adjusted Return on Average Equity (“Adjusted ROAE”) — derived by dividing Adjusted After-Tax Operating Income by average Adjusted Book Value and is used by management to evaluate our recurring profitability and evaluate trends in our business.
AIG Consolidated Tax Group — the U.S. federal income tax group of which AIG is the common parent.
Assets under administration — includes Group Retirement mutual fund assets and other third-party assets that we sell or administer and the notional value of SVW contracts.
Assets under management — includes assets in the general and separate accounts of our subsidiaries that support liabilities and surplus related to our life and annuity insurance products.
Assets under management and administration — the cumulative amount of assets under management and assets under administration.
Base spread — net investment income excluding income from alternative investments and other enhancements, less interest credited excluding amortization of sales inducement assets.
Base yield — net investment income excluding income from alternative investments and other enhancements, as a percentage of average base invested asset portfolio, which excludes alternative investments, other bond securities and certain other investments for which the fair value option has been elected.
Book value, excluding AOCI adjusted for the cumulative unrealized gains and losses related to Fortitude Re’s funds withheld assets (“Adjusted book value”) – a non-GAAP measure and used to show the amount of our net worth. Adjusted book value is derived by subtracting from AIG common shareholders’ equity, AOCI adjusted for the cumulative unrealized gains and losses related to Fortitude Re’s funds withheld assets (“Adjusted Common Shareholders’ Equity”).
Book value, excluding AOCI adjusted for the cumulative unrealized gains and losses related to Fortitude Re’s funds withheld assets, per common share (“Adjusted book value per common share”) — a non-GAAP measure and used to show the amount of our net worth on a per-common share basis. Adjusted book value per common share is derived by dividing Adjusted Common Shareholders’ , by total common shares outstanding.
Cost of funds — the interest credited to policyholders excluding the amortization of sales inducement assets.
Credit support annex — a legal document generally associated with an ISDA Master Agreement that provides for collateral postings which could vary depending on ratings and threshold levels.
DAC and Reserves Related to Unrealized Appreciation of Investments — an adjustment to DAC and Reserves for investment-oriented products, equal to the change in DAC and unearned revenue amortization that would have been recorded if fixed maturity securities were available for sale. An adjustment to benefit reserves for investment-oriented products is also recognized to reflect the application of the benefit ratio to the accumulated assessments that would have been recorded if fixed maturity securities were available for sale.
For long-duration traditional products, significant unrealized appreciation of investments in a sustained low interest rate environment may cause additional future policy benefit liabilities to be recorded (shadow loss reserves).
Deferred policy acquisition costs — deferred costs that are incremental and directly related to the successful acquisition of new business or renewal of existing business.
349

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Deferred sales inducement — represents enhanced crediting rates or bonus payments to contract holders on certain annuity and investment contract products that meet the criteria to be deferred and amortized over the life of the contract.
Fee income — policy fees plus advisory fees plus other fee income.
Financial debt — represents the sum of short-term debt and long-term debt, not including (x) Debt of consolidated investment entitiesnot guaranteed by Corebridge, (y) debt supported by assets and issued for purposes of earning spread income, such as GICs and FABNs, and (z) operating debt utilized to fund daily operations, i.e., self-liquidating forms of financing such as securities lending, reverse repurchase and captive reinsurance reserve financing arrangements.
Financial leverage ratio — the ratio of financial debt to the sum of financial debt plus Adjusted Book Value plus non-redeemable non-controlling interests.
General operating expense ratio — general operating expenses divided by net premiums earned. General operating expenses are those costs that are generally attributed to the support infrastructure of the organization and include but are not limited to personnel costs, projects and bad debt expenses. General operating expenses exclude losses and loss adjustment expenses incurred, acquisition expenses, and investment expenses.
Guaranteed minimum death benefit — a benefit that guarantees the annuity beneficiary will receive a certain value upon death of the annuitant. The GMDB feature may provide a death benefit of either (a) total deposits made to the contract, less any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return (and in rare instances, no minimum return), (b) return of premium whereby the benefit is the greater of the current account value or premiums paid less any partial withdrawals, (c) rollups whereby the benefit is the greater of current account value or premiums paid (adjusted for withdrawals) accumulated at contractually specified rates up to specified ages, or (d) the highest contract value attained, typically on any anniversary date less any subsequent withdrawals following the contract anniversary.
Guaranteed minimum income benefit — a type of living benefit that guarantees a minimum level of periodic income payments upon annuitization.
Guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit — a type of living benefit that guarantees that withdrawals from the contract may be taken up to a contractually guaranteed amount, even if the account value subsequently falls to zero, provided that during each contract year total withdrawals do not exceed an annual withdrawal amount specified in the contract. Once the account value is depleted under the conditions of the GMWB, the policy continues to provide a protected income payment.
Guaranteed investment contract — a contract whereby the seller provides a guaranteed repayment of principal and a fixed or floating interest rate for a predetermined period of time.
High net worth — individuals with greater than $1 million in investible assets.
ISDA Master Agreement — an agreement between two counterparties, which may have multiple derivative transactions with each other governed by such agreement, that generally provides for the net settlement of all or a specified group of these derivative transactions, as well as pledged collateral, through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of a default on, or affecting any, one derivative transaction or a termination event affecting all, or a specified group of, derivative transactions.
Loan-to-value ratio — principal amount of loan amount divided by appraised value of collateral securing the loan.
Mass affluent — individuals with between $100,000 and $1 million in investible assets.
Master netting agreement — an agreement between two counterparties who have multiple derivative contracts with each other that provides for the net settlement of all contracts covered by such agreement, as well as pledged collateral, through a single payment, in a single currency, in the event of default on or upon termination of any one such contract.
Non-Performance Risk Adjustment — adjusts the valuation of derivatives to account for nonperformance risk in the fair value measurement of all derivative net liability positions.
350

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Noncontrolling interests — the portion of equity ownership in a consolidated subsidiary not attributable to the controlling parent company.
Policy fees — an amount added to a policy premium, or deducted from a policy cash value or contract holder account, to reflect the cost of issuing a policy, establishing the required records, sending premium notices and other related expenses.
Premiums and deposits — includes direct and assumed amounts received and earned on traditional life insurance policies, group benefit policies and life-contingent payout annuities, as well as deposits received on universal life insurance, investment-type annuity contracts, FHLB funding agreements and mutual funds.
Reinstatement premiums — additional premiums payable to reinsurers or receivable from insurers to restore coverage limits that have been reduced or exhausted as a result of reinsured losses under certain excess of loss reinsurance contracts.
Reinsurance — the practice whereby one insurer, the reinsurer, in consideration of a premium paid to that insurer, agrees to indemnify another insurer, the ceding company, for part or all of the liability of the ceding company under one or more policies or contracts of insurance which it has issued.
Risk-based capital — a formula designed to measure the adequacy of an insurer’s statutory surplus compared to the risks inherent in its business.
Spread income — is defined as net investment income less interest credited to policyholder account balances, exclusive of amortization of sales inducement assets.
Surrender charge — a charge levied against an investor for the early withdrawal of funds from a life insurance or annuity contract, or for the cancellation of the agreement.
Surrender rate — represents annualized surrenders and withdrawals as a percentage of average reserves and Group Retirement mutual fund assets under administration.
Underwriting margin — for our Life Insurance segment, includes premiums, policy fees, advisory fee income, net investment income, less interest credited to policyholder account balances, and policyholder benefits and excludes the annual assumption update. For our Institutional Markets segment, includes premiums, net investment income, less interest credited and policyholder benefits and excludes the annual assumption update.
Value of business acquired — present value of projected future gross profits from in-force policies of acquired businesses.
351

TABLE OF CONTENTS

ACRONYMS
“AATOI” — adjusted after-tax operating income attributable to our common stockholders;
“ABS” — asset-backed securities;
“APTOI” — adjusted pre-tax operating income;
“AUA” — assets under administration;
“AUM” — assets under management;
“AUMA” — assets under management and administration;
“CDO” — collateralized debt obligations;
“CDS” — credit default swap;
“CMBS” — commercial mortgage-backed securities;
“DAC” — deferred policy acquisition costs;
“DSI” — deferred sales inducement;
“FASB” — the Financial Accounting Standards Board;
“GAAP” — accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America;
“GIC” — guaranteed investment contract;
“GMDB” — guaranteed minimum death benefits;
“GMWB” — guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits;
“ISDA” — the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.;
MBS” — mortgage-backed securities;
“NAIC” — National Association of Insurance Commissioners;
“PRT” — pension risk transfer;
“RMBS” — residential mortgage-backed securities;
“S&P” — Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC;
“SEC” — the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission;
“URR” — unearned revenue reserve;
“VIX” — volatility index;
“VIE” — variable interest entity; and
“VOBA” — value of business acquired.
352

TABLE OF CONTENTS

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
 
 
 
Audited Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules
 
 
 
Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements
 
F-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Corebridge Financial, Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Corebridge Financial, Inc. (formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.) and its subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of income, of comprehensive income (loss), of equity and of cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021, including the related notes and financial statement schedules listed in the accompanying index (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2021 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the consolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.
Valuation of Certain Level 3 Fixed Maturity Securities
As described in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, as of December 31, 2021, the total fair value of the Company’s level 3 fixed maturity securities, including bonds available for sale and other bond securities, was $23.0 billion, comprised of residential mortgage backed securities, commercial mortgage backed securities, collateralized debt obligations, other asset-backed securities, and fixed maturity securities issued by corporations (including private placements), states, municipalities, and other governmental agencies. As the volume or level of market activity for these securities is limited, management determines fair value either by requesting brokers who are knowledgeable about the particular security to provide a price quote, which according to management is generally non-binding, or by employing market accepted valuation models. In both cases, certain inputs used by management to determine fair value may not be observable in the market. For certain private placement securities, fair value is determined by management based on discounted cash flow models using discount rates based on credit spreads, yields or price levels of comparable securities, adjusted for
F-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

illiquidity and structure. For other level 3 fixed maturity securities, such assumptions may include loan delinquencies and defaults, loss severity, and prepayments. As disclosed by management, fair value estimates are subject to management review to ensure valuation models and related inputs are reasonable.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of certain level 3 fixed maturity securities is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management to determine the fair value of these securities, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor subjectivity and judgment in performing the audit procedures relating to the aforementioned assumptions that are used to determine the fair value, (ii) the significant audit effort and judgment in evaluating the audit evidence related to the valuation, and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the valuation of level 3 fixed maturity securities, including controls related to (i) management’s review over the pricing function and (ii) identifying and resolving pricing exceptions. These procedures also included, among others, obtaining independent third party vendor pricing, where available, and the involvement of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in developing an independent range of prices for a sample of securities. Developing the independent range of prices involved testing the completeness and accuracy of data provided by management on a sample basis and evaluating management’s assumptions noted above. The independent third party vendor pricing and the independently developed ranges were compared to management’s recorded fair value estimates.
Valuation of Embedded Derivatives for Variable Annuity and Fixed Index Annuity Products and Valuation of Certain Guaranteed Benefit Features for Universal Life Products
As described in Notes 4 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements, certain fixed index annuity and variable annuity contracts contain embedded derivatives that are bifurcated from the host contracts and accounted for separately at fair value in policyholder contract deposits. As of December 31, 2021, the fair value of these embedded derivatives was $6.4 billion and $2.5 billion for fixed index annuity and variable annuities with guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits, respectively. The fair value of embedded derivatives contained in certain variable annuity and fixed index annuity contracts is measured based on policyholder behavior and capital market assumptions related to projected cash flows over the expected lives of the contracts. The policyholder behavior assumptions for these liabilities include mortality, lapses, withdrawals, and benefit utilization, along with an explicit risk margin to reflect a market participant’s estimates of projected cash flows. Estimates of future policyholder behavior assumptions are subjective and based primarily on the Company’s historical experience. The capital market assumptions related to the embedded derivatives for variable annuity contracts involve judgments regarding expected market rates of return, market volatility, credit spreads, correlations of certain market variables, fund performance, and discount rates. Unobservable inputs used for valuing the embedded derivative include long-term equity volatilities which represent the volatility beyond the period for which observable equity volatilities are available. With respect to embedded derivatives for fixed index annuity contracts, option pricing models are used to estimate fair value, taking into account the capital market assumptions. Such models use option budget assumptions which estimate the expected long-term cost of options used to hedge exposures associated with equity price changes. The option budget determines the future costs of the options, which impacts the growth in account value and the valuation of embedded derivatives. Additional policyholder liabilities are also established for universal life policies with secondary guarantees, as well as other universal life policies for which profits followed by losses are expected at contract inception. As of December 31, 2021, the liability for universal life secondary guarantees and similar features was $4.5 billion, which is included within future policy benefits. The policyholder behavior assumptions for these liabilities include mortality, lapses and premium persistency. The capital market assumptions used for the liability for universal life secondary guarantees include discount rates and net earned rates.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of embedded derivatives for variable annuity and fixed index annuity products and valuation of certain guaranteed benefit features for universal life products is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management in developing the aforementioned policyholder behavior assumptions, as well as long-term equity volatilities and option budget assumptions, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor subjectivity and judgment in performing the audit procedures related to the significant assumptions used in the estimate, (ii) the significant audit effort and judgment in evaluating the audit evidence relating to the significant assumptions used
F-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

by management in the valuation of the embedded derivatives and additional policyholder liabilities, and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the development of assumptions used in the valuation of embedded derivatives for variable annuity and fixed index annuity products and valuation of certain guaranteed benefit features for universal life products. These procedures also included, among others, the involvement of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing an evaluation of the appropriateness of management’s methodology and the reasonableness of management’s judgments used in developing policyholder behavior, as well as long-term volatilities and option budget assumptions used in estimating the valuation of guaranteed benefit features. These procedures considered the consistency of the assumptions across products, in relation to prior periods, and in relation to management’s historical experience or observed industry practice, and the continued appropriateness of unchanged assumptions. Procedures were performed to test the completeness and accuracy of data used by management on a sample basis.
Valuation of Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs for Universal Life and Individual Retirement Variable Annuity Products
As described in Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements, as of December 31, 2021, a portion of the $5.8 billion deferred policy acquisition costs (DAC) for investment-oriented products are associated with universal life and individual retirement variable annuity products. Policy acquisition costs and policy issuance costs related to investment-oriented products are deferred and amortized, with interest, in relation to the incidence of estimated gross profits to be realized over the estimated lives of the contracts. Estimated gross profits are affected by a number of factors, including current and expected interest rates, net investment income and spreads, net realized gains and losses, fees, surrender rates, mortality experience, policyholder behavior experience, equity market returns, and volatility. If the assumptions used for estimated gross profits change, DAC is recalculated using the new assumptions, including actuarial assumptions related to mortality, lapse, benefit utilization, and premium persistency, and any resulting adjustment is included in income. DAC for investment-oriented products is reviewed by management for recoverability, which involves estimating the future profitability of the current business. If actual profitability is substantially lower than previously estimated profitability, DAC may be subject to an impairment charge.
The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of DAC for universal life and individual retirement variable annuity products is a critical audit matter are (i) the significant judgment by management to determine the policyholder behavior assumptions related to mortality, lapse, benefit utilization, and premium persistency, which in turn led to a high degree of auditor subjectivity and judgment in performing the audit procedures related to the significant assumptions used in the estimate, (ii) the significant audit effort and judgment in evaluating the audit evidence relating to management’s policyholder behavior assumptions, and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge.
Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to the amortization and recoverability of DAC for universal life and individual retirement variable annuity products, including controls over the development of significant assumptions. These procedures also included, among others, the involvement of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in evaluating the appropriateness of management’s methodology and the reasonableness of management’s policyholder behavior assumptions related to mortality, lapse, benefit utilization, and premium persistency, which are used in the calculation of estimated gross profits. The evaluation of the reasonableness of the assumptions included consideration of the consistency of the assumptions across products in relation to prior periods and in relation to management’s historical experience or observed industry practice. Procedures were performed to test the completeness and accuracy of data used by management in developing the assumptions on a sample basis.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, New York
March 10, 2022
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020.
F-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in millions, except for share data)
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
Assets:
 
 
Investments:
 
 
Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
Bonds available for sale, at fair value, net of allowance for credit losses of $78 in 2021 and $131 in 2020 (amortized cost: 2021 - $182,593; 2020 - $174,562)*
$198,568
$197,941
Other bond securities, at fair value (See Note 5)*
2,082
780
Equity securities, at fair value (See Note 5)*
242
609
Mortgage and other loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $496 in 2021 and $657 in 2020*
39,388
38,314
Other invested assets (portion measured at fair value: 2021 - $7,104; 2020 - $5,171)*
10,567
13,395
Short-term investments, including restricted cash of $57 in 2021 and $58 in 2020 (portion measured at fair value: 2021 - $1,455; 2020 - $3,851)*
5,471
9,235
Total investments
256,318
260,274
Cash*
537
654
Accrued investment income*
1,760
1,781
Premiums and other receivables, net of allowance for credit losses and disputes of $1 in 2021 and $2 in 2020
884
860
Reinsurance assets - Fortitude Re, net of allowance for credit losses and disputes of $0 in 2021 and $0 in 2020
28,472
29,158
Reinsurance assets - other, net of allowance for credit losses and disputes of $101 in 2021 and $83 in 2020
2,932
2,707
Deferred income taxes
4,837
3,640
Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
8,058
7,363
Other assets, including restricted cash of $7 in 2021 and $206 in 2020 (portion measured at fair value: 2021 - $684; 2020 - $755)*
3,303
3,428
Separate account assets, at fair value
109,111
100,290
Total assets
$416,212
$410,155
Liabilities:
 
 
Future policy benefits for life and accident and health insurance contracts
$57,751
54,660
Policyholder contract deposits (portion measured at fair value: 2021 - $9,824; 2020 - $10,121)
156,846
154,892
Other policyholder funds
2,849
2,492
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable (portion measured at fair value: 2021 - $7,974; 2020 - $7,749)
35,144
36,789
Other liabilities (portion measured at fair value: 2021 - $191; 2020 - $245)*
9,903
9,954
Short-term debt
8,317
Long-term debt
427
905
Debt of consolidated investment entities (portion measured at fair value: 2021 - $5; 2020 - $950)*
6,936
10,341
Separate account liabilities
109,111
100,290
Total liabilities
$387,284
$370,323
Contingencies, commitments and guarantees (See Note 15)
 
 
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
$83
51
Corebridge Shareholders' equity:
 
 
Common stock class A, $1.00 par value; 180,000 shares authorized; 90,100 shares issued
Common stock class B, $1.00 par value; 20,000 shares authorized; 9,900 shares issued
Additional paid-in capital
8,060
Retained earnings
8,859
Shareholder's Net Investment
22,579
Accumulated other comprehensive income
10,167
14,653
Total Corebridge Shareholders' equity
27,086
37,232
Non-redeemable noncontrolling interests
1,759
2,549
Total equity
$28,845
$39,781
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and equity
$416,212
$410,155
*
See Note 9 for details of balances associated with variable interest entities.
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Consolidated Statements of Income
 
Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions, except per common share data)
2021
2020
2019
Revenues:
 
 
 
Premiums
$5,637
$4,341
$3,501
Policy fees
3,051
2,874
2,930
Net investment income:
 
 
 
Net investment income - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
9,897
9,089
9,176
Net investment income - Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
1,775
1,427
1,598
Total net investment income
11,672
10,516
10,774
Net realized gains (losses):
 
 
 
Net realized gains (losses) - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets and embedded derivative
1,618
(765)
(159)
Net realized gains on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
924
1,002
262
Net realized losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
(687)
(3,978)
(5,167)
Total net realized gains (losses)
1,855
(3,741)
(5,064)
Advisory fee income
597
553
572
Other income
578
519
497
Total revenues
$23,390
$15,062
$13,210
Benefits and expenses:
 
 
 
Policyholder benefits
8,050
6,602
5,335
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
3,549
3,528
3,614
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
1,057
543
674
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
680
604
564
Advisory fee expenses
322
316
322
General operating expenses
2,104
2,027
1,975
Interest expense
389
490
555
Loss on extinguishment of debt
219
10
32
Net (gain) loss on divestitures
(3,081)
Net (gain) loss on Fortitude Re transactions
(26)
91
Total benefits and expenses
$13,263
$14,211
$13,071
Income before income tax expense (benefit)
10,127
851
139
Income tax expense (benefit):
 
 
 
Current
1,946
1,724
1,315
Deferred
(103)
(1,739)
(1,483)
Income tax expense (benefit)
$1,843
$(15)
$(168)
Net income
8,284
866
307
Less:
 
 
 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
929
224
257
Net income attributable to Corebridge
$7,355
$642
$50
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) per common share attributable to Corebridge common shareholders:
 
 
 
Class A - Basic and diluted
$76,127
$6,420
$500
Class B - Basic and diluted
$50,101
$6,420
$500
Weighted average shares outstanding:
 
 
 
Class A - Basic and diluted
90,100
90,100
90,100
Class B - Basic and diluted
9,900
9,900
9,900
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
 
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Net income
$8,284
$866
$307
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
 
 
 
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of fixed maturity securities on which allowance for credit losses was taken
22
(62)
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of fixed maturity securities on which other-than-temporary credit impairments were taken
673
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of all other investments
(4,509)
5,337
6,227
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments
(20)
57
18
Change in retirement plan liabilities
1
(2)
(2)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(4,506)
5,330
6,916
Comprehensive income (loss)
3,778
6,196
7,223
Less:
 
 
 
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
929
230
265
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Corebridge
$2,849
$5,966
$6,958
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Consolidated Statements of Equity
(in millions)
Common
Stock
Class A
Common
Stock
Class B
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Shareholders’
Net
Investment
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Total
Corebridge
Shareholders’
Equity
Non-
Redeemable
Non-
Controlling
Interests
Total
Shareholders’
Equity
Balance, January 1, 2019
$—
$—
$
$
$23,970
$2,421
$26,391
$2,073
$28,464
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
Change in net investment
(1,555)
(1,555)
(1,555)
Net income
50
50
257
307
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
6,908
6,908
8
6,916
Changes in noncontrolling interests due to divestitures and acquisitions
120
120
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
255
255
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
(838)
(838)
Other
11
11
(1)
10
Balance, December 31, 2019
$—
$—
$
$
$22,476
$9,329
$31,805
$1,874
$33,679
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
(246)
(246)
(246)
Change in net investment
(296)
(296)
(296)
Net income
642
642
224
866
Other comprehensive income, net of tax
5,324
5,324
6
5,330
Changes in noncontrolling interests due to divestitures and acquisitions
633
633
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
268
268
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
(454)
(454)
Other
3
3
(2)
1
Balance, December 31, 2020
$—
$—
$
$
$22,579
$14,653
$37,232
$2,549
$39,781
Cumulative effect of change in accounting principle, net of tax
Change in net investment
(13,004)
(13,004)
(13,004)
Net income
7,355
7,355
929
8,284
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
(4,506)
(4,506)
(4,506)
Changes in noncontrolling interests due to divestitures and acquisitions
(373)
(373)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
264
264
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
(1,611)
(1,611)
Other
(11)
20
9
1
10
Reorganization transactions
8,060
8,859
(16,919)
Balance, December 31, 2021
$—
$—
$8,060
$8,859
$
$10,167
$27,086
$1,759
$28,845
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-8

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
 
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
 
Net income
$8,284
$866
$307
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
 
Noncash revenues, expenses, gains and losses included in income:
 
 
 
Net (gain) loss on Fortitude Re transactions
(26)
20
General operating and other expenses
122
82
75
Net (gains) on sales of securities available for sale and other assets
(1,737)
(747)
(551)
Net (gain) loss on divestitures
(3,081)
Losses on extinguishment of debt
219
10
32
Unrealized gains in earnings - net
(1,573)
(343)
(112)
Equity in loss from equity method investments, net of dividends or distributions
33
70
205
Depreciation and other amortization
562
325
294
Impairments of assets
32
80
174
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
 
Insurance reserves
2,161
1,972
1,256
Premiums and other receivables and payables - net
226
575
(47)
Funds held relating to Fortitude Re Reinsurance Contracts
(1,160)
2,351
3,329
Reinsurance assets and funds held under reinsurance treaties
155
271
534
Capitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs
(1,000)
(889)
(1,168)
Current and deferred income taxes - net
(70)
(1,930)
(1,359)
Other, net
(686)
614
(524)
Total adjustments
(5,823)
2,461
2,138
Net cash provided by operating activities
2,461
3,327
2,445
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from (payments for)
 
 
 
Sales or distributions of:
 
 
 
Available for sale securities
10,762
11,929
11,887
Other securities
318
405
3,344
Other invested assets
4,615
1,787
2,461
Divestitures, net
1,084
Maturities of fixed maturity securities available for sale
20,420
15,507
14,833
Principal payments received on mortgage and other loans receivable
6,646
5,961
4,219
Purchases of:
 
 
 
Available for sale securities
(36,641)
(35,635)
(35,433)
Other securities
(1,591)
(117)
(76)
Other invested assets
(2,498)
(1,962)
(2,420)
Mortgage and other loans receivable
(7,930)
(5,486)
(8,449)
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash and restricted cash acquired
(77)
Net change in short-term investments
3,439
(1,237)
(1,845)
Net change in derivative assets and liabilities
(507)
1,234
1,186
Other, net
(84)
(295)
(5)
Net cash used in investing activities
(1,967)
(7,909)
(10,375)
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-9

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
Proceeds from (payments for)
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
25,387
22,438
26,114
Policyholder contract withdrawals
(22,481)
(17,845)
(19,813)
Issuance of long-term debt
250
Issuance of short-term debt
345
Issuance of debt of consolidated investment entities
4,683
2,314
3,266
Repayments of long-term debt
(568)
(11)
Repayments of short-term debt
(248)
Repayments of debt of consolidated investment entities
(5,125)
(2,451)
(1,580)
Distributions to Class B shareholder
(34)
Distributions to AIG
(1,543)
(472)
(1,624)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
(1,611)
(454)
(838)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
296
317
316
Net change in securities lending and repurchase agreements
9
646
1,894
Other, net
81
184
(66)
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
(809)
4,666
7,919
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash
(2)
7
Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash
(317)
91
(11)
Cash and restricted cash at beginning of year
918
827
838
Cash and restricted cash at end of year
$601
$918
$827
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-10

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (continued)
Supplementary Disclosure of Consolidated Cash Flow Information
 
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Cash
$537
$654
$596
Restricted cash included in Short-term investments*
57
58
28
Restricted cash included in Other assets*
7
206
203
Total cash and restricted cash shown in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
$601
$918
$827
 
 
 
 
Cash paid during the period for:
 
 
 
Interest
$364
$279
$308
Taxes
$1,913
$1,915
$1,191
Non-cash investing activities:
 
 
 
Fixed maturity securities, designated available for sale, received in connection with pension risk transfer transactions
$(2,284)
$(1,140)
$(1,072)
Fixed maturity securities, designated available for sale, received in connection with reinsurance transactions
$(161)
$(424)
$
Fixed maturity securities, designated available for sale, transferred in connection with reinsurance transactions
$647
$706
$551
Investment assets received in conjunction with fund establishment
$(85)
$(532)
$
Investment assets transferred in conjunction with fund establishment
$85
$
$
Corebridge distribution of AIG common stock to AIG
$38
$
$
Fixed maturity securities, designated as fair value option, transferred to repay debt of consolidated investment entities
$1,257
$
$
Fixed maturity securities, designated available for sale, transferred to repay debt of consolidated investment entities
$605
$
$
Minority ownership acquired in Fortitude Holdings
$(100)
$
$
Divestiture of certain Cap Corp legal entities
$56
$
$
Consideration received from divested businesses
$3,740
$
$
Fixed maturity securities, designated available for sale, transferred to a non-consolidated Corebridge affiliate
$423
$
$
Fixed maturity securities, designated available for sale, transferred from a non-consolidated Corebridge affiliate
$(423)
$
$
Non-cash financing activities:
 
 
 
Interest credited to policyholder contract deposits included in financing activities
$3,549
$3,786
$3,787
Fee income debited to policyholder contract deposits included in financing activities
$(1,690)
$(1,710)
$(1,733)
Equity interest in funds sold to Corebridge affiliates
$
$532
$
Repayments of debt of consolidated investment entities utilizing fixed maturity securities
$(1,862)
$
$
Issuance of short-term debt to AIG
$8,300
$
$
Short-term debt forgiven by AIG
$(96)
$
$
Non-cash capital contributions
$728
$85
$109
Non-cash capital distributions
$(12,197)
$(44)
$(41)
*
Includes funds held for tax sharing payments to Corebridge Parent, security deposits, replacement reserve deposits related to affordable housing investments.
See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
F-11

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1.
Overview and Basis of Presentation
OVERVIEW
Corebridge Financial, Inc. (“Corebridge”), formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc., is a leading provider of retirement solutions and insurance products in the United States. Our primary business operations consist of life and annuity products that include term life insurance, universal life insurance, variable universal life insurance and whole life insurance, accident and health insurance, single- and flexible-premium deferred fixed and variable annuities, fixed index deferred annuities, single-premium immediate and delayed-income annuities, group annuities, private placement variable annuities, structured settlements, corporate- and bank-owned life insurance, guaranteed investment contracts (“GICs”) funding agreements, stable value wrap products and pension risk transfer. Our institutional asset management business includes managing assets for non-consolidated affiliates. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms “Corebridge,” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company” mean Corebridge and its consolidated or combined subsidiaries and the term “Corebridge Parent” means Corebridge and not any of its consolidated or combined subsidiaries.
These financial statements were prepared in connection with the proposed separation of AIG’s Life and Retirement business. The financial statements present the consolidated and combined results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows of Corebridge and its’ controlled subsidiaries. In connection with the proposed separation, Corebridge underwent an internal reorganization with various subsidiaries of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”), which was completed on December 31, 2021. AIG is a publicly traded entity, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: AIG).
As of December 31, 2021, subsidiaries of Corebridge include: AGC Life Insurance Company (“AGC”), American General Life Insurance Co. (“AGL”), The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company (“VALIC”), The United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York (“USL”), AIG Life of Bermuda, Ltd. (“AIG Bermuda”), AIG Life Ltd. (“AIG Life (United Kingdom)”) and subsidiary, Laya Healthcare Ltd. (“Laya”), and SAFG Capital LLC, and its subsidiaries.
These financial statements include the results of Corebridge Parent, its controlled subsidiaries (generally through a greater than 50% ownership of voting rights and voting interests), and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) of which we are the primary beneficiary. Equity investments in entities that we do not consolidate, including corporate entities in which we have significant influence and partnership and partnership-like entities in which we have more than minor influence over the operating and financial policies, are accounted for under the equity method unless we have elected the fair value option.
On March 28, 2022, the Company amended the certificate of formation of SAFG Retirement Services, Inc. to change the name of the Company to Corebridge Financial, Inc.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The financial statements presented for periods on or after December 31, 2021, the date on which our internal reorganization was completed, are presented on a consolidated basis, and include the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of the Company. The financial statements for the periods prior to December 31, 2021 are presented on a combined basis, and reflect the historical combined financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of Corebridge, AIG Capital Corporation (“Cap Corp”), AIG Life (UK) and Laya, as the operations were under common control of AIG and reflect the historical combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of those legal entities.
Our internal reorganization, completed on December 31, 2021, included the contribution of various subsidiaries of AIG into Corebridge. AIG Life (UK) was contributed to Corebridge on May 1, 2021. Effective May 1, 2021, Corebridge subscribed for an ordinary share in Laya, and Laya redeemed the only other share then in issue which was held by AIG, resulting in Corebridge being the sole shareholder of Laya. The annual consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2021 included the results of operations, financial condition and cash flows of Laya and AIG Life Ltd. Accordingly, the contribution of these entities to Corebridge did not result in the need to restate prior periods in accordance with the accounting treatment for common control transactions.
F-12

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1.
Overview and Basis of Presentation(continued)
On October 1, 2021, two Cap Corp subsidiaries were sold to a Corebridge affiliate. On October 29, 2021, a Cap Corp subsidiary was sold to a Corebridge affiliate. On December 31, 2021, certain direct and indirect subsidiaries of Cap Corp were transferred to a newly created holding company and subsidiary of Cap Corp, SAFG Capital LLC (“SAFG Capital”). On December 31, 2021, Cap Corp’s interest in SAFG Capital was distributed from Cap Corp to AIG, Inc. and AIG, Inc. subsequently contributed its interest to Corebridge. Cap Corp and certain of its subsidiaries remain consolidated subsidiaries of AIG. The contribution of SAFG Capital to the Company was treated as a common control transaction with the Company being the receiving entity, and the subsidiaries not contributed were treated as common control transactions with the Company being the transferring entity, both during the year ended December 31, 2021.
As the separate legal entities that made up the Company’s business were not historically held by a single legal entity, Shareholder’s net investment was shown in lieu of Shareholders’ equity in these financial statements prior to December 31, 2021, representing our shareholders’ interests in the recorded assets of the Company and their cumulative investment through December 31, 2021, inclusive of operating results. As part of the internal reorganization, Cap Corp and certain of its subsidiaries were not transferred to the Company, and as such, have been treated as common control transfers with the resulting adjustment reflected through Shareholder’s net investment in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. As part of the internal reorganization, Shareholder’s net investment was reclassified to common stock, additional paid in capital and retained earnings.
The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). All material intercompany accounts and transactions between consolidated or combined entities have been eliminated. The balance sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 include the attribution of certain assets and liabilities that have historically been held at AIG or certain of its subsidiaries not included in the historically combined Corebridge financial statements. Similarly, certain assets attributable to shared services managed at AIG have been excluded. The Company’s consolidated financial statements reflect certain corporate expenses allocated to the Company by AIG for certain corporate functions and for shared services provided by AIG. These expenses have been allocated to the Company based on direct usage or benefit where specifically identifiable, with the remainder allocated based upon other reasonable allocation measures. The Company considers the expense methodology and results to be reasonable for all periods presented.
Our historical financial results included in the Company’s financial statements do not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows we would have achieved as a stand-alone company during the periods presented or those we will achieve in the future. The Company has recorded affiliated transactions with certain AIG subsidiaries that are not subsidiaries of Corebridge. As these affiliated transactions are with AIG subsidiaries that are not subsidiaries of Corebridge, they are not eliminated in the consolidated or combined financial statements of the Company. The accompanying financial statements reflect all adjustments necessary in the opinion of management for a fair presentation of the financial position of our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows, for the periods presented.
SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS
Strategic Partnership with Blackstone
On October 26, 2020, AIG announced its intention to separate its Life and Retirement business from AIG. On November 2, 2021, AIG and Blackstone Inc. (“Blackstone”) completed the acquisition by Blackstone of a 9.9 percent equity stake in Corebridge for $2.2 billion in an all cash transaction, subject to adjustment if the final pro forma adjusted book value is greater or lesser than the target pro forma adjusted book value. As part of the separation, most of AIG’s investment operations were transferred to Corebridge or its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2021, and AIG entered into a long-term asset management relationship with Blackstone to manage an initial $50 billion of our existing investment portfolio beginning in the fourth quarter of 2021, with that amount increasing by increments of $8.5 billion per year for five years beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022, for an aggregate of $92.5 billion. In addition, Blackstone designated one member of the Board of Directors of Corebridge, which consists of 13 directors. Pursuant to the definitive agreement, Blackstone will be required to hold its ownership interest in Corebridge following the completion of the separation of the Life and Retirement business, subject to exceptions permitting Blackstone to sell 25%, 67% and 75% of its shares after the first,
F-13

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1.
Overview and Basis of Presentation(continued)
second and third anniversaries, respectively, of the initial public offering of Corebridge (the “IPO”), with the transfer restrictions terminating in full on the fifth anniversary of the IPO.
On November 1, 2021, Corebridge declared a dividend payable to AIG in the amount of $8.3 billion. In connection with such dividend, Corebridge issued a promissory note to AIG in the amount of $8.3 billion, which will be required to be paid to AIG prior to the IPO of Corebridge.
On December 15, 2021, Corebridge and Blackstone Real Estate Income Trust (“BREIT”), a long-term, perpetual capital vehicle affiliated with Blackstone, completed the acquisition by BREIT of Corebridge’s interests in a U.S. affordable housing portfolio for $4.9 billion, in an all cash transaction, subject to certain adjustments, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $3.0 billion.
Sale of Certain Assets of Our Retail Mutual Funds Business
On February 8, 2021, we announced the execution of a definitive agreement with Touchstone Investments, Inc. (“Touchstone”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Financial Group, to sell certain assets of our retail mutual funds business. This sale consisted of the reorganization of twelve of the retail mutual funds managed by our subsidiary SunAmerica Asset Management, LLC (“SAAMCo”), into certain Touchstone funds and was subject to certain conditions, including approval of the fund reorganizations by the retail mutual fund boards of directors/trustees and fund shareholders. The transaction closed on July 16, 2021, at which time we received initial proceeds and recognized a gain on the sale of $103 million. Concurrently, the twelve retail mutual funds managed by SAAMCo, with $6.8 billion in assets, were reorganized into Touchstone funds. Additional consideration may be earned over a three-year period based on asset levels in certain reorganized funds. Six retail mutual funds managed by SAAMCo and not included in the transaction were liquidated. We continue to retain our fund management platform and capabilities dedicated to our variable annuity insurance products.
FORTITUDE HOLDINGS
Reinsurance agreements
AIG established Fortitude Reinsurance Company, Ltd. (“Fortitude Re”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Fortitude Group Holdings, LLC (“Fortitude Holdings”), in 2018 in a series of reinsurance transactions related to certain of AIG’s legacy operations. In February 2018, AGL, VALIC, and USL entered into modified coinsurance (“modco”) agreements with Fortitude Re, a registered Class 4 and Class E reinsurer in Bermuda. As these reinsurance transactions are structured as modco, Corebridge continues to reflect the invested assets, which consist mostly of available for sale securities, supporting Fortitude Re’s obligations, in Corebridge’s financial statements. Additionally, AIG Bermuda novated its assumption of certain long-duration contracts from an affiliated entity to Fortitude Re.
On July 1, 2020, AGL and USL amended the modco agreements. Under the terms of the amendment, certain business ceded to Fortitude Re was recaptured by the Company and certain additional business was ceded by the Company to Fortitude Re. We recorded an additional $91 million loss associated with this amendment.
As our accounting policy is to include reinsurance balances when performing loss recognition testing and as there will be no future profits recognized on this business, we do not expect any future loss recognition events related to business ceded to Fortitude Re, absent any decisions by the Company to recapture the business.
Sale of Fortitude Holdings by AIG
In November 2018, AIG sold a 19.9% ownership interest in Fortitude Holdings to TC Group Cayman Investments Holdings, L.P. (“TCG”), an affiliate of Carlyle. On June 2, 2020, AIG completed the sale of a majority of the interests in Fortitude Holdings to Carlyle FRL, L.P. (“Carlyle FRL”), an investment fund advised by an affiliate of The Carlyle Group Inc. (“Carlyle”), and T&D United Capital Co., Ltd. (“T&D”), a subsidiary of T&D Holdings, Inc., under the terms of a membership interest purchase agreement entered into on November 25, 2019 by and among AIG, Fortitude Holdings, Carlyle FRL, Carlyle, T&D and T&D Holdings, Inc. (the “Majority Interest Fortitude Sale”). As a result of completion of the Majority Interest Fortitude Sale,
F-14

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
1.
Overview and Basis of Presentation(continued)
Carlyle FRL purchased from AIG a 51.6% ownership interest in Fortitude Holdings and T&D purchased from AIG a 25% ownership interest in Fortitude Holdings; AIG retained a 3.5% ownership interest in Fortitude Holdings and one seat on its Board of Managers. On October 1, 2021, AIG, Inc. contributed its remaining 3.5% ownership interest in Fortitude Group Holdings, LLC to Corebridge.
As of December 31, 2021, approximately $28.5 billion of reserves related to business written by Corebridge, had been ceded to Fortitude Re under these reinsurance transactions. As of closing of the Majority Interest Fortitude Sale on June 2, 2020, these reinsurance transactions are no longer considered affiliated transactions.
Following closing of the Majority Interest Fortitude Sale in the second quarter of 2020, AIG contributed $135 million of its proceeds from the Majority Interest Fortitude Sale to USL.
For further details on this transaction see Note 7.
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires the application of accounting policies that often involve a significant degree of judgment. Accounting policies that we believe are most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions are considered our critical accounting estimates and are related to the determination of:
Valuation of future policy benefit liabilities and timing and extent of loss recognition;
Valuation of liabilities for guaranteed benefit features of variable annuity products, fixed annuity products and fixed index annuity products, including the valuation of embedded derivatives;
Estimated gross profits (“EGPs”) to value DAC and unearned revenue for investment-oriented products;
Reinsurance assets, including the allowance for credit losses;
Goodwill impairment;
Allowance for credit losses primarily on loans and available for sale fixed maturity securities;
Liability for legal contingencies;
Fair value measurements of certain financial assets and liabilities; and
Income tax assets and liabilities, including recoverability of our net deferred tax asset and the predictability of future tax operating profitability of the character necessary to realize the net deferred tax asset.
These accounting estimates require the use of assumptions about matters, some of which are highly uncertain at the time of estimation. To the extent actual experience differs from the assumptions used, our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially affected.
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
The following identifies our significant accounting policies presented in other Notes to these Consolidated Financial Statements, with a reference to the Note where a detailed description can be found:
Note 5. Investments
Fixed maturity and equity securities
Other invested assets
Short-term investments
Net investment income
Net realized gains (losses)
F-15

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
Allowance for credit losses/Other-than-temporary impairments
Note 6. Lending Activities
Mortgage and other loans receivable – net of allowance
Note 7. Reinsurance
Reinsurance assets – net of allowance
Note 8. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
Deferred policy acquisition costs
Value of business acquired
Deferred sales inducements
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
Note 9. Variable Interest Entities
Note 10. Derivatives and Hedge Accounting
Derivative assets and liabilities, at fair value
Note 11. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Note 12. Insurance Liabilities
Future policy benefits
Policyholder contract deposits
Other policyholder funds
Note 13. Fixed, Fixed Index and Variable Annuity Contracts
Note 14. Debt
Short-term and Long-term debt
Debt of consolidated investment entities
Note 15. Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees
Legal contingencies
Note 17. Earnings Per Common Share
Note 20. Income Taxes
OTHER SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Insurance revenues include premiums and policy fees. All premiums and policy fees are presented net of reinsurance, as applicable.
Premiums from long-duration life products, other than universal and variable life contracts, are recognized as revenues when due.
Premiums from individual and group annuity contracts that are life contingent are recognized as revenues when due.
For limited-payment contracts, premiums are due over a significantly shorter period than the period over which benefits are provided, and net premiums are recorded as revenue. The difference between the gross premium received and the net premium is deferred and recognized in premiums in a constant relationship to
F-16

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
insurance in-force, or for annuities, the amount of expected future policy benefits. This unearned revenue liability is recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other policyholder funds.
Premiums on short-duration accident and health policies are earned primarily on a pro rata basis over the term of the related coverage. The reserve for unearned premiums includes the portion of premiums written relating to the unexpired terms of coverage. This unearned revenue liability is recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other Policyholder Funds.
Reinsurance premiums ceded under yearly renewable term (“YRT”) reinsurance agreements are recognized as a reduction in revenues over the period the reinsurance coverage is utilized in proportion to the risks to which the premiums relate, while premiums ceded under modco treaties are recognized when due.
Reinsurance premiums for assumed business are estimated based on information received from ceding companies and reinsurers. Any subsequent differences that arise regarding such estimates are recorded in the periods in which they are determined.
Amounts received as payment for investment-oriented contracts such as universal life, variable annuities, fixed annuities, and fixed index annuities, are reported as deposits to Policyholder contract deposits or Separate account liabilities, as applicable. Revenues from these contracts are recorded in policy fees and consist of policy charges for the cost of insurance, policy administration charges, surrender charges and amortization of unearned revenue reserves. Policy fees are recognized as revenues in the period in which they are assessed against policyholders, unless the fees are designed to compensate Corebridge for services to be provided in the future. Fees deferred as unearned revenue are amortized in relation to the incidence of estimated gross profits to be realized over the estimated lives of the contracts.
Advisory fee income includes fees from registered investment services.
Other income includes 12b-1 fees (i.e. marketing and distribution fee income), other asset management fee income, and commission-based broker dealer services.
Advisory fee expense primarily includes sub-advisory fee expenses.
Cash represents cash on hand and demand deposits.
Short-term investments include highly liquid securities and other investments with remaining maturities of one year or less, but greater than three months, at the time of purchase. Securities included within short-term investments are stated at estimated fair value, while other investments included within short-term investments are stated at amortized cost, which approximates estimated fair value.
Premiums and other receivables – net of allowance include premium balances receivable, amounts due from agents and brokers and policyholders, and other receivables.
Other assets consist of deferred sales inducement assets, prepaid expenses, deposits, other deferred charges, other fixed assets, capitalized software costs, goodwill, intangible assets other than goodwill, restricted cash and derivative assets.
Real estate includes the cost of buildings and furniture and fixtures which is depreciated principally using the straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives (maximum of 40 years for buildings, 10 years for furniture and fixtures and 5 years for office equipment). Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to income as incurred and expenditures for improvements are capitalized and depreciated. We periodically assess the carrying amount of our real estate for purposes of determining any asset impairment.
Capitalized software costs represent costs directly related to obtaining, developing or upgrading internal use software, are capitalized and amortized using the straight-line method over a period generally not exceeding ten years.
F-17

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
Separate accounts represent funds for which investment income and investment gains and losses accrue directly to the policyholders who bear the investment risk. Each account has specific investment objectives and the assets are carried at fair value. The assets of each account are legally segregated and are not subject to claims that arise from any of our other businesses. The liabilities for these accounts are equal to the account assets.
For a more detailed discussion of separate accounts see Note 13.
Other liabilities consist of other funds on deposit, other payables, securities sold under agreements to repurchase, securities sold but not yet purchased and derivative liabilities.
Securities sold but not yet purchased represent sales of securities not owned at the time of sale. The obligations arising from such transactions are recorded on a trade-date basis and carried at fair value. Fair values of securities sold but not yet purchased are based on current market prices.
Foreign currency: Financial statement accounts expressed in foreign currencies are translated into U.S. dollars. Functional currency assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars generally using rates of exchange prevailing at the balance sheet date of each respective subsidiary and the related translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of any related taxes, in Shareholders’ Equity. Income statement accounts expressed in functional currencies are translated using average exchange rates during the period. Functional currencies are generally the currencies of the local operating environment. Financial statement accounts expressed in currencies other than the functional currency of a consolidated entity are remeasured into that entity’s functional currency resulting in exchange gains or losses recorded in income, except for remeasurement gains or losses attributable to available-for-sale securities which are included in Accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”).
Non-redeemable noncontrolling interest is the portion of equity (net assets) and net income (loss) in a subsidiary not attributable, directly or indirectly, to Corebridge.
Redeemable noncontrolling interest represents noncontrolling interest holders in certain consolidated investment entities where the noncontrolling interest holder has the ability to redeem its interest in the consolidated investment entity at its option.
ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED DURING 2021
Income Tax
On December 18, 2019, the FASB issued an accounting standard that simplifies the accounting for income taxes by eliminating certain exceptions to the incremental approach for intra-period tax allocation, the methodology for calculating income taxes in an interim period and the recognition of deferred tax liabilities for outside basis differences. The amendments also simplified other areas including the accounting for franchise taxes and enacted tax laws or rates and clarified the accounting for transactions that result in the step-up in the tax basis of goodwill. We adopted the standard on its effective date of January 1, 2021. The impact of adoption was not material to our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Clarification of Accounting for Certain Equity Method Investments
On January 16, 2020, the FASB issued an accounting standard to clarify how a previously issued standard regarding a company’s ability to measure the fair value of certain equity securities without a readily determinable fair value should interact with equity method investments standards. The previously issued standard provides that such equity securities could be measured at cost, minus impairment, if any, unless an observable transaction for an identical or similar security occurs (measurement alternative). The new standard clarifies that a company should consider observable transactions that require the company to either apply or discontinue the equity method of accounting for the purposes of applying the measurement alternative in accordance with the equity method immediately before applying or upon discontinuing the equity method.
The standard further clarifies that, when determining the accounting for certain forward contracts and purchased options a company should not consider, whether upon settlement or exercise, if the underlying securities would be accounted for under the equity method or fair value option.
F-18

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
We adopted the standard prospectively on its effective date of January 1, 2021. The adoption of the standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.
Reference Rate Reform
On March 12, 2020, the FASB issued an accounting standard that provides temporary optional guidance to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The standard allows us to account for certain contract modifications that result from the discontinuation of the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or another reference rate as a continuation of the existing contract without additional analysis. This standard may be elected and applied prospectively over time from March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022 as reference rate reform activities occur.
Where permitted by the guidance, we have accounted for the modification due to the discontinuation of LIBOR or another reference rate as a continuation of the existing contract. As part of our implementation efforts, we have and will continue to assess our operational readiness and current and alternative reference rates’ merits, limitations, risks and suitability for our investment and insurance processes. The adoption of the standard has not and is not expected to have a material impact on our reported consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and required disclosures.
FUTURE APPLICATION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts
In August 2018, the FASB issued an accounting standard update with the objective of making targeted improvements to the existing recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements for long-duration contracts issued by an insurance entity.
The Company will adopt the standard on January 1, 2023. We continue to evaluate and expect the adoption of this standard will impact our financial condition, results of operations, statement of cash flows and disclosures, as well as systems, processes and controls.
The Company will adopt the standard using the modified retrospective transition method relating to liabilities for traditional and limited payment contracts and deferred policy acquisition costs associated therewith. The Company will adopt the standard in relation to market risk benefits (“MRBs”) on a retrospective basis. Based upon this transition method, the Company currently estimates that the January 1, 2021 transition date (“Transition Date”) impact from adoption is likely to result in a decrease in the Company’s equity between approximately $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion. The most significant drivers of the transition adjustment are expected to be (1) changes related to market risk benefits in our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement segments, including the impact of non-performance adjustments, (2) changes to the discount rate which will most significantly impact our Life Insurance and Institutional Markets segments and (3) the removal of balances recorded in AOCI related to changes in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments.
Market risk benefits: The standard requires the measurement of all MRBs associated with deposit (or account balance) contracts at fair value at each reporting period. Changes in fair value compared to prior periods will be recorded and presented separately within the income statement, with the exception of instrument-specific credit risk changes (non-performance adjustments), which will be recognized in other comprehensive income. MRBs will impact both retained earnings and AOCI upon transition.
As MRBs are required to be accounted for at fair value, the quarterly valuation of these items will result in variability and volatility in the Company’s results following adoption.
Discount rate assumption: The standard requires the discount rate assumption for the liability for future policy benefits to be updated at the end of each reporting period using an upper-medium grade (low credit risk) fixed income instrument yield that maximizes the use of observable market inputs. Upon transition, the Company currently estimates an adjustment to AOCI due to the fact that the market upper-medium grade (low credit risk) interest rates as of the Transition Date differ from reserve interest accretion rates. Lower interest rates result in a higher liability for future policy benefits, and are anticipated to more significantly impact our Life Insurance and Institutional Markets segments.
F-19

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
Following adoption, the impact of changes to discount rates will be recognized through other comprehensive income. Changes resulting from unlocking the discount rate each reporting period will primarily impact term life insurance and other traditional life insurance products, as well as pension risk transfer and structured settlement products.
Removal of balances related to changes in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments: Under the standard, the majority of balances recorded in AOCI related to changes in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments will be eliminated.
In addition to the above, the standard also:
Requires the review and if necessary, update of future policy benefit assumptions at least annually for traditional and limited pay long duration contracts, with the recognition and separate presentation of any resulting re-measurement gain or loss (except for discount rate changes as noted above) in the income statement.
Simplifies the amortization of DAC to a constant level basis over the expected term of the related contracts with adjustments for unexpected terminations, but no longer requires an impairment test.
Increased disclosures of disaggregated roll-forwards of several balances, including: liabilities for future policy benefits, deferred acquisition costs, account balances, market risk benefits, separate account liabilities and information about significant inputs, judgments and methods used in measurement and changes thereto and impact of those changes.
We expect that the accounting for Fortitude Re will continue to remain largely unchanged. With respect to Fortitude Re, the reinsurance assets, including the discount rates, will continue to be calculated using the same methodology and assumptions as the direct policies. Accounting for modco remains unchanged.
The Company has created a governance framework and a plan to support implementation of the updated standard. As part of its implementation plan, the Company has also advanced the modernization of its actuarial technology platform to enhance its modeling, data management, experience study and analytical capabilities, increase the end-to-end automation of key reporting and analytical processes and optimize its control framework. The Company has designed and begun implementation and testing of internal controls related to the new processes created as part of implementing the updated standard and will continue to refine these internal controls until the formal implementation in the first quarter of 2023.
3.
Segment Information
We report our results of operations consistent with the manner in which our chief operating decision makers review the business to assess performance and allocate resources.
We report our results of operations as five reportable segments:
Individual Retirement – consists of fixed annuities, fixed index annuities, variable annuities and retail mutual funds. On February 8, 2021 the Company announced the execution of a definitive agreement with Touchstone to sell certain assets of Life and Retirement’s Retail Mutual Funds business. This Touchstone transaction closed on July 16, 2021. For further information on this sale see Note 1.
Group Retirement – consists of record-keeping, plan administrative and compliance services, financial planning and advisory solutions offered to employer defined contribution plans and their participants, along with proprietary and non-proprietary annuities, advisory and brokerage products offered outside of plan.
Life Insurance – primary products in the U.S. include term life and universal life insurance. The International Life business issues individual life, whole life and group life insurance in the United Kingdom, and distributes medical insurance in Ireland.
Institutional Markets – consists of stable value wrap products, structured settlement and pension risk transfer annuities, corporate- and bank-owned life insurance, high net worth products and GICs.
F-20

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
3.
Segment Information(continued)
Corporate and Other – consists primarily of:

Corporate expenses not attributable to our other segments.

Interest expense on financial debt.

Results of our consolidated investment entities.

Institutional asset management business, which includes managing assets for non-consolidated affiliates.

Results of our legacy insurance lines ceded to Fortitude Re.
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2. We evaluate segment performance based on adjusted revenues and adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss). Adjusted revenues are derived by excluding certain items from total revenues. Adjusted pre-tax operating income is derived by excluding certain items from income from operations before income tax. These items generally fall into one or more of the following broad categories: legacy matters having no relevance to our current businesses or operating performance; adjustments to enhance transparency to the underlying economics of transactions; and adjustments that we believe to be common to the industry. Legal entities are attributed to each segment based upon the predominance of activity in that legal entity.
Adjusted pre-tax operating income excludes the impact of the following items:
Fortitude related adjustments:
The modco reinsurance agreements with Fortitude Re transfer the economics of the invested assets supporting the reinsurance agreements to Fortitude Re. Accordingly, the net investment income on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets and the net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets are excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income. Similarly, changes in the Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative are also excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income.
As a result of entering into the reinsurance agreements with Fortitude Re we recorded a loss which was primarily attributed to the write-off of DAC, VOBA and deferred cost of reinsurance assets. The total loss and the ongoing results associated with the reinsurance agreement with Fortitude Re have been excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income as these are not indicative of our ongoing business operations.
Investment-related adjustments:
Adjusted pre-tax operating income excludes “Net realized gains (losses)”, including changes in the allowance for credit losses on available for sale securities and loans, as well as gains or losses from sales of securities, except for gains (losses) related to the disposition of real estate investments. Net realized gains (losses), except for gains (losses) losses related to the disposition of real estate investments, are excluded as the timing of sales on invested assets or changes in allowances depend largely on market credit cycles and can vary considerably across periods. In addition, changes in interest rates may create opportunistic scenarios to buy or sell invested assets. Our derivative results, including those used to economically hedge insurance liabilities, also included in net realized gains (losses) are similarly excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income except earned income (periodic settlements and changes in settlement accruals) on derivative instruments used for non-qualifying (economic) hedges or for asset replication. Earned income on such economic hedges is reclassified from net realized gains and losses to specific adjusted pre-tax operating income line items based on the economic risk being hedged (e.g., net investment income and interest credited to policyholder account balances).
Our investment-oriented contracts, such as universal life insurance, and fixed, fixed index and variable annuities, are also impacted by net realized gains (losses), and these secondary impacts are also excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income. Specifically, the changes in benefit reserves and DAC, VOBA, and sales inducement assets (“DSI”) related to net realized gains and losses are excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income.
F-21

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
3.
Segment Information(continued)
Variable and fixed index annuities and index universal life insurance products adjustments:
Certain of our variable annuity contracts contain GMWBs and are accounted for as embedded derivatives. Additionally, certain fixed index annuity contracts contain GMWB or indexed interest credits which are accounted for as embedded derivatives and our index universal life insurance products also contain embedded derivatives. Changes in the fair value of these embedded derivatives, including rider fees attributed to the embedded derivatives, are recorded through “Net realized gains (losses)” and are excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income.
Changes in the fair value of securities used to hedge guaranteed living benefits are excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income.
Other Adjustments:
Other adjustments represent all other adjustments that are excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income. The excluded adjustments are:
net pre-tax income (losses) from noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment entities;
restructuring and other costs related to initiatives designed to reduce operating expenses, improve efficiency and simplify our organization;
non-recurring costs associated with the implementation of non-ordinary course legal or regulatory changes or changes to accounting principles;
integration and transaction costs associated with acquiring or divesting businesses;
non-operating litigation reserves and settlements;
loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt;
losses from the impairment of goodwill, if any; and
income and loss from divested or run-off business, if any.
F-22

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
3.
Segment Information(continued)
The following table presents Corebridge’s operations by segment:
(in millions)
Individual
Retirement
Group
Retirement
Life
Insurance
Institutional
Markets
Corporate
and Other
Elimi-
nations
Total
Corebridge
Adjust-
ments
Total
Consolidated
2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$191
$22
$1,573
$3,774
$86
$
$5,646
$(9)
$5,637
Policy fees
962
522
1,380
187
3,051
3,051
Net investment income(a)
4,334
2,413
1,621
1,155
443
(49)
9,917
1,755
11,672
Net realized gains(a)(b)
701
701
1,154
1,855
Advisory fee and other income
592
337
110
2
134
1,175
1,175
Total adjusted revenues
$6,079
$3,294
$4,684
$5,118
$1,364
$(49)
$20,490
$2,900
$23,390
Policyholder benefits
580
76
3,231
4,141
8,028
22
8,050
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
1,791
1,150
354
274
3,569
(20)
3,549
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
744
61
164
6
975
82
1,057
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
397
121
132
27
3
680
680
Advisory fee expenses
189
133
322
322
General operating expenses
437
445
682
77
375
2,016
88
2,104
Interest expense
46
35
25
9
286
(47)
354
35
389
Loss on extinguishment of debt
219
219
(Gain) on divestitures
(3,081)
(3,081)
Net (gain) on Fortitude Re transactions
(26)
(26)
Total benefits and expenses
$4,184
$2,021
$4,588
$4,534
$664
$(47)
$15,944
$(2,681)
$13,263
Noncontrolling interests
(861)
(861)
 
 
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss)
$1,895
$1,273
$96
$584
$(161)
$(2)
$3,685
 
 
Adjustments to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,900
 
 
Total expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,681)
 
 
Noncontrolling interests
861
Income before Income tax expense
 
 
 
 
 
 
$10,127
 
$10,127
F-23

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
3.
Segment Information(continued)
(in millions)
Individual
Retirement
Group
Retirement
Life
Insurance
Institutional
Markets
Corporate
and Other
Elimi-
nations
Total
Corebridge
Adjust-
ments
Total
Consolidated
2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$151
$19
$1,526
$2,564
$74
$
$4,334
$7
$4,341
Policy fees
861
443
1,384
186
2,874
2,874
Net Investment income(a)
4,105
2,213
1,532
931
346
(43)
9,084
1,432
10,516
Net realized gains (losses)(a)(b)
54
54
(3,795)
(3,741)
Advisory fee and other income
571
272
94
1
122
1,060
12
1,072
Total adjusted revenues
$5,688
$2,947
$4,536
$3,682
$596
$(43)
$17,406
$(2,344)
$15,062
Policyholder benefits
411
74
3,219
2,886
6,590
12
6,602
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
1,751
1,125
373
303
3,552
(24)
3,528
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
556
15
25
5
601
(58)
543
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
334
117
119
31
3
604
604
Advisory fee expenses
205
111
316
316
General operating expenses
427
488
624
79
309
(7)
1,920
107
2,027
Interest expense
62
42
30
11
324
(34)
435
55
490
Loss on extinguishment of debt
10
10
Net loss on Fortitude Re transactions
91
91
Total benefits and expenses
$3,746
$1,972
$4,390
$3,315
$636
$(41)
$14,018
$193
$14,211
Noncontrolling interests
(194)
(194)
 
 
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss)
$1,942
$975
$146
$367
$(234)
$(2)
$3,194
 
 
Adjustments to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,344)
 
 
Total expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
193
 
 
Noncontrolling interests
194
Income before Income tax (benefit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$851
 
$851
F-24

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
3.
Segment Information(continued)
(in millions)
Individual
Retirement
Group
Retirement
Life
Insurance
Institutional
Markets
Corporate
and Other
Elimi-
nations
Total
Corebridge
Adjust-
ments
Total
Consolidated
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$104
$16
$1,438
$1,877
$58
$
$3,493
$8
$3,501
Policy fees
811
429
1,503
188
2,931
(1)
2,930
Net Investment income(a)
4,163
2,262
1,503
902
211
(20)
9,021
1,753
10,774
Net realized gains (losses)(a)(b)
285
285
(5,349)
(5,064)
Advisory fee and other income
606
261
86
1
114
1,068
1
1,069
Total adjusted revenues
$5,684
$2,968
$4,530
$2,968
$668
$(20)
$16,798
$(3,588)
$13,210
Policyholder benefits
391
63
2,708
2,174
5,336
(1)
5,335
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
1,726
1,147
374
356
3,603
11
3,614
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
480
81
140
5
706
(32)
674
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
318
113
99
31
3
564
564
Advisory fee expenses
219
103
322
322
General operating expenses
468
459
657
69
295
(6)
1,942
33
1,975
Interest expense
72
44
30
11
367
(13)
511
44
555
Loss on extinguishment of debt
32
32
Net (gain) loss on Fortitude Re transactions
Total benefits and expenses
$3,674
$2,010
$4,008
$2,646
$665
$(19)
$12,984
$87
$13,071
Noncontrolling interests
(230)
(230)
 
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss)
$2,010
$958
$522
$322
$(227)
$(1)
$3,584
$
 
Adjustments to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
(3,588)
 
 
Total expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
87
 
 
Noncontrolling interests
230
Income before Income tax (benefit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$139
 
$139
(a)
Adjustments include Fortitude Re activity. This is comprised of $2,012 million, $(1,549) million and $(3,307) million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 respectively.
(b)
Net realized gains (losses) includes the gains (losses) related to the disposition of real estate investments.
F-25

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
3.
Segment Information(continued)
Corebridge does not report total assets by segment, as we do not use this metric to allocate resources or evaluate segment performance.
The following table presents Corebridge’s consolidated total revenues and real estate and other fixed assets, net of accumulated depreciation, by major geographic area:
 
Total Revenues*
Real Estate and Other Fixed Assets,
Net of Accumulated Depreciation
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
2021
2020
2019
North America
$22,866
$14,642
$12,845
$286
$364
$357
International
524
420
365
37
39
37
Consolidated
$23,390
$15,062
$13,210
$323
$403
$394
*
Revenues are generally reported according to the geographic location of the legal entity. International revenues consist of revenues from Laya and AIG Life (UK).
4. Fair Value Measurements
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS ON A RECURRING BASIS
We carry certain of our financial instruments at fair value. We define the fair value of a financial instrument as the amount that would be received from the sale of an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. We are responsible for the determination of the value of the investments carried at fair value and the supporting methodologies and assumptions.
The degree of judgment used in measuring the fair value of financial instruments generally inversely correlates with the level of observable valuation inputs. We maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Financial instruments with quoted prices in active markets generally have more pricing observability and less judgment is used in measuring fair value. Conversely, financial instruments for which no quoted prices are available have less observability and are measured at fair value using valuation models or other pricing techniques that require more judgment. Pricing observability is affected by a number of factors, including the type of financial instrument, whether the financial instrument is new to the market and not yet established, the characteristics specific to the transaction, liquidity and general market conditions.
Fair Value Hierarchy
Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets are measured and classified in accordance with a fair value hierarchy consisting of three “levels” based on the observability of valuation inputs:
Level 1: Fair value measurements based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that we have the ability to access for identical assets or liabilities. Market price data generally is obtained from exchange or dealer markets. We do not adjust the quoted price for such instruments.
Level 2: Fair value measurements based on inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.
Level 3: Fair value measurements based on valuation techniques that use significant inputs that are unobservable. Both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair values of positions classified in Level 3. The circumstances for using these measurements include those in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. Therefore, we must make certain assumptions about the inputs a hypothetical market participant would use to value that asset or liability.
F-26

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
The following is a description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments carried at fair value. These methodologies are applied to assets and liabilities across the levels discussed above, and it is the observability of the inputs used that determines the appropriate level in the fair value hierarchy for the respective asset or liability.
VALUATION METHODOLOGIES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE
Incorporation of Credit Risk in Fair Value Measurements
Our Own Credit Risk. Fair value measurements for certain liabilities incorporate our own credit risk by determining the explicit cost for each counterparty to protect against its net credit exposure to us at the balance sheet date by reference to observable AIG credit default swaps (“CDS”) or cash bond spreads. We calculate the effect of credit spread changes using discounted cash flow techniques that incorporate current market interest rates. A derivative counterparty’s net credit exposure to us is determined based on master netting agreements, when applicable, which take into consideration all derivative positions with us, as well as collateral we post with the counterparty at the balance sheet date. We also incorporate our own risk of non-performance in the valuation of the embedded derivatives associated with variable annuity and fixed index annuity and life contracts. The non-performance risk adjustment (“NPA”) reflects a market participant’s view of our claims-paying ability by incorporating an additional spread to the swap curve used to discount projected benefit cash flows in the valuation of these embedded derivatives. The non-performance risk adjustment is calculated by constructing forward rates based on a weighted average of observable corporate credit indices to approximate the claims-paying ability rating of our insurance operations companies.
Counterparty Credit Risk. Fair value measurements for freestanding derivatives incorporate counterparty credit by determining the explicit cost for us to protect against our net credit exposure to each counterparty at the balance sheet date by reference to observable counterparty CDS spreads, when available. When not available, other directly or indirectly observable credit spreads will be used to derive the best estimates of the counterparty spreads. Our net credit exposure to a counterparty is determined based on master netting agreements, which take into consideration all derivative positions with the counterparty, as well as collateral posted by the counterparty at the balance sheet date.
Fair values for fixed maturity securities based on observable market prices for identical or similar instruments implicitly incorporate counterparty credit risk. Fair values for fixed maturity securities based on internal models incorporate counterparty credit risk by using discount rates that take into consideration cash issuance spreads for similar instruments or other observable information.
For fair values measured based on internal models, the cost of credit protection is determined under a discounted present value approach considering the market levels for single name CDS spreads for each specific counterparty, the mid-market value of the net exposure (reflecting the amount of protection required) and the weighted average life of the net exposure. CDS spreads are provided to us by an independent third party. We utilize an interest rate based on the benchmark London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) curve to derive our discount rates.
While this approach does not explicitly consider all potential future behavior of the derivative transactions or potential future changes in valuation inputs, we believe this approach provides a reasonable estimate of the fair value of the assets and liabilities, including consideration of the impact of non-performance risk.
Fixed Maturity Securities
Whenever available, we obtain quoted prices in active markets for identical assets at the balance sheet date to measure fixed maturity securities at fair value. Market price data is generally obtained from dealer markets.
F-27

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
We employ independent third-party valuation service providers to gather, analyze, and interpret market information to derive fair value estimates for individual investments, based upon market-accepted methodologies and assumptions. The methodologies used by these independent third-party valuation service providers are reviewed and understood by management, through periodic discussion with and information provided by the independent third-party valuation service providers. In addition, as discussed further below, control processes are applied to the fair values received from independent third-party valuation service providers to ensure the accuracy of these values.
Valuation service providers typically obtain data about market transactions and other key valuation model inputs from multiple sources and, through the use of market-accepted valuation methodologies, which may utilize matrix pricing, financial models, accompanying model inputs and various assumptions, provide a single fair value measurement for individual securities. The inputs used by the valuation service providers include, but are not limited to, market prices from completed transactions for identical securities and transactions for comparable securities, benchmark yields, interest rate yield curves, credit spreads, prepayment rates, default rates, recovery assumptions, currency rates, quoted prices for similar securities and other market-observable information, as applicable. If fair value is determined using financial models, these models generally take into account, among other things, market observable information as of the measurement date as well as the specific attributes of the security being valued, including its term, interest rate, credit rating, industry sector, and when applicable, collateral quality and other security or issuer-specific information. When market transactions or other market observable data is limited, the extent to which judgment is applied in determining fair value is greatly increased.
We have control processes designed to ensure that the fair values received from independent third-party valuation service providers are accurately recorded, that their data inputs and valuation techniques are appropriate and consistently applied and that the assumptions used appear reasonable and consistent with the objective of determining fair value. We assess the reasonableness of individual security values received from independent third-party valuation service providers through various analytical techniques and have procedures to escalate related questions internally and to the independent third-party valuation service providers for resolution. To assess the degree of pricing consensus among various valuation service providers for specific asset types, we conduct comparisons of prices received from available sources. We use these comparisons to establish a hierarchy for the fair values received from independent third-party valuation service providers to be used for particular security classes. We also validate prices for selected securities through reviews by members of management who have relevant expertise and who are independent of those charged with executing investing transactions.
When our independent third-party valuation service providers are unable to obtain sufficient market observable information upon which to estimate the fair value for a particular security, fair value is determined either by requesting brokers who are knowledgeable about these securities to provide a price quote, which is generally non-binding, or by employing market accepted valuation models. Broker prices may be based on an income approach, which converts expected future cash flows to a single present value amount, with specific consideration of inputs relevant to particular security types. For structured securities, such inputs may include ratings, collateral types, geographic concentrations, underlying loan vintages, loan delinquencies and defaults, loss severity assumptions, prepayments, and weighted average coupons and maturities. When the volume or level of market activity for a security is limited, certain inputs used to determine fair value may not be observable in the market. Broker prices may also be based on a market approach that considers recent transactions involving identical or similar securities. Fair values provided by brokers are subject to similar control processes to those noted above for fair values from independent third-party valuation service providers, including management reviews. For those corporate debt instruments (for example, private placements) that are not traded in active markets or that are subject to transfer restrictions, valuations reflect illiquidity and non-transferability, based on available market evidence. When observable price quotations are not available, fair value is determined based on discounted cash flow models using discount rates based on credit spreads, yields or price levels of comparable securities, adjusted for illiquidity and structure. Fair values determined internally are also subject to management review to ensure that valuation models and related inputs are reasonable.
F-28

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
The methodology above is relevant for all fixed maturity securities including residential mortgage backed securities (“RMBS”), commercial mortgage backed securities (“CMBS”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLO”), other asset-backed securities (“ABS”) and fixed maturity securities issued by government sponsored entities and corporate entities.
Equity Securities Traded in Active Markets
Whenever available, we obtain quoted prices in active markets for identical assets at the balance sheet date to measure equity securities at fair value. Market price data is generally obtained from exchange or dealer markets.
Mortgage and Other Loans Receivable
We estimate the fair value of mortgage and other loans receivable that are measured at fair value by using dealer quotations, discounted cash flow analyses and/or internal valuation models. The determination of fair value considers inputs such as interest rate, maturity, the borrower’s creditworthiness, collateral, subordination, guarantees, past-due status, yield curves, credit curves, prepayment rates, market pricing for comparable loans and other relevant factors.
Other Invested Assets
We initially estimate the fair value of investments in certain hedge funds, private equity funds and other investment partnerships by reference to the transaction price. Subsequently, we generally obtain the fair value of these investments from net asset value information provided by the general partner or manager of the investments, the financial statements of which are generally audited annually. We consider observable market data and perform certain control procedures to validate the appropriateness of using the net asset value as a fair value measurement. The fair values of other investments carried at fair value, such as direct private equity holdings, are initially determined based on transaction price and are subsequently estimated based on available evidence such as market transactions in similar instruments, other financing transactions of the issuer and other available financial information for the issuer, with adjustments made to reflect illiquidity as appropriate.
Short-term Investments
For short-term investments that are measured at amortized cost, the carrying amounts of these assets approximate fair values because of the relatively short period of time between origination and expected realization, and their limited exposure to credit risk. Securities purchased under agreements to resell (reverse repurchase agreements) are generally treated as collateralized receivables. We report certain receivables arising from securities purchased under agreements to resell as Short-term investments in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. When these receivables are measured at fair value, we use market-observable interest rates to determine fair value.
Separate Account Assets
Separate account assets are composed primarily of registered and unregistered open-end mutual funds that generally trade daily and are measured at fair value in the manner discussed above for equity securities traded in active markets.
Freestanding Derivatives
Derivative assets and liabilities can be exchange-traded or traded over-the-counter (“OTC”). We generally value exchange-traded derivatives such as futures and options using quoted prices in active markets for identical derivatives at the balance sheet date. We use these OTC derivatives as part of fair value hedges.
OTC derivatives are valued using market transactions and other market evidence whenever possible, including market-based inputs to models, model calibration to market clearing transactions, broker or dealer quotations or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. When models are used, the
F-29

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
selection of a particular model to value an OTC derivative depends on the contractual terms of, and specific risks inherent in the instrument, as well as the availability of pricing information in the market. We generally use similar models to value similar instruments. Valuation models require a variety of inputs, including contractual terms, market prices and rates, yield curves, credit curves, measures of volatility, prepayment rates and correlations of such inputs. For OTC derivatives that trade in liquid markets, such as generic forwards, swaps and options, model inputs can generally be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means, and model selection does not involve significant management judgment.
For certain OTC derivatives that trade in less liquid markets, where we generally do not have corroborating market evidence to support significant model inputs and cannot verify the model to market transactions, the transaction price may provide the best estimate of fair value. Accordingly, when a pricing model is used to value such an instrument, the model is adjusted so the model value at inception equals the transaction price. We will update valuation inputs in these models only when corroborated by evidence such as similar market transactions, independent third-party valuation service providers and/or broker or dealer quotations, or other empirical market data. When appropriate, valuations are adjusted for various factors such as liquidity, bid/offer spreads and credit considerations. Such adjustments are generally based on available market evidence. In the absence of such evidence, management’s best estimate is used.
Embedded Derivatives within Policyholder Contract Deposits
Certain variable annuity and fixed index annuity and life contracts contain embedded derivatives that we bifurcate from the host contracts and account for separately at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in earnings. These embedded derivatives are recorded in Policyholder contract deposits. We have concluded these contracts contain either (i) a written option that guarantees a minimum accumulation value at maturity, (ii) a written option that guarantees annual withdrawals regardless of underlying market performance for a specific period or for life, or (iii) fixed index written options that meet the criteria of derivatives and must be bifurcated.
The fair value of embedded derivatives contained in certain variable annuity and fixed index annuity and life contracts is measured based on policyholder behavior and capital market assumptions related to projected cash flows over the expected lives of the contracts. These discounted cash flow projections primarily include benefits and related fees assessed, when applicable. In some instances, the projected cash flows from fees may exceed projected cash flows related to benefit payments and therefore, at a point in time, the carrying value of the embedded derivative may be in a net asset position. The projected cash flows incorporate best estimate assumptions for policyholder behavior (including mortality, lapses, withdrawals and benefit utilization), along with an explicit risk margin to reflect a market participant’s estimates of projected cash flows and policyholder behavior. Estimates of future policyholder behavior assumptions are subjective and based primarily on our historical experience.
Because of the dynamic and complex nature of the projected cash flows with respect to embedded derivatives in our variable annuity and certain fixed index annuity contracts, risk neutral valuations are used, which are calibrated to observable interest rate and equity option prices. Estimating the underlying cash flows for these products involves judgments regarding the capital market assumptions related to expected market rates of return, market volatility, credit spreads, correlations of certain market variables, fund performance and discount rates. Additionally, estimating the underlying cash flows for these products also involves judgments regarding policyholder behavior. The portion of fees attributable to the fair value of expected benefit payments are included within the fair value measurement of these embedded derivatives, and related fees are classified in net realized gain/loss as earned, consistent with other changes in the fair value of these embedded policy derivatives. Any portion of the fees not attributed to the embedded derivatives are excluded from the fair value measurement and classified in policy fees as earned.
With respect to embedded derivatives in our fixed index annuity and life contracts, option pricing models are used to estimate fair value, taking into account the capital market assumptions for future equity index growth rates, volatility of the equity index, future interest rates, and our ability to adjust the participation rate and the cap on fixed index credited rates in light of market conditions and policyholder behavior assumptions.
F-30

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Projected cash flows are discounted using the interest rate swap curve (“swap curve”), which is commonly viewed as being consistent with the credit spreads for highly-rated financial institutions (S&P AA-rated or above). A swap curve shows the fixed-rate leg of a non-complex swap against the floating rate (for example, LIBOR) leg of a related tenor. We also incorporate our own risk of non-performance in the valuation of the embedded derivatives associated with variable annuity and fixed index annuity and life contracts. The non-performance risk adjustment (“NPA”) reflects a market participant’s view of our claims-paying ability by incorporating an additional spread to the swap curve used to discount projected benefit cash flows in the valuation of these embedded derivatives. The non-performance risk adjustment is calculated by constructing forward rates based on a weighted average of observable corporate credit indices to approximate the claims-paying ability rating of our insurance operations companies.
Policyholder Contract Deposits at Fair Value Option
We have elected fair value option on certain GICs recorded using discounted cash flow calculations based on interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts and our current market observable implicit credit spread rates with maturities consistent with those remaining for the contracts being valued. Obligations may be called at various times prior to maturity at the option of the counterparty. Interest rates on these borrowings are primarily fixed, vary by maturity and range up to 5.04%.
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
The reinsurance transactions between AIG and Fortitude Re were structured as modco arrangements. Corebridge has established a funds withheld payable to Fortitude Re while simultaneously establishing a reinsurance asset representing reserves for the insurance coverage that Fortitude Re has assumed. The funds withheld payable contains an embedded derivative. Changes in fair value of the embedded derivative related to the funds withheld payable are recognized in earnings through realized gains (losses). This embedded derivative is considered a total return swap with contractual returns that are attributable to various assets and liabilities associated with these reinsurance agreements. The fair value of the underlying assets is generally based on market observable inputs using industry standard valuation techniques. The valuation also requires certain significant inputs, which are generally not observable and accordingly, the valuation is considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
Debt of Consolidated Investment Entities
The fair value of debt of consolidated investment entities was determined using independent third-party valuation service providers that gather, analyze, and interpret market information to derive fair value estimates for individual securities, based upon market-accepted methodologies and assumptions. Previously, there were six consolidated investment entities which securitized portfolios of certain debt securities previously owned by Corebridge and its affiliates. These were valued using a discounted cash flow model. The discount rate considered current market spreads for U.S. Collateralized Loan Obligations, as well as instrument specific considerations including duration, credit risk and liquidity.
ASSETS AND LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A RECURRING BASIS
The following table presents information about assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicates the level of the fair value measurement based on the observability of the inputs used:
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Counterparty
Netting(a)
Cash
Collateral
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$—
$1,712
$—
$—
$—
$1,712
F-31

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Counterparty
Netting(a)
Cash
Collateral
Total
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
7,281
1,395
8,676
Non-U.S. governments
7
6,390
6,397
Corporate debt
138,156
1,907
140,063
RMBS(b)
7,363
7,595
14,958
CMBS
10,228
1,072
11,300
CLO/ABS(c)
5,024
10,438
15,462
Total bonds available for sale
7
176,154
22,407
198,568
Other bond securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
50
50
Non-U.S. governments
17
17
Corporate debt
866
134
1,000
RMBS(d)
93
106
199
CMBS
201
33
234
CLO/ABS
228
354
582
Total other bond securities
1,455
627
2,082
Equity securities(e)
238
2
2
242
Other invested assets(f)
1,892
1,892
Derivative assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
1,911
1,911
Foreign exchange contracts
672
672
Equity contracts
7
4,184
479
4,670
Credit contracts
1
1
Other contracts
1
12
13
Counterparty netting and cash collateral
(5,785)
(798)
(6,583)
Total derivative assets
7
6,768
492
(5,785)
(798)
684
Short-term investments
1
1,454
1,455
Separate account assets
105,221
3,890
109,111
Total
$105,474
$189,723
$25,420
$(5,785)
$(798)
$314,034
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits(g)
$
$130
$9,694
$
$
$9,824
Derivative liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
1
1,575
1,576
Foreign exchange contracts
366
366
Equity contracts
1
4,048
22
4,071
Credit contracts
Other contracts
Counterparty netting and cash collateral
(5,785)
(37)
(5,822)
Total derivative liabilities
2
5,989
22
(5,785)
(37)
191
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable(h)
$
$
$7,974
$
$
$7,974
Debt of consolidated investment entities
5
5
Total
$2
$6,119
$17,695
$(5,785)
$(37)
$17,994
F-32

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
December 31, 2020
(in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Counterparty
Netting(a)
Cash
Collateral
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$
$1,896
$
$
$
$1,896
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
7,512
2,057
9,569
Non-U.S. governments
1
5,737
5,738
Corporate debt
135,705
1,709
137,414
RMBS(b)
9,757
8,104
17,861
CMBS
10,473
886
11,359
CLO/ABS(c)
5,216
8,888
14,104
Total bonds available for sale
1
176,296
21,644
197,941
Other bond securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
Non-U.S. governments
Corporate debt
RMBS(d)
107
96
203
CMBS
173
45
218
CLO/ABS
166
193
359
Total other bond securities
446
334
780
Equity securities(e)
517
50
42
609
Other invested assets(f)
1,771
1,771
Derivative assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
1,804
1,804
Foreign exchange contracts
472
472
Equity contracts
9
6,515
195
6,719
Credit contracts
2
2
Other contracts
1
13
14
Counterparty netting and cash collateral
(7,723)
(533)
(8,256)
Total derivative assets
9
8,792
210
(7,723)
(533)
755
Short-term investments
534
3,317
3,851
Separate account assets
96,560
3,730
100,290
Total
$97,621
$192,631
$24,001
$(7,723)
$(533)
$305,997
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits(g)
$
$83
$10,038
$
$
$10,121
Derivative liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
1
1,467
1,468
Foreign exchange contracts
685
685
Equity contracts
14
5,774
49
5,837
Credit contracts
Other contracts
6
6
Counterparty netting and cash collateral
(7,723)
(28)
(7,751)
F-33

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
December 31, 2020
(in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Counterparty
Netting(a)
Cash
Collateral
Total
Total derivative liabilities
15
7,926
55
(7,723)
(28)
245
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable(h)
7,749
7,749
Debt of consolidated investment entities
950
950
Total
$15
$8,009
$18,792
$(7,723)
$(28)
$19,065
(a)
Represents netting of derivative exposures covered by qualifying master netting agreements.
(b)
Includes investments in RMBS issued by related parties of $38 million and $9 million classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively, as of December 31, 2021. Additionally, includes investments in RMBS issued by related parties of $35 million and $14 million classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively, as of December 31, 2020.
(c)
Includes investments in CLO/ABS issued by related parties of $862 million classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2021. Additionally, includes investments in CLO/ABS issued by related parties of $1.0 billion classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2020.
(d)
Includes investments in RMBS issued by related parties of $0.2 million classified as Level 2 as of December 31, 2021. Additionally, includes investments in RMBS issued by related parties of $0.6 million classified as Level 2 as of December 31, 2020.
(e)
There were no investments in equity securities issued by related parties classified as Level 1 as of December 31, 2021. Additionally, includes investments in equity securities issued by related parties of $31 million classified as Level 1 as of December 31, 2020.
(f)
Excludes investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value (NAV) per share (or its equivalent), which totaled $5.2 billion and $3.4 billion as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
(g)
Excludes basis adjustments for fair value hedges.
(h)
As discussed in Note 7, the Fortitude Re funds withheld payable is created through modco and funds withheld reinsurance arrangements where the investments supporting the reinsurance agreements are withheld by and continue to reside on Corebridge’s balance sheet. This embedded derivative is valued as a total return swap with reference to the fair value of the invested assets held by Corebridge, which are primarily available for sale securities.
F-34

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
CHANGES IN LEVEL 3 RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The following tables present changes during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, and the realized and unrealized gains (losses) related to the Level 3 assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2021 and 2020:
(in millions)
Fair Value
Beginning
of Year
Net
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included
in Income
Other
Comprehensive
(Income) Loss
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances
and
Settlements,
Net
Gross
Transfers
In
Gross
Transfers
Out
Other
Fair Value
End
of Year
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Income on
Instruments
Held at
End of Year
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
Included in Other
Comprehensive
Income (loss)
for Recurring
Level 3
Instruments
Held at
End of Year
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$2,057
$7
$(5)
$(342)
$
$(260)
$(62)
$1,395
$
$141
Corporate debt
1,709
(10)
(25)
109
373
(249)
1,907
(180)
RMBS
8,104
415
(104)
(782)
8
(46)
7,595
(185)
CMBS
886
25
(45)
253
53
(100)
1,072
36
CLO/ABS
8,888
24
(270)
1,990
655
(849)
10,438
(437)
Total bonds available for sale(a)
21,644
461
(449)
1,228
1,089
(1,504)
(62)
22,407
(625)
Other bond securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt
(1)
135
134
(1)
RMBS
96
2
8
106
(2)
CMBS
45
(17)
5
33
(3)
CLO/ABS
193
(4)
165
354
(27)
Total other bond securities
334
(3)
291
5
627
(33)
Equity securities
42
11
(120)
70
(1)
2
3
Other invested assets
1,771
641
(15)
(569)
64
1,892
612
Total
$23,791
$1,110
$(464)
$830
$1,228
$(1,505)
$(62)
$24,928
$582
$(625)
F-35

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(in millions)
Fair Value
Beginning
of Year
Net
Realized
and
Unrealized
(Gains)
Losses
Included
in Income
Other
Comprehensive
(Income) Loss
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances
and
Settlements,
Net
Gross
Transfers
In
Gross
Transfers
Out
Other
Fair Value
End
of Year
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Income on
Instruments
Held at
End of Year
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
Included in Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
for Recurring
Level 3
Instruments
Held at
End of Year
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
$10,038
$(769)
$—
$479
$
$(54)
$—
$9,694
$1,860
$—
Derivative liabilities, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Equity contracts
(146)
(22)
(271)
(71)
53
(457)
19
Credit Contracts
(2)
11
(10)
(1)
(2)
Other contracts
(7)
(62)
57
(12)
63
Total derivative liabilities, net(b)
(155)
(73)
(224)
(71)
53
(470)
80
Fortitude Re funds withheld Payable
7,749
687
(462)
7,974
1,766
Debt of consolidated investment entities
951
179
(1,125)
5
4
Total
$18,583
$24
$
$(1,332)
$(71)
$(1)
$
$17,203
$3,710
$
(in millions)
Fair Value
Beginning
of Year
Net
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included
in Income
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances
and
Settlements,
Net
Gross
Transfers
In
Gross
Transfers
Out
Fair Value
End
of Year
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Income on
Instruments
Held at
End of Year
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
Included in Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
for Recurring
Level 3
Instruments
Held at
End of Year
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$2,067
$7
$210
$121
$27
$(375)
$2,057
$—
$207
Corporate debt
1,164
(75)
30
116
962
(488)
1,709
55
RMBS
8,674
497
(202)
(575)
8
(298)
8,104
(42)
CMBS
856
18
47
12
23
(70)
886
48
CLO/ABS
6,517
37
156
667
2,172
(661)
8,888
166
Total bonds available for sale
19,278
484
241
341
3,192
(1,892)
21,644
434
Other bond securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
RMBS
96
5
(4)
(1)
96
2
CMBS
46
(1)
45
(1)
CLO/ABS
243
45
(95)
193
26
Total other bond securities
385
49
(99)
(1)
334
27
Equity securities
(1)
1
41
2
(1)
42
Other invested assets
784
96
(4)
745
150
1,771
61
Total
$20,447
$628
$238
$1,028
$3,344
$(1,894)
$23,791
$88
$434
F-36

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(in millions)
Fair Value
Beginning
of Year
Net
Realized
and
Unrealized
(Gains)
Losses
Included
in Income
Other
Comprehensive
(Income) Loss
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances
and
Settlements,
Net
Gross
Transfers
In
Gross
Transfers
Out
Fair Value
End
of Year
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Income on
Instruments
Held at
End of Year
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains (Losses)
Included in Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
for Recurring
Level 3
Instruments
Held at
End of Year
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
$7,073
$2,757
$—
$208
$—
$—
$10,038
$(1,515)
$—
Derivative liabilities, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Equity contracts
(144)
5
(10)
3
(146)
(34)
Credit contracts
(3)
(42)
43
(2)
(2)
Other contracts
(6)
(57)
56
(7)
57
Total derivative liabilities, net(b)
(153)
(94)
89
3
(155)
21
Fortitude Re funds withheld Payable
4,412
3,978
(641)
7,749
(1,815)
Debt of consolidated investment entities
845
102
3
950
(102)
Total
$12,177
$6,743
$
$(341)
$
$3
$18,582
$(3,411)
$
(a)
As a result of the adoption of the Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard on January 1, 2020, credit losses are included in net realized and unrealized (gains) losses included in income.
(b)
Total Level 3 derivative exposures have been netted in these tables for presentation purposes only.
F-37

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Net realized and unrealized gains and losses included in income related to Level 3 assets and liabilities shown above are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income as follows:
(in millions)
Policy
Fees
Net
Investment
Income
Net Realized
Gains
(Losses)
Interest Expense /
Loss on
Extinguishment
of Debt
Total
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale(a)
$
$472
$(11)
$
$461
Other bond securities
(3)
(3)
Equity securities
11
11
Other invested assets
630
11
641
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
$
$
$(769)
$
$(769)
Derivative liabilities, net
(59)
(14)
(73)
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
687
687
Debt of consolidated investment entities(b)
179
179
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale(a)
$
$497
$(13)
$
$484
Other bond securities
49
49
Equity securities
(1)
(1)
Other invested assets
94
2
96
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
$
$
$2,757
$
$2,757
Derivative liabilities, net
(59)
(35)
(94)
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
3,978
3,978
Debt of consolidated investment entities(b)
102
102
(a)
As a result of the adoption of the Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard on January 1, 2020, credit losses are included in net realized gains (losses).
(b)
For the twelve months ended December 31, 2021, includes $145 million of loss on extinguishment of debt, and $34 million of interest expense. For the twelve months ended December 31, 2020, includes $102 million of interest expense.
F-38

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
The following table presents the gross components of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net, shown above, for years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 related to Level 3 assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
(in millions)
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
and
Settlements*
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances and
Settlements,
Net*
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$36
$(212)
$(166)
$(342)
Corporate debt
424
(36)
(279)
109
RMBS
637
(1)
(1,418)
(782)
CMBS
334
(15)
(66)
253
CLO/ABS
4,125
(21)
(2,114)
1,990
Total bonds available for sale
5,556
(285)
(4,043)
1,228
Other bond securities:
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt
86
49
135
RMBS
28
(20)
8
CMBS
(17)
(17)
CLO/ABS
214
(49)
165
Total other bond securities
328
(17)
(20)
291
Equity securities
2
(122)
(120)
Other invested assets
578
(1,147)
(569)
Total assets
$6,464
$(302)
$(5,332)
$830
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
$
$812
$(333)
$479
Derivative liabilities, net
(272)
48
(224)
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
(462)
(462)
Debt of consolidated investment entities
(1,125)
(1,125)
Total liabilities
$(272)
$812
$(1,872)
$(1,332)
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$216
$(20)
$(75)
$121
Corporate debt
230
(20)
(94)
116
RMBS
872
(1,447)
(575)
CMBS
66
(17)
(37)
12
CLO/ABS
1,898
(387)
(844)
667
Total bonds available for sale
3,282
(444)
(2,497)
341
Corporate debt
RMBS
22
(26)
(4)
CMBS
CLO/ABS
35
(53)
(77)
(95)
Total other bond securities
57
(53)
(103)
(99)
Equity securities
36
5
41
Other invested assets
793
(48)
745
Total assets
$4,168
$(497)
$(2,643)
$1,028
F-39

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(in millions)
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
and
Settlements*
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances and
Settlements,
Net*
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
$
$714
$(506)
$208
Derivative liabilities, net
(65)
154
89
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
(641)
(641)
Debt of consolidated investment entities
3
3
Total liabilities
$(62)
$714
$(993)
$(341)
*
There were no issuances during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair values of positions classified in Level 3 in the tables above. As a result, the unrealized gains (losses) on instruments held at December 31, 2021 and 2020 may include changes in fair value that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable inputs (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities).
Transfers of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
We record transfers of assets and liabilities into or out of Level 3 at their fair values as of the end of each reporting period, consistent with the date of the determination of fair value. The net realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in net income (loss) or Other comprehensive income (loss) as shown in the table above excludes $17 million and $(182) million of net gains (losses) related to assets transferred into Level 3 during 2021 and 2020, respectively, and includes $(19) million and $4 million of net gains (losses) related to assets transferred out of Level 3 during 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Transfers of Level 3 Assets
During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, transfers into Level 3 assets primarily included certain investments in private placement corporate debt, RMBS, CMBS and CLO/ABS. Transfers of private placement corporate debt and certain ABS into Level 3 assets were primarily the result of limited market pricing information that required us to determine fair value for these securities based on inputs that are adjusted to better reflect our own assumptions regarding the characteristics of a specific security or associated market liquidity. The transfers of investments in RMBS, CMBS and CLO and certain ABS into Level 3 assets were due to diminished market transparency and liquidity for individual security types.
During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, transfers out of Level 3 assets primarily included private placement and other corporate debt, CMBS, RMBS, CLO/ABS and certain investments in municipal securities. Transfers of certain investments in municipal securities, corporate debt, RMBS, CMBS and CLO/ABS out of Level 3 assets were based on consideration of market liquidity as well as related transparency of pricing and associated observable inputs for these investments. Transfers of certain investments in private placement corporate debt and certain ABS out of Level 3 assets were primarily the result of using observable pricing information that reflects the fair value of those securities without the need for adjustment based on our own assumptions regarding the characteristics of a specific security or the current liquidity in the market.
Transfers of Level 3 Liabilities
There were no significant transfers of derivative or other liabilities into or out of Level 3 for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
QUANTITATIVE INFORMATION ABOUT LEVEL 3 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The table below presents information about the significant unobservable inputs used for recurring fair value measurements for certain Level 3 instruments, and includes only those instruments for which information about the inputs is reasonably available to us, such as data from independent third-party valuation service providers and
F-40

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
from internal valuation models. Because input information from third-parties with respect to certain Level 3 instruments (primarily CLO/ABS) may not be reasonably available to us, balances shown below may not equal total amounts reported for such Level 3 assets and liabilities:
(in millions)
Fair Value at
December 31,
2021
Valuation
Technique
Unobservable Input(a)
Range
(Weighted Average)(b)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$1,364
Discounted cash flow
Yield
2.92% - 3.27% (3.10%)
Corporate debt
1,789
Discounted cash flow
Yield
1.75% - 7.05% (4.40%)
RMBS(d)
7,141
Discounted cash flow
Constant prepayment rate
5.18% - 18.41% (11.79%)
 
 
 
Loss severity
24.87% - 72.64% (48.75%)
 
 
 
Constant default rate
1.01% - 5.74% (3.37%)
 
 
 
Yield
1.72% - 4.08% (2.90%)
CLO/ABS(d)
8,251
Discounted cash flow
Yield
2.07% - 4.19% (3.13%)
CMBS
887
Discounted cash flow
Yield
1.54% - 4.49% (3.02%)
Liabilities(e):
 
 
 
 
Embedded derivatives within Policyholder contract deposits:
 
 
 
 
Variable annuity guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (GMWB)
2,472
Discounted cash flow
Equity volatility
5.95%- 46.65%
 
 
 
Base lapse rate
0.16%- 12.60%
 
 
 
Dynamic lapse multiplier(c)
20%- 186%
 
 
 
Mortality multiplier(c)(d)
38%- 147%
 
 
 
Utilization
90%- 100%
 
 
 
Equity / interest-rate correlation
20%- 40%
 
 
 
NPA(g)
0.01% - 1.40%
Index Annuities including certain GMWB
6,445
Discounted cash flow
Lapse rate
0.50% - 50.00%
 
 
 
Dynamic lapse multiplier(c)
20.00% - 186.00%
 
 
 
Mortality multiplier(f)
24.00% - 180.00%
 
 
 
Utilization(h)
60.00% - 95.00%
 
 
 
Option Budget
0% - 4.00%
 
 
 
NPA(g)
0.01% - 1.40%
Index Life
765
Discounted cash flow
Base lapse rate
0.00% - 37.97%
 
 
 
Mortality rate
0.002% - 100.00%
 
 
 
NPA(g)
0.01% - 1.40%
F-41

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(in millions)
Fair Value at
December 31,
2020
Valuation
Technique
Unobservable Input(a)
Range
(Weighted Average)(b)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$1,621
Discounted cash flow
Yield
2.81% - 3.39% (3.10%)
Corporate debt
1,365
Discounted cash flow
Yield
2.03% - 6.39% (4.21%)
RMBS(d)
7,799
Discounted cash flow
Constant prepayment rate
3.94% - 11.86% (7.90%)
 
 
 
Loss severity
28.29% - 78.99% (53.64%)
 
 
 
Constant default rate
1.33% - 6.12% (3.72%)
 
 
 
Yield
1.72% - 4.39% (3.05%)
CLO/ABS(d)
7,962
Discounted cash flow
Yield
2.18% - 4.47% (3.33%)
CMBS
556
Discounted cash flow
Yield
1.45% - 7.61% (3.41%)
Liabilities(e):
 
 
 
 
Embedded derivatives within Policyholder contract deposits
 
 
 
 
Variable annuity guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (GMWB)
3,702
Discounted cash flow
Equity volatility
6.45% - 50.85%
 
 
 
Base lapse rate
0.16% - 12.60%
 
 
 
Dynamic lapse multiplier(c)
50.00% - 143.00%
 
 
 
Mortality multiplier(c)(d)
38.00% - 147.00%
 
 
 
Utilization
90.00% - 100.00%
 
 
 
Equity / interest-rate correlation
20.00% - 40.00%
 
 
 
NPA(g)
0.06% - 1.48%
Index Annuities including certain GMWB
5,631
Discounted cash flow
Lapse rate
0.38% - 50.00%
 
 
 
Mortality multiplier(f)
24.00% - 180.00%
 
 
 
Utilization(h)
80.00% - 100.00%
 
 
 
Option budget
0.00% - 4.00%
 
 
 
NPA(g)
0.06% - 1.48%
Index Life
649
Discounted cash flow
Base lapse rate
0.00% - 37.97%
 
 
 
Mortality rate
0.00% - 100.00%
 
 
 
NPA(g)
0.06% - 1.48%
Guaranteed investment contract
38
Black Scholes
Equity volatility
27.85%
 
 
option pricing model
Borrowing cost
0.44%
 
 
 
Dividend yield
1.58%
Debt of consolidated investment entities
947
Discounted cash flow
Yield
13.00%
(a)
Represents discount rates, estimates and assumptions that we believe would be used by market participants when valuing these assets and liabilities.
F-42

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(b)
The weighted averaging for fixed maturity securities is based on the estimated fair value of the securities. Because the valuation methodology for embedded derivatives within Policyholder contract deposits uses a range of inputs that vary at the contract level over the cash flow projection period, management believes that presenting a range, rather than weighted average, is a more meaningful representation of the unobservable inputs used in the valuation.
(c)
The ranges for these inputs vary due to the different GMWB product specifications and policyholder characteristics across in force policies. Policyholder characteristics that affect these ranges include age, policy duration, and gender.
(d)
Information received from third-party valuation service providers. The ranges of the unobservable inputs for constant prepayment rate, loss severity and constant default rate relate to each of the individual underlying mortgage loans that comprise the entire portfolio of securities in the RMBS and CLO securitization vehicles and not necessarily to the securitization vehicle bonds (tranches) purchased by us. The ranges of these inputs do not directly correlate to changes in the fair values of the tranches purchased by us, because there are other factors relevant to the fair values of specific tranches owned by us including, but not limited to, purchase price, position in the waterfall, senior versus subordinated position and attachment points.
(e)
The Fortitude Re funds withheld payable has been excluded from the above table. As discussed in Note 7, the Fortitude Re funds withheld payable is created through modco and funds withheld reinsurance arrangements where the investments supporting the reinsurance agreements are withheld by and continue to reside on Corebridge’s balance sheet. This embedded derivative is valued as a total return swap with reference to the fair value of the invested assets held by Corebridge. Accordingly, the unobservable inputs utilized in the valuation of the embedded derivative are a component of the invested assets supporting the reinsurance agreements that are held on Corebridge’s balance sheet.
(f)
Mortality inputs are shown as multipliers of the 2012 Individual Annuity Mortality Basic table.
(g)
The non-performance risk adjustment (NPA) applied as a spread over risk-free curve for discounting.
(h)
The partial withdrawal utilization unobservable input range shown applies only to policies with guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit riders that are accounted for as an embedded derivative. The total embedded derivative liability related to these guarantees at December 31, 2021 is approximately $1.2 billion. The remaining guaranteed minimum riders on the Index Annuities are valued under the accounting guidance for certain nontraditional long-duration contracts.
The ranges of reported inputs for Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions, Corporate debt, RMBS, CLO/ABS, and CMBS valued using a discounted cash flow technique consist of one standard deviation in either direction from the value-weighted average. The preceding table does not give effect to our risk management practices that might offset risks inherent in these Level 3 assets and liabilities.
Interrelationships Between Unobservable Inputs
We consider unobservable inputs to be those for which market data is not available and that are developed using the best information available to us about the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. Relevant inputs vary depending on the nature of the instrument being measured at fair value. The following paragraphs provide a general description of significant unobservable inputs along with interrelationships between and among the significant unobservable inputs and their impact on the fair value measurements. In practice, simultaneous changes in assumptions may not always have a linear effect on the inputs discussed below. Interrelationships may also exist between observable and unobservable inputs. Such relationships have not been included in the discussion below. For each of the individual relationships described below, the inverse relationship would also generally apply.
F-43

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Fixed Maturity Securities
The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of fixed maturity securities is yield. The yield is affected by the market movements in credit spreads and U.S. Treasury yields. The yield may be affected by other factors including constant prepayment rates, loss severity, and constant default rates. In general, increases in the yield would decrease the fair value of investments, and conversely, decreases in the yield would increase the fair value of investments.
Embedded derivatives within Policyholder contract deposits
Embedded derivatives reported within Policyholder contract deposits include interest crediting rates based on market indices within index annuities, indexed life, and GICs as well as GMWB within variable annuity and certain index annuity products. For any given contract, assumptions for unobservable inputs vary throughout the period over which cash flows are projected for purposes of valuing the embedded derivative. The following unobservable inputs are used for valuing embedded derivatives measured at fair value:
Long-term equity volatilities represent equity volatility beyond the period for which observable equity volatilities are available. Increases in assumed volatility will generally increase the fair value of both the projected cash flows from rider fees as well as the projected cash flows related to benefit payments. Therefore, the net change in the fair value of the liability may be either a decrease or an increase, depending on the relative changes in projected rider fees and projected benefit payments.
Equity / interest rate correlation estimates the relationship between changes in equity returns and interest rates in the economic scenario generator used to value our GMWB embedded derivatives. In general, a higher positive correlation assumes that equity markets and interest rates move in a more correlated fashion, which generally increases the fair value of the liability.
Base lapse rate assumptions are determined by company experience and judgment and are adjusted at the contract level using a dynamic lapse function, which reduces the base lapse rate when the contract is in-the-money (when the contract holder’s guaranteed value, as estimated by the company, is worth more than their underlying account value). Lapse rates are also generally assumed to be lower in periods when a surrender charge applies. Increases in assumed lapse rates will generally decrease the fair value of the liability, as fewer policyholders would persist to collect guaranteed withdrawal amounts.
Mortality rate assumptions, which vary by age and gender, are based on company experience and include a mortality improvement assumption. Increases in assumed mortality rates will decrease the fair value of the liability, while lower mortality rate assumptions will generally increase the fair value of the liability, because guaranteed payments will be made for a longer period of time.
Utilization assumptions estimate the timing when policyholders with a GMWB will elect to utilize their benefit and begin taking withdrawals. The assumptions may vary by the type of guarantee, tax-qualified status, the contract’s withdrawal history and the age of the policyholder. Utilization assumptions are based on company experience, which includes partial withdrawal behavior. Increases in assumed utilization rates will generally increase the fair value of the liability.
Option budget estimates the expected long-term cost of options used to hedge exposures associated with equity price changes. The level of option budgets determines future costs of the options, which impacts the growth in account value and the valuation of embedded derivatives.
Embedded derivatives within reinsurance contracts
The fair value of embedded derivatives associated with funds withheld reinsurance contracts is determined based upon a total return swap technique with reference to the fair value of the investments held by Corebridge related to Corebridge’s funds withheld payable. The fair value of the underlying assets is generally based on market observable inputs using industry standard valuation techniques. The valuation also requires certain significant inputs, which are generally not observable and accordingly, the valuation is considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
F-44

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
INVESTMENTS IN CERTAIN ENTITIES CARRIED AT FAIR VALUE USING NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
The following table includes information related to our investments in certain other invested assets, including private equity funds, hedge funds and other alternative investments that calculate net asset value per share (or its equivalent). For these investments, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, we use the net asset value per share to measure fair value.
 
 
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
(in millions)
Investment Category Includes
Fair Value
Using NAV
Per Share (or
its equivalent)
Unfunded
Commitments
Fair Value
Using NAV
Per Share (or
its equivalent)
Unfunded
Commitments
Investment Category
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity funds:
 
 
 
 
 
Leveraged buyout
Debt and/or equity investments made as part of a transaction in which assets of mature companies are acquired from the current shareholders, typically with the use of financial leverage
$1,762
$1,229
$1,118
$1,403
Real Estate
Investments in real estate properties and infrastructure positions, including power plants and other energy generating facilities
490
365
427
374
Venture capital
Early-stage, high-potential, growth companies expected to generate a return through an eventual realization event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company
194
135
140
128
Growth equity
Funds that make investments in established companies for the purpose of growing their businesses
637
37
400
35
Mezzanine
Funds that make investments in the junior debt and equity securities of leveraged companies
306
268
186
57
Other
Includes distressed funds that invest in securities of companies that are in default or under bankruptcy protection, as well as funds that have multi-strategy, and other strategies
921
324
466
301
Total private equity funds
 
4,310
2,358
2,737
2,298
Hedge funds:
 
 
 
 
 
Event-driven
Securities of companies undergoing material structural changes, including mergers, acquisitions and other reorganizations
18
22
Long-short
Securities that the manager believes are undervalued, with corresponding short positions to hedge market risk
404
342
Macro
Investments that take long and short positions in financial instruments based on a top-down view of certain economic and capital market conditions
370
286
Other
Includes investments held in funds that are less liquid, as well as other strategies which allow for broader allocation between public and private investments
110
13
Total hedge funds
 
902
663
Total
 
$5,212
$2,358
$3,400
$2,298
F-45

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Private equity fund investments included above are not redeemable, because distributions from the funds will be received when underlying investments of the funds are liquidated. Private equity funds are generally expected to have 10-year lives at their inception, but these lives may be extended at the fund manager’s discretion, typically in one or two-year increments.
The hedge fund investments included above, which are carried at fair value, are generally redeemable subject to the redemption notices period. The majority of our hedge fund investments are redeemable monthly or quarterly.
FAIR VALUE OPTION
Under the fair value option, we may elect to measure at fair value financial assets and financial liabilities that are not otherwise required to be carried at fair value. This includes fixed income securities subject to the modco agreements with Fortitude Re for which we have elected the fair value option. Subsequent changes in fair value for designated items are reported in earnings. We elect the fair value option for certain hybrid securities given the complexity of bifurcating the economic components associated with the embedded derivatives.
For additional information related to embedded derivatives refer to Note 10.
Additionally, we elect the fair value option for certain alternative investments when such investments are eligible for this election. We believe this measurement basis is consistent with the applicable accounting guidance used by the respective investment company funds themselves.
For additional information on securities and other invested assets for which we have elected the fair value option refer to Note 5.
The following table presents the gains or losses recorded related to the eligible instruments for which we elected the fair value option:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
Gain (Loss)
2021
2020
2019
Assets:
 
 
 
Other bond securities
$26
$72
$429
Alternative investments(a)
1,083
290
233
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits(b)
7
(9)
(10)
Debt of consolidated investment entities(c)
(179)
(102)
(143)
Total gain
$937
$251
$509
(a)
Includes certain hedge funds, private equity funds and other investment partnerships.
(b)
Represents GICs.
(c)
Primarily related to six transactions securitizing certain debt portfolios previously owned by Corebridge and its affiliates. For additional information, see Note 9.
Interest income and dividend income on assets measured under the fair value option are recognized and included in Net investment income in the Consolidated Statements of Income. Interest expense on liabilities measured under the fair value option is reported in Interest Expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
For additional information about our policies for recognition, measurement, and disclosure of interest and dividend income see Note 5.
As a result of the adoption of the Financial Instruments Recognition and Measurement Standard on January 1, 2018, we are required to record unrealized gains and losses attributable to the observable effect of changes in credit spreads on our liabilities for which the fair value option was elected in Other Comprehensive
F-46

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Income (loss). We calculate the effect of these credit spread changes using discounted cash flow techniques that incorporate current market interest rates, our observable credit spreads on these liabilities and other factors that mitigate the risk of nonperformance such as cash collateral posted.
We have elected fair value option on certain debt securities issued by Corebridge or its affiliates. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value was $5 million and $950 million, respectively. Of the $950 million at December 31, 2020 $947 million related to six transactions securitizing certain debt portfolios previously owned by Corebridge and its affiliates. Such amount was redeemed at par of $1.1 billion during 2021. For additional information, see Note 9 – Variable Interest Entities. The remaining fair value at December 31, 2021 and 2020, of $5 million and $3 million, respectively, relates to interest only notes issued by residential mortgage loan securitization structures for which the principal of the notes is a reference amount only and its repayment is not expected. The aforementioned principal reference amounts are $779 million and $769 million, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS ON A NON-RECURRING BASIS
We measure the fair value of certain assets on a non-recurring basis, generally quarterly, annually or when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. These assets include cost and equity-method investments, commercial mortgage loans and commercial loans, investments in real estate and other fixed assets, goodwill and other intangible assets.
For additional information about how we test various asset classes for impairment see Notes 5 and 6.
The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at the time of impairment and the related impairment charges recorded during the periods presented:
 
Assets at Fair Value
Impairment Charges
 
Non-Recurring Basis
December 31,
(in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
2021
2020
2019
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other investments
$—
$—
$89
$89
$6
$77
$76
Mortgage and other loans receivable*
$—
$15
$15
$—
$—
$—
Other assets
14
14
1
5
Total
$—
$14
$104
$118
$7
$82
$76
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other investments
$—
$—
$376
$376
 
 
 
Mortgage and other loans receivable
 
 
 
Other assets
18
18
 
 
 
Total
$—
$18
$376
$394
 
 
 
*
Mortgage and other loans receivable are carried at lower of cost or fair value.
FAIR VALUE INFORMATION ABOUT FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS NOT MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE
Information regarding the estimation of fair value for financial instruments not carried at fair value (excluding insurance contracts and lease contracts) is discussed below:
Mortgage and other loans receivable: Fair values of loans on commercial real estate and other loans receivable are estimated for disclosure purposes using discounted cash flow calculations based on discount rates that we believe market participants would use in determining the price that they would pay for such assets. For certain loans, our current incremental lending rates for similar types of loans are used as the discount rates, because we believe this rate approximates the rates market participants
F-47

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
would use. Fair values of residential mortgage loans are generally determined based on market prices, using market-based adjustments for credit and servicing as appropriate. The fair values of policy loans are generally estimated based on unpaid principal amount as of each reporting date. No consideration is given to credit risk because policy loans are effectively collateralized by the cash surrender value of the policies.
Other invested assets: The majority of the Other invested assets that are not measured at fair value represent time deposits with the original maturity at purchase greater than one year. The fair value of long-term time deposits is determined using the expected discounted future cash flow.
Cash and short-term investments: The carrying amounts of these assets approximate fair values because of the relatively short period of time between origination and expected realization, and their limited exposure to credit risk.
Policyholder contract deposits associated with investment-type contracts: Fair values for policyholder contract deposits associated with investment-type contracts not accounted for at fair value are estimated using discounted cash flow calculations based on interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those of the contracts being valued. When no similar contracts are being offered, the discount rate is the appropriate swap rate (if available) or current risk-free interest rate consistent with the currency in which the cash flows are denominated. To determine fair value, other factors include current policyholder account values and related surrender charges and other assumptions include expectations about policyholder behavior and an appropriate risk margin.
Other liabilities: The majority of the Other liabilities that are financial instruments not measured at fair value represent secured financing arrangements, including repurchase agreements. The carrying amounts of these liabilities approximate fair value, because the financing arrangements are short-term and are secured by cash or other liquid collateral.
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable: The funds withheld payable contains an embedded derivative and the changes in its fair value are recognized in earnings each period. The difference between the total Fortitude Re funds withheld payable and the embedded derivative represents the host contract.
Short-term and long-term debt and debt of consolidated investment entities: Fair values of these obligations were determined by reference to quoted market prices, when available and appropriate, or discounted cash flow calculations based upon our current market observable implicit credit spread rates for similar types of borrowings with maturities consistent with those remaining for the debt being valued.
Separate Account Liabilities—Investment Contracts: Only the portion of separate account liabilities related to products that are investment contracts are reflected in the table below. Separate account liabilities are recorded at the amount credited to the contract holder, which reflects the change in fair value of the corresponding separate account assets including contract holder deposits less withdrawals and fees; therefore, carrying value approximates fair value.
F-48

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
4. Fair Value Measurements (continued)
The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our financial instruments not measured at fair value and indicates the level in the fair value hierarchy of the estimated fair value measurement based on the observability of the inputs used:
 
Estimated Fair Value
Carrying
Value
(in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage and other loans receivable
$
$52
$41,077
$41,129
$39,373
Other invested assets
193
193
193
Short-term investments
4,016
4,016
4,016
Cash
537
537
537
Other assets
7
7
7
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits associated
 
 
 
 
 
with investment-type contracts
169
142,974
143,143
133,043
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
27,170
27,170
27,170
Other liabilities
3,704
3,704
3,704
Short-term debt
8,317
8,317
8,317
Long-term debt
586
586
427
Debt of consolidated investment entities
3,077
3,810
6,887
6,931
Separate account liabilities - investment contracts
104,126
104,126
104,126
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage and other loans receivable
$
$60
$40,966
$41,026
$38,314
Other invested assets
174
174
174
Short-term investments
5,384
5,384
5,384
Cash
654
654
654
Other assets
204
2
206
206
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits associated
 
 
 
 
 
with investment-type contracts
214
144,357
144,571
130,396
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
29,040
29,040
29,040
Other liabilities
3,695
3,695
3,695
Short-term debt
Long-term debt
884
265
1,149
905
Debt of consolidated investment entities
1,837
7,783
9,620
9,390
Separate account liabilities - investment contracts
95,610
95,610
95,610
F-49

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments
FIXED MATURITY SECURITIES
Bonds held to maturity are carried at amortized cost when we have the ability and positive intent to hold these securities until maturity. When we do not have the ability or positive intent to hold bonds until maturity, these securities are classified as available for sale or are measured at fair value at our election. None of our fixed maturity securities met the criteria for held to maturity classification at December 31, 2021 or 2020.
Unrealized gains and losses from available for sale investments in fixed maturity securities carried at fair value were reported as a separate component of AOCI, net of policy related amounts and deferred income taxes, in Shareholders’ equity. Realized and unrealized gains and losses from fixed maturity securities measured at fair value at our election are reflected in Net investment income. Investments in fixed maturity securities are recorded on a trade-date basis.
Interest income is recognized using the effective yield method and reflects amortization of premium and accretion of discount. Premiums and discounts arising from the purchase of bonds classified as available for sale are treated as yield adjustments over their estimated holding periods, until maturity, or call date, if applicable. For investments in certain structured securities, recognized yields are updated based on current information regarding the timing and amount of expected undiscounted future cash flows. For high credit quality structured securities, effective yields are recalculated based on actual payments received and updated prepayment expectations, and the amortized cost is adjusted to the amount that would have existed had the new effective yield been applied since acquisition with a corresponding charge or credit to net investment income. For structured securities that are not high credit quality, the structured securities yields are based on expected cash flows which take into account both expected credit losses and prepayments.
An allowance for credit losses is not established upon initial recognition of the asset (unless the security is determined to be a purchased credit deteriorated (“PCD”) asset which is discussed in more detail below). Subsequently, differences between actual and expected cash flows and changes in expected cash flows are recognized as adjustments to the allowance for credit losses. Changes that cannot be reflected as adjustments to the allowance for credit losses are accounted for as prospective adjustments to yield.
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
The following table presents the amortized cost or cost and fair value of our available for sale securities:
(in millions)
Amortized
Cost or
Cost(a)
Allowance
for Credit
Losses(b)
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value(a)
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$1,406
$
$306
$
$1,712
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
7,321
1,362
(7)
8,676
Non-U.S. governments
6,026
495
(124)
6,397
Corporate debt
128,417
(72)
12,674
(956)
140,063
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized:
 
 
 
 
 
RMBS
13,236
(6)
1,762
(34)
14,958
CMBS
10,903
451
(54)
11,300
CLO/ABS
15,284
278
(100)
15,462
Total mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
39,423
(6)
2,491
(188)
41,720
Total bonds available for sale(c)
$182,593
$(78)
$17,328
$(1,275)
$198,568
F-50

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
(in millions)
Amortized
Cost or
Cost(a)
Allowance
for Credit
Losses(b)
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value(a)
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$1,476
$
$425
$(5)
$1,896
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
7,957
1,619
(7)
9,569
Non-U.S. governments
4,973
(2)
797
(30)
5,738
Corporate debt
120,067
(116)
17,897
(434)
137,414
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized:
 
 
 
 
 
RMBS
15,715
(12)
2,182
(24)
17,861
CMBS
10,582
(1)
828
(50)
11,359
CLO/ABS
13,792
406
(94)
14,104
Total mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
40,089
(13)
3,416
(168)
43,324
Total bonds available for sale(c)
$174,562
$(131)
$24,154
$(644)
$197,941
(a)
The table above includes available for sale securities issued by related parties. This includes RMBS securities which had a fair value of $47 million and $49 million, and an amortized cost of $44 million and $45 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Additionally, this includes CLO/ABS securities which had a fair value of $862 million and $1.0 billion and an amortized cost of $823 million and $977 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(b)
Represents the allowance for credit losses that has been recognized. Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded in Net realized gains (losses) and are not recognized in other comprehensive income.
(c)
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, bonds available for sale held by us that were below investment grade or not rated totaled $20.4 billion and $21.1 billion, respectively.
Securities Available for Sale in a Loss Position for Which No Allowance for Credit Loss Has Been Recorded
The following table summarizes the fair value and gross unrealized losses on our available for sale securities, aggregated by major investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for which no allowance for credit loss has been recorded:
 
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
(in millions)
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$
$
$
$
$
$
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
201
4
48
3
249
7
Non-U.S. governments
1,198
58
376
66
1,574
124
Corporate debt
19,916
513
6,922
387
26,838
900
RMBS
1,235
30
27
2
1,262
32
CMBS
2,498
36
79
18
2,577
54
CLO/ABS
6,369
91
161
9
6,530
100
Total bonds available for sale
$31,417
$732
$7,613
$485
$39,030
$1,217
F-51

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
 
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
(in millions)
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$49
$5
$
$
$49
$5
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
234
4
78
3
312
7
Non-U.S. governments
78
2
118
26
196
28
Corporate debt
8,455
275
1,001
72
9,456
347
RMBS
417
7
94
8
511
15
CMBS
873
36
233
13
1,106
49
CLO/ABS
3,998
57
2,021
37
6,019
94
Total bonds available for sale
$14,104
$386
$3,545
$159
$17,649
$545
At December 31, 2021, we held 4,944 individual fixed maturity securities that were in an unrealized loss position and for which no allowance for credit losses has been recorded (including 1,179 individual fixed maturity securities that were in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or more). At December 31, 2020, we held 1,806 individual fixed maturity securities that were in an unrealized loss position, of which 321 individual fixed maturity securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or more. We did not recognize the unrealized losses in earnings on these fixed maturity securities at December 31, 2021 because it was determined that such losses were due to non-credit factors. Additionally, we neither intend to sell the securities nor do we believe that it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis. For fixed maturity securities with significant declines, we performed fundamental credit analyses on a security-by-security basis, which included consideration of credit enhancements, liquidity position, expected defaults, industry and sector analysis, forecasts and available market data.
Contractual Maturities of Fixed Maturity Securities Available for Sale
The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity securities available for sale by contractual maturity:
 
Total Fixed Maturity Securities
Available for Sale
(in millions)
Amortized Cost,
Net of Allowance
Fair Value
December 31, 2021
 
 
Due in one year or less
$2,959
$2,982
Due after one year through five years
20,430
21,298
Due after five years through ten years
30,966
33,118
Due after ten years
88,743
99,450
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
39,417
41,720
Total
$182,515
$198,568
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
F-52

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
The following table presents the gross realized gains and gross realized losses from sales or maturities of our available for sale securities:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
(in millions)
Gross
Realized
Gains
Gross
Realized
Losses
Gross
Realized
Gains
Gross
Realized
Losses
Gross
Realized
Gains
Gross
Realized
Losses
Fixed maturity securities
$894
$(144)
$1,022
$440
$429
$204
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, the aggregate fair value of available for sale securities sold was $11.4 billion, $12.0 billion, and $12.1 billion, respectively, which resulted in net realized gains (losses) of $750 million, $582 million, and $225 million, respectively. Included within the net realized gains (losses) is $647 million, $660 million, and $209 million of realized gains (losses) for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively, which relate to the Fortitude Re funds withheld assets held by Corebridge in support of Fortitude Re’s reinsurance obligations to Corebridge (Fortitude Re funds withheld assets). These realized gains are included in Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets.
OTHER SECURITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE
The following table presents the fair value of fixed maturity securities measured at fair value, including securities in the modco agreement with Fortitude Re, based on our election of the fair value option and equity securities measured at fair value:
 
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
(in millions)
Fair
Value
Percent
of Total
Fair
Value
Percent
of Total
Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities, and political subdivisions
$50
2%
$
—%
Non-U.S. governments
17
1
Corporate debt
1,000
43
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized:
 
 
 
 
RMBS
199
9
203
14
CMBS
234
10
218
16
CLO/ABS and other collateralized
582
25
359
26
Total mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
1,015
44
780
56
Total fixed maturity securities
2,082
90
780
56
Equity securities(a)
242
10
609
44
Total
$2,324
100%
$1,389
100%
(a)
The table above includes other securities measured at fair value issued by related parties, which are primarily Corebridge affiliates that are not consolidated. This includes equity securities which had a fair value of $31 million as of December 31, 2020. There were no equity securities with related parties as of December 31, 2021.
F-53

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
OTHER INVESTED ASSETS
The following table summarizes the carrying amounts of other invested assets:
(in millions)
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
Alternative investments(a)(b)
$7,527
$6,107
Investment real estate(c)
2,349
6,908
All other investments(d)
691
380
Total(e)
$10,567
$13,395
(a)
At December 31, 2021, included hedge funds of $1.0 billion, and private equity funds of $6.5 billion. At December 31, 2020, included hedge funds of $0.8 billion, private equity funds of $5.0 billion, and affordable housing partnerships of $257 million.
(b)
At December 31, 2021, approximately 73% of our hedge fund portfolio is available for redemption in 2022. The remaining 27% will be available for redemption between 2023 and 2028.
(c)
Net of accumulated depreciation of $493 million and $555 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively, excluding affordable housing partnerships. The accumulated depreciation related to the investment real estate held by affordable housing partnerships is $123 million and $595 million in 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(d)
Includes Corebridge’s 3.5% ownership interest in Fortitude Holdings which is recorded using the measurement alternative for equity interest and is carried at cost, which was $100 million as of December 31, 2021.
(e)
Includes investments in related parties, which totaled $11 million and $45 million as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively.
Other Invested Assets Carried at Fair Value
Certain hedge funds, private equity funds, and other investment partnerships for which we have elected the fair value option are reported at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in Net investment income.
Other Invested Assets – Equity Method Investments
We account for hedge funds, private equity funds, certain affordable housing partnerships and other investment partnerships using the equity method of accounting unless our interest is so minor that we may have virtually no influence over partnership operating and financial policies, or we have elected the fair value option. Under the equity method of accounting, our carrying amount generally is our share of the net asset value of the funds or the partnerships, and changes in our share of the net asset values are recorded in Net investment income. In applying the equity method of accounting, we consistently use the most recently available financial information provided by the general partner or manager of each of these investments. Hedge funds are reported as of the balance sheet date. Private equity funds are generally reported on a one-quarter lag. The financial statements of these investees are generally audited annually.
F-54

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
Summarized Financial Information of Equity Method Investees
The following is the aggregated summarized financial information of our equity method investees, including those for which the fair value option has been elected:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Operating results:
 
 
 
Total revenues
$9,425
$2,375
$1,363
Total expenses
(674)
(778)
(867)
Net income
$8,751
$1,597
$496
At December 31,
(in millions)
 
2021
2020
Balance sheet:
 
 
 
Total assets
 
$33,894
$25,886
Total liabilities
 
$(4,453)
$(3,224)
The following table presents the carrying amount and ownership percentage of equity method investments at December 31, 2021 and 2020:
 
2021
2020
(in millions)
Carrying
Value
Ownership
Percentage
Carrying
Value
Ownership
Percentage
Equity method investments
$2,797
Various
$2,385
Various
Summarized financial information for these equity method investees may be presented on a lag, due to the unavailability of information for the investees at our respective balance sheet dates and is included for the periods in which we held an equity method ownership interest.
Other Investments
Also included in Other invested assets are real estate held for investment. These investments are reported at cost, less depreciation and are subject to impairment review, as discussed below.
NET INVESTMENT INCOME
Net investment income represents income primarily from the following sources:
Interest income and related expenses, including amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts with changes in the timing and the amount of expected principal and interest cash flows reflected in yield, as applicable.
Dividend income from common and preferred stocks.
Realized and unrealized gains and losses from investments in other securities and investments for which we elected the fair value option.
Earnings from alternative investments.
Prepayment premiums.
F-55

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
The following table presents the components of Net investment income:
Years Ended December 31,
2021
2020
2019
(in millions)
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Available for sale fixed maturity securities, including short-term investments
$6,837
$1,296
$8,133
$6,841
$1,279
$8,120
$6,820
$1,330
$8,150
Other fixed maturity securities
17
9
26
66
6
72
417
12
429
Equity securities
(290)
(290)
255
255
65
65
Interest on mortgage and other loans
1,479
184
1,663
1,489
166
1,655
1,486
156
1,642
Alternative investments(a)
1,851
318
2,169
584
12
596
449
139
588
Real estate
204
204
177
177
235
235
Other investments
115
115
13
13
50
50
Total investment income
10,213
1,807
12,020
9,425
1,463
10,888
9,522
1,637
11,159
Investment expenses
316
32
348
336
36
372
346
39
385
Net investment income
$9,897
$1,775
$11,672
$9,089
$1,427
$10,516
$9,176
$1,598
$10,774
(a)
Included income from hedge funds, private equity funds and affordable housing partnerships. Hedge funds are recorded as of the balance sheet date. Private equity funds are generally reported on a one-quarter lag.
NET REALIZED GAINS AND LOSSES
Net realized gains and losses are determined by specific identification. The net realized gains and losses are generated primarily from the following sources:
Sales or full redemptions of available for sale fixed maturity securities, real estate and other alternative investments.
Reductions to the amortized cost basis of available for sale fixed maturity securities that have been written down due to our intent to sell them or it being more likely than not that we will be required to sell them.
Changes in the allowance for credit losses on bonds available for sale, mortgage and other loans receivable, and loans commitments.
Changes in fair value of free standing and embedded derivatives, including changes in the non-performance adjustment, except for those instruments that are designated as hedging instruments when the change in the fair value of the hedged item is not reported in Net realized gains (losses).
Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions.
Changes in fair value of the embedded derivative related to the Fortitude Re funds withheld assets.
F-56

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
The following table presents the components of Net realized gains (losses):
Years Ended December 31,
2021
2020
2019
(in millions)
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Funds
Withheld
Assets
Total
Sales of fixed maturity securities
$103
$647
$750
$(78)
$660
$582
$16
$209
$225
Other-than-temporary impairments
(119)
(119)
Change in allowance for credit losses on fixed maturity securities
8
3
11
(186)
17
(169)
Change in allowance for credit losses on loans
133
8
141
(61)
3
(58)
(28)
(13)
(41)
Foreign exchange transactions, net of related hedges
305
20
325
89
(5)
84
264
10
274
Variable annuity embedded derivatives, net of related hedges(a)
94
94
162
162
(333)
(333)
Index annuity and indexed life embedded derivatives, net of related hedges
11
11
(766)
(766)
(348)
(348)
All other derivatives and hedge accounting
(6)
9
3
(97)
423
326
(44)
99
55
Other(b)
970
237
1,207
172
(96)
76
433
(43)
390
Net realized gains (losses) – excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
1,618
924
2,542
(765)
1,002
237
(159)
262
103
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
(687)
(687)
(3,978)
(3,978)
(5,167)
(5,167)
Net realized gains (losses)
$1,618
$237
$1,855
$(765)
$(2,976)
$(3,741)
$(159)
$(4,905)
$(5,064)
(a)
The 2020 and 2019 changes in Variable annuity embedded derivatives, net of related hedges was revised from $89 million and $(340) million to $162 million and $(333) million, respectively. The 2020 and 2019 Index annuity and Index life embedded derivatives, net of related hedges was revised from $(695) million and $(340) million to $(762) million and $(348) million, respectively. The 2020 and 2019 All other derivatives and hedge accounting excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets were revised from $95 million and $(45) million to $97 million and $(44) million, respectively. These revisions have no impact on Corebridge’s consolidated financial statements and are not considered material to the previously issued financial statements.
(b)
In 2021, primarily includes gains from the sale of global real estate investments of $969 million, and gains from the sale of certain affordable housing partnerships of $208 million. In 2019, includes $300 million as a result of sales in investment real estate properties.
F-57

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
CHANGE IN UNREALIZED APPRECIATION (DEPRECIATION) OF INVESTMENTS
The following table presents the increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of our available for sale securities:
 
Years Ended
December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
Increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments:
 
 
Fixed maturity securities
$(7,457)
$8,895
Total increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
$(7,457)
$8,895
The following table summarizes the unrealized gains and losses recognized in Net Investment Income during the reporting period on equity securities and other invested assets still held at the reporting date:
Years Ended December 31,
2021
2020
(in millions)
Equities
Other
Invested
Assets
Total
Equities
Other
Invested
Assets
Total
Net gains and losses recognized during the year on equity securities
$(290)
$1,362
$1,072
$255
$375
$630
Less: Net gains and losses recognized during the year on equity securities sold during the year
(255)
30
(225)
(36)
54
18
Unrealized gains and losses recognized during the reporting period on equity securities still held at the reporting date
$(35)
$1,332
$1,297
$291
$321
$612
EVALUATING INVESTMENTS FOR AN ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES/OTHER-THAN- TEMPORARY IMPAIRMENTS
Fixed Maturity Securities
Subsequent to the adoption of the Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard on January 1, 2020
If we intend to sell a fixed maturity security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell a fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis and the fair value of the security is below amortized cost, an impairment has occurred and the amortized cost is written down to current fair value, with a corresponding charge to realized losses. No allowance is established in these situations and any previously recorded allowance is reversed. The new cost basis is not adjusted for subsequent increases in estimated fair value. When assessing our intent to sell a fixed maturity security, or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell a fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, management evaluates relevant facts and circumstances including, but not limited to, decisions to reposition our investment portfolio, sales of securities to meet cash flow needs and sales of securities to take advantage of favorable pricing.
For fixed maturity securities for which a decline in the fair value below the amortized cost is due to credit related factors, an allowance is established for the difference between the estimated recoverable value and amortized cost with a corresponding charge to realized losses. The allowance for credit losses is limited to the difference between amortized cost and fair value. The estimated recoverable value is the present value of cash flows expected to be collected, as determined by management. The difference between fair value and amortized cost that is not associated with credit related factors is presented in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of fixed maturity securities on which an allowance for credit losses were recognized (a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income). Accrued interest is excluded from the measurement of the allowance for credit losses.
F-58

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
When estimating future cash flows for structured fixed maturity securities (e.g., RMBS, CMBS, CLO, ABS) management considers the historical performance of underlying assets and available market information as well as bond-specific structural considerations, such as credit enhancement and the priority of payment structure of the security. In addition, the process of estimating future cash flows includes, but is not limited to, the following critical inputs, which vary by asset class:
Current delinquency rates;
Expected default rates and the timing of such defaults;
Loss severity and the timing of any recovery; and
Expected prepayment speeds.
When estimating future cash flows for corporate, municipal and sovereign fixed maturity securities determined to be credit impaired, management considers:
Expected default rates and the timing of such defaults;
Loss severity and the timing of any recovery; and
Scenarios specific to the issuer and the security, which may also include estimates of outcomes of corporate restructurings, political and macroeconomic factors, stability and financial strength of the issuer, the value of any secondary sources of repayment and the disposition of assets.
We consider severe price declines in our assessment of potential credit impairments. We may also modify our model inputs when we determine that price movements in certain sectors are indicative of factors not captured by the cash flow models.
Credit losses are reassessed each period. The allowance for credit losses and the corresponding charge to realized losses can be reversed if conditions change, however, the allowance for credit losses will never be reduced below zero. When we determine that all or a portion of a fixed maturity security is uncollectable, the uncollectable amortized cost amount is written off with a corresponding reduction to the allowance for credit losses. If we collect cash flows that were previously written off the recovery is recognized by decreasing realized losses.
Prior to the adoption of the Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard on January 1, 2020
If we intend to sell a fixed maturity security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell a fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis and the fair value of the security is below amortized cost, an other-than-temporary impairment has occurred and the amortized cost is written down to current fair value, with a corresponding charge to realized losses. When assessing our intent to sell a fixed maturity security, or whether it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell a fixed maturity security before recovery of its amortized cost basis, management evaluates relevant facts and circumstances including, but not limited to, decisions to reposition our investment portfolio, sales of securities to meet cash flow needs and sales of securities to take advantage of favorable pricing.
For fixed maturity securities for which a credit impairment has occurred, the amortized cost is written down to the estimated recoverable value with a corresponding charge to realized losses. The estimated recoverable value is the present value of cash flows expected to be collected, as determined by management. The difference between fair value and amortized cost that is not related to a credit impairment is presented in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of fixed maturity securities on which other-than-temporary credit impairments were recognized (a separate component of accumulated other comprehensive income).
We consider severe price declines in our assessment of potential credit impairments. We may also modify our model inputs when we determine that price movements in certain sectors are indicative of factors not captured by the cash flow models.
F-59

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
In periods subsequent to the recognition of an other-than-temporary impairment charge for available for sale fixed maturity securities that is not foreign exchange related, we prospectively accrete into earnings the difference between the new amortized cost and the expected undiscounted recoverable value over the remaining expected holding period of the security.
Credit Impairments
The following table presents a rollforward of the changes in allowance for credit losses on available for sale fixed maturity securities by major investment category:
Year Ended December 31,
2021
2020
(in millions)
Structured
Non-
Structured
Total
Structured
Non-
Structured
Total
Balance, beginning of year*
$14
$117
$131
$5
$
$5
Additions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities for which allowance for credit losses were not previously recorded
3
46
49
28
211
239
Purchases of available for sale debt securities accounted for as purchased credit deteriorated assets
25
25
Accretion of available for sale debt securities accounted for as purchased credit deteriorated assets
1
1
Reductions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities sold during the period
(4)
(19)
(23)
(3)
(21)
(24)
Intent to sell security or more likely than not will be required to sell the security before recovery of amortized cost basis
Additional net increases or decreases to the allowance for credit losses on securities that had an allowance recorded in a previous period, for which there was no intent to sell before recovery amortized cost basis
(5)
(55)
(60)
(42)
(4)
(46)
Write-offs charged against the allowance
(19)
(19)
(69)
(69)
Recoveries of amounts previously written off
Other
Balance, end of year
$8
$70
$78
$14
$117
$131
*
The beginning balance incorporates the Day 1 gross up on PCD assets held as of January 1, 2020.
Other Invested Assets
Our equity method investments in private equity funds, hedge funds and other entities are evaluated for impairment each reporting period. Such evaluation considers market conditions, events and volatility that may impact the recoverability of the underlying investments within these private equity funds and hedge funds and is based on the nature of the underlying investments and specific inherent risks. Such risks may evolve based on the nature of the underlying investments.
Purchased Credit Deteriorated/Impaired Securities
We purchase certain RMBS securities that have experienced more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. Subsequent to the adoption of the Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard these are referred to as PCD assets. At the time of purchase an allowance is recognized for these PCD assets by adding
F-60

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
it to the purchase price to arrive at the initial amortized cost. There is no credit loss expense recognized upon acquisition of a PCD asset. When determining the initial allowance for credit losses, management considers the historical performance of underlying assets and available market information as well as instrument-specific structural considerations, such as credit enhancement and the priority of payment structure of the security. In addition, the process of estimating future cash flows includes, but is not limited to, the following critical inputs:
Current delinquency rates;
Expected default rates and the timing of such defaults;
Loss severity and the timing of any recovery; and
Expected prepayment speeds.
Subsequent to the acquisition date, the PCD assets follow the same accounting as other structured securities that are not high credit quality.
We did not purchase securities with more than insignificant credit deterioration since their origination during 2021. During the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2020, we purchased certain securities which had more than insignificant credit deterioration since their origination. These PCD securities are held in the portfolio of bonds available for sale in their natural classes at December 31, 2020.
The following table presents a reconciliation of the purchase price to the unpaid principal balance at the acquisition date of the PCD securities that were purchased with credit deterioration:
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
Unpaid principal balance
$—
$607
Allowance for expected credit losses at acquisition
(25)
Purchase (discount) premium
(139)
Purchase price
$—
$443
PLEDGED INVESTMENTS
Secured Financing and Similar Arrangements
We enter into secured financing transactions whereby certain securities are sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), in which we transfer securities in exchange for cash, with an agreement by us to repurchase the same or substantially similar securities. Our secured financing transactions also include those that involve the transfer of securities to financial institutions in exchange for cash (securities lending agreements). In all of these secured financing transactions, the securities transferred by us (pledged collateral) may be sold or repledged by the counterparties. These agreements are recorded at their contracted amounts plus accrued interest, other than those that are accounted for at fair value.
Pledged collateral levels are monitored daily and are generally maintained at an agreed-upon percentage of the fair value of the amounts borrowed during the life of the transactions. In the event of a decline in the fair value of the pledged collateral under these secured financing transactions, we may be required to transfer cash or additional securities as pledged collateral under these agreements. At the termination of the transactions, we and our counterparties are obligated to return the amounts borrowed and the securities transferred, respectively.
The following table presents the fair value of securities pledged to counterparties under secured financing transactions, including repurchase and securities lending agreements:
(in millions)
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
Fixed maturity securities available for sale
$3,582
$3,636
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, amounts borrowed under repurchase and securities lending agreements totaled $3.7 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively.
F-61

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
The following table presents the fair value of securities pledged under our repurchase agreements by collateral type and by remaining contractual maturity:
 
Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
(in millions)
Overnight
and
Continuous
up to
30 days
31 - 90
days
91 - 364
days
365 days
or greater
Total
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. governments
$48
$—
$—
$—
$—
$48
Corporate debt
128
61
22
211
Total
$176
$61
$22
$—
$—
$259
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. governments
$63
$—
$—
$—
$—
$63
Corporate debt
96
97
193
Total
$159
$97
$—
$—
$—
$256
The following table presents the fair value of securities pledged under our securities lending agreements by collateral type and by remaining contractual maturity:
 
Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
(in millions)
Overnight
and
Continuous
up to
30 days
31 - 90
days
91 - 364
days
365 days
or greater
Total
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$—
$
$106
$—
$—
$106
Corporate debt
534
2,640
3,174
Non-U.S. government
43
43
Total
$—
$534
$2,789
$—
$—
$3,323
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$—
$
$103
$—
$—
$103
Corporate debt
982
2,295
3,277
Non-U.S. government
Total
$—
$982
$2,398
$—
$—
$3,380
We also enter into agreements in which securities are purchased by us under agreements to resell (reverse repurchase agreements), which are accounted for as secured financing transactions and reported as short-term investments or other assets, depending on their terms. These agreements are recorded at their contracted resale amounts plus accrued interest, other than those that are accounted for at fair value. In all reverse repurchase transactions, we take possession of or obtain a security interest in the related securities, and we have the right to sell or repledge this collateral received.
There were no securities collateral pledged to us, or amounts sold or repledged by us, under reverse repurchase agreements in 2021 or 2020. At December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, there were no amounts loaned under reverse repurchase agreements.
F-62

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
5. Investments(continued)
We do not currently offset any secured financing transactions. All such transactions are collateralized and margined daily consistent with market standards and subject to enforceable master netting arrangements with rights of set off.
Insurance – Statutory and Other Deposits
The total carrying value of cash and securities deposited by our insurance subsidiaries under requirements of regulatory authorities or other insurance-related arrangements, including certain annuity-related obligations and certain reinsurance treaties, was $3.9 billion and $1.7 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Other Pledges and Restrictions
Certain of our subsidiaries are members of Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”) and such membership requires the members to own stock in these FHLBs. We owned an aggregate of $193 million and $174 million of stock in FHLBs at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The stock in FHLB are measured at cost less impairment. In addition, our subsidiaries have pledged securities available for sale and residential loans associated with borrowings and funding agreements from FHLBs, with a fair value of $3.7 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2021 and $4 billion and $0.9 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2020.
Certain GICs recorded in policyholder contract deposits with a carrying value of $76 million and $83 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, have provisions that require collateral to be posted or payments to be made by us upon a downgrade of our long-term debt ratings. The actual amount of collateral required to be posted to the counterparties in the event of such downgrades, and the aggregate amount of payments that we could be required to make, depend on market conditions, the fair value of outstanding affected transactions and other factors prevailing at and after the time of the downgrade. The fair value of securities pledged as collateral with respect to these obligations was approximately $41 million and $48 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. This collateral primarily consists of securities of the U.S. government and government-sponsored entities and generally cannot be repledged or resold by the counterparties.
As part of our collateralized reinsurance transactions, we pledge collateral to cedants. The fair value of securities pledged as excess collateral with respect to these obligations was approximately $148 million and $85 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Additionally, assets supporting these transactions are held solely for the benefit of the cedants and insulated from obligations owed to our other policyholders and general creditors.
Reinsurance transactions between Corebridge and Fortitude Re were structured as modco with funds withheld. Following closing of AIG’s Majority Interest Fortitude Sale, AIG contributed $135 million of its proceeds from the Majority Interest Fortitude Sale to USL.
For further discussion on the sale of Fortitude Holdings see Notes 1 and 7.
6. Lending Activities
Mortgage and other loans receivable include commercial mortgages, residential mortgages, policy loans on life and annuity contracts, commercial loans, and other loans and notes receivable. Commercial mortgages, residential mortgages, commercial loans, and other loans and notes receivable are carried at unpaid principal balances less allowance for credit losses and plus or minus adjustments for the accretion or amortization of discount or premium. Interest income on such loans is accrued as earned.
Direct costs of originating commercial mortgages, commercial loans, and other loans and notes receivable, net of nonrefundable points and fees, are deferred and included in the carrying amount of the related receivables. The amount deferred is amortized to income as an adjustment to earnings using the interest method. Premiums and discounts on purchased residential mortgages are also amortized to income as an adjustment to earnings using the interest method.
F-63

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
6. Lending Activities(continued)
Policy loans on life and annuity contracts are carried at unpaid principal balances. There is no allowance for policy loans because these loans serve to reduce the death benefit paid when the death claim is made, and the balances are effectively collateralized by the cash surrender value of the policy or annuity.
Interest income is not accrued when payment of contractual principal and interest is not expected. Any cash received on impaired loans is generally recorded as a reduction of the current carrying amount of the loan. Accrual of interest income is generally resumed when delinquent contractual principal and interest is repaid or when a portion of the delinquent contractual payments are made, and the ongoing required contractual payments have been made for an appropriate period. As of December 31, 2021, $7 million and $118 million of residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans, respectively, were placed on nonaccrual status.
Accrued interest is presented separately and is included in Other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of December 31, 2021, accrued interest receivable was $11 million and $109 million associated with residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans, respectively.
A significant majority of commercial mortgages in the portfolio are non-recourse loans and, accordingly, the only guarantees are for specific items that are exceptions to the non-recourse provisions. It is therefore extremely rare for us to have cause to enforce the provisions of a guarantee on a commercial real estate or mortgage loan.
The following table presents the composition of Mortgage and other loans receivable, net:
(in millions)
December 31,
2021
December 31,
2020
Commercial mortgages(a)
$30,528
$31,030
Residential mortgages
4,672
3,587
Life insurance policy loans
1,832
1,972
Commercial loans, other loans and notes receivable(b)
2,852
2,382
Total mortgage and other loans receivable
39,884
38,971
Allowance for credit losses(c)
(496)
(657)
Mortgage and other loans receivable, net
$39,388
$38,314
(a)
Commercial mortgages primarily represent loans for multifamily apartments, offices and retail properties, with exposures in New York and California representing the largest geographic concentrations (aggregating approximately 22% and 10%, respectively, at December 31, 2021, and 25% and 10%, respectively, at December 31, 2020). The weighted average loan-to-value ratio for NY and CA was 51% and 53% at December 31, 2021, respectively and 47% and 47% at December 31, 2020, respectively. The debt service coverage ratio for NY and CA was 2.0X and 1.9X at December 31, 2021, respectively, and 1.6X and 1.9X at December 31, 2020, respectively.
(b)
Includes loans held for sale which are carried at lower of cost or fair value (LCOM) and are collateralized primarily by hotels. As of December 31, 2021, the net carrying value of these loans was $15 million.
(c)
Does not include allowance for credit losses of $57 million and $57 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020 in relation to off-balance-sheet commitments to fund commercial mortgage loans, which is recorded in Other liabilities.
Nonperforming loans are generally those loans where payment of contractual principal or interest is more than 90 days past due. Nonperforming mortgages were not significant for all periods presented.
F-64

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
6. Lending Activities(continued)
CREDIT QUALITY OF COMMERCIAL MORTGAGES
The following table presents debt service coverage ratios(a) for commercial mortgages by year of vintage:
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Prior
Total
>1.2X
$1,861
$1,520
$4,915
$3,300
$2,997
$9,005
$23,598
1.00 - 1.20X
463
810
598
1,030
88
1,684
4,673
<1.00X
27
71
826
1,333
2,257
Total commercial mortgages
$2,324
$2,357
$5,584
$5,156
$3,085
$12,022
$30,528
December 31, 2020
(in millions)
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
Prior
Total
>1.2X
$1,766
$5,328
$4,694
$3,185
$3,649
$9,139
$27,761
1.00 - 1.20X
645
416
355
144
113
780
2,453
<1.00X
2
72
343
87
79
233
816
Total commercial mortgages
$2,413
$5,816
$5,392
$3,416
$3,841
$10,152
$31,030
The following table presents loan-to-value ratios(b) for commercial mortgages by year of vintage:
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Prior
Total
Less than 65%
$1,859
$1,935
$3,912
$4,072
$2,384
$8,264
$22,426
65% to 75%
304
396
1,672
1,084
340
2,814
6,610
76% to 80%
188
259
447
Greater than 80%
161
26
173
685
1,045
Total commercial mortgages
$2,324
$2,357
$5,584
$5,156
$3,085
$12,022
$30,528
December 31, 2020
(in millions)
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
Prior
Total
Less than 65%
$2,117
$3,580
$3,360
$1,967
$2,305
$6,805
$20,134
65% to 75%
266
2,187
1,801
1,203
832
2,228
8,517
76% to 80%
28
30
31
59
396
544
Greater than 80%
2
19
200
246
645
723
1,835
Total commercial mortgages
$2,413
$5,816
$5,392
$3,416
$3,841
$10,152
$31,030
(a)
The debt service coverage ratio compares a property’s net operating income to its debt service payments, including principal and interest. Our weighted average debt service coverage ratio was 1.9X and 2.2X at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The debt service coverage ratios have been updated within the last three months.
(b)
The loan-to-value ratio compares the current unpaid principal balance of the loan to the estimated fair value of the underlying property collateralizing the loan. Our weighted average loan-to-value ratio was 57% and 60% at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The loan-to-value ratios have been updated within the last three to nine months.
F-65

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
6. Lending Activities(continued)
The following table presents the credit quality performance indicators for commercial mortgages:
 
Number
of
Loans
Class
Percent
of
Total $
(dollars in millions)
Apartments
Offices
Retail
Industrial
Hotel
Others
Total(c)
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Quality Performance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In good standing
613
$12,394
$8,370
$4,026
$3,262
$1,726
$301
$30,079
99%
Restructured(a)
7
269
17
104
390
1
90 days or less delinquent
>90 days delinquent or in process of foreclosure
4
59
59
Total(b)
624
$12,394
$8,698
$4,043
$3,262
$1,830
$301
$30,528
100%
Allowance for credit losses
$93
$193
$69
$39
$23
$6
$423
1%
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Quality Performance
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Indicator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In good standing
661
$12,134
$9,000
$4,324
$3,096
$1,805
$328
$30,687
99%
Restructured(a)
5
34
41
2
77
90 days or less delinquent
3
87
76
163
1
>90 days delinquent or in process of foreclosure
3
45
58
103
Total(b)
672
$12,134
$9,166
$4,365
$3,096
$1,941
$328
$31,030
100%
Total allowance for credit losses
$122
$212
$113
$42
$49
$8
$546
2%
(a)
Loans that have been modified in troubled debt restructurings and are performing according to their restructured terms. For additional discussion of troubled debt restructurings see below.
(b)
Does not reflect allowance for credit losses.
(c)
Our commercial mortgage loan portfolio is current as to payments of principal and interest, for both periods presented. There were no significant amounts of nonperforming commercial mortgages (defined as those loans where payment of contractual principal or interest is more than 90 days past due) during any of the periods presented.
F-66

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
6. Lending Activities(continued)
The following table presents credit quality performance indicators for residential mortgages by year of vintage:
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Prior
Total
FICO*:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
780 and greater
$1,398
$678
$284
$100
$107
$325
$2,892
720 - 779
1,118
225
83
41
36
94
1,597
660 - 719
44
39
20
11
13
33
160
600 - 659
1
1
2
3
2
6
15
Less than 600
1
1
6
8
Total residential mortgages
$2,561
$943
$389
$156
$159
$464
$4,672
December 31, 2020
(in millions)
2020
2019
2018
2017
2016
Prior
Total
FICO*:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
780 and greater
$418
$605
$266
$261
$407
$258
$2,215
720 - 779
396
333
99
101
133
80
1,142
660 - 719
15
59
27
27
38
30
196
600 - 659
1
5
6
4
3
6
25
Less than 600
1
1
2
5
9
Total residential mortgages
$830
$1,002
$399
$394
$583
$379
$3,587
*
Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) is the credit quality indicator used to evaluate consumer credit risk for residential mortgage loan borrowers and have been updated within the last three months.
METHODOLOGY USED TO ESTIMATE THE ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
Subsequent to the adoption of the Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard on January 1, 2020
At the time of origination or purchase, an allowance for credit losses is established for mortgage and other loan receivables and is updated each reporting period. Changes in the allowance for credit losses are recorded in net realized gains (losses). This allowance reflects the risk of loss, even when that risk is remote, and reflects losses expected over the remaining contractual life of the loan. The allowance for credit losses considers available relevant information about the collectability of cash flows, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts of future economic conditions. We revert to historical information when we determine that we can no longer reliably forecast future economic assumptions.
The allowances for the commercial mortgage loans and residential mortgage loans are estimated utilizing a probability of default and loss given default model. Loss rate factors are determined based on historical data and adjusted for current and forecasted information. The loss rates are applied based on individual loan attributes and considering such data points as loan-to-value ratios, FICO scores, and debt service coverage.
The estimate of credit losses also reflects management’s assumptions on certain macroeconomic factors that include, but are not limited to, gross domestic product growth, employment, inflation, housing price index, interest rates and credit spreads.
Accrued interest is excluded from the measurement of the allowance for credit losses and accrued interest is reversed through interest income once a loan is placed on nonaccrual.
When all or a portion of a loan is deemed uncollectible, the uncollectible portion of the carrying amount of the loan is charged off against the allowance.
We also have off-balance sheet commitments related to our commercial mortgage loans. The liability for expected credit losses related to these commercial mortgage loan commitments is reported in Other liabilities in
F-67

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
6. Lending Activities(continued)
the Consolidated Balance Sheets. When a commitment is funded, we record a loan receivable and reclassify the liability for expected credit losses related to the commitment into loan allowance for expected credit losses. Other changes in the liability for expected credit losses on loan commitments are recorded in Net realized gains (losses) in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Prior to the adoption of the Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard on January 1, 2020
Mortgage and other loans receivable are considered impaired when collection of all amounts due under contractual terms is not probable. Impairment is measured using either i) the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, ii) the loan’s observable market price, if available, or iii) the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. Impairment of commercial mortgages is typically determined using the fair value of collateral while impairment of other loans is typically determined using the present value of cash flows or the loan’s observable market price. An allowance is typically established for the difference between the impaired value of the loan and its current carrying amount. Additional allowance amounts are established for incurred but not specifically identified impairments, based on statistical models primarily driven by past due status, debt service coverage, loan-to-value ratio, property type and location, loan term, profile of the borrower and of the major property tenants, and loan seasoning. When all or a portion of a loan is deemed uncollectible, the uncollectible portion of the carrying amount of the loan is charged off against the allowance.
The following table presents a rollforward of the changes in the allowance for credit losses on Mortgage and other loans receivable(a):
Years Ended December 31,
2021
2020
2019
(in millions)
Commercial
Mortgages
Other
Loans
Total
Commercial
Mortgages
Other
Loans
Total
Commercial
Mortgages
Other
Loans
Total
Allowance, beginning of year
$546
$111
$657
$266
$91
$357
$249
$74
$323
Initial allowance upon CECL adoption
272
2
274
Loans charged off
(1)
(1)
(12)
(5)
(17)
(2)
(3)
(5)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off
Net charge-offs
(1)
(1)
(12)
(5)
(17)
(2)
(3)
(5)
Addition to (release of) allowance
(122)
(19)
(141)
20
23
43
19
20
39
Divestitures
(19)
(19)
Allowance, end of year(b)
$423
$73
$496
$546
$111
$657
$266
$91
$357
(a)
Does not include allowance for credit losses of $57 million and $57 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020 in relation to off-balance-sheet commitments to fund commercial mortgage loans, which is recorded in Other liabilities.
(b)
The December 31, 2019 total allowance was calculated prior to the adoption of Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard on January 1, 2020. Of the total allowance, $10 million relates to individually assessed credit losses on $135 million of commercial mortgages at December 31, 2019.
As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, including the significant global economic slowdown and general market decline, our expectations and models used to estimate the allowance for losses on commercial and residential mortgage loans have been updated to reflect the current economic environment. The full impact of COVID-19 on real estate valuations remains uncertain and we will continue to review our valuations as further information becomes available.
TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS
We modify loans to optimize their returns and improve their collectability, among other things. When we undertake such a modification with a borrower that is experiencing financial difficulty and the modification
F-68

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
6. Lending Activities(continued)
involves us granting a concession to the troubled debtor, the modification is a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). We assess whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty based on a variety of factors, including the borrower’s current default on any of its outstanding debt, the probability of a default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification, the insufficiency of the borrower’s forecasted cash flows to service any of its outstanding debt (including both principal and interest), and the borrower’s inability to access alternative third-party financing at an interest rate that would be reflective of current market conditions for a non-troubled debtor. Concessions granted may include extended maturity dates, interest rate changes, principal or interest forgiveness, payment deferrals and easing of loan covenants.
In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, there was an increase in the volume of loan modifications in our commercial mortgage, residential mortgage and leveraged loan portfolios. The COVID-19 related modifications were primarily in the form of short term payment deferrals (one to six months). Short-term payment deferrals are not considered a concession and therefore these modifications are not considered a TDR.
During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, loans with a carrying value of $280 million and $77 million were modified in TDRs.
7. Reinsurance
In the ordinary course of business, our insurance companies may use ceded reinsurance to limit potential losses, provide additional capacity for growth, minimize exposure to significant risks or to provide greater diversification of our businesses. We may also use assumed reinsurance to diversify our business. Our reinsurance is principally under yearly renewable term (“YRT”) treaties, along with a large modco treaty reinsuring the majority of our legacy business to a former affiliate, Fortitude Re. The premiums with respect to YRT treaties are earned over the exposure period in proportion to the protection provided, while ceded premiums related to modco treaties are recognized when due. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers related to coinsurance or modco contracts are estimated in a manner consistent with the assumptions used for the underlying policy benefits while amounts recoverable on YRT treaties are recognized when claims are incurred on the reinsured policies. Amounts recoverable from reinsurers are presented as a component of Reinsurance assets.
Reinsurance assets include the balances due from reinsurance and insurance companies under the terms of our reinsurance agreements for ceded future policy benefits for life and accident and health insurance contracts and benefits paid and unpaid. We remain liable to the extent that our reinsurers do not meet their obligation under the reinsurance contracts, and as such, we regularly evaluate the financial condition of our reinsurers and monitor concentration of our credit risk. The estimation of the allowance for credit losses and disputes requires judgment for which key inputs typically include historical trends regarding uncollectible balances, disputes and credit events, and specific reviews of balances in dispute or subject to credit impairment. Changes in the allowance for credit losses and disputes on reinsurance assets are reflected in Policyholder benefits within the Consolidated Statements of Income.
The following table presents the impacts of ceded reinsurance and the corresponding gross liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
At December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
Assets
 
 
Reinsurance assets, net of allowance
$2,932
$2,707
Reinsurance assets - Fortitude Re, net of allowance
28,472
29,158
Total Assets
$31,404
$31,865
F-69

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
7. Reinsurance(continued)
At December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
Liabilities
 
 
Future policy benefits for life and accident and health insurance contracts
$57,751
$54,660
Policyholder contract deposits
156,846
154,892
Other policyholder funds
2,849
2,492
Total Liabilities
$217,446
$212,044
The following table presents premiums earned, policy fees, and policyholder benefits for our long-duration life insurance and annuity operations:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Premiums
 
 
 
Direct
$4,604
$4,384
$4,370
Assumed(a)
2,265
1,073
232
Ceded
(1,232)
(1,116)
(1,101)
Net
$5,637
$4,341
$3,501
Policy Fees
 
 
 
Direct
$3,131
$2,957
$3,024
Assumed
Ceded
(80)
(83)
(94)
Net
$3,051
$2,874
$2,930
Policyholder benefits
 
 
 
Direct
$10,583
$9,092
$7,907
Assumed
78
32
1
Ceded
(2,611)
(2,522)
(2,573)
Net
$8,050
$6,602
$5,335
(a)
Assumed premiums includes premium from pension risk transfer agreements of $2.3 billion, $1.1 billion, and $214 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
FORTITUDE RE
In February 2018, AGL, VALIC and USL entered into a modco agreement with Fortitude Re, a wholly owned AIG subsidiary and registered Class 4 and Class E reinsurer in Bermuda. Fortitude Holdings was formed by AIG to act as a holding company for Fortitude Re.
For additional information on Fortitude Re see Note 1.
These reinsurance transactions between Corebridge and Fortitude Re were structured as modco arrangements. In the modco, the investments supporting the reinsurance agreements, and which reflect the majority of the consideration that would be paid to the reinsurer for entering into the transaction, are withheld by, and therefore continue to reside on the balance sheet of, the ceding company (i.e., Corebridge) thereby creating an obligation for the ceding company to pay the reinsurer (i.e., Fortitude Re) at a later date. Additionally, as Corebridge maintains ownership of these investments, Corebridge will maintain its existing accounting for these assets (e.g., the changes in fair value of available for sale securities will be recognized within other comprehensive income (loss)). Corebridge has established a funds withheld payable to Fortitude Re while simultaneously establishing a reinsurance asset representing reserves for the insurance coverage that Fortitude Re has assumed. The funds withheld payable contains an embedded derivative and changes in fair
F-70

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
7. Reinsurance(continued)
value of the embedded derivative related to the funds withheld payable are recognized in earnings through Net realized gains (losses). This embedded derivative is considered a total return swap with contractual returns that are attributable to various assets and liabilities associated with these reinsurance agreements.
As our accounting policy is to include reinsurance balances when performing loss recognition testing and as there will be no future profits recognized on this business, we will not incur any future loss recognition events related to business ceded to Fortitude Re.
On July 1, 2020, the Company amended the modco agreements. Under the terms of the amendment, certain business ceded to Fortitude Re was recaptured by the Company and certain additional business was ceded by the Company to Fortitude Re. We recorded an additional $91 million loss associated with this amendment.
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, approximately $28.5 billion and $29.2 billion of reserves related to business written by Corebridge, had been ceded to Fortitude Re under these reinsurance transactions. As of closing of the Majority Interest Fortitude Sale, these reinsurance transactions are no longer considered affiliated transactions.
There is a diverse pool of assets supporting the funds withheld arrangements with Fortitude Re. The following summarizes the composition of the pool of assets:
At December 31,
2021
2020
 
(in millions)
Carrying
Value
Fair
Value
Carrying
Value
Fair
Value
Corresponding Accounting Policy
Fixed maturity securities - available for sale
$27,180
$27,180
$30,500
$30,500
Fair value through other comprehensive income
Fixed maturity securities - fair value option
1,593
1,593
121
121
Fair value through net investment income
Commercial mortgage loans
3,179
3,383
3,191
3,490
Amortized cost
Real estate investments
201
395
358
585
Amortized cost
Private equity funds / hedge funds
1,606
1,606
1,168
1,168
Fair value through net investment income
Policy loans
380
380
413
413
Amortized cost
Short-term Investments
50
50
34
34
Fair value through net investment income
Funds withheld investment assets
34,189
34,587
35,785
36,311
 
Derivative assets, net(a)
81
81
Fair value through realized gains (losses)
Other(b)
476
476
478
478
Amortized cost
Total
$34,746
$35,144
$36,263
$36,789
 
(a)
The derivative assets have been presented net of cash collateral. The derivative assets supporting the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangements had a fair market value of $387 million and $361 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020; respectively. These derivative assets are fully collateralized either by cash or securities.
(b)
Primarily comprised of Cash and Accrued investment income.
The impact of the funds withheld arrangements with Fortitude Re was as follows:
 
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Net investment income - Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
$1,775
$1,427
$1,598
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets:
 
 
 
Net realized gains Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
924
1,002
262
Net realized losses Fortitude Re embedded derivatives
(687)
(3,978)
(5,167)
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
237
(2,976)
(4,905)
F-71

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
7. Reinsurance(continued)
 
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Income (loss) before income tax benefit (expense)
2,012
(1,549)
(3,307)
Income tax benefit (expense)(a)
(423)
325
694
Net Income (Loss)
1,589
(1,224)
(2,613)
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of the invested assets supporting the Fortitude Re modco arrangement classified as available for sale(a)
(1,488)
1,165
2,479
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
$101
$(59)
$(134)
(a)
The income tax expense (benefit) and the tax impact in OCI was computed using Corebridge’s U.S. statutory tax rate of 21%.
Various assets supporting the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangements are reported at amortized cost, and as such, changes in the fair value of these assets are not reflected in the financial statements. However, changes in the fair value of these assets are included in the embedded derivative in the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangement and the appreciation of the assets is the primary driver of the comprehensive income (loss) reflected above.
REINSURANCE SECURITY
Our third-party reinsurance arrangements do not relieve us from our direct obligations to our beneficiaries. Thus, a credit exposure exists to the extent that any reinsurer fails to meet the obligations assumed under any reinsurance agreement. We hold substantial collateral as security under related reinsurance agreements in the form of funds, securities, and/or letters of credit, as well as funds withheld reinsurance structures. A provision has been recorded for estimated unrecoverable reinsurance. Fortitude Re is our only reinsurer where the amount due from the reinsurer is in excess of 5% of our total reinsurance assets. Our reinsurance asset with Fortitude Re was $28.5 billion and $29.2 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Assets held by Corebridge with a fair value of $35.1 billion and $36.8 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 provide collateral supporting funds withheld balances due to Fortitude Re in excess of the respective reinsurance recoverable assets. We believe that no exposure to a single reinsurer represents an inappropriate concentration of credit risk to Corebridge.
REINSURANCE – CREDIT LOSSES
The estimation of reinsurance recoverables involves a significant amount of judgment. Reinsurance assets include reinsurance recoverables on future policy benefits and policyholder contract deposits that are estimated as part of our insurance liability valuation process and, consequently, are subject to similar judgments and uncertainties as the estimation of gross loss reserves.
We assess the collectability of reinsurance recoverable balances in each reporting period, through either historical trends of disputes and credit events or financial analysis of the credit quality of the reinsurer. We record adjustments to reflect the results of these assessments through an allowance for credit losses and disputes that reduces the carrying amount of reinsurance and other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (collectively, reinsurance recoverables). This estimate requires significant judgment for which key considerations include:
Paid and unpaid amounts recoverable;
Whether the balance is in dispute or subject to legal collection;
The relative financial health of the reinsurer as classified by the Obligor Risk Ratings (“ORRs”) we assign to each reinsurer based upon our financial reviews; insurers that are financially troubled (i.e., in run-off, have voluntarily or involuntarily been placed in receivership, are insolvent, are in the process of liquidation or otherwise subject to formal or informal regulatory restriction) are assigned ORRs that will generate a significant allowance; and
F-72

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
7. Reinsurance(continued)
Whether collateral and collateral arrangements exist.
An estimate of the reinsurance recoverable’s lifetime expected credit losses is established utilizing a probability of default and loss given default method, which reflects the reinsurer’s ORR rating. The allowance for credit losses excludes disputed amounts. An allowance for disputes is established for a reinsurance recoverable using the losses incurred model for contingencies.
For additional information on YRT agreements see Note 15.
The total reinsurance recoverables as of December 31, 2021 were $31.4 billion. As of that date, utilizing AIG’s ORRs, (i) approximately 100% of the reinsurance recoverables were investment grade; (ii) less than 1% were non-investment grade reinsurance recoverables and (iii) none of the reinsurance recoverables were related to entities that were not rated by AIG.
Reinsurance Recoverable Allowance
The following table presents a rollforward of the reinsurance recoverable allowance:
Year Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
Balance, beginning of year
$83
$40
Initial allowance upon CECL adoption
22
Current period provision for expected credit losses and disputes
18
21
Write-offs charged against the allowance for credit losses and disputes
Balance, end of year
$101
$83
There were no recoveries of credit losses previously written off for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Past-Due Status
We consider a reinsurance asset to be past due when it is 90 days past due and record an allowance for disputes when there is reasonable uncertainty of the collectability of a disputed amount during the reporting period. Past due balances were not significant for any of the periods presented. Certain reinsurers with whom we have disputes have initiated arbitration proceedings against us, and others may initiate them in the future.
For additional information see Note 15.
STATUTORY AND RELATED PERMITTED PRACTICES
In addition to contracts which qualify for reinsurance accounting under U.S. GAAP, the Company also manages its risks through contracts which follow deposit accounting. Expenses associated with these contracts are recorded in General operating and other expenses within the Combined Statements of Income (Loss). For example, certain of our insurance companies manage the capital impact of their statutory reserve requirements, including those resulting from the NAIC Model Regulation “Valuation of Life Insurance Policies” (“Regulation XXX”) and NAIC Actuarial Guideline 38 (“Guideline AXXX”), through reinsurance transactions which do not qualify for reinsurance accounting under U.S. GAAP. Effective July 1, 2016, AGL entered into an agreement to cede approximately $5 billion of statutory reserves for certain whole life and universal life policies to an unaffiliated reinsurer. Effective December 31, 2016, AGL recaptured term and universal life reserves of $16 billion from AGC, subject to Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX, and ceded approximately $14 billion of such statutory reserves to an unaffiliated reinsurer under an amendment to the July 1, 2016 agreement. Under one affiliated reinsurance arrangement, USL obtains letters of credit to support statutory recognition of the ceded reinsurance. As of December 31, 2021, USL had one bilateral letter of credit for the amount of $250 million, which was issued on February 7, 2014 and expires on February 8, 2024. This letter of credit is subject to reimbursement by AIG in the event of a drawdown.
F-73

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
7. Reinsurance(continued)
For additional information on the use of affiliated reinsurance for Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX reserves see Note 18.
8. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs
Deferred policy acquisition costs (“DAC”) represent those costs that are incremental and directly related to the successful acquisition of new or renewal of existing insurance contracts. We defer incremental costs that result directly from, and are essential to, the acquisition or renewal of an insurance contract. Such deferred policy acquisition costs generally include agent or broker commissions and bonuses, and medical fees that would not have been incurred if the insurance contract had not been acquired or renewed. Each cost is analyzed to assess whether it is fully deferrable. We partially defer costs, including certain commissions, when we do not believe that the entire cost is directly related to the acquisition or renewal of insurance contracts. Commissions that are not deferred to DAC are recorded in Non-deferrable insurance commissions in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
We also defer a portion of employee total compensation and payroll-related fringe benefits directly related to time spent performing specific acquisition or renewal activities, including costs associated with the time spent on underwriting, policy issuance and processing, and sales force contract selling. The amounts deferred are derived based on successful efforts for each distribution channel and/or cost center from which the cost originates.
Long-duration insurance contracts: Policy acquisition costs for participating life, traditional life and accident and health insurance products are generally deferred and amortized, with interest, over the premium paying period. The assumptions used to calculate the benefit liabilities and DAC for these traditional products are set when a policy is issued and do not change with changes in actual experience, unless a loss recognition event occurs. These “locked-in” assumptions include mortality, morbidity, persistency, maintenance expenses and investment returns, and include margins for adverse deviation to reflect uncertainty given that actual experience might deviate from these assumptions. A loss recognition event occurs when there is a shortfall between the carrying amount of future policy benefit liabilities, net of DAC, and what the future policy benefit liabilities, net of DAC, would be when applying updated current assumptions. When we determine a loss recognition event has occurred, we first reduce any DAC related to that block of business through amortization of acquisition expense, and after DAC is depleted, we record additional liabilities through a charge to Policyholder benefits. Groupings for loss recognition testing are consistent with our manner of acquiring, servicing and measuring the profitability of the business and applied by product groupings. We perform separate loss recognition tests for traditional life products, payout annuities and long-term care products. Our policy is to perform loss recognition testing net of reinsurance. Once loss recognition has been recorded for a block of business, the old assumption set is replaced, and the assumption set used for the loss recognition would then be subject to the lock-in principle.
Investment-oriented contracts: Certain policy acquisition costs and policy issuance costs related to investment-oriented contracts, for example universal life, variable and fixed annuities, and fixed index annuities, are deferred and amortized, with interest, in relation to the incidence of estimated gross profits to be realized over the estimated lives of the contracts. DAC on investment-oriented contracts were approximately $5.8 billion and $5.2 billion at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Estimated gross profits are affected by a number of factors, including levels of current and expected interest rates, net investment income and spreads, net realized gains and losses, fees, surrender rates, mortality experience, policyholder behavior experience and equity market returns and volatility. In each reporting period, current period amortization expense is adjusted to reflect actual gross profits. If the assumptions used for estimating gross profit change significantly, DAC is recalculated using the new assumptions, including actuarial assumptions such as mortality, lapse, benefit utilization, and premium persistency, and any resulting adjustment is included in income. If the new assumptions indicate that future estimated gross profits are higher than previously estimated, DAC will be increased resulting in a decrease in amortization expense and increase in income in the current period; if future estimated gross profits are lower than previously estimated, DAC will be decreased resulting in an increase in amortization expense and decrease in income in the current period. Updating such assumptions may result in acceleration of amortization in some products and deceleration of amortization in other products. DAC is grouped consistent with the manner in which the insurance contracts are acquired, serviced and measured for profitability and is reviewed for recoverability based on the current and projected future profitability of the underlying insurance contracts.
F-74

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
8. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs(continued)
To estimate future estimated gross profits for variable life and annuity products, a long-term annual asset growth assumption is applied to determine the future growth in assets and related asset-based fees. In determining the asset growth rate, the effect of short-term fluctuations in the equity markets is partially mitigated through the use of a “reversion to the mean” methodology for variable annuities, whereby short-term asset growth above or below long-term annual rate assumptions impacts the growth assumption applied to the five-year period subsequent to the current balance sheet date. The reversion to the mean methodology allows us to maintain our long-term growth assumptions, while also giving consideration to the effect of actual investment performance. When actual performance significantly deviates from the annual long-term growth assumption, as evidenced by growth assumptions in the five-year reversion to the mean period falling below a certain rate (floor) or rising above a certain rate (cap) for a sustained period, judgment may be applied to revise or “unlock” the growth rate assumptions to be used for both the five-year reversion to the mean period as well as the long-term annual growth assumption applied to subsequent periods.
Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) of Investments: DAC related to investment-oriented contracts is also adjusted to reflect the effect of unrealized gains or losses on fixed maturity securities available for sale on estimated gross profits, with related changes recognized through Other comprehensive income. The adjustment is made at each balance sheet date, as if the securities had been sold at their stated aggregate fair value and the proceeds reinvested at current yields. Similarly, for long-duration traditional insurance contracts, if the assets supporting the liabilities are in a net unrealized gain position at the balance sheet date, loss recognition testing assumptions are updated to exclude such gains from future cash flows by reflecting the impact of reinvestment rates on future yields. If a future loss is anticipated under this basis, any additional shortfall indicated by loss recognition tests is recognized as a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive income. Similar to other loss recognition on long-duration insurance contracts, such shortfall is first reflected as a reduction in DAC and secondly as an increase in liabilities for future policy benefits. The change in these adjustments, net of tax, is included with the change in net unrealized appreciation of investments that is credited or charged directly to Other comprehensive income.
Internal Replacements of Long-duration and Investment-oriented Products: For some products, policyholders can elect to modify product benefits, features, rights or coverages by exchanging a contract for a new contract or by amendment, endorsement, or rider to a contract, or by the election of a feature or coverage within a contract. These transactions are known as internal replacements. If the modification does not substantially change the contract, we do not change the accounting and amortization of existing DAC and related actuarial balances. If an internal replacement represents a substantial change, the original contract is considered to be extinguished and any related DAC or other policy balances are charged or credited to income, and any new deferrable costs associated with the replacement contract are deferred.
Value of Business Acquired (“VOBA”): VOBA is determined at the time of acquisition and is reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets with DAC. This value is based on the present value of future pre-tax profits discounted at yields applicable at the time of purchase. For participating life, traditional life and accident and health insurance products, VOBA is amortized over the life of the business in a manner similar to that for DAC based on the assumptions at purchase. For investment-oriented products, VOBA is amortized in relation to estimated gross profits and adjusted for the effect of unrealized gains or losses on fixed maturity securities available for sale in a manner similar to DAC.
The following table presents a rollforward of DAC:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year
$7,241
$7,939
$9,175
Impact of CECL adoption
15
Capitalizations
1,000
889
1,168
Amortization expense
(1,046)
(532)
(659)
Change related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
760
(1,085)
(1,746)
Other, including foreign exchange
(6)
15
1
Balance, end of year
$7,949
$7,241
$7,939
F-75

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
8. Deferred Policy Acquisition Costs(continued)
The following table presents a rollforward of VOBA:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year
$122
$130
$146
Acquisitions
Amortization expense
(11)
(11)
(15)
Change related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
(1)
2
(4)
Other, including foreign exchange
(1)
1
3
Balance, end of year
$109
$122
$130
The amount of the unamortized balance of VOBA at December 31, 2021 expected to be amortized in 2022 through 2026 by year is: $13 million, $13 million, $11 million, $11 million and $8 million, respectively, with $55 million being amortized after five years.
DEFERRED SALES INDUCEMENTS
We offer deferred sales inducements (“DSI”) which include enhanced crediting rates or bonus payments to contract holders (bonus interest) on certain annuity and investment contract products. Such amounts are deferred and amortized over the life of the contract using the same methodology and assumptions used to amortize DAC. To qualify for such accounting treatment, the bonus interest must be explicitly identified in the contract at inception. We must also demonstrate that such amounts are incremental to amounts we credit on similar contracts without bonus interest and are higher than the contract’s expected ongoing crediting rates for periods after the bonus period. Amortization related to DSI is recorded in interest credited to policyholder account balances.
The following table presents a rollforward of DSI:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year
$285
$437
$755
Capitalizations
11
11
20
Amortization expense
(116)
(64)
(79)
Change related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
127
(99)
(259)
Balance, end of year
$307
$285
$437
DAC, VOBA and DSI for insurance-oriented and investment-oriented products are reviewed for recoverability, which involves estimating the future profitability of current business. This review involves significant management judgment. If actual profitability is substantially lower than estimated, Corebridge’s DAC, VOBA and DSI may be subject to an impairment charge and Corebridge’s results of operations could be significantly affected in future periods. DSI is reported in Other Assets, while VOBA is reported in the DAC balance in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
9. Variable Interest Entities
A variable interest entity (“VIE”) is a legal entity that does not have sufficient equity at risk to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or is structured such that equity investors lack the ability to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations through voting rights or do not substantively participate in the gains and losses of the entity. Consolidation of a VIE by its primary beneficiary is not based on majority voting interest but is based on other criteria discussed below.
We enter into various arrangements with VIEs in the normal course of business and consolidate the VIEs when we determine we are the primary beneficiary. This analysis includes a review of the VIE’s capital structure, related contractual relationships and terms, nature of the VIE’s operations and purpose, nature of the VIE’s interests issued and our involvement with the entity. When assessing the need to consolidate a VIE, we evaluate the design of the VIE as well as the related risks to which the entity was designed to expose the variable interest holders.
F-76

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
9. Variable Interest Entities (continued)
The primary beneficiary is the entity that has both (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the entity’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be potentially significant to the VIE. While also considering these factors, the consolidation conclusion depends on the breadth of our decision-making ability and our ability to influence activities that significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE.
BALANCE SHEET CLASSIFICATION AND EXPOSURE TO LOSS
Creditors or beneficial interest holders of VIEs for which the Company is the primary beneficiary generally have recourse only to the assets and cash flows of the VIEs and do not have recourse to the Company, except in limited circumstances when the Company has provided a guarantee to the VIE’s interest holders. The following table presents the total assets and total liabilities associated with our variable interests in consolidated VIEs, as classified in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
(in millions)
Real Estate and
Investment
Entities(c)
Securitization
and Repackaging
Vehicles
Affordable
Housing
Partnerships
Total
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale
$
$5,393
$
$5,393
Other bond securities
Equity securities
223
223
Mortgage and other loans receivable
2,359
2,359
Other invested assets
 
 
 
 
Alternative investments(a)
3,017
3,017
Investment Real Estate
2,257
2,257
Short-term investments
467
151
618
Cash
93
93
Accrued investment income
15
15
Other assets
188
557
745
Total assets(b)
$6,245
$8,475
$
$14,720
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Debt of consolidated investment entities
$1,743
$5,193
$
$6,936
Other Liabilities
112
723
835
Total liabilities
$1,855
$5,916
$
$7,771
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale
$
$6,139
$
$6,139
Other bond securities
97
97
Equity securities
507
507
Mortgage and other loans receivable
2,731
2,731
Other invested assets
 
 
 
 
Alternative investments(a)
2,689
2,689
Investment Real Estate
3,156
3,558
6,714
Short-term investments
364
1,515
1,879
Cash
128
203
331
Accrued investment income
38
38
Other assets
290
130
243
663
Total assets(b)
$7,134
$10,650
$4,004
$21,788
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Debt of consolidated investment entities
$2,505
$5,477
$2,287
$10,269
Other Liabilities
180
227
187
594
Total liabilities
$2,685
$5,704
$2,474
$10,863
(a)
Comprised primarily of investments in real estate joint ventures at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
F-77

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
9. Variable Interest Entities (continued)
(b)
The assets of each VIE can be used only to settle specific obligations of that VIE.
(c)
Off-balance sheet exposure primarily consisting of commitments by insurance operations and affiliates into real estate and investment entities. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, together the Company and AIG affiliates have commitments to internal parties of $2.4 billion and $2.4 billion, respectively and commitments to external parties of $0.6 billion and $0.7 billion, respectively. At December 31, 2021, $1.5 billion out of the internal commitments was from subsidiaries of Corebridge entities and $0.9 billion was from other AIG affiliates, respectively. At December 31, 2020, $1.3 billion out of the internal commitments was from subsidiaries of Corebridge entities, and $1.1 billion was from other AIG affiliates, respectively.
The following table presents the revenue, net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests and net income (loss) attributable to Corebridge associated with our variable interests in consolidated VIEs, as classified in the Consolidated Income Statements:
(in millions)
Real Estate and
Investment
Entities
Securitization
and Repackaging
Vehicles
Affordable
Housing
Partnerships
Total
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
Total Revenue
$1,639
$247
$450
$2,336
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
$858
$3
$68
$929
Net income (loss) attributable to Corebridge
$525
$(33)
$304
$796
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
Total Revenue
$477
$386
$275
$1,138
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
$173
$4
$31
$208
Net income attributable to Corebridge
$229
$137
$131
$497
December 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
Total Revenue
$458
$566
$279
$1,303
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
$227
$4
$27
$258
Net income attributable to Corebridge
$120
$265
$136
$521
We calculate our maximum exposure to loss to be (i) the amount invested in the debt or equity of the VIE, (ii) the notional amount of VIE assets or liabilities where we have also provided credit protection to the VIE with the VIE as the referenced obligation, and (iii) other commitments and guarantees to the VIE.
AIG entered into six transactions between 2012 and 2014, securitizing portfolios of certain debt securities, the majority of which were previously owned by Corebridge. As part of these transactions, an indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary of AIG was obligated to make certain capital contributions to such a securitization VIE in the event that the VIE was unable to redeem any rated notes it had in issue on the relevant redemption date. AIG had provided a guarantee to the six securitization VIEs of the obligations of its indirectly wholly-owned subsidiary to make such capital contributions when due. During the year ended December 31, 2021 all six transactions were terminated and Corebridge recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $145 million. There were no amounts paid under the guarantees provided by AIG.
The following table presents total assets of unconsolidated VIEs in which we hold a variable interest, as well as our maximum exposure to loss associated with these VIEs:
 
 
Maximum Exposure to Loss
(in millions)
Total VIE
Assets
On-Balance
Sheet(b)
Off-Balance
Sheet(c)
Total
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
Real estate and investment entities(a)
$309,866
$4,459
$2,452
$6,911
Affordable housing partnerships
Total
$309,866
$4,459
$2,452
$6,911
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
Real estate and investment entities(a)
$174,752
$3,120
$2,369
$5,489
Affordable housing partnerships
2,801
368
4
372
Total
$177,553
$3,488
$2,373
$5,861
(a)
Comprised primarily of hedge funds and private equity funds.
F-78

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
9. Variable Interest Entities (continued)
(b)
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, $4.5 billion and $3.4 billion, respectively, of our total unconsolidated VIE assets were recorded as Other invested assets.
(c)
These amounts represent our unfunded commitments to invest in private equity funds and hedge funds.
REAL ESTATE AND INVESTMENT ENTITIES
Through our insurance operations and AIG Global Real Estate Investment Corp., we are an investor in various real estate investment entities, some of which are VIEs. These investments are typically with unaffiliated third-party developers via a partnership or limited liability company structure. The VIEs’ activities consist of the development or redevelopment of commercial, industrial and residential real estate. Our involvement varies from being a passive equity investor or finance provider to actively managing the activities of the VIEs.
Our insurance operations participate as passive investors in the equity issued by certain third party-managed hedge and private equity funds that are VIEs. Our insurance operations typically are not involved in the design or establishment of these VIEs, nor do they actively participate in the management of the VIEs.
SECURITIZATION & REPACKAGING VEHICLES
We created certain VIEs that hold investments, primarily in investment-grade debt securities and loans, and issued beneficial interests in these investments. Some of these VIEs were created to facilitate our purchase of asset-backed securities. In these situations, all of the beneficial interests are owned by Corebridge and affiliated entities and are consolidated by Corebridge. In other instances, we have created VIEs that are securitizations of residential mortgage loans or other forms of collateralized loan obligations or repackage loan and other assets into pass-through securities. Corebridge subsidiaries or affiliated entities own some of the beneficial interests of these VIEs, and we maintain the power to direct the activities of the VIEs that most significantly impact their economic performance. Accordingly, we consolidate these entities and those beneficial interests issued to third parties are reported as debt of consolidated investment entities. This debt is non-recourse to Corebridge.
AFFORDABLE HOUSING PARTNERSHIPS
Affordable Housing organized and invested in limited partnerships that develop and operate affordable housing qualifying for federal, state, and historic tax credits, in addition to a few market rate properties across the United States. The operating partnerships are VIEs, whose debt is generally non-recourse in nature, and the general partners of which are mostly unaffiliated third-party developers. We account for our investments in operating partnerships using the equity method of accounting, unless they are required to be consolidated. We consolidate an operating partnership if the general partner is an affiliated entity, or we otherwise have the power to direct activities that most significantly impact the entities’ economic performance. In December 2021, Corebridge completed the sale of affordable housing portfolio to Blackstone Real Estate Income Trust.
For additional information on the sale of Corebridge’s interests in a U.S. affordable housing portfolio, see Note 1.
RMBS, CMBS, OTHER ABS AND CLOS
Primarily through our insurance operations, we are a passive investor in RMBS, CMBS, other ABS and CLOs, the majority of which are issued by domestic special purpose entities. We generally do not sponsor or transfer assets to, or act as the servicer to these asset-backed structures and were not involved in the design of these entities.
Our maximum exposure in these types of structures is limited to our investment in securities issued by these entities. Based on the nature of our investments and our passive involvement in these types of structures, we have determined that we are not the primary beneficiary of these entities. We have not included these entities in the above tables; however, the fair values of our investments in these structures are reported in Notes 4 and 5.
Additionally, from time to time, AIG designs internal securitizations. AIG designed a series of VIEs which are not consolidated by Corebridge which securitized certain CLOs. The notes held by Corebridge and their
F-79

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
9. Variable Interest Entities (continued)
related fair values are included in the available-for-sale disclosures that are reported in Notes 4 and 5. As of December 31, 2021, the total VIE assets of these securitizations are $2.0 billion, of which Corebridge’s maximum exposure to loss is $1.2 billion. As of December 31, 2020, the total VIE assets of these securitizations are $2.7 billion, of which Corebridge’s maximum exposure to loss is $1.1 billion.
10.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting
We use derivatives and other financial instruments as part of our financial risk management programs and as part of our investment operations. Interest rate derivatives (such as interest rate swaps) are used to manage interest rate risk associated with embedded derivatives contained in insurance contract liabilities and fixed maturity securities as well as other interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. Foreign exchange derivatives (principally foreign exchange forwards and swaps) are used to economically mitigate risk associated with foreign denominated investments, net capital exposures, and foreign currency transactions. Equity derivatives are used to mitigate financial risk embedded in certain insurance liabilities and economically hedge certain investments. We use credit derivatives to manage our credit exposures. The derivatives are effective economic hedges of the exposures that they are meant to offset. In addition to hedging activities, we also enter into derivative instruments with respect to investment operations, which may include, among other things, CDSs and purchases of investments with embedded derivatives, such as equity linked notes and convertible bonds.
Interest rate, currency, equity swaps, credit contracts, swaptions, options and forward transactions are accounted for as derivatives, recorded on a trade-date basis and carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are generally reflected in income, except in certain situations in which hedge accounting is applied and unrealized gains and losses are reflected in AOCI. Aggregate asset or liability positions are netted on the Consolidated Balance Sheets only to the extent permitted by qualifying master netting arrangements in place with each respective counterparty. Cash collateral posted with counterparties in conjunction with transactions supported by qualifying master netting arrangements is reported as a reduction of the corresponding net derivative liability, while cash collateral received in conjunction with transactions supported by qualifying master netting arrangements is reported as a reduction of the corresponding net derivative asset.
Derivatives, with the exception of embedded derivatives, are reported at fair value in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other assets and Other liabilities. Embedded derivatives are generally presented with the host contract in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. A bifurcated embedded derivative is measured at fair value and accounted for in the same manner as a free standing derivative contract. The corresponding host contract is accounted for according to the accounting guidance applicable for that instrument.
F-80

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
10.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting(continued)
For additional information on embedded derivatives see Notes 4 and 13.
The following table presents the notional amounts of our derivatives and the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
 
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
 
Gross Derivative
Assets
Gross Derivative
Liabilities
Gross Derivative
Assets
Gross Derivative
Liabilities
(in millions)
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$352
$274
$980
$14
$902
$302
$441
$9
Foreign exchange contracts
4,058
262
2,861
55
1,139
92
4,096
248
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
28,056
1,637
23,219
1,562
37,679
1,502
24,182
1,459
Foreign exchange contracts
4,047
410
5,413
311
3,236
380
5,852
437
Equity contracts
60,192
4,670
38,932
4,071
56,427
6,719
40,598
5,837
Credit contracts
1,840
1
3,680
2
Other contracts(b)
43,839
13
133
43,461
14
54
6
Total derivatives, gross
$142,384
$7,267
$71,538
$6,013
$146,524
$9,011
$75,223
$7,996
Counterparty netting(c)
 
(5,785)
 
(5,785)
 
(7,723)
 
(7,723)
Cash collateral(d)
(798)
(37)
(533)
(28)
Total derivatives on Consolidated Balance Sheets(e)
$684
$191
$755
$245
(a)
Fair value amounts are shown before the effects of counterparty netting adjustments and offsetting cash collateral.
(b)
Consists primarily of stable value wraps and contracts with multiple underlying exposures.
(c)
Represents netting of derivative exposures covered by a qualifying master netting agreement.
(d)
Represents cash collateral posted and received that is eligible for netting.
(e)
Freestanding derivatives only, excludes embedded derivatives. Derivative instrument assets and liabilities are recorded in Other assets and Other liabilities, respectively. Fair value of assets related to bifurcated embedded derivatives was zero at both December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020. Fair value of liabilities related to bifurcated embedded derivatives was $17.7 billion and $17.8 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2021 and 2020. A bifurcated embedded derivative is generally presented with the host contract in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Embedded derivatives are primarily related to guarantee features in variable annuity products, which include equity and interest rate components, and the funds withheld arrangement with Fortitude Re. For additional information see Note 7.
F-81

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
10.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting(continued)
The following table presents the gross notional amounts of our derivatives and the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities with related parties and third parties:
 
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
 
Gross Derivative
Assets
Gross Derivative
Liabilities
Gross Derivative
Assets
Gross Derivative
Liabilities
(in millions)
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Total derivatives with related parties
$96,862
$7,182
$68,623
$5,778
$103,326
$8,938
$70,128
$7,722
Total derivatives with third parties
45,522
85
2,915
235
43,198
73
5,095
274
Total derivatives, gross
$142,384
$7,267
$71,538
$6,013
$146,524
$9,011
$75,223
$7,996
As of December 31, 2021, the following amounts were recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets sheets related to the carrying amount of the hedged assets (liabilities) and cumulative basis adjustments included in the carrying amount for fair value hedges:
 
December 31, 2021
December 31, 2020
(in millions)
Carrying
Amount of the
Hedged Assets
(Liabilities)
Cumulative Amount of
Fair Value Hedging
Adjustments Included
In the Carrying Amount
of the Hedged Assets
(Liabilities)(a)
Carrying
Amount of the
Hedged Assets
(Liabilities)
Cumulative Amount of
Fair Value Hedging
Adjustments Included
In the Carrying Amount
of the Hedged Assets
(Liabilities)(b)
Balance sheet line item in which: hedged item is recorded:
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale at fair value
$7,478
$
$5,182
$
Commercial mortgage and other loans
(6)
159
4
Policyholder contract deposits(c)
(1,500)
(79)
(1,315)
(133)
(a)
The cumulative amount of fair value hedging adjustments disclosed for commercial mortgage and other loans relates to hedging relationships discontinued during the year.
(b)
There were no material fair value hedging adjustments for hedged assets and liabilities for which hedge accounting has been discontinued.
(c)
This relates to fair value hedges on GICs.
COLLATERAL
We engage in derivative transactions that are not subject to a clearing requirement directly with related parties and unaffiliated third parties in most cases, under International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (“ISDA”) Master Agreements. Many of the ISDA Master Agreements also include Credit Support Annex provisions, which provide for collateral postings that may vary at various ratings and threshold levels. We attempt to reduce our risk with certain counterparties by entering into agreements that enable collateral to be obtained from a counterparty on an upfront or contingent basis. We minimize the risk that counterparties might be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations by monitoring counterparty credit exposure and collateral value and generally requiring additional collateral to be posted upon the occurrence of certain events or circumstances.
Collateral posted by us to third parties for derivative transactions was $317 million and $308 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Collateral posted by us to related parties for derivative transactions was $803 million and $845 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In the case of collateral posted under derivative transactions that are not subject to clearing, this collateral can generally be repledged or resold
F-82

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
10.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting(continued)
by the counterparties. Collateral provided to us from third parties for derivative transactions was $53 million and $40 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Collateral provided to us from related parties for derivative transactions was $770 million and $507 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. In the case of collateral provided to us under derivative transactions that are not subject to clearing, we generally can repledge or resell collateral.
OFFSETTING
We have elected to present all derivative receivables and derivative payables, and the related cash collateral received and paid, on a net basis on our Consolidated Balance Sheets when a legally enforceable ISDA Master Agreement exists between us and our derivative counterparty. An ISDA Master Agreement is an agreement governing multiple derivative transactions between two counterparties. The ISDA Master Agreement generally provides for the net settlement of all, or a specified group, of these derivative transactions, as well as transferred collateral, through a single payment, and in a single currency, as applicable. The net settlement provisions apply in the event of a default on, or affecting any, one derivative transaction or a termination event affecting all, or a specified group of, derivative transactions governed by the ISDA Master Agreement.
HEDGE ACCOUNTING
We designated certain derivatives entered into with related parties as fair value hedges of available for sale investment securities held by our insurance subsidiaries. The fair value hedges include foreign currency forwards and cross currency swaps designated as hedges of the change in fair value of foreign currency denominated available for sale securities attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates. We also designated certain interest rate swaps entered into with related parties as fair value hedges of fixed rate GICs and commercial mortgage loans attributable to changes in benchmark interest rates.
We use cross-currency swaps as hedging instruments in net investment hedge relationships to mitigate the foreign exchange risk associated with our non-U.S. dollar functional currency foreign subsidiaries. For net investment hedge relationships that use derivatives as hedging instruments, we assess hedge effectiveness and measure hedge ineffectiveness using changes in forward rates. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, we recognized gains (losses) of $8 million, $(5) million and $(1) million, respectively, included in Change in foreign currency translation adjustment in Other comprehensive income (loss) related to the net investment hedge relationships. The gains (losses) recognized primarily include transactions with related parties.
A qualitative methodology is utilized to assess hedge effectiveness for net investment hedges, while regression analysis is employed for all other hedges.
F-83

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
10.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting(continued)
The following table presents the gain (loss) recognized in earnings on our derivative instruments in fair value hedging relationships in the Consolidated Statements of Income:
 
Gains/(Losses) Recognized in Earnings for:
 
(in millions)
Hedging
Derivatives(a)(c)
Excluded
Components(b)(c)
Hedged
Items
Net Impact
Year ended December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts:
 
 
 
 
Realized gains/(losses)
$
$
$
$
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(62)
18
54
10
Net investment income
9
(11)
(2)
Foreign exchange contracts:
 
 
 
 
Realized gains/(losses)
260
31
(260)
31
Year ended December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts:
 
 
 
 
Realized gains/(losses)
$
$
$
$
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
47
1
(53)
(5)
Net investment income
(6)
5
(1)
Foreign exchange contracts:
 
 
 
 
Realized gains/(losses)
(298)
98
298
98
Year ended December 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts:
 
 
 
 
Realized gains/(losses)
$
$
$
$
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
46
6
(52)
Net investment income
(1)
1
Foreign exchange contracts:
 
 
 
 
Realized gains/(losses)
(59)
136
59
136
(a)
Gains and losses on derivative instruments designated and qualifying in fair value hedges that are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
(b)
Gains and losses on derivative instruments designated and qualifying in fair value hedges that are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and recognized in earnings on a mark-to-market basis.
(c)
Primarily consists of gains and losses with related parties.
DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED AS HEDGING INSTRUMENTS
The following table presents the effect of derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Income:
Years Ended December 31,
Gains (Losses) Recognized in Earnings
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
By Derivative Type:
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$(585)
$1,643
$1,109
Foreign exchange contracts
476
(239)
(6)
Equity contracts
(742)
206
(204)
Credit contracts
(11)
42
(4)
Other contracts
64
60
65
Embedded derivatives within policyholder contract deposits
1,450
(2,154)
(1,510)
Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
(687)
(3,978)
(5,167)
Total(a)
$(35)
$(4,420)
$(5,717)
F-84

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
10.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting(continued)
Years Ended December 31,
Gains (Losses) Recognized in Earnings
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
By Classification:
 
 
 
Policy fees
$62
$62
$68
Net investment income
6
2
Net realized gains (losses) - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
555
(916)
(734)
Net realized gains on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
33
398
104
Net realized losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
(687)
(3,978)
(5,167)
Policyholder benefits
(4)
12
12
Total(a)
$(35)
$(4,420)
$(5,717)
(a)
Includes gains (losses) with AIG Markets, Inc. and AIG Financial Products Corp. of $(363) million, $2,350 million and $1,656 million for the twelve-month periods ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively. Fortitude Re was a related party prior to AIG deconsolidating it on June 2, 2020.
HYBRID SECURITIES WITH EMBEDDED CREDIT DERIVATIVES
We invest in hybrid securities (such as credit-linked notes) with the intent of generating income, and not specifically to acquire exposure to embedded derivative risk. As is the case with our other investments in RMBS, CMBS, CLOs and ABS, our investments in these hybrid securities are exposed to losses only up to the amount of our initial investment in the hybrid security. Other than our initial investment in the hybrid securities, we have no further obligation to make payments on the embedded credit derivatives in the related hybrid securities.
We elect to account for our investments in these hybrid securities with embedded written credit derivatives at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in Net investment income. Our investments in these hybrid securities are reported as Other bond securities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fair values of these hybrid securities were $121 million and $156 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These securities have par amounts of $884 million and $914 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and have remaining stated maturity dates that extend to 2052.
11.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the future economic benefits arising from assets acquired in a business combination that are not individually identified and separately recognized. Goodwill is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level, which is defined as an operating segment or one level below, and the test is performed annually, or more frequently if circumstances indicate an impairment may have occurred.
The impairment assessment involves an option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether events or circumstances exist that lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If the qualitative assessment is not performed, or after assessing the totality of the events or circumstances, we determine it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, a quantitative assessment for potential impairment is performed.
If the qualitative test is not performed or if the test indicates a potential impairment is present, we estimate the fair value of each reporting unit and compare the estimated fair value with the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including allocated goodwill. The estimate of a reporting unit’s fair value involves management judgment and is based on one or a combination of approaches including discounted expected future cash flows, market-based earnings multiples of the unit’s peer companies, external appraisals or, in the case of reporting units being considered for sale, third-party indications of fair value, if available. We consider one or more of these estimates when determining the fair value of a reporting unit to be used in the impairment test.
If the estimated fair value of a reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, goodwill is not impaired. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its estimated fair value, goodwill associated with that reporting unit
F-85

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
11.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets(continued)
potentially is impaired. The amount of impairment, if any, is measured as the excess of a reporting unit’s carrying amount over its fair value not to exceed the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit and recognized in income.
The date of our annual goodwill impairment testing is July 1. We performed our annual goodwill impairment tests of all reporting units and concluded that our goodwill was not impaired.
The following table presents the changes in goodwill by operating segment:
(in millions)
Life
Insurance
Corporate
and Other
Operations
Total
Balance at January 1, 2019:
 
 
 
Goodwill - gross
$223
$53
$276
Accumulated impairments
(67)
(10)
(77)
Net goodwill
156
43
199
Increase (decrease) due to:
 
 
 
Other(a)
8
1
9
Balance at December 31, 2019:
 
 
 
Goodwill - gross
231
54
285
Accumulated impairments
(67)
(10)
(77)
Net goodwill
164
44
208
Increase (decrease) due to:
 
 
 
Other(a)
10
10
Balance at December 31, 2020:
 
 
 
Goodwill - gross
241
54
295
Accumulated impairments
(67)
(10)
(77)
Net goodwill
174
44
218
Increase (decrease) due to:
 
 
 
Dispositions
(21)
(21)
Other(a)
(5)
(5)
Balance at December 31, 2021:
 
 
 
Goodwill - gross
236
33
269
Accumulated impairments
(67)
(10)
(77)
Net goodwill
$169
$23
$192
(a)
Other primarily relates to changes in foreign currencies.
Indefinite lived intangible assets are not subject to amortization. Finite lived intangible assets are amortized over their useful lives. Finite lived intangible assets primarily include distribution networks and are recorded net of accumulated amortization. The Company tests intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or circumstances suggest that the carrying value of an intangible asset may exceed the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from its use and eventual disposition. If this condition exists and the carrying value of an intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the excess is recognized as an impairment and is recorded as a charge against net income (loss).
F-86

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
11.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets(continued)
The following table presents the changes in other intangible assets by operating segment:
(in millions)
Life
Insurance
Corporate
and Other
Operations
Total
Other intangible assets
 
 
 
Balance at January 1, 2019
$30
$11
$41
Increase (decrease) due to:
 
 
 
Amortization
(4)
(2)
(6)
Other
(2)
2
Balance at December 31, 2019
$24
$11
$35
Increase (decrease) due to:
 
 
 
Amortization
(4)
(2)
(6)
Other
3
(1)
2
Balance at December 31, 2020
$23
$8
$31
Increase (decrease) due to:
 
 
 
Dispositions
(5)
(5)
Amortization
(4)
(3)
(7)
Other
(1)
(1)
Balance at December 31, 2021
$18
$—
$18
The percentage of the unamortized balance of Other intangible assets at December 31, 2021 expected to be amortized in 2022 through 2026 by year is 23.9%, 23.9%, 24.4%, 22.2%, and 5.6% respectively, with 0.0% being amortized thereafter.
12.
Insurance Liabilities
FUTURE POLICY BENEFITS
Future policy benefits primarily include reserves for traditional life and annuity payout contracts, which represent an estimate of the present value of future benefits less the present value of future net premiums. Included in Future policy benefits are liabilities for annuities issued in structured settlement arrangements whereby a claimant receives life contingent or guaranteed and life contingent payments over a defined period or for their lifetime. All payments under these arrangements are fixed and determinable with respect to their amounts and dates. Also included in Future policy benefits, are reserves for contracts in loss recognition, including the adjustment to reflect the effect of unrealized gains on fixed maturity securities available for sale with related changes recognized through Other comprehensive income (loss).
Future policy benefits also include certain guaranteed benefits of annuity products that are not considered embedded derivatives.
For universal life policies with secondary guarantees, we recognize certain liabilities in addition to policyholder account balances. For universal life policies with secondary guarantees, as well as other universal life policies for which profits followed by losses are expected at contract inception, a liability is recognized based on a benefit ratio of (a) the present value of total expected payments, in excess of the account value, over the life of the contract, divided by (b) the present value of total expected assessments over the life of the contract. Universal life account balances as well as these additional liabilities related to universal life products are reported within Future Policy Benefits in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. These additional liabilities are also adjusted to reflect the effect of unrealized gains or losses on fixed maturity securities available for sale on accumulated assessments, with related changes recognized through Other comprehensive income (loss). The primary policyholder behavior assumptions for these liabilities include mortality, lapses and premium persistency. The primary capital market assumptions used for the liability for universal life secondary guarantees include discount rates and net earned rates.
F-87

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
12.
Insurance Liabilities(continued)
For additional information on guaranteed minimum death and living benefits see Note 13.
The following table presents the liability for universal life policies with secondary guarantees and similar features (excluding base policy liabilities and embedded derivatives):
 
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year
$4,751
$3,794
$2,907
Incurred guaranteed benefits*
603
1,034
507
Paid guaranteed benefits
(489)
(470)
(469)
Changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
(360)
393
849
Balance, end of year
$4,505
$4,751
$3,794
*
Incurred guaranteed benefits include the portion of assessments established as additions to reserves as well as changes in estimates (assumption unlockings) affecting these reserves. Incurred benefits, excluding changes in annual actuarial assumption updates, are approximately 67% of fees assessments collected for these universal life policies with secondary guarantees and similar features.
The following table presents details concerning our Universal life policies with secondary guarantees and similar features:
At December 31,
(dollars in millions)
2021
2020
Account value
$3,313
$3,078
Net amount at risk
65,801
63,721
Average attained age of contract holders
53
53
The liability for future policy benefits has been established including assumptions for interest rates which vary by year of issuance and product and range from approximately 0.2% to 14.6%. Mortality and surrender rate assumptions are generally based on actual experience when the liability is established.
In addition, the Company offers other guarantees such as maturity extension riders to UL policyholders.
The following table presents Future policy benefits by contract type*:
At December 31,
2021
2020
(in millions)
Traditional
Benefits
Interest-Sensitive
Benefits
Total
Traditional
Benefits
Interest-Sensitive
Benefits
Total
Future policy benefits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individual Retirement
$1,374
$1,530
$2,904
$1,311
$1,389
$2,700
Group Retirement
226
245
471
282
221
503
Life Insurance
12,037
4,928
16,965
11,518
5,123
16,641
Institutional Markets
14,194
14,194
11,093
11,093
Fortitude Re
23,217
23,217
23,669
54
23,723
Total Future policy benefits
$51,048
$6,703
$57,751
$47,873
$6,787
$54,660
*
Traditional benefits represent future policy benefits for traditional long-duration insurance contracts such as life contingent payout annuities, participating life, traditional life and accident and health insurance. Interest-sensitive benefits represent future policy benefits for investment-oriented contracts such as universal life, variable and fixed annuities, and fixed index annuities.
F-88

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
12.
Insurance Liabilities(continued)
POLICYHOLDER CONTRACT DEPOSITS
The liability for Policyholder contract deposits is primarily recorded at accumulated value (deposits received and net transfers from separate accounts, plus accrued interest credited at rates ranging from 0.3% to 10.0% at December 31, 2021, less withdrawals and assessed fees). Deposits collected on investment-oriented products are not reflected as revenues, because they are recorded directly to Policyholder contract deposits upon receipt. Amounts assessed against the policyholders for mortality, administrative, and other services are included in revenues.
In addition to liabilities for universal life, fixed annuities, fixed options within variable annuities, annuities without life contingencies, funding agreements and GICs, policyholder contract deposits also include our liability for (a) indexed and variable features accounted for as embedded derivatives at fair value, and (b) annuities issued in a structured settlement arrangement with no life contingency.
For additional information on guaranteed benefits accounted for as embedded derivatives see Note 13.
The following table presents Policyholder contract deposits by segment:
At December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
Policyholder contract deposits(a)(b):
 
 
Individual Retirement
$87,664
$85,098
Group Retirement
44,087
43,804
Life Insurance
10,299
10,283
Institutional Markets
10,970
11,560
Fortitude Re(c)
3,826
4,147
Total Policyholder contract deposits
$156,846
$154,892
(a)
As of December 31, 2021, reserves related to Embedded Derivatives as part of Policyholder contract deposit include $8.0 billion in Individual Retirement, $891 million in Group Retirement, $765 million in Life Insurance and $54 million in Institutional Markets. As of December 31, 2020, reserves related to Embedded Derivatives as part of Policyholder contract deposit include $8.4 billion in individual retirement, $989 million in Group Retirement, $649 million in Life Insurance and $38 million in Institutional Markets.
(b)
As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, FHLB funding agreements included in Policyholder contract deposits include $1.1 billion in Individual Retirement, $209 million in Group Retirement and $2.2 billion in Institutional Markets.
(c)
Balances related to Fortitude Re are a component of Corporate and Other.
Funding Agreements
Under a funding agreement-backed notes issuance program, an unaffiliated, non-consolidated statutory trust issues medium-term notes to investors, which are secured by funding agreements issued to the trust by one of our Life and Retirement companies.
USL is a member of the FHLB of New York, while VALIC and AGL are members of the FHLB of Dallas. Membership with both FHLBs provides us with collateralized borrowing opportunities, primarily as an additional source of liquidity or for other uses deemed appropriate by management. Our ownership in the FHLB stock is reported in Other invested assets within the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Pursuant to the membership terms, we elected to pledge such stock to the FHLB as collateral for our obligations under agreements entered into with the FHLB.
Our net borrowing capacity under such facilities with FHLB of Dallas and FHLB of New York as of December 31, 2021, is $6.3 billion. As of December 31, 2021, we pledged $4.9 billion as collateral to the FHLB, including assets backing funding agreements.
F-89

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
12.
Insurance Liabilities(continued)
Corebridge issued the following funding agreements to the FHLB of Dallas and FHLB of New York; these obligations are reported in Policyholder contract deposits in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
The following table presents details concerning our funding agreements as of December 31, 2021:
December 31, 2021
Gross
Amounts
Payments due by period
 
(in millions)
2022
2023-2024
2025-2026
Thereafter
Stated Interest rates
FHLB Facility
 
 
 
 
 
 
FHLB of Dallas
$3,357
227
254
$2,876
DNA Auction* + 22 to 30 bps
FHLB of New York
241
94
147
1.52% to 2.70%
 
$3,598
321
401
$2,876
 
*
Discount Note Advance (“DNA”) Auction is based on either a 4-Week or 3-Month tenor, depending on contractual terms of each borrowing.
OTHER POLICYHOLDER FUNDS
Other policyholder funds include unearned revenue reserves (“URR”), which were approximately $1.8 billion and $1.6 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively. URR consist of front-end loads on investment-oriented contracts, representing those policy loads that are non-level and typically higher in initial policy years than in later policy years. URR for investment-oriented contracts are generally deferred and amortized, with interest, in relation to the incidence of estimated gross profits to be realized over the estimated lives of the contracts and are subject to the same adjustments due to changes in the assumptions underlying EGPs as DAC. Amortization of URR is recorded in Policy fees. Similar to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments for DAC, URR related to investment-oriented products is also adjusted to reflect the effect of unrealized gains or losses on fixed maturity securities available for sale on estimated gross profits, with related changes recognized through Other comprehensive income.
Other policyholder funds also include provisions for future dividends to participating policyholders, accrued in accordance with all applicable regulatory or contractual provisions. Participating life business represented approximately 1.2% and 1.4% of gross insurance in force at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020, respectively and 1.7% and 1.9% of gross domestic premiums and other considerations in 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our gross participating reserves included in future policy benefits are approximately $2.3 billion at December 31, 2021, of which all but $1 million has been ceded. The majority of the participating business has been ceded to Fortitude Re. The amount of annual dividends to be paid is approved by the boards of directors of the insurance operations companies. Provisions for future dividend payments are computed by jurisdiction, reflecting local regulations. The portions of current and prior net income and of current unrealized appreciation of investments that can inure to our benefit are restricted in some cases by the insurance contracts and by the insurance regulations of the jurisdictions in which the policies are in force.
Certain products are subject to experience adjustments. These include group life and group medical products, credit life contracts, accident and health insurance contracts/riders attached to life policies and, to a limited extent, reinsurance agreements with other direct insurers. Ultimate premiums from these contracts are estimated and recognized as revenue with the unearned portions of the premiums recorded as liabilities in Other policyholder funds. Experience adjustments vary according to the type of contract and the territory in which the policy is in force and are subject to local regulatory guidance.
13.
Fixed, Fixed Index and Variable Annuity Contracts
VARIABLE ANNUITIES
We report variable contracts within the separate accounts when investment income and investment gains and losses accrue directly to, and investment risk is borne by, the contract holder and the separate account meets additional accounting criteria to qualify for separate account treatment. The assets supporting the variable portion
F-90

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
13.
Fixed, Fixed Index and Variable Annuity Contracts(continued)
of variable annuity and variable universal life contracts that qualify for separate account treatment are carried at fair value and reported as separate account assets, with an equivalent summary total reported as Separate account liabilities.
Policy values for variable products and investment contracts are expressed in terms of investment units. Each unit is linked to an asset portfolio. The value of a unit increases or decreases based on the value of the linked asset portfolio. The current liability at any time is the sum of the current unit value of all investment units in the separate accounts, plus any liabilities for guaranteed minimum death benefits (“GMDB”) or guaranteed living benefits included in Future policy benefits or Policyholder contract deposits, respectively.
Amounts assessed against the policyholders for mortality, administrative and other services are included in policy fees. Investment performance (including investment income, net investment gains (losses) and changes in unrealized gains (losses)) and the corresponding amounts credited to policyholders of such separate accounts are offset within the same line in the Consolidated Statements of Income.
Variable annuity contracts may include certain contractually guaranteed benefits to the contract holder. These guaranteed features include GMDB that are payable in the event of death, and living benefits that are payable when partial withdrawals exhaust a policy’s account value, in the event of annuitization, or, in other instances, at specified dates during the accumulation period. Living benefits primarily include guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”). A variable annuity contract may include more than one type of guaranteed benefit feature; for example, it may have both a GMDB and a GMWB. However, a policyholder can only receive payout from one guaranteed feature on a contract containing a death benefit and a living benefit, i.e. the features are mutually exclusive (except a surviving spouse who has a rider to potentially collect both a GMDB upon their spouse’s death and a GMWB during their lifetime). A policyholder cannot purchase more than one living benefit on one contract. The net amount at risk for each feature is calculated irrespective of the existence of other features; as a result, the net amount at risk for each feature is not additive to that of other features.
Account balances of variable annuity contracts with guarantees were invested in separate account investment options as follows:
At December 31,
2021
2020
(in millions)
Individual
Retirement
Group
Retirement
Individual
Retirement
Group
Retirement
Equity Funds
$28,524
$33,718
$25,994
$30,733
Bond Funds
4,651
4,364
4,499
4,154
Balanced Funds
23,018
6,293
21,340
5,636
Money Market Funds
546
459
627
506
Total
$56,739
$44,834
$52,460
$41,029
GMDB
Depending on the contract, the GMDB feature may provide a death benefit of either (a) total deposits made to the contract, less any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return (and in rare instances, no minimum return), (b) return of premium whereby the benefit is the greater of the current account value or premiums paid less any partial withdrawals, (c) rollups whereby the benefit is the greater of current account value or premiums paid (adjusted for withdrawals) accumulated at contractually specified rates up to specified ages, or (d) the highest contract value attained, typically on any anniversary date less any subsequent withdrawals following the contract anniversary. GMDB is our most widely offered benefit.
The liability for GMDB, which is recorded in Future policy benefits, represents the expected value of benefits in excess of the projected account value, with the excess recognized ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments, through Policyholder benefits. The net amount at risk for the GMDB feature represents the amount of guaranteed benefits in excess of account value if all policyholders died.
F-91

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
13.
Fixed, Fixed Index and Variable Annuity Contracts(continued)
The following table presents details concerning our GMDB exposures at contract issuance, by benefit type for Individual Retirement:
At December 31, 2021
(dollars in millions)
Return of
Account Value
Return of
Premium
Rollups
Highest Contract
Value Attained
Account values:
 
 
 
 
General Account
$382
$4,055
$447
$1,366
Separate Accounts
3,543
34,811
2,453
15,932
Total Account Values
$3,925
$38,866
$2,900
$17,298
Net amount at risk – Gross
$
$22
$363
$341
Net amount at risk – Net
$
$21
$327
$257
Average attained age of contract holders by product
66
70
75
71
Percentage of policyholders age 70 and over
27.8%
47.0%
66.9%
58.1%
Range of guaranteed minimum return rates
0.0%-4.5%
At December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
Account values:
 
 
 
 
General Account
$267
$4,124
$459
$1,426
Separate Accounts
2,357
32,414
2,448
15,241
Total Account Values
$2,624
$36,538
$2,907
$16,667
Net amount at risk – Gross
$
$19
$396
$372
Net amount at risk – Net
$
$18
$355
$276
Average attained age of contract holders by product
66
69
76
72
Percentage of policyholders age 70 and over
26.6%
43.6%
65.4%
56.0%
Range of guaranteed minimum return rates
0.0%-4.5%
The following summarizes the Individual Retirement GMDB liability related to variable annuity contracts:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year
$382
$371
$355
Reserve increase (decrease)
103
36
40
Benefits paid
(33)
(41)
(39)
Changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
(7)
16
15
Balance, end of year
$445
$382
$371
The following table presents details concerning our GMDB exposures at contract issuance, by benefit type for Group Retirement:
At December 31, 2021
(dollars in millions)
Return of
Value
Return of
Premium
Rollups(a)
Highest Contract
Value Attained
Account values:
 
 
 
 
General Account
$35
$5,511
$18,863
$4
Separate Accounts
290
6,056
38,419
69
Total Account Values
$325
$11,567
$57,282
$73
Net amount at risk - Gross
$
$9
$152
$
Net amount at risk – Net
$
$9
$152
$
Average attained age of contract holders by product
64
64
63
68
Percentage of policyholders age 70 and over
14.9%
17.9%
14.2%
31.1%
Range of guaranteed minimum return rates
0.0%-4.5%
F-92

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
13.
Fixed, Fixed Index and Variable Annuity Contracts(continued)
(dollars in millions)
Return of
Value
Return of
Premium
Rollups(a)
Highest Contract
Value Attained
At December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
Account values:
 
 
 
 
General Account
$28
$5,563
$19,053
$3
Separate Accounts
220
5,527
35,226
56
Total Account Values
$248
$11,090
$54,279
$59
Net amount at risk - Gross
$
$10
$170
$
Net amount at risk – Net
$
$10
$170
$
Average attained age of contract holders by product
64
64
62
67
Percentage of policyholders age 70 and over
13.5%
16.6%
13.0%
29.2%
Range of guaranteed minimum return rates
0.0%-4.5%
(a)
Group Retirement guaranteed rollup benefits revert to the Return of Premium at age 70. As of December 31, 2021, this includes 192,606 contracts for policyholders age 70 and over, with associated account values of $8.3 billion held in the general account and $8.5 billion held in separate accounts; as of December 31, 2020, this includes 181,793 contracts for policyholders age 70 and over, with associated account values of $7.8 billion held in the general account and $7.1 billion held in separate accounts. These contracts which have reverted to return of premium benefits due to the attained age of the policyholder represent a net amount at risk of $19 million and $20 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The following summarizes the Group Retirement GMDB liability related to variable annuity contracts, excluding assumed reinsurance(a):
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year
$40
$21
$32
Reserve increase (decrease)
3
2
(10)
Benefits paid
(2)
(2)
(1)
Changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
(6)
19
Balance, end of year
$35
$40
$21
(a)
The assumed reinsurance reserves for GMDB liability related to variable annuity contract is $16.0 million, $16.7 million and $15.3 million as of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 respectively.
Assumptions used to determine the GMDB liability include interest credited that, vary by year of issuance and products; mortality rates that are based upon actual experience modified to allow for variations in policy form; lapse rates that, are based upon actual experience modified to allow for variations in policy features; investment returns, based on stochastically generated scenarios; and asset yields that include a reversion to the mean methodology, similar to that applied for DAC. We regularly evaluate estimates used to determine the GMDB liability and adjust the additional liability balance, with a related charge or credit to Policyholder benefits, if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised.
GMWB
Certain of our variable annuity contracts contain optional GMWB benefits and, to a lesser extent, guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (that are no longer offered). GMWB benefits related to variable annuity contracts are recorded in Policyholder contract deposits and are accounted for as embedded derivatives measured at fair value, with changes in the fair value recorded in Net realized gains (losses). The net fair value of these GMWB embedded derivatives for individual retirement was $2.4 billion and $3.5 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The net fair value of these GMWB embedded derivatives for group retirement was $0.1 billion and $0.2 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
F-93

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
13.
Fixed, Fixed Index and Variable Annuity Contracts(continued)
For a discussion of the fair value measurement of guaranteed benefits that are accounted for as embedded derivatives see Note 4.
Account values covered by the variable annuity GMWB for individual retirement totaled $48.4 billion and $45.0 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Account values covered by the variable annuity GMWB for group retirement totaled $2.8 billion and $2.7 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The variable annuity GMWB liability exposure is the present value of minimum guaranteed withdrawal payments that are, in excess of account value, assuming no lapses, or $471 million and $1.1 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 for individual retirement, respectively, and $24 million and $61 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 for group retirement, respectively. We use investment derivatives and other financial instruments to mitigate a portion of this exposure.
FIXED ANNUITY AND FIXED INDEX ANNUITIES
We offer fixed annuity products, which include immediate, fixed deferred, and indexed deferred income annuities. Certain deferred annuity products offer optional income protection features. The fixed annuities product line maintains an industry-leading position in the U.S. bank distribution channel by designing products collaboratively with banks and offering an efficient and flexible administration program. We have recently started offering fixed annuities with an optional living guaranteed features that provide lifetime income protection. Our fixed index annuity products provide growth potential based in part on the performance of a market index as well as optional living guaranteed features that provide lifetime income protection. Fixed index annuities are distributed primarily through banks, broker-dealers, independent marketing organizations and independent insurance agents.
With a GMWB, the contract holder can monetize the excess of the guaranteed amount over the account value of the contract through a series of withdrawals that do not exceed a specific percentage per year of the guaranteed amount. Once the account value is exhausted, the contract holder will receive a series of annuity payments equal to the remaining guaranteed amount; for lifetime GMWB products, the annuity payments continue as long as the covered person(s) is living. The liability for these GMWB benefits, which are primarily recorded in Future policy benefits, represents the expected value of benefits in excess of the projected account value, with the excess recognized ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments, through Policyholder benefits. Certain of our fixed index annuity contracts, which are not offered through separate accounts, offer both optional GMWB and GMDB benefits. Our fixed annuity contracts only offer optional GMWB.
The liability for the majority of our GMWB and GMDB benefits in fixed index annuity contracts and all of the GMWB benefits in fixed annuity contracts are not accounted for as embedded derivatives.
The following table presents the Individual Retirement details concerning our fixed annuities GMWB exposures and fixed index annuities GMWB and GMDB exposures, that are not accounted for as embedded derivatives, by benefit type:
(dollars in millions)
Fixed
Annuities
Fixed
Index
Annuities
Total
At December 31, 2021
 
 
 
Account values(a):
 
 
 
Fixed Accounts
$3,541
$487
$4,028
Indexed Accounts
6,361
6,361
Total Account Values
$3,541
$6,848
$10,389
GMWB and GMDB Reserve:
 
 
 
Base Reserve
$270
$467
$737
Reserves related to unrealized appreciation of investments
187
161
348
Total GMWB and GMDB Reserve
$457
$628
$1,085
Average attained age of contract holders by product
68
67
F-94

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
13.
Fixed, Fixed Index and Variable Annuity Contracts(continued)
(dollars in millions)
Fixed
Annuities
Fixed
Index
Annuities
Total
At December 31, 2020
 
 
 
Account values(a):
 
 
 
Fixed Accounts
$3,067
$504
$3,571
Indexed Accounts
5,945
5,945
Total Account Values
$3,067
$6,449
$9,516
GMWB and GMDB Reserve:
 
 
 
Base Reserve
$138
$371
$509
Reserves related to unrealized appreciation of investments
215
266
481
Total GMWB and GMDB Reserve
$353
$637
$990
Average attained age of contract holders by product
67
67
(a)
Fixed annuities that offer GMWB exposures and fixed index annuities that offer GMWB and GMDB exposures are offered through the general account.
The following summarizes the Individual Retirement GMWB liability related to Fixed Annuities:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year
$353
$38
$14
Reserve increase (decrease)*
132
100
24
Benefits paid
Changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
(28)
215
Balance, end of year
$457
$353
$38
*
Reserve increase in Fixed Annuities products with GMWB liability is driven by the sale of a new product issued in 2017.
The following summarizes the Individual Retirement GMWB and GMDB liability related to Fixed Index Annuities:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year
$637
$439
$153
Reserve increase (decrease)*
94
74
153
Benefits paid
Changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
(103)
124
133
Balance, end of year
$628
$637
$439
F-95

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
13.
Fixed, Fixed Index and Variable Annuity Contracts(continued)
The following table presents the Group Retirement details concerning our Fixed Annuities with GMWB exposures and Fixed Index Annuities GMWB exposures, that are not accounted for as derivatives, by benefit type:
At December 31, 2021
(dollars in millions)
Fixed
Annuities
Fixed
Index
Annuities
Total
Account values(a):
 
 
 
Fixed Account
$603
$129
$732
Indexed Accounts
1,409
1,409
Total Account Values
$603
$1,538
$2,141
GMWB Reserves:
 
 
 
Base Reserve
$42
$101
$143
Reserves related to unrealized appreciation of investments
5
46
51
Total GMWB Reserves
$47
$147
$194
Average attained age of contract holders by product
69
68
At December 31, 2020
 
 
 
Account values(a):
 
 
 
Fixed Account
$546
$131
$677
Indexed Accounts
1,391
1,391
Total Account Values
$546
$1,522
$2,068
GMWB Reserves:
 
 
 
Base Reserve
$24
$71
$95
Reserves related to unrealized appreciation of investments
8
62
70
Total GMWB Reserves
$32
$133
$165
Average attained age of contract holders by product
71
67
(a)
Fixed annuities and fixed index annuities that offer GMWB exposures are offered through the general account.
The following summarizes the Group Retirement GMWB liability related to Fixed Annuities:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year
$32
$5
$1
Reserve increase (decrease)
18
19
4
Benefits paid
Changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
(3)
8
Balance, end of year
$47
$32
$5
*
Reserve increase in Fixed Annuities products with GMWB liability is driven by the sale of a new product issued in 2017.
F-96

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
13.
Fixed, Fixed Index and Variable Annuity Contracts(continued)
The following summarizes the Group Retirement GMWB liability related to Fixed Index Annuities:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Balance, beginning of year
$133
$103
$26
Reserve increase (decrease)
30
12
29
Benefits paid
Changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
(16)
18
48
Balance, end of year
$147
$133
$103
14.
Debt
Short-term and long-term debt is carried at the principal amount borrowed, including unamortized discounts, and fair value adjustments, when applicable.
The following table lists our total debt outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020. The interest rates presented in the following table are the range of contractual rates in effect at December 31, 2021, including fixed and variable-rates:
At December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Range of
Interest Rate(s)
Maturity
Date(s)
Balance at
December 31,
2021
Balance at
December 31,
2020
Short-term debt issued by Corebridge:
 
 
 
 
Affiliated senior promissory note with AIG, Inc.
LIBOR+100bps
2022
$8,317
Total short-term debt
 
 
8,317
Long-term debt issued by Corebridge:
 
 
 
 
AIGLH notes and bonds payable
6.63% - 7.50%
2025 - 2029
$200
$282
AIGLH junior subordinated debt
7.57% - 8.50%
2030 - 2046
227
361
Affiliated note with AIG Europe S.A.
 
 
9
Affiliated note with Lexington Insurance Company
 
 
253
Total long-term debt
 
 
427
905
Debt of consolidated investment entities - not guaranteed by Corebridge
0.00% - 8.07%
2022 - 2051
6,936
10,341
Total debt
 
 
$15,680
$11,246
The following table presents maturities of short-term and long-term debt (including unamortized original issue discount, when applicable):
December 31, 2021
 
Year Ending
(in millions)
Total
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter
Short-term and long-term debt issued by Corebridge:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AIGLH notes and bonds payable
$200
$
$—
$—
$101
$—
$99
AIGLH junior subordinated debt
227
227
Affiliated senior promissory note with AIG, Inc.
8,317
8,317
Total short-term and long-term debt issued by Corebridge(a)
$8,744
$8,317
$—
$—
$101
$—
$326
(a)
Does not reflect $6.9 billion of notes issued by consolidated investment entities for which recourse is limited to the assets of the respective investment entities and for which there is no recourse to the general credit of Corebridge.
F-97

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
14.
Debt (continued)
SHORT-TERM DEBT
In November 2021, Corebridge issued an $8.3 billion senior promissory note to AIG. The interest rate per annum is equal to LIBOR plus 100 basis points. Interest accrues semi-annually in arrears on March 1 and September 1 of each year, beginning on March 1, 2022. The note matures on the earlier of November 1, 2022 or two business days prior to an initial public offering of our common stock. Interest accrued as of December 31, 2021 was $17 million.
DEBT CASH TENDER OFFERS
In 2021, we repurchased, through cash tender offers, and canceled approximately $216 million aggregate principal amount of certain notes and debentures issued or guaranteed by AIG for an aggregate purchase price of approximately $312 million, resulting in a total loss on extinguishment of debt of approximately $(96) million.
AIGLH JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEBENTURES
In connection with the acquisition of AIG Life Holdings, Inc. (“AIGLH”) in 2001, AIG entered into arrangements with AIGLH with respect to outstanding AIGLH capital securities. In 1996, AIGLH issued capital securities through a trust to institutional investors and funded the trust with AIGLH junior subordinated debentures issued to the trust with the same terms as the capital securities.
On July 11, 2013, the AIGLH junior subordinated debentures were distributed to holders of the capital securities, the capital securities were cancelled and the trusts were dissolved. At December 31, 2021, the junior subordinated debentures outstanding consisted of $54 million of 8.5% junior subordinated debentures due July 2030, $142 million of 8.125% junior subordinated debentures due March 2046 and $31 million of 7.57% junior subordinated debentures due December 2045, each guaranteed by AIG.
AFFILIATED NOTES
In 2019, AGREIC issued a note to Lexington in the amount of $250 million. The carrying amount of the note was $253 million as of December 31, 2020. Interest expense incurred specific to this note was $0.4 million, $4 million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. On February 12, 2021, AGREIC repaid the loan and interest of $254 million.
In 2013, AIG Property Company Limited issued an affiliated note to AIG Europe S.A. (Netherlands Branch) of $17 million for the purpose of purchasing a building. The carrying amount of the note was $9 million as of December 31, 2020. Interest expense incurred specific to this note was $0.3 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. On October 1, 2021, AIG Property Company Limited repaid the loan and interest of $9 million to AIG Europe S.A.
CREDIT FACILITIES
We maintain three affiliated credit facilities as potential sources of liquidity for general corporate purposes.
At December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Size
Available
Amount
Expiration
Effective
Date
AIG Life Holdings (January 2015)
$500
$500
N/A*
1/1/2015
AIG Life Holdings (April 2015)
$500
$500
N/A*
4/1/2015
AIG Life Limited
$25
$25
8/14/2023
8/14/2018
*
These credit facilities are intended to be evergreen.
On January 1, 2015, AIG Life Holdings, Inc. and certain of its affiliates entered into a revolving loan facility with AIG pursuant to which the borrowers can, on a several basis, borrow monies from AIG (as lender) subject to the terms and conditions stated therein. Principal amounts borrowed under this facility may be repaid
F-98

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
14.
Debt (continued)
and re-borrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without penalty. However, the total aggregate amount of loans borrowed by all borrowers under the facility cannot exceed $500 million with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 15 bps. The loan facility also sets forth individual maximum borrowing limits for each borrower. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 there were no amounts owed under this agreement.
On April 1, 2015, AIG Life Holdings, Inc. entered into a revolving loan facility with AIG pursuant to which AIG Life Holdings, Inc. can borrow monies from AIG (as lender) subject to the terms and conditions stated therein. Principal amounts borrowed under this facility may be repaid and re-borrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without penalty. However, the total aggregate amount of loans borrowed under the facility cannot exceed $500 million with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 15 bps. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 there were no amounts owed under this agreement.
On August 14, 2018, AIG Life Limited entered into a revolving loan facility with AIG pursuant to which AIG Life Limited can borrow monies from AIG (as lender) subject to the terms and conditions stated therein. Principal amounts borrowed under this facility may be repaid and re-borrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without penalty. However, the total aggregate amount of loans borrowed under the facility cannot exceed $25 million with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 15 bps. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020 there were no amounts owed under this agreement.
We also maintain revolving credit facilities that can be utilized exclusively by certain consolidated investment entities to acquire assets related to securitizations. Draws under those credit facilities cannot be utilized for general corporate purposes. Prior to the pricing of the related securitizations, these credit facilities have combined limits of up to $636 million. Subsequent to pricing of the related securitizations, the combined limits are expected to increase to up to approximately $1.4 billion. As of December 31, 2021, we have drawn $57 million under the credit facilities. These credit facilities have maturity dates ranging from one to ten years.
Furthermore, we also maintain revolving credit facilities that can exclusively be utilized by certain consolidated investment entities to acquire real estate assets. Draws under those credit facilities cannot be utilized for general corporate purposes. These credit facilities have consolidated limits of up to $619 million. As of December 31, 2021, we have drawn $403 million under the credit facilities. These credit facilities have maturity dates ranging from one to three years.
15.
Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees
In the normal course of business, various contingent liabilities and commitments are entered into by Corebridge and our subsidiaries. Although Corebridge cannot currently quantify its ultimate liability for unresolved litigation and investigation matters, including those referred to below, it is possible that such liability could have a material adverse effect on Corebridge’s consolidated financial condition or its consolidated results of operations or consolidated cash flows for an individual reporting period.
LEGAL CONTINGENCIES
Overview
In the normal course of business, Corebridge and our subsidiaries are subject to regulatory and government investigations and actions, and litigation and other forms of dispute resolution in a large number of proceedings pending in various domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Certain of these matters involve potentially significant risk of loss due to potential for significant jury awards and settlements, punitive damages or other penalties. Many of these matters are also highly complex and may seek recovery on behalf of a class or similarly large number of plaintiffs. It is therefore inherently difficult to predict the size or scope of potential future losses arising from these matters. In our insurance and reinsurance operations, litigation and arbitration concerning coverage under insurance and reinsurance contracts are generally considered in the establishment of our future policy benefits. Separate and apart from the foregoing matters involving insurance and reinsurance coverage, Corebridge, our subsidiaries and their respective officers and directors are subject to a variety of additional types of legal proceedings brought by holders of Corebridge securities, customers, employees and others, alleging, among other things, breach of contractual or fiduciary duties, bad faith, indemnification and violations of federal and state
F-99

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
15.
Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees(continued)
statutes and regulations. With respect to these other categories of matters not arising out of claims for insurance or reinsurance coverage, we establish reserves for loss contingencies when it is probable that a loss will be incurred, and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. In many instances, we are unable to determine whether a loss is probable or to reasonably estimate the amount of such a loss and, therefore, the potential future losses arising from legal proceedings may exceed the amount of liabilities that we have recorded in our financial statements covering these matters. While such potential future charges could be material, based on information currently known to management, management does not believe, other than as may be discussed below, that any such charges are likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operation. Corebridge estimates that its range of reasonably possible loss in excess of the aggregate amount it has accrued for probable losses is not material.
Additionally, from time to time, various regulatory and governmental agencies review the transactions and practices of Corebridge and our subsidiaries in connection with industry-wide and other inquiries or examinations into, among other matters, the business practices of current and former operating subsidiaries. Such investigations, inquiries or examinations could develop into administrative, civil or criminal proceedings or enforcement actions, in which remedies could include fines, penalties, restitution or alterations in our business practices, and could result in additional expenses, limitations on certain business activities and reputational damage. On July 28, 2020, VALIC Financial Advisors, Inc. (“VFA”) agreed to settle two separate proceedings brought by the SEC without admitting or denying the findings. VFA agreed as part of these settlements to pay disgorgement, prejudgment interest, and civil monetary penalties, as well as to comply with certain undertakings.
Yearly Renewable Term Agreements
Certain reinsurers have sought rate increases on certain yearly renewable term agreements. We are disputing the requested rate increases under these agreements. Certain reinsurers with whom we have disputes have initiated arbitration proceedings against us, and others may initiate them in the future. To the extent reinsurers have sought retroactive premium increases, we have accrued our current estimate of probable loss with respect to these matters.
For additional information see Note 7.
Moriarty Litigation
Effective January 1, 2013, the California legislature enacted AB 1747 (the “Act”), which amended the Insurance Code to mandate that life insurance policies issued and delivered in California contain a 60-day grace period during which time the policies must remain in force after a premium payment is missed, and that life insurers provide both a 30-day minimum notification of lapse and the right of policy owners to designate a secondary recipient for lapse and termination notices. Following guidance from the California Department of Insurance and certain industry trade groups, AGL interpreted the Act to be prospective in nature, applying only to policies issued and delivered on or after the Act’s January 1, 2013, effective date. On July 18, 2017, AGL was sued in a putative class action captioned Moriarty v. American General Life Insurance Company, No. 17-cv-1709 (S.D. Cal.), challenging AGL’s prospective application of the Act. Plaintiff’s complaint, which is similar to complaints filed against other insurers, argues that policies issued and delivered prior to January 1, 2013, like the $1 million policy issued to Plaintiff’s husband do not lapse—despite nonpayment of premiums—if the insurer has not complied with the Act’s terms. On August 30, 2021, the California Supreme Court issued an opinion in McHugh v. Protective Life Insurance, 12 Cal. 5th 213 (2021), ruling that the Act applies to all policies in force on January 1, 2013, regardless of when the policies were issued. The District Court in Moriarty reached effectively the same result on October 2, 2020, when it held that the Act applied to Plaintiff’s husband’s 25-year term life insurance policy under the theory that the payment of premiums “renewed” Plaintiff’s policy after the effective date of the Act. However, the District Court in Moriarty also ruled on October 2, 2020, that various fact issues precluded a final determination as to AGL’s liability and what (if any) corresponding damages may have resulted. In addition, the District Court denied Plaintiff’s motion for class certification without prejudice on November 25, 2020. On February 7, 2022, Plaintiff filed motions for summary judgment and class certification; AGL has opposed both motions. In addition, on February 7, 2022, AGL filed a motion for partial summary
F-100

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
15.
Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees(continued)
judgment, which Plaintiff has opposed. The District Court is scheduled to hear arguments on both motions on April 11, 2022. Proceedings are ongoing in other California cases that raise similar industry-wide issues. We have accrued our current estimate of probable loss with respect to this litigation.
LEASE COMMITMENTS
We lease office space and equipment in various locations across jurisdictions in which the Company operates. The majority of the resulting obligation arising from these contracts is generated by our real estate portfolio, which only includes contracts classified as operating leases. As of December 31, 2021, the lease liability and corresponding right of use asset reflected in Other liabilities and Other assets were $66 million and $51 million, respectively, and we made cash payments of $23 million in 2021 in connection with these leases. As of December 31, 2020 the lease liability and corresponding right of use asset reflected in Other liabilities and Other assets were $81 million and $63 million, respectively, and we made cash payments of $23 million in 2020 in connection with these leases. The liability includes non-lease components, such as property taxes and insurance for our gross leases. Some of these leases contain options to renew after a specified period of time at the prevailing market rate; however, renewal options that have not been exercised as of December 31, 2021 are excluded until management attains a reasonable level of certainty. Some leases also include termination options at specified times and term; however, termination options are not reflected in the lease asset and liability balances until they have been exercised.
The weighted average discount rate and lease term assumptions used in determining the liability are 3.8% and 4.9 years, respectively. The primary assumption used to determine the discount rate is the cost of funding for the Company, which is based on the secured borrowing rate for terms similar to the lease term, and for the major financial markets in which Corebridge operates.
Rent expense was $21 million, $21 million and $29 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
The following table presents the future undiscounted cash flows under operating leases at December 31, 2021:
(in millions)
 
2022
$21
2023
17
2024
9
2025
8
2026
7
Remaining years after 2026
10
Total undiscounted lease payments
72
Less: Present value adjustment
6
Net lease liabilities
$66
OTHER COMMITMENTS
In the normal course of business, we enter into commitments to invest in limited partnerships, private equity funds and hedge funds and to purchase and develop real estate in the U.S. and abroad. These commitments totaled $5 billion at December 31, 2021.
GUARANTEES
Subsidiaries
AIG files a consolidated federal income tax return with certain subsidiaries and acts as an agent for the consolidated tax group when making payments to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). AIG and its subsidiaries have adopted, pursuant to a written agreement, a method of allocating consolidated federal income taxes. Under
F-101

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
15.
Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees(continued)
an Amended and Restated Tax Payment Allocation Agreement dated June 6, 2011 between AIG and AIG Bermuda, AIG has agreed to indemnify AIG Bermuda for any tax liability (including interest and penalties) resulting from adjustments made by the IRS or other appropriate authorities to taxable income, special deductions or credits in connection with investments made by AIG Bermuda in certain affiliated entities. The Company has recorded an indemnification asset of $0 million and $353 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, which has been reported in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in the indemnification asset are recorded through Shareholder’s net investment. During June 2021, AIG made a payment to the U.S. Treasury, resulting in a reduction to the indemnification asset.
Refer to Note 20 for additional information related to the AIG Bermuda Tax Payment Allocation Agreement.
Asset Dispositions
We are subject to financial guarantees and indemnity arrangements in connection with the completed sales of businesses. The various arrangements may be triggered by, among other things, declines in asset values, the occurrence of specified business contingencies, the realization of contingent liabilities, developments in litigation or breaches of representations, warranties or covenants provided by us. These arrangements are typically subject to various time limitations, defined by the contract or by operation of law, such as statutes of limitation. In some cases, the maximum potential obligation is subject to contractual limitations, while in other cases such limitations are not specified or are not applicable.
We are unable to develop a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential payout under certain of these arrangements. Overall, we believe that it is unlikely we will have to make any material payments related to completed sales under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these arrangements have been recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Guarantees provided by AIG
Certain Corebridge entities are obligors to letter of credit facilities guaranteed by AIG. Obligors include USL, AIG Life Limited and AIG Life of Bermuda, Ltd. Letters of credit provide capital relief to the ceding party to avoid a charge to statutory surplus for unauthorized reinsurance recoveries.
AIGLH issued notes and bonds payable and junior subordinate debt that are guaranteed by AIG.
For additional discussion on commitments and guarantees associated with VIEs see Note 9
For additional disclosures about derivatives see Note 10
For additional disclosures about debt see Note 14
For additional disclosures about related parties see Note 21
16.
Equity and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest
Corebridge SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
The following sections summarize certain transactions that occurred prior to and including the reorganization that affected shareholders’ equity.
As discussed in Note 1, the separate legal entities that made up the company’s business were not historically held by a single legal entity, and Shareholders’ net investment was shown in lieu of Shareholders’ equity in these financial statements prior December 31, 2021, representing our shareholders’ interest in the recorded assets of the Company and their cumulative investment through December 31, 2021, inclusive of operating results. As part of the internal reorganization, Cap Corp and certain of its subsidiaries were transferred as common control transactions, resulting in an increase of $335 million in Shareholder’s net investment. As part of the internal reorganization, Shareholder’s net investment of $16.9 billion was reclassified to common stock and additional paid in capital and retained earnings.
F-102

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
16.
Equity and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest(continued)
Common stock
Prior to the closing of the sale of a 9.9% equity stake in Corebridge to Blackstone on November 2, 2021, Corebridge Parent effectuated a stock split and recapitalization of its 100 shares. Corebridge Parent split its 100 shares into 100,000 shares of which 90,100 are Class A Common Stock and 9,900 shares are Class B Common Stock. The Class B Common Stock is owned by Blackstone and the Class B Common Stock is pari passu to the Class A Common Stock except for distributions associated with the sale of the affordable housing portfolio in which the Class B shareholder does not participate.
Transactions in Shareholder’s Net Investment
Prior to completion of the internal reorganization on December 31, 2021, the following significant transactions were recorded in Shareholder’s Net Investment.
Distributions
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, Corebridge distributed dividends to AIG in the amounts of $13.1 billion, $450 million, and $1.5 billion, respectively.
For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2019, Cap Corp returned capital to AIG in the amounts of $536 million and $80 million, respectively. There was no return of capital for the year ended December 31, 2020.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, Corebridge distributed dividends to the Class B shareholder in the amount of $34 million.
AIG Bermuda Tax Payment Allocation Agreement
Under an Amended and Restated Tax Payment Allocation Agreement dated June 6, 2011 between AIG and AIG Bermuda, AIG has agreed to indemnify AIG Bermuda for any tax liability (including interest and penalties) resulting from adjustments made by the IRS or other appropriate authorities to taxable income, special deductions or credits in connection with investments made by AIG Bermuda in certain affiliated entities. The Company has recorded an indemnification asset of $0 and $353 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, which has been reported in Other assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in the indemnification asset are recorded through Shareholders’ Equity. For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the change in indemnification asset was $353 million and $203 million with an equal and offsetting change to unrecognized tax benefits. For the year ended December 31, 2019, this agreement increased Shareholders’ Equity $34 million.
Refer to Notes 15, 20, and 21 for additional information related to the AIG Bermuda Tax Payment Allocation Agreement.
Fortitude Re Sale
Following closing of the Majority Interest Fortitude Sale in the second quarter of 2020, AIG contributed $135 million to Corebridge. In 2021, AIG, Inc. contributed its 3.5% ownership interest in Fortitude Group Holdings, LLC to Corebridge. The carrying value of this investment is $100 million.
Refer to Notes 1 and 7 for additional information regarding the Fortitude Re sale.
AIG Federal Tax Sharing Agreement
Certain Corebridge entities are included in the consolidated federal income tax return of AIG as well as certain state tax returns where AIG files on a consolidated or unitary basis. Our provision for income taxes is calculated on a separate return basis. Under our federal tax sharing agreements with AIG, we settle our current tax liability as if the Corebridge entities are each a separate standalone taxpayer. Further, AIG credits us to the extent our net operating losses, tax credits and other tax benefits are used in AIG's consolidated tax return and charges us to the extent of our tax liability (calculated on a separate return basis).
F-103

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
16.
Equity and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest(continued)
Refer to Note 20 for additional information related to the AIG Federal Tax Sharing Agreement.
ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The following table presents a rollforward of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
(in millions)
Unrealized Appreciation
(Depreciation) of Fixed
Maturity Securities on
Which Other-Than-
Temporary Credit
Impairments
Were Taken
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
of All Other
Investments
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
Retirement
Plan
Liabilities
Adjustment
Total
Balance, January 1, 2019, net of tax
$(138)
$2,599
$(50)
$10
$2,421
Change in unrealized appreciation
 
 
 
 
 
of investments
850
11,762
12,612
Change in deferred policy acquisition costs
 
 
 
 
 
adjustment and other
9
(2,011)
(2,002)
Change in future policy benefits
(2,049)
(2,049)
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments
15
15
Change in net actuarial loss
(3)
(3)
Change in deferred tax asset (liability)
(186)
(1,475)
3
1
(1,657)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
673
6,227
18
(2)
6,916
Noncontrolling interests
8
8
Balance, December 31, 2019, net of tax
$535
$8,826
$(40)
$8
$9,329
(in millions)
Unrealized Appreciation
(Depreciation) of Fixed
Maturity Securities on
Which Allowance
for Credit Losses
Was Taken
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
of All Other
Investments
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
Retirement
Plan
Liabilities
Adjustment
Total
Balance, January 1, 2020, net of tax
$
$9,361
$(40)
$8
$9,329
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
(89)
8,984
8,895
Change in deferred policy acquisition costs adjustment and other
11
(1,194)
(1,183)
Change in future policy benefits
(870)
(870)
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments
61
61
Change in net actuarial loss
(2)
(2)
Change in deferred tax asset (liability)
16
(1,583)
(4)
(1,571)
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
(62)
5,337
57
(2)
5,330
Noncontrolling interests
6
6
Balance, December 31, 2020, net of tax
$(62)
$14,698
$11
$6
$14,653
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
39
(7,496)
(7,457)
Change in deferred policy acquisition costs adjustment and other
(11)
973
962
Change in future policy benefits
915
915
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments
(22)
(22)
Change in net actuarial loss
1
1
Change in deferred tax asset (liability)
(6)
1,099
2
1,095
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
22
(4,509)
(20)
1
(4,506)
Other
20
20
Noncontrolling interests
Balance, December 31, 2021, net of tax
$(40)
$10,209
$(9)
$7
$10,167
F-104

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
16.
Equity and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest(continued)
The following table presents the other comprehensive income (loss) reclassification adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
(in millions)
Unrealized Appreciation
(Depreciation) of Fixed
Maturity Securities on
Which Other-Than-
Temporary Credit
Impairments
Were Taken
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
of All Other
Investments
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
Retirement
Plan
Liabilities
Adjustment
Total
December 31, 2019
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized change arising during period
$858
$7,928
$15
$(3)
$8,798
Less: Reclassification adjustments included in net income
(1)
226
225
Total other comprehensive income, before income tax expense (benefit)
859
7,702
15
(3)
8,573
Less: Income tax expense (benefit)
186
1,475
(3)
(1)
1,657
Total other comprehensive income, net of income tax expense (benefit)
$673
$6,227
$18
$(2)
$6,916
(in millions)
Unrealized Appreciation
(Depreciation) of Fixed
Maturity Securities on
Which Allowance
for Credit Losses
Was Taken
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation)
of All Other
Investments
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
Retirement
Plan
Liabilities
Adjustment
Total
December 31, 2020
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized change arising during period
$(107)
$7,558
$60
$(2)
$7,509
Less: Reclassification adjustments included in net income
(29)
636
607
Total other comprehensive income (loss), before income tax expense (benefit)
(78)
6,922
60
(2)
6,902
Less: Income tax expense (benefit)
(16)
1,585
3
1,572
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax expense (benefit)
$(62)
$5,337
$57
$(2)
$5,330
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized change arising during period
$28
$(4,860)
$(21)
$1
$(4,852)
Less: Reclassification adjustments included in net income
748
748
Total other comprehensive income (loss), before income tax expense (benefit)
28
(5,608)
(21)
1
(5,600)
Less: Income tax expense (benefit)
6
(1,099)
(1)
(1,094)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax expense (benefit)
$22
$(4,509)
$(20)
$1
$(4,506)
F-105

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
16.
Equity and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest(continued)
The following table presents the effect of the reclassification of significant items out of Accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in the Consolidated Statements of Income:
Years Ended December 31,
Amount Reclassified from AOCI
Affected Line Item in the
Consolidated Statements
of Income (Loss)
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of fixed maturity securities on which allowance for credit losses was taken
 
 
 
 
Investments
$
$(29)
$
Net realized gains (losses)
Total
(29)
 
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of fixed maturity securities on which other-than-temporary credit impairments were taken
 
 
 
 
Investments
$
$
$(1)
Net realized gains (losses)
Total
(1)
 
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of all other investments
 
 
 
 
Investments
$748
$636
$226
Net realized gains (losses)
Total
748
636
226
 
Change in retirement plan liabilities adjustment
 
 
 
 
Prior-service credit
$
$
$
 
Actuarial losses
 
Total
 
Total reclassifications for the year
$748
$607
$225
 
NONREDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTEREST
The activity in nonredeemable noncontrolling interest primarily relates to activities with consolidated investment entities.
The changes in nonredeemable noncontrolling interest due to divestitures and acquisitions primarily relates to the formation and funding of new consolidated investment entities. The majority of the funding from these consolidated investment entities come from sister companies of Corebridge. The change in nonredeemable noncontrolling interest associated with these transactions totaled $ (373) million, $633 million and $120 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
The changes in nonredeemable noncontrolling interest due to contributions from noncontrolling interests primarily relates to the additional capital calls related to consolidated investment entities. Contributions were $264 million, $268 million and $255 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
The changes in nonredeemable noncontrolling interest due to distributions to noncontrolling interests primarily relates to dividends or other distributions related to consolidated investment entities. Distributions were $1.6 billion, $454 million and $838 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
Refer to Note 9 for additional information related to Variable Interest Entities.
F-106

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
16.
Equity and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest(continued)
REEDEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTEREST
The Company has launched certain investment funds which non-consolidated Corebridge affiliates participate in. Certain of these funds are redeemable at the option of the holder and thus are accounted for as mezzanine equity.
The following table presents a rollforward of redeemable noncontrolling interest:
There was no redeemable noncontrolling interest balance or activity during 2019.
(in millions)
Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest
Balance, December 31, 2019
$—
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
50
Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
1
Balance, December 31, 2020
51
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
32
Net income (loss) attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
Balance, December 31, 2021
$83
17.
Earnings Per Common Share
The basic earnings per common share (EPS) computation is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted to reflect all stock splits.
Prior to November 1, 2021, Corebridge Parent had 100 shares of common stock. On November 1, 2021, Corebridge Parent effectuated a stock split and recapitalization of its 100 shares. Corebridge Parent split its 100 shares into 100,000 shares of which 90,100 are Class A Common Stock and 9,900 shares are Class B Common Stock. After closing the sale of a 9.9% equity stake in Corebridge to Blackstone on November 2, 2021, Blackstone owned the 9,900 shares of Class B Common Stock. The Class B Common Stock is pari passu to the Class A Common Stock except for distributions associated with the sale of the affordable housing portfolio.
The results of the stock split have been applied retroactively to the weighted average common shares outstanding for periods prior to November 1, 2021. Prior to the sale of the Class B shares to Blackstone on November 2, 2021, Class B shares were owned exclusively by AIG.
We use the two-class method for allocating net income to each class of our common stock. Prior to November 2, 2021, the EPS calculation allocates all net income ratably to Class A and Class B shares. After November 2, 2021, income was allocated ratably to the Class A and B shares, except for distributions associated with the sale of the affordable housing portfolio in 2021 for which the Class B shareholder does not participate in.
Refer to Note 16 – Equity and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest for additional detail on the common stock split.
There are no instruments that would result in dilution for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 or 2019.
F-107

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
17.
Earnings Per Common Share(continued)
The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted EPS:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2021
2020
2019
(dollars in millions, except per common share data)
Class A
Class B
Class A
Class B
Class A
Class B
Net income available to Corebridge common shareholders - basic and diluted
$6,859
$496
$578
$64
$45
5
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted(a)
90,100
9,900
90,100
9,900
90,100
9,900
Earnings per share - basic and diluted
$76,127
$50,101
$6,420
$6,420
$500
500
(a)
On November 1, 2021, following the completion of the stock split and recapitalization, 90,100 shares of Class A Common Stock and 9,900 shares of Class B Common Stock were outstanding. This number of shares remained outstanding at December 31, 2021. The results of the stock split have been applied retrospectively for periods prior to November 1, 2021.
18.
Statutory Financial Data and Restrictions
The following table presents statutory net income (loss) and capital and surplus for our insurance operations companies in accordance with statutory accounting practices:
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
Statutory net income (loss)(a):
 
 
 
Insurance Operations companies:
 
 
 
Domestic
$2,588
$482
$325
Foreign
(4)
6
7
Total Insurance Operations companies
$2,584
$488
$332
At December 31,
 
 
 
Statutory capital and surplus(a):
 
 
 
Insurance Operations companies:
 
 
 
Domestic
$12,471
$10,960
 
Foreign
612
646
 
Total Insurance Operations companies
$13,083
$11,606
 
Aggregate minimum required statutory capital and surplus:
 
 
 
Insurance Operations companies:
 
 
 
Domestic
$3,903
$3,574
 
Foreign
208
201
 
Total Insurance Operations companies
$4,111
$3,775
 
(a)
The 2021 amounts reflect our best estimate of the statutory net income, capital and surplus as of the dates these financial statements were issued.
Our insurance subsidiaries file financial statements prepared in accordance with statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by domestic and foreign insurance regulatory authorities. The principal differences between statutory financial statements and financial statements prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP for domestic companies are that statutory financial statements do not reflect DAC, most bond portfolios may be carried at amortized cost, investment impairments are determined in accordance with statutory accounting practices, assets and liabilities are presented net of reinsurance, policyholder liabilities are generally valued using more conservative assumptions and certain assets are non-admitted.
F-108

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
18.
Statutory Financial Data and Restrictions(continued)
For domestic insurance subsidiaries, aggregate minimum required statutory capital and surplus is based on the greater of the RBC level that would trigger regulatory action or minimum requirements per state insurance regulation. Capital and surplus requirements of our foreign subsidiaries differ from those prescribed in the U.S. and can vary significantly by jurisdiction. At both December 31, 2021 and 2020, all domestic and foreign insurance subsidiaries individually exceeded the minimum required statutory capital and surplus requirements and all domestic insurance subsidiaries individually exceeded RBC minimum required levels.
For foreign insurance companies, financial statements are prepared in accordance with local regulatory requirements. These accounting practices differ from U.S. GAAP primarily by different rules on deferral of policy acquisition costs, amortization of deferred acquisition costs, and establishing future policy benefit liabilities using different actuarial assumptions, as well as valuing for deferred taxes on a different basis.
Regulation XXX requires U.S. life insurers to establish additional statutory reserves for term life insurance policies with long-term premium guarantees and universal life policies with secondary guarantees (“ULSGs”). In addition, Guideline AXXX clarifies the application of Regulation XXX as to these guarantees, including certain ULSGs.
Domestic life insurance subsidiaries manage the capital impact of statutory reserve requirements under Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX through unaffiliated and affiliated reinsurance transactions. The domestic affiliated life insurer providing reinsurance capacity for such transactions is a fully licensed insurance company and is not formed under captive insurance laws.
Under a separate intercompany reinsurance arrangement, certain Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX reserves related to a closed block of in-force business are ceded to AIG Bermuda, which is licensed as a class E insurer under Bermuda law. AIG Bermuda has a $250 million letter of credit guaranteed by AIG that is used to support the credit for reinsurance provided by AIG Bermuda.
STATUTORY PERMITTED ACCOUNTING PRACTICE
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, AGL used the following permitted practice that resulted in reported statutory surplus or risk-based capital that is significantly different from the statutory surplus or risk based capital that would have been reported had NAIC statutory accounting practices or the prescribed regulatory accounting practices of their respective state regulator been followed in all respects:
Effective December 31, 2019 and periods through September 30, 2020, AGL, a life insurance subsidiary domiciled in Texas, implemented a permitted statutory accounting practice to recognize an admitted asset related to the notional value of coverage defined in an excess of loss reinsurance agreement. This reinsurance agreement has a 20-year term and provides coverage to AGL for aggregate claims incurred during the agreement term associated with guaranteed living benefits on certain fixed index annuities generally issued prior to April 2019 (“Block 1”) exceeding an attachment point as defined in the agreement.
Effective October 1, 2020 and periods through September 30, 2023, this permitted practice was expanded to similarly recognize an additional admitted asset related to the net notional value of coverage as defined in a separate excess of loss reinsurance agreement. This additional reinsurance agreement has a 25-year term and provides coverage to the subsidiary for aggregate excess of loss claims associated with guaranteed living benefits on a block of fixed index annuities generally issued in April 2019 or later, including new business issued after the effective date (“Block 2”).
Effective December 31, 2020, this expanded permitted practice also extended the term of the permitted practice for Block 1 from September 30, 2020 to September 30, 2023. The reinsurance agreement covering contracts in Block 1 was also amended to conform certain provisions with the Block 2 reinsurance agreement.
F-109

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
18.
Statutory Financial Data and Restrictions(continued)
The permitted practice allows AGL to manage its reserves in a manner more in line with anticipated principle-based reserving requirements once they have been developed. This permitted practice resulted in an increase in the statutory surplus of AGL of approximately $584 million and $614 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. AGL may seek continuation of the permitted practice beyond September 30, 2023, subject to the approval of its domiciliary regulator.
SUBSIDIARY DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS
Payments of dividends to us by our insurance subsidiaries are subject to certain restrictions imposed by laws and regulations of their respective domiciliary jurisdictions.
With respect to our domestic insurance subsidiaries, the payment of any dividend requires formal notice to the insurance department in which the particular insurance subsidiary is domiciled. Additionally, prior approval from such insurance regulator is required when the amount of the dividend is above certain regulatory thresholds.
For example, under the insurance law of the State of Texas, where two of our four domestic insurance subsidiaries are incorporated, our Texas-domiciled insurance companies (AGL and VALIC) are each permitted, without prior insurance regulatory approval, to pay a dividend to its shareholder as long as the amount of the dividend when aggregated with all other dividends made in the preceding 12 months does not exceed the greater of: (i) 10% of its policyholders’ surplus as of the end of the immediately preceding calendar year; or (ii) its net gain from operations for the immediately preceding calendar year (excluding realized capital gains), not including pro rata distributions of such insurance company’s own securities. AGL and VALIC, as the case may be, will be permitted to pay a dividend to its shareholder in excess of the greater of such two amounts (i.e., an extraordinary dividend) only if it files notice of the declaration of such an extraordinary dividend and the amount thereof with the Texas Commissioner of Insurance and the Texas Commissioner either approves the distribution of the extraordinary dividend or does not disapprove the distribution within 30 days of its filing. In addition, any dividend that exceeds earned surplus (generally defined as “unassigned funds (surplus)”) calculated as of the most recent financial information available requires insurance regulatory approval. Under the Texas insurance law, the Texas Commissioner has broad discretion in determining whether the financial condition of a stock life insurance company would support the payment of such dividends to its shareholder(s). Substantially similar provisions exist under Missouri law governing payment of dividends by our Missouri-domiciled insurance holding company (AGC Life), and more restrictive provisions exist under New York insurance laws governing payment of dividends by our New York-domiciled insurance company (USL). As our operating insurance subsidiaries (AGL, VALIC and USL) are wholly owned by AGC Life, all dividends from these subsidiaries must be distributed through AGC Life to us and are, thus, subject to notice and/or prior approval or non-disapproval of the Missouri Department of Insurance.
Based on the foregoing, the maximum amount that would qualify as an ordinary dividend, which would consequently be free from restriction and available for payment of dividends to AGC Life (as immediate parent company), by each of AGL, VALIC and USL in 2022, based upon financial information as of December 31, 2021, is estimated to be $2.3 billion, $671 million, and $202 million, respectively, subject to availability of earned surplus as required under applicable insurance law. Specific to AGC Life, the maximum amount that would qualify as an ordinary dividend, which would consequently be free from restriction and available for payment of dividends to Corebridge in 2022, based upon financial information as of December 31, 2021 is estimated to be $1.2 billion, subject to availability of earned surplus as required under Missouri insurance law. The estimated ordinary dividend capacities of our insurance companies in Texas and Missouri are further limited by the fact that dividend tests under Texas and Missouri insurance laws are based on dividends previously paid over rolling twelve-month periods. Consequently, depending on the actual payment dates during 2022, some or all of the dividends estimated to be ordinary in 2022 may require regulatory approval or non-disapproval.
Similar to our domestic insurance companies, our international insurance subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends to us is also subject to regulatory requirements imposed by the jurisdictions in which they are domiciled. These requirements include, for example, prior notification of intent to pay a dividend, satisfying certain earnings, reserve or solvency thresholds in order to pay a dividend, and obtaining regulatory approval for payment of any dividend in excess of stated limits.
F-110

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
18.
Statutory Financial Data and Restrictions(continued)
In addition to dividends from our insurance operations, our insurance subsidiaries have also made tax sharing payments to AIG, Inc., including payments that arise out of AIG, Inc. strategies that result in utilization of tax attributes. We expect AGL, VALIC and USL to continue to make tax sharing payments to AIG, Inc. in 2022, of which approximately $419 million, in the aggregate, is currently anticipated to arise from AIG, Inc. strategies that result in utilization of tax attributes.
To our knowledge, no Corebridge insurance company is currently on any regulatory or similar “watch list” with regard to solvency.
COREBRIDGE DIVIDEND RESTRICTIONS
At December 31, 2021, Corebridge’s ability to pay dividends is not subject to any significant contractual restrictions but remains subject to customary regulatory restrictions.
19.
Employee Benefits
The following table presents our total direct share-based compensation expense which is settled as part of our quarterly intercompany process:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Share-based compensation expense - pre-tax
$88
$74
$74
Share-based compensation expense - after tax
70
58
58
EMPLOYEE PLANS
The Company’s employees participate in several stock compensation programs under the AIG Long Term Incentive Plan (as amended) and its predecessor plan, the AIG 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan (each as applicable, the “LTIP”), which are governed by the AIG 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“Omnibus Plan”). Performance share units (“PSUs”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”) and stock options are issued to AIG employees as part of its long-term incentive program, generally in March of any given year, and are also issued for off-cycle grants, which are made from time to time during the year generally as sign-on awards to new hires or as a result of a change in employee status.
AIG Long Term Incentive Plan
Long-Term Incentive (“LTI”) Awards
The LTIP provides for an annual award to certain employees, including AIG’s senior executive officers and other highly compensated employees that may be comprised of a combination of one or more of the following units: PSUs, RSUs or stock options.
The number of PSUs issued on the grant date (“the target”) provides the opportunity for LTIP participants (usually senior management) to receive shares of AIG Common Stock based on AIG achieving specified performance goals at the end of a three-year performance period. These performance goals are pre-established by AIG’s Compensation and Management Resources Committee (“CMRC”) for each annual grant and may differ from year to year. The actual number of PSUs earned can vary from zero to 200% of the target for the 2021, 2020 and 2019 awards, depending on AIG’s performance relative to a specified peer group and/or the outcome of pre-established financial goals, as applicable.
RSUs and stock options are earned based solely on continued service by the participant.
Vesting occurs on January 1 of the year immediately following the end of the three-year performance period. For awards granted prior to 2017, vesting occurs in three equal installments beginning on January 1 of the year immediately following the end of a performance period and January 1 of each of the next two years. Recipients must be employed by AIG at each vesting date to be entitled to share delivery, except upon the occurrence of an accelerated vesting event, such as an involuntary termination without cause, disability, retirement eligibility or death during the vesting period.
F-111

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
19.
Employee Benefits (continued)
LTI awards accrue dividend equivalent units (“DEUs”) in the form of additional PSUs and/or RSUs whenever a cash dividend is declared on shares of AIG Common Stock; the DEUs are subject to the same vesting terms and conditions as the underlying unit.
The fair value of time-vesting RSUs as well as PSUs that are earned based on certain AIG-specific metrics was based on the closing price of AIG Common Stock on the grant date; while the fair value of PSUs that are earned based on AIG’s relative total shareholder return (“TSR”) was determined on the grant date using a Monte Carlo simulation. The fair value of the options was estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes model.
PENSION PLANS
The Company’s employees and retirees participate in U.S. defined benefit pension plans sponsored by AIG that include participants from other affiliates of AIG. These plans are closed to new participants and current participants no longer earn benefits (i.e., the plans are frozen). AIG also provides postemployment medical benefits for certain retired employees. AIG, as sponsor of these plans (collectively, Shared Plans), is ultimately responsible for maintenance of these plans in compliance with applicable laws. The Company’s obligation results from an allocation of its share of expenses of the Shared Plans based on employee participation, including consideration of individual employee’s base pay, overtime, annual incentives and sales commissions.
We account for such Shared Plans as multiemployer benefit plans. Accordingly, we do not record an asset or liability to recognize the funded status of the Shared Plans. We recognize a liability only for any required contributions to the Shared Plans that are accrued and unpaid at the balance sheet date. AIG recognized net pension credits for its frozen U.S. defined benefit plans, and the Company’s allocated share of these credits recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income was $52 million, $31 million and $9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. In addition, the Company’s share of other postretirement benefit expense recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Income was $3 million for each of the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
In addition, certain employees in Ireland participate in a defined benefit pension plan sponsored by the Company (the “Irish Plan”), registered with the Irish Pensions Board under the Pensions Act of 1990 in Ireland. The Irish Plan does not include participants from other affiliates of AIG and was closed to new participants after December 2005, and to future service accrual for active members after July 2017. Members with benefits under the Irish Plan are not required to contribute to it. The obligations and related net periodic benefit expense associated with the Irish Plan is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements. The projected benefit obligation recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets was $25 and $27 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The fair value of plan assets recorded in the Consolidated Balance Sheets was $28 and $28 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS
AIG sponsors defined contribution plans for U.S. employees that provide for contributions by employees, as well as an employer contribution. The Company’s contributions relating to this plan were $74 million, $72 million and $72 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
In addition, the Company sponsors defined contribution plans for certain non-U.S. employees which also provide for contributions by employees, as well as an employer contribution. The Company’s contributions relating to this plan were $8 million, $7 million and $6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
20.
Income Taxes
RECENT U.S. TAX LAW CHANGES
On March 27, 2020, the U.S. enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act to mitigate the economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. The tax provisions of the CARES Act have not had and are currently not expected to have a material impact on our U.S. federal tax liabilities.
F-112

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
20.
Income Taxes(continued)
On November 15, 2021, the U.S. enacted the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act to improve infrastructure in the United States. The tax provisions of the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act have not had and are currently not expected to have a material impact on our U.S. federal tax liabilities.
RECLASSIFICATION OF CERTAIN TAX EFFECTS FROM ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
Corebridge uses an item-by-item approach to release the stranded or disproportionate income tax effects in AOCI related to our available-for-sale securities. Under this approach, a portion of the disproportionate tax effects is assigned to each individual security lot at the date the amount becomes lodged. When the individual securities are sold, mature, or are otherwise impaired on an other-than-temporary basis, the assigned portion of the disproportionate tax effect is reclassified from AOCI to income from operations.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Corebridge parent and certain U.S. subsidiaries are included in the consolidated federal income tax return of AIG as well as certain state tax returns where AIG files on a combined or unitary basis. Our provision for income taxes is calculated on a separate return basis. Under our federal tax sharing agreements with AIG, we settle our current tax liability as if the Corebridge entities are each a separate standalone taxpayer. Further, AIG credits us to the extent our net operating losses, tax credits and other tax benefits are used in AIG’s consolidated tax return and charges us to the extent of our tax liability (calculated on a separate return basis). Accordingly, our net operating loss and tax credits carryforwards disclosed herein represent the estimated separate company tax attribute carryforwards that have not been utilized on a consolidated AIG basis. Our provision for state income taxes includes Illinois, Florida, California, New York State and New York City, in which we file combined tax returns with AIG, and certain other states, in which we file separate tax returns. State and local net operating loss carryforwards represent separate company tax attribute carryforwards not utilized on a combined basis, as applicable.
As discussed in Note 1, Cap Corp and certain of its subsidiaries were not transferred to Corebridge parent as part of the internal reorganization executed during the fourth quarter of 2021 and have therefore been adjusted through Shareholders’ equity in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. This adjustment includes historical reserves for uncertain tax positions and deferred tax assets related to the tax attribute carryforwards of Cap Corp and certain of its affiliates which were part of the prior period balance sheet.
We calculate our provision for income taxes using the asset and liability method. This method considers the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax basis of assets and liabilities measured using currently enacted tax rates. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.
EFFECTIVE TAX RATE
The following table presents income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit) by U.S. and foreign location in which such pre-tax income (loss) was earned or incurred:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
U.S.
$9,518
$827
$115
Foreign
609
24
24
Total
$10,127
$851
$139
F-113

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
20.
Income Taxes(continued)
The following table presents the income tax expense (benefit) attributable to pre-tax income (loss):
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
U.S. and Foreign components of actual income tax expense:
 
 
 
U.S.:
 
 
 
Current
$1,943
$1,714
$1,310
Deferred
(81)
(1,726)
(1,471)
Foreign:
 
 
 
Current
3
10
5
Deferred
(22)
(13)
(12)
Total
$1,843
$(15)
$(168)
Our actual income tax (benefit) expense differs from the statutory U.S. federal amount computed by applying the federal income tax rate due to the following:
Years Ended December 31,
2021
2020
2019
(dollars in millions)
Pre-Tax
Income
(Loss)
Tax
Expense/
(Benefit)
Percent of
Pre-Tax
Income (Loss)
Pre-Tax
Income
(Loss)
Tax
Expense/
(Benefit)
Percent of
Pre-Tax
Income (Loss)
Pre-Tax
Income
(Loss)
Tax
Expense/
(Benefit)
Percent of
Pre-Tax
Income (loss)
U.S. federal income tax at statutory rate
$10,127
$2,127
21.0%
$851
$178
21.0%
$139
$29
21.0%
Adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Uncertain tax positions
(69)
(0.7)
17
2.0
35
25.2
Reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income
(108)
(1.1)
(100)
(11.8)
(114)
(82.0)
Non-controlling interest
(197)
(1.9)
(47)
(5.5)
(52)
(37.4)
Dividends received deduction
(37)
(0.4)
(39)
(4.6)
(40)
(28.8)
State income taxes
105
1.0
(4)
(0.5)
14
10.0
Other
(5)
1
0.1
5
3.6
Adjustments to prior year tax returns
(3)
(27)
(3.2)
(49)
(35.3)
Share based compensation payments excess tax deduction
4
10
1.2
7
5.0
Valuation allowance
26
0.3
(4)
(0.5)
(3)
(2.2)
Consolidated total amounts
$10,127
$1,843
18.2%
$851
$(15)
(1.8)%
$139
$(168)
(120.9)%
For the year ended December 31, 2021, there was a tax expense on income from operations, resulting in an effective tax rate on income from operations of 18.2%. The effective tax rate on income from operations differs from the statutory tax rate of 21% primarily due to tax benefits of $108 million of reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income to income from operations related to the disposal of available for sale securities, $197 million associated with non-controlling interest, $37 million dividends received deduction, and $69 million primarily associated with the release of reserves for uncertain tax positions, penalties and interest related to the recent completion of audit activity by the IRS. These tax benefits were partially offset by tax charges of $105 million related to state and local income taxes and $18 million associated with the establishment of U.S. federal valuation allowance related to certain tax attribute carryforwards.
For the year ended December 31, 2020, there was a tax benefit on income from operations, resulting in an effective tax rate on income from operations of (1.8)%. The effective tax rate on income from operations differs from the statutory tax rate of 21% primarily due to tax benefits of $100 million of reclassifications from
F-114

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
20.
Income Taxes(continued)
accumulated other comprehensive income to income from operations related to the disposal of available for sale securities, $47 million associated with non-controlling interest, $39 million dividends received deduction, and $27 million associated with tax adjustments related to prior year returns. These tax benefits are partially offset by a tax charge of $17 million related to changes in uncertain tax positions, including the accrual of IRS interest.
For the year ended December 31, 2019, there was a tax benefit on loss from operations, resulting in an effective tax rate on loss from operations of (120.9)%. The effective tax rate on loss from operations differs from the statutory tax rate of 21% primarily due to tax benefits of $114 million of reclassifications from accumulated other comprehensive income to income from operations related to the disposal of available for sale securities, $52 million associated with non-controlling interest, $49 million associated with tax adjustments related to prior year returns, and $40 million dividends received deduction. These tax benefits are partially offset by tax charges of $35 million related to changes in uncertain tax positions, including the accrual of IRS interest, and $14 million related to the accrual of state and local income taxes.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, we consider our foreign earnings with respect to certain operations in Europe to be indefinitely reinvested. These earnings relate to ongoing operations and have been reinvested in active business operations.
The following table presents the components of the net deferred tax assets (liabilities):
December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
Losses and tax credit carryforwards
$214
$423
Basis differences on investments
3,044
3,843
Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
541
942
Life policy reserves
3,809
2,690
Accruals not currently deductible, and other
4
Investments in foreign subsidiaries
1
13
Loss reserve discount
2
Fixed assets and intangible assets
1,160
1,079
Other
237
225
Employee benefits
Total deferred tax assets
9,010
9,217
Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
Employee benefits
(32)
(15)
Accruals not currently deductible, and other
(4)
Deferred policy acquisition costs
(1,646)
(1,714)
Unrealized (gains)/losses related to available for sale debt securities
(2,561)
(3,730)
Total deferred tax liabilities
(4,239)
(5,463)
Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance
4,771
3,754
Valuation allowance
(169)
(126)
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
$4,602
$3,628
F-115

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
20.
Income Taxes(continued)
The following table presents our U.S. federal tax loss and credit carryforwards as of December 31, 2021.
December 31, 2021
Gross
Tax
Effected
Periods(a)
Unlimited
Carryforward
Periods and
Carryforward
Periods(a)
2028 - After
(in millions)
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
Net operating loss carryforwards
$580
$122
$—
$—
$—
$—
$—
$—
$122
Capital loss carryforwards
Foreign tax credit carryforwards
 
10
10
Other carryforwards
Total Corebridge U.S. federal tax loss and credit carryforwards on a U.S. GAAP basis
$132
$—
$10
$—
$—
$—
$—
$122
(a)
Carryforward periods are based on U.S. tax laws governing utilization of tax attributes. Expiration periods are based on the year the carryforward was generated.
ASSESSMENT OF DEFERRED TAX ASSET VALUATION ALLOWANCE
The evaluation of the recoverability of our deferred tax asset and the need for a valuation allowance requires us to weigh all positive and negative evidence to reach a conclusion that it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The weight given to the evidence is commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. The more negative evidence that exists, the more positive evidence is necessary and the more difficult it is to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed.
Our framework for assessing the recoverability of the deferred tax asset requires us to consider all available evidence, including:
the nature, frequency, and amount of cumulative financial reporting income and losses in recent years;
the sustainability of recent operating profitability of our subsidiaries;
the predictability of future operating profitability of the character necessary to realize the net deferred tax asset, including forecasts of future income for each of our businesses and actual and planned business and operational changes;
the carryforward periods for the net operating loss, capital loss and foreign tax credit carryforwards, including the effect of reversing taxable temporary differences; and
prudent and feasible actions and tax planning strategies that would be implemented, if necessary, to protect against the loss of the deferred tax asset.
In performing our assessment of the recoverability of the deferred tax asset under this framework, we consider tax laws governing the utilization of the net operating loss, capital loss and foreign tax credit carryforwards in each applicable jurisdiction. Under U.S. tax law, a company generally must use its net operating loss carryforwards before it can use its foreign tax credit carryforwards, even though the carryforward period for the foreign tax credit is shorter than for the net operating loss. The carryforward periods of our foreign tax credit carryforwards extend through tax year 2023. Carryforward periods for our net operating losses extend from 2028 forward.
Recent events, including the COVID-19 pandemic, multiple reductions in target interest rates by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and significant market volatility, continue to impact actual and projected results of our business operations as well as our views on potential effectiveness of certain prudent and
F-116

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
20.
Income Taxes(continued)
feasible tax planning strategies. In order to demonstrate the predictability and sufficiency of future taxable income necessary to support the realizability of the net operating losses and foreign tax credit carryforwards, we have considered forecasts of future income for each of our businesses, which incorporate forecasts of future statutory income for our insurance companies, including assumptions about future macro-economic and Corebridge-specific conditions and events, and any impact these conditions and events may have on our prudent and feasible tax planning strategies.
During the first quarter of 2021, the recent completion of audit activity by the IRS and subsequent release of certain reserves for uncertain tax positions resulted in an initial recognition of additional net operating loss and foreign tax credit carryforwards arising in prior years. Taking into account this initial recognition of additional carryforwards as well as other events and our analysis of their potential impact on utilization of our tax attributes, for the year ended December 31, 2021, we have recorded an $18 million valuation allowance related to a portion of our tax attribute carryforwards that are no longer more-likely-than-not to be realized
Estimates of future taxable income, including income generated from prudent and feasible actions and tax planning strategies, impact of settlements with taxing authorities, and any changes to interpretations and assumptions related to the impact of the Tax Act could change in the near term, perhaps materially, which may require us to consider any potential impact to our assessment of the recoverability of the deferred tax asset. Additionally, estimates of future taxable income, including prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, may be further impacted by market developments arising from the COVID-19 pandemic and uncertainty regarding its outcome. Such potential impact could be material to our consolidated financial condition or results of operations for an individual reporting period.
Further, we will no longer be included in the AIG Consolidated Tax Group after the tax deconsolidation, which is expected to occur upon completion of this offering. Upon the tax deconsolidation from the AIG Consolidated Tax Group, absent any prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, our net operating losses and foreign tax credit carryforwards generated by the non-life insurance companies will more-likely-than-not expire unutilized. Accordingly, a valuation allowance is expected to be established with respect to such tax attribute carryforwards in the reporting period in which deconsolidation occurs.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, recent changes in market conditions, including the COVID-19 pandemic and interest rate fluctuations, impacted the unrealized tax gains and losses in the U.S. Life Insurance Companies’ available for sale securities portfolio, resulting in a deferred tax liability related to net unrealized tax capital gains. As of December 31, 2021, based on all available evidence, we concluded that no valuation allowance is necessary in the U.S. Life Insurance Companies’ available for sale securities portfolio.
For the year ended December 31, 2021, we recognized a net decrease of $1.6 million in deferred tax asset valuation allowance associated with certain state jurisdictions, primarily attributable to current year activity.
The following table presents the net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2021 and 2020 on a U.S. GAAP basis:
 
2021
2020
U.S. deferred tax assets
$6,931
$7,130
Net deferred tax assets in OCI
(2,559)
(3,721)
US valuation allowance
(18)
Net U.S. deferred tax assets
4,354
3,409
Net foreign, state & local deferred tax assets
401
345
Foreign, state & local valuation allowance
(151)
(126)
Net foreign, state & local deferred tax assets
250
219
Subtotal - Net U.S, foreign, state & local deferred tax assets
4,604
3,628
Net foreign, state & local deferred tax liabilities
(2)
Total Corebridge net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
$4,602
$3,628
F-117

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
20.
Income Taxes(continued)
DEFERRED TAX ASSET OF U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX GROUP(S)
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had net deferred tax assets after valuation allowance of $4.4 billion and $3.4 billion, respectively, related to our U.S. federal tax jurisdiction. Tax attribute carryforward deferred tax assets of $129 million related to Cap Corp and certain of its affiliates are no longer part of the Company’s ending balance sheet as of December 31, 2021 and were adjusted through Shareholders’ equity in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
DEFERRED TAX ASSET – FOREIGN, STATE AND LOCAL
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had net deferred tax assets (liabilities) of $248 million and $219 million, respectively, related to foreign subsidiaries and state and local tax jurisdictions.
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had deferred tax asset valuation allowances of $151 million and $(126) million, respectively, related to foreign subsidiaries and state and local tax jurisdictions. We maintained these valuation allowances following our conclusion that we could not demonstrate that it was more likely than not that the related deferred tax assets will be realized. This was primarily due to factors such as cumulative losses in recent years and the inability to demonstrate profits within the specific jurisdictions over the relevant carryforward periods.
TAX EXAMINATIONS AND LITIGATION
Corebridge and certain U.S. subsidiaries are included in a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return with AIG. The AIG U.S. consolidated group is currently under examination for the tax years 2011 through 2013 and engaging in the IRS Appeals process in regard to years 2007 – 2010.
We are periodically advised of certain IRS and other adjustments identified in the AIG's consolidated tax return which are attributable to our operations. Under our tax sharing arrangement, we provide a charge or credit for the effect of the adjustments and the related interest in the period we are advised of such adjustments and interest.
The IRS challenged certain foreign tax credits claimed by Corebridge and certain U.S. subsidiaries related to the cross border financing transactions entered into in the years 2002-2004 while Corebridge and such subsidiaries were not part of the AIG consolidated tax group. During the fourth quarter of 2020, Corebridge and the IRS executed a binding settlement agreement with respect to the underlying issues in those tax years. The parties continue to review the related interest calculations based on the settlement agreement, which will become due upon the IRS’ issuance of a Notice and Demand for Payment. During June and October 2021, AIG made additional payments of $354 million and $10 million to the U.S. Treasury with respect to this matter.
Please refer to Note 15 for further details.
ACCOUNTING FOR UNCERTAINTY IN INCOME TAXES
The following table presents a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances of the total amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Gross unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year
$917
$1,173
$1,173
Increases in tax positions for prior years
1
Decreases in tax positions for prior years
(899)
(5)
Increases in tax positions for current year
Settlements
(252)
Gross unrecognized tax benefits, end of year
$18
$917
$1,173
At December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, Corebridge Subsidiaries had unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, which were $18 million, $917 million and $1.2 billion, respectively. The activity for the
F-118

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
20.
Income Taxes(continued)
years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 is primarily attributable to the recent completion of audit activity by the IRS. Additionally, the activity for the year ended December 31, 2021 includes decreases of $846 related to amounts for Cap Corp and certain of its affiliates that were adjusted through Shareholders’ equity in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.
For December 31, 2020 and 2019, our unrecognized tax benefit related to tax positions that, if recognized, would not affect the effective tax rate because they relate to such factors as the timing, rather than the permissibility, of the deduction were $10 million. Accordingly, at December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the amounts of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would favorably affect the effective tax rate were $18 million, $907 million, and $1.2 billion, respectively.
Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized in income tax expense. At December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we had accrued liabilities of $0 million, $52 million, and $358 million, respectively, for the payment of interest (net of the federal benefit) and penalties. For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, we accrued (benefit) expense of $(26) million, $2 million, and $36 million, respectively, for the payment of interest and penalties. The activity for the year ended December 31, 2021 includes decreases of $(26) related to amounts for Cap Corp and certain of its affiliates that were adjusted through Shareholders’ equity in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Additionally, the activity in the fourth quarter of 2020 also includes a net decrease of $308 million, which is attributable to decreases and settlements of interest and penalties associated with the completion of the IRS examination for tax years 1991 - 2006. During the fourth quarter of 2020, interest accrued was re-computed factoring in principal tax and penalty adjustments based on the final IRS settlement agreement, including estimated impact of interest netting, which we have already formally requested.
We believe it is reasonably possible that our unrecognized tax benefits could decrease within the next 12 months by as much as $4 million, principally as a result of potential resolutions or settlements of prior years’ tax items. The prior years’ tax items include unrecognized tax benefits related to the deductibility of certain expenses.
Listed below are the tax years that remain subject to examination by major tax jurisdictions:
At December 31, 2021
Open Tax Years
Major Tax Jurisdiction
 
United States
2007-2020
United Kingdom
2020
21.
Related Parties
RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS WITH AIG AND AFFILIATES
In the normal course of business, Corebridge enters into a significant number of transactions with affiliated companies. Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions, or if a party, directly or indirectly through one or more of its intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an entity. Our material transactions with affiliated companies are described below.
Corebridge may purchase or sell securities and other investments, at fair market value, from or to other AIG affiliates, in the ordinary course of business. Upon sale of a security, Corebridge recognizes a realized gain or loss. Upon the purchase of a security, Corebridge’s amortized cost basis is established as the purchase price of the security.
Corebridge may also participate in investment opportunities with affiliated companies.
As AIG employees, Corebridge employees participate in AIG’s overall employee benefit programs. Corebridge has a payable of $66 million and $66 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
See Note 19 Employee Benefits and Note 5 regarding the Company’s investments.
F-119

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
21.
Related Parties(continued)
On August 30, 2021, AGL and USL sold 107,942 and 9 shares of AIG common stock to AIG, respectively, which had a fair market value of $6 million. Corebridge distributed 697,960 shares of AIG common stock to AIG as a dividend, which had a fair market value of $38 million. Prior to this, the common stock was reported as Equity securities and carried at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.
Prior to June 2, 2020, Fortitude Re was a related party to Corebridge.
For further details of reinsurance transactions, see Note 7.
AIG generally manages capital between AIG and its subsidiaries through policies and guidelines approved by AIG’s Board of Directors. In addition, AGC is a party to a Capital Maintenance Agreement (“CMA”) with AIG. Among other things, the CMA provides that AIG will maintain the total adjusted capital of AGC at or above a specified minimum percentage of AGC’s projected Company Action Level Risk Based Capital. AIG did not make any capital contributions to AGC under the CMA during 2021, 2020 and 2019. As of December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, the specified minimum capital percentage in the CMA was 250%.
The table below summarizes the material revenues and expenses of Corebridge, in connection with agreements with affiliated companies described below for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Revenues:
 
 
 
Other income
$85
$88
$85
Net investment income - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(14)
(12)
26
Total revenues
$71
$76
$111
Expenses:
 
 
 
General operating and other expenses
$349
$317
$342
Interest expense
82
146
186
Loss on extinguishment of debt
145
Total expenses
$576
$463
$528
Other Income
Certain of Cap Corp’s investment management subsidiaries, including AIG Asset Management (U.S.), LLC, AIG Asset Management (Europe) Limited, First Principles Capital Management, LLC and AIG Credit Management, LLC, provide advisory, management, allocation, structuring, planning, oversight, administration and similar services (collectively, “Investment Services”) with respect to the investment portfolios of its related party clients, which include both insurance companies and non-insurance company affiliates. Investment Services are provided primarily pursuant to investment management, investment advisory and similar agreements (“IMAs”), under which these Cap Corp subsidiaries are appointed as investment manager and are authorized to manage client investment portfolios on a fully discretionary basis, subject to agreed investment guidelines. Certain of these Cap Corp subsidiaries are also authorized under the IMAs to retain, oversee and direct third-party investment advisers and managers for and on behalf of these related party clients. In some cases, Investment Services are provided through the related parties’ participation in private investment funds, residential mortgage-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations and other pooled investment vehicles and investment products (collectively, “Funds”) sponsored or managed by Cap Corp and its subsidiaries. Separately, certain Cap Corp subsidiaries provide portfolio administration and investment planning, performance evaluation and oversight services to AIG PC International, LLC (“AIGPCI”), on a non-discretionary basis, with respect to the investment portfolios of various of AIGPCI’s non-US subsidiaries and in some cases provide those services directly to AIGPCI’s non-US subsidiaries. These Cap Corp subsidiaries earn investment management and advisory fees under the IMAs and other service agreements, as well as management fees and carried interest distributions or similar performance-based compensation under the Funds’ operating agreements, the majority of which are based on, or calibrated to approximate, the costs to Cap Corp of providing such services to the related parties. With respect to a minority of the related party client portfolios, which relate to assets backing risks that have been
F-120

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
21.
Related Parties(continued)
transferred to third parties, the Cap Corp subsidiaries earn market-based fees. On October 1, 2021, two Cap Corp subsidiaries were sold to an Corebridge affiliate. On October 29, 2021, a Cap Corp subsidiary was sold to an Corebridge affiliate. On December 31, 2021, certain direct and indirect subsidiaries of Cap Corp were transferred to a newly created holding company and subsidiary of Cap Corp, SAFG Capital. Management and advisory fee income for these Investment Services and related services reflected in Other income on the Consolidated Statements of Income was $85 million, $88 million, and $85 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Net Investment Income
Through AIG Markets, Inc. (“AIGM”), Corebridge receives a suite of capital markets services including securities lending, collateral management, repurchase transactions, derivatives execution and support, and operational support services, for which Corebridge pays a fee. AIGM provides these services through various services agreements. In addition, in the ordinary course of business, Corebridge enters into OTC derivative transactions with AIGM, under standard ISDA agreements. The total expenses incurred for services provided by AIGM reflected in Net investment income - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets on the Consolidated Statements of Income were $17 million and $19 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. There were no expenses incurred for services provided by AIGM for the year ended December 31, 2019. The derivative assets, net of gross assets and gross liabilities after collateral were $256 million and $261 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The derivative liabilities, net of gross assets and gross liabilities after collateral were $2 million and $0.1 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The collateral posted to AIGM was $803 million and $845 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The collateral held by Corebridge was $770 million and $507 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
In addition, Corebridge entered into certain unsecured derivative transactions with AIG Financial Products Corp. (“AIG FP”) prior to 2018 under a standard ISDA agreement. The derivative assets, net of gross assets and gross liabilities after collateral were $406 million and $465 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The derivative liabilities, net of gross assets and gross liabilities after collateral were $0.8 million as of December 31, 2020. There were no derivative net liabilities as of December 31, 2021. In relation to these derivatives, there was no collateral posted to AIG FP or collateral held by Corebridge as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
For further details of Derivatives, see Note 10.
Certain Corebridge subsidiaries participate in funding arrangements, whereby each participating subsidiary places excess funds on deposit with AIG or other affiliated entities, in exchange for a stated rate of interest. At the discretion of the participating subsidiaries and in accordance with governing documents, the participating subsidiaries may make withdrawals and deposits at any time and from time to time. The Company’s receivables of $1.0 billion and $1.5 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, are recorded in Short-term investments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest earned on these deposits, reflected in Net investment income - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets on the Consolidated Statements of Income, was $3 million, $7 million, and $26 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020, and 2019, respectively.
General operating and other expenses
Pursuant to the provisions of a Service and Expense Agreement (the “AIG Service and Expense Agreement”) effective February 1, 1974, as amended, among AIG and certain of its affiliates, AIG provides various services to such affiliates at cost, including, but not limited to, advertising, accounting, actuarial, tax, legal, data processing, claims adjustment, employee cafeteria, office space, payroll, information technology services, capital markets services, services that support financial transactions and budgeting, risk management and compliance services, human resources services, insurance, operations and other support services. Amounts due to AIG affiliates were $262 million and $252 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Amounts due from AIG affiliates were $43 million and $42 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The total service expenses incurred specific to this agreement reflected in General operating and
F-121

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
21.
Related Parties(continued)
other expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income were $229 million, $204 million, and $226 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Corebridge entities are parties to Master Intra-Company Services Agreements with AIG Technologies, Inc. (“AIGT”). These agreements, as amended, require AIGT to provide network connectivity, application hosting, data processing related services and other information technology related infrastructure services, as requested. The total service expenses incurred specific to these agreements reflected in General operating and other expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income were $97 million, $102 million, and $85 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Corebridge entities are parties to Master Intra-Company Services Agreements with AIG Employee Services, Inc. Under this agreement, AIG Employee Services provides technology services such as data storage, desktop support and bandwidth, as requested. The total service expenses incurred specific to this agreement reflected in General operating and other expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income were $23 million, $23 million, and $25 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Historically, AGL has both provided policy administration services to, and has received policy administration services from, previously affiliated AIG entities in connection with policies subject to the Fortitude transactions.
The table below summarizes expenses incurred and recovered that are reflected in General operating and other expenses on the Consolidated Statements of Income in relation to these services for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Policy administration services:
 
 
 
Expenses incurred
$—
$
$71
Expenses recovered
$—
$(12)
$(65)
The amount due to affiliates was $6 million and the amount due from affiliates was $6 million as of December 31, 2019. After AIG’s Majority Interest Sale in 2020, Fortitude is no longer considered an affiliated company.
For further details of other Fortitude Re transactions, see Note 7.
Interest expense and noncontrolling interest
In the ordinary course of business, Corebridge enters into various arrangements with VIEs, and consolidates the VIE if Corebridge is determined to be the primary beneficiary. In certain situations, Corebridge may have a variable interest in a VIE that is consolidated by an affiliate, and in other instances, affiliates may have variable interests in a VIE that is consolidated by Corebridge. The total debt of consolidated VIEs held by affiliates was $760 million and $1.8 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The interest expense incurred on the debt reflected in Interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income was $64 million, $141 million and $177 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Additionally, during the year ended December 31, 2021, Corebridge terminated six VIEs and recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $145 million. Refer to the VIE note for additional information regarding the termination of these VIEs. The noncontrolling interest included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to the VIEs held by affiliates was $1.5 billion and $1.7 billion as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The gain/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest of consolidated VIEs held by affiliates was $499 million, $169 million and $195 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
In addition to transactions with VIEs, Corebridge has entered into other structured financing arrangements supporting real estate properties and other types of assets with other AIG affiliates. These financing arrangements are reported in Other invested assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Certain of these and the VIE structures above also include commitments for funding from other AIG affiliates.
F-122

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
21.
Related Parties(continued)
For additional information related to VIEs and other investments, see Notes 9 and 5.
Certain Corebridge affiliates are party to revolving credit facilities with AIG pursuant to which the borrowers can, on a several basis, borrow monies from AIG (as lender) subject to certain terms and conditions. Principal amounts borrowed under these facilities may be repaid and re-borrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without penalty. Individual borrowing limits exist for each borrower, which vary by participant.
In 2013, AIG Property Company Limited issued an affiliated note to AIG Europe S.A. (Netherlands Branch) of $17 million for the purpose of purchasing a building. The carrying amount of the note was $9 million as of December 31, 2020. This affiliated note was repaid on October 1, 2021. Interest expense incurred specific to this note reflected in Interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income was $0.3 million, $0.5 million and $0.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Interest payments on the note are paid quarterly.
In 2019, AIG Global Real Estate Investment Corp. issued an affiliated note to Lexington Insurance Company of $250 million. The carrying amount of the note was $253 million as of December 31, 2020. This affiliated note was repaid on February 12, 2021. Interest expense incurred specific to this note reflected in Interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income was $0.4 million, $4 million and $8 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Interest payments on the note are paid annually.
AIG also provides a full and unconditional guarantee of all outstanding debt of AIGLH.
In 2021, Corebridge issued a promissory note to AIG in the amount of $8.3 billion. Interest expense incurred specific to this note reflected in Interest expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income was $17 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. Simultaneously, Corebridge declared a dividend to AIG for $8.3 billion. These were non-cash transactions.
For further details on debt, see Note 14.
Reinsurance transactions
From time to time, AIG Life (UK) has entered into various coinsurance agreements with American International Reinsurance Company, Ltd. (“AIRCO”). In 2018, AIG Life (UK) ceded risks relating to the payment of obligations of life-contingent annuity claims in the annuitization phase of the contracts on or after June 30, 2018. In 2019 and 2020, AIG Life (UK) and AIRCO entered into treaties whereby AIRCO assumed risks relating to certain whole life policies issued prior to and subsequent to July 1, 2019, respectively. Reinsurance assets related to these agreements were $167 million and $137 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Amounts payable to AIRCO were $7 million and $46 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Ceded premiums related to these agreements were $42 million, $33 million and $15 million for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
In February 2018, AGL, VALIC and USL, each executed modco agreements with Fortitude Re, at the time a wholly owned AIG subsidiary and registered Class 4 and Class E reinsurer in Bermuda.
For further details of reinsurance transactions, see Notes 1 and 7.
Guarantees
Certain Corebridge insurance entities benefitted from General Guarantee Agreements with American Home Assurance Company (“American Home”), a consolidated subsidiary of AIG. Pursuant to each respective agreement, American Home has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed all present and future obligations arising from certain insurance policies issued by these Corebridge entities. American Home is required to perform under the guarantee in the event that a guaranteed entity fails to make payments due under the insurance policies issued by the guaranteed entity during the period in which the guarantee was in force. These General Guarantee Agreements have all been terminated as to newly issued insurance policies. American Home has not been required to perform under any of the guarantees but remains contingently liable for all policyholder obligations associated with the insurance policies. There were no fees paid by Corebridge for the guarantee for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 or 2019.
F-123

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
21.
Related Parties(continued)
AGL has a General Guarantee Agreement with NUFIC, a consolidated subsidiary of AIG. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, NUFIC has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed insurance policies issued by AGL between July 13, 1998 and April 30, 2010. There were no fees paid by AGL for the guarantee for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 or 2019.
In connection with a sale-leaseback transaction in 2020, AIGLH issued promissory notes to AGL with maturity dates of up to five years; the sale-leaseback transaction, including the issuance of the promissory notes are eliminated in these financial statements. These promissory notes are guaranteed by AIG for the benefit of AGL. There were no fees paid by Corebridge for the guarantees for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, and no payments were made under these guarantees for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
In addition to the guarantees above, Corebridge may provide to or receive from affiliates, or to or from third parties on behalf of affiliates, customary guarantees in relation to certain lending and real estate transactions. These guarantees of certain amounts in connection with borrowings or environmental indemnifications and non-recourse carve-outs are limited to situations in which the borrower commits certain “bad acts” as defined in each applicable transaction document, including fraud or intentional misrepresentation, intentional waste, or willful misconduct. During 2021, 2020 and 2019, none of these guarantees became payable.
Under an Amended and Restated Tax Payment Allocation Agreement dated June 6, 2011 between AIG and AIG Bermuda, AIG has agreed to indemnify AIG Bermuda for any tax liability (including interest and penalties) resulting from adjustments made by the IRS or other appropriate authorities to taxable income, special deductions or credits in connection with investments made by AIG Bermuda in certain affiliated entities. During June 2021, AIG made a payment of $353 million to the U.S. Treasury, resulting in the reduction of the indemnification asset to $0 as of December 31, 2021.
For further details of the Tax Payment Allocation Agreement, see Notes 15 and 20.
For details regarding dividends to AIG affiliates, see Note 16.
Corebridge is the guarantor on two credit facilities which are further guaranteed by AIG, in support of affordable housing properties. These letters of credit are required when certain properties do not meet required debt covenant ratios. On June 1, 2021, the loan associated with one of the properties was fully repaid and the letter of credit was subsequently released.
For details on guarantees associated with VIEs, see Note 9.
For further details regarding guarantees provided by AIG, see Note 15.
Tax Sharing Agreements
Corebridge and Cap Corp are included in the consolidated federal income tax return of AIG as well as certain state tax returns where AIG files on a combined or unitary basis. The table below summarizes payments to or refunds from AIG in connection with the tax sharing agreements for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. Amounts receivable from (payable to) AIG pursuant to the tax sharing agreements were $223 million and $(815) million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Payment or refund:
 
 
 
Corebridge
$1,537
$1,716
$1,191
Cap Corp
(5)
(9)
(15)
Total
$1,532
$1,707
$1,176
TRANSACTIONS WITH MINORITY SHAREHOLDER
As part of the separation, AIG entered into a long-term asset management relationship with Blackstone to manage an initial $50 billion of our existing investment portfolio beginning in the fourth quarter of 2021 and the investment expense incurred was $18 million for the year ended December 31, 2021.
F-124

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
21.
Related Parties(continued)
For further details of strategic partnership with Blackstone, see Note 1.
22.
Subsequent Events
The consolidated financial statements of Corebridge are derived from the Consolidated Financial Statements of AIG Inc, which issued its financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 on February 17, 2022. Accordingly, the Company has evaluated transactions or other events for consideration as recognized subsequent events in the financial statements through February 17, 2022, Additionally, Corebridge has evaluated transactions and other events that occurred through March 10, 2022, the date these consolidated financial statements were issued, for purposes of unrecognized subsequent events.
Delayed Draw Term Loan
On February 25, 2022, we entered into an unsecured 18-Month Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement (the “18-Month DDTL Agreement”) among Corebridge, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and an unsecured 3-Year Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement (the “Three-Year DDTL Agreement”, and together with the 18-Month DDTL Agreement, the “Facilities”) among Corebridge, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.
The Facilities provide us with committed delayed draw term loan facilities in the aggregate principal amount of $6 billion and $3 billion, respectively. In connection with the issuance of the Notes described below, (i) the commitments under the 18-Month DDTL Agreement in the aggregate principal amount of $6 billion have been terminated in full and (ii) the commitments under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement have been reduced from $3.0 billion to $2.5 billion. The ability to borrow under the Facilities is subject to, among other conditions, either of the consummation of this offering or our confirmation to the administrative agent that this offering is expected to be consummated within five business days following such borrowing (which may be extended to ten business day with the consent of the administrative agent, or such longer period as the lead arrangers may otherwise agree to). Commitments under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement will remain available for borrowing until December 30, 2022, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions thereof. The proceeds of the Facilities may be used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of the promissory note previously issued by us to AIG in the amount of $8.3 billion, which will be required to be paid to AIG prior to this offering.
Transfer of AIG Technologies, Inc. and Eastgreen, Inc.
In connection with the Reorganization, we and AIG entered into agreements under which we purchased AIG Technologies, Inc. (“AIGT”) and Eastgreen Inc. (“Eastgreen”) from AIG affiliates on February 28, 2022 for total consideration of $107 million. AIGT provides data processing, technology and infrastructure services to AIG entities in the United States, including management of AIG hardware and networks. AIGT utilizes two data centers to provide its services. The real estate related to the two data centers is owned by Eastgreen. To the extent needed, AIGT will continue to provide services to AIG for a transition period.
Events subsequent to the original issuance of the consolidated financial statements (unaudited)
In connection with the reissuance of the consolidated financial statements, we have evaluated subsequent events through May 16, 2022, the date on which these consolidated financial statements were available to be reissued.
Delayed Draw Term Loans and Senior Unsecured Notes
On April 5, 2022, we issued and sold $6.5 billion of senior unsecured notes consisting of: $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.500% Senior Notes due 2025, $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.650% Senior Notes due 2027, $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.850% Senior Notes due 2029, $1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 3.900% Senior Notes due 2032, $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.350% Senior Notes due 2042 and $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 4.400% Senior Notes due 2052. We used the net proceeds of the issuance of the notes, in the amount of approximately $6.46 billion, to repay a portion of the $8.3 billion promissory note previously issued by Corebridge to AIG.
F-125

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
22.
Subsequent Events(continued)
On April 6, 2022, in connection with the issuance of the senior unsecured notes (i) the commitments under the 18-Month DDTL Facility were terminated in full and (ii) the commitments under the Three-Year DDTL Facility were reduced from $3.0 billion to $2.5 billion. The ability to borrow under the Three-Year DDTL Facility is subject to, among other conditions, our confirmation to the administrative agent that an initial public offering of Corebridge is expected to be consummated within five business days following such borrowing. Commitments under the Three-Year DDTL Facility will remain available for borrowing until December 30, 2022, subject to the terms and conditions thereof.
As of May 13, 2022, a total of $2.5 billion remained available under the Three-Year DDTL Facility.
Non-Controlling Interest Distribution
On April 1, 2022, one of our consolidated investment entities distributed $413 million of other invested asset holdings to a non-consolidated Corebridge affiliate, which will reduce our Non-Controlling interest in the second quarter of 2022. The amounts distributed are reported on a quarter lag and may be subject to true up in the valuation.
Revolving Credit Agreement
On May 12, 2022, Corebridge Parent and certain subsidiaries entered into the Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”).
The Credit Agreement provides for a five-year total commitment of $2.5 billion, consisting of standby letters of credit and/or revolving credit borrowings without any limits on the type of borrowings. Under circumstances described in the Credit Agreement, the aggregate commitments may be increased by up to $500 million, for a total commitment under the Credit Agreement of $3.0 billion. Loans under the Credit Agreement will mature on May 12, 2027, unless an initial public offering of Corebridge has not occurred on or prior to December 29, 2023, in which case the loans will mature on such date. Under the Credit Agreement, the applicable rate, commitment fee and letter of credit fee are determined by reference to the credit ratings of Corebridge’s senior long-term unsecured debt. Borrowings bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of U.S. dollar borrowings, Term SOFR plus an applicable credit spread adjustment plus an applicable rate or an alternative base rate plus an applicable rate, (ii) in the case of Sterling borrowings, SONIA plus an applicable credit spread adjustment plus an applicable rate, (iii) in the case of Euro borrowings, EURIBOR plus an applicable rate and (iv) in the case of Japanese Yen, TIBOR plus an applicable rate. The alternative base rate is equal to the highest of (a) the NYFRB Rate plus 0.50%, (b) the rate of interest in effect as quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the United States and (c) Term SOFR plus a credit spread adjustment of 0.100% plus an additional 1.00%.
The Credit Agreement requires Corebridge to maintain a specified minimum consolidated net worth and subjects Corebridge to a specified limit on consolidated total debt to consolidated total capitalization, subject to certain limitations and exceptions. In addition, the Credit Agreement contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations with respect to the incurrence of certain types of liens and certain fundamental changes. Amounts due under the Credit Agreement may be accelerated upon an “event of default,” as defined in the Credit Agreement, such as failure to pay amounts owed thereunder when due, breach of a covenant, material inaccuracy of a representation, or occurrence of bankruptcy or insolvency, subject in some cases to cure periods.
Our Investment Management Arrangement with BlackRock
Certain of our insurance company subsidiaries entered into separate investment management agreements with BlackRock. We expect to transfer the management of up to $90 billion of liquid fixed income and certain private placement assets int the aggregate to BlackRock over a period of 12 months in connection with the BlackRock Arrangement.
Letter of Credit Agreement
One of our domestic insurance subsidiaries has an intercompany reinsurance arrangement with AIG Bermuda whereby certain Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX reserves related to a closed block of in-force business are ceded to AIG Bermuda. AIG Bermuda has a $250 million letter of credit guaranteed by AIG that is used to support the credit for reinsurance provided by AIG Bermuda. Effective May 9, 2022, the letter of credit was reduced from $250 million to $175 million and on May 12, 2022, Corebridge Parent replaced AIG as the guarantor.
F-126

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Summary of Investments – Other than Investments in Related Parties
Schedule I
At December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Cost(a)(b)
Fair Value(b)
Amount at
which shown in
the Balance Sheet
Fixed maturities:
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$1,406
$1,712
$1,712
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
7,372
8,726
8,726
Non-U.S. governments
6,043
6,415
6,415
Public utilities
19,750
21,422
21,422
All other corporate debt securities
109,666
119,641
119,641
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
40,438
42,734
42,734
Total fixed maturity securities
184,675
200,650
200,650
Equity securities and mutual funds:
 
 
 
Common stock:
 
 
 
Industrial, miscellaneous and all other
231
231
231
Total common stock
231
231
231
Preferred stock
10
10
10
Mutual funds
1
1
1
Total equity securities and mutual funds
242
242
242
Mortgage and other loans receivable, net of allowance:
 
 
 
Commercial mortgages
30,528
31,780
30,528
Residential mortgages
4,672
4,675
4,672
Life insurance policy loans
1,832
1,817
1,832
Commercial loans, other loans and notes receivable
2,852
2,872
2,852
Total mortgage and other loans receivable
39,884
41,144
39,884
Allowance for credit losses
(496)
(496)
Total mortgage and other loans receivable, net of allowance
39,388
41,144
39,388
Other invested assets(c)
11,183
10,567
10,567
Short-term investments, at cost (approximates fair value)(d)
5,471
5,471
5,471
Derivative assets(e)(f)
684
684
684
Total investments
$241,643
$258,758
$257,002
(a)
Original cost of fixed maturities is reduced by repayments and adjusted for amortization of premiums or accretion of discounts.
(b)
The table above includes available for sale securities issued by related parties. This includes RMBS securities which had a fair value of $47 million and an amortized cost of $44 million. Additionally, this includes CLO/ABS securities which had a fair value of $862 million and an amortized cost of $823 million.
(c)
Includes $11 million of investments in related parties.
(d)
Includes $1.0 billion of receivables with related parties.
(e)
Includes $662 million of derivative assets with related parties and excludes $2 million of derivative liabilities with related parties.
(f)
Excludes $191 million of derivative liabilities.
F-127

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Balance Sheets – Corebridge Only
Schedule II
December 31,
(in millions, except per common share data)
2021
2020
Assets:
 
 
Short-term investments
$465
$520
Other investments
142
849
Total investments
607
1,369
Cash
2
Due from affiliates - net(a)
1
4
Intercompany tax receivable(a)
25
68
Deferred income taxes
3,999
3,061
Investment in consolidated subsidiaries(a)
34,840
35,397
Other assets(b)
43
186
Total assets
$39,517
$40,085
Liabilities:
 
 
Due to affiliate(a)
$58
$57
Deferred tax liabilities
3,858
2,704
Short-term debt
8,317
Other liabilities
198
92
Total liabilities
12,431
2,853
Corebridge Shareholders’ equity:
 
 
Common stock class A, $1 par value; 180,000 shares authorized; 90,100 shares issued
$
$
Common stock class B, $1 par value; 20,000 shares authorized; 9,900 shares issued
Additional paid-in capital
8,060
Retained earnings
8,859
Shareholder’s net investment
22,579
Accumulated other comprehensive income
10,167
14,653
Total Corebridge Shareholders’ equity
27,086
37,232
Total liabilities and equity
$39,517
$40,085
(a)
Eliminated for the consolidated Corebridge financial statements.
(b)
At December 31, 2021 and 2020, included restricted cash of $0 and $9 million, respectively.
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Information of Registrant.
F-128

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Continued)
Statements of Income and Comprehensive
Income-Corebridge Only
Schedule II
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Revenues:
 
 
 
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of consolidated subsidiaries(a)
$3,504
$113
$(1,563)
Dividend income from consolidated subsidiaries(a)
1,893
422
1,574
Net investment income
365
235
191
Net realized gains (losses)
62
(3)
13
Expenses:
 
 
 
Interest expense
18
2
Net (gain) loss on sale of divested businesses
(2,438)
Other expenses
191
130
120
Income before income tax expense (benefit)
8,053
635
95
Income tax expense (benefit)
698
(7)
45
Net income attributable to Corebridge Parent
7,355
642
50
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(4,506)
5,324
6,908
Total comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Corebridge Parent
$2,849
$5,966
$6,958
(a)
Eliminated for the consolidated Corebridge financial statements.
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Information of Registrant.
F-129

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Condensed Financial Information of Registrant (Continued)
Statements of Cash Flows – Parent Company Only
Schedule II
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
$519
$405
$1,543
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
 
Contributions to subsidiaries
(135)
Sales or distributions of:
 
 
 
Available for sale securities
132
2
(6)
Other invested assets
232
187
65
Maturities of fixed maturity securities available for sale
86
13
15
Principal payments received on mortgage and other loans receivable
61
59
62
Purchase of:
 
 
 
Other invested assets
(23)
(7)
(11)
Mortgage and other loans receivable issued
(26)
(17)
(47)
Net change in short-term investments
54
(191)
(102)
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
516
(89)
(24)
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
 
Distributions to AIG
(1,008)
(450)
(1,520)
Distributions to Class B shareholder
(34)
Contributions from AIG
135
Net cash used in financing activities
(1,042)
(315)
(1,520)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash
(7)
1
(1)
Cash and restricted cash at beginning of year
9
8
9
Cash and restricted cash at end of year
$2
$9
$8
Supplementary disclosure of cash flow information:
Years Ended December 31,
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
Cash
$2
$
$
Restricted cash included in Other assets
9
8
Total cash and restricted cash shown in Statements of Cash Flows – Corebridge Parent Company Only
$2
$9
$8
Cash (paid) received during the period for:
 
 
 
Taxes:
 
 
 
Income tax authorities
$32
$39
$60
Intercompany non-cash financing and investing activities:
 
 
 
Capital distributions
12,144
Capital contributions
403
126
139
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Financial Information of Registrant.
F-130

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Financial Information of Registrant
Basis of Presentation
Corebridge’s investments in consolidated subsidiaries are stated at cost plus equity in undistributed income of consolidated subsidiaries. The condensed financial statements of Corebridge Parent (the “Registrant”) should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements of Corebridge and the notes thereto (the “Consolidated Financial Statements”). The accounting policies of Corebridge are consistent with the accounting policies disclosed on the consolidated financial statements as applicable.
The Registrant includes in its Statement of Income dividends from its subsidiaries and equity in undistributed income (loss) of consolidated subsidiaries, which represents the net income (loss) of each of its wholly owned subsidiaries.
Financial information presented for prior years were retrospectively adjusted to reflect the internal reorganization discussed in Note 1 of the consolidated financial statements of Corebridge.
Subsequent Events
Refer to Note 22 above for subsequent events related to the delayed draw down term and transfer of AIGT and Eastgreen to Corebridge from AIG affiliates.
F-131

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Supplementary Insurance Information
Schedule III
At December 31, 2021 and 2020
Segment (in millions)
Deferred Policy
Acquisition Costs
and Value
of Business
Acquired
Future Policy
Benefits
Policy and
Contract
Claims
Unearned
Premiums
2021
 
 
 
 
Individual Retirement
$2,660
$2,904
$30
$—
Group Retirement
727
471
1
Life Insurance
4,644
16,965
1,369
62
Institutional Markets
27
14,194
59
Corporate and Other
23,217
70
6
 
$8,058
$57,751
$1,529
$68
2020
 
 
 
 
Individual Retirement
$2,427
$2,700
$30
$—
Group Retirement
560
503
1
Life Insurance
4,350
16,641
1,222
50
Institutional Markets
26
11,093
40
Corporate and Other
23,723
66
7
 
$7,363
$54,660
$1,359
$57
For the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019
Segment (in millions)
Premiums
and
Policy
Fees
Net
Investment
Income
Other
Income(a)
Benefits(b)
Amortization of
Deferred Policy
Acquisition Costs
and Value
of Business
Acquired
Other
Operating
Expenses
2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individual Retirement
$1,152
$4,356
$592
$2,381
$806
$1,049
Group Retirement
544
2,396
337
1,227
67
722
Life Insurance
2,953
1,614
110
3,597
178
842
Institutional Markets
3,953
1,134
2
4,394
6
108
Corporate and Other
86
2,172
134
385
 
$8,688
$11,672
$1,175
$11,599
$1,057
$3,106
2020
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individual Retirement
$1,013
$4,154
$577
$2,170
$523
$1,011
Group Retirement
462
2,193
275
1,200
7
741
Life Insurance
2,909
1,520
96
3,593
8
764
Institutional Markets
2,757
917
2
3,167
5
117
Corporate and Other
74
1,732
122
314
 
$7,215
$10,516
$1,072
$10,130
$543
$2,947
2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individual Retirement
$914
$4,342
$606
$2,145
$454
$1,016
Group Retirement
445
2,269
261
1,215
81
682
Life Insurance
2,941
1,494
87
3,081
134
764
Institutional Markets
2,072
884
1
2,509
5
101
Corporate and Other
59
1,785
114
(1)
298
 
$6,431
$10,774
$1,069
$8,949
$674
$2,861
(a)
Other income represents advisory fee income and other income balances.
(b)
Benefits represents policyholder benefits and interest credited to policyholder account balances.
F-132

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Reinsurance
Schedule IV
At December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019 and for the years then ended
(in millions)
Gross
Amount
Ceded to
Other
Companies
Assumed
from Other
Companies
Net Amount
Percent of
Amount
Assumed
to Net
2021
 
 
 
 
 
Life insurance in force
$1,280,090
$363,008
$192
$917,274
%
Premiums Earned:
 
 
 
 
 
Life Insurance and Annuities
$4,504
1,196
2,265
5,573
40.6%
Accident and Health
100
36
64
Total
$4,604
1,232
2,265
5,637
40.2%
2020
 
 
 
 
 
Life insurance in force
$1,243,389
$349,453
$225
$894,161
%
Premiums Earned:
 
 
 
 
 
Life Insurance and Annuities
$4,273
1,072
1,073
4,274
25.1%
Accident and Health
111
44
67
Total
$4,384
1,116
1,073
4,341
24.7%
2019
 
 
 
 
 
Life insurance in force
$1,185,771
$322,890
$279
$863,160
%
Premiums Earned:
 
 
 
 
 
Life Insurance and Annuities
$4,234
1,048
232
3,418
6.8%
Accident and Health
136
53
83
Total
$4,370
$1,101
$232
$3,501
6.6%
F-133

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)
(in millions, except for share data)
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
Assets:
 
 
Investments:
 
 
Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
Bonds available for sale, at fair value, net of allowance for credit losses of $141 in 2022 and $78 in 2021 (amortized cost: 2022-$181,606; 2021-$182,593)
$180,644
$198,568
Other bond securities, at fair value (See Note 5)*
2,671
2,082
Equity securities, at fair value (See Note 5)*
109
242
Mortgage and other loans receivable, net of allowance for credit losses of $488 in 2022 and $496 in 2021
40,949
39,388
Other invested assets (portion measured at fair value: 2022 - $7,801; 2021 - $7,104)
10,971
10,567
Short-term investments, including restricted cash of $13 in 2022 and $57 in 2021 (portion measured at fair value:2022-$1,149; 2021-$1,455)
4,439
5,471
Total investments
239,783
256,318
Cash
583
537
Accrued investment income
1,783
1,760
Premiums and other receivables, net of allowance for credit losses and disputes of $1 in 2022 and $1 in 2021
1,103
884
Reinsurance assets - Fortitude Re, net of allowance for credit losses and disputes of $0 in 2022 and $0 in 2021
28,289
28,472
Reinsurance assets - other, net of allowance for credit losses and disputes of $105 in 2022 and $101 in 2021
2,985
2,932
Deferred income taxes
6,381
4,837
Deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
10,240
8,058
Other assets, including restricted cash of $4 in 2022 and $7 in 2021 (portion measured at fair value: 2022 - $402; 2021 - $684)*
2,670
3,303
Separate account assets, at fair value
100,850
109,111
Total assets
$394,667
$416,212
Liabilities:
 
 
Future policy benefits for life and accident and health insurance contracts
$56,491
$57,751
Policyholder contract deposits (portion measured at fair value: 2022 - $8,180; 2021 - $9,824)
156,608
156,846
Other policyholder funds
2,994
2,849
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable (portion measured at fair value: 2022 - $4,796; 2021 - $7,974)
31,497
35,144
Other liabilities (portion measured at fair value: 2022 - $163; 2021 - $191)
9,440
9,903
Short-term debt
8,346
8,317
Long-term debt
427
427
Debt of consolidated investment entities (portion measured at fair value: 2022 - $5; 2021 - $5)
6,886
6,936
Separate account liabilities
100,850
109,111
Total liabilities
$373,539
$387,284
Contingencies, commitments and guarantees (See Note 12)
 
 
Redeemable noncontrolling interest
$82
$83
Corebridge Shareholders' equity:
 
 
Common stock class A, $1.00 par value; 180,000 shares authorized; 90,100 shares issued
Common stock class B, $1.00 par value; 20,000 shares authorized; 9,900 shares issued
Additional paid-in capital
8,040
8,060
Retained earnings
12,030
8,859
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(589)
10,167
Total Corebridge Shareholders' equity
$19,481
$27,086
Non-redeemable noncontrolling interests
$1,565
$1,759
Total Shareholders’ equity
$21,046
$28,845
Total liabilities, redeemable noncontrolling interest and shareholders’ equity
$394,667
$416,212
*
See Note 8 for details of balances associated with variable interest entities.
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).
F-134

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) (Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in millions, except per common share data)
2022
2021
Revenues:
 
 
Premiums
$726
$487
Policy Fees
764
784
Net investment income:
 
 
Net investment income - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
2,303
2,460
Net investment income - Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
278
436
Total net investment income
2,581
2,896
Net realized gains:
 
 
Net realized gains - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets and embedded derivative
1,012
712
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(123)
155
Net realized gains on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
2,837
2,007
Total net realized gains
3,726
2,874
Advisory fee income
131
153
Other income
176
149
Total revenues
$8,104
$7,343
Benefits and expenses:
 
 
Policyholder benefits
1,366
1,166
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
875
860
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs and value of business acquired
543
440
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
161
156
Advisory fee expenses
71
84
General operating expenses
586
538
Interest expense
81
114
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt
15
Net loss on divestitures
2
Total benefits and expenses
$3,685
$3,373
Income before income tax expense
4,419
3,970
Income tax expense
$883
$759
Net income
3,536
3,211
Less:
 
 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
75
95
Net income attributable to Corebridge
$3,461
$3,116
 
 
 
Income (loss) per common share attributable to Corebridge common shareholders:
 
 
Class A - Basic and diluted
$34,610
$31,160
Class B - Basic and diluted
$34,610
$31,160
Weighted averages shares outstanding:
 
 
Class A - Basic and diluted
90,100
90,100
Class B - Basic and diluted
9,900
9,900
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).
F-135

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) (Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
Net income
$3,536
$3,211
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
 
 
Change in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of fixed maturity securities on which allowance for credit losses was taken
(51)
24
Change in unrealized depreciation of all other investments
(10,860)
(6,258)
Change in cash flow hedges
178
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments
(23)
4
Change in retirement plan liabilities
Other comprehensive income (loss)
$(10,756)
$(6,230)
Comprehensive income (loss)
(7,220)
(3,019)
Less:
 
 
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
75
95
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Corebridge
$(7,295)
$(3,114)
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).
F-136

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Equity (Unaudited)
(in millions)
Common
Stock
Class A
Common
Stock
Class B
Additional
Paid-In
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Shareholders'
Net Investment
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income
Total
Corebridge
Shareholders'
Equity
Non-
Redeemable
Non-
Controlling
Interests
Total
Shareholders'
Equity
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, beginning of year
$—
$—
$8,060
$8,859
$
$10,167
$27,086
$1,759
$28,845
Dividends to Class A shareholders
(261)
(261)
(261)
Dividends to Class B shareholders
(29)
(29)
(29)
Net income
3,461
3,461
76
3,537
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
(10,756)
(10,756)
(10,756)
Changes in noncontrolling interests due to divestitures and acquisitions
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
14
14
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
(280)
(280)
Other
(20)
(20)
(4)
(24)
Balance, end of period
$—
$—
$8,040
$12,030
$
$(589)
$19,481
$1,565
$21,046
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, Beginning of Year
$—
$—
$
$
$22,579
$14,653
$37,232
$2,549
$39,781
Change in net investment
(527)
(527)
(527)
Net income
3,116
3,116
97
3,213
Other comprehensive loss, net of tax
(6,230)
(6,230)
(6,230)
Changes in noncontrolling interests due to divestitures and acquisitions
75
75
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
62
62
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
(240)
(240)
Other
(14)
(14)
1
(13)
Balance, end of period
$—
$—
$
$
$25,154
$8,423
$33,577
$2,544
$36,121
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).
F-137

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
Cash flows from operating activities:
 
 
Net income
$3,536
$3,211
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
 
 
Noncash revenues, expenses, gains and losses included in income:
 
 
General operating and other expenses
33
Net (gains) on sales of securities available for sale and other assets
90
(345)
Net (gain) loss on divestitures
2
Losses on extinguishment of debt
15
Unrealized gains in earnings - net
(1,169)
(601)
Equity in loss from equity method investments, net of dividends or distributions
(51)
(6)
Depreciation and other amortization
469
435
Impairments of assets
6
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
 
 
Insurance reserves
67
121
Premiums and other receivables and payables - net
61
109
Funds held relating to Fortitude Re Reinsurance Contracts
(3,443)
(2,482)
Reinsurance assets and funds held under reinsurance treaties
97
(106)
Capitalization of deferred policy acquisition costs
(244)
(245)
Current and deferred income taxes - net
365
390
Other, net
235
38
Total adjustments
(3,521)
(2,638)
Net cash provided by operating activities
$15
$573
Cash flows from investing activities:
 
 
Proceeds from (payments for)
 
 
Sales or distributions of:
 
 
Available for sale securities
2,795
3,081
Other securities
123
60
Other invested assets
582
778
Maturities of fixed maturity securities available for sale
2,819
4,659
Principal payments received on mortgage and other loans receivable
1,618
1,697
Purchases of:
 
 
Available for sale securities
(4,916)
(8,291)
Other securities
(844)
(12)
Other invested assets
(512)
(503)
Mortgage and other loans receivable
(3,312)
(1,656)
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash and restricted cash acquired
(107)
Net change in short-term investments
982
2,602
Net change in derivative assets and liabilities
(187)
(1,690)
Other, net
(287)
(251)
Net cash used in investing activities
$(1,246)
$474
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).
F-138

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) (continued)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
Cash flows from financing activities:
 
 
Proceeds from (payments for)
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
6,392
5,716
Policyholder contract withdrawals
(4,802)
(5,190)
Issuance of short-term debt
10
Issuance of debt of consolidated investment entities
729
508
Repayments of long-term debt
(253)
Repayments of short-term debt
(10)
Maturities and repayments of debt of consolidated investment entities
(765)
(1,001)
Distributions to Class B shareholder
(29)
Distributions to AIG
(261)
(560)
Distributions to noncontrolling interests
(187)
(240)
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
14
62
Net change in securities lending and repurchase agreements
(130)
(11)
Other, net
271
42
Net cash provided by financing activities
$1,232
$(927)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and restricted cash
(2)
Net increase (decrease) in cash and restricted cash
(1)
120
Cash and restricted cash at beginning of year
601
918
Cash and restricted cash at end of period
$600
$1,038
Supplementary Disclosure of Consolidated Cash Flow Information
Cash
$583
$802
Restricted cash included in Short-term investments*
13
15
Restricted cash included in Other assets*
4
221
Total cash and restricted cash shown in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
$600
$1,038
Cash paid during the period for:
 
 
Interest
$44
$62
Taxes
518
368
Non-cash investing activities:
 
 
Fixed maturity securities, designated available for sale, received in connection with reinsurance transactions
(161)
Fixed maturity securities, designated available for sale, transferred in connection with reinsurance transactions
204
172
Fixed maturity securities, designated as fair value option, transferred to repay debt of consolidated investment entities
9
Fixed maturity securities, designated available for sale, transferred to repay debt of consolidated investment entities
224
Equity securities distributed to non-consolidated Corebridge affiliate in conjunction with fund dissolution
94
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).
F-139

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Corebridge Financial, Inc. (Formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.)

Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited) (continued)
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
Non-cash financing activities:
 
 
Interest credited to policyholder contract deposits included in financing activities
835
861
Fee income debited to policyholder contract deposits included in financing activities
(420)
(423)
Repayments of debt of consolidated investment entities utilizing fixed maturity securities
(233)
Distribution, in equity securities, to non-consolidated Corebridge affiliate in conjunction with fund dissolution
(94)
Non-cash capital contributions
33
*
Primarily includes funds held for tax sharing payments to Corebridge Parent, security deposits.
See accompanying Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited).
F-140

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
1.
Overview and Basis of Presentation
OVERVIEW
Corebridge Financial, Inc.(“Corebridge”), formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc. is a leading provider of retirement solutions and life insurance products in the United States. Our primary business operations consist of individual and group annuities and life insurance products offered to individuals and institutional markets. Our institutional asset management business includes managing assets for non-consolidated affiliates. Unless the context indicates otherwise, the terms “Corebridge,” “we,” “us,” “our” or the “Company” mean Corebridge and its consolidated or combined subsidiaries and the term “Corebridge Parent” means Corebridge and not any of its consolidated or combined subsidiaries.
These unaudited condensed financial statements present the consolidated and combined results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows of Corebridge and its’ controlled subsidiaries. In connection with the proposed separation of American International Group, Inc (“AIG”)’s Life and Retirement business, Corebridge underwent an internal reorganization with various subsidiaries of AIG, which was completed on December 31, 2021 (the “Reorganization”). AIG is a publicly traded entity, listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE: AIG).
As of March 31, 2022, subsidiaries of Corebridge include: AGC Life Insurance Company (“AGC”), American General Life Insurance Co. (“AGL”), The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company (“VALIC”), The United States Life Insurance Company in the City of New York (“USL”), AIG Life of Bermuda, Ltd. (“AIG Bermuda”), AIG Life Ltd. (“AIG Life (United Kingdom)”) and subsidiary, Laya Healthcare Ltd. (“Laya”), and SAFG Capital LLC, and its subsidiaries.
These financial statements include the results of Corebridge Parent, its controlled subsidiaries (generally through a greater than 50% ownership of voting rights and voting interests), and variable interest entities (“VIEs”) of which we are the primary beneficiary. Equity investments in entities that we do not consolidate, including corporate entities in which we have significant influence and partnership and partnership-like entities in which we have more than minor influence over the operating and financial policies, are accounted for under the equity method unless we have elected the fair value option.
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
The financial statements presented for periods on or after December 31, 2021, the date on which our internal reorganization was completed, are presented on a consolidated basis, and include the financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of the Company. The financial statements for the periods prior to December 31, 2021 are presented on a combined basis, and reflect the historical combined financial position, results of operations, and cash flows of Corebridge, AIG Capital Corporation (“Cap Corp”), AIG Life (UK) and Laya, as the operations were under common control of AIG and reflect the historical combined financial position, results of operations and cash flows of those legal entities.
These unaudited condensed combined and consolidated financial statements do not include all disclosures that are normally included in annual financial statements prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) and should be read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included herein for the year ended December 31, 2021. The condensed consolidated financial information as of December 31, 2021 included herein has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2021 included herein.
Our historical financial results included in the Company’s financial statements do not necessarily reflect the financial condition, results of operations or cash flows we would have achieved as a stand-alone company during the periods presented or those we will achieve in the future. The Company has recorded affiliated transactions with certain AIG subsidiaries that are not subsidiaries of Corebridge. As these affiliated transactions are with AIG subsidiaries that are not subsidiaries of Corebridge, they are not eliminated in the consolidated or combined financial statements of the Company. The accompanying financial statements reflect all normal recurring adjustments, including eliminations of material intercompany accounts and transactions, necessary in the opinion of management for a fair statement of our financial position, results of operations, and cash flows, for the periods presented.
F-141

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
1.
Overview and Basis of Presentation(continued)
Transfer of AIG Technologies, Inc and Eastgreen Inc.
In connection with the Reorganization, we and AIG entered into agreements under which we purchased AIG Technologies, Inc. (“AIGT”) and Eastgreen, Inc. (“Eastgreen”) from AIG affiliates on February 28, 2022 for total consideration of $107 million. AIGT provides data processing, technology and infrastructure services to Corebridge and AIG entities in the United States, including management of AIG hardware and networks. AIGT utilizes two data centers to provide its services. The real estate related to the two data centers is owned by Eastgreen. To the extent needed, AIGT will continue to provide services to AIG for a transition period.
SIGNIFICANT TRANSACTIONS
Strategic Partnership with Blackstone
On October 26, 2020, AIG announced its intention to separate its Life and Retirement business from AIG. On November 2, 2021, AIG and Blackstone Inc. (“Blackstone”) completed the acquisition by Blackstone of a 9.9 percent equity stake in Corebridge for $2.2 billion in an all cash transaction, subject to adjustment if the final pro forma adjusted book value is greater or lesser than the target pro forma adjusted book value. As part of the separation, most of AIG’s investment operations were transferred to Corebridge or its subsidiaries as of March 31, 2022, and AIG entered into a long-term asset management relationship with Blackstone to manage an initial $50 billion of our existing investment portfolio beginning in the fourth quarter of 2021, with that amount increasing by increments of $8.5 billion per year for five years beginning in the fourth quarter of 2022, for an aggregate of $92.5 billion. In addition, Blackstone designated one member of the Board of Directors of Corebridge, which consists of 11 directors. Pursuant to the definitive agreement, Blackstone will be required to hold its ownership interest in Corebridge following the completion of the separation of the Life and Retirement business, subject to exceptions permitting Blackstone to sell 25%, 67% and 75% of its shares after the first, second and third anniversaries, respectively, of the initial public offering of Corebridge (the “IPO”), with the transfer restrictions terminating in full on the fifth anniversary of the IPO.
On November 1, 2021, Corebridge declared a dividend payable to AIG in the amount of $8.3 billion. In connection with such dividend, Corebridge issued a promissory note to AIG in the amount of $8.3 billion, which will be required to be paid to AIG prior to the IPO of Corebridge. Subsequent to March 31, 2022 Corebridge repaid a portion of this balance, see Note 17.
On December 15, 2021, Corebridge and Blackstone Real Estate Income Trust (“BREIT”), a long-term, perpetual capital vehicle affiliated with Blackstone, completed the acquisition by BREIT of the Company’s interests in a U.S. affordable housing portfolio for $4.9 billion, in an all cash transaction, subject to certain adjustments, resulting in a pre-tax gain of $3.0 billion.
Sale of Certain Assets of Our Retail Mutual Funds Business
On February 8, 2021, we announced the execution of a definitive agreement with Touchstone Investments, Inc. (“Touchstone”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of Western & Southern Financial Group, to sell certain assets of our retail mutual funds business. This sale consisted of the reorganization of twelve of the retail mutual funds managed by our subsidiary SunAmerica Asset Management, LLC (“SAAMCo”), into certain Touchstone funds and was subject to certain conditions, including approval of the fund reorganizations by the retail mutual fund boards of directors/trustees and fund shareholders. The transaction closed on July 16, 2021, at which time we received initial proceeds and recognized a gain on the sale of $103 million. Concurrently, the twelve retail mutual funds managed by SAAMCo, with $6.8 billion in assets, were reorganized into Touchstone funds. Additional consideration may be earned over a three-year period based on asset levels in certain reorganized funds. Six retail mutual funds managed by SAAMCo and not included in the transaction were liquidated. We continue to retain our fund management platform and capabilities dedicated to our variable annuity insurance products.
F-142

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
1.
Overview and Basis of Presentation(continued)
USE OF ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires the application of accounting policies that often involve a significant degree of judgment. Accounting policies that we believe are most dependent on the application of estimates and assumptions are considered our critical accounting estimates and are related to the determination of:
Valuation of future policy benefit liabilities and timing and extent of loss recognition;
Valuation of liabilities for guaranteed benefit features of variable annuity products, fixed annuity products and fixed index annuity products, including the valuation of embedded derivatives;
Estimated gross profits (“EGPs”) to value DAC and unearned revenue for investment-oriented products;
Reinsurance assets, including the allowance for credit losses;
Goodwill impairment;
Allowance for credit losses primarily on loans and available for sale fixed maturity securities;
Liability for legal contingencies;
Fair value measurements of certain financial assets and liabilities; and
Income tax assets and liabilities, including recoverability of our net deferred tax asset and the predictability of future tax operating profitability of the character necessary to realize the net deferred tax asset.
These accounting estimates require the use of assumptions about matters, some of which are highly uncertain at the time of estimation. To the extent actual experience differs from the assumptions used, our consolidated financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be materially affected.
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
ACCOUNTING STANDARDS ADOPTED DURING 2022
Reference Rate Reform
On March 12, 2020, the FASB issued an accounting standard that provides temporary optional guidance to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The standard allows us to account for certain contract modifications that result from the discontinuation of the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) or another reference rate as a continuation of the existing contract without additional analysis. This standard may be elected and applied prospectively over time from March 12, 2020 through December 31, 2022 as reference rate reform activities occur.
Where permitted by the guidance, we have accounted for contract modifications stemming from the discontinuation of LIBOR or another reference rate as a continuation of the existing contract. As part of our implementation efforts, we have and will continue to assess our operational readiness and current and alternative reference rates’ merits, limitations, risks and suitability for our investment and insurance processes. The adoption of the standard has not had, and is not expected to have, a material impact on our reported consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and required disclosures.
FUTURE APPLICATION OF ACCOUNTING STANDARDS
Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Long-Duration Contracts
In August 2018, the FASB issued an accounting standard update with the objective of making targeted improvements to the existing recognition, measurement, presentation, and disclosure requirements for long-duration contracts issued by an insurance entity.
F-143

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
The Company will adopt the standard on January 1, 2023, with a transition date of January 1, 2021 (as described in the additional detail below). We continue to evaluate and expect the adoption of this standard will impact our financial condition, results of operations, statement of cash flows and disclosures, as well as systems, processes and controls.
The Company will adopt the standard using the modified retrospective transition method relating to liabilities for traditional and limited payment contracts and deferred policy acquisition costs associated therewith. The Company will adopt the standard in relation to market risk benefits (“MRBs”) on a retrospective basis. Based upon this transition method, the Company currently estimates that the January 1, 2021 transition date (“Transition Date”) impact from adoption is likely to result in a decrease in the Company’s equity between approximately $1.0 billion and $3.0 billion. The Company expects the most significant impact to be a reduction in AOCI offset by an increase in Retained Earnings. The most significant drivers of the transition adjustment are expected to be (1) changes related to market risk benefits in our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement segments, including the impact of non-performance adjustments (2) changes to the discount rate which will most significantly impact our Life Insurance and Institutional Markets segments and (3) the removal of balances recorded in AOCI related to changes in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments.
Market risk benefits: The standard requires the measurement of all MRBs (e.g., living benefit and death benefit guarantees associated with variable annuities) associated with deposit (or account balance) contracts at fair value at each reporting period. Changes in fair value compared to prior periods will be recorded and presented separately within the income statement, with the exception of instrument-specific credit risk changes (non-performance adjustments), which will be recognized in other comprehensive income. MRBs will impact both retained earnings and AOCI upon transition.
As MRBs are required to be accounted for at fair value, the quarterly valuation of these items will result in variability and volatility in the Company’s results following adoption. The accounting for MRBs will primarily impact our Individual Retirement and Group Retirement segments.
Discount rate assumption: The standard requires the discount rate assumption for the liability for future policy benefits to be updated at the end of each reporting period using an upper-medium grade (low credit risk) fixed income instrument yield that maximizes the use of observable market inputs. Upon transition, the Company currently estimates an adjustment to AOCI due to the fact that the market upper-medium grade (low credit risk) interest rates as of the Transition Date differ from reserve interest accretion rates. Lower interest rates result in a higher liability for future policy benefits, and are anticipated to more significantly impact our Life Insurance and Institutional Markets segments.
Following adoption, the impact of changes to discount rates will be recognized through other comprehensive income. Changes resulting from unlocking the discount rate each reporting period will primarily impact term life insurance and other traditional life insurance products, as well as pension risk transfer and structured settlement products.
Removal of balances related to changes in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments: Under the standard, the majority of balances recorded in AOCI related to changes in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on investments will be eliminated.
In addition to the above, the standard also:
Requires the review and if necessary, update of future policy benefit assumptions at least annually for traditional and limited pay long duration contracts, with the recognition and separate presentation of any resulting re-measurement gain or loss (except for discount rate changes as noted above) in the income statement.
Simplifies the amortization of DAC to a constant level basis over the expected term of the related contracts with adjustments for unexpected terminations, but no longer requires an impairment test.
F-144

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
2.
Summary of Significant Accounting Policies(continued)
Increased disclosures of disaggregated roll-forwards of several balances, including: liabilities for future policy benefits, deferred acquisition costs, account balances, market risk benefits, separate account liabilities and information about significant inputs, judgments and methods used in measurement and changes thereto and impact of those changes.
We expect that the accounting for Fortitude Re will continue to remain largely unchanged. With respect to Fortitude Re, the reinsurance assets, including the discount rates, will continue to be calculated using the same methodology and assumptions as the direct policies. Accounting for modco remains unchanged.
The Company has created a governance framework and a plan to support implementation of the updated standard. As part of its implementation plan, the Company has also advanced the modernization of its actuarial technology platform to enhance its modeling, data management, experience study and analytical capabilities, increase the end-to-end automation of key reporting and analytical processes and optimize its control framework. The Company has designed and begun implementation and testing of internal controls related to the new processes created as part of implementing the updated standard and will continue to refine these internal controls until the formal implementation in the first quarter of 2023.
Troubled Debt Restructurings and Vintage Disclosures
In March 2022, the FASB issued an accounting standard update which eliminates the recognition and measurement accounting guidance for troubled debt restructurings (“TDR’) by creditors that have adopted the current expected credit loss model(“CECL”). Upon adoption of this standard, the evaluation of whether a loan modification results in a new loan or the continuation of an existing loan will be the same for troubled and non-troubled borrowers. In addition, with the elimination of TDRs for creditors, the FASB has revised certain financial statement disclosures and introduced new disclosure requirements for modifications of instruments with borrowers experiencing financial difficulty.
These amendments should be applied prospectively and are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022 and interim periods within those fiscal years. An entity may elect to adopt the amendments related to the recognition and measurement of TDRs under a modified retrospective transition method. We are currently evaluating the impact of adopting this accounting standard update on our reported consolidated financial condition, results of operations, cash flows and required disclosures.
3.
Segment Information
We report our results of operations consistent with the manner in which our chief operating decision makers review the business to assess performance and allocate resources.
We report our results of operations as five reportable segments:
Individual Retirement – consists of fixed annuities, fixed index annuities, variable annuities and retail mutual funds. On February 8, 2021, the Company announced the execution of a definitive agreement with Touchstone to sell certain assets of our Life and Retirement’s Retail Mutual Funds business. This Touchstone transaction closed on July 16, 2021. For further information on this sale see Note 1.
Group Retirement – consists of record-keeping, plan administrative and compliance services, financial planning and advisory solutions offered to employer defined contribution plans and their participants, along with proprietary and non-proprietary annuities, advisory and brokerage products offered outside of plan.
Life Insurance – primary products in the U.S. include term life and universal life insurance. The International business issues individual of life and group life insurance in the United Kingdom and distributes health products in Ireland.
Institutional Markets – consists of stable value wrap products, structured settlement and pension risk transfer annuities, corporate- and bank-owned life insurance, high net worth products and GICs.
F-145

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
3.
Segment Information(continued)
Corporate and Other – consists primarily of:

Parent expenses not attributable to our other segments.

Interest expense on financial debt.

Results of our consolidated investment entities.

Institutional asset management business, which includes managing assets for non-consolidated affiliates.

Results of our legacy insurance lines ceded to Fortitude Re.
The accounting policies of the segments are the same as those described in Note 2. We evaluate segment performance based on adjusted revenues and adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss). Adjusted revenues are derived by excluding certain items from total revenues. Adjusted pre-tax operating income is derived by excluding certain items from income from operations before income tax. These items generally fall into one or more of the following broad categories: legacy matters having no relevance to our current businesses or operating performance; adjustments to enhance transparency to the underlying economics of transactions; and adjustments that we believe to be common to the industry. Legal entities are attributed to each segment based upon the predominance of activity in that legal entity.
Adjusted pre-tax operating income excludes the impact of the following items:
Fortitude related adjustments:
The modco reinsurance agreements with Fortitude Re transfer the economics of the invested assets supporting the reinsurance agreements to Fortitude Re. Accordingly, the net investment income on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets and the net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets are excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income. Similarly, changes in the Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative are also excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income.
As a result of entering into the reinsurance agreements with Fortitude Re we recorded a loss which was primarily attributed to the write-off of DAC, VOBA and deferred cost of reinsurance assets. The total loss and the ongoing results associated with the reinsurance agreement with Fortitude Re have been excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income as these are not indicative of our ongoing business operations.
Investment-related adjustments:
Adjusted pre-tax operating income excludes “Net realized gains (losses)”, including changes in the allowance for credit losses on available for sale securities and loans, as well as gains or losses from sales of securities, except for gains (losses) related to the disposition of real estate investments. Net realized gains (losses), except for gains (losses) losses related to the disposition of real estate investments, are excluded as the timing of sales on invested assets or changes in allowances depend largely on market credit cycles and can vary considerably across periods. In addition, changes in interest rates may create opportunistic scenarios to buy or sell invested assets. Our derivative results, including those used to economically hedge insurance liabilities, also included in net realized gains (losses) are similarly excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income except earned income (periodic settlements and changes in settlement accruals) on derivative instruments used for non-qualifying (economic) hedges or for asset replication. Earned income on such economic hedges is reclassified from net realized gains and losses to specific adjusted pre-tax operating income line items based on the economic risk being hedged (e.g., net investment income and interest credited to policyholder account balances).
Our investment-oriented contracts, such as universal life insurance, and fixed, fixed index and variable annuities, are also impacted by net realized gains (losses), and these secondary impacts are also excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income. Specifically, the changes in benefit reserves and DAC, VOBA, and sales inducement assets (“DSI”) related to net realized gains and losses are excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income.
F-146

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
3.
Segment Information(continued)
Variable and fixed index annuities and index universal life insurance products adjustments:
Certain of our variable annuity contracts contain GMWBs and are accounted for as embedded derivatives. Additionally, certain fixed and fixed index annuity contracts contain GMWB or indexed interest credits which are accounted for as embedded derivatives and our index universal life insurance products also contain embedded derivatives. Changes in the fair value of these embedded derivatives, including rider fees attributed to the embedded derivatives, are recorded through “Net realized gains (losses)” and are excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income.
Changes in the fair value of securities used to hedge guaranteed living benefits are excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income.
Other Adjustments:
Other adjustments represent all other adjustments that are excluded from adjusted pre-tax operating income. The excluded adjustments are:
net pre-tax income (losses) from noncontrolling interests related to consolidated investment entities;
restructuring and other costs related to initiatives designed to reduce operating expenses, improve efficiency and simplify our organization;
non-recurring costs associated with the implementation of non-ordinary course legal or regulatory changes or changes to accounting principles;
integration and transaction costs associated with acquiring or divesting businesses;
non-operating litigation reserves and settlements;
loss (gain) on extinguishment of debt;
losses from the impairment of goodwill, if any; and
income and loss from divested or run-off business, if any.
F-147

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
3.
Segment Information(continued)
The following table presents Corebridge’s Operations by segment
(in millions)
Individual
Retirement
Group
Retirement
Life
Insurance
Institutional
Markets
Corporate
& Other
Eliminations
Total
Corebridge
Adjustments
Total
Consolidated
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$55
$8
$417
$238
$21
$—
$739
$(13)
$726
Policy fees
224
124
369
47
764
764
Net investment income(a)
983
527
356
264
186
(5)
2,311
270
2,581
Net realized gains (losses)(a)(b)
11
11
3,715
3,726
Advisory fee and other income
123
85
36
1
38
5
288
19
307
Total adjusted revenues
$1,385
$744
$1,178
$550
$256
$—
$4,113
$3,991
$8,104
Policyholder benefits
139
27
864
339
1,369
(3)
1,366
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
442
282
85
59
868
7
875
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
177
30
70
1
278
265
543
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
92
28
34
7
161
161
Advisory fee expenses
37
34
71
71
General operating expenses
111
117
166
19
104
7
524
62
586
Interest expense
77
(7)
70
11
81
Net (gain) loss on divestitures
 
 
 
 
 
 
2
2
Total benefits and expenses
$998
$518
$1,219
$425
$181
$—
$3,341
$344
$3,685
Noncontrolling interests
(75)
(75)
 
 
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss)
$387
$226
$(41)
$125
$
$—
$697
$3,647
 
Adjustments to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,991
 
 
Total expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
344
 
 
Noncontrolling interests
 
 
 
 
 
 
75
 
 
Income before Income tax (benefit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$4,419
 
$4,419
F-148

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
3.
Segment Information(continued)
(in millions)
Individual
Retirement
Group
Retirement
Life
Insurance
Institutional
Markets
Corporate
& Other
Eliminations
Total
Corebridge
Adjustments
Total
Consolidated
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Premiums
$25
$4
$407
$41
$22
$—
$499
$(12)
$487
Policy fees
233
124
380
47
784
784
Net investment income(a)
1,071
603
409
279
104
(3)
2,463
433
2,896
Net realized gains (losses)(a)(b)
24
24
2,850
2,874
Advisory fee and other income
152
78
25
47
302
302
Total adjusted revenues
$1,481
$809
$1,221
$367
$197
$(3)
$4,072
$3,271
$7,343
Policyholder benefits
119
18
905
121
1,163
3
1,166
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
417
283
88
73
861
(1)
860
Amortization of deferred policy acquisition costs
138
16
73
1
228
212
440
Non-deferrable insurance commissions
87
29
32
7
1
0
156
156
Advisory fee expenses
53
31
84
84
General operating expenses
114
114
165
20
111
524
14
538
Interest expense
13
9
7
2
84
(8)
107
7
114
Loss on extinguishment of debt
15
15
Total benefits and expenses
$941
$500
$1,270
$224
$196
$(8)
$3,123
$250
$3,373
Noncontrolling interests
(72)
(72)
 
 
Adjusted pre-tax operating income (loss)
$540
$309
$(49)
$143
$(71)
$5
$877
$3,021
 
Adjustments to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total revenue
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,271
 
 
Total expenses
 
 
 
 
 
 
250
 
 
Noncontrolling interests
 
 
 
 
 
 
72
 
 
Income before Income tax (benefit)
 
 
 
 
 
 
$3,970
 
$3,970
(a)
Adjustments include Fortitude Re activity. This is comprised of $2,992 million and $2,598 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
(b)
Net realized gains (losses) includes the gains (losses) related to the disposition of real estate investments.
F-149

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS ON A RECURRING BASIS
Assets and liabilities recorded at fair value in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets are measured and classified in accordance with a fair value hierarchy consisting of three “levels” based on the observability of valuation inputs:
Level 1: Fair value measurements based on quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets that we have the ability to access for identical assets or liabilities. Market price data generally is obtained from exchange or dealer markets. We do not adjust the quoted price for such instruments.
Level 2: Fair value measurements based on inputs other than quoted prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. Level 2 inputs include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active, and inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability, such as interest rates and yield curves that are observable at commonly quoted intervals.
Level 3: Fair value measurements based on valuation techniques that use significant inputs that are unobservable. Both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair values of positions classified in Level 3. The circumstances for using these measurements include those in which there is little, if any, market activity for the asset or liability. Therefore, we must make certain assumptions about the inputs a hypothetical market participant would use to value that asset or liability.
In certain cases, the inputs used to measure fair value may fall into different levels of the fair value hierarchy. In such cases, the level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement in its entirety falls is determined based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety.
ASSETS AND LIABILITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE ON A RECURRING BASIS
The following table presents information about assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis and indicates the level of the fair value measurement based on the observability of the inputs used:
March 31, 2022
(in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Counterparty
Netting(a)
Cash
Collateral
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$—
$1,533
$
$—
$—
$1,533
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
6,477
1,059
7,536
Non-U.S. governments
5,458
5,458
Corporate debt
124,093
2,055
126,148
RMBS(b)
6,990
6,512
13,502
CMBS
9,839
748
10,587
CLO/ABS(c)
4,851
11,029
15,880
Total bonds available for sale
159,241
21,403
180,644
Other bond securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
48
48
Non-U.S. governments
32
32
Corporate debt
992
260
1,252
RMBS(d)
85
115
200
CMBS
211
31
242
CLO/ABS
230
667
897
F-150

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
March 31, 2022
(in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Counterparty
Netting(a)
Cash
Collateral
Total
Total other bond securities
1,598
1,073
2,671
Equity securities
105
1
3
109
Other invested assets(e)
1,840
1,840
Derivative assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
1
1,840
3
1,844
Foreign exchange contracts
851
851
Equity contracts
31
2,206
183
2,420
Credit contracts
Other contracts
1
15
16
Counterparty netting and cash collateral
(4,183)
(546)
(4,729)
Total derivative assets
32
4,898
201
(4,183)
(546)
402
Short-term investments
227
922
1,149
Separate account assets
97,083
3,767
100,850
Total
$97,447
$170,427
$24,520
$(4,183)
$(546)
$287,665
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits(f)
$
$134
$8,046
$
$
$8,180
Derivative liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
2
2,193
2,195
Foreign exchange contracts
282
282
Equity contracts
7
2,071
15
2,093
Credit contracts
Other contracts
Counterparty netting and cash collateral
(4,183)
(224)
(4,407)
Total derivative liabilities
9
4,546
15
(4,183)
(224)
163
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable(g)
4,796
4,796
Debt of consolidated investment entities
5
5
Total
$9
$4,680
$12,862
$(4,183)
$(224)
$13,144
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Counterparty
Netting(a)
Cash
Collateral
Total
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$—
$1,712
$
$—
$—
$1,712
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
7,281
1,395
8,676
Non-U.S. governments
7
6,390
6,397
Corporate debt
138,156
1,907
140,063
RMBS(b)
7,363
7,595
14,958
CMBS
10,228
1,072
11,300
CLO/ABS(c)
5,024
10,438
15,462
Total bonds available for sale
7
176,154
22,407
198,568
F-151

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Counterparty
Netting(a)
Cash
Collateral
Total
Other bond securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
50
50
Non-U.S. governments
17
17
Corporate debt
866
134
1,000
RMBS(d)
93
106
199
CMBS
201
33
234
CLO/ABS
228
354
582
Total other bond securities
1,455
627
2,082
Equity securities
238
2
2
242
Other invested assets(e)
1,892
1,892
Derivative assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
1,911
1,911
Foreign exchange contracts
672
672
Equity contracts
7
4,184
479
4,670
Credit contracts
1
1
Other contracts
1
12
13
Counterparty netting and cash collateral
(5,785)
(798)
(6,583)
Total derivative assets
7
6,768
492
(5,785)
(798)
684
Short-term investments
1
1,454
1,455
Separate account assets
105,221
3,890
109,111
Total
$105,474
$189,723
$25,420
$(5,785)
$(798)
$314,034
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits(f)
$
$130
$9,694
$
$
$9,824
Derivative liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
1
1,575
1,576
Foreign exchange contracts
366
366
Equity contracts
1
4,048
22
4,071
Credit contracts
Other contracts
Counterparty netting and cash collateral
(5,785)
(37)
(5,822)
Total derivative liabilities
2
5,989
22
(5,785)
(37)
191
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable(g)
7,974
7,974
Debt of consolidated investment entities
5
5
Total
$2
$6,119
$17,695
$(5,785)
$(37)
$17,994
(a)
Represents netting of derivative exposures covered by qualifying master netting agreements.
(b)
Includes investments in RMBS issued by related parties of $40 million and $5 million classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively, as of March 31, 2022. Additionally, includes investments in RMBS issued by related parties of $38 million and $9 million classified as Level 2 and Level 3, respectively, as of December 31, 2021.
(c)
Includes investments in CLO/ABS issued by related parties of $784 million classified as Level 3 as of March 31, 2022. Additionally, includes investments in CLO/ABS issued by related parties of $862 million as classified as Level 3 as of December 31, 2021.
F-152

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(d)
Includes less than $1 million of investments in RMBS issued by related parties classified as Level 2 as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
(e)
Excludes investments that are measured at fair value using the net asset value (NAV) per share (or its equivalent), which totaled $6.0 billion and $5.2 billion as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
(f)
Excludes basis adjustments for fair value hedges.
(g)
As discussed in Note 7, the Fortitude Re funds withheld payable is created through modco and funds withheld reinsurance arrangements where the investments supporting the reinsurance agreements are withheld by and continue to reside on Corebridge’s balance sheet. This embedded derivative is valued as a total return swap with reference to the fair value of the invested assets held by Corebridge, which are primarily available for sale securities.
CHANGES IN LEVEL 3 RECURRING FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The following tables present changes during the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 in Level 3 assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, and the realized and unrealized gains (losses) related to the Level 3 assets and liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets at March 31, 2022 and 2021:
(in millions)
Fair Value
Beginning
of Period
Net
Realized
and
Unrealized
(Gains)
Losses
Included in
Income
Other
Comprehensive
(Income) Loss
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances
and
Settlements,
Net
Gross
Transfers
in
Gross
Transfers
out
Fair Value
End of
Period
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Income on
Instruments
Held at
End of
Period
Changes in
Unrealized
Gain (Losses)
Included in
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)
for Recurring
Level 3
Instruments
Held at
End of
Period
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$1,395
$2
$(282)
$(56)
$
$
$1,059
$
$(270)
Corporate debt
1,907
(9)
(59)
218
91
(93)
2,055
(56)
RMBS
7,595
92
(404)
(365)
(406)
6,512
(400)
CMBS
1,072
7
(60)
10
(281)
748
(58)
CLO/ABS
10,438
14
(498)
682
825
(432)
11,029
(497)
Total bonds available for sale
22,407
106
(1,303)
489
916
(1,212)
21,403
(1,281)
Other bond securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt
134
77
61
(12)
260
RMBS
106
(3)
12
115
(6)
CMBS
33
(2)
31
(2)
CLO/ABS
354
(24)
289
50
(2)
667
(20)
Total other bond securities
627
(29)
378
111
(14)
1,073
(28)
Equity securities
2
1
3
Other invested assets
1,892
110
(5)
(28)
24
(153)
1,840
118
Total
$24,928
$187
$(1,308)
$840
$1,051
$(1,379)
$24,319
$90
$(1,281)
F-153

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(in millions)
Fair Value
Beginning
of Period
Net
Realized
and
Unrealized
(Gains)
Losses
Included in
Income
Other
Comprehensive
(Income) Loss
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances
and
Settlements,
Net
Gross
Transfers
in
Gross
Transfers
out
Fair Value
End of
Period
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Income on
Instruments
Held at
End of
Period
Changes in
Unrealized
Gain (Losses)
Included in
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)
for Recurring
Level 3
Instruments
Held at
End of
Period
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
$9,694
$(1,797)
$—
$149
$—
$—
$8,046
$1,983
$—
Derivative liabilities, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
(1)
(2)
(3)
1
Foreign exchange contracts
Equity contracts
(457)
315
(26)
(168)
(238)
Credit contracts
(1)
1
(1)
Other contracts
(12)
(17)
14
(15)
17
Total derivative liabilities, net*
(470)
298
(14)
(186)
(221)
Fortitude Re funds withheld Payable
7,974
(2,837)
(341)
4,796
3,016
Debt of consolidated investment entities
5
1
(1)
5
(1)
Total
$17,203
$(4,335)
$—
$(207)
$—
$—
$12,661
$4,777
$—
(in millions)
Fair Value
Beginning
of Period
Net
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Income
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances
and
Settlements,
Net
Gross
Transfers
in
Gross
Transfers
out
Fair Value
End of
Period
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Income on
Instruments
Held at
End of
Period
Changes in
Unrealized
Gain
(Losses)
Included in
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)
for Recurring
Level 3
Instruments
Held at
End of
Period
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$2,057
$3
$(159)
$(55)
$
$
$1,846
$—
$(141)
Corporate debt
1,709
(8)
145
125
(95)
1,876
(10)
RMBS
8,104
117
29
(384)
(2)
7,864
45
CMBS
886
9
(52)
71
52
966
(39)
CLO/ABS
8,888
2
(7)
(177)
319
(339)
8,686
3
Total bonds available for sale
21,644
131
(197)
(400)
496
(436)
21,238
(142)
F-154

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(in millions)
Fair Value
Beginning
of Period
Net
Realized
and
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Income
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances
and
Settlements,
Net
Gross
Transfers
in
Gross
Transfers
out
Fair Value
End of
Period
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Income on
Instruments
Held at
End of
Period
Changes in
Unrealized
Gain
(Losses)
Included in
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)
for Recurring
Level 3
Instruments
Held at
End of
Period
Other bond securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt
RMBS
96
2
(15)
83
1
CMBS
45
(6)
5
44
CLO/ABS
193
2
(11)
184
(2)
Total other bond securities
334
4
(32)
5
311
(1)
Equity securities
42
11
3
(12)
69
(1)
112
3
Other invested assets
1,771
140
(6)
(75)
1,830
123
Total
$23,791
$286
$(200)
$(519)
$570
$(437)
$23,491
$125
$(142)
(in millions)
Fair Value
Beginning
of Period
Net
Realized
and
Unrealized
(Gains)
Losses
Included in
Income
Other
Comprehensive
(Income) Loss
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances
and
Settlements,
Net
Gross
Transfers
in
Gross
Transfers
out
Fair Value
End of
Period
Changes in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Included in
Income on
Instruments
Held at
End of
Period
Changes in
Unrealized
Gain
(Losses)
Included in
Other
Comprehensive
Income
(Loss)
for Recurring
Level 3
Instruments
Held at
End of
Period
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
$10,038
$(2,295)
$—
$233
$
$—
$7,976
$2,468
$—
Derivative liabilities, net:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
Foreign exchange contracts
Equity contracts
(146)
15
(82)
(184)
40
(357)
(232)
Credit contracts
(2)
5
(3)
(3)
Other contracts
(7)
(15)
15
(7)
16
Total derivative liabilities, net*
(155)
5
(70)
(184)
40
(364)
(219)
Fortitude Re funds withheld Payable
7,749
(2,007)
(168)
5,574
(88)
Debt of consolidated investment entities
951
48
(395)
604
(13)
Total
$18,583
$(4,249)
$—
$(400)
$(184)
$40
$13,790
$2,148
$—
*
Total Level 3 derivative exposures have been netted in these tables for presentation purposes only.
F-155

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Net realized and unrealized gains and losses included in income related to Level 3 assets and liabilities shown above are reported in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) as follows:
(in millions)
Policy
Fees
Net Investment
Income
Net Realized
Gains
(Losses)
Interest
Expense
Total
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale
$
$117
$(11)
$—
$106
Other bond securities
(29)
(29)
Equity securities
Other invested assets
110
110
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
(1,797)
(1,797)
Derivative liabilities, net
(15)
313
298
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
(2,837)
(2,837)
Debt of consolidated investment entities
1
1
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale
$
$129
$2
$—
$131
Other bond securities
4
4
Equity securities
11
11
Other invested assets
140
140
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
(2,295)
(2,295)
Derivative liabilities, net
(15)
20
5
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
(2,007)
(2,007)
Debt of consolidated investment entities*
48
48
*
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, includes $23 million of loss on extinguishment of debt, and $25 million of interest expense.
The following table presents the gross components of purchases, sales, issuances and settlements, net, shown above, for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021 related to Level 3 assets and liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets:
(in millions)
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
and
Settlements*
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances and
Settlements,
Net*
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$
$(55)
$(1)
$(56)
Corporate debt
218
218
RMBS
108
(473)
(365)
CMBS
42
(32)
10
CLO/ABS
877
(195)
682
Total bonds available for sale
1,027
(55)
(483)
489
F-156

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(in millions)
Purchases
Sales
Issuances
and
Settlements*
Purchases,
Sales,
Issuances and
Settlements,
Net*
Other bond securities:
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt
19
58
77
RMBS
17
(5)
12
CMBS
CLO/ABS
300
(11)
289
Total other bond securities
336
42
378
Equity securities
1
1
Other invested assets
239
(267)
(28)
Total assets
$1,602
$(55)
$(707)
$840
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
$
$222
$(73)
$149
Derivative liabilities, net
(73)
59
(14)
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
(341)
(341)
Debt of consolidated investment entities
(1)
(1)
Total liabilities
$(73)
$222
$(356)
$(207)
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$6
$(20)
$(41)
$(55)
Corporate debt
377
(234)
143
RMBS
22
(406)
(384)
CMBS
86
(15)
71
CLO/ABS
299
(21)
(455)
(177)
Total bonds available for sale
790
(41)
(1,151)
(402)
Corporate debt
RMBS
(15)
(15)
CMBS
(6)
(6)
CLO/ABS
(11)
(11)
Total other bond securities
(6)
(26)
(32)
Equity securities
(12)
(12)
Other invested assets
197
(272)
(75)
Total assets
987
(47)
(1,461)
(521)
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits
190
43
233
Derivative liabilities, net
(47)
(23)
(70)
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
(168)
(168)
Debt of consolidated investment entities
(395)
(395)
Total liabilities
$(47)
$190
$(543)
$(400)
*
There were no issuances during the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.
F-157

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Both observable and unobservable inputs may be used to determine the fair values of positions classified in Level 3 in the tables above. As a result, the unrealized gains (losses) on instruments held at March 31, 2022 and 2021 may include changes in fair value that were attributable to both observable (e.g., changes in market interest rates) and unobservable inputs (e.g., changes in unobservable long-dated volatilities).
Transfers of Level 3 Assets and Liabilities
We record transfers of assets and liabilities into or out of Level 3 at their fair values as of the end of each reporting period, consistent with the date of the determination of fair value. The net realized and unrealized gains (losses) included in net income (loss) or Other comprehensive income (loss) as shown in the table above excludes $(25) million and $(195) million of net gains (losses) related to assets transferred into Level 3 during the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, and includes $(39) million and $(1) million of net gains (losses) related to assets transferred out of Level 3 during the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Transfers of Level 3 Assets
During the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, transfers into Level 3 assets primarily included certain investments in private placement corporate debt, RMBS, CMBS and CLO/ABS. Transfers of private placement corporate debt and certain ABS into Level 3 assets were primarily the result of limited market pricing information that required us to determine fair value for these securities based on inputs that are adjusted to better reflect our own assumptions regarding the characteristics of a specific security or associated market liquidity. The transfers of investments in RMBS, CMBS and CLO and certain ABS into Level 3 assets were due to diminished market transparency and liquidity for individual security types. Additionally, during 2019, a consolidated investment company acquired certain real estate investments.
During the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, transfers out of Level 3 assets primarily included private placement and other corporate debt, CMBS, RMBS, CLO/ABS and certain investments in municipal securities. Transfers of certain investments in municipal securities, corporate debt, RMBS, CMBS and CLO/ABS out of Level 3 assets were based on consideration of market liquidity as well as related transparency of pricing and associated observable inputs for these investments. Transfers of certain investments in private placement corporate debt and certain ABS out of Level 3 assets were primarily the result of using observable pricing information that reflects the fair value of those securities without the need for adjustment based on our own assumptions regarding the characteristics of a specific security or the current liquidity in the market.
Transfers of Level 3 Liabilities
There were no significant transfers of derivative or other liabilities into or out of Level 3 for the three months ended March 31, 2022. During the three months ended March 31, 2021, transfers of Level 3 liabilities primarily included certain equity derivatives.
F-158

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
QUANTITATIVE INFORMATION ABOUT LEVEL 3 FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The table below presents information about the significant unobservable inputs used for recurring fair value measurements for certain Level 3 instruments, and includes only those instruments for which information about the inputs is reasonably available to us, such as data from independent third-party valuation service providers and from internal valuation models. Because input information from third-parties with respect to certain Level 3 instruments (primarily CLO/ABS) may not be reasonably available to us, balances shown below may not equal total amounts reported for such Level 3 assets and liabilities:
(in millions)
Fair Value at
March 31,
2022
Valuation
Technique
Unobservable Input(a)
Range
(Weighted Average)(b)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$1,029
Discounted cash flow
Yield
3.91% - 4.37% (4.14%)
Corporate debt
1,988
Discounted cash flow
Yield
2.05% - 6.77% (4.41%)
RMBS(c)
4,460
Discounted cash flow
Constant prepayment rate
5.68% - 11.07% (8.38%)
 
 
 
Loss severity
44.00% - 73.31% (58.66%)
 
 
 
Constant default rate
1.44% - 3.68% (2.56%)
 
 
 
Yield
3.59% - 5.38% (4.49%)
CLO/ABS(c)
9,242
Discounted cash flow
Yield
3.57% - 5.62% (4.59%)
CMBS
675
Discounted cash flow
Yield
3.16% – 5.52% (4.34%)
Liabilities(d):
 
 
 
 
Embedded derivatives within Policyholder contract deposits:
 
 
 
 
Variable annuity guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (GMWB)
1,667
Discounted cash flow
Equity volatility
5.85% – 46.25%
 
 
 
Base lapse rate
0.16% – 12.60%
 
 
 
Dynamic lapse multiplier(e)
20.00% – 186.00%
 
 
 
Mortality multiplier(e)(f)
38.00% – 147.00%
 
 
 
Utilization
90.00% – 100.00%
 
 
 
Equity / interest-rate correlation
20.00% – 40.00%
 
 
 
NPA(g)
0.17% – 1.72%
Fixed index annuities including certain GMWBs
5,673
Discounted cash flow
Lapse rate
0.50% – 50.00%
 
 
 
Dynamic lapse multiplier(e)
20.00% – 186.00%
 
 
 
Mortality multiplier(f)
24.00% – 180.00%
 
 
 
Utilization(h)
60.00% – 95.00%
 
 
 
Option Budget
0.00% – 4.00%
 
 
 
NPA(g)
0.17% – 1.72%
Index Life
690
Discounted cash flow
Base lapse rate
0.00% – 37.97%
 
 
 
Mortality rate
0.002% – 100.00%
 
 
 
NPA(g)
0.17% – 1.72%
F-159

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(in millions)
Fair Value at
December 31,
2021
Valuation
Technique
Unobservable Input(a)
Range
(Weighted Average)(b)
Assets:
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$1,364
Discounted cash flow
Yield
2.92% – 3.27% (3.10%)
Corporate debt
1,789
Discounted cash flow
Yield
1.75% – 7.05% (4.40%)
RMBS(c)
7,141
Discounted cash flow
Constant prepayment rate
5.18% – 18.41% (11.79%)
 
 
 
Loss severity
24.87% – 72.64% (48.75%)
 
 
 
Constant default rate
1.01% – 5.74% (3.37%)
 
 
 
Yield
1.72% – 4.08% (2.90%)
CLO/ABS(c)
8,251
Discounted cash flow
Yield
2.07% – 4.19% (3.13%)
CMBS
887
Discounted cash flow
Yield
1.54% – 4.49% (3.02%)
Liabilities(d):
 
 
 
 
Embedded derivatives within Policyholder contract deposits:
 
 
 
 
Variable annuity guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (GMWB)
2,472
Discounted cash flow
Equity volatility
5.95% – 46.65%
 
 
 
Base lapse rate
0.16% – 12.60%
 
 
 
Dynamic lapse multiplier(e)
20.00% – 186.00%
 
 
 
Mortality multiplier(e)(f)
38.00% – 147.00%
 
 
 
Utilization
90.00% – 100.00%
 
 
 
Equity / interest-rate correlation
20.00% – 40.00%
 
 
 
NPA(g)
0.01% – 1.40%
Fixed index annuities including certain GMWBs
6,445
Discounted cash flow
Lapse rate
0.50% – 50.00%
 
 
 
Dynamic Lapse multiplier
20.00% – 186.00%
 
 
 
Mortality multiplier(f)
24.00% – 180.00%
 
 
 
Utilization(h)
60.00% – 95.00%
 
 
 
Option budget
0.00% – 4.00%
 
 
 
NPA(g)
0.01% – 1.40%
Index Life
765
Discounted cash flow
Base lapse rate
0.00% – 37.97%
 
 
 
Mortality rate
0.002% – 100.00%
 
 
 
NPA(g)
0.01% – 1.40%
(a)
Represents discount rates, estimates and assumptions that we believe would be used by market participants when valuing these assets and liabilities.
(b)
The weighted averaging for fixed maturity securities is based on the estimated fair value of the securities. Because the valuation methodology for embedded derivatives within Policyholder contract deposits uses a range of inputs that vary at the contract level over the cash flow projection period, management believes that presenting a range, rather than weighted average, is a more meaningful representation of the unobservable inputs used in the valuation. Information received from third-party valuation service providers.
F-160

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
(c)
Information received from third-party valuation service providers. The ranges of the unobservable inputs for constant prepayment rate, loss severity and constant default rate relate to each of the individual underlying mortgage loans that comprise the entire portfolio of securities in the RMBS and CLO securitization vehicles and not necessarily to the securitization vehicle bonds (tranches) purchased by us. The ranges of these inputs do not directly correlate to changes in the fair values of the tranches purchased by us, because there are other factors relevant to the fair values of specific tranches owned by us including, but not limited to, purchase price, position in the waterfall, senior versus subordinated position and attachment points.
(d)
The Fortitude Re funds withheld payable has been excluded from the above table. As discussed in Note 7, the Fortitude Re funds withheld payable is created through modified coinsurance (modco) and funds withheld reinsurance arrangements where the investments supporting the reinsurance agreements are withheld by and continue to reside on Corebridge’s balance sheet. This embedded derivative is valued as a total return swap with reference to the fair value of the invested assets held by Corebridge. Accordingly, the unobservable inputs utilized in the valuation of the embedded derivative are a component of the invested assets supporting the reinsurance agreements that are held on Corebridge’s balance sheet.
(e)
The ranges for these inputs vary due to the different GMWB product specification and policyholder characteristics across in force policies. Policyholder characteristics that affect these ranges include age, policy duration, and gender.
(f)
Mortality inputs are shown as multipliers of the 2012 Individual Annuity Mortality Basic table.
(g)
The non-performance risk adjustment (NPA) applied as a spread over risk-free curve for discounting.
(h)
The partial withdrawal utilization unobservable input range shown applies only to policies with guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefit riders that are accounted for as an embedded derivative. The total embedded derivative liability at March 31, 2022 is approximately $1.0 billion. The remaining guaranteed minimum riders on the Fixed Index Annuities are valued under the accounting guidance for certain nontraditional long-duration contracts.
The ranges of reported inputs for Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions, Corporate debt, RMBS, CLO/ABS, and CMBS valued using a discounted cash flow technique consist of one standard deviation in either direction from the value-weighted average. The preceding table does not give effect to our risk management practices that might offset risks inherent in these Level 3 assets and liabilities.
Interrelationships Between Unobservable Inputs
We consider unobservable inputs to be those for which market data is not available and that are developed using the best information available to us about the assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. Relevant inputs vary depending on the nature of the instrument being measured at fair value. The following paragraphs provide a general description of significant unobservable inputs along with interrelationships between and among the significant unobservable inputs and their impact on the fair value measurements. In practice, simultaneous changes in assumptions may not always have a linear effect on the inputs discussed below. Interrelationships may also exist between observable and unobservable inputs. Such relationships have not been included in the discussion below. For each of the individual relationships described below, the inverse relationship would also generally apply.
Fixed Maturity Securities
The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of fixed maturity securities is yield. The yield is affected by the market movements in credit spreads and U.S. Treasury yields. The yield may be affected by other factors including constant prepayment rates, loss severity, and constant default rates. In general, increases in the yield would decrease the fair value of investments, and conversely, decreases in the yield would increase the fair value of investments.
F-161

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Embedded derivatives within Policyholder contract deposits
Embedded derivatives reported within Policyholder contract deposits include interest crediting rates based on market indices within fixed index annuities, indexed life, and GICs as well as GMWB within variable annuity and certain fixed index annuity products. For any given contract, assumptions for unobservable inputs vary throughout the period over which cash flows are projected for purposes of valuing the embedded derivative. The following unobservable inputs are used for valuing embedded derivatives measured at fair value:
Long-term equity volatilities represent equity volatility beyond the period for which observable equity volatilities are available. Increases in assumed volatility will generally increase the fair value of both the projected cash flows from rider fees as well as the projected cash flows related to benefit payments. Therefore, the net change in the fair value of the liability may be either a decrease or an increase, depending on the relative changes in projected rider fees and projected benefit payments.
Equity / interest rate correlation estimates the relationship between changes in equity returns and interest rates in the economic scenario generator used to value our GMWB embedded derivatives. In general, a higher positive correlation assumes that equity markets and interest rates move in a more correlated fashion, which generally increases the fair value of the liability.
Base lapse rate assumptions are determined by company experience and judgement are adjusted at the contract level using a dynamic lapse function, which reduces the base lapse rate when the contract is in-the-money (when the contract holder’s guaranteed value, as estimated by the company, is worth more than their underlying account value). Lapse rates are also generally assumed to be lower in periods when a surrender charge applies. Increases in assumed lapse rates will generally decrease the fair value of the liability, as fewer policyholders would persist to collect guaranteed withdrawal amounts.
Mortality rate assumptions, which vary by age and gender, are based on company experience and include a mortality improvement assumption. Increases in assumed mortality rates will decrease the fair value of the liability, while lower mortality rate assumptions will generally increase the fair value of the liability, because guaranteed payments will be made for a longer period of time.
Utilization assumptions estimate the timing when policyholders with a GMWB will elect to utilize their benefit and begin taking withdrawals. The assumptions may vary by the type of guarantee, tax-qualified status, the contract’s withdrawal history and the age of the policyholder. Utilization assumptions are based on company experience, which includes partial withdrawal behavior. Increases in assumed utilization rates will generally increase the fair value of the liability.
Option budget estimates the expected long-term cost of options used to hedge exposures associated with equity price changes. The level of option budgets determines future costs of the options, which impacts the growth in account value and the valuation of embedded derivatives.
Non-performance or “own credit” risk adjustment used in the valuation of embedded derivatives, which reflects a market participant’s view of our claims-paying ability by incorporating a different spread (the NPA spread) to the curve used to discount projected benefit cash flows. When corporate credit spreads widen, the change in the NPA spread generally reduces the fair value of the embedded derivative liabilities, resulting in a gain, and when corporate credit spreads narrow or tighten, the change in the NPA spread generally increases the fair value of the embedded derivative liabilities, resulting in a loss. In addition to changes driven by credit market-related movements in the NPA spread, the NPA balance also reflects changes in business activity and in the net amount at risk from the underlying guaranteed living benefits offered by variable and certain fixed index annuities.
The projected cash flows incorporate best estimate assumptions for policyholder behavior (including mortality, lapses, withdrawals and benefit utilization), along with an explicit risk margin to reflect a market participant’s estimates of projected cash flows and policyholder behavior. Estimates of future policyholder behavior assumptions are subjective and based primarily on our historical experience.
F-162

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
Embedded derivatives within reinsurance contracts
The fair value of embedded derivatives associated with funds withheld reinsurance contracts is determined based upon a total return swap technique with reference to the fair value of the investments held by Corebridge related to Corebridge’s funds withheld payable. The fair value of the underlying assets is generally based on market observable inputs using industry standard valuation techniques. The valuation also requires certain significant inputs, which are generally not observable and accordingly, the valuation is considered Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
INVESTMENTS IN CERTAIN ENTITIES CARRIED AT FAIR VALUE USING NET ASSET VALUE PER SHARE
The following table includes information related to our investments in certain other invested assets, including private equity funds, hedge funds and other alternative investments that calculate net asset value per share (or its equivalent). For these investments, which are measured at fair value on a recurring basis, we use the net asset value per share to measure fair value.
 
 
March 31, 2022
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Investment Category Includes
Fair Value
Using NAV
Per Share (or
its equivalent)
Unfunded
Commitments
Fair Value
Using NAV
Per Share (or
its equivalent)
Unfunded
Commitments
Investment Category
 
 
 
 
 
Private equity funds:
 
 
 
 
 
Leveraged buyout
Debt and/or equity investments made as part of a transaction in which assets of mature companies are acquired from the current shareholders, typically with the use of financial leverage
$1,884
$1,361
$1,762
$1,229
Real Estate
Investments in real estate properties and infrastructure positions, including power plants and other energy generating facilities
875
389
490
365
Venture capital
Early-stage, high-potential, growth companies expected to generate a return through an eventual realization event, such as an initial public offering or sale of the company
208
140
194
135
Growth equity
Funds that make investments in established companies for the purpose of growing their businesses
641
42
637
37
Mezzanine
Funds that make investments in the junior debt and equity securities of leveraged companies
339
241
306
268
F-163

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
 
 
March 31, 2022
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Investment Category Includes
Fair Value
Using NAV
Per Share (or
its equivalent)
Unfunded
Commitments
Fair Value
Using NAV
Per Share (or
its equivalent)
Unfunded
Commitments
Other
Includes distressed funds that invest in securities of companies that are in default or under bankruptcy protection, as well as funds that have multi-strategy, and other strategies
1,191
304
921
324
Total private equity funds
 
5,138
2,477
4,310
2,358
Hedge funds:
 
 
 
 
 
Event-driven
Securities of companies undergoing material structural changes, including mergers, acquisitions and other reorganizations
18
18
Long-short
Securities that the manager believes are undervalued, with corresponding short positions to hedge market risk
316
404
Macro
Investments that take long and short positions in financial instruments based on a top-down view of certain economic and capital market conditions
337
370
Other
Includes investments held in funds that are less liquid, as well as other strategies which allow for broader allocation between public and private investments
152
110
Total hedge funds
 
823
902
Total
 
$5,961
$2,477
$5,212
$2,358
Private equity fund investments included above are not redeemable, because distributions from the funds will be received when underlying investments of the funds are liquidated. Private equity funds are generally expected to have 10-year lives at their inception, but these lives may be extended at the fund manager’s discretion, typically in one or two-year increments.
The hedge fund investments included above, which are carried at fair value, are generally redeemable subject to the redemption notices period. The majority of our hedge fund investments are redeemable monthly or quarterly.
F-164

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
FAIR VALUE OPTION
The following table presents the gains or losses recorded related to the eligible instruments for which we elected the fair value option:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Gain (Loss)
(in millions)
2022
2021
Assets:
 
 
Other bond securities(a)
$(112)
$14
Alternative investments(b)
243
260
Total assets
131
274
Liabilities:
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits(c)
7
10
Debt of consolidated investment entities(d)
(1)
(48)
Total liabilities
6
(38)
Total gain
$137
$236
(a)
Includes certain securities supporting the funds withheld arrangements with Fortitude Re. For additional information regarding the gains and losses for Other bond securities, see Note 5. For additional information regarding the funds withheld arrangements with Fortitude Re, see Note 7.
(b)
Includes certain hedge funds, private equity funds and other investment partnerships.
(c)
Represents GICs.
(d)
Primarily related to six transactions securitizing certain debt portfolios previously owned by Corebridge and its affiliates and were terminated during 2021. For additional information, see Note 8.
We calculate the effect of these credit spread changes using discounted cash flow techniques that incorporate current market interest rates, our observable credit spreads on these liabilities and other factors that mitigate the risk of nonperformance such as cash collateral posted.
We have elected fair value option on certain debt securities issued by Corebridge or its affiliates. As of March 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, the fair value was $5 million and $5 million, respectively. This relates to interest only notes issued by residential mortgage loan securitization structures for which the principal of the notes is a reference amount only and its repayment is not expected. The aforementioned principal reference amounts are $713 million and $779 million, as of March 31, 2021 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS ON A NON-RECURRING BASIS
The following table presents assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at the time of impairment and the related impairment charges recorded during the periods presented:
 
Assets at Fair Value
Impairment Charges
 
Non-Recurring Basis
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
2022
2021
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other investments
$—
$—
$
$
$—
$(6)
Total
$—
$—
$
$
$—
$(6)
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other investments
$—
$—
$89
$89
 
 
Mortgage and other loans receivable*
15
15
 
 
Other assets
14
14
 
 
Total
$—
$14
$104
$118
 
 
*
Mortgage and other loans receivable are carried at lower of cost or fair value.
F-165

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
In addition to the assets presented in the table above, at March 31, 2022 Corebridge carried $156 million of Other invested assets that are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis. Such investments are accounted for using the measurement alternative for equity securities. For additional information, see Note 5. Corebridge also had $42 million of loans held for sale which are carried at fair value at March 31, 2022. There is no associated impairment charge.
FAIR VALUE INFORMATION ABOUT FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS NOT MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE
Information regarding the estimation of fair value for financial instruments not carried at fair value (excluding insurance contracts and lease contracts) is discussed below:
Mortgage and other loans receivable: Fair values of loans on commercial real estate and other loans receivable are estimated for disclosure purposes using discounted cash flow calculations based on discount rates that we believe market participants would use in determining the price that they would pay for such assets. For certain loans, our current incremental lending rates for similar types of loans are used as the discount rates, because we believe this rate approximates the rates market participants would use. Fair values of residential mortgage loans are generally determined based on market prices, using market-based adjustments for credit and servicing as appropriate. The fair values of policy loans are generally estimated based on unpaid principal amount as of each reporting date. No consideration is given to credit risk because policy loans are effectively collateralized by the cash surrender value of the policies.
Other invested assets: The majority of the Other invested assets that are not measured at fair value represent time deposits with the original maturity at purchase greater than one year. The fair value of long-term time deposits is determined using the expected discounted future cash flow.
Cash and short-term investments: The carrying amounts of these assets approximate fair values because of the relatively short period of time between origination and expected realization, and their limited exposure to credit risk.
Policyholder contract deposits associated with investment-type contracts: Fair values for policyholder contract deposits associated with investment-type contracts not accounted for at fair value are estimated using discounted cash flow calculations based on interest rates currently being offered for similar contracts with maturities consistent with those of the contracts being valued. When no similar contracts are being offered, the discount rate is the appropriate swap rate (if available) or current risk-free interest rate consistent with the currency in which the cash flows are denominated. To determine fair value, other factors include current policyholder account values and related surrender charges and other assumptions include expectations about policyholder behavior and an appropriate risk margin.
Other liabilities: The majority of the Other liabilities that are financial instruments not measured at fair value represent secured financing arrangements, including repurchase agreements. The carrying amounts of these liabilities approximate fair value, because the financing arrangements are short-term and are secured by cash or other liquid collateral.
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable: The funds withheld payable contains an embedded derivative and the changes in its fair value are recognized in earnings each period. The difference between the total Fortitude Re funds withheld payable and the embedded derivative represents the host contract.
Short term and long-term debt and debt of consolidated investment entities: Fair values of these obligations were determined by reference to quoted market prices, when available and appropriate, or discounted cash flow calculations based upon our current market observable implicit credit spread rates for similar types of borrowings with maturities consistent with those remaining for the debt being valued.
Separate Account Liabilities—Investment Contracts: Only the portion of separate account liabilities related to products that are investment contracts are reflected in the table below. Separate account liabilities are recorded at the amount credited to the contract holder, which reflects the change in fair value of the corresponding separate account assets including contract holder deposits less withdrawals and fees; therefore, carrying value approximates fair value.
F-166

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Notes to Condensed Combined Financial Statements (unaudited)
4.
Fair Value Measurements (continued)
The following table presents the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of our financial instruments not measured at fair value and indicates the level in the fair value hierarchy of the estimated fair value measurement based on the observability of the inputs used:
(in millions)
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Carrying Value
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage and other loans receivable
$
$47
$40,803
$40,850
$40,907
Other invested assets
194
194
194
Short-term investments
3,290
3,290
3,290
Cash
583
583
583
Other assets
4
4
4
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits associated with investment-type contracts
155
142,467
142,622
134,562
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
26,701
26,701
26,701
Other liabilities
3,574
3,574
3,574
Short term debt
 
8,346
8,346
8,346
Long-term debt
547
547
427
Debt of consolidated investment entities
3,184
3,537
6,721
6,881
Separate account liabilities - investment contracts
96,097
96,097
96,097
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage and other loans receivable
$
$52
$41,077
$41,129
$39,373
Other invested assets
193
193
193
Short-term investments
4,016
4,016
4,016
Cash
537
537
537
Other assets
7
7
7
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
Policyholder contract deposits associated with investment-type contracts
169
142,974
143,143
133,043
Fortitude Re funds withheld payable
27,170
27,170
27,170
Other liabilities
3,704
3,704
3,704
Short term debt
8,317
8,317
8,317
Long-term debt
586
586
427
Debt of consolidated investment entities
3,077
3,810
6,887
6,931
Separate account liabilities - investment contracts
104,126
104,126
104,126
F-167

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5.
Investments
SECURITIES AVAILABLE FOR SALE
The following table presents the amortized cost or cost and fair value of our available for sale securities:
(in millions)
Amortized
Cost or
Costs(a)
Allowance
for Credit
Losses(b)
Gross
Unrealized
Gains
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value(a)
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$1,413
$
$123
$(3)
$1,533
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
7,226
487
(177)
7,536
Non-U.S. governments
5,660
(24)
161
(339)
5,458
Corporate debt
127,639
(107)
4,464
(5,848)
126,148
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized:
 
 
 
 
 
RMBS
12,578
(8)
1,111
(179)
13,502
CMBS
10,824
103
(340)
10,587
CLO/ABS
16,266
(2)
80
(464)
15,880
Total mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
39,668
(10)
1,294
(983)
39,969
Total bonds available for sale(c)
$181,606
$(141)
$6,529
$(7,350)
$180,644
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$1,406
$
$306
$
$1,712
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
7,321
1,362
(7)
8,676
Non-U.S. governments
6,026
495
(124)
6,397
Corporate debt
128,417
(72)
12,674
(956)
140,063
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized:
 
 
 
 
 
RMBS
13,236
(6)
1,762
(34)
14,958
CMBS
10,903
451
(54)
11,300
CLO/ABS
15,284
278
(100)
15,462
Total mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
39,423
(6)
2,491
(188)
41,720
Total bonds available for sale(c)
$182,593
$(78)
$17,328
$(1,275)
$198,568
(a)
The table above includes available for sale securities issued by related parties. This includes RMBS securities which had a fair value of $45 million and $47 million, and an amortized cost of $44 million and $44 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Additionally, this includes CLO/ABS securities which had a fair value of $784 million and $862 million and an amortized cost of $792 million and $823 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
(b)
Represents the allowance for credit losses that has been recognized.
(c)
At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, bonds available for sale held by us that were below investment grade or not rated totaled $18.6 billion and $20.4 billion, respectively.
F-168

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5.
Investments(continued)
Securities Available for Sale in a Loss Position for Which No Allowance for Credit Loss Has Been Recorded
The following table summarizes the fair value and gross unrealized losses on our available for sale securities, aggregated by major investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for which no allowance for credit loss has been recorded:
 
Less than 12 Months
12 Months or More
Total
(in millions)
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
Fair
Value
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$48
$3
$
$
$48
$3
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
2,030
162
66
15
2,096
177
Non-U.S. governments
2,447
203
511
137
2,958
340
Corporate debt
56,583
4,561
7,496
1,265
64,079
5,826
RMBS
3,773
155
50
6
3,823
161
CMBS
6,661
320
76
20
6,737
340
CLO/ABS
12,538
445
178
19
12,716
464
Total bonds available for sale
$84,080
$5,849
$8,377
$1,462
$92,457
$7,311
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government and government sponsored entities
$
$
$
$
$
$
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
201
4
48
3
249
7
Non-U.S. governments
1,198
58
376
66
1,574
124
Corporate debt
19,916
513
6,922
387
26,838
900
RMBS
1,235
30
27
2
1,262
32
CMBS
2,498
36
79
18
2,577
54
CLO/ABS
6,369
91
161
9
6,530
100
Total bonds available for sale
$31,417
$732
$7,613
$485
$39,030
$1,217
At March 31, 2022, we held 10,427 individual fixed maturity securities that were in an unrealized loss position and for which no allowance for credit losses has been recorded (including 1,375 individual fixed maturity securities that were in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or more). At December 31, 2021, we held 4,944 individual fixed maturity securities that were in an unrealized loss position (including 1,179 individual fixed maturity securities were in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or more). We did not recognize the unrealized losses in earnings on these fixed maturity securities at March 31, 2022 because it was determined that such losses were due to non-credit factors. Additionally, we neither intend to sell the securities nor do we believe that it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell these securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis. For fixed maturity securities with significant declines, we performed fundamental credit analyses on a security-by-security basis, which included consideration of credit enhancements, liquidity position, expected defaults, industry and sector analysis, forecasts and available market data.
F-169

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5.
Investments(continued)
Contractual Maturities of Fixed Maturity Securities Available for Sale
The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value of fixed maturity securities available for sale by contractual maturity:
 
Total Fixed Maturity Securities
Available for sale
(in millions)
Amortized Cost,
Net of Allowance
Fair Value
March 31, 2022
 
 
Due in one year or less
$3,052
$3,049
Due after one year through five years
20,667
20,805
Due after five years through ten years
30,779
30,728
Due after ten years
87,309
86,093
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
39,658
39,969
Total
$181,465
$180,644
Actual maturities may differ from contractual maturities because certain borrowers have the right to call or prepay certain obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties.
The following table presents the gross realized gains and gross realized losses from sales or maturities of our available for sale securities:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
2022
2021
(in millions)
Gross
Realized
Gains
Gross
Realized
Losses
Gross
Realized
Gains
Gross
Realized
Losses
Fixed maturity securities
$64
$(163)
$342
$(31)
For the three-month period ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, the aggregate fair value of available for sale securities sold was $2.1 billion and $3.2 billion, respectively, which resulted in net realized gains (losses) of $(99) million and $311 million, respectively. Included within the net realized gains (losses) are $(20) million and $267 million of realized gains (losses) for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively, which relate to the Fortitude Re funds withheld assets held by Corebridge in support of Fortitude Re’s reinsurance obligations to Corebridge (Fortitude Re funds withheld assets). These realized gains are included in Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets.
F-170

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5.
Investments(continued)
OTHER SECURITIES MEASURED AT FAIR VALUE
The following table presents the fair value of fixed maturity securities measured at fair value, including securities in the modco agreement with Fortitude Re, based on our election of the fair value option and equity securities measured at fair value:
 
March 31, 2022
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Fair
Value(a)
Percent
of Total
Fair
Value(a)
Percent
of Total
Fixed maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities, and political subdivisions
$48
2%
$50
2%
Non-U.S. governments
32
1%
17
1%
Corporate debt
1,252
45%
1,000
43%
Mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized:
 
 
 
 
RMBS
200
7%
199
9%
CMBS
242
9%
234
10%
CLO/ABS and other collateralized
897
32%
582
25%
Total mortgage-backed, asset-backed and collateralized
1,339
48%
1,015
44%
Total fixed maturity securities
2,671
96%
2,082
90%
Equity securities
109
4%
242
10%
Total
$2,780
100%
$2,324
100%
(a)
The table above includes other securities measured at fair value issued by related parties, which are primarily Corebridge affiliates that are not consolidated. There were no equity securities with related parties as of March 31, 2022.
OTHER INVESTED ASSETS
The following table summarizes the carrying amounts of other invested assets:
(in millions)
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
Alternative investments(a)(b)
$7,966
$7,527
Investment Real Estate (c)
2,290
2,349
All Other Investments (d)
715
691
Total (e)
$10,971
$10,567
(a)
At March 31, 2022, included hedge funds of $882 million, and private equity funds of $7.1 billion. At December 31, 2021, included hedge funds of $1.0 billion, and private equity funds of $6.5 billion.
(b)
At March 31, 2022, approximately 78% of our hedge fund portfolio is available for redemption in 2022. The remaining 22% will be available for redemption between 2023 and 2028. At December 31, 2021, approximately 73% of our hedge fund portfolio is available for redemption in 2022. The remaining 27% will be available for redemption between 2023 and 2028.
(c)
Represents values net of accumulated depreciation of $635 million in March 31, 2022 and $493 million in December 31, 2021, respectively. The accumulated depreciation related to the investment real estate held by affordable housing partnerships is $123 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
(d)
Includes Corebridge’s ownership interest in Fortitude Holdings, which is recorded using the measurement alternative for equity securities. Our investment in Fortitude Holdings totaled $156 million and $100 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
(e)
Includes investments in related parties, which totaled $14 million and $11 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
F-171

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5.
Investments(continued)
Other Invested Assets – Equity Method Investments
The following table presents the carrying amount and ownership percentage of equity method investments at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021:
 
March 31, 2022
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Carrying
Value
Ownership
Percentage
Carrying
Value
Ownership
Percentage
Equity method investments
$3,011
Various
$2,797
Various
NET INVESTMENT INCOME
The following table presents the components of Net investment income:
 
2022
2021
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Fund
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Fund
Withheld
Assets
Total
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Fund
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Fund
Withheld
Assets
Total
Available for sale fixed maturity securities, including short-term investments
$1,620
$268
$1,888
$1,722
$332
$2,054
Other bond securities
(19)
(93)
(112)
12
2
14
Equity securities
(57)
(57)
(31)
(31)
Interest on mortgage and other loans
384
40
424
348
41
389
Alternative investments(a)
445
71
516
402
69
471
Real estate
(3)
(3)
51
51
Other investments
38
38
28
28
Total investment income
2,408
286
2,694
2,532
444
2,976
Investment expenses
(105)
(8)
(113)
(72)
(8)
(80)
Net investment income
$2,303
$278
$2,581
$2,460
$436
$2,896
(a)
Included income from hedge funds, private equity funds and affordable housing partnerships. Hedge funds are recorded as of the balance sheet date. Private equity funds are generally reported on a one-quarter lag.
NET REALIZED GAINS AND LOSSES
The following table presents the components of Net realized gains (losses):
 
2022
2021
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Fund
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Fund
Withheld
Assets
Total
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Fund
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Fund
Withheld
Assets
Total
Sales of fixed maturity securities
$(79)
$(20)
$(99)
$44
$267
$311
Change in allowance for credit losses on fixed maturity securities
(26)
(40)
(66)
37
2
39
Change in allowance for credit losses on loans
(26)
(6)
(32)
26
(2)
24
Foreign exchange transactions, net of related hedges
111
6
117
(66)
(2)
(68)
Variable annuity embedded derivatives, net of related hedges*
506
506
84
84
Fixed index annuity and indexed life embedded derivatives, net of related hedges
538
538
476
476
All other derivatives and hedge accounting
(12)
(66)
(78)
(3)
(114)
(117)
Sales of alternative investments and real estate investments
8
1
9
26
4
30
F-172

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5.
Investments(continued)
 
2022
2021
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Fund
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Fund
Withheld
Assets
Total
Excluding
Fortitude
Re Fund
Withheld
Assets
Fortitude
Re Fund
Withheld
Assets
Total
Other
(8)
2
(6)
88
88
Net realized gains (losses) – excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
1,012
(123)
889
712
155
867
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
2,837
2,837
2,007
2,007
Net realized gains (losses)
$1,012
$2,714
$3,726
$712
$2,162
$2,874
*
The variable annuity embedded derivatives are presented net of gains (losses) related to interest rate and equity derivative contracts.
Change in Unrealized Appreciation (Depreciation) of Investments
The following table presents the increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of our available for sale securities:
Three months ended March 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
Increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments:
 
 
Fixed maturity securities
$(16,874)
$(10,455)
Total increase (decrease) in unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
$(16,874)
$(10,455)
The following table summarizes the unrealized gains and losses recognized in Net Investment Income during the reporting period on equity securities and other invested assets still held at the reporting date:
 
2022
2021
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
Equities
Other
Invested
Assets
Total
Equities
Other
Invested
Assets
Total
Net gains and losses recognized during the period on equity securities
$(57)
$299
$242
$(31)
$315
$284
Less: Net gains and losses recognized during the year on equity securities sold during the year
(46)
(3)
(49)
(280)
26
(254)
Unrealized gains and losses recognized during the reporting period on equity securities still held at the reporting date
$(11)
$302
$291
$249
$289
$538
F-173

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5.
Investments(continued)
EVALUATING INVESTMENTS FOR AN ALLOWANCE FOR CREDIT LOSSES
Credit Impairments
The following table presents a rollforward of the changes in allowance for credit losses on available for sale fixed maturity securities by major investment category:
 
2022
2021
Years Ended March 31,
(in millions)
Structured
Non-
Structured
Total
Structured
Non-Structured
Total
Balance, beginning of period*
$6
$72
$78
$14
$117
$131
Additions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities for which allowance for credit losses were not previously recorded
34
94
128
2
9
11
Reductions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Securities sold during the period
(3)
(3)
(1)
(6)
(7)
Additional net increases or decreases to the allowance for credit losses on securities that had an allowance recorded in a previous period, for which there was no intent to sell before recovery, amortized cost basis
(29)
(33)
(62)
(3)
(45)
(48)
Write-offs charged against the allowance
(3)
(3)
Balance, end of period
$11
$130
$141
$12
$72
$84
*
The beginning balance incorporates the Day 1 gross up on PCD assets held as of January 1, 2020.
Purchased Credit Deteriorated/Impaired Securities
We purchase certain RMBS securities that have experienced more-than-insignificant deterioration in credit quality since origination. Subsequent to the adoption of the Financial Instruments Credit Losses Standard these are referred to as PCD assets. At the time of purchase an allowance is recognized for these PCD assets by adding it to the purchase price to arrive at the initial amortized cost. There is no credit loss expense recognized upon acquisition of a PCD asset. When determining the initial allowance for credit losses, management considers the historical performance of underlying assets and available market information as well as bond-specific structural considerations, such as credit enhancement and the priority of payment structure of the security. In addition, the process of estimating future cash flows includes, but is not limited to, the following critical inputs:
Current delinquency rates;
Expected default rates and the timing of such defaults;
Loss severity and the timing of any recovery; and
Expected prepayment speeds.
Subsequent to the acquisition date, the PCD assets follow the same accounting as other structured securities that are not high credit quality.
We did not purchase securities with more than insignificant credit deterioration since their origination during the three-month periods ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.
PLEDGED INVESTMENTS
Secured Financing and Similar Arrangements
We enter into secured financing transactions whereby certain securities are sold under agreements to repurchase (repurchase agreements), in which we transfer securities in exchange for cash, with an agreement by us to repurchase the same or substantially similar securities. Our secured financing transactions also include those that involve the transfer of securities to financial institutions in exchange for cash (securities lending
F-174

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5.
Investments(continued)
agreements). In all of these secured financing transactions, the securities transferred by us (pledged collateral) may be sold or repledged by the counterparties. These agreements are recorded at their contracted amounts plus accrued interest, other than those that are accounted for at fair value.
Pledged collateral levels are monitored daily and are generally maintained at an agreed-upon percentage of the fair value of the amounts borrowed during the life of the transactions. In the event of a decline in the fair value of the pledged collateral under these secured financing transactions, we may be required to transfer cash or additional securities as pledged collateral under these agreements. At the termination of the transactions, we and our counterparties are obligated to return the amounts borrowed and the securities transferred, respectively.
The following table presents the fair value of securities pledged to counterparties under secured financing transactions, including repurchase and securities lending agreements:
(in millions)
March 31, 2022
December 31, 2021
Fixed maturity securities available for sale
$3,277
$3,582
Other bond securities
31
At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, amounts borrowed under repurchase and securities lending agreements totaled $3.6 billion and $3.7 billion, respectively.
The following table presents the fair value of securities pledged under our repurchase agreements by collateral type and by remaining contractual maturity:
 
Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
(in millions)
Overnight
and
Continuous
up to
30 days
31 - 90
days
91 - 364
days
365
days or greater
Total
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. governments
$61
$—
$—
$—
$—
$61
Corporate debt
212
73
285
Total
$273
$73
$—
$—
$—
$346
Other bonds securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. governments
$2
$—
$—
$—
$—
$2
Total
$2
$—
$—
$—
$—
$2
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. governments
$48
$—
$—
$—
$—
$48
Corporate debt
128
61
22
211
Total
$176
$61
$22
$—
$—
$259
F-175

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5.
Investments(continued)
The following table presents the fair value of securities pledged under our securities lending agreements by collateral type and by remaining contractual maturity:
 
Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
(in millions)
Overnight
and
Continuous
up to 30
days
31 - 90
days
91 - 364
days
365 days or
greater
Total
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$—
$149
$
$—
$—
$149
Non-U.S. government
422
80
502
Corporate debt
1,812
468
2,280
Total
$—
$2,383
$548
$—
$—
$2,931
Other bonds securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. government
$2
$
$9
$—
$—
$11
Corporate debt
20
20
Total
$2
$
$29
$—
$—
$31
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Obligations of states, municipalities and political subdivisions
$—
$
$106
$—
$—
$106
Non-U.S. government
43
43
Corporate debt
534
2,640
3,174
Total
$—
$534
$2,789
$—
$—
$3,323
There were no reverse repurchase agreements at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
We do not currently offset any secured financing transactions. All such transactions are collateralized and margined daily consistent with market standards and subject to enforceable master netting arrangements with rights of set off.
Insurance – Statutory and Other Deposits
The total carrying value of cash and securities deposited by our insurance subsidiaries under requirements of regulatory authorities or other insurance-related arrangements, including certain annuity-related obligations and certain reinsurance treaties, was $3.2 billion and $3.9 billion at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
Other Pledges and Restrictions
Certain of our subsidiaries are members of Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”) and such membership requires the members to own stock in these FHLBs. We owned an aggregate of $194 million and $193 million of stock in FHLBs at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. In addition, our subsidiaries have pledged securities available for sale and residential loans associated with borrowings and funding agreements from FHLBs, with a fair value of $3.7 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2022 and $3.7 billion and $1.4 billion, respectively, at December 31, 2021.
Certain GICs recorded in policyholder contract deposits with a carrying value of $83 million and $76 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, have provisions that require collateral to be posted or payments to be made by us upon a downgrade of our long-term debt ratings. The actual amount of collateral required to be posted to the counterparties in the event of such downgrades, and the aggregate amount of payments that we could be required to make, depend on market conditions, the fair value of outstanding affected transactions and other factors prevailing at and after the time of the downgrade. The fair value of securities pledged as collateral with respect to these obligations was approximately $63 million and $41 million
F-176

TABLE OF CONTENTS

5.
Investments(continued)
at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. This collateral primarily consists of securities of the U.S. government and government-sponsored entities and generally cannot be repledged or resold by the counterparties.
As part of our collateralized reinsurance transactions, we pledge collateral to cedants. The fair value of securities pledged as excess collateral with respect to these obligations was approximately $131 million and $148 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Additionally, assets supporting these transactions are held solely for the benefit of the cedants and insulated from obligations owed to our other policyholders and general creditors.
Reinsurance transactions between Corebridge and Fortitude Re were structured as modco with funds withheld.
For further discussion on the sale of Fortitude Holdings see Note 7.
6.
Lending Activities
The following table presents the composition of Mortgage and other loans receivable, net:
(in millions)
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
Commercial mortgages(a)
$31,056
$30,528
Residential mortgages
4,877
4,672
Life insurance policy loans
1,805
1,832
Commercial loans, other loans and notes receivable(b)
3,699
2,852
Total mortgage and other loans receivable
41,437
39,884
Allowance for credit losses(c)
(488)
(496)
Mortgage and other loans receivable, net
$40,949
$39,388
(a)
Commercial mortgages primarily represent loans for apartments, offices and retail properties, with exposures in New York and California representing the largest geographic concentrations (aggregating approximately 20% and 10%, respectively, at March 31, 2022, and 22% and 10%, respectively, at December 31, 2021). The weighted average loan-to-value ratio for NY and CA was 51% and 53% at March 31, 2022, respectively and 51% and 53% at December 31, 2021, respectively. The debt service coverage ratio for NY and CA was 2.1X and 2.0X at March 31, 2022, respectively, and 2.0X and 1.9X at December 31, 2021, respectively.
(b)
Includes loans held for sale which are carried at lower cost or market and are collateralized primarily by apartments. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the net carrying value of these loans were $105 million and $15 million, respectively.
(c)
Does not include allowance for credit losses of $93 million and $57 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021 in relation to off-balance-sheet commitments to fund commercial mortgage loans, which is recorded in Other liabilities.
Interest income is not accrued when payment of contractual principal and interest is not expected. Any cash received on impaired loans is generally recorded as a reduction of the current carrying amount of the loan. Accrual of interest income is generally resumed when delinquent contractual principal and interest is repaid or when a portion of the delinquent contractual payments are made, and the ongoing required contractual payments have been made for an appropriate period. As of March 31, 2022, $8 million and $104 million of residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans, respectively, were placed on nonaccrual status. As of December 31, 2021, $7 million and $118 million of residual mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans, respectively were placed on nonaccrual status.
Accrued interest is presented separately and is included in Accrued Investment Income on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. As of March 31, 2022, accrued interest receivable was $11 million and $110 million associated with residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans, respectively. As of
F-177

TABLE OF CONTENTS

6.
Lending Activities(continued)
December 31, 2021 accrued interest receivable was $11 million and $109 million associated with residential mortgage loans and commercial mortgage loans, respectively.
A significant majority of commercial mortgages in the portfolio are non-recourse loans and, accordingly, the only guarantees are for specific items that are exceptions to the non-recourse provisions. It is therefore extremely rare for us to have cause to enforce the provisions of a guarantee on a commercial real estate or mortgage loan.
Nonperforming loans are generally those loans where payment of contractual principal or interest is more than 90 days past due. Nonperforming mortgages were not significant for all periods presented.
CREDIT QUALITY OF COMMERCIAL MORTGAGES
The following table presents debt service coverage ratios(a) for commercial mortgages by year of vintage:
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Prior
Total
>1.2X
$1,476
$1,910
$1,531
$4,867
$3,261
$11,552
$24,597
1.00 - 1.20X
19
503
820
507
1,296
1,720
4,865
<1.00X
25
71
542
956
1,594
Total commercial mortgages
$1,495
$2,413
$2,376
$5,445
$5,099
$14,228
$31,056
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Prior
Total
>1.2X
$1,861
$1,520
$4,915
$3,300
$2,997
$9,005
$23,598
1.00 - 1.20X
463
810
598
1,030
88
1,684
4,673
<1.00X
27
71
826
1,333
2,257
Total commercial mortgages
$2,324
$2,357
$5,584
$5,156
$3,085
$12,022
$30,528
The following table presents loan-to-value ratios(b) for commercial mortgages by year of vintage:
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Prior
Total
Less than 65%
$1,009
$1,903
$1,938
$3,779
$4,020
$10,016
$22,665
65% to 75%
486
304
412
1,666
1,049
2,910
6,827
76% to 80%
206
30
444
680
Greater than 80%
26
858
884
Total commercial mortgages
$1,495
$2,413
$2,376
$5,445
$5,099
$14,228
$31,056
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Prior
Total
Less than 65%
$1,859
$1,935
$3,912
$4,072
$2,384
$8,264
$22,426
65% to 75%
304
396
1,672
1,084
340
2,814
6,610
76% to 80%
188
259
447
Greater than 80%
161
26
173
685
1,045
Total commercial mortgages
$2,324
$2,357
$5,584
$5,156
$3,085
$12,022
$30,528
(a)
The debt service coverage ratio compares a property’s net operating income to its debt service payments, including principal and interest. Our weighted average debt service coverage ratio was 2.0X at March 31, 2022 and 1.9X at December 31, 2021. The debt service coverage ratios have been updated within the last three months. The debt service coverage ratios are updated when additional information becomes available.
(b)
The loan-to-value ratio compares the current unpaid principal balance of the loan to the estimated fair value
F-178

TABLE OF CONTENTS

6.
Lending Activities(continued)
of the underlying property collateralizing the loan. Our weighted average loan-to-value ratio was 57% at March 31, 2022, and 57% at December 31, 2021. The loan-to-value ratios have been updated within the last three to nine months.
The following table presents the credit quality performance indicators for commercial mortgages:
(dollars in millions)
Number
of
Loans
Class
Total(c)
Percent
of
Total $
Apartments
Offices
Retail
Industrial
Hotel
Others
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Quality Performance Indicator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In good standing
604
$11,993
$8,283
$4,207
$3,941
$1,828
$293
$30,545
98%
Restructured(a)
9
268
94
104
466
2%
>90 days delinquent or in process of foreclosure
2
45
45
%
Total(b)
615
$11,993
$8,596
$4,301
$3,941
$1,932
$293
$31,056
100%
Allowance for credit losses
 
$86
$175
$73
$48
$25
$6
$413
1%
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit Quality Performance Indicator:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In good standing
613
$12,394
$8,370
$4,026
$3,262
$1,726
$301
$30,079
99%
Restructured(a)
7
269
17
104
390
1%
>90 days delinquent or in process of foreclosure
4
59
59
%
Total(b)
624
$12,394
$8,698
$4,043
$3,262
$1,830
$301
$30,528
100%
Allowance for credit losses
 
$93
$193
$69
$39
$23
$6
$423
1%
(a)
Loans that have been modified in troubled debt restructurings and are performing according to their restructured terms. For additional discussion of troubled debt restructurings see below. Note 6 to the Condensed Consolidated financial statements.
(b)
Does not reflect allowance for credit losses.
(c)
Our commercial mortgage loan portfolio is current as to payments of principal and interest, for both periods presented. There were no significant amounts of nonperforming commercial mortgages (defined as those loans where payment of contractual principal or interest is more than 90 days past due) during any of the periods presented.
The following table presents credit quality performance indicators for residential mortgages by year of vintage:
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2022
2021
2020
2019
2018
Prior
Total
FICO*:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
780 and greater
$93
$2,005
$683
$245
$90
$379
$3,495
720 - 779
90
679
170
82
32
124
1,177
660 - 719
1
79
28
17
10
42
177
600 - 659
3
2
2
2
13
22
Less than 600
1
5
6
Total residential mortgages
$184
$2,766
$883
$347
$134
$563
$4,877
F-179

TABLE OF CONTENTS

6.
Lending Activities(continued)
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(in millions)
2021
2020
2019
2018
2017
Prior
Total
FICO*:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
780 and greater
$1,398
$678
$284
$100
$107
$325
$2,892
720 - 779
1,118
225
83
41
36
94
1,597
660 - 719
44
39
20
11
13
33
160
600 - 659
1
1
2
3
2
6
15
Less than 600
1
1
6
8
Total residential mortgages
$2,561
$943
$389
$156
$159
$464
$4,672
*
Fair Isaac Corporation (FICO) is the credit quality indicator used to evaluate consumer credit risk for residential mortgage loan borrowers and have been updated within the last three months.
The following table presents a rollforward of the changes in the allowance for credit losses on Mortgage and other loans receivable(a):
 
2022
2021
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
Commercial
Mortgages
Other
Loans
Total
Commercial
Mortgages
Other
Loans
Total
Allowance, beginning of period
$423
$73
$496
$546
$111
$657
Loans charged off
(5)
(5)
Recoveries of loans previously charged off
Net charge-offs
(5)
(5)
Provision for loan losses
(5)
2
(3)
(21)
(2)
(23)
Divestitures
Allowance, end of period(b)
$413
$75
$488
$525
$109
$634
(a)
Does not include allowance for credit losses of $93 million and $57 million at March 31, 2022 and 2021 in relation to off-balance-sheet commitments to fund commercial mortgage loans, which is recorded in Other liabilities.
(b)
Reported in Other Assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
As a result of the COVID-19 crisis, including the significant global economic slowdown and general market decline, our expectations and models used to estimate the allowance for losses on commercial and residential mortgage loans have been updated to reflect the economic environment. The full impact of COVID-19 on real estate valuations remains uncertain and we will continue to review our valuations as further information becomes available.
TROUBLED DEBT RESTRUCTURINGS
We modify loans to optimize their returns and improve their collectability, among other things. When we undertake such a modification with a borrower that is experiencing financial difficulty and the modification involves us granting a concession to the troubled debtor, the modification is a troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”). We assess whether a borrower is experiencing financial difficulty based on a variety of factors, including the borrower’s current default on any of its outstanding debt, the probability of a default on any of its debt in the foreseeable future without the modification, the insufficiency of the borrower’s forecasted cash flows to service any of its outstanding debt (including both principal and interest), and the borrower’s inability to access alternative third-party financing at an interest rate that would be reflective of current market conditions for a non-troubled debtor. Concessions granted may include extended maturity dates, interest rate changes, principal or interest forgiveness, payment deferrals and easing of loan covenants.
During the three-month periods ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, loans with a carrying value of $77 million and $133 million, respectively were modified in TDRs.
F-180

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7. Reinsurance
FORTITUDE RE
In February 2018, AGL, VALIC and USL entered into a modco agreement with Fortitude Re, a wholly owned AIG subsidiary and registered Class 4 and Class E reinsurer in Bermuda. Fortitude Holdings was formed by AIG to act as a holding company for Fortitude Re.
These reinsurance transactions between Corebridge and Fortitude Re were structured as modco arrangements. In the modco, the investments supporting the reinsurance agreements, and which reflect the majority of the consideration that would be paid to the reinsurer for entering into the transaction, are withheld by, and therefore continue to reside on the balance sheet of, the ceding company (i.e., Corebridge) thereby creating an obligation for the ceding company to pay the reinsurer (i.e., Fortitude Re) at a later date. Additionally, as Corebridge maintains ownership of these investments, Corebridge will maintain its existing accounting for these assets (e.g., the changes in fair value of available for sale securities will be recognized within other comprehensive income). Corebridge has established a funds withheld payable to Fortitude Re while simultaneously establishing a reinsurance asset representing reserves for the insurance coverage that Fortitude Re has assumed. The funds withheld payable contains an embedded derivative and changes in fair value of the embedded derivative related to the funds withheld payable are recognized in earnings through realized gains (losses). This embedded derivative is considered a total return swap with contractual returns that are attributable to various assets and liabilities associated with these reinsurance agreements.
There is a diverse pool of assets supporting the funds withheld arrangements with Fortitude Re. The following summarizes the composition of the pool of assets:
 
March 31, 2022
December 31, 2021
 
 
Carrying
Value
Fair
Value
Carrying
Value
Fair Value
Corresponding Accounting Policy
Fixed maturity securities - available for sale
$22,702
$22,702
$27,180
$27,180
Fair value through other comprehensive income
Fixed maturity securities - fair value option
2,235
2,235
1,593
1,593
Fair value through net investment income
Commercial mortgage loans
3,330
3,375
3,179
3,383
Amortized cost
Real estate investments
178
414
201
395
Amortized cost
Private Equity funds / hedge funds
1,724
1,724
1,606
1,606
Fair value through net investment income
Policy loans
373
373
380
380
Amortized cost
Short-term Investments
77
77
50
50
Fair value through net investment income
Funds withheld investment assets
30,619
30,900
34,189
34,587
 
Derivative assets, net(a)
71
71
81
81
Fair value through realized gains (losses)
Other(b)
526
526
476
476
Amortized cost
Total
$31,216
$31,497
$34,746
$35,144
 
(a)
The derivative assets and liabilities have been presented net of cash collateral. The derivative assets supporting the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangements had a fair market value of $347 million as of March 31, 2022. The derivative assets supporting the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangements had a fair market value of $387 million as of December 31, 2021. These derivative assets and liabilities are fully collateralized either by cash or securities.
(b)
Primarily comprised of Cash and Accrued investment income.
F-181

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7. Reinsurance(continued)
The impact of the funds withheld arrangements with Fortitude Re was as follows:
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
(in millions)
2022
2021
Net investment income - Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
$278
$436
Net realized gains (losses) on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets:
 
 
Net realized gains (losses) Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(123)
155
Net realized gains Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivatives
2,837
2,007
Net realized gains on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
2,714
2,162
Income before income tax expense
2,992
2,598
Income tax expense*
(628)
(546)
Net income
2,364
2,052
Change in unrealized depreciation of the invested assets supporting the Fortitude Re modco arrangement classified as available for sale*
(2,276)
(1,993)
Comprehensive income
$88
$59
*
The income tax expense (benefit) and the tax impact in accumulated other comprehensive income was computed using Corebridge’s U.S. statutory tax rate of 21%.
Various assets supporting the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangements are reported at amortized cost, and as such, changes in the fair value of these assets are not reflected in the financial statements. However, changes in the fair value of these assets are included in the embedded derivative in the Fortitude Re funds withheld arrangement and the appreciation of the assets is the primary driver of the comprehensive income reflected above.
REINSURANCE – CREDIT LOSSES
The estimation of reinsurance recoverables involves a significant amount of judgment. Reinsurance assets include reinsurance recoverables on future policy benefits and policyholder contract deposits that are estimated as part of our insurance liability valuation process and, consequently, are subject to similar judgments and uncertainties as the estimation of gross loss reserves.
We assess the collectability of reinsurance recoverable balances in each reporting period, through either historical trends of disputes and credit events or financial analysis of the credit quality of the reinsurer. We record adjustments to reflect the results of these assessments through an allowance for credit losses and disputes on uncollectable reinsurance that reduces the carrying amount of reinsurance and other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets (collectively, the reinsurance recoverable balances). This estimate requires significant judgment for which key considerations include:
Paid and unpaid amounts recoverable;
Whether the balance is in dispute or subject to legal collection;
The relative financial health of the reinsurer as classified by the Obligor Risk Ratings (ORRs) we assign to each reinsurer based upon our financial reviews; insurers that are financially troubled (i.e., in run-off, have voluntarily or involuntarily been placed in receivership, are insolvent, are in the process of liquidation or otherwise subject to formal or informal regulatory restriction) are assigned ORRs that will generate a significant allowance; and
Whether collateral and collateral arrangements exist.
An estimate of the reinsurance recoverable’s lifetime expected credit losses is established utilizing a probability of default and loss given default method, which reflects the reinsurer’s ORR rating. The allowance for credit losses excludes disputed amounts. An allowance for disputes is established for a reinsurance recoverable using the losses incurred model for contingencies.
F-182

TABLE OF CONTENTS

7. Reinsurance(continued)
The total reinsurance recoverables as of March 31, 2022 were $31.3 billion. As of that date, utilizing Corebridge’s ORRs, (i) approx. 100% of the reinsurance recoverables were investment grade; (ii) less than 1% were non-investment grade reinsurance recoverables and (iii) none of the reinsurance recoverables were related to entities that were not rated by Corebridge.
Reinsurance Recoverable Allowance
The following table presents a rollforward of the reinsurance recoverable allowance:
Three Months Ended March 31,
 
 
(in millions)
2022
2021
Balance, beginning of period
$101
$83
Current period provision for expected credit losses and disputes
4
4
Write-offs charged against the allowance for credit losses and disputes
Balance, end of period
$105
$87
There were no material recoveries of credit losses previously written off for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.
Past-Due Status
We consider a reinsurance asset to be past due when it is 90 days past due and record an allowance for disputes when there is reasonable uncertainty of the collectability of a disputed amount during the reporting period. Past due balances were not significant for any of the periods presented. Certain reinsurers with whom we have disputes have initiated arbitration proceedings against us, and others may initiate them in the future.
8.
Variable Interest Entities
A variable interest entity (“VIE”) is a legal entity that does not have sufficient equity at risk to finance its activities without additional subordinated financial support or is structured such that equity investors lack the ability to make significant decisions relating to the entity’s operations through voting rights or do not substantively participate in the gains and losses of the entity. Consolidation of a VIE by its primary beneficiary is not based on majority voting interest but is based on other criteria discussed below.
We enter into various arrangements with VIEs in the normal course of business and consolidate the VIEs when we determine we are the primary beneficiary. This analysis includes a review of the VIE’s capital structure, related contractual relationships and terms, nature of the VIE’s operations and purpose, nature of the VIE’s interests issued and our involvement with the entity. When assessing the need to consolidate a VIE, we evaluate the design of the VIE as well as the related risks to which the entity was designed to expose the variable interest holders.
The primary beneficiary is the entity that has both (i) the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly affect the entity’s economic performance and (ii) the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could be potentially significant to the VIE. While also considering these factors, the consolidation conclusion depends on the breadth of our decision-making ability and our ability to influence activities that significantly affect the economic performance of the VIE.
F-183

TABLE OF CONTENTS

8.
Variable Interest Entities(continued)
BALANCE SHEET CLASSIFICATION AND EXPOSURE TO LOSS
Creditors or beneficial interest holders of VIEs for which the Company is the primary beneficiary generally have recourse only to the assets and cash flows of the VIEs and do not have recourse to the Company, except in limited circumstances when the Company has provided a guarantee to the VIE’s interest holders. The following table presents the total assets and total liabilities associated with our variable interests in consolidated VIEs, as classified in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets:
(in millions)
Real Estate and
Investment
Entities(c)
Securitization
and Repackaging
Vehicles
Total
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale
$
$5,445
$5,445
Other bond securities
Equity securities
69
69
Mortgage and other loans receivable
2,198
2,198
Other invested assets
 
 
 
Alternative investments(a)
3,247
3,247
Investment Real Estate
2,191
2,191
Short-term investments
222
130
352
Cash
79
79
Accrued investment income
14
14
Other assets
171
58
229
Total assets(b)
$5,979
$7,845
$13,824
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Debt of consolidated investment entities
$1,718
$5,168
$6,886
Other Liabilities
103
117
220
Total liabilities
$1,821
$5,285
$7,106
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
Bonds available for sale
$
$5,393
$5,393
Other bond securities
Equity securities
223
223
Mortgage and other loans receivable
2,359
2,359
Other invested assets
 
 
 
Alternative investments(a)
3,017
3,017
Investment Real Estate
2,257
2,257
Short-term investments
467
151
618
Cash
93
93
Accrued investment income
15
15
Other assets
188
557
745
Total assets(b)
$6,245
$8,475
$14,720
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Debt of consolidated investment entities
$1,743
$5,193
$6,936
Other Liabilities
112
723
835
Total liabilities
$1,855
$5,916
$7,771
(a)
Comprised primarily of investments in real estate joint ventures at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021.
(b)
The assets of each VIE can be used only to settle specific obligations of that VIE.
F-184

TABLE OF CONTENTS

8.
Variable Interest Entities(continued)
(c)
Off-balance sheet exposure primarily consisting of commitments by insurance operations and affiliates into real estate and investment entities. At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, together the Company and AIG affiliates have commitments to internal parties of $2.0 billion and $2.4 billion and commitments to external parties of $0.5 billion and $0.6 billion. At March 31, 2022, $1.3 billion out of the internal commitments was from subsidiaries of Corebridge entities and $0.7 billion was from other AIG affiliates, respectively. At December 31, 2021, $1.5 billion out of the internal commitments was from subsidiaries of Corebridge entities, and $0.9 billion was from other AIG affiliates.
The following table presents the revenue, net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests and net income (loss) attributable to Corebridge associated with our variable interests in consolidated VIEs, as classified in the Consolidated Income Statements:
 
Real Estate and
Investment
Entities
Securitization
and Vehicles
Affordable
Housing
Partnerships
Total
(in millions)
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
Total Revenue
$200
$62
$
$262
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
75
75
Net income (loss) attributable to Corebridge
114
31
145
March 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
Total Revenue
$222
$81
$168
$471
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
73
(1)
23
95
Net income attributable to Corebridge
125
9
128
262
We calculate our maximum exposure to loss to be (i) the amount invested in the debt or equity of the VIE, (ii) the notional amount of VIE assets or liabilities where we have also provided credit protection to the VIE with the VIE as the referenced obligation, and (iii) other commitments and guarantees to the VIE.
The following table presents total assets of unconsolidated VIEs in which we hold a variable interest, as well as our maximum exposure to loss associated with these VIEs:
 
 
Maximum Exposure to Loss
(in millions)
Total VIE
Assets
On-Balance
Sheet(b)
Off-Balance
Sheet (c)
Total
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
Real estate and investment entities(a)
$319,570
$4,711
$2,650
$7,361
Total
$319,570
$4,711
$2,650
$7,361
December 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
Real estate and investment entities(a)
$309,866
$4,459
$2,452
$6,911
Total
$309,866
$4,459
$2,452
$6,911
(a)
Comprised primarily of hedge funds and private equity funds.
(b)
At March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, $4.7 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively, of our total unconsolidated VIE assets were recorded as Other invested assets.
(c)
These amounts represent our unfunded commitments to invest in private equity funds and hedge funds.
Additionally, from time to time, AIG designs internal securitizations. AIG designed a series of VIEs which are not consolidated by Corebridge which securitized certain CLOs and RMBS. The notes held by Corebridge and their related fair values are included in the available-for-sale disclosures that are reported in Notes 4 and 5. As of March 31, 2022, the total VIE assets of these securitizations are $1.8 billion, of which Corebridge’s maximum exposure to loss is $1.1 billion. As of December 31, 2021, the total VIE assets of these securitizations are $2.0 billion, of which Corebridge’s maximum exposure to loss is $1.2 billion.
F-185

TABLE OF CONTENTS

9.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting
We use derivatives and other financial instruments as part of our financial risk management programs and as part of our investment operations. Interest rate derivatives (such as interest rate swaps) are used to manage interest rate risk associated with embedded derivatives contained in insurance contract liabilities and fixed maturity securities as well as other interest rate sensitive assets and liabilities. Foreign exchange derivatives (principally foreign exchange forwards and swaps) are used to economically mitigate risk associated with foreign denominated investments, net capital exposures, and foreign currency transactions. Equity derivatives are used to mitigate financial risk embedded in certain insurance liabilities and economically hedge certain investments. We use credit derivatives to manage our credit exposures. The derivatives are effective economic hedges of the exposures that they are meant to offset. In addition to hedging activities, we also enter into derivative instruments with respect to investment operations, which may include, among other things, CDSs and purchases of investments with embedded derivatives, such as equity linked notes and convertible bonds.
Interest rate, currency, equity swaps, credit contracts, swaptions, options and forward transactions are accounted for as derivatives, recorded on a trade-date basis and carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses are generally reflected in income, except in certain situations in which hedge accounting is applied and unrealized gains and losses are reflected in AOCI. Aggregate asset or liability positions are netted on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets only to the extent permitted by qualifying master netting arrangements in place with each respective counterparty. Cash collateral posted with counterparties in conjunction with transactions supported by qualifying master netting arrangements is reported as a reduction of the corresponding net derivative liability, while cash collateral received in conjunction with transactions supported by qualifying master netting arrangements is reported as a reduction of the corresponding net derivative asset.
Derivatives, with the exception of embedded derivatives, are reported at fair value in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other assets and Other liabilities. Embedded derivatives are generally presented with the host contract in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. A bifurcated embedded derivative is measured at fair value and accounted for in the same manner as a free standing derivative contract. The corresponding host contract is accounted for according to the accounting guidance applicable for that instrument.
For additional information on embedded derivatives see Notes 4 and 10.
The following table presents the notional amounts of our derivatives and the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets:
 
March 31, 2022
December 31, 2021
 
Gross Derivative
Assets
Gross Derivative
Liabilities
Gross Derivative
Assets
Gross Derivative
Liabilities
(in millions)
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$329
$467
$1,003
$36
$352
$274
$980
$14
Foreign exchange contracts
5,610
345
1,229
28
4,058
262
2,861
55
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:(a)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts
23,582
1,377
26,189
2,159
28,056
1,637
23,219
1,562
Foreign exchange contracts
6,889
506
3,380
254
4,047
410
5,413
311
Equity contracts
59,473
2,420
40,299
2,092
60,192
4,670
38,932
4,071
Credit contracts
920
1,840
1
Other contracts(b)
44,098
16
79
1
43,839
13
133
Total derivatives, gross
$140,901
$5,131
$72,179
$4,570
$142,384
$7,267
$71,538
$6,013
Counterparty netting(c)
 
(4,183)
 
(4,183)
 
(5,785)
 
(5,785)
Cash collateral(d)
 
(546)
 
(224)
 
(798)
 
(37)
Total derivatives on condensed consolidated balance sheets(e)
 
$402
 
$163
 
$684
 
$191
(a)
Fair value amounts are shown before the effects of counterparty netting adjustments and offsetting cash collateral.
F-186

TABLE OF CONTENTS

9.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting(continued)
(b)
Consists primarily of stable value wraps and contracts with multiple underlying exposures.
(c)
Represents netting of derivative exposures covered by a qualifying master netting agreement.
(d)
Represents cash collateral posted and received that is eligible for netting.
(e)
Freestanding derivatives only, excludes embedded derivatives. Derivative instrument assets and liabilities are recorded in Other assets and Other liabilities, respectively. Fair value of assets related to bifurcated embedded derivatives was zero at both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. Fair value of liabilities related to bifurcated embedded derivatives was $12.8 billion and $17.7 billion, respectively, at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. A bifurcated embedded derivative is generally presented with the host contract in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Embedded derivatives are primarily related to guarantee features in variable annuity products, which include equity and interest rate components, and the funds withheld arrangement with Fortitude Re. For additional information see Note 7.
The following table presents the gross notional amounts of our derivatives and the fair value of derivative assets and liabilities with related parties and third parties:
 
March 31, 2022
December 31, 2021
 
Gross Derivative
Assets
Gross Derivative
Liabilities
Gross Derivative
Assets
Gross Derivative
Liabilities
(in millions)
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Notional
Amount
Fair
Value
Total derivatives with related parties
$96,193
$5,014
$69,564
$4,334
$96,862
$7,182
$68,623
$5,778
Total derivatives with third parties
44,708
117
2,615
236
45,522
85
2,915
235
Total derivatives, gross
$140,901
$5,131
$72,179
$4,570
$142,384
$7,267
$71,538
$6,013
As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the following amounts were recorded on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of balance sheets related to the carrying amount of the hedged assets (liabilities) and cumulative basis adjustments included in the carrying amount for fair value hedges:
 
March 31, 2022
December 31, 2021
(in millions)
Carrying Amount of
the Hedged Assets
(Liabilities)
Cumulative Amount of
Fair Value Hedging
Adjustments Included
In the Carrying Amount
of the Hedged Assets
Liabilities(a)
Carrying Amount of
the Hedged Assets
(Liabilities)
Cumulative Amount of
Fair Value Hedging
Adjustments Included
In the Carrying Amount
of the Hedged Assets
Liabilities(a)
Balance sheet line item in which hedged item is recorded:
 
 
 
 
Fixed maturities, available-for-sale, at fair value
$6,452
$
$7,478
$
Commercial mortgage and other loans
(5)
(6)
Policyholder contract deposits(b)
(1,446)
(22)
(1,500)
(79)
(a)
There were no material fair value hedging adjustments for hedged assets and liabilities for which hedge accounting has been discontinued.
(b)
This relates to fair value hedges on GICs.
COLLATERAL
We engage in derivative transactions that are not subject to a clearing requirement directly with related parties and unaffiliated third parties in most cases, under International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc. (ISDA) Master Agreements. Many of the ISDA Master Agreements also include Credit Support Annex provisions, which provide for collateral postings that may vary at various ratings and threshold levels. We attempt to reduce our risk with certain counterparties by entering into agreements that enable collateral to be obtained from a counterparty on an upfront or contingent basis. We minimize the risk that counterparties might
F-187

TABLE OF CONTENTS

9.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting(continued)
be unable to fulfill their contractual obligations by monitoring counterparty credit exposure and collateral value and generally requiring additional collateral to be posted upon the occurrence of certain events or circumstances.
Collateral posted by us to third parties for derivative transactions was $277 million and $317 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Collateral posted by us to related parties for derivative transactions was $1.2 billion and $803 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. In the case of collateral posted under derivative transactions that are not subject to clearing, this collateral can generally be repledged or resold by the counterparties. Collateral provided to us from third parties for derivative transactions was $53 million at both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Collateral provided to us from related parties for derivative transactions was $534 million and $770 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. In the case of collateral provided to us under derivative transactions that are not subject to clearing, we generally can repledge or resell collateral.
OFFSETTING
We have elected to present all derivative receivables and derivative payables, and the related cash collateral received and paid, on a net basis on our Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets when a legally enforceable ISDA Master Agreement exists between us and our derivative counterparty. An ISDA Master Agreement is an agreement governing multiple derivative transactions between two counterparties. The ISDA Master Agreement generally provides for the net settlement of all, or a specified group, of these derivative transactions, as well as transferred collateral, through a single payment, and in a single currency, as applicable. The net settlement provisions apply in the event of a default on, or affecting any, one derivative transaction or a termination event affecting all, or a specified group of, derivative transactions governed by the ISDA Master Agreement.
HEDGE ACCOUNTING
We designated certain derivatives entered into with related parties as fair value hedges of available for sale investment securities held by our insurance subsidiaries. The fair value hedges include foreign currency forwards and cross currency swaps designated as hedges of the change in fair value of foreign currency denominated available for sale securities attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates. We also designated certain interest rate swaps entered into with related parties as fair value hedges of fixed rate GICs and commercial mortgage loans attributable to changes in benchmark interest rates.
During 2022, we designated certain interest rate swaps entered into with related parties as cash flow hedges of forecasted coupon payments associated with anticipated long-term debt issuances. For the three months ended March 31, 2022, we recognized derivative gains of $223 million in accumulated other comprehensive income. Upon settlement of the anticipated long-term debt issuances, amounts will be reclassified into Interest expense, over the life of the hedging. As of March 31, 2022, no amounts have been reclassified into earnings as the debt issuances did not settle under the second quarter of 2022. We expect $28 million to be reclassified into Interest expense over the next 12 months. There are no amounts excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness that are recognized in earnings.
Refer to Note 17 for additional information related to the debt issuances.
We use cross-currency swaps as hedging instruments in net investment hedge relationships to mitigate the foreign exchange risk associated with our non-U.S. dollar functional currency foreign subsidiaries. For net investment hedge relationships that use derivatives as hedging instruments, we assess hedge effectiveness and measure hedge ineffectiveness using changes in forward rates. For the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, we recognized gains (losses) of $2 million and $2 million, respectively, included in Change in foreign currency translation adjustment in Other comprehensive income (loss) related to the net investment hedge relationships. The gains (losses) recognized primarily include transactions with related parties. A qualitative methodology is utilized to assess hedge effectiveness for net investment hedges, while regression analysis is employed for all other hedges.
F-188

TABLE OF CONTENTS

9.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting(continued)
The following table presents the gain (loss) recognized in earnings on our derivative instruments in fair value hedging relationships in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:
 
Gains/(Losses) Recognized in Earnings for:
 
(in millions)
Hedging
Derivatives(a)(c)
Excluded
Components(b)(c)
Hedged
Items
Net Impact
Three Months Ended March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts:
 
 
 
 
Realized gains (losses)
$
$
$
$
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(57)
59
2
Net investment income
1
(1)
Foreign exchange contracts:
 
 
 
 
Realized gains (losses)
147
8
(147)
8
Three Months Ended March 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
Interest rate contracts:
 
 
 
 
Realized gains (losses)
$
$
$
$
Interest credited to policyholder account balances
(46)
4
43
1
Net investment income
8
(7)
1
Foreign exchange contracts:
 
 
 
 
Realized gains (losses)
91
(42)
(91)
(42)
(a)
Gains and losses on derivative instruments designated and qualifying in fair value hedges that are included in the assessment of hedge effectiveness.
(b)
Gains and losses on derivative instruments designated and qualifying in fair value hedges that are excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness and recognized in earnings on a mark-to-market basis.
(c)
Primarily consists of gains and losses with related parties.
DERIVATIVES NOT DESIGNATED AS HEDGING INSTRUMENTS
The following table presents the effect of derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments in the Consolidated Statements of Income:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Gains (Losses) Recognized in Earnings
(in millions)
2022
2021
By Derivative Type:
 
 
Interest rate contracts
$(814)
$(1,528)
Foreign exchange contracts
226
10
Equity contracts
(196)
(520)
Credit contracts
(1)
(4)
Other contracts
17
16
Embedded derivatives within policyholder contract deposits
1,967
2,484
Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivative
2,837
2,007
Total(a)
$4,036
$2,465
By Classification:
 
 
Policy fees
$15
$15
Net investment income
(4)
(4)
Net realized gains - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
1,247
568
Net realized losses on Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(52)
(111)
Net realized gains on Fortitude Re funds withheld embedded derivatives
2,837
2,007
Policyholder benefits
(7)
(10)
Total(a)
$4,036
$2,465
(a)
Includes gains (losses) with AIG Markets, Inc. and AIG Financial Products Corp. of $(1.0) billion and $(1.9) billion for the three-month periods ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
F-189

TABLE OF CONTENTS

9.
Derivatives and Hedge Accounting(continued)
HYBRID SECURITIES WITH EMBEDDED CREDIT DERIVATIVES
We invest in hybrid securities (such as credit-linked notes) with the intent of generating income, and not specifically to acquire exposure to embedded derivative risk. As is the case with our other investments in RMBS, CMBS, CLOs and ABS, our investments in these hybrid securities are exposed to losses only up to the amount of our initial investment in the hybrid security. Other than our initial investment in the hybrid securities, we have no further obligation to make payments on the embedded credit derivatives in the related hybrid securities.
We elect to account for our investments in these hybrid securities with embedded written credit derivatives at fair value, with changes in fair value recognized in Net investment income and Other income. Our investments in these hybrid securities are reported as Other bond securities in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. The fair values of these hybrid securities were $108 million and $121 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. These securities have par amounts of $878 million and $884 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively, and have remaining stated maturity dates that extend to 2052.
10.
Insurance Liabilities
The following table presents the liability for universal life policies with secondary guarantees and similar features (excluding base policy liabilities and embedded derivatives):
 
Three Months Ended
March 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
Balance, beginning of period
$4,505
$4,751
Incurred guaranteed benefits*
184
173
Paid guaranteed benefits
(183)
(132)
Changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
(796)
(524)
Balance, end of period
$3,710
$4,268
*
Incurred guaranteed benefits include the portion of assessments established as additions to reserves as well as changes in estimates (assumption unlockings) affecting these reserves. The average incurred benefits over the last four years, excluding changes in annual actuarial assumption updates, is approximately 67% of fees assessments collected for these universal life policies with secondary guarantees and similar features.
The following table presents details concerning our universal life policies with secondary guarantees and similar features:
 
March 31,
2022
December 31,
2021
(dollars in millions)
Account value
$3,361
$3,313
Net amount at risk
66,220
65,801
Average attained age of contract holders
53
53
OTHER POLICYHOLDER FUNDS
Other policyholder funds include unearned revenue reserves (“URR”), which were approximately $2.0 billion and $1.8 billion as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. URR consist of front-end loads on investment-oriented contracts, representing those policy loads that are non-level and typically higher in initial policy years than in later policy years. URR for investment-oriented contracts are generally deferred and amortized, with interest, in relation to the incidence of estimated gross profits to be realized over the estimated lives of the contracts and are subject to the same adjustments due to changes in the assumptions underlying EGPs as DAC. Amortization of URR is recorded in Policy fees. Similar to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments for DAC, URR related to investment-oriented products is also adjusted to reflect the effect of unrealized gains or losses on fixed maturity securities available for sale on estimated gross profits, with related changes recognized through Other comprehensive income.
F-190

TABLE OF CONTENTS

10.
Insurance Liabilities(continued)
VARIABLE ANNUITIES
Variable annuity contracts may include certain contractually guaranteed benefits to the contract holder. These guaranteed features include GMDB that are payable in the event of death, and living benefits that are payable when partial withdrawals exhaust a policy’s account value, in the event of annuitization, or, in other instances, at specified dates during the accumulation period. Living benefits primarily include guaranteed minimum withdrawal benefits (“GMWB”). A variable annuity contract may include more than one type of guaranteed benefit feature; for example, it may have both a GMDB and a GMWB. However, a policyholder can only receive payout from one guaranteed feature on a contract containing a death benefit and a living benefit, i.e. the features are mutually exclusive (except a surviving spouse who has a rider to potentially collect both a GMDB upon their spouse’s death and a GMWB during their lifetime). A policyholder cannot purchase more than one living benefit on one contract. The net amount at risk for each feature is calculated irrespective of the existence of other features; as a result, the net amount at risk for each feature is not additive to that of other features.
Account balances of variable annuity contracts with guarantees were invested in separate account investment options as follows:
 
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
(in millions)
Individual
Retirement
Group
Retirement
Individual
Retirement
Group
Retirement
Equity Funds
$26,453
$30,713
$28,524
$33,718
Bond Funds
4,323
4,159
4,651
4,364
Balanced Funds
21,022
5,842
23,018
6,293
Money Market Funds
594
454
546
459
Total
$52,392
$41,168
$56,739
$44,834
GMDB
Depending on the contract, the GMDB feature may provide a death benefit of either (a) total deposits made to the contract, less any partial withdrawals plus a minimum return (and in rare instances, no minimum return), (b) return of premium whereby the benefit is the greater of the current account value or premiums paid less any partial withdrawals, (c) rollups whereby the benefit is the greater of current account value or premiums paid (adjusted for withdrawals) accumulated at contractually specified rates up to specified ages, or (d) the highest contract value attained, typically on any anniversary date less any subsequent withdrawals following the contract anniversary. GMDB is our most widely offered benefit.
The liability for GMDB, which is recorded in Future policy benefits, represents the expected value of benefits in excess of the projected account value, with the excess recognized ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments, through Policyholder benefits. The net amount at risk for the GMDB feature represents the amount of guaranteed benefits in excess of account value if all policyholders died.
F-191

TABLE OF CONTENTS

10.
Insurance Liabilities(continued)
The following table presents details concerning our GMDB exposures at contract issuance, by benefit type for Individual Retirement:
 
2022
At March 31,
(dollars in millions)
Return of
Account
Value
Return of
Premium
Rollups
Highest
Contract
Value
Attained
Account values:
 
 
 
 
General Account
$406
$4,031
$440
$1,362
Separate Accounts
3,463
32,198
2,188
14,543
Total Account Values
$3,869
$36,229
$2,628
$15,905
Net amount at risk - Gross
$
$141
$389
$829
Net amount at risk - Net
139
353
706
Average attained age of contract holders by product
67
70
76
72
Percentage of policyholders age 70 and over
31.9%
51.5%
69.2%
61.2%
Range of guaranteed minimum return rates
0.0%-4.5%
At December 31,
2021
Account values:
 
 
 
 
General Account
$382
$4,055
$447
$1,366
Separate Accounts
3,543
34,811
2,453
15,932
Total Account Values
$3,925
$38,866
$2,900
$17,298
Net amount at risk - Gross
$
$22
$363
$341
Net amount at risk – Net
21
327
257
Average attained age of contract holders by product
66
70
75
71
Percentage of policyholders age 70 and over
27.8%
47.0%
66.9%
58.1%
Range of guaranteed minimum return rates
0.0%-4.5%
F-192

TABLE OF CONTENTS

10.
Insurance Liabilities(continued)
The following table presents details concerning our GMDB exposures at contract issuance, by benefit type for Group Retirement:
 
2022
At March 31,
(dollars in millions)
Return of
Account
Value
Return of
Premium
Rollups(a)
Highest
Contract
Value
Attained
Account values:
 
 
 
 
General Account
$35
$5,489
$18,736
$4
Separate Accounts
276
5,580
35,246
66
Total Account Values
$311
$11,069
$53,982
$70
Net amount at risk - Gross
$
$12
$175
$3
Net amount at risk – Net
12
175
3
Average attained age of contract holders by product
65
65
63
68
Percentage of policyholders age 70 and over
15.4%
18.2%
14.5%
30.9%
Range of guaranteed minimum return rates
0.0%-4.5%
At December 31,
2021
Account values:
 
 
 
 
General Account
$35
$5,511
$18,863
$4
Separate Accounts
290
6,056
38,419
69
Total Account Values
$325
$11,567
$57,282
$73
Net amount at risk - Gross
$
$9
$152
$
Net amount at risk – Net
9
152
Average attained age of contract holders by product
64
64
63
68
Percentage of policyholders age 70 and over
14.9%
17.9%
14.2%
31.1%
Range of guaranteed minimum return rates
0.0%-4.5%
(a)
Group Retirement guaranteed rollup benefits generally revert to the Return of Premium at age 70. As of March 31, 2022, this includes 194,341 contracts for policyholders age 70 and over, with associated account values of $8.4 billion held in the general account and $7.9 billion held in separate accounts; as of December 31, 2021, this includes 192,606 contracts for policyholders age 70 and over, with associated account values of $8.3 billion held in the general account and $8.5 billion held in separate accounts. These contracts which have reverted to return of premium benefits due to the attained age of the policyholder represent a net amount at risk of $24 million and $19 million at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
The following summarizes the Individual Retirement GMDB liability related to variable annuity contracts:
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
Balance, beginning of period
$445
$382
Reserve increase (decrease)
15
51
Benefits paid
(11)
(9)
Changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
(19)
(15)
Balance, end of period
$430
$409
F-193

TABLE OF CONTENTS

10.
Insurance Liabilities(continued)
The following summarizes the Group Retirement GMDB liability related to variable annuity contracts, excluding assumed reinsurance(a):
 
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
Balance, beginning of period
$35
$40
Reserve increase (decrease)
2
(1)
Benefits paid
Changes related to unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of investments
(15)
(8)
Balance, end of period
$22
$31
(a)
The assumed reinsurance reserves for GMDB liability related to variable annuity contract is $16 million and $17 million as of March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Assumptions used to determine the GMDB liability include interest credited that vary by year of issuance and products; mortality rates that are based upon actual experience modified to allow for variations in policy form; lapse rates that are based upon actual experience modified to allow for variations in policy features; investment returns, based on stochastically generated scenarios; and asset yields that include a reversion to the mean methodology, similar to that applied for DAC. We regularly evaluate estimates used to determine the GMDB liability and adjust the additional liability balance, with a related charge or credit to Policyholder benefits, if actual experience or other evidence suggests that earlier assumptions should be revised.
GMWB
Certain of our fixed annuity and fixed index annuity contracts, which are not offered through separate accounts, contain optional GMWB benefits. With a GMWB, the contract holder can monetize the excess of the guaranteed amount over the account value of the contract through a series of withdrawals that do not exceed a specific percentage per year of the guaranteed amount. Once the account value is exhausted, the contract holder will receive a series of annuity payments equal to the remaining guaranteed amount; for lifetime GMWB products, the annuity payments continue as long as the covered person(s) is living. The liability for GMWB benefits in fixed annuity and fixed index annuity contracts, which are recorded in Future policy benefits, represents the expected value of benefits in excess of the projected account value, with the excess recognized ratably over the accumulation period based on total expected assessments, through Policyholder benefits.
The liability for the majority of our GMWB benefits in fixed annuity and fixed indexed annuity contracts are not accounted for as embedded derivatives.
F-194

TABLE OF CONTENTS

10.
Insurance Liabilities(continued)
The following table presents the Individual Retirement details concerning our fixed annuities and fixed index annuities GMWB and GMDB exposures, that are not accounted for as derivatives, by benefit type:
 
2022
At March 31,
(dollars in millions)
Fixed Annuities
Fixed Index
Annuities
Total
Account values(a):
 
 
 
Fixed Accounts
$3,617
$483
$4,100
Indexed Accounts
6,374
6,374
Total Account Values
$3,617
$6,857
$10,474
GMWB and GMDB Reserve:
 
 
 
Base Reserve
$298
$500
$798
Reserves related to unrealized depreciation of investments
(23)
(51)
(74)
Total GMWB and GMDB Reserve
$275
$449
$724
Average attained age of contract holders by product
68
68
At December 31,
2021
Account values(a):
 
 
 
Fixed Accounts
$3,541
$487
$4,028
Indexed Accounts
6,361
6,361
Total Account Values
$3,541
$6,848
$10,389
GMWB and GMDB Reserve:
 
 
 
Base Reserve
$270
$467
$737
Reserves related to unrealized appreciation of investments
187
161
348
Total GMWB and GMDB Reserve
$457
$628
$1,085
Average attained age of contract holders by product
68
67
(a)
Fixed annuities and fixed index annuities that offer GMWB and GMDB exposures are offered through the general account.
The following table presents the Group Retirement details concerning our fixed annuities and fixed index annuities GMWB exposures, that are not accounted for as derivatives, by benefit type:
 
2022
At March 31,
(dollars in millions)
Fixed Annuities
Fixed Index
Annuities
Total
Account values(a):
 
 
 
Fixed Account
$613
$129
$742
Indexed Accounts
1,402
1,402
Total Account Values
$613
$1,531
$2,144
GMWB Reserves:
 
 
 
Base Reserve
$46
$110
$156
Reserves related to unrealized depreciation of investments
(1)
(5)
(6)
Total GMWB Reserves
$45
$105
$150
Average attained age of contract holders by product
69
68
F-195

TABLE OF CONTENTS

10.
Insurance Liabilities(continued)
 
2021
At December 31,
Fixed Annuities
Fixed Index
Annuities
Total
Account values(a):
 
 
 
Fixed Account
$603
$129
$732
Indexed Accounts
1,409
1,409
Total Account Values
$603
$1,538
$2,141
GMWB Reserves:
 
 
 
Base Reserve
$42
$101
$143
Reserves related to unrealized appreciation of investments
5
46
51
Total GMWB Reserves
$47
$147
$194
Average attained age of contract holders by product
69
68
(a)
Fixed annuities and fixed index annuities that offer GMWB exposures are offered through the general account.
Certain of our variable annuity contracts contain optional GMWB benefits and, to a lesser extent, guaranteed minimum accumulation benefits (that are no longer offered). GMWB benefits related to variable annuity contracts are recorded in Policyholder contract deposits and are accounted for as embedded derivatives measured at fair value, with changes in the fair value recorded in Net realized gains (losses). The net fair value of these GMWB embedded derivatives for Individual Retirement was $1.6 billion and $2.4 billion as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The net fair value of these GMWB embedded derivatives for Group Retirement was $35 million and $74 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
For a discussion of the fair value measurement of guaranteed benefits that are accounted for as embedded derivatives see Note 4.
11.
Debt
Short-term and long-term debt is carried at the principal amount borrowed, including unamortized discounts, and fair value adjustments, when applicable.
The following table lists our total debt outstanding at March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021. The interest rates presented in the following table are the range of contractual rates in effect at March 31, 2022, including fixed and variable-rates:
(in millions)
Range of
Interest Rate(s)
Maturity
Date(s)
At March 31,
2022
At December 31,
2021
Short-term debt issued by Corebridge:
 
 
 
 
Affiliated senior promissory note with AIG, Inc.(a)
LIBOR+100bps
2022
$8,346
$8,317
Total short-term debt
 
 
8,346
8,317
Long-term debt issued by Corebridge:
 
 
 
 
AIGLH notes and bonds payable
6.63% - 7.50%
2025 - 2029
200
200
AIGLH junior subordinated debt
7.57% - 8.50%
2030 - 2046
227
227
Total long-term debt
 
 
427
427
Debt of consolidated investment entities - not guaranteed by Corebridge
0.00% - 8.19%
2022 – 2051
6,886
6,936
Total debt
 
 
$15,659
$15,680
(a)
Subsequent to March 31, 2022 Corebridge repaid a portion of this balance, see Note 17.
F-196

TABLE OF CONTENTS

11.
Debt(continued)
AFFILIATED NOTES
In 2019, AGREIC issued a note to Lexington in the amount of $250 million. On February 12, 2021, AGREIC repaid the loan and interest of $254 million.
THIRD PARTY CREDIT FACILITIES
On February 25, 2022, we entered into an unsecured 18-Month Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement (the “18-Month DDTL Agreement”) among Corebridge, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and an unsecured 3-Year Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement (the “Three-Year DDTL Agreement”, and together with the 18-Month DDTL Agreement, the “Facilities”) among Corebridge, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.
The Facilities provide us with committed delayed draw term loan facilities in the aggregate principal amount of $6.0 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively. The ability to borrow under the Facilities is subject to, among other conditions, either of the consummation of this offering or our confirmation to the administrative agent that this offering is expected to be consummated within five business days following such borrowing (which may be extended to ten business days with the consent of the administrative agent, or such longer period as the lead arrangers may otherwise agree to). Commitments under the 18-Month DDTL Agreement that remain undrawn will automatically terminate upon the earlier of December 30, 2022 and the consummation of this offering. Commitments under the Three-Year DDTL Agreement will remain available for borrowing until December 30, 2022, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions thereof. The proceeds of the Facilities may be used for general corporate purposes, including the repayment of the promissory note previously issued by us to AIG in the amount of $8.3 billion, which will be required to be paid to AIG prior to this offering.
For additional information related to the DDTL’s, see Note 17.
AFFILIATED CREDIT FACILITIES
We maintain three affiliated credit facilities as potential sources of liquidity for general corporate purposes.
At March 31, 2022
(in millions)
Size
Available
Amount
Expiration
Effective Date
AIG Life Holdings (January 2015)
$500
$500
N/A*
1/1/2015
AIG Life Holdings (April 2015)
$500
$500
N/A*
4/1/2015
AIG Life Limited
$25
$25
8/14/2023
8/14/2018
*
These credit facilities are intended to be evergreen.
On January 1, 2015, AIG Life Holdings, Inc. and certain of its affiliates entered into a revolving loan facility with AIG pursuant to which the borrowers can, on a several basis, borrow monies from AIG (as lender) subject to the terms and conditions stated therein. Principal amounts borrowed under this facility may be repaid and re-borrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without penalty. However, the total aggregate amount of loans borrowed by all borrowers under the facility cannot exceed $500 million with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 15 bps. The loan facility also sets forth individual maximum borrowing limits for each borrower. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no amounts owed under this agreement.
On April 1, 2015, AIG Life Holdings, Inc. entered into a revolving loan facility with AIG pursuant to which AIG Life Holdings, Inc. can borrow monies from AIG (as lender) subject to the terms and conditions stated therein. Principal amounts borrowed under this facility may be repaid and re-borrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without penalty. However, the total aggregate amount of loans borrowed under the facility cannot exceed $500 million with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 15 bps. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no amounts owed under this agreement.
On August 14, 2018, AIG Life Limited entered into a revolving loan facility with AIG pursuant to which AIG Life Limited can borrow monies from AIG (as lender) subject to the terms and conditions stated therein.
F-197

TABLE OF CONTENTS

11.
Debt(continued)
Principal amounts borrowed under this facility may be repaid and re-borrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without penalty. However, the total aggregate amount of loans borrowed under the facility cannot exceed $25 million with an interest rate of LIBOR plus 15 bps. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, there were no amounts owed under this agreement.
We also maintain revolving credit facilities that can be utilized exclusively by certain consolidated investment entities to acquire assets related to securitizations. Draws under those credit facilities cannot be utilized for general corporate purposes. Prior to the pricing of the related securitizations, these credit facilities have combined limits of up to $636 million. Subsequent to pricing of the related securitizations, the combined limits are expected to increase to up to approximately $1.4 billion. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we have drawn $173 million and $57 million, respectively, under the credit facilities. These credit facilities have maturity dates ranging from two to nine years.
Furthermore, we also maintain revolving credit facilities that can exclusively be utilized by certain consolidated investment entities to acquire real estate assets. Draws under those credit facilities cannot be utilized for general corporate purposes. These credit facilities have consolidated limits of up to $548 million. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we have drawn $348 million and $403 million, respectively, under the credit facilities. These credit facilities have maturity dates of three years.
12.
Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees
In the normal course of business, various contingent liabilities and commitments are entered into by Corebridge and our subsidiaries. Although Corebridge cannot currently quantify its ultimate liability for unresolved litigation and investigation matters, including those referred to below, it is possible that such liability could have a material adverse effect on Corebridge’s consolidated financial condition or its consolidated results of operations or consolidated cash flows for an individual reporting period.
LEGAL CONTINGENCIES
Overview
In the normal course of business, Corebridge and our subsidiaries are subject to regulatory and government investigations and actions, and litigation and other forms of dispute resolution in a large number of proceedings pending in various domestic and foreign jurisdictions. Certain of these matters involve potentially significant risk of loss due to potential for significant jury awards and settlements, punitive damages or other penalties. Many of these matters are also highly complex and may seek recovery on behalf of a class or similarly large number of plaintiffs. It is therefore inherently difficult to predict the size or scope of potential future losses arising from these matters. In our insurance and reinsurance operations, litigation and arbitration concerning coverage under insurance and reinsurance contracts are generally considered in the establishment of our future policy benefits. Separate and apart from the foregoing matters involving insurance and reinsurance coverage, Corebridge, our subsidiaries and their respective officers and directors are subject to a variety of additional types of legal proceedings brought by holders of Corebridge securities, customers, employees and others, alleging, among other things, breach of contractual or fiduciary duties, bad faith, indemnification and violations of federal and state statutes and regulations. With respect to these other categories of matters not arising out of claims for insurance or reinsurance coverage, we establish reserves for loss contingencies when it is probable that a loss will be incurred, and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. In many instances, we are unable to determine whether a loss is probable or to reasonably estimate the amount of such a loss and, therefore, the potential future losses arising from legal proceedings may exceed the amount of liabilities that we have recorded in our financial statements covering these matters. While such potential future charges could be material, based on information currently known to management, management does not believe, other than as may be discussed below, that any such charges are likely to have a material adverse effect on our financial position or results of operation. Corebridge estimates that its range of reasonably possible loss in excess of the aggregate amount it has accrued for probable losses is not material.
Additionally, from time to time, various regulatory and governmental agencies review the transactions and practices of Corebridge and our subsidiaries in connection with industry-wide and other inquiries or examinations into, among other matters, the business practices of current and former operating subsidiaries. Such
F-198

TABLE OF CONTENTS

12.
Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees(continued)
investigations, inquiries or examinations could develop into administrative, civil or criminal proceedings or enforcement actions, in which remedies could include fines, penalties, restitution or alterations in our business practices, and could result in additional expenses, limitations on certain business activities and reputational damage.
Yearly Renewable Term Agreements
Certain reinsurers have sought rate increases on certain yearly renewable term agreements. We are disputing the requested rate increases under these agreements. Certain reinsurers with whom we have disputes have initiated arbitration proceedings against us, and others may initiate them in the future. To the extent reinsurers have sought retroactive premium increases, we have accrued our current estimate of probable loss with respect to these matters.
For additional information see Note 7.
Moriarty Litigation
Effective January 1, 2013, the California legislature enacted AB 1747 (the “Act”), which amended the Insurance Code to mandate that life insurance policies issued and delivered in California contain a 60-day grace period during which time the policies must remain in force after a premium payment is missed, and that life insurers provide both a 30-day minimum notification of lapse and the right of policy owners to designate a secondary recipient for lapse and termination notices. Following guidance from the California Department of Insurance and certain industry trade groups, AGL interpreted the Act to be prospective in nature, applying only to policies issued and delivered on or after the Act’s January 1, 2013, effective date. On July 18, 2017, AGL was sued in a putative class action captioned Moriarty v. American General Life Insurance Company, No. 17-cv-1709 (S.D. Cal.), challenging AGL’s prospective application of the Act. Plaintiff’s complaint, which is similar to complaints filed against other insurers, argues that policies issued and delivered prior to January 1, 2013, like the $1 million policy issued to Plaintiff’s husband do not lapse—despite nonpayment of premiums—if the insurer has not complied with the Act’s terms. On August 30, 2021, the California Supreme Court issued an opinion in McHugh v. Protective Life Insurance, 12 Cal. 5th 213 (2021), ruling that the Act applies to all policies in force on January 1, 2013, regardless of when the policies were issued. The District Court in Moriarty reached effectively the same result on October 2, 2020, when it held that the Act applied to Plaintiff’s husband’s 25-year term life insurance policy under the theory that the payment of premiums “renewed” Plaintiff’s policy after the effective date of the Act. However, the District Court in Moriarty also ruled on October 2, 2020, that various fact issues precluded a final determination as to AGL’s liability and what (if any) corresponding damages may have resulted. In addition, the District Court denied Plaintiff’s motion for class certification without prejudice on November 25, 2020. On February 7, 2022, Plaintiff filed motions for summary judgment and class certification; AGL has opposed both motions. In addition, on February 7, 2022, AGL filed a motion for partial summary judgment, which Plaintiff has opposed. The District Court heard arguments on these motions on April 11, 2022. Proceedings are ongoing in other California cases that raise similar industry-wide issues. We have accrued our current estimate of probable loss with respect to this litigation.
OTHER COMMITMENTS
In the normal course of business, we enter into commitments to invest in limited partnerships, private equity funds and hedge funds and to purchase and develop real estate in the U.S. and abroad. These commitments totaled $5.1 billion at March 31, 2022.
GUARANTEES
Subsidiaries
AIG files a consolidated federal income tax return with certain subsidiaries and acts as an agent for the consolidated tax group when making payments to the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”). AIG and its subsidiaries have adopted, pursuant to a written agreement, a method of allocating consolidated federal income taxes. Under an Amended and Restated Tax Payment Allocation Agreement dated June 6, 2011 between AIG and AIG
F-199

TABLE OF CONTENTS

12.
Contingencies, Commitments and Guarantees(continued)
Bermuda, AIG has agreed to indemnify AIG Bermuda for any tax liability (including interest and penalties) resulting from adjustments made by the IRS or other appropriate authorities to taxable income, special deductions or credits in connection with investments made by AIG Bermuda in certain affiliated entities.
Asset Dispositions
We are subject to financial guarantees and indemnity arrangements in connection with the completed sales of businesses. The various arrangements may be triggered by, among other things, declines in asset values, the occurrence of specified business contingencies, the realization of contingent liabilities, developments in litigation or breaches of representations, warranties or covenants provided by us. These arrangements are typically subject to various time limitations, defined by the contract or by operation of law, such as statutes of limitation. In some cases, the maximum potential obligation is subject to contractual limitations, while in other cases such limitations are not specified or are not applicable.
We are unable to develop a reasonable estimate of the maximum potential payout under certain of these arrangements. Overall, we believe that it is unlikely we will have to make any material payments related to completed sales under these arrangements, and no material liabilities related to these arrangements have been recorded in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Guarantees provided by AIG
Certain Corebridge entities are obligors to letter of credit facilities guaranteed by AIG. Obligors include USL, AIG Life Limited and AIG Life of Bermuda, Ltd. Letters of credit provide capital relief to the ceding party to avoid a charge to statutory surplus for unauthorized reinsurance recoveries.
AIGLH issued notes and bonds payable and junior subordinate debt that are guaranteed by AIG.
For additional discussion on commitments and guarantees associated with VIEs see Note 8
For additional disclosures about derivatives see Note 9
For additional disclosures about debt see Note 11
For additional disclosures about related parties see Note 16
F-200

TABLE OF CONTENTS

13.
Equity and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest
COREBRIDGE SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Retained Earnings
Dividends
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, Corebridge distributed dividends to AIG in the amount of $261 million.
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, Corebridge distributed dividends to Class B shareholders in the amount of $29 million.
The following sections summarize certain transactions that occurred prior to and including the reorganization that affected shareholders’ equity.
As discussed in Note 1, the separate legal entities that made up the company’s business were not historically held by a single legal entity, and Shareholders’ net investment was shown in lieu of Shareholders’ equity in these financial statements prior to December 31, 2021, representing our shareholders’ interest in the recorded assets of the Company and their cumulative investment through December 31, 2021, inclusive of operating results. As part of the internal reorganization, Cap Corp and certain of its subsidiaries were transferred as common control transactions.
Prior to completion of the internal reorganization on December 31, 2021, the following significant transactions were recorded in Shareholder’s Net Investment.
Distributions
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, Corebridge distributed dividends to AIG in the amount of $286 million.
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, Cap Corp returned capital to AIG in the amount of $274 million.
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
The following table presents a rollforward of Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss):
(in millions)
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation) of
Fixed Maturity
Securities on
Which
allowance
for credit losses
was Taken
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation) of
All Other
Investments
Cash Flow
Hedges
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
Retirement Plan
Liabilities
Adjustment
Total
Balance, December 31, 2021, net of tax
$(40)
$10,209
$
$(9)
$7
$10,167
Change in unrealized depreciation of investments
(64)
(16,810)
(16,874)
Change in deferred policy acquisition costs adjustment and other
2,802
2,802
Change in future policy benefits
1,183
1,183
Change in cash flow hedges
225
225
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments
(25)
(25)
Change in deferred tax asset (liability)
13
1,965
(47)
2
1,933
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
(51)
(10,860)
178
(23)
(10,756)
F-201

TABLE OF CONTENTS

13.
Equity and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest(continued)
(in millions)
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation) of
Fixed Maturity
Securities on
Which
allowance
for credit losses
was Taken
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation) of
All Other
Investments
Cash Flow
Hedges
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
Retirement Plan
Liabilities
Adjustment
Total
Noncontrolling interests
Balance, March 31, 2022, net of tax
$(91)
$(651)
$178
$(32)
$7
$(589)
Balance, December 31, 2020, net of tax
$(62)
$14,699
$
$10
$6
$14,653
Change in unrealized depreciation of investments
31
(10,485)
(10,454)
Change in deferred policy acquisition costs adjustment and other
(2)
1,460
1,458
Change in future policy benefits
1,142
1,142
Change in foreign currency translation adjustments
6
6
Change in deferred tax asset (liability)
(5)
1,625
(2)
1,618
Total other comprehensive income
24
(6,258)
4
(6,230)
Noncontrolling interests
Balance, March 31, 2021, net of tax
$(38)
$8,441
$
$14
$6
$8,423
The following table presents the other comprehensive income (loss) reclassification adjustments for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively:
(in millions)
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation) of
Fixed Maturity
Securities on
Which
Allowance
for Credit
Losses
Was Taken
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation) of
All Other
Investments
Cash Flow
Hedges
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
Retirement Plan
Liabilities
Adjustment
Total
March 31, 2022
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized change arising during period
$(64)
$(12,925)
$225
$(25)
$—
$(12,789)
Less: Reclassification adjustments included in net income
(100)
(100)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), before income tax expense (benefit)
(64)
(12,825)
225
(25)
(12,689)
Less: Income tax expense (benefit)
(13)
(1,965)
47
(2)
(1,933)
F-202

TABLE OF CONTENTS

13.
Equity and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest(continued)
(in millions)
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation) of
Fixed Maturity
Securities on
Which
Allowance
for Credit
Losses
Was Taken
Unrealized
Appreciation
(Depreciation) of
All Other
Investments
Cash Flow
Hedges
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments
Retirement Plan
Liabilities
Adjustment
Total
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax expense (benefit)
$(51)
$(10,860)
$178
$(23)
$—
$(10,756)
March 31, 2021
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unrealized change arising during period
$28
$(7,570)
$
$6
$—
$(7,536)
Less: Reclassification adjustments included in net income
(1)
313
312
Total other comprehensive income (loss), before income tax expense (benefit)
29
(7,883)
6
(7,848)
Less: Income tax expense (benefit)
5
(1,625)
2
(1,618)
Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of income tax expense (benefit)
$24
$(6,258)
$
$4
$—
$(6,230)
The following table presents the effect of the reclassification of significant items out of Accumulated other comprehensive income on the respective line items in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income:
Three Months Ended March 31,
Amount Reclassified
from AOCI
Affected Line Item in the
Condensed Consolidated
Statements
of Income (Loss)
(in millions)
2022
2021
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of fixed maturity securities on which allowance for credit losses was taken
 
 
 
Investments
$
$(1)
Net realized gains (losses)
Total
(1)
 
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) of all other investments
 
 
 
Investments
(100)
313
Net realized gains (losses)
Total
(100)
313
 
Total reclassifications for the period
$(100)
$312
 
NONREDEEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTEREST
The activity in nonredeemable noncontrolling interest primarily relates to activities with consolidated investment entities.
The changes in nonredeemable noncontrolling interest due to divestitures and acquisitions primarily relates to the formation and funding of new consolidated investment entities. The majority of the funding from these consolidated investment entities come from sister companies of Corebridge. The change in nonredeemable noncontrolling interest associated with these transactions totaled $0 million and $75 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
F-203

TABLE OF CONTENTS

13.
Equity and Redeemable Noncontrolling Interest(continued)
The changes in nonredeemable noncontrolling interest due to contributions from noncontrolling interests primarily relates to the additional capital calls related to consolidated investment entities. Contributions were $14 million and $62 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
The changes in nonredeemable noncontrolling interest due to distributions to noncontrolling interests primarily relates to dividends or other distributions related to consolidated investment entities. Distributions were $280 million and $240 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Refer to Note 8 for additional information related to Variable Interest Entities.
REEDEMABLE NONCONTROLLING INTEREST
The Company has launched certain investment funds which non-consolidated Corebridge affiliates participate in. Certain of these funds are redeemable at the option of the holder and thus are accounted for as mezzanine equity.
The following table presents a rollforward of redeemable noncontrolling interest:
(in millions)
Redeemable
Noncontrolling
Interest
Balance, December 31, 2021
$83
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
Net income attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
(1)
Balance, March 31, 2022
82
Balance, December 31, 2020
51
Contributions from noncontrolling interests
Net income (loss) attributable to redeemable noncontrolling interest
(2)
Balance, March 31, 2021
$49
14.
Earnings Per Common Share
The basic earnings per share (EPS) computation is based on the weighted average number of common shares outstanding, adjusted to reflect all stock splits. We use the two-class method for allocating net income to each class of our common stock.
The results of the stock split have been applied retroactively to the weighted average common shares outstanding for periods prior to November 1, 2021. Prior to the sale of the Class B shares to Blackstone on November 2, 2021, Class B shares were owned exclusively by AIG.
There are no instruments that would result in dilution for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.
The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted EPS:
 
March 31,
 
2022
2021
(in millions, except weighted shares and per common share data)
Class A
Class B
Class A
Class B
Net income available to Corebridge common shareholders – basic and diluted
$3,118
$343
$2,808
$308
Weighted average common shares outstanding - basic and diluted(a)
90,100
9,900
90,100
9,900
Earnings per share - basic and diluted
$34,610
$34,610
$31,160
$31,160
(a)
On November 1, 2021, following the completion of the stock split and recapitalization, 90,100 shares of Class A Common Stock and 9,900 shares of Class B Common Stock were outstanding. This number of shares remained outstanding at March 31, 2022. The results of the stock split have been applied retrospectively for periods prior to November 1, 2021.
F-204

TABLE OF CONTENTS

15.
Income Taxes
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
Corebridge parent and certain U.S. subsidiaries are included in the consolidated federal income tax return of AIG as well as certain state tax returns where AIG files on a combined or unitary basis. Our provision for income taxes is calculated on a separate return basis. Under our federal tax sharing agreements with AIG, we settle our current tax liability as if the Corebridge entities are each a separate stand-alone taxpayer. Further, AIG credits us to the extent our net operating losses, tax credits, and other tax benefits are used in AIG’s consolidated tax return and charges us to the extent of our tax liability (calculated on a separate return basis). Accordingly, our net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards disclosed represent the estimated separate company tax attribute carryforwards that have not been utilized on a consolidated AIG basis. Our provision for state income taxes includes Illinois, Florida, California, New York State and New York City, in which we file combined tax returns with AIG, and certain other states, in which we file separate tax returns. State and local net operating loss carryforwards represent separate company tax attribute carryforwards not utilized on a combined basis, as applicable.
We calculate our provision for income taxes using the asset and liability method. This method considers the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and the tax basis of assets and liabilities measured using currently enacted tax rates. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.
U.S. TAX LAW CHANGES
On March 27, 2020, the U.S. enacted the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (CARES) Act to mitigate the economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic. The tax provisions of the CARES Act have not had and are currently not expected to have a material impact on Corebridge’s U.S. federal tax liabilities.
On November 15, 2021, the U.S. enacted the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act to improve infrastructure in the U.S. The tax provisions of the Infrastructure Investment and Jobs Act have not had and are currently not expected to have a material impact on Corebridge’s U.S. federal tax liabilities.
RECLASSIFICATION OF CERTAIN TAX EFFECTS FROM AOCI
We use an item-by-item approach to release the stranded or disproportionate income tax effects in AOCI related to our available for sale securities. Under this approach, a portion of the disproportionate tax effects is assigned to each individual security lot at the date the amount becomes lodged. When the individual securities are sold, mature, or are otherwise impaired on an other-than-temporary basis, the assigned portion of the disproportionate tax effect is reclassified from AOCI to income (loss) from operations.
INTERIM TAX CALCULATION METHOD
We use the estimated annual effective tax rate method in computing our interim tax provision. Certain items, including those deemed to be unusual, infrequent or that cannot be reliably estimated, are excluded from the estimated annual effective tax rate. In these cases, the actual tax expense or benefit is reported in the same period as the related item. Certain tax effects are also not reflected in the estimated annual effective tax rate, primarily certain changes in uncertain tax positions and realizability of deferred tax assets, and are recorded in the period in which the change occurs.
INTERIM TAX EXPENSE (BENEFIT)
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, the effective tax rate on income from operations was 20.0%. The effective tax rate on income from operations differs from the statutory tax rate of 21% primarily due to tax benefits associated with reclassifications from AOCI to income from operations related to the disposal of available for sale securities, dividends received deduction, tax adjustments related to prior year returns, and excess tax benefits related to share based compensation payments recorded through the income statement. These tax benefits were partially offset by tax charges associated with state and local income taxes, including the establishment of a valuation allowance associated with certain state jurisdictions.
F-205

TABLE OF CONTENTS

15.
Income Taxes(continued)
For the three months ended March 31, 2021, the effective tax rate on income from operations was 19.1%. The effective tax rate on income from operations differs from the statutory tax rate of 21% primarily due to the release of reserves for uncertain tax positions, penalties and interest related to the recent completion of audit activity by the IRS, tax benefits associated with reclassifications from AOCI to income from operations related to the disposal of available for sale securities, and dividends received deduction. These tax benefits were partially offset by tax charges associated with the establishment of U.S. federal valuation allowance related to certain tax attribute carryforwards, state and local income taxes, and excess tax charges related to share based compensation payments recorded through the income statement.
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, we consider our foreign earnings with respect to certain operations in Europe to be indefinitely reinvested. These earnings relate to ongoing operations and have been reinvested in active business operations.
ASSESSMENT OF DEFERRED TAX ASSET VALUATION ALLOWANCE
The evaluation of the recoverability of our deferred tax asset and the need for a valuation allowance requires us to weigh all positive and negative evidence to reach a conclusion that it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. The weight given to the evidence is commensurate with the extent to which it can be objectively verified. The more negative evidence that exists, the more positive evidence is necessary and the more difficult it is to support a conclusion that a valuation allowance is not needed.
Our framework for assessing the recoverability of the deferred tax asset requires us to consider all available evidence, including:
the nature, frequency, and amount of cumulative financial reporting income and losses in recent years;
the sustainability of recent operating profitability of our subsidiaries;
the predictability of future operating profitability of the character necessary to realize the net deferred tax asset, including forecasts of future income for each of our businesses and actual and planned business and operational changes;
the carryforward periods for the net operating loss, capital loss and foreign tax credit carryforwards, including the effect of reversing taxable temporary differences; and
prudent and feasible actions and tax planning strategies that would be implemented, if necessary, to protect against the loss of the deferred tax asset.
In performing our assessment of the recoverability of the deferred tax asset, we consider tax laws governing the utilization of the net operating loss, capital loss and foreign tax credit carryforwards in each applicable jurisdiction. Under U.S. tax law, a company generally must use its net operating loss carryforwards before it can use its foreign tax credit carryforwards, even though the carryforward period for the foreign tax credit is shorter than for the net operating loss. The carryforward period of our foreign tax credit carryforwards runs through 2023. Carryforward periods for our net operating losses extend from 2028 forward.
Recent events, including changes in target interest rates by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, and significant market volatility, continue to impact actual and projected results of our business operations as well as our views on potential effectiveness of certain prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. In order to demonstrate the predictability and sufficiency of future taxable income necessary to support the realizability of the net operating losses and foreign tax credit carryforwards, we have considered forecasts of future income for each of our businesses, including assumptions about future macro-economic and Corebridge-specific conditions and events, and any impact these conditions and events may have on our prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. We also subjected the forecasts to a variety of stresses of key assumptions and evaluated the effect on tax attribute utilization.
F-206

TABLE OF CONTENTS

15.
Income Taxes(continued)
Based on our analysis, we concluded that a valuation allowance should be established on a portion of our tax attributes that are no longer more-likely-than-not to be realized. As of March 31, 2022, the balance sheet reflects a valuation allowance of $18 million related to a portion of our tax attribute carryforwards that are no longer more-likely-than-not to be realized. No change in valuation allowance was recorded for the three months ended March 31, 2022.
Estimates of future taxable income, including income generated from prudent and feasible actions and tax planning strategies, impact of settlements with taxing authorities, and any changes to interpretations and assumptions related to the impact of the Tax Act could change in the near term, perhaps materially, which may require us to consider any potential impact to our assessment of the recoverability of the deferred tax asset. Such potential impact could be material to our consolidated financial condition or results of operations for an individual reporting period.
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, recent changes in market conditions, including rising interest rates, impacted the unrealized tax gains and losses in the U.S. Life Insurance Companies’ available for sale securities portfolio, resulting in a deferred tax asset related to net unrealized tax capital losses. The deferred tax asset relates to the unrealized losses for which the carryforward period has not yet begun, and as such, when assessing its recoverability, we consider our ability and intent to hold the underlying securities to recovery. As of March 31, 2022, based on all available evidence, we concluded that a valuation allowance should be established on a portion of the deferred tax asset related to unrealized losses that are not more-likely-than-not to be realized. For the three months ended March 31, 2022, we established $765 million of valuation allowance associated with the unrealized tax losses in the U.S. Life Insurance Companies’ available for sale securities portfolio, all of which was allocated to other comprehensive income.
For the three months ended March 31, 2022, we recognized a net $24 million increase in deferred tax asset valuation allowance associated with certain foreign and state jurisdictions, primarily attributable to changes in projections.
TAX EXAMINATIONS AND LITIGATION
Corebridge and certain U.S. subsidiaries are included in a consolidated U.S. federal income tax return with AIG, and income tax expense is recorded, based on applicable U.S. and foreign laws.
The AIG U.S. consolidated group is currently under examination for the tax years 2011 through 2013 and is continuing to engage in the Appeals process for years 2007 through 2010.
We are periodically advised of certain IRS and other adjustments identified in the AIG's consolidated tax return which are attributable to our operations. Under our tax sharing arrangement, we provide a charge or credit for the effect of the adjustments and the related interest in the period we are advised of such adjustments and interest.
The IRS challenged certain foreign tax credits claimed by Corebridge and certain U.S. subsidiaries related to the cross border financing transactions entered into in the years 2002-2004 while Corebridge and such subsidiaries were not part of the AIG consolidated tax group. During the fourth quarter of 2020, Corebridge and the IRS executed a binding settlement agreement with respect to the underlying issues in those tax years. In March 2022, interest amounts due on the settlement of items challenged by the IRS during the audit of Corebridge’s 2006 and prior years were agreed to between Corebridge and the IRS with no material change to the previously booked and presented amounts.
ACCOUNTING FOR UNCERTAINTY IN INCOME TAXES
At both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, our unrecognized tax benefits, excluding interest and penalties, were $18 million, respectively, all of which would affect the effective tax rate.
Interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits are recognized in income tax expense. At both March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, we had no accrued liabilities for the payment of interest and penalties. There was no interest activity related to unrecognized tax benefits for the three months ended March 31, 2022. For the three months ended March 31, 2021, we accrued a benefit of $25 million for interest and penalties primarily due to the recent completion of audit activity by the IRS.
F-207

TABLE OF CONTENTS

15.
Income Taxes(continued)
Although it is reasonably possible that a change in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits may occur within the next 12 months, based on the information currently available, we do not expect any change to be material to our consolidated financial condition.
16.
Related Parties
Related Party Transactions with AIG and Affiliates
In the normal course of business, Corebridge enters into a significant number of transactions with affiliated companies. Parties are considered to be related if one party has the ability to control or exercise significant influence over the other party in making financial or operating decisions, or if a party, directly or indirectly through one or more of its intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an entity. Our material transactions with affiliated companies are described below.
Corebridge may purchase or sell securities and other investments, at fair market value, from or to other AIG affiliates, in the ordinary course of business. Upon sale of a security, Corebridge recognizes a realized gain or loss. Upon the purchase of a security, Corebridge’s amortized cost basis is established as the purchase price of the security.
Corebridge may also participate in investment opportunities with affiliated companies.
See Note 5 regarding the Company’s investments.
As AIG employees, Corebridge employees participate in AIG’s overall employee benefit programs. Corebridge has a payable of $55 million and $66 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
AIG generally manages capital between AIG and its subsidiaries through policies and guidelines approved by AIG’s Board of Directors. In addition, AGC is a party to a Capital Maintenance Agreement (“CMA”) with AIG. Among other things, the CMA provides that AIG will maintain the total adjusted capital of AGC at or above a specified minimum percentage of AGC’s projected Company Action Level Risk Based Capital. AIG did not make any capital contributions to AGC under the CMA during the three months ended March 31, 2022. As of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, the specified minimum capital percentage in the CMA was 250%.
The table below summarizes the material revenues and expenses of Corebridge, in connection with agreements with affiliated companies described below for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021:
Three Months Ended March 31,
(dollars in millions)
2022
2021
Revenues:
 
 
Other income
$31
$20
Net investment income - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets
(4)
(3)
Total revenues
$27
$17
Expenses:
 
 
General operating and other expenses
$23
$89
Interest expense
38
33
Loss on extinguishment of debt
23
Total expenses
$61
$145
Other Income
Certain of SAFG Capital’s investment management subsidiaries, including AIG Asset Management (U.S.), LLC, AIG Asset Management (Europe) Limited, First Principles Capital Management, LLC and AIG Credit Management, LLC, provide advisory, management, allocation, structuring, planning, oversight, administration and similar services (collectively, “Investment Services”) with respect to the investment portfolios of its related party clients, which include both insurance companies and non-insurance company affiliates. In October 2021, First Principles Capital Management, LLC (FPCM) was moved from AIG Global Asset Management Holdings Corp.
F-208

TABLE OF CONTENTS

16.
Related Parties(continued)
to AIG Capital Corporation (Cap Corp). Cap Corp and FPCM are no longer part of the Corebridge consolidated group. Investment Services are provided primarily pursuant to investment management, investment advisory and similar agreements (“IMAs”), under which these SAFG Capital subsidiaries are appointed as investment manager and are authorized to manage client investment portfolios on a fully discretionary basis, subject to agreed investment guidelines. Certain of these SAFG Capital subsidiaries are also authorized under the IMAs to retain, oversee and direct third-party investment advisers and managers for and on behalf of these related party clients. In some cases, Investment Services are provided through the related parties’ participation in private investment funds, residential mortgage-backed securities, collateralized loan obligations and other pooled investment vehicles and investment products (collectively, “Funds”) sponsored or managed by SAFG Capital and its subsidiaries. Separately, certain SAFG Capital subsidiaries provide portfolio administration and investment planning, performance evaluation and oversight services to AIG PC International, LLC (“AIGPCI”), on a non-discretionary basis, with respect to the investment portfolios of various of AIGPCI’s non-US subsidiaries and in some cases provide those services directly to AIGPCI’s non-US subsidiaries. These SAFG Capital subsidiaries earn investment management and advisory fees under the IMAs and other service agreements, as well as management fees and carried interest distributions or similar performance-based compensation under the Funds’ operating agreements, the majority of which are based on, or calibrated to approximate, the costs to SAFG Capital of providing such services to the related parties. With respect to a minority of the related party client portfolios, which relate to assets backing risks that have been transferred to third parties, the SAFG Capital subsidiaries earn market-based fees. Management and advisory fee income for these Investment Services and related services reflected in Other income on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) was $31 million and $20 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Net Investment Income
Through AIG Markets, Inc. (“AIGM”), Corebridge receives a suite of capital markets services including securities lending, collateral management, repurchase transactions, derivatives execution and support, and operational support services, for which Corebridge pays a fee. AIGM provides these services through various services agreements. In addition, in the ordinary course of business, Corebridge enters into OTC derivative transactions with AIGM, under standard ISDA agreements. The total expenses incurred for services provided by AIGM reflected in Net investment income - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) were $5 million and $3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The derivative assets, net of gross assets and gross liabilities after collateral were $18 million and $256 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The derivative liabilities, net of gross assets and gross liabilities after collateral were $0 million and $2 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The collateral posted to AIGM was $1.2 billion and $803 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The collateral held by Corebridge was $534 million and $770 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
In addition, Corebridge entered into certain unsecured derivative transactions with AIG Financial Products Corp. (“AIG FP”) prior to 2019 under a standard ISDA agreement. The derivative assets, net of gross assets and gross liabilities after collateral were $349 million and $406 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. There were no derivative net liabilities as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. In relation to these derivatives, there was no collateral posted to AIG FP or collateral held by Corebridge as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
For further details of Derivatives, see Note 9.
Certain Corebridge subsidiaries participate in funding arrangements, whereby each participating subsidiary places excess funds on deposit with AIG or other affiliated entities, in exchange for a stated rate of interest. At the discretion of the participating subsidiaries and in accordance with governing documents, the participating subsidiaries may make withdrawals and deposits at any time and from time to time. The Company’s receivables of $1.2 billion and $1.0 billion as of March 31, 2022, and December 31, 2021, respectively, are recorded in Short-term investments on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Interest earned on these deposits, reflected in Net investment income - excluding Fortitude Re funds withheld assets on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss), was $0.7 million and $0.7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
F-209

TABLE OF CONTENTS

16.
Related Parties(continued)
General operating and other expenses
Pursuant to the provisions of a Service and Expense Agreement (the “AIG Service and Expense Agreement”) effective February 1, 1974, as amended, among AIG and certain of its affiliates, AIG provides various services to such affiliates at cost, including, but not limited to, advertising, accounting, actuarial, tax, legal, data processing, claims adjustment, employee cafeteria, office space, payroll, information technology services, capital markets services, services that support financial transactions and budgeting, risk management and compliance services, human resources services, insurance, operations and other support services. Amounts due to AIG affiliates were $364 million and $262 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Amounts due from AIG affiliates were $92 million and $43 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The total service expenses incurred specific to this agreement reflected in General operating and other expenses on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) were $6 million and $67 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Corebridge entities are parties to Master Intra-Company Services Agreements with AIG Technologies, Inc. (“AIGT”). These agreements, as amended, require AIGT to provide network connectivity, application hosting, data processing related services and other information technology related infrastructure services, as requested. On February 28, 2022, AIG contributed 100% of its shares in AIGT to Corebridge and AIGT became a direct subsidiary under Corebridge. The total service expenses incurred specific to these agreements reflected in General operating and other expenses on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) were $17 million and $22 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. In connection with the Reorganization, we and AIG entered into agreements under which we purchased AIG Technologies, Inc. (“AIGT”) from AIG affiliates on February 28, 2022, and as of this date AIGT is no longer considered an affiliate and is consolidated in Corebridge’s Condensed Consolidated financial statements.
Interest expense and noncontrolling interest
In the ordinary course of business, Corebridge enters into various arrangements with VIEs, and consolidates the VIE if Corebridge is determined to be the primary beneficiary. In certain situations, Corebridge may have a variable interest in a VIE that is consolidated by an affiliate, and in other instances, affiliates may have variable interests in a VIE that is consolidated by Corebridge. The total debt of consolidated VIEs held by affiliates was $757 million and $760 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The interest expense incurred on the debt reflected in Interest expense on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) was $9 million and $33 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. Additionally, during the three months ended March 31, 2021, Corebridge terminated two VIEs and recorded a loss on extinguishment of debt of $23 million. There was no VIE terminated during the three months ended March 31, 2022. Refer to the VIE note for additional information regarding the termination of these VIEs. The noncontrolling interest included in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets related to the VIEs held by affiliates was $1.3 billion and $1.5 billion as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. The gain/(loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest of consolidated VIEs held by affiliates was $33 million and $43 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
Refer to Note 8 for additional information regarding the termination of these VIEs.
In addition to transactions with VIEs, Corebridge has entered into other structured financing arrangements supporting real estate properties and other types of assets with other AIG affiliates. These financing arrangements are reported in Other invested assets in the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets. Certain of these and the VIE structures above also include commitments for funding from other AIG affiliates.
For additional information related to VIEs and other investments, see Notes 8 and 5.
Certain Corebridge affiliates are party to revolving credit facilities with AIG pursuant to which the borrowers can, on a several basis, borrow monies from AIG (as lender) subject to certain terms and conditions. Principal amounts borrowed under these facilities may be repaid and re-borrowed, in whole or in part, from time to time, without penalty. Individual borrowing limits exist for each borrower, which vary by participant.
In 2019, AIG Global Real Estate Investment Corp. issued an affiliated note to Lexington Insurance Company of $250 million. This affiliated note was repaid on February 12, 2021.
F-210

TABLE OF CONTENTS

16.
Related Parties(continued)
AIG also provides a full and unconditional guarantee of all outstanding debt of AIGLH.
In November 2021, Corebridge issued a promissory note to AIG in the amount of $8.3 billion. Interest expense incurred specific to this note reflected in Interest expense on the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) was $29 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022. Simultaneously, Corebridge declared a dividend to AIG for $8.3 billion. These were non-cash transactions.
For further details on debt, see Notes 11 and 17.
Reinsurance transactions
From time to time, AIG Life (UK) has entered into various coinsurance agreements with American International Reinsurance Company, Ltd. (“AIRCO”). In 2018, AIG Life (UK) ceded risks relating to the payment of obligations of life-contingent annuity claims in the annuitization phase of the contracts on or after June 30, 2018. In 2019 and 2020, AIG Life (UK) and AIRCO entered into treaties whereby AIRCO assumed risks relating to certain whole life policies issued prior to and subsequent to July 1, 2019, respectively. Reinsurance assets related to these agreements were $167 million and $167 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Amounts payable to AIRCO were $9 million and $7 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively. Ceded premiums related to these agreements were $11 million and $10 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
For further details of reinsurance transactions, see Note 7.
Guarantees
Certain Corebridge insurance entities benefitted from General Guarantee Agreements with American Home Assurance Company (“American Home”), a consolidated subsidiary of AIG. Pursuant to each respective agreement, American Home has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed all present and future obligations arising from certain insurance policies issued by these Corebridge entities. American Home is required to perform under the guarantee in the event that a guaranteed entity fails to make payments due under the insurance policies issued by the guaranteed entity during the period in which the guarantee was in force. These General Guarantee Agreements have all been terminated as to newly issued insurance policies. American Home has not been required to perform under any of the guarantees but remains contingently liable for all policyholder obligations associated with the insurance policies. There were no fees paid by Corebridge for the guarantee for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
AGL has a General Guarantee Agreement with NUFIC, a consolidated subsidiary of AIG. Pursuant to the terms of this agreement, NUFIC has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed insurance policies issued by AGL between July 13, 1998 and April 30, 2010. There were no fees paid by AGL for the guarantee for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.
USL (as successor in interest to American International Life Assurance Company of New York (“AI Life”)) has a General Guarantee Agreement with National Union Fire Insurance Company of Pittsburgh, Pa. (“National Union”), an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of AIG. Pursuant to the terms of this undertaking, National Union has unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed policies of insurance issued by AI Life between July 13, 1998 and April 30, 2010.
In connection with a sale-leaseback transaction in 2020, AIGLH issued promissory notes to AGL with maturity dates of up to five years; the sale-leaseback transaction, including the issuance of the promissory notes are eliminated in these financial statements. These promissory notes are guaranteed by AIG for the benefit of AGL. There were no fees paid by Corebridge for the guarantees for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021, and no payments were made under these guarantees for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021.
In addition to the guarantees above, Corebridge may provide to or receive from affiliates, or to or from third-parties on behalf of affiliates, customary guarantees in relation to certain lending and real estate transactions. These guarantees of certain amounts in connection with borrowings or environmental indemnifications and non-recourse carve-outs are limited to situations in which the borrower commits certain “bad acts” as defined in each applicable transaction document, including fraud or intentional misrepresentation, intentional waste, or willful misconduct. As of March 31, 2022, none of these guarantees became payable.
F-211

TABLE OF CONTENTS

16.
Related Parties(continued)
For details regarding dividends to AIG affiliates, see Note 13.
Corebridge is the guarantor on two credit facilities which are further guaranteed by AIG, in support of affordable housing properties. These letters of credit are required when certain properties do not meet required debt covenant ratios. On June 1, 2021, the loan associated with one of the properties was fully repaid and the letter of credit was subsequently released.
For details on guarantees associated with VIEs, see Note 8
For further details regarding guarantees provided by AIG, see Note 12
Tax Sharing Agreements
Corebridge and SAFG Capital are included in the consolidated federal income tax return of AIG as well as certain state tax returns where AIG files on a combined or unitary basis. The table below summarizes payments to or refunds from AIG in connection with the tax sharing agreements for the three months ended March 31, 2022 and 2021. Amounts receivable from (payable to) AIG pursuant to the tax sharing agreements were $444 million and $223 million as of March 31, 2022 and December 31, 2021, respectively.
Three Months Ended March 31,
(in millions)
2022
2021
Payment or refund:
 
 
Corebridge
$511
$365
SAFG Capital
1
Total
$511
$366
Transactions with Minority Shareholder
As part of the separation, AIG entered into a long-term asset management relationship with Blackstone to manage an initial $50 billion of our existing investment portfolio beginning in the fourth quarter of 2021 and the investment expense incurred was $26 million for the three months ended March 31, 2022.
For further details of our strategic partnership with Blackstone, see Note 1.
17.
Subsequent Events
The Condensed Consolidated financial statements of Corebridge are derived from the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements of AIG Inc, which issued its financial statements for the three months ended March 31, 2022 on May 5, 2022. Accordingly, the Company has evaluated transactions or other events for consideration as recognized subsequent events in the financial statements through May 5, 2022. Additionally, Corebridge has evaluated transactions and other events that occurred through May 16, 2022, the date these Condensed Consolidated financial statements were issued, for purposes of unrecognized subsequent events.
Delayed Draw Term Loans and Senior Unsecured Notes
On February 25, 2022, Corebridge Parent entered into an 18-Month Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement (the 18-Month DDTL Facility) among Corebridge, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and the administrative agent thereto, and a 3-Year Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement (the 3-Year DDTL Facility) among Corebridge, as borrower, the lenders party thereto and the administrative agent thereto.
The 18-Month DDTL Facility and 3-Year DDTL Facility provided us with committed delayed draw term loan facilities in the aggregate principal amount of $6.0 billion and $3.0 billion, respectively. On April 5, 2022, Corebridge Parent issued and sold $6.5 billion of senior unsecured notes consisting of: $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of its 3.50% Senior Notes due 2025, $1.25 billion aggregate principal amount of its 3.65% Senior Notes due 2027, $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of its 3.85% Senior Notes due 2029, $1.5 billion aggregate principal amount of its 3.90% Senior Notes due 2032, $500 million aggregate principal amount of its 4.35% Senior Notes due 2042 and $1.25 billion aggregate principal amount of its 4.40% Senior Notes due 2052. We used the net proceeds of the issuance of the notes, in the amount of approximately $6.4 billion, to repay a portion of the $8.3 billion promissory note previously issued by Corebridge Parent to AIG.
F-212

TABLE OF CONTENTS

17.
Subsequent Events(continued)
On April 6, 2022, in connection with the issuance of the senior unsecured notes of Corebridge Parent, (i) the commitments under the 18-Month DDTL Facility were terminated in full and (ii) the commitments under the 3-Year DDTL Facility were reduced from $3.0 billion to $2.5 billion. The ability to borrow under the 3-Year DDTL Facility is subject to, among other conditions, Corebridge’s confirmation to the administrative agent that an initial public offering of Corebridge is expected to be consummated within five business days following such borrowing. Commitments under the 3-Year DDTL Facility will remain available for borrowing until December 30, 2022, subject to the terms and conditions thereof.
As of May 16, 2022, a total of $2.5 billion remained available under the 3-Year DDTL Facility.
Deco Distribution
On April 1, 2022, one of our consolidated investment entities distributed $413 million of other invested asset holdings to a non-consolidated Corbridge affiliate, which will reduce our Non-Controlling interest in the second quarter of 2022. The amounts distributed are reported on a quarter lag and may be subject to true up in the valuation.
Our Investment Management Arrangement with BlackRock
Certain of our insurance company subsidiaries entered into separate investment management agreements with BlackRock. We expect to transfer the management of up to $90 billion of liquid fixed income and certain private placement assets in the aggregate to BlackRock over a period of 12 months in connection with the BlackRock Arrangement.
Revolving Credit Agreement
On May 12, 2022, Corebridge Parent entered into the Revolving Credit Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”).
The Credit Agreement provides for a five-year total commitment of $2.5 billion, consisting of standby letters of credit and/or revolving credit borrowings without any limits on the type of borrowings. Under circumstances described in the Credit Agreement, the aggregate commitments may be increased by up to $500 million, for a total commitment under the Credit Agreement of $3.0 billion. Loans under the Credit Agreement will mature on May 12, 2027, unless an initial public offering of Corebridge has not occurred on or prior to December 29, 2023, in which case the loans will mature on such date. Under the Credit Agreement, the applicable rate, commitment fee and letter of credit fee are determined by reference to the credit ratings of Corebridge’s senior long-term unsecured debt. Borrowings bear interest at a rate per annum equal to (i) in the case of U.S. dollar borrowings, Term SOFR plus an applicable credit spread adjustment plus an applicable rate or an alternative base rate plus an applicable rate, (ii) in the case of Sterling borrowings, SONIA plus an applicable credit spread adjustment plus an applicable rate, (iii) in the case of Euro borrowings, EURIBOR plus an applicable rate and (iv) in the case of Japanese Yen, TIBOR plus an applicable rate. The alternative base rate is equal to the highest of (a) the NYFRB Rate plus 0.50%, (b) the rate of interest in effect as quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the United States and (c) Term SOFR plus a credit spread adjustment of 0.100% plus an additional 1.00%.
The Credit Agreement requires Corebridge to maintain a specified minimum consolidated net worth and subjects Corebridge to a specified limit on consolidated total debt to consolidated total capitalization, subject to certain limitations and exceptions. In addition, the Credit Agreement contains certain customary affirmative and negative covenants, including limitations with respect to the incurrence of certain types of liens and certain fundamental changes. Amounts due under the Credit Agreement may be accelerated upon an “event of default,” as defined in the Credit Agreement, such as failure to pay amounts owed thereunder when due, breach of a covenant, material inaccuracy of a representation, or occurrence of bankruptcy or insolvency, subject in some cases to cure periods.
Letter of Credit Agreement
One of our domestic insurance subsidiaries has an intercompany reinsurance arrangement with AIG Bermuda whereby certain Regulation XXX and Guideline AXXX reserves related to a closed block of in-force business are ceded to AIG Bermuda. AIG Bermuda has a $250 million letter of credit guaranteed by AIG that is used to support the credit for reinsurance provided by AIG Bermuda. Effective May 9, 2022, the letter of credit was reduced from $250 million to $175 million and effective May 12, 2022, Corebridge Parent has replaced AIG as the guarantor.
F-213

TABLE OF CONTENTS



TABLE OF CONTENTS

    Shares
Corebridge Financial, Inc.
Common Stock

J.P. Morgan
Morgan Stanley
Piper Sandler

             , 2022
Through and including     , 2022 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This delivery requirement is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13.
Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.
The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us, including the selling stockholder’s expenses, in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts or commissions. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.
SEC Registration Fee
$
FINRA Filing Fee
 
Listing Fee
 
Printing Fees and Expenses
 
Accounting Fees and Expenses
 
Legal Fees and Expenses
 
Blue Sky Fees and Expenses
 
Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses
 
Miscellaneous
Total
$   
Item 14.
Indemnification of Directors and Officers.
Corebridge Financial, Inc. is incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.
Section 145(a) of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe the person’s conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Delaware Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
Section 145(c) of the DGCL provides that to the extent that a present or former director or officer of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 145 of the DGCL, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
Section 145(e) of the DGCL provides that expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by an officer or director of the corporation in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or
II-1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

proceeding may be paid by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the corporation as authorized in Section 145 of the DGCL. Such expenses, including attorneys’ fees, incurred by former directors and officers or other employees and agents of the corporation or by persons serving at the request of the corporation as directors, officers, employees or agents of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise may be so paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the corporation deems appropriate.
Section 145(g) of the DGCL specifically allows a Delaware corporation to purchase liability insurance on behalf of its directors and officers and to insure against potential liability of such directors and officers regardless of whether the corporation would have the power to indemnify such directors and officers under Section 145 of the DGCL.
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL permits a Delaware corporation to include a provision in its certificate of incorporation eliminating or limiting the personal liability of directors to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director. This provision, however, may not eliminate or limit a director’s liability (1) for breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (2) for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (3) under Section 174 of the DGCL, which provides for liability of directors for unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions or (4) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.
Section 174 of the DGCL provides, among other things, that a director who willfully and negligently approves of an unlawful payment of dividends or an unlawful stock purchase or redemption may be held liable for such actions. A director who was either absent when the unlawful actions were approved or dissented at the time may avoid liability by causing his or her dissent to such actions to be entered in the books containing the minutes of the meetings of the board of directors at the time the action occurred or immediately after the absent director receives notice of the unlawful acts.
Our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions permitted under the DGCL relating to the liability of directors. These provisions will eliminate a director’s personal liability for monetary damages resulting from a breach of fiduciary duty, except in circumstances involving:
any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty;
acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of the law;
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock purchases, redemptions or other distributions; or
any transaction from which the director derives an improper personal benefit.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will require us to indemnify and advance expenses to our directors and officers to the fullest extent not prohibited by the DGCL and other applicable law, except in the case of a proceeding instituted by the director without the approval of our Board. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors and officers, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for all judgments, fines, settlements, legal fees and other expenses incurred in connection with pending or threatened legal proceedings because of the director’s or officer’s positions with us or another entity that the director or officer serves at our request, subject to various conditions, and to advance funds to our directors and officers to enable them to defend against such proceedings. To receive indemnification, the director or officer must have been successful in the legal proceeding or have acted in good faith and in what was reasonably believed to be a lawful manner in our best interest and, with respect to any criminal proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his or her conduct was unlawful.
The form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this registration statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of the registrant and its directors and officers for certain liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities Act, but only to the extent that these liabilities are caused by information relating to the underwriters that was furnished to us by the underwriters in writing expressly for use in this registration statement and certain other disclosure documents.
II-2

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Directors’ and Officers’ Liability Insurance
Prior to the completion of this offering, we obtained directors’ and officers’ liability insurance which insures against certain liabilities that our directors and officers and the directors and officers of our subsidiaries may, in such capacities, incur.
Item 15.
Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.
On November 2, 2021, pursuant to a stock purchase agreement by and between AIG Inc. and Argon Holdco LLC, Argon Holdco LLC invested $2.2 billion, subject to post-closing adjustments, in exchange for a 9.9% interest in us. This sale of our common stock was made in a private placement pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.
On April 5, 2022, we sold $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.500% Senior Notes due 2025 (the “2025 Notes”). The 2025 Notes were sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A and to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. The 2025 Notes were offered to investors at 99.921% of the principal amount thereof. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted as representatives of the initial purchasers. The aggregate initial purchasers’ discount was $2,500,000.
On April 5, 2022, we sold $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.650% Senior Notes due 2027 (the “2027 Notes”). The 2027 Notes were sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A and to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. The 2027 Notes were offered to investors at 99.860% of the principal amount thereof. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted as representatives of the initial purchasers. The aggregate initial purchasers’ discount was $4,375,000.
On April 5, 2022, we sold $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.850% Senior Notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”). The 2029 Notes were sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A and to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. The 2029 Notes were offered to investors at 99.909% of the principal amount thereof. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted as representatives of the initial purchasers. The aggregate initial purchasers’ discount was $4,000,000.
On April 5, 2022, we sold $1,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 3.900% Senior Notes due 2032 (the “2032 Notes”). The 2032 Notes were sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A and to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. The 2032 Notes were offered to investors at 99.852% of the principal amount thereof. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted as representatives of the initial purchasers. The aggregate initial purchasers’ discount was $6,750,000.
On April 5, 2022, we sold $500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 4.350% Senior Notes due 2042 (the “2042 Notes”). The 2042 Notes were sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A and to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. The 2042 Notes were offered to investors at 99.973% of the principal amount thereof. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted as representatives of the initial purchasers. The aggregate initial purchasers’ discount was $4,375,000.
On April 5, 2022, we sold $1,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 4.400% Senior Notes due 2052 (the “2052 Notes”). The 2052 Notes were sold to qualified institutional buyers in the United States in reliance on Rule 144A and to non-U.S. persons outside the United States in reliance on Regulation S. The 2052 Notes were offered to investors at 99.983% of the principal amount thereof. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, BofA Securities, Inc., Goldman Sachs & Co. LLC and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted as representatives of the initial purchasers. The aggregate initial purchasers’ discount was $10,937,500.
II-3

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Item 16.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
(a) Exhibits.
The Exhibits to this Registration Statement on Form S-1 are listed in the Exhibit Index which precedes the signature page to this Registration Statement and is incorporated by reference herein.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules:
Schedule I — Summary of Investments — Other than Investments in Related Parties as of December 31, 2020 beginning on page F-127.
Schedule II — Condensed Financial Information of Registrant as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 and for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 beginning on page F-128.
Schedule III — Supplementary Insurance Information for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 beginning on page F-132.
Schedule IV — Reinsurance for the Years Ended December 31, 2020, 2019 and 2018 beginning on page F-133.
Item 17.
Undertakings.
(a)
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(b)
The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
(1)
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b) (1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2)
For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
II-4

TABLE OF CONTENTS

EXHIBIT INDEX
In reviewing the agreements included as exhibits to this registration statement on Form S-1, please remember that they are included to provide you with information regarding their terms and are not intended to provide any other factual or disclosure information about Corebridge, its subsidiaries or affiliates or the other parties to the agreements. The agreements contain representations and warranties by each of the parties to the applicable agreement. These representations and warranties have been made solely for the benefit of the other parties to the applicable agreement and (i) should not in all instances be treated as categorical statements of fact, but rather as a way of allocating the risk to one of the parties if those statements prove to be inaccurate; (ii) have been qualified by disclosures that were made to the other party in connection with the negotiation of the applicable agreement, which disclosures are not necessarily reflected in the agreement; (iii) may apply standards of materiality in a way that is different from what may be viewed as material to investors; and (iv) were made only as of the date of the applicable agreement or such other date or dates as may be specified in the agreement and are subject to more recent developments. Accordingly, these representations and warranties may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time. Additional information about Corebridge, its subsidiaries and affiliates may be found elsewhere in this registration statement on Form S-1.
Exhibit Number
Exhibit Description
1.1#
Form of Underwriting Agreement.
3.1#
Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Corebridge Financial, Inc.
3.2#
Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Corebridge Financial, Inc.
Indenture, dated April 5, 2022, between Corebridge and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee.
 
First Supplemental Indenture, dated April 5, 2022, between Corebridge and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 2025 Notes.
 
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated April 5, 2022, between Corebridge and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 2027 Notes.
 
Third Supplemental Indenture, dated April 5, 2022, between Corebridge and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 2029 Notes.
 
Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated April 5, 2022, between Corebridge and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 2032 Notes.
 
Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated April 5, 2022, between Corebridge and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 2042 Notes.
 
Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated April 5, 2022, between Corebridge and The Bank of New York Mellon, as Trustee, relating to the 2052 Notes.
 
5.1#
Opinion of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP.
Stockholders’ Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2021, between Corebridge Financial, Inc. and Argon Holdco LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of Blackstone Inc.).
Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of July 14, 2021, between American International Group, Inc. and Argon Holdco LLC (a wholly owned subsidiary of Blackstone Inc.).
10.3#
Form of Separation Agreement between Corebridge Financial, Inc. and American International Group, Inc.
10.4#
Form of Trademark License Agreement between Corebridge Financial, Inc. and American International Group, Inc.
Form of Registration Rights Agreement between Corebridge Financial, Inc. and American International Group, Inc.
10.6#
Form of Transition Services Agreement between Corebridge Financial, Inc. and American International Group, Inc.
Commitment Letter, dated as of November 2, 2021, between Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C. and Corebridge Financial, Inc.
Separately Managed Account Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2021, between Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C. and American General Life Insurance Company.
Separately Managed Account Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2021, between Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C. and The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company.
II-5

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit Number
Exhibit Description
Separately Managed Account Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2021, between Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C. and AGC Life Insurance Company.
Separately Managed Account Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2021, between Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C. and AIG Life of Bermuda, Ltd.
Separately Managed Account Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2021, between Blackstone ISG-I Advisors L.L.C. and AIG Life Ltd.
Amended and Restated Combination Coinsurance and Modified Coinsurance Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2020 between Fortitude Reinsurance Company, Ltd. and American General Life Insurance Company.
Amended and Restated Combination Coinsurance and Modified Coinsurance Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2020, between Fortitude Reinsurance Company, Ltd. and The Variable Annuity Life Insurance Company.
Amended and Restated Modified Coinsurance Agreement, dated as of June 2, 2020, between Fortitude Reinsurance Company, Ltd. and The United States Life Insurance Company In The City of New York.
10.16#
Tax Matters Agreement dated as of         , between Corebridge Financial, Inc. and American International Group, Inc.
Senior Promissory Note dated as of November 1, 2021, by American International Group, Inc., as payee, and Corebridge Financial, Inc., as maker.
18-Month Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2022, among Corebridge Financial, Inc., as borrower, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.
Three-Year Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 25, 2022, among Corebridge Financial, Inc., as borrower, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.
Amendment Letter to Lenders Party to the Three-Year Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement, dated as of May 11, 2022, among Corebridge Financial, Inc. the lenders party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent.
Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of May 12, 2022 among Corebridge Financial, Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the Several L/C Agent party thereto.
Letter Agreement, dated August 14, 2013, between AIG and Kevin Hogan.
Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure Agreement, dated August 14, 2013, between AIG and Kevin Hogan*
Executive Officer Form of Release and Restrictive Covenant Agreement.
AIG Annual Short-Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective March 1, 2016).
AIG 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
Form of Long Term Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement.
AIG Long Term Incentive Plan (as amended March 2018).
Form of AIG Long Term Incentive Award Agreement (as of April 2019).
Form of AIG Long Term Incentive Award Agreement (as of January 2020).
AIG 2012 Executive Severance Plan (as amended and restated February 2021).
AIG Long Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated February 2021).
AIG Non-Qualified Retirement Income Plan (as amended and restated February 2021).
American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
AIG Long Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated April 2021).
AIG Long Term Incentive Plan Form of Award Agreement (April 2021).
AIG Long Term Incentive Plan (as amended and restated September 2021).
AIG Long Term Incentive Plan Form of Award Agreement (September 2021).
Offer Letter, dated as of January 31, 2017, between American General Life International Company and Todd Solash.
II-6

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Exhibit Number
Exhibit Description
AIG Continuity Award Agreement, dated as of October 29, 2020, between American International Group, Inc. and Elias Habayeb.
AIG Continuity Award Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2020, between American International Group, Inc. and Todd Solash.
Offer Letter, dated as of October 28, 2021, between American International Group, Inc., and Elias Habayeb.
21.1#
List of Subsidiaries of Corebridge Financial, Inc., as of          .
Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.
23.2#
Consent of Debevoise & Plimpton LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1 hereto).
Consent of Oliver Wyman Actuarial Consulting, Inc.
Powers of Attorney (contained on signature pages to the Registration Statement on Form S-1).
Power of Attorney of Marilyn Hirsch, dated as of May 16, 2022.
Consent of Alan Colberg to be named as a director nominee.
Consent of Patricia Walsh to be named as a director nominee.
Filing Fee Table
*
Previously filed on March 28, 2022.
**
Previously filed on May 3, 2022.
***
Filed herewith.

Identifies each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
#
To be filed by amendment.
II-7

TABLE OF CONTENTS

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Houston, state of Texas on May 16, 2022.
 
COREBRIDGE FINANCIAL, INC.
 
 
 
 
By:
/s/ Kevin Hogan
 
 
Name: Kevin Hogan
 
 
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed on May 16, 2022 by the following persons in the capacities indicated.
Signature
Title
Date
 
 
 
/s/ Kevin Hogan
Chief Executive Officer, President and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
May 16, 2022
Kevin Hogan
 
 
 
 
*
Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President (Principal Financial Officer)
May 16, 2022
Elias Habayeb
 
 
 
 
*
Controller (Principal Accounting Officer)
May 16, 2022
Christopher Filiaggi
 
 
 
 
 
*
Director
May 16, 2022
Peter Zaffino
 
 
 
 
 
*
Director
May 16, 2022
Adam Burk
 
 
 
 
 
*
Director
May 16, 2022
Lucy Fato
 
 
 
 
 
*
Director
May 16, 2022
Shane Fitzsimons
 
 
 
 
 
*
Director
May 16, 2022
Jonathan Gray
 
 
 
 
 
*
Director
May 16, 2022
Marilyn Hirsch
 
 
 
 
 
*
Director
May 16, 2022
Christopher Lynch
 
 
 
 
 
*
Director
May 16, 2022
Mark Lyons
 
 
 
 
 
*
Director
May 16, 2022
Elaine Rocha
 
 
 
 
 
*
Director
May 16, 2022
Amy Schioldager
 
 
*By:
/s/ Christina Banthin
 
 
as Attorney-in-Fact
 
II-8
 

Exhibit 10.5 

 

PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

 

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

by and between

 

COREBRIDGE FINANCIAL, INC.

 

AND

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

 

Dated as of [●], 2022

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

Article I INTRODUCTORY MATTERS 1
     
  1.1 Defined Terms 1
  1.2 Interpretation 4
     
Article II REGISTRATION RIGHTS 4
   
  2.1 Demand Registrations 4
  2.2 Piggyback Registrations 5
  2.3 Registration Limitations 6
     
Article III REGISTRATION EXPENSES AND PROCEDURES 7
   
  3.1 Registration Expenses 7
  3.2 Registration Procedures 7
     
Article IV INDEMNIFICATION 9
   
  4.1 Indemnification by the Company 9
  4.2 Indemnification by AIG 10
  4.3 Notices of Claims 10
  4.4 Contribution 11
     
Article V RULE 144 11
   
  5.1 Rule 144 Reporting 11
     
Article VI GENERAL PROVISIONS 12
   
  6.1 Notices 12
  6.2 Amendment; Waiver 13
  6.3 Assignment 13
  6.4 Third Parties 13
  6.5 Governing Law 13
  6.6 Arbitration; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial 13
  6.7 Specific Performance 14
  6.8 Entire Agreement 15
  6.9 Severability 15
  6.10 Table of Contents, Headings and Captions 15
  6.11 Counterparts 15
  6.12 Certain Adjustments 15
-i-

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of [●], 2022, is by and between Corebridge Financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”) and American International Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“AIG”).

 

WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, AIG owns 90.1% of the issued and outstanding shares of Company Common Stock; and

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to that certain Master Separation Agreement, dated as of [●], 2022, by and between the Company and AIG (as amended from time to time, the “Separation Agreement”), AIG intends to offer and sell to the public shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-1, as more fully described in the Separation Agreement (the “IPO”), immediately following which offering and sale AIG will continue to own shares of Company Common Stock; and

 

WHEREAS, the Company and AIG desire to enter into this Agreement to set forth the terms and conditions of the registration rights and obligations of the Company and AIG.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the representations, warranties and agreements herein contained and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties agree as follows:

 

Article I
INTRODUCTORY MATTERS

 

1.1          Defined Terms. In addition to the terms defined elsewhere herein, the following terms have the following meanings when used herein with initial capital letters:

 

AAA” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6(a).

 

Affiliate” of any Person means another Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with, such first Person. For the purposes of this definition, “control,” when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise, and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have the meanings correlative to the foregoing. For purposes of this Agreement, it is expressly agreed that, prior to, at and after the Separation Time, (a) no member of the Company Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the AIG Group and (b) no member of the AIG Group shall be deemed to be an Affiliate of any member of the Company Group.

 

AIG” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

“Ancillary Agreements” means [●].

 

AIG Group” means AIG and each Person that is a Subsidiary of AIG (other than the Company and any other member of the Company Group).

 

Applicable Law” means any domestic or foreign statute, law (including the common law), ordinance, rule, regulation, published regulatory policy or guideline, order, judgment, injunction, decree, award or writ of any court, tribunal or other regulatory authority, arbitrator, governmental authority, or other Person having jurisdiction, or any consent, exemption, approval or license of any governmental authority that applies in whole or in part to a party and, with respect to the Company, includes the Exchange Act, the Securities Act, the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, the rules of the SEC, insurance company laws and all related regulations, guidelines and instructions and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange and any other exchange or quotation system on which the securities of the Company are listed or traded from time to time.

 

Argon” means Argon Holdco LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Blackstone.

 

Beneficially Own,” “Beneficially Owned” or “Beneficial Ownership” has the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 of the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act.

 

Blackout Period” means (i) the Company’s regularly quarterly restricted trading period during which directors and executive officers of the Company are not permitted to trade under the insider trading policy of the Company then in effect or (ii) a reasonable period not in excess of the applicable limits specified below in the event that the Board determines in good faith that any registration or sale pursuant to any registration statement would reasonably be expected to interfere with any bona fide financing of, or material transaction under consideration by, the Company, require disclosure of material information that has not been disclosed to the public, the premature disclosure of which would materially adversely affect the Company, or otherwise materially adversely affect the Company. Notwithstanding anything otherwise to the contrary, with respect to any Blackout Periods described in clause (ii) above, in any (12) month period, (A) there shall not be more than one (1) such Blackout Period and (B) the length of such Blackout Period shall not exceed thirty (30) days.

 

Blackstone” means Blackstone Inc.

 

Board” means the board of directors of the Company.

 

Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions in New York, New York are required or authorized by Applicable Law to be closed.

 

Company” has the meaning set forth in the Preamble.

 

Company Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (it being understood that, if the Company Common Stock, as a class, shall be reclassified, exchanged or converted into another security (including as a result of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) or the right to receive such security, each reference to Company Common Stock in this Agreement shall refer to such other security into which the Company Common Stock was reclassified, exchanged or converted).1

 

 

1 Note to Draft: Assumes multi-class structure is reversed prior to entry into agreement.

-2-

Company Group” means (a) the Company, (b) each Subsidiary of the Company immediately after the Separation Time, and (c) each other Person that is controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Company immediately after the Separation Time.

 

Contract” means any contract, agreement, indenture, note, bond, loan, instrument, license or other enforceable arrangement or agreement.

 

Demand Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Governmental Entity” means any domestic or foreign court, tribunal, commission or governmental authority, instrumentality (including any legislature, commission, regulatory or administrative agency, governmental branch, bureau or department) or agency or any self-regulatory body.

 

Indemnified Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

Indemnifying Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.

 

IPO” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Long-Form Registrations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Person” means an individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, association, trust, unincorporated organization, Governmental Entity or other entity.

 

Piggyback Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2(a).

 

Registrable Securities” means (a) the Company Common Stock held by AIG and (b) any other securities issued in respect of the securities described in clause (a) of this definition, including by way of a dividend, distribution or equity split or in connection with an exchange or a combination of shares, recapitalization, or reclassification. As to any particular Registrable Securities, such securities shall cease to be Registrable Securities at the earliest date when they (i) have been distributed to the public pursuant to an offering registered under the Securities Act, (ii) have been sold to the public in compliance with Rule 144 (or any similar or successor rule then in force) or (iii) have been repurchased by the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

Registration Expenses” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Separation Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the Recitals.

 

Separation Time” means 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on the date on which the closing of the IPO is consummated.

 

-3-

Shelf Registration” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(a).

 

Shelf Take-down” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.1(d).

 

Stockholders Agreement” means the Stockholders Agreement, dated as of November 2, 2021, by and among, the Company, AIG and Argon.

 

Subsidiary” of any Person at the time in question means another Person more than 50% of the total combined voting power of all classes of capital stock or other voting interests of which, or more than 50% of the equity securities of which, is at such time owned directly or indirectly by such first Person.

 

1.2           Interpretation. When reference is made in this Agreement to an Article or a Section, such reference shall be to an Article or a Section of this Agreement unless otherwise indicated. All references herein to any agreement, instrument, statute, rule or regulation are to the agreement, instrument, statute, rule or regulation as amended, modified, supplemented or replaced from time to time (and, in the case of statutes, include any rules and regulations promulgated under said statutes) and to any section of any statute, rule or regulation including any successor to said section. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. Whenever the words “include,” “includes” or “including” are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation.” Whenever the words “hereof,” “hereto,” “hereby,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import are used in this Agreement, they shall be deemed to refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement. Whenever the word “or” is used in this Agreement, it shall not be exclusive. Whenever the word “extent” in the phrase “to the extent” is used in this Agreement, it shall be deemed to mean the degree to which a subject or other thing extends and shall not mean simply “if.” Whenever the singular is used herein, the same shall include the plural, and whenever the plural is used herein, the same shall include the singular, where appropriate. Whenever the word “Dollars” or the “$” sign appear in this Agreement, they shall be construed to mean United States Dollars, and all transactions under this Agreement shall be in United States Dollars. This Agreement has been fully negotiated by both parties and shall not be construed by any Governmental Entity against either party by virtue of the fact that such party was the drafting party.

 

Article II
REGISTRATION RIGHTS

 

2.1           Demand Registrations.

 

(a)         Subject to the provisions of this Article II, at any time, (i) AIG may request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of its Registrable Securities on Form S-1 (excluding a Shelf Registration) or any successor long-form registration statement (“Long-Form Registrations”) subject to and in accordance with Section 2.1(b) and (ii) AIG may, if available, request registration under the Securities Act of all or any portion of its Registrable Securities on a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 or any successor short-form registration statement (a “Shelf Registration”), subject to and in accordance with Section 2.1(b); provided, that the Company shall not be obligated to effect more than four (4) Demand Registrations (as defined below) in any twelve (12)-month period. All registrations requested pursuant to this Section 2.1(a) by AIG are referred to herein as “Demand Registrations.” Each request for a Demand Registration shall specify the approximate number of shares requested to be registered and the intended method of distribution.

-4-

(b)          If a Demand Registration is an underwritten offering and the managing underwriters advise the Company in writing that in their opinion the number of Registrable Securities and, if permitted hereunder, other securities requested to be included in such offering exceeds the number of Registrable Securities and other securities, if any, that can be sold in an orderly manner in such offering, then the Company shall include (i) first, all Registrable Securities requested to be sold by AIG, if any, in such Demand Registration up to that number of securities that in the opinion of such underwriters can be sold in such offering without adversely affecting the marketability of the offering and (ii) second, any other securities requested to be included.

 

(c)          Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) the Company shall not be obligated to effect any Demand Registration during any period in which the Company is restricted from effecting a registration, offering or sale of shares of Company Common Stock pursuant to a lock-up or similar agreement entered into in connection with any offering or sale of Company Common Stock registered with the SEC; provided, that the restriction period thereunder shall not exceed one hundred eighty (180) days after the effective date of the Company’s IPO or sixty (60) days after the effective date of any other public offering (unless the managing underwriter advises otherwise), and (ii) the Company may postpone the filing or the effectiveness of a registration statement for a Demand Registration or suspend the use of a prospectus that is part of a Shelf Registration (and therefore suspend sales of Registrable Securities thereunder in accordance with Section 2.1(a)) during any Blackout Period; provided that only in such event, AIG shall be entitled to withdraw such request for a Demand Registration and, if so withdrawn, such Demand Registration shall not count against the total number of Demand Registrations provided for in Section 2.1(a).

 

(d)          If any Demand Registration, including any take-downs off a Shelf Registration (each, a “Shelf Take-down”), is an underwritten offering, then AIG shall have the right to select the managing underwriters to administer such offering.

 

(e)          For so long as AIG holds any Registrable Securities, the Company and its Affiliates shall not, without AIG’s prior written consent, enter into any Contract providing another Person with registration rights that would conflict with the provisions of this Article IV.

 

2.2           Piggyback Registrations. (a) Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, whenever the Company proposes to register any of its securities for sale for cash under the Securities Act, whether proposed to be offered for sale by the Company or by any other Person (other than (i) pursuant to a Demand Registration, (ii) in connection with any registration on Form S-4, S-8 or any successor or similar form, (iii) in connection with a registration relating to a merger, acquisition, business combination transaction or reorganization of the Company or other transaction under Rule 145 of the Securities Act or (iv) a registration in which the only securities being registered are common stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities that are also being registered) and the registration form to be used may be used for the registration of Registrable Securities (a “Piggyback Registration”), the Company shall give prompt written notice to AIG of its intention to effect such a registration and, subject to Section 2.2(b) and Section 2.2(c), shall use reasonable best efforts to include in such registration all Registrable Securities with respect to which the Company has received written requests for inclusion therein from AIG within five (5) Business Days after the delivery of the Company’s notice. 

-5-

(b)          If the Piggyback Registration of which the Company gives notice is for a registered public offering involving an underwriting, the Company shall so advise AIG as a part of the written notice given. In such event, the right of AIG to registration pursuant to this Section 2.2(b) shall be conditioned upon AIG’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of AIG’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting to the extent provided herein. If AIG exercises its Piggyback Registration rights it shall enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the representative of the managing underwriters selected by the Company. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.2, if the underwriters advise the Company that marketing factors require a limitation on the number of shares to be underwritten, the underwriters may (subject to the limitations set forth below) limit the number of Registrable Securities to be included in the registration and underwriting.  The Company shall so advise AIG, and the number of shares of securities that are entitled to be included in the registration and underwriting shall be allocated as follows:  (i) first, to the Company for securities being sold for its own account, (ii) second, to Argon, to the extent Argon is permitted to include securities at such time, and is entitled to priority with respect thereto, under the terms of the Stockholders Agreement, (iii) third, to AIG, and (iii) fourth, to any other holders of the Company’s securities.

 

(c)          The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration prior to the effectiveness of such registration whether or not AIG has elected to include securities in such registration. 

 

2.3           Registration Limitations. Subject to Section 3.2(a), the Company will use reasonable efforts to prepare such supplements or amendments (including a post-effective amendment), if required by Applicable Law, to each applicable registration statement and file any other required document so that such registration statement will be available at all times during the period for which such registration statement is required pursuant to this Agreement to be effective; provided, that no such supplement, amendment or filing will be required during a Blackout Period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Company shall be entitled, from time to time, by providing written notice to AIG, to postpone the filing of any registration statement for any Long-Form Registration or Shelf Registration and to require the holders of Registrable Securities to suspend the use of the prospectus for sales of Registrable Securities in connection with any Long-Form Registration, Shelf Registration or Shelf Take-down during any Blackout Period. No sales may be made by AIG under any registration statement during any Blackout Period of which the Company has provided notice to AIG. In the event of a Blackout Period under clause (ii) of the definition thereof, the Company shall notify AIG promptly upon each of the commencement and the termination of each Blackout Period. In connection with the expiration of any Blackout Period, the Company, to the extent necessary and as required by Applicable Law, shall as promptly as reasonably practicable prepare supplements or amendments, including a post-effective amendment, to the registration statement or the prospectus, or any document incorporated therein by reference, or file any other required document, so that the applicable registration statement will be available for registration of registrable securities as contemplated hereby. A Blackout Period described in clause (ii) of the definition thereof shall be deemed to have expired when the Company has notified AIG that the Blackout Period has so expired and the registration statement is available. Upon expiration of a Blackout Period described in clause (i) of the definition thereof, any additional duration of a Blackout Period will be deemed to be a Blackout Period described in clause (ii) of the definition thereof and subject to the limitations therein. 

-6-

Article III
REGISTRATION EXPENSES AND PROCEDURES

 

3.1           Registration Expenses. All expenses incurred in connection with any registration statement or registration under the Securities Act (including a Long-Form Registration, Shelf Registration or Shelf Take-down) covering shares held by seller of securities pursuant to a registration under this Agreement, including all registration, qualification and filing fees, fees and expenses of compliance with securities or blue sky laws, filing expenses, printing expenses, messenger and delivery expenses, fees and disbursements of custodians and fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company (including the fees and disbursements of one, but not more than one, outside legal counsel for sellers of securities pursuant to a registration under this Agreement) and all independent certified public accountants, underwriters (excluding discounts and commissions) and other Persons retained by the Company (all such expenses being herein called “Registration Expenses”), shall be borne by the Company, and the Company also shall pay all of its internal expenses (including all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expense of any annual audit or quarterly review, the expense of any liability insurance and the expenses and fees for listing the securities to be registered on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, each seller of securities pursuant to a registration under this Agreement shall bear and pay (i) all underwriting discounts and commissions and (ii) any stock transfer taxes applicable to the securities sold for such seller’s account.

 

3.2           Registration Procedures.

 

(a)  With respect to a registration of Registrable Securities, subject to Section 2.2(c) and Section 2.3, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to:

 

(i) (A) except in the case of a Shelf Registration, keep such registration effective for a period ending on the earlier of the date that is one-hundred and twenty (120) days from the effective date of the registration statement or such time as AIG has completed the distribution described in the registration statement relating thereto and (B) in the case of a Shelf Registration, keep such registration effective for a period ending on the date that is twenty-four (24) months from the effective date of the registration statement;
-7-

(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for the period set forth in (i) above;

 

(iii) furnish such number of prospectuses, including any preliminary prospectuses, and other documents incident thereto, including any amendment of or supplement to the prospectus, as AIG may from time to time reasonably request;  

 

(iv) notify AIG (to the extent selling Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement) at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing, and following such notification promptly prepare and furnish to AIG a reasonable number of copies of a supplement to or an amendment of such prospectus as may be necessary so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of such shares, such prospectus shall not include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or incomplete in light of the circumstances then existing;

 

(v) comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the SEC;

 

(vi) cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant to this Agreement to be listed on the national securities exchange on which securities of the same class as such Registrable Securities are then listed, if any;

 

(vii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter in an underwritten offering;

 

(viii)  take such actions as shall be reasonably requested by AIG or the lead managing underwriter of an underwritten offering to facilitate such offering, including without limitation, making customary road show presentations, making senior management of the Company available to assist, and, in a customary manner, holding meetings with and making calls to potential investors; and
-8-

(b)          enter into customary agreements (including, in the case of an underwritten offering, one or more underwriting agreements in customary form, and including provisions with respect to indemnification and contribution in customary form) and in connection therewith: (A) make such representations and warranties to the underwriters, if any, in form, substance and scope as are customarily made by issuers to underwriters in similar underwritten offerings; (B) obtain opinions of counsel to the Company addressed to the underwriters, if any, covering the matters customarily covered in opinions requested in sales of securities or underwritten offerings; (C) obtain “cold comfort” letters and updates thereof from the Company’s independent certified public accountants addressed to the underwriters, if any, which letters shall be customary in form and shall cover matters of the type customarily covered in “cold comfort” letters to underwriters in connection with primary underwritten offerings; (D) deliver such documents and certificates as the sole underwriter or managing underwriter, if any, or its counsel, shall reasonably request to evidence the continued validity of the representations and warranties made in accordance with Section 3.2(a)(ix)(A) above and to evidence compliance with any customary conditions contained in the underwriting agreement; (E) facilitate the settlement of such Registrable Securities through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company. The above, as set forth in Section 3.2(a)(iii) through Section 3.2(a)(viii), shall be done at such times as customarily occur in similar offerings; and (F) cause its Affiliates (including any registered investment companies, registered investment advisers and management investment companies) to, upon request of AIG at any time following completion of the IPO, either (i) obtain a no-action letter, interpretive guidance, exemptive order or other relief from the SEC to the effect that sales of securities by AIG undertaken subsequent to the IPO do not constitute an “assignment” (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended or the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended) of any investment advisory contract to which the Company or its Affiliates is party, or (ii) if such sales would constitute an assignment, to obtain the requisite client consents to such assignments (including, for this purpose, the approval of the board of directors and shareholders of any client that is a registered investment company, or a new investment advisory contract and, if applicable, a new sub-advisory contract with any sub-adviser whose contract would terminate as a result of such assignment), and in connection with the foregoing, the Company shall, and shall cause its Affiliates to, take all steps necessary to obtain such relief or consents, including, (x) in the case of clause (i), through the preparation and submission of a request for noaction relief or exemptive application, and (y) in the case of clause (ii), preparing and filing with the SEC a proxy statement, promptly responding to any comments from the SEC on any proxy statement, hiring a proxy solicitation firm, distributing a proxy statement to relevant parties and holding a shareholder meeting and preparing and delivering such other documents as may be necessary to solicit the consent of client that are not registered investment companies. AIG shall furnish to the Company such information regarding AIG and the distribution proposed by AIG as shall be reasonably required in connection with any registration, qualification or compliance referred to in Article II.

 

Article IV
INDEMNIFICATION

 

4.1           Indemnification by the Company. To the extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless AIG, each of its Affiliates and its and their officers, directors and managers, and each person controlling AIG within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all expenses, claims, losses, damages, and liabilities (or actions, proceedings, or settlements in respect thereof) arising out of or based on:  (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any prospectus or other document incident to any such registration, qualification, or compliance, (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or (iii) any violation (or alleged violation) by the Company of the Securities Act, any state securities laws or any rule or regulation thereunder applicable to the Company and relating to action or inaction required of the Company in connection with any offering covered by such registration, qualification or compliance, and the Company will reimburse AIG, each of its Affiliates and its and their officers, directors and managers, and each person controlling AIG as provided above, for any legal and any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating and defending or settling any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action; providedhowever, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission based upon written information furnished to the Company by AIG specifically for use therein; and provided, further, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 4.1 shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

-9-

4.2           Indemnification by AIG. To the extent permitted by law, AIG will, if Registrable Securities held by AIG are included in the securities as to which any registration, qualification, or compliance is being effected, indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, officers, managers, legal counsel and accountants, and each underwriter, if any, of the Company’s securities covered by such a registration statement, and each person who controls the Company or such underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act, against all claims, losses, damages and liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arising out of or based on:  (i) any untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) of a material fact contained or incorporated by reference in any such registration statement, prospectus or other document, or (ii) any omission (or alleged omission) to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, and will reimburse the Company and the Company’s officers, directors and managers, legal counsel, and accountants, persons, underwriters, or control persons as provided above, for any legal or any other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such claim, loss, damage, liability, or action, in each case to the extent, but only to the extent, that such untrue statement (or alleged untrue statement) or omission (or alleged omission) is made in such registration statement, prospectus or other document in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by AIG and stated by AIG to be specifically for use therein; providedhowever, that the obligations of AIG hereunder shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such claims, losses, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) if such settlement is effected without the consent of AIG (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided further that the obligations of AIG hereunder shall be limited to the net proceeds received by AIG from the sale of securities under any such registration statement or offering hereunder.

 

4.3           Notices of Claims. Each party entitled to indemnification under this Section 4.3 (the “Indemnified Party”) shall give notice to the party required to provide indemnification (the “Indemnifying Party”) promptly after such Indemnified Party has actual knowledge of any claim as to which indemnity may be sought, and shall permit the Indemnifying Party to assume the defense of such claim or any litigation resulting therefrom; provided, however, that the Indemnified Party may participate in such defense at such party’s expense; and provided further, however, that the failure of any Indemnified Party to give notice as provided herein shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under this Section 4.3 to the extent such failure is not prejudicial. No Indemnifying Party, in the defense of any such claim or litigation, shall, except with the consent of each Indemnified Party, consent to entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as an unconditional term thereof the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to such Indemnified Party of a release from all liability in respect to such claim or litigation.  Each Indemnified Party shall furnish such information regarding itself or the claim in question as an Indemnifying Party may reasonably request in writing and as shall be reasonably required in connection with defense of such claim and litigation resulting therefrom.

-10-

4.4           Contribution.

 

(a)           If the indemnification provided for in this Article IV is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an Indemnified Party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense referred to herein, then the Indemnifying Party, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the Indemnifying Party on the one hand and of the Indemnified Party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.  The relative fault of the Indemnifying Party and of the Indemnified Party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Indemnifying Party or by the Indemnified Party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. Notwithstanding anything in this Section 4.4 to the contrary, AIG shall not be required to contribute any amount pursuant to this Section 4.4 in excess of the amount by which (a) the net proceeds received by AIG from the sale of Registrable Securities in the offering to which the misstatement or omission relates exceeds (b) the amount of any damages that AIG has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such misstatement or omission.

 

(b)          Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 4.4, to the extent that the provisions on indemnification and contribution contained in the underwriting agreement entered into in connection with the underwritten public offering are in conflict with the foregoing provisions, the provisions in the underwriting agreement shall control.

 

Article V
RULE 144

 

5.1           Rule 144 Reporting. With a view to making available to AIG the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”) that may permit the sale of the Registrable Securities to the public without registration, the Company, following the first anniversary of the date on which the Company completes an IPO, agrees to use its reasonable best efforts to:

 

(a)          make and keep current public information available, within the meaning of Rule 144, at all times after it has become subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act;

-11-

(b)          file with the SEC, in a timely manner, all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and Exchange Act (after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); and

 

(c)          so long as AIG Beneficially Owns any Registrable Securities, furnish to AIG forthwith upon request a written statement by the Company as to its compliance with the reporting requirements of said Rule 144 (at any time commencing ninety (90) days after the effective date of the first registration filed by the Company for an offering of its securities to the general public), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements); a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company; and such other reports and documents as AIG may reasonably request in availing itself of any rule or regulation of the SEC allowing it to sell any such securities without registration (in each case to the extent not readily publicly available).

 

Article VI
GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

6.1           Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been given (a) when delivered by hand (with written confirmation of receipt), (b) when received by the addressee if sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier (receipt requested), (c) on the date sent by email if sent during normal business hours of the recipient, and on the next Business Day if sent after normal business hours of the recipient; provided, in each case, that the sender shall not have received a notice of failure to send, or (d) on the third day after the date mailed, by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid. Such communications must be sent to the respective parties at the following addresses (or at such other address for a party as shall be specified by like notice):

 

if to the Company, to:

 

Corebridge Financial, Inc.

21650 Oxnard Street

Suite 750

Woodland Hills, CA 91367

Attention: General Counsel

Email:        chris.nixon@aig.com

 

if to AIG, to:

 

American International Group, Inc.
1271 Avenue of the Americas
41st Floor
New York, New York 10020
Attention: General Counsel
Email:        lucy.fato@aig.com

 

-12-

6.2           Amendment; Waiver.

 

(a)          This Agreement may be amended, restated, supplemented, modified or terminated, in each case, only by a written instrument signed by each of the Company and AIG.

 

(b)          A provision of this Agreement may only be waived by a written instrument signed by the party waiving a right hereunder. No delay on the part of a party in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any waiver on the part of a party of any right, power or privilege, nor any single or partial exercise of any such right, power or privilege, preclude any further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other such right, power or privilege.

 

6.3           Assignment. Neither this Agreement nor any of the rights, interests or obligations under this Agreement shall be assigned, in whole or in part, by operation of law or otherwise, by a party without the prior written consent of the other parties, and any such assignment that is not consented to shall be null and void; provided that AIG may, without the prior written consent of the Company, assign its rights and interests, and delegate its obligations, under this Agreement, in each case in whole or in part, to (i) any transferee of at least two and one-half percent (2.5%) of the number of shares of Company Common Stock Beneficially Owned by AIG immediately following the completion of the IPO and (ii) an Affiliate of AIG to which AIG transfers shares of Company Common Stock Beneficially Owned by AIG; provided, however, that in the case of clause (ii), no such assignment or delegation shall relieve AIG of its obligations hereunder. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement will be binding upon, inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by, the parties and their respective successors and assigns.

 

6.4           Third Parties. Except as otherwise expressly provided for in this Agreement, this Agreement is not intended to confer upon any Person other than the parties to this Agreement any rights or remedies.

 

6.5           Governing Law. This Agreement and any dispute arising hereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to its principles or rules of conflict of laws, to the extent such principles or rules are not mandatorily applicable by statute and would permit or require the application of the laws of another jurisdiction.

 

6.6           Arbitration; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

(a)          Each party hereto hereby agrees that any action, directly or indirectly, arising out of, under or relating to this Agreement shall exclusively be resolved by a panel of three arbitrators in a confidential expedited arbitration administered by the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”) under the AAA’s Commercial Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures, and judgment on the award rendered by such arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. Unless the parties to such action otherwise agree to conduct any arbitration proceeding pursuant to this Section 6.6(a) elsewhere, such proceeding shall be seated and any decision shall be rendered in New York, New York. The arbitration hearings shall take place in New York, New York at a venue to be selected by mutual agreement of the parties to such action. The award rendered by the arbitrators shall be reasoned, final and binding on the parties to the action; provided that (i) by agreeing to arbitration, the parties do not intend to deprive any court with jurisdiction of its ability to issue an injunction, order of specific enforcement, attachment or other form of provisional remedy or non-monetary relief and a request for such remedies by a party to a court shall not be deemed a waiver of this agreement to arbitrate, and (ii) in addition to the authority conferred upon the tribunal by the rules specified above, the tribunal shall also have the authority to grant provisional remedies, including injunctive relief. Any settlement discussions or arbitration proceedings to settle the action occurring under this Agreement shall be conducted in strict confidence. Except as necessary to enforce an award or as required by Applicable Law, no information or documents produced, generated or exchanged in connection with settlement discussions or arbitration proceedings (including any award(s) that might be rendered by the tribunal) shall be disclosed to any Person without the prior written consent of all parties to the settlement or arbitration proceedings. This restriction shall not apply to public records or other documents obtained by the parties in the normal course of business independent of any settlement discussions or arbitration proceedings.

 

-13-

(b)          Each party hereto hereby agrees that any action directly or indirectly, arising out of, under or relating to this Agreement for an injunction, order of specific enforcement, attachment or other form of provisional remedy or non-monetary relief shall be brought in and shall exclusively be heard and determined by the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware and, solely in connection with any such action contemplated by this Section 6.6(b), (i) irrevocably and unconditionally consents and submits to the foregoing and (ii) solely with respect to the actions contemplated by this Section 6.6(b), (A) irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue in respect of the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware courts, (B) irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim that the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is an inconvenient forum or does not have personal jurisdiction over any party hereto, and (C) agrees that mailing of process or other papers in connection with any such action in the manner provided herein or in such other manner as may be permitted by Applicable Law shall be valid and sufficient service thereof. EACH PARTY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY. EACH PARTY CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO OTHER PARTY OR REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY THEREOF HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER, (II) IT UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH WAIVER, (III) IT MAKES SUCH WAIVER VOLUNTARILY AND (IV) IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 6.6(B).

 

6.7           Specific Performance. The parties agree that irreparable damage would occur in the event that any of the provisions of this Agreement were not performed in accordance with their specific terms or were otherwise breached. It is accordingly agreed that, without the necessity of posting bond or other undertaking, the parties shall be entitled to an injunction or injunctions to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement in accordance with this Agreement, this being in addition to any other remedy to which such party is entitled at law or in equity. In the event that any action is brought in equity to enforce the provisions of this Agreement, no party shall allege, and each party hereby waives any defense or counterclaim, that there is an adequate remedy at law. The parties further agree that nothing contained in this Section 6.7 shall require a party to institute any action for (or limit such party’s right to institute any action for) specific performance under this Section 6.7 before exercising any other right under this Agreement.

 

-14-

6.8           Entire Agreement. The Separation Agreement, this Agreement, the other Ancillary Agreements and any schedules or exhibits hereto or thereto constitute the entire agreement, and supersede all prior agreements, understandings, representations and warranties, both written and oral, among the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement.

 

6.9           Severability. Whenever possible, each provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under Applicable Law, but if any provision or portion of any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under any Applicable Law in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability will not affect any other provision or portion of any provision in such jurisdiction, and this Agreement will be reformed, construed and enforced in such jurisdiction as if such invalid, illegal or unenforceable provision or portion of any provision had never been contained herein.

 

6.10         Table of Contents, Headings and Captions. The table of contents and headings contained in this Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.

 

6.11         Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, all of which shall be considered one and the same agreement and shall become effective when counterparts have been signed by each party and delivered to the other party. Each party may deliver its signed counterpart of this Agreement to the other party by means of electronic mail or any other electronic medium utilizing image scan technology, and such delivery will have the same legal effect as hand delivery of an originally executed counterpart.

 

6.12         Certain Adjustments. In the event of any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, any stock combination or similar event, any references to a number of shares of Company Common Stock shall be appropriately adjusted to give effect to such stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, any stock combination or similar event.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

-15-

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Registration Rights Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

  COREBRIDGE FINANCIAL, INC.
     
  By:    
    Name: [●]
    Title:   [●]

 

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

  AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
     
  By:    
    Name: [●]
    Title:   [●]

 

[Signature Page to Registration Rights Agreement]

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.20

 

Execution Version

 

AMENDMENT LETTER

TO

LENDERS PARTY TO THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERENCED BELOW

 

May 11, 2022

 

Reference is made to the 3-Year Delayed Draw Term Loan Agreement (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”) dated as of February 25, 2022 among Corebridge Financial, Inc. (f/k/a SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.) (the “Company”), the lenders party thereto (the “Lenders”), and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent. Terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

Each Lender is hereby requested by the Company to confirm its agreement of the following:

 

1.Such Lender hereby consents to the Company’s delivery to the Administrative Agent on or prior to May 20, 2022 of the documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(b) with respect to the first fiscal quarter of the fiscal year 2022 and agrees that no Default shall be deemed to occur as a result of the failure of the Company to deliver such documents on or before the original deadline therefor provided that such documents are delivered on or prior to May 20, 2022.

 

2.The first paragraph of the preamble is amended and restated in its entirety to read:

 

3-YEAR DELAYED DRAW TERM LOAN AGREEMENT, dated as of February 25, 2022 among COREBRIDGE FINANCIAL, INC. (f/k/a SAFG RETIREMENT SERVICES, INC.), a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as borrower, the LENDERS party hereto from time to time, and JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent (this “Agreement”).

 

3.Section 1.01 (Defined Terms) is amended by:

 

(a)           deleting the words “(rounded upwards, if necessary, to the next 1/100 of 1.00%)” in the definition of “Adjusted Term SOFR Rate.”

 

(b)           adding in the appropriate alphabetical position:

 

AIG Guarantee” means the guarantees by RemainCo of AIGLH’s obligations under the AIGLH Notes pursuant to any of (i) that First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 1, 2001, to the Indenture dated as of November 15, 1997, between AIGLH, as successor to American General Corporation, as Issuer, RemainCo, as Guarantor, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as successor to Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, (ii) that First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 1, 2001, to the Indenture dated as of December 1, 1996, between AIGLH, as successor to American General Corporation, as Issuer, RemainCo, as Guarantor, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as successor to Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, and (iii) that First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 1, 2001, to the Indenture dated as of May 15, 1995,


between AIGLH, as successor to American General Corporation, as Issuer, RemainCo, as Guarantor, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee.

 

AIGLH” means AIG Life Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation.

 

AIGLH Notes” means (A) the outstanding senior debt securities issued by AIGLH, consisting of (i) its 7½% Notes due 2025 and (ii) its 6⅝% Notes due 2029, and (B) the outstanding junior subordinated debt securities issued by AIGLH, consisting of (i) its 8½% Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2030, (ii) its 7.57% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures, Series A and (iii) its 8⅛% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures, Series B.

 

(c)           amending and restating the following definition in its entirety to read:

 

Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day (a “SOFR Rate Day”), a rate per annum equal to SOFR for the day that is five (5) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to (i) if such SOFR Rate Day is a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, such SOFR Rate Day or (ii) if such SOFR Rate Day is not a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, the U.S. Government Securities Business Day immediately preceding such SOFR Rate Day, in each case, as such SOFR is published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator on the CME Term SOFR Administrator’s Website. Any change in Daily Simple SOFR due to a change in SOFR shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in SOFR without notice to the Company.

 

4.Section 4.02(a) is amended and restated in its entirety to read:

 

(i) with respect to any Borrowing on or prior to the IPO Effective Date, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) with respect to any Borrowing following the IPO Effective Date, the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, other than those representations and warranties contained in Section 3.05(b) (but only as to clause (a) of the definition of “Material Adverse Effect”) and Section 3.06(a) and (c) (but solely to the extent such matters affecting the truth and accuracy of such representation and warranty have been disclosed to the Administrative Agent), in each case under clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.02(a), shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any such representations and warranties qualified by materiality, in all respects) on and as of the date of such Borrowing (or if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specified date, as of such specified date);

 

5.Section 6.01(p) is amended and restated in its entirety to read:

 

Liens granted by the Company and/or AIGLH to RemainCo in order to secure the reimbursement or contribution obligations of the Company and/or AIGLH, whether collateralized or uncollateralized, to RemainCo in respect of the AIG Guarantee of AIGLH Notes so long as (i) such Liens permitted under this


clause (p) do not secure any obligations other than such reimbursement or contribution obligations of the Company and/or AIGLH and (ii) such reimbursement or contribution obligations do not exceed the obligations (contingent or actual) under such AIG Guarantee (as the same may decrease, but not increase (other than for interest and other amounts that may become due under such AIG Guarantee and related documentation for the reimbursement or contribution obligations) for the purposes of this clause (p), from time to time thereafter) in respect of the AIGLH Notes;

 

5.            Section 5.02 is amended by (i) deleting the “or” from the end of Section 5.02(b), (ii) replacing the “.” at the end of 5.02(c) with “; or”, and (iii) adding a Section 5.02(d) as follows:

 

(d) 2 Business Days prior written notice of an anticipated IPO Effective Date.

 

The undersigned is in agreement with the foregoing. Please signify your agreement with the foregoing by signing and returning a copy of this Amendment Letter to Elizabeth Hamilton (via pdf email at ehamilton@cgsh.com) at your earliest convenience but not later than 3:00 p.m., New York City time, on May 11, 2022.

 

Except as expressly modified by this Amendment Letter, all terms, conditions, covenants, representations and warranties contained in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and all rights and remedies of the Lenders and the Administrative Agent and all of the obligations of the Loan Parties, shall remain in full force and effect. From and after the effectiveness of this Amendment Letter, the term “Agreement” (or words of similar import) in the Credit Agreement, and all references to the Credit Agreement in any related document, shall mean the Credit Agreement as modified by this Amendment Letter. This Amendment Letter shall constitute a “Loan Document” for purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Company hereby represents and warrants to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent that (i) the representations and warranties of the Company and each Subsidiary Borrower (if any) set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any such representations and warranties qualified as to materiality, in all respects) on the date hereof as if made on and as of the date hereof (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specified date, as of such specified date) and as if each reference to “this Agreement” included reference to this Agreement Letter (it being agreed that it shall be deemed to be an Event of Default under the Credit Agreement if any of the foregoing representations and warranties shall prove to have been false in any material respect when made) and (ii) at the time of and immediately after giving effect to this Amendment Letter, no Default has occurred and or is continuing.

 

This Amendment Letter may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, and all of which, when taken together, shall constitute one agreement. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Amendment Letter by electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof. This Amendment Letter may be in the form of an Electronic Record (as defined herein) and may be executed using Electronic Signatures (as defined herein) (including, without limitation, facsimile and .pdf) and shall be considered an original, and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record. For the avoidance of doubt, the authorization under this


paragraph may include, without limitation, use or acceptance by the Administrative Agent of a manually signed paper communication which has been converted into electronic form (such as scanned into .pdf format), or an electronically signed communication converted into another format, for transmission, delivery and/or retention. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, the Administrative Agent is under no obligation to accept an Electronic Signature in any form or in any format unless expressly agreed to by it pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, further, without limiting the foregoing, (a) to the extent the Administrative Agent has agreed to accept such Electronic Signature, the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely on any such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of the parties hereto without further verification and (b) upon the request of the Administrative Agent any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a manually executed, original counterpart. “Electronic Record” and “Electronic Signature” shall have the meanings assigned to them, respectively, by 15 USC §7006, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

This Amendment Letter shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

Please direct any questions of a legal nature to Elizabeth Hamilton at Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton (ehamilton@cgsh.com, 212-225-2145). Questions of a business nature should be directed to Sid Lahiri (sid.lahiri@jpmorgan.com) of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.

 

[Signature pages follow]


  JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as
Administrative Agent
     
  By: /s/ James S. Mintzer
    Name: James S. Mintzer
    Title: Executive Director

 

[Signature page to Amendment Letter]


  COREBRIDGE FINANCIAL, INC.
     
  By: /s/ Justin Caulfield
    Name: Justin Caulfield
    Title: Vice President and Treasurer

 

[Signature page to Amendment Letter]


SO AGREED:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

 

By: /s/ James S. Mintzer  
Name: James S. Mintzer  
Title:  Executive Director  

 

[Signature page to Amendment Letter]


SO AGREED:

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

 

By:  /s/ Chris Choi  
Name: Chris Choi  
Title: Managing Director  

 

[Signature page to Amendment Letter]


SO AGREED:

CITIBANK, N.A.

 

By: /s/ Maureen P. Maroney  
Name: Maureen P. Maroney  
Title: Vice President  

 

[Signature page to Amendment Letter]


SO AGREED:

MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.

 

By: /s/ Mrinalini MacDonough  
Name: Mrinalini MacDonough  
Title: Authorized Signatory  

 

[Signature page to Amendment Letter]


SO AGREED:

GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA

 

By: /s/ Thomas M. Manning  
Name: Thomas M. Manning  
Title: Authorized Signatory  

 

[Signature page to Amendment Letter]

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.21

 

Execution Version

 

 

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

dated as of

 

May 12, 2022

 

among

 

Corebridge financial, Inc.,

 

The Subsidiary Borrowers Party Hereto

 

The Lenders Party Hereto,

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

 and

the Several L/C Agent Party Hereto

 

 

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
BOFA SECURITIES, INC.,
CITIBANK, N.A.

 and

 WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
as Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

 

 

 

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
CITIBANK, N.A.

 and

 WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC
as Syndication Agents

 

 

 

Goldman Sachs Bank USA, Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A., Barclays Bank

PLC, BNP Paribas, DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC., HSBC Bank USA,

National Association, Mizuho Bank, Ltd., PNC Bank, National

Association, Royal Bank of Canada, Sumitomo Mitsui Banking

Corporation, The Bank of Nova Scotia, and U.S. Bank National

Association

 

as Co-Documentation Agents

 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

Article I DEFINITIONS 1
SECTION 1.01. Defined Terms 1
SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally 38
SECTION 1.03. Accounting Terms and Determinations 39
SECTION 1.04. Currencies; Currency Equivalents 39
SECTION 1.05. Interest Rates; Benchmark Notification 40
SECTION 1.06. Additional Alternative Currencies 40
Article II THE CREDITS 41
SECTION 2.01. Commitments 41
SECTION 2.02. Loans and Borrowings 42
SECTION 2.03. Requests for Borrowings 42
SECTION 2.04. Funding of Borrowings 43
SECTION 2.05. Interest Elections 44
SECTION 2.06. Termination and Reduction of Commitments 46
SECTION 2.07. Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt 46
SECTION 2.08. Prepayment of Loans 47
SECTION 2.09. Fees 49
SECTION 2.10. Interest 50
SECTION 2.11. Alternate Rate of Interest 51
SECTION 2.12. Increased Costs 54
SECTION 2.13. Break Funding Payments 56
SECTION 2.14. Taxes 56
SECTION 2.15. Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs 60
SECTION 2.16. Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders 62
SECTION 2.17. Increase in Commitments 63
SECTION 2.18. Defaulting Lenders 64
SECTION 2.19. Designation of Subsidiary Borrowers 66
SECTION 2.20. Letters of Credit 68
SECTION 2.21. Non-NAIC Approved Banks 81
SECTION 2.22. Extension of Termination Date 81
Article III REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES 84
SECTION 3.01. Organization; Powers 84
SECTION 3.02. Authorization; Enforceability 84
SECTION 3.03. Governmental Authorizations 85
SECTION 3.04. No Contravention 85
SECTION 3.05. Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect 85
SECTION 3.06. Litigation and Environmental Matters 85
SECTION 3.07. Compliance with Laws 86
SECTION 3.08. No Default 86
SECTION 3.09. Investment Company Status 86

 


 

SECTION 3.10. Taxes 86
SECTION 3.11. ERISA 87
SECTION 3.12. Disclosure 87
SECTION 3.13. Margin Regulations 88
SECTION 3.14. Certain Representations by Subsidiary Borrowers 88
SECTION 3.15. Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions 88
Article IV CONDITIONS 88
SECTION 4.01. Closing Date 88
SECTION 4.02. Each Credit Event 90
Article V AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS 91
SECTION 5.01. Financial Statements and Other Information 91
SECTION 5.02. Notices of Material Events 92
SECTION 5.03. Existence; Conduct of Business 93
SECTION 5.04. Payment of Taxes 93
SECTION 5.05. Maintenance of Properties 93
SECTION 5.06. Books and Records 93
SECTION 5.07. Inspection Rights 94
SECTION 5.08. Compliance with Laws 94
SECTION 5.09. Insurance 94
SECTION 5.10. Use of Proceeds 94
Article VI NEGATIVE COVENANTS 95
SECTION 6.01. Liens 95
SECTION 6.02. Fundamental Changes 97
SECTION 6.03. Lines of Business 97
SECTION 6.04. Financial Covenants 98
SECTION 6.05. Use of Proceeds in Compliance with Sanctions Laws 98
Article VII EVENTS OF DEFAULT 98
Article VIII AGENTS 101
SECTION 8.01. Administrative Agent 101
SECTION 8.02. Certain ERISA Matters 104
SECTION 8.03. Guaranty Matters 105
Article IX MISCELLANEOUS 106
SECTION 9.01. Notices 106
SECTION 9.02. Waivers; Amendments 106
SECTION 9.03. Expenses; Limitation of Liability; Indemnity, Etc. 108
SECTION 9.04. Successors and Assigns 110
SECTION 9.05. Survival 113
SECTION 9.06. Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness 114
SECTION 9.07. Severability 115

 

ii

 

SECTION 9.08. Payments Set Aside 115
SECTION 9.09. Right of Setoff 116
SECTION 9.10. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process 116
SECTION 9.11. WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL 117
SECTION 9.12. Headings 117
SECTION 9.13. Confidentiality 117
SECTION 9.14. USA PATRIOT Act 119
SECTION 9.15. No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationships 119
SECTION 9.16. Interest Rate Limitation 119
SECTION 9.17. Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions 120
SECTION 9.18. Judgment Currency 120
Article X Guarantee 121
SECTION 10.01. Guarantee 121
SECTION 10.02. Obligations Unconditional 121
SECTION 10.03. Reinstatement 122
SECTION 10.04. Subrogation 122
SECTION 10.05. Remedies 122
SECTION 10.06. Continuing Guarantee 122

 

SCHEDULES

 

SCHEDULE 2.01 Commitments

SCHEDULE 9.01 Notice Information

 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A Form of Assignment and Assumption

EXHIBIT B-1 Form of Subsidiary Borrower Designation

EXHIBIT B-2 Form of Subsidiary Borrower Termination Notice

EXHIBIT C Form of Promissory Note

EXHIBIT D Forms of U.S. Tax Certificates

 

iii

 

REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT, dated as of May 12, 2022 among Corebridge financial, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers party hereto, the LENDERS party hereto from time to time, JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as Administrative Agent, and the SEVERAL L/C AGENT party hereto (this “Agreement”).

 

The Company has requested that the Lenders from time to time issue letters of credit for the account of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the Company has requested that the Lenders make available loans to the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers from time to time, in an aggregate face or principal amount not exceeding $2,500,000,000 at any one time outstanding, and the Lenders are prepared to issue such letters of credit and make such loans upon the terms and conditions hereof. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

Article I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.01.              Defined Terms.

 

As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

 

ABR”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, bear interest at a rate determined by reference to the Alternate Base Rate. All ABR Loans shall be denominated in Dollars.

 

Additional Commitment Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(c).

 

Adjusted Daily Simple RFR” means, with respect to any RFR Borrowing denominated in Sterling, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the Daily Simple RFR for Sterling, plus (b) the applicable Credit Spread Adjustment; provided that if the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR as so determined under this definition would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR” means an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the Daily Simple SOFR, plus (b) the Credit Spread Adjustment that would be applicable to a Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Dollars; provided that if Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Adjusted EURIBOR Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Euros for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to (a)  the EURIBOR Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate; provided that if the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

1

 

Adjusted Term SOFR Rate” means, for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the Term SOFR Rate for such Interest Period plus (b) the applicable Credit Spread Adjustment; provided that if the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Adjusted TIBOR Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Yen for any Interest Period, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the TIBOR Rate for such Interest Period multiplied by (b) the Statutory Reserve Rate; provided that if the Adjusted TIBOR Rate as so determined would be less than the Floor, such rate shall be deemed to be equal to the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Administrative Agent” means JPMorgan, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Lenders hereunder.

 

Administrative Agent’s Office” means the Administrative Agent’s address as set forth on Schedule 9.01, or such other address as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify the Company and the Lenders.

 

Administrative Questionnaire” means an Administrative Questionnaire in a form supplied by the Administrative Agent.

 

Affected Financial Institution” means (a) any EEA Financial Institution or (b) any UK Financial Institution.

 

Affected Lender” means a Lender that (a) is not obligated to issue a particular Several Letter of Credit because of one or more of the events or circumstances described in Sections 2.20(a)(iii)(A) or (B), and (b) has elected not to issue such Several Letter of Credit as a result of one or more of such events or circumstances.

 

Affiliate” means, when used with respect to a specified Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified.

 

Agent-Related Person” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(d).

 

Agents” means each of the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agents and the Several L/C Agent.

 

Aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.08(b).

 

Agreed Currency” means Dollars and/or any Alternative Currency, as applicable.

 

Agreement” has the meaning given to it in the preamble hereto.

 

Agreement Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.18.

 

2

 

Agreement Value” means, for each Swap Contract, on any date of determination, the maximum aggregate amount (giving effect to any netting agreements and netting amounts arising out of intercompany Swap Contracts) that the Company or any Subsidiary would be required to pay if such Swap Contract were terminated on such date.

 

AIG” means American International Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

AIG Guarantee” means the guarantees by AIG of AIGLH’s obligations under the AIGLH Notes pursuant to any of (i) that First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 1, 2001, to the Indenture dated as of November 15, 1997, between AIGLH, as successor to American General Corporation, as Issuer, AIG, as Guarantor, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as successor to Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, (ii) that First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 1, 2001, to the Indenture dated as of December 1, 1996, between AIGLH, as successor to American General Corporation, as Issuer, AIG, as Guarantor, and Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas, as successor to Bankers Trust Company, as Trustee, and (iii) that First Supplemental Indenture dated as of November 1, 2001, to the Indenture dated as of May 15, 1995, between AIGLH, as successor to American General Corporation, as Issuer, AIG, as Guarantor, and The Chase Manhattan Bank, as Trustee.

 

AIGLH” means AIG Life Holdings, Inc., a Texas corporation.

 

AIGLH Notes” means (A) the outstanding senior debt securities issued by AIGLH, consisting of (i) its 7½% Notes due 2025 and (ii) its 6⅝% Notes due 2029, and (B) the outstanding junior subordinated debt securities issued by AIGLH, consisting of (i) its 8½% Junior Subordinated Debentures due 2030, (ii) its 7.57% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures, Series A and (iii) its 8⅛% Junior Subordinated Deferrable Interest Debentures, Series B.

 

Alternate Base Rate” means, for any day, a rate per annum (which shall not be less than zero) equal to the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate in effect on such day, (b) the NYFRB Rate in effect on such day plus 0.50% and (c) the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate for a one month Interest Period as published two U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1%; provided that for the purpose of this definition, the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate for any day shall be based on the Term SOFR Reference Rate at approximately 5:00 a.m. Chicago time on such day (or any amended publication time for the Term SOFR Reference Rate, as specified by the CME Term SOFR Administrator in the Term SOFR Reference Rate methodology). Any change in the Alternate Base Rate due to a change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in the Prime Rate, the NYFRB Rate or the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, respectively. If the Alternate Base Rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest pursuant to Section 2.11 (for the avoidance of doubt, only until the Benchmark Replacement has been determined pursuant to Section 2.11(b)), then the Alternate Base Rate shall be the greater of clauses (a) and (b) above and shall be determined without reference to clause (c) above. For the avoidance of doubt, if the Alternate Base Rate as determined pursuant to the foregoing would be less than 1%, such rate shall be deemed to be 1% for purposes of this Agreement.

 

3

 

Alternative Currency” means Sterling, Euros, Yen and any additional currencies determined after the Closing Date by mutual agreement of the Company, Lenders and Administrative Agent; provided that each such currency is a lawful currency that is readily available, freely transferable and not restricted and able to be converted into Dollars.

 

Alternative Currency Daily Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any Borrowing denominated in Sterling, the rate per annum equal to SONIA determined pursuant to the definition thereof plus the applicable Credit Spread Adjustment; provided, that, if any Alternative Currency Daily Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement. Any change in an Alternative Currency Daily Rate shall be effective from and including the date of such change without further notice.

 

Alternative Currency Daily Rate Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the definition of “Alternative Currency Daily Rate.” All Alternative Currency Daily Rate Loans must be denominated in Sterling or such other Alternative Currency as has been approved in accordance with Section 1.06 (to the extent such Loans denominated in such currency will bear interest at a daily rate).

 

Alternative Currency Loan” means, collectively, Alternative Currency Daily Rate Loans and Alternative Currency Term Rate Loans.

 

Alternative Currency Term Rate” means, for any Interest Period, with respect to any Borrowing:

 

(a)                denominated in Euros, the rate per annum equal to the Euro Interbank Offered Rate (“EURIBOR”), as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) on the day that is two TARGET Days preceding the first day of such Interest Period with a term equivalent to such Interest Period;

 

(b)               denominated in Japanese Yen, the rate per annum equal to the Tokyo Interbank Offer Rate (“TIBOR”), as published on the applicable Reuters screen page (or such other commercially available source providing such quotations as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) on the day that is two Business Days preceding the first day of such Interest Period with a term equivalent to such Interest Period;

 

provided, that, if any Alternative Currency Term Rate shall be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed zero for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Ancillary Document” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.06(b).

 

Anti-Corruption Laws” means all laws, rules, and regulations of any jurisdiction applicable to the Company or its Subsidiaries from time to time concerning or relating to bribery or corruption.

 

Applicable Percentage” means, with respect to any Lender, the percentage of the total Commitments represented by such Lender’s Commitment. If the Commitments have terminated or expired, the Applicable Percentages shall be determined based upon the

 

4

 

Commitments most recently in effect, giving effect to any assignments. The Applicable Percentage of a Lender may be adjusted in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, including as a result of a Commitment Increase under Section 2.17 and the provisions regarding Defaulting Lenders.

 

Applicable Rate” means, for any day, with respect to any ABR Loan, Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan, or with respect to the Letter of Credit fees payable pursuant to Section 2.09(b) or the commitment fees payable pursuant to Section 2.09(a), as the case may be, the applicable rate per annum set forth below under the caption “ABR Spread”, “Term Benchmark Spread”, “RFR Spread”, “Letter of Credit Fee Rate” or “Commitment Fee Rate”, respectively, based upon the Index Debt Rating by Moody’s and S&P, respectively, applicable on such date:

 

Index Debt Ratings ABR Spread Term Benchmark Spread RFR Spread Letter of Credit Fee Rate Commitment Fee Rate
Category 1
> A / A2
0.000% 1.000% 1.000% 0.875% 0.100%
Category 2
A- / A3
0.125% 1.125% 1.125% 1.000% 0.110%
Category 3
BBB+ / Baa1
0.250% 1.250% 1.250% 1.125% 0.125%
Category 4
BBB / Baa2
0.375% 1.375% 1.375% 1.250% 0.150%
Category 5
<BBB- / Baa3 or unrated
0.500% 1.500% 1.500% 1.375% 0.200%

 

For purposes of the foregoing, (a) if either Ratings Agency shall not have issued an Index Debt Rating (other than by reason of the circumstances referred to in the second to last sentence of this paragraph), then such Ratings Agency shall be deemed to have established a rating in Category 5 above, (b) if the Index Debt Rating established or deemed to have been established by the two Ratings Agencies shall fall within different ratings levels, the Applicable Rate shall be based on the higher of the two ratings, unless one of the two ratings is two or more ratings levels lower than the other, in which case the Applicable Rate shall be determined by the reference to the rating level one level below the higher of the two ratings (and, for this purpose, a rating level shall be the comparable rating level for the Moody’s rating and the S&P’s rating (i.e., ratings of A-/A3 are the same rating level)), and (c) if any rating shall be changed (other than as a result of a change in the rating system of the applicable Ratings Agency), such change shall be effective as of the date on which it is first announced by the applicable Ratings Agency. Each change in the Applicable Rate shall apply to all outstanding Loans, Letters of Credit and commitment fees, as applicable, accruing during the period commencing on the effective date of such change and ending on the date immediately preceding the effective date of the next such change. If the rating system of any Ratings Agency shall change, or if either Ratings Agency shall cease to be in the business of rating corporate debt obligations, the Company and the relevant Lenders shall negotiate in good faith to amend the references to specific ratings in this

 

5

 

definition to reflect such changed rating system or the unavailability of ratings from such Ratings Agency and, pending the effectiveness of any such amendment, the Applicable Rate shall be determined by reference to the rating most recently in effect prior to such change or cessation. At any time an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Applicable Rate shall be deemed to be in Category 5 above.

 

Approved Electronic Platform” means IntraLinks™, DebtDomain, SyndTrak, ClearPar or any other electronic platform chosen by the Administrative Agent to be its electronic transmission system.

 

Approved Fund” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or investing in bank loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business and that is administered or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender.

 

Assignment and Assumption” means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender as assignor and an assignee (with the consent of each Person whose consent is required by Section 9.04(b)), and accepted by the Administrative Agent, in the form of Exhibit A or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Assuming Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17.

 

Auto-Extension Letter of Credit” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(b)(v).

 

Availability Period” means the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the Commitment Termination Date and the termination of the Commitments.

 

Available Tenor” means, as of any date of determination and with respect to the then-current Benchmark for any Agreed Currency, as applicable, any tenor for such Benchmark (or component thereof) or payment period for interest calculated with reference to such Benchmark (or component thereof), as applicable, that is or may be used for determining the length of an Interest Period for any term rate or otherwise, for determining any frequency of making payments of interest calculated pursuant to this Agreement as of such date and not including, for the avoidance of doubt, any tenor for such Benchmark that is then-removed from the definition of “Interest Period” pursuant to clause (e) of Section 2.11.

 

Bail-In Action” means the exercise of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority in respect of any liability of an Affected Financial Institution.

 

Bail-In Legislation” means (a) with respect to any EEA Member Country implementing Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU of the European Parliament and of the Council of the European Union, the implementing law, regulation rule or requirement for such EEA Member Country from time to time which is described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 (as

 

6

 

amended from time to time) and any other law, regulation or rule applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (other than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

 

Bankruptcy Event” means, with respect to any Person, such Person becomes the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, or has had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, custodian, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with the reorganization or liquidation of its business appointed for it, or, in the good faith determination of the Administrative Agent, has taken any action in furtherance of, or indicating its consent to, approval of, or acquiescence in, any such proceeding or appointment, provided that a Bankruptcy Event shall not result solely by virtue of any ownership interest, or the acquisition of any ownership interest, in such Person by a Governmental Authority or instrumentality thereof, provided, further, that such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Person with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Person (or such Governmental Authority or instrumentality) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made by such Person.

 

Benchmark” means, initially, with respect to any (i) RFR Loan in any Agreed Currency, the applicable Relevant Rate for such Agreed Currency or (ii) Term Benchmark Loan, the Relevant Rate for such Agreed Currency; provided that if a Benchmark Transition Event, and the related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred with respect to the applicable Relevant Rate or the then-current Benchmark for such Agreed Currency, then “Benchmark” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement to the extent that such Benchmark Replacement has replaced such prior benchmark rate pursuant to clause (b) of Section 2.11.

 

Benchmark Replacement” means, for any Available Tenor, the first alternative set forth in the order below that can be determined by the Administrative Agent for the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date; provided that, in the case of any Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, “Benchmark Replacement” shall mean the alternative set forth in (2) below:

 

(1)               in the case of any Loan denominated in Dollars, the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR;

 

(2)               the sum of: (a) the alternate benchmark rate that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Company as the replacement for the then-current Benchmark for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a replacement benchmark rate or the mechanism for determining such a rate by the Relevant Governmental Body or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a benchmark rate as a replacement for the then-current Benchmark for syndicated credit facilities denominated in the applicable Agreed Currency at such time in the United States and (b) the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment;

 

7

  

If the Benchmark Replacement as determined pursuant to clause (1) or (2) above would be less than the Floor, the Benchmark Replacement will be deemed to be the Floor for the purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Benchmark Replacement Adjustment” means, with respect to any replacement of the then-current Benchmark with an Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for any applicable Interest Period and Available Tenor for any setting of such Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement, the spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) that has been selected by the Administrative Agent and the Company for the applicable Corresponding Tenor giving due consideration to (i) any selection or recommendation of a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement by the Relevant Governmental Body on the applicable Benchmark Replacement Date and/or (ii) any evolving or then-prevailing market convention for determining a spread adjustment, or method for calculating or determining such spread adjustment, for the replacement of such Benchmark with the applicable Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement for syndicated credit facilities denominated in the applicable Agreed Currency at such time.

 

Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes” means, with respect to any Benchmark Replacement and/or any Term Benchmark Loan, any technical, administrative or operational changes (including changes to the definition of “Alternate Base Rate,” the definition of “Business Day,” the definition of “U.S. Government Securities Business Day,” the definition of “RFR Business Day,” the definition of “Interest Period,” timing and frequency of determining rates and making payments of interest, timing of borrowing requests or prepayment, conversion or continuation notices, length of lookback periods, the applicability of breakage provisions, and other technical, administrative or operational matters) that the Administrative Agent decides may be appropriate to reflect the adoption and implementation of such Benchmark and to permit the administration thereof by the Administrative Agent in a manner substantially consistent with market practice (or, if the Administrative Agent decides that adoption of any portion of such market practice is not administratively feasible or if the Administrative Agent determines that no market practice for the administration of such Benchmark exists, in such other manner of administration as the Administrative Agent decides is reasonably necessary in connection with the administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents).

 

Benchmark Replacement Date” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the earliest to occur of the following events with respect to such then-current Benchmark:

 

(1)               in the case of clause (1) or (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the later of (a) the date of the public statement or publication of information referenced therein and (b) the date on which the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) permanently or indefinitely ceases to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

 

(2)               in the case of clause (3) of the definition of “Benchmark Transition Event,” the first date on which such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) has been determined and announced by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) to be no longer representative;

 

8

 

provided, that such non-representativeness will be determined by reference to the most recent statement or publication referenced in such clause (3) and even if any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) continues to be provided on such date.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, (i) if the event giving rise to the Benchmark Replacement Date occurs on the same day as, but earlier than, the Reference Time in respect of any determination, the Benchmark Replacement Date will be deemed to have occurred prior to the Reference Time for such determination and (ii) the “Benchmark Replacement Date” will be deemed to have occurred in the case of clause (1) or (2) with respect to any Benchmark upon the occurrence of the applicable event or events set forth therein with respect to all then-current Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

 

Benchmark Transition Event” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the occurrence of one or more of the following events with respect to such then-current Benchmark:

 

(1)               a public statement or publication of information by or on behalf of the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that such administrator has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof), permanently or indefinitely, provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof);

 

(2)               a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof), the Board, the NYFRB, the CME Term SOFR Administrator, the central bank for the Agreed Currency applicable to such Benchmark, an insolvency official with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), a resolution authority with jurisdiction over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component) or a court or an entity with similar insolvency or resolution authority over the administrator for such Benchmark (or such component), in each case, which states that the administrator of such Benchmark (or such component) has ceased or will cease to provide all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) permanently or indefinitely; provided that, at the time of such statement or publication, there is no successor administrator that will continue to provide any Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or such component thereof); or

 

(3)               a public statement or publication of information by the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof) announcing that all Available Tenors of such Benchmark (or such component thereof) are no longer, or as of a specified future date will no longer be, representative.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, a “Benchmark Transition Event” will be deemed to have occurred with respect to any Benchmark if a public statement or publication of information set forth above has occurred with respect to each then-current Available Tenor of such Benchmark (or the published component used in the calculation thereof).

 

9

 

Benchmark Unavailability Period” means, with respect to any Benchmark, the period (if any) (x) beginning at the time that a Benchmark Replacement Date pursuant to clauses (1) or (2) of that definition has occurred if, at such time, no Benchmark Replacement has replaced such then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 2.11 and (y) ending at the time that a Benchmark Replacement has replaced such then-current Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in accordance with Section 2.11.

 

Beneficial Ownership Certification” means a certification regarding beneficial ownership or control as required by the Beneficial Ownership Regulation.

 

Beneficial Ownership Regulation” means 31 C.F.R. § 1010.230.

 

Board” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

 

Borrower” means any of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers, as the context may require, and “Borrowers” means all of the foregoing. References herein to the “applicable Borrower” with respect to any Borrowing or Loan shall refer to that Borrower to which such Loan or Borrowing is (or is to be, as applicable) made by the Lenders.

 

Borrowing” means Loans of the same Type, made, converted or continued on the same date and, in the case of Term Benchmark Loans, as to which a single Interest Period is in effect.

 

Borrowing Request” means a request by a Borrower for a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.03.

 

Business Day” means, any day (other than a Saturday or a Sunday) on which banks are open for business in New York City or Chicago; provided that in relation to Loans bearing interest based on the Daily Simple SOFR and any interest rate settings, fundings, disbursements, settlements or payments of any such Loan, or any other dealings of such Loan, any such day that is only an U.S. Government Securities Business Day.

 

Capital Lease Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person to pay rent or other amounts under any lease of (or other arrangement conveying the right to use) real or personal property, or a combination thereof, which obligations are required to be classified and accounted for as capital leases on a balance sheet of such Person under GAAP, and the amount of such obligations shall be the capitalized amount thereof determined in accordance with GAAP.

 

Cash Collateral” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, deposit account balances maintained with the Administrative Agent, denominated in Dollars and pledged, as collateral, to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Lenders in an amount equal to the Outstanding Amount of the corresponding L/C Obligations with respect to such Letter of Credit.

 

Cash Collateralize” has the meaning specified in Section 2.20(g). Derivatives of “Cash Collateralize” shall have corresponding meanings.

 

10

 

Central Bank Rate” means, the greater of (A) (i) for any Loan denominated in (a) Sterling, the Bank of England (or any successor thereto)’s “Bank Rate” as published by the Bank of England (or any successor thereto) from time to time, (b) Euro, one of the following three rates as may be selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion: (1) the fixed rate for the main refinancing operations of the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto), or, if that rate is not published, the minimum bid rate for the main refinancing operations of the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto), each as published by the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto) from time to time, (2) the rate for the marginal lending facility of the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto), as published by the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto) from time to time or (3) the rate for the deposit facility of the central banking system of the Participating Member States, as published by the European Central Bank (or any successor thereto) from time to time, (c) Yen, the “short-term prime rate” as publicly announced by the Bank of Japan (or any successor thereto) from time to time and (d) any other Alternative Currency determined after the Closing Date, a central bank rate as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion; plus (ii) the applicable Central Bank Rate Adjustment and (B) the Floor.

 

Central Bank Rate Adjustment” means, for any day, for any Loan denominated in (a) Euro, a rate equal to the difference (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) of (i) the average of the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate for the five most recent Business Days preceding such day for which the EURIBOR Screen Rate was available (excluding, from such averaging, the highest and the lowest Adjusted EURIBOR Rate applicable during such period of five Business Days) minus (ii) the Central Bank Rate in respect of Euro in effect on the last Business Day in such period, (b) Sterling, a rate equal to the difference (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) of (i) the average of Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for Sterling Borrowings for the five most recent RFR Business Days preceding such day for which SONIA was available (excluding, from such averaging, the highest and the lowest such Adjusted Daily Simple RFR applicable during such period of five RFR Business Days) minus (ii) the Central Bank Rate in respect of Sterling in effect on the last RFR Business Day in such period, (c) Yen, a rate equal to the difference (which may be a positive or negative value or zero) of (i) the average of the Adjusted TIBOR Rate for the five most recent Business Days preceding such day for which the TIBOR Screen Rate was available (excluding, from such averaging, the highest and the lowest Adjusted TIBOR Rate applicable during such period of five Business Days) minus (ii) the Central Bank Rate in respect of Yen in effect on the last Business Day in such period and (d) any other Alternative Currency determined after the Closing Date, a Central Bank Rate Adjustment as determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion. For purposes of this definition, (x) the term Central Bank Rate shall be determined disregarding clause (B) of the definition of such term and (y) each of the EURIBOR Rate and the TIBOR Rate on any day shall be based on the EURIBOR Screen Rate or the TIBOR Screen Rate, as applicable, on such day at approximately the time referred to in the definition of such term for deposits in the applicable Agreed Currency for a maturity of one month.

 

Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred if any “person” or “group” (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as in effect on the date hereof) other than AIG and/or any wholly-owned subsidiaries of AIG, shall own, directly or indirectly, beneficially or of record, shares representing more than 35% of the aggregate ordinary voting power represented by the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company.

 

11

 

Change in Law” means (a) the adoption of any Law after the date of this Agreement, (b) any change in any Law or in the administration, interpretation, implementation or application thereof by any Governmental Authority after the date of this Agreement or (c) compliance by any Lender (or, for purposes of Section 2.12(b), by any lending office of such Lender or by such Lender’s holding company, if any) with any request, rule, guideline or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any Governmental Authority made or issued after the date of this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines, requirements and directives thereunder issued in connection therewith or in implementation thereof and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

 

Charges” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.16.

 

Closing Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 4.01.

 

CME Term SOFR Administrator” means CME Group Benchmark Administration Limited as administrator of the forward-looking term Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) (or a successor administrator).

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Commitment” means, with respect to each Lender, the commitment of such Lender (a) to make Loans in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency and (b) to issue Several Letters of Credit in Dollars or in an Alternative Currency (and to purchase participations therein to the extent provided herein), expressed as an amount representing the maximum aggregate amount of such Lender’s Credit Exposure hereunder, as such commitment may be (i) reduced from time to time pursuant to Section 2.06, (ii) increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.17, and/or (iii) reduced or increased from time to time pursuant to assignments by or to such Lender pursuant to Section 9.04. The initial amount of each Lender’s Commitment is set forth on Schedule 2.01, or in the Assignment and Assumption (or, in the case of any Assuming Lender, the agreement entered into by such Assuming Lender under Section 2.17) pursuant to which such Lender shall have assumed its Commitment, as applicable. The initial aggregate amount of the Lenders’ Commitments is $2,500,000,000 as of the Closing Date. The Commitments of the Lenders are several and not joint and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make the Loan hereunder.

 

Commitment Increase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17.

 

Commitment Increase Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17.

 

Commitment Termination Date” means the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date (or if such date is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day).

 

12

 

Commitment Termination Extension Effective Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(d).

 

Commitment Termination Extension Request” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

 

Company” has the meaning given to it in the preamble hereto.

 

Confirming Bank” means, as provided in Section 2.21 with respect to any Non-NAIC Approved Bank, any Person (including any Lender) that is a NAIC Approved Bank and that has agreed in a written agreement to confirm Several Letters of Credit with respect to which such Non-NAIC Approved Bank is an issuer, which agreement shall be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (such an agreement, a “Confirming Bank Agreement”).

 

Confirming Bank Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Confirming Bank”.

 

Consolidated Net Worth” means, at any date, the total shareholders’ equity of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP; provided that there shall be excluded from “Consolidated Net Worth” (a) accumulated other comprehensive income (or loss) (adjusted for the Fortitude Re Adjustment Amount) and (b) all noncontrolling interests (as determined in accordance with the Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 160, entitled “Noncontrolling Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements”).

 

Consolidated Total Capitalization” means, at any date, the sum of (a) Consolidated Total Debt plus (b) without duplication of any amount of Hybrid Securities included in the determination of Consolidated Total Debt, the aggregate amount of Hybrid Securities plus (c) Consolidated Net Worth.

 

Consolidated Total Debt” means, at any date, without duplication, the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of all Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries (excluding all Operating Indebtedness and Hybrid Securities of the Company and its Subsidiaries) plus (b) the aggregate amount of Hybrid Securities in excess of 15% of Consolidated Total Capitalization, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

 

Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings correlative thereto.

 

13

 

Corresponding Tenor” with respect to any Available Tenor means, as applicable, either a tenor (including overnight) or an interest payment period having approximately the same length (disregarding business day adjustment) as such Available Tenor.

 

Credit Exposure” means, with respect to any Lender at any time, the aggregate principal amount at such time of its outstanding Loans and such Lender’s participation in L/C Obligations at such time.

 

Credit Spread Adjustment” means a percentage per annum as set forth below:

 

Currency Index one month three month six month
USD Term SOFR 0.1000% 0.1000% 0.1000%
GBP SONIA 0.0326% Not Offered Not Offered
EUR EURIBOR N/A N/A N/A
JPY TIBOR N/A N/A N/A

  

Currency” means, with respect to any jurisdiction, the lawful money of such jurisdiction.

 

Current Anniversary Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

 

Daily Simple RFR” means, for any day (an “RFR Interest Day”), an interest rate per annum equal to, for any RFR Loan denominated in (i) Sterling, SONIA for the day that is 5 RFR Business Days prior to (A) if such RFR Interest Day is an RFR Business Day, such RFR Interest Day or (B) if such RFR Interest Day is not an RFR Business Day, the RFR Business Day immediately preceding such RFR Interest Day and (ii) Dollars, Daily Simple SOFR.

 

Daily Simple SOFR” means, for any day (a “SOFR Rate Day”), a rate per annum equal to SOFR for the day that is five (5) U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to (i) if such SOFR Rate Day is a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, such SOFR Rate Day or (ii) if such SOFR Rate Day is not a U.S. Government Securities Business Day, the U.S. Government Securities Business Day immediately preceding such SOFR Rate Day, in each case, as such SOFR is published by the SOFR Administrator on the SOFR Administrator’s Website. Any change in Daily Simple SOFR due to a change in SOFR shall be effective from and including the effective date of such change in SOFR without notice to the Company.

 

14

 

Default” means any event or condition which constitutes an Event of Default or which, upon notice, lapse of time or both, would constitute an Event of Default.

 

Default Rate” means (a) when used with respect to Obligations other than Letter of Credit fees, a rate per annum equal to 2.00% plus the Alternate Base Rate as in effect from time to time plus the Applicable Rate applicable to ABR Loans; provided that, with respect to principal of any Loan other than an ABR Loan that shall become due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration, by prepayment or otherwise) on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the “Default Rate” shall be a rate per annum equal to, for the period from and including such due date to but excluding the last day of such Interest Period, 2.00% plus the interest rate for such Loan that is not an ABR Loan as provided in Section 2.10(b) and, thereafter, the rate provided for above in this definition, and (b) when used with respect to Letter of Credit fees, a rate equal to 2.00% per annum plus the Applicable Rate.

 

Defaulting Lender” means any Lender that (a) has failed, within two Business Days of the date required to be funded or paid, to (i) fund any portion of its Loans; (ii) fund any portion of its obligations in respect of Letters of Credit (including participation obligations therein, if any, hereunder) or (iii) pay over to the Administrative Agent, the Several L/C Agent or any Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder, unless, in the case of clause (i) above, (x) such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) has not been satisfied or (y) such failure has been satisfied, (b) has notified the Company or the Administrative Agent in writing, or has made a public statement to the effect, that it does not intend or expect to comply with any of its funding obligations under this Agreement (unless such writing or public statement indicates that such position is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent (specifically identified and including the particular default, if any) to funding a Loan under this Agreement cannot be satisfied) or generally under other agreements in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, acting in good faith, to confirm in writing in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations hereunder (including in respect of the Letters of Credit) (provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of such confirmation) or (d) has become the subject of a Bankruptcy Event or Bail-In Action.

 

Designated Jurisdiction” means the United States, any State thereof or the District of Columbia, Bermuda, the United Kingdom or the Republic of Ireland.

 

Designated Subsidiaries” means, without duplication, (a) any Subsidiary that has total assets in excess of 10% (or, solely for purposes of Section 6.01, 20%) of the consolidated total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries (based upon and as of the date of delivery of the most recent consolidated balance sheet of the Company furnished pursuant to Section 3.05(a) or 5.01); (b) any Subsidiary formed or organized after the date hereof that owns, directly or indirectly, greater than 10% (or, solely for purposes of the Section 6.01, 20%) of the Equity Interests in any other Designated Subsidiary, in each case, as measured as of the last day of the most recent fiscal quarter for which financial statements of the Company and its consolidated

 

15

 

subsidiaries are available; and (c) each Subsidiary Borrower (so long as it remains a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder).

 

Disclosed Matters” means any matter disclosed in the Registration Statement.

 

Disclosed Tax Matters” means any matters relating to taxes set forth or accounted for in the “Federal Income Taxes” or “Income Taxes” notes, as applicable, in the Registration Statement.

 

Dollar Equivalent” means, for any amount, at the time of determination thereof, (a) if such amount is expressed in dollars, such amount, (b) if such amount is expressed in an Alternative Currency, the equivalent of such amount in dollars determined by using the rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with the Alternative Currency last provided (either by publication or otherwise provided to the Administrative Agent) by Reuters on the Business Day (New York City time) immediately preceding the date of determination or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide a rate of exchange for the purchase of dollars with the Alternative Currency, as provided by such other publicly available information service which provides that rate of exchange at such time in place of Reuters chosen by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion (or if such service ceases to be available or ceases to provide such rate of exchange, the equivalent of such amount in dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its sole discretion) and (c) if such amount is denominated in any other currency, the equivalent of such amount in dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent using any method of determination it deems appropriate in its sole discretion.

 

Dollars” or “$” refers to lawful money of the United States.

 

EEA Financial Institution” means (a) any credit institution or investment firm established in any EEA Member Country which is subject to the supervision of an EEA Resolution Authority, (b) any entity established in an EEA Member Country which is a parent of an institution described in clause (a) of this definition, or (c) any financial institution established in an EEA Member Country which is a subsidiary of an institution described in clauses (a) or (b) of this definition and is subject to consolidated supervision with its parent.

 

EEA Member Country” means any of the member states of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein, and Norway.

 

EEA Resolution Authority” means any public administrative authority or any Person entrusted with public administrative authority of any EEA Member Country (including any delegee) having responsibility for the resolution of any EEA Financial Institution.

 

Electronic Signature” means an electronic sound, symbol, or process attached to, or associated with, a contract or other record and adopted by a Person with the intent to sign, authenticate or accept such contract or record.

 

Eligible Currency” means any lawful currency other than Dollars that is readily available, freely transferable and convertible into Dollars in the international interbank market available to the Lenders in such market and as to which a Dollar Equivalent may be readily

 

16

 

calculated. If, after the designation by the Lenders of any currency as an Alternative Currency (or if, with respect to any currency that constitutes an Alternative Currency on the Closing Date, after the Closing Date), any change in currency controls or exchange regulations or any change in the national or international financial, political or economic conditions are imposed in the country in which such currency is issued, result in, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent (in the case of any Loans to be denominated in an Alternative Currency) or the Several L/C Agent (in the case of any Letter of Credit to be denominated in an Alternative Currency), (a) such currency no longer being readily available, freely transferable and convertible into Dollars, (b) a Dollar Equivalent is no longer readily calculable with respect to such currency or (c) providing such currency is impracticable for any Lender (each of clauses (a), (b) and (c), a “Disqualifying Event”), then the Administrative Agent or the Several L/C Agent, as the case may be, shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Company in writing, and such country’s currency shall no longer be an Alternative Currency until such time as the Disqualifying Event(s) no longer exist(s). Within five (5) Business Days after receipt of such notice from the Administrative Agent or the Several L/C Agent, the Borrowers shall, at their option, repay all Loans in such currency to which the Disqualifying Event applies or convert such Loans into the Dollar Equivalent of such Loans in Dollars; provided, however, that the conversion of such Loans into Dollars pursuant to this definition shall be subject to the requirements of Section 2.05 and not be subject to a bring-down of representations and warranties.

 

Environmental Laws” means all federal, state, local, municipal and foreign Laws (including common law), treaties, regulations, rules, ordinances, codes, decrees, judgments, injunctions, permits, directives, orders (including consent orders), and legally binding requirements of any Governmental Authority, in each case concerning the protection of the environment, natural resources, human health and safety as it relates to any Hazardous Materials or the presence, Release of, or exposure to, Hazardous Materials, or the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, transport, recycling, disposal or handling of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, Hazardous Materials, in each case not relating to or arising out of the insurance or reinsurance activities of the Company or the Subsidiaries.

 

Environmental Liability” means all liabilities, obligations, damages, losses, claims, actions, suits, judgments, orders, fines, penalties, fees, expenses and costs (including administrative oversight costs, natural resource damages and remediation costs), whether contingent or otherwise, arising out of (a) actual or alleged compliance or noncompliance with any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, manufacture, processing, distribution, use, handling, transport, storage, treatment, recycling or disposal of, or the arrangement for such activities with respect to, any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which a liability or obligation is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing. Liabilities of the type described above arising out of the obligation of any Insurance Subsidiary with respect to its insurance operations shall not constitute “Environmental Liabilities” hereunder.

 

Equity Interests” means shares of capital stock, partnership interests, membership interests in a limited liability company, beneficial interests in a trust or other equity

 

17

 

interests in any Person, and any option, warrant or other right entitling the holder thereof to purchase or otherwise acquire any such equity interest.

 

ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

 

ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) that, together with the Company, is treated as a single employer under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code, or, solely for purposes of Section 302 of ERISA and Section 412 of the Code, is treated as a single employer under Section 414 of the Code.

 

ERISA Event” means (a) any “reportable event”, as defined in Section 4043 of ERISA or the regulations issued thereunder, with respect to a Plan (other than an event for which the 30-day notice period is waived), (b) any failure by any Plan to satisfy the minimum funding standard (within the meaning of Section 412 of the Code or Section 302 of ERISA) applicable to such Plan, whether or not waived, (c) the determination that any Plan is in “at-risk status” (within the meaning of Section 430 of the Code and Section 303 of ERISA), (d) the filing pursuant to Section 412(c) of the Code or Section 302(c) of ERISA of an application for a waiver of the minimum funding standard with respect to any Plan, (e) the incurrence by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to the termination of any Plan or the withdrawal or partial withdrawal of the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates from any Plan or Multiemployer Plan, (f) the receipt by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates from the PBGC or a plan administrator of any notice relating to the intention to terminate any Plan or Plans or to appoint a trustee to administer any Plan, (g) the requirement that a Plan provide a security pursuant to Section 436(f)(i) of the Code, (h) the receipt by the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, or the receipt by any Multiemployer Plan from the Company or any of its ERISA Affiliates of any notice, concerning the imposition of Withdrawal Liability or a determination that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, insolvent or in reorganization, within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA, (i) the Company or any of the Subsidiaries engaging in a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” with respect to a plan for which the Company or any of the Subsidiaries is a “disqualified person” (within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code) or with respect to which the Company or any such Subsidiary could otherwise be liable, (j) any other event or condition with respect to a Plan or Multiemployer Plan that would reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Company or any Subsidiary under Title IV of ERISA or (k) any Foreign Benefit Event.

 

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule” means the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person), as in effect from time to time.

 

Euro” or “” means the single currency of the Participating Member States.

 

EURIBOR Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Euros and for any Interest Period, the EURIBOR Screen Rate, two TARGET Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

18

 

EURIBOR Screen Rate” means the euro interbank offered rate administered by the European Money Markets Institute (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed (before any correction, recalculation or republication by the administrator) on page EURIBOR01 of the Thomson Reuters screen (or any replacement Thomson Reuters page which displays that rate) or on the appropriate page of such other information service which publishes that rate from time to time in place of Thomson Reuters as published at approximately 11:00 a.m. Brussels time two TARGET Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period. If such page or service ceases to be available, the Administrative Agent may specify another page or service displaying the relevant rate after consultation with the Company.

 

Events of Default” has the meaning assigned to such term in Article VII.

 

Excluded Taxes” means, with respect to any payment made by any Borrower, any of the following Taxes imposed on or with respect to a Recipient or required to be withheld or deducted from a payment to a Recipient: (a) Taxes imposed on or measured by gross or net income (however denominated), franchise Taxes, revenue Taxes and branch profits Taxes and taxes in lieu thereof (including value-added or similar Taxes), in each case, (i) imposed as a result of such Recipient being organized under the laws of, or having its principal office or, in the case of any Lender, its applicable lending office located in, the jurisdiction imposing such Tax (or any political subdivision thereof) or (ii) that are Other Connection Taxes; (b) Taxes attributable to such Recipient’s failure or inability to comply with Section 2.14(f); (c) U.S. Federal withholding Taxes from a Law in effect on the date on which (i) such Recipient acquires directly or indirectly its applicable ownership interest in the Loans, Letters of Credit, participations therein or Commitments (other than a Recipient acquiring its applicable ownership interest pursuant to Section 2.16(b)) or (ii) such Recipient changes its lending office, except in each case to the extent that, pursuant to Section 2.14, amounts with respect to such Taxes were payable either to such Recipient’s assignor immediately before such Recipient became a Recipient with respect to its applicable ownership interest in the Loans, Letters of Credit or Commitments or to such Recipient immediately before it changed its lending office and (d) any U.S. federal withholding Taxes imposed under FATCA.

 

Existing Commitment Termination Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(a).

 

Extending Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b).

 

FATCA” means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, any current or future regulations or official governmental interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code and any fiscal or regulatory legislation or rules adopted pursuant to any intergovernmental agreement entered into in connection with the implementation of such Sections of the Code.

 

Federal Funds Effective Rate” means, for any day, the rate per annum calculated by the NYFRB based on such day’s federal funds transactions by depositary institutions, as determined in such manner as shall be set forth on the NYFRB’s Website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as the effective federal funds rate;

 

19

 

provided that if the Federal Funds Effective Rate as so determined would be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for the purposes of this Agreement.

 

Financial Officer” means the chief financial officer, principal accounting officer, treasurer, deputy treasurer or controller of the Company.

 

Financial Stability Board” means the Financial Stability Board established after the G20 London summit in April 2009 as a successor to the Financial Stability Forum.

 

Floor” means the benchmark rate floor, if any, provided in this Agreement initially (as of the execution of this Agreement, the modification, amendment or renewal of this Agreement or otherwise) with respect to the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR, Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, Adjusted TIBOR Rate, Adjusted Daily Simple RFR or the Central Bank Rate, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt the initial Floor for each of Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR, Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, Adjusted TIBOR Rate, Adjusted Daily Simple RFR or the Central Bank Rate shall be zero.

 

Foreign Benefit Event” means, with respect to any Foreign Pension Plan, (a) the existence of unfunded liabilities in excess of the amount permitted under any applicable Law or in excess of the amount that would be permitted absent a waiver from a Governmental Authority, (b) the failure to make the required contributions or payments, under any applicable Law, on or before the due date for such contributions or payments, (c) the receipt of a notice by a Governmental Authority relating to the intention to terminate any such Foreign Pension Plan or to appoint a trustee or similar official to administer any such Foreign Pension Plan, or alleging the insolvency of any such Foreign Pension Plan, (d) the incurrence of any liability by the Company or any Subsidiary under applicable Law on account of the complete or partial termination of such Foreign Pension Plan or the complete or partial withdrawal of any participating employer therein or (e) the occurrence of any transaction that is prohibited under any applicable Law and that would reasonably be expected to result in the incurrence of any liability by the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, or the imposition on the Company or any of the Subsidiaries of any fine, excise tax or penalty resulting from any noncompliance with any applicable Law.

 

Foreign Currency” means at any time any Currency other than Dollars.

 

Foreign Currency Equivalent” means, with respect to any amount in Dollars, the amount of any Foreign Currency that could be purchased with such amount of Dollars using the reciprocal of the foreign exchange rate(s) specified in the definition of the term “Dollar Equivalent”, as determined by the Administrative Agent.

 

Foreign Currency Sublimit Dollar Amount” means $750,000,000 as of the Closing Date, as such amount may be increased from time to time pursuant to Section 2.17.

 

Foreign Currency Sublimit Increase” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17.

 

Foreign Pension Plan” means any benefit plan maintained outside of the U.S. primarily for the benefit of employees working outside the U.S. that under applicable Law is

 

20

 

required to be funded through a trust or other funding vehicle other than a trust or funding vehicle maintained exclusively by a Governmental Authority.

 

Fortitude Re Adjustment Amount” means, at any date, the amount (if any) of cumulative unrealized gains and losses relating to Fortitude Re’s Funds Withheld Assets (as such term is used in the Company’s most recent financial statement delivered in accordance with Section 5.01) as included in accumulated other comprehensive income (or loss).

 

Fund” means any investment vehicle managed by the Company or an Affiliate of the Company and created in the ordinary course of the Company’s asset management business or tax credit investment business for the purpose of selling and/or holding, directly or indirectly, Equity Interests in such investment vehicle to third parties.

 

GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles applied on a consistent basis.

 

GIC” means a guaranteed investment contract or funding agreement or other similar agreement issued by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that guarantees to a counterparty a rate of return on the invested capital over the life of such contract or agreement.

 

Governmental Authority” means any federal, state, local, municipal or foreign court or governmental agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body (including any board of insurance, insurance department or insurance commissioner), court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

 

Guarantee” of or by any Person means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (a) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation or to purchase (or to advance or supply funds for the purchase of) any security for the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (b) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the owner of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment of such Indebtedness or other obligation or (c) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation; provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.

 

Guaranteed Obligations” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 10.01.

 

Hazardous Materials” means any pollutant, contaminant, waste or any toxic, radioactive, ignitable, corrosive, reactive or otherwise hazardous substance, waste or material, including petroleum, its derivatives, by-products and other hydrocarbons, coal ash, radon gas, asbestos, asbestos-containing materials, urea formaldehyde foam insulation, polychlorinated biphenyls, chlorofluorohydrocarbons, and any substance, waste or material regulated under any Environmental Law.

 

21

 

Honor Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(c)(i).

 

Hybrid Securities” means any junior subordinated debt or trust preferred securities issued by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that received hybrid equity treatment from S&P and Moody’s at issuance.

 

Increasing Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.17.

 

Indebtedness” of any Person means, without duplication, (a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money, (b) all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (d) all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services (excluding trade accounts payable and accrued obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business), (e) all Indebtedness of others secured by (or for which the holder of such Indebtedness has an existing right, contingent or otherwise, to be secured by) any Lien on property owned or acquired by such Person, whether or not the obligations secured thereby have been assumed (provided that, for purposes of this clause (e), if such Person has not assumed or otherwise become personally liable for any such Indebtedness, the amount of the Indebtedness of such Person in connection therewith shall be limited to the lesser of (i) the fair market value of such property and (ii) the amount of Indebtedness secured by such Lien), (f) all Guarantees by such Person of Indebtedness of others, (g) all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person, (h) all obligations of such Person as an account party in respect of letters of credit and (i) all obligations of such Person in respect of bankers’ acceptances. Indebtedness shall not include: (i) any obligation of any Person to make any payment, hold funds or securities or to segregate funds or securities for the benefit of one or more third parties pursuant to any surety or fidelity bond, any insurance or reinsurance contract or program, any distribution agreement, any program administrator agreement, managing general agency agreement, third party administrator agreement, claims services agreement or similar insurance services agreement, or any annuity contract, variable annuity contract, life insurance policy, variable life insurance policy or other similar agreement or instrument (including GICs and financial guarantees), including any policyholder account, arising in the ordinary course of any such Person’s business; (ii) all other liabilities (or guarantees thereof) of any Person arising in the ordinary course of any such Person’s business as an insurance company, reinsurance company (including GICs), agency, producer or claims services company or as a provider of financial or investment services (including GICs); (iii) obligations of any Person under Swap Contracts; (iv) obligations of any Person under or arising out of any employee benefit plan, employment contract or other similar arrangement; (v) obligations of any Person under any severance or termination of employment agreement or plan; (vi) utilizing proceeds from the disposition of properties (or interests therein) generating tax credits to secure guarantee obligations to third party investors in tax credit Funds, or providing guarantees to third-party investors in tax credit Funds to protect against recapture of previously-allocated tax credits occurring after the disposition of such properties (or interests therein); or (vii) Indebtedness of Subsidiaries that are held for sale (and accounted for as such under GAAP) as of the date hereof. The Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership (other than Indebtedness that is nonrecourse to such Person) in which such Person is a general partner.

 

22

 

Indemnified Taxes” means (a) Taxes, other than Excluded Taxes, imposed on or with respect to any payment made by any Borrower under any Loan Document and (b) Other Taxes. For avoidance of doubt, Indemnified Taxes does not include Taxes imposed by applicable Law on a distribution or similar payment made by a Lender to a Person that is an owner of such Lender with respect to its ownership interest in such Lender and distributions and similar payments made by such owners to their owner.

 

Indemnitee” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(c).

 

Index Debt” means senior, unsecured, long-term indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company that is not guaranteed by any other Person or subject to any other credit enhancement.

 

Index Debt Rating” means, as of any date of determination, the rating as determined by S&P or Moody’s of the Index Debt.

 

Insurance Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is required to be licensed as an insurer or reinsurer.

 

Interest Election Request” means a request by a Borrower to convert or continue a Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.05.

 

Interest Payment Date” means (a) with respect to any ABR Loan, the last day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date, (b) with respect to any RFR Loan, (1) each date that is on the numerically corresponding day in each calendar month that is one month after the Borrowing of such Loan (or, if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such month, then the last day of such month) and (2) the Maturity Date and (c) with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to the Borrowing of which such Loan is a part and, in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing with an Interest Period of more than three months’ duration, each day prior to the last day of such Interest Period that occurs at intervals of three months’ duration after the first day of such Interest Period, and the Maturity Date.

 

Interest Period” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing, the period commencing on the date of such Borrowing and ending on the numerically corresponding day in the calendar month that is one, three or six months thereafter (in each case, subject to the availability for the Benchmark applicable to the relevant Loan or Commitment for any Agreed Currency), as the applicable Borrower may elect; provided, that:

 

(i)                 if any Interest Period would end on a day other than a Business Day, such Interest Period shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such next succeeding Business Day would fall in the next calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day;

 

(ii)               any Interest Period that commences on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the last calendar month of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the last calendar month of such Interest Period; and

 

23

 

(iii)             no tenor that has been removed from this definition pursuant to Section 2.11(e) shall be available for specification in such Borrowing Request or Interest Election Request.

 

For purposes hereof, the date of a Borrowing initially shall be the date on which such Borrowing is made and thereafter shall be the effective date of the most recent conversion or continuation of such Borrowing.

 

IPO” means the initial underwritten public offering of shares of common stock of the Company consummated on terms substantially consistent with the Registration Statement or otherwise reasonably satisfactory to the Joint Lead Arrangers (it being understood and agreed that any amendment to the Registration Statement shall be deemed satisfactory to the Joint Lead Arrangers so long as such amendment is not materially adverse to the Lenders).

 

IPO Effective Date” means the date on which the IPO is consummated.

 

IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

ISP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the International Standby Practices 1998 (International Chamber of Commerce Publication No. 590), or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit.

 

Joint Lead Arrangers” means the Joint Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners listed on the cover page of this Agreement.

 

JPMorgan” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A or one or more of its affiliates.

 

Judgment Currency” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.18.

 

Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

 

L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all unpaid Unreimbursed Amounts. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.13 or 3.14 of the ISP, Article 29 of the UCP (if applicable thereto), or similar provisions in applicable law or terms expressed in the Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn. For purposes of determining the L/C Obligations held by any Lender at any time, such Lender shall be deemed to hold an amount equal to the sum of (a) the aggregate amount of such Lender’s direct obligation in all outstanding Several Letters of Credit, (b) its participations (if any) in all

 

24

 

outstanding Several Letters of Credit and (c) its Applicable Percentage of all unpaid Unreimbursed Amounts at such time.

 

Lender-Related Person” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.03(b).

 

Lenders” means the Persons listed on Schedule 2.01 and any other Person that shall have become a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption or an instrument executed by such Person pursuant to Section 2.17, other than any such Person that ceases to be a party hereto pursuant to an Assignment and Assumption; provided that, as the context requires, “Lenders” shall include the Several L/C Agent and each Limited Fronting Lender (if any).

 

Letter of Credit” means any standby letter of credit issued hereunder.

 

Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the Several L/C Agent.

 

Letter of Credit Documents” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the Several L/C Agent and the Company (and, if applicable, any Subsidiary named as an applicant in the Letter of Credit Application) or entered into by the Company (or, if applicable, any Subsidiary) in favor of the Several L/C Agent and relating to any such Letter of Credit.

 

Liabilities” means any losses, claims (including intraparty claims), demands, damages or liabilities of any kind.

 

Lien” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

 

Limited Fronting Lender” means, as provided in Section 2.20(k), (a) any Lender (so long as it is not an Affected Lender with respect to a particular Several Letter of Credit) that agrees that it shall be an issuer with respect to any Affected Lender’s Applicable Percentage of a particular Several Letter of Credit or (b) any Lender which is a NAIC Approved Bank that agrees that it shall be an issuer with respect to any Non-NAIC Approved Bank’s Applicable Percentage of Several Letters of Credit outstanding and/or issued during the period that such Non-NAIC Approved Bank is a Non-NAIC Approved Bank, in each case pursuant to a Limited Fronting Lender Agreement.

 

Limited Fronting Lender Agreement” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(k).

 

Limited Recourse Real Estate Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of any Subsidiary of the Company secured by Liens on any of its real property (including investments in real property) and certain personal property related thereto; provided that (i) the recourse of

 

25

 

the holder of such Indebtedness (whether direct or indirect and whether contingent or otherwise) under the instrument creating such Liens or providing for such Indebtedness shall be limited to such real property and personal property relating thereto; and (ii) such holder may not under the instrument creating such Lien or providing for such Indebtedness collect by levy of execution or otherwise against property of such Subsidiary (other than such real property and personal property relating thereto directly securing such Indebtedness) if such Subsidiary fails to pay such Indebtedness when due and such holder obtains a judgment with respect thereto, except for recourse obligations that are customary in “non-recourse” real estate transactions.

 

Loan Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the promissory notes (if any) executed and delivered pursuant to Section 2.07(e), each Subsidiary Borrower Designation and the Letter of Credit Documents.

 

Loan” and “Loans” means the loans made by the Lenders to the Borrowers pursuant to Section 2.01.

 

Loan Parties” means, collectively, the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers.

 

Margin Stock” means “margin stock” within the meaning of Regulations T, U and X of the Board.

 

Material Adverse Effect” means a material adverse effect on (a) the business, assets, property or financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole or (b) the validity or enforceability of any of the Loan Documents or the rights or remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders thereunder.

 

Material Indebtedness” means Indebtedness (other than the Loans, reimbursement obligations in respect of the Letters of Credit and any Limited Recourse Real Estate Indebtedness), or obligations in respect of one or more Swap Contracts, of any one or more of the Company and its Subsidiaries in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $375,000,000. For purposes of determining Material Indebtedness, the “principal amount” of the obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary in respect of any Swap Contract at any time shall be the Agreement Value of such Swap Contract at such time.

 

Maturity Date” means (x) December 29, 2023, if the IPO Effective Date has not occurred on or prior to such date, or (y) otherwise, the Commitment Termination Date.

 

Maximum Rate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.16.

 

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Multiemployer Plan” means a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

NAIC” means the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any successor thereto, or in the absence of the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or such successor, any other association, agency or other organization performing advisory, coordination or other like functions among insurance departments, insurance commissioners and

 

26

 

similar Governmental Authorities of the various states of the United States toward the promotion of uniformity in the practices of such Governmental Authorities.

 

NAIC Approved Bank” means a bank or trust company (which shall not be an affiliate of the Company) that is listed on the most current “List of Qualified U.S. Financial Institutions” approved by the NAIC; provided that if such bank or trust company is not a U.S. Person, such bank or trust company is acting through the United States branch of such bank or trust company listed on such “List of Qualified U.S. Financial Institutions”.

 

Non-Defaulting Lender” means, at any time, any Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.

 

Non-Extending Lender” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b).

 

Non-Extension Notice Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(b)(v).

 

Non-NAIC Approved Bank” means, at any time, any Lender that is not a NAIC Approved Bank.

 

Non-U.S. Lender” means a Lender that is not a U.S. Person.

 

NYFRB” means the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

 

NYFRB’s Website” means the website of the NYFRB at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source.

 

NYFRB Rate” means, for any day, the greater of (a) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day and (b) the “Overnight Bank Funding Rate” in effect on such day (or for any day that is not a Business Day, for the immediately preceding Business Day); provided that if none of such rates are published for any day that is a Business Day, the term “NYFRB Rate” means the rate for a federal funds transaction quoted at 11:00 a.m. on such day received by the Administrative Agent from a federal funds broker of recognized standing selected by it; provided, further, that if any of the aforesaid rates as so determined be less than zero, such rate shall be deemed to be zero for purposes of this Agreement.

 

Notice Date” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.22(b).

 

Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, the Company and the other Loan Parties arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loans (including with respect to principal, interest, fees and other amounts payable by the Loan Parties thereunder), whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against the Company, any other Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any case, proceeding or other action relating to the bankruptcy, insolvency or reorganization naming such Person as the debtor in

 

27

 

such case, proceeding or action, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding.

 

Operating Indebtedness” of any Person means, at any date, without duplication, any Indebtedness of such Person (a) in respect of AXXX, XXX and other similar life reserve requirements, (b) incurred in connection with repurchase agreements, securities lending and dollar roll transactions, (c) to the extent the proceeds of which are used directly or indirectly (including for the purpose of funding portfolios that are used to fund trusts in order) to support AXXX, XXX and other similar life reserves, (d) to the extent the proceeds of which are used to fund discrete assets or pools of assets (and related hedge instruments and capital) that are at least notionally segregated from other assets and have sufficient cash flow to pay principal and interest thereof, with insignificant risk of other assets of such Person being called upon to make such principal and interest payments, (e) in respect of the Company’s “Debt of Consolidated Investment Entities”, (f) consisting of loans and other obligations owing to Federal Home Loan Banks or (g) that is otherwise treated as “operating indebtedness” and excluded from financial leverage by each of the Ratings Agencies in its evaluation of such Person.

 

Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

 

Other Connection Taxes” means, with respect to any Recipient, Taxes imposed as a result of a present or former connection between such Recipient and the jurisdiction imposing such Taxes (other than a connection solely arising from such Recipient having executed, delivered, enforced, become a party to, performed its obligations under, received payments under, received or perfected a security interest under, or engaged in any other transaction pursuant to, or enforced, or sold or assigned an interest in any Loan Document).

 

Other Taxes” means any present or future stamp, court, documentary, intangible, recording, filing or similar excise or property Taxes that arise from any payment made under, from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or from the registration, receipt or perfection of a security interest under, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document, except any such Taxes that are Other Connection Taxes or Taxes imposed with respect to an assignment or participation.

 

Outstanding Amount” means, with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations at the close of business on such date after giving effect to any issuance, amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including such changes resulting from any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of

 

28

 

Credit or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

 

Overnight Bank Funding Rate” means, for any day, the rate comprised of both overnight federal funds and overnight eurodollar transactions denominated in Dollars by U.S.-managed banking offices of depository institutions, as such composite rate shall be determined by the NYFRB as set forth on the NYFRB’s Website from time to time, and published on the next succeeding Business Day by the NYFRB as an overnight bank funding rate.

 

Participant” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c).

 

Participant Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(c).

 

Participating L/C Issuer” means, from time to time with respect to each Several Letter of Credit, each Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank, as applicable, for whose Applicable Percentage a Limited Fronting Lender has agreed to be liable as an issuer.

 

Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Union that has the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European Union relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

 

Payment” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01(j).

 

Payment Notice” has the meaning assigned to it in Section 8.01(j).

 

PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

 

Percentage Obligation” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(b)(iii).

 

Permitted Encumbrances” means (a) Liens for taxes, assessments and governmental charges not yet due or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (b) bankers’, carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business and securing obligations that are not overdue by more than 30 days or that are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings; (c) pledges and deposits made in compliance with workmen’s compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security Laws; (d) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, leases, statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business; (e) zoning restrictions, easements, rights-of-way, restrictions on use of real property and other similar encumbrances incurred in the ordinary course of business that, in the aggregate, do not materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower; and (f) Liens arising in the ordinary course of business on operating accounts (including deposit accounts and any related securities accounts) maintained by the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower, including bankers’ Liens and rights of setoff arising in connection therewith; provided that the term “Permitted Encumbrances” shall not include any Lien securing Indebtedness.

 

29

 

Person” means any natural person, corporation, business trust, joint venture, association, company, limited liability company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

 

Plan” means any employee pension benefit plan (other than a Multiemployer Plan) subject to the provisions of Title IV of ERISA or Section 412 of the Code or Section 307 of ERISA, and in respect of which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate is (or, if such plan were terminated, would under Section 4069 of ERISA be deemed to be) an “employer” as defined in Section 3(5) of ERISA.

 

Prime Rate” means the rate of interest last quoted by The Wall Street Journal as the “Prime Rate” in the U.S. or, if The Wall Street Journal ceases to quote such rate, the highest per annum interest rate published by the Board in Federal Reserve Statistical Release H.15 (519) (Selected Interest Rates) as the “bank prime loan” rate or, if such rate is no longer quoted therein, any similar rate quoted therein (as determined by the Administrative Agent) or any similar release by the Board (as determined by the Administrative Agent). Each change in the Prime Rate shall be effective from and including the date such change is publicly announced or quoted as being effective.

 

Proceeding” means any claim, litigation, investigation, action, suit, arbitration or administrative, judicial or regulatory action or proceeding in any jurisdiction.

 

PTE” means a prohibited transaction class exemption issued by the U.S. Department of Labor, as any such exemption may be amended from time to time.

 

Ratings Agency” means, individually or collectively, S&P and/or Moody’s, as the context may require.

 

Recipient” means, as applicable, (a) the Administrative Agent, (b) the Several L/C Agent and (c) any Lender (and, in the case of a Lender that is classified as a partnership for U.S. Federal tax purposes, a Person treated as a beneficial owner thereof for U.S. Federal tax purposes).

 

Reference Time” with respect to any setting of the then-current Benchmark means if such Benchmark is the Term SOFR Rate, 5:00 a.m. (Chicago time) on the day that is two Business Days preceding the date of such setting, (2) if such Benchmark is Daily Simple SOFR, then four Business Days prior to such setting or (3) if such Benchmark is neither the Term SOFR Rate nor Daily Simple SOFR, the time determined by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion.

 

Register” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 9.04(b)(iv).

 

Registration Statement” means the registration statement filed by the Company with the SEC and delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Joint Lead Arrangers on March 28, 2022 (without giving effect to any amendments thereto).

 

Regulation T” means Regulation T of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

30

 

Regulation U” means Regulation U of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

Regulation X” means Regulation X of the Board as from time to time in effect and all official rulings and interpretations thereunder or thereof.

 

Related Parties” means, with respect to any specified Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, accountants and other professional advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

 

Release” means any release, spill, emission, leaking, dumping, pumping, emptying, escaping, injection, pouring, deposit, disposal, discharge, dispersal, leaching or migration into or through the environment or within, at, to, under, from or upon any building, structure, facility or fixture.

 

Relevant Governmental Body” means (i) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in Dollars, the Federal Reserve Board and/or the NYFRB, the CME Term SOFR Administrator, as applicable, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Federal Reserve Board and/or the NYFRB or, in each case, any successor thereto, (ii) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in Sterling, the Bank of England, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Bank of England or, in each case, any successor thereto, (iii) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in Euros, the European Central Bank, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the European Central Bank or, in each case, any successor thereto, (iv) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in Yen, the Bank of Japan, or a committee officially endorsed or convened by the Bank of Japan or, in each case, any successor thereto, and (v) with respect to a Benchmark Replacement in respect of Loans denominated in any other currency, (a) the central bank for the currency in which such Benchmark Replacement is denominated or any central bank or other supervisor which is responsible for supervising either (1) such Benchmark Replacement or (2) the administrator of such Benchmark Replacement or (b) any working group or committee officially endorsed or convened by (1) the central bank for the currency in which such Benchmark Replacement is denominated, (2) any central bank or other supervisor that is responsible for supervising either (A) such Benchmark Replacement or (B) the administrator of such Benchmark Replacement, (3) a group of those central banks or other supervisors or (4) the Financial Stability Board or any part thereof.

 

Relevant Rate” means (i) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars, the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, (ii) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Euros, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, (iii) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Yen, the Adjusted TIBOR Rate, as applicable or (iv) with respect to any RFR Borrowing denominated in Sterling, the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR, as applicable.

 

Relevant Screen Rate” means (i) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars, the Term SOFR Reference Rate, (ii) with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Euros, the EURIBOR Screen Rate or (iii) with

 

31

 

respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Yen, the TIBOR Screen Rate, as applicable.

 

Required Lenders” means, at any time, Lenders having Credit Exposures and unused Commitments representing more than 50% of the sum of the total Credit Exposures and unused Commitments at such time; provided that the Credit Exposures and unused Commitments of any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders.

 

Resolution Authority” means an EEA Resolution Authority or, with respect to any UK Financial Institution, a UK Resolution Authority.

 

Responsible Officer” means any executive officer or Financial Officer of the Company and any other officer or similar official thereof responsible for the administration of the obligations of such Person in respect of this Agreement.

 

Revaluation Date” shall mean (a) with respect to any Loan denominated in any Alternative Currency, each of the following: (i) the date of the Borrowing of such Loan and (ii) (A) with respect to any Term Benchmark Loan, each date of a conversion into or continuation of such Loan pursuant to the terms of this Agreement and (B) with respect to any RFR Loan, each date that is on the numerically corresponding day in each calendar month that is one month after the Borrowing of such Loan (or, if there is no such numerically corresponding day in such month, then the last day of such month); (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, each of the following: (i) the date on which such Letter of Credit is issued, (ii) the first Business Day of each calendar month and (iii) the date of any amendment of such Letter of Credit that has the effect of increasing the face amount thereof; and (c) any additional date as the Administrative Agent may determine at any time when an Event of Default exists.

 

RFR” means, for any RFR Loan denominated in (a) Sterling, SONIA and (b) Dollars, Daily Simple SOFR.

 

RFR Borrowing” means, as to any Borrowing, the RFR Loans comprising such Borrowing.

 

RFR Business Day” means, for any Loan denominated in (a) Sterling, any day except for (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday or (iii) a day on which banks are closed for general business in London and (b) Dollars, a U.S. Government Securities Business Day.

 

RFR Interest Day” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Daily Simple RFR”.

 

RFR Loan” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR.

 

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Service, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business.

 

32

 

Sanctioned Country” means, at any time, a country, region or territory which is itself the subject or target of any comprehensive sanctions program that extends beyond any list of Sanctioned Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or the European Union, which as of the date of this Agreement are the so - called Donetsk People’s Republic, Luhansk People’s Republic and the Crimea regions of Ukraine, Cuba, Iran, North Korea and Syria.

 

Sanctioned Person” means, at any time, (a) any Person listed in any Sanctions-related list of designated Persons maintained by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury, the U.S. Department of State, or by the United Nations Security Council, Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or the European Union, (b) any Person located, organized or resident in, or the government of, a Sanctioned Country or the Government of Venezuela or (c) any Person owned or controlled by any such Person described in clause (a) or (b).

 

Sanctions” means economic or financial sanctions or trade embargoes imposed, administered or enforced from time to time by (a) the U.S. government, including those administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State, (b) the United Nations Security Council, the European Union or Her Majesty’s Treasury of the United Kingdom or (c) the Australian Department of Foreign Affairs and Trade. For the avoidance of doubt, the term “sanctions” shall not include any withholding tax under FATCA.

 

SAP” means, with respect to any Insurance Subsidiary, the statutory accounting practices prescribed or permitted by the insurance commissioner (or other similar authority) in the domicile of such Insurance Subsidiary for the preparation of annual statements and other financial reports of such Insurance Subsidiary, which are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of filing of such statement or report.

 

SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any regulatory body that succeeds to the functions thereof.

 

Securities Transactions” means (a) securities lending arrangements, (b) repurchase and reverse repurchase arrangements with respect to securities and financial instruments and (c) other similar arrangements.

 

Several L/C Agent” means JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., in its capacity as agent and attorney-in-fact for the Lenders in issuing and amending Several Letters of Credit, or any successor in such capacity.

 

Several Letter of Credit” means any Letter of Credit issued severally by the Lenders.

 

SOFR” means a rate equal to the “Secured Overnight Financing Rate” as administered by the SOFR Administrator.

 

33

 

SOFR Administrator” means the NYFRB (or a successor administrator of the secured overnight financing rate).

 

SOFR Administrator’s Website” means the NYFRB’s website, currently at http://www.newyorkfed.org, or any successor source for the secured overnight financing rate identified as such by the SOFR Administrator from time to time.

 

SOFR Rate Day” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Daily Simple SOFR”.

 

SONIA” means, with respect to any Business Day, a rate per annum equal to the Sterling Overnight Index Average for such Business Day published by the SONIA Administrator on the SONIA Administrator’s Website on the immediately succeeding Business Day.

 

SONIA Administrator” means the Bank of England (or any successor administrator of the Sterling Overnight Index Average).

 

SONIA Administrator’s Website” means the Bank of England’s website, currently at http://www.bankofengland.co.uk, or any successor source for the Sterling Overnight Index Average identified as such by the SONIA Administrator from time to time.

 

Statutory Reserve Rate” means a fraction (expressed as a decimal), the numerator of which is the number one and the denominator of which is the number one minus the aggregate of the maximum reserve percentage (including any marginal, special, emergency or supplemental reserves) expressed as a decimal established by the Federal Reserve Board to which the Administrative Agent is subject with respect to the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate or Adjusted TIBOR Rate, as applicable, for eurocurrency funding (currently referred to as “Eurocurrency liabilities” in Regulation D) or any other reserve ratio or analogous requirement of any central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Loans. Such reserve percentage shall include those imposed pursuant to Regulation D. Term Benchmark Loans shall be deemed to constitute eurocurrency funding and to be subject to such reserve requirements without benefit of or credit for proration, exemptions or offsets that may be available from time to time to any Lender under Regulation D or any comparable regulation. The Statutory Reserve Rate shall be adjusted automatically on and as of the effective date of any change in any reserve percentage.

 

Sterling” or “£” means the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

 

subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person (herein referred to as the “parent”), any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, association or other business entity of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or more than 50% of the general partnership or managing limited liability company interests (as applicable) are, at the time any determination is being made, owned, Controlled or held directly or indirectly by such parent; provided that no Fund shall be a “subsidiary” for the purpose hereof.

 

Subsidiary” means any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company.

 

34

 

Subsidiary Borrower” mean each Subsidiary of the Company that shall become a Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to Section 2.19, so long as such Subsidiary shall remain a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder. As of the date hereof, there are no Subsidiary Borrowers party hereto.

 

Subsidiary Borrower Designation” means a Subsidiary Borrower Designation entered into by the Company and the applicable Subsidiary of the Company, pursuant to which such Subsidiary shall (subject to the terms and conditions of Section 2.19) be designated as a Borrower hereunder, substantially in the form of Exhibit B-1 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent.

 

Subsidiary Borrower Termination Notice” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.19(c).

 

Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, emission rights, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement; provided that Swap Contracts shall not include (i) any right, option, warrant or other award made under an employee benefit plan, employment contract or other similar arrangement or (ii) any right, warrant or option or other convertible or exchangeable security or other instrument issued by the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate of the Company or any Subsidiary for capital raising purposes.

 

Syndication Agents” means the Syndication Agents listed on the cover page of this Agreement.

 

TARGET2” means the Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilizes a single shared platform and which was launched on November 19, 2007.

 

TARGET Day” means any day on which TARGET2 (or, if such payment system ceases to be operative, such other payment system, if any, determined by the Administrative Agent to be a suitable replacement) is open for the settlement of payments in Euro.

 

Taxes” means any and all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, charges, assessments, fees or withholdings (including backup withholding) imposed

 

35

 

by any Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax, fines or penalties applicable thereto.

 

Term Benchmark” when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether such Loan, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are bearing interest at a rate determined by reference to the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate or the Adjusted TIBOR Rate.

 

Term SOFR Determination Day” has the meaning assigned to it under the definition of Term SOFR Reference Rate.

 

Term SOFR Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing and for any tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, the Term SOFR Reference Rate at approximately 5:00 a.m., Chicago time, two U.S. Government Securities Business Days prior to the commencement of such tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period.

 

Term SOFR Reference Rate” means, for any day and time (such day, the “Term SOFR Determination Day”), with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars and for any tenor comparable to the applicable Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to the forward-looking term rate based on SOFR as published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator. If by 5:00 pm (New York City time) on such Term SOFR Determination Day, the “Term SOFR Reference Rate” for the applicable tenor has not been published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator and a Benchmark Replacement Date with respect to the Term SOFR Rate has not occurred, then the Term SOFR Reference Rate for such Term SOFR Determination Day will be the Term SOFR Reference Rate as published in respect of the first preceding U.S. Government Securities Business Day for which such Term SOFR Reference Rate was published by the CME Term SOFR Administrator, so long as such first preceding Business Day is not more than five (5) Business Days prior to such Term SOFR Determination Day.

 

TIBOR Rate” means, with respect to any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Yen and for any Interest Period, the TIBOR Screen Rate two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

TIBOR Screen Rate” means the Tokyo interbank offered rate administered by the Ippan Shadan Hojin JBA TIBOR Administration (or any other person which takes over the administration of that rate) for the relevant currency and period displayed on page DTIBOR01 of the Reuters screen (or, in the event such rate does not appear on such Reuters page or screen, on any successor or substitute page on such screen that displays such rate, or on the appropriate page of such other information service that publishes such rate as selected by the Administrative Agent from time to time in its reasonable discretion) as published at approximately 1:00 p.m. Japan time two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.

 

Transactions” means the execution, delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of the Loan Documents, the borrowing of Loans, the use of the proceeds thereof and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder.

 

Type”, when used in reference to any Loan or Borrowing, refers to whether the rate of interest on such Loan, or on the Loans comprising such Borrowing, is determined by

 

36

 

reference to the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, the Adjusted TIBOR Rate, the Alternate Base Rate or the Adjusted Daily Simple RFR.

 

UCP” means the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance of a Letter of Credit or such earlier version thereof as may be required by the applicable Governmental Authority or beneficiary.

 

UK Financial Institutions” means any BRRD Undertaking (as such term is defined under the PRA Rulebook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Prudential Regulation Authority) or any person falling within IFPRU 11.6 of the FCA Handbook (as amended from time to time) promulgated by the United Kingdom Financial Conduct Authority, which includes certain credit institutions and investment firms, and certain affiliates of such credit institutions or investment firms.

 

UK Resolution Authority” means the Bank of England or any other public administrative authority having responsibility for the resolution of any UK Financial Institution.

 

Unadjusted Benchmark Replacement” means the applicable Benchmark Replacement excluding the related Benchmark Replacement Adjustment.

 

Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.20(c)(i).

 

U.S.” or “United States” means the United States of America.

 

U.S. Government Securities Business Day” means any day except for (i) a Saturday, (ii) a Sunday or (iii) a day on which the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association recommends that the fixed income departments of its members be closed for the entire day for purposes of trading in United States government securities.

 

U.S. Person” means a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.

 

U.S. Tax Certificate” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.14(f)(ii)(D)(2).

 

Withdrawal Liability” means liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

Withholding Agent” means each Loan Party and the Administrative Agent.

 

Write-Down and Conversion Powers” means, (a) with respect to any EEA Resolution Authority, the write-down and conversion powers of such EEA Resolution Authority from time to time under the Bail-In Legislation for the applicable EEA Member Country, which write-down and conversion powers are described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule, and (b) with respect to the United Kingdom, any powers of the applicable Resolution Authority under

 

37

 

the Bail-In Legislation to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of any UK Financial Institution or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers.

 

Yen” or “¥” means the lawful currency of Japan.

 

Section 1.02.              Terms Generally.

 

(a)                The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include”, “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation”. The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall”. Unless the context requires otherwise (a) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein), (b) any reference to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing or interpreting such Law and any reference to any Law or regulation shall, unless otherwise specified, refer to such Law or regulation as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, (c) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, (d) the words “herein”, “hereof” and “hereunder”, and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (e) all references herein to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of, and Exhibits and Schedules to, this Agreement and (f) the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights.

 

(b)       Each obligation hereunder of any party hereto that is denominated in a Currency of a country that is not a Participating Member State on the date hereof shall, effective from the date on which such country becomes a Participating Member State, be redenominated in Euro in accordance with the legislation of the European Union applicable to the European Monetary Union, provided that, if and to the extent that any such legislation provides that any such obligation of any such party payable within such Participating Member State by crediting an account of the creditor can be paid by the debtor either in Euro or such Currency, such party shall be entitled to pay or repay such amount either in Euro or in such Currency. If the basis of accrual of interest or fees expressed in this Agreement with respect to an Alternative Currency of any country that becomes a Participating Member State after the date on which such currency becomes an Alternative Currency shall be inconsistent with any convention or practice in the interbank market for the basis of accrual of interest or fees in respect of the Euro, such convention or practice shall replace such expressed basis effective as of and from the date on which such country becomes a Participating Member State, provided that, with respect to any Borrowing or Letter of Credit denominated in such currency that is outstanding immediately

 

38

 

prior to such date, such replacement shall take effect at the end of the Interest Period therefor. Without prejudice to the respective liabilities of the Borrowers to the Lenders and of the Lenders to the Borrowers under or pursuant to this Agreement, each provision of this Agreement shall be subject to such reasonable changes of construction as the Administrative Agent may from time to time agree in writing with the Borrower as shall be necessary or appropriate to reflect the introduction or changeover to the Euro in any country that becomes a Participating Member State after the date hereof.

 

Section 1.03.              Accounting Terms and Determinations.

 

Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all terms of an accounting or financial nature shall be construed in accordance with GAAP, as in effect from time to time; provided that, if the Company notifies the Administrative Agent that the Company requests an amendment to any provision hereof to eliminate the effect of any change occurring after the date hereof in GAAP or in the application thereof on the operation of such provision (or if the Administrative Agent notifies the Company that the Required Lenders request an amendment to any provision hereof for such purpose), regardless of whether any such notice is given before or after such change in GAAP or in the application thereof, then such provision shall be interpreted on the basis of GAAP as in effect and applied immediately before such change shall have become effective until such notice shall have been withdrawn or such provision amended in accordance herewith. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, whether a lease constitutes a capital lease or an operating lease shall be determined based on GAAP without giving effect to any treatment of leases under Accounting Standards Codification 842 (or any other Accounting Standards Codification or Financial Accounting Standard having a similar result or effect).

 

Section 1.04.              Currencies; Currency Equivalents.  

 

At any time, any reference in the definition of the term “Alternative Currency” or in any other provision of this Agreement to the Currency of any particular nation means the lawful currency of such nation at such time whether or not the name of such Currency is the same as it was on the date hereof. Except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement, for purposes of determining (i) whether the amount of any Borrowing, together with all other Borrowings then outstanding or to be borrowed at the same time as such Borrowing, would exceed the aggregate amount of the Commitments, (ii) the aggregate unutilized amount of the Commitments, (iii) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of Borrowings and (iv) the Credit Exposure, the outstanding principal amount of any Borrowing or Letter of Credit that is denominated in any Foreign Currency shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the Foreign Currency of such Borrowing or Letter of Credit, as applicable, determined as of the most recent Revaluation Date on or prior to the date of the relevant Borrowing (determined in accordance with the last sentence of the definition of the term “Interest Period”) or issuance of the relevant Letter of Credit, as the case may be and, in the case of clause (ii), (iii), and (iv), as of each subsequent Revaluation Date shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the Foreign Currency of the relevant Borrowing or Letter of Credit, as applicable, determined as of such subsequent Revaluation Date until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Wherever in this Agreement in connection with a Borrowing, Loan or Letter of Credit an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Borrowing, Loan or

 

39

 

Letter of Credit is denominated in a Foreign Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Foreign Currency Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest 1,000 units of such Foreign Currency).

 

Section 1.05.              Interest Rates; Benchmark Notification.

 

The interest rate on a Loan may be derived from an interest rate benchmark that may be discontinued or is, or may in the future become, the subject of regulatory reform. Upon the occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, Section 2.11(b) provides a mechanism for determining an alternative rate of interest. The Administrative Agent does not warrant or accept any responsibility for, and shall not have any liability with respect to, the administration, submission, performance or any other matter related to any interest rate used in this Agreement, or with respect to any alternative or successor rate thereto, or replacement rate thereof, including without limitation, whether the composition or characteristics of any such alternative, successor or replacement reference rate will be similar to, or produce the same value or economic equivalence of, the existing interest rate being replaced or have the same volume or liquidity as did any existing interest rate prior to its discontinuance or unavailability. The Administrative Agent and its affiliates and/or other related entities may engage in transactions that affect the calculation of any interest rate used in this Agreement or any alternative, successor or alternative rate (including any Benchmark Replacement) and/or any relevant adjustments thereto, in each case, in a manner adverse to the Company. The Administrative Agent may select information sources or services in its reasonable discretion to ascertain any interest rate used in this Agreement, any component thereof, or rates referenced in the definition thereof, in each case pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall have no liability to the Company, any Lender or any other person or entity for damages of any kind, including direct or indirect, special, punitive, incidental or consequential damages, costs, losses or expenses (whether in tort, contract or otherwise and whether at law or in equity), for any error or calculation of any such rate (or component thereof) provided by any such information source or service.

 

Section 1.06.              Additional Alternative Currencies.

 

(a)       The Company may from time to time request that Alternative Currency Loans be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Alternative Currency”; provided that such requested currency is an Eligible Currency. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of Alternative Currency Loans, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and each Lender; and in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent, the Several L/C Agent and each Lender.

 

(b)       Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., fifteen (15) Business Days prior to the date of the desired Borrowing (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Several L/C Agent, in its or their sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to Alternative Currency Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof; and in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Several L/C Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders thereof. Each Lender shall

 

40

 

notify the Administrative Agent or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, not later than 11:00 a.m., ten (10) Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of Alternative Currency Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in such requested currency.

 

(c)       Any failure by a Lender to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender to permit Alternative Currency Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and all the Lenders consent to making Alternative Currency Loans in such requested currency and the Administrative Agent and such Lenders reasonably determine that an appropriate interest rate is available to be used for such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Company and (i) the Administrative Agent and such Lenders may amend the definition of Alternative Currency Daily Rate or Alternative Currency Term Rate to the extent necessary to add the applicable rate for such currency and any applicable adjustment for such rate and (ii) to the extent the definition of Alternative Currency Daily Rate or Alternative Currency Term Rate, as applicable, has been amended to reflect the appropriate rate for such currency, such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency for purposes of any Borrowings of Alternative Currency Loans. If the Several L/C Agent and the Lenders consent to the issuance of Letters of Credit in such requested currency, the Several L/C Agent shall so notify the Company and (iii) the Several L/C Agent and the Lenders may amend the definition of Alternative Currency Daily Rate or Alternative Currency Term Rate, as applicable, to the extent necessary to add the applicable rate for such currency and any applicable adjustment for such rate and (iv) to the extent the definition of Alternative Currency Daily Rate or Alternative Currency Term Rate, as applicable, has been amended to reflect the appropriate rate for such currency, such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency, for purposes of any Letter of Credit issuances. If the Administrative Agent or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.06, such Agent shall promptly so notify the Company.

 

Section 1.07.              Divisions. For all purposes under the Loan Documents, in connection with any division or plan of division under Delaware law (or any comparable event under a different jurisdiction’s laws): (a) if any asset, right, obligation or liability of any Person becomes the asset, right, obligation or liability of a different Person, then it shall be deemed to have been transferred from the original Person to the subsequent Person, and (b) if any new Person comes into existence, such new Person shall be deemed to have been organized and acquired on the first date of its existence by the holders of its Equity Interests at such time.

 

Article II

 

THE CREDITS

 

Section 2.01.              Commitments.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender agrees to make Loans in Dollars or in any Alternative Currency to one or more of the Borrowers from time to time during the Availability Period in an aggregate principal amount that will not result in

 

41

 

(i) such Lender’s Credit Exposure exceeding such Lender’s Commitment, (ii) the total Credit Exposures exceeding the total Commitments or (iii) the Dollar Equivalent of the total Credit Exposure (net of any amounts Cash Collateralized with respect thereto) denominated in an Alternative Currency exceeding the Foreign Currency Sublimit Dollar Amount. Within the foregoing limits and subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Borrower may borrow, prepay and reborrow Loans.

 

Section 2.02.              Loans and Borrowings.

 

(a)                Obligations of Lenders. Each Loan shall be made as part of a Borrowing consisting of Loans of the same Type and Currency made by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitments. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan required to be made by it shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligations hereunder; provided that the Commitments of the Lenders are several and no Lender shall be responsible for any other Lender’s failure to make Loans as required.

 

(b)               Type of Loans. Subject to Section 2.11, each Borrowing shall be comprised (A) in the case of Borrowings in Dollars, entirely of ABR Loans or Term Benchmark Loans and (B) in the case of Borrowings in any other Agreed Currency, entirely of Term Benchmark Loans or RFR Loans, as applicable, in each case of the same Agreed Currency, as the Borrower may request in accordance herewith. Each Lender at its option may make any Loan that is not an ABR Loan by causing any domestic or foreign branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Loan; provided that any exercise of such option shall not affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay such Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(c)                Minimum Amounts; Limitation on Number of Borrowings. At the commencement of the Interest Period for any Term Benchmark Borrowing, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount of $10,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000. At the time that any ABR Borrowing or RFR Borrowing is made, such Borrowing shall be in an aggregate amount equal to $10,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000; provided that an ABR Borrowing may be in an aggregate amount that is equal to the entire unused balance of the total Commitments or that is required to finance the reimbursement of an Unreimbursed Amount as contemplated by Section 2.20(c)(i). Borrowings of more than one Type and Currency may be outstanding at the same time; provided that there shall not at any time be more than a total of ten Borrowings of Term Benchmark Loans or RFR Loans outstanding.

 

(d)               Limitations on Lengths of Interest Periods. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Borrower shall be entitled to request, or to elect to convert to or continue as a Term Benchmark Borrowing, any Borrowing if the Interest Period requested therefor would end after the Commitment Termination Date.

 

Section 2.03.              Requests for Borrowings.

 

With respect to each borrowing of an installment of the Loan, a Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent a Borrowing Request by telephone or in writing (a)(i) in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing, (ii) in the case of a

 

42

 

Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Euros or Yen, not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing and (iii) in the case of an RFR Borrowing denominated in Sterling, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, five RFR Business Days before the date of the proposed Borrowing or (b) in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing. Each such Borrowing Request shall be irrevocable and, in the case of telephonic Borrowing Requests, shall be confirmed promptly (but, in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the proposed Borrowing) by hand delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Borrowing Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by the Borrower. Each such Borrowing Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

 

(i) the identity of the applicable Borrower;

 

(ii) the aggregate amount and Currency of the requested Borrowing;

 

(iii) the date of such Borrowing, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iv) whether such Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing, a Term Benchmark Borrowing or an RFR Borrowing;

 

(v) in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing, the initial Interest Period therefor, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”; and

 

(vi) the location and number of the applicable Borrower’s account to which funds are to be disbursed, which shall comply with the requirements of Section 2.04.

 

If no election as to the Currency of a Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be denominated in Dollars. If no election as to the Type of Borrowing is specified, then the requested Borrowing shall be an ABR Borrowing. If no Interest Period is specified with respect to any requested Term Benchmark Borrowing, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration. Promptly following receipt of a Borrowing Request in accordance with this Section (but, in the case of an ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:30 a.m., New York City time, on the date of the requested Borrowing, provided that the Administrative Agent shall have received a written Borrowing Request for such Borrowing not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on such date), the Administrative Agent shall advise each relevant Lender of the details thereof and of the amount of such Lender’s Loan to be made as part of the requested Borrowing.

 

Section 2.04.              Funding of Borrowings.

 

(a)                Funding by Lenders. Each Lender shall make each Loan to be made by it hereunder on the proposed date thereof by wire transfer of immediately available funds by 12:00 noon (or, in the case of an ABR Borrowing, 2:00 p.m.), New York City time, to the account of the Administrative Agent most recently designated by it for such purpose by notice to the Lenders. The Administrative Agent will make such Loans available to the applicable Borrower by crediting the amounts so received within two hours of receipt from the Lenders, in

 

43

 

like funds, to an account of such Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent in New York City and designated by such Borrower in the applicable Borrowing Request.

 

(b)               Presumption by Administrative Agent. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender prior to the proposed time of any Borrowing that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s share of such Borrowing, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made such share available on such date in accordance with paragraph (a) of this Section and may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the applicable Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent, then the applicable Lender and the applicable Borrower severally agree to pay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is made available to such Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at (i) in the case of such Lender, the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation or (ii) in the case of the applicable Borrower, the interest rate applicable to ABR Loans. If such Lender pays such amount to the Administrative Agent, then such amount shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in such Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitments or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Borrower may have against any other Lender as a result of any default by such Lender hereunder.

 

Section 2.05.              Interest Elections.

 

(a)                Elections by Borrowers for Borrowings. Each Borrowing initially shall be of the Type specified in the applicable Borrowing Request and, in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing, shall have the Interest Period specified in such Borrowing Request. Thereafter, the applicable Borrower may elect to convert such Borrowing to a Borrowing of a different Type or to continue such Borrowing as a Borrowing of the same Type and, in the case of a Term Benchmark Borrowing, may elect the Interest Period therefor, all as provided in this Section; provided, however, that (i), except as provided in the definition of Eligible Currency, a Borrowing denominated in one Currency may not be continued as, or converted to, a Borrowing in a different Currency, (ii) no Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency may be continued, or pursuant to the definition of Eligible Currency converted, if, after giving effect thereto, the total Credit Exposures (net of any amounts Cash Collateralized with respect thereto) would exceed the total aggregate Commitments or the Dollar Equivalent of the total Credit Exposures (net of any amounts Cash Collateralized with respect thereto) denominated in any Alternative Currency would exceed the Foreign Currency Sublimit Dollar Amount, and (iii) except as provided in the definition of Eligible Currency, a Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency may not be converted to a Borrowing of a different Type. Such Borrower may elect different options with respect to different portions of the affected Borrowing, in which case each such portion shall be allocated ratably among the Lenders holding the Loans constituting such Borrowing, and the Loans constituting each such portion shall be considered a separate Borrowing.

 

44

 

(b)       Notice of Elections. To make an election pursuant to this Section, the applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent of such election by telephone or in writing by the time that a Borrowing Request would be required under Section 2.03 if such Borrower were requesting a Borrowing of the Type resulting from such election to be made on the effective date of such election. Each such telephonic Interest Election Request shall be irrevocable and, in the case of telephonic Interest Election Requests shall be confirmed promptly by hand delivery, electronic delivery or telecopy to the Administrative Agent of a written Interest Election Request in a form approved by the Administrative Agent and signed by such Borrower and (if such Borrower is not the Company) the Company.

 

(c)       Information in Interest Election Requests. Each Interest Election Request shall specify the following information in compliance with Section 2.02:

 

(i)       the Borrowing to which such Interest Election Request applies and, if different options are being elected with respect to different portions thereof, the portions thereof to be allocated to each resulting Borrowing (in which case the information to be specified pursuant to clauses (iii) and (iv) of this paragraph shall be specified for each resulting Borrowing);

 

(ii)       the effective date of the election made pursuant to such Interest Election Request, which shall be a Business Day;

 

(iii)       whether, in the case of a Borrowing denominated in Dollars, the resulting Borrowing is to be an ABR Borrowing or a Term Benchmark Borrowing; and

 

(iv)       if the resulting Borrowing is a Term Benchmark Borrowing, the Interest Period therefor after giving effect to such election, which shall be a period contemplated by the definition of the term “Interest Period”.

 

If any such Interest Election Request requests a Term Benchmark Borrowing but does not specify an Interest Period, then the applicable Borrower shall be deemed to have selected an Interest Period of one month’s duration.

 

(d)       Notice by Administrative Agent to Lenders. Promptly following receipt of an Interest Election Request, the Administrative Agent shall advise each Lender of the details thereof and of such Lender’s portion of each resulting Borrowing.

 

(e)       Failure to Elect; Events of Default. If the applicable Borrower fails to deliver a timely and complete Interest Election Request with respect to a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars prior to the end of the Interest Period therefor, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be converted to an ABR Borrowing. If the applicable Borrower fails to deliver a timely and complete Interest Election Request with respect to a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency prior to the end of the Interest Period therefor, then, unless such Borrowing is repaid as provided herein, at the end of such Interest Period such Borrowing shall be continued as a Term Benchmark Borrowing in their original Currency with an Interest Period of one month. Notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Required Lenders,

45

 

so notifies the Company, then, so long as an Event of Default is continuing (i) no outstanding Borrowing may be converted to or continued as a Term Benchmark Borrowing, (ii) unless repaid, each Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars shall automatically be converted to an ABR Borrowing at the end of the Interest Period therefor and (iii) no Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency may have an Interest Period of more than one month’s duration.

 

SECTION 2.06.    Termination and Reduction of Commitments.

 

(a)       Scheduled Termination. Unless previously terminated, the Commitments shall terminate on the Commitment Termination Date.

 

(b)       Voluntary Termination or Reduction. The Company may at any time terminate the Commitments or from time to time reduce the Commitments; provided that (i) each reduction of the Commitments shall be in an amount that is $10,000,000 or a larger multiple of $1,000,000 and (ii) the Company shall not terminate or reduce the Commitments if, after giving effect to any concurrent prepayment of the Loans in accordance with Section 2.08, (x) the total Credit Exposure would exceed the total Commitments or (y) the Dollar Equivalent of the total Credit Exposures (net of any amounts Cash Collateralized with respect thereto) denominated in any Alternative Currency would exceed the Foreign Currency Sublimit Dollar Amount. Notwithstanding the termination of the Commitments, this Agreement shall not terminate, and the obligations of the Loan Parties under this Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until such time as all principal of or accrued interest on the Loans, all Unreimbursed Amounts and all fees and other amounts payable under this Agreement or any other Loan Document have been paid in full and no Letters of Credit are outstanding.

 

(c)       Notice of Voluntary Termination or Reduction. The Company shall notify the Administrative Agent of any election to terminate or reduce the Commitments under paragraph (b) of this Section at least two Business Days prior to the effective date of such termination or reduction, specifying such election and the effective date thereof. Promptly following receipt of any notice, the Administrative Agent shall advise the Lenders of the contents thereof. Each notice delivered by the Company pursuant to this Section shall be irrevocable; provided that a notice of termination of the Commitments delivered by the Company may state that such notice is conditioned upon occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the Company (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Any termination or reduction of the Commitments shall be permanent. Each reduction of the Commitments shall be made ratably among the Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments.

 

SECTION 2.07.       Repayment of Loans; Evidence of Debt.

 

(a)       Repayment. Each Loan shall mature, and each Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay the unpaid principal of each Loan (together with accrued interest thereon and all other amounts then payable under this Agreement) on the Maturity Date.

46

 

(b)       Maintenance of Loan Accounts by Lenders. Each Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing the indebtedness of each Borrower to such Lender resulting from each Loan made by such Lender to such Borrower, including the amounts and Currency of principal and interest payable and paid to such Lender by such Borrower from time to time hereunder.

 

(c)       Maintenance of Loan Accounts by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall maintain accounts in which it shall record (i) the amount of each Loan made to a Borrower hereunder, the Type and Currency thereof and each Interest Period applicable thereto, (ii) the amount and Currency of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from any Borrower to each Lender hereunder and (iii) the amount and Currency of any sum received by the Administrative Agent hereunder for account of the Lenders and each Lender’s share thereof.

 

(d)       Effect of Entries. The entries made in the accounts maintained pursuant to paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section shall be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations recorded therein; provided that the failure of any Lender or the Administrative Agent to maintain such accounts or any error therein shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrowers to repay the Loans in accordance with the terms of this Agreement. In the event of any conflict between the records of the Administrative Agent and the records of a Lender, the records of the Administrative Agent shall control absent manifest error.

 

(e)       Promissory Notes. Any Lender may request that Loans made by it to any Borrower be evidenced by a promissory note. In such event, such Borrower shall prepare, execute and deliver to such Lender a promissory note payable to such Lender (or, if requested by such Lender, to such Lender and its registered assigns) substantially in the form of Exhibit C or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent. Thereafter, the Loans evidenced by such promissory note and interest thereon shall at all times (including after assignment pursuant to Section 9.04) be represented by one or more promissory notes in such form payable to the payee named therein (or, if such promissory note is a registered note, to such payee and its registered assigns).

 

SECTION 2.08.     Prepayment of Loans.

 

(a)       Optional Prepayments. Each applicable Borrower shall have the right at any time and from time to time to prepay any Borrowing made to such Borrower in whole or in part, without premium or penalty, subject to the requirements of paragraph (d) of this Section 2.08 and Section 2.13.

 

(b)       Mandatory Prepayments in respect of Currency Fluctuations. If the Administrative Agent notifies the Company in writing at any time that the Dollar Equivalent of the total Credit Exposures (net of any amounts Cash Collateralized with respect thereto) denominated in any Alternative Currency as of such determination date (the “Aggregate Dollar Equivalent Amount”) exceeds 110% of the Foreign Currency Sublimit Dollar Amount, the Borrowers shall, within five Business Days after receipt of such notice from the Administrative Agent, prepay Loans and/or Unreimbursed Amounts denominated in an Alternative Currency, and/or provide Cash Collateral in respect of Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative

47

 

Currency in accordance with Section 2.20(g), such allocation to be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, in an aggregate amount such that immediately after giving effect thereto, the Dollar Equivalent of the total Credit Exposures (net of any amounts Cash Collateralized with respect thereto) denominated in any Alternative Currency shall not exceed the Foreign Currency Sublimit Dollar Amount. If the Administrative Agent notifies the Company in writing that, on the date of such determination, the Dollar Equivalent of the total Credit Exposures (net of any amounts Cash Collateralized with respect thereto) of the Lenders exceeds 105% of the total aggregate Commitments, the Borrowers shall, within five Business Days after receipt of such notice from the Administrative Agent, prepay Loans and/or Unreimbursed Amounts (whether denominated in Dollars or Alternative Currencies) and/or provide Cash Collateral in respect of Letters of Credit (whether denominated in Dollars or Alternative Currencies) in accordance with Section 2.20(g), such allocation to be determined by the Company in its sole discretion, in an aggregate amount such that immediately after giving effect thereto, the Dollar Equivalent of the total Credit Exposure (net of any amounts Cash Collateralized with respect thereto) of the Lenders shall not exceed the total aggregate Commitments.

 

(c)       Cash Collateral. At any time that amounts are Cash Collateralized pursuant to the foregoing paragraph, the Company may reasonably request (but not more than once per calendar week) the Administrative Agent make the determinations contemplated in the foregoing paragraph. Upon making such determination, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Company. Any such Cash Collateralized amounts shall be released to the applicable Borrower within two Business Days of such determination so long as immediately after giving effect thereto both (i) the Dollar Equivalent of the total Credit Exposures denominated in an Alternative Currency (net of any amounts Cash Collateralized with respect thereto) shall not exceed the Foreign Currency Sublimit Dollar Amount and (ii) the Dollar Equivalent of the total Credit Exposures (net of any amounts Cash Collateralized with respect thereto) shall not exceed the total aggregate Commitments.

 

(d)       Notices, Etc. The applicable Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent by telephone (confirmed by telecopy) or in writing of any prepayment hereunder (i) (x) in the case of prepayment of any Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Dollars, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment (which shall be a Business Day), (y) in the case of prepayment of a Term Benchmark Borrowing denominated in Euros or Yen, not later than 12:00 p.m., New York City time, three Business Days before the date of prepayment or (z) in the case of prepayment of an RFR Borrowing denominated in Sterling, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, five RFR Business Days before the date of prepayment or (ii) in the case of prepayment of any ABR Borrowing, not later than 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on the date of prepayment (which shall be a Business Day). Each such notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the prepayment date and the principal amount of each Borrowing or portion thereof to be prepaid and, in the case of a mandatory prepayment, a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment; provided that, a notice of optional prepayment may state that such notice is conditioned upon the occurrence or non-occurrence of any event specified therein (including the effectiveness of other credit facilities), in which case such notice may be revoked by the applicable Borrower (by notice to the Administrative Agent on or prior to the specified effective date) if such condition is not satisfied. Promptly following receipt of any such notice relating to a Borrowing, the Administrative Agent shall advise the relevant Lenders of the contents thereof. Each partial

48

 

optional prepayment of any Borrowing shall be in an amount that would be permitted in the case of a Borrowing of the same Type as provided in Section 2.02. Each prepayment of a Borrowing shall be applied ratably to the Loans included in the prepaid Borrowing. Prepayments shall be accompanied by accrued interest to the extent required by Section 2.10, together with amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Section 2.13.

 

SECTION 2.09.       Fees.

 

(a)       Commitment Fees. The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for account of each Lender a commitment fee, which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Rate on the daily unused amount of the Commitment of such Lender during the period from and including the Closing Date to but excluding the earlier of the date on which such Commitment terminates and the Commitment Termination Date. Commitment fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable in arrears on the fifteenth day following such last day and on the last day of the Availability Period, commencing on the first such date to occur after the date hereof; provided that any commitment fees accruing after the date on which the Commitments terminate shall be payable on demand.

 

(b)       Letter of Credit Fees. The Company shall pay to the Administrative Agent for account of each Lender a Letter of Credit fee, which shall accrue at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Rate for Letter of Credit fees in effect from time to time on such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the daily maximum amount available to be drawn under all Letters of Credit outstanding from time to time. Letter of Credit fees accrued through and including the last day of March, June, September and December of each year shall be payable on the fifteenth day following such last day, commencing on the first such date to occur after the Closing Date; provided that all such fees shall be payable on the earlier of the date on which the Commitment terminates and the Commitment Termination Date, and any such fees accruing thereafter (so long as any Letter of Credit or L/C Obligation remains outstanding) shall be payable on demand. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, while any Event of Default under clause (g) or (h) of Article VII exists and, upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any other Event of Default exists, all such Letter of Credit fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

 

(c)       Documentary and Processing Charges. The Company shall pay directly to the Several L/C Agent for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard and reasonable costs and charges, of the Several L/C Agent relating to each Letter of Credit as from time to time in effect.

 

(d)       Administrative Agent Fees. The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for its own account, fees payable in the amounts and at the times separately agreed upon between the Company and the Administrative Agent.

 

(e)       Payment of Fees; Computation of Fees. All fees payable hereunder shall be paid on the dates due, in Dollars and immediately available funds, to the Administrative Agent for distribution, as applicable, to the Person or Persons entitled thereto. Fees paid shall not be refundable under any circumstances. All fees payable under paragraph (a) or (b) of this

49

 

Section shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days and shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day).

 

SECTION 2.10.     Interest.

 

(a)       ABR Loans. The Loans constituting each ABR Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Alternate Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(b)       Term Benchmark Loans. The Loans constituting each Term Benchmark Borrowing shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate or the Adjusted TIBOR Rate, as applicable, for the Interest Period in effect for such Borrowing plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(c)       RFR Loans. Each RFR Loan shall bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Adjusted Daily Simple RFR plus the Applicable Rate.

 

(d)       Default Interest. If any amount of principal of any Loan, interest or any other amount payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Without duplication of amounts payable under the preceding sentence, while any Event of Default pursuant to clause (g) or (h) of Article VII exists and, upon request by the Required Lenders, while any other Event of Default exists, the applicable Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Loans made to such Borrower at a rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

 

(e)       Payment of Interest. Accrued interest on each Loan shall be payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date for such Loan and upon termination of the Commitments; provided that (i) interest accrued pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section shall be payable on demand, (ii) in the event of any repayment or prepayment of any Loan (other than a prepayment of an ABR Loan prior to the Maturity Date), accrued interest on the principal amount repaid or prepaid shall be payable on the date of such repayment or prepayment and (iii) in the event of any conversion of any Term Benchmark Borrowing prior to the end of the Interest Period therefor, accrued interest on such Borrowing shall be payable on the effective date of such conversion.

 

(f)       Computation. All interest hereunder shall be computed on the basis of a year of 360 days, except that (i) interest computed by reference to the Alternate Base Rate at times when the Alternate Base Rate is based on the Prime Rate shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365 days (or 366 days in a leap year) and (ii) interest on RFR Loans denominated in Sterling shall be computed on the bases of a year of 365 days, and in each case shall be payable for the actual number of days elapsed (including the first day but excluding the last day). The applicable Alternate Base Rate, Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, EURIBOR Rate, Adjusted TIBOR Rate, TIBOR Rate, Adjusted Daily Simple RFR or Daily Simple RFR shall be determined by the Administrative Agent, and such determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

50

 

SECTION 2.11.     Alternate Rate of Interest.

 

(a)       Subject to clauses (b), (c), (d), (e) and (f) of this ‎Section 2.11, if:

 

(i)       the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) (A) prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Term Benchmark Borrowing, that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, the Term SOFR Rate, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, the EURIBOR Rate or the Adjusted TIBOR Rate or the TIBOR Rate (including because the Relevant Screen Rate is not available or published on a current basis), for the applicable Agreed Currency and such Interest Period or (B) at any time, that adequate and reasonable means do not exist for ascertaining the applicable Adjusted Daily Simple RFR, Daily Simple RFR or RFR for the applicable Agreed Currency; or

 

(ii)       the Administrative Agent is advised by the Required Lenders that (A) prior to the commencement of any Interest Period for a Term Benchmark Borrowing, the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, the Adjusted EURIBOR Rate or the Adjusted TIBOR Rate for the applicable Agreed Currency and such Interest Period will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for the applicable Agreed Currency and such Interest Period or (B) at any time, the applicable Adjusted Daily Simple RFR for the applicable Agreed Currency will not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders (or Lender) of making or maintaining their Loans (or its Loan) included in such Borrowing for the applicable Agreed Currency;

 

then the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Company and the Lenders by telephone, telecopy or electronic mail as promptly as practicable thereafter and, until (x) the Administrative Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist with respect to the relevant Benchmark and (y) the Company delivers a new Interest Election Request in accordance with the terms of Section 2.05 or a new Borrowing Request in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03, (A) for Loans denominated in Dollars, any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Term Benchmark Borrowing and any Borrowing Request that requests a Term Benchmark Borrowing shall instead be deemed to be an Interest Election Request or a Borrowing Request, as applicable, for (x) a Borrowing for Loans that bear interest at the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR plus the Applicable Rate applicable to a Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Dollars, so long as the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR is not also the subject of Section 2.11(a)(i) or (ii) above or (y) an ABR Borrowing if the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR also is the subject of Section 2.11(a)(i) or (ii) above and (B) for Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, any Interest Election Request that requests the conversion of any Borrowing to, or continuation of any Borrowing as, a Term Benchmark Borrowing and any Borrowing Requests that requests a Term Benchmark Borrowing or an RFR Borrowing, in each case, for the relevant Benchmark, shall be ineffective; provided that if the circumstances giving rise to such notice affect only one Type of Borrowings, then all other Types of Borrowings shall be permitted. Furthermore, if any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan in any Agreed Currency is outstanding on the date of the Company’s receipt of the notice from the Administrative Agent referred to in this Section 2.11(a) with respect to a Relevant Rate applicable to such Term

51

 

Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan, then until (x) the Administrative Agent notifies the Company and the Lenders that the circumstances giving rise to such notice no longer exist with respect to the relevant Benchmark and (y) the Company delivers a new Interest Election Request in accordance with the terms of Section 2.05 or a new Borrowing Request in accordance with the terms of Section 2.03, (A) for Loans denominated in Dollars, (1) any Term Benchmark Loan shall on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan (or the next succeeding Business Day if such day is not a Business Day), be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute (x) a Loan bearing interest at the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR plus the Applicable Rate applicable to a Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Dollars, so long as the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR is not also the subject of Section 2.11(a)(i) or (ii) above or (y) an ABR Loan if the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR also is the subject of Section 2.11(a)(i) or (ii) above, on such day and (B) for Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, (1) any Term Benchmark Loan shall, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan (or the next succeeding Business Day if such day is not a Business Day) bear interest at the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency plus the Central Bank Rate Adjustment; provided that, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency cannot be determined, any outstanding affected Term Benchmark Loans denominated in any Alternative Currency shall, at the relevant Borrower’s election prior to such day: (A) be prepaid by such Borrower on such day or (B) solely for the purpose of calculating the interest rate applicable to such Term Benchmark Loan, such Term Benchmark Loan denominated in any Alternative Currency shall be deemed to be a Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Dollars and shall accrue interest at the same interest rate applicable to Term Benchmark Loans denominated in Dollars at such time and (2) any RFR Loan shall bear interest at the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency plus the Central Bank Rate Adjustment; provided that, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency cannot be determined, any outstanding affected RFR Loans denominated in any Alternative Currency, at the Company’s election, shall either (A) be converted into ABR Loans denominated in Dollars (in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such Alternative Currency) immediately or (B) be prepaid in full immediately.

 

(b)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document (and any Swap Contract shall be deemed not to be a “Loan Document” for purposes of this ‎Section 2.11), if a Benchmark Transition Event and its related Benchmark Replacement Date have occurred prior to the Reference Time in respect of any setting of the then-current Benchmark, then (x) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (1) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” with respect to Dollars for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of such Benchmark setting and subsequent Benchmark settings without any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document and (y) if a Benchmark Replacement is determined in accordance with clause (2) of the definition of “Benchmark Replacement” with respect to any Agreed Currency for such Benchmark Replacement Date, such Benchmark Replacement will replace such Benchmark for all purposes hereunder and under any Loan Document in respect of any Benchmark setting at or after 5:00 p.m. (New York City time) on the fifth (5th) Business Day after the date notice of such Benchmark Replacement is provided to the Lenders without

52

 

any amendment to, or further action or consent of any other party to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document so long as the Administrative Agent has not received, by such time, written notice of objection to such Benchmark Replacement from Lenders comprising the Required Lenders.

 

(c)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, the Administrative Agent will have the right to make Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes from time to time and, notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, any amendments implementing such Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes will become effective without any further action or consent of any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

(d)       The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of (i) any occurrence of a Benchmark Transition Event, (ii) the implementation of any Benchmark Replacement, (iii) the effectiveness of any Benchmark Replacement Conforming Changes, (iv) the removal or reinstatement of any tenor of a Benchmark pursuant to clause (f) below and (v) the commencement or conclusion of any Benchmark Unavailability Period. Any determination, decision or election that may be made by the Administrative Agent or, if applicable, any Lender (or group of Lenders) pursuant to this ‎Section 2.11, including any determination with respect to a tenor, rate or adjustment or of the occurrence or non-occurrence of an event, circumstance or date and any decision to take or refrain from taking any action or any selection, will be conclusive and binding absent manifest error and may be made in its or their sole discretion and without consent from any other party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except, in each case, as expressly required pursuant to this ‎Section 2.11.

 

(e)       Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in any other Loan Document, at any time (including in connection with the implementation of a Benchmark Replacement), (i) if the then-current Benchmark is a term rate (including the Term SOFR Rate, EURIBOR Rate or TIBOR Rate) and either (A) any tenor for such Benchmark is not displayed on a screen or other information service that publishes such rate from time to time as selected by the Administrative Agent in its reasonable discretion or (B) the regulatory supervisor for the administrator of such Benchmark has provided a public statement or publication of information announcing that any tenor for such Benchmark is or will be no longer representative, then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for any Benchmark settings at or after such time to remove such unavailable or non-representative tenor and (ii) if a tenor that was removed pursuant to clause (i) above either (A) is subsequently displayed on a screen or information service for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement) or (B) is not, or is no longer, subject to an announcement that it is or will no longer be representative for a Benchmark (including a Benchmark Replacement), then the Administrative Agent may modify the definition of “Interest Period” for all Benchmark settings at or after such time to reinstate such previously removed tenor.

 

(f)       Upon the Company’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period, the Company may revoke any request for a Term Benchmark Borrowing or RFR Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Term Benchmark Loans to be made, converted or continued during any Benchmark Unavailability Period and, failing that, the Company will be deemed to have converted any request for (1) a Term Benchmark Borrowing

53

 

denominated in Dollars into a request for a Borrowing of or conversion to (A) a Borrowing for Loans that bear interest at the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR plus the Applicable Rate applicable to a Term Benchmark Loan, so long as the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR is not the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event or (B) an ABR Borrowing if the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR is the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event or (y) any Term Benchmark Borrowing or RFR Borrowing denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be ineffective. During any Benchmark Unavailability Period or at any time that a tenor for the then-current Benchmark is not an Available Tenor, the component of ABR based upon the then-current Benchmark or such tenor for such Benchmark, as applicable, will not be used in any determination of ABR. Furthermore, if any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan in any Agreed Currency is outstanding on the date of the Company’s receipt of notice of the commencement of a Benchmark Unavailability Period with respect to a Relevant Rate applicable to such Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan, then until such time as a Benchmark Replacement for such Agreed Currency is implemented pursuant to this ‎Section 2.11, (A) for Loans denominated in Dollars, (1) any Term Benchmark Loan shall on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan (or the next succeeding Business Day if such day is not a Business Day), be converted by the Administrative Agent to, and shall constitute, (x) a Loan bearing interest at the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR plus the Applicable Rate applicable to a Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Dollars, so long as the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR is not the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event or (y) an ABR Loan if the Adjusted Daily Simple SOFR is the subject of a Benchmark Transition Event, on such day and (B) for Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, (1) any Term Benchmark Loan shall, on the last day of the Interest Period applicable to such Loan (or the next succeeding Business Day if such day is not a Business Day) bear interest at the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency plus the Central Bank Rate Adjustment; provided that, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency cannot be determined, any outstanding affected Term Benchmark Loans denominated in any Alternative Currency shall, at the relevant Borrower’s election prior to such day: (A) be prepaid by such Borrower on such day or (B) solely for the purpose of calculating the interest rate applicable to such Term Benchmark Loan, such Term Benchmark Loan denominated in any Alternative Currency shall be deemed to be a Term Benchmark Loan denominated in Dollars and shall accrue interest at the same interest rate applicable to Term Benchmark Loans denominated in Dollars at such time and (2) any RFR Loan shall bear interest at the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency plus the Central Bank Rate Adjustment; provided that, if the Administrative Agent determines (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that the Central Bank Rate for the applicable Alternative Currency cannot be determined, any outstanding affected RFR Loans denominated in any Alternative Currency, at the Company’s election, shall either (A) be converted into ABR Loans denominated in Dollars (in an amount equal to the Dollar Equivalent of such Alternative Currency) immediately or (B) be prepaid in full immediately.

 

SECTION 2.12.     Increased Costs.

 

(a)       Increased Costs Generally. If any Change in Law shall:

54

 

(i)       impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan, deposit insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for account of, or credit extended by, any Lender;

 

(ii)       impose on any Lender any other condition, cost or expense (other than Taxes) affecting this Agreement or Term Benchmark Loans made by such Lender;

 

(iii)       subject any Recipient to any Taxes (other than (A) Taxes under FATCA, (B) Indemnified Taxes, (C) Other Connection Taxes on gross or net income, profits, franchise or revenues or taxes in lieu thereof (including value-added or similar Taxes) and (D) Taxes described in clauses (b) through (c) of the definition of Excluded Taxes) on its Loans (including principal amount thereof), Letters of Credit (or participations in Letters of Credit), Commitments or other obligations hereunder, or its deposits, reserves, other liabilities or capital attributable thereto; or

 

(iv)       cause or deem Letters of Credit to be held on the books of any Lender as assets and/or deposits;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lenders or such other Recipient of making or maintaining any Term Benchmark Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), to increase the cost to such Lenders or such other Recipient of its obligation to issue or participate in, or of issuing, maintaining or participating in, any Letter of Credit or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender or such other Recipient hereunder (whether of principal, interest or otherwise), then the Company will pay to such Lender or such other Recipient, as the case may be, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such other Recipient, as the case may be, for such additional costs incurred or reduction suffered.

 

(b)       Capital Requirements. If any Lender determines that any Change in Law regarding capital or liquidity requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s capital or on the capital of such Lender’s holding company, if any, as a consequence of this Agreement or the Loans made or the Letters of Credit issued (or participated in) by such Lender to a level below that which such Lender or such Lender’s holding company could have achieved but for such Change in Law (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies and the policies of such Lender’s holding company with respect to capital adequacy or liquidity, as applicable), then from time to time the Company will pay to such Lender in Dollars such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lender’s holding company for any such reduction suffered.

 

(c)       Certificates from Lenders. A certificate of a Lender setting forth the amount or amounts in Dollars necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be, as specified in paragraph (a) or (b) of this Section shall be delivered to the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. The Company shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

(d)       Delay in Requests. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to this Section shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to

55

 

demand such compensation; provided that the Company shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to this Section for any increased costs or reductions incurred more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Company of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor; provided further that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof.

 

SECTION 2.13.      Break Funding Payments.

 

In the event of (a) the payment of any principal of any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period or the relevant Interest Payment Date therefor (including as a result of an Event of Default), (b) the conversion of any Term Benchmark Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period or the relevant Interest Payment Date therefor, (c) the failure to borrow, convert, continue or prepay any Loan on the date specified in any notice delivered pursuant hereto (regardless of whether such notice is permitted to be revocable under Section 2.08(d) and is revoked in accordance therewith), or (d) the assignment of any Term Benchmark Loan or RFR Loan other than on the last day of an Interest Period or the relevant Interest Payment Date therefor as a result of a request by the Company pursuant to Section 2.16, then, in any such event, the applicable Borrower shall compensate each Lender for the loss, cost and expense attributable to such event. In the case of a Term Benchmark Loan, the loss to any Lender attributable to any such event shall be deemed to include an amount determined by such Lender to be equal to the excess, if any, of (i) the amount of interest that such Lender would pay for a deposit equal to the principal amount of such Loan for the period from the date of such payment, conversion, failure or assignment to the last day of the then current Interest Period or the relevant Interest Payment Date, as applicable, for such Loan (or, in the case of a failure to borrow, convert or continue, the duration of the Interest Period or comparable monthly period that would have resulted from such borrowing, conversion or continuation) if the interest rate payable on such deposit were equal to the Adjusted Term SOFR Rate, Adjusted EURIBOR Rate, Adjusted TIBOR Rate or Adjusted Daily Simple RFR, as applicable, for such Interest Period or comparable monthly period, over (ii) the amount of interest that such Lender would earn on such principal amount for such period if such Lender were to invest such principal amount for such period at the interest rate that would be bid by such Lender (or an Affiliate of such Lender) for deposits in the relevant Currency from other banks in the Term SOFR or Alternative Currency market, as applicable, at the commencement of such period. A certificate of any Lender setting forth any amount or amounts that such Lender is entitled to receive pursuant to this Section shall be delivered to the applicable Borrower and (if such Borrower is not the Company) the Company and shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Such Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.

 

SECTION 2.14.     Taxes.

 

(a)       Withholding of Taxes; Gross-Up. Each payment by any Loan Party under any Loan Document shall be made without deduction or withholding for any Taxes, unless such withholding is required by applicable Law (which, for purposes of this Section, shall include FATCA). If any Withholding Agent determines, in its sole discretion exercised in good faith,

56

 

that it is so required to deduct or withhold Taxes, then such Withholding Agent may so deduct or withhold and shall timely pay the full amount of deducted or withheld Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law. If such Taxes are Indemnified Taxes, then the amount payable by such Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that, net of such deduction or withholding (including such deduction or withholding applicable to additional amounts payable under this Section), the applicable Recipient receives the amount it would have received had no such deduction or withholding been made.

 

(b)       Payment of Other Taxes by Loan Parties. Each Loan Party shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with applicable Law.

 

(c)       Evidence of Payments. As soon as practicable after any payment of Indemnified Taxes by any Loan Party to a Governmental Authority, such Loan Party shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing such payment, a copy of the return reporting such payment or other evidence of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(d)       Indemnification by the Loan Parties. The Loan Parties shall jointly and severally indemnify each Recipient for any Indemnified Taxes that are paid or payable by such Recipient in connection with any Loan Document (including amounts payable under this Section 2.14(d)) and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 2.14(d) shall be paid within 10 days after the Recipient delivers to any Loan Party a certificate stating the amount of any Indemnified Taxes so payable by such Recipient and describing the basis for the indemnification claim. Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so payable absent manifest error. Such Recipient shall deliver a copy of such certificate to the Administrative Agent. In the case of any Lender making a claim under this Section 2.14(d) on behalf of any of its beneficial owners, an indemnity payment under this Section 2.14(d) shall be due only to the extent that such Lender is able to establish that, with respect to the applicable Indemnified Taxes, such beneficial owners supplied to the applicable Persons such properly completed and executed documentation necessary to claim any applicable exemption from, or reduction of, such Indemnified Taxes.

 

(e)       Indemnification by Lenders. Each Lender shall severally indemnify the Administrative Agent for any Taxes (but, in the case of any Indemnified Taxes, only to the extent that any Loan Party has not already indemnified the Administrative Agent for such Indemnified Taxes and without limiting the obligation of the Loan Parties to do so) and the Loan Parties for any Excluded Taxes, in each case attributable to such Lender that are paid or payable by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Loan Party (as applicable) in connection with any Loan Document and any reasonable expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Taxes or Excluded Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority. The indemnity under this Section 2.14(e) shall be paid within 10 days after the Administrative Agent or the applicable Loan Party (as applicable) delivers to the applicable Lender a certificate stating the amount of Taxes or Excluded Taxes so paid or payable by the Administrative Agent or the applicable Loan Party (as applicable). Such certificate shall be conclusive of the amount so paid or payable absent manifest error.

57

 

(f)       Status of Lenders. (i) Any Lender that is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, any applicable withholding Tax with respect to any payments under any Loan Document shall deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent, at the time such Lender becomes a Lender hereunder or at times prescribed by Law or reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by Law or reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as will permit such payments to be made without, or at a reduced rate of, withholding, unless a Change in Law prevents such Lender from legally being able to complete, execute or deliver such form. In addition, any Lender, if requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent, shall deliver such other documentation prescribed by Law or reasonably requested by the Company or the Administrative Agent as will enable the applicable Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine whether or not such Lender is subject to any withholding (including backup withholding) or information reporting requirements. Upon the reasonable request of the Company or the Administrative Agent, any Lender shall update any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section 2.14(f). If any form or certification previously delivered pursuant to this Section expires or becomes obsolete or inaccurate in any respect with respect to a Lender, such Lender shall promptly (and in any event within 10 days after such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy) notify the Company and the Administrative Agent in writing of such expiration, obsolescence or inaccuracy and update the form or certification if it is legally eligible to do so.

 

(ii)       Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if any Loan Party is a U.S. Person, any Lender with respect to such Loan Party shall, if it is legally eligible to do so, deliver to such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent (in such number of originals reasonably requested by such Loan Party and the Administrative Agent), on or prior to the date on which such Lender becomes a party hereto, duly completed and executed originals of whichever of the following is applicable:

 

(A)       in the case of a Lender that is a U.S. Person, IRS Form W-9 certifying that such Lender is exempt from U.S. Federal backup withholding tax;

 

(B)       in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a party (1) with respect to payments of interest under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “interest” article of such tax treaty, (2) with respect to any other applicable payments under any Loan Document, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as applicable) establishing an exemption from, or reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax pursuant to the “business profits” or “other income” article of such tax treaty and (3) with respect to FATCA, IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as applicable) establishing an exemption from withholding tax;

 

(C)       in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender for whom payments under the Loan Documents constitute income that is effectively connected with such Lender’s conduct of a trade or business in the United States, IRS Form W-8ECI;

58

 

(D)       in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code both (1) IRS Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as applicable) (which shall also establish an exemption from withholding tax under FATCA) and (2) a certificate substantially in the applicable form attached as part of Exhibit D (a “U.S. Tax Certificate”) to the effect that such Lender is not (a) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (b) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Company within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code (c) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (d) conducting a trade or business in the United States with which the relevant interest payments are effectively connected;

 

(E)       in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender that is not the beneficial owner of payments made under this Agreement (including a partnership or a participating Lender) (1) an IRS Form W-8IMY on behalf of itself and (2) the relevant forms prescribed in clauses (A), (B), (C), (D) and (F) of this paragraph (f)(ii) that would be required of each such beneficial owner or partner of such partnership if such beneficial owner or partner were a Lender; provided, however, that if such Lender is a partnership and one or more of its partners are claiming the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, such Lender may provide a U.S. Tax Certificate on behalf of such partners; or

 

(F)       any other form prescribed by Law as a basis for claiming exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S. Federal withholding Tax together with such supplementary documentation necessary to enable the applicable Loan Party or the Administrative Agent to determine the amount of Tax (if any) required by Law to be withheld.

 

(iii)       If a payment made to a Lender under any Loan Document would be subject to U.S. Federal withholding Tax imposed by FATCA if such Lender were to fail to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Withholding Agent, at the time or times prescribed by Law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Withholding Agent, such documentation prescribed by applicable Law (including as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Withholding Agent as may be necessary for the Withholding Agent to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has or has not complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Solely for purposes of this clause (iii), “FATCA” shall include any amendments made to FATCA after the date of this Agreement.

 

(g)       Treatment of Certain Refunds. If any Lender or the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that it has received a refund, in cash or applied as an offset against other cash tax liability, of any Taxes as to which it has been indemnified pursuant to this Section (including additional amounts paid pursuant to this Section), such indemnified party shall pay to the indemnifying party an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made under this Section with respect to the Taxes giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses (including any Taxes) of such indemnified party and

59

 

without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect to such refund). Such indemnifying party, upon the request of such indemnified party, shall repay to such indemnified party the amount paid to such indemnifying party pursuant to the previous sentence (plus, for the avoidance of doubt, any interest imposed by the relevant Governmental Authority) in the event such indemnified party is required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14(g), in no event will any indemnified party be required to pay any amount to any indemnifying party pursuant to this Section 2.14(g) to the extent such payment would place such indemnified party in a less favorable position (on a net after-Tax basis) than such indemnified party would have been in if the Tax subject to indemnification and giving rise to such refund had not been deducted, withheld or otherwise imposed and the indemnification payments or additional amounts with respect to such Tax had never been paid. This Section 2.14(g) shall not be construed to require any indemnified party to make available its Tax returns (or any other information relating to its Taxes which it deems confidential) to the indemnifying party or any other Person.

 

SECTION 2.15.      Payments Generally; Pro Rata Treatment; Sharing of Set-offs.

 

(a)       Payments by Borrowers. Each Borrower shall make each payment required to be made by it hereunder (whether of principal, interest, fees or Unreimbursed Amounts, or under Section 2.12, 2.13 or 2.14, or otherwise) prior to 1:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due or the date fixed for any prepayment hereunder, in immediately available funds, without set-off or counterclaim. Any amounts received after such time on any date may, in the discretion of the Administrative Agent, be deemed to have been received on the next succeeding Business Day for purposes of calculating interest thereon. All such payments shall be made to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, except that payments pursuant to Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.14 and 9.03 shall be made directly to the Persons entitled thereto. The Administrative Agent shall distribute any such payments received by it for account of any other Person to the appropriate recipient promptly following receipt thereof. If any payment hereunder shall be due on a day that is not a Business Day, the date for payment shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day and, in the case of any payment accruing interest, interest thereon shall be payable for the period of such extension. All payments hereunder (including commitment fees, payments required under Section 2.07 relating to any Loan denominated in Dollars, and payments required under Section 2.08 relating to any Loan denominated in Dollars, but not including principal of, and interest on, any Loan denominated in any Foreign Currency or payments relating to any such Loan required under Section 2.08, which are payable in such Foreign Currency) (except to the extent otherwise provided therein) shall be made in Dollars.

 

(b)       Application of Insufficient Payments. If at any time insufficient funds are received by and available to the Administrative Agent to pay fully all amounts of principal, Unreimbursed Amounts, interest and fees then due hereunder, such funds shall be applied (i) first, to pay interest and fees then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of interest and fees then due to such parties, and (ii) second, to pay principal and Unreimbursed Amounts then due hereunder, ratably among the parties entitled thereto in accordance with the amounts of principal and Unreimbursed Amounts then due to such parties.

60

 

(c)       Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of set-off or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of its Loans or any Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon resulting in such Lender receiving payment of a greater proportion of the aggregate amount of its Loans and accrued interest thereon or Unreimbursed Amounts and accrued interest thereon then due than the proportion received by any other Lender, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans or L/C Obligations, as applicable, of other Lenders to the extent necessary so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued interest on their respective Loans and their respective Unreimbursed Amounts; provided that (i) if any such participations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest, and (ii) the provisions of this paragraph shall not be construed to apply to any payment made by any Loan Party pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement or any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or interests in Letters of Credit to any assignee or participant, other than to the Company or any Subsidiary or Affiliate thereof (as to which the provisions of this paragraph shall apply). Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under applicable Law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements may exercise against such Loan Party rights of set-off and counterclaim with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of such participation.

 

(d)       Presumptions of Payment. Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice (which notice shall be effective upon receipt) from the applicable Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to the Administrative Agent for account of the Lenders hereunder that such Borrower will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to the Lenders the amount due. In such event, if the applicable Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each of the Lenders severally agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent forthwith on demand the amount so distributed to such Lender with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but excluding the date of payment to the Administrative Agent, at the NYFRB Rate.

 

(e)       Certain Deductions by the Administrative Agent. If any Lender shall fail to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(b), 2.15(d), 2.20(c) or 9.03(c), then the Administrative Agent may, in its discretion and notwithstanding any contrary provision hereof, (i) apply any amounts thereafter received by the Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender and for the benefit of the Administrative Agent to satisfy such Lender’s obligations under such Sections until all such unsatisfied obligations are fully paid, and/or (ii) hold any such amounts in a segregated account as cash collateral for, and application to, any future funding obligations of such Lender under such Sections, in the case of each of clauses (i) and (ii) above, in any order as determined by the Administrative Agent in its discretion.

 

(f)       Obligations of Lenders Several. The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans, to issue or fund participations in Letters of Credit and to make payments

61

 

pursuant to Section 9.03(c) are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan, to issue any Letters of Credit or fund any participation therein or to make any payment under Section 9.03(c) on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan, to issue its Letter of Credit to purchase its participation or to make its payment under Section 9.03(c).

 

SECTION 2.16.      Mitigation Obligations; Replacement of Lenders.

 

(a)       Designation of a Different Lending Office. If any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12, if any Loan Party is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.14, or if any Lender otherwise determines such designation or assignment to be reasonably necessary to fulfill its obligations hereunder, then such Lender shall use reasonable efforts to designate a different lending office for funding or booking its Loans or Letters of Credit hereunder or to assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if, in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment would (i) (x) eliminate or reduce amounts payable pursuant to Section 2.12 or 2.14, as the case may be, in the future and (y) not subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous to such Lender or (ii) allow such Lender to fulfill its obligations hereunder. The Company hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any Lender in connection with any such designation or assignment.

 

(b)       Replacement of Lenders. If (i) any Lender requests compensation under Section 2.12, (ii) any Loan Party is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental Authority for account of any Lender pursuant to Section 2.14 or (iii) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, an Affected Lender or a Non-NAIC Approved Bank, then the Company may, at its sole expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse, all its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee that shall assume such obligations (which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment); provided that (A) such assignment shall be effected in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04 and such assignee (if not a Lender) shall have been approved by the Administrative Agent (which approval shall not unreasonably be withheld, conditioned or delayed), (B) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and Unreimbursed Amounts owing to it, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal, Unreimbursed Amounts and accrued interest and fees) or the Company (in the case of all other amounts), (C) with respect to an assignment as a result of clause (iii) above, the assignment fee shall be paid to the Administrative Agent by the Company and (D) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under Section 2.12 or payments required to be made pursuant to Section 2.14, such assignment will result in a reduction in such compensation or payments. A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment and delegation if, prior thereto, as a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling the Company to require such assignment and delegation cease to apply (including, in the case of clause (iii) above with respect to any Non-NAIC Approved Bank, if, prior thereto, such Lender complies with Section 2.21(a)).

62

 

SECTION 2.17.      Increase in Commitments. The Company may, at any time after the Closing Date by notice to the Administrative Agent, propose an increase in the total Commitments hereunder (each such proposed increase being a “Commitment Increase”) either by having a Lender increase its Commitment then in effect (each an “Increasing Lender”) or by having a Person which is not then a Lender become a party hereto as a Lender with a new Commitment hereunder (each an “Assuming Lender”), in each case, with the approval of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that each Assuming Lender shall be a NAIC Approved Bank or any other Person which shall have in effect a Confirming Bank Agreement or Limited Fronting Lender Agreement, in each case, with a Person or Lender, as applicable, which is a NAIC Approved Bank. Such notice shall specify (i) the name of each Increasing Lender and/or Assuming Lender, as applicable, (ii) the amount of the Commitment Increase and the portion thereof being committed to by each such Increasing Lender or Assuming Lender, (iii) the date on which such Commitment Increase is to be effective (a “Commitment Increase Date”) (which shall be a Business Day at least five Business Days after delivery of such notice and 30 days prior to the Commitment Termination Date) and (iv) the Company’s election whether to increase the Foreign Currency Sublimit Dollar Amount as provided below.

 

Each Commitment Increase shall be subject to the following additional conditions:

 

(i)       unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, the Commitment of any Assuming Lender as part of any Commitment Increase shall be in a minimum amount of at least $25,000,000;

 

(ii)       unless the Administrative Agent otherwise agrees, each Commitment Increase shall be in an amount of at least $25,000,000;

 

(iii)       immediately after giving effect to any Commitment Increase, the aggregate amount of Commitment Increases hereunder shall not exceed $500,000,000;

 

(iv)       no Default has occurred and is continuing on the relevant Commitment Increase Date or shall result from any Commitment Increase; and

 

(v)       the representations and warranties of the Loan Parties set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of such representations and warranties qualified as to materiality, in all respects) on and as of the relevant Commitment Increase Date as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date).

 

In connection with any Commitment Increase, the Company may, at its option, elect to ratably increase the Foreign Currency Sublimit Dollar Amount in proportion to the amount of such Commitment Increase (each such proposed increase being a “Foreign Currency Sublimit Increase”).

 

Each Commitment Increase (and the increase of the applicable Commitment of each Increasing Lender and/or the new Commitment of each Assuming Lender, as applicable, resulting therefrom), and if elected by the Company, the corresponding Foreign Currency

63

 

Sublimit Increase, shall become effective as of the relevant Commitment Increase Date upon receipt by the Administrative Agent, on or prior to 9:00 a.m., New York City time, on such Commitment Increase Date, of (a) a certificate of a Responsible Officer stating that the conditions with respect to such Commitment Increase under this Section have been satisfied and (b) an agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Administrative Agent, pursuant to which, effective as of such Commitment Increase Date, each such Increasing Lender and/or such Assuming Lender, as applicable, shall provide its Commitment (or an increase of its applicable Commitment, as applicable), duly executed by each such Lender and the Borrowers and acknowledged by the Administrative Agent. Upon the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a fully executed agreement from each such Increasing Lender and/or Assuming Lender, together with such certificate of such Responsible Officer, the Administrative Agent shall record the information contained in such agreement in the Register and give prompt notice of the relevant Commitment Increase and if elected by the Company, the corresponding Foreign Currency Sublimit Increase, to the Company and the Lenders (including, if applicable, each Assuming Lender). On each Commitment Increase Date, if there are Loans then outstanding, each applicable Borrower shall simultaneously (i) prepay in full the outstanding Loans made to such Borrower immediately prior to giving effect to the relevant Commitment Increase in accordance with Section 2.08 and (ii) at such Borrower’s option in accordance with this Agreement, such Borrower may request to borrow new Loans from all the relevant Lenders (including, if applicable, any Assuming Lender) such that, after giving effect thereto, the Loans are held ratably by the relevant Lenders in accordance with their respective Commitments (after giving effect to such Commitment Increase).

 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Lender shall have any obligation to agree to increase any of its Commitments hereunder and any election to do so shall be in the sole discretion of such Lender.

 

SECTION 2.18.      Defaulting Lenders.

 

Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then the following provisions shall apply for so long as such Lender is a Defaulting Lender:

 

(a)       such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.09(a) for any period during which it is a Defaulting Lender (and the Company shall not be required to pay any such fee that would otherwise have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender);

 

(b)       the Commitments and Credit Exposures of such Defaulting Lender shall not be included in determining whether all Lenders or the Required Lenders have taken or may take any action hereunder (including any consent to any amendment, waiver or other modification pursuant to Section 9.02); except that (i) the Commitments of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (ii) any waiver, amendment or other modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender; and

64

 

(c)       with respect to any Several Letter of Credit and/or the L/C Obligations,

 

(i)       such Defaulting Lender shall not be entitled to receive any Letter of Credit fee pursuant to Section 2.09(b) for any period during which it is a Defaulting Lender (and (except as provided in clause (c)(iii) below) the Company shall not be required to pay any such fee that would otherwise have been required to have been paid to such Defaulting Lender);

 

(ii)       subject to the condition that no Default has occurred and is continuing, with respect to any Several Letter of Credit outstanding at the time such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender (other than any Several Letter of Credit with respect to which another Lender has agreed to act as the Limited Fronting Lender for such Defaulting Lender), with the consent of the beneficiary thereunder to the extent required by the terms thereof or under applicable Law, (i) all or any portion of the L/C Obligations held by such Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages but only to the extent that (A) the sum of the aggregate Credit Exposure of Non-Defaulting Lenders plus the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations held by such Defaulting Lender shall not exceed the total Commitments of the Non-Defaulting Lenders (except as provided in Section 2.20(k) for Limited Fronting Lenders) and (B) the aggregate Credit Exposure of each Non-Defaulting Lender shall not exceed the respective Commitment of such Non-Defaulting Lender (except as provided in Section 2.20(k) if such Non-Defaulting Lender is a Limited Fronting Lender) and (ii) each such Several Letter of Credit shall be amended to specify the Non-Defaulting Lenders that are parties to such Several Letter of Credit, after giving effect to such event, and such Non-Defaulting Lenders’ respective Applicable Percentages with respect thereto as of the effective date of such amendment (and, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, such Defaulting Lender shall have no obligation under each such Several Letter of Credit to the extent such L/C Obligations in respect thereof are so allocated);

 

(iii)       if the L/C Obligations held by the Non-Defaulting Lenders are reallocated with respect to any Several Letter of Credit pursuant to clause (c)(ii) above, then the Letter of Credit fees payable to the Lenders with respect to such Several Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.09(b) shall be adjusted in accordance with such Non-Defaulting Lenders’ respective Applicable Percentages; and

 

(iv)       so long as such Lender remains a Defaulting Lender, the L/C Obligations of the Lenders in respect of any Several Letter of Credit requested to be issued hereunder shall be allocated among Non-Defaulting Lenders in a manner consistent with clause (c)(ii) above (and, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, such Defaulting Lender shall have no obligation under each such Several Letter of Credit to the extent such L/C Obligations in respect thereof are so allocated).

 

In the event that the Administrative Agent, the Several L/C Agent and the Company each agrees that a Defaulting Lender has adequately remedied all matters that caused such Lender to be a Defaulting Lender, then on such date, (A) to the extent the L/C Obligations held by the Non-Defaulting Lenders were theretofore reallocated with respect to any Several

65

 

Letter of Credit pursuant to clause (c)(ii) or (iv) above, all adjustments shall be made to such Several Letters of Credit consistent with Section 2.20(b)(iv) (including amendments to each such Several Letter of Credit and/or, if applicable, purchases at par by such Lender of the Unreimbursed Amounts then outstanding (if any) of the other Lenders thereunder) as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such L/C Obligations in accordance with its respective Applicable Percentage; (B) if the L/C Obligations held by the Non-Defaulting Lenders were not theretofore reallocated with respect to such Several Letter of Credit pursuant to clause (c)(ii) above, but instead the face amount of any such Several Letter of Credit was increased or a new Several Letter of Credit was issued hereunder in favor of the beneficiary of such Several Letter of Credit in order to provide such beneficiary with an aggregate undrawn face amount of Letters of Credit from the Non-Defaulting Lenders in the amount required by such beneficiary, the amount of such Several Letter of Credit or new Several Letter of Credit shall be amended to decrease the amount thereof, or the Company shall arrange for such new Letter of Credit to be surrendered by such beneficiary to the Several L/C Agent, in order to reflect the inclusion of such Lender’s respective Commitment; and (C) such Lender shall purchase at par such of the Loans of the other Lenders as the Administrative Agent shall determine may be necessary in order for such Lender to hold such Loans in accordance with its Applicable Percentage, whereupon such Lender shall no longer be a Defaulting Lender.

 

SECTION 2.19.      Designation of Subsidiary Borrowers.

 

(a)       Designation of Subsidiary Borrowers. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section, the Company may, at any time or from time to time after the Closing Date upon not less than 10 Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent (or such shorter period which is acceptable to the Administrative Agent), designate a wholly-owned, direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company to become a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Borrower; provided that (i) each such designation of a Subsidiary that is incorporated or organized under the laws of a Designated Jurisdiction shall be subject to the prior approval of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) and (ii) each such designation of any Subsidiary other than a Subsidiary that is incorporated or organized under the laws of a Designated Jurisdiction shall be subject to the prior approval of the Administrative Agent and all Lenders. Upon receipt of such notice under this Section, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof. Upon such approval and the satisfaction of the conditions specified in paragraph (b) of this Section, such Subsidiary shall become a party to this Agreement as a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder and shall be entitled to borrow Loans on and subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, and the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of the effectiveness of such designation. Following the giving of any notice pursuant to this Section, if the designation of such Subsidiary Borrower obligates the Administrative Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall, promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, supply such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in order for the Administrative Agent or such Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable Laws and regulations.

66

 

(b)       Conditions Precedent to Designation. The designation by the Company of any Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder shall not become effective until the date on which the Administrative Agent shall have received each of the following documents (each of which shall be reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent in form and substance): (i) a Subsidiary Borrower Designation, duly completed and executed by the Company and such Subsidiary, delivered to the Administrative Agent at least 5 Business Days before the date on which such Subsidiary is proposed to become a Subsidiary Borrower; (ii) a customary written opinion (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and appropriately dated) of external or internal counsel to such Subsidiary (and the Company and such Subsidiary Borrower hereby, and by delivery of such Subsidiary Borrower Designation, instruct such counsel to deliver such opinion to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders), as to such matters as are consistent with the scope of the opinion of counsel to the Company delivered pursuant to Section 4.01(d) and/or such other matters as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request; and (iii) such documents and certificates (and, in the case of any Subsidiary Borrower organized outside of the United States, agreements) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request in connection therewith (including certified copies of the Organization Documents of such Subsidiary and of resolutions of its board of directors or similar governing body authorizing such Subsidiary becoming a Borrower hereunder, and of all documents evidencing all other necessary corporate or other action required with respect to such Subsidiary Borrower becoming party to this Agreement).

 

(c)       Termination of Subsidiary Borrower. So long as there shall be no Loans outstanding to a Subsidiary Borrower or other amounts owing hereunder or under the other Loan Documents by such Subsidiary Borrower (or any pending Borrowing Request by such Subsidiary Borrower), the Company may elect to terminate such Subsidiary Borrower as a Borrower hereunder by delivering to the Administrative Agent a notice substantially in the form of Exhibit B-2 or any other form approved by the Administrative Agent (each a “Subsidiary Borrower Termination Notice”), duly completed and executed. Any Subsidiary Borrower Termination Notice furnished hereunder shall be effective upon receipt thereof by the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly so notify the Lenders), whereupon all commitments of the Lenders to make Loans to such Subsidiary Borrower and the rights of such Subsidiary Borrower to borrow hereunder shall terminate and such Subsidiary Borrower shall immediately cease to be a Borrower hereunder and a party hereto; provided that, notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the delivery of a Subsidiary Borrower Termination Notice with respect to any Subsidiary Borrower shall not terminate or discharge (i) any obligation of such Subsidiary Borrower that remains unpaid at such time or (ii) the obligations of the Company under Article X with respect to any such unpaid obligations. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, upon the occurrence of any event described in clause (g) or (h) of Article VII with respect to any Subsidiary Borrower, or if at any time any Subsidiary Borrower shall cease to be a wholly-owned, direct or indirect Subsidiary of the Company, (i) all commitments of the Lenders to make Loans to such Subsidiary Borrower and the rights of such Subsidiary Borrower to borrow hereunder shall automatically terminate and such Subsidiary Borrower shall immediately cease to be a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder and a party hereto and (ii) the principal amount then outstanding of, and the accrued interest on, the Loans (if any) made to such Subsidiary Borrower and all other amounts payable by such Subsidiary Borrower hereunder (including any amounts payable under Section 2.13) and under the other Loan Documents shall automatically become immediately due and payable, in each case, without presentment, demand, protest or other

67

 

formalities of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by such Subsidiary Borrower and the Company.

 

SECTION 2.20.      Letters of Credit.

 

(a)       Letter of Credit Commitment.

 

(i)       Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, from time to time on any Business Day during the Availability Period, each Lender agrees, through the Several L/C Agent, (1) to issue severally, and for itself alone, Several Letters of Credit at the request of and for the account of the Company in such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the aggregate stated amounts of such Several Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or in any Alternative Currency, and to amend or extend Several Letters of Credit previously issued by it, and (2) to honor severally, and for itself alone, drawings under the Several Letters of Credit in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage of such drawings; provided that after giving effect to any issuance, amendment or extension, (x) the aggregate Credit Exposure shall not exceed the total Commitments, (y) the aggregate Credit Exposure owing to such Lender (whether as an issuer or as a participant) shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment (except as provided in Section 2.20(k) for a Limited Fronting Lender) and (z) the Dollar Equivalent of the total Credit Exposures (net of any amounts Cash Collateralized with respect thereto) denominated in any Alternative Currency shall not exceed the Foreign Currency Sublimit Dollar Amount.

 

Each request by the Company for the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Company that such issuance, amendment or extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in this Agreement. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Company may, during the Availability Period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

 

Each Several Letter of Credit shall be a standby letter of credit in such form as the Company shall request and which the Administrative Agent and the Several L/C Agent shall determine in good faith does not contain any obligations, or diminish any rights, of any Lender with respect thereto or other terms thereof that are inconsistent with the terms hereof. Without the prior consent of each Lender, no Several Letter of Credit may be issued that would vary the several and not joint nature of the obligations of the Lenders thereunder, and (subject to the provisions contained herein regarding Limited Fronting Lenders and Defaulting Lenders) each Several Letter of Credit shall be issued (through the Several L/C Agent) by all of the Lenders thereunder having Commitments at the time of issuance as a single multi-bank letter of credit, but the obligation of each Lender thereunder shall be several and not joint based upon its Applicable Percentage of the aggregate undrawn amount of such Letter of Credit.

 

If requested by the Company but subject to the terms and conditions hereof, a Letter of Credit shall satisfy the requirements for letters of credit under the credit-for-reinsurance provisions of the insurance Laws applicable to the relevant beneficiary (or the requirements for similar purposes of such other Governmental Authority which then regulates the relevant

68

 

beneficiary’s insurance business as may be specified by the Company) as to which the Company provides written notice to the Several L/C Agent and the Administrative Agent prior to the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit; provided that the Several L/C Agent, the Administrative Agent or any Lender shall not be obligated to verify such satisfaction.

 

(ii)       Neither the Several L/C Agent nor the Lenders (including for the avoidance of doubt Limited Fronting Lenders), as applicable, shall issue any Letter of Credit, if:

 

(A)       subject to Section 2.20(b)(v), the expiry date of such Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Required Lenders have approved such expiry date; or

 

(B)       the expiry date of such Letter of Credit would occur after the first anniversary of the Maturity Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date;

 

(iii)       Neither the Several L/C Agent nor any Lender (including for avoidance of doubt Limited Fronting Lenders), as applicable, shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit, if:

 

(A)       any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender shall prohibit, or request that the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which the Several L/C Agent or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, any Lender in good faith deems material to it;

 

(B)       the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of the Several L/C Agent that are in effect at the time the Company requests such issuance or, if the Administrative Agent has been notified thereof by such Lender, of any Lender, as applicable, applicable to letters of credit generally;

69

 

(C)       except as otherwise agreed by the Several L/C Agent, such Letter of Credit is in an initial amount of less than $1,000,000;

 

(D)       after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, more than forty-five (45) Letters of Credit would be outstanding unless the Company, the Several L/C Agent and the Administrative Agent otherwise agree;

 

(E)       such Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder; or

 

(F)       solely with respect to such Letter of Credit issued in respect of which there is a Limited Fronting Lender for any Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank, such Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank is a Defaulting Lender, unless such Limited Fronting Lender has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it with the Company and/or such Defaulting Lender to eliminate such Limited Fronting Lender’s risk with respect to such Defaulting Lender.

 

(iv)       Subject to Section 2.20(b)(v), neither the Several L/C Agent nor any Lender, as applicable, shall amend or extend any Letter of Credit if it would not be permitted at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

 

(v)       Neither the Several L/C Agent nor any Lender, as applicable, shall be under any obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the Several L/C Agent or such Lender, as applicable, would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

 

(vi)       Each Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (which shall in turn notify the Several L/C Agent and the Company) upon becoming an Affected Lender with respect to a particular Several Letter of Credit. In the absence of receipt by the Administrative Agent of such notice by a Lender that it has become an Affected Lender with respect to a particular Several Letter of Credit, it shall be conclusively presumed by the Administrative Agent and the Several L/C Agent that such Lender is not an Affected Lender with respect to such Several Letter of Credit. If such notice is given by an Affected Lender with respect to a particular Several Letter of Credit, such notice shall not be effective as a like notice with respect to any other Several Letter of Credit.

 

(b)       Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit. (i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the application and request of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, by the delivery to (A) the Several L/C Agent and (B) the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Lenders of such request), in each case, of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company (and, if applicable, of the Subsidiary named therein as an applicant). Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the Several L/C Agent and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., New York

70

 

City time, at least three Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be, of any Several Letter of Credit.

 

In the case of a request by the Company for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Several L/C Agent:

 

(A)       if applicable, the name of the Subsidiary of the Company to be an applicant with respect to the requested Letter of Credit;

 

(B)       the proposed issuance date of such Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day);

 

(C)       the amount and Currency thereof;

 

(D)       the expiry date thereof;

 

(E)       the name and address of the beneficiary or beneficiaries thereof;

 

(F)       the documents to be presented by such beneficiary, if any, in case of any drawing thereunder;

 

(G)       the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary, if any, in case of any drawing thereunder;

 

(H)       the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit;

 

(I)       whether such Letter of Credit shall be issued under the rules of the ISP or the UCP; and

 

(J)       such other matters as the Several L/C Agent or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, may reasonably require.

 

In the case of a request by the Company for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the Several L/C Agent:

 

(1)       the Letter of Credit to be amended;

 

(2)       the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day);

 

(3)       the nature of the proposed amendment; and

 

(4)       such other matters as the Several L/C Agent or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, may reasonably require.

 

Additionally, the Company shall, and shall (if applicable) cause any Subsidiary party to the relevant Letter of Credit Application to, furnish to the Several L/C Agent and the

71

 

Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, as the Several L/C Agent or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, may reasonably require.

 

(ii)       Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the Several L/C Agent will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Company and, if applicable, any Subsidiary, and, if not, the Several L/C Agent will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. If no election as to the Currency of the Letter of Credit is specified, then the requested Letter of Credit shall be denominated in Dollars. Unless the Several L/C Agent has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Company, at least two Business Days prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that such Letter of Credit is not permitted to be issued hereunder or that one or more applicable conditions contained in Sections 4.01 and 4.02 shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Several L/C Agent shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Company or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be, in each case in accordance with the Several L/C Agent’s usual and customary business practices.

 

(iii)       The Several L/C Agent is hereby authorized to execute and deliver each Several Letter of Credit and each amendment to a Several Letter of Credit on behalf of each Lender and to otherwise act on behalf of each Lender with respect to such Several Letter of Credit, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof. The Several L/C Agent shall use the Applicable Percentage of each Lender as its “Percentage Obligation” (or equivalent term) under each Several Letter of Credit; provided that each Limited Fronting Lender (if any), in its capacity as such, shall, in addition to its own “Percentage Obligation” as a Lender, have a “Percentage Obligation” (or equivalent term) equal to the Applicable Percentage (or the portion thereof, if applicable) of each Participating L/C Issuer for which such Limited Fronting Lender acts in such capacity under such Several Letter of Credit. Subject to the provisos to the first and second sentence of Section 2.20(a)(i), the Several L/C Agent is hereby authorized to amend a Several Letter of Credit to change the “Percentage Obligation” (or equivalent term) of a Lender or add or delete a Lender liable thereunder in connection with an assignment or any other addition or replacement of a Lender in accordance with the terms of this Agreement (including in connection with changes resulting from the reallocation of L/C Obligations pursuant to Section 2.18). In the event that a Lender becomes a Participating L/C Issuer or ceases to be a Participating L/C Issuer, the Several L/C Agent is hereby authorized to amend each Several Letter of Credit to reflect such change in status and to change the “Percentage Obligation” (or equivalent term) of the applicable Limited Fronting Lender, as the case may be. Each Lender (including for avoidance of doubt each Limited Fronting Lender) hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Several L/C Agent its true and lawful attorney-in-fact for and on behalf of such Lender for the limited purpose of issuing, executing and delivering, as the case may be, each Several Letter of Credit and each amendment to a Several Letter of Credit and for carrying out the purposes of this Agreement with respect to Several Letters of Credit, in each case, in accordance with the terms hereof.

72

 

(iv)       It is the intention and agreement of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Several L/C Agent that (A) except as otherwise expressly set forth herein (including with respect to Limited Fronting Lenders, if any), the rights and obligations of the Lenders in respect of outstanding Several Letters of Credit shall be determined in accordance with the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders from time to time in effect and (B) subject to the proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.20(a)(i), outstanding Several Letters of Credit shall be promptly amended to reflect changes in the Applicable Percentages of the Lenders under this Agreement arising from time to time in connection with any event or circumstance contemplated hereby, including a Lender acting as a Limited Fronting Lender for any Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank pursuant to Section 2.20(k), a replacement of a Lender pursuant to Section 2.16(b), an increase of the Commitments pursuant to Section 2.17, a reallocation of L/C Obligations held by a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 2.18, an assignment pursuant to Section 9.04 or otherwise. However, it is acknowledged by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Several L/C Agent that amendments of outstanding Several Letters of Credit may not be immediately effected and may be subject to the consent of the beneficiaries of such Several Letters of Credit. Accordingly, whether or not Several Letters of Credit are amended as contemplated hereby, the Lenders agree that they shall purchase and sell participations (as provided in Section 2.20(l)) or otherwise make or effect such payments among themselves (but through the Administrative Agent) so that payments by the Lenders of drawings under Several Letters of Credit and payments by the Company of Unreimbursed Amounts and interest thereon are, except as otherwise expressly set forth herein (including with respect to Limited Fronting Lenders and Defaulting Lenders), in each case shared by the Lenders in accordance with the respective Applicable Percentages of the Lenders from time to time in effect.

 

(v)       If the Company so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the Several L/C Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) will issue or amend a Letter of Credit to provide for automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit the Several L/C Agent to prevent any such extension by giving notice to the beneficiary thereof prior to the thirtieth (30th) day (or such earlier day as set forth in the applicable Letter of Credit) preceding the then current expiration date of such Letter of Credit (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”). The Company shall not be required to make a specific request to the Several L/C Agent for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized the Several L/C Agent to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit to an expiry date not later than twelve months from the then existing expiry date; provided, however, that the Several L/C Agent shall not permit any such extension (and shall give a notice of non-extension to the relevant beneficiary of such Letter of Credit prior to the Non-Extension Notice Date pursuant to the terms thereof) if (A) the Several L/C Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.20(a) or otherwise), and the Several L/C Agent has provided notice thereof to the Company no later than the Non-Extension Notice Date, (B) it has received notice on or before the day that is five

73

 

Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Company that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied (or, in the case of the Company, that the Company does not want such Letter of Credit to be extended), and in each such case directing the Several L/C Agent not to permit such extension, or (C) such extension would result in the extension of the expiry date of such Letter of Credit to a date after the first anniversary of the Maturity Date.

 

(vi)       Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the Several L/C Agent will also deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

 

(c)       (i) Upon review of any notice of drawing from the beneficiary of any Several Letter of Credit, and reasonable determination that documents presented comply with letter of credit terms and conditions, the Several L/C Agent shall notify the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders, thereof, which notices shall be given promptly and in any event at least one Business Day, or for Several Letters of Credit denominated in Japanese Yen at least two Business Days, before the date (the “Honor Date”) on which the Several L/C Agent anticipates that payment of such drawing will be made. Not later than 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Honor Date and without further notice or demand by the Several L/C Agent or the Administrative Agent, (A) each Lender (including each Limited Fronting Lender, but excluding each Participating L/C Issuer) shall make funds available to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Applicable Percentage (and, in the case of each Limited Fronting Lender, the Applicable Percentage (or the portion thereof for which it has agreed to be a Limited Fronting Lender) of each applicable Participating L/C Issuer) of the drawing under such Several Letter of Credit (and the Administrative Agent shall make such funds available to the Several L/C Agent) and (B) in the event that a Limited Fronting Lender pays the Applicable Percentage of a Participating L/C Issuer, such Participating L/C Issuer shall pay such Applicable Percentage (or the relevant portion thereof, if applicable) to such Limited Fronting Lender in purchase of its participation in such payment. Not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Honor Date, so long as the Company has received notice of payment under such Several Letter of Credit from the Several L/C Agent or the Administrative Agent by 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Honor Date and, otherwise, not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the following Business Day, the Company shall pay to the Lenders through the Administrative Agent an amount equal to the amount of such drawing (such amount, the “Unreimbursed Amount”) in the applicable Currency without further demand; provided that, in the case of any such reimbursement in Dollars, at any time during the Availability Period, the Company may, subject to the conditions to borrowing set forth herein, request in accordance with Section 2.03 that such payment be financed with an ABR Borrowing in an equivalent amount and, to the extent so financed, the Company’s obligation to make such payment shall be discharged and replaced by the resulting ABR Borrowing. Any notice given by the Several L/C Agent or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.20(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice. In the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Company shall reimburse the applicable Lenders in such Alternative Currency unless (A)

74

 

such Lender (at its option) shall have specified in such notice that it will require reimbursement in Dollars or (B) in the absence of any such requirement for reimbursement in Dollars, the Company shall have notified such Lender promptly following receipt of the notice of drawing that the Company will reimburse such Lender in Dollars. In the case of any such reimbursement in Dollars of a drawing under a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the applicable Lender shall notify the Company of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof.

 

(ii)       Notwithstanding the date on which an Unreimbursed Amount is payable by the Company pursuant to Section 2.20(c)(i), if an Unreimbursed Amount is not paid by the Company by 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the applicable Honor Date, each Unreimbursed Amount shall bear interest from the applicable Honor Date to the date that such Unreimbursed Amount is paid by the Company at a rate per annum equal to the Default Rate.

 

(iii)       Until a Lender funds its obligation pursuant to this Section 2.20(c), interest in respect of such Lender’s Applicable Percentage of any Unreimbursed Amount shall be solely for the account of the Several L/C Agent (if the Several L/C Agent has funded on behalf of such Lender, as provided in Section 2.20(c)(v)), as applicable.

 

(iv)       Each Lender’s (including for avoidance of doubt each Limited Fronting Lender’s and each Participating L/C Issuer’s) obligation to fund its obligations pursuant to this Section 2.20(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Several L/C Agent, the Administrative Agent, the Company, any Subsidiary or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default; or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing.

 

(v)       If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.20(c) by the time specified in Section 2.20(c)(i), the Several L/C Agent (to the extent that the Several L/C Agent shall have funded such amount on behalf of such Lender, it being understood and agreed that neither the Several L/C Agent nor the Administrative Agent shall have any obligation or liability to fund any amount under any Several Letter of Credit other than in its capacity as a Lender) shall, through the Administrative Agent, be entitled to recover from such Lender, on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Administrative Agent at a rate per annum equal to the NYFRB Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the Several L/C Agent with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (v) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

 

(vi)       The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to honor drawings under, and/or (if applicable) to fund participations in, Letters of Credit are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to fund any such drawing or participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on

75

 

such date, and except for Limited Fronting Lenders with respect to Letters of Credit they have issued on behalf of Affected Lenders or Non-NAIC Approved Banks, no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to honor a drawing or purchase its participation.

 

(d)       (i) If after any Lender has funded its obligation under Section 2.20(c) in respect of any drawing under any Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent receives any payment (including any payment of interest) in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount (whether directly from the Company or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), then the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein), thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s funding was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent. If any Lender has not funded its obligation as aforesaid, such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein), of such payment shall be paid to the Several L/C Agent (if the Several L/C Agent shall have funded on behalf of such Lender, as provided in Section 2.20(c)(v)).

 

(ii)       If any payment made by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.20(d)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 9.08 (including pursuant to any settlement), each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided herein), thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the NYFRB Rate from time to time in effect.

 

(e)       Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Company to pay each Unreimbursed Amount shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances whatsoever and irrespective of:

 

(i)       any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any other Loan Document;

 

(ii)      the existence of any claim, counterclaim, set-off, defense or other right that the Company or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Several L/C Agent, any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

 

(iii)      any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

76

 

(iv)      any payment by the Lenders under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit or any payment made by the Lenders under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar Law now or hereafter in effect;

 

(v)       the Several L/C Agent, any Lender, the Administrative Agent or any of their respective branches or Affiliates being the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit;

 

(vi)      any Lender honoring a drawing against any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit up to the amount available under such Letter of Credit even if such draft, demand, certificate or other document claims an amount in excess of the amount available under such Letter of Credit;

 

(vii)     any lien or security interest granted to, or in favor of, the Administrative Agent, the Several L/C Agent or any of the Lenders as security for any of such reimbursement obligations shall fail to be perfected;

 

(viii)    the occurrence of any Default;

 

(ix)      the existence of any proceedings of the type described in clause (g) or (h) of Article VII with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(x)       whether such Letter of Credit is issued in support of any obligations of any Subsidiary or any Subsidiary is an applicant for, or purports in any way to have any liability for, such Letter of Credit; or

 

(xi)      any other event or circumstance whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Company or any Subsidiary.

 

The Company shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto requested by the Company that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Company’s (or, if applicable, any Subsidiary’s) instructions or other irregularity, the Company will notify the Several L/C Agent (with respect to Several Letters of Credit) within five Business Days of receipt of such Letter of Credit or amendment. The Company and each Subsidiary party to any Letter of Credit Application shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the Several L/C Agent or the Lenders, as applicable, unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

 

(f)        Role of Several L/C Agent. Each Lender and the Company agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Several L/C Agent shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document.

77

 

Neither the Several L/C Agent, any Related Party thereof nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the Several L/C Agent shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct as determined by the final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit Document. The Company and each Subsidiary party to a Letter of Credit Application hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Company’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the Several L/C Agent, any Related Party nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the Several L/C Agent shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.20(e); provided, however, that, anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company (or, if applicable, any Subsidiary) may have a claim against the Several L/C Agent, and the Several L/C Agent may be liable to the Company or such Subsidiary, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential, exemplary, special, indirect or punitive damages suffered by the Company or such Subsidiary which the Company or such Subsidiary proves were caused primarily by the Several L/C Agent’s willful misconduct or gross negligence as determined by the final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the Several L/C Agent may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the Several L/C Agent shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

 

(g)       Cash Collateral. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent (given at the request or with the consent of the Required Lenders), if, as of the Commitment Termination Date, any Letter of Credit for any reason remains outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, or the Company shall be required or permitted to provide Cash Collateral pursuant to Section 2.08(b), the Company shall promptly or in accordance with Section 2.08(b), as applicable, Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to such Outstanding Amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon at such time) or in the case of Cash Collateral required or permitted pursuant to Section 2.08(b), the amount determined thereunder. Article VII sets forth certain additional requirements to deliver Cash Collateral hereunder. For purposes of this Agreement, “Cash Collateralize” means to pledge to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders as collateral for the L/C Obligations, deposit account balances denominated in Dollars (which, with respect to L/C Obligations denominated in a Foreign Currency, the Dollar Equivalent thereof) and maintained with the Administrative Agent pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). The Company hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a security interest in all such deposit accounts and all balances therein and all proceeds of the foregoing delivered by the Company as Cash Collateral. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in a blocked deposit account at JPMorgan.

78

(h)          Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the Several L/C Agent, the Administrative Agent and the Company when a Letter of Credit is issued, the rules of the ISP shall apply to each Letter of Credit unless, for regulatory purposes, the rules of the UCP must apply.

 

(i)           Conflict with Letter of Credit Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the terms of any Letter of Credit Document, the terms hereof shall control.

 

(j)           Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding anything herein or in any Letter of Credit Document to the contrary, the Company shall be solely and fully obligated to pay all amounts owing with respect to each Letter of Credit, including each Unreimbursed Amount and accrued interest thereon with respect to such Letter of Credit, whether or not such Letter of Credit is issued in support of any obligations of any Subsidiary or any Subsidiary is party as an applicant to the relevant Letter of Credit Application, all on the terms set forth herein. The Company hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit at the request of any of its Subsidiaries inures to the benefit of the Company, and that the Company’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

 

(k)          Limited Fronting Lenders. In the event that any Lender agrees (in its sole discretion) to act as a Limited Fronting Lender for any Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank upon such terms and conditions as such parties may agree (including fees payable by such Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank to such Limited Fronting Lender) (such agreement, a “Limited Fronting Lender Agreement”), the following provisions shall apply (in addition to any other provisions hereof relating to Limited Fronting Lenders):

 

(i)           upon the issuance of any Several Letter of Credit, with respect to any Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank, as applicable, as a Participating L/C Issuer under such Several Letter of Credit, each applicable Limited Fronting Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of such Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank, as applicable, as a Participating L/C Issuer set forth in this Section, agrees (A) to issue through the Several L/C Agent, in addition to its own obligations as a NAIC Lender under such Several Letter of Credit, severally such Several Letter of Credit in an amount equal to such Affected Lender’s or Non-NAIC Approved Bank’s, as applicable, Applicable Percentage of the stated amount of such Several Letter of Credit (or the portion thereof for which such Limited Fronting Lender has agreed to be a Limited Fronting Lender), and (B) to amend or extend each Several Letter of Credit previously issued by it as a Limited Fronting Lender for such Participating L/C Issuer; and

 

(ii)          with respect to any Several Letter of Credit issued by a Limited Fronting Lender pursuant to clause (i) above for a Participating L/C Issuer, such Participating L/C Issuer agrees to purchase participations (as provided in Section 2.20(l)) in the obligations of such Limited Fronting Lender under such Several Letter of Credit attributable to such Participating L/C Issuer for which such Limited Fronting Lender has agreed to act as a Limited Fronting Lender hereunder.

 

79

 

Each Lender that agrees to act as a Limited Fronting Lender for any other Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the Several L/C Agent) of such agreement and of any termination or expiration of such agreement.

 

In the event that, pursuant to this Section 2.20(k), any other Lender agrees to act as a Limited Fronting Lender for any Lender that becomes an Affected Lender or a Non-NAIC Approved Bank, such other Lender shall receive such compensation therefor as such Affected Lender or Non-NAIC Approved Bank and such other Lender may agree. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Lender shall have any obligation to agree to act hereunder as a Limited Fronting Lender for any other Lender.

 

(l)            Participations. In the event (i) any Participating L/C Issuer purchases a participation in the Letter(s) of Credit of its Limited Fronting Lender pursuant to Section 2.20(k) or (ii) any Lender acquires or is deemed to acquire a participation in the Letters of Credit of the other Lenders pursuant to Section 2.20(b)(iv), then, without any further action on the part of any party, (A) in the case of clause (i) above, such Limited Fronting Lender grants to such Participating L/C Issuer, and such Participating L/C Issuer hereby acquires from such Limited Fronting Lender, a participation in such Limited Fronting Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the relevant Letters of Credit attributable to such Participating L/C Issuer for which such Limited Fronting Lender has agreed to act as a Limited Fronting Lender hereunder and (B) in the case of clause (ii) above, each such other Lender hereby grants to such Lender, and such Lender hereby acquires from such other Lenders, a participation in that portion of each such other Lender’s Applicable Percentage of the relevant Letters of Credit to give effect to the purposes of the last sentence of Section 2.20(b)(iv). Each Lender (including each Participating L/C Issuer) purchasing a participation hereunder acknowledges and agrees that its obligation to acquire participations in respect of Letters of Credit is absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance whatsoever, including any amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit or the occurrence and continuance of a Default or reduction or termination of the Commitments. In consideration and in furtherance of the foregoing, such Lender hereby absolutely and unconditionally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for account of the applicable Limited Fronting Lender or such other Lenders, as applicable, an amount equal to the amount of each payment made by such Limited Fronting Lender or other Lenders, as applicable, in respect of the portion of such Letter of Credit in which such Lender holds a participation, promptly upon the request of such Limited Fronting Lender or any such other Lender, as applicable, at any time from the time such payment is made until such payment is reimbursed by the Company or at any time after any reimbursement payment is required to be refunded to the Company for any reason. Such payment by such Lender shall be made for account of the applicable Limited Fronting Lender or such other Lenders, as applicable, without any offset, abatement, withholding or reduction whatsoever. To the extent that any Lender has made payments pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse a Limited Fronting Lender or any other Lenders in respect of any participation interests purchased hereunder in respect of any Letter of Credit, promptly following receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment from the Company pursuant to Section 2.20(c)(i) in respect of such Letter of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such payment to such Limited Fronting Lender and such Lender, or to the other Lenders and such Lender, as applicable, in each case as their interests may appear. Any payment made by a Lender in respect of its participation pursuant to this paragraph to reimburse the applicable Limited Fronting Lender or any other Lenders for any payment made in any

 

80

 

respect of any drawing under a Letter of Credit shall not relieve the Company of its obligation to reimburse the amount of such drawing.

 

Section 2.21.       Non-NAIC Approved Banks. If, at any time from and after the Closing Date, any Lender is not or ceases to be a NAIC Approved Bank, such Lender shall promptly notify the Company and the Administrative Agent thereof. Each Lender agrees to use commercially reasonable efforts, at all times from and after the Closing Date, (a) to be a NAIC Approved Bank or (b) if such Lender is not or ceases to be a NAIC Approved Bank, either (i) to maintain in effect a Confirming Bank Agreement with a Confirming Bank (which Confirming Bank (if not a Lender), prior to entering in such Confirming Bank Agreement, shall be subject to the prior written consent of the Company and the Administrative Agent (such consent, in each case, not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed)) upon such terms and conditions as such parties may agree or (ii) as provided in Section 2.20(k), to agree with another Lender which is a NAIC Approved Bank that such Lender shall (in its sole discretion) act as the Limited Fronting Lender for such Lender, in each case with respect to any Several Letters of Credit which are outstanding at the time such Lender becomes a Non-NAIC Approved Bank and/or are issued during the period that such Lender is a Non-NAIC Approved Bank. In the event that any Person (including any other Lender) agrees to act as a Confirming Bank for any Lender which is a Non-NAIC Approved Bank, such other Lender shall receive such compensation therefor as such Non-NAIC Approved Bank and such Person may agree. If any Lender shall enter into a Confirming Bank Agreement hereunder at any time, it shall promptly furnish a copy thereof to the Company and the Administrative Agent and, thereafter, promptly notify the Company and the Administrative Agent of the termination or expiration of such Confirming Bank Agreement. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Lender shall have any obligation to agree to act hereunder as a Confirming Bank for any other Lender.

 

Section 2.22.       Extension of Termination Date.

 

(a)           Request for Extension. The Company may, by notice to the Administrative Agent not earlier than 90 days and not later than 30 days prior to each anniversary of the Closing Date (with respect to any Commitment Termination Extension Request, such anniversary date or, if such anniversary date is not a Business Day, the Business Day immediately preceding such anniversary date, the “Current Anniversary Date”) request that each Lender extend such Lender’s Commitment Termination Date then in effect (herein referred to as such Lender’s “Existing Commitment Termination Date”) for an additional one year from such Existing Commitment Termination Date (any such request, a “Commitment Termination Extension Request”); provided that not more than two such extensions may be made during the life of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders of each Commitment Termination Extension Request.

 

(b)          Lender Election to Extend. Each Lender, acting in its sole and individual discretion, shall, by notice to the Administrative Agent given not later than the date that is 20 days following the date of the Company’s notice, or such other date as shall be acceptable to the Company and the Administrative Agent and notified to the Lenders, (the “Notice Date”), notify the Administrative Agent whether or not it agrees to such Commitment Termination Extension Request (each such Lender that agrees to such request being herein referred to as an “Extending Lender”). Each Lender that determines not to so extend the Commitment Termination Date

 

81

 

(such Lender being herein referred as a “Non-Extending Lender”) shall notify the Administrative Agent of its determination thereof as promptly as practicable, but in any event not later than the Notice Date, and any Lender that does not advise the Administrative Agent on or before the Notice Date as to whether or not it agrees to such Commitment Termination Extension Request shall be deemed to be a Non-Extending Lender for purposes of such Commitment Termination Extension Request. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Lender shall have any obligation to agree to any Commitment Termination Extension Request (regardless of whether any other Lender shall agree to such Commitment Termination Extension Request) and any election to do so shall be in the sole discretion of each Lender.

 

(c)           Notification by Administrative Agent; Replacement of Non-Extending Lenders. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company of the Lenders’ responses to each Commitment Termination Extension Request. The Company shall have the right to replace any Non-Extending Lender at any time (whether before or after the relevant Commitment Termination Extension Effective Date with respect to any Commitment Termination Extension Request) in accordance with this paragraph. Such replacement may be effected, at the option of the Company and, in each case effective as of the relevant Commitment Termination Extension Effective Date, by (i) requiring such Non-Extending Lender to assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), all or a portion of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement to an assignee (which may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment) that shall assume such obligations and agree to such Commitment Termination Extension Request with respect thereto, (ii) having one or more existing Lenders, and/or other Persons which qualify as assignees (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 9.04), that are not then Lenders (each such Lender or other Person, an “Additional Commitment Lender”), provide a Commitment in connection with such Commitment Termination Extension Request, in each case pursuant to a joinder or similar agreement, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, as applicable, provided that the initial Commitment of each such new Lender shall not be less than $25,000,000 and, in an aggregate amount (with respect to clauses (i) and (ii) above) not exceeding the Commitment of such Non-Extending Lender and/or (iii) notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, concurrently with the effectiveness of the new Commitment(s) under clause (ii) above, on a nonratable basis, by written notice to the Administrative Agent and the relevant Non-Extending Lender, terminating the Commitment, if any, of such Non-Extending Lender (after giving effect to the actions under clauses (i) and (ii) above) and paying such Non-Extending Lender an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and participations under its Letters of Credit, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (including amounts, if any, payable pursuant to Section 9.03(a) as a result of the such prepayment). Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, each Lender or other Person that shall become an Additional Commitment Lender and assume or provide a Commitment as part of such Commitment Termination Extension Request shall be subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).

 

(d)          Effective Date of Extension. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section, effective as of the Current Anniversary Date with respect to the relevant Commitment Termination Extension Request (the “Commitment Termination Extension Effective Date”), (i) the Commitment Termination Date for each Extending Lender’s

 

82

 

Commitment (including any additional Commitment provided by such Lender as part of such Commitment Termination Extension Request) shall be extended to the date that is one year after such Lender’s Existing Commitment Termination Date (except that, if such date is not a Business Day, such Commitment Termination Date shall be extended to the Business Day immediately preceding such date) and (ii) each Additional Commitment Lender that is not then a Lender shall become a Lender for all purposes of this Agreement with a Commitment in the amount specified in the applicable agreement referred to in paragraph (c) of this Section pursuant to which such Person shall become a Lender (which Commitment will have the same Commitment Termination Date provided for under clause (i) above that is applicable to the Extending Lenders). Subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Section, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Company and the Lenders of the Commitment Termination Extension Effective Date and record the relevant information for such extension in the Register. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in connection with each Commitment Termination Extension Request, the Commitment Termination Date with respect the Commitment of any Non-Extending Lender that has not been replaced pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section shall remain unchanged.

 

(e)           Conditions to Extension. In connection with any Commitment Termination Extension Request, each extension of the Commitment Termination Date shall be subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions as of the relevant Commitment Termination Extension Effective Date:

 

(i)           the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Extending Lenders, together with the aggregate amount of the Commitments of the Additional Commitment Lenders, with respect to such Commitment Termination Extension Request shall be more than 50% of the aggregate amount of the Commitments in effect immediately prior to such Commitment Termination Extension Effective Date;

 

(ii)          the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate of the Company dated as of such Commitment Termination Extension Effective Date signed by an officer of the Company (A) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by the Company authorizing the transaction and (B) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such extension, (x) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in this Agreement shall be true and correct in all material respects on and as of such Commitment Termination Extension Effective Date as if made on and as of such date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specific date, as of such specific date), and except that, for purposes of this Section, the representations and warranties contained in Section 4.02(a) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Section 5.01(b) and (y) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing;

 

(iii)         the Administrative Agent shall have received the documentation contemplated by paragraph (c) of this Section, executed by the relevant parties thereto; and

 

83

 

(iv)         to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Administrative Agent shall have received, customary legal opinions and board resolutions.

 

(f)           Adjustments of Revolving Credit and Letters of Credit Exposure. In connection with each Commitment Termination Extension Request, if on the relevant Commitment Termination Extension Effective Date, any Loans and Letters of Credit are outstanding and any Additional Commitment Lender shall provide or assume a Commitment in connection therewith, the Company shall on such date prepay on a nonratable basis Loans and/or cash collateralize the Letters of Credit (and pay the additional amounts, if any payable pursuant to Section 9.03(a) as a result of such prepayment), and/or borrow on a nonratable basis from each such Additional Commitment Lender, such that, after giving effect thereto, all outstanding Letters of Credit and Loans shall be held by the Lenders thereunder in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages (after giving effect to such increase).

 

(g)          Conflicting Provisions. This Section 2.22 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.15 or Section 9.02 to the contrary.

 

Article III

 

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

The Company and each Subsidiary Borrower (if any, and solely with respect to a Subsidiary Borrower, with respect to Section 3.14 only and to the extent provided therein) represents and warrants to the Lenders that:

 

Section 3.01.         Organization; Powers.

 

Each of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries (a) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i) or (c) above, to the extent that failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.02.         Authorization; Enforceability.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which it is a party have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action. Each Loan Document to which each Loan Party is a party has been duly executed and delivered by such Loan Party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and subject to general principles of equity, regardless of whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.

 

84

 

Section 3.03.         Governmental Authorizations.

 

No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by, or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, except (i) such as have been obtained or made and are in full force and effect and (ii) to the extent that failure to obtain such approval, consent, exemption or authorization, to take such other action, or to make such notice or filing would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.04.         No Contravention.

 

The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Loan Party is a party do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of such Loan Party’s Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any Contractual Obligation to which such Loan Party is a party or affecting such Loan Party or the properties of such Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Loan Party or its property is subject; or (c) violate any Law, except, in the case of clauses (b) and (c) above, to the extent such violations or defaults, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.05.         Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect.

 

(a)           Financial Statements. The Company has heretofore furnished to the Lenders in the Registration Statement its consolidated balance sheet and statements of income, equity and cash flows as of and for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, reported on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent public accountants. Such financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position and results of operations and cash flows of the Company and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods in accordance with GAAP.

 

(b)          No Material Adverse Effect. Since December 31, 2021, there has been no event, development or circumstance that has had or would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect except for Disclosed Matters.

 

Section 3.06.         Litigation and Environmental Matters.

 

(a)           Actions, Suits and Proceedings. Except for Disclosed Matters and Disclosed Tax Matters, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims, disputes or investigations pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against the Company or any of its Designated Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (i) either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.

 

85

 

(b)          Environmental Matters. Except with respect to any other matters that, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, neither the Company nor any of its Designated Subsidiaries (i) has failed to comply with any Environmental Law or to obtain, maintain or comply with any permit, license or other approval required under any Environmental Law, (ii) has become subject to any Environmental Liability, (iii) has received written notice of any claim with respect to any Environmental Liability or (iv) knows of any conditions or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to result in any Environmental Liability.

 

(c)           Change in Disclosed Matters. Since the date of the Registration Statement, there has been no change in the status of Disclosed Matters and since the date of the Registration Statement, there has been no change in Disclosed Tax Matters that, individually or in the aggregate, has resulted in, or would reasonably be expected to result in, a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.07.        Compliance with Laws.

 

Each of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries is in compliance with all Laws (including applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, applicable Sanctions and any Environmental Laws) and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property, except (i) where the necessity of compliance therewith is contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or (ii) where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 3.08.        No Default.

 

Neither the Company nor any of its Designated Subsidiaries is in default under or with respect to any Contractual Obligation that, individually or in the aggregate, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

 

Section 3.09.         Investment Company Status.

 

None of the Borrowers is or, after application of the proceeds of the Loans, will be an “investment company” as defined in, or subject to regulation under, the Investment Company Act of 1940.

 

Section 3.10.          Taxes.

 

Except for Disclosed Tax Matters, each of the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries has timely filed or caused to be filed all Federal income tax returns and all other material tax returns and reports required to have been filed and has paid or caused to be paid all taxes required to have been paid by it, except (a) taxes for which such Person has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP or SAP, as applicable, or (b) to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

86

 

Section 3.11.       ERISA.

 

(a)           Each of the Company and its ERISA Affiliates is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code and the regulations and published interpretations thereunder as they relate to each Plan, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur that, when taken together with all other such ERISA Events, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of all benefit liabilities of all underfunded Plans (determined based on the projected benefit obligation with respect to such underfunded Plans based on the assumptions used for purposes of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 87) did not, as of the last annual valuation dates applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets of all such underfunded Plans by an amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect if any such Plan were voluntarily terminated.

 

(b)          Each Foreign Pension Plan is in compliance with all requirements of Law applicable thereto and the respective requirements of the governing documents for such plan, except to the extent that the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. With respect to each Foreign Pension Plan, none of the Company, its Affiliates or any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents has engaged in a transaction that would subject the Company or any Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, to a tax or civil penalty that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The aggregate unfunded liabilities with respect to such Foreign Pension Plans would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. The present value of the aggregate accumulated benefit liabilities of all such Foreign Pension Plans (based on those assumptions used to fund each such Foreign Pension Plan) did not, as of the last annual valuation date applicable thereto, exceed the fair market value of the assets held in trust under all such Foreign Pension Plans by an amount that would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect if any such Plan were voluntarily terminated

 

Section 3.12.         Disclosure.

 

(a)           None of the reports, financial statements, certificates or other written information furnished by or on behalf of the Company or any other Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in connection with the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or delivered hereunder or thereunder (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading as of the date made; provided that, with respect to projected or pro forma financial information, the Company represents only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time furnished (it being understood that such projections and forecasts are subject to uncertainties and contingencies and no assurances can be given that such projections or forecasts will be realized).

 

87

 

(b)          As of the Closing Date, to the best knowledge of the Borrowers, the information included in the Beneficial Ownership Certification provided on or prior to the Closing Date to any Lender in connection with this Agreement is true and correct in all respects.

 

Section 3.13.         Margin Regulations.

 

No Loan Party is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, in the business of extending credit for the purpose, whether immediate, incidental or ultimate, of buying or carrying Margin Stock, and no Letter of Credit or part of the proceeds of any Loan hereunder will be used to buy or carry any Margin Stock. Following the application of the proceeds of each Borrowing, not more than 25% of the value of the assets of any of the Loan Parties shall consist of Margin Stock.

 

Section 3.14.         Certain Representations by Subsidiary Borrowers. Each Subsidiary Borrower severally represents and warrants that the representations and warranties set forth in Sections 3.01, 3.02, 3.03, 3.04, 3.06, 3.07, 3.08, 3.09, 3.10 and 3.13 with respect to itself and (if applicable) its Subsidiaries are true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any such representations and warranties qualified as to materiality, in all respects).

 

Section 3.15.         Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions.

 

The Company has implemented and maintains in effect policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance in all material respects by the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and Sanctions. None of (a) the Company, any Subsidiary, any of their respective directors or officers or, to the knowledge of the Company or such Subsidiary, any of their employees, or (b) to the knowledge of the Company or such Subsidiary, any agent of the Company or any Subsidiary that will act in any capacity in connection with the credit facility established hereby, is a Sanctioned Person. No Borrowing or Letter of Credit, or proceeds thereof, will be used directly, or indirectly to the knowledge of the Company and its Subsidiaries, by the Company or its Subsidiaries in violation of any Anti-Corruption Law or Sanctions applicable to the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

Article IV

 

CONDITIONS

 

Section 4.01.         Closing Date.

 

The obligations of the Lenders to make Loans and to issue, amend or (subject to Section 2.20(b)(v)) extend Letters of Credit hereunder shall not become effective until the date (the “Closing Date”) on which each of the following conditions shall be satisfied to the reasonable satisfaction of the Administrative Agent (or waived in accordance with Section 9.02):

 

(a)           Executed Counterparts of this Agreement. The Administrative Agent shall have received from each of the Company, the Lenders (including any Person that shall become a Lender hereunder as of the Closing Date) and the Administrative Agent a counterpart of this Agreement signed on behalf of such party (or written evidence reasonably satisfactory to the

 

88

 

Administrative Agent, which may include telecopy or electronic transmission of a signed signature page to this Agreement, that such party has signed a counterpart of this Agreement).

 

(b)          Corporate Documents; Incumbency Certificates. The Administrative Agent shall have received such documents and certificates as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request relating to the organization, existence and good standing of the Loan Parties, the authorization of the Transactions and any other legal matters relating to the Loan Parties, the Loan Documents or the Transactions, all in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

(c)           Officer’s Certificate. Each of the conditions set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) below shall be satisfied as of the Closing Date, and the Administrative Agent shall have received a certificate, dated the Closing Date and signed by a Responsible Officer, confirming compliance with such conditions:

 

(i)            Representations and Warranties. The representations and warranties of the Company and each Subsidiary Borrower (if any) set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any such representations and warranties qualified by materiality, in all respects) on and as of the Closing Date (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specified date, as of such specified date); and

 

(ii)          No Default or Event of Default. No Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or is continuing.

 

(d)          Opinion of Counsel to Company. The Administrative Agent shall have received one or more customary written opinions (addressed to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and dated the Closing Date) of counsel to the Company (which may include the general counsel or other internal counsel of the Company), in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agents (and the Company hereby instructs such counsel to deliver such opinion(s)).

 

(e)           Registration Statement. The Administrative Agent shall have received the Registration Statement and any amendments thereto submitted to the SEC prior to the Closing Date (which may be satisfied by the Company making the same available on its website without charge and providing the Administrative Agent notice thereof).

 

(f)           Fees and Expenses. The Company shall have paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of the respective person or persons entitled thereto all such fees and expenses as it shall have agreed in writing to pay to the Agents, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers in connection herewith (including the reasonable fees and expenses of Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP, special New York counsel to the Administrative Agent) that are due and payable on or prior to the Closing Date (and, with respect to such expenses, for which invoices have been presented to the Company at least two Business Days prior to the Closing Date).

 

(g)          Know Your Customer. (1) The Administrative Agent shall have received, at least five days prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information regarding the Borrower requested in connection with applicable “know your customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including the Patriot Act, to the extent requested in writing of

 

89

 

the Borrower at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date and (2) to the extent any Borrower qualifies as a “legal entity customer” under the Beneficial Ownership Regulation, at least five days prior to the Closing Date, any Lender that has requested, in a written notice to such Borrowers at least 10 days prior to the Closing Date, a Beneficial Ownership Certification in relation to such Borrower shall have received such Beneficial Ownership Certification (provided that, upon the execution and delivery by such Lender of its signature page to this Agreement, the condition set forth in this clause (ii) shall be deemed to be satisfied).

 

(h)          Other Documents. The Administrative Agent shall have received such other documents as are customary for transactions of this type as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

 

The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders of the Closing Date, and such notice shall be conclusive and binding.

 

Section 4.02.         Each Credit Event.

 

The obligation of each Lender to make a Loan on the occasion of any Borrowing (other than a continuation or conversion of a loan), or to issue, amend or (subject to Section 2.20(b)(v)) extend any Letter of Credit, is subject to the satisfaction of the following conditions (in addition to the concurrent or prior satisfaction of the conditions under Section 4.01 on the Closing Date):

 

(a)           Representations and Warranties. (i) With respect to any Borrowing or issuance, amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit in each case on or prior to the day that is one Business Day following the IPO Effective Date, the representations and warranties of the Company and each Subsidiary Borrower (if any) set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or (ii) with respect to any Borrowing or issuance, amendment or extension of any Letter of Credit, in each case, later than one Business Day following the IPO Effective Date, the representations and warranties of the Company and each Subsidiary Borrower (if any) set forth in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, excluding those representations and warranties contained in (1) Section 3.05(b) (solely as it pertains to clause (a) of the definition of “Material Adverse Effect”), (2) Section 3.06(a) and (3) Section 3.06(c), in each case under clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 4.02(a), shall be true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any such representations and warranties qualified by materiality, in all respects) on and as of the date of such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specified date, as of such specified date); and

 

(b)          No Default or Event of Default. At the time of and immediately after giving effect to such Borrowing or the issuance, amendment or extension of such Letter of Credit, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred or be continuing.

 

Each Borrowing and each issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to constitute a representation and warranty by the Company on the date thereof as to the matters specified in clauses (a) and (b) of the preceding sentence and (if applicable) by the

90

 

applicable Subsidiary Borrower of its representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.14 (other than a continuation or conversion of a loan).

 

Article V

 

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full, and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated and all Unreimbursed Amounts shall have been reimbursed, the Company covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

Section 5.01.         Financial Statements and Other Information.

 

The Company will furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly provide to each Lender):

 

(a)           within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the audited consolidated balance sheets and related audited consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case as of the end of and for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the previous fiscal year, all reported on by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or other independent public accountants of recognized national standing in an audit report to the effect that such consolidated financial statements present fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP;

 

(b)          within 45 days after the end of each of the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, the unaudited consolidated balance sheets and related unaudited statements of operations, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case as of the end of and for such fiscal quarter, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for (or, in the case of the balance sheet, as of the end of) the corresponding period or periods of the previous fiscal year, in each case certified by a Financial Officer as presenting fairly in all material respects the financial condition and results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, subject to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes, provided, however, that the financial statements and certifications required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 5.01(b) with respect to the first fiscal quarter of the fiscal year 2022 may be delivered on or prior to May 20, 2022 instead of May 15, 2022;

 

(c)           (I) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) or (b) above, a certificate of a Financial Officer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent (i) certifying that no Default has occurred or, if such a Default has occurred, specifying the nature and extent thereof and any corrective action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto and (ii) setting forth computations in reasonable detail demonstrating compliance with the covenants contained in Section 6.04 and (II) concurrently with any delivery of financial statements under paragraph (a) above, a certificate of a Financial

 

91

 

Officer in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent specifying any changes to the list of Designated Subsidiaries as of the last day of the fiscal period to which such financial statements relate;

 

(d)          promptly after the same become publicly available, copies of all periodic and other reports, proxy statements and other materials filed by the Company with the SEC, any Governmental Authority succeeding to any or all of the functions of the SEC or any U.S. national securities exchange, or distributed to its shareholders generally, as the case may be; and

 

(e)           promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate affairs of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary (including information required to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification requirements of any Lender), or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

 

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a), (b) or (d) (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC) may be delivered electronically by posting on an Internet website, and, if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been furnished by the Company to the Administrative Agent (and by the Administrative Agent to the Lenders) on the date (i) on which such materials are publicly available as posted on the Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval system (EDGAR) or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access without charge (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that: (A) the Company shall deliver paper copies of such documents to the Administrative Agent or any Lender upon its request to the Company to deliver such paper copies and (B) the Company shall notify the Administrative Agent (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents delivered pursuant to Section 5.01(a) or (b). The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery of or to maintain paper copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Company with any such request by a Lender for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.

 

Section 5.02.         Notices of Material Events.

 

The Company will furnish to the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly provide to each Lender) the following, in each case, following the Company’s knowledge thereof:

 

(a)           prompt written notice of any occurrence of any Default;

 

(b)          prompt written notice of the occurrence of any ERISA Event that, alone or together with any other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)           within 5 days of any such change or notice, written notice of any change in the Company’s Index Debt Ratings from S&P and Moody’s, or any notice from either such agency indicating its cessation of, or its intent to cease, rating the Company’s debt; or

 

92

 

(d)          2 Business Days prior written notice of an anticipated IPO Effective Date.

 

Each notice delivered under this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer setting forth the details of the event or development requiring such notice and, in the case of clause (a) or (b), any action taken or proposed to be taken with respect thereto.

 

Section 5.03.          Existence; Conduct of Business.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of the Subsidiary Borrowers to, do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect (a) its legal existence and (b) the rights, licenses, permits, privileges and franchises material to the conduct of its business, other than, in the case of clause (b), the loss of which would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default has occurred and is continuing, (i) any Subsidiary Borrower may merge with or into the Company; provided that the Company shall be the surviving entity; (ii) any Subsidiary Borrower may merge with or into any other Subsidiary; provided that such Subsidiary Borrower shall be the surviving entity or, if such Subsidiary Borrower is not the surviving entity, the surviving entity shall be a Subsidiary Borrower; and (iii) any Subsidiary Borrower may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to the Company or to another Subsidiary Borrower.

 

Section 5.04.          Payment of Taxes.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Designated Subsidiaries to, pay, before the same shall become delinquent or in default, its Tax liabilities, that, if not paid, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, except where (a) the validity or amount thereof is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (b) the Company or such Designated Subsidiary has set aside on its books adequate reserves with respect thereto in accordance with GAAP or SAP, as applicable, or (c) the failure to make payment pending such contest would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided that, for avoidance of doubt an obligation shall be considered to be delinquent or in default for purposes of this Section only if there has first been a notice and demand therefor (as defined in Section 6303 of the Code and similar provisions of Law) by a tax authority.

 

Section 5.05.           Maintenance of Properties.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Designated Subsidiaries to, keep and maintain all property material to the conduct of its business in good working order and condition (ordinary wear and tear excepted) and make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof, except, in each case, to the extent that failure to do so would not be reasonably expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.06.          Books and Records.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Designated Subsidiaries to, maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in all material respects in conformity with GAAP (or applicable local standards) or SAP, as applicable, consistently

 

93

 

applied shall be made of all financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Company or such Designated Subsidiary, as the case may be.

 

Section 5.07.              Inspection Rights.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Designated Subsidiaries to, permit any representatives designated by any Agent and/or any Joint Lead Arranger and (at any time a Default exists) any representatives reasonably designated by any Lender, upon reasonable prior notice and at reasonable times during normal business hours, to visit and inspect its properties, to examine and make extracts from its books and other records reasonably requested (other than information subject to confidentiality restrictions, insurance records and customer-related information), and to discuss its affairs, finances and condition with its officers and independent accountants; provided that such inspections shall be limited to once per fiscal year of the Company, unless an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing. The Company shall pay the reasonable costs and expenses of any such visit or inspection, but only if a Default exists at the time thereof or is discovered as a result thereof (provided that the Company shall have no responsibility for any such costs and expenses under any other circumstance).

 

Section 5.08.              Compliance with Laws.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Designated Subsidiaries to, comply with all Laws and orders of any Governmental Authority applicable to it or its property (including applicable Anti-Corruption Laws, applicable Sanctions and Environmental Laws), and in connection therewith, the Company will maintain in effect and enforce policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance in all material respects by the Company, its Designated Subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers, employees and agents with applicable Anti-Corruption Laws and applicable Sanctions, except in each case where the failure to do so, individually or in the aggregate, would not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 5.09.              Insurance.

 

The Company will, and will cause each of its Designated Subsidiaries to, maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons, all as determined in good faith by the Company.

 

Section 5.10.              Use of Proceeds.

 

The proceeds of the Loans will be used for general corporate purposes of the Company and its Subsidiaries, and the Letters of Credit will be used to support the Company’s Insurance Subsidiaries and for general corporate purposes of the Company and its Subsidiaries, in each case not in contravention of any Law or any Loan Document.

 

94

 

Article VI

 

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

 

Until the Commitments have expired or been terminated and the principal of and interest on each Loan and all fees payable hereunder shall have been paid in full and all Letters of Credit shall have expired or terminated and all Unreimbursed Amounts shall have been reimbursed, the Company covenants and agrees with the Lenders that:

 

Section 6.01.              Liens.

 

The Company will not, nor will it cause or permit any Subsidiary Borrower to, create, incur, assume or permit to exist any Lien on (i) any property or asset now owned or hereafter acquired by it or (ii) any Equity Interests of any of the Company’s Designated Subsidiaries, except in each case:

 

(a)           Liens on any property or assets of (i) the Company existing on the Closing Date or (ii) any Subsidiary Borrower existing on the date any Subsidiary first becomes a Subsidiary Borrower, and, if any Subsidiary ceases to be a Subsidiary Borrower and is subsequently redesignated as a Subsidiary Borrower, Liens on any property or assets of such Subsidiary Borrower as of the date of such redesignation;

 

(b)          Liens on any property or assets of any Person existing at the time such Person is merged or consolidated with or into the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower, and not created in contemplation of such event;

 

(c)          any Lien existing on any property or assets prior to the acquisition thereof by the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower; provided that (i) such Lien is not created in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, (ii) such Lien does not apply to any other property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower (other than improvements, accessions, proceeds or distributions in respect of the acquired property or assets) and (iii) such Lien secures only those obligations that it secures on the date of such acquisition;

 

(d)          Liens on any property or assets acquired, constructed or improved by the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower; provided that (i) such Liens and the Indebtedness (including Capital Lease Obligations) secured thereby are incurred prior to or within 360 days after such acquisition or the completion of such construction or improvement, (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost of acquiring, constructing or improving such property or assets and (iii) such Liens shall not apply to any other property or assets of the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower (provided that individual financings provided by one lender may be cross-collateralized to other financings provided by such lender (and its Affiliates));

 

(e)          Permitted Encumbrances;

 

(f)           judgment Liens securing judgments not constituting an Event of Default under Article VII;

 

95

 

(g)          Liens arising in connection with Swap Contracts not entered into for speculative purposes;

 

(h)          Liens on securities owned by the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower which are pledged to any Federal Home Loan Bank or other government sponsored entity to secure advances and extensions of credit made to the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower in the ordinary course of business by any Federal Home Loan Bank or by any other government sponsored entity in connection with programs that are generally available to similarly situated companies in the insurance or financial services industry;

 

(i)           Liens arising out of deposits of cash or securities into collateral trusts or reinsurance trusts with ceding companies, insurance regulators or as otherwise incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower;

 

(j)           Liens on any real property and personal property relating thereto securing Limited Recourse Real Estate Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower;

 

(k)          Liens not otherwise permitted by this Section arising in the ordinary course of the business of the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower that do not secure any Indebtedness;

 

(l)           Liens arising out of Securities Transactions entered into in the ordinary course of business;

 

(m)         Liens on, or sales or transfers of, securitized assets (including notes, bonds and other securities or accounts receivable) in connection with securitizations of such assets; provided that no such Lien shall extend to or cover any property or assets other than the assets subject to such securitization (including the proceeds of the foregoing), related rights under the securitization documents and any other assets that are customarily pledged in connection with such securitization;

 

(n)          Liens securing obligations in respect of letters of credit issued on behalf of any Insurance Subsidiary for insurance regulatory or reinsurance purposes;

 

(o)          Liens securing obligations in connection with ordinary course operation of the affordable housing business of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(p)          Liens granted by the Company and/or AIGLH to AIG in order to secure the reimbursement or contribution obligations of the Company and/or AIGLH, whether collateralized or uncollateralized, to AIG in respect of the AIG Guarantee of AIGLH Notes so long as (i) such Liens permitted under this clause (p) do not secure any obligations other than such reimbursement or contribution obligations of the Company and/or AIGLH and (ii) such reimbursement or contribution obligations do not exceed the obligations (contingent or actual) under such AIG Guarantee (as the same may decrease, but not increase (other than for interest and other amounts that may become due under such AIG Guarantee and related documentation for the reimbursement or contribution obligations) for the purposes of this clause (p), from time to time thereafter) in respect of the AIGLH Notes;

 

96

 

(q)          Liens on intercompany Indebtedness of any Subsidiary Borrower owed to the Company or any other Subsidiary Borrower;

 

(r)           Liens incurred pursuant to the Loan Documents;

 

(s)           Liens securing Operating Indebtedness;

 

(t)           Liens on any assets as security required by applicable Law as a condition to the transaction of any business;

 

(u)          Liens securing Indebtedness not otherwise permitted by this Section; provided that the aggregate principal amount of the Indebtedness secured by such Liens shall not exceed the greater of (i) $1,500,000,000 and (ii) 5% of Consolidated Net Worth at any one time outstanding; and

 

(v)          any extension, renewal or replacement of the foregoing; provided that the Liens permitted hereunder shall not be expanded to cover any additional Indebtedness or assets (other than a substitution of like assets and improvements, accessions, proceeds or distributions in respect of such assets) unless such additional Indebtedness or assets would have been permitted in connection with the original creation, incurrence or assumption of such Lien.

 

Section 6.02.              Fundamental Changes.

 

The Company will not, nor will it cause or permit any Subsidiary Borrower to, merge into or consolidate with any other Person, or permit any other Person to merge into or consolidate with it, or sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of (in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets, or all or substantially all of the Equity Interests of any of the Subsidiary Borrowers (in each case, whether now owned or hereafter acquired), or liquidate or dissolve, except that, if at the time thereof and immediately after giving effect thereto no Default has occurred and is continuing:

 

(i)        any Person may merge with or into the Company; provided that the Company shall be the surviving entity;

 

(ii)       any Subsidiary Borrower may merge with or into any other Person; provided that a Subsidiary Borrower or the Company shall be the surviving entity; and

 

(iii)      any Subsidiary Borrower may sell, transfer, lease or otherwise dispose of its assets to the Company or to another Subsidiary Borrower.

 

Section 6.03.              Lines of Business.

 

The Company will not, nor will it cause or permit any of its Designated Subsidiaries to, engage to any material extent in any business other than the businesses of the type conducted by the Company and its Designated Subsidiaries on the date hereof or to be conducted following the IPO as described in the Registration Statement and business activities reasonably related, incidental or complementary thereto (including any new insurance and reinsurance businesses by any Insurance Subsidiary).

 

97

 

Section 6.04.        Financial Covenants.

 

(a)           Consolidated Net Worth. The Company will not permit Consolidated Net Worth, as of the last day of any fiscal quarter, to be less than $11.73 billion.

 

(b)          Consolidated Total Debt to Consolidated Total Capitalization. The Company will not permit Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of any fiscal quarter to exceed 40% of Consolidated Total Capitalization as of the last day of such fiscal quarter.

 

Section 6.05.        Use of Proceeds in Compliance with Sanctions Laws.

 

The Company will not request any Borrowing or Letter of Credit, and the Company shall not, and shall procure that its Subsidiaries and its or their respective directors, officers and employees shall not, use or otherwise make available, directly or indirectly, the proceeds of any Borrowing or use of any Letter of Credit (A) in furtherance of an offer, payment, promise to pay, or authorization of the payment or giving of money, or anything else of value, to any Person in violation of any Anti-Corruption Laws, (B) for the funding, financing or facilitating of any activities, business or transaction of or with any Sanctioned Person, or in any Sanctioned Country or (C) in any manner that would result in the violation of any Sanctions applicable to any party hereto.

 

Article VII

 

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

If any of the following events (“Events of Default”) shall occur:

 

(a)           the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower shall fail to pay any principal of any Loan or any Unreimbursed Amount when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the due date thereof or at a date fixed for prepayment thereof or by acceleration or otherwise;

 

(b)          the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower shall fail to pay any interest on any Loan or Unreimbursed Amount or any fee or any other amount (other than an amount referred to in clause (a) of this Article) due under any Loan Document, when and as the same shall become due and payable, and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five or more Business Days;

 

(c)           any representation or warranty made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Company or any other Loan Party in or in connection with any Loan Document or any amendment or modification thereof, or any representation, warranty, statement or information contained in any report, certificate, financial statement or other instrument furnished in connection with or pursuant to any Loan Document or any amendment or modification hereof or thereof, shall prove to have been incorrect in any material respect when made, deemed made or furnished;

 

(d)          (i) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Sections 5.03 (solely with respect to the existence of the Company and

 

98

 

the Subsidiary Borrowers) and 5.10 and in Article VI; (ii) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.02(a) or (b) and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five or more Business Days; or (iii) any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in Section 5.07 and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of five or more Business Days after notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Company (given at the request of any Lender);

 

(e)           any Loan Party shall fail to observe or perform any covenant, condition or agreement contained in any Loan Document (other than those specified in clause (a), (b) or (d) of this Article) and such failure shall continue unremedied for a period of 30 or more days after written notice thereof from the Administrative Agent to the Company;

 

(f)           (i) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall fail to make any payment (whether of principal or interest and regardless of amount) in respect of any Material Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company by any of its Subsidiaries), when and as the same shall become due and payable (beyond any applicable grace period expressly set forth in the governing documents or if the governing documents do not contain a grace period, two days after the Company or such Subsidiary is given written notice of such failure); or (ii) any event or condition occurs that results in any Material Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness owed to the Company by any of its Subsidiaries) becoming due prior to its scheduled maturity; provided that this subclause (ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness;

 

(g)          an involuntary proceeding shall be commenced or an involuntary petition shall be filed seeking (i) liquidation, reorganization or other relief in respect of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary or its debts, or of a substantial part of its assets, under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar Law now or hereafter in effect or (ii) the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Company or any Designated Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the assets of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, and, in any such case, such proceeding or petition shall continue undismissed for a period of 60 or more days or an order or decree approving or ordering any of the foregoing shall be entered;

 

(h)          the Company or any Designated Subsidiary shall (i) voluntarily commence any proceeding or file any petition seeking liquidation, reorganization or other relief under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar Law now or hereafter in effect, (ii) consent to the institution of, or fail to contest in a timely and appropriate manner, any proceeding or petition described in clause (g) of this Article, (iii) apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, custodian, sequestrator, conservator or similar official for the Company or any Designated Subsidiary or for a substantial part of the assets of the Company or any Designated Subsidiary, (iv) file an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it in any such proceeding, (v) make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, (vi) become unable, admit in writing its inability or fail generally to pay its debts as they become due or (vii) take any action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing;

 

99

 

(i)            one or more judgments shall be rendered against the Company and/or its Subsidiaries or any combination thereof and the same shall remain undischarged for a period of 30 consecutive days during which execution shall not be effectively stayed, or any action shall be legally taken by a judgment creditor to attach or levy upon any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary to enforce any such judgment, and such judgment and/or judgments either is or are, as applicable, for (i) the payment of money in an aggregate amount in excess of $375,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency) or (ii) injunctive relief and would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(j)            an ERISA Event shall have occurred that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that have occurred, would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(k)          the obligations of the Company with respect to Letters of Credit for which any Subsidiary is named as an applicant hereunder or, at any time a Subsidiary Borrower shall be party to this Agreement, the guarantee of the Company under Article X shall cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms hereof), or the Company shall deny in writing that it has any liability with respect to such Letters of Credit or under such guarantee; or

 

(l)            there shall have occurred a Change in Control;

 

then, and in every such event (other than an event with respect to the Company described in clause (g) or (h) of this Article), and at any time thereafter during the continuance of such event, the Administrative Agent may, and at the request of the Required Lenders shall, by notice to the Company, take any or all of the following actions, at the same or different times: (i) terminate the Commitments, and thereupon the Commitments shall terminate immediately; (ii) declare the Loans then outstanding to be due and payable in whole (or in part, in which case any principal not so declared to be due and payable may thereafter be declared to be due and payable), and thereupon the principal of the Loans so declared to be due and payable, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers accrued hereunder, shall become due and payable immediately; and (iii) require that the Company Cash Collateralize its L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof plus any accrued and unpaid interest thereon), in each case, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Loan Parties, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding; and in case of any event with respect to the Company described in clause (g) or (h) of this Article, the Commitments shall automatically terminate and the principal of the Loans then outstanding, together with accrued interest thereon and all fees and other obligations of the Company and the Subsidiary Borrowers accrued hereunder, shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Company to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case, without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender and without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby waived by the Loan Parties, anything contained herein to the contrary notwithstanding.

 

100

 

Article VIII

 

AGENTS

 

Section 8.01.              Administrative Agent.

 

(a)           Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints the Administrative Agent and the Several L/C Agent as its agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent and/or the Several L/C Agent, as applicable, to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent or the Several L/C Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.

 

(b)          Any Person serving as an Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not such Agent, and such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in any kind of business with, the Borrowers or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if it were not such Agent hereunder.

 

(c)           The Administrative Agent, the Several L/C Agent or the Joint Lead Arrangers, as applicable, shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent, the Several L/C Agent or the Joint Lead Arrangers, as applicable, (i) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing, (ii) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that such Agent is required to exercise in writing by the Required Lenders and (iii) except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, shall not have any duty to disclose, or be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as such Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity. The Administrative Agent, the Several L/C Agent or the Joint Lead Arrangers, as applicable, shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders or in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. No Agent shall be deemed to have knowledge of any Default unless and until written notice thereof is given to such Agent by the Borrowers or a Lender, and the Administrative Agent, the Several L/C Agent or the Joint Lead Arrangers, as applicable, shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (1) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (2) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (3) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein, (4) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (5) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article IV or elsewhere herein or therein, other than (in the case of the Administrative Agent) to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

 

101

 

(d)          Each Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or sent by the proper Person. Each Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to be made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. Each Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for any Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

(e)           Each Agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through any one or more sub-agents appointed by such Agent. Each Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all its duties and exercise its rights and powers through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory provisions of the preceding paragraphs shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of each Agent and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as an Agent.

 

(f)           Subject to the appointment and acceptance of a successor Administrative Agent as provided in this paragraph, the Administrative Agent may resign at any time by notifying the Lenders and the Company; provided that if the Person acting as the Administrative Agent at any time is also acting as a Several L/C Agent, such Person shall also resign as such Several L/C Agent at such time. Upon any such resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, in consultation with the Company, to appoint a successor Administrative Agent (which Person shall also be appointed as a successor Several L/C Agent, if applicable). If no successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring Administrative Agent may, on behalf of the Lenders, appoint a successor Administrative Agent (and, if applicable, successor Several L/C Agent) which shall be a bank with an office in New York, New York, or an Affiliate of any such bank, in each case with a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. Upon the acceptance of its appointment as Administrative Agent (and, if applicable, Several L/C Agent) hereunder by a successor, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent (and, if applicable, Several L/C Agent) and the retiring Administrative Agent (and, if applicable, Several L/C Agent) shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by the Company to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Company and such successor. After the Administrative Agent’s (and, if applicable, Several L/C Agent’s) resignation hereunder, the provisions of this Article and Section 9.03 shall continue in effect for its benefit in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as Administrative Agent (and, if applicable, Several L/C Agent).

 

(g)          Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any arranger of this credit facility or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon any Agent, any arranger of this credit facility or any other Lender and

 

102

 

based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

 

(h)          In case of the pendency of any receivership, insolvency, liquidation, bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment, composition or other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or any L/C Obligation shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on any Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise: (i) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, all L/C Obligations and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders and the Agents (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders and the Agents and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders and the Agents under Sections 2.04, 2.20(c) and 9.03) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and (ii) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and each Agent to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, in the event that the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the Agents, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Agents under Sections 2.04, 2.20(c) and 9.03. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or any other Agent any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or any other Agent or to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or any other Agent in any such proceeding.

 

(i)            Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Joint Lead Arrangers and the Syndication Agents named on the cover page of this Agreement shall not have any duties or liabilities under this Agreement (except in their capacity, if any, as Lenders).

 

(j)            (i) Each Lender hereby agrees that (x) if the Administrative Agent notifies such Lender that the Administrative Agent has determined in its sole discretion that any funds received by such Lender from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates (whether as a payment, prepayment or repayment of principal, interest, fees or otherwise; individually and collectively, a “Payment”) were erroneously transmitted to such Lender (whether or not known to such Lender), and demands the return of such Payment (or a portion thereof), such Lender shall promptly, but in no event later than one Business Day thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made in same day funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank

 

103

 

compensation from time to time in effect, and (y) to the extent permitted by applicable law, such Lender shall not assert, and hereby waives, as to the Administrative Agent, any claim, counterclaim, defense or right of set-off or recoupment with respect to any demand, claim or counterclaim by the Administrative Agent for the return of any Payments received, including without limitation any defense based on “discharge for value” or any similar doctrine. A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender under this Section 8.01(j) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

 

(ii)          Each Lender hereby further agrees that if it receives a Payment from the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates (x) that is in a different amount than, or on a different date from, that specified in a notice of payment sent by the Administrative Agent (or any of its Affiliates) with respect to such Payment (a “Payment Notice”) or (y) that was not preceded or accompanied by a Payment Notice, it shall be on notice, in each such case, that an error has been made with respect to such Payment. Each Lender agrees that, in each such case, or if it otherwise becomes aware a Payment (or portion thereof) may have been sent in error, such Lender shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent of such occurrence and, upon demand from the Administrative Agent, it shall promptly, but in no event later than one Business Day thereafter, return to the Administrative Agent the amount of any such Payment (or portion thereof) as to which such a demand was made in same day funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such Payment (or portion thereof) was received by such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent at the greater of the NYFRB Rate and a rate determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation from time to time in effect.

 

(iii)         The Company and each other Loan Party hereby agrees that (x) in the event an erroneous Payment (or portion thereof) are not recovered from any Lender that has received such Payment (or portion thereof) for any reason, the Administrative Agent shall be subrogated to all the rights of such Lender with respect to such amount and (y) an erroneous Payment shall not pay, prepay, repay, discharge or otherwise satisfy any Obligations owed by the Company or any other Loan Party.

 

(iv)         Each party’s obligations under this Section 8.01(j) shall survive the resignation or replacement of the Administrative Agent or any transfer of rights or obligations by, or the replacement of, a Lender, the termination of the Commitments or the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations under any Loan Document.

 

Section 8.02.              Certain ERISA Matters.

 

(a)           Each Lender (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Company or any other Loan Party, that at least one of the following is and will be true:

 

(i)            such Lender is not using “plan assets” (within the meaning of Section 3(42) of ERISA or otherwise) of one or more Plans with respect to such Lender’s entrance into,

 

104

 

participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans the Letters of Credit, the Commitments or this Agreement,

 

(ii)          the transaction exemption set forth in one or more PTEs, such as PTE 84-14 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by independent qualified professional asset managers), PTE 95-60 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company general accounts), PTE 90-1 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving insurance company pooled separate accounts), PTE 91-38 (a class exemption for certain transactions involving bank collective investment funds) or PTE 96-23 (a class exemption for certain transactions determined by in-house asset managers), is applicable with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement,

 

(iii)             (A) such Lender is an investment fund managed by a “Qualified Professional Asset Manager” (within the meaning of Part VI of PTE 84-14), (B) such Qualified Professional Asset Manager made the investment decision on behalf of such Lender to enter into, participate in, administer and perform the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, (C) the entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement satisfies the requirements of sub-sections (b) through (g) of Part I of PTE 84-14 and (D) to the best knowledge of such Lender, the requirements of subsection (a) of Part I of PTE 84-14 are satisfied with respect to such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement, or

 

(iv)             such other representation, warranty and covenant as may be agreed in writing between the Administrative Agent, in its sole discretion, and such Lender.

 

(b)          In addition, unless either (1) sub-clause (i) in the immediately preceding clause (a) is true with respect to a Lender or (2) a Lender has provided another representation, warranty and covenant in accordance with sub-clause (iv) in the immediately preceding clause (a), such Lender further (x) represents and warrants, as of the date such Person became a Lender party hereto, to, and (y) covenants, from the date such Person became a Lender party hereto to the date such Person ceases being a Lender party hereto, for the benefit of, the Administrative Agent and not, for the avoidance of doubt, to or for the benefit of the Company or any other Loan Party, that the Administrative Agent is not a fiduciary with respect to the assets of such Lender involved in such Lender’s entrance into, participation in, administration of and performance of the Loans, the Letters of Credit, the Commitments and this Agreement (including in connection with the reservation or exercise of any rights by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any documents related hereto or thereto).

 

Section 8.03.              Guaranty Matters.

 

Without limiting the provisions of Section 8.01, the Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to release the Company from its obligations with respect to any

 

105

 

Subsidiary Borrower under Section 10.01 if such Subsidiary Borrower ceases to be a Subsidiary as a result of a transaction permitted under the Loan Documents.

 

Article IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Section 9.01.              Notices.

 

(a)           Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and subject to paragraph (b) of this Section), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, to the applicable address or telecopier number for the applicable Person in Schedule 9.01. Notices pursuant to this paragraph (a) sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices sent by telecopy shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next Business Day for the recipient). Notices delivered through Approved Electronic Platforms, to the extent provided in paragraph (b) below, shall be effective as provided in said paragraph (b).

 

(b)          Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to any Loan Party and the Lenders hereunder may be delivered or furnished by Approved Electronic Platforms, in each case, pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices pursuant to Article II unless otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and the applicable Lender. The Administrative Agent or the Company may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

 

(c)           Change of Address, Etc. Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt.

 

Section 9.02.              Waivers; Amendments.

 

(a)           No Deemed Waivers; Remedies Cumulative. No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereunder are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Loan Party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such

 

106

 

waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or the issuance, amendment, or extension of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

 

(b)          Amendments. Subject to Section 2.11(b) and (c), neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Loan Parties and the Required Lenders or by the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders; provided that no such agreement shall:

 

(i)           increase any Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender;

 

(ii)          reduce the principal amount of any Loan or any Unreimbursed Amount or reduce the rate of interest thereon, or reduce any fees payable hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby (provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the applicable Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate);

 

(iii)         postpone the scheduled date of payment of the principal amount of any Loan or any Unreimbursed Amount, or any interest thereon, or any fees payable hereunder, or reduce the amount of, waive or excuse any such payment, or postpone the scheduled date of expiration of any Commitment, without the written consent of each Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;

 

(iv)         change Section 2.06(b) or 2.15(b) or (c) in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of payments required thereby, without the written consent of each Lender;

 

(v)          change any of the provisions of this Section or the definition of the term “Required Lenders” or any other provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; or

 

(vi)         release the Company from its guarantee obligations under Article X or from its obligations with respect to Letters of Credit for which any Subsidiary is named as an applicant hereunder, without the written consent of each Lender;

 

and provided further that no such agreement shall (A) amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent hereunder or amend, modify or waive any provision of Section 2.18 without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent or (B) amend, modify or otherwise affect the rights or duties of any other Agent hereunder without the prior written consent of such other Agent.

 

107

 

Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, no waiver of modification of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document that relates to Letters of Credit issued shall be effective unless the Required Lenders shall have concurred with such waiver or modification.

 

Section 9.03.              Expenses; Limitation of Liability; Indemnity, Etc.

 

(a)           Costs and Expenses. The Company agrees to pay or reimburse (i) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Agents, the Joint Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of one firm of outside counsel for the Administrative Agent, in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby shall be consummated); (ii) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Several L/C Agent in connection with the issuance, amendment, extension, reinstatement or renewal of any Letter of Credit or any demand for payment thereunder; and (iii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Several L/C Agent (including the fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent, any Lender and/or the Several L/C Agent), in connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights in connection with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or in connection with the Loans made or Letters of Credit issued hereunder, including in connection with any workout, restructuring or negotiations in respect thereof. This Section shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses or damages arising from any non-Tax claim.

 

(b)          Limitation of Liability. To the extent permitted by applicable law (i) the Company and any Loan Party shall not assert, and the Company and each Loan Party hereby waives, any claim against the Administrative Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), the Several L/C Agent, any Joint Lead Arranger, any Syndication Agent, any Lender, and any Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called a “Lender-Related Person”) for any Liabilities arising from the use by others of information or other materials (including, without limitation, any personal data) obtained through telecommunications, electronic or other information transmission systems (including the Internet) except in the case of this clause (i) to the extent such Liabilities are found by a final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to arise from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Lender-Related Person or its Related Parties and (ii) no party hereto shall assert, and each such party hereby waives, any Liabilities against any other party hereto, on any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby, or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby (including the Transactions), any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use of the proceeds thereof; provided that, nothing in this Section 9.03(b) shall relieve the Company and each Loan Party of any obligation it may have to indemnify an Indemnitee, as provided in Section 9.03(c), against any special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages asserted against such Indemnitee by a third party.

 

108

 

(c)           Indemnification by Company. The Company agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Several L/C Agent, each Joint Lead Arranger and each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person being called an “Indemnitee”) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all Liabilities and related expenses (including without limitation, the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees, disbursements and other charges of a single primary counsel for the Indemnitees and, if reasonably necessary, a single local counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction, unless there exists a perceived or actual conflict of interest among Indemnitees (as reasonably determined by such Indemnitee), in which case such expenses shall include the reasonable and documented out-of-pocket fees and disbursements of one additional counsel in each relevant material jurisdiction and, if reasonably necessary, of one regulatory counsel, to each group of similarly affected Indemnitees) incurred by any Indemnitee or asserted against any Indemnitee arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder or the consummation of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, (ii) any Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or intended use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the Several L/C Agent to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (iii) any transfer, sale, delivery, surrender or endorsement of any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under any Letter of Credit, (iv) any independent undertakings issued by the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit, (v) any unauthorized communication or instruction (whether oral, telephonic, written, telegraphic, facsimile, or electronic) regarding any Letter of Credit or error in computer transmission, (vi) an adviser, confirmer or other nominated person seeking to be reimbursed, indemnified or compensated in respect of any Letter of Credit, (vii) any third-party seeking to enforce the rights of an applicant, beneficiary, nominated person, transferee or assignee of proceeds of any Letter of Credit, (viii) the fraud, forgery, or illegal action of parties other than the Indemnitee with respect to any Letter of Credit, (ix) the enforcement of this Agreement or any rights or remedies in connection with any Letter of Credit Document, (x) any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or (xi) any actual or prospective Proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether or not such Proceeding is brought by the Company or any other Loan Party or its or their respective equity holders, Affiliates, creditors or any other third Person and whether based on contract, tort or any other theory and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such Liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim not involving an act or omission of the Company and that is brought by an Indemnitee against another Indemnitee (other than against the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, or any Joint Lead Arranger in their capacities as such). This Section 9.03(c) shall not apply with respect to Taxes other than any Taxes that represent losses, claims or damages arising from any non-Tax claim.

 

(d)          Reimbursement by Lenders. To the extent that the Company fails to pay any amount required to be paid by it to the Administrative Agent, the Several L/C Agent or any

 

109

 

Related Party of any of the foregoing (each, an “Agent-Related Person”) under paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section, each Lender severally agrees to pay to such Agent-Related Person such Lender’s Applicable Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment is sought) of such unpaid amount; provided that the unreimbursed expense or Liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted against such Agent-Related Person in its capacity as such.

 

(e)           Payments. All amounts due under this Section 9.03 shall be payable not later than ten Business Days after demand therefor.

 

(f)           Survival. The agreements in this Section 9.03 and the indemnity provisions of Section 10.03 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent and the Several L/C Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.

 

Section 9.04.              Successors and Assigns.

 

(a)           Assignments Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that (i) no Loan Party may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (and any attempted assignment or transfer by any Loan Party without such consent shall be null and void) and (ii) no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer its rights or obligations hereunder except in accordance with this Section. Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Agents, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

(b)          Assignments by Lenders. (i) Subject to the conditions set forth in paragraph (b)(ii) below, any Lender may assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments, its interests in Letters of Credit and the Loans at the time owing to it) with the prior written consent (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) of:

 

(A)             the Company; provided that no consent of the Company shall be required for an assignment to (I) a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or, (II) if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, any other assignee; and provided, further, that the Company shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment requiring its consent under this clause (A) unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within 15 Business Days after having received written notice thereof; and

 

(B)              the Administrative Agent; provided that no consent of the Administrative Agent shall be required for an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund.

 

(ii)          Assignments shall be subject to the following conditions:

 

110

(A)             except in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund or an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s applicable Commitment, the amount of such Commitment of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment (determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent) shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Company (except if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing) and the Administrative Agent otherwise consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed);

 

(B)              each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement;

 

(C)              the parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500;

 

(D)             the assignee, if it shall not be a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an Administrative Questionnaire in which the assignee designates one or more credit contacts to whom all syndicate-level information (which may contain material non-public information about the Company and its Related Parties or their respective securities) will be made available and who may receive such information in accordance with the assignee’s compliance procedures and applicable Laws, including Federal and state securities Laws; and

 

(E)              no such assignment shall be made to (I) the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries, (II) any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this subclause (II), (III) a natural person or a corporation, limited liability company, trust or other entity owned, operated or established for the primary benefit of a natural person and/or family members or relatives of such person or (IV) any Person which is a Non-NAIC Approved Bank (unless such Non-NAIC Approved Bank shall have in effect a Confirming Bank Agreement or Limited Fronting Lender Agreement, in each case, with a Person or Lender, as applicable, which is a NAIC Approved Bank).

 

(iii)             Subject to acceptance and recording thereof pursuant to paragraph (b)(iv) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party hereto and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.14 and 9.03). Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or

 

111

 

obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this paragraph shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with paragraph (c) of this Section.

 

(iv)             Maintenance of Register by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent, acting for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Loan Parties, shall maintain at one of its offices a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, the principal amount (and stated interest) of the Loans owing to and the Letters of Credit issued by, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Loan Parties, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Loan Party and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

 

(v)          Effectiveness of Assignments. Upon its receipt of a duly completed Assignment and Assumption executed by an assigning Lender and an assignee, the assignee’s completed Administrative Questionnaire (unless the assignee shall already be a Lender hereunder), the processing and recordation fee referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section and any written consent to such assignment required by paragraph (b) of this Section, the Administrative Agent shall accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information contained therein in the Register; provided that if either the assigning Lender or the assignee shall have failed to make any payment required to be made by it pursuant to Section 2.04(b), 2.15(e), 2.20(c) or 9.03(c), the Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to accept such Assignment and Assumption and record the information therein in the Register unless and until such payment shall have been made in full, together with all accrued interest thereon. No assignment shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement unless it has been recorded in the Register as provided in this paragraph.

 

(c)           Participations. Any Lender may, without the consent of the Company or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to one or more banks or other entities (a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitments, the Loans owing to it and its interests in Letters of Credit); provided that (A) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged; (B) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations; and (C) the Company, the Administrative Agent and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, modification or waiver described in the first proviso to Section 9.02(b) that affects such Participant. The Company agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 2.12, 2.13 and

 

112

 

2.14 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section; provided that such Participant (A) shall be subject to the requirements and limitations therein, including the requirements under Section 2.14(f) (it being understood that the documentation required under Section 2.14(f) shall be delivered to the participating Lender); (B) agrees to be subject to the provisions of Sections 2.15 and 2.16 as if it were an assignee under paragraph (b) of this Section; and (C) shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 2.12 or 2.14, with respect to any participation, than its participating Lender would have been entitled to receive, except to the extent such entitlement to receive a greater payment results from a Change in Law that occurs after the Participant acquired the applicable participation. To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.09 as though it were a Lender, provided such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.15(d) as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as a non-fiduciary agent of the Borrowers, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans, Letters of Credit or other obligations under this Agreement (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register to any Person (including the identity of any Participant or any information relating to a Participant’s interest in any Commitment, Loan, promissory note, Letter of Credit or other obligations under any Loan Document) except if additional payments under Sections 2.12 and 2.14 are requested with respect to such Participant and except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such Commitment, Loan, promissory note, Letter of Credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations or to the extent required to establish an exemption or withholding under FATCA. The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.

 

(d)          Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement to secure obligations of such Lender, including any such pledge or assignment to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central bank, and this Section shall not apply to any such pledge or assignment of a security interest; provided that no such pledge or assignment of a security interest shall release a Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

Section 9.05.              Survival.

 

All representations and warranties made by the Loan Parties herein and in the certificates or other instruments delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the making by the Lenders of any Loans and the issuance, amendment or extension of any Letters of Credit, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Lender and notwithstanding that the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default or incorrect representation or warranty at the time any credit is extended hereunder, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as the principal of or any accrued interest on any Loan, any Unreimbursed Amount or any fee or any other amount payable under this Agreement or any

 

113

 

other Loan Document is outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments and Letters of Credit have not expired or been terminated. The provisions of Sections 2.12, 2.13, 2.14 and 9.03 and Article VIII shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, any assignment of rights by, or replacement of, a Lender, the expiration or termination of the Commitments and the Letters of Credit, the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all Obligations under the Loan Documents, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of any Loan Document or any investigation made by or on behalf of any Lender.

 

Section 9.06.              Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.

 

(a)           This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Agreement, the other Loan Documents and any separate letter agreements with respect to fees payable to the Administrative Agent constitute the entire contract between and among the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in Section 4.01, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Administrative Agent and when the Administrative Agent shall have received counterparts hereof which, when taken together, bear the signatures of each of the other parties hereto, and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(b)          Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of (x) this Agreement, (y) any other Loan Document and/or (z) any document, amendment, approval, consent, information, notice (including, for the avoidance of doubt, any notice delivered pursuant to Section 9.01), certificate, request, statement, disclosure or authorization related to this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or the transactions contemplated hereby and/or thereby (each an “Ancillary Document”) that is an Electronic Signature transmitted by telecopy, emailed pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Agreement, such other Loan Document or such Ancillary Document, as applicable. The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature,” “delivery,” and words of like import in or relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall be deemed to include Electronic Signatures, deliveries or the keeping of records in any electronic form (including deliveries by telecopy, emailed pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page), each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature, physical delivery thereof or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be; provided that nothing herein shall require the Administrative Agent to accept Electronic Signatures in any form or format without its prior written consent and pursuant to procedures approved by it; provided, further, without limiting the foregoing, (1) to the extent the Administrative Agent has agreed to accept any Electronic Signature, the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders shall be entitled to rely on such Electronic Signature purportedly given by or on behalf of the Company or any other Loan Party without further verification thereof and without any obligation to review the appearance or form of any such Electronic signature and (2) upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, any Electronic Signature shall be promptly followed by a

 

114

 

manually executed counterpart. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and each Loan Party hereby (a) agrees that, for all purposes, including without limitation, in connection with any workout, restructuring, enforcement of remedies, bankruptcy proceedings or litigation among the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Company and the Loan Parties, Electronic Signatures transmitted by telecopy, emailed pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page and/or any electronic images of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as any paper original, (b) the Administrative Agent and each of the Lenders may, at its option, create one or more copies of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document in the form of an imaged electronic record in any format, which shall be deemed created in the ordinary course of such Person’s business, and destroy the original paper document (and all such electronic records shall be considered an original for all purposes and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record), (c) waives any argument, defense or right to contest the legal effect, validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other Loan Document and/or any Ancillary Document based solely on the lack of paper original copies of this Agreement, such other Loan Document and/or such Ancillary Document, respectively, including with respect to any signature pages thereto and (d) waives any claim against any Lender-Related Person for any Liabilities arising solely from the Administrative Agent’s and/or any Lender’s reliance on or use of Electronic Signatures and/or transmissions by telecopy, emailed pdf or any other electronic means that reproduces an image of an actual executed signature page, including any Liabilities arising as a result of the failure of the Company and/or any Loan Party to use any available security measures in connection with the execution, delivery or transmission of any Electronic Signature.

 

Section 9.07.              Severability.

 

If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 9.08.              Payments Set Aside.

 

To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of any Loan Party is made to the Administrative Agent or any Lender, or the Administrative Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay

 

115

 

to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

 

Section 9.09.              Right of Setoff.

 

If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender and its Affiliates are authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender and its Affiliates to or for the credit or the account of any Loan Party against any and all of the obligations of such Loan Party hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, irrespective of whether or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be unmatured. The rights of each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have. Each Lender agrees to notify the Company and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application, provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

 

Section 9.10.              Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Consent to Service of Process.

 

(a)           Governing Law. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the law of the State of New York.

 

(b)          Submission to Jurisdiction. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its property, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan (or if such court lacks subject matter jurisdiction, the Supreme Court of the State of New York sitting in the Borough of Manhattan), and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto and thereto, or for recognition or enforcement of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may (and any such claims, cross-claims or third party claims brought against the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties may only) be heard and determined in such Federal (to the extent permitted by Law) or New York State Court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, the Several L/C Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement against any Loan Party or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

 

(c)           Waiver of Venue. Each Loan Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent it may legally and effectively do so, any objection

 

116

 

which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

 

(d)          Service of Process. Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 9.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.

 

Section 9.11.              WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL.

 

EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.

 

Section 9.12.              Headings.

 

Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and shall not affect the construction of, or be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

 

Section 9.13.              Confidentiality.

 

Each of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its and its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any Governmental Authority (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the NAIC), (c) to the extent required by any applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party to this Agreement, (e) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any suit, action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this paragraph, to (i) any assignee of or

 

117

 

Participant in, or any prospective assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii) any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Company and its obligations, this Agreement or payments hereunder, (g) on a confidential basis to (1) any rating agency in connection with rating the Company or its Subsidiaries or the credit facilities provided for herein or (2) the CUSIP Service Bureau or any similar agency in connection with the issuance and monitoring of identification numbers with respect to the credit facilities provided for herein, (h) with the consent of the Company or (i) to the extent such Information (1) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this paragraph or (2) becomes available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than the Company. In the event that the Administrative Agent or any Lender becomes legally compelled to disclose any confidential Information pursuant to clause (c) of this Section, the Administrative Agent or such Lender shall, to the extent permitted by Law, give prompt written notice of that fact to the Company prior to the disclosure, and in the event that the Company shall advise the Administrative Agent or such Lender that it will seek an appropriate remedy to prevent or limit such disclosure, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as applicable, shall cooperate reasonably (at the expense of the Company) with the Company in seeking such remedy. For the purposes of this Section, “Information” means all information received from the Company relating to the Company, its Subsidiaries or their business, other than any such information that is available to the Administrative Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by the Company and other than information pertaining to this Agreement routinely provided by arrangers to data service providers, including league table providers, that serve the lending industry; provided that, in the case of written information received from the Company after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at or prior to the time of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential information.

 

EACH LENDER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT INFORMATION (AS DEFINED IN THIS SECTION) FURNISHED TO IT PURSUANT TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY INCLUDE MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION CONCERNING THE COMPANY AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES, AND CONFIRMS THAT IT HAS DEVELOPED COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES REGARDING THE USE OF MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION AND THAT IT WILL HANDLE SUCH MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH THOSE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

ALL INFORMATION, INCLUDING REQUESTS FOR WAIVERS AND AMENDMENTS, FURNISHED BY THE COMPANY OR THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT PURSUANT TO, OR IN THE COURSE OF ADMINISTERING, THIS AGREEMENT WILL BE SYNDICATE-LEVEL INFORMATION, WHICH MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION ABOUT THE COMPANY AND ITS RELATED PARTIES OR THEIR RESPECTIVE SECURITIES. ACCORDINGLY, EACH LENDER REPRESENTS TO THE COMPANY AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT THAT IT HAS IDENTIFIED IN ITS ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE A CREDIT CONTACT WHO MAY RECEIVE

 

118

 

INFORMATION THAT MAY CONTAIN MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION IN ACCORDANCE WITH ITS COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES AND APPLICABLE LAW, INCLUDING FEDERAL AND STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

Section 9.14.              USA PATRIOT Act.

 

Each Lender hereby notifies the Loan Parties that pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26, 2001)), such Lender may be required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies each Loan Party, which information includes the name and address of each Loan Party and other information that will allow such Lender to identify such Loan Party in accordance with said Act.

 

Section 9.15.              No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationships.

 

In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), each Loan Party acknowledges and agrees that: (a) (i) the arranging and other services regarding this Agreement provided by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers are arm’s-length commercial transactions between the Company and its Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers, on the other hand, (ii) each Loan Party has consulted its own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent it has deemed appropriate, and (iii) each Loan Party is capable of evaluating, and understands and accepts, the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents; (b) (i) the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers each is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for the Company or any of its Affiliates, or any other Person and (ii) none of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers has any obligation to the Company or any of its Affiliates with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby except those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (c) the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers and their respective Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from those of the Company and its Affiliates, and none of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and Joint Lead Arrangers has any obligation to disclose any of such interests to the Company or its Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by Law, each Loan Party hereby waives and releases any claims that it may have against the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Joint Lead Arrangers with respect to any breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated hereby.

 

Section 9.16.              Interest Rate Limitation. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if at any time the interest rate applicable to any Loan, together with all fees, charges and other amounts which are treated as interest on such Loan under applicable law (collectively the “Charges”), shall exceed the maximum lawful rate (the “Maximum Rate”) which may be contracted for, charged, taken, received or reserved by the Lender holding such Loan in accordance with applicable law, the rate of interest payable in respect of such Loan hereunder, together with all Charges payable in respect thereof, shall be limited to the Maximum Rate and, to the extent lawful, the interest and Charges that would have been payable in respect of such

 

119

 

Loan but were not payable as a result of the operation of this Section shall be cumulated and the interest and Charges payable to such Lender in respect of other Loans or periods shall be increased (but not above the Maximum Rate therefor) until such cumulated amount, together with interest thereon at the NYFRB Rate to the date of repayment, shall have been received by such Lender.

 

Section 9.17.              Acknowledgement and Consent to Bail-In of Affected Financial Institutions.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Loan Document or in any other agreement, arrangement or understanding among any such parties, each party hereto acknowledges that any liability of any Affected Financial Institution arising under any Loan Document may be subject to the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority and agrees and consents to, and acknowledges and agrees to be bound by:

 

(a)          the application of any Write-Down and Conversion Powers by the applicable Resolution Authority to any such liabilities arising hereunder which may be payable to it by any party hereto that is an Affected Financial Institution; and

 

(b)          the effects of any Bail-In Action on any such liability, including, if applicable:

 

(i)           a reduction in full or in part or cancellation of any such liability;

 

(ii)          a conversion of all, or a portion of, such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership in such Affected Financial Institution, its parent entity, or a bridge institution that may be issued to it or otherwise conferred on it, and that such shares or other instruments of ownership will be accepted by it in lieu of any rights with respect to any such liability under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; or

 

(iii)         the variation of the terms of such liability in connection with the exercise of the Write-Down and Conversion Powers of the applicable Resolution Authority.

 

Section 9.18.              Judgment Currency.

 

If, for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court, it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder or any other Loan Document in one currency into another currency, the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase the first currency with such other currency on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given. The obligation of each Borrower in respect of any such sum due from it to the Administrative Agent or any Lender hereunder or under the other Loan Documents shall, notwithstanding any judgment in a currency (the “Judgment Currency”) other than that in which such sum is denominated in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Agreement (the “Agreement Currency”), be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, of any sum adjudged to be so due in the Judgment Currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the Agreement Currency with the Judgment Currency. If the amount of the Agreement

 

120

 

Currency so purchased is less than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender from any Loan Party in the Agreement Currency, such Loan Party agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, against such loss. If the amount of the Agreement Currency so purchased is greater than the sum originally due to the Administrative Agent or any Lender in such Currency, the Administrative Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, agrees to return the amount of any excess to such Borrower (or to any other Person who may be entitled thereto under Applicable law). 

 

Article X

 

Guarantee

 

Section 10.01.          Guarantee. The Company hereby guarantees to each Lender and the Administrative Agent and their respective successors and assigns the prompt payment in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) of the Obligations of each Subsidiary Borrower strictly in accordance with the terms thereof (such obligations being herein collectively called the “Guaranteed Obligations”). The Company hereby further agrees that if any Subsidiary Borrower shall fail to pay in full when due (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) any of the Guaranteed Obligations of such Subsidiary Borrower, the Company will promptly pay the same, without any demand or notice whatsoever, and that in the case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any of such Guaranteed Obligations, the same will be promptly paid in full when due (whether at extended maturity, by acceleration or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of such extension or renewal.

 

Section 10.02.          Obligations Unconditional. The obligations of the Company under Section 10.01 are absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the value, genuineness, validity, regularity or enforceability of the obligations of the Subsidiary Borrowers under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or any substitution, release or exchange of any other guarantee of or security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, irrespective of any Law of any jurisdiction or any other event affecting any term of any Guaranteed Obligation or any other circumstance whatsoever that might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a surety or guarantor, it being the intent of this Article that the obligations of the Company hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional under any and all circumstances. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, it is agreed that the occurrence of any one or more of the following shall not alter or impair the liability of the Company hereunder, which shall remain absolute and unconditional as described above:

 

(i)            at any time or from time to time, without notice to the Company, the time for any performance of or compliance with any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be extended, or such performance or compliance shall be waived;

 

(ii)          any of the acts mentioned in any of the provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be done or omitted; or

 

121

 

(iii)       the maturity of any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be accelerated, or any of the Guaranteed Obligations shall be modified, supplemented or amended in any respect, or any right under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein shall be waived or any other guarantee of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security therefor shall be released or exchanged in whole or in part or otherwise dealt with.

 

The Company hereby expressly waives diligence, presentment, demand of payment, protest and all notices whatsoever, and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender exhaust any right, power or remedy or proceed against any Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement or any other agreement or instrument referred to herein, or against any other Person under any other guarantee of, or security for, any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Section 10.03. Reinstatement.   The obligations of the Company under this Article shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of any Subsidiary Borrower in respect of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Guaranteed Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise, and the Company agrees that it will indemnify the Administrative Agent and each Lender on demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including fees of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or such Lender in connection with such rescission or restoration, including any such costs and expenses incurred in defending against any claim alleging that such payment constituted a preference, fraudulent transfer or similar payment under any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar Law.

 

Section 10.04. Subrogation.   The Company hereby agrees that, until the payment and satisfaction in full of all Guaranteed Obligations and the expiration and termination of the Commitments of the Lenders under this Agreement, it shall not exercise any right or remedy arising by reason of any performance by it of its guarantee in Section 10.01, whether by subrogation or otherwise, against any Subsidiary Borrower or any other guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any security for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Section 10.05. Remedies.   The Company agrees that, as between the Company and the Lenders, the obligations of any Subsidiary Borrower under this Agreement may be declared to be forthwith due and payable as provided in Article VII (and shall be deemed to have become automatically due and payable in the circumstances provided in Article VII) for purposes of Section 10.01 notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such declaration (or such obligations from becoming automatically due and payable) as against such Subsidiary Borrower and that, in the event of such declaration (or such obligations being deemed to have become automatically due and payable), such obligations (whether or not due and payable by such Subsidiary Borrower) shall forthwith become due and payable by the Company for purposes of Section 10.01.

 

Section 10.06. Continuing Guarantee. The guarantee in this Article is a continuing guarantee and is a guaranty of payment and not merely of collection, and shall apply to all Guaranteed Obligations whenever arising.

122

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

  Corebridge Financial, INC.
     
  By /s/ Justin Caulfield
    Name: Justin Caulfield
    Title: Vice President and Treasurer

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  LENDERS
     
  JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as a Lender and as Administrative Agent
     
  By /s/ James S. Mintzer
    Name: James S. Mintzer
    Title: Executive Director

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
     
  By /s/ Chris Choi
    Name: Chris Choi
    Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  CITIBANK, N.A.
     
  By /s/ Maureen P. Maroney
    Name: Maureen P. Maroney
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
     
  By /s/ Jason Hafener
    Name: Jason Hafener
    Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA
     
  By /s/ William E. Briggs IV
    Name: William E. Briggs IV
    Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A.
     
  By /s/ Michael King
    Name: Michael King
    Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  BARCLAYS BANK PLC
     
  By /s/ Evan Moriarty
    Name: Evan Moriarty
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  BNP PARIBAS
     
  By /s/ Joseph Malley
    Name: Joseph Malley
    Title: Managing Director

 

  By /s/ Patrick Cunnane
    Name: Patrick Cunnane
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  DEUTSCHE BANK AG NEW YORK BRANCH
     
  By /s/ Ming K. Chu
    Name: Ming K. Chu ming.k.chu@db.com
    Title: Director +1-212-250-5451

 

  By /s/ Annie Chung
    Name: Annie Chung annie.chung@db.com
    Title: Director +1-212-250-5451

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
     
  By /s/ Mrudul Kotia
    Name: Mrudul Kotia
    Title: Vice President, Financial Institutions Group

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  MIZUHO BANK, LTD.
     
  By /s/ Raymond Ventura
    Name: Raymond Ventura
    Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  PNC BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
     
  By /s/ Jennifer L. Shafer
    Name: Jennifer L. Shafer
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  ROYAL BANK OF CANADA
     
  By /s/ Tim Stephens
    Name: Tim Stephens
    Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION
     
  By /s/ Shane Klein
    Name: Shane Klein
    Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  THE BANK OF NOVA SCOTIA
     
  By /s/ Priya Raghavan
    Name: Priya Raghavan
    Title: Managing Director & Head, Financial
Institutions, U.S. CIB

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   
  By /s/ Andrew Liu
    Name: Andre Liu
    Title: Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  BANCO SANTANDER, S.A., NEW YORK BRANCH
     
  By /s/ Andres Barbosa
    Name: Andres Barbosa
    Title: Managing Director

 

  By /s/ Rita Walz-Cuccioli
    Name: Rita Walz-Cuccioli
    Title: Executive Director

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
     
  By /s/ Jason A. Nichols
    Name: Jason A. Nichols
    Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  MANUFACTURERS AND TRADERS TRUST COMPANY
     
  By /s/ Brooks W. Thropp
    Brooks W. Thropp
    Senior Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
     
  By /s/ Kenneth P. Sneider, Jr.
    Name: Kenneth P. Sneider, Jr.
    Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


  TRUIST BANK
     
  By /s/ David Fournier
    Name: David Fournier
    Title: Managing Director

 

[Signature Page to Revolving Credit Agreement]


 

SCHEDULE 2.01

 

Commitments

 

Name of Lender Commitment
JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A. $150,000,000.00
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. $150,000,000.00
CITIBANK, N.A. $150,000,000.00
WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION $150,000,000.00
Goldman Sachs Bank USA $125,000,000.00
Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A. $125,000,000.00
Barclays Bank PLC $125,000,000.00
BNP Paribas $125,000,000.00
Deutsche Bank AG New York Branch $125,000,000.00
HSBC Bank USA, National Association $125,000,000.00
Mizuho Bank, Ltd. $125,000,000.00
PNC Bank, National Association $125,000,000.00
Royal Bank of Canada $125,000,000.00
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation $125,000,000.00
The Bank of Nova Scotia $125,000,000.00
U.S. Bank National Association $125,000,000.00
Banco Santander, S.A., New York Branch $80,000,000.00
KeyBank National Association $80,000,000.00
Manufacturers and Traders Trust Company $80,000,000.00
The Bank Of New York Mellon $80,000,000.00
Truist Bank $80,000,000.00
TOTAL $2,500,000,000.00

 

 

 

SCHEDULE 9.01

 

Notice Information

 

I. Company:

 

Corebridge Financial, Inc.
1271 Avenue of the Americas, Floor 11
New York, New York 10022-1304
Attention: Justin Caulfield, Treasurer
Fax No.: 888-223-2971
Telephone No.: 212-770-2867
with a copy to: Jeffrey Lanning

 

with a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Sullivan & Cromwell LLP
125 Broad Street
New York, New York 10004
Attention: Ari Blaut
Fax No.: 212-291-9219
Telephone No.: 212-558-1656

 

II. Administrative Agent:

 

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.
500 Stanton Christiana Rd.
NCC5 / 1st Floor
Newark, DE 19173
Attention: Loan & Agency Services Group
Email: christopher.draper@chase.com

Telephone No.: 302-552-6226; 302-634-8459

 

Agency Withholding Tax Inquiries:
Email: agency.tax.reporting@jpmorgan.com

 

Agency Compliance/Financials/Intralinks:
Email: covenant.compliance@jpmchase.com

 

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

 

Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP
One Liberty Plaza
New York NY 10006
Attention: Amy R. Shapiro, Duane McLaughlin

 

 

 


Email: ashapiro@cgsh.com; dmclaughlin@cgsh.com
Telephone No.: 212-225-2076; 212-225-2106

 

III. Lenders

 

Initially, as provided in the relevant Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire

 

 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION]

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

This Assignment and Assumption (the “Assignment and Assumption”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between the Assignor identified in item 1 below (the “Assignor”) and the Assignee identified in item 2 below (the “Assignee”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (as amended, the “Credit Agreement”), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

 

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by the Assignor to the Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as the “Assigned Interest”). Each such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1. Assignor:    

 

2. Assignee:    
   

[and is an [Affiliate][Approved Fund] of [identify Lender]]1

  

3. Borrower(s) : Corebridge Financial, Inc., and (if applicable) certain subsidiaries thereof

 

4. Administrative Agent: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

 

     
1

Select as applicable.

 

 

Assignment and Assumption

 

 

 

5. Credit Agreement: The Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 12, 2022 among Corebridge Financial, Inc., the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Several L/C Agent.

 

6. Assigned Interest:

 

Assignor Assignee Aggregate Amount of Commitment/ Loans/ for all Lenders Amount of Commitment/ Loans Assigned Percentage Assigned of Commitment/ Loans
$ $ %
$ $ %
$ $ %

 

Effective Date: _________, 202_ [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

 

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

ASSIGNOR

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

 

By:
    Title:

 

ASSIGNEE

 

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

 

By:
    Title:

 

Assignment and Assumption

 

 

 

[Consented to and]2 Accepted:

 

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

 

By
 
  Title:

 

[Consented to:]3

 

Corebridge Financial, INC.

 

By
 
  Title:

 

 
2 To be added only if the consent of the Administrative Agent is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.
3

To be added only if the consent of the Company is required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

Assignment and Assumption

 

 

ANNEX 1

 

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

 

1.         Representations and Warranties.

 

1.1       Assignor. The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim, (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and (iv) it is not a Defaulting Lender; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

 

1.2       Assignee. The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements, if any, under the Credit Agreement including Section 9.04(b) thereof (subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under such Section 9.04(b)), including the requirement that it be a NAIC Approved Bank or have in effect a Confirming Bank Agreement or Limited Fronting Lender Agreement, in each case with a Person or Lender, as applicable, which is a NAIC Approved Bank, (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 5.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest, (vi) it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, any arranger or any other Lender and their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest and (vii) if it is a Non-U.S. Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, any arranger, the Assignor or any other Lender and their Related Parties, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not


Assignment and Assumption

 

 

 

taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

 

2.       Payments. From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

 

3.       General Provisions. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

Assignment and Assumption

 

 

EXHIBIT B-1

 

[FORM OF SUBSIDIARY BORROWER DESIGNATION]

 

SUBSIDIARY BORROWER DESIGNATION

 

[DATE]

 

To JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., 

as Administrative Agent 

[Address] 

Attention:

 

Re: Subsidiary Borrower Designation

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 12, 2022 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Corebridge Financial, Inc. (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) and Several L/C Agent. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the respective meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

 

The Company hereby designates [_____] (the “Designated Subsidiary”), a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company and a [corporation/limited liability company] duly organized under the laws of [____], as a Subsidiary Borrower in accordance with Section 2.19(a) of the Credit Agreement until such designation is terminated in accordance with Section 2.19(c) thereof.

 

The Designated Subsidiary hereby accepts the above designation and hereby expressly and unconditionally accepts the obligations of a Subsidiary Borrower under the Credit Agreement, adheres to the Credit Agreement and agrees and confirms that, upon your execution and return to the Company of the enclosed copy of this Subsidiary Borrower Designation, it shall be a Subsidiary Borrower for purposes of the Credit Agreement and agrees to be bound by and perform and comply with the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreement applicable to it as if it had originally executed the Credit Agreement as a Subsidiary Borrower.

 

The Company hereby confirms and agrees that, after giving effect to this Subsidiary Borrower Designation, the Guarantee of the Company contained in Article X of the Credit Agreement shall apply to all of the obligations of the Designated Subsidiary under the Credit Agreement.

 

The Designated Subsidiary hereby represents and warrants:

 

1.       Each of the representations and warranties set forth in Section 3.14 of the Credit Agreement is true and correct in all material respects (or, in the case of any such

 

Subsidiary Borrower Designation

 

 

 

representations and warranties qualified as to materiality, in all respects) on and as of the date hereof (or, if any such representation or warranty is expressly stated to have been made as of a specified date, as of such specified date), in each case as it relates to the Designated Subsidiary and its subsidiaries;

 

2.       The Designated Subsidiary’s addresses for notices, other communications and service of process provided for in the Credit Agreement shall be given in the manner, and with the effect, specified in Section 9.01 of the Credit Agreement to it at its “Address for Notices” specified on the signature pages below; and

 

3.       The Designated Subsidiary shall deliver to the Administrative Agent the documents and certificates set forth in, or required by, Section 2.19(b) of the Credit Agreement.

 

The designation of the Designated Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Borrower under the Credit Agreement shall become effective as of the date (the “Designation Effective Date”) on which the Administrative Agent accepts this Subsidiary Borrower Designation as provided on the signature pages below. As of the Designation Effective Date, the Designated Subsidiary shall be entitled to the rights, and subject to the obligations, of a Subsidiary Borrower. Except as expressly herein provided, the Credit Agreement shall remain unchanged and in full force and effect.

 

The Designated Subsidiary hereby agrees that this Subsidiary Borrower Designation, the Credit Agreement and the promissory notes (if any) executed and delivered by the Designated Subsidiary pursuant to the Credit Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York. The Designated Subsidiary hereby submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America, in each case sitting in New York County, and any appellate court from any thereof, for the purposes of all legal proceedings arising out of or relating to this Subsidiary Borrower Designation, the Credit Agreement or the transactions contemplated thereby. THE DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS SUBSIDIARY BORROWER DESIGNATION, THE CREDIT AGREEMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED THEREBY.

 

This Subsidiary Borrower Designation may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Subsidiary Borrower Designation

 

 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Designated Subsidiary have caused this Subsidiary Borrower Designation to be duly executed and delivered as of the day and year first above written.

 

  COREBRIDGE FINANCIAL, INC.  
       
  By    
    Name:  
    Title:  
       
  DESIGNATED SUBSIDIARY  
       
  [NAME OF SUBSIDIARY],
  a _____ [corporation/limited liability company]
       
       
  By:    
    Name:  
    Title:  

 

  Address for Notices  
     
     
     

  Attention:    

  Fax No:    

  Telephone No.:    
       

 

  With a copy to:  
  Corebridge Financial, Inc.  
  [_____________]  
  [_____________]  
  Attention: [_____________]  
  Fax No.: [_____________]  
  Telephone No.: [_____________]  
     

 

Subsidiary Borrower Designation

 

 

ACCEPTED:

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent

 

 

By    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Subsidiary Borrower Designation

 


 

EXHIBIT B-2

 

[FORM OF SUBSIDIARY BORROWER TERMINATION NOTICE]

 

SUBSIDIARY BORROWER TERMINATION NOTICE

 

[________], [_]

 

To: JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,

as Administrative Agent

[Address]

Attention: [______]

 

Re: Subsidiary Borrower Termination Notice

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 12, 2022 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Corebridge Financial, Inc. (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the Lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as the Administrative Agent and Several L/C Agent. Terms used herein having the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

The Company hereby gives notice pursuant to Section 2.19(c) of the Credit Agreement that, effective as of the date hereof, [_______] (the “Subsidiary Borrower”) is terminated as a Subsidiary Borrower under the Credit Agreement and all commitments by the Lenders to make Loans to the Subsidiary Borrower under the Credit Agreement are hereby terminated.

 

Pursuant to Section 2.19(c) of the Credit Agreement, the Company hereby certifies that there are no outstanding Loans made to the Subsidiary Borrower, any unpaid interest thereon or any other amounts owing by the Subsidiary Borrower under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

All obligations of the Subsidiary Borrower arising in respect of any period in which the Subsidiary Borrower was, or on account of any action or inaction taken by the Subsidiary Borrower as, a Subsidiary Borrower under the Credit Agreement (and the guarantee of the Company of such obligations pursuant to Article X of the Credit Agreement) shall survive the termination effected by this notice.

  

  COREBRIDGE FINANCIAL, INC.  
       
  By  
     Name:  
     Title:  

 

 Subsidiary Borrower Termination Notice

 


 

EXHIBIT C

 

[Form of Promissory Note]

 

PROMISSORY NOTE

 

[$][€][£][¥][_________] [________], 202[_]

 

New York, New York

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, [name of Borrower], a [corporation/limited liability company] (the “Borrower”), hereby promises to pay to [NAME OF LENDER] (the “Lender”), at such of the offices of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as shall be notified to the Borrower from time to time, the principal sum of [$][€][£][¥] [________] (or such lesser amount as shall equal the aggregate unpaid principal amount of the Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement), in lawful money of [the United States of America][the Participating Member States][the United Kingdom][Japan] and in immediately available funds, on the dates and in the principal amounts provided in the Credit Agreement, and to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each such Loan, at such office, in like money and funds, for the period commencing on the date of such Loan until such Loan shall be paid in full, at the rates per annum and on the dates provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

The date, amount, Type, interest rate and duration of Interest Period (if applicable) of each Loan made by the Lender to the Borrower, and each payment made on account of the principal thereof, shall be recorded by the Lender on its books and, prior to any transfer of this Note, endorsed by the Lender on the schedule attached hereto or any continuation thereof, provided that the failure of the Lender to make any such recordation or endorsement shall not affect the obligations of the Borrower to make a payment when due of any amount owing under the Credit Agreement or hereunder in respect of the Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower.

 

This Note evidences Loans made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 12, 2022 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among the Company, the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto (including the Lender) and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Several L/C Agent. Terms used but not defined in this Note have the respective meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

The Credit Agreement provides for the acceleration of the maturity of this Note upon the occurrence of certain events and for prepayments of Loans upon the terms and conditions specified therein.

 

Except as permitted by Section 9.04 of the Credit Agreement, this Note may not be assigned by the Lender to any other Person.

 

This Note shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of New York.

 

Promissory Note

 


 

  [NAME OF BORROWER]
     
  By
    Name:
    Title:

 

Promissory Note

 


 

SCHEDULE OF LOANS

 

This Note evidences Loans made, continued or converted under the within-described Credit Agreement to the Borrower, on the dates, in the principal amounts, of the Types, bearing interest at the rates and having Interest Periods (if applicable) of the durations set forth below, subject to the continuations, conversions and payments and prepayments of principal set forth below:

 

Date Principal Amount of Loan Type of Loan Interest Rate Duration of Interest Period (if any) Amount Paid, Prepaid, Continued or Converted Notation Made by
      
                       
                         
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           
                           

 

 

Promissory Note


EXHIBIT D

 

FORMs OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATES

 

[See Attached Forms]

 

U.S. Tax Certificate 


 

Exhibit D-1

 

[FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE]

 

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Not Partnerships
For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 12, 2022 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Corebridge Financial, Inc. (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) and Several L/C Agent thereunder. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) and interests in Letters of Credit in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Company as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (v) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

 

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Company with a certificate of its non-U.S. person status on United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as applicable). By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Company and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Company and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Date: ________, 202__

 

U.S. Tax Certificate 


 

Exhibit D-2

 

[FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE]

 

(For Non-U.S. Lenders That Are Partnerships
For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 12, 2022 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Corebridge Financial, Inc. (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) and Several L/C Agent thereunder. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) and interests in Letters of Credit in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) and interests in Letters of Credit, (iii) with respect to the extension of credit pursuant to the Credit Agreement, neither the undersigned nor any of its partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Company as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

 

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Company with United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY accompanied by a United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-N (as applicable) from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption and exemption from FATCA withholding. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Company and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Company and the Administrative Agent with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF LENDER]

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

  

Date: ________, 202__

 

U.S. Tax Certificate 


 

Exhibit D-3

 

[FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE]

 

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Not Partnerships
For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 12, 2022 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Corebridge Financial, Inc. (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) and Several L/C Agent thereunder. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a bank within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iii) it is not a ten percent shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Company as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. person status on United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as applicable). By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Date: _______, 202__

 

U.S. Tax Certificate 


 

Exhibit D-4

 

[FORM OF U.S. TAX CERTIFICATE]

 

(For Non-U.S. Participants That Are Partnerships
For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

 

Reference is hereby made to the Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of May 12, 2022 (as modified and supplemented and in effect from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) among Corebridge Financial, Inc. (the “Company”), the Subsidiary Borrowers party thereto, the lenders party thereto and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (the “Administrative Agent”) and Several L/C Agent thereunder. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) with respect such participation, neither the undersigned nor any of its partners/members is a bank extending credit pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (iv) none of its partners/members is a ten percent shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a controlled foreign corporation related to the Company as described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) the interest payments in question are not effectively connected with the undersigned’s or its partners/members’ conduct of a U.S. trade or business.

 

The undersigned has furnished its participating Lender with United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY accompanied by a United States Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8BEN-E (as applicable) from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption and exemption from FATCA withholding. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such Lender and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payments.

 

[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]

 

By:    
  Name:  
  Title:  

  

Date: _______, 202__

 

U.S. Tax Certificate

 

 


 Exhibit 10.22

 

Macintosh HD:Users:DKoh:Documents:Work:Clients:06_CoCollective:Dragon:Design:0926:AIG_logo.pdf

 

 

Jeffrey J. Hurd

Executive Vice President

Human Resources &

Communications

 

180 Maiden Lane, 41st Fl

New York, NY 10038

T  212 770-7292

F  212 770-9817

Jeffrey.Hurd@aig.com

 

 

August 14, 2013

Mr. Kevin Hogan

Rebbergstrassse 12

Rueschlikon 8803

Switzerland

 

Dear Kevin,

 

We are pleased to confirm the terms of your joining American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”): 

 

·         Start Date.  Your start date will October 14, 2013.

·         Position.  On your Start Date, you will serve as Chief Executive Officer, Global Consumer Insurance, AIG Property Casualty, and as an Executive Vice President of AIG.  In this capacity, you will be a member of the AIG Executive Group and report directly to the Chief Executive Officer of AIG Property Casualty, Peter Hancock.

·         Location & Employer.  You will be based in Zurich, Switzerland and employed directly by AIG Europe Limited, London, Zurich Branch (your “Employer”). 

·         Total Direct Compensation.  Your initial annual target direct compensation will be US$5,500,000, as follows:

·         Base Salary.  Your initial base cash salary will be at a rate of US$900,000 per year.

·         Short Term Incentive.  Your initial annual incentive target will be US$1,600,000.

Annual incentives are currently determined and paid in accordance with the AIG Short-Term Incentive Plan.  The actual amount earned ranges from 0% to 187.5% of your target award, based on a combination of funding of the incentive pool for your business unit (ranging from 0% to 125%) and your individual performance (ranging from 0% to 150%), each as determined in AIG’s discretion.  For 2013, provided you are still an employee of AIG on the date the incentive award is paid, your earned incentive award for 2013 will be

 

1

 


 

 

Macintosh HD:Users:DKoh:Documents:Work:Clients:06_CoCollective:Dragon:Design:0926:AIG_logo.pdf

 

 

no less than target (and will not be prorated), will vest immediately upon grant and will be payable 50% in March 2014 and 50% in March 2015.

·         Long Term Incentive.  For 2013, you will receive an award under the AIG 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan of performance share units (“PSUs”) based on a 2013 LTI target award of US$3,000,000 for the three-year performance period covering January 2013 through December 2015.

The number of PSUs granted will be determined by dividing the approved LTI target award by the monthly average closing price of a share of AIG Common Stock for June.  Following the performance period, in the first quarter of 2016, the number of PSUs earned (from 0% to 150%) will be determined in accordance with the plan.  Earned PSUs will vest in three equal installments, on January 1 of each 2016, 2017 and 2018, and each installment will be delivered in shares of AIG Common Stock no later than April 2016, January 2017 and January 2018, respectively.

·         Introductory Bonus.  In consideration of compensation foregone from your current employer, you will receive an introductory bonus of US$3,250,000, payable US$1,300,000 on April 15, 2014; US$1,150,000 on April 15 2015; and US$800,000 on April 15, 2016, provided you have not resigned your employment (other than for Good Reason as defined below) or been terminated by AIG for Cause (as defined in the enclosed Introductory Bonus Agreement) prior to the payment date and subject to the terms and conditions of the enclosed Introductory Bonus Agreement.  

·         Benefits.  You will be entitled to benefits consistent with senior executives of AIG and reimbursement of reasonable business expenses, in each case in accordance with applicable AIG policies as in effect from time to time.  In particular, (1) while based in Switzerland, you will receive medical, dental, retirement and other benefits equivalent to those under our International Assignment Payroll, Personnel and Benefit Practices and in accordance with the terms and conditions of the governing plan documents, (2) if during this period you spend a significant amount of business time in a location other than Zurich, you will be provided a suitable apartment in that location and (3) for 2013, you will be able to use 10 days of paid time off and, for 2014, you will be able to use 30 days of paid time off (accruing in accordance with the terms set forth in the Employee Handbook).  In addition, your Employer will reimburse you for up to US$20,000 in legal fees incurred in the review of your employment arrangement.

 

2

 


 

 

Macintosh HD:Users:DKoh:Documents:Work:Clients:06_CoCollective:Dragon:Design:0926:AIG_logo.pdf

 

 

·         Executive Severance Plan.  Beginning as of your Start Date, you will participate in AIG’s Executive Severance Plan at grade level 29.

·         Clawback Policy.  Any bonus, equity or equity-based award or other incentive compensation granted to you will be subject to the AIG Clawback Policy (and any other AIG clawback policies as may be in effect from time to time).

·         Indemnification and Cooperation.  During and after your employment, AIG will indemnify you in your capacity as a director, officer, employee or agent of AIG to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and AIG’s charter and by-laws, and will provide you with director and officer liability insurance coverage (including post-termination/post-director service tail coverage) on the same basis as AIG’s other executive officers.  AIG agrees to cause any successor to all or substantially all of the business or assets (or both) of AIG to assume expressly in writing and to agree to perform all of the obligations of AIG in this paragraph.

You agree (whether during or after your employment with AIG) to reasonably cooperate with AIG in connection with any litigation or regulatory matter or with any government authority on any matter, in each case, pertaining to AIG and with respect to which you may have relevant knowledge, provided that, in connection with such cooperation, AIG will reimburse your reasonable expenses and you shall not be required to act against your own legal interests. 

·         Tax Matters.  Tax will be withheld by your Employer and/or AIG as appropriate under applicable tax requirements for any payments or deliveries under this letter.  To the extent any taxable expense reimbursement or in-kind benefits under this letter is subject to Section 409A of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the amount thereof eligible in one taxable year shall not affect the amount eligible for any other taxable year, in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which you incurred such expenses and in no event shall any right to reimbursement or receipt of in-kind benefits be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.  Each payment under this letter will be treated as a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A.

·         No Guarantee of Employment or Target Direct Compensation.  This offer letter is not a guarantee of employment or target direct compensation for a fixed term.  Your employment will be on an “at-will” basis, meaning that you and your Employer may terminate your employment at any time and for any reason, with or without prior notice.

 

3

 


 

 

Macintosh HD:Users:DKoh:Documents:Work:Clients:06_CoCollective:Dragon:Design:0926:AIG_logo.pdf

 

 

·         Entire Agreement.  This offer letter constitutes AIG and your Employer’s only statement relating to its offer of employment to you and supersedes any previous communications or representations, oral or written, from or on behalf of AIG or any of its affiliates. 

·         Miscellaneous Representations.  You confirm and represent to AIG, by signing this letter, that: (a) you are under no obligation or arrangement (including any restrictive covenants with any prior employer or any other entity) that would prevent you from becoming an employee of AIG or that would adversely impact your ability to perform the expected services on behalf of AIG other than as previously disclosed in writing to AIG; (b) you have not taken (or failed to return) any confidential information belonging to your prior employer or any other entity, and, to the extent you remain in possession of any such information, you will never use or disclose such information to AIG or any of its employees, agents or affiliates; (c) you understand and accept all of the terms and conditions of this offer; and (d) you acknowledge that your Employer is an intended third party beneficiary of this offer letter.

·         Non-solicitation.  This offer and your employment with your Employer are contingent on your entering into the enclosed Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure Agreement.

·         Good Reason. For purposes of this offer letter as it relates to the Introductory Bonus only, “Good Reason” means (a) a diminution of duties or responsibilities such that they are inconsistent in any material and adverse respect with your then title or offices;  (b) a diminution in title or office that is material and adverse to your authority; (c) a material reduction in base salary; (d) a material reduction in your annual total direct compensation opportunity; or (e) requiring you to be based in any location other than Zurich, Switzerland or New York, New York.

 

4

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

We look forward to having you as a member of AIG’s leadership team.

Sincerely,

 

American International Group, Inc.

 

By: /s/ Jeffrey J. Hurd

      Jeffrey J. Hurd
      Executive Vice President –
      Human Resources and Communications

 

I agree with and accept the foregoing terms.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Hogan

 

Kevin Hogan

 

5

 



 Exhibit 10.23

NON-SOLICITATION AND NON-DISCLOSURE AGREEMENT

1.   The individual executing this agreement (the “Employee”) is or will soon be an at-will employee of American International Group, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries (the “Company”).  As such, the Employee is free to resign from employment at any time and for any reason.  Likewise, the Company may terminate the Employee’s employment at any time for any reason.  This Agreement is not a guarantee of any fixed term employment.

2.   This Agreement is a term and condition of the Employee’s at-will employment with the Company.  Employment with the Company is conditioned upon the Employee’s execution of this Agreement.

3.   This Agreement is necessary for the protection of the legitimate and protectable business interests of the Company and its affiliates (collectively, “AIG”) in their customers, customer goodwill, accounts, prospects, employee training, and confidential and proprietary information.  The Employee’s employment requires exposure to and use of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information (as set forth in Paragraph 4).  Accordingly, the Employee agrees that during and after the Employee’s employment with AIG, the Employee will not, directly or indirectly, on the Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person or any entity other than AIG: (i) solicit, contact, call upon, communicate or attempt to communicate with any customer or client or prospective customer or client of AIG, where to do so would require the use or disclosure of confidential, proprietary and/or trade  secret information (for purposes of this Agreement, “customer or client” shall not include insurance brokers).  The Employee further agrees that during the Employee’s employment with AIG and for a period of one (1) year after employment terminates for any reason, the Employee will not, regardless of who initiates the communication, solicit, participate in the solicitation or recruitment of, or in any manner encourage or provide assistance to, any employee, consultant or agent of AIG to terminate his or her employment or other relationship with AIG or to leave its employ or other relationship with AIG for any engagement in any capacity or for any other person or entity.

4.   During the term of employment, the Employee will have access to and become acquainted with information that is confidential, proprietary and/or is a trade secret.  The Employee agrees that during the Employee’s employment and any time thereafter, all confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information received, obtained or possessed at any time by the Employee concerning or relating to the business, financial, operational, marketing, economic, accounting, tax or other affairs at AIG or any client, customer, agent or supplier or prospective client, customer, agent or supplier of AIG will be treated by the Employee in the strictest confidence and will not be disclosed or used by the Employee in any manner other than in connection with the discharge of the Employee’s job responsibilities without the prior written consent of AIG or unless required by law.  The Employee further agrees that Employee will not remove or destroy any confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information either during the Employee’s employment or at any time thereafter.  The Employee also agrees that during and after the Employee’s employment with AIG, the Employee will not disparage AIG or any of its officers, directors or employees to any person or entity not

1

 


 

affiliated with AIG.  Nothing herein prohibits the Employee from giving truthful testimony as required by law.

5.   The covenants contained in Paragraphs 3 and 4 of this Agreement shall be enforced to the fullest extent permissible under the laws and public policies of each jurisdiction in which enforcement is sought.  The Employee acknowledges that these restrictions are reasonably necessary for the protection of AIG.  The Employee also acknowledges that irreparable harm and damages would result to AIG if the provisions of Paragraph 3 or 4 were not complied with and agrees that AIG shall be entitled to legal, equitable or other remedies, including, without limitation, injunctive relief and specific performance to protect against the inevitable disclosure of AIG’s confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information, any failure to comply with the provisions of Paragraph 3 or 4 of this Agreement, or any threatened breach of any term of this Agreement.  The Employee further agrees that the Employee shall be liable for the attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by AIG as a result of the Employee’s breach of Paragraph 3 or 4 of this Agreement.

6.   This Agreement (together with the AIG Code of Conduct) sets forth the entire agreement regarding the subject matter contained in this Agreement, supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings regarding this subject matter, and may be modified only by a written agreement signed by the Employee and the Company.  To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is inconsistent with the Code of Conduct, this Agreement governs.  If any term of this Agreement is rendered invalid or unenforceable, the remaining provisions shall remain in full force and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.  Should a court determine that any provision of this Agreement is unreasonable, whether in period of time, geographical area, or otherwise, the Employee agrees that such provision of the Agreement should be interpreted and enforced to the maximum extent that such court deems reasonable. 

7.   THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO CHOICE OF LAW RULES (WHETHER OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR ANY OTHER JURISDICTION) THAT WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANY JURISDICTION OTHER THAN THE STATE OF NEW YORK, AND THE EMPLOYEE CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL AND STATE COURTS IN NEW YORK.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employee has agreed to the terms set forth above by signing below. 

 

 

/s/ Kevin Hogan

 

 

8/14/2013

Employee

 

Date

 

2

 



 Exhibit 10.24

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

RELEASE AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT

 

This Release and Restrictive Covenant Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between _________________________ (the “Employee”) and American International Group, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”).

 

Each term defined in the American International Group, Inc. 2012 Executive Severance Plan (the “Plan”) has the same meaning when used in this Agreement.

1 

 


 

I.              Termination of Employment

 

The Employee’s employment with the Company and each of its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates (collectively “AIG”) shall terminate on _______________ (the “Termination Date”) and, as of that date, the Employee shall cease performing the Employee’s employment duties and responsibilities for AIG and shall no longer report to work for AIG.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “controlled affiliates” means an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting shares.

II.         Severance

 

[Non Grandfathered (Newly Eligible) Participants]

 

The Employee shall receive a lump sum severance payment in the gross amount of $_______________, less applicable tax withholdings paid out in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the [INSERT FOR EMPLOYEES 40 AND OLDER: Effective Date of the Agreement] [INSERT FOR EMPLOYEES UNDER 40: date the Agreement is fully executed] but in no event later than March 15th of the year immediately following the Termination Year in accordance with Section IV.B(2) of the Plan.  [If terminated after March 31st: The Employee shall also receive a prorated annual short-term incentive bonus for the Termination Year calculated in accordance with Section IV.B(1)(b) of the Plan and payable when such incentives are regularly paid to similarly-situated active employees, 50% in the first quarter of the year following the performance year and 50% following the anniversary of the award.  As required by the US Tax Code, the first short-term incentive bonus payment will be reduced by the FICA and Medicare withholdings required in connection with the whole short-term incentive bonus.]  [If terminated before prior year’s STI is paid: The Employee shall also receive a lump sum cash payment equal to the Employee’s annual short-term incentive bonus for the Prior Year if such bonus has not been paid as of the date of termination calculated in accordance with Section IV.B.(1)(a) of the Plan and payable when annual short-term incentive bonuses for the Prior Year are regularly paid to similarly-situated active employees, 50% in the first quarter of the year following the performance year and 50% following the anniversary of the award.

 

 [If terminated on or before March 31st and the Compensation and Management Resources Committee Determines to Provide a Voluntary Entitlement to Prorated Short-term Incentive for the Termination Year    In addition to the payments payable to Employee under the Plan, pursuant to this Agreement, the Employee shall also receive a prorated annual short-term incentive bonus for the Termination Year adjusted for the actual performance of the Company and payable when such incentives are regularly paid to similarly-situated active employees, 50% in the first quarter of the year following the performance year and 50% following the anniversary of the award. As required by the US Tax Code, the first short-term incentive bonus payment will be reduced by the FICA and Medicare withholdings required in connection with the whole short-term incentive bonus.] 

 

  [If terminated on or before March 31st and the Compensation and Management Resources Committee Determines to Provide a Voluntary Entitlement to the Economic Equivalent of the 2016 Long Term Incentive target    In addition to the payments payable to Employee under the Plan, pursuant to this Agreement, the Employee shall also receive a significant contributor enhanced severance payment in a lump sum in the amount of $[Amount of Annual Long-Term Target (less applicable tax withholdings), paid out in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the Effective Date

2 

 


 

of the Agreement, but in no event later than 60 days following the Effective Date of the Agreement.

 

Any bonus or incentive compensation paid to Employee is subject to the AIG Clawback Policy as may be amended from time to time.

 

[Grandfathered, Old Plan Participants]

 

The Employee shall receive a lump sum severance payment in the gross amount of $_______________, less applicable tax withholdings paid out in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the [INSERT FOR EMPLOYEES 40 AND OLDER: Effective Date of the Agreement] [INSERT FOR EMPLOYEES UNDER 40: date the Agreement is fully executed] but in no event later than March 15th of the year immediately following the Termination Year in accordance with Section IV.C of the Plan. 

  

            [If terminated after March 31st  The Employee shall also receive a prorated annual short-term incentive bonus for the Termination Year calculated in accordance with Section IV.B(1)(b) of the Plan and payable when such incentives are regularly paid to similarly-situated active employees, 50% in the first quarter of the year following the performance year and 50% following the anniversary of the award.  As required by the US Tax Code, the first short-term incentive bonus payment will be reduced by the FICA and Medicare withholdings required in connection with the whole short-term incentive bonus]. [If annual short-term bonus for prior year has not been paid as of the date of termination The Employee shall also receive a lump sum cash payment equal to the Employee’s annual short-term incentive bonus for the Prior Year calculated in accordance with Section IV.B. (1)(a) of the Plan and payable when annual short-term incentive bonuses for the Prior Year are regularly paid to similarly-situated active employees, 50% in the first quarter of the year following the performance year and 50% following the anniversary of the award.]  The Employee shall also be paid accrued wages, reimbursed expenses, and any accrued, unused paid time off (“PTO”) as of the Termination Date.  The Employee shall not accrue any PTO after the Termination Date. 

 

[If terminated on or before March 31st and the Compensation and Management Resources Committee Determines to Provide a Voluntary Entitlement to Prorated Short-term Incentive for the Termination Year    In addition to the payments payable to Employee under the Plan, pursuant to this Agreement, the Employee shall also receive a prorated annual short-term incentive bonus for the Termination Year adjusted for the actual performance of the Company and payable when such incentives are regularly paid to similarly-situated active employees, 50% in the first quarter of the year following the performance year and 50% following the anniversary of the award. As required by the US Tax Code, the first short-term incentive bonus payment will be reduced by the FICA and Medicare withholdings required in connection with the whole short-term incentive bonus.] 

   

[If terminated on or before March 31st and the Compensation and Management Resources Committee Determines to Provide a Voluntary Entitlement to the Economic Equivalent of the 2016 Long Term Incentive target    In addition to the payments payable to Employee under the Plan, pursuant to this Agreement, the Employee shall also receive a significant contributor enhanced severance payment in a lump sum in the amount of $[Amount of Annual Long-Term Target (less applicable tax withholdings), paid out in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the Effective Date

3 

 


 

of the Agreement. but in no event later than 60 days following the Effective Date of this Agreement.

Any bonus or incentive compensation paid to Employee is subject to the AIG Clawback Policy as may be amended from time to time.

 

III.        Deferred Compensation Plans

 

A.   [Include applicable plans:] SICO Plans

 

The Employee has been a participant in the Starr International Company, Inc. (“SICO”) Deferred Compensation Profit Participation Plans (the “SICO Plans”).  The SICO

Plans mature two years from the inception of such plan (the “Maturity Date”).  On the Maturity Date, a certain number of shares of AIG Common Stock were set aside for the Employee in accordance with the terms thereof (with respect to the SICO plans, the total set aside shares which the Employee would have received at final distribution is a total of                        ; hereinafter the “SICO AIG Shares.”)

  

The provisions of the SICO Plans normally would deny the Employee any right to the shares set aside for the Employee if the Employee’s employment were to terminate prior to age 65.  Nevertheless, in consideration of the Employee’s service to the Company and its affiliates and the Employee’s compliance with the provisions in this Agreement, the Company will recommend to the Compensation and Management Resources Committee (the “CMRC”) the reinstatement of the Employee’s contingent rights to the SICO AIG Shares.  This agreement and recommendation are subject to the conditions that:

 

a.    Promptly after the Termination Date the Employee shall have requested the Board of Directors of SICO in writing to reinstate the Employee’s contingent rights to the SICO AIG Shares set aside for the Employee under the SICO Plans, it being understood that payment of such Shares shall be subject to the Employee having satisfied the conditions set forth in sub-Sections III.A.b through d below.  If and when the Employee receives a letter from SICO regarding the continued set-aside of the SICO AIG Shares, the Employee must promptly forward a copy of that letter to AIG’s Vice President - Global Compensation and Benefits.

 

b.    During the Employee’s employment with AIG and until the Employee reaches the age of 65, the Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of the Company, have performed any services for any person other than AIG if such services, in the sole discretion of the CMRC, upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, may be deemed to be in competition with the Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates (collectively, the “AIG Family”);

 

c.    During the Employee’s employment with AIG and thereafter until the Employee reaches the age of 65, the Employee shall not have performed any acts which could be considered by the Compensation Committee, upon the recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, to be detrimental to the name, reputation or interest of a member of the AIG Family, including, but not limited to, the inducement of any other person to leave the employ of a member of the AIG Family, or the inducement of any person placing insurance or reinsurance with a

4 

 


 

member of the AIG Family or purchasing any other product or service from a member of the AIG Family to transfer such business to a person or entity unrelated to the AIG Family; and

 

d.    The CMRC, as constituted at the time the Employee reaches the age of 65, shall have reviewed the Employee’s performance with respect to the conditions set forth in preceding sub-Sections III.A.a through c and determined that the Employee satisfied such conditions, and thereafter the Employee shall have so advised SICO and requested SICO to pay the SICO AIG Shares payable under the SICO Plans.  The Company agrees that it shall use its best efforts to cause the review of the Employee’s performance referred to in this sub-Section III.A. d to be completed (and the determination of the CMRC communicated to the Employee in writing) within four months after the Employee reaches the age of 65.

 

            If the conditions stated in sub-Sections III.A.a through d above are fully satisfied and SICO fails to pay to the Employee the SICO AIG Shares (plus any shares attributable to stock splits or stock dividends paid prior to the payment of the SICO AIG Shares to the Employee) in accordance with the elections made by the Employee, the Company will pay any such unpaid shares or a cash equivalent valued as of the date the Employee was originally scheduled to receive distribution of the shares to the Employee within six months from SICO’s failure to pay, provided that the Employee (or the Employee’s estate if the Employee is deceased) assigns to the Company any rights or claims that the Employee may have to any such unpaid shares from SICO or any other entity or person; in addition, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Employee against SICO or any entity or person with respect to the unpaid shares and the Employee must take such steps as the Company may reasonably request to implement such subrogation.  Such amounts shall be payable in the form of shares or the cash equivalent issued to the Employee within the same taxable year that the Employee elected such amounts to be distributed to the Employee or, if later, by the 15th day of the third calendar month following such date, as the Company, in its sole discretion, may decide.

             

In the event of the Employee’s death prior to age 65, the Employee’s estate would receive the SICO AIG Shares provided that the Employee satisfied the conditions described in sub-Sections III.A.a through c above (as determined by the CMRC) until the date of the Employee’s death.  No cash dividends or other property rights pertaining to the SICO AIG Shares (other than the stock splits or stock dividends described above) will accrue or accumulate to the Employee or the Employee’s estate’s benefit during the period prior to the Employee’s receipt of such shares in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.  If the Employee is contemplating undertaking an activity and requests guidance from the Company regarding whether that activity would be compliant with the provisions of sub-Sections III.A.b and c above, the Employee should send that request, in writing, to [INSERT BUSINESS/DEPARTMENT LEADER NAME FOR EMPLOYEE’S EMPLOYER].  The Company will respond to that request, in writing, within twenty-one (21) days after the receipt of the Employee’s written request. 

 

B.   Long Term Incentive Plans

 

For purposes of the AIG Long Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”), Employee’s termination will be considered a termination without Cause (as defined in the LTIP) as of the Termination Date, and Employee shall retain any rights that Employee may have under the LTIP for payment of awards under a termination without Cause.

5 

 


 

 

[Insert as applicable based on Employee’s outstanding LTIP awards: Employee was approved for a grant under the 2013 AIG LTIP of Performance Share Units (“PSUs”). Under the termination rules of the 2013 AIG LTIP, if a participant is terminated without Cause, the grant will immediately vest.  After the end of the 2013-2015 performance period, the CMRC will approve an earnout percentage (between 0-150%) that applies to the grant made to each participant. The final performance percentage approved by the CMRC will be applied to Employee’s target grant.  Employee’s performance-adjusted PSUs will be delivered in three tranches, in AIG stock (although the Company reserves the right to pay in cash), at the normal delivery dates, in accordance with the terms of the LTIP and the award agreement governing the grant.

 

Employee was approved for a 2014 LTI grant under the 2013 AIG LTIP of PSUs. After the end of the 2014-2016 performance period, the CMRC will approve an earnout percentage (between 0-150%) that applies to the grant made to each participant. The final performance percentage approved by the CMRC will be applied to Employee’s target grant.  Employee’s performance-adjusted PSUs will be delivered in three tranches, in AIG stock (although the Company reserves the right to pay in cash), at the normal delivery dates, in accordance with the terms of the LTIP and the award agreement governing the grant.

 

Employee was approved for a 2015 LTI grant under the 2013 AIG LTIP of PSUs. After the end of the 2015-2017 performance period, the CMRC will approve an earnout percentage (between 0-150%) that applies to the grant made to each participant. The final performance percentage approved by the CMRC will be applied to Employee’s target grant.  Employee’s performance-adjusted PSUs will be delivered in three tranches, in AIG stock (although the Company reserves the right to pay in cash), at the normal delivery dates, in accordance with the terms of the LTIP and the award agreement governing the grant.

 

The next scheduled LTIP award payout for each LTIP grant, if any, may be reduced by the FICA and Medicare withholdings required in connection with all remaining awards under that particular LTIP grant, to the extent required by the US Tax Code.  Any long term incentive compensation paid to Employee is subject to the AIG Clawback Policy as amended from time to time. 

    

C.   Enforcement 

 

The Employee agrees that if the Employee fails to fulfill the Employee’s duties under Sections VI and X below, the Employee will forfeit the right to receive any of the payments or benefit enhancements set forth in this Section III that the Employee would not otherwise be entitled to receive under the terms and conditions of the Plan (and the Company shall be entitled to immediately cease paying any such amounts remaining due or providing any such benefits to the Employee pursuant to this Section III) and, to the extent that any such payments already have been made to the Employee or benefit enhancements already implemented at or prior to the time of the Employee’s failure to satisfy any such condition, the Employee must immediately return to the Company all such sums already paid to the Employee.

 

D.   Withholdings 

 

All payments (whether in cash, shares or otherwise) provided for under Section III of this Agreement are subject to applicable tax withholdings.

6 

 


 

 

IV.        Other Benefits

 

Nothing in this Agreement modifies or affects any of the terms of any benefit plans or programs (defined as medical, life, pension and 401(k) plans or programs and including, without limitation, the Company’s right to alter the terms of such plans or programs).  No further deductions or employer matching contributions shall be made on behalf of the Employee to the Incentive Savings Plan (“ISP”) as of the last day of the pay period in which the Termination Date occurs. 

 

The Employee shall no longer participate or be eligible for coverage under the Short-Term and Long-Term Disability programs, and the ISP.  After the Termination Date, the Employee may decide, under the ISP, whether to elect a rollover or distribution of the Employee’s account balance or to keep the account balance in the ISP. 

 

As set forth in Section IV.D of the Plan, the Employee shall be entitled to continued health insurance coverage under COBRA for a period in accordance with the requirements under COBRA unless the Employee is or becomes ineligible under the provisions of COBRA for continuing coverage.  The Employee shall be solely responsible for paying the full cost of the monthly premiums for COBRA coverage.  In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to one (1) year of additional service credit and credit for additional age solely for purposes of determining the Employee’s eligibility to participate in any Company Retiree Medical program and, if eligible, may choose to participate in such Company Retiree Medical program as of the Termination Date at the applicable rate or pay for COBRA coverage.  The Employee shall also be entitled to a Supplemental Health & Life Payment of $40,000 which may, among other things, be payable towards COBRA and life insurance coverage after the Termination Date.

 

As set forth in Section IV.F of the Plan, the Employee shall be entitled to one (1) year of additional service credit and credit for additional age solely for purposes of determining vesting and eligibility for retirement (including early retirement) under the American International Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Retirement Income Plan (the “Non-Qualified Plan”).  [For non-specified employees: To the extent the Employee has a vested benefit under the Non-Qualified Plan, any payments under such plan shall commence at the time specified in the Non-Qualified Plan, and shall be calculated as if “Qualified Plan Retirement Income” (as defined in the Non-Qualified Plan) began to be paid immediately following the Termination Date.] [ [For specified employees:  To the extent the Employee has a vested benefit under the Non-Qualified Plan, payments under such plan shall commence at the time specified in the Non-Qualified Plan, determined as if “Qualified Plan Retirement Income” (as defined in the Non-Qualified Plan) began to be paid immediately following the Termination Date.  Specifically, any such payments from the Non-Qualified Plan will commence as soon as administratively practicable after six months following the Termination Date.  At such time, the portion of the Employee’s Non-Qualified Plan payable in the form of a lump sum will be paid in full, plus the Employee will receive an amount equal to interest at an annual rate of 5% on such lump sum for the six-month period.  With respect to the portion of the Non-Qualified Plan benefit payable in the form of an annuity, the first payment after the six-month period will include an amount equal to the monthly annuity payments that the Employee would otherwise have received during the six-month period had his payments not been delayed for six months, retroactive to the first of the month after the Termination Date, plus interest on the delayed payments at an annual rate of 5%.]

 

7 

 


 

 

The Company agrees to provide outplacement services to Employee with Challenger Gray and Christmas in accordance with the terms of the contract between the Company and Challenger Gray and Christmas.  However, such services shall commence only at the request of Employee to Challenger Gray and Christmas no later than one year following the Termination Date. 

 

Except as set forth in this Agreement and Sections IV.D and E of the Plan there are no other payments or benefits due to the Employee from the Company.  The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company has made no representations to the Employee as to the applicability of Code section 409A to any of the payments or benefits provided to the Employee pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement.

 

V.         Release of Claims

 

In consideration of the payments and benefits described in Section IV of the Plan and Section II and III of this Agreement, to which the Employee agrees the Employee is not entitled until and unless the Employee executes this Agreement, the Employee, for and on behalf of the Employee and the Employee’s heirs and assigns, subject to the following two sentences hereof, agrees to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement and hereby waives and releases any common law, statutory or other complaints, claims, or causes of action of any kind whatsoever, both known and unknown, in law or in equity, which the Employee ever had, now has or may have against AIG and its shareholders (other than C.V. Starr & Co., Inc. and Starr International Company, Inc.), successors, assigns, directors, officers, partners, members, employees, agents, benefit plans, or the Plan (collectively, the “Releasees”) arising on or before the date of Employee’s execution of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any complaint, or cause of action arising under federal, state or local laws pertaining to employment, including the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA,” a law which prohibits discrimination on the basis of age), the National Labor Relations Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, [the New Jersey Conscientious Employee Protection Act/the District of Columbia Human Rights Act/the West Virginia Rights Act; the Massachusetts Wage Act, M.G.L. ch. 149, §§148, et seq., the Massachusetts Fair Employment Practices Act, M.G.L. c. 151B, § 1 et seq., the Massachusetts Civil Rights Act, M.G.L. c. 12, §§11H and 11I, the Massachusetts Equal Rights Act, M.G.L. c. 93, § 102 and M.G.L. c. 214, § 1C, the Massachusetts Labor and Industries Act, M.G.L. c. 149, § 1 et seq., and the Massachusetts Privacy Act, M.G.L. c. 214, § 1B], all as amended; and all other federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations.  By signing this Agreement, the Employee acknowledges that the Employee intends to waive and release any rights known or unknown that the Employee may have against the Releasees under these and any other laws; provided that the Employee does not waive or release claims with respect to the right to enforce the Employee’s rights under this Agreement or with respect to any rights to indemnification under the Company’s Charter and by-laws or with respect to claims that the law does not permit Employee to waive by signing this Agreement (the “Unreleased Claims”).  Nothing herein modifies or affects any vested rights that Employee may have under any applicable retirement plan, 401(k) plan, incentive plan, or deferred compensation plan; nor does this Agreement and Release confer any such rights, which are governed by the terms of the respective plans (and any agreements under such plans).

 

[Add for California employees:  

8 

 


 

 

All Existing Claims Waived.  Employee acknowledges that Employee may hereafter discover claims in addition to or different from those which Employee now knows or believes to exist with respect to the subject matter of this Release and which, if known or suspected at the time of executing this Release, may have materially affected Employee’s decision to execute this Release.  Employee hereby waives any such claims.  This is an express waiver of California Civil Code § 1542, which reads as follows:

 

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if known by him or her must have materially affected his or her settlement with the debtor.”]

 

VI.        Proceedings

 

The Employee acknowledges that the Employee has not filed any complaint, charge, claim or proceeding, except with respect to an Unreleased Claim, if any, against any of the Releasees before any local, state or federal agency, court or other body (each individually a “Proceeding”).  The Employee represents that the Employee is not aware of any basis on which such a Proceeding could reasonably be instituted.  By signing this Agreement the Employee:

 

(a)  Acknowledges that the Employee shall not initiate or cause to be initiated on his/her behalf any Proceeding and shall not participate in any Proceeding, in each case, except as set forth below or as required by law; and

 

(b)  Waives any right to recover any monetary damages or other individual relief arising out of any Proceeding.

 

Notwithstanding the above, nothing in this Agreement, including, without limitation, Sections V, VI and X of this Agreement, shall:

 

(x)  limit or affect the Employee’s right to challenge the validity of the Employee’s release set forth in Section V above under the ADEA or Older Workers Benefit Protection Act or

 

(y) prevent the Employee from filing a charge or complaint with or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC, National Labor Relations Board, or other federal, state or local governmental or regulatory agencies.

 

VII.       Time to Consider

 

The payments and benefits payable to the Employee under this Agreement include consideration provided to the Employee over and above anything of value to which the Employee already is entitled.  The Employee acknowledges that the Employee has been advised that the Employee has [FOR ONE-OFF TERMINATION AND ANY EMPLOYEE UNDER 40: 21] [IF TERMINATION IS PART OF RIF OF MORE THAN ONE EMPLOYEE AND EMPLOYEE IS 40 OR OLDER: 45] days from the date of the Employee’s receipt of this Agreement to consider all the provisions of this Agreement [INSERT IF TERMINATION IS PART OF RIF OF MORE THAN ONE EMPLOYEE: AND EMPLOYEE IS 40 OR OLDER:  , and that Employee has received the attached Exhibit A].

9 

 


 

THE EMPLOYEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE EMPLOYEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY, HAS BEEN ADVISED BY THE COMPANY TO CONSULT AN ATTORNEY, AND FULLY UNDERSTANDS THAT BY SIGNING BELOW THE EMPLOYEE IS GIVING UP CERTAIN RIGHTS WHICH THE EMPLOYEE MAY HAVE TO SUE OR ASSERT A CLAIM AGAINST ANY OF THE RELEASEES, AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION V OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER PROVISIONS HEREOF. THE EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE EMPLOYEE HAS NOT BEEN FORCED OR PRESSURED IN ANY MANNER WHATSOEVER TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT, AND THE EMPLOYEE AGREES TO ALL OF ITS TERMS VOLUNTARILY.

 

VIII.      [INSERT FOR 40 AND OVER EMPLOYEES ONLY: Revocation

 

The Employee hereby acknowledges and understands that the Employee shall have seven days from the date of the Employee’s execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement (including, without limitation, any and all claims arising under the ADEA) by providing written notice of revocation delivered to Annette Bernstein, Chief Labor and Employment Counsel, American International Group, Inc., 80 Pine Street, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10005, no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh day after the Employee has signed the Agreement.  Neither the Company nor any other person is obligated to provide any benefits to the Employee pursuant to Section IV of the Plan or this Agreement until eight days have passed since the Employee’s signing of this Agreement without the Employee having revoked this Agreement.  If the Employee revokes this Agreement pursuant to this Section, the Employee shall be deemed not to have accepted the terms of this Agreement, and no action shall be required of AIG under any section of this Agreement.  This Agreement will not become effective and enforceable until the eighth day after Employee’s signature (the “Effective Date”) (if not revoked pursuant to the terms of this paragraph.)]    

 

IX.        No Admission

 

This Agreement does not constitute an admission of liability or wrongdoing of any kind by the Employee or AIG.

 

X.         Restrictive Covenants

 

A.        Non-Solicitation/Non-Competition

 

The Employee acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of AIG and accordingly agrees as follows:

 

1.  During the period commencing on the Employee’s Termination Date and ending on the one-year anniversary of such date (the “Restricted Period”), the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, regardless of who initiates the communication, solicit, participate in the solicitation or recruitment of, or in any manner encourage or provide assistance to, any employee, consultant, registered representative, or agent of AIG to terminate his or her employment or other relationship with AIG or to leave its employ or other relationship with AIG for any engagement in any capacity or for any other person or entity, without AIG’s written consent.

 

2.  During the period commencing on the Employee’s Termination Date and ending on the six-month anniversary of such date, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly:

 

10 

 


 

(a)  Engage in any “Competitive Business” (defined below) for the Employee’s own account;

 

(b)  Enter the employ of, or render any services to, any person engaged in any Competitive Business;

 

(c)  Acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, any person engaged in any Competitive Business, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, officer, director, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

 

(d)  Interfere with business relationships between AIG and customers or suppliers of, or consultants to AIG.

 

3.  For purposes of this Section X, a “Competitive Business” means, as of any date, including during the Restricted Period, any person or entity (including any joint venture, partnership, firm, corporation or limited liability company) that engages in or proposes to engage in the following activities in any geographical area in which AIG does such business:

 

(a)  The property and casualty insurance business, including commercial insurance, business insurance, personal insurance and specialty insurance;

 

(b)  The life and accident and health insurance business;

 

(c)  The underwriting, reinsurance, marketing or sale of (y) any form of insurance of any kind that AIG as of such date does, or proposes to, underwrite, reinsure, market or sell (any such form of insurance, an “AIG Insurance Product”), or (z) any other form of insurance that is marketed or sold in competition with any AIG Insurance Product;

 

(d)  The investment and financial services business, including retirement services and mutual fund or brokerage services; or

 

(e)  Any other business that as of such date is a direct and material competitor of one of AIG’s businesses.

 

4.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Employee may directly or indirectly, own, solely as an investment, securities of any person engaged in the business of AIG which are publicly traded on a national or regional stock exchange or on the over-the-counter market if the Employee (a) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such person and (b) does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent or more of any class of securities of such person.

 

5.  The Employee understands that the provisions of this Section X.A may limit the Employee’s ability to earn a livelihood in a business similar to the business of AIG but the Employee nevertheless agrees and hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a)  Such provisions do not impose a greater restraint than is necessary to protect the goodwill or other business interests of AIG;

 

(b)  Such provisions contain reasonable limitations as to time and scope of activity to be restrained;

 

11 

 


 

(c)  Such provisions are not harmful to the general public; and

 

(d)  Such provisions are not unduly burdensome to the Employee.  In consideration of the foregoing and in light of the Employee’s education, skills and abilities, the Employee agrees that he shall not assert that, and it should not be considered that, any provisions of Section X.A otherwise are void, voidable or unenforceable or should be voided or held unenforceable.

 

6.  It is expressly understood and agreed that, although the Employee and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Section X.A to be reasonable, if a judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Section X.A or elsewhere in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against the Employee, the provisions of the Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable.  Alternatively, if any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

 

B.        Nondisparagement

 

The Employee agrees (whether during or after the Employee’s employment with AIG) not to issue, circulate, publish or utter any disparaging statements, remarks or rumors

about the Releasees.  Nothing herein shall prevent Employee from making or publishing any truthful statement (a) when required by law, subpoena or court order, (b) in the course of any legal, arbitral or regulatory proceeding, (c) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, or (d) in connection with any investigation by AIG.

 

             

C.        Code of Conduct

 

The Employee agrees to abide by all of the terms of the Company’s Code of Conduct or the Director, Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officer Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that continue to apply after termination of employment.

 

D.        Confidentiality/Company Property

 

The Employee acknowledges that the disclosure of this Agreement or any of the terms hereof could prejudice AIG and would be detrimental to AIG’s continuing relationship with its employees.  Accordingly, the Employee agrees not to discuss or divulge either the existence or contents of this Agreement (except, if required, Employee may disclose the contents of Section X.A only, in connection with prospective employment) to anyone other than the Employee’s immediate family, attorneys, tax and financial advisors, governmental authorities or as may be legally required, and further agrees to use the Employee’s best efforts to ensure that none of Employee’s immediate family, attorneys or tax and financial advisors will reveal its existence or contents to anyone else. 

 

The Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of AIG, use, divulge, disclose or make accessible to any other person, firm, partnership, corporation or other entity, any “Confidential Information” (as defined below), or any “Personal Information” (as

12 

 


 

defined below); provided that the Employee may disclose Confidential Information or Personal Information when required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction, by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the business of AIG, as the case may be, or by any administrative body or legislative body (including a committee thereof) with jurisdiction to order the Employee to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information; provided, further, that in the event that the Employee is ordered by a court or other government agency to disclose any Confidential Information or Personal Information, the Employee shall (if permitted to do so by applicable law): 

 

(a) Promptly notify AIG of such order;

 

(b)  At the written request of AIG, diligently contest such order at the sole expense of AIG; and

 

 

(c)  At the written request of AIG, seek to obtain, at the sole expense of AIG, such confidential treatment as may be available under applicable laws for any information disclosed under such order.

 

Nothing herein shall prevent Employee from making or publishing any truthful statement without prior notice to the Company to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, or in connection with any investigation by the Company.

 

Upon the Termination Date the Employee shall return AIG property, including, without limitation, files, records, disks and any media containing Confidential Information or Personal Information. For purposes of this Section X.D:

 

 “Confidential Information” means an item of information or a compilation of information in any form (tangible or intangible), related to AIG’s business that AIG has not made public or authorized public disclosure of, and that is not generally known to the public through proper means.  Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to: (a) business plans and analysis, customer and prospective customer lists, personnel, staffing and compensation information, marketing plans and strategies, research and development data, financial data, operational data, methods, techniques, technical data, know-how, innovations, computer programs, un-patented inventions, and trade secrets;  and (b) information about the business affairs of third parties (including, but not limited to, customers and prospective customers) that such third parties provide to Company in confidence.

 

“Personal Information” shall mean any information concerning the personal, social or business activities of the officers or directors of the Company.

 

E.         Developments

 

Developments shall be the sole and exclusive property of AIG. The Employee agrees to, and hereby does, assign to AIG, without any further consideration, all of the Employee’s right, title and interest throughout the world in and to all Developments. The Employee agrees that all such Developments that are copyrightable may constitute works made for hire under the copyright laws of the United States and, as such, acknowledges that AIG is the author of such Developments and owns all of the rights comprised in the copyright of such Developments.  The Employee hereby assigns to AIG without any further

13 

 


 

consideration all of the rights comprised in the copyright and other proprietary rights the Employee may have in any such Development to the extent that it might not be considered a work made for hire. The Employee shall make and maintain adequate and current written records of all Developments and shall disclose all Developments promptly, fully and in writing to the Company promptly after development of the same, and at any time upon request.

 

“Developments” shall mean all discoveries, inventions, ideas, technology, formulas, designs, software, programs, algorithms, products, systems, applications, processes, procedures, methods and improvements and enhancements conceived, developed or otherwise made or created or produced by the Employee alone or with others, and in any way relating to the business or any proposed business of AIG of which the Employee has been made aware, or the products or services of AIG of which the Employee has been made aware, whether or not subject to patent, copyright or other protection and whether or not reduced to tangible form, at any time during the Employee’s employment with AIG.

 

F.         Cooperation

 

The Employee agrees (whether during or after the Employee’s employment with AIG) that, if served with a subpoena or order that would compel Employee to testify or respond to any regulatory inquiry, investigation, administrative proceeding or judicial proceeding regarding or in any way relating to the Releasees, including but not limited to any proceeding before or investigation by the EEOC concerning Employee’s employment with the Company, to send immediately (but in no event later than three (3) business days after Employee has been so served or notified) a written notification, and provide a copy of the subpoena or order, by overnight mail to General Counsel, American International Group, Inc., 80 Pine Street, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10005.  Employee further agrees to cooperate with AIG in connection with any litigation or legal proceeding or any investigatory or regulatory matters in which the Employee may have relevant knowledge or information.  This cooperation shall include, without limitation, the following:

 

(a) To meet and confer, at a time mutually convenient to the Employee and AIG, with AIG’s designated in-house or outside attorneys for purposes of assisting with any litigation or legal proceeding or any investigatory or regulatory matters, including answering questions, explaining factual situations, preparing to testify, or appearing for interview, deposition, or trial testimony, without the need for the Company to serve a subpoena for such appearance and testimony; and

 

(b) To give truthful sworn statements to AIG’s attorneys upon their request and, for purposes of any deposition or other testimony in any litigation or legal proceeding or any investigatory or regulatory matters, to adopt AIG’s attorneys as the Employee’s own (provided that there is no conflict of interest that would disqualify the attorneys from representing the Employee), and to accept their instructions at deposition. 

 

The Company agrees to reimburse the Employee for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses necessarily incurred by the Employee in connection with the cooperation set forth in this paragraph.    

 

XI.        Enforcement and Clawback

 

If (a) at any time the Employee breaches Sections VI, X.B or X.D (b) within one (1) year of the expiration of any restrictive covenant described in Section X.A of this

14 

 


 

Agreement, AIG determines that the Employee breached such restrictive covenant or (c) within one year of the first payment date for any Severance benefit due under the terms of the Plan, AIG determines that grounds existed, on or prior to the Termination Date, including prior to the Effective Date of the Plan, for AIG to terminate the Employee’s employment for Cause, then: (x) no further payments or benefits shall be due to the Employee under this Agreement and/or the Plan; and (y) the Employee shall be obligated to repay to AIG, immediately and in a cash lump sum, the amount of any Severance benefits (other than any amounts received by the Employee under Section IV.D through F of the Plan) previously received by the Employee under this Agreement and/or the Plan (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be calculated on a pre-tax basis); provided that the Employee shall in all events be entitled to receive accrued wages and expense reimbursement and accrued but unused vacation pay as set forth in Section IV.A of the Plan.

The Employee acknowledges and agrees that AIG’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Sections X.A, B, D and E of this Agreement would be inadequate, and, in recognition of this fact, the Employee agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, AIG, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available.  In addition, AIG shall be entitled to immediately cease paying any amounts remaining due or providing any benefits to the Employee pursuant to Section IV of the Plan upon a determination by the “Plan Administrator” (as defined in the Plan) that the Employee has violated any provision of Section X of this Agreement, subject to payment of all such amounts upon a final determination, by a court of competent jurisdiction, that the Employee had not violated Section X of this Agreement.

 

XII.       Resignation From Board of Directors

 

The Employee will resign from his/her directorship of the Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates (and all other directorships, offices, and trusteeships, held in connection with his/her employment) by signing, dating and returning a letter in the form attached to this Agreement at Schedule 1 to Annette Bernstein, American International Group, Inc., 80 Pine Street, Floor 13, New York, NY 10005 and undertakes to execute all further documents and do such further things as are necessary in order to give full effect to such resignations. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Severance benefit set forth in Section II and the Supplemental Health & Life Payment set forth in Section IV of this Agreement is contingent upon Employee executing and returning such resignation letter.

 

XIII.      Inquiries From Prospective Employers

 

Employee agrees that Employee will direct any inquiries from prospective employers to The Work Number, at www.theworknumber.com, and the Company agrees that, in response to any such inquiries, The Work Number will only provide information regarding the dates of Employee’s employment and last job title, and shall inform the inquirer that it is company policy to provide only that information regarding former employees.  Employee will need to provide Employee’s Social Security Number and the AIG Employer Code (AIG-12573) to facilitate these inquiries.

 

 

15 

 


 

XIV.     General Provisions

 

A.        No Waiver; Severability

 

A failure of the Company or any of the Releasees to insist on strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of such provision or any other provision hereof.  If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be so broad as to be unenforceable, such provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable, and in the event that any provision is determined to be entirely unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed severable, such that all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain valid and binding upon the Employee and the Releasees.

 

B.        Governing Law

 

TO THE EXTENT THAT U.S. FEDERAL LAW DOES NOT APPLY, THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE WHOLLY PERFORMED WITHIN THAT STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS OR THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHICH WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THAT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE EMPLOYEE CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL AND STATE COURTS IN NEW YORK.

 

C.        Entire Agreement/Counterparts

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between the Company and the Employee with regard to all matters herein.  There are no other agreements, conditions, or representations, oral or written, express or implied, with regard thereto.  This Agreement may be amended only in writing, signed by the parties hereto.  This Agreement may be signed in counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument.  This Agreement may be returned via mail or e-mail.  An electronically transmitted signature shall be treated as an original signature for all purposes.

 

D.        Notice

 

For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered:  (a) personally; (b) by overnight courier service; (c) by facsimile transmission; or (d) by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses, as set forth below, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith; provided that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt.  Notices shall be deemed given as follows: (x) notices sent by personal delivery or overnight courier shall be deemed given when delivered; (y) notices sent by facsimile transmission shall be deemed given upon the sender’s receipt of confirmation of complete transmission; and (z) notices sent by United States registered mail shall be deemed given two days after the date of deposit in the United States mail.

 

If to the Employee, to the address as shall most currently appear on the records of the Company.

16 

 


 

If to the Company, to:

 

American International Group, Inc.

80 Pine Street, 13th floor

New York, NY 10005

Fax: 877-481-4969

Attn: Annette Bernstein, Esq.

 

 

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement.

 

[EMPLOYEE]

 

 

 

By:       ______________________________

Name:                                     Date:

Title:

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

By:       ______________________________

                                    Date:

17 

 


 

SCHEDULE 1

 

MEMORANDUM

 

 

 

To:       Whom it May Concern

 

From:  [EMPLOYEE]

 

Re:      Resignation

                                                                                                                                                             

 

Effective as of the date below, I hereby tender my resignation as officer and/or director of American International Group, Inc. and its subsidiaries or affiliates.  This resignation is effective for American International Group, Inc. and all of its direct and indirect subsidiaries in which I hold the title of director, trustee, officer, committee member, authorized agent or any other positions of which I am a designated signer.

 

 

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                    [Employee]

 



Exhibit 10.25

 

American International Group, Inc.

  Annual Short-Term Incentive Plan 

as Amended and Restated Effective March 1, 2016 

 

 

 

1.             Purpose

American International Group, Inc. (“AIG” and together with its consolidated subsidiaries, the “Company”) has created this American International Group, Inc. Annual Short-Term Incentive Plan (this “Plan”) to strengthen our pay-for-performance culture by rewarding employees for business and individual performance during the applicable Performance Year.  This Plan replaces the American International Group, Inc. 2013 Short-Term Incentive Plan beginning with the Performance Year from January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.  Awards under this Plan (each, an “Incentive Award”) will be in the form of cash.  Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein will have the meanings set forth in the Glossary of Terms in Appendix A

2.             Performance Periods

This Plan will operate for successive one-year periods beginning on January 1 of each year (each, a “Performance Year”) until this Plan is terminated by the Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of AIG (including any successor thereto, the “Committee”).  The first Performance Year will be January 1, 2014 through December 31, 2014.

3.             Eligibility

All full and part-time employees of the Company, excluding external contractors, independent contractors, temporary workers, and independent agents during the applicable Performance Year (the “Participants”) are eligible to participate in this Plan for such Performance Year, unless the employee is a participant in another variable pay or sales plan that the applicable business has determined is in lieu of this Plan during such Performance Year.  For the avoidance of doubt, employees who are eligible to participate in a bonus plan that is required to be provided under local law or who have an employment contract with AIG or its subsidiaries for ongoing employment of unlimited duration that is not confined to a specific, finite project will not be ineligible for the Plan (unless the applicable business expressly elects to exclude such employee).  If an individual is hired after the Performance Year commences, the individual may become a Participant in the Plan, and the amount of his or her Incentive Award may be Pro-Rated to reflect the portion of the Performance Year worked.

4.             Bonus Pool Funding

A.           Determination.  As soon as practicable following a Performance Year, the Committee will determine the aggregate bonus pool (the “Earned Bonus Pool”) to ensure that the Plan rewards all Participants appropriately and consistent with the purpose of this Plan.  Promptly following this determination, the Compensation Center of Excellence (“Compensation COE”) under the direction of the Operating Committee will allocate the Earned Bonus Pool to each of the Business/Functional Segments.  Prior to March 31st of any Performance Year, the

 

 


 

 

Committee will have the discretion to establish a threshold goal (the “Threshold Goal”) and determine that, if the Threshold Goal is not met, the Earned Bonus Pool will be capped at a fixed amount (including $0) or the amount resulting from a specified formula.

B.           Exceptions to Earned Bonus Pool.  As soon as practicable following a Performance Year, the Committee will determine whether the Incentive Awards for any Participants will be excluded from, and not subject to, the Earned Bonus Pool.

5.             Incentive Awards

A.           Amount and Form.  Prior to or as soon as practicable following the commencement of a Performance Year, a Participant’s target Incentive Award (the “Individual Target Award”) will be established by the Committee or the applicable Business/Functional Segment in which the Participant is Employed.  The Individual Target Award will generally be established after considering the Participant’s job grade, business, local market, job scope, responsibilities and experience.

B.           Performance Metrics.  Prior to or as soon as practicable following the commencement of a Performance Year, the Committee will determine the performance metric(s) (each, a “Performance Metric”) and the manner in which each Participant’s actual Incentive Award (the “Earned Individual Award”) will be calculated for such Performance Year.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, there will be three categories of Performance Metrics:  (1) Company-based Performance Metrics, (2) Business/Functional Segment-based Performance Metrics and (3) Individual-based Performance Metrics; provided that for any Performance Year there will be at least one Company-based Performance Metric or Business/Functional Segment-based Performance Metric (which could include the Threshold Goal).  The Earned Individual Awards may be determined for any Performance Year on the basis of one or any combination of the Performance Metrics, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, and the Performance Metrics will be documented in a written Administrative Guide prepared by management for the Performance Year.  In determining the manner in which the Earned Individual Award will be calculated, the Committee may establish minimum, target and maximum achievement levels for any Performance Metric.

C.           Earned Individual Award.  The Committee will assess performance against (1) any Company-based Performance Metrics, (2) any Business/Functional Segment-based Performance Metrics and (3) for Participants who are under the purview of the Committee, any Individual-based Performance Metrics, in each case, as soon as practicable following a Performance Year.  For any Participants who are not under the purview of the Committee, such Participant’s manager (in accordance with the then-current performance management process, if any) will assess performance against his or her Individual-based Performance Metrics, if applicable.  Each Participant’s Earned Individual Award will be determined by the extent to which the Performance Metrics applicable to the Plan Year have been attained.  The Committee may provide that an Earned Individual Award may not exceed a certain percentage of the Individual Target Award.  In addition, in no event will the aggregate Earned Individual Awards for a Performance Year exceed the Earned Bonus Pool.

 

 

-2- 

 

 


 

D.           Vesting; Payment.  Earned Individual Awards for a Performance Year will be granted as the Committee determines in its sole discretion and paid on such date or dates following the determination process described in Section 5.C, but no later than April 30th following the Performance Year (the “Award Date”).  A Participant must be employed on the Award Date to be eligible to receive his or her Earned Individual Award except to the extent provided in Section 6  and Appendix B.  Prior to March 31st of a Performance Year, the Committee may determine that all or a specified percentage of a Participant’s Earned Incentive Award will be a “Deferred Award,” in which case such Earned Incentive Award will be paid on the one-year anniversary of the Award Date (the “Deferred Award Payment Date”). 

6.             Termination in Service; Breaks in Service

A.           Termination Generally.  In the event (i) a Participant’s Employment is Terminated for any reason during the Performance Year or prior to the Award Date or (ii) a Participant is Employed but not actively performing services for the Company for a portion of the Performance Year or on the Award Date for certain reasons specified in Appendix B, the amount and payment of the Earned Individual Award, if any, that the Participant will receive will be determined (and, if applicable, modified) in accordance with Appendix B

B.           Termination without Cause.  In the event that a Participant is involuntarily Terminated without Cause, AIG will require the Participant to execute a Release in order to impose restrictive covenants requiring confidentiality of information, non-disparagement and non-solicitation of Company employees for 12 months following the termination as a condition to receiving payment of all or a portion of an Earned Individual Award for which the Award Date has not occurred as of such termination.  The Release must be executed by the Participant, submitted to the Company and become irrevocable prior to the date on which any such Earned Individual Award shall be paid, but in no event shall the Release be executed later than March 10th of the year following the year in which the Termination without Cause occurred; provided that if the Release is executed after such time, any payments with respect to the Earned Individual Award will be forfeited.

7.             Clawback/Repayment.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in consideration of the grant of an Incentive Award, the award and any payments under this Plan will be subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided for in the AIG Clawback Policy, as in effect from time to time.

In particular, for purposes of this Plan effective March 10, 2015, any Participant who is in grade level 27 or above will be a “Covered Employee” under the AIG Clawback Policy and any award and payments to such Participant under this Plan will be subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided for in the AIG Clawback Policy, as in effect from time to time, if it is determined in accordance with the AIG Clawback Policy that any of the following events have occurred (each such event, a “Covered Event” for purposes of the AIG Clawback Policy):

 

 

-3- 

 


 

A.           a material restatement of all or a portion of AIG’s financial statements occurs and the Board or Committee determines that recovery of payments under the award is appropriate after reviewing all relevant facts and circumstances that contributed to the restatement, including whether the Participant engaged in misconduct, and considering issues of accountability;

B.           payments under the award were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or on performance metrics that are materially inaccurately determined, regardless of whether the Participant was responsible for the inaccuracy;

C.           the Participant’s failure to properly identify, assess or sufficiently raise concerns about risk, including in a supervisory role, resulted in a material adverse impact on AIG, any of AIG’s business units or the broader financial system;

D.           any action or omission by the Participant constituted a material violation of AIG’s risk policies as in effect from time to time; or  

E.           any action or omission by the Participant resulted in material financial or reputational harm to AIG.

 

8.             Administration

A.           General.  The Plan will be administered by the Committee, and any person or persons designated by the Committee to administer the Plan from time to time including, but not limited to, the Senior C&B Executive and the Compensation COE.  The Compensation COE will conduct validation analyses to determine that this Plan is generally operated in accordance with the terms of this Plan and the applicable Administrative Guide.  Actions of the Committee may be taken by the vote of a majority of its members.  The Committee may allocate among its members and delegate to any person who is not a member of the Committee any of its powers, responsibilities or duties under the Plan.  The Committee will have the power to construe, interpret and implement this Plan, to make regulations for carrying out its purposes and to make all other determinations in connection with its administration, all of which will, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, be final, binding and conclusive.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, reinstate any Earned Individual Awards made under this Plan that have been terminated and forfeited because of a Participant’s Termination, if the Participant complies with any covenants, agreements or conditions that the Committee may impose; provided however, that payment under such reinstated awards will not be made until the scheduled times set forth in this Plan.

B.           Determination of Employment.  The Committee, with respect to any Participant under the purview of the Committee, and the Senior C&B Executive, with respect to any other Participant, will have the right to determine the commencement or Termination date of a Participant’s Employment with the Company solely for purposes of this Plan, separate and apart from any determination as may be made by the Company with respect to the individual’s employment.

 

 

-4- 

 


 

C.           No Liability.  No member of the Board of Directors of AIG (the “Board”) or any employee of AIG performing services with respect to the Plan (each, a “Covered Person”) will have any liability to any person (including any Participant) for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made, in each case, in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Participant’s participation in it.  Each Covered Person will be indemnified and held harmless by AIG against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under this Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Covered Person, with AIG’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person, provided  that  AIG will have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once AIG gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, AIG will have sole control over such defense with counsel of AIG’s choice.  To the extent any taxable expense reimbursement under this paragraph is subject to Section 409A, (1) the amount thereof eligible in one taxable year shall not affect the amount eligible in any other taxable year; (2) in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the Covered Person incurred such expenses; and (3) in no event shall any right to reimbursement be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.  The foregoing right of indemnification will not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person’s bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct.  The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under AIG’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that AIG may have to indemnify such persons or hold them harmless.

D.           Consent.  If the Committee at any time determines, in its sole discretion, that any consent (as hereinafter defined) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any award or the payment of any amount under this Plan or the taking of any other action thereunder (each such action, a “plan action”), then such plan action will not be taken, in whole or in part, unless and until such consent will have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Committee; provided  that  if such consent has not been so effected or obtained as of the latest date provided by this Plan for payment of such amount and further delay is not permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, such amount will be forfeited and terminate notwithstanding any prior earning or vesting. 

The term “consent” as used in this paragraph with respect to any plan action includes (1) any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any securities exchange or under any federal, state, or local law, or law, rule or regulation of a jurisdiction outside the United States, (2) any other matter, which the Committee may deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption

 

 

-5- 

 


 

from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made, (3) any and all other consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a plan action by any governmental or other regulatory body or any stock exchange or self-regulatory agency and (4) any and all consents required by the Committee.

9.             Other Provisions

A.           No Funding.  The Company will be under no obligation to fund or set aside amounts to pay obligations under this Plan. A Participant will have no rights to awards or other amounts under this Plan other than as a general, unsecured creditor of the Company.

B.           Tax Withholding.  The Company will comply with all applicable tax reporting, withholding and other requirements globally with respect to amounts paid under this Plan, in amounts and in a manner determined in the sole discretion of the Company.  As a condition to the payment of any amount under this Plan, or in connection with any other event related to this Plan, that gives rise to a federal or other governmental tax withholding obligation (1) the Company may deduct or withhold (or cause to be deducted or withheld) from any payment to a Participant whether or not pursuant to this Plan or (2) the Committee will be entitled to require that the Participant remit cash to the Company (through payroll deduction or otherwise), in each case, in an amount sufficient in the opinion of the Company to satisfy such withholding obligation.

C.           No Rights to Other Payments.  The provisions of this Plan provide no right or eligibility to a Participant to any other payouts from AIG or its subsidiaries under any other alternative plans, schemes, arrangements or contracts AIG may have with any employee or group of employees of AIG or its subsidiaries.  Nothing contained in the Plan will be deemed in any way to limit or restrict the Company from adopting or continuing in effect any compensation arrangements or making any award or payment to any person under any other plan, arrangement or understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect.

D.           Effect on Benefit Plans.  The Incentive Award payment is deemed compensation under certain of the Company’s compensation and benefit plans, but it is not deemed compensation for other programs; provided, however, that for purposes of the Company’s benefit programs, this Plan will be deemed a short-term incentive, annual, year-end bonus program. The Summary Plan Description and plan summaries of each of the Company’s compensation and benefit plans will govern whether and the extent to which the Incentive Award payment will affect the Participant’s benefits under such plans, and the Company reserves the right to amend those compensation and benefit plans at any time.

E.           Section 409A.  Payments under this Plan are intended to be exempt from Section 409A to the extent they satisfy the “short-term deferral exception” in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(b)(4) and otherwise to be compliant with Section 409A, and this Plan shall be interpreted, operated and administered accordingly.  For the avoidance of doubt, all Incentive Awards under the Plan other than Deferred Awards are intended to satisfy the short-term deferral exception and all Deferred Awards constitute “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A.  With respect to any Incentive Award that constitutes “deferred compensation”

 

 

-6- 

 


 

subject to Section 409A, (1) references to termination of the Participant’s employment will mean the Participant’s separation from service with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A and (2) any payment to be made with respect to such Incentive Award in connection with the Participant’s separation from service with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A that would be subject to the limitations in Section 409A(a)(2)(b) of the Code will be delayed until six months after the Participant’s separation from service (or earlier death) in accordance with the requirements of Section 409.  Each payment made under the Plan will be deemed to be a separate payment for purposes of Section 409A.  The Committee will have full authority to give effect to the intent of this Section 9.E

F.            Section 4999.  In the event that any Incentive Award payment received or to be received by any Participant under this Plan would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any similar or successor provision to Section 4999 (the “Excise Tax”) then, at the discretion of the Chief Human Resource Officer, such Incentive Award payment shall be reduced up to the largest amount which would result in no portion of the Incentive Award payment being subject to the Excise Tax.  The determination of any such reduction pursuant to this Section 9.F will be made by the Senior C&B Executive, and such determination will be conclusive and binding upon the Company, the Participant, the Senior C&B Executive and the Committee for all purposes.

G.           Section Headings.  The section headings contained herein are for convenience only, and in the event of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than the headings will control.

H.           Severability.  If any term or provision contained herein is finally held to be, to any extent, invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision will be deemed modified only to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby.

I.             No Third Party Beneficiaries.  Except as expressly provided herein, this Plan will not confer on any person other than AIG and the Participant any rights or remedies hereunder. The exculpation and indemnification provisions of Section 8.C will inure to the benefit of a Covered Person’s estate and beneficiaries and legatees.

J.            Nonassignability.  No award (or any rights and obligations thereunder) granted to any person under the Plan may be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, except as may be otherwise provided in the award agreement.  Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 9.J  will be null and void and any award which is hedged in any manner will immediately be forfeited.  All of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the award agreements will be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.

 

 

-7- 

 


 

K.           Entire Understanding.  The Plan and, with respect to a Performance Year, the applicable Administrative Guide, contains the entire understanding of the Company and the Participants with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersedes all prior promises, covenants, arrangements, agreements, communications, representations and understanding between the Company and the Participant.

L.            No Right of Employment.  Nothing in this Plan will be construed as creating any contract of employment or conferring upon the Participant any right to continue in the employ or other service of the Company, or any of its subdivisions or subsidiaries, or limit in any way the right of the Company to change such Participant’s compensation or benefits or to terminate the employment or other service of such Participant with or without Cause.

M.          Successor and Assigns.  The terms of this Plan will inure to the benefit of AIG and any successor entity.

N.           Subject to Any AIG Section 162(m) Plan  AIG may, in any year, propose a Section 162(m) compliant performance incentive award plan (the “AIG Section 162(m) Plan”).  If an AIG Section 162(m) Plan is proposed and approved by the AIG stockholders in accordance with Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.162‑27(e)(4), this Plan will function as a sub-plan under the AIG Section 162(m) Plan, whereby performance compensation amounts payable under the AIG Section 162(m) Plan can be paid in part by accruing awards with respect to a Performance Year.

O.           No Liability With Respect to Tax Qualification or Adverse Tax Treatment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Company be liable to a Participant on account of the failure of any Incentive Award or amount payable under this Plan to (a) qualify for favorable United States or foreign tax treatment or (b) avoid adverse tax treatment under United States or foreign law, including, without limitation, Section 409A.

10.          Governing Law.

The Plan will be governed and enforced in accordance with the appropriate country and local regulations.  With respect to Participants working in the United States, this Plan will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

The Plan shall also be subject to all applicable non-U.S. laws as to Participants located outside of the United States. In the event that any provision of this Plan is not permitted by the local laws of a country or jurisdiction in which a Participant works, such local law shall supersede that provision of this Plan with respect to that Participant.  The  Senior HR Attorney and the Senior C&B Executive or their designee(s) shall have the discretion to operate the Plan with respect to such Participant in a manner that incorporates as much of the Plan’s current terms as possible while also complying with such local laws.

11.          Plan Termination; Amendment

 

-8- 

 


 

The Plan may be amended or modified, with or without prior notification of the Participants, at any time in the sole discretion of the Committee.  The Plan will continue until suspended or terminated by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided that all Incentive Awards made under the Plan before its suspension or termination will remain in effect until such awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable award.  Any termination of this Plan will be done in a manner that the Committee determines complies with Section 409A.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee’s rights and powers to amend the Plan shall be delegated to the Senior C&B Executive, who shall have the right to amend the Plan with respect to (i) amendments required by relevant law, regulation or ruling, (ii) amendments that are not expected to have a material financial impact on the Company, (iii) amendments that can reasonably be characterized as technical or ministerial in nature or (iv) amendments that have previously been approved in concept by the Committee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing delegation, the Senior C&B Executive shall not have the power to make an amendment to the Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a termination of the Plan or a change in the structure or the powers, duties or responsibilities of the Committee, unless such amendment is approved or ratified by the Committee.

12.          Effective Date

The Plan is effective as of the 2014 Performance Year, and will continue thereafter until terminated by the Committee; provided, however, that the existence of the Plan at any time or from time to time does not guarantee or imply the payment of any Incentive Awards hereunder, or the establishment of any future plans or the continuation of this Plan.

-9- 

 


Appendix A

Glossary of Terms

AIG” means American International Group, Inc.

AIG Section 162(m) Plan” means a Section 162(m) compliant performance incentive award plan.

Award Date” means the date, in accordance with Section 5.D, that the Incentive Award is granted to and becomes non-forfeitable (other than with respect to the clawback provisions of Section 7 of the Plan) to the Participant.  For point of clarity, for Participants with an Incentive Award of which a portion is designated as a Deferred Award (with such portion payable in a year later than the year following the Performance Year), the Award Date is the date the entire Incentive Award becomes non-forfeitable and that the portion of the Incentive Award not  designated as a Deferred Award is paid.  For all others, the Award Date is the date that the entire Incentive Award is paid.

Board” means the Board of Directors of AIG.

Breaks in Service” means the cessation of actively performing services for the Company, either on a temporary or permanent basis (including Resignation, Termination, Leaves of Absence, Retirement and Death).  See Appendix B for more information.

Business/Functional Segments” means the business unit segments and functional unit segments established by the Committee for a Performance Year. 

Cause” has the meaning provided in the applicable severance plan, program or other arrangement in which the Participant is eligible to participate; provided  that, to the extent that the Committee, with respect to any Participant under the purview of the Committee, or the Senior C&B Executive, with respect to any other Participant, or their delegate(s), in each case, in its or his or her sole discretion determines that the Participant is not eligible to participate in a severance plan, program or arrangement, “Termination without Cause” shall mean a Termination due to a reduction in force, position elimination or office closing.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Committee” means the Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of AIG (including any successor thereto).

Company” means AIG together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Compensation COE” means the Compensation Center of Excellence.

Covered Person” means any employee of AIG performing services with respect to the Plan.

Deferred Award” means all or a specified percentage of a Participant’s Earned Incentive Award that the Committee determines, prior to March 31st of a Performance Year, will be paid on the Deferred Award Payment Date.

Deferred Award Payment Date” means the one-year anniversary of the Award Date.

 

 

 

 


 

Earned Bonus Pool” means the actual bonus pool approved by the Committee under this Plan for a Performance Year.

Earned Individual Award” means a Participant’s actual Incentive Award.

Employed” and “Employment” means (a) actively performing services for the Company, (b) being on a Company-approved Paid Leave of Absence, or Company-approved unpaid leave of absence, or (c) receiving long term disability benefits for up to three years from the date short term disability leave commenced, in each case while in good standing with the Company. For purposes of this Plan, the term Employed shall not include any period designated by the Company, in its sole discretion, as “non-working notice,” and shall likewise not include any period during which (i) an employee receives notice under The Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act or any state or local equivalent (“WARN”) and is directed not to work during any period of the WARN notice requirement, or (ii) an employee receives non-working notice pay and benefits pursuant to WARN.

Excise Tax” means the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any similar or successor provision to Section 4999.

 “Incentive Award” means an award under this Plan.

Individual Target Award” means a Participant’s target Incentive Award.

Normal Schedule” means the date specified in Section 5.D that an Incentive Award would otherwise have been paid if the Participant had continued to remain Employed by the Company.

Operating Committee” means the group of senior executives selected by the President and CEO to be a member of this deliberative group.

Paid Leave of Absence” means an approved leave of absence during which the Participant is receiving salary continuation from a Company payroll; provided, however, that it shall not include any period during which an Employee receives notice under WARN and is directed not to report to work during all or a portion of such WARN notice period;  or (2) following an employee’s Termination of Employment date, a period during which an employee receives pay and benefits pursuant to WARN.

 “Participant” has the meaning provided in Section 3

Performance Metric” means a performance metric determined by the Committee prior to or as soon as practicable following the commencement of a Performance Year in accordance with Section 5.B

Performance Year” means each successive one-year periods beginning on January 1 of each year.

Plan” means this American International Group, Inc. Annual Short-Term Incentive Plan (also referred to as “Compensation Plan 483”).

Pro-Rated” means, for any amount under this Plan, multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months (rounding up for partial months) during the Performance Year that the Participant actively performed services for the

 

-11- 

 


 

Company (including any period designated by the Company as “working notice”, but not including any period designated by the Company, in its sole discretion, as “non-working notice”) or was on a Paid Leave of Absence (but not including any period during which a Participant is receiving long term disability benefits), and the denominator of which 12. 

Release” means the release required by the severance plan or program applicable to the Participant’s Termination without Cause; provided that, to the extent that no such established severance plan or program is deemed applicable by the Committee, with respect to any Participant under the purview of the Committee, or the Senior C&B Executive, with respect to any other Participant, or their delegate(s), in each case, in its or his or her sole discretion, then the release will be a release generally in the form set forth in Appendix C, subject to any provisions that the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior C&B Executive or their delegate(s) may amend or add to the release; provided, further, that if the local laws of a country or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which the Participant performs services would not permit all or a portion of the release in Appendix C to be structured or executed in the applicable form attached hereto, the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior C&B Executive or their designee(s) shall have the discretion to create a release that incorporates as much of the release in the form attached as Appendix C as possible while also complying with such local laws.

Retirement” or “Retire” means, solely for purposes of this Plan, (i) in the United States, voluntary Termination initiated by the Participant (while such Participant is in good standing with the Company) (x) on or after age 60 with five years of service or (y) on or after age 55 with 10 years of service, and (ii) outside of the United States, effective as of April 1, 2014, voluntary Termination initiated by the Participant (while such Participant is in good standing with the Company) (x) on or after age 60 with five years of service or (y) on or after age 55 with 10 years of service.

  

 “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, including any amendments or successor provisions to that section, and any regulations and other administrative guidance relating thereto, in each case as they may be from time to time amended or interpreted through further administrative guidance.

Senior C&B Executive”  means the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee both the Corporate Compensation Department and the Corporate Benefits Department.  In the event that no individual holds such position, “Senior C&B Executive” will instead refer to the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee the global Human Resources Department.

Senior HR Attorney”  means the Company’s most senior attorney whose responsibility it is to oversee Human Resource/employment matters.

Termination” or “Terminate,” with respect to a Participant, means the termination of the Participant’s Employment.

Threshold Goal” has the meaning provided in Section 4

Unpaid Leave of Absence” means an approved leave of absence during which the Participant is not receiving salary continuation from a Company payroll, including a period of long term disability leave during which a Participant may be receiving long term disability insurance payments from a long term disability insurer.

 

 

 

 

-12- 

 


 

Appendix B

Treatment of Incentive Awards Upon Various Types of Breaks in Service or
Terminations of Employment

Type of Break in Service or Termination of Employment

Amount the Participant Receives

Short-Term & Long-Term Medical Leaves of Absence
(STD & LTD)

Family Medical & Domestic Partner Leave

Non-Medical Leave of Absence
(Personal Leave)

Military Leave of Absence

If a Participant is on an approved leave of absence during which the Participant is receiving salary continuation from a Company payroll (a “Paid Leave of Absence”), such Paid Leave of Absence will not be deemed a break a service or a Termination for purposes of this Plan. Time on a Paid Leave of Absence will be treated the same as time during which the Participant performs services for the Company.

 

If a Participant is on an approved leave of absence during which the Participant is NOT receiving salary continuation from a Company payroll, including a period of long term disability leave during which a Participant may be receiving long term disability insurance payments from a long term disability insurer (an “Unpaid Leave of Absence”), his or her Incentive Award will be Pro-Rated based on the number of months during the Performance Year that the Participant was actively employed (prior to the Participant’s last day worked) or on a Paid Leave of Absence with the Company, but will not include the number of months that the Participant was on an Unpaid Leave of Absence.

 

Incentive Awards are paid on the Normal Schedule.

 

Retirement

If a Participant Retires During the Performance Year, after March 31st and before the End of the Performance Year:  

·         The Incentive Award is Pro-Rated based on the number of months during the Performance Year that the Participant was actively employed (prior to the Participant’s last day worked) or on a Paid Leave of Absence with the Company and,

·         The amount of the Incentive Award is based on 100% of the Participant’s Individual Target Award for such Performance Year and,

·         To the extent applicable for such Performance Year, actual performance against the Company-based Performance Metrics and the Business/Functional Segment-based Performance Metrics as determined by the Committee.

·         Paid on the Normal Schedule.

 

If a Participant Retires on or before March 31st of the Performance Year:

·         Participant will not receive any Pro-Rated Incentive Award payment for the current Performance Year.

 

 

If a Participant Retires After the End of the Performance Year but

 

 

 

 

 


 

Type of Break in Service or Termination of Employment

Amount the Participant Receives

 

prior to the Award Date:   

·         The Incentive Award is not Pro-Rated, but is paid in full based on, to the extent applicable for such Performance Year, actual performance against the Individual-based Performance Metrics, the Company-based Performance Metrics and the Business/Functional Segment-based Performance Metrics for such Performance Year.

·         Paid on the Normal Schedule.

 

Death

If a Participant Dies During the Performance Year, after March 31st and before the End of the Performance Year:  

·         The Incentive Award is Pro-Rated based on the number of months during the Performance Year that the Participant was actively employed (prior to the Participant’s last day worked) or on a Paid Leave of Absence with the Company and the amount of the Incentive Award is based on 100% of the Participant’s Individual Target Award for such Performance Year.

·         Paid as soon as administratively possible after the date of death, but in no event later than March 15th following such Performance Year.

 

If a Participant Dies on or before March 31st of the Performance Year:

·         The Participant will not receive any Pro-Rated Incentive Award payment for the current Performance Year.

 

If a Participant Dies After the End of the Performance Year but prior to the Award Date:

·         The Incentive Award is not Pro-Rated, but is paid 100% of the Individual Target Award in effect on the date of death.

·         Paid as soon as administratively possible after the date of death, but in no event later than March 15th following the year in which the death occurred.

Resignation, Voluntary Quit, Constructive Discharge

If the last day the Participant was actively performing services for the Company (the Participant’s last day worked) or on a Paid Leave of Absence is prior to the Award Date, the Incentive Award is forfeited. 

Termination without Cause

 

If a Participant Experiences a Termination without Cause:

For Participants in the 2012 Executive Severance Plan or its successor plan, paid in accordance with such plan. 

 

For all other Participants, payable pursuant to the AIG, Inc. Severance Plan, or other severance arrangement applicable to such Termination without Cause as follows: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-14- 

 


 

 

Type of Break in Service or Termination of Employment

Amount the Participant Receives

 

Termination without Cause During the Performance Year

·         If the last day that the Participant was actively performing services for the Company (the Participant’s last day worked) or on a Paid Leave of Absence occurs after March 31st and before the end of the Performance Year, the Participant will receive 100% of the Participant’s Individual Target Award with respect to such Performance Year Pro-Rated based on the number of months during the Performance Year that the Participant was actively performing services for the Company (prior to the Participant’s last day worked) or on a Paid Leave of Absence.

·         For the avoidance of doubt, if the last day that the Participant was actively performing services for the Company or on a Paid Leave of Absence occurs on or before March 31st of a Performance Year, the Participant will not receive any Incentive Award payment for such Performance Year.

Termination without Cause After the End of the Performance Year but prior to the Award Date

·         If the last day that the Participant was actively performing services for the Company (the Participant’s last day worked) or on a Paid Leave of Absence occurs after the end of the Performance Year, but prior to the Award Date for such Performance Year, the Participant will receive 100% of the Participant’s Individual Target Award with respect to such Performance Year.

 

Timing of Payments  

·         Paid as soon as administratively possible after the date of Termination without Cause, but no later than March 15th following the year in which the Termination without Cause occurs, and in no event later than when other actively employed Participants are paid similar Incentive Awards under the Plan; provided that any Deferred Award will be paid on the Normal Schedule.   

To the extent there is an inconsistency between this Plan and the applicable severance program, the severance program will prevail. To the extent the Committee, with respect to any Participant under the purview of the Committee, or the Senior C&B Executive, with respect to any other Participant, or their delegate(s), in each case, in its or his or her sole discretion determines that no established severance program or arrangement is applicable to a Participant’s Termination without Cause, then, in accordance with Section 6.B, the Participant will need to execute a release generally in the form set forth in Appendix C, subject to any provisions that the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior C&B Executive  or their delegate(s) may amend or add to the release.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-15- 

 


Appendix C

Form of Release Referred to in Section 6.B of the Plan

NOT personalized to each Participant.

(1)           [Employee Name] (“Employee”), for good and sufficient consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby waives and forever releases and discharges any and all claims of any kind Employee may have against American International Group, Inc., its affiliate or subsidiary companies, or any officer, director or employee of, or any benefit plan sponsored by, any such company (collectively, the “Released Parties”) which arise from Employee’s employment with any of the Released Parties or the termination of Employee’s employment with any of the Released Parties.  [Specifically, but without limiting that release, Employee hereby waives any rights or claims Employee might have pursuant to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (the “Act”) and under the laws of any and all jurisdictions, including, without limitation, the United States.  Employee recognizes that Employee is not waiving any rights or claims under the Act that may arise after the date that Employee executes this Release.] Nothing herein modifies or affects any vested rights that Employee may have under the [American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan, or the American International Group, Inc. Incentive Savings Plan] [and other plans applicable to Employee]; nor does this Release confer any such rights, which are governed by the terms of the respective plans (and any agreements under such plans).

(2)           Employee acknowledges that Employee has not filed any complaint, charge, claim or proceeding, if any, against any of the Released Parties before any local, state or federal agency, court or other body (each individually a “Proceeding”).  Employee represents that Employee is not aware of any basis on which such a Proceeding could reasonably be instituted.

(3)           Confidentiality/Non-Disclosure.  During the term of Employee’s employment, the Company permitted Employee to have access to and become acquainted with trade secret information of a confidential, proprietary or secret nature.  Subject to and in addition to any confidentiality or non-disclosure requirements to which Employee was subject prior to the date the Employee executes this Release, effective as of the date Employee executes this Release, Employee acknowledges and agrees that (i) all confidential, proprietary, trade secret information received, obtained or possessed at any time by Employee concerning or relating to the business, financial, operational, marketing, economic, accounting, tax or other affairs at the Company or any client, customer, agent or supplier or prospective client, customer, agent or supplier of the Company will be treated by Employee in the strictest confidence and will not be disclosed or used by Employee in any manner without the prior written consent of the Company or unless required by law, and ii) Employee  has not during the term of Employee’s employment and will not remove or destroy any such confidential information.

(4)           Non-Solicitation.  Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee’s employment with the Company required exposure to and use of confidential trade secret information (as set forth in Paragraph 3).  Subject to and in addition to any non-solicitation requirements to which Employee was subject prior to the date Employee executes this Release, effective as of the date Employee executes this Release, Employee acknowledges and agrees that (i) Employee will not, directly or

 

 

 

 


 

indirectly, on Employee’s own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity solicit, contact, call upon, communicate with or attempt to communicate with any customer or client or prospective customer or client of the Company where to do so would require the use or disclosure of trade secret information, and (ii) for a period of one (1) year after employment terminates for any reason, Employee will not solicit or in any manner encourage or provide assistance to any employee, consultant or agent of the Company to terminate his or her employment or other relationship with the Company or to leave its employ or other relationship with the Company for any engagement in any capacity or any other person or entity.

(5)           Non-Disparagement.  Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee will not disparage AIG or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their officers, directors or employees to any person or entity not affiliated with AIG; provided, however, that nothing herein prohibits the Employee from giving truthful testimony as required by law.

(6)           Employee agrees that AIG’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of Section 3, 4 and 5 of this Release would be inadequate.  In recognition of this fact, Employee agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, AIG, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available in the event of a breach or threatened breach of such provision.

(7)           [Employee acknowledges and understands that Employee is hereby being advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release.  Employee also acknowledges and understands that Employee has twenty-one (21) days to consider the terms of this Release before signing it.  However, in no event may Employee sign this Release before Employee’s termination date.]

(8)           [Upon the signing of this Release by Employee, Employee understands that Employee shall have a period of seven (7) days following Employee’s signing of this Release in which Employee may revoke this Release.  Employee understands that this Release shall not become effective or enforceable until this seven (7) day revocation period has expired, and that neither the Released Parties nor any other person has any obligation [pursuant to the American International Group, Inc. Annual Short-Term Incentive Plan] until eight (8) days have passed since Employee’s signing of this Release without Employee having revoked this Release.  If Employee revokes this Release, Employee will be deemed not to have accepted the terms of this Release.]

 

-17- 

 


 

 

(9)           Any dispute arising under this Release shall be governed by the [law of the State of New York], without reference to the choice of law rules that would cause the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DATE

 

[Employee]

 

-18- 

 



Exhibit 10.26


APPENDIX B

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

2013 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

B-1


AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

2013 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

ARTICLE I—GENERAL

  

            1.1

  

Purpose

    B-3   

            1.2

  

Definitions

    B-3   

            1.3

  

Administration

    B-5   

            1.4

  

Persons Eligible for Awards

    B-6   

            1.5

  

Types of Awards

    B-6   

            1.6

  

Shares of Common Stock Available for Stock-Based Awards

    B-6   

ARTICLE II—AWARDS UNDER  THE PLAN

  

            2.1

  

Agreements Evidencing Awards

    B-7   

            2.2

  

No Rights as a Shareholder

    B-7   

            2.3

  

Options

    B-7   

            2.4

  

Stock Appreciation Rights

    B-8   

            2.5

  

Restricted Shares

    B-9   

            2.6

  

Restricted Stock Units

    B-9   

            2.7

  

Other Stock-Based Awards

    B-10   

            2.8

  

Cash-Based Awards

    B-10   

            2.9

  

Dividend Equivalent Rights

    B-10   

            2.10

  

Related Option Transactions

    B-10   

            2.11

  

Change in Control Provisions

    B-10   

ARTICLE III—QUALIFIED PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS

  

            3.1

  

Qualified Performance-Based Awards

    B-11   

ARTICLE IV—MISCELLANEOUS

  

            4.1

  

Amendment of the Plan

    B-12   

            4.2

  

Tax Withholding

    B-12   

            4.3

  

Required Consents and Legends

    B-12   

            4.4

  

Clawback

    B-13   

            4.5

  

Right of Offset

    B-13   

            4.6

  

Nonassignability; No Hedging

    B-13   

            4.7

  

Successor Entity

    B-13   

            4.8

  

Right of Discharge Reserved

    B-13   

            4.9

  

Nature of Payments

    B-14   

            4.10

  

Non-Uniform Determinations

    B-14   

            4.11

  

Other Payments or Awards

    B-14   

            4.12

  

Plan Headings

    B-14   

            4.13

  

Termination of Plan

    B-14   

            4.14

  

Section 409A

    B-14   

            4.15

  

Governing Law

    B-15   

            4.16

  

Severability; Entire Agreement

    B-15   

            4.17

  

Waiver of Claims

    B-15   

            4.18

  

No Liability With Respect to Tax Qualification or Adverse Tax Treatment

    B-15   

            4.19

  

No Third Party Beneficiaries

    B-16   

            4.20

  

Successors and Assigns of AIG

    B-16   

            4.21

  

Date of Adoption and Approval of Shareholders

    B-16   

 

B-2


AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

2013 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

ARTICLE I—GENERAL

1.1 Purpose

The purpose of the American International Group, Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan is (1) to attract, retain and motivate officers, directors and key employees of the Company (as defined below), compensate them for their contributions to the Company and encourage them to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company, (2) to align the interests of officers, directors and key employees with those of shareholders of the Company and (3) to assist the Company in ensuring that its compensation program does not provide incentives to take imprudent risks.

This 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan replaces the American International Group, Inc. Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (as amended to the Effective Date, the “2010 Plan”) for Awards granted on or after the Effective Date. Awards may not be granted under the 2010 Plan beginning on the Effective Date, but this 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan will not affect the terms or conditions of any stock appreciation right, restricted stock, restricted stock unit or other award made under the 2010 Plan before the Effective Date.

1.2 Definitions

For purposes of this 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

2010 Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

Acquisition Awards” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6.2.

AIG” means American International Group, Inc. or a successor entity contemplated by Section 4.7.

“Assurance Agreement” means the Assurance Agreement, by AIG in favor of eligible employees dated as of June 27, 2005, relating to certain obligations of Starr International Company, Inc. (as such agreement may be amended, supplemented, extended, modified or replaced from time to time).

Award” means an award made pursuant to the Plan.

Award Agreement” means the written or electronic document that evidences each Award and sets forth its terms and conditions. As determined by the Committee, an Award Agreement may be required to be executed or acknowledged by a Grantee as a condition to receiving an Award or the benefits under an Award.

Board” means the Board of Directors of AIG.

Business Combination” means a merger, consolidation, mandatory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving AIG.

Certificate” means a stock certificate (or other appropriate document or evidence of ownership) representing shares of Common Stock.

Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) the Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a Director as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director; (b) any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the Company Voting Securities; provided, however, that the event described in this clause (b) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of an acquisition of Company Voting Securities: (i) by AIG or any subsidiary of AIG; (ii) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by AIG or any subsidiary of AIG; or (iii) by any underwriter temporarily holding

 

B-3


securities pursuant to an offering of such securities; (c) the consummation of a Business Combination that results in any person becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the entity resulting from such Business Combination; (d) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than to an affiliate of the Company); or (e) the approval by AIG’s stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rulings and regulations thereunder.

Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 1.3, and, to the extent the Board determines it is appropriate for the compensation realized from Awards under the Plan to be considered “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, shall be a committee or subcommittee of the Board composed of two or more members, each of whom is an “outside director” within the meaning of Section 162(m) of the Code and which, to the extent the Board determines it is appropriate for Awards under the Plan to qualify for the exemption available under Rule 16b-3(d)(1) or Rule 16b-3(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, shall be a committee or subcommittee of the Board composed of two or more members, each of whom is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall be the Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board. Nothing in the Plan shall be construed to require the Committee or the Board to grant Awards that satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m).

Common Stock” means the common stock of AIG, par value $2.50 per share, and any other securities or property issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to Section 1.6.4.

Company” means AIG and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Company Voting Securities” means, as of a given date, AIG’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board.

Consent” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.2.

Covered Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.3.

Director” means a member of the Board or a member of the board of directors of a consolidated subsidiary of AIG.

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.21.

Employee” means an employee of the Company.

Employment” means a Grantee’s performance of services for the Company, as an Employee, as determined by the Committee. The terms “employ” and “employed” will have correlative meanings.

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

Fair Market Value” means, with respect to a share of Common Stock (or option or stock appreciation right in respect of a share of Common Stock) on any day, the fair market value as determined in accordance with a valuation methodology approved by the Committee.

Grantee” means a person who receives an Award.

Incentive Stock Option” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock that is intended to be designated as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Sections 421 and 422 of the Code, as now constituted or subsequently amended, or pursuant to a successor of the Code, and which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the applicable Award Agreement.

Incumbent Directors” means the individuals who constitute the Board on the Effective Date.

Officer” means an Employee who is an “officer” of AIG within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act.

Plan” means this American International Group, Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

Plan Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.3.1.

 

B-4


Qualified Performance-Based Award” means an Award designated as such by the Committee at the time of grant, based upon a determination that (a) the recipient is or may be a “covered employee” within the meaning of Section 162(m)(3) of the Code in the year in which the Company would expect to be able to claim a tax deduction with respect to such an Award and (b) the Committee wishes such Award to qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption.

Section 162(m) Exemption” means the exemption from the limitation on deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code that is set forth in Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code.

Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, including any amendments or successor provisions to that section, and any regulations and other administrative guidance relating thereto, in each case as they may be from time to time amended or interpreted through further administrative guidance.

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

Successor entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.7.

1.3 Administration

1.3.1 The Committee will administer the Plan. The Committee is authorized, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to establish such rules and regulations as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations and interpretations and to take such action in connection with the Plan and any Award granted thereunder as it deems necessary or advisable. All determinations and interpretations made by the Committee will be final, binding and conclusive on all Grantees and on their legal representatives and beneficiaries. The Committee will have the authority, in its absolute discretion, to determine the persons who will receive Awards, the time when Awards will be granted, the terms of such Awards and the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, which will be subject to such Awards. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Committee reserves the authority, in its absolute discretion, (a) to amend any outstanding Award Agreement in any respect, whether or not the rights of the Grantee of such Award are adversely affected (but subject to Sections 2.3.6, 2.4.5, 4.14.1 and Article III), including, without limitation, to accelerate the time or times at which the Award becomes vested, unrestricted or may be exercised, to waive or amend any restrictions or conditions set forth in such Award Agreement, or to impose new restrictions and conditions, or to reflect a change in the Grantee’s circumstances or to modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of performance goals, and (b) to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances and method or methods (i) Awards may be (A) settled in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, (B) exercised or (C) canceled, forfeited or suspended, (ii) shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award may be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Grantee thereof or of the Committee and (iii) Awards may be settled by the Company or any of its designees. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards or administer the Plan, in which case the Board will have all of the authority and responsibility granted to the Committee herein, except with respect to Article III.

1.3.2 Actions of the Committee may be taken by the vote of a majority of its members. To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law and applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange, (a) the Committee may delegate any of its powers under the Plan to a subcommittee of the Committee or to one of its members, (b) the Committee may allocate among its members any of its administrative responsibilities and (c) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, and except with respect to Article III, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of AIG designated by the Committee from time to time the determination of Awards (and related administrative responsibilities) to Employees who are not Officers.

1.3.3 No Director or Employee exercising each such person’s responsibilities under the Plan (each such person, a “Covered Person”) will have any liability to any person (including any Grantee) for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award. Each Covered Person will be indemnified and held harmless by AIG against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan or any Award Agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Covered Person, with AIG’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person, provided that AIG will have the right, at its own expense, to assume

 

B-5


and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once AIG gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, AIG will have sole control over such defense with counsel of AIG’s choice. To the extent any taxable expense reimbursement under this paragraph is subject to Section 409A, (a) the amount thereof eligible in one taxable year shall not affect the amount eligible in any other taxable year; (b) in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the Covered Person incurred such expenses; and (c) in no event shall any right to reimbursement be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person’s bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under AIG’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that AIG may have to indemnify such persons or hold them harmless.

1.4 Persons Eligible for Awards

Awards under the Plan may be made to current Employees or Directors or, solely with respect to their final year of service, former Employees.

1.5 Types of Awards

Awards under the Plan may be cash-based or stock-based. Stock-based Awards may be in the form of any of the following, in each case in respect of Common Stock: (a) stock options, (b) stock appreciation rights, (c) restricted shares (including performance restricted shares), (d) restricted stock units (including performance restricted stock units), (e) dividend equivalent rights and (f) other equity-based or equity-related Awards (including, without limitation, the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted shares of Common Stock) that the Committee determines to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan and the interests of the Company. Cash-based Awards may be in the form of (a) Qualified Performance-Based Awards and (b) other cash awards (including, without limitation, retainers and meeting-based fees) that the Committee determines to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan and the interests of the Company.

1.6 Shares of Common Stock Available for Stock-Based Awards

1.6.1 Common Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the other provisions of this Section 1.6, the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted under the Plan is 45 million plus the number of authorized shares of Common Stock remaining available under the 2010 Plan as of the Effective Date and any additional shares that become available for issuance under the 2010 Plan in accordance with Section 1.6.2. Such shares of Common Stock may, in the discretion of the Committee, be either authorized but unissued shares or shares previously issued and reacquired by AIG. Solely for the purpose of determining the number of shares of Common Stock available for grant of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan, the total number of shares of Common Stock shall be 45 million without regard to the share counting provisions contained in Section 1.6.2.

1.6.2 Share Counting. Each share underlying a stock option, stock appreciation right, restricted share, restricted stock unit and other equity-based Award or equity-related Award will count as one share of Common Stock. Shares of Common Stock subject to awards that are assumed, converted or substituted under the Plan as a result of the Company’s acquisition of another company (including by way of merger, combination or similar transaction) (“Acquisition Awards”) will not count against the number of shares that may be granted under the Plan. Available shares under a stockholder approved plan of an acquired company (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and do not reduce the maximum number of shares available for grant under the Plan, subject to applicable stock exchange requirements.

Shares subject to an Award that is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash (in whole or in part), to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement shall be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan and shall be added back in the same number of shares as were deducted in respect of the grant of such Award. In addition, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying awards granted and outstanding under the 2010 Plan that are forfeited, expire, terminate or otherwise lapse or are settled for cash on or after the Effective Date, in whole or in part, without the delivery of Common Stock will be added to the number of shares available for grant under the Plan, in each case counted as one share of Common Stock. In the event that tax withholding obligations from an Award other than a stock option or stock appreciation right, or awards other than stock options

 

B-6


or stock appreciation rights granted and outstanding under the 2010 Plan, are satisfied by the withholding or tendering of shares of Common Stock after the Effective Date, the shares so withheld or tendered shall be added back as one share of Common Stock. The payment of dividend equivalent rights in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the Plan.

1.6.3 Director Awards. In order to retain and compensate Directors for their services, and to strengthen the alignment of their interests with those of the shareholders of the Company, the Plan permits the grant of cash-based and stock-based awards to Directors. Aggregate Awards to any one non-employee Director in respect of any calendar year, solely with respect to his or her service as a Director, may not exceed $900,000 based on aggregate value of cash Awards and Fair Market Value of stock-based Awards, in each case determined as of the date of grant.

1.6.4 Adjustments. The Committee shall adjust the number of shares of Common Stock authorized pursuant to Section 1.6.1 (and any limits on the number of stock-based Awards that may be granted to any Grantee under this Plan) and adjust equitably the terms of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Award, the type of property to which the Award is subject and the exercise or strike price of any Award), in each case in such manner as it deems appropriate (including, without limitation, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, by payment of cash) to preserve and prevent the enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available to Grantees, for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a recapitalization, spin-off, split-off, stock split, stock dividend, combination or exchange of shares of Common Stock, merger, consolidation, rights offering, separation, reorganization or liquidation, or any other change in the corporate structure or shares of AIG; provided that no such adjustment shall be made if or to the extent that it would cause any outstanding Award to fail to comply with Section 409A. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 1.6.4, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to each outstanding Award will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, decline to adjust the terms of any outstanding Award if it determines that such adjustment would violate applicable law or result in adverse tax consequences to the Grantee or to the Company.

ARTICLE II—AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

2.1 Agreements Evidencing Awards

Each stock-based Award and, to the extent determined appropriate by the Committee, cash-based Award granted under the Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will contain such provisions and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. Unless otherwise provided herein, the Committee may grant Awards in tandem with or, subject to Sections 2.3.6, 2.4.5 and 4.14.1, in substitution for or satisfaction of any other Award or Awards granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of AIG. By accepting an Award pursuant to the Plan, a Grantee thereby agrees that the Award will be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

2.2 No Rights as a Shareholder

No Grantee (or other person potentially having rights pursuant to an Award) shall have any of the rights of a shareholder of AIG with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Award until the delivery of such shares (or in the case of an Award of restricted or unrestricted shares of Common Stock, the grant or registration in the name of the Grantee of such shares pursuant to the applicable Award Agreement, but then only as the Committee may include in the applicable Award Agreement). Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.4 or pursuant to the applicable Award Agreement, no adjustments will be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, Common Stock, other securities or other property) for which the record date is before the date the Certificates for the shares are delivered.

2.3 Options

2.3.1 Grant. Stock options may be granted to eligible recipients in such number and at such times during the term of the Plan as the Committee or the Board may determine, subject to the limits on grants set forth in Section 2.3.7.

2.3.2 Incentive Stock Options. At the time of grant, the Committee will determine (a) whether all or any part of a stock option granted to an eligible employee will be an Incentive Stock Option and (b) the number of shares

 

B-7


subject to such Incentive Stock Option; provided, however, that (i) the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time the option is granted) of the stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an eligible employee during any calendar year (under all such plans of AIG and of any subsidiary corporation of AIG) will not exceed $100,000 and (ii) no Incentive Stock Option (other than an Incentive Stock Option that may be assumed or issued by the Company in connection with a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies) may be granted to a person who is not eligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code. The form of any stock option which is entirely or in part an Incentive Stock Option will clearly indicate that such stock option is an Incentive Stock Option or, if applicable, the number of shares subject to the Incentive Stock Option.

2.3.3 Exercise Price. The exercise price per share with respect to each stock option will be determined by the Committee, but, except as otherwise permitted by Section 1.6.4 or in the case of an Acquisition Award, may never be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock. Unless otherwise noted in the Award Agreement, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock will be its closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant of the Award of stock options.

2.3.4 Term of Stock Option. In no event will any stock option be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date on which the stock option is granted.

2.3.5 Exercise of Stock Option and Payment for Shares. The shares of Common Stock covered by each stock option may not be purchased for one year after the date on which the stock option is granted (except in the case of termination of Employment due to death, disability or retirement), but thereafter may be purchased in such installments as will be determined in the Award Agreement at the time the stock option is granted. Subject to any limitations in the applicable Award Agreement, any shares not purchased on the applicable installment date may be purchased thereafter at any time before the final expiration of the stock option. To exercise a stock option, the Grantee must give written notice to AIG specifying the number of shares to be purchased and accompanied by payment of the full purchase price therefor in cash or by certified or official bank check or in another form as determined by the Company, including: (a) personal check, (b) shares of Common Stock, valued as of the exercise date, of the same class as those to be granted by exercise of the stock option, (c) any other form of consideration approved by the Company and permitted by applicable law and (d) any combination of the foregoing. Any person exercising a stock option will make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Committee may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance by AIG, on terms acceptable to AIG, with the provisions of the Securities Act, and any other applicable legal requirements. If a Grantee so requests, shares purchased may be issued in the name of the Grantee and another jointly with the right of survivorship.

2.3.6 Repricing. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 1.6.4, reducing the exercise price of stock options issued and outstanding under the Plan, including through amendment, cancellation in exchange for the grant of a substitute Award or repurchase for cash or other consideration (in each case that has the effect of reducing the exercise price), will require approval of the shareholders.

2.3.7 Individual Limitations. No Grantee may be granted stock options or stock appreciation rights covering in excess of 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock in any calendar year (with tandem options and stock appreciation rights being counted only once with respect to this limit).

2.4 Stock Appreciation Rights

2.4.1 Grant. Stock appreciation rights may be granted to eligible recipients in such number and at such times during the term of the Plan as the Committee or the Board may determine, subject to the limits on grants set forth in Section 2.4.6.

2.4.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price per share with respect to each stock appreciation right will be determined by the Committee but, except as otherwise permitted by Section 1.6.4 or in the case of an Acquisition Award, may never be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock. Unless otherwise noted in the Award Agreement, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock will be its closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant of the Award of stock appreciation rights.

2.4.3 Term of Stock Appreciation Right. In no event will any stock appreciation right be exercisable after the expiration of 10 years from the date on which the stock appreciation right is granted.

2.4.4 Exercise of Stock Appreciation Right and Delivery of Shares. Each stock appreciation right may not be exercised for one year after the date on which the stock appreciation right is granted (except in the case of

 

B-8


termination of Employment due to death, disability or retirement), but thereafter may be exercised in such installments as may be determined in the Award Agreement at the time the stock appreciation right is granted. Subject to any limitations in the applicable Award Agreement, any stock appreciation rights not exercised on the applicable installment date may be exercised thereafter at any time before the final expiration of the stock appreciation right. To exercise a stock appreciation right, the Grantee must give written notice to AIG specifying the number of stock appreciation rights to be exercised. Upon exercise of stock appreciation rights, subject to any limitations in the applicable Award Agreement, shares of Common Stock or cash, in the Committee’s discretion, with a Fair Market Value or in an amount equal to (a) the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise over (ii) the exercise price of such stock appreciation right multiplied by (b) the number of stock appreciation rights exercised will be delivered to the Grantee. Any person exercising a stock appreciation right will make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Committee may, in its discretion, deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance by AIG, on terms acceptable to AIG, with the provisions of the Securities Act and any other applicable legal requirements. If a Grantee so requests, shares purchased may be issued in the name of the Grantee and another jointly with the right of survivorship.

2.4.5 Repricing. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 1.6.4, reducing the exercise price of stock appreciation rights issued and outstanding under the Plan, including through amendment, cancellation in exchange for the grant of a substitute Award or repurchase for cash or other consideration (in each case that has the effect of reducing the exercise price), will require approval of the shareholders.

2.4.6 Individual Limitations. No Grantee may be granted stock options or stock appreciation rights in any calendar year in excess of the limit set forth in the first sentence of Section 2.3.7 (with tandem options and stock appreciation rights being counted only once with respect to such limit).

2.5 Restricted Shares

2.5.1 Grants. The Committee may grant or offer for sale restricted shares in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, including, without limitation, the achievement of performance goals. In the event that a Certificate is issued in respect of restricted shares, such Certificate may be registered in the name of the Grantee but will be held by AIG or its designated agent until the time the restrictions lapse.

2.5.2 Right to Vote and Receive Dividends on Restricted Shares. Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, each Grantee of an Award of restricted shares will, during the period of restriction, have all of the rights of a shareholder holding the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the restricted shares, except as otherwise provided herein, including full voting rights. Unless the Committee determines otherwise in an Award Agreement, during the period of restriction, all ordinary cash dividends (as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion) paid upon any restricted share will be retained by the Company for the account of the relevant Grantee. Such dividends will revert back to the Company if for any reason the restricted share upon which such dividends were paid reverts back to the Company. Upon the expiration of the period of restriction, all such dividends made on such restricted share and retained by the Company will be paid to the relevant Grantee. Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, additional shares or other property distributed to the Grantee in respect of restricted shares, as dividends or otherwise, will be subject to the same restrictions applicable to such restricted shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.5.2, no dividends will be paid at a time when any performance-based goals that apply to an Award of restricted shares have not been satisfied.

2.6 Restricted Stock Units

The Committee may grant Awards of restricted stock units in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, including, without limitation, the achievement of performance goals. A Grantee of a restricted stock unit will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of AIG until delivery of shares of Common Stock, cash or other securities or property is made as specified in the applicable Award Agreement. On the delivery date specified in the Award Agreement, the Grantee of each restricted stock unit not previously forfeited or terminated will receive one share of Common Stock, or cash, securities or other property equal in value to a share of Common Stock or a combination thereof, as specified by the Committee.

 

B-9


2.7 Other Stock-Based Awards

The Committee may grant other types of equity-based or equity-related Awards (including, without limitation, the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted shares of Common Stock) in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine. Such Awards may entail the transfer of actual shares of Common Stock to Award recipients or may be settled in cash, and may include Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the United States.

2.8 Cash-Based Awards

The Committee may grant cash-based Awards in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, subject to Section 3.1.4, if applicable.

2.9 Dividend Equivalent Rights

The Committee may include in the Award Agreement with respect to any Award, other than stock options and stock appreciation rights, a dividend equivalent right entitling the Grantee to receive amounts equal to all or any portion of the dividends that would be paid on the shares of Common Stock covered by such Award if such shares had been delivered pursuant to such Award. The grantee of a dividend equivalent right will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of AIG until payment of such amounts is made as specified in the applicable Award Agreement. In the event such a provision is included in an Award Agreement, the Committee will, subject to Section 4.14.1, determine whether such payments will be made in cash, in shares of Common Stock or in another form, whether they will be conditioned upon the exercise or vesting of the Award to which they relate, the time or times at which they will be made, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate. No payments will be made in respect of any dividend equivalent right at a time when any performance-based goals that apply to the dividend equivalent right or Award that is granted in connection with a dividend equivalent right have not been satisfied.

2.10 Related Option Transactions

The Committee may grant put options and enter into call options relating to Awards, including an Award of unrestricted Common Stock. The put options may permit the Grantee, at the Grantee’s option, to sell the Award back to the Company at such times, on such terms and conditions and at such prices as the Committee or the Board may determine. The call options may require the Grantee, at the Company’s election, to sell the Award back to the Company at such times, on such terms and conditions and at such prices as the Committee or the Board may determine. The Committee may determine to issue an Award and any related put option and enter into any related call option as a single non-separable unit.

2.11 Change in Control Provisions

2.11.1 The Committee may provide in any Award Agreement for provisions relating to a Change in Control, including, without limitation, the acceleration of the exercisability of, or the lapse of restrictions or deemed satisfaction of performance goals with respect to, any outstanding Awards; provided, however, that, in addition to any conditions provided for in the Award Agreement, any acceleration of the vesting, exercisability of, or the lapse of restrictions or deemed satisfaction of goals with respect to any outstanding Awards in connection with a Change in Control may occur only if (i) the Change in Control occurs and (ii) the Grantee’s Employment is terminated by AIG without “cause” (as defined in the Award Agreement) or by the Grantee for “good reason” (as defined in the Award Agreement) following such Change in Control within the period of time specified in the applicable Award Agreement. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control where all stock options and stock appreciation rights are settled for an amount (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) of cash or securities, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate any stock option or stock appreciation right for which the exercise price is equal to or exceeds the per share value of the consideration to be paid in the Change in Control transaction without payment of consideration therefor.

2.11.2 Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement and except as otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a Business Combination of AIG with or into any successor entity or any transaction in which another person or entity acquires all of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of AIG, or all or substantially all of the assets of AIG as an entirety, outstanding Awards may be assumed or a substantially equivalent Award may be substituted by such successor entity or a parent or subsidiary of such successor entity, and such an assumption or substitution shall not be deemed to violate this Plan or any provision of any Award Agreement.

 

B-10


ARTICLE III—QUALIFIED PERFORMANCE-BASED AWARDS

3.1 Qualified Performance-Based Awards

The Committee shall have the authority, at the time of grant of any Award (other than stock options and stock appreciation rights that otherwise qualify for the Section 162(m) Exemption), to designate such Award as a Qualified Performance-Based Award in order to qualify such Award as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code. In such event, the Committee shall follow the following procedures:

3.1.1 Establishment of the Performance Period, Performance Goals and Formula. A Grantee’s Qualified Performance-Based Award shall be determined based on the attainment of written objective performance goals approved by the Committee for a performance period established by the Committee (i) while the outcome for that performance period is substantially uncertain and (ii) no more than 90 days after the commencement of the performance period to which the performance goal relates or, if less, the number of days which is equal to 25% of the relevant performance period. At the same time as the performance goals are established, the Committee will prescribe a formula to determine the amount of the Qualified Performance-Based Award that may be payable based upon the level of attainment of the performance goals during the performance period.

3.1.2 Performance Criteria. The performance goals shall be based on one or more of the following criteria (either separately or in combination) with regard to the Company: (i) income or operating income measures (including before or after taxes, such as after-tax operating income, before or after risk-adjustment, before or after allocation of all or a part of corporate overhead and/or compensation or other similar measures); (ii) book value or tangible book value measures; (iii) revenue, sales, net revenue or net sales measures; (iv) gross profit or operating profit measures (including before or after taxes or other similar measures); (v) return measures (including return on assets, net assets, capital, total capital, tangible capital, invested capital, equity, or total shareholder return or other similar measures); (vi) cash flow measures (including operating cash flow, free cash flow, cash flow return on capital, cash flow return on investment (in each case before or after dividends) or other similar measures); (vii) margins measures (including gross margin, operating margin, cash margin or other similar measures); (viii) measures of efficiency (including operating efficiency, productivity ratios or other similar measures); (ix) measures of enterprise value or share price; (x) objective measures of customer satisfaction; (xi) measures of achievement of expense targets, cost reductions, working capital, cash levels or the acquisition ratio or general expense ratio; (xii) measures of economic value added; (xiii) market share measures; (xiv) measures of balance sheet or capital markets achievements (including debt reductions, leverage ratios, ratings achievements or other similar measures); (xv) implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to insurance underwriting or sales (including acquisition ratio, new premium sales, premium income, net flows, underwriting income, value of new businesses acquired, relationship of claims to revenues, loss ratio, combined ratio, total insurance benefits, premium payment levels, persistency rate (based on premiums or policies), policy renewals or other similar measures); (xvi) implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, products or projects (including infrastructure transformation or other projects), acquisitions and divestitures, recruiting and maintaining personnel or regulatory profile; (xvii) measures of investment performance; (xviii) measures of risk; and (xix) measures related to internal liquidity management (including dividends from subsidiaries to AIG or other similar measures).

Performance criteria may be used on an absolute or relative basis to measure the performance of the Company as a whole or any business unit(s) of the Company and/or one or more affiliates or any combination thereof, as the Committee may deem appropriate, any of the performance criteria may be determined on a per share basis (either basic or fully diluted) and any of the performance criteria may be compared to the performance of a group of peer or comparator companies, or a published or special index that the Committee, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate, or as compared to various stock market indices.

Except as otherwise expressly provided, all financial terms are used as defined under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, Statutory Accounting Principles, a combination of the preceding or such other objective principles, as may be designated by the Committee, and may provide for such objectively determinable adjustments, modifications or amendments, as the Committee may determination appropriate (including, but not limited to, for one or more of the items of gain, loss, profit or expense: (i) determined to be extraordinary or unusual in nature or infrequent in occurrence; (ii) related to the disposal of a segment of a business; (iii) related to a change in accounting principle under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles or Statutory Accounting Principles, as applicable; (iv) related to discontinued operations; or (v) attributable to the business operations of any entity acquired by AIG during the calendar year).

 

B-11


3.1.3 Certification of Performance Goals. Following the completion of each performance period, the Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine whether the applicable performance goals have been met with respect to a given Grantee and, if they have, shall so certify in writing and ascertain the amount of the applicable Qualified Performance-Based Award. No Qualified Performance-Based Awards will be paid for such performance period until such certification is made by the Committee. The amount of the Qualified Performance-Based Award actually paid to a given Grantee may be less (but not more) than the amount determined by the applicable performance goal formula, at the discretion of the Committee.

3.1.4 Maximum Award Payable. Notwithstanding any provision contained in this Plan to the contrary, the maximum number of Qualified Performance-Based Awards that may be granted to any one Employee under the Plan in any calendar year is 1,000,000 shares of Common Stock or, in the event such Qualified Performance-Based Award is paid in cash, the equivalent cash value thereof on the first day of the performance period to which such Award relates, as determined by the Committee. Furthermore, any Qualified Performance-Based Award that has been deferred shall not (between the date as of which the Award is deferred and the payment date) increase (a) with respect to a Qualified Performance-Based Award that is payable in cash, by a measuring factor for each calendar year greater than a reasonable rate of return set by the Committee, or (b) with respect to a Qualified Performance-Based Award that is payable in shares of Common Stock, by an amount greater than the appreciation of a share of Common Stock from the date such Award is deferred to the payment date. For the avoidance of doubt, the limit set forth in this Section 3.1.4 is subject to adjustment in accordance with Section 1.6.4.

ARTICLE IV—MISCELLANEOUS

4.1 Amendment of the Plan

4.1.1 Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Board may from time to time suspend, discontinue, revise or amend the Plan in any respect whatsoever, including in any manner that adversely affects the rights, duties or obligations of any Grantee of an Award.

4.1.2 Unless otherwise determined by the Board, shareholder approval of any suspension, discontinuance, revision or amendment will be obtained only to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or rules of a securities exchange or self-regulatory agency, except that shareholder approval shall be required for any amendment to the Plan (i) that materially increases the benefits available under the Plan, (ii) to reduce the exercise price of stock options or stock appreciation rights issued and outstanding under the Plan, including through amendment, cancellation in exchange for the grant of a substitute Award or repurchase for cash or other consideration (in each case that has the effect of reducing the exercise price) or (iii) to permit the sale or other disposition of an Award of a stock option or a stock appreciation right to an unrelated third party for value. For purposes of compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, at the discretion of the Board, the performance criteria in Section 3.1.2 (or other designated performance criteria) shall again be subject to approval by the Company’s shareholders no later than the first shareholder meeting that occurs in the year following the fifth (5th) anniversary of the Effective Date.

4.2 Tax Withholding

Grantees shall be solely responsible for any applicable taxes (including, without limitation, income and excise taxes) and penalties, and any interest that accrues thereon, that they incur in connection with the receipt, vesting or exercise of any Award. As a condition to the delivery of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any Award or the lifting or lapse of restrictions on any Award, or in connection with any other event that gives rise to a federal or other governmental tax withholding obligation on the part of the Company relating to an Award (including, without limitation, FICA tax), unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, (a) the Company may deduct or withhold (or cause to be deducted or withheld) from any payment or distribution to a Grantee whether or not pursuant to the Plan (including shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable) the minimum required to meet the tax withholding obligation or (b) the Committee will be entitled to require that the Grantee remit cash to the Company (through payroll deduction or otherwise) or previously owned shares of Common Stock or other property, in each case in an amount sufficient in the opinion of the Company to satisfy such withholding obligation.

4.3 Required Consents and Legends

4.3.1 If the Committee at any time determines that any Consent (as hereinafter defined) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any Award, the delivery of shares of Common

 

B-12


Stock or the delivery of any cash, securities or other property under the Plan, or the taking of any other action thereunder (each such action a “Plan Action”), then, subject to Section 4.14.2, such Plan Action will not be taken, in whole or in part, unless and until such Consent will have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Committee. The Committee may direct that any Certificate evidencing shares delivered pursuant to the Plan will bear a legend setting forth such restrictions on transferability as the Committee may determine to be necessary or desirable, and may advise the transfer agent to place a stop transfer order against any legended shares.

4.3.2 The term “Consent” as used in this Article IV with respect to any Plan Action includes (a) any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any securities exchange or under any federal, state, or local law, or law, rule or regulation of a jurisdiction outside the United States, or any other matter, which the Committee may deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made, (b) any and all other consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a Plan Action by any governmental or other regulatory body or any stock exchange or self-regulatory agency, (c) any applicable requirement of the Code, (d) any and all consents or authorizations required to comply with, or required to be obtained under, applicable local law, (e) any and all consents by the Grantee to the Company’s supplying to any third party recordkeeper of the Plan such personal information as the Committee deems advisable to administer the Plan and (f) any and all consents or other documentation required by the Committee. Nothing herein will require the Company to list, register or qualify the shares of Common Stock on any securities exchange.

4.4 Clawback

Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the clawback or recapture policy, if any, that the Company may adopt from time to time to the extent provided in such policy and, in accordance with such policy, may be subject to the requirement that the Awards be repaid to the Company after they have been distributed or paid to the Grantee.

4.5 Right of Offset

Except with respect to Awards that are intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, the Company will have the right to offset against its obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock (or cash, other securities or other property) under the Plan or any Award Agreement any outstanding amounts (including, without limitation, travel and entertainment or advance account balances, loans, repayment obligations under any Awards, or amounts repayable to the Company pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile or other employee programs) that the Grantee then owes to the Company and any amounts the Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement.

4.6 Nonassignability; No Hedging

No Award (or any rights and obligations thereunder) granted to any person under the Plan may be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, except as may be otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, consistent with Section 4.1.2. Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 4.6 will be null and void and any Award which is hedged in any manner will immediately be forfeited. All of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Award Agreements will be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.

4.7 Successor Entity

Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement and except as otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a Business Combination of AIG with or into any other entity (“successor entity”) or any transaction in which another person or entity acquires all of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of AIG, or all or substantially all of the assets of AIG, outstanding Awards may be assumed or a substantially equivalent award may be substituted by such successor entity or a parent or subsidiary of such successor entity.

4.8 Right of Discharge Reserved

Nothing in the Plan or in any Award Agreement will confer upon any Grantee the right to continued Employment by the Company or affect any right which the Company may have to terminate such Employment.

 

B-13


4.9 Nature of Payments

4.9.1 Any and all grants of Awards and deliveries of Common Stock, cash, securities or other property under the Plan will be in consideration of services performed or to be performed for the Company by the Grantee. Awards under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, and subject to Section 4.14.1, be made in substitution in whole or in part for cash or other compensation otherwise payable to a participant in the Plan. Only whole shares of Common Stock will be delivered under the Plan. Awards will, to the extent reasonably practicable, be aggregated in order to eliminate any fractional shares. Fractional shares may, in the discretion of the Committee, be forfeited or be settled in cash or otherwise as the Committee may determine.

4.9.2 All such grants and deliveries will constitute a special discretionary payment to the Grantee and, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or the Committee specifically provides otherwise, will not be required to be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Grantee for the purpose of determining any contributions to or any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance, severance or other benefit plan of the Company or under any agreement with the Grantee.

4.10 Non-Uniform Determinations

4.10.1 The Committee’s determinations under the Plan and Award Agreements need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan (whether or not such persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee will be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations under Award Agreements, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to (a) the persons to receive Awards, (b) the terms and provisions of Awards and (c) whether a Grantee’s Employment has been terminated for purposes of the Plan.

4.10.2 To the extent the Committee deems it necessary, appropriate or desirable to comply with foreign law or practices and to further the purposes of the Plan, the Committee may, without amending the Plan, establish special rules applicable to Awards to Grantees who are foreign nationals, are employed outside the United States or both and grant Awards (or amend existing Awards) in accordance with those rules.

4.11 Other Payments or Awards

Nothing contained in the Plan will be deemed in any way to limit or restrict the Company from making any award or payment to any person under any other plan, arrangement or understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect. In addition, Section 1.6.1 (as adjusted by Section 1.6.4) sets forth the only limit on the amount of cash, securities or other property that may be delivered pursuant to this Plan.

4.12 Plan Headings

The headings in the Plan are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.

4.13 Termination of Plan

The Board reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that in any case, the Plan will terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date, and provided further, that all Awards made under the Plan before its termination will remain in effect until such Awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreements.

4.14 Section 409A

4.14.1 The Board and the Committee shall have full authority to give effect to any statement in an Award Agreement to the effect that an Award is intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, to be exempt from Section 409A or to have other intended treatment under Section 409A and/or other provision of the Code. To the extent necessary to give effect to this authority, in the case of any conflict or potential inconsistency between the Plan and a provision of any Award or Award Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this paragraph, the Plan shall govern.

4.14.2 Without limiting the generality of Section 4.14.1, with respect to any Award made under the Plan that is intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A: (a) references to termination of the Grantee’s employment will mean the Grantee’s separation from service with the Company within the meaning of

 

B-14


Section 409A; (b) any payment to be made with respect to such Award in connection with the Grantee’s separation from service with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A that would be subject to the limitations in Section 409A(a)(2)(b) of the Code shall be delayed until six months after the Grantee’s separation from service (or earlier death) in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A; (c) to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, any cash, other securities, other Awards or other property that the Company may deliver in lieu of shares of Common Stock in respect of an Award shall not have the effect of deferring delivery or payment beyond the date on which such delivery or payment would occur with respect to the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise have been deliverable (unless the Committee elects a later date for this purpose in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A); (d) with respect to any required Consent described in Section 4.3 or the applicable Award Agreement, if such Consent has not been effected or obtained as of the latest date provided by such Award Agreement for payment in respect of such Award and further delay of payment is not permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, such Award or portion thereof, as applicable, will be forfeited and terminated notwithstanding any prior earning or vesting; (e) if the Award includes a “series of installment payments” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) of the regulations promulgated under the Code), the Grantee’s right to the series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments and not as a right to a single payment; (f) if the Award includes “dividend equivalents” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(e) of the regulations promulgated under the Code), the Grantee’s right to the dividend equivalents shall be treated separately from the right to other amounts under the Award; and (g) unless the Committee determines otherwise, for purposes of determining whether the Grantee has experienced a separation from service with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A, “subsidiary” shall mean a corporation or other entity in a chain of corporations or other entities in which each corporation or other entity, starting with AIG, has a controlling interest in another corporation or other entity in the chain, ending with such corporation or other entity. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “controlling interest” has the same meaning as provided in Section 1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(i) of the regulations promulgated under the Code, provided that the language “at least 20 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Section  1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(i) of the regulations promulgated under the Code.

4.15 Governing Law

THE PLAN WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.

4.16 Severability; Entire Agreement

If any of the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision will be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby; provided that if any of such provisions is finally held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable because it exceeds the maximum scope determined to be acceptable to permit such provision to be enforceable, such provision will be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to modify such scope in order to make such provision enforceable hereunder. The Plan and any Award Agreements contain the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations and warranties between them, whether written or oral with respect to the subject matter thereof.

4.17 Waiver of Claims

Each Grantee of an Award recognizes and agrees that before being selected by the Committee to receive an Award he or she has no right to any benefits hereunder. Accordingly, in consideration of the Grantee’s receipt of any Award hereunder, he or she expressly waives any right to contest the amount of any Award, the terms of any Award Agreement, any determination, action or omission hereunder or under any Award Agreement by the Committee, the Company or the Board, or any amendment to the Plan or any Award Agreement (other than an amendment to the Plan or an Award Agreement to which his or her consent is expressly required by the express terms of an Award Agreement).

4.18 No Liability With Respect to Tax Qualification or Adverse Tax Treatment

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Company be liable to a Grantee on account of an Award’s failure to (a) qualify for favorable United States or foreign tax treatment or (b) avoid adverse tax treatment under United States or foreign law, including, without limitation, Section 409A.

 

B-15


4.19 No Third Party Beneficiaries

Except as expressly provided therein, neither the Plan nor any Award Agreement will confer on any person other than the Company and the Grantee of any Award any rights or remedies thereunder. The exculpation and indemnification provisions of Section 1.3.3 will inure to the benefit of a Covered Person’s estate and beneficiaries and legatees.

4.20 Successors and Assigns of AIG

The terms of the Plan will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of AIG and any successor entity contemplated by Section 4.7.

4.21 Date of Adoption and Approval of Shareholders

The Plan was adopted on March 13, 2013 by the Board and is subject to, and will become effective upon receipt of, approval by the shareholders of AIG (the “Effective Date”).

 

B-16




Exhibit 10.27

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN


● LTI STOCK OPTION AWARD AGREEMENT

1.             Status of Award; Defined Terms.  American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) has awarded you stock options (this “Award”) pursuant to the AIG Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”). This award agreement (“Award Agreement”), which sets forth the terms and conditions of your Award, is made pursuant to the Plan, and this Award and Award Agreement are subject to the terms of the Plan.  Capitalized terms not defined in this Award Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

2.             Award of Stock Options.  AIG hereby awards you the number of [time-vesting][performance-vesting] stock options (“Stock Options”) specified in Schedule A. Each Stock Option represents a right to purchase one share of Common Stock of AIG, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Award Agreement.

3.             Vesting; Expiration.  The Stock Options are subject to the [time-][performance- vesting and expiration terms specified in Schedule A, subject to earlier vesting, expiration or termination as provided in this Award Agreement.

4.             Vesting in the Event of Termination. The termination treatment set forth in this Section 4 will supersede that provided in Section 6 of the Plan.

4.1          Termination Generally.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 4, if you are Terminated for any reason, vested Stock Options will remain exercisable for 90 days following your date of Termination (but in no case later than the expiration date for such Stock Options specified in Schedule A) and any unvested Stock Options will immediately terminate and be forfeited.

4.2          Termination for Cause.  In the case of your Termination by the Company for Cause, all Stock Options (whether vested or unvested) will immediately terminate and be forfeited. 

4.3          Involuntary Termination, [Retirement], death or Disability.  Subject to Section 4.3, in the case of your Termination by the Company without Cause [or your Retirement, or your death or Disability, (i) any vested Stock Options will remain exercisable for [three years following your date of Termination (or date of death or Disability, as applicable), (ii) any unvested time-vesting Stock Options will be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements and remain exercisable for [three years following your date of Termination (or date of death or Disability, as applicable), and (iii) any unvested performance-vesting Stock Options will (a) be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements, if any, (b) continue to be eligible to vest in accordance with their respective terms specified in Schedule A and (c) become exercisable for [three years following your date of Termination (or date of death or Disability, as applicable); provided that no Stock Options will remain exercisable beyond the expiration date for such Stock Options specified in Schedule A.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Stock Options do not qualify for Qualifying Resignation treatment. For the avoidance of doubt, a Termination without Cause as provided in this Section 4.3 shall not include a resignation that you may assert was a constructive discharge.

4.4          Change in Control[For outstanding Awards of performance-vesting Stock Options, (1) in the case of a Change in Control during the applicable Performance Period and your Termination without Cause within twenty-four months following such Change in Control, any unvested performance-vesting Stock Options will immediately vest based on target performance, unless the Committee determines to use actual performance through the date of the Change in Control, and (2) in the case of a Change in Control following an applicable Performance Period and your Termination without Cause within twenty-four months following such Change in Control, any performance-vesting Stock Options will immediately vest based on actual performance for such period. All Stock Options will remain exercisable for [three years following your date of Termination; provided that no Stock Options will remain exercisable beyond the expiration date for such Stock Options specified in Schedule A.][For outstanding time-vesting Stock Options, in the case of a Change in Control and your Termination without Cause within twenty-four months following such Change in Control, any unvested time-vesting Stock Options will immediately vest. All Stock Options will remain exercisable for [three years following your date of Termination; provided that no Stock Options will remain exercisable beyond the expiration date for such Stock Options specified in Schedule A  

4.5          Release of Claims.  In the case of your Termination by the Company without Cause [or your Retirement], as a condition to the treatment of outstanding Stock Options set forth in this Section 4, you will be required to execute a form of release, modified to cover the treatment of outstanding Stock Options, consistent with Section 6.G of the Plan.

 

-1-

­


 

5.             Exercisability of Vested Options.  Vested Options may be exercised in accordance with procedures set forth in Section 2.3.5 of the AIG 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan, including procedures established by the Company.  Stock Options that are not vested may not be exercised. 

6.             Non-Disclosure.  During the term of your Employment, the Company has permitted and will continue to permit you to have access to and become acquainted with information of a confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret nature.  Subject to and in addition to any confidentiality or non-disclosure requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you electronically consent to or execute this Award Agreement, during your Employment and any time thereafter, you agree that (i) all confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information received, obtained or possessed at any time by you concerning or relating to the business, financial, operational, marketing, economic, accounting, tax or other affairs at the Company or any client, customer, agent or supplier or prospective client, customer, agent or supplier of the Company will be treated by you in the strictest confidence and will not be disclosed or used by you in any manner other than in connection with the discharge of your job responsibilities without the prior written consent of the Company or unless required by law, and (ii) you will not remove or destroy any confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information and will return any such information in your possession, custody or control at the end of your Employment (or earlier if so requested by the Company). Nothing herein shall prevent you from making or publishing any truthful statement (a) when required by law, subpoena or court order, (b) in the course of any legal, arbitral or regulatory proceeding, (c) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, or (d) in connection with any investigation by the Company.

7.             Non-Solicitation.  Your Employment with the Company requires exposure to and use of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information (as set forth in Section 6).  Subject to and in addition to any non-solicitation requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you electronically consent to or execute this Award Agreement, you agree that (i) during your Employment with the Company and any time thereafter, you will not, directly or indirectly, on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, solicit, contact, call upon, communicate with or attempt to communicate with any customer or client or prospective customer or client of the Company where to do so would require the use or disclosure of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information, and (ii) during your Employment with the Company and for a period of one year after Employment Terminates for any reason, you will not, directly or indirectly, regardless of who initiates the communication, solicit, participate in the solicitation or recruitment of, or in any manner encourage or provide assistance to any employee, consultant, registered representative, or agent of the Company to terminate his or her Employment or other relationship with the Company or to leave its employ or other relationship with the Company for any engagement in any capacity or any other person or entity.

8.             Non-Disparagement.  You agree that during and after your Employment with the Company, you will not make disparaging comments about AIG or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their officers, directors or employees to any person or entity not affiliated with the Company.  Nothing herein shall prevent you from making or publishing any truthful statement (a) when required by law, subpoena or court order, (b) in the course of any legal, arbitral or regulatory proceeding, (c) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, or (d) in connection with any investigation by the Company.

[SECTION 9 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE]

9.             Notice of Termination of Employment.  Except where local law prohibits enforcement, you agree that if you voluntarily resign you will give at least six months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion.  This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

[SECTION 9 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE]

9.           Notice of Termination of Employment.  Except where local law prohibits enforcement, you agree that if you voluntarily resign you will give at least three months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion.  This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

[SECTION 9 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE]

9.         Notice of Termination of Employment.  You agree that:

9.1          if you voluntarily resign you will give at least three months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion, except to the extent prohibited by local law; and

 

-2-

­


 

9.2          if your employment is not at-will and you or the Company is obligated to give other advance notice of a Termination by virtue of local law, any applicable collective bargaining agreement or your employment agreement, such notice obligation will not be affected by this provision.  As set forth in the Executive Severance Plan, any severance payment paid in accordance with the ESP will be reduced by any payment in lieu of notice paid by the Company to you, and you will cease to have any further entitlement to notice. 

10.          This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in any of the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

11.          Clawback/RepaymentNotwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in consideration of the grant of this Award, you agree that you are a Covered Employee under the AIG Clawback Policy with respect to this Award and any payments hereunder and, accordingly, this Award and any payments hereunder will be subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided for in the AIG Clawback Policy, as in effect from time to time if it is determined that a Covered Event (as defined in such Policy) has occurred.  With respect to this Award and any payments hereunder, each of the following events is a “Covered Event” for purposes of the Policy: 

1.             a material restatement of all or a portion of AIG’s financial statements occurs and the Board or Committee determines that recovery of payments under this Award is appropriate after reviewing all relevant facts and circumstances that contributed to the restatement, including whether you engaged in misconduct, and considering issues of accountability;

2.             payments under this Award were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or on performance metrics that are materially inaccurately determined, regardless of whether you were responsible for the inaccuracy;

3.             your failure to properly identify, assess or sufficiently raise concerns about risk, including in a supervisory role, resulted in a material adverse impact on AIG, any of AIG’s business units or the broader financial system;

4.             any action or omission by you constituted a material violation of AIG’s risk policies as in effect from time to time; or  

5.             any action or omission by you resulted in material financial or reputational harm to AIG.

12.          Entire Agreement.  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  This Award Agreement, the Plan, the personalized information in Schedule A, and such other documents as may be provided to you pursuant to this Award Agreement regarding any applicable service, performance or other vesting conditions and the size of your Award, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior understandings and agreements with respect to such subject matter.

13.          Notices.  Any notice or communication required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement shall be in writing (which may include an electronic writing) and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of AIG at its principal corporate offices as specified in Section 9.E of the Plan or, with respect to the acceptance of an Award, as specified in Schedule A or the Compensation Plan Grant Acceptance website.  Any notice required to be given or delivered to you shall be in writing (including an electronic writing) and addressed to you at your Company email address or your home address on file in the Company’s payroll or personnel records.  All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon:  personal delivery; electronic delivery or three business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested) or one business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid).

14.          Governing Law.  This Award Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

15.          SignaturesExecution of this Award Agreement by AIG and/or you may be in the form of an electronic, manual or similar signature, and such signature shall be treated as an original signature for all purposes.

-3-

­


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC. has caused this Award Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Award specified in Schedule A

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

 

 

By your signature, you (i) acknowledge that a complete copy of this Award Agreement and the Plan have been made available to you and (ii) agree to all of the terms and conditions set forth in this Award Agreement and the Plan.

 

 

 

Name:

 

-4-

­


 

Schedule A
● LTI Stock Option Award

Recipient:

Employee ID:

Date of Award:

 

Award(s)

Number of Stock Options

Exercise Price

Vesting Terms

Expiration Date

First Award

$●

[Second Award]

[●]

[$●]

[●]

[●]

[The following termination treatment will supersede that provided in Section 4 of the Award Agreement and Section 6 of the Plan:

 

Receipt Acknowledged:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Date

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Street

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

City,

State

Zip Code

 

 

             

 

In order to be eligible to receive your Award, you must agree to and either electronically consent or sign the Award Agreement within 90 days of the receipt of this communication.  If you do not electronically consent to or sign the Award Agreement within 90 days, you may forfeit your Award.

[Insert instructions]

-5-

­



Exhibit 10.28

American International Group, Inc.

   Long Term Incentive Plan   

As amended March 13, 2018

 

 

1.            Purpose; Definitions

This American International Group, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan (this “Plan”) is designed to provide selected officers and key employees of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG” and together with its consolidated subsidiaries, determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, the “Company”) with incentives to contribute to the long-term performance of AIG in a manner that appropriately balances risk and rewards.

Awards under this Plan are issued under the American International Group, Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time or any successor stock incentive plan, the “Omnibus Plan”), the terms of which are incorporated in this Plan.  Capitalized terms used in this Plan but not otherwise defined in this Plan or in the attached Glossary of Terms in Annex A have the meaning ascribed to them in the Omnibus Plan

2.            Performance Period

Awards (as defined below) will be earned over a three-year performance period (a “Performance Period), unless the Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of AIG (including any successor, the “Committee”) determines a different period is appropriate for some or all Participants as set forth in the applicable award agreement.

3.            Awards and Participants

A.           Awards.  Awards issued under this Plan (“Awards”) may consist of performance share units (“PSUs”) providing holders with the opportunity to earn shares of Common Stock (“Shares”) based on achievement of performance criteria during the Performance Period, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), providing holders with the opportunity to earn Shares based on continued Employment throughout the Performance Period, or a combination of PSUs and RSUs, as the Committee may determine from time to time.  PSUs and RSUs will be subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and the Omnibus Plan and will be issued only to the extent permissible under relevant laws, regulatory restrictions and agreements applicable to the Company.  In addition to the preceding, the Committee may establish another form of Award to the extent it determines appropriate for some or all Participants (as defined below). 

B.           Participants.  The Committee will from time to time determine (1) the officers and key employees of the Company who will receive Awards (the “Participants”) and (2) the number and type of Awards issued to each Participant.  No Award to a Participant shall in any way obligate the Committee to (or imply that the Committee will) provide a similar Award (or any Award) to the Participant in the future

 

 

<BCLPAGE>1</BCLPAGE>

 

 


 

C.           Status of PSUs and RSUs  Each PSU and RSU constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) as provided in Section 5.B.  Until such delivery, a holder of PSUs or RSUs will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor and no rights as a shareholder of AIG.

D.           Award Agreements.  Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an award agreement that shall contain such provisions and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate; provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in an award agreement, if there is any conflict between any provision of this Plan and an award agreement, the provisions of this Plan shall govern.  By accepting an Award pursuant to this Plan, a Participant thereby agrees that the Award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Plan, the Omnibus Plan and the applicable award agreement.  Awards shall be accepted by a Participant signing the applicable award agreement, and returning it to the Company. Failure by a Participant to do so within 90 days from the date of the award agreement shall give the Company the right to rescind the Award.

4.            Performance Measures; Earned PSUs

A.           Target PSUs.  For an Award of PSUs, a Participant’s award agreement will set forth a target number of PSUs as determined by the Committee (the “Target PSUs”).   

B.           Performance Measures. The number of PSUs earned for any Performance Period will be based on one or more performance measures established by the Committee in its sole discretion with respect to such Performance Period (collectively, the “Performance Measures”). For each Performance Measure with respect to a Performance Period, the Committee will  establish a Threshold, Target and Maximum achievement level and the weighting afforded to each such Performance Measure.  The Committee may also establish gating metrics that must be satisfied before Performance Measures are applied to assess the number of PSUs that are earned

C.           Performance Results.  At the end of the Performance Period, the Committee will assess performance against each Performance Measure and determine the Earned Percentage (as detailed below) for each such Performance Measure as follows, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and unless determined otherwise by the Committee:

Performance

Earned Percentage

Performance less than Threshold

0%

Performance at Threshold

50%

Performance at Target

100%

Performance at or above Maximum

200%

 

 

 

2

 

 


 

The Earned Percentage for performance between Threshold and Target and between Target and Maximum will be determined on a straight-line basis, unless determined otherwise by the Committee    

D.           Earned PSUs  The number of PSUs earned for the Performance Period (the “Earned PSUs”) will equal the sum of the PSUs earned for each Performance Measure, calculated as follows, unless determined otherwise by the Committee:   

PSUs earned for a Performance Measure

=

Target PSUs

x

Earned Percentage

x

Weighting of Performance Measure

For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee retains discretion to reduce any Earned PSU Award to zero.

5.            Vesting and Delivery

A.           Vesting of Earned PSUs and RSUs.  Except as provided in Section 6, and subject to the other terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable award agreement, Earned PSUs and RSUs will vest on the date or dates specified in the applicable award agreement (each, a Scheduled Vesting Date).  Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable award agreement, RSUs will be earned based solely on the Participant’s continued Employment through the end of the Performance Period.

B.           Delivery.  Except as provided in Section 6, AIG will deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Participant Shares (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in respect of any Earned PSUs, RSUs, or portion thereof, as promptly as administratively practicable following the applicable Scheduled Vesting Date  Subject to Section 6, a Participant must be Employed on the applicable Scheduled Vesting Date in order to be entitled to receive a delivery of any portion of the Earned PSUs and RSUs

C.             Dividend Equivalents.  Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable award agreement, in the event that any cash dividend is  declared on Shares  with a record date that occurs during the Dividend Equivalent Period (as defined below), the Participant will receive dividend equivalent rights in the form of additional PSUs or RSUs (or both if the Participant’s Award consists of both PSUs and RSUs) (the “Dividend Equivalent Units”) at the time such dividend is  paid to AIG’s shareholders.  The number of Dividend Equivalent Units that the Participant will receive at any such time will be equal to (1) the cash dividend amount  per Share times  (2) the number of PSUs and RSUs covered by the Participant’s Award (and, unless otherwise determined by AIG, any Dividend Equivalent Units previously credited under the Participant’s Award) that have not been previously settled through the delivery of Shares (or cash) prior to, such date, divided by the Fair Market Value of one Share on the applicable dividend record date.  Each Dividend Equivalent Unit will constitute an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in accordance with the Plan, and will vest and be

 

 

<BCLPAGE>3</BCLPAGE>

 

 


 

settled or paid at the same time, and subject to the same terms and conditions (including, for PSUs, increase or decrease based on achievement of performance criteria in accordance with Section 4 above), as the PSUs and RSUs on which such Dividend Equivalent Unit was accrued.  “Dividend Equivalent Period” means the period commencing on the date on which PSUs or RSUs were awarded to the Participant and ending on the last day on which Shares (or cash) are delivered to the Participant with respect to the Earned PSUs or RSUs.       

6.            Vesting and Payout Upon Termination of Employment and Corporate Events

Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement:

A.           Termination Generally.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6, if a Participant’s Employment is Terminated for any reason, then any unvested Awards, or parts thereof, shall immediately terminate and be forfeited.

B.           Involuntary Termination, Retirement or Disability.  Subject to Section 6.G, in the case of a Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause, Retirement or Disability, the Participant’s outstanding Award will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Earned PSUs (based on the performance for the whole Performance Period) or RSUs, as applicable, will be delivered to the Participant on the dates that the applicable Award would otherwise have been delivered if the Participant had continued to remain Employed.  For the avoidance of doubt, an involuntary Termination without Cause as provided in this Section Error! Reference source not found. shall not include a resignation that a Participant may assert was a constructive discharge.

 

C.           DeathFor outstanding Awards of PSUs, (1) in the case of a Participant’s death during a Performance Period or following a Performance Period but prior to the Committee’s adjudication of performance under Section 4.C, the Participant’s PSU Award will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Target PSUs will be delivered to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable but in no event later than the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two and one-half months following the date of death and (2) in the case of a Participant’s death following the Committee’s adjudication of performance for a Performance Period under Section 4.C, the Participant’s PSU Award will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Earned PSUs (based on performance for the whole Performance Period) will be delivered to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable but in no event later than the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two and one-half months following the date of death. For outstanding Awards of RSUs, in the case of a Participant’s death, the Participant’s outstanding unvested RSUs will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the RSUs  will be delivered to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable but in no event later than the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two and one-half months following the date of death

D.           Change in ControlFor outstanding Awards of PSUs, in the case of a Change in Control during a Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, the Participant shall receive Shares (or cash) corresponding to the

 

 

4

 

 


 

Target PSUs, unless the Committee determines to use actual performance through the date of the Change in Control, and such Shares (or cash) will immediately vest.  In the case of a Change in Control following a Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, the Participant shall receive Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Earned PSUs (based on performance for the whole Performance Period), and such Shares (or cash) will immediately vest.  For outstanding Awards of RSUs, in the case of a Change in Control and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, a Participant’s outstanding unvested RSUs will immediately vest. Any such amounts representing vested PSUs or RSUs will be delivered by the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two and one-half months following the Participant’s separation from service, provided that no delivery will be delayed as a result of the Change in Control.

E.           Election to Accelerate or Delay Delivery.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine to accelerate or defer delivery of any Shares (or cash) underlying the Awards granted under the Plan or permit a Participant to elect to accelerate or defer delivery of any such Shares (or cash), in each case in a manner that conforms to the requirements of Section 409A and is consistent with the provisions of Section 8.E

F.           Release of Claims.  In the case of a Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or Retirement, as a condition to receiving delivery of any Shares (or cash) under any Awards following such event, the Company will require the Participant to execute a release substantially in the form attached as Annex B (the “Release”), subject to any provisions that the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior Compensation  Executive or their designee(s) may amend or add to the release in order to impose restrictive covenants requiring (x) confidentiality of information, non-disparagement and non-solicitation of Company employees for 12 months following the Termination, and y) in the case of an involuntary Termination without Cause of any Participant who is eligible to participate in the American International Group, Inc. 2012 Executive Severance Plan (as may be amended from time to time, and together with any successor plan, the “ESP”), or Retirement, non-competition for such periods as are generally specified herein.  The Release for any Participant who is eligible to participate in the ESP shall be in the form of the release required by the ESP at the time of the Termination (including any non-competition covenants), modified to cover the payment of any Shares (or cash) under any Awards under this Plan as a result of the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause.  Effective for Retirements on or after December 1, 2015, the Release will require non-competition for no less than six (6) months following the Retirement in order for the Participant to receive any Shares (or cash) under any Awards under this Plan. The Release or the ESP form of release must be executed by the Participant and become irrevocable, in the case of a Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause, or Retirement, prior to or during the calendar year of the date on which a delivery of Shares (or cash) with respect to the Award is scheduled to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.B; provided that if the Release is executed after such time, the delivery of Shares (or cash) with respect to such calendar year will be forfeited; provided, further, that if the local laws of a country or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which Participant performs services render invalid or unenforceable all or a portion of the Release (subject to additional provisions as described above), the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior

 

 

<BCLPAGE>5</BCLPAGE>

 

 


 

Compensation Executive or their designee(s) shall have the discretion to create a release that incorporates as much of the Release as possible while also complying with such local laws.

7.            Administration of this Plan

A.           General.  This Plan shall be administered by the Committee and the person or persons designated by the Committee to administer the Plan from time to time.  Actions of the Committee may be taken by the vote of a majority of its members.  The Committee may allocate among its members and delegate to any person who is not a member of the Committee any of its administrative responsibilities.  The Committee will have the power to interpret this Plan, to make regulations for carrying out its purposes and to make all other determinations in connection with its administration (including, without limitation, whether a Participant has become subject to Disability), all of which will, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, be final, binding and conclusive.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, reinstate any Awards made under this Plan that have been terminated and forfeited because of a Participant’s Termination, if the Participant complies with any covenants, agreements or conditions that the Committee may impose; provided however, that any delivery of Shares (or cash) under such reinstated Awards will not be made until the scheduled times set forth in this Plan.

B.           Non-Uniform Determinations.  The Committee’s determinations under this Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively with respect to persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards (whether or not such persons are similarly situated).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee will be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations as to the persons to become Participants.

C.           Determination of Employment.  The Committee, with respect to any Participant under the purview of the Committee, and the Senior Compensation Executive, with respect to any other Participant, will have the right to determine the commencement or Termination date of a Participant’s Employment with the Company solely for purposes of this Plan, separate and apart from any determination as may be made by the Company with respect to the individual’s employment.

D.           Amendments.   The Committee will have the power to amend this Plan and any Performance Measures established pursuant to Section 4.B  in any manner and at any time, including in a manner adverse to the rights of the Participants. The Committee shall also have the power, in its sole discretion, to reduce the amount of any RSUs, Target PSUs or Earned PSUs at any time including, for the avoidance of doubt, after the relevant Performance Period has ended.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee’s rights and powers to amend the Plan shall be delegated to the Senior Compensation  Executive who shall have the right to amend the Plan with respect to (1) amendments required by relevant law, regulation or ruling, (2) amendments that are not expected to have a material financial impact on the Company, (3) amendments that can reasonably be characterized as technical or ministerial in nature, or (4) amendments that have previously been approved in concept by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing delegation, the Senior Compensation  Executive shall not have the power

 

 

6

 

 


 

to make an amendment to the Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a termination of the Plan or a change in the structure or the powers, duties or responsibilities of the Committee, unless such amendment is approved or ratified by the Committee.

E.           No Liability.  No member of the Board of Directors of AIG (the “Board”) or any employee of the Company performing services with respect to the Plan (each, a “Covered Person”) will have any liability to any person (including any Participant) for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made, in each case, in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Participant’s participation in it.  Each Covered Person will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under this Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid or Shares delivered by such Covered Person, with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid or delivered by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person, provided  that  the Company will have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company will have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice.  To the extent any taxable expense reimbursement under this paragraph is subject to Section 409A, (1) the amount thereof eligible in one taxable year shall not affect the amount eligible in any other taxable year; (2) in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the Covered Person incurred such expenses; and (3) in no event shall any right to reimbursement be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.  The foregoing right of indemnification will not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person’s bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct.  The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under AIG’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such persons or hold them harmless.

F.           Clawback/Repayment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Awards and any payments or deliveries under this Plan will be subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided in (1) the AIG Clawback Policy, as in effect from time to time and (2) other agreements executed by a Participant.

8.            General Rules

A.           No Funding.  The Company will be under no obligation to fund or set aside amounts to pay obligations under this Plan.  A Participant will have no rights to any Awards or other amounts under this Plan other than as a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

 

 

<BCLPAGE>7</BCLPAGE>

 

 


 

B.           Tax Withholding.  The delivery of Shares (or cash) under this Plan is conditioned on a Participant’s satisfaction of any applicable withholding taxes in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Omnibus Plan, as amended from time to time, or such similar provision of any successor stock incentive plan.

C.           No Rights to Other Payments.  The provisions of this Plan provide no right or eligibility to a Participant to any other payouts from AIG or its subsidiaries under any other alternative plans, schemes, arrangements or contracts AIG may have with any employee or group of employees of AIG or its subsidiaries.

D.           No Effect on Benefits.  Grants and the delivery of Shares (or cash) under this Plan will constitute a special discretionary incentive payment to the Participants and will not be required to be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participants for the purpose of determining any contributions to or any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance, severance or other benefit plan of AIG or any of its subsidiaries or under any agreement with the Participant, unless AIG or the subsidiary with which the Participant is Employed specifically provides otherwise.

E.           Section 409A.   

(1)           Awards made under the Plan are intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, and this Plan is intended to, and shall be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 409A.  The Committee will have full authority to give effect to the intent of this Section 8.E.   

(2)           If any payment or delivery to be made under any Award (or any other payment or delivery under this Plan) would be subject to the limitations in Section 409A(a)(2)(b) of the Code, the payment or delivery will be delayed until six months after the Participant’s separation from service (or earlier death) in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A. 

(3)           Each payment or delivery in respect of any Award will be treated as a separate payment or delivery for purposes of Section 409A.

F.   Severability.  If any of the provisions of this Plan is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision will be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby; provided  that  if any of such provisions is finally held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable because it exceeds the maximum scope determined to be acceptable to permit such provision to be enforceable, such provision will be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to modify such scope in order to make such provision enforceable hereunder.

G.   Entire Agreement.  This Plan contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations and warranties between them, whether written or oral with respect to the subject matter hereof. 

 

 

8

 

 


 

H.   Waiver of Claims.  Each Participant recognizes and agrees that prior to being selected by the Committee to receive an Award he or she has no right to any benefits under this Plan.  Accordingly, in consideration of the Participant’s receipt of any Award hereunder, he or she expressly waives any right to contest the amount of any Award, the terms of this Plan, any determination, action or omission hereunder by the Committee or the Company or any amendment to this Plan.

I.     No Third Party Beneficiaries.  Except as expressly provided herein, this Plan will not confer on any person other than the Company and the Participant any rights or remedies hereunder. The exculpation and indemnification provisions of Section 7.E will inure to the benefit of a Covered Person’s estate and beneficiaries and legatees.

J.    Successor Entity; AIG’s Assigns.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement and except as otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a merger, consolidation, mandatory share exchange or other similar business combination of AIG with or into any other entity (“Successor Entity”) or any transaction in which another person or entity acquires all of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of AIG, or all or substantially all of the assets of AIG, outstanding Awards may be assumed or a substantially equivalent award may be substituted by such Successor Entity or a parent or subsidiary of such Successor Entity.  The terms of this Plan will be binding and inure to the benefit of AIG and its successors and assigns.

K.   Nonassignability.  No Award (or any rights and obligations thereunder) granted to any person under the Plan may be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, except as may be otherwise provided in the award agreement.  Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 8.K will be null and void and any Award which is hedged in any manner will immediately be forfeited.  All of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the award agreements will be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.

L.    Right to Discharge.  Nothing contained in this Plan or in any Award will confer on any Participant any right to be continued in the employ of AIG or any of its subsidiaries or to participate in any future plans.

M.  Consent.  If the Committee at any time determines that any consent (as hereinafter defined) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any Award or the delivery of any Shares under this Plan, or the taking of any other action thereunder (each such action, a “plan action”), then such plan action will not be taken, in whole or in part, unless and until such consent will have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Committee; provided  that  if such consent has not been so effected or obtained as of the latest date provided by this Plan for payment of such amount or delivery and further delay is not permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, such amount will be forfeited and terminate notwithstanding any prior earning or vesting. 

 

 

<BCLPAGE>9</BCLPAGE>

 

 


 

The term “consent” as used in this paragraph with respect to any plan action includes (1) any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any securities exchange or under any federal, state, or local law, or law, rule or regulation of a jurisdiction outside the United States, (2) any other matter, which the Committee may deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made, (3) any and all other consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a plan action by any governmental or other regulatory body or any stock exchange or self-regulatory agency and (4) any and all consents required by the Committee.

N.   Subject to Any AIG Section 162(m) Plan.  AIG may, in any year, propose a Section 162(m) compliant performance incentive award plan (the “AIG Section 162(m) Plan”).  If an AIG Section 162(m) Plan is proposed and approved by AIG stockholders in accordance with Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and Treasury Regulation Section 1.162‑27(e)(4), this Plan will function as a sub-plan under the AIG Section 162(m) Plan, whereby performance compensation amounts payable under the AIG Section 162(m) Plan can be paid in part by accruing awards with respect to a Performance Period.

O.   No Liability With Respect to Tax Qualification or Adverse Tax Treatment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Company be liable to a Participant on account of the failure of any Award or amount payable under this Plan to (1) qualify for favorable United States or foreign tax treatment or (2) avoid adverse tax treatment under United States or foreign law, including, without limitation, Section 409A.

9.            Disputes

A.   Governing Law.  This Plan will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.  The Plan shall also be subject to all applicable non-U.S. laws as to Participants located outside of the United States.  In the event that any provision of this Plan is not permitted by the local laws of a country or jurisdiction in which a Participant performs services, such local law shall supersede that provision of this Plan with respect to that Participant.   The benefits to which a Participant would otherwise be entitled under this Plan may be adjusted or limited to the extent that the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior Compensation  Executive or their designee(s) determine is necessary or appropriate in light of applicable law or local practice.

B.  ArbitrationSubject to the provisions of this Section 9, any dispute, controversy or claim between the Company and a Participant, arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award, will be finally settled by arbitration. Participants who are subject to an Employment Dispute Resolution Program (“EDR Program”) maintained by AIG or any affiliated company of AIG, will resolve such dispute, controversy or claim in accordance with the operative terms and conditions of such EDR Program, and to the extent applicable, the employment arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). Participants who are not subject to an EDR Program shall arbitrate their dispute, controversy or claim in New York City before, and in accordance with the employment arbitration rules of the AAA, without reference to the operative terms and conditions of any EDR Program.  Prior to arbitration, all claims maintained by a Participant must first be submitted to the

 

10

 

 


 

Committee in accordance with claims procedures determined by the Committee. Either the Company or a Participant may seek injunctive relief from the arbitrator.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company or a Participant may apply to a court with jurisdiction over them for temporary, preliminary or emergency injunctive relief that, under the legal and equitable standards applicable to the granting of such relief, is necessary to preserve the rights of that party pending the arbitrator’s modification of any such injunction or determination of the merits of the dispute, controversy or claim.  

 

C.               JurisdictionThe Company and each Participant hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of a state or federal court of appropriate jurisdiction located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award that is not otherwise arbitrated or resolved according to Section 9.B.  The Company and each Participant acknowledge that the forum designated by this section has a reasonable relation to this Plan and to such Participant’s relationship with the Company, that the agreement as to forum is independent of the law that may be applied in the action, suit or proceeding and that such forum shall apply even if the forum may under applicable law choose to apply non-forum law.

B.   Waiver.  The Company and each Participant waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which the Company and such Participant now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any court referred to in Section 9.C.  The Company and each Participant undertake not to commence any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award in any forum other than a forum described in Section 9.C.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude the Company from bringing any action, suit or proceeding in any other court for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this Section 9.  The Company and each Participant agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a final and non-appealable judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant and the Company.

C.   Service of Process.  Each Participant irrevocably appoints the Secretary of AIG at 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A. as his or her agent for service of process in connection with any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award that is not otherwise arbitrated or resolved according to Section 9.B.  The Secretary will promptly advise the Participant of any such service of process.

D.   Confidentiality.  Each Participant must keep confidential any information concerning any grant or Award made under this Plan and any dispute, controversy or claim relating to this Plan, except that (i) a Participant may disclose information concerning a dispute or claim to the court that is considering such dispute or to such Participant’s legal counsel (provided  that  such counsel agrees not to disclose any such information other than as necessary to the prosecution or defense of the dispute) or (ii) a Participant may disclose information regarding an Award to the Participant’s personal lawyer or tax accountant, provided  that  such individuals agree to keep the information confidentialNothing herein shall prevent

 

 

<BCLPAGE>11</BCLPAGE>

 

 


 

the Participant  from making or publishing any truthful statement (1) when required by law, subpoena or court order, (2) in the course of any legal, arbitral or regulatory proceeding, (3) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, or (4) in connection with any investigation by the Company   

10.        Term of Plan

The Plan is effective as of January 1, 2017 and will continue until suspended or terminated by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the existence of the Plan at any time or from time to time does not guarantee or imply the payment of any Awards hereunder, or the establishment of any future plans or the continuation of this Plan. Any termination of this Plan will be done in a manner that the Committee determines complies with Section 409A. 

12

 

 


 

Annex A

Glossary of Terms

            “Cause” means (1) a Participant’s conviction, whether following trial or by plea of guilty or nolo  contendere  (or similar plea), in a criminal proceeding (A) on a misdemeanor charge involving fraud, false statements or misleading omissions, wrongful taking, embezzlement, bribery, forgery, counterfeiting or extortion, or (B) on a felony charge or (C) on an equivalent charge to those in clauses (A) and (B) in jurisdictions which do not use those designations; (2) a Participant’s engagement in any conduct which constitutes an employment disqualification under applicable law (including statutory disqualification as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); (3) a Participant’s violation of any securities or commodities laws, any rules or regulations issued pursuant to such laws, or the rules and regulations of any securities or commodities exchange or association of which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is a member; or (4) a Participant’s material violation of the Company’s codes or conduct or any other AIG policy as in effect from time to time.  The determination as to whether “Cause” has occurred shall be made by the Committee with respect to any Participant  under the purview of the Committee, or the Senior Compensation  Executive, with respect to any other Participant, in each case, in its or his or her sole discretion.  The Committee or Senior Compensation Executive, as applicable, shall also have the authority in its sole discretion to waive the consequences of the existence or occurrence of any of the events, acts or omissions constituting “Cause.” 

            “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1)  individuals who, on January 1, 2017, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to January 1, 2017, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of AIG’s proxy statement in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of AIG as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(2)  Any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d‑3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of AIG representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of AIG’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (“AIG Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (2) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of an acquisition of AIG Voting Securities:  (A) by AIG or any subsidiary of AIG (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by AIG or any subsidiary of AIG or (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities;

 

 

 


 

(3)  The consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving AIG (a “Business Combination”) that results in any person (other than the United States Department of Treasury) becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the entity resulting from such Business Combination;

(4)  The consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of AIG’s assets (other than to an affiliate of AIG); or

(5)  AIG’s stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of AIG.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because any person acquires beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the AIG Voting Securities as a result of the acquisition of AIG Voting Securities by AIG which reduces the number of AIG Voting Securities outstanding; provided that if after such acquisition by AIG such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional AIG Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding AIG Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall then occur.

            Disability” means that a Participant, who after receiving short term disability income replacement payments for six months, (i) is determined to be disabled in accordance with the Company’s long term disability plan in which employees of the Company are generally able to participate, if one is in effect at such time, to the extent such disability complies with 26 C.F.R. §1.409A-3(i)4(i)(B), or (ii) to the extent such Participant is not participating in the Company’s long term disability plan, or no such long term disability plan exists, is determined to have medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months as determined by, as applicable, the Company’s long term disability insurer or the department or vendor directed by the Company to determine eligibility for unpaid medical leave.

            “Employed” and “Employment” means (a) actively performing services for the Company, (b) being on a Company-approved leave of absence, whether paid or unpaid, or (c) receiving long term disability benefits, in each case while in good standing with the Company.

            “Retirement” for a Participant means voluntary Termination initiated by the Participant (while such Participant is in good standing with the Company) (i) on or after age 60 with five years of service or (ii) on or after age 55 with 10 years of service

Senior Compensation Executive” means the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee the Corporate Compensation Department.  In the event that no individual holds such position, “Senior Compensation Executive” will instead refer to the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee the global Human Resources Department.

 

14

 

 


 

Senior HR Attorney” means the Company’s most senior attorney whose responsibility it is to oversee Human Resource/employment matters.

Termination” or “Terminate,” with respect to a Participant, means the termination of the Participant’s Employment.

 

 


 

Annex B

Form of Release Referred to in Section 6.G of the Plan.

NOT personalized to each Participant.

(1)                [Employee Name] (“Employee”), for good and sufficient consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby waives and forever releases and discharges any and all claims of any kind Employee may have against American International Group, Inc., its affiliate or subsidiary companies (“AIG”), or any officer, director or employee of, or any benefit plan sponsored by, any such company (collectively, the “Released Parties”) which arise from Employee’s employment with any of the Released Parties or the termination of Employee’s employment with any of the Released Parties. [Specifically, but without limiting that release, Employee hereby waives any rights or claims Employee might have pursuant to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (the “Act”) and under the laws of any and all jurisdictions, including, without limitation, the United States. Employee recognizes that Employee is not waiving any rights or claims under the Act that may arise after the date that Employee executes this Release.] Nothing herein modifies or affects any vested rights that Employee may have under the [American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan, or the American International Group, Inc. Incentive Savings Plan] [and other plans applicable to Employee]; nor does this Release confer any such rights, which are governed by the terms of the respective plans (and any agreements under such plans).

(2)                Employee acknowledges that Employee has not filed any complaint, charge, claim or proceeding, if any, against any of the Released Parties before any local, state or federal agency, court or other body (each individually a “Proceeding”). Employee represents that Employee is not aware of any basis on which such a Proceeding could reasonably be instituted.

(3)                Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee has complied with and will continue to comply with the non-disparagement, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions set forth in the Employee’s award agreement pursuant to Section 3.D of the Plan, [a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A], [for Retirements; and further agrees that during the period commencing on the date of the Employee’s [Retirement] and ending on the [for Retirements, 6-month] anniversary of such date, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly:

(a)                Engage in any “Competitive Business” (defined below) for the Employee’s own account;

(b)                Enter the employ of, or render any services to, any person engaged in any Competitive Business;

(c)                Acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, any person engaged in any Competitive Business, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, officer, director, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

(d)                Interfere with business relationships between AIG and customers or suppliers of, or consultants to AIG.

 

16

 

 


 

(e)                For purposes of this Section X, a “Competitive Business” means, as of any date, including during the Restricted Period, any person or entity (including any joint venture, partnership, firm, corporation or limited liability company) that engages in or proposes to engage in the following activities in any geographical area in which AIG does such business:

(i)                 The property and casualty insurance business, including commercial insurance, business insurance, personal insurance and specialty insurance;

(ii)               The life and accident and health insurance business;

(iii)             The underwriting, reinsurance, marketing or sale of (y) any form of insurance of any kind that AIG as of such date does, or proposes to, underwrite, reinsure, market or sell (any such form of insurance, an “AIG Insurance Product”), or (z) any other form of insurance that is marketed or sold in competition with any AIG Insurance Product;

(iv)              The investment and financial services business, including retirement services and mutual fund or brokerage services; or

(v)                Any other business that as of such date is a direct and material competitor of one of AIG’s businesses.

(4)                Employee further agrees that AIG’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the non-disparagement, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions in the Employee’s award agreement [and for the non-competition covenant set forth above] would be inadequate. In recognition of this fact, the Employee agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, AIG, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available;

(5)                [Employee acknowledges and understands that Employee is hereby being advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release. Employee also acknowledges and understands that Employee has [twenty-one (21)] days to consider the terms of this Release before signing it. However, in no event may Employee sign this Release before Employee’s termination date.]

(6)                [Upon the signing of this Release by Employee, Employee understands that Employee shall have a period of seven (7) days following Employee’s signing of this Release in which Employee may revoke this Release. Employee understands that this Release shall not become effective or enforceable until this seven (7) day revocation period has expired, and that neither the Released Parties nor any other person has any obligation [pursuant to the American International Group, Inc. 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan] until eight (8) days have passed since Employee’s signing of this Release without Employee having revoked this Release. If Employee revokes this Release, Employee will be deemed not to have accepted the terms of this Release.]

 

 

 


 

(7)                Any dispute arising under this Release shall be governed by the law of the State of New York, without reference to the choice of law rules that would cause the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

                                                                                                                                                   
DATE                                                                           [Employee]

 

18

 

 



Exhibit 10.29

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

LTI AWARD AGREEMENT

1.         Status of Award; Defined Terms.  American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) has awarded you [performance share units] [restricted stock units] [and [stock options  (this “Award”) pursuant to the AIG Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  This award agreement  (“Award  Agreement”), which sets forth the terms and conditions of your Award, is made pursuant to the Plan and this Award and Award Agreement are subject to the terms of the Plan.  Capitalized terms not defined in this Award Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

2.         Award.  

[(a) Award of PSUs. 

(i) AIG hereby awards you the number of performance share units (“PSUs”) specified in Schedule A (the “Target PSUs”) .  You are also entitled to receive dividend equivalent rights in the form of additional PSUs in accordance with the Plan.  Each PSU constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in accordance with the Plan.   

(ii) The actual number of PSUs that will be earned is subject to the Committee’s assessment of achievement based on the Performance Measures established for the Performance Period.

(iii) After the end of the Performance Period, the Committee will determine the percentage of your Target PSUs that will be earned (such earned PSUs, the “Earned PSUs”).  The number of Shares covered by your Earned PSUs may range from 0% to 200% of your Target PSUs.  Your Earned PSUs, if any, will vest and be paid in accordance with the schedule specified in Schedule A subject to earlier vesting, forfeiture or termination as provided in accordance with the Plan. On any payment date, the number of Shares to be issued under this Award Agreement shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.

[(a)][(b)] [Award of RSUs.   AIG hereby awards you the number of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) specified in Schedule A  You are also  entitled to receive dividend equivalent rights in the form of additional RSUs in accordance with the Plan.  Each RSU constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in accordance with the Plan.  Until such delivery, you have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor, and no rights as a shareholder, of AIG.  You will earn the RSUs subject to you continued Employment throughout the Performance Period.  Your RSUs will vest and be paid in accordance with the schedule specified in Schedule A,  subject to earlier vesting, forfeiture or termination as provided in accordance with the Plan.  On any payment date, the number of Shares to be issued under this Award Agreement shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

[(a)][(b)(c)] [Award of Stock Options.   AIG hereby awards you the number of [time-vesting] [and [performance-vesting stock options (“Options”)  specified in Schedule A   Each Option represents a right to purchase one share of Common Stock of AIG, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement and the Plan. The Options are subject to the [time- [and]  [performance- vesting and expiration terms specified in Schedule A, subject to earlier vesting, forfeiture or termination as provided in accordance with the Plan.

3.         Non-Disclosure.  During the term of your Employment, the Company has permitted and will continue to permit you to have access to and become acquainted with information of a confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret nature.  Subject to and in addition to any confidentiality or non-disclosure requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you electronically consent to or execute this Award Agreement, during your Employment and any time thereafter, you agree that (i) all confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information received, obtained or possessed at any time by you concerning or relating to the business, financial, operational, marketing, economic, accounting, tax or other affairs at the Company or any client, customer, agent or supplier or prospective client, customer, agent or supplier of the Company will be treated by you in the strictest confidence and will not be disclosed or used by you in any manner other than in connection with the discharge of your job responsibilities without the prior written consent of the Company or unless required by law, and (ii) you will not remove or destroy any confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information and will return any such information in your possession, custody or control at the end of your Employment (or earlier if so requested by the Company).   Nothing herein shall prevent you from making or publishing any truthful statement (a) when required by law, subpoena or court order, (b) in the course of any legal, arbitral or regulatory proceeding, (c) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, or (d) in connection with any investigation by the Company.

4.         Non-Solicitation.  Your Employment with the Company requires exposure to and use of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information (as set forth in the above Paragraph).  Subject to and in addition to any non-solicitation requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you electronically consent to or execute this Award Agreement, you agree that (i) during your Employment with the Company and any time thereafter, you will not, directly or indirectly, on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, solicit, contact, call upon, communicate with or attempt to communicate with any customer or client or prospective customer or client of the Company where to do so would require the use or disclosure of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information, and (ii) during your Employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year after Employment Terminates for any reason, you will not, directly or indirectly, regardless of who initiates the communication, solicit, participate in the solicitation or recruitment of, or in any manner encourage or provide assistance to any employee, consultant, registered representative, or agent of the Company to terminate his or her Employment or other relationship with the Company or to leave its employ or other relationship with the Company for any engagement in any capacity or any other person or entity.

[ALL OR A PORTION OF SECTION 5 TO BE INSERTED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

5.         Non-DisparagementYou agree that during and after your Employment with the Company, you will not make disparaging comments about AIG or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their officers, directors or employees to any person or entity not affiliated with the Company.   Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you from making or publishing any truthful statement (a) when required by law, subpoena or court order, or at the request of an administrative agency or legislature (b) in the course of any legal, arbitral. administrative, legislative or regulatory proceeding, (c) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, or (d) in connection with any investigation by the Company. Moreover, nothing in this Agreement will deny you the right to disclose information about unlawful acts in the workplace, including, but not limited to, sexual harrassment.

 

[SECTION 6 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

 

6.         Notice of Termination of Employment.  Except where local law prohibits enforcement, you agree that if you voluntarily resign you will give at least six months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion.  This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

 

 

 [SECTION 6 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

 

6.           Notice of Termination of Employment.  Except where local law prohibits enforcement, you agree that if you voluntarily resign you will give at least three months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion.  This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

 

 

  [SECTION 6 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE  OR ITS DELEGATE]

6.           Notice of Termination of Employment.  You agree that:

1.             if you voluntarily resign you will give at least three months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion, except to the extent prohibited by local law; and

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

2.             if your employment is not at-will and you or the Company is obligated to give other advance notice of a Termination by virtue of local law, any applicable collective bargaining agreement or your employment agreement, such notice obligation will not be affected by this provision.  As set forth in the Executive Severance Plan (“ESP”), any severance payment paid in accordance with the ESP will be reduced by any payment in lieu of notice paid by the Company to you, and you will cease to have any further entitlement to notice. 

This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in any of the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

7.         Clawback/Repayment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in consideration of the grant of this Award, you agree that you are a Covered Employee under the AIG Clawback Policy with respect to this Award and any payments hereunder and, accordingly, this Award and any payments hereunder will be subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided for in the AIG Clawback Policy, as in effect from time to time if it is determined that a Covered Event (as defined in such Policy) has occurred.  With respect to this Award and any payments hereunder, each of the following events is a “Covered Event” for purposes of the Policy:

1.             a material restatement of all or a portion of AIG’s financial statements occurs and the Board or Committee determines that recovery of payments under this Award is appropriate after reviewing all relevant facts and circumstances that contributed to the restatement, including whether you engaged in misconduct, and considering issues of accountability;

2.             payments under this Award were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or on performance metrics that are materially inaccurately determined, regardless of whether you were responsible for the inaccuracy;

3.             your failure to properly identify, assess or sufficiently raise concerns about risk, including in a supervisory role, resulted in a material adverse impact on AIG, any of AIG’s business units or the broader financial system;

4.             any action or omission by you constituted a material violation of AIG’s risk policies as in effect from time to time; or  

5.             any action or omission by you resulted in material financial or reputational harm to AIG.

8.         Entire Agreement.  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  This Award Agreement, the Plan, the personalized information in Schedule A, and such other documents as may be provided to you pursuant to this Award Agreement regarding any  applicable service, performance or other vesting conditions and the size of your Award, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior understandings and agreements with respect to such subject matter. 

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

9.         Notices.  Any notice or communication required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement shall be in writing (which may include an electronic writing) and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of AIG at its principal corporate offices as specified in Section 9.E of the Plan or, with respect to the acceptance of an Award, as specified in Schedule A or the Compensation Plan Grant Acceptance website.  Any notice required to be given or delivered to you shall be in writing (including an electronic writing) and addressed to you at your Company email address or your home address on file in the Company’s payroll or personnel records.  All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon:  personal delivery; electronic delivery or three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested) or one (1) business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid).

10.       Governing Law.  This Award Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

11.       Signatures.  Execution of this Award Agreement by AIG and/or you may be in the form of an electronic, manual or similar signature, and such signature shall be treated as an original signature for all purposes.   

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC. has caused this Award Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Award specified in Schedule A

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

__________________________________

By: 

                                                 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Schedule A

Long-Term Incentive Award

 

Recipient:                                                                    ●

Employee ID:                                                               ●

Date of Award Agreement:                                           ●

 

[[PSUs] [and] [RSUs] Award]

Target Number

Performance Period

Vesting Terms

Payment

[PSUs

[

[

[

[

[RSUs  

[

[

[

[

 

[Options Award]

Number of Options

Exercise Price

Performance Period

Vesting Terms

Expiration Date

[Time-Vesting Options

[

[$●

[

[

[

[Performance-Vesting Options

[

[$●

[

[

[

 

[The following termination treatment will supersede that provided in Section 6 of the Plan: ●  

 

 

 

Receipt

 

 

 

Acknowledged:           

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Date

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

Street

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

City,                   State                   Zip Code

 

 

 

 

In order to be eligible to receive your Award, you must agree to and either electronically consent or sign the Award Agreement within 90 days of the receipt of this communication.  If you do not electronically consent to or sign the Award Agreement within 90 days, you may forfeit your Award.   

 

[Insert instructions]

 

 

 

 



Exhibit 10.30

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

LTI AWARD AGREEMENT

1.         Status of Award; Defined Terms.  American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) has awarded you [performance share units [restricted stock units] [and [stock options] (the “Award”) pursuant to the AIG Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  This award agreement (“Award   Agreement”), which sets forth the terms and conditions of your Award, is made pursuant to the Plan and this Award and Award Agreement are subject to the terms of the Plan.  Capitalized terms not defined in this Award Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

2.         Award  

[(a) Award of PSUs. 

(i) AIG hereby awards you the number of performance share units (“PSUs”) specified in Schedule A (the “Target PSUs”).  You are also entitled to receive dividend equivalent rights in the form of additional PSUs in accordance with the Plan.  Each PSU constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in accordance with the Plan. 

(ii) The actual number of PSUs that will be earned is subject to the Committee’s assessment of achievement based on the Performance Measures established for the Performance Period.

(iii) After the end of the Performance Period, the Committee will determine the percentage of your Target PSUs that will be earned (such earned PSUs, the “Earned PSUs”).  The number of Shares covered by your Earned PSUs may range from 0% to 200% of your Target PSUs.  Your Earned PSUs, if any, will vest and be paid in accordance with the schedule specified in Schedule A,  subject to earlier vesting, forfeiture or termination as provided in accordance with the Plan. On any payment date, the number of Shares to be issued under this Award Agreement shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.

[(a)][(b)] [Award of RSUs.   AIG hereby awards you the number of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) specified in Schedule A.  You are also entitled to receive dividend equivalent rights in the form of additional RSUs in accordance with the Plan.  Each RSU constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in accordance with the Plan.  Until such delivery, you have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor, and no rights as a shareholder, of AIG.  You will earn the RSUs subject to your continued Employment throughout the Performance Period.  Your RSUs will vest and be paid in accordance with the schedule specified in Schedule 

 

-1 -

­


 

A, subject to earlier vesting, forfeiture or termination as provided in accordance with the Plan.  On any payment date, the number of Shares to be issued under this Award Agreement shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.

[(a)][(b)(c)] [Award of Stock Options.   AIG hereby awards you the number of [time-vesting] [and [performance-vesting stock options (“Options”) specified in Schedule A.   Each Option represents a right to purchase one share of Common Stock of AIG, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement and the Plan. The Options are subject to the [time-] [and] [performance- vesting and expiration terms specified in Schedule A, subject to earlier vesting, forfeiture or termination as provided in accordance with the Plan.

3.         Non-Disclosure .  During the term of your Employment, the Company has permitted and will continue to permit you to have access to and become acquainted with information of a confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret nature.  Subject to and in addition to any confidentiality or non-disclosure requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you electronically consent to or execute this Award Agreement, during your Employment and any time thereafter, you agree that (i) all confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information received, obtained or possessed at any time by you concerning or relating to the business, financial, operational, marketing, economic, accounting, tax or other affairs at the Company or any client, customer, agent or supplier or prospective client, customer, agent or supplier of the Company will be treated by you in the strictest confidence and will not be disclosed or used by you in any manner other than in connection with the discharge of your job responsibilities without the prior written consent of the Company or unless required by law, and (ii) you will not remove or destroy any confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information and will return any such information in your possession, custody or control at the end of your Employment (or earlier if so requested by the Company).  Nothing herein shall prevent you from making or publishing any truthful statement (a) when required by law, subpoena or court order, or at the request of an administrative agency or legislature, (b) in the course of any legal, arbitral, administrative, legislative or regulatory proceeding, (c) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, (d) in connection with any investigation by the Company, or (e) where a prohibition or limitation on such communication is unlawful.

             Nothing in this Award Agreement or any AIG policy prohibits or restricts you from communicating with or responding to any inquiry by the Securities and Exchange Commission, law enforcement, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission [IF EMPLOYEE IS IN NEW YORK:, the New York State Division of Human Rights, the New York City Commission on Civil Rights or any other local commission on human rights, an attorney retained by you], or any other local, state, or federal governmental or regulatory authority, or any self-regulatory organization, provided that AIG does not waive any attorney-client privilege over any information provided by you that is appropriately covered by such privilege.

4.         Non-Solicitation  Your Employment with the Company requires exposure to and use of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information (as set

 

-2 -

­


 

forth in the above Paragraph).  Subject to and in addition to any non-solicitation requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you electronically consent to or execute this Award Agreement, you agree that (i) during your Employment with the Company and any time thereafter, you will not, directly or indirectly, on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, solicit, contact, call upon, communicate with or attempt to communicate with any customer or client or prospective customer or client of the Company where to do so would require the use or disclosure of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information, and (ii) during your Employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year after Employment Terminates for any reason, you will not, directly or indirectly, regardless of who initiates the communication, solicit, participate in the solicitation or recruitment of, or in any manner encourage or provide assistance to any employee, consultant, registered representative, or agent of the Company to terminate his or her Employment or other relationship with the Company or to leave its employ or other relationship with the Company for any engagement in any capacity or any other person or entity.

[ALL OR A PORTION OF SECTION 5 TO BE INSERTED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

5.         Non-Disparagement.   You agree that during and after your Employment with the Company, you will not make disparaging comments about AIG or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their officers, directors or employees to any person or entity not affiliated with the Company.  Nothing in this Agreement shall prevent you from making or publishing any truthful statement (a) when required by law, subpoena or court order, or at the request of an administrative agency or legislature (b) in the course of any legal, arbitral. administrative, legislative or regulatory proceeding, (c) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, (d) in connection with any investigation by the Company, or (e) where a prohibition or limitation on such communication is unlawful. Moreover, nothing in this Agreement will deny you the right to disclose information about unlawful acts in the workplace, including, but not limited to, sexual harrassment.

[SECTION 6 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

6.         Notice of Termination of Employment.  Except where local law prohibits enforcement, you agree that if you voluntarily resign you will give at least six months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion.  This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

[SECTION 6 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

-3 -

­


 

6.          Notice of Termination of Employment.  Except where local law prohibits enforcement, you agree that if you voluntarily resign you will give at least three months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion.  This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

[SECTION 6 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

6.         Notice of Termination of Employment.  You agree that:

1.             if you voluntarily resign you will give at least three months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion, except to the extent prohibited by local law; and

2.             if your employment is not at-will and you or the Company is obligated to give other advance notice of a Termination by virtue of local law, any applicable collective bargaining agreement or your employment agreement, such notice obligation will not be affected by this provision.  As set forth in the Executive Severance Plan (“ESP”), any severance payment paid in accordance with the ESP will be reduced by any payment in lieu of notice paid by the Company to you, and you will cease to have any further entitlement to notice. 

This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in any of the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

7.         Clawback/Repayment.   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in consideration of the grant of this Award, you agree that you are a Covered Employee under the AIG Clawback Policy with respect to this Award and any payments hereunder and, accordingly, this Award and any payments hereunder will be subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided for in the AIG Clawback Policy, as in effect from time to time if it is determined that a Covered Event (as defined in such Policy) has occurred.  With respect to this Award and any payments hereunder, each of the following events is a “Covered Event” for purposes of the Policy:

1.             a  material restatement of all or a portion of AIG’s financial statements occurs and the Board or Committee determines that recovery of payments under this Award is appropriate after reviewing all relevant facts and circumstances that contributed to the restatement, including whether you engaged in misconduct, and considering issues of accountability;

 

-4 -

­


 

2.             payments under this Award were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or on performance metrics that are materially inaccurately determined, regardless of whether you were responsible for the inaccuracy;

3.             your failure to properly identify, assess or sufficiently raise concerns about risk, including in a supervisory role, resulted in a material adverse impact on AIG, any of AIG’s business units or the broader financial system;

4.             any action or omission by you constituted a material violation of AIG’s risk policies as in effect from time to time; or  

5.             any action or omission by you resulted in material financial or reputational harm to AIG.

8.         Entire Agreement  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  This Award Agreement, the Plan, the personalized information in Schedule A, and such other documents as may be provided to you pursuant to this Award Agreement regarding any applicable service, performance or other vesting conditions and the size of your Award, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior understandings and agreements with respect to such subject matter. 

9.         Notices  Any notice or communication required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement shall be in writing (which may include an electronic writing) and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of AIG at its principal corporate offices as specified in Section 9.E of the Plan or, with respect to the acceptance of an Award, as specified in Schedule A or the Compensation Plan Grant Acceptance website.  Any notice required to be given or delivered to you shall be in writing (including an electronic writing) and addressed to you at your Company email address or your home address on file in the Company’s payroll or personnel records.  All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon:  personal delivery; electronic delivery or three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested) or one (1) business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid).

10.       Governing Law  This Award Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

11.       Signatures.  Execution of this Award Agreement by AIG and/or you may be in the form of an electronic, manual or similar signature, and such signature shall be treated as an original signature for all purposes. 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC. has caused this Award Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Award specified in Schedule A

-5 -

­


 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

____________________________________

By:                                                                   

 

 

-6 -

­


 

Schedule A

Long-Term Incentive Award

 

Recipient:

 

 

Employee ID:

 

 

Date of Award Agreement:

 

 

 

[[PSUs] [and] [RSUs] Award]

Target Number

Performance Period

Vesting Terms

Payment

[PSUs

[

[

[

[

[RSUs  

[

[

[

[

 

[Options Award]

Number of Options

Exercise Price

Performance Period

Vesting Terms

Expiration Date

[Time-Vesting Options

[

[$●

[

[

[

[Performance-Vesting Options

[

[$●

[

[

[

 

[The following termination treatment will supersede that provided in Section 6 of the Plan: ●  

 

Receipt

Acknowledged:        ____________________________________             ___________

                                    Signature                                                                              Date

Address:                    ____________________________________

                                    Street

                                    ____________________________________

                                    City,                State                    Zip Code

 

-7 -

­


 

 

In order to be eligible to receive your Award, you must agree to and either electronically consent or sign the Award Agreement within 90 days of the receipt of this communication.  If you do not electronically consent to or sign the Award Agreement within 90 days, you may forfeit your Award.   

 

[Insert instructions]

 

-8 -

­



Exhibit 10.31

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
AMENDED AND RESTATED 2012 EXECUTIVE SEVERANCE PLAN

 

The Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Compensation Committee”) of American International Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), has adopted this American International Group, Inc. 2012 Executive Severance Plan (the “Plan”), first effective as of December 4, 2012 (the “Initial Effective Date”), amended as of December 19, 2013, September 9, 2014, October 1, 2015 and July 1, 2016, and hereby amended and restated in its entirety as of February 16, 2021 (the “Effective Date”). Terms not defined herein have the meanings provided in the Glossary of Terms.

 

I. Purpose

 

The Plan is maintained for the purpose of providing severance payments and benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees covered by the Plan whose employment is terminated under the circumstances set forth in the Plan.

 

II. Term

 

The Plan took effect on the Initial Effective Date, and as hereby amended and restated shall be effective as of the Effective Date and continue until terminated by the Compensation Committee with twelve (12) months’ notice to Eligible Employees in accordance with Section VIII below.

 

III. Eligibility

 

The employees eligible to participate in the Plan at any time (the “Eligible Employees”) shall be comprised of each employee who (1) is a full-time employee in grade level 27 or above, or who is a full-time employee and was in grade level 27 or above in the twelve (12) months immediately prior to the date of termination, at the time of the termination of his or her employment or (2) was eligible to participate in the American International Group, Inc. Amended and Restated Executive Severance Plan, first effective as of March 11, 2008 and as amended (the “Old Plan”) as of the Initial Effective Date (an “Old Plan Participant”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an employee has an employment agreement (or other agreement or arrangement) that provides for payment of severance in connection with a “Covered Termination” (as defined in Section IV below), the employee will not be an Eligible Employee; provided that payment of statutorily-required severance shall not prohibit an employee from being an Eligible Employee. Receipt of the Plan by an Old Plan Participant shall be deemed to constitute notice, delivered as of the Initial Effective Date, for the purpose of terminating the Old Plan under Section VIII of the Old Plan.

 

IV. Severance

 

Subject to Section IV.F below, an Eligible Employee shall be entitled to receive the benefits described in this Section IV if he or she experiences a “Covered Termination;” provided that such benefits shall be modified as set forth in the appendices to the Plan to comply with local laws, bylaws, statutes, regulations, codes of practice or applicable guidance issued by a governmental department or regulatory authority (together referred to as “Local Law”) for any employee whose primary worksite is outside of the United States but is not classified as a Mobile Overseas Personnel; and provided, further, that any Eligible Employee who experiences a “Covered Termination” and is entitled to statutorily-required severance shall receive the greater of such statutorily-required severance and the benefits described in this Section IV or shall have his or her benefits described in this Section IV reduced by the statutorily-required severance paid to the Eligible Employee, as required by applicable law.

 


A “Covered Termination” shall mean:

 

(1)   For all Eligible Employees, a termination of service during the term of the Plan for any reason other than the Eligible Employee’s: (a) death; (b) Disability; (c) resignation (including any resignation that an Eligible Employee may assert was a constructive discharge); or (d) termination by the Company or its subsidiaries for Cause (for purposes of this Plan, the term subsidiaries shall be deemed to include both direct and indirect subsidiaries); and

 

(2)   Notwithstanding paragraph (1) above, for any Eligible Employees in grade level 27 or above, such Eligible Employee’s termination of service during the term of the Plan as a result of resignation from his or her employment for Good Reason.

 

A “CIC Covered Termination” shall mean a Covered Termination within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control.

 

Unless otherwise stated in the Plan, for purposes of an Eligible Employee’s employment under the Plan, “termination” of employment or service shall mean the date upon which the Eligible Employee ceases to perform his or her employment duties and responsibilities for the Company and/or each of its subsidiaries and, to the extent consistent with the foregoing, shall be the “last day worked/end work date” that is coded in the payroll system applicable to the Eligible Employee. Solely for purposes of this Plan, an Eligible Employee’s grade level shall be deemed to be the highest grade level at which the Eligible Employee was employed in the twelve (12) months immediately prior to his or her date of termination.

 

A. Accrued Wages and Expense Reimbursements

 

If an Eligible Employee experiences a Covered Termination, the Eligible Employee shall receive: (1) accrued wages due through the date of termination in accordance with the Eligible Employee’s employer’s normal payroll practices; (2) reimbursement for any unreimbursed business expenses properly incurred by the Eligible Employee prior to the date of termination in accordance with Company policy (and for which the Eligible Employee has submitted proper documentation as may be required by the Company, with such documentation and each reimbursement to occur not later than one (1) year after the Eligible Employee’s date of termination); and (3) any accrued but unused vacation pay in a lump sum paid within two and one-half months after the end of the calendar year in which the Eligible Employee’s date of termination occurs (the “Termination Year”).

 

-2-

 


 

B. Severance, Generally

 

Except as provided in Section IV.C below, in the event of a Covered Termination, an Eligible Employee shall be entitled to receive the following:

 

(1)          With respect to an Eligible Employee’s annual short-term incentive award (“STI Award”) under the American International Group, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan or its successor plan (the “STI Plan”), an Eligible Employee shall receive:

 

(a)           The “Prior Year Incentive” as calculated below.

 

(i)            If the date of termination is after the end of the applicable STI Plan performance year, but prior to the Threshold/First Payment Date with respect to an STI Award, an amount equal to the Eligible Employee’s STI Target for such performance year as adjusted for the actual performance of the Company and/or applicable business unit or function, as determined by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“CEO”) in his or her sole discretion (except that, with respect to Eligible Employees whom the CEO designates as being members of his or her executive leadership team (the “ELT”), such determination shall be made by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion).

 

(x) For purposes of this section, Threshold/First Payment Date will mean (i) for Eligible Employees who have an STI Award that is entirely payable in the year following the STI Plan performance year, the date such STI Award is paid, and (ii) for Eligible Employees who have a portion of their STI Award designated as a “Deferred STI Award” such that a portion of such STI Award is to be paid two or more calendar years after the STI Plan performance year, the date the first payment of such STI Award is paid.

 

(y) For purposes of this section, an Eligible Employee’s STI Target will mean the target annual incentive amount assigned to such Eligible Employee for a performance year pursuant to the STI Plan.

 

(ii)           With respect to Eligible Employees who have a portion of their STI Award designated as a “Deferred STI Award,” if the date of termination is after the end of the STI Plan performance year and after the Threshold/First Payment Date for such STI Award, the amount of the Deferred STI Award portion not yet paid.

 

(iii)          In all events, such amounts will be paid at the same time as they are paid to similarly-situated active employees with similar STI Awards, and will be subject to the same deferral, clawback and repayment terms. For point of clarity, Prior Year Incentive payments to Eligible Employees covered under the AIG Clawback Policy, as may be amended from time to time, are subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided for in such policy.

 

(b)           The “Pro Rata Incentive” for the Termination Year as calculated below.

 

(i)            Subject to paragraph (b)(ii) immediately below, for the Termination Year, a Pro Rated portion of an amount equal to (A) in the event of a Covered Termination other than a CIC Covered Termination, the Eligible Employee’s STI Target as adjusted for the actual performance of the Company and/or applicable business unit or function, as determined by the CEO in his or her sole discretion (except that, with respect to Eligible Employees whom the CEO classifies as being members of his or her ELT, such determination shall be made by the Compensation Committee in its sole discretion) (the “Performance Adjusted STI Target”), or (B) in the event of a CIC Covered Termination, the greater of the Eligible Employee’s STI Target and the Performance Adjusted STI Target.

 

-3-

 


 

(x) For purposes of this section, Pro Rated will mean a fraction the numerator of which is the number of full months in the Termination Year that the Eligible Employee was actively employed or on an approved leave of absence during which the Eligible Employee was receiving salary continuation from a Company payroll (a “Paid Leave of Absence”) and the denominator of which is twelve (12).

 

(y) If the Covered Termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a reduction in the Eligible Employee’s annual base salary and/or short-term incentive opportunity (other than a reduction resulting from a Board approved program generally applicable to similarly-situated employees), for purposes of this section, the STI Target shall be the greater of the Eligible Employee’s STI Target in effect on the date of the Covered Termination and the Eligible Employee’s STI Target in effect on the day immediately prior to such reduction.

 

(ii)          To the extent an Eligible Employee experiences a Covered Termination (other than a CIC Covered Termination) prior to April 1 of the Termination Year, no Pro Rata Incentive shall be paid (it being understood that to the extent an Eligible Employee experiences a CIC Covered Termination, the Eligible Employee will be entitled to the Pro Rata Incentive set forth in paragraph (b)(i)).

 

(iii)          All Pro Rata Incentive payments will be paid at the same time or times as they are paid to similarly situated active employees with similar STI Awards, and will be subject to the same deferral, clawback and repayment terms. For point of clarity, Pro Rata Incentive payments to Eligible Employees covered under the AIG Clawback Policy, as may be amended from time to time, are subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided for in such policy.

 

(iv)          For avoidance of doubt, the terms STI Target and STI Award as used in this Section include any portion of an STI Target and STI Award designated as a Deferred STI Award (described above).

 

For the avoidance of doubt, in no event shall an Eligible Employee be entitled to a duplication of any amounts payable under this paragraph or paragraph (1) above and under the terms of the American International Group, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan as a result of his or her Covered Termination.

 

(2)          A lump sum cash payment equal to the product of: (a) a “Multiplier” (as defined below) times (b) the sum of

 

(i)  the greater of actual base salary earned by the Eligible Employee over the twelve (12) months immediately prior to the date of termination and the Eligible Employee’s annualized base salary rate as of the date of termination plus

 

(ii)  (A) in the event of a Covered Termination other than a CIC Covered Termination, the average of the Eligible Employee’s annual short-term incentive bonus actually paid for the three (3) most recently completed calendar years preceding the Termination Year for which annual short-term incentive bonuses had generally been paid, or (B) in the event of a CIC Covered Termination, the greater of (x) the Eligible Employee’s STI Target for the Termination Year, and (y) the average of the Eligible Employee’s annual short-term incentive bonus actually paid for the three (3) most recently completed calendar years preceding the Termination Year for which annual short-term incentive bonuses had generally been paid.

 

-4-

 


 

Such amount will be paid as soon as practicable following the Covered Termination but in no event later than sixty (60) days thereafter. In the event of any unanticipated circumstances that result in the Company, in its sole discretion, paying such amount later than sixty (60) days following the Covered Termination, in no event will such amount be paid later than March 15th of the year immediately following the Termination Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (x) if the Covered Termination occurs within twelve (12) months following a reduction in the Eligible Employee’s annual base salary and/or short-term incentive opportunity (other than a reduction resulting from a Board-approved program generally applicable to similarly-situated employees), the payment due under this paragraph (2) shall be calculated as if the Covered Termination occurred on the day immediately prior to such reduction (using the Eligible Employee’s grade level on the day immediately prior to such reduction for purposes of the Multiplier) and (y) if an Eligible Employee resigns for Good Reason after twelve (12) months but before twenty-four (24) months following the event giving rise to Good Reason, the amount described in clause (i) of this paragraph (2) shall be the greater of actual base salary earned by the Eligible Employee over the twelve (12) months immediately prior to the event giving rise to Good Reason and the Eligible Employee’s annualized base salary rate immediately prior to the event giving rise to Good Reason.

 

The “Multiplier” shall be as follows:

 

(1)  For an Eligible Employee in grade level 27 or 28: (a) 1 in the event of a Covered Termination; or (b) 1.5 in the event of a CIC Covered Termination; and

 

(2)  For an Eligible Employee in grade level 29 or above: (a) 1.5 in the event of a Covered Termination; or (b) 2 in the event of CIC Covered Termination.

 

(3)           For purposes of paragraph (1)(b) above, if no STI Target is established for an Eligible Employee for the Termination Year, in lieu of the STI Target, the Pro Rata Incentive shall be calculated using the average of the Eligible Employee’s annual short-term incentive bonuses paid with respect to the three (3) most recently completed calendar years preceding the Termination Year for which annual short-term incentive bonuses had generally been paid; provided that (x) if the Eligible Employee was not employed for all years that would otherwise be included in the average, the Eligible Employee’s STI Target with respect to the most recently completed calendar year preceding the Termination Year in which the Eligible Employee was employed shall be used and (y) if the Eligible Employee received no annual short-term incentive bonus for one of the years that would otherwise be included in the average as a result of an approved leave of absence, the Eligible Employee’s STI Target with respect to the most recently completed calendar year preceding the Termination Year in which such condition did not apply shall be used.

 

(4)           With respect to paragraph 2 above, (a) if the Eligible Employee was not employed for all years that would otherwise be included in the average, the average shall be computed based on each such year in which Eligible Employee was employed; (b) if the Eligible Employee earns or is awarded no short-term incentive bonus for one of the years that would otherwise be included in the average as a result of an approved leave of absence, the average shall be computed by using the three most recently completed calendar years preceding the calendar year of termination in which such condition did not apply; and (c) if an Eligible Employee was not employed long enough for the Eligible Employee’s first short-term incentive bonus to be paid, the Eligible Employee’s target short-term incentive bonus shall be used in lieu of the average described above.

 

-5-

 


 

C. Severance for Old Plan Participants

 

(1)           If an Old Plan Participant experiences a Covered Termination, he or she shall receive (a) the Prior Year Incentive (if applicable), (b) the Pro Rata Incentive and (c) severance equal to (i) for an Old Plan Participant below grade level 27, the “Old Plan Benefit” (as defined below) or (ii) for an Old Plan Participant in grade level 27 or above, (x) the Old Plan Benefit plus (y) the difference, if any, between the amount provided in Section IV.B(2) and the “Old Plan Benefit” (the “New Plan Payment”).

 

(2)          The “Old Plan Benefit” shall be the sum of the following, divided by twelve (12), and then multiplied by the number of months in the “Severance Period” (as defined below) applicable to the Old Plan Participant:

 

(a)  Annual base salary as of the date of termination; plus

 

(b)  The average of the Old Plan Participant’s “Annual Cash Bonuses” (as defined below) awarded and paid with respect to the three most recently completed calendar years preceding the Termination Year (including any year in which the bonus was zero); provided that: (i) if the date of termination occurs during a calendar year before the time that Annual Cash Bonuses have generally been paid out to employees for the prior calendar year’s performance, the average shall be computed based on the second, third and fourth calendar years prior to the calendar year in which the termination occurs, (ii) if the Old Plan Participant was not employed for all years that would otherwise be included in the average, the average shall be computed based on each such year in which the Old Plan Participant was employed and (iii) if the Old Plan Participant earns or is awarded no bonus for one of the years that would otherwise be included in the average as a result of an approved leave of absence, the average shall be computed by using the three most recently completed calendar years preceding the Termination Year in which such condition did not apply. Solely for purposes of this Plan, “Annual Cash Bonus” means any performance based, year-end cash bonus or a cash bonus in lieu of a year-end cash bonus, and the amount of any Annual Cash Bonus awarded and paid shall include any amount of such bonus voluntarily deferred by the Old Plan Participant, as applicable.

 

(3)          The “Severance Period” shall be:

 

(a)  For each Old Plan Participant who is a Senior Vice President or higher of the Company as of January 1, 2014 (the “Transition Date”) (or, if earlier, the date of termination), twenty-four (24) months; and

 

(b)  For all other Old Plan Participants, one month per year of service with the Company up to a maximum of twelve (12) months, except that (i) no Old Plan Participant shall have a Severance Period of less than six (6) months regardless of years of service and (ii) any Old Plan Participant who was also eligible to receive benefits under the American International Group, Inc. Executive Severance Plan that was terminated as of June 26, 2008 (the “Initial Plan”) shall be entitled to a Severance Period that is no shorter than what would have been provided to such Old Plan Participant under the terms of the Initial Plan if such Old Plan Participant had been terminated on December 31, 2007. For the avoidance of doubt, the Severance Period for an Old Plan Participant who is a Senior Vice President solely of a subsidiary of the Company (and not of American International Group, Inc.) shall be determined under this paragraph IV.C(3)(b).

 

-6-

 


 

For Covered Terminations on or after the Transition Date, the Old Plan Benefit will be paid in a lump sum in accordance with the payment timing set forth in Section IV.B(2).

 

Any New Plan Payment will be paid in a lump sum in accordance with the payment timing set forth in Section IV.B(2) (provided that any Pro Rata Incentive will be paid in accordance with the payment timing set forth in Section IV.B(1)(b) and any Prior Year Incentive will be paid in accordance with the payment timing set forth in Section IV.B(1)(a)).

 

D. Continued Health and Life Insurance Coverage and Participation in Retiree Health and Retiree Life for Eligible Employees

 

If an Eligible Employee experiences a Covered Termination, the Eligible Employee shall be entitled to continued health insurance coverage under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985 (“COBRA”), if applicable, for a period in accordance with the requirements under COBRA; provided, however, that the Eligible Employee shall be solely responsible for paying the full cost of the monthly premiums for such COBRA coverage; and provided, further, that such coverage shall not be provided if during such period the Eligible Employee is or becomes ineligible under the provisions of COBRA for continuing coverage. Any Eligible Employee who experiences a Covered Termination will receive one (1) year of additional service credit and credit for additional age solely for purposes of determining the Eligible Employee’s eligibility to participate in any Company retiree health plan and, if eligible, may choose to participate in any such plan as of his or her date of termination at the applicable rate or pay for COBRA coverage, if applicable. If such an Eligible Employee chooses to pay for COBRA coverage and retains such coverage for the full COBRA period, the Eligible Employee may participate in the applicable Company retiree health plan(s) following the COBRA period.

 

If an Eligible Employee experiences a Covered Termination, the Eligible Employee shall also be entitled to an additional lump-sum payment of forty thousand ($40,000) (the “Supplemental Health & Life Payment”). The Supplemental Health & Life Payment may, among other things, be payable towards COBRA healthcare and life insurance coverage after the Eligible Employee’s date of termination.

 

E. Additional Non-qualified Pension Credits for Eligible Employees

 

If an Eligible Employee experiences a Covered Termination, the Eligible Employee will receive one (1) year of additional service credit and credit for additional age solely for purposes of determining vesting and eligibility for retirement (including early retirement) under the American International Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Retirement Income Plan (a plan that is not intended to be qualified under the provisions of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) to the extent such Eligible Employee was participating immediately prior to his or her date of termination (the “Non-Qualified Pension Plan”); provided, however, in the event of a Change in Control, such Eligible Employee will fully vest in the Eligible Employee’s accrued benefit under the Non-Qualified Pension Plan upon the Change in Control in accordance with the terms of the Non-Qualified Pension Plan. Eligible Employees shall commence payments under the Non-Qualified Pension Plan in accordance with Section 409A of the Code and at the time specified in the applicable plan, determined as if “Qualified Plan Retirement Income” (as defined in the applicable plan) began to be paid immediately following the Eligible Employee’s date of termination.

 

-7-

 


 

F. Limitations on Severance; Reductions of Severance

 

The amounts described in Subsections B through E of this Section IV (collectively referred to as “Severance”) are subject to the provisions set forth under Section V, as well as to the Eligible Employee’s continued compliance with any applicable release and/or restrictive covenant agreement (referred to generically as the “Release”) that the Company may require under other compensation arrangements, any applicable employment agreement or the release pursuant to Section VI below. Failure to execute or adhere to such a Release, or the revocation of such a Release, by the Eligible Employee shall result in a forfeiture of all Severance under the Plan. (For the avoidance of doubt, any Severance Installment or other Severance benefit due under the terms of the Plan shall be forfeited to the extent such payment would have otherwise been due but for the Eligible Employee’s failure to provide the Company with a duly executed and effective Release.) Nothing herein shall preclude the Company in its sole discretion from requiring the Eligible Employee to enter into other such releases or agreements as a condition to receiving Severance under the Plan.

 

G. Code Section 409A

 

Payments under the Plan are intended to satisfy the “short-term deferral exception” under section 409A of the Code (“Code section 409A”).

 

The Plan Administrator (as defined in Section VII.A) will have full authority to give effect to the intent of this Section VI.G.

 

H. Covenants and for “Cause” Terminations

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, (1) if at any time the Eligible Employee breaches any of the provisions of a Release, or revokes it, or (2) if within one (1) year after the last payment of Severance under the Plan, with respect to any Eligible Employee under the purview of the Compensation Committee, the Compensation Committee or, with respect to any other Eligible Employee, the Senior C&B Executive determines that grounds existed, on or prior to the date of termination of the Eligible Employee’s employment with the Company, including prior to the Effective Date, for the Company to terminate the Eligible Employee’s employment for “Cause”:

 

(a)  No further payments or benefits shall be due under this Section IV; and

 

(b)  The Eligible Employee shall be obligated to repay to the Company, immediately and in a cash lump sum, the amount of any Severance benefits (other than any amounts received by the Eligible Employee under Sections IV.D or IV.E) previously received by the Eligible Employee (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be calculated on a pre-tax basis); provided that the Eligible Employee shall in all events be entitled to receive accrued wages, expense reimbursement and accrued but unused vacation pay as set forth in Section IV.A above.

 

-8-

 


 

I. No Rights

 

Other than as provided in this Section IV, an Eligible Employee shall have no rights to any compensation or any other benefits under the Plan. All other benefits, if any, due to the Eligible Employee following the date of termination shall be determined in accordance with the plans, policies and practices of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company in effect on the date of termination. Whether the Eligible Employee’s employment has terminated for purposes of any Company plan or arrangement shall be determined on the basis of the applicable terms of the plan or arrangement.

 

J. Non U.S. Participants

 

To the extent the Local Laws of a country or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which an Eligible Employee works would prohibit any provision, feature or requirement of the Plan, or such Local Laws, an applicable collective bargaining of similar collective agreement, the determination of a court or other adjudicative body or an Eligible Employee’s contract of employment would require that the benefits provided under the Plan be duplicative of or in addition to other Company or subsidiary or employer provided or paid severance benefits or termination-related benefits to which such Eligible Employee is entitled, the CMRC hereby delegates to the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior C&B Executive, the responsibility to develop a written appendix to the Plan specific to such country or non-U.S. jurisdiction that addresses the problematic provision, feature or requirement while maintaining as much of the intent and goals of the Plan as possible and also complying with Local Laws. The Senior HR Attorney and Senior C&B Executive will share such appendix with all Eligible Employees in such country or non-U.S. jurisdiction, and will maintain an inventory of all such appendices. The Senior HR Attorney and the Senior C&B Executive shall periodically review such appendices to confirm that they remain permissible, enforceable, and in accordance with Local Law.

 

V. No Duplication; No Mitigation

 

A. No Duplication

 

The Plan is not intended to, and shall not result in any duplication of payments or benefits to any Eligible Employee. The Compensation Committee shall be authorized to interpret the Plan to give effect to the preceding sentence.

 

B. No Mitigation

 

In order for an Eligible Employee to receive the Severance described in the Plan, the Eligible Employee shall be under no obligation to seek other employment or otherwise mitigate the obligations of the Company under the Plan, and there shall be no offset against any amounts due under the Plan on account of any remuneration attributable to any subsequent employment that the Eligible Employee may obtain.

 

-9-

 


 

C. Certain Excise Taxes Associated with a Change of Control

 

In the event it is determined that any payment or benefit (within the meaning of Section 280G(B)(2) of the Code, to an Eligible Employee or for his or her benefit paid or payable or distributed or distributable pursuant to the terms of this Plan or otherwise in connection with, or arising out of, his employment (“Payments”), would be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any interest or penalties are incurred by the Eligible Employee with respect to such excise tax (such excise tax, together with any such interest and penalties, are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Excise Tax”), then the total Payments shall be reduced to the extent the payment of such amounts would cause the Eligible Employee’s total Payments to constitute an “excess parachute payment” under Section 280G of the Code and by reason of such excess parachute payment the Eligible Employee would be subject to an Excise Tax, but only if the after-tax value of the Payments calculated with the foregoing restriction exceed those calculated without the foregoing restriction. Any reduction in payments and/or benefits required by this provision will occur in the following order: (1) reduction of cash payments; (2) reduction of vesting acceleration of equity awards; and (3) reduction of other benefits paid or provided to the Eligible Employee. In the event that acceleration of vesting of equity awards is to be reduced, such acceleration of vesting will be cancelled in the reverse order of the date of grant for equity awards. If two (2) or more equity awards are granted on the same date, each award will be reduced on a pro-rata basis. All determinations under this paragraph shall be made at the expense of the Company by a nationally recognized public accounting or consulting firm selected by the Company. Such determination shall be binding upon the Eligible Employee and the Company in the absence of manifest error. To the extent the terms of this paragraph conflict with the terms of an equity award granted pursuant to the Eligible Employee, this paragraph shall control.

 

VI. Release and Restrictive Covenant Agreement

 

Subject to Sections IV.F and G above, the Company may require and condition payment of the Severance on the Eligible Employee’s execution of a Release in the form attached to the Plan as Exhibit A, as such Release may be modified by the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior C&B Executive or their designee(s); provided, however, that such Release must be executed within sixty (60) days after the date of termination; provided, further, that if the Local Laws of a country or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which an Eligible Employee works would not permit all or a portion of the Release to be structured or executed in the form attached hereto, the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior C&B Executive or their designee(s) shall have the discretion to create a release that incorporates as much of the Release as possible while also complying with such Local Laws.

 

VII. Plan Administration

 

A. Compensation Committee

 

The Plan shall be interpreted, administered and operated by the Compensation Committee, which shall have the complete authority, in its sole discretion, subject to the express provisions of the Plan, to interpret the Plan, adopt any rules and regulations for carrying out the Plan as may be appropriate and decide any and all matters and make any and all determinations arising under or otherwise necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. All interpretations and decisions by the Compensation Committee shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties affected thereby, and shall supersede any decisions or actions by the “Claims Administrator” (as defined below). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee shall have the right to delegate to any individual member of the Compensation Committee or to any executive of the Company any of the Compensation Committee’s authority under the Plan; provided, that no person shall act as Plan Administrator in any matter directly relating to his or her eligibility or amount of Severance under the Plan. The Compensation Committee and/or the member of the Compensation Committee or the executive of the Company delegated any authority under the Plan shall be referred to in the Plan as the “Plan Administrator.”

 

-10-



  

B. Expenses and Liabilities

 

All expenses and liabilities that the Plan Administrator and the Claims Administrator incur in connection with the administration of the Plan shall be borne by the Company. The Plan Administrator and the Claims Administrator may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants, appraisers, brokers or other persons in connection with such administration, and the Plan Administrator, the Claims Administrator, the Company and the Company’s officers and directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons. No member of the Compensation Committee or any executive delegated by the Compensation Committee as Plan Administrator, or the Claims Administrator shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Compensation Committee and any executive delegated by the Compensation Committee as the Plan Administrator and the Claims Administrator shall be fully protected by the Company in respect of any such action, determination or interpretation to the extent permitted by (a) the Company’s charter; (b) the Company’s bylaws and (c) applicable law.

 

VIII. Termination and Amendment

 

A. Termination

 

The Compensation Committee may terminate the Plan in accordance with Section II of the Plan, provided that no termination shall either occur on or within twenty-four (24) months after a Change in Control, or adversely affect the payments or benefits to which any Eligible Employee has become entitled by virtue of a Covered Termination occurring before the time of termination of the Plan. Any notice of termination shall be in accordance with Section VIII.C below.

 

B. Amendment

 

The Compensation Committee may amend the Plan in any manner, provided that, in the event an amendment is determined by the Compensation Committee to be, in the aggregate, material and adverse to an Eligible Employee (taking into account any aspects of such amendments that are beneficial to the Eligible Employee), the Compensation Committee shall provide twelve (12) months’ notice to such Eligible Employee in accordance with Section VIII.C below (and no such change shall be effective before the second anniversary of the Effective Date); provided further that, in the event that a Plan amendment is adopted or effective on or within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control, then such amendment shall be invalid and ineffective with respect to each Eligible Employee, in the absence of his or her written consent, if the amendment is adverse to the Eligible Employee.

 

In addition, the Compensation Committee may, at any time, amend the Plan in any manner it determines in good faith is necessary or appropriate (1) to comply with applicable law or (2) to comply with Code section 409A. Any notice of amendment shall be in accordance with Section VIII.C below. For the avoidance of doubt, amendments under the preceding sentence may be material and adverse to Eligible Employees. In addition, if an employee was not an Eligible Employee because he or she had an employment agreement (or other agreement or arrangement) that contemplated payment of severance with respect to any termination, the Compensation Committee may amend the Plan to exclude such employee without notice to such employee (notwithstanding the expiration of such agreement or arrangement) if it determines that in good faith that such exclusion is necessary to comply with Code section 409A.

 

-11-

 


 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee’s rights and powers to amend the Plan shall be delegated to the Senior C&B Executive who shall have the right to amend the Plan with respect to (i) amendments required by relevant law, regulation or ruling, (ii) amendments that are not expected to have a material financial impact on the Company, (iii) amendments that can reasonably be characterized as technical or ministerial in nature, or (iv) amendments that have previously been approved in concept by the Compensation Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing delegation, the Senior C&B Executive shall not have the power to make an amendment to the Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a termination of the Plan or a change in the structure or the powers, duties or responsibilities of the Compensation Committee, unless such amendment is approved or ratified by the Compensation Committee.

 

C. Notice of Termination or Amendment

 

The Company shall be deemed to have provided any notice required by this Section VIII if the Company makes a reasonable, good faith effort to email or otherwise contact all Eligible Employees. For the avoidance of doubt, notice shall be deemed to have been validly delivered to every Eligible Employee notwithstanding that certain individual Eligible Employees do not receive actual notice, if the Company makes reasonable, good faith efforts as provided in the preceding sentence.

 

IX. Claims and Appeals Procedures

 

The following claim review and claim appeal procedures apply to all claims of any nature related to the Plan. For purposes of the Plan, the “Claims Administrator” is the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee both the Corporate Compensation Department and the Corporate Benefits Department; provided however, if that aforementioned position is vacant, then the Company’s senior most executive whose responsibility it is to oversee all Human Resources matters of the Company on a global basis shall be the Claims Administrator and if both of the immediately aforementioned positions are vacant, then the CEO shall appoint an individual to be the Claims Administrator. The Claims Administrator, in his or her discretion, may delegate in writing the Claims Administrator responsibilities to a committee comprised of three individuals selected from among the human resources executives and human resources attorneys of the Company, who shall act as Claims Administrator.

 

A. Initial Claim

 

To the extent that an Eligible Employee believes that he or she is entitled to a benefit under the Plan that such Eligible Employee has not received, such Eligible Employee may file a claim for benefits under the Plan, as provided in this Section IX of the Plan.

 

-12-

 


 

1. Procedure for Filing a Claim

 

An Eligible Employee must submit a claim in writing on the appropriate claim form (or in such other manner acceptable to the Claims Administrator), along with any supporting comments, documents, records and other information, to the Claims Administrator in person or by messenger.

 

If an Eligible Employee fails to properly file a claim for a benefit under the Plan, the Eligible Employee shall be considered not to have exhausted all administrative remedies under the Plan, and shall not be able to bring any legal action for the benefit. Claims and appeals of denied claims may be pursued by an Eligible Employee, or if approved by the Claims Administrator, by an Eligible Employee’s authorized representative.

 

2. Initial Claim Review

 

The Claims Administrator shall conduct the initial claim review. The Claims Administrator shall consider the applicable terms and provisions of the Plan and amendments to the Plan, and any information and evidence presented by the Eligible Employee and any other relevant information.

 

3. Initial Benefit Determination

 

(a) Timing of Notification on Initial Claim

 

The Claims Administrator shall notify an Eligible Employee about his or her claim within a reasonable period of time, but, in any event, within ninety (90) days after the Plan Administrator or Claims Administrator, as the case may be, receives the Eligible Employee’s claim, unless the Claims Administrator determines that special circumstances require an extension of time for processing the claim. If the Claims Administrator determines that an extension is needed, the Eligible Employee shall be notified before the end of the initial 90-day period. The notification shall say what special circumstances require an extension of time. The Eligible Employee shall be told the date by which the Claims Administrator expects to render the determination, which in any event shall be within ninety (90) days from the end of the initial 90-day period.

 

If such an extension is necessary because an Eligible Employee did not submit the information necessary to decide the claim, the time period in which the Plan Administrator is required to make a decision shall be frozen from the date on which the notification is sent to the Eligible Employee until the Eligible Employee responds to the request for additional information. If the Eligible Employee fails to provide the necessary information in a reasonable period of time, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, decide the Eligible Employee’s claim based on the information already provided.

 

(b) Manner and Content of Notification of Denied Claim

 

In the event the Claims Administrator denies an Eligible Employee’s claim for benefits, the Claims Administrator shall provide an Eligible Employee with written or electronic notice of any denial, in accordance with applicable U.S. Department of Labor regulations. The notification shall include:

 

(i)  The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

-13-



 

 

(ii)  Reference to the specific provision(s) of the Plan on which the determination is based;

 

(iii)  A description of any additional material or information necessary for an Eligible Employee to revise the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and

 

(iv)  A description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures.

 

4. Claims Processing

 

In the event the Claims Administrator approves an Eligible Employee’s claim for benefits, the Claims Administrator shall provide the Release that the Eligible Employee must sign pursuant Section VI of the Plan, and shall coordinate with the applicable Company payroll department, the Company benefits department, and any other Company entity or counsel as necessary to implement the terms of Section IV of the Plan.

 

B. Review of Initial Benefit Denial

 

1. Procedure for Filing an Appeal of a Denial

 

Any appeal of a denial must be delivered to the Plan Administrator within sixty (60) days after an Eligible Employee receives notice of denial. Failure to appeal within the 60-day period shall be considered a failure to exhaust all administrative remedies under the Plan and shall make an Eligible Employee unable to bring a legal action to recover a benefit under the Plan. An Eligible Employee’s appeal must be in writing, using the appropriate form provided by the Plan Administrator (or in such other manner acceptable to the Plan Administrator). The request for an appeal must be filed with the Plan Administrator in person or by messenger, in either case, evidenced by written receipt or by first-class postage-paid mail and return receipt requested, to the Plan Administrator.

 

2. Review Procedures for Denials

 

The Plan Administrator shall provide a review that takes into account all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by an Eligible Employee without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination. An Eligible Employee shall have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and shall be provided, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all relevant documents.

 

3. Timing of Notification of Benefit Determination on Review

 

The Plan Administrator shall notify an Eligible Employee of the Plan Administrator’s decision within a reasonable period of time, but in any event within sixty (60) days after the Plan Administrator receives the Eligible Employee’s request for review, unless the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require more time for processing the review of the adverse benefit determination.

 

-14-

 


 

If the Plan Administrator determines that an extension is required, the Plan Administrator shall tell an Eligible Employee in writing before the end of the initial 60-day period. The Plan Administrator shall tell the Eligible Employee the special circumstances that require an extension of time, and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render the determination on review, which in any event shall be within sixty (60) days from the end of the initial 60-day period.

 

If such an extension is necessary because an Eligible Employee did not submit the information necessary to decide the claim, the time period in which the Plan Administrator is required to make a decision shall be frozen from the date on which the notification is sent to the Eligible Employee until the Eligible Employee responds to the request for additional information. If the Eligible Employee fails to provide the necessary information in a reasonable period of time, the Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, decide the Eligible Employee’s claim based on the information already provided.

 

4. Manner and Content of Notification of Benefit Determination on Review

 

The Plan Administrator shall provide a notice of the Plan’s benefit determination on review, in accordance with applicable U.S. Department of Labor regulations. If an Eligible Employee’s appeal is denied, the notification shall include:

 

(a)  The specific reason or reasons for the denial;

 

(b)  Reference to the specific provision(s) of the Plan on which the determination is based; and

 

(c)  A statement that the Eligible Employee is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all relevant documents.

 

If an Eligible Employee’s appeal is approved, the Plan Administrator shall forward the claim to the Claims Administrator for processing in accordance with Section IX.A.4 above.

 

C. Legal Action

 

An Eligible Employee cannot bring any action to recover any benefit under the Plan if the Eligible Employee does not file a valid claim for a benefit and seek timely review of a denial of that claim. Any court action by an Eligible Employee to enforce the Eligible Employee’s rights under the Plan following a Change in Control shall be subject to a de novo standard of review, and an Eligible Employee shall be reimbursed for reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in seeking to enforce his or her rights under the Plan to the extent he or she prevails as to the material issues in such dispute. The reimbursement of attorneys’ fees shall be made promptly following delivery of an invoice therefor.

 

X. Withholding Taxes

 

The Company may withhold from any amounts payable under the Plan such federal, state, local or other taxes as may be required to be withheld pursuant to any applicable law or regulation.

 

-15-

 


 

XI. Miscellaneous

 

A. No Effect on Other Benefits

 

Any Severance received by an Eligible Employee under the Plan shall not be counted as compensation for purposes of determining benefits under other benefit plans, programs, policies and agreements, except to the extent expressly provided therein or in the Plan. With respect to any benefit plan, program, policy or agreement that takes into account only base salary as relevant compensation, only the portion of such Severance that is payable on account of annual base salary as of the date of termination as calculated in Section IV.B(1) shall be taken into account for purposes of such benefit plan, program, policy or agreement.

 

B. Unfunded Obligation

 

Any Severance and benefits provided under the Plan shall constitute an unfunded obligation of the Company. Severance and other benefits paid under the Plan will be made, when due, entirely by the Company from its general assets. The Plan shall constitute solely an unsecured promise by the Company to provide Severance to Eligible Employees to the extent provided herein. For the avoidance of doubt, any pension, health or life insurance benefits to which an Eligible Employee may be entitled under the Plan shall be provided under other applicable employee benefit plans of the Company. The Plan does not provide the substantive benefits under such other employee benefit plans, and nothing in the Plan shall restrict the Company’s ability to amend, modify or terminate such other employee benefit plans.

 

C. Employment Status

 

The Plan does not create an employment relationship between any Eligible Employee and the Company or any of its subsidiaries. The Plan is not a contract of employment, is not part of a contract of employment (unless such contract explicitly incorporates the Plan into such contract), does not guarantee the Eligible Employee employment for any specified period and does not limit the right of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company to terminate the employment of the Eligible Employee at any time for any reason or no reason or to change the status of any Eligible Employee’s employment or to change any employment policies.

 

D. Section Headings

 

The section headings contained in the Plan are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not in any way affect the meaning of any provision of the Plan.

 

E. Governing Law

 

It is intended that the Plan be an “employee welfare benefit plan” within the meaning of Section 3(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) maintained for the purpose of providing benefits for a select group of management or highly compensated employees, and the Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with such intent. The Plan Administrator shall provide any documents relating to the Plan to the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Labor upon request. The Plan and all rights under the Plan shall be governed and construed in accordance with ERISA, and, to the extent not preempted by federal law, with the laws of the State of New York. The Plan shall also be subject to all applicable non-U.S. laws as to Eligible Employees located outside of the United States.

 

-16-

 


 

 

In the event that any provision of the Plan is not permitted by the Local Laws, of a country or jurisdiction in which an Eligible Employee works, such Local Law shall supersede or modify (as applicable) that provision of the Plan with respect to that Eligible Employee.

 

F. Assignment

 

The Plan shall inure to the benefit of and shall be enforceable by an Eligible Employee’s personal or legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees. If an Eligible Employee should die while any amount is still payable to the Eligible Employee under the Plan had the Eligible Employee continued to live, all such amounts, unless otherwise provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of the Plan, or as determined by the Compensation Committee, to the Eligible Employee’s estate. An Eligible Employee’s rights under the Plan shall not otherwise be transferable or subject to lien or attachment.

 

-17-

 


 

Glossary of Terms

 

Board” shall mean the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

Cause” shall mean (i) the Eligible Employee’s conviction, whether following trial or by plea of guilty or nolo contendere (or similar plea), in a criminal proceeding (A) on a misdemeanor charge involving fraud, false statements or misleading omissions, wrongful taking, embezzlement, bribery, forgery, counterfeiting or extortion, or (B) on a felony charge or (C) on an equivalent charge to those in clauses (A) and (B) in jurisdictions which do not use those designations; (ii) the Eligible Employee’s engagement in any conduct which constitutes an employment disqualification under applicable law (including statutory disqualification as defined under the Exchange Act); (iii) the Eligible Employee’s violation of any securities or commodities laws, any rules or regulations issued pursuant to such laws, or the rules and regulations of any securities or commodities exchange or association of which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is a member; or (iv) the Eligible Employee’s material violation of the Company’s codes or conduct or any other Company policy as in effect from time to time. The Determination as to whether Cause has occurred shall be made by the Compensation Committee, with respect to any Eligible Employee under the purview of the Compensation Committee, or the Senior C&B Executive, with respect to any other Eligible Employee, in each case, in its or his or her sole discretion. The Compensation Committee or Senior C&B Executive, as applicable, shall also have the authority in his or her sole discretion to waive the consequences of the existence or occurrence of any of the events, acts or omissions constituting Cause.

 

Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(i) Individuals who, on February 16, 2021, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of the Company as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(ii) Any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (“Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (2) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of an acquisition of Company Voting Securities:  (A) by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities;

 

 


 

(iii) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company (a “Business Combination”) that results in any person (other than the United States Department of Treasury) becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the entity resulting from such Business Combination;

 

(iv) The consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than to an affiliate of the Company); or

 

(v) The Company’s stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because (A) any person holds or acquires beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company Voting Securities as a result of a “Company share repurchase program” or other acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the total number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increase the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall then occur or (B) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all (or a subset) of the assets and/or operations of the Life and Retirement business (or any similar transaction).

 

Disability” shall mean a period of medically determined physical or mental impairment that is expected to result in death or last for a period of not less than twelve (12) months during which the Eligible Employee qualifies for income replacement benefits under the Eligible Employee’s employer’s long-term disability plan for at least three (3) months, or, if the Eligible Employee does not participate in such a plan, a period of disability during which the Eligible Employee is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determined physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months.

 

Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Good Reason” shall mean, without an Eligible Employee’s written consent, a reduction of more than twenty percent (20%) in the Eligible Employee’s annual target direct compensation (including annual base salary, short-term incentive opportunity and long-term incentive opportunity); provided that such reduction will not constitute Good Reason if it results from a Board-approved program generally applicable to similarly-situated employees; provided, further, that in the event of CIC Covered Termination, Good Reason shall also mean (i) a material diminution in the Eligible Employee’s authority, duties or responsibilities, provided that a change in the Eligible Employee’s reporting relationship will not constitute Good Reason unless it affects an Eligible Employee whom the Company has classified as an executive vice president or above; or (ii) a relocation of the office at which the Eligible Employee performs his or her services to a location that increases his or her one-way commute by more than fifty (50) miles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination for Good Reason shall not have occurred unless (a) the Eligible Employee gives written notice to the Company of termination of employment within thirty (30) days after the Eligible Employee first becomes aware of the occurrence of the circumstances constituting Good Reason, specifying in detail the circumstances constituting Good Reason, and the Company has failed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice to cure the circumstances constituting Good Reason, and (b) the Eligible Employee’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code section 409A) occurs no later than two (2) years following the initial existence of the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason.

 

-2

 


 

Senior C&B Executive” means the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee both the Corporate Compensation Department and the Corporate Benefits Department. In the event that no individual holds such position, “Senior C&B Executive” will instead refer to the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee the global Human Resources Department.

 

Senior HR Attorney” means the Company’s most senior attorney whose responsibility it is to oversee Human Resource/employment matters.

 

-3

 


 

Exhibit A

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
RELEASE AND RESTRICTIVE COVENANT AGREEMENT

 

This Release and Restrictive Covenant Agreement (the “Agreement”) is entered into by and between _________________________ (the “Employee”) and American International Group, Inc., a Delaware Corporation (the “Company”).

 

Each term defined in the American International Group, Inc. 2012 Executive Severance Plan (the “Plan”) has the same meaning when used in this Agreement.

 

I. Termination of Employment

 

The Employee’s employment with the Company and each of its subsidiaries and controlled affiliates (collectively “AIG”) shall terminate on _______________ (the “Termination Date”) and, as of that date, the Employee shall cease performing the Employee’s employment duties and responsibilities for AIG and shall no longer report to work for AIG. For purposes of this Agreement, the term “controlled affiliates” means an entity of which the Company directly or indirectly owns or controls a majority of the voting shares.

 

II. Severance

 

[Non Grandfathered (Newly Eligible) Participants]

 

[The Employee shall receive a lump sum severance payment, calculated in accordance with Section IV.B(2) of the Plan, in the gross amount of $_______________, less applicable tax withholdings paid out in a lump sum as soon as practicable following the [FOR EMPLOYEES 40 AND OLDER, the date this Agreement becomes effective,] [FOR EMPLOYEES UNDER 40, date the Agreement is fully executed], but in no event later than March 15th of the year immediately following the Termination Year in accordance with Section IV.B(2) of the Plan.

 

[Grandfathered, Old Plan Participants]

 

The Employee shall receive a lump sum severance payment, calculated in accordance with Section IV.C of the Plan, in the gross amount of $_______________, less applicable tax withholdings paid out in a lump sum as soon as practicable following [FOR EMPLOYEES 40 AND OLDER, the date this Agreement becomes effective,] [FOR EMPLOYEES UNDER 40, date the Agreement is fully executed] in accordance with Section IV.B(2) of the Plan), but in no event later than March 15th of the year immediately following the Termination Year.

 

[For both Grandfathered and Non-Grandfathered Participants]

 

To the extent payable under Section IV.B(1)(b) of the Plan, for the Termination Year, the Employee shall also receive a prorated annual short-term incentive bonus for the Termination Year calculated and paid in accordance with, Section IV.B(1)(b) of the Plan. If terminated prior to the date that the annual short-term incentive bonus for the year preceding the Termination Year is paid to similarly situated employees, the Employee shall also receive a lump sum cash payment or payments equal to the Employee’s annual short-term incentive bonus for the Prior Year calculated and paid in accordance with the payment timing set forth in, Section IV.B(1)(a) of the Plan.]

 

 


 

Any bonus or incentive compensation paid to Employee [who is grade 27 or above or who is a recipient of an award under the American International Group, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan or subsequent similar plans], is subject to the AIG Clawback Policy, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

The Employee shall also be entitled to a Supplemental Health and Life Payment of forty thousand ($40,000) which may, among other things, be used to pay for COBRA and life insurance coverage after the Termination Date. The Employee shall also be paid accrued wages, reimbursed expenses, and ________ days of accrued, unused paid time off (“PTO”) as of the Termination Date. The Employee shall not accrue any PTO after the Termination Date.

 

III. Other Benefits

 

Nothing in this Agreement modifies or affects any of the terms of any benefit plans or programs (defined as medical, life, pension and 401(k) plans or programs and including, without limitation, the Company’s right to alter the terms of such plans or programs). No further deductions or employer matching contributions shall be made on behalf of the Employee to the American International Group, Inc. Incentive Savings Plan (“ISP”) as of the last day of the pay period in which the Termination Date occurs.

 

The Employee shall no longer participate in or be eligible for coverage under the Company’s Short-Term and Long-Term Disability programs, and the ISP. After the Termination Date, the Employee may decide, under the ISP, whether to elect a rollover or distribution of the Employee’s account balance or to keep the account balance in the ISP.

 

As set forth in Section IV.D of the Plan, the Employee shall be entitled to continued health insurance coverage under COBRA for a period in accordance with the requirements under COBRA unless the Employee is or becomes ineligible under the provisions of COBRA for continuing coverage. The Employee shall be solely responsible for paying the full cost of the monthly premiums for COBRA coverage. In addition, the Employee shall be entitled to one (1) year of additional service credit and credit for additional age solely for purposes of determining the Employee’s eligibility to participate in any Company Retiree Medical program and, if eligible, may choose to participate in such Company Retiree Medical program as of the Termination Date at the applicable rate or pay for COBRA coverage. If the Employee chooses to pay for COBRA coverage and retains such coverage for the full COBRA period, the Employee may participate in the Company Retiree Medical program following the COBRA period.

 

As set forth in Section IV.E of the Plan, to the extent the Employee has an accrued benefit under the American International Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Retirement Income Plan (the “Non-Qualified Plan”), the Employee shall be entitled to one (1) year of additional service credit and credit for additional age solely for purposes of determining vesting and eligibility for retirement (including early retirement) under the Non-Qualified Plan; provided, however, if an Employee with an accrued benefit under the Non-Qualified Plan experiences a Covered Termination following a Change in Control, the Employee shall be entitled to the Non-Qualified Plan benefit specified in the Non-Qualified Plan. To the extent that the Employee has a vested benefit under the Non-Qualified Plan, any payments under the Non-Qualified Plan shall commence at the time specified in the Non-Qualified Plan, and shall be calculated as if “Qualified Plan Retirement Income” (as defined in the Non-Qualified Plan) began to be paid immediately following the Termination Date.1

 

 

 

1 If the Employee is a Specified Employee under Section 409A of the Code, any such payments will commence as soon as administratively practicable after six (6) months following the Termination Date. As such time, the portion the Employee’s Non-Qualified Plan accrued benefit payable in the form of a lump sum will be paid in full, plus the Employee will receive an amount equal to the interest at an annual rate of five percent (5%) on such lump sum for the six-month period. With respect to the portion of the Employee’s Non-Qualified Plan accrued benefit payable in the form of an annuity, the first payment after the six month period will include an amount equal to the monthly annuity payments that the Employee would otherwise have received during the six-month period had the Employee’s payments not be delayed for six (6) months, retroactive to the first of the month after the Termination Date, plus interest on the delayed payments at an annual rate of five percent (5%).

 

 


 

Except as set forth in this Agreement and Sections IV.D and E of the Plan there are no other payments or benefits due to the Employee from the Company. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Company has made no representations to the Employee as to the applicability of Code section 409A to any of the payments or benefits provided to the Employee pursuant to the Plan or this Agreement.]

 

IV. Release of Claims

 

In consideration of the payments and benefits described in Section IV of the Plan and Section II and III of this Agreement, to which the Employee agrees the Employee is not entitled until and unless the Employee executes this Agreement, the Employee, for and on behalf of the Employee and the Employee’s heirs and assigns, subject to the following two sentences hereof, agrees to all the terms and conditions of this Agreement and hereby waives and releases any common law, statutory or other complaints, claims, or causes of action of any kind whatsoever, both known and unknown, in law or in equity, which the Employee ever had, now has or may have against AIG and its shareholders (other than C.V. Starr & Co., Inc. and Starr International Company, Inc.), successors, assigns, directors, officers, partners, members, employees, agents benefit plans, or the Plan (collectively, the “Releasees”), arising on or before the date of the Employee’s execution of this Agreement, including, without limitation, any complaint, or cause of action arising under federal, state or local laws pertaining to employment, including the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967 (“ADEA,” a law which prohibits discrimination on the basis of age), the National Labor Relations Act, the Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Americans With Disabilities Act of 1990, Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, [ the New Jersey Conscientious Employee Protection Act/ the District of Columbia Human Rights Act/the West Virginia Rights Act/ the Massachusetts Wage Act, (M.G.L. ch. 149 §§ 148, et seq.), the Massachusetts Fair Employment Practices Act (M.G.L. ch. 151B § 1, et seq.), Massachusetts Civil Rights Act (M.G.L. ch. 12 §§ 11H and 11I), the Massachusetts Equal Rights Act (M.G.L. ch. 93 §102, and M.G.L. ch. 214 § 1C), the Massachusetts Labor and Industries Act (M.G.L. ch. 149 § 1, et seq.), the Massachusetts Privacy Act (M.G.L. ch. 214 §§ 1B)], all as amended; and all other federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations. By signing this Agreement, the Employee acknowledges that the Employee intends to waive and release any rights known or unknown that the Employee may have against the Releasees under these and any other laws; provided that the Employee does not waive or

 

 

 


 

release claims with respect to the right to enforce the Employee’s rights under this Agreement or with respect to any rights to indemnification under the Company’s Charter and by-laws (the “Unreleased Claims”). Nothing herein modifies or affects any vested rights that Employee many have under any applicable retirement plan, 401(k) plan, incentive plan or deferred compensation plan; nor does this Agreement confer any rights with respect to such plans, which are governed by the terms of the respective plans (and any agreements under such plans).

 

[For California Employees Only]

 

All Existing Claims Waived. Employee acknowledges that Employee may hereafter discover claims in addition to or different from those which Employee now knows or believes to exist with respect to the subject matter of this release and which, if known or suspected at the time of executing this Release, may have materially affected Employee’s decision to execute this Release. Employee hereby waives such claims. This is an express waiver of California Civil Code § 1542, which reads as follows:

 

“A general release does not extend to claims which the creditor does not know or suspect to exist in his or her favor at the time of executing the release, which if know by him or her must have materially affected his or settlement with the debtor.”

 

V. Proceedings

 

The Employee acknowledges that the Employee has not filed any complaint, charge, claim or proceeding, except with respect to an Unreleased Claim, if any, against any of the Releasees before any local, state or federal agency, court or other body (each individually a “Proceeding”). The Employee represents that the Employee is not aware of any basis on which such a Proceeding could reasonably be instituted. By signing this Agreement the Employee:

 

(a) Acknowledges that the Employee shall not initiate or cause to be initiated on his or her behalf any Proceeding and shall not participate in any Proceeding, in each case, except as set forth below or as required by law; and

 

(b) Waives any right to recover monetary damages or other individual relief arising out of any Proceeding.

 

Notwithstanding the above, nothing in Section V of this Agreement shall:

 

(x) limit or affect the Employee’s right to challenge the validity of the Employee’s release set forth in Section V above under the ADEA, or the Older Workers Benefit Protection Act;

 

(y) prevent the Employee from filing a charge or complaint with, or participating in any investigation or proceeding conducted by the EEOC, the National Labor Relations Board or other federal, state or local governmental or regulatory agencies.

 

 

 


 

VI. Time to Consider

 

The payments and benefits payable to the Employee under this Agreement include consideration provided to the Employee over and above anything of value to which the Employee already is entitled. The Employee acknowledges that the Employee has been advised that the Employee has [for Employee over forty (40) and part of a reduction in force impacting more than one employee forty-five (45), and for all others twenty-one (21)] days from the date of the Employee’s receipt of this Agreement to consider all the provisions of this Agreement.

 

THE EMPLOYEE FURTHER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE EMPLOYEE HAS READ THIS AGREEMENT CAREFULLY, HAS BEEN ADVISED BY THE COMPANY TO, CONSULT AN ATTORNEY, AND FULLY UNDERSTANDS THAT BY SIGNING BELOW THE EMPLOYEE IS GIVING UP CERTAIN RIGHTS WHICH THE EMPLOYEE MAY HAVE TO SUE OR ASSERT A CLAIM AGAINST ANY OF THE RELEASEES, AS DESCRIBED IN SECTION IV OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER PROVISIONS HEREOF. THE EMPLOYEE ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE EMPLOYEE HAS NOT BEEN FORCED OR PRESSURED IN ANY MANNER WHATSOEVER TO SIGN THIS AGREEMENT, AND THE EMPLOYEE AGREES TO ALL OF ITS TERMS VOLUNTARILY.

 

VII. Revocation [for Employees age forty (40) and over]

 

The Employee hereby acknowledges and understands that the Employee shall have seven (7) days from the date of the Employee’s execution of this Agreement to revoke this Agreement (including, without limitation, any and all claims arising under the ADEA) by providing written notice of revocation delivered to the Chief HR/Employment Counsel of the Company no later than 5:00 p.m. on the seventh day after the Employee has signed the Agreement. Neither the Company nor any other person is obligated to provide any benefits to the Employee pursuant to Section IV of the Plan or this Agreement until eight (8) days have passed since the Employee’s signing of this Agreement without the Employee having revoked this Agreement. If the Employee revokes this Agreement pursuant to this Section, the Employee shall be deemed not to have accepted the terms of this Agreement, and no action shall be required of AIG under any section of this Agreement. This Agreement will not become effective and enforceable until the eighth day after Employee’s signature (if not revoked pursuant to the terms of this paragraph).

 

VIII. No Admission

 

This Agreement does not constitute an admission of liability or wrongdoing of any kind by the Employee or AIG.

 

IX. Restrictive Covenants

 

A. Non-Solicitation/Non-Competition

 

The Employee acknowledges and recognizes the highly competitive nature of the businesses of AIG and accordingly agrees as follows:

 

1. During the period commencing on the Employee’s Termination Date and ending on the one year anniversary of such date (the “Restricted Period”), the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly, regardless of who initiates the communication, solicit, participate in the solicitation or recruitment of, or in any manner encourage or provide assistance to any employee, consultant, registered representative, or agent of AIG to terminate his or her employment or other relationship with AIG or to leave its employee or other relationship with AIG for any engagement in any capacity or for any other person or entity, without AIG’s written consent.

 

 

 


 

2. During the period commencing on the Employee’s Termination Date and ending on the six-month anniversary of such date, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly:

 

(a) Engage in any “Competitive Business” (defined below) for the Employee’s own account;

 

(b) Enter the employ of, or render any services to, any person engaged in any Competitive Business;

 

(c) Acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, any person engaged in any Competitive Business, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, officer, director, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

 

(d) Interfere with business relationships between AIG and customers or suppliers of, or consultants to AIG.

 

3. For purposes of this Section IX, a “Competitive Business” means, as of any date, including during the Restricted Period, any person or entity (including any joint venture, partnership, firm, corporation or limited liability company) that engages in or proposes to engage in the following activities in any geographical area in which AIG does such business:

 

(a) The property and casualty insurance business, including commercial insurance, business insurance, personal insurance and specialty insurance;

 

(b) The life and accident and health insurance business;

 

(c) The underwriting, reinsurance, marketing or sale of (y) any form of insurance of any kind that AIG as of such date does, or proposes to, underwrite, reinsure, market or sell (any such form of insurance, an “AIG Insurance Product”), or (z) any other form of insurance that is marketed or sold in competition with any AIG Insurance Product;

 

(d) The investment and financial services business, including retirement services and mutual fund or brokerage services; or

 

(e) Any other business that as of such date is a direct and material competitor of one of AIG’s businesses.

 

4. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Employee may directly or indirectly, own, solely as an investment, securities of any person engaged in the business of AIG which are publicly traded on a national or regional stock exchange or on the over-the-counter market if the Employee (a) is not a controlling person of, or a member of a group which controls, such person and (b) does not, directly or indirectly, own one percent or more of any class of securities of such person.

 

5. The Employee understands that the provisions of this Section IX.A may limit the Employee’s ability to earn a livelihood in a business similar to the business of AIG but the Employee nevertheless agrees and hereby acknowledges that:

 

(a) Such provisions do not impose a greater restraint than is necessary to protect the goodwill or other business interests of AIG;

 

 

 


 

(b) Such provisions contain reasonable limitations as to time and scope of activity to be restrained;

 

(c) Such provisions are not harmful to the general public; and

 

(d) Such provisions are not unduly burdensome to the Employee. In consideration of the foregoing and in light of the Employee’s education, skills and abilities, the Employee agrees that he shall not assert that, and it should not be considered that, any provisions of Section IX.A otherwise are void, voidable or unenforceable or should be voided or held unenforceable.

 

6. It is expressly understood and agreed that, although the Employee and the Company consider the restrictions contained in this Section IX.A to be reasonable, if a judicial determination is made by a court of competent jurisdiction that the time or territory or any other restriction contained in this Section IX.A or elsewhere in this Agreement is an unenforceable restriction against the Employee, the provisions of the Agreement shall not be rendered void but shall be deemed amended to apply as to such maximum time and territory and to such maximum extent as such court may judicially determine or indicate to be enforceable. Alternatively, if any court of competent jurisdiction finds that any restriction contained in this Agreement is unenforceable, and such restriction cannot be amended so as to make it enforceable, such finding shall not affect the enforceability of any of the other restrictions contained herein.

 

B. Nondisparagement

 

The Employee agrees (whether during or after the Employee’s employment with AIG) not to issue, circulate, publish or utter any false or disparaging statements, remarks or rumors about the Releasees. Nothing herein shall prevent Employee from making or publishing truthful statements (a) when required by law, subpoena, or court order, (b) in the course of any legal, arbitral, or regulatory proceeding, (c) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization or (d) in connection with any investigation by AIG or (e) where a prohibition or limitation on such communication is unlawful. Nothing in this paragraph limits the Employee’s rights identified in section X.D. of this Agreement.

 

C. Code of Conduct

 

The Employee agrees to abide by all of the terms of the Company’s Code of Conduct or the Director, Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officer Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that continue to apply after termination of employment.

 

D. Confidentiality/Company Property

 

The Employee acknowledges that the disclosure of this Agreement or any of the terms hereof could prejudice AIG and would be detrimental to AIG’s continuing relationship with its employees. Accordingly, the Employee agrees not to discuss or divulge either the existence or contents of this Agreement (except, if required, Employee many disclose the contents of Section IX.A only, in connection with prospective employment) to anyone other than the Employee’s immediate family, attorneys, tax and financial advisors, governmental authorities or as may be legally required, and further agrees to use the Employee’s best efforts to ensure that none of Employee’s immediate family, attorneys, or tax and financial advisors will reveal its existence or contents to anyone else. The Employee shall not, without the prior written consent of AIG, use, divulge, disclose or make accessible to any other person, firm, partnership, corporation or other entity, any “Confidential Information” (as defined below), or any “Personal Information” (as defined below); provided that the Employee may disclose Confidential Information, or Personal Information when required to do so by a court of competent jurisdiction, by any governmental agency having supervisory authority over the business of AIG, as the case may be, or by any administrative body or legislative body (including a committee thereof) with jurisdiction to order the Employee to divulge, disclose or make accessible such information; provided, further, that in the event that the Employee is ordered by a court or other government agency to disclose any Confidential Information or Personal Information, the Employee shall (if permitted to do so by applicable law):

 

 

 


 

(a) Promptly notify AIG of such order;

 

(b) At the written request of AIG, diligently contest such order at the sole expense of AIG; and

 

(c) At the written request of AIG, seek to obtain, at the sole expense of AIG, such confidential treatment as may be available under applicable laws for any information disclosed under such order.

 

Nothing herein shall prevent Employee from making or publishing any truthful statement without prior notice to the Company to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, or in connection with any investigation by the Company, or where a prohibition or limitation on such disclosures is unlawful.

 

Upon the Termination Date the Employee shall return AIG property, including, without limitation, files, records, disks and any media containing Confidential Information or Personal Information. For purposes of this Section IX.D:

 

Confidential Information” means an item of information or a compilation of information in any form (tangible or intangible), related to AIG’s business that AIG has not made public or authorized public disclosure of, and that is not generally known to the public through proper means. Confidential Information includes, but is not limited to: (a) business plans and analysis, customer and prospective customer lists, personnel, staffing and compensation information, marketing plans and strategies, research and development data, financial data, operational data, methods, techniques, technical data, know-how, innovations, computer programs, un-patented inventions, and trade secrets; and (b) information about the business affairs of third parties (including, but not limited to, customers and prospective customers) that such third parties provide to Company in confidence.

 

Personal Information” shall mean any information concerning the personal, social or business activities of the officers or directors of the Company.

 

E. Developments

 

Developments shall be the sole and exclusive property of AIG. The Employee agrees to, and hereby does, assign to AIG, without any further consideration, all of the Employee’s right, title and interest throughout the world in and to all Developments. The Employee agrees that all such Developments that are copyrightable may constitute works made for hire under the copyright laws of the United States and, as such, acknowledges that AIG is the author of such Developments and owns all of the rights comprised in the copyright of such Developments. The Employee hereby assigns to AIG without any further consideration all of the rights comprised in the copyright and other proprietary rights the Employee may have in any such Development to the extent that it might not be considered a work made for hire. The Employee shall make and maintain adequate and current written records of all Developments and shall disclose all Developments promptly, fully and in writing to the Company promptly after development of the same, and at any time upon request.

 

 


 

 

Developments” shall mean all discoveries, inventions, ideas, technology, formulas, designs, software, programs, algorithms, products, systems, applications, processes, procedures, methods and improvements and enhancements conceived, developed or otherwise made or created or produced by the Employee alone or with others, and in any way relating to the business or any proposed business of AIG of which the Employee has been made aware, or the products or services of AIG of which the Employee has been made aware, whether or not subject to patent, copyright or other protection and whether or not reduced to tangible form, at any time during the Employee’s employment with AIG.

 

F. Cooperation

 

The Employee agrees (whether during or after the Employee’s employment with AIG) that, if served with a subpoena or order that would compel Employee to testify or respond to any regulatory inquiry, investigation, administrative proceeding or judicial proceeding regarding or in any way relating to the Releasees, including but not limited to any proceeding before or investigation by the EEOC concerning Employee’s employment with the Company, to send immediately (but in no event later than three (3) business days after Employee has been so served or notified) a written notification, and provide a copy of the subpoena or order, by overnight mail to General Counsel, American International Group, Inc., 80 Pine Street, 13th Floor, New York, New York 10005, or effective as of May 1, 2021, 1271 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10020. The Employee further agrees (whether during or after the Employee’s employment with AIG) to cooperate with AIG in connection with any litigation or legal proceeding or investigatory or regulatory matters in which the Employee may have relevant knowledge or information, and

 

This cooperation shall include, without limitation, the following:

 

(a) To meet and confer, at a time mutually convenient to the Employee and AIG, with AIG’s designated in-house or outside attorneys for purposes of assisting with any litigation or legal proceeding or any investigatory or regulatory matters, including answering questions, explaining factual situations, preparing to testify, or appearing for interview, deposition or trial testimony without the need for the Company to serve a subpoena for such appearance and testimony; and

 

(b) To give truthful sworn statements to AIG’s attorneys upon their request and, for purposes of any deposition or other testimony in any litigation or legal proceeding or any investigatory or regulatory matters, to adopt AIG’s attorneys as the Employee’s own (provided that there is no conflict of interest that would disqualify the attorneys from representing the Employee), and to accept their instructions at deposition.

 

The Company agrees to reimburse the Employee for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses necessarily incurred by the Employee in connection with the cooperation set forth in this paragraph. For the avoidance of doubt, reasonable out-of-pocket expenses do not include any attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by the Employee in connection with the cooperation set forth in this paragraph. Any such legal fees and costs for the retention of separate counsel, including issues of advancement and indemnification, are separately governed by the applicable AIG Company by-laws.

 

 

 


 

X. Enforcement and Clawback

 

If (a) at any time the Employee breaches Sections V, IX.B, and IX.D of this Agreement; (b) within one (1) year of the expiration of any restrictive covenant described in Sections IX.A, of this Agreement, AIG determines that the Employee materially breached such restrictive covenant; or (c) within one (1) year of the last payment date for any Severance benefit due under the terms of the Plan, AIG determines that grounds existed, on or prior to the Termination Date, including prior to the Effective Date of the Plan, for AIG to terminate the Employee’s employment for Cause, then: (x) no further payments or benefits shall be due to the Employee under this Agreement and/or the Plan; and (y) the Employee shall be obligated to repay to AIG, immediately and in a cash lump sum, the amount of any Severance benefits (other than any amounts received by the Employee under Section IV.D through F of the Plan) previously received by the Employee under this Agreement and/or the Plan (which shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be calculated on a pre-tax basis); provided that the Employee shall in all events be entitled to receive accrued wages and expense reimbursement and accrued but unused vacation pay as set forth in Section IV.A of the Plan.

 

The Employee acknowledges and agrees that AIG’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the provisions of Sections IX.A, B, D and E of this Agreement would be inadequate, and, in recognition of this fact, the Employee agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, AIG, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available. In addition, AIG shall be entitled to immediately cease paying any amounts remaining due or providing any benefits to the Employee pursuant to Section IV of the Plan upon a determination by the “Plan Administrator” (as defined in the Plan) that the Employee has violated any provision of Section IX of this Agreement, subject to payment of all such amounts upon a final determination, by a court of competent jurisdiction, that the Employee had not violated Section IX of this Agreement.

 

XI. Resignation From Board of Directors

 

The Employee will resign from his/her directorship of the Company and each of its subsidiaries and affiliates (and all other directorships, offices, and trusteeships, held in connection with his/her employment) by signing, dating and returning a letter in the form attached to this Agreement at Schedule 1 to Chief HR/Employment Counsel of the Company, American International Group, Inc., 80 Pine Street, Floor 13, New York, NY 10005, or effective as of May 1, 2021, 1271 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10020, and undertakes to execute all further documents and do such further things as are necessary in order to give full effect to such resignations. The Employee acknowledges and agrees that the Severance benefit set forth in Section II and the Supplemental Health & Life Payment set forth in Section IV of this Agreement is contingent upon Employee executing and returning such resignation letter.

 

 


 

 

XII. Inquiries From Prospective Employers

 

Employee agrees that Employee will direct any inquiries from prospective employers to The Work Number, at www.theworknumber.com, and the Company agrees that, in response to any such inquiries, The Work Number will only provide information regarding the dates of Employee’s employment and last job title, and shall inform the inquirer that it is company policy to provide only that information regarding former employees. Employee will need to provide Employee’s Social Security Number and the AIG Employer Code (AIG-12573) to facilitate these inquiries.

 

XIII. General Provisions

 

A. No Waiver; Severability

 

A failure of the Company or any of the Releasees to insist on strict compliance with any provision of this Agreement shall not be deemed a waiver of such provision or any other provision hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be so broad as to be unenforceable, such provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as is enforceable, and in the event that any provision is determined to be entirely unenforceable, such provision shall be deemed severable, such that all other provisions of this Agreement shall remain valid and binding upon the Employee and the Releasees.

 

B. Governing Law

 

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE EMPLOYEE RETIREMENT INCOME SECURITY OF 1974, AS AMENDED (“ERISA”). TO THE EXTENT ERISA AND OTHER U.S. FEDERAL LAW DOES NOT APPLY, THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE WHOLLY PERFORMED WITHIN THAT STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS OR THE CONFLICT OF LAWS PROVISIONS OF ANY OTHER JURISDICTION WHICH WOULD CAUSE THE APPLICATION OF ANY LAW OTHER THAN THAT OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. THE EMPLOYEE CONSENTS TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL AND STATE COURTS IN NEW YORK.

 

C. Entire Agreement/Counterparts

 

This Agreement constitutes the entire understanding and agreement between the Company and the Employee with regard to all matters herein. There are no other agreements, conditions, or representations, oral or written, express or implied, with regard thereto. This Agreement may be amended only in writing, signed by the parties hereto. This Agreement may be signed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original, with the same effect as if the signatures thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Agreement may be returned via mail or email. An electronically transmitted signature shall be treated as an original signature for all purposes.

 

 

 


 

D. Notice

 

For the purpose of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered: (a) personally; (b) by overnight courier service; (c) by facsimile transmission; or (d) by United States registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses, as set forth below, or to such other address as either party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith; provided that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon receipt. Notices shall be deemed given as follows: (x) notices sent by personal delivery or overnight courier shall be deemed given when delivered; (y) notices sent by facsimile transmission shall be deemed given upon the sender’s receipt of confirmation of complete transmission; and (z) notices sent by United States registered mail shall be deemed given two (2) days after the date of deposit in the United States mail.

 

If to the Employee, to the address as shall most currently appear on the records of the Company.

 

If to the Company, to:

 

American International Group, Inc.
80 Pine Street, 13th Floor
New York, NY 10005
Fax: 877-481-4969
Attn: Chief HR/Employment Counsel

 

Effective May 1, 2021:

American International Group, Inc.1271 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor,

New York, NY 10020

Fax: 877-481-4969
Attn: Chief HR/Employment Counsel

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement.

 

EMPLOYEE  
     
By:    
  Name:     Date:  
  Title:  
     
AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.  
     
By:    

 


Exhibit 10.32

 

American International Group, Inc.

Long Term Incentive Plan

(as amended and restated February 16, 2021)

 

1. Purpose; Definitions

 

This American International Group, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan (this “Plan”) is designed to provide selected officers and key employees of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG” and together with its consolidated subsidiaries, determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, the “Company”) with incentives to contribute to the long-term performance of AIG in a manner that appropriately balances risk and rewards.

 

Awards under this Plan are issued under the American International Group, Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time or any successor stock incentive plan, the “Omnibus Plan”), the terms of which are incorporated in this Plan. Capitalized terms used in this Plan but not otherwise defined in this Plan or in the attached Glossary of Terms in Annex A have the meaning ascribed to them in the Omnibus Plan.

 

2. Performance Period

 

Awards (as defined below) will be earned over a three-year performance period (a “Performance Period), unless the Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of AIG (including any successor, the “Committee”) determines a different period is appropriate for some or all Participants as set forth in the applicable award agreement.

 

3. Awards and Participants

 

A.           Awards. Awards issued under this Plan (“Awards”) may consist of performance share units (“PSUs”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock options (“Options”), or a combination of PSUs, RSUs and Options, as the Committee may determine from time to time. PSUs provide holders with the opportunity to earn shares of Common Stock (“Shares”) based on achievement of performance criteria during the Performance Period. RSUs provide holders with the opportunity to earn Shares based on continued Employment throughout the Performance Period. Options provide holders with the right to purchase Shares based on achievement of performance criteria during, or continued Employment throughout, the Performance Period, or a combination thereof. PSUs, RSUs and Options will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Plan, this Plan and the applicable award agreement, and will be issued only to the extent permissible under relevant laws, regulatory restrictions and agreements applicable to the Company. In addition to the preceding, the Committee may establish another form of Award to the extent it determines appropriate for some or all Participants (as defined below).

 

B.           Participants. The Committee will from time to time determine (1) the officers and key employees of the Company who will receive Awards (the “Participants”) and (2) the number and type of Awards issued to each Participant. No Award to a Participant shall in any way obligate the Committee to (or imply that the Committee will) provide a similar Award (or any Award) to the Participant in the future.

 

 


 

 

C.           Status of Awards. Each PSU and RSU constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one (1) Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) as provided in Section 5.B. Until such delivery, a holder of PSUs or RSUs will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor and no rights as a shareholder of AIG. Each Option represents a right to purchase one (1) Share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable award agreement.

 

D.           Award Agreements. Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an award agreement that shall contain such provisions and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate; provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in an award agreement, if there is any conflict between any provision of this Plan and an award agreement, the provisions of this Plan shall govern. By accepting an Award pursuant to this Plan, a Participant thereby agrees that the Award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Plan, the Omnibus Plan and the applicable award agreement. Awards shall be accepted by a Participant signing the applicable award agreement, and returning it to the Company. Failure by a Participant to do so within ninety (90) days from the date of the award agreement shall give the Company the right to rescind the Award.

 

4. Performance Measures for PSUs; Earned PSUs

 

A.           Target PSUs. For an Award of PSUs, a Participant’s award agreement will set forth a target number of PSUs as determined by the Committee (the “Target PSUs”).

 

B.           Performance Measures. The number of PSUs earned for any Performance Period will be based on one or more performance measures established by the Committee in its sole discretion with respect to such Performance Period (collectively, the “Performance Measures”). For each Performance Measure with respect to a Performance Period, the Committee will establish a Threshold, Target and Maximum achievement level and the weighting afforded to each such Performance Measure. The Committee may also establish gating metrics that must be satisfied before Performance Measures are applied to assess the number of PSUs that are earned.

 

C.           Performance Results. At the end of the Performance Period, the Committee will assess performance against each Performance Measure and determine the Earned Percentage (as detailed below) for each such Performance Measure as follows, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and unless determined otherwise by the Committee:

 

Performance Earned Percentage
Performance less than Threshold 0%
Performance at Threshold 50%
Performance at Target 100%
Performance at or above Maximum 200%

 

The Earned Percentage for performance between Threshold and Target and between Target and Maximum will be determined on a straight-line basis, unless determined otherwise by the Committee.

 

2


 

 

D.           Earned PSUs. The number of PSUs earned for the Performance Period (the “Earned PSUs”) will equal the sum of the PSUs earned for each Performance Measure, calculated as follows, unless determined otherwise by the Committee:

 

PSUs earned for a Performance Measure = Target PSUs x Earned Percentage x Weighting of Performance Measure

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee retains discretion to reduce any Earned PSU Award to zero.

 

5. Vesting and Delivery

 

A.           Vesting of Earned Awards. Except as provided in Section 6, and subject to the other terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable award agreement, Earned PSUs, RSUs and Options will vest on the date(s) and/or event(s) specified in the applicable award agreement (each, a Scheduled Vesting Date). Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable award agreement, RSUs and Options will be earned based solely on the Participant’s continued Employment through the end of the Performance Period.

 

B.           Delivery of Earned PSUs and RSUs. Except as provided in Section 6, AIG will deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Participant Shares (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in respect of any Earned PSUs, RSUs, or portion thereof, as promptly as administratively practicable following the applicable Scheduled Vesting Date. Subject to Section 6, a Participant must be Employed on the applicable Scheduled Vesting Date in order to be entitled to receive a delivery of any portion of the Earned PSUs and RSUs.

 

C.           Dividend Equivalents for PSUs and RSUs. In respect of Awards of PSUs or RSUs, unless otherwise set forth in the applicable award agreement, in the event that any cash dividend is declared on Shares with a record date that occurs during the Dividend Equivalent Period (as defined below), the Participant will receive dividend equivalent rights in the form of additional PSUs or RSUs (or both if the Participant’s Award consists of both PSUs and RSUs) (the “Dividend Equivalent Units”) at the time such dividend is paid to AIG’s shareholders. The number of Dividend Equivalent Units that the Participant will receive at any such time will be equal to (1) the cash dividend amount per Share times (2) the number of PSUs and RSUs covered by the Participant’s Award (and, unless otherwise determined by AIG, any Dividend Equivalent Units previously credited under the Participant’s Award) that have not been previously settled through the delivery of Shares (or cash) prior to, such date, divided by the Fair Market Value of one Share on the applicable dividend record date. Each Dividend Equivalent Unit will constitute an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in accordance with the Plan, and will vest and be settled or paid at the same time, and subject to the same terms and conditions (including, for PSUs, increase or decrease based on achievement of performance criteria in accordance with Section 4 above), as the PSUs and RSUs on which such Dividend Equivalent Unit was accrued. “Dividend Equivalent Period” means the period commencing on the date on which PSUs or RSUs were awarded to the Participant and ending on the last day on which Shares (or cash) are delivered to the Participant with respect to the Earned PSUs or RSUs.

 

3


 

 

D.           Exercise and Expiration of Options. Vested Options may be exercised in accordance with procedures set forth in Section 2.3.5 of the Omnibus Plan, including procedures established by the Company. Stock Options that are not vested may not be exercised. Pursuant to Section 2.3.4 of the Omnibus Plan, in no event will any Option be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date on which the Option is granted (but the applicable award agreement may provide for an earlier expiration date).

 

6. Vesting and Payout Upon Termination of Employment and Corporate Events

 

Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement:

 

A.           Termination Generally. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6, if a Participant’s Employment is Terminated for any reason, then (i) any unvested Awards, or parts thereof, shall immediately terminate and be forfeited, and (ii) any vested Options will remain exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement (but in no case later than the expiration date for such Options specified in the applicable award agreement), provided that in the case of a Participant’s Termination for Cause, all Options (whether vested or unvested) will immediately terminate and be forfeited.

 

B.           Involuntary Termination, Retirement or Disability. Subject to Section 6.F, in the case of a Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause, Retirement or Disability:

 

(1)           the Participant’s outstanding PSUs and RSUs will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Earned PSUs (based on the performance for the whole Performance Period) or RSUs, as applicable, will be delivered to the Participant on the dates that the applicable Award would otherwise have been delivered if the Participant had continued to remain Employed; and

 

(2)           (i) any vested Options will remain exercisable, (ii) any unvested time-vesting Options will be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements, and (iii) any unvested performance-vesting Options will (a) be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements, if any, and (b) to the extent any performance-vesting requirements have not been achieved, continue to be eligible to vest in accordance with their respective performance-vesting terms. In the event of an Involuntary Termination or Disability, the Options that are or become vested pursuant to this paragraph (2) shall remain exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement, provided, however, in the event of a Retirement, all Options that are or become vested pursuant to this paragraph (2) will remain exercisable for the remainder of the term of such Options set forth in the applicable award agreement for such Options. No Options will remain exercisable beyond the expiration date for such Options as specified in the applicable award agreement;

 

For the avoidance of doubt, an involuntary Termination without Cause as provided in this Section 6.B shall not include a resignation that a Participant may assert was a constructive discharge.

 

4


 

 

C.           Death.

 

(1)           PSUs. For outstanding Awards of PSUs, (i) in the case of a Participant’s death during a Performance Period or following a Performance Period but prior to the Committee’s adjudication of performance under Section 4.C, the Participant’s PSU Award will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Target PSUs will be delivered to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable but in no event later than the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two (2) and one-half (1/2) months following the date of death and (ii) in the case of a Participant’s death following the Committee’s adjudication of performance for a Performance Period under Section 4.C, the Participant’s PSU Award will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Earned PSUs (based on performance for the whole Performance Period) will be delivered to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable but in no event later than the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two (2) and one-half (1/2) months following the date of death.

 

(2)           RSUs. For outstanding Awards of RSUs, in the case of a Participant’s death, the Participant’s outstanding unvested RSUs will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the RSUs will be delivered to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable but in no event later than the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two (2) and one-half (1/2) months following the date of death.

 

(3)           Options. For outstanding Awards of Options, in the case of a Participant’s death, (i) any vested Options will remain exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement, (ii) any unvested time-vesting Options will be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements and remain exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement and (iii) any unvested performance-vesting Options will (a) be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements, if any, (b) to the extent any performance-vesting requirements have not been achieved, continue to be eligible to vest in accordance with their respective performance-vesting terms and (c) be exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement; provided that no Options will remain exercisable beyond the expiration date for such Options as specified in the applicable award agreement.

 

D.           Change in Control.

 

(1)          PSUs. For outstanding Awards of PSUs, in the case of a Change in Control during a Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, the Participant shall receive Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Target PSUs, unless the Committee determines to use actual performance through the date of the Change in Control, and such Shares (or cash) will immediately vest. In the case of a Change in Control following a Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, the Participant shall receive Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Earned PSUs (based on performance for the whole Performance Period), and such Shares (or cash) will immediately vest. Any such amounts representing vested PSUs will be delivered by the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two (2) and one-half (1/2) months following the Participant’s separation from service, provided that no delivery will be delayed as a result of the Change in Control.

 

5


 

 

(2)          RSUs. For outstanding Awards of RSUs, in the case of a Change in Control and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, a Participant’s outstanding unvested RSUs will immediately vest. Any such amounts representing vested RSUs will be delivered by the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two and one-half months following the Participant’s separation from service, provided that no delivery will be delayed as a result of the Change in Control.

 

(3)          Options. For outstanding Awards of performance-vesting Options, (a) in the case of a Change in Control during the applicable Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, any unvested performance-vesting Options will immediately vest based on target performance, unless the Committee determines to use actual performance through the date of the Change in Control, and (b) in the case of a Change in Control following an applicable Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, any performance-vesting Stock Options will immediately vest based on actual performance for such period. For outstanding time-vesting Options, in the case of a Change in Control and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, any unvested time-vesting Options will immediately vest. All Options that vest pursuant to this paragraph will remain exercisable for the remainder of the term of such Options as set forth in the applicable award agreement for such Options. No Options will remain exercisable beyond the expiration date for such Options as specified in the applicable award agreement.

 

E.           Election to Accelerate or Delay Delivery. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine to accelerate or defer delivery of any Shares (or cash) underlying the Awards granted under the Plan or permit a Participant to elect to accelerate or defer delivery of any such Shares (or cash), in each case in a manner that conforms to the requirements of Section 409A and is consistent with the provisions of Section 8.E.

 

6


 

 

F.            Release of Claims. In the case of a Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause, resignation for Good Reason or Retirement, as a condition to (i) with respect to Options, the vesting of any Options pursuant to this Plan or the applicable award agreement, and (ii) with respect to all other Awards, receiving delivery of any Shares (or cash) under such Awards, following such event, the Company will require the Participant to execute a release substantially in the form attached as Annex B (the “Release”), subject to any provisions that the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior Compensation Executive or their designee(s) may amend or add to the release in order to impose restrictive covenants requiring (x) confidentiality of information, non-disparagement and non-solicitation of Company employees for twelve (12) months following the Termination, and (y) in the case of an involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason of any Participant who is eligible to participate in the American International Group, Inc. 2012 Executive Severance Plan (as may be amended from time to time, and together with any successor plan, the “ESP”), or Retirement, non-competition for such periods as are generally specified herein. The Release for any Participant who is eligible to participate in the ESP shall be in the form of the release required by the ESP at the time of the Termination (including any non-competition covenants), modified to cover the vesting of any Options and payment of any Shares (or cash) under any other Awards under this Plan as a result of the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason. Effective for Retirements on or after December 1, 2015, the Release will require non-competition for no less than six (6) months following the Retirement in order for the Participant to (i) with respect to Options, vest in any Options, and (ii), with respect to all other Awards, receive any Shares (or cash) under such Awards. The Release or the ESP form of release must be executed by the Participant and become irrevocable, in the case of a Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause, resignation for Good Reason or Retirement, prior to or during the calendar year of the date on which (i) with respect to Options, such Options vest, and (ii) with respect to all other Awards, a delivery of Shares (or cash) with respect to the Award is scheduled to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.B; provided that if the Release is executed after such time, (i) with respect to Options, any Options that would have vested during such period will be forfeited, and (ii) with respect to all other Awards, the delivery of Shares (or cash) with respect to such calendar year will be forfeited; provided, further, that if the local laws of a country or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which Participant performs services render invalid or unenforceable all or a portion of the Release (subject to additional provisions as described above), the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior Compensation Executive or their designee(s) shall have the discretion to create a release that incorporates as much of the Release as possible while also complying with such local laws.

 

7. Administration of this Plan

 

A.           General. This Plan shall be administered by the Committee and the person or persons designated by the Committee to administer the Plan from time to time. Actions of the Committee may be taken by the vote of a majority of its members. The Committee may allocate among its members and delegate to any person who is not a member of the Committee any of its administrative responsibilities. The Committee will have the power to interpret this Plan, to make regulations for carrying out its purposes and to make all other determinations in connection with its administration (including, without limitation, whether a Participant has become subject to Disability), all of which will, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, be final, binding and conclusive. The Committee may, in its sole discretion, reinstate any Awards made under this Plan that have been terminated and forfeited because of a Participant’s Termination, if the Participant complies with any covenants, agreements or conditions that the Committee may impose; provided, however, that any delivery of Shares (or cash) under such reinstated Awards will not be made until the scheduled times set forth in this Plan.

 

7


 

 

B.           Non-Uniform Determinations. The Committee’s determinations under this Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively with respect to persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards (whether or not such persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee will be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations as to the persons to become Participants.

 

C.           Determination of Employment. The Committee, with respect to any Participant under the purview of the Committee, and the Senior Compensation Executive, with respect to any other Participant, will have the right to determine the commencement or Termination date of a Participant’s Employment with the Company solely for purposes of this Plan, separate and apart from any determination as may be made by the Company with respect to the Participants’ employment.

 

D.           Amendments. The Committee will have the power to amend this Plan and any Performance Measures established pursuant to Section 4.B in any manner and at any time, including in a manner adverse to the rights of the Participants; provided, however, that in the event that a Plan amendment is adopted or effective on or within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control, then such amendment shall be invalid and ineffective with respect to each Participant, in the absence of his or her written consent, if the amendment is adverse to the Participant. The Committee shall also have the power, in its sole discretion, to reduce the amount of any RSUs, Target PSUs, Earned PSUs or Options at any time including, for the avoidance of doubt, after the relevant Performance Period has ended. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee’s rights and powers to amend the Plan shall be delegated to the Senior Compensation Executive who shall have the right to amend the Plan with respect to (1) amendments required by relevant law, regulation or ruling, (2) amendments that are not expected to have a material financial impact on the Company, (3) amendments that can reasonably be characterized as technical or ministerial in nature, or (4) amendments that have previously been approved in concept by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing delegation, the Senior Compensation Executive shall not have the power to make an amendment to the Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a termination of the Plan or a change in the structure or the powers, duties or responsibilities of the Committee, unless such amendment is approved or ratified by the Committee.

 

8


 

 

E.           No Liability. No member of the Board of Directors of AIG (the “Board”) or any employee of the Company performing services with respect to the Plan (each, a “Covered Person”) will have any liability to any person (including any Participant) for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made, in each case, in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Participant’s participation in it. Each Covered Person will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under this Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid or Shares delivered by such Covered Person, with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid or delivered by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person, provided that the Company will have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company will have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice. To the extent any taxable expense reimbursement under this paragraph is subject to Section 409A, (1) the amount thereof eligible in one taxable year shall not affect the amount eligible in any other taxable year; (2) in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the Covered Person incurred such expenses; and (3) in no event shall any right to reimbursement be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person’s bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under AIG’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such persons or hold them harmless.

 

F.            Clawback/Repayment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Awards and any payments or deliveries under this Plan will be subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided in (1) the AIG Clawback Policy, as in effect from time to time and (2) other agreements executed by a Participant.

 

8. General Rules

 

A.           No Funding. The Company will be under no obligation to fund or set aside amounts to pay obligations under this Plan. A Participant will have no rights to any Awards or other amounts under this Plan other than as a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

 

B.           Tax Withholding. The delivery of Shares (or cash) or exercise of any Awards under this Plan is conditioned on a Participant’s satisfaction of any applicable withholding taxes in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Omnibus Plan, as amended from time to time, or such similar provision of any successor stock incentive plan.

 

C.           No Rights to Other Payments. The provisions of this Plan provide no right or eligibility to a Participant to any other payouts from AIG or its subsidiaries under any other alternative plans, schemes, arrangements or contracts AIG may have with any employee or group of employees of AIG or its subsidiaries.

 

9


 

 

D.           No Effect on Benefits. Grants or the exercise of any Awards and the delivery of Shares (or cash) under this Plan will constitute a special discretionary incentive payment to the Participants and will not be required to be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participants for the purpose of determining any contributions to or any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance, severance or other benefit plan of AIG or any of its subsidiaries or under any agreement with the Participant, unless AIG or the subsidiary with which the Participant is Employed specifically provides otherwise.

 

E.           Section 409A.

 

(1)           Awards made under the Plan are intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, and this Plan is intended to, and shall be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 409A. The Committee will have full authority to give effect to the intent of this Section 8.E.

 

(2)           If any payment or delivery to be made under any Award (or any other payment or delivery under this Plan) would be subject to the limitations in Section 409A(a)(2)(b) of the Code, the payment or delivery will be delayed until six (6) months after the Participant’s separation from service (or earlier death) in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

(3)           Each payment or delivery in respect of any Award will be treated as a separate payment or delivery for purposes of Section 409A.

 

F.    Severability. If any of the provisions of this Plan is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision will be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability) and the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby; provided that if any of such provisions is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable because it exceeds the maximum scope determined to be acceptable to permit such provision to be enforceable, such provision will be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to modify such scope in order to make such provision enforceable hereunder.

 

G.   Entire Agreement. This Plan contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations and warranties between them, whether written or oral with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

H.   Waiver of Claims. Each Participant recognizes and agrees that prior to being selected by the Committee to receive an Award he or she has no right to any benefits under this Plan. Accordingly, in consideration of the Participant’s receipt of any Award hereunder, he or she expressly waives any right to contest the amount of any Award, the terms of this Plan, any determination, action or omission hereunder by the Committee or the Company or any amendment to this Plan.

 

I.     No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as expressly provided herein, this Plan will not confer on any person other than the Company and the Participant any rights or remedies hereunder. The exculpation and indemnification provisions of Section 7.E will inure to the benefit of a Covered Person’s estate and beneficiaries and legatees.

 

10


 

 

J.    Successor Entity; AIG’s Assigns. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement and except as otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a merger, consolidation, mandatory share exchange or other similar business combination of AIG with or into any other entity (“Successor Entity”) or any transaction in which another person or entity acquires all of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of AIG, or all or substantially all of the assets of AIG, outstanding Awards may be assumed or a substantially equivalent award may be substituted by such Successor Entity or a parent or subsidiary of such Successor Entity. The terms of this Plan will be binding and inure to the benefit of AIG and its successors and assigns.

 

K.   Nonassignability. No Award (or any rights and obligations thereunder) granted to any person under the Plan may be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, except as may be otherwise provided in the award agreement. Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 8.K will be null and void and any Award which is hedged in any manner will immediately be forfeited. All of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the award agreements will be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.

 

L.    Right to Discharge. Nothing contained in this Plan or in any Award will confer on any Participant any right to be continued in the employ of AIG or any of its subsidiaries or to participate in any future plans.

 

M.  Consent. If the Committee at any time determines that any consent (as hereinafter defined) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any Award or the delivery of any Shares under this Plan, or the taking of any other action thereunder (each such action, a “plan action”), then such plan action will not be taken, in whole or in part, unless and until such consent will have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Committee; provided that if such consent has not been so effected or obtained as of the latest date provided by this Plan for payment of such amount or delivery and further delay is not permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, such amount will be forfeited and terminate notwithstanding any prior earning or vesting.

 

The term “consent” as used in this paragraph with respect to any plan action includes (1) any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any securities exchange or under any federal, state, or local law, or law, rule or regulation of a jurisdiction outside the United States, (2) any other matter, which the Committee may deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made, (3) any and all other consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a plan action by any governmental or other regulatory body or any stock exchange or self-regulatory agency and (4) any and all consents required by the Committee.

 

11


 

 

 

N.   Awards Subject to an AIG Section 162(m) Plan. With respect to any awards hereunder that were granted pursuant to written binding agreements in effect on November 2, 2017 and that were granted during a period when this Plan functioned as a subplan of a Section 162(m) compliant performance incentive award plan adopted by AIG (the “AIG Section 162(m) Plan”) that was proposed and approved by AIG stockholders in accordance with Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and related Treasury Regulations as they existed prior to the adoption of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (Public Law 115-97) (the “Prior Rules”), this Plan will operate whereby the designated performance-based compensation amounts (as defined under the Prior Rules) payable under such awards can be paid and deducted in full or in part in accordance with the Prior Rules.

 

O.   No Liability With Respect to Tax Qualification or Adverse Tax Treatment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Company be liable to a Participant on account of the failure of any Award or amount payable under this Plan to (1) qualify for favorable United States or foreign tax treatment or (2) avoid adverse tax treatment under United States or foreign law, including, without limitation, Section 409A.

 

9. Disputes

 

A.   Governing Law. This Plan will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws. The Plan shall also be subject to all applicable non-U.S. laws as to Participants located outside of the United States. In the event that any provision of this Plan is not permitted by the local laws of a country or jurisdiction in which a Participant performs services, such local law shall supersede that provision of this Plan with respect to that Participant. The benefits to which a Participant would otherwise be entitled under this Plan may be adjusted or limited to the extent that the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior Compensation Executive or their designee(s) determine is necessary or appropriate in light of applicable law or local practice.

 

B.  Arbitration. Subject to the provisions of this Section 9, any dispute, controversy or claim between the Company and a Participant, arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award, will be finally settled by arbitration. Participants who are subject to an Employment Dispute Resolution Program (“EDR Program”) maintained by AIG or any affiliated company of AIG, will resolve such dispute, controversy or claim in accordance with the operative terms and conditions of such EDR Program, and to the extent applicable, the employment arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). Participants who are not subject to an EDR Program shall arbitrate their dispute, controversy or claim in New York City before, and in accordance with the employment arbitration rules of the AAA, without reference to the operative terms and conditions of any EDR Program.  Prior to arbitration, all claims maintained by a Participant must first be submitted to the Committee in accordance with claims procedures determined by the Committee. Either the Company or a Participant may seek injunctive relief from the arbitrator.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company or a Participant may apply to a court with jurisdiction over them for temporary, preliminary or emergency injunctive relief that, under the legal and equitable standards applicable to the granting of such relief, is necessary to preserve the rights of that party pending the arbitrator’s modification of any such injunction or determination of the merits of the dispute, controversy or claim.

 

C.   Jurisdiction. The Company and each Participant hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of a state or federal court of appropriate jurisdiction located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award that is not otherwise arbitrated or resolved according to Section 9.B. The Company and each Participant acknowledge that the forum designated by this section has a reasonable relation to this Plan and to such Participant’s relationship with the Company, that the agreement as to forum is independent of the law that may be applied in the action, suit or proceeding and that such forum shall apply even if the forum may under applicable law choose to apply non-forum law.

 

12


 

 

D.    Change in Control. On or following a Change in Control, any arbitration referred to in Section 9.B or any court action referred to in Section 9.C by a Participant to enforce the Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be subject to a de novo standard of review, and the Participant shall be reimbursed for reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in seeking to enforce his or her rights under the Plan to the extent he or she prevails as to the material issues in such dispute. The reimbursement of attorneys’ fees shall be made promptly following delivery of an invoice therefor.

 

E.   Waiver. The Company and each Participant waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which the Company and such Participant now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any court referred to in Section 9.C. The Company and each Participant undertake not to commence any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award in any forum other than a forum described in Section 9.C. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude the Company from bringing any action, suit or proceeding in any other court for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this Section 9. The Company and each Participant agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a final and non-appealable judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant and the Company.

 

F.   Service of Process. Each Participant irrevocably appoints the Secretary of AIG at 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A., or effective as of May 1, 2021, 1271 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10020, as his or her agent for service of process in connection with any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award that is not otherwise arbitrated or resolved according to Section 9.B. The Secretary will promptly advise the Participant of any such service of process.

 

G.   Confidentiality. Each Participant must keep confidential any information concerning any grant or Award made under this Plan and any dispute, controversy or claim relating to this Plan, except that (i) a Participant may disclose information concerning a dispute or claim to the court that is considering such dispute or to such Participant’s legal counsel (provided that such counsel agrees not to disclose any such information other than as necessary to the prosecution or defense of the dispute) or (ii) a Participant may disclose information regarding an Award to the Participant’s personal lawyer or tax accountant, provided that such individuals agree to keep the information confidential. Nothing herein shall prevent the Participant from making or publishing any truthful statement (1) when required by law, subpoena, court order, or at the request of an administrative or regulatory agency or legislature, (2) in the course of any legal, arbitral, administrative, legislative or or regulatory proceeding, (3) to any governmental authority, administrative or regulatory agency, legislative body, or self-regulatory organization, (4) in connection with any investigation by the Company, or (5) where a prohibition or limitation on such communication is unlawful; provided, however, that with respect to the subject matter of this Section 9(G), the terms of a Participant’s award agreement shall govern.

 

13


 

 

10. Term of Plan

 

The Plan was first effective as of January 1, 2017 and will continue until suspended or terminated by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the existence of the Plan at any time or from time to time does not guarantee or imply the payment of any Awards hereunder, or the establishment of any future plans or the continuation of this Plan. Any termination of this Plan will be done in a manner that the Committee determines complies with Section 409A.

 

14


 

 

Annex A

 

Glossary of Terms

 

Cause” means (1) a Participant’s conviction, whether following trial or by plea of guilty or nolo contendere (or similar plea), in a criminal proceeding (A) on a misdemeanor charge involving fraud, false statements or misleading omissions, wrongful taking, embezzlement, bribery, forgery, counterfeiting or extortion, or (B) on a felony charge or (C) on an equivalent charge to those in clauses (A) and (B) in jurisdictions which do not use those designations; (2) a Participant’s engagement in any conduct which constitutes an employment disqualification under applicable law (including statutory disqualification as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); (3) a Participant’s violation of any securities or commodities laws, any rules or regulations issued pursuant to such laws, or the rules and regulations of any securities or commodities exchange or association of which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is a member; or (4) a Participant’s material violation of the Company’s codes or conduct or any other AIG policy as in effect from time to time. The determination as to whether “Cause” has occurred shall be made by the Committee, with respect to any Participant under the purview of the Committee, or the Senior Compensation Executive, with respect to any other Participant, in each case, in its or his or her sole discretion. The Committee or Senior Compensation Executive, as applicable, shall also have the authority in its sole discretion to waive the consequences of the existence or occurrence of any of the events, acts or omissions constituting “Cause.”

 

Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(1) individuals who, on February 16, 2021, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to February 16, 2021, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of AIG’s proxy statement in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of AIG as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

 

(2) Any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of AIG representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of AIG’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (“AIG Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (2) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of an acquisition of AIG Voting Securities:  (A) by AIG or any subsidiary of AIG (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by AIG or any subsidiary of AIG or (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities;

 

A-1


 

 

(3) The consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving AIG (a “Business Combination”) that results in any person (other than the United States Department of Treasury) becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the entity resulting from such Business Combination;

 

(4) The consummation of a sale or all or substantially all of AIG’s assets (other than to an affiliate of AIG); or

 

(5) AIG’s stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of AIG.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because (A) any person holds or acquires beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the AIG Voting Securities as a result of an “AIG share repurchase program” or other acquisition of AIG Voting Securities by AIG which reduces the total number of AIG Voting Securities outstanding; provided that if after such acquisition by AIG such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional AIG Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding AIG Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall then occur or (B) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all (or a subset) of the assets and/or operations of the Life and Retirement business (or any similar transaction).

 

Disability” means that a Participant, who after receiving short term disability income replacement payments for six (6) months, (i) is determined to be disabled in accordance with the Company’s long term disability plan in which employees of the Company are generally able to participate, if one is in effect at such time, to the extent such disability complies with 26 C.F.R. § 1.409A-3(i)4(i)(B), or (ii) to the extent such Participant is not participating in the Company’s long term disability plan, or no such long term disability plan exists, is determined to have medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as determined by, as applicable, the Company’s long term disability insurer or the department or vendor directed by the Company to determine eligibility for unpaid medical leave.

 

Employed” and “Employment” mean (a) actively performing services for the Company, (b) being on a Company-approved leave of absence, whether paid or unpaid, or (c) receiving long term disability benefits, in each case while in good standing with the Company.

 

Retirement” for a Participant means voluntary Termination initiated by the Participant (while such Participant is in good standing with the Company) (i) on or after age sixty (60) with five (5) years of service or (ii) on or after age fifty-five (55) with ten (10) years of service.

 

Good Reason” means, following a Change in Control, without a Participant’s written consent, (i) a reduction of more than twenty percent (20%) in a Participant’s annual target direct compensation (including annual base salary, short-term incentive opportunity and long-term incentive opportunity); provided that such reduction will not constitute Good Reason if it results from a Board-approved program generally applicable to similarly-situated employees; (ii) a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that a change in the Participant’s reporting relationship will not constitute Good Reason unless it affects a Participant who the Company has classified as an executive vice president or above; or (ii) a relocation of the office at which the Participant performs his or her services to a location that increases his or her one-way commute by more than fifty (50) miles. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination for Good Reason shall not have occurred unless (a) the Participant gives written notice to the Company of termination of employment within thirty (30) days after the Participant first becomes aware of the occurrence of the circumstances constituting Good Reason, specifying in detail the circumstances constituting Good Reason, (b) the Company has failed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice to cure the circumstances constituting Good Reason, and (c) (A) in the case of any Participant who not is eligible to participate in the ESP, the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code section 409A) occurs no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the Company’s cure period, and (B) in the case of any Participant who is eligible to participate in the ESP, the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code section 409A) occurs no later than two (2) years following the initial existence of the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason or such other period specified in the ESP for this purpose.

 

A-2


 

 

Senior Compensation Executive” means the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee the Corporate Compensation Department. In the event that no individual holds such position, “Senior Compensation Executive” will instead refer to the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee the global Human Resources Department.

 

Senior HR Attorney” means the Company’s most senior attorney whose responsibility it is to oversee Human Resource/employment matters.

 

Termination” or “Terminate,” with respect to a Participant, means the termination of the Participant’s Employment.

 

A-3


 

 

Attachment I

 

Annex B

 

Form of Release Referred to in Section 6.F of the Plan.

 

NOT personalized to each Participant.

 

(1)           [Employee Name] (“Employee”), for good and sufficient consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby waives and forever releases and discharges any and all claims of any kind Employee may have against American International Group, Inc., its affiliate or subsidiary companies (“AIG”), or any officer, director or employee of, or any benefit plan sponsored by, any such company (collectively, the “Released Parties”) which arise from Employee’s employment with any of the Released Parties or the termination of Employee’s employment with any of the Released Parties. [Specifically, but without limiting that release, Employee hereby waives any rights or claims Employee might have pursuant to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (the “Act”) and under the laws of any and all jurisdictions, including, without limitation, the United States. Employee recognizes that Employee is not waiving any rights or claims under the Act that may arise after the date that Employee executes this Release.] Nothing herein modifies or affects any vested rights that Employee may have under the [American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan, or the American International Group, Inc. Incentive Savings Plan] [and other plans applicable to Employee]; nor does this Release confer any such rights, which are governed by the terms of the respective plans (and any agreements under such plans).

 

(2)           Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee has complied with and will continue to comply with the non-disparagement, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions set forth in the Employee’s award agreement pursuant to Section 3.D of the Plan, [a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A], [for Retirements; and further agrees that during the period commencing on the date of the Employee’s [Retirement] and ending on the [for Retirements, 6-month] anniversary of such date, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly:

 

(a)           Engage in any “Competitive Business” (defined below) for the Employee’s own account;

 

(b)           Enter the employ of, or render any services to, any person engaged in any Competitive Business;

 

(c)          Acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, any person engaged in any Competitive Business, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, officer, director, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

 

(d)           Interfere with business relationships between AIG and customers or suppliers of, or consultants to AIG.

 

(e)           For purposes of this Section 2, a “Competitive Business” means, as of any date, including during the Restricted Period, any person or entity (including any joint venture, partnership, firm, corporation or limited liability company) that engages in or proposes to engage in the following activities in any geographical area in which AIG does such business:

 

B-1


 

 

(i)            The property and casualty insurance business, including commercial insurance, business insurance, personal insurance and specialty insurance;

 

(ii)           The life and accident and health insurance business;

 

(iii)         The underwriting, reinsurance, marketing or sale of (y) any form of insurance of any kind that AIG as of such date does, or proposes to, underwrite, reinsure, market or sell (any such form of insurance, an “AIG Insurance Product”), or (z) any other form of insurance that is marketed or sold in competition with any AIG Insurance Product;

 

(iv)          The investment and financial services business, including retirement services and mutual fund or brokerage services; or

 

(v)           Any other business that as of such date is a direct and material competitor of one of AIG’s businesses.

 

(3)           Employee further agrees that AIG’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the non-disparagement, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions in the Employee’s award agreement [and for the non-competition covenant set forth above] would be inadequate. In recognition of this fact, the Employee agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, AIG, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available;

 

(4)           [Employee acknowledges and understands that Employee is hereby being advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release. Employee also acknowledges and understands that Employee has [twenty-one (21)] days to consider the terms of this Release before signing it. However, in no event may Employee sign this Release before Employee’s termination date.]

 

(5)           [Upon the signing of this Release by Employee, Employee understands that Employee shall have a period of seven (7) days following Employee’s signing of this Release in which Employee may revoke this Release. Employee understands that this Release shall not become effective or enforceable until this seven (7) day revocation period has expired, and that neither the Released Parties nor any other person has any obligation [pursuant to the American International Group, Inc. 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan] until eight (8) days have passed since Employee’s signing of this Release without Employee having revoked this Release. If Employee revokes this Release, Employee will be deemed not to have accepted the terms of this Release.]

 

B-2


 

 

(6)           Any dispute arising under this Release shall be governed by the law of the State of New York, without reference to the choice of law rules that would cause the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

 

     
DATE   [Employee]

 

 

B-3



Exhibit 10.33

  

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

 

NON-QUALIFIED RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN

 

(Amended and Restated effective February 16, 2021)

 

 

 


  

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

Page

 

ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 2
ARTICLE 2 PARTICIPATION 7
ARTICLE 3  RETIREMENT AND OTHER BENEFITS 8
ARTICLE 4 EXCESS RETIREMENT INCOME 11
ARTICLE 5 VESTING 17
ARTICLE 6 MODES OF BENEFIT PAYMENT 17
ARTICLE 7 DEATH BENEFITS 19
ARTICLE 8 LIABILITY OF THE COMPANY 21
ARTICLE 9 ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN 21
ARTICLE 10 AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF THE PLAN 24
ARTICLE 11 GENERAL PROVISIONS 25
ARTICLE 12 CHANGE IN CONTROL 27
SCHEDULE A 31
APPENDIX A RESTORATION OF RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES PARTICIPATING IN THE RESTATED AMERICAN GENERAL RETIREMENT PLAN A-1
APPENDIX B THE HARTFORD STEAM BOILER EXCESS RETIREMENT BENEFIT PLAN B-1
APPENDIX C 20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES SUPPLEMENTAL PENSION PLAN (RESTATEMENT NO. 1) C-1
APPENDIX D TREATMENT OF EMPLOYEES TRANSFERRING WITH THE SALE OF UNITED GUARANTY CORPORATION D-1
APPENDIX E TREATMENT OF EMPLOYEES TRANFERRING WITH THE SALE OF FORTITUDE GROUP HOLDINGS, INC. E-1

 

 

 


 

PREAMBLE

 

The American International Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Retirement Income Plan (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”) became effective on April 1, 2012 and shall constitute an amendment, restatement and continuation of the “American International Group, Inc. Excess Retirement Income Plan”, as amended and in effect on March 31, 2012.

 

The purpose of the Plan is to permit certain Employees of the Employer to receive additional retirement income benefits from the Employer when benefits cannot be paid from the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan due to the limitations of Sections 401(a)(17) and, prior to April 1, 2012, 415 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Effective as of the end of the business day on December 31, 2015, the Plan is frozen and no benefits shall increase thereafter, except for amounts related to Interest Credits (as defined in the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan) that are reflected under the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan or this Plan. Service will be recognized after that date only for purposes of vesting and eligibility for early retirement benefits.

 

1

 


 

Article 1

 

Definitions

 

The following words and phrases as used herein shall have the following meanings, and the masculine, feminine and neuter gender shall be deemed to include the others and the singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, when appropriate, unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context:

 

1.1              “Account” means the Account as defined in the Qualified Plan for a Cash Balance Participant as defined thereunder.

 

1.2              “Affiliated Employer” means any member of the same controlled group of corporations as the Company or an Employer as determined under Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code.

 

1.3              “AG Offset” means the monthly amount payable at Normal, Early, Postponed, or Disability Retirement Date, as applicable, in the form of a single life annuity under the Restoration Income Plan for Certain Employees Participating in the Restated American General Retirement Plan which was cashed out to the Participant from the American General Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (sometimes referred to as the “AG SERP”) or a Supplemental Executive Retirement Agreement (sometimes referred to as an “AG SERA”).

 

1.4              “Average Final Compensation” means the amount determined by dividing (i) the average annual Compensation of the Participant during the three consecutive years in the last ten years of his Credited Service (as defined under the Qualified Plan) affording the highest such average, or during all the years of his Credited Service if less than three years, by (ii) twelve (12). For purposes of determining Average Final Compensation for a Participant listed on Schedule A, the Freeze Period as defined in Section 4.6 shall be disregarded for purposes of determining whether years are consecutive Average Final Compensation shall not increase after December 31, 2015. Effective December 31, 2015, Average Final Compensation means the amount determined by dividing (i) the average annual Compensation of the Participant during the three consecutive years during the ten year period of his or her Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) prior to December 31, 2015, or during all the years of his Credited Service prior to December 31, 2015 if less than three years, by (ii) twelve (12).

 

1.5              “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 

1.6              “Committee” means the Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of American International Group, Inc. or any successor thereto.

 

1.7              “Company” means American International Group, Inc. or any successor thereto.

 

1.8              “Compensation” means, for amounts other than amounts determined under Section 1.15, the Participant’s Compensation as determined under the Qualified Plan, excluding any sales commissions payable to an Employee for services rendered to the Company. Effective as of April 1, 2012, Compensation for purposes of determining the amount under Section 1.15 means the Participant’s Compensation as determined under the Qualified Plan for purposes of determining Pay Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan), provided that Compensation for any Plan Year shall be limited to $1,000,000 (one million dollars), adjusted annually in the same manner that the limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code is adjusted to reflect cost-of-living increases, pursuant to rules established by the Plan Administrator in its sole discretion. Compensation for any purpose under the Plan, including for periods prior to April 1, 2012, shall not include severance payments and other amounts paid after a Participant’s Separation from Service. No Compensation paid after December 31, 2015 shall be taken into account under the Plan for any purpose.

 

2

 


 

1.9              “Designated Beneficiary” means the beneficiary designated by the Participant pursuant to rules established by the Plan Administrator. In the event that a Participant fails to designate a beneficiary under the Plan, such Participant’s Designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be the beneficiary with respect to such Participant’s Qualified Plan pre-retirement death benefit.

 

1.10          “Disability” means the Participant is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Company or an Employer, including the Company’s short-term disability program.

 

1.11          “Early Retirement Date” means the date as of which benefits commence for a Participant eligible for a benefit under Section 3.2.

 

1.12          “Effective Date” of this Plan means April 1, 2012. The original effective date of the Plan is July 1, 1986.

 

1.13          “Employee” means a person who is classified as an employee on the payroll records of an Employer. Individuals not classified as employees on the payroll records of an Employer for a particular period shall not be considered Employees for such period even if a court of administrative agency subsequently determines that such individuals were common law employees of the Employer during such period.

 

1.14          “Employer” means the Company and any other company as defined in Sections 2.06 and 8.01 of the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan.

 

1.15          “Excess Account” means the difference between (a) and (b) as stated below:

 

(a) the Account to which the Participant would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan, if such benefit were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and if such Account were calculated using Compensation as defined herein including, where provided for a Participant pursuant to a written agreement with the Company, compensation paid after Separation from Service;

  

(b) the Account payable to the Participant under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof after the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) disregarding, except as provided otherwise for a Participant pursuant to a written agreement with the Company, compensation (as defined in the Qualified Plan) paid after the Participant’s Separation from Service.

 

Effective December 31, 2015, the Excess Account is frozen and shall not increase thereafter, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the Excess Account, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

 

3

 


 

1.16          “Excess Normal Retirement Income” means the amount determined under Section 4.1.

 

1.17          “Excess Opening Account Balance” means the difference between (i) the Opening Account Balance (as defined in the Qualified Plan), increased by Interest Credits applicable as of the determination date, to which the Participant would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan, if such Opening Balance, increased by Interest Credits applicable as of the determination date, were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 and if such Opening Balance, increased by Interest Credits applicable as of the determination date, were calculated using Average Final Compensation as defined herein, and (ii) the Opening Balance (as defined in the Qualified Plan), increased by Interest Credits applicable as of the determination date, to which the Participant is entitled, taking into account the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415.

 

1.18          “Executive” means any person, including an officer, employed on a regular, full-time, salaried basis by an Employer.

 

1.19          “Frozen Accrued Benefit” means a Participant’s accrued benefit under the Plan as of March 31, 2012, determined as provided under Section 4.1

 

1.20          “Grandfathered Accrued Benefit” means the accrued benefit that would be determined under Section 4.1, taking into account all Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan), Compensation (as defined in the Qualified Plan, but excluding amounts paid after Separation from Service), and Covered Compensation until a Participant’s Separation from Service or death, applying the benefit formula that applied under the Qualified Plan on March 31, 2012. Effective December 31, 2015, the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit is frozen. After that date, Credited Service, Compensation (as defined in the prior sentence), and Covered Compensation shall not increase, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the amount of the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit.

 

1.21          “Grandfathered Transition Benefit” means the benefit provided in Section 4.2(c) for a Participant who is a Grandfathered Transition Participant as defined in the Qualified Plan. Effective December 31, 2015, the Grandfathered Transition Benefit is frozen and shall not increase thereafter, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the amount of the Grandfathered Transition Benefit, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

 

4

 


 

1.22          “Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit” means the benefit provided in Section 4.2(b) for a Participant who is a Non-Grandfathered Transition Participant as defined in the Qualified Plan. Effective December 31, 2015, the Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit is frozen and shall not increase thereafter, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the amount of the Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

 

1.23          “Normal Form” means a single life annuity payable for the life of the Participant and ending with the last monthly payment made prior to the Participant’s death.

 

1.24          “Normal Retirement Date” means the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date as determined under the terms of the Qualified Plan.

 

1.25          “Participant” means an Employee who has become a Participant pursuant to Article 2 of the Plan.

 

1.26          “Plan” means the American International Group, Inc. Non-Qualified Retirement Income Plan, as herein set forth, and as it may hereafter be amended from time to time.

 

1.27          “Postponed Retirement Date” means the date as of which the Participant commences his Postponed Retirement Benefit after his Normal Retirement Date as determined under the terms of the Qualified Plan.

 

1.28          “Qualified Plan” means the American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

1.29          “Qualified Plan Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity” means the benefit paid to a Participant’s beneficiary under the Qualified Plan upon the Participant’s death prior to his annuity commencement date.

 

1.30          “Qualified Plan Retirement Income” means the benefit paid to a Participant under the Qualified Plan and includes retirement income payable upon Normal Retirement, Early Retirement or Postponed Retirement, by reason of disability or to an Employee who terminates employment with a vested interest in his Qualified Plan retirement income.

 

1.31          “Retirement Board” has the meaning provided under the Qualified Plan.

 

1.32          “Retirement Income” means the retirement benefits provided to Participants and their joint or contingent annuitants in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Plan and shall include the Excess Retirement Income payable pursuant to Article 4. Effective December 31, 2015, Retirement Income is frozen and shall not increase thereafter, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the amount of the Retirement Income, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

 

5

 


 

1.33          “Separation from Service” means the Participant has terminated employment (other than by death or Disability) with the Company and each Affiliated Employer, subject to the following:

 

(a)               For this purpose, the employment relationship is treated as continuing intact while the individual is on military leave, sick leave, or other bona fide leave of absence (such as temporary employment by the government) if the period of such leave does not exceed six (6) months or, if longer, so long as the individual’s right to reemployment with the Company or an Affiliated Employer is provided either by statute or by contract. If the period of leave exceeds six (6) months and the individual’s right to reemployment is not provided either by statute or by contract, the employment relationship is deemed to terminate on the first date immediately following such six-month period.

 

(b)               The determination of whether a Participant has terminated employment shall be determined based on the facts and circumstances in accordance with the rules set forth in Code Section 409A and the regulations thereunder.

 

1.34          “Specified Employee” means a Participant who, as of the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service, is a key employee of the Company or an Employer. For purposes of this Plan, a Participant is a key employee if the Participant meets the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(1)(A)(i), (ii), or (iii) applied in accordance with the regulations thereunder and disregarding section 416(i)(5)) at any time during the 12-month period ending on the December 31st of a Plan Year. If a Participant is a key employee as of such December 31st, the Participant is treated as a key employee for purposes of this Plan for the entire 12-month period beginning on the next following April 1st.

 

1.35          “Surviving Spouse” means a spouse to whom the Participant is lawfully married on the date of the Participant’s death, for purposes of determining the individual entitled to a benefit under Article 7 with respect to a death occurring prior to April 1, 2012.

 

1.36          “Years of Service or Fraction Thereof” means a continuous 12-month period or fraction thereof for each full day of active employment commencing on the Participant’s date of hire or on the anniversary thereof. After December 31, 2015, additional Years of Service or Fraction Thereof are taken into account only for purposes of determining a Participant’s Early Retirement Date (if any) and to determine the applicable reduction factors for a benefit commencing prior to Normal Retirement Date.

 

6

 


 

Article 2

 

Participation

 

Effective as of April 1, 2012, Employees who are members of the Qualified Plan and whose benefits under the Qualified Plan are limited by reason of the application of the limitations imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code shall become “Participants” in this Plan. Prior to April 1, 2012, Employees who are members of the Qualified Plan and whose benefits under the Qualified Plan are limited by reason of the application of the limitations imposed by Section 401(a)(17) of the Code or Section 415 of the Code shall become Participants in this Plan. A Participant who, prior to April 1, 2012, became a Participant in the Plan solely by reason of the application of the limitations imposed by Section 415 of the Code and who, on and after April 1, 2012, no longer meets the eligibility requirements of the Plan, shall not accrue a benefit under the Plan on and after April 1, 2012 until such time (if ever) that he again meets the eligibility requirements under the Plan.

 

Unless otherwise specified in an applicable stock or asset purchase or sales agreement between the Company and another entity, the accruals for any Participant who is an Employee or former Employee of an entity divested by or sold by the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall cease, and such individual shall not accrue additional benefits, or additional service for determining eligibility for any normal or early retirement benefit under Article 4, thereafter, unless he shall later become eligible upon rehire to participate in the Plan.

 

For clarity, effective April 1, 2012, an individual employed by VALIC as a Field Sales Employee, Regional Manager (including Assistant Regional Manager, Associate Regional Manager, District Manager, Branch Manager, and Unit Manager) or Client Services Specialist became eligible to participate in the Qualified Plan and therefore became eligible to participate in the Plan, subject to the additional participation requirements of this Article 2 and the Plan.

 

No individual shall become a Participant after December 31, 2015.

 

7

 


  

Article 3

 

Retirement and Other Benefits

 

3.1          Normal Retirement, Postponed Retirement and Disability Retirement. A Participant who has a Separation from Service on his Normal or Postponed Retirement Date shall be entitled to receive the Excess Normal or Postponed Retirement Income, as applicable, as described in Article 4. If a Participant incurs a Disability, the Participant shall be entitled to receive the Excess Disability Retirement Income described in Section 4.5.

 

3.2          Early Retirement. For a Separation from Service occurring on or after April 1, 2012, if a Participant has a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement (other than by death or by incurring a Disability) on or after age 60 and with 5 Years of Service or Fraction Thereof or on or after age 55 with 10 or more Years of Service or Fraction Thereof (in each case referred to as “Early Retirement”), an Excess Retirement Income will be payable in accordance with Section 4.3. For a Separation from Service occurring prior to April 1, 2012, (i) if a Participant has a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement (other than by death or by incurring a Disability) on or after age 60 and with 5 Years of Service or Fraction Thereof, an Excess Early Retirement Income will be payable in accordance with Section 4.3, and (ii) if a Participant has a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement (other than by death or incurring a Disability), on or after age 55 with 10 or more years of Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan), an Excess Retirement Income will be payable in accordance with Section 4.3 unless, in its sole discretion, the Committee determines that a benefit shall not be payable to the Participant. In determining the number of years of Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) and the number of Years of Service or Fraction Thereof for a Participant listed in Schedule A, for purposes of this Section 3.2, the number of years of Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) and the number of Years of Service or Fraction Thereof occurring during the Freeze Period as defined in Section 4.6 shall be included. With respect to a Separation from Service occurring on or after July 14, 2015, in determining the number of Years of Service or Fraction Thereof for a Participant, who is not covered by the American International Group, Inc. 2012 Executive Severance Plan (the “ESP”), solely for purposes of this Section 3.2 and Section 5, the period of time, if any, during which a Participant is to receive severance in the form of salary continuation (not to exceed one year) shall be included. With respect to Participants who are covered under the ESP, solely for purposes of this Section 3.2 and Section 5, Years of Service or Fraction Thereof shall include the period of time of that the ESP specifies shall be included.

 

3.3          Death. If such a Participant dies prior to the commencement of benefits such that a death benefit is payable under the terms of the Qualified Plan, a death benefit shall be payable in accordance with Section 7.1; provided, however, that, except as hereinafter provided, no death benefit is payable if the Participant dies after termination of employment prior to his Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of an individual who (i) is a Participant in the Plan by reason of the merger of The Hartford Steam Boiler Excess Retirement Benefit Plan (the “HSB Excess Plan”), the Restoration of Retirement Income Plan for Certain Employees Participating in the Restated American General Retirement Plan (the “AG Restoration Plan”) or the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Pension Plan (the “20th Century Supplemental Plan”) into this Plan, (ii) terminates employment with a vested interest in his or her accrued benefit under the HSB Excess Plan, the AG Restoration Plan or the 20th Century Supplemental Plan, as applicable, prior to eligibility for Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement under this Plan, and (iii) dies prior to the commencement of Excess Retirement Income, a death benefit shall be payable to the Participant’s surviving spouse to the extent provided in the HSB Excess Plan as set forth in Appendix B, the AG Restoration Plan as set forth in Appendix A or the 20th Century Supplemental Plan as set forth in Appendix C, to the extent applicable to a Participant, with such benefit to commence within 90 days of the later of the date the Participant would have attained age 55 or the Participant’s date of death.

 

8

 


 

3.4          Merger of the AG Restoration Plan. Effective as of July 1, 2005, the AG Restoration Plan was merged into this Plan. Any benefit a Participant had accrued as of the date of such merger under the AG Restoration Plan shall be payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan as set forth herein.

 

The AG Restoration Plan is attached as Appendix A to the Plan. Appendix A is only operational to the extent referenced in the Plan (exclusive of Appendix A) or incorporated by reference in the Plan (exclusive of Appendix A).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or Article 5, a Participant shall be vested in his benefit accrued under the AG Restoration Plan to the extent provided in the AG Restoration Plan as set forth in Appendix A.

 

3.5          Merger of the HSB Excess Plan. Effective as of January 1, 2005, the HSB Excess Plan was merged into this Plan. Any benefit a Participant had accrued as of the date of such merger under the HSB Excess Plan shall be payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan as set forth herein.

 

The HSB Excess Plan is attached as Appendix B to the Plan. Appendix B is only operational to the extent referenced in the Plan (exclusive of Appendix B) or incorporated by reference in the Plan (exclusive of Appendix B).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or Article 5, a Participant shall be vested in his benefit accrued under the HSB Excess Plan to the extent provided in the HSB Excess Plan as set forth in Appendix B.

 

3.6          Merger of the 20th Century Supplemental Plan. Effective as of January 1, 2008, the 20th Century Supplemental Plan was merged into this Plan. Any benefit a Participant had accrued as of the date of such merger under the 20th Century Supplemental Plan shall be payable in accordance with the terms of the Plan as set forth herein.

 

The 20th Century Supplemental Plan is attached as Appendix C to the Plan. Appendix C is only operational to the extent referenced in the Plan (exclusive of Appendix C) or incorporated by reference in the Plan (exclusive of Appendix C).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing or Article 5, a Participant shall be vested in his benefit accrued under the 20th Century Supplemental Plan to the extent provided in the 20th Century Supplemental Plan as set forth in Appendix C.

 

9

 


 

3.7          Frozen Accrued Benefits for Certain Employees employed by ALICO Holdings LLC and its subsidiaries (“ALICO”). The accrued benefit (including eligibility for any early retirement subsidy) of each Participant who is an employee of ALICO as of November 1, 2010, the date the transactions described in the Stock Purchase Agreement entered into among the Company, ALICO Holdings LLC and MetLife, Inc. dated as of March 7, 2010 closed (the “Closing Date”), other than a Participant who is absent from work on such date due to a long-term disability or an unpaid medical leave of absence or leave due to a workplace injury covered by a workers’ compensation policy or program incurred more than six months prior to the sale (“ALICO Employee”), shall be frozen as of the Closing Date. The liability for the frozen accrued benefit of each ALICO Employee shall be transferred to a similar nonqualified deferred compensation plan maintained by MetLife, Inc. or one of its subsidiaries, effective as of the Closing Date.

 

10

 


 

Article 4


Excess Retirement Income

 

4.1          For a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service prior to April 1, 2012, subject to Section 6.3 , the Excess Normal Retirement Income payable to an eligible Participant in the Normal Form shall, commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date, be equal to the difference between (a) and (b) as stated below:

 

(a)               the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon his Normal Retirement Date to which the Participant would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan, if such benefit were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(l7) and 415 and if such Qualified Plan Retirement Income were calculated using Average Final Compensation as defined herein;

 

(b)               the sum of (i) the monthly amount of Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon his Normal Retirement Date to the Participant under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof after the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 (whether or not such benefits are actually paid at such date) and (ii) the AG Offset, if any.

 

4.2          Effective April 1, 2012, subject to Section 6.3, the Excess Normal Retirement Income payable to an eligible Participant in the form provided under Article 6 shall, commencing as of his Normal Retirement Date, be equal to the amount determined in (a), (b), or (c) below, as applicable. Effective December 31, 2015, the Plan is frozen; consequently, such amount shall not increase after December 31, 2015, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining such amount, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

 

(a)               The Excess Normal Retirement Income payable to an eligible Participant (other than a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit or a Grandfathered Transition Benefit) shall be equal to the Participant’s Excess Account.

 

(b)               The Excess Normal Retirement Income payable to a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greater of (A) or (B), where:

 

(A)             equals the Excess Account, reduced by the AG Offset, if any, and

 

(B)              the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit,

 

(c)               The Excess Normal Retirement Income payable to a Participant eligible for a Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greatest of (A), (B), or (C), where:

 

(A)             equals the Excess Account, reduced by the AG Offset, if any, and

 

(B)              equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit, and

 

(C)              equals the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit.

 

11

 


 

4.3          A Participant who is eligible for Early Retirement under Section 3.2 shall be entitled to the benefit determined in this Section 4.3. Effective December 31, 2015, the Plan is frozen; consequently, such benefit shall not increase after December 31, 2015, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining such benefit, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

 

(a)               For a Separation from Service prior to April 1, 2012, subject to Section 6.3, if a Participant who is eligible for Early Retirement under Section 3.2 incurs a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Date (other than by death or Disability), an amount shall be payable under this Plan commencing as of such Early Retirement Date (the “Excess Early Retirement Income”). Such Excess Early Retirement Income payable in the Normal Form shall be equal to the difference between (i) and (ii) as stated below:

 

(i)                 the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon his Early Retirement Date to which the Participant would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan, if such benefit were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 and if such Qualified Plan Retirement Income were calculated using Average Final Compensation as defined herein;

 

(ii)              the sum of (A) the monthly amount of Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon his Early Retirement Date to the Participant under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof after the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 (whether or not such benefits are actually paid at such date) and (B) the AG Offset.

 

If the Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the amounts computed under (i) and (ii) shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date under those sections, but reduced by 6-2/3% for each year (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 65.

 

(b)               Effective April 1, 2012, the Excess Early Retirement Income payable to an eligible Participant (other than a Participant Eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit or a Grandfathered Transition Benefit) in the form provided under Article 6 shall be equal to the Excess Account.

 

(c)               Effective April 1, 2012, the Excess Early Retirement Income payable to a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greater of (A) or (B), where:

 

(A)             equals the Excess Account reduced by the AG Offset, if any, and

 

(B)              equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit.

 

12

 


 

(d)               Effective April 1, 2012, the Excess Early Retirement Income payable to a Participant eligible for a Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greatest of (A), (B), or (C), where:

 

(A)             equals the Excess Account, reduced by the AG Offset, if any, and

 

(B)              equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit, and

 

(C)              equals the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit.

 

(e)               The Frozen Accrued Benefit and the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit shall be reduced to reflect early commencement by applying the early retirement factors set forth in the Qualified Plan.

 

(f)                If the Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the Frozen Accrued Benefit and the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date, but reduced by 6-2/3% for each of the first 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 65 and 3-1/3% for each year (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 60.

 

(g)               For a Participant listed on Schedule A whose benefit is determined under Section 4.6(a), for purposes of determining what reduction factors apply under this Section 4.3, the number of years of Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) occurring during the Freeze Period shall be disregarded.

 

4.4          A Participant who is eligible for a benefit commencing on his Postponed Retirement Date under Section 3.1 shall be entitled to the benefit determined in this Section 4.4. Effective December 31, 2015, the Plan is frozen; consequently, such benefit shall not increase after December 31, 2015, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining such benefit, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan).

 

(a)               For a Participant who incurs a Separation from Service prior to April 1, 2012, subject to Section 6.3, the amount payable to an eligible Participant in the Normal Form, commencing as of his Postponed Retirement Date (the “Excess Postponed Retirement Income”), shall be equal to the difference between (i) and (ii) as stated below:

 

(i)                 the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon his Postponed Retirement Date to which the Participant would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan, if such benefit were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 and if such Qualified Plan Retirement Income were calculated using Average Final Compensation as defined herein;

 

(ii)              the sum of (A) the monthly amount of Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon his Postponed Retirement Date to the Participant under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof after the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 (whether or not such benefits are actually paid at such date) and (B) the AG Offset.

 

13

 


 

(b)               Effective April 1, 2012, the Excess Postponed Retirement Income payable to an eligible Participant (other than a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit or a Grandfathered Transition Benefit) in the form provided under Article 6 shall be equal to the Excess Account, subject to Section 4.4(f).

 

(c)               Effective April 1, 2012, the Excess Postponed Retirement Income payable to a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greater of (A) or (B), subject to Section 4.4(f), where:

 

(A)             equals the Excess Account reduced by the AG Offset, and

 

(B)              equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit.

 

(d)               Effective April 1, 2012, the Excess Postponed Retirement Income payable to a Participant eligible for a Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greatest of (A), (B), or (C), subject to Section 4.4(f), where:

 

(A)             equals the Excess Account reduced by the AG Offset, and

 

(B)              equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit, and

 

(C)              equals the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit.

 

(e)               For clarity, if the late retirement factors set forth in the Qualified Plan apply in determining the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable upon a Participant’s Postponed Retirement referred to in Sections 4.4(a)(i) and (ii), 4.4(c)(B), and 4.4(d)(B) and (C), such late retirement factors shall apply in determining the amount of the Excess Postponed Retirement Income payable hereunder for a Participant listed on Schedule A whose benefit is determined under Section 4.6(a) or 4.6(b).

 

(f)                The Excess Accounts for purposes of determining the amounts in Sections 4.4(b), 4.4(c), and 4.4(d) shall be increased by the excess (if any) of (i) the Excess Account at Normal Retirement Date increased by the late retirement factors set forth in the Qualified Plan in Section 2.14(b)(iii) over (ii) the Excess Account at the Postponed Retirement Date. The Grandfathered Accrued Benefit and the Frozen Accrued Benefit shall be increased after Normal Retirement Date by applying the late retirement factors set forth in Appendix C of the Qualified Plan.

 

14

 


 

4.5          A Participant who is eligible for Disability Retirement under Section 3.1 shall be entitled to the benefit determined in this Section 4.5. Effective December 31, 2015, the Retirement Income for a Participant who is eligible for Disability Retirement shall not increase after December 31, 2015, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the amount of the Disability Retirement benefit, except for amounts related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan). For clarity, a Participant who incurs a Disability, regardless of the date of Disability, shall cease receiving further accruals as of December 31, 2015, and any Participant who incurs a Disability after that date shall be entitled only to his frozen accrued benefit as of December 31, 2015 (increased, if applicable, by any amount attributable to Interest Credits, as defined in the Qualified Plan).

 

(a)               For a Participant who is determined to have incurred a Disability prior to April 1, 2012 and prior to his Normal Retirement Date (including a Participant who is determined to have incurred a Disability prior to his Early Retirement Date), subject to Section 6.3, an amount shall be payable in accordance with the terms of this Plan on such Participant’s Normal Retirement Date (the “Excess Disability Retirement Income”). The Excess Disability Retirement Income payable in the Normal Form shall be equal to the difference between (i) and (ii) as stated below:

 

(i)                 the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable by reason of disability to which the Participant would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan, if such benefit were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 and if such Qualified Plan Retirement Income were calculated using Average Final Compensation as defined herein;

 

(ii)              the sum of (X) the monthly amount of Qualified Plan Retirement Income payable by reason of disability to the Participant under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof as of such Participant’s Normal Retirement Date after the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 (whether or not such benefits are actually paid at such date) and (Y) the AG Offset.

 

(b)               The Excess Disability Retirement Income payable to an eligible Participant incurring a Disability on or after April 1, 2012 (other than a Participant Eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit or a Grandfathered Transition Benefit) shall be equal to the Excess Account.

 

(c)               The Excess Disability Retirement Income payable to a Participant incurring a Disability on or after April 1, 2012 eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greater of (A) or (B), where:

 

(A)             equals the Excess Account reduced by the AG Offset, and

 

(B)              equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance and the Frozen Accrued Benefit.

 

15

 


 

(d)               The Excess Disability Retirement Income payable to a Participant incurring a Disability on or after April 1, 2012 eligible for a Grandfathered Transition Benefit shall be equal to the greatest of (A), (B), or (C), where:

 

(A)             equals the Excess Account reduced by the AG Offset, and

 

(B)              equals the sum of the Excess Account, disregarding the Excess Opening Balance, and the Frozen Accrued Benefit, and

 

(C)              equals the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit.

 

4.6          Restriction on Benefit Accruals for Certain Participants.

 

(a)               Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, pursuant to rules established by the U.S. Treasury Department’s special pay master (“Special Pay Master”), the benefit accruals of Participants listed in Schedule A shall freeze effective as of the date provided therein, and no benefit shall accrue under the Plan with respect to such Participants during the period set forth in Schedule A (“Freeze Period”) as may be amended from time to time pursuant to rules established by the Special Pay Master. For purposes of determining the amounts described under Sections 4.1(a), 4.3(a), 4.4(a), and 4.5(a) for a Participant listed in Schedule A, the Freeze Period shall be disregarded in determining Credited Service as defined in the Qualified Plan and Average Final Compensation as defined herein. For purposes of determining the amounts described under Sections 4.1(b), 4.3(b), 4.4(b), and 4.5(b) for a Participant listed in Schedule A, the Freeze Period shall be disregarded in determining Credited Service and Average Final Compensation, each as defined in the Qualified Plan.

 

(b)               Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the benefit payable to a Participant listed on Schedule A shall be the lesser of the amount determined under Section 4.6(a) or the amount determined without regard to Section 4.6(a).

 

4.7          Actuarial equivalence. For purposes of determining the benefit payable under Sections 4.2(b) and (c), 4.3(c) and (d), 4.4(c) and (d), and 4.5(c) and (d), amounts payable as an annuity shall be converted to a lump-sum applying the factors that apply under the Qualified Plan for such purpose with respect to the Qualified Plan benefit.

 

16

 


 

 

Article 5

 

Vesting

 

A Participant shall have a nonforfeitable right to Excess Retirement Income under this Plan at such time that he attains his Normal Retirement Date. In addition, a Participant shall have a nonforfeitable right to Excess Retirement Income if he is eligible for Early Retirement pursuant to Section 3.2. Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan), Years of Service or Fraction Thereof, and participation occurring during the Freeze Period as defined in Section 4.6 for a Participant listed on Schedule A shall be included in determining whether a Participant is vested, pursuant to this Article 5. Years of Service or Fraction Thereof occurring after December 31, 2015 shall also be included for determining whether a Participant is vested pursuant to this Article 5. Years of Service or Fraction Thereof with respect to the period of time, if any, during which a Participant who is not covered by the ESP is to receive severance in the form of salary continuation or during which the ESP specifies a Participant who is covered by the ESP must receive credit under this Article 5 shall be included in determining whether a Participant is vested pursuant to this Article 5.

 

A Participant who terminates employment prior to attaining his Early or Normal Retirement Date, other than by reason of Disability (as provided for in Section 4.5), shall have no rights or claims to Retirement Income under this Plan as of his date of termination. In the case of death, a Participant’s Designated Beneficiary may have a claim for benefits in accordance with Article 3 and Article 7.

 

Article 6


Modes of Benefit Payment

 

6.1              Except as provided in Section 6.2, any Excess Retirement Income payable under this Plan accrued prior to April 1, 2012 shall be paid in the Normal Form, and any Excess Retirement Income payable under the Plan accrued on and after April 1, 2012 shall be paid in a lump sum. If a Participant dies prior to the commencement of benefits under the Plan, no benefits will be payable under the Plan except as specified in Article 7.

 

6.2              Only with respect to amounts accrued prior to April 1, 2012, in lieu of the Normal Form, a Participant may elect payment in an optional form of payment to the extent provided herein. The optional forms of benefits under the Plan shall include any of the annuity optional forms of benefits available under the Qualified Plan except for the Social Security Adjustment Option. Optional forms of benefit shall be actuarially equivalent to the Normal Form of benefit determined in accordance with the actuarial equivalent factors in effect under the Qualified Plan as of the date payment is to be made.

 

A Participant may elect an optional form of payment on a form provided by the Committee for such purpose. A Participant who has elected an annuity form of payment (or for whom the Normal Form of payment is in effect) may, at any time prior to Separation from Service or, in the case of Disability, prior to Normal Retirement Date, elect another form of annuity payment available under the Qualified Plan provided that such other form of payment is actuarially equivalent based on the actuarial equivalent factors in effect under the Qualified Plan as of the date payment is to be made. In the absence of any such an election, payment shall be made in the Normal Form.

 

6.3              Except as hereinafter provided or as provided in Section 6.4, payment of Excess Retirement Income under this Plan shall commence (or, for amounts accrued on and after April 1, 2012, shall be paid) within 90 days after the Participant incurs a Separation from Service with the Employer and each Affiliated Employer by reason of Normal, Early or Postponed Retirement. If the Participant terminates employment by reason of Disability Retirement, payment of Excess Retirement Income shall commence at the Participant’s Normal Retirement Date. Provided further that if the Participant is a Specified Employee when such Participant incurs a Separation from Service, such Participant’s Excess Retirement Income (except in the case of Disability Retirement) shall commence to be paid six months after the Participant separates from service. To the extent that monthly payments are delayed by reason of the foregoing six-month delay, such delayed monthly payments shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum amount when his Excess Retirement Income commences adjusted with interest at an annual rate of 5%. To the extent that a lump sum payment is delayed by reason of the foregoing six month delay, such delayed payment shall be adjusted with interest at an annual rate of 5%.

 

17

 


 

6.4              Special Commencement Date Rules for Certain Participants. This Section 6.4 provides special rules for determining the commencement date of Excess Retirement Income benefits for certain participants, as follows:

 

(a)               Except as described in (b), (c) or (d) below, in the case of a Participant who terminated employment with a vested right to Excess Retirement Income prior to January 1, 2008 (other than by reason of Disability Retirement) and who has not commenced receiving such Excess Retirement Income benefit by January 1, 2009, such Participant shall commence his or her Excess Retirement Income as of March 1, 2009.

 

(b)               In the case of an individual who (i) is a Participant in the Plan by reason of the merger of the HSB Excess Plan into this Plan; (ii) has a vested interest in his or her accrued benefit under the HSB Excess Plan and (iii) terminates employment prior to eligibility for Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement under this Plan, such Participant shall commence payment of such HSB Excess Retirement Plan benefit within 90 days after the attainment of age 60 if such Participant terminated employment prior to age 55 or within 90 days after Separation from Service (but not earlier than six months after Separation from Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee) if such Participant terminates employment at or after age 55. To the extent that monthly payments are delayed by reason of the foregoing six-month delay, such delayed monthly payments shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum amount when his Excess Retirement Income commences adjusted with interest at an annual rate of 5%.

 

If a Participant is described in (i) or (ii) above, but has, however, terminated employment after qualifying for Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement, such Participant’s Excess Retirement Income shall be paid as specified in Section 6.3, subject to Section 6.4(e).

 

(c)               In the case of an individual who (i) is a Participant in the Plan by reason of the merger of the AG Restoration Plan into this Plan; (ii) has a vested interest in his or her accrued benefit under the AG Restoration Plan and (iii) terminates employment prior to eligibility for Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement under this Plan, such Participant shall commence payment of such AG Restoration Plan benefit within 90 days after the attainment of age 55 if such Participant had earned 10 or more Years of Credited Service or within 90 days after the attainment of age 60 if such Participant had earned less than 10 Years of Credited Service (but not earlier than six months after Separation from Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee). To the extent that monthly payments are delayed by reason of the foregoing six-month delay, such delayed monthly payments shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum amount when his Excess Retirement Income commences, adjusted with interest at an annual rate of 5%.

 

If a Participant is described in (i) or (ii) above, but has, however, terminated employment after qualifying for Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement, such Participant’s Excess Retirement Income shall be paid as specified in Section 6.3, subject to Section 6.4(e).

 

(d)               In the case of an individual who (i) is a Participant in the Plan by reason of the merger of the 20th Century Supplemental Plan into this Plan; (ii) has a vested interest in his or her accrued benefit under the 20th Century Supplemental Plan and (iii) terminates employment prior to eligibility for Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement under this Plan, such Participant shall commence payment of such 20th Century Supplemental Plan benefit within 90 days of the attainment of age 55 if such Participant had earned 10 or more Years of Credited Service or within 90 days of the attainment of age 60 if such Participant had earned less than 10 Years of Credited Service (but not earlier than six months after Separation from Service if the Participant is a Specified Employee). To the extent that monthly payments are delayed by reason of the foregoing six-month delay, such delayed monthly payments shall be paid to the Participant in a lump sum amount when his Excess Retirement Income commences, adjusted with interest at an annual rate of 5%.

 

18

 


 

If a Participant is described in (i) or (ii) above, but has, however, terminated employment after qualifying for Early, Normal, Postponed or Disability Retirement, such Participant’s Excess Retirement Income shall be paid as specified in Section 6.3, subject to Section 6.4(e).

 

(e)               Notwithstanding any other provision to the contrary, this Amendment shall not have the effect of accelerating payment of a benefit into the 2008 calendar year which, in the absence of this Amendment, would be paid after December 31, 2008. Any benefit which would be paid in 2008 (or earlier) as the result of this Amendment shall be paid instead as of March 1, 2009. This Amendment shall not have the effect of deferring payment of a benefit beyond 2008 if, in the absence of this Amendment, such benefit would be paid in 2008.

 

Article 7

 

Death Benefits

7.                         

7.1              Effective December 31, 2015, the Plan is frozen; subsequently, the death benefits described in this Article 7 shall not increase after December 31, 2015, nor shall there be any increase in the offset amounts that are applied in determining the amount of the death benefits, other than any increase related to Interest Credits (as defined in the Qualified Plan). Upon the death of (i) a Participant who has not terminated from employment prior to his Normal, Early, or Postponed Retirement Date, or (ii) a Participant who terminates employment on a Normal, Early, or Postponed Retirement Date and dies prior to the date benefits commence under the Plan, if a Qualified Plan Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity is payable under the Qualified Plan to the Surviving Spouse or, for deaths occurring on or after April 1, 2012, to the Participant’s beneficiary under the Qualified Plan, an amount (the “Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity”) shall be payable to the Surviving Spouse or, for deaths occurring on or after April 1, 2012, the Designated Beneficiary under this Plan.

 

(a)               For deaths occurring prior to April 1, 2012, the monthly amount of the Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity payable to a Surviving Spouse shall be equal to (i) less (ii) less (iii) as stated below:

 

(i)                 the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity to which the Surviving Spouse would have been entitled under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof as of the date of death or, if later, as of the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the date the Participant would have attained age 55, if such benefit were calculated under the Qualified Plan without giving effect to the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 and if such Qualified Plan Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity were calculated using Average Final Compensation as defined herein; less

 

(ii)              the monthly amount of the Qualified Plan Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity payable to the Surviving Spouse under the Qualified Plan and any predecessor thereof as of the date of death, or, if later, as of the first day of the calendar month coincident with or next following the date the Participant would have attained age 55 after the limitations imposed by the application of Code Sections 401(a)(17) and 415 (whether or not such benefits are actually paid as of such date); less

 

(iii)            the AG Offset, if any.

 

For purposes of (ii) and (iii) above, if the Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the amounts computed under (ii) and (iii) shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date under those sections, but reduced by 6-2/3% for each of the first 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that payment precedes age 65 and 3-1/3% for each year (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that payment precedes age 60.

 

For a Participant listed on Schedule A whose benefit is determined under Section 7.4(a), for purposes of determining what reduction factors apply for purposes of this Section 7.1, the number of years of Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) occurring during the Freeze Period shall be disregarded.

 

19

 


 

(b)               For a death occurring on or after April 1, 2012, an Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable to an eligible Participant’s Designated Beneficiary.

 

(i)                 For the Designated Beneficiary of an eligible Participant (other than a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit or a Grandfathered Transition Benefit), the amount of the Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be equal to the Excess Account.

 

(ii)              For the Designated Beneficiary of an eligible Participant who is eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit, the amount of the Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be equal to the Excess Account, reduced by the AG Offset.

 

(iii)            For the Designated Beneficiary of an eligible Participant who is eligible for a Grandfathered Transition Benefit, the amount of the Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be equal to the greater of (X) the Excess Account, reduced by the AG Offset, or (Y) the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit reduced to reflect early commencement, if applicable, by applying the early retirement factors set forth in the Qualified Plan, reduced by the AG Offset. If the Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date, but reduced by 6-2/3% for each of the first 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that payment preceded age 65 and 3-1/3% for each year (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that payment preceded age 60. For a Participant listed on Schedule A whose benefit is determined under Section 7.4(a), for purposes of determining what reduction factors apply for purposes of this Section 7.1, the number of years of Credited Service (as defined in the Qualified Plan) occurring during the Freeze Period shall be disregarded.

 

(c)               Actuarial equivalence. For purposes of determining the benefit payable under Section 7.1(b)(iii), amounts payable as an annuity shall be converted to a lump-sum applying the factors that apply under the Qualified Plan for such purpose with respect to the Qualified Plan benefit at the time such benefit commences.

 

7.2              For a death occurring prior to April 1, 2012, any Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable over the lifetime of the Surviving Spouse in monthly installments commencing after the Participant’s date of death or, if later, within 90 days after the date the Participant would have attained age 55 and ceasing with the last monthly payment made prior to the Surviving Spouse’s death. For a Participant other than a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit or a Grandfathered Transition Benefit, for a death occurring on and after April 1, 2012, any Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable in a single lump sum to the Designated Beneficiary within 90 days after the death of the Participant. For a Participant eligible for a Non-Grandfathered Transition Benefit, for a death occurring on or after April 1, 2012, (i) the Excess Opening Account Balance shall be payable over the lifetime of the Designated Beneficiary in monthly installments commencing after the Participant’s date of death or, if later, within 90 days after the date the Participant would have attained age 55 and ceasing with the last monthly payment made prior to the Designated Beneficiary’s death, and (ii) benefits accrued on or after April 1, 2012 shall be payable in a single lump sum to the Designated Beneficiary within 90 days after the death of the Participant. For a Participant eligible for a Grandfathered Transition Benefit, for a death occurring on or after April 1, 2012, (i) the Frozen Accrued Benefit shall be payable over the lifetime of the Designated Beneficiary in monthly installments commencing after the Participant’s date of death or, if later, within 90 days after the date the Participant would have attained age 55 and ceasing with the last monthly payment made prior to the Designated Beneficiary’s death, and (ii) benefits accrued on or after April 1, 2012 shall be payable in a single lump sum to the Designated Beneficiary within 90 days after the death of the Participant.

 

7.3              Except as provided in Section 3.3, upon the death of a Participant who terminated from employment prior to his Normal, Early, Postponed or Disability Retirement Date, no Excess Pre-Retirement Survivor Annuity shall be payable to such Participant’s Surviving Spouse or Designated Beneficiary under this Plan. Except as provided in Article 6, with respect to a Participant who has retired and commenced receiving a benefit in a form that provides for continuation after the Participant’s death, no other death benefits shall be payable from the Plan.

 

7.4              Restriction for Certain Participants.

 

(a)               Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, for purposes of determining the amount payable under Section 7.1 with respect to a Participant listed on Schedule A, the Freeze Period as defined in Section 4.6 shall be disregarded in determining (i) Credited Service as defined in the Qualified Plan and Average Final Compensation as defined herein, for purposes of determining the amount under Section 7.1(a), and (ii) Credited Service and Average Final Compensation, each as defined in the Qualified Plan, for purposes of determining the amount under Section 7.1(b).

 

(b)               Notwithstanding the foregoing paragraph, the benefit payable to the Surviving Spouse or Designated Beneficiary of a Participant listed on Schedule A shall be the lesser of the amount determined under Section 7.4(a) or the amount determined under the Plan without regard to Section 7.4(a).

 

20

 


 

Article 8


Liability of the Company

8.                         

8.1              The benefits of this Plan shall be paid by the Employer and shall not be funded prior to the time paid to the Participant, Designated Beneficiary, Surviving Spouse or joint or contingent annuitant designated by the Participant, unless and except as expressly provided otherwise by the Company. For clarity, the Company may, in its sole discretion, establish a grantor trust, escrow agreement or similar arrangement, subject to the claims of general creditors, to provide a source of funds to assist it in meeting its liabilities under the Plan.

 

8.2              A Participant who is vested in a benefit under this Plan shall be an unsecured creditor of the Employer as to the payment of any benefit under this Plan.

 

Article 9

 

Administration of the Plan

9.                         

9.1              Except for the functions reserved to the Company, the Retirement Board, or the Employee Benefits Department of the Company, the administration of the Plan shall be the responsibility of the Committee.

 

9.2              In its role as Plan Administrator, the Committee shall have the power and the duty to take all actions and to make all decisions necessary or proper to carry out the Plan. The determination of the Committee as to any question involving the general administration and interpretation of the Plan shall be final, conclusive and binding. Any discretionary actions to be taken under the Plan by the Committee shall be uniform in their nature and applicable to all persons similarly situated. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee, in its role as Plan Administrator, shall have the following powers and duties:

 

(a)               To furnish to all Participants, upon request, copies of the Plan; and to require any person to furnish such information as it may request for the purpose of the proper administration of the Plan as a condition to receiving any benefits under the Plan;

 

(b)               To make and enforce such rules and regulations and prescribe the use of such forms as it shall deem necessary for the efficient administration of the Plan;

 

(c)               To interpret the Plan, and to resolve ambiguities, inconsistencies and omissions, which findings shall be binding, final and conclusive;

 

(d)               To decide on questions concerning the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan;

 

(e)               The power to delegate its role as Plan Administrator to a person who may or may not be a member of the Committee for the purpose of ERISA; if the Committee does not so designate an Administrator, the Committee shall be the Plan Administrator;

 

(f)                To allocate any such powers and duties to or among individual members of the Committee; and

 

(g)               To designate persons other than Committee members to carry out any duty or power which would otherwise be a responsibility of the Committee or Administrator, under the terms of the Plan.

 

9.3              To the extent permitted by law, the Committee and any person to whom it may delegate any duty or power in connection with administering the Plan, the Employer, and the officers and directors thereof, shall be entitled to rely conclusively upon, and shall be fully protected in any action taken or suffered by them in good faith in the reliance upon, any actuary, counsel , accountant, other specialist, or other person selected by the Committee, or in reliance upon any tables, valuations, certificates, opinions or reports which shall be furnished by any of them. Further, to the extent permitted by law, no member of the Committee, nor the Employer, nor the officers or directors thereof, shall be liable for any neglect, omission or wrongdoing of any other members of the Committee, agent, officer or employee of an Employer. Any person claiming under the Plan shall look solely to the Employer for redress.

 

9.4              All expenses incurred prior to the termination of the Plan that shall arise in connection with the administration of the Plan, including, but not limited to administrative expenses, proper charges and disbursements, compensation and other expenses and charges of any actuary, counsel, accountant, specialist, or other person who shall be employed by the Committee in connection with the administration thereof, shall be paid by the Employer.

 

21

 


 

9.5              Claims Procedure.

 

(a)               In General

 

(i)                 Application. The claims procedures in Section 9.5(b) of the Plan apply to all claims for benefits of any kind other than claims related to disability benefits that are governed by the claims procedures in Section 9.5(c) of the Plan.

 

(ii)              Filing of a Claim. A Participant, beneficiary, or other individual must file a claim for benefits under the Plan by filing a written claim, identified as a claim for benefits, with the Retirement Board (Employee Benefits Department in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan). In addition, the Retirement Board (Employee Benefits Department in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) may treat any other written communication received by it as a claim for benefits, even if the writing or communication is not identified as a claim for benefits. In addition, a Participant, beneficiary, or other individuals alleging a violation of or seeking a remedy under any provision of the Act, other applicable law, the terms or the Plan, or asserting any other claims that arise under or in connection with the Plan shall also be subject to and must file any and all such claims under the claims procedure described in this Section 9.5 of the Plan.

 

(iii)            Approval of a Claim. A claim is considered approved only if its approval is communicated in writing to a claimant. If a claimant does not receive a response to a claim for benefits within the applicable time period, the claimant may proceed with an appeal under the procedures described in Section 9.5(b) and (c), as applicable.

 

(iv)             Claims Procedures Mandatory in All Cases. A claimant must follow the claims procedures (including both the initial determination and review processes) set forth in this Section 9.5 of the Plan before taking action in any other forum regarding a claim of any kind under or related to the Plan. Any such suit or action shall be filed within one year of the time the claim arises or it shall be deemed waived and abandoned. Also, any suit or action will be subject to such limitation period as applies under the Act or other applicable law, measured from the date a claim arises.

 

(v)               Discretionary Acts. Benefits under this Plan will be paid only if the Retirement Board (Employee Benefits Department in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) decides in its discretion that the applicant is entitled to them. In exercising its discretionary powers under the Plan, the Retirement Board (Employee Benefits Department in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) will have the broadest discretion permissible under the Act and any other applicable laws and its decisions will be final and binding upon all persons affected thereby.

 

(vi)             Delegation of Authority. The Retirement Board (Employee Benefits Department in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) may, in its sole discretion, delegate any and all authority under this Section 9.5 of the Plan, in any manner. Any delegation of some or all of the Retirement Board’s (Employee Benefits Department’s in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) authority under this Section 9.5 of the Plan shall, unless otherwise provided in the Retirement Board’s ((Employee Benefits Department’s in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) delegation, be empowered with the same discretion and authority as granted to the Retirement Board (Employee Benefits Department in the case of a claim governed by Section 9.5(c)(i) of the Plan) under this Section 9.5 of the Plan.

 

(b)               Non-Disability Claims

 

(i)                 Initial Claims. The Retirement Board will decide a claim within 90 days of the date on which the claim is received by the Retirement Board, unless special circumstances require a longer period for adjudication and the claimant is notified in writing, prior to the expiration of the 90-day period, of the reasons for an extension of time and the expected decision date. If the Retirement Board fails to notify the claimant of its decision to grant or deny such claim within the time specified by this paragraph, the claimant may request the review of his or her claim pursuant to the claims review procedures set forth in Section 9.5(b)(ii) of the Plan. If a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the claimant must receive a written notice containing:

 

(A)             the specific reason(s) for the adverse determination;

 

(B)              a reference to the specific Plan provision(s) on which the adverse determination is based;

 

(C)              a description of additional information necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim and an explanation of why such material is necessary; and

 

(D)             an explanation of the procedure for review of the denied or partially denied claim set forth below, including the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Act following an adverse benefit determination on review.

 

22

 


 

(ii)              Review of Denied Claims. The claimant will have 60 days to request in writing a review of the denial of his or her claim by the Retirement Board (or, if the claimant has not received a response to the initial claim, within 150 days of the filing of the initial claim). The claimant or his duly authorized representative will have, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of all, documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits. If the claimant files a request for review, his request must include a description of the issues and evidence he deems relevant. Failure to raise issues or present evidence on review will preclude those issues or evidence from being presented in any subsequent proceeding or judicial review of the claim. The review will take into account all available information, regardless of whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.

 

The Retirement Board must render its decision on the review of the claim no more than 60 days after the Retirement Board’s receipt of the request for review, except that this period may be extended for an additional 60 days if the Retirement Board determines that special circumstances (including, but not limited to, a hearing) require such extension. If an extension of time is required, written notice of the expected decision date and the reasons for the extension will be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 60-day period. If a review of a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the claim must receive a written notice containing:

 

(A)             the specific reason(s) for the adverse determination;

 

(B)              a reference to specific Plan provision(s) on which the adverse determination is based;

 

(C)              a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits; and

 

(D)             a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Act.

 

(c)               Disability Claims.

 

(i)                 Initial Claims. The Employee Benefits Department will decide a claim within 45 days of the date on which the claim is received by the Employee Benefits Department. If the Employee Benefits Department determines that an extension is necessary for reasons beyond its control, the Employee Benefits Department may extend this period for an additional 30 days by notifying the claimant of the reasons for the extension and the date when the claimant can expect to receive a decision The Employee Benefits Department may also extend this period for a second 30-day period by again complying with the requirements applicable to the initial 30-day extension. If an extension is provided in order to allow the claimant time to provide additional information necessary to review the claim, the response deadlines applicable to the Employee Benefits Department will be tolled until the earlier of the date 45 days after the date of the request for additional information or the date the Employee Benefits Department receives the additional information. If the Employee Benefits Department fails to notify the claimant of its decision to grant or deny such claim within the time specified by this paragraph, the claimant may request the review of his or her claim pursuant to the claims review procedures set forth in Section 9.5(c)(ii) of the Plan. If a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the claimant must receive a written notice containing:

 

(A)             the specific reason(s) for the adverse determination;

 

(B)              a reference to the specific Plan provision(s) on which the adverse determination is based;

 

(C)              a description of additional information necessary for the claimant to perfect his or her claim and an explanation of why such material is necessary;

 

(D)             an explanation of the procedure for review of the denied or partially denied claim set forth below, including the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Act following an adverse benefit determination on review;

 

23

 


 

(E)              if applicable, any internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied on in making the adverse benefit determination (or a statement that such information is available free of charge upon request); and

 

(F)              if the adverse benefit determination is based on a scientific or clinical exclusion or limit, an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to the claimant’s circumstances (or a statement that such explanation is available free of charge upon request).

 

(ii)              Review of Denied Claims. The claimant will have 180 days to request in writing a review of the denial of his or her claim by the Retirement Board. The claimant or his duly authorized representative will have, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of all, documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits. If the claimant files a request for review, his request must include a description of the issues and evidence he deems relevant. Failure to raise issues or present evidence on review will preclude those issues or evidence from being presented in any subsequent proceeding or judicial review of the claim. The review will take into account all available information, regardless of whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination and will not afford deference to the initial disability determination.

 

In no event will the review be conducted by the person who made the initial determination or by a subordinate of such person. If the initial adverse benefit determination was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, including determinations with regard to whether a particular treatment, drug, or other item is experimental, investigational, or not medically necessary or appropriate, the Retirement Board shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment and who neither was consulted nor is the subordinate of an individual who was consulted in connection with the adverse benefit determination that is the subject of the claimant’s request for review. In addition, the reviewer shall provide for the identification of medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained on behalf of the plan in connection with a claimant’s adverse benefit determination, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination.

 

The Retirement Board must render its decision on the review of the claim no more than 45 days after the Retirement Board’s receipt of the request for review, except that this period may be extended for an additional 45 days if the Retirement Board determines that special circumstances (including, but not limited to, a hearing) require such extension. If an extension of time is required, written notice of the expected decision date and the reasons for the extension will be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 45-day period. If an extension is provided in order to allow the claimant time to provide additional information necessary to review the claim, the response deadlines applicable to the Retirement Board will be tolled until the earlier of the date 45 days after the date of the request for additional information or the date the Retirement Board receives the additional information. If a review of a claim is denied, in whole or in part, the claim must receive a written notice containing:

 

(A)             the specific reason(s) for the adverse determination;

 

(B)              a reference to specific Plan provision(s) on which the adverse determination is based;

 

(C)              a statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim for benefits;

 

(D)             a statement describing any voluntary appeal procedures offered by the Plan and the claimant’s right to obtain the information about such procedures and a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of the Act.

 

(E)              if applicable, any internal rule, guideline, protocol, or other similar criterion relied upon in making the adverse benefit determination (or a statement that such information will be provided free of charge upon request); and

 

(F)              if the adverse benefit determination is based on medical necessity or an experimental care exclusion or similar exclusion or limit, an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment for the determination, applying the terms of the Plan to the claimant’s medical circumstances (or a statement that such explanation is available free of charge upon request).

 

Article 10


Amendment or Termination of the Plan

10.                        

10.1          The Committee shall have the power to suspend or terminate this Plan in whole or in part at any time, and from time to time to extend, modify, amend, revise, or terminate this Plan in such respects as the Committee by resolution may deem advisable; provided that no such extension, modification, amendment, revision, or termination shall deprive a Participant or any beneficiary designated by a Participant of the vested portion of any benefit under this Plan.

 

24

 


 

Article 11


General Provisions

 

11.1         This Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract between the Employer and any Employee or other person whether or not in the employ of the Employer, nor shall anything herein contained be deemed to give any Employee or other person whether or not in the employ of the Employer any right to be retained in the employ of the Employer, or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discharge any Employee at any time and to treat him without any regard to the effect which such treatment might have upon him as a Participant of the Plan.

 

11.2          Except as may otherwise be required by law, no distribution or payment under the Plan to any Participant, beneficiary, or joint or contingent annuitant, shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance or charge, whether voluntary or involuntary, and any attempt to so anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge the same shall be void; nor shall any such distribution or payment be in any way liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person entitled to such distribution or payment. If any Participant, beneficiary, or joint or contingent annuitant is adjudicated bankrupt or purports to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge any such distribution or payment, voluntarily or involuntarily, the Committee, in its discretion, may cancel such distribution or payment or may hold or cause to be held or applied such distribution or payment or any part thereof to or for the benefit of such Participant, beneficiary, or joint or contingent annuitant in such manner as the Committee shall direct.

 

11.3          If the Employer determines that any person entitled to payments under the Plan is an infant or incompetent by reason of physical or mental disability, it may cause all payments thereafter becoming due to such person to be made to any other person for his benefit, without responsibility to follow application of amounts so paid. Payments made pursuant to this provision shall completely discharge the Plan, the Employer and the Committee.

 

11.4          The Employer shall be the sole source of benefits under this Plan, and each Employee, Participant, joint or contingent annuitant, beneficiary, or any other person who shall claim the right to any payment or benefit under this Plan shall be entitled to look only to the Employer for payment of benefits.

 

11.5          If the Employer is unable to make payment to any Participant or other person to whom a payment is due under the Plan because it cannot ascertain the identity or whereabouts of such Participant or other person after reasonable efforts have been made to identify or locate such person (including a notice of the payment so due mailed to the last known address of such Participant or other person shown on the records of the Employer), such payment and all subsequent payments otherwise due to such Participant or other person shall be forfeited twenty-four (24) months after the date such payment first became due; provided, however, that such payment and any subsequent payments shall be reinstated retroactively, no later than sixty (60) days after the date on which the Participant or person is identified or located.

 

25

 


 

11.6          The Employer shall have the right to deduct from each payment made under the Plan any amount required to satisfy its obligation to withhold federal, state and local taxes, if any.

 

11.7          The provisions of the Plan shall be construed, administered and governed under applicable Federal laws and the laws of the State of New York. 

 

26

 


 

ARTICLE 12

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

12.1       Upon a Change in Control, notwithstanding any provisions in the Plan to the contrary, the following provisions of this Section 12.1 shall take effect.  For purposes of this Section 12.1 “Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following events:

 

(a) the individuals who constitute the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”) on the effective date of the Change in Control (or subsequent directors whose election or nomination was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of such directors, including by approval of the proxy statement in which such person is named as a nominee for director) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board (except no director will be treated as an incumbent director if such director was nominated or elected in an actual or threatened election contest or proxy solicitation (other than by the Board));

 

(b) any “person” (as defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes a beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the Company’s voting securities;

 

(c) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, mandatory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving the Company (a “Business Combination”) that results in any person becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the entity resulting from such Business Combination;

 

(d) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than to an affiliate of the Company); or

 

(e) the approval by the Company’s stockholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because (A) any person holds or acquires beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the Company voting securities as a result of a “Company share repurchase program” or other acquisition of Company voting securities by the Company which reduces the total number of Company voting securities outstanding; provided that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increase the percentage of outstanding Company voting securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall then occur or (B) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all (or a subset) of the assets and/or operations of the Life and Retirement business (or any similar transaction).

 

27

 


 

12.2       Vesting

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, notwithstanding the first two sentences of Article 5 of the Plan, the Excess Retirement Income of all Participants shall become non-forfeitable, and the first sentence of the second paragraph of Article 5 shall not apply.

 

12.3       Entitlement to Benefits

 

(a) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, Section 3.1 of the Plan shall read as is set forth below:

 

3.1 Early, Normal, Postponed and Disability Retirement. A Participant who has a Separation from Service shall be entitled to receive the Excess Retirement Income described in Article 4 of the Plan. If a Participant incurs a Disability, the Participant shall be entitled to receive the Excess Disability Retirement Income described in Section 4.5.

 

(b) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, the first sentence of Section 3.2 shall not apply and shall be replaced with the following sentence:

 

3.2 A Participant who has a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Date (other than by death or by incurring a Disability) shall be entitled to an Early Excess Retirement Income in accordance with Section 4.3.

 

12.4       Benefits

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, Section 4.3(f) shall read as is set forth below:

 

4.3(f) If the Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the Frozen Accrued Benefit and the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date, but reduced by 6-2/3% for each of the first 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 65 and 3-1/3% for each of the next 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 60 and by an actuarial equivalent amount for retirement ages below age 55. With respect to retirement ages prior to age 55, the reduction will be based on an actuarial equivalent of the benefit payable at age 55. Actuarial equivalence will be based on the rate of interest determined under Code section 417(e)(3) as modified in other applicable guidance (including without limitation Revenue Ruling 2007-67) for the third calendar month prior to the calendar year in which benefits are scheduled to commence and the mortality table under Code section 417(e) in effect on the date benefits are scheduled to commence.

 

12.5       Death

 

Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control, in Section 7.2, the following phrase that appears in the first, ultimate and penultimate sentences in that Section is eliminated:

 

“or, if later, within 90 days after the Participant would have attained age 55”.

 

28

 


 

12.6       Grantor Trust

 

Immediately prior to a Change of Control, the value of all benefits payable under the Plan and the administrative costs relating to the Plan shall be fully funded pursuant to an irrevocable grantor trust described in Internal Revenue Service Revenue Procedure 92-64 that has been or will be established for this purpose (the “Non-Qualified Plan Trust”). The assets of the Non-Qualified Plan Trust shall be held separate and apart from other funds of the Company and shall be used exclusively to enable the Company to meet its liabilities under the Plan and for the purposes set forth in the Plan and the applicable trust agreement, subject to the following conditions:

 

(a) the creation of the Non-Qualified Plan Trust shall not cause the Plan to be other than “unfunded” for purposes of the Employee Retirement Security Act of 1974, as amended;
     
(b) the Company shall be treated as the “grantor” of the Non-Qualified Plan Trust for purposes of Sections 671 and 677 of the Code;
     
(c) the trust agreement of the Non-Qualified Plan Trust shall provide that the trust fund assets may be used to satisfy claims of the Company’s general creditors;
     
(d) any assets held in the Non-Qualified Plan Trust shall be subject to the investment authority of the individuals or committee appointed by the Company as in effect prior to the Change in Control, or the successors appointed by such committee or individuals for such purpose, who may, at such group’s sole discretion, retain the trustee of the Non-Qualified Plan Trust, investment managers, or other experts to assist with or to delegate the execution of the group’s investment responsibilities. Such assets shall generally be invested in capital preservation and/or liability hedging investments, as appropriate. All income received by the Non-Qualified Plan Trust, net of expenses and taxes, shall be accumulated and reinvested in the Non-Qualified Plan Trust;
     
  (e) Plan participants and their beneficiaries shall have no preferred claim on, or any beneficial ownership interest in, any assets of the Non-Qualified Plan Trust; and
     
  (f) for purposes of determining the value of benefits payable under the Plan, the following assumptions will be used:  

 

  (i) a discount rate based on the methodology used by the Plan actuary for GAAP purposes as of the last day of the month prior to the effective date of the Change in Control;
   
  (ii) Code Section 417(e) interest rates in effect as of the most recent available date prior to the effective date of the Change in Control for the purpose of determining non-cash balance-related lump sums;
   
  (iii) cash balances as of the effective date of the Change in Control;

 

29

 


 

  (iv) a retirement age equal to age 62, or current age if older;
   
  (v) post-retirement mortality only based on the assumption used for the Plan for GAAP purposes as of the end of the fiscal year prior to the effective date of the Change in Control;
   
(vi) no pre-retirement turnover; and
   
  (vii) to the extent necessary, the most recently published 30-year Treasury rate in effect prior to the effective date of the Change in Control.

 

Following a Change in Control, any amounts due to Participants under the Plan shall first be satisfied by the Non-Qualified Plan Trust, and the remaining obligations, if any, shall be satisfied by the Company, in accordance with the terms of the Plan.

 

30

 


 

Schedule A

 

31

 


 

Appendix A

 

Restoration of Retirement Income Plan

For Certain Employees Participating

in the

Restated American General Retirement Plan

 

December 31, 1998 Restatement

 

(Incorporation November, 1991 Plan and Amendments thereof)

 

A-1

 


 

RESTORATION OF RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN

 

FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES PARTICIPATING IN THE

 

RESTATED AMERICAN GENERAL RETIREMENT PLAN

 

The RESTORATION OF RETIREMENT INCOME PLAN FOR CERTAIN EMPLOYEES PARTICIPATING IN THE RESTATED AMERICAN GENERAL RETIREMENT PLAN (hereinafter referred to as the “Restoration Plan”) is hereby restated effective as of December 31, 1998 by AMERICAN GENERAL CORPORATION and its subsidiaries (hereinafter referred to as the “Employer,” jointly and severally). The Restoration Plan has been established to provide for the payment of certain pension and pension-related benefits to certain employees who are participants in the AMERICAN GENERAL RETIREMENT PLAN (hereinafter referred to as the “Basic Plan”). The Employer intends and desires to recognize the value to the Employer of the past and present services of employees covered by the Restoration Plan and to encourage and assure their continued service to the Employer by making more adequate provision for their future retirement security. All terms used in this Restoration Plan shall have the meanings assigned to them under the provisions of the Basic Plan unless otherwise qualified by the context.

 

1. Incorporation of the Basic Plan

 

The Basic Plan, with any amendments thereto, shall be attached hereto as Exhibit I and is hereby incorporated by reference into and shall form a part of this Restoration Plan as fully as if set forth herein verbatim. Any amendment made to the Basic Plan by the Employer shall also be incorporated by reference into and form a part of this Restoration Plan, effective as of the effective date of such amendment. The Basic Plan, whenever referred to in this Restoration Plan, shall mean the Basic Plan, as amended, as it exists as of the date any determination is made of benefits payable under this Restoration Plan.

 

2. Administration

 

This Restoration Plan shall be administered by the administrative committee (hereinafter referred to as the “Committee”) under the Basic Plan which shall administer it in a manner consistent with the administration of the Basic Plan, as from time to time amended and in effect, except that this Restoration Plan shall be administered as an unfunded plan that is not intended to meet the qualification requirements of section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”). The Committee shall have full power and authority to interpret, construe and administer this Restoration Plan. No member of the Committee shall be liable to any person for any action taken or omitted in connection with the interpretation and administration of this Restoration Plan unless attributable to his own willful misconduct or lack of good faith. Members of the Committee shall not participate in any action or determination regarding their own benefits hereunder.

 

A-2

 


 

3. Eligibility

 

Employees, excluding Career Agents, who are Highly Compensated Participants who are participating in the Basic Plan, and either (1) whose pension or pension-related benefits under the Basic Plan are limited pursuant to section 401(a)(17) or section 415 of the Code or (2) who are eligible to participate in the American General Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan, shall be eligible for benefits under this Restoration Plan. In no event shall an employee who is not eligible for benefits under the Basic Plan be eligible for a benefit under this Restoration Plan.

 

4. Amount of Benefit

 

The benefit payable to an eligible employee or his beneficiary under this Restoration Plan shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of the excess, if any, of (a) over (b):

 

(a)       the benefit that would have been payable to such employee or on his behalf under the Basic Plan if such benefit were determined without regard to the maximum amount of benefit limitations of section 415 of the Code, without regard to the considered compensation limitations of section 401(a)(17) of the Code, as if the definition of Compensation under the Basic Plan as in effect on March 21, 1985 were applicable for the period January 1, 1985 through March 20, 1985 and as if the definition of Compensation included executive deferred compensation;

 

(b)       the benefit which is in fact payable to such employee or on his behalf under the Basic Plan, as in effect from time to time.

 

5. Payment of Benefits

 

The benefit payable under this Restoration Plan on account of an eligible employee’s death shall be paid to the same beneficiary or beneficiaries and in the same form and at the same time or times as the limited benefits are payable to the employee’s beneficiary under the Basic Plan. The benefit payable under this Restoration Plan for any reason other than on account of an eligible employee’s death shall be payable in the form of a benefit for the life of the employee, beginning at his age sixty-five or, if later, his termination of employment with the Employer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct that the benefit payable under this Restoration Plan shall be paid in the same form as, and coincident with, the payment of the limited benefit payments made to the eligible employee or on his behalf to his beneficiary or beneficiaries under the Basic Plan. Further, notwithstanding any of the foregoing provisions of this Section 5, if an eligible employee becomes entitled to a lump sum payment under Section 2.6 (or a successor section) of the American General Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, the employee shall receive the benefit payable under this Restoration Plan in the form of a lump sum amount, in cash, equal to the actuarial equivalent of such benefit. Such lump sum amount shall be paid within the five (5) business days immediately following termination of the employee’s employment.

 

6. Employee’s Rights

 

Except as otherwise specifically provided, an employee’s rights under this Restoration Plan, including his rights to vested benefits, shall be the same as his rights under the Basic Plan. Benefits payable under this Restoration Plan shall be a general, unsecured obligation of the Employer to be paid by the Employer from its own funds, and such payments shall not (i) impose any obligation upon the Trust Fund under said Basic Plan; (ii) be paid from the Trust Fund under said Basic Plan; or (iii) have any effect whatsoever upon the Basic Plan or the payment of benefits from the Trust Fund under said Basic Plan. No employee or his beneficiary or beneficiaries shall have any title to or beneficial ownership in any assets which the Employer may earmark to pay benefits hereunder.

 

A-3

 


 

7. Amendment and Discontinuance

 

This Restoration Plan may be amended from time to time, or terminated and discontinued at any time, in each case at the discretion of the Board of Directors of American General Corporation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment shall be made, nor shall this Restoration Plan be terminated in a manner which would reduce the benefits or rights to benefits of any employee accrued under the Restoration Plan (determined on the basis of each employee’s presumed termination of employment as of the date of such amendment or termination) prior to the later of the adoption or the effective date of such amendment or termination.

 

8. Restrictions on Assignment

 

The interest of an employee or his beneficiary or beneficiaries may not be sold, transferred, assigned, or encumbered in any manner, either voluntarily or involuntarily, and any attempt so to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, or charge the same shall be null and void; neither shall the benefits hereunder be liable for or subject to the debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements, or torts of any person to whom such benefits or funds are payable, nor shall they be subject to garnishments, attachment, or other legal or equitable process nor shall they be an asset in bankruptcy.

 

9. Nature of Agreement

 

This Restoration Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded “excess benefit plan” within the meaning of sections 3(36) and 4(b)(5) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, with respect to a part of the Restoration Plan and an unfunded “deferred compensation plan” for a select group of management or highly-compensated employees within the meaning of sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, with respect to the remainder of the Restoration Plan. The adoption of this Restoration Plan and any setting aside of amounts by the Employer with which to discharge its obligations hereunder shall not be deemed to create a trust; legal and equitable title to any funds so set aside shall remain in the Employer, and any recipient of benefits hereunder shall have no security or other interest in such funds. Any and all funds so set aside shall remain subject to the claims of the general creditors of the Employer, present and future. This provision shall not require the Employer to set aside any funds, but the Employer may set aside such funds if it chooses to do so. Notwithstanding the provisions of Sections 6 and 11 hereof and the foregoing provisions of this Section 9, American General Corporation may, in its discretion, establish a trust to pay amounts becoming payable pursuant to this Restoration Plan, which trust shall be subject to the claims of the general creditors of American General Corporation in the event of its bankruptcy or insolvency. Notwithstanding any establishment of such a trust, the Employer shall remain responsible for the payment of any amounts so payable which are not so paid by such trust.

 

A-4

 


 

10. Continued Employment

 

Nothing contained herein shall be construed as conferring upon any employee the right to continue in the employ of the Employer in any capacity.

 

11. Binding on Employer, Employees and Their Successors

 

This Restoration Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employer, its successors and assigns and the employee and his heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives. The provisions of this Restoration Plan shall be applicable with respect to each Employer separately, and amounts payable hereunder shall be paid by the Employer of the particular employee.

 

12. Employment with More Than One Employer

 

If any employee shall be entitled to benefits under the Basic Plan on account of service with more than one Employer, the obligations under this Restoration Plan shall be apportioned among such Employers on the basis of time of service with each, except that an Employer from whose employ such employee was transferred prior to his retirement, death or disability shall be obligated with respect to employment prior to such transfer only to the extent of an amount based on assumed pay increases in accordance with the scale used for computing the actuarial cost under the Basic Plan for the year of the transfer. If obligations are so limited, the remaining obligations shall be borne by the last Employer.

 

13. Laws Governing

 

This Restoration Plan shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas.

 

EXECUTED as of the 31st day of December, 1998.

 

  AMERICAN GENERAL CORPORATION
   
  By:  
    Mark S. Berg
    Executive Vice President and General Counsel

 

A-5

 


 

Appendix B

 

THE HARTFORD STEAM BOILER

Excess Retirement Benefit Plan

 

As Amended and Restated October 23, 1989

 

B-1 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

  

ARTICLE I PURPOSE B-3
ARTICLE II ELIGIBILITY B-3
ARTICLE III AMOUNT AND PAYMENT OF BENEFIT B-3
ARTICLE IV UNFUNDED OBLIGATIONS, TRUST AGREEMENT B-4
ARTICLE V TERMINATION AND MODIFICATION B-4
ARTICLE VI EFFECTIVE DATE B-4
ARTICLE VII CHANGE IN CONTROL B-4
ARTICLE VIII ASSIGNMENT AND ALIENATION B-5

 

B-2 

 


  

ARTICLE I

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Plan is to provide benefits that would have been provided under The Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Company Retirement Plan (hereinafter the “Retirement Plan”) but for the provisions of Section 415 of the Internal Revenue Code as referenced in Article IX of the Retirement Plan.

 

ARTICLE II

 

ELIGIBILITY

 

Eligibility to participate in this Plan shall be determined in accordance with the participation requirements contained in the Retirement Plan.

 

ARTICLE III

 

AMOUNT AND PAYMENT OF BENEFIT

 

The provisions of Articles I, II, III and VI of the Retirement Plan and any future amendments thereto are incorporated herein by reference and apply to the benefit provided herein insofar as they are not in conflict with the specific provisions contained under this Plan.

 

If a participant, except a Vested Terminated Participant (as defined under Section 1.36 of the Retirement Plan), has a spouse at the time benefit payments hereunder are scheduled to commence, benefits shall be paid to him in accordance with the Employee/Spouse Income Option described under Section 4.02(a) of the Retirement Plan.

 

If a Vested Terminated Participant has a spouse at the time benefit payments are scheduled to commence, benefits shall be paid to him in accordance with the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity described under Section 4.02(b) of the Retirement Plan.

 

If a participant, including a Vested Terminated Participant, does not have a spouse at the time benefit payments are scheduled to commence, benefits shall be paid to him in accordance with the Employee Only Income Option described under Section 4.03 of the Retirement Plan.

 

This Plan will provide a retirement benefit in an amount equal to the amount by which the retirement income, calculated in accordance with Article III of the Retirement Plan without regard to Article IX of the Retirement Plan, is reduced after applying the limitations of Article IX.

 

For a participant, other than a Vested Terminated Participant or a Disabled Participant, benefits shall commence on the first day of the month following participant’s actual retirement date. For a Vested Terminated Participant or a Disabled Participant benefits shall commence on the first day of the month following such participant’s Normal Retirement Date (as defined in the Plan).

 

B-3 

 


 

ARTICLE IV

 

UNFUNDED OBLIGATIONS, TRUST AGREEMENT

 

The Company will pay from its general assets all payments to be made hereunder. However, the Company may in its discretion establish a trust, escrow agreement or similar arrangement in order to aid the Company in meeting its obligations hereunder.

 

Any assets transferred by the Company into any such arrangement shall remain at all times assets of the Company and subject to the claims of the Company’s general creditors in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company. No security interest in such assets shall be created in a participant’s favor and a participant’s rights under this Plan and under any such arrangement shall be those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

 

ARTICLE V

 

TERMINATION AND MODIFICATION

 

The Board of Directors of the Company may at any time terminate or from time to time modify or suspend, and if suspended, may reinstate any or all of the provisions of this Plan except that no modification or termination of this Plan may reduce any benefit that has accrued under this Plan as of the date of modification or termination.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

EFFECTIVE DATE

The effective date of this Plan shall be January 1, 1984.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

CHANGE IN CONTROL

 

In the event of a Change in Control of the Company this Plan shall continue to be binding upon the Company, any successor in interest to the Company and all persons in control of the Company or any successor thereto and no transaction or series of transactions shall have the effect of reducing or eliminating the benefits payable to a participant that have not been distributed unless consented to in writing by such affected participant. A “Change in Control” as referred to under this Section shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

(a) any “person” (as defined in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)), other than a trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company, is or becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities;

 

B-4 

 


 

(b) during any period within two (2) consecutive years there shall cease to be a majority of the Board of Directors comprised as follows: individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board of Directors and any new director(s) whose election by the Board of Directors or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was previously so approved; or

 

(c) the stockholders of the Company approve a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than eighty percent (80%) of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company (or such surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation or (ii) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no “person” (as hereinabove defined) acquires more than 25% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

 

(d) the shareholders of the Company approve (i) a plan of complete liquidation of the Company or (ii) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the Company assets.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

ASSIGNMENT AND ALIENATION

 

Benefits under this Plan may not be anticipated, assigned (either at law or in equity), alienated, or subjected to attachment, garnishment, levy, execution or other legal or equitable process. If any participant or beneficiary under this Plan becomes bankrupt or attempts to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber or charge any benefit under this Plan, such benefit shall, in the discretion of the Committee, cease and terminate, in which event the Committee may hold or apply the same or any part thereof for the benefit of such participant, his beneficiary, his spouse, children, other dependents or any of such individuals, in such manner and in such proportion as the Committee may deem proper.

 

B-5 

 


 

Appendix C

 

20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES

Supplemental Pension Plan

(RESTATEMENT NO. 1)

 

C-1 

 


 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I PURPOSE C-3
ARTICLE II DEFINITIONS C-3
2.1   "Committee" C-3
2.2   "Company" C-3
2.3   "Compensation" C-3
2.4   "Early Retirement Date" C-4
2.5   "Effective Date" C-4
2.6   "Eligible Employee" C-4
2.7   "Normal Retirement Date" C-4
2.8   "Participant" C-4
2.9   "Plan" C-4
2.10   "Plan Administrator" C-4
2.11   "Plan Year" C-4
2.12   "Qualified Pension Plan" C-4
2.13   "Separation from Service" C-4
ARTICLE III ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION C-5
3.1   Eligibility to Participate C-5
3.2   Certain Enrollment Procedures C-5
ARTICLE IV CALCULATION OF BENEFITS C-5
4.1   Benefits under this Plan C-5
4.2   Benefit Formula C-5
4.3   Offset of Benefit under the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan C-6
4.4   Benefit Commencement at Early Retirement Date C-6
ARTICLE V VESTING OF BENEFITS C-6
ARTICLE VI PAYMENT OF BENEFITS C-6
6.1   Date of Payment C-6
6.2   Form of Payment C-7
ARTICLE VII DEATH AND DISABILITY BENEFITS C-7
7.1   Death Benefit C-7
7.2   Disability Benefit C-8
ARTICLE VIII RIGHT TO TERMINATE OR MODIFY PLAN C-8
ARTICLE IX NO ASSIGNMENT, ETC. C-8
ARTICLE X THE COMMITTEE C-9
ARTICLE XI RELEASE C-9
ARTICLE XII NO CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT C-10
ARTICLE XIII COMPANY'S OBLIGATION TO PAY BENEFITS C-10
ARTICLE XIV CLAIM REVIEW PROCEDURE C-10
ARTICLE XV ARBITRATION C-11
ARTICLE XVI MISCELLANEOUS C-12
16.1   Successor and Assigns C-12
16.2   Notices C-12
16.3   Limitations on Liability C-12
16.4   Certain Small Benefits C-12
16.5   Governing Law C-12

 

C-2 

 


 

ARTICLE I

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Pension Plan (the “Plan”) is to attract and retain valuable executive employees by making available certain benefits that otherwise would be unavailable under the Company's Qualified Pension Plan.

 

This Plan is designed to qualify as an unfunded plan of deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees described in 29 CFR § 2520.104-23 and Sections 201(a), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”). Further, this Plan is a plan described in 4 U.S.C. Section 114 and Section 3121(v)(2)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code (“Code”), established to pay retirement income after termination of employment, and maintained solely for the purpose of providing retirement benefits for employees in excess of the limitations imposed by one or more of Sections 401(a)(17), 401(k), 401(m), 402(g), 403(b), 408(k), or 415 of such Code or any other limitation on contributions or benefits in such Code on plans to which any of such Sections apply.

 

This instrument amends and restates the provisions of this Plan, this amendment and restatement to be effective as of January 1, 1996.

 

ARTICLE II

 

DEFINITIONS

 

The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below in this Article II, when capitalized:

 

2.1 "Committee"

 

means the committee appointed to administer the Plan in accordance with Article X.

 

2.2 "Company"

 

means 20th Century Industries, and shall include any corporation that is affiliated with 20th Century Industries, and which, by designation by the Chief Executive Officer of 20th Century Industries, is included within the meaning of the term "Company," with the result that otherwise eligible executives of such entity may participate herein.

 

2.3 "Compensation"

 

means compensation as defined in the Qualified Pension Plan determined, however, without regard to the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) and prior to any reduction for compensation deferrals under the 20th Century Industries 401(k) Supplemental Plan, the 20th Century Industries Savings and Security Plan and any salary reduction pursuant to Code Section 125 or 129.

 

C-3 

 


 

2.4 "Early Retirement Date"

 

means Early Retirement Date as defined in the Qualified Pension Plan.

 

2.5 "Effective Date"

 

means January 1, 1996.

 

2.6 "Eligible Employee"

 

means an employee of the Company who on or after the Effective Date has Compensation for a Plan Year in excess of the applicable limit under Section 401(a)(17) of the Internal Revenue Code, except as provided in Section 3.2.

 

2.7 "Normal Retirement Date"

 

means Normal Retirement Date as defined in the Qualified Pension Plan.

 

2.8 "Participant"

 

means each Eligible Employee who has commenced to participate in this Plan in accordance with Article III.

 

2.9 "Plan"

 

means the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Pension Plan, as set forth herein.

 

2.10 "Plan Administrator"

 

means 20th Century Industries. For purposes of Section 3(16)(A) of ERISA, 20th Century Industries shall be the "plan administrator" and shall be responsible for compliance with any applicable reporting and disclosure requirements imposed by ERISA.

 

2.11 "Plan Year"

 

means the fiscal period commencing each January 1 and ending the following December 31.

 

2.12 "Qualified Pension Plan"

 

means the 20th Century Industries Pension Plan, as in effect from time to time.

 

2.13 "Separation from Service"

 

means any separation from service of the Company for any reason. In the case of a Participant on disability, Separation from Service shall be deemed to occur when long term disability coverage commences, unless otherwise determined by the Committee.

 

C-4 

 


 

ARTICLE III

 

ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

 

3.1 Eligibility to Participate

 

Subject to the provisions of Section 3.2 below, each Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as of the later of the Effective Date or the date on which the person becomes an Eligible Employee.

 

3.2 Certain Enrollment Procedures

 

As a condition of participation or continued participation in this Plan the Committee may require an Eligible Employee to deliver to the Committee such properly completed enrollment forms and agreements as the Committee may require. Such forms or agreements may permit an Eligible employee to designate a form of payment applicable to all benefits payable hereunder. Such designation shall be irrevocable, unless the Committee, in its sole discretion, permits an Eligible Employee to change his or her election of payment method to a method providing payments over a longer period of time than originally elected by the Eligible Employee and which will not reasonably result in any increase in the amount otherwise payable in any taxable year of the Participant during which payment would have been made under the method of payment previously elected. No payment option shall be selected by a Participant which is not among a list of payment options generally made available to all Participants by the Committee at the time of such selection. No assurance regarding the tax effects of making such change is provided to a participant who elects to change a form of payment.

 

Commencement or recommencement of active participation or status as an Eligible Employee following any Separation from Service or other interruption of employment shall be on such terms and under such conditions as the Committee may, in its discretion, provide.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

CALCULATION OF BENEFITS

 

4.1 Benefits under this Plan

 

A Participant's benefits under this Plan shall be calculated as provided in this Article IV, provided, however, that a Participant's eligibility to receive a benefit hereunder shall be subject to succeeding provisions of this Plan.

 

4.2 Benefit Formula

 

A Participant's benefit payable under this Plan, expressed in the form of an annual benefit payable commencing at the Participant's Normal Retirement Age and payable for the lifetime of the Participant, shall be equal to (a) minus (b) below where:

 

(a) equals the benefit payable on the Participant's Normal Retirement Date determined in accordance with the terms of the Qualified Pension Plan (except that for purposes of this Subsection 4.2(a), the Participant's Compensation shall be determined under this Plan), and

 

(b) equals the benefit payable on the Participant's Normal Retirement Date determined in accordance with the terms of the Qualified Pension Plan.

 

C-5 

 


 

4.3 Offset of Benefit under the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan

 

If a Participant under this Plan is entitled to receive benefits under the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "SERP"), such Participant's benefit under this Plan shall be offset, but not below zero (0) by an amount equal to the actuarial equivalent of the SERP benefit.

 

4.4 Benefit Commencement at Early Retirement Date

 

If a Participant's benefit under this Plan commences to be paid on a Participant's Early Retirement Date, the benefit calculated as provided in Section 4.2 shall be reduced to reflect the longer anticipated period of time that such benefit is to be paid, and such reduction shall be determined in the same manner as a reduction is computed under the Qualified Pension Plan in the case of a Participant who retires under such Qualified Pension Plan at an Early Retirement Date.

 

ARTICLE V

 

VESTING OF BENEFITS

 

A Participant's interest in his benefit under this Plan shall become vested and nonforfeitable in accordance with the provisions of the Qualified Pension Plan (including provisions of the Qualified Pension Plan relating to vesting upon termination, partial termination or other vesting event under such plan). Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Article V, in the event of a Participant's Separation of Service following a “Change in Control” as such term is defined from time to time in the 20th Century Industries Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, a Participant's interest in his or her benefits under the Plan shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

 

6.1 Date of Payment

 

Except as otherwise provided in Article VII and subject to the provisions of Article V, a Participant's benefit hereunder, payable on account of a Separation from Service, shall commence to be paid as soon as practicable following the later of (a) the date of such Separation from Service or (b) the earlier of (i) the date on which the Participant attains (or would have attained if the Participant then were in active employment) Early Retirement Date, or (ii) the Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

 

C-6 

 


 

6.2 Form of Payment

 

(a) Single Life Annuity. The normal form of payment under the Plan for a Participant who is not married on the date of commencement of his or her benefits hereunder shall be a single life annuity providing monthly payments for the life of the Participant, and under which all benefit payments cease as of the date of death of the Participant.

 

(b) Joint and Survivor Annuity. The normal form of benefit payable to a Participant who is lawfully married to a spouse on the date of commencement of his or her benefits hereunder shall be an actuarially equivalent fifty percent (50%) joint and survivor annuity, providing reduced monthly payments during such Participant's life, and providing continued monthly payments after the Participant's death to the spouse to whom the participant is married on the date of his or her commencement of benefits hereunder. Each such continued monthly payments payable to the surviving spouse shall be fifty percent (50%) of the monthly payment amount payable during the Participant's lifetime. The reduction in the Participant's monthly benefits shall be determined by application of the same reduction factors as are applied for purposes of determining such reduction under the Qualified Pension Plan. Continuing payments to a surviving spouse shall continue during the life of the surviving spouse and shall cease on the date of death of such surviving spouse.

 

(c) Whenever, under this Plan it becomes necessary to determine the actuarial equivalence of one or more forms of benefits, such determination shall be made by application of such actuarial factors and rates as would then be applied for such purpose under the Qualified Pension Plan.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

DEATH AND DISABILITY BENEFITS

 

7.1 Death Benefit

 

In the event of the death of a Participant prior to commencement of benefit payments hereunder, a death benefit shall be payable to the spouse to whom such Participant is lawfully married on the date of the Participant's death. Such benefit shall consist of monthly payments, each of which is equal to the monthly amount that would have been paid to such spouse (a) had the Participant's Separation from Service occurred on the later of (i) the Participant's date of death, or (ii) the earlier of the Participant's Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date, (b) had the Participant's benefit commenced to be paid as the joint and survivor annuity described in Section 6.2, and (c) had the Participant's death occurred immediately after such commencement of benefits. Such death benefit shall begin to be paid as soon as practicable after the latest of (a) the Participant's date of death, (b) the earlier of the Participant's Early Retirement Date or Normal Retirement Date, and (c) the date on which such benefit applications, releases, and other documents as the Committee may require to be given are received by the Committee in form and manner satisfactory to the Committee. Death benefit payments shall cease as of the date of death of the spouse receiving such payments. No benefit shall be payable to any person other than a spouse described in the first sentence of this Section 7.1. This Plan shall not be required to give effect to disclaimers, whether made under state or federal law. This Section 7.1 shall not apply in the case of the death of a Participant after payments have commenced to be made with respect to such Participant.

 

C-7 

 


 

7.2 Disability Benefit

 

If a Participant incurs a Total and Permanent Disability, as such term is defined from time to time under Qualified Pension Plan, prior to commencement of benefits hereunder and such Participant at the date of the occurrence of such Total and Permanent Disability is an Eligible Employee, such Participant shall continue to accrue benefits under this Plan in the same manner as provided in the Qualified Plan during the continuation of such Total and Permanent Disability, but not beyond the date determined under the Qualified Pension Plan. Such Participant shall be entitled to receive his/her benefit under this Plan upon attaining his/her Normal Retirement Date.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

RIGHT TO TERMINATE OR MODIFY PLAN

 

By action of its Board of Directors, 20th Century Industries may modify or terminate this Plan without further liability to any Eligible Employee or former employee or any other person. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Article VIII, except as expressly required by law, this Plan may not be modified or terminated as to any Participant in a manner that adversely affects the payment of benefits theretofore accrued by such Participant to the extent such benefits have become vested, except that in the event of the termination of the Plan as to all Participants, this Plan may in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors be modified to accelerate payment of benefits to Participants.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

NO ASSIGNMENT, ETC.

 

Benefits under this Plan may not be assigned or alienated and shall not be subject to the claims of any creditor. A Participant shall not be permitted to borrow under the Plan, nor shall a Participant be permitted to pledge or otherwise use his benefits hereunder as security for any loan or other obligation. No payments shall be made to any person or persons other than expressly provided herein, or on any date or dates other than as expressly provided herein.

 

It is each Participant's sole responsibility to obtain such consents, and to take such other actions as may be necessary or appropriate in connection with participation in this Plan, including but not limited to obtaining spousal or other consents, as may be necessary or appropriate to reflect marital property, support, or other obligations arising under contract, order or by operation of law.

 

C-8 

 


 

ARTICLE X

 

THE COMMITTEE

 

(a) The appointment, removal and resignation of members of the Committee shall be governed by the Board of Directors of 20th Century Industries. Subject to change by the said Board, the membership of the Committee shall be the same as the membership of the Committee of the Qualified Pension Plan.

 

(b) The Committee shall have authority to oversee the management and administration of the Plan, and in connection therewith is authorized in its sole discretion to make, amend and rescind such rules as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan and to correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan in the manner and to the extent that the Committee deems desirable to carry the Plan into effect. The powers and duties of the Committee shall include without limitation, the following:

 

(i) Resolving all questions relating to the eligibility of select management and highly compensated employees to become Participants; and

 

(ii) Resolving all questions regarding payment of benefits under the Plan and other questions regarding plan participation.

 

Any action taken or determination made by the Committee shall be conclusive on all parties. The exercise of or failure to exercise any discretion reserved to the Committee to grant or deny any benefit to a Participant or other person under the Plan shall in no way require the Committee or any person acting on behalf thereof, to similarly exercise or fail to exercise such discretion with respect to any other Participant.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

RELEASE

 

As a condition to making any payment under the Plan, or to giving effect to any election or other action under the Plan by any Participant or any other person, the Plan Administrator may require such consents or releases as it determines to be appropriate, and further may require any such designation, election or other action to be in writing, in a prescribed form and to be filed with the Committee in a manner prescribed by the Committee. In the event the Committee determines, in its discretion, that multiple conflicting claims may be made as to all or a part of a benefit accrued hereunder by a Participant, the Committee may delay the making of any payment until such conflict or multiplicity of claims is resolved.

 

C-9 

 


 

ARTICLE XII

 

NO CONTRACT OF EMPLOYMENT

 

This Plan shall not be deemed to give any employee the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or to interfere with the right of the Company to discharge or retire any employee at any time, nor shall this Plan interfere with the right of the Company to establish the terms and conditions of employment of any employee.

 

ARTICLE XIII

 

COMPANY'S OBLIGATION TO PAY BENEFITS

 

Nothing contained in this Plan and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of this Plan shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Company, and any Employee, an Employee's spouse or former spouse or any other person. Funds to provide benefits under the provisions of this Plan shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general funds of the Company. To the extent that any person acquires a right to receive payments from the Company under this Plan such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Company. Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this Article XIII, assets may be transferred by the Company to a trust constituting a "rabbi trust," for the purpose of providing benefits described herein.

 

ARTICLE XIV

 

CLAIM REVIEW PROCEDURE

 

(a) A person who believes that he or she has not received all payments to which he or she is entitled under the terms of this Plan may submit a claim therefor. Within ninety (90) days following receipt of a claim for benefits under this Plan, and all necessary documents and information, the Committee or its authorized delegate reviewing the claim shall, if the claim is not approved, furnish the claimant with written notice of the decision rendered with respect to the application.

 

(b) The written notice contemplated in (a) above shall set forth:

 

(i) the specific reasons for the denial, with reference to the Plan provisions upon which the denial is based;

 

(ii) a description of any additional information or material necessary for perfection of the application (together with an explanation why the material or information is necessary); and

 

(iii) an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.

 

C-10 

 


 

(c) A claimant who wishes to contest the denial of his claim for benefits or to contest the amount of benefits payable to him shall follow the procedures for an appeal of benefits as set forth below, and shall exhaust such administrative procedures prior to seeking any other form of relief.

 

(d) A claimant who does not agree with the decision rendered as provided above in this Article XIV with respect to his application may appeal the decision to the Committee. The appeal shall be made, in writing, within sixty (60) days after the date of notice of such decision with respect to the application. If the application has neither been approved nor denied within the ninety-day (90) period provided in (a) above, then the appeal shall be made within sixty (60) days after the expiration of the ninety-day (90) period.

 

(e) The claimant may request that his application be given full and fair review by the Committee. The claimant may review all pertinent documents and submit issues and comments in writing in connection with the appeal. The decision of the Committee shall be made promptly, and not later than sixty (60) days after the Committee's receipt of a request for review, unless special circumstances require an extension of time for processing, in which case a decision shall be rendered as soon as possible, but not later than one hundred twenty (120) days after receipt of a request for review. The decision by the Committee on review shall be in writing and shall include specific reasons for the decision, written in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant with specific reference to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision is based.

 

ARTICLE XV

 

ARBITRATION

 

A claimant may contest the Committee's denial of his or her appeal only by submitting the matter to arbitration. In such event, the claimant and the Committee shall select an arbitrator from a list of names supplied by the American Arbitration Association in accordance with such Association's procedures for selection of arbitrators, and the arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the rules of such Association. The arbitrator's authority shall be limited to the affirmance or reversal of the Committee's denial of the appeal, and the arbitrator shall have no power to alter, add to or subtract from any provision of this Plan. Except as otherwise required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, the arbitrator's decision shall be final and binding on all parties, if warranted on the record and reasonably based on applicable law and the provisions of this Plan.

 

C-11 

 


 

ARTICLE XVI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

16.1 Successor and Assigns

 

The Plan shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Company, its successors and assigns, and all Participants.

 

16.2 Notices

 

Any notice or other communication required or permitted under the Plan shall be in writing, and if directed to the Company shall be sent to the Committee or its authorized delegate, and if directed to a Participant shall be sent to such Participant at his last known address as it appears on the records of the Company.

 

16.3 Limitations on Liability

 

(a) The Company does not warrant any tax benefit nor any financial benefit under the Plan. Without limitation to the foregoing, the Company and its officers, employees and agents shall be held harmless by the Participant or Beneficiary from, and shall not be subject to any liability on account of, the federal or state or local income tax consequences, or any other consequences of any deferrals or credits with respect to Participants under the Plan.

 

(b) The Company, its officers, employees, and agents shall be held harmless by the Participant from, and shall not be subject to any liability hereunder for, all acts performed in good faith.

 

16.4 Certain Small Benefits

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, in the case of a Participant whose annual benefit hereunder is not in excess of $2,000, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, distribute an amount equal to the actuarial equivalent value of future anticipated benefits, determined in accordance with such actuarial factors and interest rate assumptions utilized from time to time under the Qualified Pension Plan for purposes of making lump sum payments thereunder.

 

16.5 Governing Law

 

This Plan is subject to the laws of the State of California, to the extent not preempted by ERISA.

 

C-12 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, 20th Century Industries has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers, effective as of the Effective Date set forth hereinabove.

 

  20TH CENTURY INDUSTRIES
   
  By:  
   
  By:  

 

C-13 

 


 

Appendix D

 

Treatment of Employees Transferring with the Sale of United Guaranty Corporation

 

With respect to each Participant who is an Active Employee of United Guaranty Corporation and its Subsidiaries (collectively, “UGC”) as of December 31, 2016 (the “Closing Date”), the date that the sale described in the Stock Purchase Agreement dated August 15, 2016 between the Company and Arch Capital Group, Ltd. (“Arch”) (the “Purchase Agreement”) closes (a “Departing UGC Participant”), the terms and conditions set forth in this Appendix D shall apply solely with respect to Departing UGC Participants, effective as of December 31, 2016:

 

1. Appendix D Definitions

 

a.        Solely for purposes of this Appendix D, an “Active Employee” means each person who as of the Closing Date (a) is an actively employed Employee performing services for UGC and (b) each person who is an Employee of UGC as of the Closing Date who is absent from employment due to illness, vacation, injury, military service or other authorized absence (including each Employee who is “disabled” under the short-term disability program currently in place for UGC, who is on approved leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act or who is on leave due to a workplace injury covered by a workers’ compensation policy or program incurred within the six (6) months prior to the Closing Date) other than Employees on long-term disability or other unpaid medical leave and Employees who are on leave due to a workplace injury covered by a workers’ compensation policy or program incurred more than six (6) months prior to the Closing Date.

 

b.       Solely for purposes of this Appendix D, “Subsidiaries” means those subsidiaries of United Guaranty Corporation that are sold to Arch pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

2. Definition of Disability

 

For purposes of Section 1.10, the definition of the term “Disability,” for a Departing UGC Participant the word “Company” shall include both UGC and Arch.

 

D-1 

 


 

3. Definition of Separation from Service

 

With respect to Departing UGC Participants, the definition of “Separation from Service” in Section 1.33 of the Plan means the Departing UGC Participant has terminated employment (other than by death or Disability) with Arch and its subsidiaries (including UGC).

 

4. Vesting

 

Notwithstanding the first two sentences of Article 5 of the Plan, effective as of December 31, 2016, the Excess Retirement Income of a Departing UGC Participant shall become non-forfeitable, and the first sentence of the second paragraph of Article 5 shall not apply to a Departing UGC Participant.

 

5. Entitlement to Benefits

 

For a Departing UGC Participant, Section 3.1 of the Plan shall read as is set forth below:

 

3.1    Early, Normal, Postponed and Disability Retirement. A Departing UGC Participant in the Plan who has a Separation from Service on or after December 31, 2016 shall be entitled to the Excess Retirement Income described in Article 4 of the Plan. If a Departing UGC Participant incurs a Disability, the Departing UGC Participant shall be entitled to receive the Excess Disability Retirement Income described in Section 4.5.

 

For a Departing UGC Participant, the first sentence of Section 3.2 shall not apply and shall be replaced with the following sentence:

 

3.2    A Departing UGC Participant who has a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Date (other than by death or by incurring a Disability) shall be entitled to an Early Excess Retirement Income in accordance with Section 4.3.

 

D-2 

 


 

6. Benefit

 

For a Departing UGC Participant, Section 4.3(f) shall read as is set forth below:

 

4.3(f)  If the Departing UGC Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the Frozen Accrued Benefit and the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date, but reduced by 6-2/3% for each of the first 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 65 and 3-1/3% for each of the next 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 60 and by an actuarial equivalent amount for retirement ages below age 55. With respect to retirement ages prior to age 55, the reduction will be based on an actuarial equivalent of the benefit payable at age 55. Actuarial equivalence will be based on the rate of interest determined under Code section 417(e)(3) as modified in other applicable guidance (including without limitation Revenue Ruling 2007-67) for the third calendar month prior to the calendar year in which benefits are scheduled to commence and the mortality table under Code section 417(e) in effect on the date benefits are scheduled to commence.

 

7. Death.

 

In Section 7.2, the following phrase that appears in both the ultimate and penultimate sentences in that Section is eliminated with respect to Departing UGC Participants:

 

“or , if later, within 90 days after the Participant would have attained age 55”

 

D-3 

 


 

Appendix E

 

Treatment of Employees Transferring with the Sale of Fortitude Group Holdings, LLC

 

With respect to each Participant who is an Active Employee of Fortitude Group Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (collectively, “Fortitude”) as of June 2, 2020 (the “Closing Date”), the date that the sale described in the Stock Purchase Agreement dated November 25, 2019 between the Company and Carlyle FRL, L.P. and T&D Capital Co., Ltd. (the “Fortitude Buyers”) (the “Purchase Agreement”) closes (a “Departing Fortitude Participant”), the terms and conditions set forth in this Appendix E shall apply solely with respect to Departing Fortitude Participants, effective as of June 2, 2020:

 

1. Appendix E Definitions

 

a.    Solely for purposes of this Appendix E, an “Active Employee” means each person who as of the Closing Date (a) is an actively employed Employee performing services for Fortitude and (b) each person who is an Employee of Fortitude as of the Closing Date who is absent from employment due to illness, vacation, injury, military service or other authorized absence (including each Employee who is “disabled” under the short-term disability program currently in place for Fortitude, who is on approved leave under the Family and Medical Leave Act or who is on leave due to a workplace injury covered by a workers’ compensation policy or program incurred within the six (6) months prior to the Closing Date) other than Employees on long-term disability or other unpaid medical leave and Employees who are on leave due to a workplace injury covered by a workers’ compensation policy or program incurred more than six (6) months prior to the Closing Date.

 

b.    Solely for purposes of this Appendix E, “Subsidiaries” means those subsidiaries of Fortitude Group Holdings, Inc. that are sold to the Fortitude Buyers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

  

2. Definition of Disability

 

For purposes of Section 1.10, the definition of the term “Disability,” for a Departing Fortitude Participant the word “Company” shall include both Fortitude and the Fortitude Buyers.

 

E-1 

 


 

3. Definition of Separation from Service

 

With respect to Departing Fortitude Participants, the definition of “Separation from Service” in Section 1.33 of the Plan means the Departing Fortitude Participant has terminated employment (other than by death or Disability) with the Fortitude Buyers and its Subsidiaries (including Fortitude).

 

4. Vesting

 

Notwithstanding the first two sentences of Article 5 of the Plan, effective as of June 2, 2020, the Excess Retirement Income of a Departing Fortitude Participant shall become non-forfeitable, and the first sentence of the second paragraph of Article 5 shall not apply to a Departing Fortitude Participant.

 

5. Entitlement to Benefits

 

For a Departing Fortitude Participant, Section 3.1 of the Plan shall read as is set forth below:

 

3.1    Early, Normal, Postponed and Disability Retirement. A Departing Fortitude Participant in the Plan who has a Separation from Service on or after June 2, 2020 shall be entitled to the Excess Retirement Income described in Article 4 of the Plan. If a Departing Fortitude Participant incurs a Disability, the Departing Fortitude Participant shall be entitled to receive the Excess Disability Retirement Income described in Section 4.5.

 

For a Departing Fortitude Participant, the first sentence of Section 3.2 shall not apply and shall be replaced with the following sentence:

 

3.2    A Departing Fortitude Participant who has a Separation from Service prior to Normal Retirement Date (other than by death or by incurring a Disability) shall be entitled to an Early Excess Retirement Income in accordance with Section 4.3.

 

E-2 

 


 

6. Benefit

 

For a Departing Fortitude Participant, Section 4.3(f) shall read as is set forth below:

 

4.3(f)   If the Departing Fortitude Participant is not eligible for Early Retirement under the Qualified Plan, the Frozen Accrued Benefit and the Grandfathered Accrued Benefit shall be the amounts that would be payable at Normal Retirement Date, but reduced by 6-2/3% for each of the first 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 65 and 3-1/3% for each of the next 5 years (and a fraction thereof for each full month) that retirement precedes age 60 and by an actuarial equivalent amount for retirement ages below age 55. With respect to retirement ages prior to age 55, the reduction will be based on an actuarial equivalent of the benefit payable at age 55. Actuarial equivalence will be based on the rate of interest determined under Code section 417(e)(3) as modified in other applicable guidance (including without limitation Revenue Ruling 2007-67) for the third calendar month prior to the calendar year in which benefits are scheduled to commence and the mortality table under Code section 417(e) in effect on the date benefits are scheduled to commence.

 

7. Death.

 

In Section 7.2, the following phrase that appears in both the ultimate and penultimate sentences in that Section is eliminated with respect to Departing Fortitude Participants:

 

“or , if later, within 90 days after the Participant would have attained age 55”

 

E-3 


 


Exhibit 10.34



 

 

Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

Appendix B 

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

 

2021 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2021 Proxy Statement B-1

 


 

Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
2021 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

ARTICLE I
GENERAL

 

1.1 Purpose B-3
1.2 Definitions B-3
1.3 Administration B-5
1.4 Persons Eligible for Awards B-6
1.5 Types of Awards B-6
1.6 Shares of Common Stock Available for Stock-Based Awards B-6

 

ARTICLE II
AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

 

2.1 Agreements Evidencing Awards B-7
2.2 No Rights as a Shareholder B-7
2.3 Options B-8
2.4 Stock Appreciation Rights B-9
2.5 Restricted Shares B-9
2.6 Restricted Stock Units B-10
2.7 Other Stock-Based Awards B-10
2.8 Cash-Based Awards B-10
2.9 Dividend Equivalent Rights B-10
2.10 Related Option Transactions B-10
2.11 Change in Control Provisions B-10
2.12 Minimum Vesting B-11

 

ARTICLE III
MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 Amendment of the Plan B-11
3.2 Tax Withholding B-11
3.3 Required Consents and Legends B-12
3.4 Clawback B-12
3.5 Right of Offset B-12
3.6 Nonassignability; No Hedging B-12
3.7 Successor Entity B-12
3.8 Right of Discharge Reserved B-13
3.9 Nature of Payments B-13
3.10 Non-Uniform Determinations B-13
3.11 Other Payments or Awards B-13
3.12 Plan Headings B-13
3.13 Termination of Plan B-13
3.14 Section 409A B-13
3.15 Governing Law B-14
3.16 Severability; Entire Agreement B-14
3.17 Waiver of Claims B-14
3.18 No Liability With Respect to Tax Qualification or Adverse Tax Treatment B-15
3.19 No Third Party Beneficiaries B-15
3.20 Successors and Assigns of AIG B-15
3.21 Date of Adoption and Approval of Shareholders B-15

 

B-2   2021 Proxy Statement

 


 

Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.
2021 OMNIBUS INCENTIVE PLAN

 

ARTICLE I

 

GENERAL

 

1.1 Purpose. The purpose of the American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan is (1) to attract, retain and motivate officers, directors and key employees of the Company (as defined below), compensate them for their contributions to the Company and encourage them to acquire a proprietary interest in the Company, (2) to align the interests of officers, directors and key employees with those of shareholders of the Company and (3) to assist the Company in ensuring that its compensation program does not provide incentives to take imprudent risks.

 

This 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan replaces the American International Group, Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended to the Effective Date, the “2013 Plan”) for Awards granted on or after the Effective Date. Awards may not be granted under the 2013 Plan beginning on the Effective Date, but this 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan will not affect the terms or conditions of any stock appreciation right, restricted stock, restricted stock unit or other award made under the 2013 Plan before the Effective Date.

 

1.2 Definitions. For purposes of this 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, the following terms have the meanings set forth below:

 

2013 Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.1.

 

Acquisition Awards” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.6.2.

 

AIG” means American International Group, Inc. or a successor entity contemplated by Section 3.7.

 

Award” means an award made pursuant to the Plan.

 

Award Agreement” means the written or electronic document that evidences each Award and sets forth its terms and conditions. As determined by the Committee, an Award Agreement may be required to be executed or acknowledged by a Grantee as a condition to receiving an Award or the benefits under an Award.

 

Board” means the Board of Directors of AIG.

 

Business Combination” means a merger, consolidation, mandatory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving AIG.

 

Certificate” means a stock certificate (or other appropriate document or evidence of ownership) representing shares of Common Stock.

 

Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) the Incumbent Directors cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a Director subsequent to the Effective Date, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of the proxy statement of the Company in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a Director as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director; (b) any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the Company Voting Securities; provided, however, that the event described in this clause (b) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of an acquisition of Company Voting Securities: (i) by AIG or any subsidiary of AIG; (ii) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by AIG or any subsidiary of AIG; or (iii) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such

 

2021 Proxy Statement B-3

 


Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

securities; (c) the consummation of a Business Combination that results in any person becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of 50% or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the entity resulting from such Business Combination; (d) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets (other than to an affiliate of the Company); or (e) the approval by AIG’s shareholders of a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because (A) any person holds or acquires beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the Company Voting Securities as a result of a “Company share repurchase program” or other acquisition of Company Voting Securities by the Company which reduces the total number of Company Voting Securities outstanding; provided that if after such acquisition by the Company such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional Company Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding Company Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall then occur or (B) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all (or a subset) of the assets and/or operations of the Life and Retirement business (or any similar transaction).

 

Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rulings and regulations thereunder.

 

Committee” means the committee appointed by the Board to administer the Plan pursuant to Section 1.3, and, to the extent the Board determines it is appropriate for Awards under the Plan to qualify for the exemption available under Rule 16b-3(d)(1) or Rule 16b-3(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act, shall be a committee or subcommittee of the Board composed of two or more members, each of whom is a “non-employee director” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3. Unless otherwise determined by the Board, the Committee shall be the Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board.

 

Common Stock” means the common stock of AIG, par value $2.50 per share, and any other securities or property issued in exchange therefor or in lieu thereof pursuant to Section 1.6.4.

 

Company” means AIG and its consolidated subsidiaries.

 

Company Voting Securities” means, as of a given date, AIG’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board.

 

Consent” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.2.

 

Covered Person” has the meaning set forth in Section 1.3.3.

 

Director” means a member of the Board or a member of the board of directors of a consolidated subsidiary of AIG.

 

Effective Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21.

 

Employee” means an employee of the Company.

 

Employment” means a Grantee’s performance of services for the Company, as an Employee, as determined by the Committee. The terms “employ” and “employed” will have correlative meanings.

 

Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Fair Market Value” means, with respect to a share of Common Stock (or option or stock appreciation right in respect of a share of Common Stock) on any day, the fair market value as determined in accordance with a valuation methodology approved by the Committee.

 

Grantee” means a person who receives an Award.

 

Incentive Stock Option” means an option to purchase shares of Common Stock that is intended to be designated as an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Sections 421 and 422 of the Code, as now

 

B-4   2021 Proxy Statement

 


Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

constituted or subsequently amended, or pursuant to a successor of the Code, and which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

Incumbent Directors” means the individuals who constitute the Board on the Effective Date.

 

Officer” means an Employee who is an “officer” of AIG within the meaning of Rule 16a-1(f) under the Exchange Act.

 

Plan” means this American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan, as amended from time to time.

 

Plan Action” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.3.1.

 

Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code, including any amendments or successor provisions to that section, and any regulations and other administrative guidance relating thereto, in each case as they may be from time to time amended or interpreted through further administrative guidance.

 

Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended from time to time, or any successor thereto, and the applicable rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Successor entity” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.7.

 

1.3 Administration.

 

1.3.1 The Committee will administer the Plan. The Committee is authorized, subject to the provisions of the Plan, to establish such rules and regulations as it deems necessary for the proper administration of the Plan and to make such determinations and interpretations and to take such action in connection with the Plan and any Award granted thereunder as it deems necessary or advisable. All determinations and interpretations made by the Committee will be final, binding and conclusive on all Grantees and on their legal representatives and beneficiaries. The Committee will have the authority, in its absolute discretion, to determine the persons who will receive Awards, the time when Awards will be granted, the terms of such Awards and the number of shares of Common Stock, if any, which will be subject to such Awards. Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Committee reserves the authority, in its absolute discretion, (a) to amend any outstanding Award Agreement in any respect, whether or not the rights of the Grantee of such Award are adversely affected (but subject to Sections 2.3.6, 2.4.5, and 3.14.1), including, without limitation, to accelerate the time or times at which the Award becomes vested, unrestricted or may be exercised, to waive or amend any restrictions or conditions set forth in such Award Agreement, or to impose new restrictions and conditions, or to reflect a change in the Grantee’s circumstances or to modify, amend or adjust the terms and conditions of performance goals, and (b) to determine whether, to what extent and under what circumstances and method or methods (i) Awards may be (A) settled in cash, shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, (B) exercised or (C) canceled, forfeited or suspended, (ii) shares of Common Stock, other securities, other Awards or other property, and other amounts payable with respect to an Award may be deferred either automatically or at the election of the Grantee thereof or of the Committee and (iii) Awards may be settled by the Company or any of its designees. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Board may, in its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time, grant Awards or administer the Plan, in which case the Board will have all of the authority and responsibility granted to the Committee herein.

 

1.3.2 Actions of the Committee may be taken by the vote of a majority of its members. To the extent not inconsistent with applicable law and applicable rules and regulations of the New York Stock Exchange, (a) the Committee may delegate any of its powers under the Plan to a subcommittee of the Committee or to one of its members, (b) the Committee may allocate among its members any of its administrative responsibilities and (c) notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the Committee may delegate to one or more officers of AIG designated by the Committee from time to time the determination of Awards (and related administrative responsibilities) to Employees who are not Officers.

 

1.3.3 No Director or Employee exercising each such person’s responsibilities under the Plan (each such person, a “Covered Person”) will have any liability to any person (including any Grantee) for any action taken or

 

2021 Proxy Statement B-5

 


Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

omitted to be taken or any determination made in good faith with respect to the Plan or any Award. Each Covered Person will be indemnified and held harmless by AIG against and from any loss, cost, liability or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under the Plan or any Award Agreement and against and from any and all amounts paid by such Covered Person, with AIG’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person, provided that AIG will have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once AIG gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, AIG will have sole control over such defense with counsel of AIG’s choice. To the extent any taxable expense reimbursement under this paragraph is subject to Section 409A, (a) the amount thereof eligible in one taxable year shall not affect the amount eligible in any other taxable year; (b) in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the Covered Person incurred such expenses; and (c) in no event shall any right to reimbursement be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person’s bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct. The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under AIG’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that AIG may have to indemnify such persons or hold them harmless.

 

1.4 Persons Eligible for Awards. Awards under the Plan may be made to current Employees or Directors or, solely with respect to their final year of service, former Employees.

 

1.5 Types of Awards. Awards under the Plan may be cash-based or stock-based. Stock-based Awards may be in the form of any of the following, in each case in respect of Common Stock: (a) stock options, (b) stock appreciation rights, (c) restricted shares (including performance restricted shares), (d) restricted stock units (including performance restricted stock units), (e) dividend equivalent rights and (f) other equity-based or equity-related Awards (including, without limitation, the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted shares of Common Stock) that the Committee determines to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan and the interests of the Company. Cash-based Awards may be in the form of performance-based awards and other cash awards (including, without limitation, retainers and meeting-based fees) that the Committee determines to be consistent with the purposes of the Plan and the interests of the Company.

 

1.6 Shares of Common Stock Available for Stock-Based Awards.

 

1.6.1 Common Stock Subject to the Plan. Subject to the other provisions of this Section 1.6, the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be granted under the Plan is eight million, one hundred thousand (8,100,000) plus the number of authorized shares of Common Stock remaining available under the 2013 Plan as of the Effective Date and any additional shares that become available for issuance under the 2013 Plan in accordance with Section 1.6.2. Such shares of Common Stock may, in the discretion of the Committee, be either authorized but unissued shares or shares previously issued and reacquired by AIG. Solely for the purpose of determining the number of shares of Common Stock available for grant of Incentive Stock Options under the Plan, the total number of shares of Common Stock shall be eight million, one hundred thousand (8,100,000) without regard to the share counting provisions contained in Section 1.6.2.

 

1.6.2 Share Counting. Each share underlying a stock option, stock appreciation right, restricted share, restricted stock unit and other equity-based Award or equity-related Award will count as one share of Common Stock. Shares of Common Stock subject to awards that are assumed, converted or substituted under the Plan as a result of the Company’s acquisition of another company (including by way of merger, combination or similar transaction) (“Acquisition Awards”) will not count against the number of shares that may be granted under the Plan. Available shares under a shareholder approved plan of an acquired company (as appropriately adjusted to reflect the transaction) may be used for Awards under the Plan and do not reduce the maximum number of shares available for grant under the Plan, subject to applicable stock exchange requirements.

 

B-6   2021 Proxy Statement

 


Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

Shares subject to an Award that is forfeited, expires or is settled for cash (in whole or in part), to the extent of such forfeiture, expiration or cash settlement shall be available for future grants of Awards under the Plan and shall be added back in the same number of shares as were deducted in respect of the grant of such Award. In addition, the number of shares of Common Stock underlying awards granted and outstanding under the 2013 Plan that are forfeited, expire, terminate or otherwise lapse or are settled for cash on or after the Effective Date, in whole or in part, without the delivery of Common Stock will be added to the number of shares available for grant under the Plan. The payment of dividend equivalent rights in cash in conjunction with any outstanding Awards shall not be counted against the shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

In no event shall the following shares of Common Stock become available for issuance in connection with Awards issued under the Plan: (i) shares of Common Stock tendered or withheld as payment of the exercise price of an option; (b) shares of Common Stock tendered or withheld as payment of withholding taxes with respect to an Award; (c) any shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under a stock appreciation right that exceed the number of shares actually issued upon exercise; and (d) shares of Common Stock reacquired by the Company using amounts received upon the exercise of an option.

 

1.6.3 Director Awards. In order to retain and compensate Directors for their services, and to strengthen the alignment of their interests with those of the shareholders of the Company, the Plan permits the grant of cash-based and stock-based awards to Directors. Aggregate Awards to any one non-employee Director in respect of any calendar year, solely with respect to his or her service as a Director, may not exceed $900,000 based on aggregate value of cash Awards and Fair Market Value of stock-based Awards, in each case determined as of the date of grant.

 

1.6.4 Adjustments. The Committee shall adjust the number of shares of Common Stock authorized pursuant to Section 1.6.1 (and any limits on the number of stock-based Awards that may be granted to any Grantee under this Plan) and adjust equitably the terms of any outstanding Awards (including, without limitation, the number of shares of Common Stock covered by each outstanding Award, the type of property to which the Award is subject and the exercise or strike price of any Award), in each case in such manner as it deems appropriate (including, without limitation, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, by payment of cash) to preserve and prevent the enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available to Grantees, for any increase or decrease in the number of issued shares of Common Stock resulting from a recapitalization, spin-off, split-off, stock split, stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, combination or exchange of shares of Common Stock, merger, consolidation, rights offering, separation, reorganization or liquidation, or any other change in the corporate structure or shares of AIG; provided that no such adjustment shall be made if or to the extent that it would cause any outstanding Award to fail to comply with Section 409A. After any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 1.6.4, the number of shares of Common Stock subject to each outstanding Award will be rounded down to the nearest whole number. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, decline to adjust the terms of any outstanding Award if it determines that such adjustment would violate applicable law or result in adverse tax consequences to the Grantee or to the Company.

 

ARTICLE II

 

AWARDS UNDER THE PLAN

 

2.1 Agreements Evidencing Awards. Each stock-based Award and, to the extent determined appropriate by the Committee, cash-based Award granted under the Plan will be evidenced by an Award Agreement that will contain such provisions and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate. Unless otherwise provided herein, the Committee may grant Awards in tandem with or, subject to Sections 2.3.6, 2.4.5 and 3.14.1, in substitution for or satisfaction of any other Award or Awards granted under the Plan or any award granted under any other plan of AIG. By accepting an Award pursuant to the Plan, a Grantee thereby agrees that the Award will be subject to all of the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement.

 

2.2 No Rights as a Shareholder. No Grantee (or other person potentially having rights pursuant to an Award) shall have any of the rights of a shareholder of AIG with respect to shares of Common Stock subject to an Award until the delivery of such shares (or in the case of an Award of restricted or unrestricted shares of

 

2021 Proxy Statement B-7

 


Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

Common Stock, the grant or registration in the name of the Grantee of such shares pursuant to the applicable Award Agreement, but then only as the Committee may include in the applicable Award Agreement). Except as otherwise provided in Section 1.6.4 or pursuant to the applicable Award Agreement, no adjustments will be made for dividends, distributions or other rights (whether ordinary or extraordinary, and whether in cash, Common Stock, other securities or other property) for which the record date is before the date the Certificates for the shares are delivered.

 

2.3 Options.

 

2.3.1 Grant. Stock options may be granted to eligible recipients in such number and at such times during the term of the Plan as the Committee or the Board may determine, subject to the limits on grants set forth in Section 2.3.7.

 

2.3.2 Incentive Stock Options. At the time of grant, the Committee will determine (a) whether all or any part of a stock option granted to an eligible employee will be an Incentive Stock Option and (b) the number of shares subject to such Incentive Stock Option; provided, however, that (i) the aggregate fair market value (determined as of the time the option is granted) of the stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by an eligible employee during any calendar year (under all such plans of AIG and of any subsidiary corporation of AIG) will not exceed $100,000 and (ii) no Incentive Stock Option (other than an Incentive Stock Option that may be assumed or issued by the Company in connection with a transaction to which Section 424(a) of the Code applies) may be granted to a person who is not eligible to receive an Incentive Stock Option under the Code. The form of any stock option which is entirely or in part an Incentive Stock Option will clearly indicate that such stock option is an Incentive Stock Option or, if applicable, the number of shares subject to the Incentive Stock Option.

 

2.3.3 Exercise Price. The exercise price per share with respect to each stock option will be determined by the Committee, but, except as otherwise permitted by Section 1.6.4 or in the case of an Acquisition Award, may never be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock. Unless otherwise noted in the Award Agreement, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock will be its closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant of the Award of stock options.

 

2.3.4 Term of Stock Option. In no event will any stock option be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date on which the stock option is granted.

 

2.3.5 Exercise of Stock Option and Payment for Shares. Subject to Section 2.12, the shares of Common Stock covered by each stock option may not be purchased for one year after the date on which the stock option is granted (except in the case of termination of Employment due to death, disability or retirement), but thereafter may be purchased in such installments as will be determined in the Award Agreement at the time the stock option is granted. Subject to any limitations in the applicable Award Agreement, any shares not purchased on the applicable installment date may be purchased thereafter at any time before the final expiration of the stock option. To exercise a stock option, the Grantee must give written notice to AIG specifying the number of shares to be purchased and accompanied by payment of the full purchase price therefor in cash or by certified or official bank check or in another form as determined by the Company, including: (a) personal check, (b) shares of Common Stock, valued as of the exercise date, of the same class as those to be granted by exercise of the stock option, (c) any other form of consideration approved by the Company and permitted by applicable law and (d) any combination of the foregoing. Any person exercising a stock option will make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Committee may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance by AIG, on terms acceptable to AIG, with the provisions of the Securities Act, and any other applicable legal requirements. If a Grantee so requests, shares purchased may be issued in the name of the Grantee and another jointly with the right of survivorship.

 

2.3.6 Repricing. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 1.6.4, reducing the exercise price of stock options issued and outstanding under the Plan, including through amendment, cancellation in exchange for the grant of a substitute Award or repurchase for cash or other consideration (in each case that has the effect of reducing the exercise price), will require approval of the shareholders.

 

B-8   2021 Proxy Statement

 


 

Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

 

2.4 Stock Appreciation Rights.

 

2.4.1 Grant. Stock appreciation rights may be granted to eligible recipients in such number and at such times during the term of the Plan as the Committee or the Board may determine, subject to the limits on grants set forth in Section 2.4.6.

 

2.4.2 Exercise Price. The exercise price per share with respect to each stock appreciation right will be determined by the Committee but, except as otherwise permitted by Section 1.6.4 or in the case of an Acquisition Award, may never be less than the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock. Unless otherwise noted in the Award Agreement, the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock will be its closing price on the New York Stock Exchange on the date of grant of the Award of stock appreciation rights.

 

2.4.3 Term of Stock Appreciation Right. In no event will any stock appreciation right be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date on which the stock appreciation right is granted.

 

2.4.4 Exercise of Stock Appreciation Right and Delivery of Shares. Subject to Section 2.12, each stock appreciation right may not be exercised for one year after the date on which the stock appreciation right is granted (except in the case of termination of Employment due to death, disability or retirement), but thereafter may be exercised in such installments as may be determined in the Award Agreement at the time the stock appreciation right is granted. Subject to any limitations in the applicable Award Agreement, any stock appreciation rights not exercised on the applicable installment date may be exercised thereafter at any time before the final expiration of the stock appreciation right. To exercise a stock appreciation right, the Grantee must give written notice to AIG specifying the number of stock appreciation rights to be exercised. Upon exercise of stock appreciation rights, subject to any limitations in the applicable Award Agreement, shares of Common Stock or cash, in the Committee’s discretion, with a Fair Market Value or in an amount equal to (a) the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of exercise over (ii) the exercise price of such stock appreciation right multiplied by (b) the number of stock appreciation rights exercised will be delivered to the Grantee. Any person exercising a stock appreciation right will make such representations and agreements and furnish such information as the Committee may, in its discretion, deem necessary or desirable to assure compliance by AIG, on terms acceptable to AIG, with the provisions of the Securities Act and any other applicable legal requirements. If a Grantee so requests, shares purchased may be issued in the name of the Grantee and another jointly with the right of survivorship.

 

2.4.5 Repricing. Except as otherwise permitted by Section 1.6.4, reducing the exercise price of stock appreciation rights issued and outstanding under the Plan, including through amendment, cancellation in exchange for the grant of a substitute Award or repurchase for cash or other consideration (in each case that has the effect of reducing the exercise price), will require approval of the shareholders.

 

2.5 Restricted Shares.

 

2.5.1 Grants. The Committee may grant or offer for sale restricted shares in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, including, without limitation, the achievement of performance goals. In the event that a Certificate is issued in respect of restricted shares, such Certificate may be registered in the name of the Grantee but will be held by AIG or its designated agent until the time the restrictions lapse.

 

2.5.2 Right to Vote and Receive Dividends on Restricted Shares. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.5.2, no dividends will be paid at a time when any performance-based goals or time-based vesting requirements that apply to an Award of restricted shares have not been satisfied. Unless the applicable Award Agreement provides otherwise, each Grantee of an Award of restricted shares will, during the period of restriction, have all of the rights of a shareholder holding the class or series of Common Stock that is the subject of the restricted shares, except as otherwise provided herein, including full voting rights. During the period of restriction, all ordinary cash dividends (if any, as determined by the Committee in its sole discretion) paid upon any restricted share will be retained by the Company for the account of the relevant Grantee. Such dividends will revert back to the Company if for any reason the restricted share upon which such dividends

 

2021 Proxy Statement B-9

 

 

Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

were paid reverts back to the Company. Upon the expiration of the period of restriction, all such dividends made on such restricted share and retained by the Company will be paid to the relevant Grantee. Additional shares or other property distributed to the Grantee in respect of restricted shares, as dividends or otherwise, will be subject to the same restrictions applicable to such restricted shares.

 

2.6 Restricted Stock Units. The Committee may grant Awards of restricted stock units in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine, including, without limitation, the achievement of performance goals. A Grantee of a restricted stock unit will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of AIG until delivery of shares of Common Stock, cash or other securities or property is made as specified in the applicable Award Agreement. On the delivery date specified in the Award Agreement, the Grantee of each restricted stock unit not previously forfeited or terminated will receive one share of Common Stock, or cash, securities or other property equal in value to a share of Common Stock or a combination thereof, as specified by the Committee.

 

2.7 Other Stock-Based Awards. The Committee may grant other types of equity-based or equity-related Awards (including, without limitation, the grant or offer for sale of unrestricted shares of Common Stock) in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine. Such Awards may entail the transfer of actual shares of Common Stock to Award recipients or may be settled in cash, and may include Awards designed to comply with or take advantage of the applicable local laws of jurisdictions other than the United States.

 

2.8 Cash-Based Awards. The Committee may grant cash-based Awards in such amounts and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine.

 

2.9 Dividend Equivalent Rights. The Committee may include in the Award Agreement with respect to any Award, other than stock options and stock appreciation rights, a dividend equivalent right entitling the Grantee to receive amounts equal to all or any portion of the dividends that would be paid on the shares of Common Stock covered by such Award if such shares had been delivered pursuant to such Award. The grantee of a dividend equivalent right will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor of AIG until payment of such amounts is made as specified in the applicable Award Agreement. In the event such a provision is included in an Award Agreement, the Committee will, subject to Section 3.14.1, determine whether such payments will be made in cash, in shares of Common Stock or in another form, whether they will be conditioned upon the exercise or vesting of the Award to which they relate (provided that in no event may such payments be made unless and until the Award to which they relate vests), the time or times at which they will be made, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee may deem appropriate. No payments will be made in respect of any dividend equivalent right at a time when any performance-based goals or time-based vesting requirements that apply to the dividend equivalent right or Award that is granted in connection with a dividend equivalent right have not been satisfied.

 

2.10 Related Option Transactions. The Committee may grant put options and enter into call options relating to Awards, including an Award of unrestricted Common Stock. The put options may permit the Grantee, at the Grantee’s option, to sell the Award back to the Company at such times, on such terms and conditions and at such prices as the Committee or the Board may determine. The call options may require the Grantee, at the Company’s election, to sell the Award back to the Company at such times, on such terms and conditions and at such prices as the Committee or the Board may determine. The Committee may determine to issue an Award and any related put option and enter into any related call option as a single non-separable unit.

 

2.11 Change in Control Provisions.

 

2.11.1 Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, in the event that within two years following a Change in Control a Grantee’s Employment is terminated by AIG without “cause” (as defined in the Award Agreement) or by the Grantee for “good reason” (as defined in the Award Agreement), any outstanding unvested Award held by such Grantee shall vest as with respect to any service-based vesting requirement. Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement, following a Change in Control any performance goals with respect to an outstanding Award and for which the performance period ends after the Change in Control shall be deemed achieved at target level. In addition, in the event of a Change in Control

 

B-10   2021 Proxy Statement

 


 

Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

where all stock options and stock appreciation rights are settled for an amount (as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee) of cash or securities, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, terminate any stock option or stock appreciation right for which the exercise price is equal to or exceeds the per share value of the consideration to be paid in the Change in Control transaction without payment of consideration therefor.

 

2.11.2 Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement and except as otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a Business Combination of AIG with or into any successor entity or any transaction in which another person or entity acquires all of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of AIG, or all or substantially all of the assets of AIG as an entirety, outstanding Awards may be assumed or a substantially equivalent Award may be substituted by such successor entity or a parent or subsidiary of such successor entity, and such an assumption or substitution shall not be deemed to violate this Plan or any provision of any Award Agreement.

 

2.12 Minimum Vesting. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, Awards granted under the Plan (other than cash-based awards) shall vest no earlier than the first anniversary of the date on which the Award is granted; provided, however, that the following Awards shall not be subject to the foregoing minimum vesting requirement: any (i) Acquisition Awards, (ii) shares of Common Stock delivered in lieu of fully vested cash obligations, (iii) Awards to Non-Employee Directors that vest on the earlier of the one-year anniversary of the date of grant and the next annual meeting of shareholders which is at least 50 weeks after the immediately preceding year’s annual meeting, and (iv) any additional Awards the Committee may grant, up to a maximum of five percent (5%) of the available share reserve authorized for issuance under the Plan pursuant to Section 1.6.1 (subject to adjustment under Section 1.6.4); provided, further, that vesting may accelerate in connection with death, disability, retirement, a Change in Control or other involuntary termination.

 

ARTICLE III

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

3.1 Amendment of the Plan.

 

3.1.1 Unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, the Board may from time to time suspend, discontinue, revise or amend the Plan in any respect whatsoever, including in any manner that adversely affects the rights, duties or obligations of any Grantee of an Award.

 

3.1.2 Unless otherwise determined by the Board, shareholder approval of any suspension, discontinuance, revision or amendment will be obtained only to the extent necessary to comply with any applicable laws, regulations or rules of a securities exchange or self-regulatory agency, except that shareholder approval shall be required for any amendment to the Plan (i) that materially increases the benefits available under the Plan, (ii) to reduce the exercise price of stock options or stock appreciation rights issued and outstanding under the Plan, including through amendment, cancellation in exchange for the grant of a substitute Award or repurchase for cash or other consideration (in each case that has the effect of reducing the exercise price) or (iii) to permit the sale or other disposition of an Award of a stock option or a stock appreciation right to an unrelated third party for value.

 

3.2 Tax Withholding. Grantees shall be solely responsible for any applicable taxes (including, without limitation, income and excise taxes) and penalties, and any interest that accrues thereon, that they incur in connection with the receipt, vesting or exercise of any Award. As a condition to the delivery of any shares of Common Stock pursuant to any Award or the lifting or lapse of restrictions on any Award, or in connection with any other event that gives rise to a federal or other governmental tax withholding obligation on the part of the Company relating to an Award (including, without limitation, FICA tax), unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, (a) the Company may deduct or withhold (or cause to be deducted or withheld) from any payment or distribution to a Grantee whether or not pursuant to the Plan (including shares of Common Stock otherwise deliverable) the minimum required to meet the tax withholding obligation up to the maximum statutory rate or (b) the Committee will be entitled to require that the Grantee remit cash to the Company (through payroll deduction or otherwise) or previously owned shares of Common Stock or other property, in each case in an amount sufficient in the opinion of the Company to satisfy such withholding obligation.

 

2021 Proxy Statement B-11

 


 

Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

3.3 Required Consents and Legends.

 

3.3.1 If the Committee at any time determines that any Consent (as hereinafter defined) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any Award, the delivery of shares of Common Stock or the delivery of any cash, securities or other property under the Plan, or the taking of any other action thereunder (each such action a “Plan Action”), then, subject to Section 3.14.2, such Plan Action will not be taken, in whole or in part, unless and until such Consent will have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Committee. The Committee may direct that any Certificate evidencing shares delivered pursuant to the Plan will bear a legend setting forth such restrictions on transferability as the Committee may determine to be necessary or desirable, and may advise the transfer agent to place a stop transfer order against any legended shares.

 

3.3.2 The term “Consent” as used in this Article III with respect to any Plan Action includes (a) any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any securities exchange or under any federal, state, or local law, or law, rule or regulation of a jurisdiction outside the United States, or any other matter, which the Committee may deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made, (b) any and all other consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a Plan Action by any governmental or other regulatory body or any stock exchange or self-regulatory agency, (c) any applicable requirement of the Code, (d) any and all consents or authorizations required to comply with, or required to be obtained under, applicable local law, (e) any and all consents by the Grantee to the Company’s supplying to any third party recordkeeper of the Plan such personal information as the Committee deems advisable to administer the Plan and (f) any and all consents or other documentation required by the Committee. Nothing herein will require the Company to list, register or qualify the shares of Common Stock on any securities exchange.

 

3.4 Clawback. Awards under the Plan shall be subject to the clawback or recapture policy, if any, that the Company may adopt from time to time to the extent provided in such policy and, in accordance with such policy, may be subject to the requirement that the Awards be repaid to the Company after they have been distributed or paid to the Grantee.

 

3.5 Right of Offset. Except with respect to Awards that are intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, the Company will have the right to offset against its obligation to deliver shares of Common Stock (or cash, other securities or other property) under the Plan or any Award Agreement any outstanding amounts (including, without limitation, travel and entertainment or advance account balances, loans, repayment obligations under any Awards, or amounts repayable to the Company pursuant to tax equalization, housing, automobile or other employee programs) that the Grantee then owes to the Company and any amounts the Committee otherwise deems appropriate pursuant to any tax equalization policy or agreement.

 

3.6 Nonassignability; No Hedging. No Award (or any rights and obligations thereunder) granted to any person under the Plan may be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, except as may be otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, consistent with Section 3.1.2. Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 3.6 will be null and void and any Award which is hedged in any manner will immediately be forfeited. All of the terms and conditions of the Plan and the Award Agreements will be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.

 

3.7 Successor Entity. Unless otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement and except as otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a Business Combination of AIG with or into any other entity (“successor entity”) or any transaction in which another person or entity acquires all of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of AIG, or all or substantially all of the assets of AIG, outstanding Awards may be assumed or a substantially equivalent award may be substituted by such successor entity or a parent or subsidiary of such successor entity.

 

B-12   2021 Proxy Statement

 


 

Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

3.8 Right of Discharge Reserved. Nothing in the Plan or in any Award Agreement will confer upon any Grantee the right to continued Employment by the Company or affect any right which the Company may have to terminate such Employment.

 

3.9 Nature of Payments.

 

3.9.1 Any and all grants of Awards and deliveries of Common Stock, cash, securities or other property under the Plan will be in consideration of services performed or to be performed for the Company by the Grantee. Awards under the Plan may, in the discretion of the Committee, and subject to Section 3.14.1, be made in substitution in whole or in part for cash or other compensation otherwise payable to a participant in the Plan. Only whole shares of Common Stock will be delivered under the Plan. Awards will, to the extent reasonably practicable, be aggregated in order to eliminate any fractional shares. Fractional shares may, in the discretion of the Committee, be forfeited or be settled in cash or otherwise as the Committee may determine.

 

3.9.2 All such grants and deliveries will constitute a special discretionary payment to the Grantee and, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or the Committee specifically provides otherwise, will not be required to be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Grantee for the purpose of determining any contributions to or any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance, severance or other benefit plan of the Company or under any agreement with the Grantee.

 

3.10 Non-Uniform Determinations.

 

3.10.1 The Committee’s determinations under the Plan and Award Agreements need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively among persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards under the Plan (whether or not such persons are similarly situated). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee will be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations under Award Agreements, and to enter into non-uniform and selective Award Agreements, as to (a) the persons to receive Awards, (b) the terms and provisions of Awards and (c) whether a Grantee’s Employment has been terminated for purposes of the Plan.

 

3.10.2 To the extent the Committee deems it necessary, appropriate or desirable to comply with foreign law or practices and to further the purposes of the Plan, the Committee may, without amending the Plan, establish special rules applicable to Awards to Grantees who are foreign nationals, are employed outside the United States or both and grant Awards (or amend existing Awards) in accordance with those rules.

 

3.11 Other Payments or Awards. Nothing contained in the Plan will be deemed in any way to limit or restrict the Company from making any award or payment to any person under any other plan, arrangement or understanding, whether now existing or hereafter in effect. In addition, Section 1.6.1 (as adjusted by Section 1.6.4) sets forth the only limit on the amount of cash, securities or other property that may be delivered pursuant to this Plan.

 

3.12 Plan Headings. The headings in the Plan are for the purpose of convenience only and are not intended to define or limit the construction of the provisions hereof.

 

3.13 Termination of Plan. The Board reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time; provided, however, that in any case, the Plan will terminate on the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Effective Date, and provided further, that all Awards made under the Plan before its termination will remain in effect until such Awards have been satisfied or terminated in accordance with the terms and provisions of the Plan and the applicable Award Agreements.

 

3.14 Section 409A.

 

3.14.1 The Board and the Committee shall have full authority to give effect to any statement in an Award Agreement to the effect that an Award is intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, to be exempt from Section 409A or to have other intended treatment under Section 409A and/or other provision of

 

2021 Proxy Statement B-13

 


 

Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

the Code. To the extent necessary to give effect to this authority, in the case of any conflict or potential inconsistency between the Plan and a provision of any Award or Award Agreement with respect to the subject matter of this paragraph, the Plan shall govern.

 

3.14.2 Without limiting the generality of Section 3.14.1, with respect to any Award made under the Plan that is intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A: (a) references to termination of the Grantee’s employment will mean the Grantee’s separation from service with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A; (b) any payment to be made with respect to such Award in connection with the Grantee’s separation from service with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A that would be subject to the limitations in Section 409A(a)(2)(b) of the Code shall be delayed until six months after the Grantee’s separation from service (or earlier death) in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A; (c) to the extent necessary to comply with Section 409A, any cash, other securities, other Awards or other property that the Company may deliver in lieu of shares of Common Stock in respect of an Award shall not have the effect of deferring delivery or payment beyond the date on which such delivery or payment would occur with respect to the shares of Common Stock that would otherwise have been deliverable (unless the Committee elects a later date for this purpose in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A); (d) with respect to any required Consent described in Section 3.3 or the applicable Award Agreement, if such Consent has not been effected or obtained as of the latest date provided by such Award Agreement for payment in respect of such Award and further delay of payment is not permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, such Award or portion thereof, as applicable, will be forfeited and terminated notwithstanding any prior earning or vesting; (e) if the Award includes a “series of installment payments” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2)(iii) of the regulations promulgated under the Code), the Grantee’s right to the series of installment payments shall be treated as a right to a series of separate payments and not as a right to a single payment; (f) if the Award includes “dividend equivalents” (within the meaning of Section 1.409A-3(e) of the regulations promulgated under the Code), the Grantee’s right to the dividend equivalents shall be treated separately from the right to other amounts under the Award; and (g) unless the Committee determines otherwise, for purposes of determining whether the Grantee has experienced a separation from service with the Company within the meaning of Section 409A, “subsidiary” shall mean a corporation or other entity in a chain of corporations or other entities in which each corporation or other entity, starting with AIG, has a controlling interest in another corporation or other entity in the chain, ending with such corporation or other entity. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term “controlling interest” has the same meaning as provided in Section 1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(i) of the regulations promulgated under the Code, provided that the language “at least 20 percent” is used instead of “at least 80 percent” each place it appears in Section 1.414(c)-2(b)(2)(i) of the regulations promulgated under the Code.

 

3.15 Governing Law. THE PLAN WILL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS.

 

3.16 Severability; Entire Agreement. If any of the provisions of the Plan or any Award Agreement is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision will be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability and the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby; provided that if any of such provisions is finally held to be invalid, illegal, or unenforceable because it exceeds the maximum scope determined to be acceptable to permit such provision to be enforceable, such provision will be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to modify such scope in order to make such provision enforceable hereunder. The Plan and any Award Agreements contain the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter thereof and supersede all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations and warranties between them, whether written or oral with respect to the subject matter thereof.

 

3.17 Waiver of Claims. Each Grantee of an Award recognizes and agrees that before being selected by the Committee to receive an Award he or she has no right to any benefits hereunder. Accordingly, in consideration of the Grantee’s receipt of any Award hereunder, he or she expressly waives any right to contest the amount of any Award, the terms of any Award Agreement, any determination, action or omission hereunder or under any Award Agreement by the Committee, the Company or the Board, or any amendment to the Plan or any Award Agreement (other than an amendment to the Plan or an Award Agreement to which his or her consent is expressly required by the express terms of an Award Agreement).

 

B-14   2021 Proxy Statement

 


Appendix B American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan

 

 

3.18 No Liability With Respect to Tax Qualification or Adverse Tax Treatment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Company be liable to a Grantee on account of an Award’s failure to (a) qualify for favorable United States or foreign tax treatment or (b) avoid adverse tax treatment under United States or foreign law, including, without limitation, Section 409A.

 

3.19 No Third Party Beneficiaries. Except as expressly provided therein, neither the Plan nor any Award Agreement will confer on any person other than the Company and the Grantee of any Award any rights or remedies thereunder. The exculpation and indemnification provisions of Section 1.3.3 will inure to the benefit of a Covered Person’s estate and beneficiaries and legatees.

 

3.20 Successors and Assigns of AIG. The terms of the Plan will be binding upon and inure to the benefit of AIG and any successor entity contemplated by Section 3.7.

 

3.21 Date of Adoption and Approval of Shareholders. The Plan was adopted on March 11, 2021 by the Board and is subject to, and will become effective upon receipt of, approval by the shareholders of AIG (the “Effective Date”).

 

2021 Proxy Statement B-15

 




Exhibit 10.35

  

 

American International Group, Inc.

Long Term Incentive Plan

(as amended and restated April 9, 2021)

 

1.             Purpose; Definitions

This American International Group, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan (this “Plan”) is designed to provide selected officers and key employees of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG” and together with its consolidated subsidiaries, determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, the “Company”) with incentives to contribute to the long-term performance of AIG in a manner that appropriately balances risk and rewards.

Awards under this Plan are issued under the American International Group, Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended from time to time or any successor stock incentive plan, the “Omnibus Plan”), the terms of which are incorporated in this Plan.  Capitalized terms used in this Plan but not otherwise defined in this Plan or in the attached Glossary of Terms in Annex A have the meaning ascribed to them in the Omnibus Plan.

2.             Performance Period

Awards (as defined below) will be earned over a three-year performance period (a “Performance Period), unless the Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of AIG (including any successor, the “Committee”) determines a different period is appropriate for some or all Participants as set forth in the applicable award agreement.

3.             Awards and Participants

A.             Awards.  Awards issued under this Plan (“Awards”) may consist of performance share units (“PSUs”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock options (“Options”), or a combination of PSUs, RSUs and Options, as the Committee may determine from time to time.  PSUs provide holders with the opportunity to earn shares of Common Stock (“Shares”) based on achievement of performance criteria during the Performance Period.  RSUs provide holders with the opportunity to earn Shares based on continued Employment throughout the Performance Period. Options provide holders with the right to purchase Shares based on achievement of performance criteria during, or continued Employment throughout, the Performance Period, or a combination thereof.  PSUs, RSUs and Options will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Omnibus Plan, this Plan and the applicable award agreement, and will be issued only to the extent permissible under relevant laws, regulatory restrictions and agreements applicable to the Company.  In addition to the preceding, the Committee may establish another form of Award to the extent it determines appropriate for some or all Participants (as defined below). 

B.             Participants.  The Committee will from time to time determine (1) the officers and key employees of the Company who will receive Awards (the “Participants”) and (2) the number and type of Awards issued to each Participant.  No Award to a Participant shall in any way obligate the Committee to (or imply that the Committee will) provide a similar Award (or any Award) to the Participant in the future.

 

 

 


 

C.             Status of Awards.  Each PSU and RSU constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one (1) Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) as provided in Section 5.B.  Until such delivery, a holder of PSUs or RSUs will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor and no rights as a shareholder of AIG.  Each Option represents a right to purchase one (1) Share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable award agreement.

D.             Award Agreements.  Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an award agreement that shall contain such provisions and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate; provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in an award agreement, if there is any conflict between any provision of this Plan and an award agreement, the provisions of this Plan shall govern.  By accepting an Award pursuant to this Plan, a Participant thereby agrees that the Award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Plan, the Omnibus Plan and the applicable award agreement.  Awards shall be accepted by a Participant signing the applicable award agreement, and returning it to the Company. Failure by a Participant to do so within ninety (90) days from the date of the award agreement shall give the Company the right to rescind the Award.

4.             Performance Measures for PSUs; Earned PSUs

A.             Target PSUs.  For an Award of PSUs, a Participant’s award agreement will set forth a target number of PSUs as determined by the Committee (the “Target PSUs”).   

B.             Performance Measures. The number of PSUs earned for any Performance Period will be based on one or more performance measures established by the Committee in its sole discretion with respect to such Performance Period (collectively, the “Performance Measures”). For each Performance Measure with respect to a Performance Period, the Committee will establish a Threshold, Target and Maximum achievement level and the weighting afforded to each such Performance Measure.  The Committee may also establish gating metrics that must be satisfied before Performance Measures are applied to assess the number of PSUs that are earned.

C.             Performance Results.  At the end of the Performance Period, the Committee will assess performance against each Performance Measure and determine the Earned Percentage (as detailed below) for each such Performance Measure as follows, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and unless determined otherwise by the Committee:

Performance

Earned Percentage

 

Performance less than Threshold

0%

 

Performance at Threshold

50%

 

Performance at Target

100%

 

Performance at or above Maximum

200%

 

The Earned Percentage for performance between Threshold and Target and between Target and Maximum will be determined on a straight-line basis, unless determined otherwise by the Committee.  

 

2 


 

D.             Earned PSUs.  The number of PSUs earned for the Performance Period (the “Earned PSUs”) will equal the sum of the PSUs earned for each Performance Measure, calculated as follows, unless determined otherwise by the Committee: 

PSUs earned
for a
Performance
Measure

=

Target
PSUs

X

Earned
Percentage

X

Weighting of
Performance
Measure

For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee retains discretion to reduce any Earned PSU Award to zero.

5.             and Delivery

A.             Vesting of Earned Awards.  Except as provided in Section 6, and subject to the other terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable award agreement, Earned PSUs, RSUs and Options will vest on the date(s) and/or event(s) specified in the applicable award agreement (each, a Scheduled Vesting Date).  Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable award agreement, RSUs and Options will be earned based solely on the Participant’s continued Employment through the end of the Performance Period.

B.             Delivery of Earned PSUs and RSUs.  Except as provided in Section 6, AIG will deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Participant Shares (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in respect of any Earned PSUs, RSUs, or portion thereof, as promptly as administratively practicable following the applicable Scheduled Vesting Date.  Subject to Section 6, a Participant must be Employed on the applicable Scheduled Vesting Date in order to be entitled to receive a delivery of any portion of the Earned PSUs and RSUs.

C.             Dividend Equivalents for PSUs and RSUs.  In respect of Awards of PSUs or RSUs, unless otherwise set forth in the applicable award agreement, in the event that any cash dividend is declared on Shares with a record date that occurs during the Dividend Equivalent Period (as defined below), the Participant will accrue, with respect to each RSU and PSU awarded to the Participant, a dividend equivalent in the form of cash at the time such cash dividend is paid to AIG’s shareholders.  Each dividend equivalent will constitute an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to pay cash with respect to each RSU and Earned PSU in accordance with the Plan, and will vest and be settled or paid at the same time, and subject to the same terms and conditions (including, for PSUs, increase or decrease based on achievement of performance criteria in accordance with Section 4 above), as the PSU or RSUs on which such dividend equivalent accrued.  “Dividend Equivalent Period” means the period commencing on the date on which PSUs or RSUs were awarded to the Participant and ending on the last day on which Shares (or cash) are delivered to the Participant with respect to the Earned PSUs or RSUs.   

D.             Exercise and Expiration of Options.  Vested Options may be exercised in accordance with procedures set forth in Section 2.3.5 of the Omnibus Plan, including procedures established by the Company.  Stock Options that are not vested may not be exercised.  Pursuant to Section 2.3.4 of the Omnibus Plan, in no event will any Option be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date on which the Option is granted (but the applicable award agreement may provide for an earlier expiration date).

 

3 


 

6.             Vesting and Payout Upon Termination of Employment and Corporate Events

Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement:

A.             Termination Generally.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6, if a Participant’s Employment is Terminated for any reason, then (i) any unvested Awards, or parts thereof, shall immediately terminate and be forfeited, and (ii) any vested Options will remain exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement (but in no case later than the expiration date for such Options specified in the applicable award agreement), provided  that  in the case of a Participant’s Termination for Cause, all Options (whether vested or unvested) will immediately terminate and be forfeited.

B.             Involuntary Termination, Retirement or Disability.  Subject to Section 6.F, in the case of a Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause, Retirement or Disability:

(1)            the Participant’s outstanding PSUs and RSUs will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Earned PSUs (based on the performance for the whole Performance Period) or RSUs, as applicable, will be delivered to the Participant on the dates that the applicable Award would otherwise have been delivered if the Participant had continued to remain Employed; and

(2)            (i) any vested Options will remain exercisable, (ii) any unvested time-vesting Options will be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements, and (iii) any unvested performance-vesting Options will (a) be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements, if any, and (b) to the extent any performance-vesting requirements have not been achieved, continue to be eligible to vest in accordance with their respective performance-vesting terms.  In the event of an Involuntary Termination or Disability, the Options that are or become vested pursuant to this paragraph (2) shall remain exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement, provided, however, in the event of a Retirement, all Options that are or become vested pursuant to this paragraph (2) will remain exercisable for the remainder of the term of such Options set forth in the applicable award agreement for such Options.  No Options will remain exercisable beyond the expiration date for such Options as specified in the applicable award agreement;

For the avoidance of doubt, an involuntary Termination without Cause as provided in this Section 6.B shall not include a resignation that a Participant may assert was a constructive discharge.

C.             Death

(1)            PSUs.  For outstanding Awards of PSUs, (i) in the case of a Participant’s death during a Performance Period or following a Performance Period but prior to the Committee’s adjudication of performance under Section 4.C, the Participant’s PSU Award will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Target PSUs will be delivered to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable but in no event later than the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two (2) and one-half (1/2) months following the date of death and (ii) in the case of a Participant’s death following the Committee’s adjudication of performance for a Performance Period under Section 4.C, the Participant’s PSU Award will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Earned PSUs (based on performance for the whole Performance Period) will be delivered to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable but in no event later than the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two (2) and one-half (1/2) months following the date of death.

 

4 


 

(2)            RSUs.  For outstanding Awards of RSUs, in the case of a Participant’s death, the Participant’s outstanding unvested RSUs will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the RSUs will be delivered to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable but in no event later than the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two (2) and one-half (1/2) months following the date of death.

(3)            Options.  For outstanding Awards of Options, in the case of a Participant’s death, (i) any vested Options will remain exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement, (ii) any unvested time-vesting Options will be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements and remain exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement and (iii) any unvested performance-vesting Options will (a) be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements, if any, (b) to the extent any performance-vesting requirements have not been achieved, continue to be eligible to vest in accordance with their respective performance-vesting terms and (c) be exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement; provided that no Options will remain exercisable beyond the expiration date for such Options as specified in the applicable award agreement.

D.             Change in Control

(1)            PSUs.  For outstanding Awards of PSUs, in the case of a Change in Control during a Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, the Participant shall receive Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Target PSUs, unless the Committee determines to use actual performance through the date of the Change in Control, and such Shares (or cash) will immediately vest.  In the case of a Change in Control following a Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, the Participant shall receive Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Earned PSUs (based on performance for the whole Performance Period), and such Shares (or cash) will immediately vest.  Any such amounts representing vested PSUs will be delivered by the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two (2) and one-half (1/2) months following the Participant’s separation from service, provided that no delivery will be delayed as a result of the Change in Control. 

(2)            RSUs.  For outstanding Awards of RSUs, in the case of a Change in Control and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, a Participant’s outstanding unvested RSUs will immediately vest. Any such amounts representing vested RSUs will be delivered by the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two and one-half months following the Participant’s separation from service, provided that no delivery will be delayed as a result of the Change in Control.

(3)            Options.  For outstanding Awards of performance-vesting Options, (a) in the case of a Change in Control during the applicable Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, any unvested performance-vesting Options will immediately vest based on target performance, unless the Committee determines to use actual performance through the date of the Change in Control, and (b) in the case of a Change in Control following an applicable Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, any performance-vesting Stock Options will immediately vest based on actual performance for such period.  For outstanding time-vesting Options, in the case of a Change in Control and the Participant’s involuntary  Termination  without  Cause  or resignation  for Good  Reason  within  twenty-four  (24)  months  following  such

 

5 


 

Change in Control, any unvested time-vesting Options will immediately vest. All Options that vest pursuant to this paragraph will remain exercisable for the remainder of the term of such Options as set forth in the applicable award agreement for such Options.  No Options will remain exercisable beyond the expiration date for such Options as specified in the applicable award agreement.

E.             Election to Accelerate or Delay Delivery.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine to accelerate or defer delivery of any Shares (or cash) underlying the Awards granted under the Plan or permit a Participant to elect to accelerate or defer delivery of any such Shares (or cash), in each case in a manner that conforms to the requirements of Section 409A and is consistent with the provisions of Section 8.E

F.             Release of Claims.  In the case of a Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause, resignation for Good Reason or Retirement, as a condition to (i) with respect to Options, the vesting of any Options pursuant to this Plan or the applicable award agreement, and (ii) with respect to all other Awards, receiving delivery of any Shares (or cash) under such Awards, following such event, the Company will require the Participant to execute a release substantially in the form attached as Annex B (the “Release”), subject to any provisions that the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior Compensation Executive or their designee(s) may amend or add to the release in order to impose restrictive covenants requiring (x) confidentiality of information, non-disparagement and non-solicitation of Company employees for twelve (12) months following the Termination, and (y) in the case of an involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason of any Participant who is eligible to participate in the American International Group, Inc. 2012 Executive Severance Plan (as may be amended from time to time, and together with any successor plan, the “ESP”), or Retirement, non-competition for such periods as are generally specified herein.  The Release for any Participant who is eligible to participate in the ESP shall be in the form of the release required by the ESP at the time of the Termination (including any non-competition covenants), modified to cover the vesting of any Options and payment of any Shares (or cash) under any other Awards under this Plan as a result of the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason.  Effective for Retirements on or after December 1, 2015, the Release will require non-competition for no less than six (6) months following the Retirement in order for the Participant to (i) with respect to Options, vest in any Options, and (ii), with respect to all other Awards, receive any Shares (or cash) under such Awards.  The Release or the ESP form of release must be executed by the Participant and become irrevocable, in the case of a Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause, resignation for Good Reason or Retirement, prior to or during the calendar year of the date on which (i) with respect to Options, such Options vest, and (ii) with respect to all other Awards, a delivery of Shares (or cash) with respect to the Award is scheduled to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.B; provided that if the Release is executed after such time, (i) with respect to Options, any Options that would have vested during such period will be forfeited, and (ii) with respect to all other Awards, the delivery of Shares (or cash) with respect to such calendar year will be forfeited; provided, further, that if the local laws of a country or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which Participant performs services render invalid or unenforceable all or a portion of the Release (subject to additional provisions as described above), the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior Compensation Executive or their designee(s) shall have the discretion to create a release that incorporates as much of the Release as possible while also complying with such local laws.

 

6 


 

7.             Administration of this Plan

A.             General.  This Plan shall be administered by the Committee and the person or persons designated by the Committee to administer the Plan from time to time.  Actions of the Committee may be taken by the vote of a majority of its members.  The Committee may allocate among its members and delegate to any person who is not a member of the Committee any of its administrative responsibilities.  The Committee will have the power to interpret this Plan, to make regulations for carrying out its purposes and to make all other determinations in connection with its administration (including, without limitation, whether a Participant has become subject to Disability), all of which will, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, be final, binding and conclusive.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, reinstate any Awards made under this Plan that have been terminated and forfeited because of a Participant’s Termination, if the Participant complies with any covenants, agreements or conditions that the Committee may impose; provided however, that any delivery of Shares (or cash) under such reinstated Awards will not be made until the scheduled times set forth in this Plan.

B.             Non-Uniform Determinations.  The Committee’s determinations under this Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively with respect to persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards (whether or not such persons are similarly situated).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee will be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations as to the persons to become Participants.

C.             Determination of Employment.  The Committee, with respect to any Participant under the purview of the Committee, and the Senior Compensation Executive, with respect to any other Participant, will have the right to determine the commencement or Termination date of a Participant’s Employment with the Company solely for purposes of this Plan, separate and apart from any determination as may be made by the Company with respect to the Participants’ employment.

D.             Amendments.  The Committee will have the power to amend this Plan and any Performance Measures established pursuant to Section 4.B in any manner and at any time, including in a manner adverse to the rights of the Participants; provided, however, that in the event that a Plan amendment is adopted or effective on or within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control, then such amendment shall be invalid and ineffective with respect to each Participant, in the absence of his or her written consent, if the amendment is adverse to the Participant. The Committee shall also have the power, in its sole discretion, to reduce the amount of any RSUs, Target PSUs, Earned PSUs or Options at any time including, for the avoidance of doubt, after the relevant Performance Period has ended.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee’s rights and powers to amend the Plan shall be delegated to the Senior Compensation Executive who shall have the right to amend the Plan with respect to (1) amendments required by relevant law, regulation or ruling, (2) amendments that are not expected to have a material financial impact on the Company, (3) amendments that can reasonably be characterized as technical or ministerial in nature, or (4) amendments that have previously been approved in concept by the Committee. Notwithstanding the foregoing delegation, the Senior Compensation Executive shall not have the power to make an amendment to the Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a termination of the Plan or a change in the structure or the powers, duties or responsibilities of the Committee, unless such amendment is approved or ratified by the Committee.

 

7 


 

E.             No Liability.  No member of the Board of Directors of AIG (the “Board”) or any employee of the Company performing services with respect to the Plan (each, a “Covered Person”) will have any liability to any person (including any Participant) for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made, in each case, in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Participant’s participation in it.  Each Covered Person will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under this Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid or Shares delivered by such Covered Person, with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid or delivered by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person, provided  that  the Company will have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company will have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice.  To the extent any taxable expense reimbursement under this paragraph is subject to Section 409A, (1) the amount thereof eligible in one taxable year shall not affect the amount eligible in any other taxable year; (2) in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the Covered Person incurred such expenses; and (3) in no event shall any right to reimbursement be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.  The foregoing right of indemnification will not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person’s bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct.  The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under AIG’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such persons or hold them harmless.

F.             Clawback/Repayment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Awards and any payments or deliveries under this Plan will be subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided in (1) the AIG Clawback Policy, as in effect from time to time and (2) other agreements executed by a Participant.

8.             General Rules

A.             No Funding.  The Company will be under no obligation to fund or set aside amounts to pay obligations under this Plan.  A Participant will have no rights to any Awards or other amounts under this Plan other than as a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

B.             Tax Withholding.  The delivery of Shares (or cash) or exercise of any Awards under this Plan is conditioned on a Participant’s satisfaction of any applicable withholding taxes in accordance with Section 4.2 of the Omnibus Plan, as amended from time to time, or such similar provision of any successor stock incentive plan.

C.             No Rights to Other Payments.  The provisions of this Plan provide no right or eligibility to a Participant to any other payouts from AIG or its subsidiaries under any other alternative plans, schemes, arrangements or contracts AIG may have with any employee or group of employees of AIG or its subsidiaries.

 

8 


 

D.             No Effect on Benefits.  Grants or the exercise of any Awards and the delivery of Shares (or cash) under this Plan will constitute a special discretionary incentive payment to the Participants and will not be required to be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participants for the purpose of determining any contributions to or any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance, severance or other benefit plan of AIG or any of its subsidiaries or under any agreement with the Participant, unless AIG or the subsidiary with which the Participant is Employed specifically provides otherwise.

E.             Section 409A

(1)            Awards made under the Plan are intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, and this Plan is intended to, and shall be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 409A.  The Committee will have full authority to give effect to the intent of this Section 8.E. 

(2)            If any payment or delivery to be made under any Award (or any other payment or delivery under this Plan) would be subject to the limitations in Section 409A(a)(2)(b) of the Code, the payment or delivery will be delayed until six (6) months after the Participant’s separation from service (or earlier death) in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A. 

(3)            Each payment or delivery in respect of any Award will be treated as a separate payment or delivery for purposes of Section 409A.

F.     Severability.  If any of the provisions of this Plan is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision will be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability) and the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby; provided  that  if any of such provisions is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable because it exceeds the maximum scope determined to be acceptable to permit such provision to be enforceable, such provision will be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to modify such scope in order to make such provision enforceable hereunder.

G.    Entire Agreement.  This Plan contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations and warranties between them, whether written or oral with respect to the subject matter hereof. 

H.     Waiver of Claims.  Each Participant recognizes and agrees that prior to being selected by the Committee to receive an Award he or she has no right to any benefits under this Plan.  Accordingly, in consideration of the Participant’s receipt of any Award hereunder, he or she expressly waives any right to contest the amount of any Award, the terms of this Plan, any determination, action or omission hereunder by the Committee or the Company or any amendment to this Plan.

I.       No Third Party Beneficiaries.  Except as expressly provided herein, this Plan will not confer on any person other than the Company and the Participant any rights or remedies hereunder. The exculpation and indemnification provisions of Section 7.E will inure to the benefit of a Covered Person’s estate and beneficiaries and legatees.

9 


 

J.     Successor Entity; AIG’s Assigns.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement and except as otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a merger, consolidation, mandatory share exchange or other similar business combination of AIG with or into any other entity (“Successor Entity”) or any transaction in which another person or entity acquires all of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of AIG, or all or substantially all of the assets of AIG, outstanding Awards may be assumed or a substantially equivalent award may be substituted by such Successor Entity or a parent or subsidiary of such Successor Entity.  The terms of this Plan will be binding and inure to the benefit of AIG and its successors and assigns.

K.     Nonassignability. No Award (or any rights and obligations thereunder) granted to any person under the Plan may be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, except as may be otherwise provided in the award agreement.  Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 8.K will be null and void and any Award which is hedged in any manner will immediately be forfeited.  All of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the award agreements will be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.

L.     Right to Discharge.  Nothing contained in this Plan or in any Award will confer on any Participant any right to be continued in the employ of AIG or any of its subsidiaries or to participate in any future plans.

M.    Consent.  If the Committee at any time determines that any consent (as hereinafter defined) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any Award or the delivery of any Shares under this Plan, or the taking of any other action thereunder (each such action, a “plan action”), then such plan action will not be taken, in whole or in part, unless and until such consent will have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Committee; provided  that  if such consent has not been so effected or obtained as of the latest date provided by this Plan for payment of such amount or delivery and further delay is not permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, such amount will be forfeited and terminate notwithstanding any prior earning or vesting. 

The term “consent” as used in this paragraph with respect to any plan action includes (1) any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any securities exchange or under any federal, state, or local law, or law, rule or regulation of a jurisdiction outside the United States, (2) any other matter, which the Committee may deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made, (3) any and all other consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a plan action by any governmental or other regulatory body or any stock exchange or self-regulatory agency and (4) any and all consents required by the Committee.

N.    Awards Subject to an AIG Section 162(m) Plan.  With respect to any awards hereunder that were granted pursuant to written binding agreements in effect on November 2, 2017 and that were granted during a period when this Plan functioned as a subplan of a Section 162(m) compliant performance incentive award plan adopted by AIG (the “AIG Section 162(m) Plan”) that was proposed and approved by AIG stockholders in accordance with Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and related Treasury Regulations as they existed prior to the adoption of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (Public  Law 115-97(the  “Prior  Rules”),   this  Plan  will operate  whereby the designated performance-based compensation  

10 


 

amounts  (as defined under the Prior Rules)  payable under such awards can be paid and deducted in full or in part in accordance with the Prior Rules.

  

O.    No Liability With Respect to Tax Qualification or Adverse Tax Treatment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Company be liable to a Participant on account of the failure of any Award or amount payable under this Plan to (1) qualify for favorable United States or foreign tax treatment or (2) avoid adverse tax treatment under United States or foreign law, including, without limitation, Section 409A.

9.             Disputes

A.     Governing Law.  This Plan will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.  The Plan shall also be subject to all applicable non-U.S. laws as to Participants located outside of the United States.  In the event that any provision of this Plan is not permitted by the local laws of a country or jurisdiction in which a Participant performs services, such local law shall supersede that provision of this Plan with respect to that Participant.   The benefits to which a Participant would otherwise be entitled under this Plan may be adjusted or limited to the extent that the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior Compensation Executive or their designee(s) determine is necessary or appropriate in light of applicable law or local practice.

B.  ArbitrationSubject to the provisions of this Section 9, any dispute, controversy or claim between the Company and a Participant, arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award, will be finally settled by arbitration. Participants who are subject to an Employment Dispute Resolution Program (“EDR Program”) maintained by AIG or any affiliated company of AIG, will resolve such dispute, controversy or claim in accordance with the operative terms and conditions of such EDR Program, and to the extent applicable, the employment arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). Participants who are not subject to an EDR Program shall arbitrate their dispute, controversy or claim in New York City before, and in accordance with the employment arbitration rules of the AAA, without reference to the operative terms and conditions of any EDR Program.  Prior to arbitration, all claims maintained by a Participant must first be submitted to the Committee in accordance with claims procedures determined by the Committee. Either the Company or a Participant may seek injunctive relief from the arbitrator.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company or a Participant may apply to a court with jurisdiction over them for temporary, preliminary or emergency injunctive relief that, under the legal and equitable standards applicable to the granting of such relief, is necessary to preserve the rights of that party pending the arbitrator’s modification of any such injunction or determination of the merits of the dispute, controversy or claim.

C.     Jurisdiction . The Company and each Participant hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of a state or federal court of appropriate jurisdiction located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award that is not otherwise arbitrated or resolved according to Section 9.B.  The Company and each Participant acknowledge that the forum designated by this section has a reasonable relation to this Plan and to such Participant’s relationship with the Company, that the agreement as to forum is independent of the law that may be applied in the action, suit or proceeding and that such forum shall apply even if the forum may under applicable law choose to apply non-forum law.

11 


 

DChange in Control. On or following a Change in Control, any arbitration referred to in Section 9.B or any court action referred to in Section 9.C by a Participant to enforce the Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be subject to a de novo standard of review, and the Participant shall be reimbursed for reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in seeking to enforce his or her rights under the Plan to the extent he or she prevails as to the material issues in such dispute.  The reimbursement of attorneys’ fees shall be made promptly following delivery of an invoice therefor.

E.   Waiver.  The Company and each Participant waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which the Company and such Participant now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any court referred to in Section 9.C.  The Company and each Participant undertake not to commence any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award in any forum other than a forum described in Section 9.C.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude the Company from bringing any action, suit or proceeding in any other court for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this Section 9.  The Company and each Participant agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a final and non-appealable judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant and the Company.

F.     Service of Process.  Each Participant irrevocably appoints the Secretary of AIG at 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A., or effective as of May 1, 2021, 1271 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10020, as his or her agent for service of process in connection with any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award that is not otherwise arbitrated or resolved according to Section 9.B.  The Secretary will promptly advise the Participant of any such service of process.

G.    Confidentiality.  Each Participant must keep confidential any information concerning any grant or Award made under this Plan and any dispute, controversy or claim relating to this Plan, except that (i) a Participant may disclose information concerning a dispute or claim to the court that is considering such dispute or to such Participant’s legal counsel (provided  that  such counsel agrees not to disclose any such information other than as necessary to the prosecution or defense of the dispute) or (ii) a Participant may disclose information regarding an Award to the Participant’s personal lawyer or tax accountant, provided  that  such individuals agree to keep the information confidential.  Nothing herein shall prevent the Participant from making or publishing any truthful statement (1) when required by law, subpoena,  court order, or at the request of an administrative or regulatory agency or legislature, (2) in the course of any legal, arbitral, administrative, legislative or or regulatory proceeding, (3) to any governmental authority, administrative or regulatory agency, legislative body, or self-regulatory organization, (4) in connection with any investigation by the Company, or (5) where a prohibition or limitation on such communication is unlawful; provided, however, that with respect to the subject matter of this Section 9(G), the terms of a Participant’s award agreement shall govern   

10.          Term of Plan

The Plan was first effective as of January 1, 2017 and will continue until suspended or terminated by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the existence of the Plan at any time or from time to time does not guarantee or imply the payment of any Awards hereunder, or the establishment of any future plans or the continuation of this Plan. Any termination of this Plan will be done in a manner that the Committee determines complies with Section 409A.

 

12 


 

Annex A

Glossary of Terms

            “Cause” means (1) a Participant’s conviction, whether following trial or by plea of guilty or nolo  contendere  (or similar plea), in a criminal proceeding (A) on a misdemeanor charge involving fraud, false statements or misleading omissions, wrongful taking, embezzlement, bribery, forgery, counterfeiting or extortion, or (B) on a felony charge or (C) on an equivalent charge to those in clauses (A) and (B) in jurisdictions which do not use those designations; (2) a Participant’s engagement in any conduct which constitutes an employment disqualification under applicable law (including statutory disqualification as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); (3) a Participant’s violation of any securities or commodities laws, any rules or regulations issued pursuant to such laws, or the rules and regulations of any securities or commodities exchange or association of which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is a member; or (4) a Participant’s material violation of the Company’s codes or conduct or any other AIG policy as in effect from time to time.  The determination as to whether “Cause” has occurred shall be made by the Committee, with respect to any Participant under the purview of the Committee, or the Senior Compensation Executive, with respect to any other Participant, in each case, in its or his or her sole discretion.  The Committee or Senior Compensation Executive, as applicable, shall also have the authority in its sole discretion to waive the consequences of the existence or occurrence of any of the events, acts or omissions constituting “Cause.” 

            “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1)  individuals who, on February 16, 2021, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to February 16, 2021, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of AIG’s proxy statement in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of AIG as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(2)  Any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d‑3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of AIG representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of AIG’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (“AIG Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (2) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of an acquisition of AIG Voting Securities:  (A) by AIG or any subsidiary of AIG (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by AIG or any subsidiary of AIG or (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities;

A-1 


 

(3)  The consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving AIG (a “Business Combination”) that results in any person (other than the United States Department of Treasury) becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the entity resulting from such Business Combination;

(4)  The consummation of a sale or all or substantially all of AIG’s assets (other than to an affiliate of AIG); or

(5)  AIG’s stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of AIG.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because (A) any person holds or acquires beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the AIG Voting Securities as a result of an “AIG share repurchase program” or other acquisition of AIG Voting Securities by AIG which reduces the total number of AIG Voting Securities outstanding; provided that if after such acquisition by AIG such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional AIG Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding AIG Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall then occur or (B) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all (or a subset) of the assets and/or operations of the Life and Retirement business (or any similar transaction).

             Disability” means that a Participant, who after receiving short term disability income replacement payments for six (6) months, (i) is determined to be disabled in accordance with the Company’s long term disability plan in which employees of the Company are generally able to participate, if one is in effect at such time, to the extent such disability complies with 26 C.F.R. § 1.409A-3(i)4(i)(B), or (ii) to the extent such Participant is not participating in the Company’s long term disability plan, or no such long term disability plan exists, is determined to have medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as determined by, as applicable, the Company’s long term disability insurer or the department or vendor directed by the Company to determine eligibility for unpaid medical leave.

            “Employed” and “Employment” mean (a) actively performing services for the Company, (b) being on a Company-approved leave of absence, whether paid or unpaid, or (c) receiving long term disability benefits, in each case while in good standing with the Company.

            “Retirement” for a Participant means voluntary Termination initiated by the Participant (while such Participant is in good standing with the Company) (i) on or after age sixty (60) with five (5) years of service or (ii) on or after age fifty-five (55) with ten (10) years of service.

A-2 


 

Good Reason” means, following a Change in Control, without a Participant’s written consent, (i) a reduction of more than twenty percent (20%) in a Participant’s annual target direct compensation (including annual base salary, short-term incentive opportunity and long-term incentive opportunity); provided that  such reduction will not constitute Good Reason if it results from a Board-approved program generally applicable to similarly-situated employees; (ii) a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that  a change in the Participant’s reporting relationship will not constitute Good Reason unless it affects a Participant who the Company has classified as an executive vice president or above; or (ii) a relocation of the office at which the Participant performs his or her services to a location that increases his or her one-way commute by more than fifty (50) miles.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination for Good Reason shall not have occurred unless (a) the Participant gives written notice to the Company of termination of employment within thirty (30) days after the Participant first becomes aware of the occurrence of the circumstances constituting Good Reason, specifying in detail the circumstances constituting Good Reason, (b) the Company has failed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice to cure the circumstances constituting Good Reason, and (c) (A) in the case of any Participant who not is eligible to participate in the ESP, the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code section 409A) occurs no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the Company’s cure period, and (B) in the case of any Participant who is eligible to participate in the ESP, the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code section 409A) occurs no later than two (2) years following the initial existence of the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason or such other period specified in the ESP for this purpose.

Senior Compensation Executive” means the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee the Corporate Compensation Department.  In the event that no individual holds such position, “Senior Compensation Executive” will instead refer to the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee the global Human Resources Department.

Senior HR Attorney” means the Company’s most senior attorney whose responsibility it is to oversee Human Resource/employment matters.

Termination” or “Terminate,” with respect to a Participant, means the termination of the Participant’s Employment.

 

A-3 


 

Attachment I

Annex B

Form of Release Referred to in Section 6.F of the Plan.

NOT personalized to each Participant.

(1)            [Employee Name] (“Employee”), for good and sufficient consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby waives and forever releases and discharges any and all claims of any kind Employee may have against American International Group, Inc., its affiliate or subsidiary companies (“AIG”), or any officer, director or employee of, or any benefit plan sponsored by, any such company (collectively, the “Released Parties”) which arise from Employee’s employment with any of the Released Parties or the termination of Employee’s employment with any of the Released Parties. [Specifically, but without limiting that release, Employee hereby waives any rights or claims Employee might have pursuant to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (the “Act”) and under the laws of any and all jurisdictions, including, without limitation, the United States. Employee recognizes that Employee is not waiving any rights or claims under the Act that may arise after the date that Employee executes this Release.] Nothing herein modifies or affects any vested rights that Employee may have under the [American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan, or the American International Group, Inc. Incentive Savings Plan] [and other plans applicable to Employee]; nor does this Release confer any such rights, which are governed by the terms of the respective plans (and any agreements under such plans).

(2)            Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee has complied with and will continue to comply with the non-disparagement, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions set forth in the Employee’s award agreement pursuant to Section 3.D of the Plan, [a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A], [for Retirements; and further agrees that during the period commencing on the date of the Employee’s [Retirement] and ending on the [for Retirements, 6-month] anniversary of such date, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly:

(a)            Engage in any “Competitive Business” (defined below) for the Employee’s own account;

(b)            Enter the employ of, or render any services to, any person engaged in any Competitive Business;

(c)            Acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, any person engaged in any Competitive Business, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, officer, director, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

(d)            Interfere with business relationships between AIG and customers or suppliers of, or consultants to AIG.

(e)            For purposes of this Section 2, a “Competitive Business” means, as of any date, including during the Restricted Period, any person or entity (including any joint venture, partnership, firm, corporation or limited liability company) that engages in or proposes to engage in the following activities in any geographical area in which AIG does such business:

(i)             The property and casualty insurance business, including commercial insurance, business insurance, personal insurance and specialty insurance;

B-1 


 

(ii)            The life and accident and health insurance business;

(iii)           The underwriting, reinsurance, marketing or sale of (y) any form of insurance of any kind that AIG as of such date does, or proposes to, underwrite, reinsure, market or sell (any such form of insurance, an “AIG Insurance Product”), or (z) any other form of insurance that is marketed or sold in competition with any AIG Insurance Product;

(iv)           The investment and financial services business, including retirement services and mutual fund or brokerage services; or

(v)            Any other business that as of such date is a direct and material competitor of one of AIG’s businesses.

(3)            Employee further agrees that AIG’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the non-disparagement, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions in the Employee’s award agreement [and for the non-competition covenant set forth above] would be inadequate. In recognition of this fact, the Employee agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, AIG, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available;

(4)            [Employee acknowledges and understands that Employee is hereby being advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release. Employee also acknowledges and understands that Employee has [twenty-one (21)] days to consider the terms of this Release before signing it. However, in no event may Employee sign this Release before Employee’s termination date.]

(5)            [Upon the signing of this Release by Employee, Employee understands that Employee shall have a period of seven (7) days following Employee’s signing of this Release in which Employee may revoke this Release. Employee understands that this Release shall not become effective or enforceable until this seven (7) day revocation period has expired, and that neither the Released Parties nor any other person has any obligation [pursuant to the American International Group, Inc. 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan] until eight (8) days have passed since Employee’s signing of this Release without Employee having revoked this Release. If Employee revokes this Release, Employee will be deemed not to have accepted the terms of this Release.]

(6)            Any dispute arising under this Release shall be governed by the law of the State of New York, without reference to the choice of law rules that would cause the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

                                                                                                                                                   
DATE                                                                           [Employee]

B-2 




Exhibit 10.36

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

LTI AWARD AGREEMENT

1.         Status of Award; Defined Terms.  American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) has awarded you [performance share units] [restricted stock units] [and [stock options  (theAward”) pursuant to the AIG Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”).  This award agreement  (“Award  Agreement”), which sets forth the terms and conditions of your Award, is made pursuant to the Plan and this Award and Award Agreement are subject to the terms of the Plan.  Capitalized terms not defined in this Award Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

2.         Award.

[(a) Award of PSUs. 

(i) AIG hereby awards you the number of performance share units (“PSUs”) specified in Schedule A (the “Target PSUs”) .  You are also entitled to receive dividend equivalent rights in the form of cash in accordance with the Plan.  Each PSU constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in accordance with the Plan.   

(ii) The actual number of PSUs that will be earned is subject to the Committee’s assessment of achievement based on the Performance Measures established for the Performance Period.

(iii) After the end of the Performance Period, the Committee will determine the percentage of your Target PSUs that will be earned (such earned PSUs, the “Earned PSUs”).  The number of Shares covered by your Earned PSUs may range from 0% to 200% of your Target PSUs.  Your Earned PSUs, if any, will vest and be paid in accordance with the schedule specified in Schedule A subject to earlier vesting, forfeiture or termination as provided in accordance with the Plan. On any payment date, the number of Shares to be issued under this Award Agreement shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.

[(a)][(b)] [Award of RSUs.   AIG hereby awards you the number of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) specified in Schedule A  You are also  entitled to receive dividend equivalent rights in the form of cash in accordance with the Plan.  Each RSU constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in accordance with the Plan.  Until such delivery, you have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor, and no rights as a shareholder, of AIG.  You will earn the RSUs subject to your continued Employment throughout the Performance Period.  Your RSUs will vest and be paid in accordance with the schedule specified in Schedule A,  subject to earlier vesting, forfeiture or termination as provided in accordance with the Plan.  On any payment date, the number of Shares to be issued under this Award Agreement shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.

[(a)][(b)(c)] [Award of Stock Options.   AIG hereby awards you the number of [time-vesting] [and [performance-vesting stock options (“Options”)  specified in Schedule A   Each Option represents a right to purchase one share of Common Stock of AIG, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement and the Plan. The Options are subject to the [time- [and]  [performance- vesting and expiration terms specified in Schedule A, subject to earlier vesting, forfeiture or termination as provided in accordance with the Plan.

 

 

 

 


3.         Non-Disclosure.  During the term of your Employment, the Company has permitted and will continue to permit you to have access to and become acquainted with information of a confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret nature.  Subject to and in addition to any confidentiality or non-disclosure requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you electronically consent to or execute this Award Agreement, during your Employment and any time thereafter, you agree that (i) all confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information received, obtained or possessed at any time by you concerning or relating to the business, financial, operational, marketing, economic, accounting, tax or other affairs at the Company or any client, customer, agent or supplier or prospective client, customer, agent or supplier of the Company will be treated by you in the strictest confidence and will not be disclosed or used by you in any manner other than in connection with the discharge of your job responsibilities without the prior written consent of the Company or unless required by law, and (ii) you will not remove or destroy any confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information and will return any such information in your possession, custody or control at the end of your Employment (or earlier if so requested by the Company).   Nothing herein shall prevent you from making or publishing any truthful statement (a) when required by law, subpoena or court order, or at the request of an administrative agency or legislature, (b) in the course of any legal, arbitral, administrative, legislative or regulatory proceeding, (c) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, (d) in connection with any investigation by the Company, or (e) where a prohibition or limitation on such communication is unlawful.

             Nothing in this Award Agreement or any AIG policy prohibits or restricts you from communicating with or responding to any inquiry by the Securities and Exchange Commission, law enforcement, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission [IF EMPLOYEE IS IN NEW YORK:, the New York State Division of Human Rights, the New York City Commission on Civil Rights or any other local commission on human rights, an attorney retained by you], or any other local, state, or federal governmental or regulatory authority, or any self-regulatory organization, provided that AIG does not waive any attorney-client privilege over any information provided by you that is appropriately covered by such privilege.

 

4.         Non-Solicitation.  Your Employment with the Company requires exposure to and use of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information (as set forth in the above Paragraph).  Subject to and in addition to any non-solicitation requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you electronically consent to or execute this Award Agreement, you agree that (i) during your Employment with the Company and any time thereafter, you will not, directly or indirectly, on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, solicit, contact, call upon, communicate with or attempt to communicate with any customer or client or prospective customer or client of the Company where to do so would require the use or disclosure of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information, and (ii) during your Employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year after Employment Terminates for any reason, you will not, directly or indirectly, regardless of who initiates the communication, solicit, participate in the solicitation or recruitment of, or in any manner encourage or provide assistance to any employee, consultant, registered representative, or agent of the Company to terminate his or her Employment or other relationship with the Company or to leave its employ or other relationship with the Company for any engagement in any capacity or any other person or entity.

 

 

 


 

[ALL OR A PORTION OF SECTION 5 TO BE INSERTED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

 

5.         Non-DisparagementYou agree that during and after your Employment with the Company, you will not make disparaging comments about AIG or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their officers, directors or employees to any person or entity not affiliated with the Company.   Nothing in this Agreement  shall prevent you from making or publishing any truthful statement (a) when required by law, subpoena or court order, or at the request of an administrative agency or legislature (b) in the course of any legal, arbitral. administrative, legislative or regulatory proceeding, (c) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, (d) in connection with any investigation by the Company, or (e) where a prohibition or limitation on such communication is unlawful.  Moreover, nothing in this Agreement will deny you the right to disclose information about unlawful acts in the workplace, including, but not limited to, sexual harrassment.

 

[SECTION 6 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

 

6.         Notice of Termination of Employment.  Except where local law prohibits enforcement or you resign for Good Reason under the terms of the Plan, you agree that if you voluntarily resign you will give at least six months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion.  This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

 

 

 [SECTION 6 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

 

6.           Notice of Termination of Employment.  Except where local law prohibits enforcement or you resign for Good Reason under the terms of the Plan, you agree that if you voluntarily resign you will give at least three months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion.  This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

 

 

  [SECTION 6 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE  OR ITS DELEGATE]

6.           Notice of Termination of EmploymentYou agree that:

1.             if you voluntarily resign (other than if you resign for Good Reason under the terms of the Plan), you will give at least three months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion, except to the extent prohibited by local law; and

2.             if your employment is not at-will and you or the Company is obligated to give other advance notice of a Termination by virtue of local law, any applicable collective bargaining agreement or your employment agreement, such notice obligation will not be affected by this provision.  As set forth in the Executive Severance Plan (“ESP”), any severance payment paid in accordance with the ESP will be reduced by any payment in lieu of notice paid by the Company to you, and you will cease to have any further entitlement to notice. 

 

 

 

 


This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in any of the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

7.         Clawback/RepaymentNotwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in consideration of the grant of this Award, you agree that you are a Covered Employee under the AIG Clawback Policy with respect to this Award and any payments hereunder and, accordingly, this Award and any payments hereunder will be subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided for in the AIG Clawback Policy, as in effect from time to time if it is determined that a Covered Event (as defined in such Policy) has occurred.  With respect to this Award and any payments hereunder, each of the following events is a “Covered Event” for purposes of the Policy:

1.      a material restatement of all or a portion of AIG’s financial statements occurs and the Board or Committee determines that recovery of payments under this Award is appropriate after reviewing all relevant facts and circumstances that contributed to the restatement, including whether you engaged in misconduct, and considering issues of accountability;

2.    payments under this Award were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or on performance metrics that are materially inaccurately determined, regardless of whether you were responsible for the inaccuracy;

3.     your failure to properly identify, assess or sufficiently raise concerns about risk, including in a supervisory role, resulted in a material adverse impact on AIG, any of AIG’s business units or the broader financial system;

4.       any action or omission by you constituted a material violation of AIG’s risk policies as in effect from time to time; or

5.         any action or omission by you resulted in material financial or reputational harm to AIG.

8.         Entire Agreement.  The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.  This Award Agreement, the Plan, the personalized information in Schedule A, and such other documents as may be provided to you pursuant to this Award Agreement regarding any  applicable service, performance or other vesting conditions and the size of your Award, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior understandings and agreements with respect to such subject matter. 

9.         Notices.  Any notice or communication required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement shall be in writing (which may include an electronic writing) and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of AIG at its principal corporate offices as specified in Section 9.E of the Plan or, with respect to the acceptance of an Award, as specified in Schedule A or the Compensation Plan Grant Acceptance website.  Any notice required to be given or delivered to you shall be in writing (including an electronic writing) and addressed to you at your Company email address or your home address on file in the Company’s payroll or personnel records.  All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon:  personal delivery; electronic delivery or three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested) or one (1) business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid).

10.       Governing Law.  This Award Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

 

 

 

 


 

11.       Signatures.  Execution of this Award Agreement by AIG and/or you may be in the form of an electronic, manual or similar signature, and such signature shall be treated as an original signature for all purposes.   

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC. has caused this Award Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Award specified in Schedule A

 

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

_______________________________________

By: 

                                                 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Schedule A

Long-Term Incentive Award

 

Recipient:

 

Employee ID:

 

Date of Award Agreement:

 

 

[[PSUs] [and]

[RSUs] Award]

Target Number

Performance Period

Vesting Terms

Payment

[PSUs

[

[

[

[

[RSUs

[

[

[

[

 

[Options Award]

Number of Options

Exercise Price

Performance Period

Vesting Terms

Expiration Date

[Time-Vesting

Options

[

[$●

[

[

[

[Performance-

Vesting Options

[

[$●

[

[

[

 

[The following termination treatment will [apply to your Award] [supersede that provided in Section 6 of the Plan: ●  

 

 

 

Receipt

Acknowledged:            __________________________________________             ___________

                                    Signature                                                                                 Date

 

Address:                      __________________________________________

                                    Street

 

                                    __________________________________________

                                    City,                 State                     Zip Code

 

 

In order to be eligible to receive your Award, you must agree to and either electronically consent or sign the Award Agreement within 90 days of the receipt of this communication.  If you do not electronically consent to or sign the Award Agreement within 90 days, you may forfeit your Award.   

 

[Insert instructions]

 

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.37

  

 

American International Group, Inc.

Long Term Incentive Plan

(as amended and restated effective September 27, 2021)

 

1.         Purpose; Definitions

This American International Group, Inc. Long Term Incentive Plan (this “Plan”) is designed to provide selected officers and key employees of American International Group, Inc. (“AIG” and together with its consolidated subsidiaries, determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, the “Company”) with incentives to contribute to the long-term performance of AIG in a manner that appropriately balances risk and rewards.

As specified in the applicable award agreement, Awards under this Plan are issued either under the American International Group, Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2013 Omnibus Plan”) or the American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan (“the 2021 Omnibus Plan”), as each are amended from time to time or any successor stock incentive plan, (collectively or as applicable the “Omnibus Plan”), the terms of which are incorporated in this Plan.  Capitalized terms used in this Plan but not otherwise defined in this Plan or in the attached Glossary of Terms in Annex A have the meaning ascribed to them in the applicable Omnibus Plan.

2.         Performance Period

Awards (as defined below) will be earned over a three-year performance period (a “Performance Period), unless the Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors of AIG (including any successor, the “Committee”) determines a different period is appropriate for some or all Participants as set forth in the applicable award agreement.

3.         Awards and Participants

A.         Awards.  Awards issued under this Plan (“Awards”) may consist of performance share units (“PSUs”), restricted stock units (“RSUs”), stock options (“Options”), or a combination of PSUs, RSUs and Options, as the Committee may determine from time to time.  PSUs provide holders with the opportunity to earn shares of AIG Common Stock (“Shares”) based on achievement of performance criteria during the Performance Period.  RSUs provide holders with the opportunity to earn Shares based on continued Employment throughout the Performance Period.  Options provide holders with the right to purchase Shares based on achievement of performance criteria during, or continued Employment throughout, the Performance Period, or a combination thereof.  PSUs, RSUs and Options will be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Omnibus Plan, this Plan and the applicable award agreement, and will be issued only to the extent permissible under relevant laws, regulatory restrictions and agreements applicable to the Company.  In addition to the preceding, the Committee may establish another form of Award to the extent it determines appropriate for some or all Participants (as defined below). 

B.         Participants.  The Committee will from time to time determine (1) the officers and key employees of the Company who will receive Awards (the “Participants”) and (2) the number and type of Awards issued to each Participant.  No Award to a Participant shall in any way obligate the Committee to (or imply that the Committee will) provide a similar Award (or any Award) to the Participant in the future.

C.         Status of Awards.  Each PSU and RSU constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one (1) Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) as provided in Section 5.B.  Until such delivery, a holder of PSUs or RSUs will have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor and no rights as a shareholder of AIG.  Each Option represents a right to purchase one (1) Share, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the applicable award agreement.

 

 

 


 

D.         Award Agreements.  Each Award granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an award agreement that shall contain such provisions and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate; provided that, except as otherwise expressly provided in an award agreement, if there is any conflict between any provision of this Plan and an award agreement, the provisions of this Plan shall govern.  By accepting an Award pursuant to this Plan, a Participant thereby agrees that the Award shall be subject to all of the terms and provisions of this Plan, the applicable Omnibus Plan and the applicable award agreement.  Awards shall be accepted by a Participant signing the applicable award agreement, and returning it to the Company.  Failure by a Participant to do so within ninety (90) days from the date of the award agreement shall give the Company the right to rescind the Award.

4.         Performance Measures for PSUs; Earned PSUs

A.       Target PSUs.  For an Award of PSUs, a  Participant’s award agreement will set forth a target number of PSUs as determined by the Committee (the “Target PSUs”).   

B.         Performance Measures.  The number of PSUs earned for any Performance Period will be based on one or more performance measures established by the Committee in its sole discretion with respect to such Performance Period (collectively, the “Performance Measures”).  For each Performance Measure with respect to a Performance Period, the Committee will establish a Threshold, Target and Maximum achievement level and the weighting afforded to each such Performance Measure.  The Committee may also establish gating metrics that must be satisfied before Performance Measures are applied to assess the number of PSUs that are earned.

C.      Performance Results.  At the end of the Performance Period, the Committee will assess performance against each Performance Measure and determine the Earned Percentage (as detailed below) for each such Performance Measure as follows, subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan and unless determined otherwise by the Committee:

Performance

Earned Percentage

Performance less than Threshold

0%

Performance at Threshold

50%

Performance at Target

100%

Performance at or above Maximum

200%

The Earned Percentage for performance between Threshold and Target and between Target and Maximum will be determined on a straight-line basis, unless determined otherwise by the Committee.  

D.         Earned PSUs.  The number of PSUs earned for the Performance Period (the “Earned PSUs”) will equal the sum of the PSUs earned for each Performance Measure, calculated as follows, unless determined otherwise by the Committee: 

PSUs earned
for a
Performance
Measure

=

Target
PSUs

X

Earned
Percentage

X

Weighting of
Performance
Measure

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the Committee retains discretion to reduce any Earned PSU Award to zero.

 

2 


 

5.         Vesting and Delivery

A.         Vesting of Earned Awards.  Except as provided in Section 6, and subject to the other terms and conditions of this Plan and the applicable award agreement, Earned PSUs, RSUs and Options will vest on the date(s) and/or event(s) specified in the applicable award agreement (each, a Scheduled Vesting Date).  Unless otherwise set forth in the applicable award agreement, RSUs and Options will be earned based solely on the Participant’s continued Employment through the end of the Performance Period.

B.      Delivery of Earned PSUs and RSUs.  Except as provided in Section 6, AIG will deliver (or cause to be delivered) to the Participant Shares (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in respect of any Earned PSUs, RSUs, or portion thereof, as promptly as administratively practicable following the applicable Scheduled Vesting Date.  Subject to Section 6, a Participant must be Employed on the applicable Scheduled Vesting Date in order to be entitled to receive a delivery of any portion of the Earned PSUs and RSUs.

C.        Dividend Equivalents and Dividend Equivalent Units (as both are defined below) for RSUs and PSUs.  In respect of Awards of RSUs or PSUs, unless otherwise set forth in the applicable award agreement, if any cash dividend is declared on Shares with a record date that occurs during the Dividend Equivalent Period (as defined below):

 

(1)        With respect to dividends declared with a record date that occurs after the second quarter of 2021, the Participant will accrue, with respect to each RSU and Earned PSU awarded to the Participant, in accordance with the Plan, a Dividend Equivalent.  

 

The value of the Dividend Equivalents that the Participant will accrue will be equal to (1) the declared cash dividend amount per Share times  (2) the number of RSUs and Earned PSUs (including, unless otherwise determined by AIG, the number of RSUs and PSUs accrued through the issuance of Dividend Equivalent Units previously credited pursuant to Section 5.C(2) below), in accordance with the plan, covered by the Participant's Award at such time.

 

The accrued Dividend Equivalents will vest and be paid in cash at the same time, and subject to the same terms and conditions (including, for PSUs, increase or decrease based on achievement of performance criteria in accordance with Section 4 above) as the RSUs or Earned PSUs on which such Dividend Equivalent accrued.

 

(2)        With respect to dividends declared with a record date that occurs on or after the date an Award is granted through the second quarter of 2021, the Participant will accrue, with respect to each RSU and Earned PSU awarded to the Participant, in accordance with the Plan, a Dividend Equivalent Unit in the form of additional RSUs and PSUs.

 

The number of Dividend Equivalent Units that the Participant will accrue will be equal to (1) the cash dividend amount per Share times  (2) the number of RSUs and Earned PSUs, in accordance with the Plan, outstanding with respect to a Participant's Award (including both RSUs and PSUs awarded at the grant date of the Award, and RSUs and PSUs accrued through the issuance of prior Dividend Equivalent Units) divided  by the Fair Market Value of one Share on the applicable dividend record date. 

 

Dividend Equivalent Units will vest and be settled in Shares or the cash value of such Shares (at the discretion of the Company), at the same time, and subject to the same terms and conditions (including, for PSUs, increase or decrease based on achievement of performance criteria in accordance with Section 4 above) as the RSUs or PSUs on which such Dividend Equivalent Units accrued.

 

(3)        Definitions

 

“Dividend Equivalent” is the unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to pay cash at the time set forth in paragraph 5.C(1) above with respect to amounts that accrued with respect to the Dividend Equivalent Period from cash dividends that were declared for AIG shareholders with respect to each RSU and Earned PSU awarded to the Participant in accordance with the Plan.

 

3 


 

“Dividend Equivalent Unit” is the unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to settle, at the time set forth in paragraph 5.C(2) above, in Shares or the cash value of such Shares (rounded down to the nearest whole number of Shares) the additional RSUs and PSUs that accrued with respect to the Dividend Equivalent Period from cash dividends that were declared for AIG shareholders with respect to each RSU and Earned PSU awarded to the Participant, in accordance with the Plan.

 

Dividend Equivalent Period means the period commencing on the date on which PSUs or RSUs were awarded to the Participant and ending on the last day on which Shares (or cash) are delivered to the Participant with respect to the RSUs or Earned PSUs.   

 

D.         Exercise and Expiration of Options.  Vested Options may be exercised in accordance with procedures set forth in Section 2.3.5 of the applicable Omnibus Plan, including procedures established by the Company.  Stock Options that are not vested may not be exercised.  Pursuant to Section 2.3.4 of the applicable Omnibus Plan, in no event will any Option be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date on which the Option is granted (but the applicable award agreement may provide for an earlier expiration date).

6.         Vesting and Payout Upon Termination of Employment and Corporate Events

Except as otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement:

A.         Termination Generally.  Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6, if a Participant’s Employment is Terminated for any reason, then (i) any unvested Awards, or parts thereof, shall immediately terminate and be forfeited, and (ii) any vested Options will remain exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement (but in no case later than the expiration date for such Options specified in the applicable award agreement), provided  that  in the case of a Participant’s Termination for Cause, all Options (whether vested or unvested) will immediately terminate and be forfeited.

B.         Involuntary Termination, Retirement or Disability.  Subject to Section 6.F, in the case of a Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause, Retirement or Disability:

(1)        the Participant’s outstanding PSUs and RSUs will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Earned PSUs (based on the performance for the whole Performance Period) or RSUs, as applicable, will be delivered to the Participant on the dates that the applicable Award would otherwise have been delivered if the Participant had continued to remain Employed; and

(2)        (i) any vested Options will remain exercisable, (ii) any unvested time-vesting Options will be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements, and (iii) any unvested performance-vesting Options will (a) be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements, if any, and (b) to the extent any performance-vesting requirements have not been achieved, continue to be eligible to vest in accordance with their respective performance-vesting terms.  In the event of an Involuntary Termination or Disability, the Options that are or become vested pursuant to this paragraph (2) shall remain exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement, provided, however, in the event of a Retirement, with respect to Retirements on and after January 1, 2021, all Options that are or become vested pursuant to this paragraph (2) (including, but not limited to, Options granted in calendar years 2017 - 2020, notwithstanding any language to the contrary in the award agreements and Schedule A of such Options) will remain exercisable for the remainder of the term of such Options set forth in the applicable award agreement for such Options.  No Options will remain exercisable beyond the expiration date for such Options as specified in the applicable award agreement.

For the avoidance of doubt, an involuntary Termination without Cause as provided in this Section 6.B shall not include a resignation that a Participant may assert was a constructive discharge.

 

4 


 

C.         Death

(1)        PSUs.  For outstanding Awards of PSUs, (i) in the case of a Participant’s death during a Performance Period or following a Performance Period but prior to the Committee’s adjudication of performance under Section 4.C, the Participant’s PSU Award will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Target PSUs will be delivered to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable but in no event later than the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two (2) and one-half (1/2) months following the date of death and (ii) in the case of a Participant’s death following the Committee’s adjudication of performance for a Performance Period under Section 4.C, the Participant’s PSU Award will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Earned PSUs (based on performance for the whole Performance Period) will be delivered to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable but in no event later than the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two (2) and one-half (1/2) months following the date of death.

(2)        RSUs.  For outstanding Awards of RSUs, in the case of a Participant’s death, the Participant’s outstanding unvested RSUs will immediately vest and the Shares (or cash) corresponding to the RSUs will be delivered to the Participant’s estate as soon as practicable but in no event later than the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two (2) and one-half (1/2) months following the date of death.

(3)        Options.  For outstanding Awards of Options, in the case of a Participant’s death, (i) any vested Options will remain exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement, (ii) any unvested time-vesting Options will be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements and remain exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement and (iii) any unvested performance-vesting Options will (a) be deemed to have attained their respective time-vesting requirements, if any, (b) to the extent any performance-vesting requirements have not been achieved, continue to be eligible to vest in accordance with their respective performance-vesting terms and (c) be exercisable as set forth in the applicable award agreement; provided that no Options will remain exercisable beyond the expiration date for such Options as specified in the applicable award agreement.

D.         Change in Control

(1)       PSUs.  For outstanding Awards of PSUs, in the case of a Change in Control during a Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, the Participant shall receive Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Target PSUs, unless the Committee determines to use actual performance through the date of the Change in Control, and such Shares (or cash) will immediately vest.  In the case of a Change in Control following a Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, the Participant shall receive Shares (or cash) corresponding to the Earned PSUs (based on performance for the whole Performance Period), and such Shares (or cash) will immediately vest.  Any such amounts representing vested PSUs will be delivered by the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two (2) and one-half (1/2) months following the Participant’s separation from service, provided that no delivery will be delayed as a result of the Change in Control. 

(2)       RSUs.  For outstanding Awards of RSUs, in the case of a Change in Control and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, a Participant’s outstanding unvested RSUs will immediately vest.  Any such amounts representing vested RSUs will be delivered by the end of the calendar year or, if later, within two and one-half months following the Participant’s separation from service, provided that no delivery will be delayed as a result of the Change in Control.

 

5 


 

(3)     Options.  For outstanding Awards of performance-vesting Options, (a) in the case of a Change in Control during the applicable Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, any unvested performance-vesting Options will immediately vest based on target performance, unless the Committee determines to use actual performance through the date of the Change in Control, and (b) in the case of a Change in Control following an applicable Performance Period and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, any performance-vesting Stock Options will immediately vest based on actual performance for such period.  For outstanding time-vesting Options, in the case of a Change in Control and the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason within twenty-four (24) months following such Change in Control, any unvested time-vesting Options will immediately vest.  All Options that vest pursuant to this paragraph will remain exercisable for the remainder of the term of such Options as set forth in the applicable award agreement for such Options.  No Options will remain exercisable beyond the expiration date for such Options as specified in the applicable award agreement.

E.     Election to Accelerate or Delay Delivery.   The Committee may, in its sole discretion, determine to accelerate or defer delivery of any Shares (or cash) underlying the Awards granted under the Plan or permit a Participant to elect to accelerate or defer delivery of any such Shares (or cash), in each case in a manner that conforms to the requirements of Section 409A and is consistent with the provisions of Section 8.E

F.       Release of Claims.  In the case of a Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause, resignation for Good Reason or Retirement, as a condition to (i) with respect to Options, the vesting of any Options pursuant to this Plan or the applicable award agreement, and (ii) with respect to all other Awards, receiving delivery of any Shares (or cash) under such Awards, following such event, the Company will require the Participant to execute a release substantially in the form attached as Annex B (the “Release”), subject to any provisions that the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior Compensation Executive or their designee(s) may amend or add to the release in order to impose restrictive covenants requiring (x) confidentiality of information, non-disparagement and non-solicitation of Company employees for twelve (12) months following the Termination, and (y) in the case of an involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason of any Participant who is eligible to participate in the American International Group, Inc. 2012 Executive Severance Plan (as may be amended from time to time, and together with any successor plan, the “ESP”), or Retirement, non-competition for such periods as are generally specified herein.  The Release for any Participant who is eligible to participate in the ESP shall be in the form of the release required by the ESP at the time of the Termination (including any non-competition covenants), modified to cover the vesting of any Options and payment of any Shares (or cash) under any other Awards under this Plan as a result of the Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause or resignation for Good Reason.  Effective for Retirements on or after December 1, 2015, the Release will require non-competition for no less than six (6) months following the Retirement in order for the Participant to (i) with respect to Options, vest in any Options, and (ii), with respect to all other Awards, receive any Shares (or cash) under such Awards.  The Release or the ESP form of release must be executed by the Participant and become irrevocable, in the case of a Participant’s involuntary Termination without Cause, resignation for Good Reason or Retirement, prior to or during the calendar year of the date on which (i) with respect to Options, such Options vest, and (ii) with respect to all other Awards, a delivery of Shares (or cash) with respect to the Award is scheduled to be delivered pursuant to Section 5.B; provided that if the Release is executed after such time, (i) with respect to Options, any Options that would have vested during such period will be forfeited, and (ii) with respect to all other Awards, the delivery of Shares (or cash) with respect to such calendar year will be forfeited; provided, further, that if the local laws of a country or non-U.S. jurisdiction in which Participant performs services render invalid or unenforceable all or a portion of the Release (subject to additional provisions as described above), the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior Compensation Executive or their designee(s) shall have the discretion to create a release that incorporates as much of the Release as possible while also complying with such local laws.

 

6 


 

7.         Administration of this Plan

A.         General.  This Plan shall be administered by the Committee and the person or persons designated by the Committee to administer the Plan from time to time.  Actions of the Committee may be taken by the vote of a majority of its members.  The Committee may allocate among its members and delegate to any person who is not a member of the Committee any of its administrative responsibilities.  The Committee will have the power to interpret this Plan, to make regulations for carrying out its purposes and to make all other determinations in connection with its administration (including, without limitation, whether a Participant has become subject to Disability), all of which will, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, be final, binding and conclusive.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, reinstate any Awards made under this Plan that have been terminated and forfeited because of a Participant’s Termination, if the Participant complies with any covenants, agreements or conditions that the Committee may impose; provided however, that any delivery of Shares (or cash) under such reinstated Awards will not be made until the scheduled times set forth in this Plan.

B.         Non-Uniform Determinations.  The Committee’s determinations under this Plan need not be uniform and may be made by it selectively with respect to persons who receive, or are eligible to receive, Awards (whether or not such persons are similarly situated).  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Committee will be entitled, among other things, to make non-uniform and selective determinations as to the persons to become Participants.

C.         Determination of Employment.  The Committee, with respect to any Participant under the purview of the Committee, and the Senior Compensation Executive, with respect to any other Participant, will have the right to determine the commencement or Termination date of a Participant’s Employment with the Company solely for purposes of this Plan, separate and apart from any determination as may be made by the Company with respect to the Participants’ employment.

D.         Amendments.  The Committee will have the power to amend this Plan and any Performance Measures established pursuant to Section 4.B in any manner and at any time, including in a manner adverse to the rights of the Participants; provided, however, that in the event that a Plan amendment is adopted or effective on or within twenty-four (24) months following a Change in Control, then such amendment shall be invalid and ineffective with respect to each Participant, in the absence of his or her written consent, if the amendment is adverse to the Participant.  The Committee shall also have the power, in its sole discretion, to reduce the amount of any RSUs, Target PSUs, Earned PSUs or Options at any time including, for the avoidance of doubt, after the relevant Performance Period has ended.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee’s rights and powers to amend the Plan shall be delegated to the Senior Compensation Executive who shall have the right to amend the Plan with respect to (1) amendments required by relevant law, regulation or ruling, (2) amendments that are not expected to have a material financial impact on the Company, (3) amendments that can reasonably be characterized as technical or ministerial in nature, or (4) amendments that have previously been approved in concept by the Committee.  Notwithstanding the foregoing delegation, the Senior Compensation Executive shall not have the power to make an amendment to the Plan that could reasonably be expected to result in a termination of the Plan or a change in the structure or the powers, duties or responsibilities of the Committee, unless such amendment is approved or ratified by the Committee.

 

7 


 

E.         No Liability.  No member of the Board of Directors of AIG (the “Board”) or any employee of the Company performing services with respect to the Plan (each, a “Covered Person”) will have any liability to any person (including any Participant) for any action taken or omitted to be taken or any determination made, in each case, in good faith with respect to this Plan or any Participant’s participation in it.  Each Covered Person will be indemnified and held harmless by the Company against and from any loss, cost, liability, or expense (including attorneys’ fees) that may be imposed upon or incurred by such Covered Person in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or proceeding to which such Covered Person may be a party or in which such Covered Person may be involved by reason of any action taken or omitted to be taken under this Plan and against and from any and all amounts paid or Shares delivered by such Covered Person, with the Company’s approval, in settlement thereof, or paid or delivered by such Covered Person in satisfaction of any judgment in any such action, suit or proceeding against such Covered Person, provided  that  the Company will have the right, at its own expense, to assume and defend any such action, suit or proceeding and, once the Company gives notice of its intent to assume the defense, the Company will have sole control over such defense with counsel of the Company’s choice.  To the extent any taxable expense reimbursement under this paragraph is subject to Section 409A, (1) the amount thereof eligible in one taxable year shall not affect the amount eligible in any other taxable year; (2) in no event shall any expenses be reimbursed after the last day of the taxable year following the taxable year in which the Covered Person incurred such expenses; and (3) in no event shall any right to reimbursement be subject to liquidation or exchange for another benefit.  The foregoing right of indemnification will not be available to a Covered Person to the extent that a court of competent jurisdiction in a final judgment or other final adjudication, in either case, not subject to further appeal, determines that the acts or omissions of such Covered Person giving rise to the indemnification claim resulted from such Covered Person’s bad faith, fraud or willful misconduct.  The foregoing right of indemnification will not be exclusive of any other rights of indemnification to which Covered Persons may be entitled under AIG’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws, as a matter of law, or otherwise, or any other power that the Company may have to indemnify such persons or hold them harmless.

F.     Clawback/Repayment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, Awards and any payments or deliveries under this Plan will be subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided in (1) the AIG Clawback Policy, as in effect from time to time and (2) other agreements executed by a Participant.

8.         General Rules

A.        No Funding.   The Company will be under no obligation to fund or set aside amounts to pay obligations under this Plan.  A Participant will have no rights to any Awards or other amounts under this Plan other than as a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

B.         Tax Withholding.  The delivery of Shares (or cash) or exercise of any Awards under this Plan is conditioned on a Participant’s satisfaction of any applicable withholding taxes in accordance with, as applicable, Section 4.2 of the 2013 Omnibus Plan and Section 3.2 of the 2021 Omnibus Plan, as amended from time to time, or such similar provision of any successor stock incentive plan.

C.         No Rights to Other Payments.  The provisions of this Plan provide no right or eligibility to a Participant to any other payouts from AIG or its subsidiaries under any other alternative plans, schemes, arrangements or contracts AIG may have with any employee or group of employees of AIG or its subsidiaries.

D.          No Effect on Benefits.  Grants or the exercise of any Awards and the delivery of Shares (or cash) under this Plan will constitute a special discretionary incentive payment to the Participants and will not be required to be taken into account in computing the amount of salary or compensation of the Participants for the purpose of determining any contributions to or any benefits under any pension, retirement, profit-sharing, bonus, life insurance, severance or other benefit plan of AIG or any of its subsidiaries or under any agreement with the Participant, unless AIG or the subsidiary with which the Participant is Employed specifically provides otherwise.

E.         Section 409A

(1)        Awards made under the Plan are intended to be “deferred compensation” subject to Section 409A, and this Plan is intended to, and shall be interpreted, administered and construed to, comply with Section 409A.  The Committee will have full authority to give effect to the intent of this Section 8.E. 

 

8 


 

(2)        If any payment or delivery to be made under any Award (or any other payment or delivery under this Plan) would be subject to the limitations in Section 409A(a)(2)(b) of the Code, the payment or delivery will be delayed until six (6) months after the Participant’s separation from service (or earlier death) in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A. 

(3)     Each payment or delivery in respect of any Award will be treated as a separate payment or delivery for purposes of Section 409A.

F.   Severability.  If any of the provisions of this Plan is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable (whether in whole or in part), such provision will be deemed modified to the extent, but only to the extent, of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability) and the remaining provisions will not be affected thereby; provided  that  if any of such provisions is finally held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable because it exceeds the maximum scope determined to be acceptable to permit such provision to be enforceable, such provision will be deemed to be modified to the minimum extent necessary to modify such scope in order to make such provision enforceable hereunder.

G.  Entire Agreement.  This Plan contains the entire agreement of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements, promises, covenants, arrangements, communications, representations and warranties between them, whether written or oral with respect to the subject matter hereof. 

H.   Waiver of Claims.  Each Participant recognizes and agrees that prior to being selected by the Committee to receive an Award he or she has no right to any benefits under this Plan.  Accordingly, in consideration of the Participant’s receipt of any Award hereunder, he or she expressly waives any right to contest the amount of any Award, the terms of this Plan, any determination, action or omission hereunder by the Committee or the Company or any amendment to this Plan.

I.    No Third Party Beneficiaries.  Except as expressly provided herein, this Plan will not confer on any person other than the Company and the Participant any rights or remedies hereunder.  The exculpation and indemnification provisions of Section 7.E will inure to the benefit of a Covered Person’s estate and beneficiaries and legatees.

J.   Successor Entity; AIG’s Assigns.  Unless otherwise provided in the applicable award agreement and except as otherwise determined by the Committee, in the event of a merger, consolidation, mandatory share exchange or other similar business combination of AIG with or into any other entity (“Successor Entity”) or any transaction in which another person or entity acquires all of the issued and outstanding Common Stock of AIG, or all or substantially all of the assets of AIG, outstanding Awards may be assumed or a substantially equivalent award may be substituted by such Successor Entity or a parent or subsidiary of such Successor Entity.  The terms of this Plan will be binding and inure to the benefit of AIG and its successors and assigns.

K.  Nonassignability.  No Award (or any rights and obligations thereunder) granted to any person under the Plan may be sold, exchanged, transferred, assigned, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed of or hedged, in any manner (including through the use of any cash-settled instrument), whether voluntarily or involuntarily and whether by operation of law or otherwise, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, except as may be otherwise provided in the award agreement.  Any sale, exchange, transfer, assignment, pledge, hypothecation, or other disposition in violation of the provisions of this Section 8.K will be null and void and any Award which is hedged in any manner will immediately be forfeited.  All of the terms and conditions of this Plan and the award agreements will be binding upon any permitted successors and assigns.

L.   Right to Discharge.  Nothing contained in this Plan or in any Award will confer on any Participant any right to be continued in the employ of AIG or any of its subsidiaries or to participate in any future plans.

M.  Consent.  If the Committee at any time determines that any consent (as hereinafter defined) is necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of any Award or the delivery of any Shares under this Plan, or the taking of any other action thereunder (each such action, a “plan action”), then such plan action will not be taken, in whole or in part, unless and until such consent will have been effected or obtained to the full satisfaction of the Committee; provided  that  if such consent has not been so effected or obtained as of the latest date provided by this Plan for payment of such amount or delivery and further delay is not permitted in accordance with the requirements of Section 409A, such amount will be forfeited and terminate notwithstanding any prior earning or vesting. 

 

9 


 

The term “consent” as used in this paragraph with respect to any plan action includes (1) any and all listings, registrations or qualifications in respect thereof upon any securities exchange or under any federal, state, or local law, or law, rule or regulation of a jurisdiction outside the United States, (2) any other matter, which the Committee may deem necessary or desirable to comply with the terms of any such listing, registration or qualification or to obtain an exemption from the requirement that any such listing, qualification or registration be made, (3) any and all other consents, clearances and approvals in respect of a plan action by any governmental or other regulatory body or any stock exchange or self-regulatory agency and (4) any and all consents required by the Committee.

N.  Awards Subject to an AIG Section 162(m) Plan.  With respect to any awards hereunder that were granted pursuant to written binding agreements in effect on November 2, 2017 and that were granted during a period when this Plan functioned as a subplan of a Section 162(m) compliant performance incentive award plan adopted by AIG (the “AIG Section 162(m) Plan”) that was proposed and approved by AIG stockholders in accordance with Section 162(m)(4)(C) of the Code and related Treasury Regulations as they existed prior to the adoption of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (Public Law 115-97) (the “Prior Rules”),  this Plan will operate whereby the designated performance-based compensation amounts  (as defined under the Prior Rules)  payable under such awards can be paid and deducted in full or in part in accordance with the Prior Rules.

  

O.  No Liability With Respect to Tax Qualification or Adverse Tax Treatment.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in no event shall the Company be liable to a Participant on account of the failure of any Award or amount payable under this Plan to (1) qualify for favorable United States or foreign tax treatment or (2) avoid adverse tax treatment under United States or foreign law, including, without limitation, Section 409A.

9.         Disputes

A.   Governing Law.  This Plan will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.  The Plan shall also be subject to all applicable non-U.S. laws as to Participants located outside of the United States.  In the event that any provision of this Plan is not permitted by the local laws of a country or jurisdiction in which a Participant performs services, such local law shall supersede that provision of this Plan with respect to that Participant.  The benefits to which a Participant would otherwise be entitled under this Plan may be adjusted or limited to the extent that the Senior HR Attorney and the Senior Compensation Executive or their designee(s) determine is necessary or appropriate in light of applicable law or local practice.

B.  ArbitrationSubject to the provisions of this Section 9, any dispute, controversy or claim between the Company and a Participant, arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award, will be finally settled by arbitration.  Participants who are subject to an Employment Dispute Resolution Program (“EDR Program”) maintained by AIG or any affiliated company of AIG, will resolve such dispute, controversy or claim in accordance with the operative terms and conditions of such EDR Program, and to the extent applicable, the employment arbitration rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).  Participants who are not subject to an EDR Program shall arbitrate their dispute, controversy or claim in New York City before, and in accordance with the employment arbitration rules of the AAA, without reference to the operative terms and conditions of any EDR Program.  Prior to arbitration, all claims maintained by a Participant must first be submitted to the Committee in accordance with claims procedures determined by the Committee.  Either the Company or a Participant may seek injunctive relief from the arbitrator.  Notwithstanding any other provision in this Plan, the Company or a Participant may apply to a court with jurisdiction over them for temporary, preliminary or emergency injunctive relief that, under the legal and equitable standards applicable to the granting of such relief, is necessary to preserve the rights of that party pending the arbitrator’s modification of any such injunction or determination of the merits of the dispute, controversy or claim.

C.  Jurisdiction.  The Company and each Participant hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of a state or federal court of appropriate jurisdiction located in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award that is not otherwise arbitrated or resolved according to Section 9.B.  The Company and each Participant acknowledge that the forum designated by this section has a reasonable relation to this Plan and to such Participant’s relationship with the Company, that the agreement as to forum is independent of the law that may be applied in the action, suit or proceeding and that such forum shall apply even if the forum may under applicable law choose to apply non-forum law.

10 


 

DChange in Control.  On or following a Change in Control, any arbitration referred to in Section 9.B or any court action referred to in Section 9.C by a Participant to enforce the Participant’s rights under the Plan shall be subject to a de novo standard of review, and the Participant shall be reimbursed for reasonable attorneys’ fees and costs incurred in seeking to enforce his or her rights under the Plan to the extent he or she prevails as to the material issues in such dispute.  The reimbursement of attorneys’ fees shall be made promptly following delivery of an invoice therefor.

E.   Waiver.  The Company and each Participant waive, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection which the Company and such Participant now or hereafter may have to personal jurisdiction or to the laying of venue of any such suit, action or proceeding in any court referred to in Section 9.C.  The Company and each Participant undertake not to commence any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award in any forum other than a forum described in Section 9.C.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall preclude the Company from bringing any action, suit or proceeding in any other court for the purpose of enforcing the provisions of this Section 9.  The Company and each Participant agree that, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, a final and non-appealable judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon the Participant and the Company.

F.  Service of Process.  Each Participant irrevocably appoints the Secretary of AIG at 80 Pine Street, New York, New York 10005, U.S.A., or effective as of May 1, 2021, 1271 Avenue of the Americas, 11th Floor, New York, NY 10020, as his or her agent for service of process in connection with any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or relating to or concerning this Plan or any Award that is not otherwise arbitrated or resolved according to Section 9.B.  The Secretary will promptly advise the Participant of any such service of process.

G.  Confidentiality.  Each Participant must keep confidential any information concerning any grant or Award made under this Plan and any dispute, controversy or claim relating to this Plan, except that (i) a Participant may disclose information concerning a dispute or claim to the court that is considering such dispute or to such Participant’s legal counsel (provided  that  such counsel agrees not to disclose any such information other than as necessary to the prosecution or defense of the dispute) or (ii) a Participant may disclose information regarding an Award to the Participant’s personal lawyer or tax accountant, provided  that  such individuals agree to keep the information confidential.  Nothing herein shall prevent the Participant from making or publishing any truthful statement (1) when required by law, subpoena,  court order, or at the request of an administrative or regulatory agency or legislature, (2) in the course of any legal, arbitral, administrative, legislative or or regulatory proceeding, (3) to any governmental authority, administrative or regulatory agency, legislative body, or self-regulatory organization, (4) in connection with any investigation by the Company, or (5) where a prohibition or limitation on such communication is unlawful; provided, however, that with respect to the subject matter of this Section 9(G), the terms of a Participant’s award agreement shall govern   

10.       Term of Plan

The Plan was first effective as of January 1, 2017 and will continue until suspended or terminated by the Committee in its sole discretion; provided, however, that the existence of the Plan at any time or from time to time does not guarantee or imply the payment of any Awards hereunder, or the establishment of any future plans or the continuation of this Plan.  Any termination of this Plan will be done in a manner that the Committee determines complies with Section 409A. 

 

11 


 

Annex A

Glossary of Terms

            “Cause” means (1) a Participant’s conviction, whether following trial or by plea of guilty or nolo  contendere  (or similar plea), in a criminal proceeding (A) on a misdemeanor charge involving fraud, false statements or misleading omissions, wrongful taking, embezzlement, bribery, forgery, counterfeiting or extortion, or (B) on a felony charge or (C) on an equivalent charge to those in clauses (A) and (B) in jurisdictions which do not use those designations; (2) a Participant’s engagement in any conduct which constitutes an employment disqualification under applicable law (including statutory disqualification as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934); (3) a Participant’s violation of any securities or commodities laws, any rules or regulations issued pursuant to such laws, or the rules and regulations of any securities or commodities exchange or association of which the Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is a member; or (4) a Participant’s material violation of the Company’s codes or conduct or any other AIG policy as in effect from time to time.  The determination as to whether “Cause” has occurred shall be made by the Committee, with respect to any Participant under the purview of the Committee, or the Senior Compensation Executive, with respect to any other Participant, in each case, in its or his or her sole discretion.  The Committee or Senior Compensation Executive, as applicable, shall also have the authority in its sole discretion to waive the consequences of the existence or occurrence of any of the events, acts or omissions constituting “Cause.” 

            “Change in Control” means the occurrence of any of the following events:

(1)  individuals who, on February 16, 2021, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Directors”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to February 16, 2021, whose election or nomination for election was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the Incumbent Directors then on the Board (either by a specific vote or by approval of AIG’s proxy statement in which such person is named as a nominee for director, without written objection to such nomination) shall be an Incumbent Director; provided, however, that no individual initially elected or nominated as a director of AIG as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to directors or as a result of any other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of any person other than the Board shall be deemed to be an Incumbent Director;

(2)  Any “person” (as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and as used in Sections 13(d)(3) and 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act), is or becomes a “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rule 13d‑3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of AIG representing fifty percent (50%) or more of the combined voting power of AIG’s then outstanding securities eligible to vote for the election of the Board (“AIG Voting Securities”); provided, however, that the event described in this paragraph (2) shall not be deemed to be a Change in Control by virtue of an acquisition of AIG Voting Securities:  (A) by AIG or any subsidiary of AIG (B) by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by AIG or any subsidiary of AIG or (C) by any underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to an offering of such securities;

(3)  The consummation of a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar form of corporate transaction involving AIG (a “Business Combination”) that results in any person (other than the United States Department of Treasury) becoming the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of fifty percent (50%) or more of the total voting power of the outstanding voting securities eligible to elect directors of the entity resulting from such Business Combination;

(4)  The consummation of a sale or all or substantially all of AIG’s assets (other than to an affiliate of AIG); or

(5)  AIG’s stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of AIG.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to occur solely because (A) any person holds or acquires beneficial ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the AIG Voting Securities as a result of an “AIG share repurchase program” or other acquisition of AIG Voting Securities by AIG which reduces the total number of AIG Voting Securities outstanding; provided that if after such acquisition by AIG such person becomes the beneficial owner of additional AIG Voting Securities that increases the percentage of outstanding AIG Voting Securities beneficially owned by such person, a Change in Control shall then occur or (B) the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all (or a subset) of the assets and/or operations of the Life and Retirement business (or any similar transaction).

A-1 


 

             Disability” means that a Participant, who after receiving short term disability income replacement payments for six (6) months, (i) is determined to be disabled in accordance with the Company’s long term disability plan in which employees of the Company are generally able to participate, if one is in effect at such time, to the extent such disability complies with 26 C.F.R. § 1.409A-3(i)4(i)(B), or (ii) to the extent such Participant is not participating in the Company’s long term disability plan, or no such long term disability plan exists, is determined to have medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months as determined by, as applicable, the Company’s long term disability insurer or the department or vendor directed by the Company to determine eligibility for unpaid medical leave.

            “Employed” and “Employment” mean (a) actively performing services for the Company, (b) being on a Company-approved leave of absence, whether paid or unpaid, or (c) receiving long term disability benefits, in each case while in good standing with the Company.

            “Retirement” for a Participant means voluntary Termination initiated by the Participant (while such Participant is in good standing with the Company) (i) on or after age sixty (60) with five (5) years of service or (ii) on or after age fifty-five (55) with ten (10) years of service.

Good Reason” means, following a Change in Control, without a Participant’s written consent, (i) a reduction of more than twenty percent (20%) in a Participant’s annual target direct compensation (including annual base salary, short-term incentive opportunity and long-term incentive opportunity); provided that  such reduction will not constitute Good Reason if it results from a Board-approved program generally applicable to similarly-situated employees; (ii) a material diminution in the Participant’s authority, duties or responsibilities; provided that  a change in the Participant’s reporting relationship will not constitute Good Reason unless it affects a Participant who the Company has classified as an executive vice president or above; or (ii) a relocation of the office at which the Participant performs his or her services to a location that increases his or her one-way commute by more than fifty (50) miles.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a termination for Good Reason shall not have occurred unless (a) the Participant gives written notice to the Company of termination of employment within thirty (30) days after the Participant first becomes aware of the occurrence of the circumstances constituting Good Reason, specifying in detail the circumstances constituting Good Reason, (b) the Company has failed within thirty (30) days after receipt of such notice to cure the circumstances constituting Good Reason, and (c) (A) in the case of any Participant who not is eligible to participate in the ESP, the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code section 409A) occurs no later than thirty (30) days after the end of the Company’s cure period, and (B) in the case of any Participant who is eligible to participate in the ESP, the Participant’s “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code section 409A) occurs no later than two (2) years following the initial existence of the circumstances giving rise to Good Reason or such other period specified in the ESP for this purpose.

Senior Compensation Executive” means the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee the Corporate Compensation Department.  In the event that no individual holds such position, “Senior Compensation Executive” will instead refer to the Company’s most senior executive whose responsibility it is to oversee the global Human Resources Department.

Senior HR Attorney” means the Company’s most senior attorney whose responsibility it is to oversee Human Resource/employment matters.

Termination” or “Terminate,” with respect to a Participant, means the termination of the Participant’s Employment.

 

A-2 


 

Attachment I

Annex B

Form of Release Referred to in Section 6.F of the Plan.

NOT personalized to each Participant.

(1)        [Employee Name] (“Employee”), for good and sufficient consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, hereby waives and forever releases and discharges any and all claims of any kind Employee may have against American International Group, Inc., its affiliate or subsidiary companies (“AIG”), or any officer, director or employee of, or any benefit plan sponsored by, any such company (collectively, the “Released Parties”) which arise from Employee’s employment with any of the Released Parties or the termination of Employee’s employment with any of the Released Parties. [Specifically, but without limiting that release, Employee hereby waives any rights or claims Employee might have pursuant to the Age Discrimination in Employment Act of 1967, as amended (the “Act”) and under the laws of any and all jurisdictions, including, without limitation, the United States. Employee recognizes that Employee is not waiving any rights or claims under the Act that may arise after the date that Employee executes this Release.] Nothing herein modifies or affects any vested rights that Employee may have under the [American International Group, Inc. Retirement Plan, or the American International Group, Inc. Incentive Savings Plan] [and other plans applicable to Employee]; nor does this Release confer any such rights, which are governed by the terms of the respective plans (and any agreements under such plans).

(2)        Employee acknowledges and agrees that Employee has complied with and will continue to comply with the non-disparagement, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions set forth in the Employee’s award agreement pursuant to Section 3.D of the Plan, [a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A], [for Retirements; and further agrees that during the period commencing on the date of the Employee’s [Retirement] and ending on the [for Retirements, 6-month] anniversary of such date, the Employee shall not, directly or indirectly:

(a)        Engage in any “Competitive Business” (defined below) for the Employee’s own account;

(b)        Enter the employ of, or render any services to, any person engaged in any Competitive Business;

(c)     Acquire a financial interest in, or otherwise become actively involved with, any person engaged in any Competitive Business, directly or indirectly, as an individual, partner, shareholder, officer, director, principal, agent, trustee or consultant; or

(d)        Interfere with business relationships between AIG and customers or suppliers of, or consultants to AIG.

(e)    For purposes of this Section 2, a “Competitive Business” means, as of any date, including during the  Restricted Period, any person or entity (including any joint venture, partnership, firm, corporation or limited liability company) that engages in or proposes to engage in the following activities in any geographical area in which AIG does such business:

(i)     The property and casualty insurance business,  including commercial insurance,  business   insurance, personal insurance and specialty insurance;

(ii)        The life and accident and health insurance business;

(iii)       The underwriting, reinsurance, marketing or sale of (y) any form of insurance of any kind that AIG as of such date does, or proposes to, underwrite, reinsure, market or sell (any such form of insurance, an “AIG Insurance Product”), or (z) any other form of insurance that is marketed or sold in competition with any AIG Insurance Product;

(iv)       The investment and financial services business, including retirement services and mutual fund or brokerage services; or

B-1 


 

(v)     Any other business that as of such date is a direct and material competitor of one of AIG’s businesses.

(3)     Employee further agrees that AIG’s remedies at law for a breach or threatened breach of any of the non-disparagement, non-solicitation and confidentiality provisions in the Employee’s award agreement [and for the non-competition covenant set forth above] would be inadequate. In recognition of this fact, the Employee agrees that, in the event of such a breach or threatened breach, in addition to any remedies at law, AIG, without posting any bond, shall be entitled to obtain equitable relief from a court of competent jurisdiction in the form of specific performance, temporary restraining order, temporary or permanent injunction or any other equitable remedy which may then be available;

(4)        [Employee acknowledges and understands that Employee is hereby being advised to consult with an attorney prior to executing this Release. Employee also acknowledges and understands that Employee has [twenty-one (21)] days to consider the terms of this Release before signing it. However, in no event may Employee sign this Release before Employee’s termination date.]

(5)        [Upon the signing of this Release by Employee, Employee understands that Employee shall have a period of seven (7) days following Employee’s signing of this Release in which Employee may revoke this Release. Employee understands that this Release shall not become effective or enforceable until this seven (7) day revocation period has expired, and that neither the Released Parties nor any other person has any obligation [pursuant to the American International Group, Inc. 2013 Long Term Incentive Plan] until eight (8) days have passed since Employee’s signing of this Release without Employee having revoked this Release. If Employee revokes this Release, Employee will be deemed not to have accepted the terms of this Release.]

(6)        Any dispute arising under this Release shall be governed by the law of the State of New York, without reference to the choice of law rules that would cause the application of the law of any other jurisdiction.

 

 

 

 

DATE

 

[Employee]

 

 

B-2 




Exhibit 10.38

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

LTI AWARD AGREEMENT

1.    Status of Award; Defined Terms.    American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”)   has awarded you  [performance share units] [restricted stock units] [and [stock options  (theAward”) pursuant to the AIG Long Term Incentive Plan (the “Plan”)  and the [American International Group, Inc. 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan] [American International Group, Inc. 2021 Omnibus Incentive Plan].  This award agreement  (“Award  Agreement”), which sets forth the terms and conditions of your Award, is made pursuant to the Plan and this Award and Award Agreement are subject to the terms of the Plan.  Capitalized terms not defined in this Award Agreement have the meanings ascribed to them in the Plan.

2.         Award.

[(a) Award of PSUs. 

(i) AIG hereby awards you the number of performance share units (“PSUs”) specified in Schedule A (the “Target PSUs”).  [For PSU AWARDS in 2021 and thereafter: You are also entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents in the form of cash in accordance with the Plan.  [Only with respect to PSU AWARDS in 2019 and 2020: You are also entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents or Dividend Equivalent Units on each PSU as follows, in each case in accordance with the Plan:

 

(x) With respect to dividends declared with a record date that occurs after the second quarter of 2021, for each Earned PSU you are entitled to accrue Dividend Equivalents and such Dividend Equivalents will be paid in cash in accordance with the Plan.

 

(y) With respect to dividends declared with a record date that occurs on or after the Date of Award (as specified in Schedule A of the Award Agreement) through the second quarter of 2021, for each Earned PSU you are entitled to accrue Dividend Equivalents Units (as defined in the Plan) in the form of additional PSUs and such Dividend Equivalent Units will be settled in cash equal to the fair market value of a Share on the settlement date in accordance with the Plan.]

Each PSU constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in accordance with the Plan.   

(ii) The actual number of PSUs that will be earned is subject to the Committee’s assessment of achievement based on the Performance Measures established for the Performance Period.

(iii) After the end of the Performance Period, the Committee will determine the percentage of your Target PSUs that will be earned (such earned PSUs, the “Earned PSUs”).  The number of Shares covered by your Earned PSUs may range from 0% to 200% of your Target PSUs.  Your Earned PSUs, if any, will vest and be paid in accordance with the schedule specified in Schedule A subject to earlier vesting, forfeiture or termination as provided in accordance with the Plan. On any payment date, the number of Shares to be issued under this Award Agreement shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.

 

 


 

[(a)][(b)] [Award of RSUs.   AIG hereby awards you the number of restricted stock units (“RSUs”) specified in Schedule A.  [For RSU aWARDS in 2021 and thereafter: You are also entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents in the form of cash in accordance with the Plan.  [Only with respect to RSU AWARDS in 2019 and 2020:   You are also entitled to receive Dividend Equivalents or Dividend Equivalent Units on each RSU as follows, in each case in accordance with the Plan:

 

(x) With respect to dividends declared with a record date that occurs after the second quarter of 2021, for each RSU you are entitled to accrue Dividend Equivalents and such Dividend Equivalents will be paid in cash in accordance with the Plan.

 

(y) With respect to dividends declared with a record date that occurs on or after the Date of Award (as specified in Schedule A of the Award Agreement) through the second quarter of 2021, for each RSU you are entitled to accrue Dividend Equivalents Units (as defined in the Plan) in the form of additional RSUs and such Dividend Equivalent Units will be settled in Shares in accordance with the Plan.]

Each RSU constitutes an unfunded and unsecured promise of AIG to deliver (or cause to be delivered) one Share (or, at the election of AIG, cash equal to the Fair Market Value thereof) in accordance with the Plan.  Until such delivery, you have only the rights of a general unsecured creditor, and no rights as a shareholder, of AIG.  You will earn the RSUs subject to your continued Employment throughout the Performance Period.  Your RSUs will vest and be paid in accordance with the schedule specified in Schedule A,  subject to earlier vesting, forfeiture or termination as provided in accordance with the Plan.  On any payment date, the number of Shares to be issued under this Award Agreement shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.

[(a)][(b)(c)] [Award of Stock Options.   AIG hereby awards you the number of [time-vesting] [and [performance-vesting stock options (“Options”)  specified in Schedule A   Each Option represents a right to purchase one share of Common Stock of AIG, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Award Agreement and the Plan. The Options are subject to the [time- [and]  [performance- vesting and expiration terms specified in Schedule A, subject to earlier vesting, forfeiture or termination as provided in accordance with the Plan.

3.         Non-Disclosure.  During the term of your Employment, the Company has permitted and will continue to permit you to have access to and become acquainted with information of a confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret nature.  Subject to and in addition to any confidentiality or non-disclosure requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you electronically consent to or execute this Award Agreement, during your Employment and any time thereafter, you agree that (i) all confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information received, obtained or possessed at any time by you concerning or relating to the business, financial, operational, marketing, economic, accounting, tax or other affairs at the Company or any client, customer, agent or supplier or prospective client, customer, agent or supplier of the Company will be treated by you in the strictest confidence and will not be disclosed or used by you in any manner other than in connection with the discharge of your job responsibilities without the prior written consent of the Company or unless required by law, and (ii) you will not remove or destroy any confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information and will return any such information in your possession, custody or control at the end of your Employment (or earlier if so requested by the Company).   Nothing herein shall prevent you from making or publishing any truthful statement (a) when required by law, subpoena or court order, or at the request of an administrative agency or legislature, (b) in the course of any legal, arbitral, administrative, legislative or regulatory proceeding, (c) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, (d) in connection with any investigation by the Company, or (e) where a prohibition or limitation on such communication is unlawful.

             Nothing in this Award Agreement or any AIG policy prohibits or restricts you from communicating with or responding to any inquiry by the Securities and Exchange Commission, law enforcement, the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission [IF EMPLOYEE IS IN NEW YORK:, the New York State Division of Human Rights, the New York City Commission on Civil Rights or any other local commission on human rights, an attorney retained by you], or any other local, state, or federal governmental or regulatory authority, or any self-regulatory organization, provided that AIG does not waive any attorney-client privilege over any information provided by you that is appropriately covered by such privilege.

 

 

 

 

 


 

4.         Non-Solicitation.  Your Employment with the Company requires exposure to and use of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information (as set forth in the above Paragraph).  Subject to and in addition to any non-solicitation requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you electronically consent to or execute this Award Agreement, you agree that (i) during your Employment with the Company and any time thereafter, you will not, directly or indirectly, on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, solicit, contact, call upon, communicate with or attempt to communicate with any customer or client or prospective customer or client of the Company where to do so would require the use or disclosure of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information, and (ii) during your Employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year after Employment Terminates for any reason, you will not, directly or indirectly, regardless of who initiates the communication, solicit, participate in the solicitation or recruitment of, or in any manner encourage or provide assistance to any employee, consultant, registered representative, or agent of the Company to terminate his or her Employment or other relationship with the Company or to leave its employ or other relationship with the Company for any engagement in any capacity or any other person or entity.

[ALL OR A PORTION OF SECTION 5 TO BE INSERTED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

 

5.         Non-DisparagementYou agree that during and after your Employment with the Company, you will not make disparaging comments about AIG or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates or any of their officers, directors or employees to any person or entity not affiliated with the Company.   Nothing in this Agreement  shall prevent you from making or publishing any truthful statement (a) when required by law, subpoena or court order, or at the request of an administrative agency or legislature (b) in the course of any legal, arbitral. administrative, legislative or regulatory proceeding, (c) to any governmental authority, regulatory agency or self-regulatory organization, (d) in connection with any investigation by the Company, or (e) where a prohibition or limitation on such communication is unlawful.  Moreover, nothing in this Agreement will deny you the right to disclose information about unlawful acts in the workplace, including, but not limited to, sexual harrassment.

 

[SECTION 6 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

 

6.         Notice of Termination of Employment.  Except where local law prohibits enforcement or you resign for Good Reason under the terms of the Plan, you agree that if you voluntarily resign you will give at least six months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion.  This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

 

 

 [SECTION 6 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE OR ITS DELEGATE]

 

6.           Notice of Termination of Employment.  Except where local law prohibits enforcement or you resign for Good Reason under the terms of the Plan, you agree that if you voluntarily resign you will give at least three months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion.  This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

 

 

  [SECTION 6 TO BE INSERTED AT DISCRETION OF THE COMMITTEE  OR ITS DELEGATE]

6.           Notice of Termination of EmploymentYou agree that:

1.         if you voluntarily resign (other than if you resign for Good Reason under the terms of the Plan), you will give at least three months’ written notice to the Company of your voluntary Termination, which may be working notice or non-working notice at the Company’s sole discretion and which notice period is waivable by the Company at the Company’s sole discretion, except to the extent prohibited by local law; and

 

 

 

 


 

2.         if your employment is not at-will and you or the Company is obligated to give other advance notice of a Termination by virtue of local law, any applicable collective bargaining agreement or your employment agreement, such notice obligation will not be affected by this provision.  As set forth in the Executive Severance Plan (“ESP”), any severance payment paid in accordance with the ESP will be reduced by any payment in lieu of notice paid by the Company to you, and you will cease to have any further entitlement to notice. 

This notice period provision supersedes any conflicting notice period provision contained in any of the award agreements governing your prior long-term incentive awards awarded under the Plan.

7.         Clawback/RepaymentNotwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, in consideration of the grant of this Award, you agree that you are a Covered Employee under the AIG Clawback Policy with respect to this Award and any payments hereunder and, accordingly, this Award and any payments hereunder will be subject to forfeiture and/or repayment to the extent provided for in the AIG Clawback Policy, as in effect from time to time if it is determined that a Covered Event (as defined in such Policy) has occurred.  With respect to this Award and any payments hereunder, each of the following events is a “Covered Event” for purposes of the Policy:

1.     a material restatement of all or a portion of AIG’s financial statements occurs and the Board or Committee determines that recovery of payments under this Award is appropriate after reviewing all relevant facts and circumstances that contributed to the restatement, including whether you engaged in misconduct, and considering issues of accountability;

2.    payments  under this Award were based on materially inaccurate financial statements or on performance metrics that are materially inaccurately determined, regardless of whether you were responsible for the inaccuracy;

3.    your failure to properly identify, assess or sufficiently raise concerns about risk, including in a supervisory role, resulted in a material adverse impact on AIG, any of AIG’s business units or the broader financial system;

4.       any action or omission by you constituted a material violation of AIG’s risk policies as in effect from time to time; or  

5.         any action or omission by you resulted in material financial or reputational harm to AIG.

8.         Entire Agreement.     The Plan is incorporated herein by reference.    This Award Agreement, the Plan, the personalized information in Schedule A, and such other documents as may be provided to you pursuant to this Award Agreement regarding any  applicable service, performance or other vesting conditions and the size of your Award, constitute the entire agreement and understanding of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all prior understandings and agreements with respect to such subject matter. 

9.         Notices.  Any notice or communication required to be given or delivered to the Company under the terms of this Award Agreement shall be in writing (which may include an electronic writing) and addressed to the Corporate Secretary of AIG at its principal corporate offices as specified in Section  9.E of the Plan or, with respect to the acceptance of an Award, as specified in Schedule A or the Compensation Plan Grant Acceptance website.  Any notice required to be given or delivered to you shall be in writing (including an electronic writing) and addressed to you at your Company email address or your home address on file in the Company’s payroll or personnel records.  All notices shall be deemed to have been given or delivered upon:  personal delivery; electronic delivery or three (3) business days after deposit in the United States mail by certified or registered mail (return receipt requested) or one (1) business day after deposit with any return receipt express courier (prepaid).

10.       Governing Law.  This Award Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to principles of conflict of laws.

11.       Signatures.   Execution  of this Award Agreement by AIG and/or you may be in the form of an electronic, manual or similar signature, and such signature shall be treated as an original signature for all purposes.   

 

 

 


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC. has caused this Award Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the Date of Award specified in Schedule A

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

_______________________________________

By: 

                                                 

 

 

 

 

 


 

Schedule A

Long-Term Incentive Award

 

Recipient:

Employee ID:

Date of Award Agreement:

 

[[PSUs] [and] [RSUs] Award]

Target Number

Performance Period

Vesting Terms

Payment

[PSUs

[

[

[

[

[RSUs

[

[

[

[

 

[Options Award]

Number of Options

Exercise Price

Performance Period

Vesting Terms

Expiration Date

[Time-Vesting Options

[

[$●

[

[

[

[Performance-Vesting Options

[

[$●

[

[

[

 

[The following termination treatment will [apply to your Award] [supersede that provided in Section 6 of the Plan: ●  

 

 

 

Receipt

 

Acknowledged:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Date

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Street

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

City,                 State               Zip Code

 

 

 

 

 

 

In order to be eligible to receive your Award, you must agree to and either electronically consent or sign the Award Agreement within 90 days of the receipt of this communication.  If you do not electronically consent to or sign the Award Agreement within 90 days, you may forfeit your Award.   

 

[Insert instructions]

 

 

 

 


 

 

Exhibit 10.39

 

175 Water Street, Now York NY 10038

 

Jennie Anderson
Global Talent Acquisition
Phone: (212) 458-8064

 

This letter supersedes any previously dated version.

 

January 31, 2017

 

Mr. Todd Solash
382 DeGraw Street
Brooklyn, NY 11231

 

Dear Todd,

 

We are very pleased to formally extend our offer of employment below to you on behalf of American General Life International Company (the “Company” or “AIG”). Serving customers in more than 130 countries, the key to our company’s successful global presence is our people. Accepting the offer as President, Individual Retirement, a grade 27 position in the Consumer Insurance department, will launch your AIG career with opportunities for professional growth and development supported by a powerful entrepreneurial culture of innovation. Your start date is targeted for February 13, 2017, at which time you will report to Jana Greer, President and CEO Individual and Group Retirement, and be based in Woodland Hills, California.

 

Our offer consists of all of the elements below.

 

You will receive a bi-weekly salary of $25,384.62 (which equates to $660,000 over 26 pay periods), paid pursuant to our regular payroll practices. This position is classified as “exempt” and therefore does not qualify for overtime pay. The regular pay day is every other Friday beginning with your first pay date on February 24, or as soon as practicable thereafter.

 

AIG is proudly committed to rewarding individual performance. As part of that commitment, you will be eligible for an annual incentive award, in accordance with the terms of the AIG Short Term Incentive Plan, for the year 2017 with a targeted amount equal to $660,000. While the incentive awarded is payable in two parts, the entire incentive award will vest immediately upon grant (in the first quarter of the year following the performance year) provided you are still an employee of the Company on the grant date, and 50% will be payable in the first quarter of the year following the performance year. The second 50% will be payable following the one-year anniversary
1

    of the grant. Additionally, any bonus or incentive compensation paid to you is subject to the AIG Clawback Policy as may be amended from time to time.

 

Continuing with AIG’s commitment to matching rewards to performance, a recommendation on your behalf will be made to the Compensation and Management Resources Committee (CMRC) of the Board of Directors (or to the members of AIG Management who have been delegated approval authority) that, under the AIG Long Term Incentive Plan you be granted 2017 LTI Target Performance Share Units (PSUs) based on a cash value of $880,000 for the three-year Performance Period beginning January 2017, which will provide you the opportunity to earn shares of AIG Common Stock based on the degree of AIG’s achievement of its performance criteria, during the Performance Period. Any such recommendation and grant is contingent on your being an active employee of the Company on the date of CMRC approval of the grant, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of the relevant Long Term Incentive Plan and the agreement governing the grant. Any long term incentive compensation paid to you is subject to the AIG Clawback Policy as may be amended from time to time.

 

You will receive transition payments in the following amounts, all less applicable withholdings, provided you have not resigned or your employment has not been terminated for Cause prior to each payment date, in consideration of compensation and/or equity foregone from your current employer: $280,000, payable on or about May 31, 2017; $250,000, payable on or about May 31, 2018; 375.000, payable on or about May 31, 2019; $375.000. payable on or about May 31, 2020; and $20,000, payable on or about May 31, 2021. For the purposes of this paragraph only, “Cause” shall be defined as (1) any conduct involving intentional wrongdoing, fraud, dishonesty, gross negligence or willful misconduct or (2) any act or omission that constitutes a material breach of the terms of your Offer Letter the Company’s Code of Conduct, or any other personnel or compliance policy applicable to you.

 

Provided you attest that you were not and will not be paid an annual incentive award for 2016 by your prior employer, AXA, you will also receive a transition payment of $600,000 within 30 days of your start date, less applicable withholdings, provided you are employed by the Company on the payment date.

 

You will also be eligible for benefits under the Company’s Executive Severance Plan, for covered terminations under that plan.

 

As an additional aid to ease your transition into our organization, the cost of your relocation to Woodland Hills, CA will be provided, in accordance with the Company’s relocation policy and subject to the enclosed Relocation Reimbursement Agreement.

 

You will be able to use up to 30 days of Paid Time Off (PTO) for 2017, accruing in accordance with the terms set forth in the Employee Handbook.
2

You will have immediate access to all other benefits available to full-time regular hires upon your hire and as outlined in the applicable plan documents. Benefit information summaries may be found on the AIG onboarding website.

 

Your employment with the Company (as set forth in the employment application) will be on an “at-will” basis. This means that either you or the Company may terminate your employment relationship at any time and for any reason, with or without prior notice. This offer letter and your employment application arc the Company’s only statement regarding an offer of employment and supersede any previous communications or representations, oral or written, from or on behalf of the Company or any of its affiliates. You acknowledge that, in accepting the terms of this offer, you are not relying on any other promises or representations (whether oral or written) other than those set forth in this offer letter.

 

You are a participant in the Company’s Employment Dispute Resolution (“EDR”) program, which provides for various ways to address work-related disputes, including mediation and arbitration, through the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”). Information on the company’s EDR Program is available to employees via the Company Intranet and can be made available to you prior to your date of hire upon request.

 

This offer is contingent upon the successful results of a background investigation, which may include, but may not be limited to, verification of employment, prior salary, professional certifications, designations or licenses, criminal and credit history, and educational background your proof of eligibility to work in the United States; and your execution and return of the enclosed Non-Solicitation and Non-Disclosure Agreement. (If you have not done so already, please provide a recent paycheck stub from your prior employer before your start date.)

 

To ensure a smooth onboarding process, you will receive an email from AIG Talent Acquisition with log in credentials for the onboarding website. The website contains information about working at AIG, your benefits, and also contains all the forms you will be required to complete prior to Day I. On your start date, please bring documents to verify your employment eligibility (a list of acceptable documents is found in the I-9 form contained in the onboarding website). As noted above, the website contains summaries of benefit information and the AIG Employee Handbook (providing information on many of AIG’s policies and procedures governing your employment).

 

Please complete your new hire paperwork online at least seven days prior to your start date. Failure to do so could delay your access to systems and provisioning of computer equipment. On your start date, you should report to 175 Water Street, 20th floor, at 9:00 a.m. to meet with Talent Acquisition who will start your onboarding. Please bring your identification documents with you to this meeting.

 

By signing this letter, you confirm, that: (i) you are under no obligation or arrangement (including any restrictive covenants with any prior employer or any other entity) that would prevent you from becoming an employee of the Company or that would in any way impact your ability to perform the position offered to you; and (ii) you have not taken (or failed to return) any confidential information belonging to any prior employer or any other entity.

3

Please return a scanned signed copy of this letter to my attention at: Jennie.anderson@aig.com or via secure desktop fax 212-338-1942.

 

We look forward to welcoming you to the Company, and wish you every success in your new role.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Jennie Anderson  
Jennie Anderson  

 

ACKNOWLEDGEMENT AND ACCEPTANCE

 

I understand and accept the terms and conditions of this offer letter, including the pay rates and salary payment timing information:

 

/s/ Todd Solash   1/31/17  
Signature   Date  

 

4

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.40 

 

(GRAPHIC) 

 

Peter Zaffino Private & Confidential
President and Global Chief  
Operating Officer October 29, 2020
   
Mark Lyons Elias Habayeb
Chief Financial Officer  
   
175 Water Street Re: AIG Leadership Continuity Award
New York, NY 10038  
www.aig.com  

 

Dear Elias:

 

In recognition of your important role at AIG and pursuant to approval by the Compensation and Management Resources Committee of the Board of Directors on December 8, 2020, you have been selected to receive a continuity incentive award under the AIG Leadership Continuity Plan (the “Plan”). This award is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other incentive compensation you may otherwise be entitled to receive from American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”).

 

This letter agreement and the Plan set forth the legally binding terms of your Award. A copy of the Plan is attached to this letter agreement. If you agree to the terms of this Award, please sign and return a copy of this letter, which (together with the terms of the Plan) will become a binding agreement on our receipt.

 

Your Award Amount

AIG agrees to pay you a cash award of $1,200,000 (your “Award”) payable in two parts if you remain Employed (as defined in the Plan) through each “Vesting Date” (December 15, 2020 and June 30, 2022) and continuance of performance at the highest level based on the judgement of Mr. Zaffino and Mr. Lyons.

 

Payment and Vesting

AIG agrees to pay you a cash award of $600,000 if you remain Employed on December 15, 2020 and an additional cash award of $600,000 if you remain Employed on June 30, 2022 with the continuance of performance of the highest level based on the judgement of Mr. Zaffino and Mr. Lyons. Your Award will be paid to you as soon as practicable following the scheduled Vesting Dates, subject to all applicable holdings.

 

Except as provided in Section 10 of the Plan, you must remain Employed through the scheduled Vesting Date to receive your Award. If you voluntarily terminate your Employment for any reason before the scheduled Vesting Date (including any claim by you of constructive termination) or if your Employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than a termination without Cause (as defined in the Plan), you will forfeit any right to your Award.

 

Non-Disclosure

Subject to and in addition to any confidentiality or non-disclosure requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you signed this letter agreement, by signing this letter agreement you agree that during your Employment and any time thereafter, (i) all confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information received, obtained or possessed at any time by you concerning or relating to the business, financial, operational, marketing, economic, accounting, tax or other affairs at the Company or any client, customer, agent or supplier or prospective client,

 

 

 

(GRAPHIC) 

  

customer, agent or supplier of the Company will be treated by you in the strictest confidence and will not be disclosed or used by you in any manner other than in connection with the discharge of your job responsibilities without the prior written consent of the Company or unless required by law, and (ii) you will not remove or destroy any confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information and will return any such information in your possession, custody or control at the end of your Employment (or earlier if so requested by the Company).

 

Providing Notice of any Decision to Leave the Company

If you are not currently subject to a notice period, by signing this letter agreement you hereby agree to provide the Company with at least 60 days’ advance notice of any termination of your Employment. Following receipt of such notice, the Company may, at its sole discretion, choose to (1) waive that notice period (thereby your termination of Employment will be effective immediately) or (2) place you on paid leave, at your then-current salary, for any or all of the notice period.

 

Agreement Not to Solicit

Subject to and in addition to any non-solicitation requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you sign this letter agreement, by signing this letter agreement you agree that (i) during your Employment with the Company and any time thereafter, you will not, directly or indirectly, on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, solicit, contact, call upon, communicate with or attempt to communicate with any customer or client or prospective customer or client of the Company where to do so would require the use or disclosure of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information, and (ii) during your Employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year after Employment terminates for any reason (or no reason), you will not, directly or indirectly, regardless of who initiates the communication, hire, solicit, participate in the solicitation or recruitment of, or in any manner encourage or provide assistance to any employee, consultant, registered representative, or agent of the Company to terminate his or her Employment or other relationship with the Company or to leave its employ or other relationship with the Company.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions above shall be applicable regardless of whether the Award vests and is paid to you. 

*                     *                     *

 

I ask that you treat your Award as confidential and do not divulge either its existence or terms to anyone other than your immediate family, attorneys (who should be instructed to treat the terms as confidential) or tax advisors.

On behalf of AIG, I want to thank you for your service and look forward to your continued contributions.

 

Sincerely,

 

  /s/ Peter Zaffino /s/ Mark Lyons
     
  Peter Zaffino Mark Lyons
  President Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Accepted & Agreed:      
       
Elias Habayeb   Date  
     

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.41

 

(GRAPHIC) 

 

Kevin Hogan Private & Confidential
Executive Vice President –  
Life & Retirement November 23, 2020
175 Water Street  
New York, NY 10038 Todd Solash
www.aig.com  

Re: AIG Leadership Continuity Award

 

Dear Todd:

 

In recognition of your important role within Life & Retirement, you have been selected to receive a continuity incentive award under the AIG Leadership Continuity Plan (the “Plan”). This award is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other incentive compensation you may otherwise be entitled to receive from American International Group, Inc. (“AIG”) and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) and in no way affects your right to participate in the Company’s severance programs if you are otherwise eligible.

 

This letter agreement and the Plan set forth the legally binding terms of your Award. A copy of the Plan is attached to this letter agreement. If you agree to the terms of this Award, please sign and return a copy of this letter, which (together with the terms of the Plan) will become a binding agreement on our receipt.

 

Your Award Amount

AIG agrees to pay you a cash award of USD 2,000,000 (your “Award”) payable in two parts if you remain Employed (as defined in the Plan) through each “Vesting Date” (November 1, 2021 and November 1, 2022).

 

Payment and Vesting

AIG agrees to pay you a cash award of USD 1,000,000 if you remain Employed on November 1, 2021, and an additional cash award of USD 1,000,000 if you remain Employed on November 1, 2022. Your Award will be paid to you as soon as practicable following the scheduled Vesting Dates, subject to all applicable holdings.

 

Except as provided in Section 10 of the Plan, you must remain Employed through the scheduled Vesting Dates to receive your Award. If you voluntarily terminate your Employment for any reason before the scheduled Vesting Dates (including any claim by you of constructive termination) or if your Employment is terminated by the Company for any reason other than a termination without Cause (as defined in the Plan), you will forfeit any right to your Award.

 

Non-Disclosure

Subject to and in addition to any confidentiality or non-disclosure requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you signed this letter agreement, by signing this letter agreement you agree that during your Employment and any time thereafter, (i) all confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information received, obtained or possessed at any time by you concerning or relating to the business, financial, operational, marketing, economic, accounting, tax or other affairs at the Company or any client, customer, agent or supplier or prospective client, customer, agent or supplier of the Company will be treated by you in the strictest confidence and will not be disclosed or used by you in any manner other than in connection with the discharge of your job responsibilities without the prior written consent of the Company or unless required by law, and (ii) you will not remove or destroy any confidential, proprietary

 

 

 

 

(GRAPHIC) 

 

and/or trade secret information and will return any such information in your possession, custody or control at the end of your Employment (or earlier if so requested by the Company).

 

Providing Notice of any Decision to Leave the Company

If you are not currently subject to a notice period, by signing this letter agreement you hereby agree to provide the Company with at least 60 days’ advance notice of any termination of your Employment. Following receipt of such notice, the Company may, at its sole discretion, choose to (1) waive that notice period (thereby your termination of Employment will be effective immediately) or (2) place you on paid leave, at your then-current salary, for any or all of the notice period.

 

Agreement Not to Solicit

Subject to and in addition to any non-solicitation requirements to which you were subject prior to the date you sign this letter agreement, by signing this letter agreement you agree that (i) during your Employment with the Company and any time thereafter, you will not, directly or indirectly, on your own behalf or on behalf of any other person or entity, solicit, contact, call upon, communicate with or attempt to communicate with any customer or client or prospective customer or client of the Company where to do so would require the use or disclosure of confidential, proprietary and/or trade secret information, and (ii) during your Employment with the Company and for a period of one (1) year after Employment terminates for any reason (or no reason), you will not, directly or indirectly, regardless of who initiates the communication, hire, solicit, participate in the solicitation or recruitment of, or in any manner encourage or provide assistance to any employee, consultant, registered representative, or agent of the Company to terminate his or her Employment or other relationship with the Company or to leave its employ or other relationship with the Company.

 

For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions above shall be applicable regardless of whether the Award vests and is paid to you.

 

I ask that you treat your Award as confidential and do not divulge either its existence or terms to anyone other than your immediate family, attorneys (who should be instructed to treat the terms as confidential) or tax advisors.

 

On behalf of AIG, I want to thank you for your service and look forward to your continued contributions.

 

Sincerely,

 

/s/ Kevin Hogan      
       
Kevin Hogan      
Executive Vice President – Life & Retirement
       
Accepted & Agreed:      
       
Todd Solash   Date  
     

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.42

 

(GRAPHIC) 

 

AlG Inc.

1271 Avenue of the Americas

Floor 41

New York, NY 10020-1304

 

Lucy Fato

Executive Vice President, General Counsel &

Global Head of Communications and Government Affairs

lucy.Fato@aig.com

 

October 28, 2021

 

Elias Habayeb

 

Dear Elias,

 

I am pleased to confirm your new role at American International Group, Inc. (AIG or the “Company”) as set out below.

 

Title and Effective Date. Your new title is Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Life & Retirement and Chief Accounting Officer, AIG. The effective transfer date into your new role was October 25, 2021. The position is graded at level 28 under the Companys job grading system.

 

Location and Reporting Line. You will be based in New York, NY, and you will report directly to the Chief Executive Officer, Life & Retirement and Chief Financial Officer, AIG, jointly.

 

Total Direct Compensation. Your initial annual target direct compensation in your new role will be US$3,700,000 as follows:

 

Base Salary. Your initial base cash salary will be at a rate of US$800,000 per year.

 

Short Term Incentive. Your annual incentive target for 2022 will be US$1,200,000. Your Short-Term Incentive Award will be subject to the terms and conditions of the applicable Short-Term Incentive Plan and will be payable when STI awards are regularly paid to similarly-situated active employees.

 

Long Term Incentive. A recommendation on your behalf will be made in 2022 to the Compensation and Management Resources Committee (CMRC) of the Board of Directors or to the appropriate body at Life & Retirement that you be granted a 2022 LTI award, under either the AIG Long Term Incentive Plan or the applicable Long Term Incentive Plan adopted by Life & Retirement, based on a cash target of $1,700,000. Any such recommendation and grant is contingent on you being an active employee of the Company or Life & Retirement on the date of the grant, and will be subject to the terms and conditions of the relevant Long Term Incentive Plan and the agreement governing the grant.

 

Clawback Policy. Any bonus, equity or equity-based award or other incentive compensation granted to you remains subject to the AIG Clawback Policy and any other clawback policies as may be in effect from time to time.

 

No Guarantee of Employment or Target Direct Compensation. This offer letter is not a guarantee of employment or target direct compensation for a fixed term.

 

 

 

Entire Agreement. This offer letter constitutes AIG’s only statement to you relating to your new role and supersedes any previous communications or representations, oral or written, from or on behalf of AIG or any of its affiliates relating to your new role.

 

All other terms and conditions of your employment will remain unchanged.

 

Congratulations on your new role, Elias, and thank you for your ongoing contributions to AIG.

 

Sincerely,

 

AMERICAN INTERNATIONAL GROUP, INC.

 

/s/ Lucy Fato

 

Lucy Fato

 

I agree with and accept the foregoing terms.

 

/s/ Elias Habayeb   10/29/21  
       
Elias Habayeb   Date  

 

 

 


Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Corebridge Financial, Inc. (formerly known as SAFG Retirement Services, Inc.) of our report dated March 10, 2022 relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedules of Corebridge Financial, Inc., which appears in this Registration Statement.  We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
New York, NY
May 16, 2022



Exhibit 24.2
 
POWER OF ATTORNEY
 
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, the undersigned constitutes and appoints Christine Nixon and Christina Banthin, and each of them, her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, acting alone, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for her and in her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any or all amendments to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-263898), including post-effective amendments and registration statements filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) and otherwise, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as such person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact and agent, or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Power of Attorney to be executed as of this 16th day of May, 2022.

 
By:  /s/Marilyn Hirsch
 
 
 
Marilyn Hirsch